¦^¬d¸ß¾\Ū¨t²Î ¬d¸ß¨ä¥L¸g¤å ¾\Ū¨ä¥L¸g¤å
¦r¨å·j´Mµ²ªG ¦@¦³ 5900 µ§

¬ÛÃö¸g¤å 
01 'ab {awb} ¦r®Ú; TWOT - 4a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - father 1205, chief 2, families 2, desire 1, fatherless + 0369 1, forefathers + 07223 1, patrimony 1, prince 1, principal 1; 1215 1) ­Ó¤Hªº¤÷¿Ë 2) ¯«§@¬°Í¢¦Ê©mªº¤÷ 3) ¤@­Ó®a±Ú, ¸sÅé, ®a®x©Î©v±Úªº­º»â©Î³þ°òªÌ 4) ¯ª¥ý 4a) ¯ª¤÷, ¥ý¯ª -- ­Ó¤Hªº 4b) ¥Á±Úªº 5) ¤@¯Z¤H, ¤@­Ó¾·~©ÎÃÀ³Nªº³Ð¥ßªÌ©Î¤ä«ùªÌ 6) »s³yªÌ©Î¥Í²£ªÌ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 7) ·O²»©Î«OÅ@ªº¤H (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 8) ªí´L·q»PºaÅAªººÙ¿× 9) ²ÎªvªÌ©Î­º»â (¯S«ü)

01 'ab {awb} a root; TWOT - 4a; n m AV - father 1205, chief 2, families 2, desire 1, fatherless + 0369 1, forefathers + 07223 1, patrimony 1, prince 1, principal 1; 1215 1) father of an individual 2) of God as father of his people 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan 4) ancestor 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person 4b) of people 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art 6) of producer, generator (fig.) 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) 8) term of respect and honour 9) ruler or chief (spec.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01 'ab {awb} ¦r®Ú; TWOT - 4a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - father 1205, chief 2, families 2, desire 1, fatherless + 0369 1, forefathers + 07223 1, patrimony 1, prince 1, principal 1; 1215 1) ­Ó¤Hªº¤÷¿Ë 2) ¯«§@¬°Í¢¦Ê©mªº¤÷ 3) ¤@­Ó®a±Ú, ¸sÅé, ®a®x©Î©v±Úªº­º»â©Î³þ°òªÌ 4) ¯ª¥ý 4a) ¯ª¤÷, ¥ý¯ª -- ­Ó¤Hªº 4b) ¥Á±Úªº 5) ¤@¯Z¤H, ¤@­Ó¾·~©ÎÃÀ³Nªº³Ð¥ßªÌ©Î¤ä«ùªÌ 6) »s³yªÌ©Î¥Í²£ªÌ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 7) ·O²»©Î«OÅ@ªº¤H (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 8) ªí´L·q»PºaÅAªººÙ¿× 9) ²ÎªvªÌ©Î­º»â (¯S«ü)

01 'ab {awb} a root; TWOT - 4a; n m AV - father 1205, chief 2, families 2, desire 1, fatherless + 0369 1, forefathers + 07223 1, patrimony 1, prince 1, principal 1; 1215 1) father of an individual 2) of God as father of his people 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan 4) ancestor 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person 4b) of people 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art 6) of producer, generator (fig.) 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) 8) term of respect and honour 9) ruler or chief (spec.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
02 'ab (Aramaic) {ab} ¬Û·í©ó 01; TWOT - 2553; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - father 9; 9 1)¤÷¿Ë

02 'ab (Aramaic) {ab} corresponding to 01; TWOT - 2553; n m AV - father 9; 9 1) father
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
03 'eb {abe} °_·½»P 024 ¦P ; TWOT - 1a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - greenness 1, fruits 1; 2 1) ·sÂA, ÂAºñ¦â,ºñ¦âªº¹àªÞ, ©ÎºñªK (#§B 8:12) (#ºq 6:11|)

03 'eb {abe} from the same as 024; TWOT - 1a; n m AV - greenness 1, fruits 1; 2 1) freshness, fresh green, green shoots, or greenery
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
04 'eb (Aramaic) {abe} ¬Û·í©ó 03; TWOT - 2554; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fruit 3; 3 1) ªG¤l, ·sÂAªº, ¦~»´, ·sºñªº

04 'eb (Aramaic) {abe} corresponding to 03; TWOT - 2554; n m AV - fruit 3; 3 1) fruit, fresh, young, greening
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
05 'Abagtha' {ab-ag-thaw'} ¥~¨Ó¦r; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abagtha 1; 1 ¨È©Þ¥L = "¤W«Ò½ç¤©" 1) ªi´µ¤ý´Â¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ýªº¤C­Ó¤ÓºÊ¤§¤@

05 'Abagtha' {ab-ag-thaw'} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Abagtha 1; 1 Abagtha = "God-given" 1) one of the seven eunuchs in the Persian court of Ahasuerus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
06 'abad {aw-bad'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 2; °Êµü AV - perish 98, destroy 62, lose 10, fail 2, surely 2, utterly 2, broken 1, destruction 1, escape 1, flee 1, spendeth 1, take 1, undone 1, void 1; 184 1) ®ø·À, ®ø¥¢, Â÷¶}¥¿¹D, ³Q¯}Ãa 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ®ø·À, ¦º¤`, ³Q·Àµ´ 1a2) ®ø·À, ®ø¥¢ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1a3) ¥¢³à, °¾Â÷ 1b) (Piel) 1b1) ¯}Ãa, ±þ¦º, ¨Ï®ø·À, ©ñ±ó(¦p¥¢³à), ®ø·À 1b2) ºR·´, °£¥h, ¨Ï®ø¥¢, (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1b3) ­P¨ÏÂ÷¶}¥¿¹D, ¥¢³à 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) ®ø·À, ³B¦º 1c1a) ¨Ó¦Û¯«ªº¼f§P 1c2) ¨üµü¬O§g¤ýªº¦W(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)(#¥Ó 7:24|)

06 'abad {aw-bad'} a primitive root; TWOT - 2; v AV - perish 98, destroy 62, lose 10, fail 2, surely 2, utterly 2, broken 1, destruction 1, escape 1, flee 1, spendeth 1, take 1, undone 1, void 1; 184 1) perish, vanish, go astray, be destroyed 1a) (Qal) 1a1) perish, die, be exterminated 1a2) perish, vanish (fig.) 1a3) be lost, strayed 1b) (Piel) 1b1) to destroy, kill, cause to perish, to give up (as lost), exterminate 1b2) to blot out, do away with, cause to vanish, (fig.) 1b3) cause to stray, lose 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to destroy, put to death 1c1a) of divine judgment 1c2) object name of kings (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
07 'abad (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ab-ad'} ¬Û·í©ó 06; TWOT - 2555; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - to destroy 5, to perish 2; 7 1)®ø·À, ®ø¥¢ 1a) (P'al)±N®ø·À 1b) (Aphel) ·´·À 1c) (Hophal) ³Q·´·À

07 'abad (Aramaic) {ab-ad'} corresponding to 06; TWOT - 2555; v AV - to destroy 5, to perish 2; 7 1) to perish, vanish 1a) (P'al) shall perish 1b) (Aphel) destroy 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
08 'obed {o-bade'} 06 ªº¥D°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 2a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - perish 2; 2 1) ®ø·À

08 'obed {o-bade'} active of participle of 06; TWOT - 2a; n m AV - perish 2; 2 1) destruction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
09 'abedah {ab-ay-daw'} ·½¦Û 06; TWOT - 2b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lost thing 3, that which was lost 1; 4 1) ¿ò¥¢ªºªF¦è, ¥¢ª«

09 'abedah {ab-ay-daw'} from 06; TWOT - 2b; n f AV - lost thing 3, that which was lost 1; 4 1) a lost thing, something lost
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
010 'abaddoh {ab-ad-do'} »P 09 ¬Û¦P, ¬O 11 ªº»~¼g; TWOT - 2b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - destruction 1; 1 1) ¿ò¥¢ª««~, ¥¢¥h¬Yª« ·À¤`

010 'abaddoh {ab-ad-do'} the same as 09, incorrectly written for 11; TWOT - 2b; n f AV - destruction 1; 1 1) a lost thing, something lost, a perishing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
011 'abaddown {ab-ad-done'} ·½¦Û 06 , ¥[±j»y®ð ; TWOT - 2d; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - destruction 6; 6 1) ·´·À¤§¦a, ·´·À,·À¤`,¦aº»

011 'abaddown {ab-ad-done'} intensive from 06; TWOT - 2d; n pr loc AV - destruction 6; 6 1) place of destruction, destruction, ruin, Abaddon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
012 'abdan {ab-dawn'} ·½¦Û 06; TWOT - 2c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - destruction 1; 1 1) ·´·À

012 'abdan {ab-dawn'} from 06; TWOT - 2c; n m AV - destruction 1; 1 1) destruction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
013 'obdan {ob-dawn'} ·½¦Û 06; TWOT - 2c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - destruction 1; 1 1)·´·À(#ÁÉ 60:11|)

013 'obdan {ob-dawn'} from 06; TWOT - 2c; n m AV - destruction 1; 1 1) destruction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
014 'abah {aw-baw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 3; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - would 42, will 4, willing 4, consent 3, rest content 1; 54 1) ¼Ö·N, ¦P·N 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¼Ö·N 1a2) ¦P·N, ©}ªA, ±µ¨ü 1a3) ·Q­n

014 'abah {aw-baw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 3; v AV - would 42, will 4, willing 4, consent 3, rest content 1; 54 1) to be willing, consent 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to be willing 1a2) to consent, yield to, accept 1a3) to desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
015 'abeh {aw-beh'} ·½¦Û 014; TWOT - 3; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - desire 1; 1 1)Àµ¨D, ´÷·Q, ´÷±æ

015 'abeh {aw-beh'} from 014; TWOT - 3; n f AV - desire 1; 1 1) entreat, longing, desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
016 'ebeh {ay-beh'} ·½¦Û 014 (in the sense of bending toward); TWOT - 3c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - swift 1; 1 1)Ώ«,»Z¯ó

016 'ebeh {ay-beh'} from 014 (in the sense of bending toward); TWOT - 3c; n m AV - swift 1; 1 1) reed, papyrus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
017 'abowy {ab-o'ee} ·½¦Û 014 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N desiring); TWOT - 3d; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - sorrow 1; 1 1) ®@!, ³á!, (¯kªº·P¹Äµü -- »¡¥X±ý±æ©ÎµJ¼{)

017 'abowy {ab-o'ee} from 014 (in the sense of desiring); TWOT - 3d; interj AV - sorrow 1; 1 1) Oh!, Woe!, (exclamation of pain -- indicates desire or uneasiness)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
018 'ebuwc {ay-booce'} ·½¦Û 075; TWOT - 10a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - crib 3; 3 1) ­¹¼Ñ,Áý¤û©Î°¨¥Îªº¹}®Æ¼Ñ,

018 'ebuwc {ay-booce'} from 075; TWOT - 10a; n m AV - crib 3; 3 1) crib, manger, feeding trough
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
019 'ibchah {ib-khaw'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (apparently meaning to turn); TWOT - 786b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - point (of the sword) 1; 1 1)±O®_,(¥HªZ¾¹) ÂW¨ë¨ì¦×¸Ì,³Q±O®_ªº¦×

019 'ibchah {ib-khaw'} from an unused root (apparently meaning to turn); TWOT - 786b; n f AV - point (of the sword) 1; 1 1) slaughter, flesh, meat, slaughtered meat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
020 'abattiyach {ab-at-tee'-akh} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; TWOT - 234a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - melons 1; 1 1) ¦è¥Ê, ®J¤Îªº¤ôªG

020 'abattiyach {ab-at-tee'-akh} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 234a; n m AV - melons 1; 1 1) watermelon, Egyptian fruit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
021 'Abiy {ab-ee'} ·½¦Û 01;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abi 1; 1 ¨È¤ñ¡A¦³"§Ú¤÷"¤§·N¡C 1)§Æ¦è®aªº¥À¿Ë (cf 029)

021 'Abiy {ab-ee'} from 01;; n pr f AV - Abi 1; 1 Abi = "my father" 1) mother of Hezekiah (cf 029)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
022 'Abiy'el {ab-ee-ale'} ·½¦Û 01»P 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abiel 3; 3 ¨È§O¡A¦³"¤W«Ò¬°¤÷"¤§·N 1)±½Ã¹ªº¯ª¤÷

022 'Abiy'el {ab-ee-ale'} from 01 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Abiel 3; 3 Abiel = "El (God) is (my) father" 1) Saul's grandfather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
023 'Abiy'acaph {ab-ee-aw-sawf'} ·½¦Û 01©M 0622;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abiasaph 1; 1 ¨È¤ñ¨È¼»¡A¦³"§Ú¤÷¤w»E¶°¤§" 1)¥i©Ôªº¨à¤l¡]«á¸Ç¡^

023 'Abiy'acaph {ab-ee-aw-sawf'} from 01 and 0622;; n pr m AV - Abiasaph 1; 1 Abiasaph = "my father has gathered" 1) son (descendant) of Korah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
024 'abiyb {aw-beeb'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬° be tender); TWOT - 1b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abib 6, in the ear 1, green ears of corn 1; 8 1)²M¹à¤j³Áªº½\ÁJ, ¤j³Á 2) ½\ÁJ§Î¦¨ªº¤ë¥÷, ¥¼¼ôªº½\ª«ªº¤ë¥÷,©Î¨Èµ§¤ë,¥X®J¤Î¹O¶V¸`ªº¤ë¥÷ (¤T©Î¥|¤ë)

024 'abiyb {aw-beeb'} from an unused root (meaning to be tender); TWOT - 1b; n m AV - Abib 6, in the ear 1, green ears of corn 1; 8 1) fresh, young barley ears, barley 2) month of ear-forming, of greening of crop, of growing green Abib, month of exodus and passover (March or April)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
025 'Abiy Gib`own {ab-ee' ghib-one'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 01391;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - father of Gibeon 2; 2 ¨È¤ñ°ò¹M¡A¦³ "°ò¹M¤§¤÷"¤§·N¡C 1) ¤Ú³Â°ª¦a,¤W«Ò·|¹õ©ó°ª¦a¤W

025 'Abiy Gib`own {ab-ee' ghib-one'} from 01 and 01391;; n pr m AV - father of Gibeon 2; 2 Abi Gibon = "father of Gibeon" 1) site of great Bamah, location of the tabernacle of the Lord in the high place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
026 'Abiygayil {ab-ee-gah'-yil} ©Î (ÁYµu«¬) 'Abiygal {ab-ee-gal'} ·½¦Û 01©M01524;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abigail 17; 17 ¨È¤ñ¸Ó = "§Ú¤÷¬O³ß¼Ö" 1)®³¤Kªº©d¤l,«á¶ùµ¹¤j½Ã 2)¤j½Ãªº©n©f

026 'Abiygayil {ab-ee-gah'-yil} or shorter 'Abiygal {ab-ee-gal'} from 01 and 01524;; n pr f AV - Abigail 17; 17 Abigail = "my father is joy" 1) wife of Nabal, then of David 2) sister of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
027 'Abiydan {ab-ee-dawn'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 01777;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abidan 5; 5 ¨È¤ñ¦ý¡A¦³"§Ú¤÷¬O¤½¸q" 1)«K¶®¼§±Úªº»â³S

027 'Abiydan {ab-ee-dawn'} from 01 and 01777;; n pr m AV - Abidan 5; 5 Abidan = "my father is judge" 1) a prince (ruler) of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
028 'Abiyda` {ab-ee-daw'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 03045;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abida 2; 2 ¨È¤ñ¤j¡A¦³"§Ú¤÷ª¾¹D" 1)¦Ì¨l²Ä¥|­Ó¨à¤l¡A¨È§B©Ô¨u©M°ò¤g©Ô (­ì°t¼»©Ô¥h¥@«á©Ò°ùªº©d¤l)¤§¨t©Ò¥Xªº®]¤l

028 'Abiyda` {ab-ee-daw'} from 01 and 03045;; n pr m AV - Abida 2; 2 Abida or Abidah = "my father knows" 1) fourth son of Midian and grandson of Abraham by his wife Keturah (after Sarah died)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
029 'Abiyah {ab-ee-yaw'} ©Î (ÂX®i«¬) 'Abiyahuw {ab-ee-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abijah 20, Abiah 4, Abia 1; 25 ¨È¤ñ¨È¡B¨È¤ñ¶®¡B¨È¤ñ¥¡¡A¦³"­C©MµØ¬O¤÷¿Ë"¤§·N 1)µS¤j¤ý, ùªi¦wªº¨à¤l 2)¼»¥À¦Õªº²Ä¤G­Ó¨à¤l 3)­Cùªi¦wªº²Ä¤@­Ó¨à¤l,¥H¦â¦C¤ý 4)«K¶®¼§¤H¤ñµ²ªº¨à¤l 5) ²½¥q®aªºÀY (24§Q¥¼¤ä±Ú¤§¤@) 6) ²½¥q®aªºÀY (³Q¾Û«á) 7)«¢¿Õªº©d¤l 8) §Æ¦è®aªº¥À¿Ë (°Ñ¨£ [021])

029 'Abiyah {ab-ee-yaw'} or prolonged 'Abiyahuw {ab-ee-yaw'-hoo} from 01 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Abijah 20, Abiah 4, Abia 1; 25 Abia or Abiah or Abijah = "Jehovah is (my) father" 1) king of Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam 2) second son of Samuel 3) son of Jeroboam the first, king of Israel 4) son of Becher, a Benjamite 5) head of a priestly house (one of the 24 Levite groups) 6) head of a priestly house (after the exile) 7) wife of Hezron 8) mother of Hezekiah (cf 021)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
030 'Abiyhuw' {ab-ee-hoo'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 01931;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abihu 12; 12 ¨È¤ñ¤á = "§Ú¬O§Ú¤÷¿Ë" 1)¨È­Ûªº¨à¤lÄm¤Z¤õµ¹¤W«Ò³Q·´·À

030 'Abiyhuw' {ab-ee-hoo'} from 01 and 01931;; n pr m AV - Abihu 12; 12 Abihu = "he is (my) father" 1) a son of Aaron destroyed for sacrificing strange fire to God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
031 'Abiyhuwd {ab-ee-hood'} ·½¦Û 01 »P 01935;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ahihud 1; 1 ¨È§Æ©¿ = "§Ú¤÷¬O²øÄYªº" 1) «K¶®¼§¤H,¤ñ©Ôªº¨à¤l

031 'Abiyhuwd {ab-ee-hood'} from 01 and 01935;; n pr m AV - Ahihud 1; 1 Ahihud = "my father is majesty" 1) son of Bela, a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
032 'Abiyhayil {ab-ee-hah'-yil} ©Î (¸û¥¿½T¦a) 'Abiychayil {ab-ee-khah'-yil} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 02428;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abihail 6; 6 ¨È¤ñ«Ä = "§Úªº¤÷¿Ë¬O¦³Åv¤Oªº" 1) ¤@¦ì¦b¼¯¦è®É¥Nªº§Q¥¼¤H{#¥Á 3:35|} 2) ­{±oªº«á¸Ç{#¥N¤W 5:14|} 3) ¥H´µ©«ªº¤÷¿Ë 4) ¨È¤ñ­zªº©d¤l{#¥N¤W 2:29|} 5) ùªi¦wªº©d¤l{#¥N¤U 11:18|}

032 'Abiyhayil {ab-ee-hah'-yil} or (more correctly) 'Abiychayil {ab-ee-khah'-yil} from 01 and 02428;; n pr m AV - Abihail 6; 6 Abihail = "my father is might" 1) a Levite in Moses's time 2) a Gadite 3) father of Esther 4) wife of Abishur 5) wife of Rehoboam
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
033 'Abiy ha-`Ezriy {ab-ee'-haw-ez-ree'} ·½¦Û 044 with the article inserted;; n pr m AV - Abiezrite 3; 3 ¨È¤ñ¥HÁÂ±Ú = "§Ú¤÷¬OÀ°§U" 1) ¬ù·æªº¨à¤l, º¿®³¦èªº«á¥N, ¨È¤ñ¥HÁªº¤@±Ú

033 'Abiy ha-`Ezriy {ab-ee'-haw-ez-ree'} from 044 with the article inserted;; n pr m AV - Abiezrite 3; 3 Abiezrite = "my father is help" 1) one of the family of Abiezer, a descendant of Joseph's son, Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
034 'ebyown {eb-yone'} ·½¦Û 014, ·N¬°»Ý­n (¯S§O¬O¦b±¡·P¤Wªº); TWOT - 3a; ¶§©Ê§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - needy 35, poor 24, beggar 1, poor man 1; 61 1) ¦³»Ý¨D, ³h½aªº, ·¥¬°³h§xªº, ³h½aªº¤H 2) ¨ü´ÛÀ£»P¶Ë®` 3) »Ý­nÀ°§U, ±q§x¹Ò¤¤¸Ñ²æ, ¯S§O¬O³Q¤W«Ò¸Ñ±Ï 4) ªx«ü³Ì§C¶¥¼h

034 'ebyown {eb-yone'} from 014, in the sense of want (especially in feeling); TWOT - 3a; m adj AV - needy 35, poor 24, beggar 1, poor man 1; 61 1) in want, needy, chiefly poor, needy person 2) subject to oppression and abuse 3) needing help, deliverance from trouble, especially as delivered by God 4) general reference to lowest class
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
035 'abiyownah {ab-ee-yo-naw'} ·½¦Û 014; TWOT - 3b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - desire 1; 1 1) ¨ë¤s¬aªG - ¥Î¨Ó¨ë¿E©Ê¼¤

035 'abiyownah {ab-ee-yo-naw'} from 014; TWOT - 3b; n f AV - desire 1; 1 1) caper-berry - of stimulating desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
036 'Abiytuwb {ab-ee-toob'} ·½¦Û 01 »P 02898; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahitub 1; 1 ¨È¤ñ¬ð = "§Úªº¤÷¿Ë¬O¨}µ½ªº" 1) «K¶®¼§¤H, ¨F«¢³sªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 8:11|)

036 'Abiytuwb {ab-ee-toob'} from 01 and 02898;; n pr m AV - Ahitub 1; 1 Ahitub = "my father is good(ness)" 1) son of Shaharaim, a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
037 'Abiytal {ab-ee-tal'} ·½¦Û 01 and 02919;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abital 2; 2 ¨È¤ñ¥L = "§Ú¤÷¬O(³o)ÅS" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@­Ó©d¤l (#¼»¤U3:4|#¥N¤W3:3|)

037 'Abiytal {ab-ee-tal'} from 01 and 02919;; n pr f AV - Abital 2; 2 Abital = "my father is (the) dew" 1) a wife of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
038 'Abiyam {ab-ee-yawm'} ·½¦Û 01 and 03220;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abijam 5; 5 ¨È¤ñ¥¡ = "§Ú¤÷¬O¤j®ü" ©Î "¶®(ªê)¬O(§Ú)¤÷" 1) µS¤j°êªº¤ý, ùªi¦wªº¨à¤l¤Î¤ý¦ìÄ~©Ó¤H (#¤ý¤W14:31|)

038 'Abiyam {ab-ee-yawm'} from 01 and 03220;; n pr m AV - Abijam 5; 5 Abijam = "my father is the sea" or "Yah(u) is (my) father" 1) king of Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
039 'Abiyma'el {ab-ee-maw-ale'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M¦b¨ä¥L¥¼¨Ï¥Îªº¦r (¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó»y) ; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abimael 2; 2 ¨È¤ñº¿§Q = "§Úªº¤÷¿Ë¬O El (¤W«Ò)" 1) ¬ù§~ªº¨à¤l, °{ªº«á¸Ç

039 'Abiyma'el {ab-ee-maw-ale'} from 01 and an elsewhere unused (probably foreign) word; n pr m AV - Abimael 2; 2 Abimael = "my father is El (God)" 1) son of Joktan, descendant of Shem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
040 'Abiymelek {ab-ee-mel'-ek} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 04428;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abimelech 67; 67 ¨È¤ñ¦Ì°Ç = "¦Ì°Ç¬O¤÷¿Ë" ©Î "§Úªº¤÷¿Ë¬O¤ý" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨u®É¥Nªº°ò©Ô¦Õ¤ý 2) ¤j½Ã®É¥Nªº­{¯S¤ý; ¥i¯à«ü«D§Q¤h¤Hªº¤ý {#¸Ö 34:1|} 3) °ò¨l»P¥Lªº©c©Ò¥Íªº¨à¤l {#¤h 8:31|} 4) ²½¥q, ¨È¤ñ¨È¥Lªº¨à¤l {#¥N¤W 18:16|}

040 'Abiymelek {ab-ee-mel'-ek} from 01 and 04428;; n pr m AV - Abimelech 67; 67 Abimelech = "Melek is father" or "my father is king" 1) king of Gerar in Abraham's time 2) king of Gath in David's time; maybe title of Philistine kings 3) son of Gideon by a concubine 4) priest, son of Abiathar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
041 'Abiynadab {ab-ee-naw-dawb'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 05068;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abinadab 12; 12 ¨È¤ñ®³¹F = "§Ú¤÷¬OºaÄ£ªº" ©Î "§Ú¤÷Ä@·N" 1) ¤@¦ì°ò¦C­CµY¤H(Kirjathjearim, [7157]), ¥L±µ¤U¬ùÂd¨Ã¤À¬£¨à¤l¬ÝºÞ (#¼»¤W 7:1|) 2) ­C¦èªº¦¸¤l, ¤j½Ãªº­ô­ô (#¼»¤W 17:13|) 3) ±½Ã¹¤ýªº¨à¤l, ¬°«D§Q¤h©Ò°l±þ (#¼»¤W 31:2|)

041 'Abiynadab {ab-ee-naw-dawb'} from 01 and 05068;; n pr m AV - Abinadab 12; 12 Abinadab = "my father is noble" or "my father is willing" 1) a man of Gibeah who sheltered the ark 2) second son of Jesse, David's older brother 3) a son of Saul, slain with him by the Philistines
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
042 'Abiyno`am {ab-ee-no'-am} ·½¦Û 01 and 05278;; n pr m AV - Abinoam 4; 4 ¨È¤ñ®¿µÚ = "§Úªº¤÷¿Ë¬O§Ö¼Ö" 1) ¤Ú©Ôªº¤÷¿Ë, ®³¥±¥L§Qªº¤l®]

042 'Abiyno`am {ab-ee-no'-am} from 01 and 05278;; n pr m AV - Abinoam 4; 4 Abinoam = "my father is delight" 1) father of Barak, descendant of Naphtali
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
043 'Ebyacaph {eb-yaw-sawf'} ªu¥Î 023;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ebiasaph 3; 3 ¥H¤ñ¶®¼» = "§Ú¤÷¤w¸g¿n»Eªº" 1) ¥i©Ôªº¨à¤l©Î«á¸Ç

043 'Ebyacaph {eb-yaw-sawf'} contracted from 023;; n pr m AV - Ebiasaph 3; 3 Ebiasaph = "my father has gathered" 1) a son or descendant of Korah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
044 'Abiy`ezer {ab-ee-ay'-zer} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 05829;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abiezer 7; 7 ¨È¤ñ¥HÁ = "§Ú¤÷¬OÀ°§U" 1) º¿®³¦è¤H, ºÙ¬°°ò¦C¤§¤l, ¤]¬O°ò¦C©n©fªº¨à¤l 2) «K¶®¼§¤H, ¤j½Ãªº¾Ô¤h (#¼»¤U 23:27|)

044 'Abiy`ezer {ab-ee-ay'-zer} from 01 and 05829;; n pr m AV - Abiezer 7; 7 Abiezer = "my father is help" 1) a Manassite, called "son" of Gilead, also son of Gilead's sister 2) a Benjamite, warrior of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
045 'Abiy-`albown {ab-ee-al-bone'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M¤@¤£½Tªº­l¥Í¦r¤§¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r®Ú;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abialbon 1; 1 ¨È¤ñ¨È¥» = "¥H§Q(¯«)¬O§Ú¤÷" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤j¯à«i¤h¤§¤@

045 'Abiy-`albown {ab-ee-al-bone'} from 01 and an unused root of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Abialbon 1; 1 Abialbon = "El (God) is my father" 1) one of David's mighty men (hero)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
046 'abiyr {aw-beer'} ·½¦Û 082; TWOT - 13c; ¶§©Ê§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - might (One) 6; 6 1) ±j§§, °¶¤jªº-³q±`¥Î¨Ó«ü¤W«Ò 2) ±jªÌ- ¥j¥NºÙ©I¤W«Ò(¸Ö)

046 'abiyr {aw-beer'} from 082; TWOT - 13c; adj m AV - might (One) 6; 6 1) strong, mighty - used only to describe God 2) the Strong - old name for God (poetic)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
047 'abbiyr {ab-beer'} ¥N´À 046; TWOT - 13d; ¶§©Ê§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - bulls 4, strong (ones) 4, mighty 3, stouthearted 2, valiant 2, angels 1, chiefest 1; 17 1) ±j¤j (¥þ¯à) , ±j°· 1a) ¤Hªº 1b) ¤Ñ¨Ïªº 1c) °Êª«ªº 1d) (Áô³ë) 1d1) ¼Ä¤Hªº 1d2) °ê¤ýªº 1d3) Äm²½¤§ª«ªº 1e) ¹x±jªº (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

047 'abbiyr {ab-beer'} for 046; TWOT - 13d; adj m AV - bulls 4, strong (ones) 4, mighty 3, stouthearted 2, valiant 2, angels 1, chiefest 1; 17 1) mighty, valiant 1a) of men 1b) of angels 1c) of animals 1d) (metaph) 1d1) of enemies 1d2) of princes 1d3) of sacrificial objects 1e) obstinate (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
048 'Abiyram {ab-ee-rawm'} ·½¦Û 01 »P 07311;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abiram 11; 11 ¨È¤ñÄõ = "§Ú¤÷³Q¹|´­" ©Î "(¨º)³Q¹|´­ªº¬O(§Ú)¤÷" 1) ¤@¦ì¬y«K¤H, ¥X®J¤Î®Éªº¥H§Q©ãªº¨à¤l (#¥Á 16:1|) 2) §B¯S§Q¤H§Æ¥ì°Çªº¨à¤l, §Æ¥ì°Ç´¿­«­×­C§Q­ô«° (#¤ý¤W 16:34|)

048 'Abiyram {ab-ee-rawm'} from 01 and 07311;; n pr m AV - Abiram 11; 11 Abiram = "my father is exalted" or "(the) Exalted One is (my) father" 1) a Reubenite, son of Eliab in exodus 2) son of Hiel the Bethelite who worked to rebuild Jericho
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
049 'Abiyshag {ab-ee-shag'} ·½¦Û 01 and 07686;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abishag 5; 5 ¨È¤ñ·Ù = "§Ú¤÷¬O¤@­Ó±r«ÞªÌ" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¦~»´¤S¬üÄRªº¬ÝÅ@¤k (#¤ý¤W1:15|)

049 'Abiyshag {ab-ee-shag'} from 01 and 07686;; n pr f AV - Abishag 5; 5 Abishag = "my father is a wanderer" 1) David's beautiful young nurse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
050 'Abiyshuwae {ab-ee-shoo'-ah} ·½¦Û 01 »P 07771; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abishua 5; 5 ¨È¤ñ®Ñ= "§Úªº¤÷¬O¬@±Ï,©Î´I¨¬ªº" 1) «D¥§«¢ªº¨à¤l, ¨È­Ûªº®]¤l 2) «K¶®¼§±Ú,¤ñ©Ôªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 8:3|)

050 'Abiyshuwae {ab-ee-shoo'-ah} from 01 and 07771;; n pr m AV - Abishua 5; 5 Abishua = "my father is rescue (safety), or is opulence" 1) son of Phinehas, grandson of Aaron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
051 'Abiyshuwr {ab-ee-shoor'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 07791;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abishur 2; 2 ¨È¤ñ­z = "§Ú¤÷¬O¤@­±Àð" 1) ¨F¶Rªº¨à¤l, µS¤jªº«á¸Ç

051 'Abiyshuwr {ab-ee-shoor'} from 01 and 07791;; n pr m AV - Abishur 2; 2 Abishur = "my father is a wall" 1) son of Shammai, descendant of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
052 'Abiyshay {ab-ee-shah'ee} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'Abshay {ab-shah'ee} ·½¦Û 01 »P 07862;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abishai 25; 25 ¨È¤ñ¿z = "§Ú¤÷¬O­C¦è" ©Î "§Ú¤÷¬O§ª«" 1) ­C¦èªº®]¤l, ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¥~µc(¤j½Ãªº©j©j¬~¾|¶®©Ò¥Í), ¬ù©ãªº¥S§Ì

052 'Abiyshay {ab-ee-shah'ee} or (shorter) 'Abshay {ab-shah'ee} from 01 and 07862;; n pr m AV - Abishai 25; 25 Abishai = "my father is Jesse" or "my father is a gift" 1) grandson of Jesse, nephew of David via his sister Zeruiah, brother of Joab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
053 'Abiyshalowm {ab-ee-shaw-lome'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'Abshalowm {ab-shaw-lome'} ·½¦Û 01 »P 07965; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Absalom 109, Abishalom 2; 111 ©ã¨FÀs = ¡u§Ú¤÷¬O¥­¦w¡v 1) ùªi¦wªº©¨¤÷ 2) ¤j½Ãªº²Ä¤T­Ó¨à¤l, ±þ¤Fªø¤l·t¹à, ¤]¬O±aÀY¤Ï«q¨ä¤÷¿Ë¤j½Ãªº»â³S

053 'Abiyshalowm {ab-ee-shaw-lome'} or (shortened) 'Abshalowm {ab-shaw-lome'} from 01 and 07965;; n pr m AV - Absalom 109, Abishalom 2; 111 Absalom or Abishalom = "my father is peace" 1) father-in-law of Rehoboam 2) third son of David, killer of first-born son Amnon, also leader of revolt against his father - David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
054 'Ebyathar {ab-yaw-thawr'} ªu¥Î 01 »P 03498;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abiathar 30; 30 ¨È¤ñ¨È¥L = "§Ú¤÷¯u°¶¤j" 1) ²½¥q, ¨È§Æ¦Ì°Çªº¨à¤l, ­ì®Ä©¾©ó¤j½Ã¤ý, «á«o­I«q¦Ó§ë¦V¨È¦h¥§¶®

054 'Ebyathar {ab-yaw-thawr'} contracted from 01 and 03498;; n pr m AV - Abiathar 30; 30 Abiathar = "my father is great" 1) priest, son of Ahitub (Ahimelech), faithful to David, but later rebelled with Adonijah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
055 'abak {aw-bak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 5; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - mount up 1; 1 1) ¨Ïºu°Ê, ±ÛÂà 1a) (Hithpael) ¨Ïºu°Ê, ½Âà, ½ÄË

055 'abak {aw-bak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 5; v AV - mount up 1; 1 1) to roll, turn 1a) (Hithpael) to roll, roll up, billow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
056 'abal {aw-bal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 6; °Êµü AV - mourn 36, lament 3; 39 1) «s­ú, ´d¹Ä 1a) (Qal) «s­ú, ´d¹Ä 1a1) ¤HÃþªº 1a2) µL¥Í©Rª««~ªº (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1a2a) ¤jªùªº 1a2b) ¤g¦aªº 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) «s­ú, ¨Ï«s­ú (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1c) (Hithpael) 1c1) «s­ú 1c2) «s­úªÌ

056 'abal {aw-bal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 6; v AV - mourn 36, lament 3; 39 1) to mourn, lament 1a) (Qal) to mourn, lament 1a1) of humans 1a2) of inanimate objects (fig.) 1a2a) of gates 1a2b) of land 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to mourn, cause to mourn (fig.) 1c) (Hithpael) 1c1) to mourn 1c2) play the mourner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
057 'abel {aw-bale'} ·½¦Û 056; TWOT - 6b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - mourn 8; 8 1) ´d¶Ë 1a) ¬°¤F¦º¥hªº¤H 1b) ¦]¬°¨aº× 1c) ªA³àªº»ö¦¡ 2) ´d¶Ëªº¤H (¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^) 2a) ¬°¤F¦º¥hªº¤H 2b) ¦]¬°¨aº×

057 'abel {aw-bale'} from 056; TWOT - 6b; adj AV - mourn 8; 8 1) mourning 1a) for the dead 1b) because of calamity 1c) of rites of mourning 2) mourner (subst.) 2a) for the dead 2b) for calamity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
058 'abel {aw-bale'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬° grassy); TWOT - 7a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - plain 1; 1 1) ¯ó¦a,ªª³õ (·½¦Û°Êµü¡u¥Íªø­Z²±,§Ô¨ü,§Ü¦í,¸g±o¦í¡v)

058 'abel {aw-bale'} from an unused root (meaning to be grassy); TWOT - 7a; n f AV - plain 1; 1 1) meadow (from verb - to grow green, to withstand)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
059 'Abel {aw-bale'} ·½¦Û 058;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Abel 4; 4 1) ¦b¥H¦â¦C¥_³¡, ¾aªñ§Bº¿­{ªº¤@­Ó«° (#¼»¤U 20:14|) 2) ¦b§Bº¿­{ªº¬ù®Ñ¨Èªº¥Ð³¥¶¡¤§¤@³B¦a¤è, ¬ùÂd´¿³Q©ñ¸m¦b¦¹³B¤@¬q®É¶¡ (#¼»¤W 6:18|)

059 'Abel {aw-bale'} from 058;; n pr loc AV - Abel 4; 4 1) city in northern Israel near Bethmaachah 2) the place where the ark rested in the field of Joshua at Bethshemesh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
060 'ebel {ay'-bel} ·½¦Û 056; TWOT - 6a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - mourning 24; 24 1) «s±¥ 1a) ¬°¦º¤H 1b) ¬°¸®Â§ (Áô³ë) 1c) ³àªA 1d) ªA³à´Á¶¡

060 'ebel {ay'-bel} from 056; TWOT - 6a; n m AV - mourning 24; 24 1) mourning 1a) for the dead 1b) for rites of mourning (metaph) 1c) mourning garb 1d) period of mourning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
061 'abal {ab-awl'} ¦ü¥G·½¦Û 056 "§_©w"ªº·N¸q; TWOT - 8; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - but 4, verily 3, indeed 2, nevertheless 2; 11 1) ¯u¥¿¦a, ½T«H¦a, ¥²µM¦a 2) ¦ý¬O, µM¦Ó, ÁöµM¦p¦¹ 3) ¬Û¤Ï¦a, §_©w (§_©wµü)

061 'abal {ab-awl'} apparently from 056 through the idea of negation; TWOT - 8; adv AV - but 4, verily 3, indeed 2, nevertheless 2; 11 1) truly, verily, surely 2) but, however, howbeit 3) contrariwise, nay rather (neg.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
062 'Abel Beyth-Ma`akah {aw-bale' bayth ma-a-kaw'} ·½¦Û 058 ©M 01004 ©M 04601;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Abelbethmaachah 2; 2 ¨È§B-§B-º¿­{ = "º¿­{®aªºªª³õ" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¥_³¡ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¾aªñ§Bº¿­{

062 'Abel Beyth-Ma`akah {aw-bale' bayth ma-a-kaw'} from 058 and 01004 and 04601;; n pr loc AV - Abelbethmaachah 2; 2 Abel Beth Maachah = "meadow of the house of Maachah" 1) city in northern Israel near Beth Maachah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
063 'Abel hash-Shittiym {aw-bale' hash-shit-teem'} ·½¦Û 058 ©M 07848ªº½Æ¼Æ, ±a¦³´¡¤Jªº«aµü;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abelshittim 1; 1 ¨È§B¤°«F = "¨ëºi¤§¯ó¦a" 1) ¦b¼¯À£§C¦a¤§¤@³B

063 'Abel hash-Shittiym {aw-bale' hash-shit-teem'} from 058 and the plural of 07848, with the article inserted;; n pr loc AV - Abelshittim 1; 1 Abel Shittim = "meadow of acacias" 1) place in lowlands of Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
064 'Abel K@ramiym {aw-bale' ker-aw-meem'} ·½¦Û 058 03754½Æ¼Æ«¬; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - plain of the vineyards 1; 1 ¨È³Æ°Ç°ò©Ô©ú = "¸²µå¶é­ì³¥" 1) ¨È±¿ªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è (#¤h 11:33|)

064 'Abel K@ramiym {aw-bale' ker-aw-meem'} from 058 and the plural of 03754;; n pr loc AV - plain of the vineyards 1; 1 Abel Keramim = "meadow of the vineyards" 1) a place in Ammon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
065 'Abel M@chowlah {aw-bale' mekh-o-law'} ·½¦Û 058 ©M 04246;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Abelmeholah 3; 3 ¨È§B¦Ì¦ó©Ô = "»RÁЪº¯ó­ì" 1) ¥HÂÄ­{ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¥H§Q¨Fªº¥X¥Í¦a

065 'Abel M@chowlah {aw-bale' mekh-o-law'} from 058 and 04246;; n pr loc AV - Abelmeholah 3; 3 Abel Meholah = "meadow of dancing" 1) a city of Issachar, birthplace of Elisha
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
066 'Abel Mayim {aw-bale' mah'-yim} ·½¦Û 058 ©M 04325;;±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Abelmaim 1; 1 Abel Maim = Àã¼íªºªª¯ó¦a 1) ¦b¥H¦â¦C¥_Ã䪺¤@­Ó«°¥« (¥i¯à¬O Abel Beth Maachah)

066 'Abel Mayim {aw-bale' mah'-yim} from 058 and 04325;; n pr loc AV - Abelmaim 1; 1 Abel Maim = "meadow of waters" 1) a city in northern Israel (perhaps Abel Beth Maachah)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
067 'Abel Mitsrayim {aw-bale' mits-rah'-yim} ·½¦Û 058 ©M 04714;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Abelmizraim 1; 1 ¨È§B³Á¦è = "®J¤Î¯ó¦a" 1) ¦b¬ù¦ýªeªFÃ䪺¤@­Ó¦a¤è (¤]³\\\"¹³®J¤Î¤@¼ËªºªÎ¨U") {#³Ð 50:11 |}

067 'Abel Mitsrayim {aw-bale' mits-rah'-yim} from 058 and 04714;; n pr loc AV - Abelmizraim 1; 1 Abel Mizraim = "meadow of Egypt" 1) a place east of the Jordan (perhaps "as fertile as Egypt")
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
068 'eben {eh'-ben} ·½¦Û01129ªº¦r®Ú, ¨ú¨ä«Ø³y¤§·N; TWOT - 9; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - stone(s) 247, weight(s) 7, divers weights + 068 3, hailstones 3, stony 2, carbuncle + 0688 1, hailstones + 01259 1, hailstones + 0417 1, headstone 1, masons + 07023 1, plummet 1, slingstones 1; 272 1) ¥ÛÀY (©Î¤j©Î¤p) 1a) ¤@¯ë¥ÛÀY (¦b¦ÛµMª¬ºA) 1b) ¥Û¶ô, ·í§÷®Æ 1b1) ¥­ªOªº 1b2) ¤j²z¥Û, ³Q¤Á³Î¤§¥Û 1c) ¬Ã¶Qªº¥ÛÀY, ¿U¿N¤§¥Û 1d) §t¦³ª÷Äݤ§¥Û¶ô (Äq¥Û), ¤u§@©ÎªZ¾¹¤§¤u¨ã 1e) ­«¶q 1f) ¹]Áè (¯}Ãa¤§¥Û) ¤]¬O¥Ñª÷ÄÝ»s³y 1g) ¹³¥ÛÀYªºª«½è, ¨Ò¦p ¹r, (¦p¥ÛÀY¯ë) °íµwªº¤ß, ¦B 1h) ¯«¸t¤§ª«, ¦p¼»¥À¦Õ¬ö©À¸O(À])¦¨¥ß¬O¬°­n¼Ð°O¤W«Ò¦b¨º¸Ì À°§U¥H¦â¦CÀ»±ÑµÌ¤O¤h¤H 1i) (©ú³ë) 1i1) ®ûªw¦b¤ô¸Ì,ÀR¤îªº 1i2) ¤O¶q,°í±j ,°í©T 1i3) ´¶³q 1j) (Áô³ë) 1j1) ³Q®£©ÆÀ~§b 1j2) ­è´pªº, ¹x±jªº¤ß

068 'eben {eh'-ben} from the root of 01129 through the meaning to build; TWOT - 9; n f AV - stone(s) 247, weight(s) 7, divers weights + 068 3, hailstones 3, stony 2, carbuncle + 0688 1, hailstones + 01259 1, hailstones + 0417 1, headstone 1, masons + 07023 1, plummet 1, slingstones 1; 272 1) stone (large or small) 1a) common stone (in natural state) 1b) stone, as material 1b1) of tablets 1b2) marble, hewn stones 1c) precious stones, stones of fire 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon 1e) weight 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines 1i) (simile) 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity 1i3) commonness 1j) (metaph) 1j1) petrified with terror 1j2) perverse, hard heart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
069 'eben (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {eh'-ben} ¬Û·í©ó 068; TWOT - 2556; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - stone(s) 8; 8 1) ¥ÛÀY 1a) ¤@­Ó ¥ÛÀY 1b) ¥ÛÀY, »s³y°¸¹³©M«Ø¿vª«ªº§÷®Æ

069 'eben (Aramaic) {eh'-ben} corresponding to 068; TWOT - 2556; n f AV - stone(s) 8; 8 1) stone 1a) a (the) stone 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
070 'oben {o'ben} »P 068 ¦P¥X¤@·½; TWOT - 9a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - stools 1, wheels 1; 2 1) Âà½ü, ¶ê½L 1a) ³³¦KªºÂà½ü 1b) ¤À®Y¥Îªº¬Ö¤l, µ¹±µ¥Í±C±µ¥ÍÀ¦¨à®É¥Î

070 'oben {o'ben} from the same as 068; TWOT - 9a; n m AV - stools 1, wheels 1; 2 1) wheel, disc 1a) potter's wheel 1b) bearing-stool, midwife's stool
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
071 'Abanah {ab-aw-naw'} ¥i¯à¬O 068 ªº³±©Ê;; ¦Wµü AV - Abana 1; 1 1) ¨È½}®³ªe, ¤@±ø±Ô§Q¨Èªºªe¬y, ¬y¸g¤j°¨¤h­²(¤j°¨¦â)

071 'Abanah {ab-aw-naw'} perhaps f of 068;; n AV - Abana 1; 1 1) river Abana, Syrian river flowing through Damascus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
072 'Eben ha-`ezer {eh'-ben haw-e'-zer} ·½¦Û 068 ©M 05828, ¥[¤W¤¤¶¡ªº«aµü;; ¦Wµü AV - Ebenezer 3; 3 ¥H«K¥HÁ = "¨ü§U¤§¥Û" 1) ¼»¥À¦Õ©Ò³]¥ßªº¤@¶ô¥ÛÀY, ¥Î¥H¬ö©À¤W«ÒÀ°§U¥H¦â¦C¤H¥´±Ñ«D§Q¤h¤H -- ¦ì©ó­C¸ô¼»§N¤§¥_

072 'Eben ha-`ezer {eh'-ben haw-e'-zer} from 068 and 05828 with the article inserted;; n AV - Ebenezer 3; 3 Ebenezer = "stone of help" 1) memorial stone erected by Samuel to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines - north of Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
073 'abnet {ab-nate'} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; TWOT - 256a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - girdle(s) 9; 9 1) ¸y±a, ¹¢±a, ±a¤l 1a) ¤j²½¥qªº 1b) ¨ä¥L²½¥qªº 1c) ¹F©x¶Q¤Hªº

073 'abnet {ab-nate'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 256a; n m AV - girdle(s) 9; 9 1) girdle, sash, waistband 1a) of high priest 1b) of other priests 1c) of high official
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
074 'Abner {ab-nare'} ©Î (¥þ«¬) 'Abiyner {ab-ee-nare'} ·½¦Û 01 ©M 05216;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Abner 63; 63 ©ã¥§Ò­ = "§Ú¤÷¬O©ú¿O" 1) ±½Ã¹ªº°ó¥S§Ì©M¤¸«Ó, ¬°¬ù©ã©Ò»¤±þ

074 'Abner {ab-nare'} or (fully) 'Abiyner {ab-ee-nare'} from 01 and 05216;; n pr m AV - Abner 63; 63 Abner = "my father is a lamp" 1) Saul's cousin and army captain, treacherously slain by Joab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
075 'abac {aw-bas'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 10; °Êµü AV - fatted 1, stalled 1; 2 1) Áý¾i, ¾iªÎ 1a) (Qal) ³Q¾iªÎ (³Q°Ê¤Àµü)

075 'abac {aw-bas'} a primitive root; TWOT - 10; v AV - fatted 1, stalled 1; 2 1) to feed, fatten 1a) (Qal) fattened (passive participle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
076 'aba`bu`ah {ab-ah-boo-aw'} (¥H¥[­¿­p) ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬°¦V«e¥´ÜÐ); ¤T¤À¤§¤G - 217a; n f ´Ü©w¥»- ¤ôªw2; 2 1) ¥Ö½§¤Wªº¤ôªw, ªmÄË(·½¦Û¨Ï¥Í®Ú,¨Ï¸~µÈ)

076 'aba`bu`ah {ab-ah-boo-aw'} (by reduplication) from an unused root (meaning to belch forth); TWOT - 217a; n f AV - blains 2; 2 1) blisters, boils (from root, to swell up)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
077 'Ebets {eh'-bets} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î,¥i¯à·N¬°·L¥ú;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Abez 1; 1 ¨È§O = "§Ú±N·|¦¨¥Õ (©Î¬OªdÀ×)" 1) ¦b¥HÂÄ­{ªº«°É]

077 'Ebets {eh'-bets} from an unused root probably meaning to gleam;; n pr loc AV - Abez 1; 1 Abez = "I will make white (or miry)" 1) a city in Issachar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
078 'Ibtsan {ib-tsawn'} »P076¦P·½; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ibzan 2; 2 ¥H¤ñÆg = "¥L­Ìªº¥Õ(ª½Ä¶¥i§@'¥L­Ìªº¿ü¬O¥Õªº')" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¤@¦W¤h®v (#¤h 12:8,10|)

078 'Ibtsan {ib-tsawn'} from the same as 076;; n pr m AV - Ibzan 2; 2 Ibzan, "their whiteness (literally their tin -- as white" 1) a Bethlehemite judge in time of the judges
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
079 'abaq {aw-bak'} ¦r®Ú«¬, ¥i¯à«ü"º}²¾¶}" (¦n¹³"»]µo"), «ü¥Î©ó·í°µ 080 ªº°Ê¦Wµü; TWOT - 12; °Êµü AV - wrestled 2; 2 1) (Niphal) ºL¨¤, (®æ°«¤ñÁɤ¤) §ìªº°Ê§@(¨ÏÂФW¦Ç¹Ðªº), º¡¬O¦Ç¹Ðªº

079 'abaq {aw-bak'} a primitive root, probably to float away (as vapour), but used only as denominative from 080; TWOT - 12; v AV - wrestled 2; 2 1) (Niphal) to wrestle, grapple (get dusty), bedust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
080 'abaq {aw-bawk'} ·½¦Û 079 ªº¦r®Ú; TWOT - 11a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - dust 5, powder 1; 6 1) ¹Ð¤g 1a) ¦a¤Wªº 1b) ¶³ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

080 'abaq {aw-bawk'} from root of 079; TWOT - 11a; n m AV - dust 5, powder 1; 6 1) dust 1a) on ground 1b) clouds (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
081 'abaqah {ab-aw-kaw'} 080 ªº³±©Ê«¬; TWOT - 11b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - powders 1; 1 1) ­»¯», ¯» (#ºq 3:6|)

081 'abaqah {ab-aw-kaw'} f of 080; TWOT - 11b; n f AV - powders 1; 1 1) aromatic powders, powder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
082 'abar {aw-bar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 13b; °Êµü AV - fly 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) ­¸µ¾ (·n°Ê¯Í»H)

082 'abar {aw-bar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 13b; v AV - fly 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) to fly (to move wings)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
083 'eber {ay-ber'} ·½¦Û 082; TWOT - 13a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - wings 2, winged 1; 3 1) Ál, ¯Í»H 1a) ³¾ªº (ÂF¤l, ÆN) 1b) ¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤ýªº (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

083 'eber {ay-ber'} from 082; TWOT - 13a; n m AV - wings 2, winged 1; 3 1) pinion, wing 1a) of bird (dove, eagle) 1b) of Babylonian king (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
084 'ebrah {eb-raw'} 083 ªº³±©Êµü; TWOT - 13a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - features 2, wings 2; 4 1) ³¾Ál, ¦ÐÁl 1a) ³¾ªº¯Í»H (Àk³¾, ¦ÑÆN, ÂF¤l) 1b) ¯«ªº³QÂÐ (Áô³ë)

084 'ebrah {eb-raw'} f of 083; TWOT - 13a; n f AV - features 2, wings 2; 4 1) pinion, wing 1a) of bird (ostrich, eagle, dove) 1b) of God (metaph)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
085 'Abraham {ab-raw-hawm'} ªu¥Î 01 ¤Î¤@­Ó¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r®Ú(¥i¯à·N¬°¤H¤f²³¦hªº); TWOT - 4b; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Abraham 175; 175 ¨È§B©Ô¨u = "¤@¤j¸s¤Hªº¤÷¿Ë" ©Î "¤@¤j¸s¤Hªº­º»â" 1) ¤W«ÒªºªB¤Í¨Ã¸g¥Ñ¤W«Òªº¾ß¿ï¥ß¬ù¦Ó¦¨¬°§Æ§B¨Ó¤H°ê®aªº³þ°òªÌ

085 'Abraham {ab-raw-hawm'} contracted from 01 and an unused root (probably meaning to be populous); TWOT - 4b; n pr m AV - Abraham 175; 175 Abraham = "father of a multitude" or "chief of multitude" 1) friend of God and founder of Hebrew nation via God's elective covenant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
086 'abrek {ab-rake'} ¥i¯à¬O®J¤Î¤å, ·N¬°¸÷¤U; TWOT - 14; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - bow the knee 1; 1 1) (·N«ä¤£©ú½T) - ©I¥sÁn, ¬L§i¬ù·æ§¤ªº°Æ¨®¨Ó¤F 1a) ©R¥O 1b) Áù°`

086 'abrek {ab-rake'} probably an Egyptian word meaning kneel; TWOT - 14; exclamation AV - bow the knee 1; 1 1) (meaning dubious) - a shout made to announce Joseph's chariot 1a) command 1b) bow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
087 'Abram {ab-rawm'} ªu¥Î 048;;±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Abram 61; 61 ¨È§BÄõ = "³Q°ªÁ|¤§¤÷r" 1)¨È§B©Ô¨u°_¥ýªº¦W¦r

087 'Abram {ab-rawm'} contracted from 048;; n pr m AV - Abram 61; 61 Abram = "exalted father" 1) original name of Abraham
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
088 'oboth {o-both'} 0178ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Oboth 4; 4 ªü§B = "¥Ö­²»sªº¤ô³U" 1) ¦bÃm³¥¤¤, ¤@­Ó¥¼½T©wªº¥H¦â¦C¤HÀç¦a (¥i¯à¦b¼¯©ãªºªF¹Ò)

088 'oboth {o-both'} plural of 0178;; n pr loc AV - Oboth 4; 4 Oboth = "waterskins" 1) undetermined site of an Israelite camp in the wilderness (perhaps at east boundary of Moab)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
089 'Age' {aw-gay'} ·½©ó¤@¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r, »P 090 ¤ñ¸û;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Agee 1; 1 ¨È°ò = "§ÚÀ³¼W¦h" 1) ¤@¦ì¤j½Ã¤ýªº¾Ô¤hªº¤÷¿Ë(#¼»¤U 23:11|)

089 'Age' {aw-gay'} of uncertain derivation, compare with 090;; n pr m AV - Agee 1; 1 Agee = "I shall increase" 1) father of a warrior of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
090 'Agag {ag-ag'} ©M 'Agag {Ag-awg'} ¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r, »P 089 ¤ñ¸û;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Agag 8; 8 ¨È¥Ò = "§Ú·|¦b¸U¤H¤§¤W" 1) ¨Èº¿¤O¤Hªº¤ý, ±½Ã¹¯d¦s¨ä©Ê©R, ¦ý¤´¬°¼»¥À¦Õ©Ò±þ (#¼»¤W 15|)

090 'Agag {ag-ag'} or 'Agag {Ag-awg'} of uncertain derivation, compare with 089;; n pr m AV - Agag 8; 8 Agag = "I will overtop" 1) king of Amalek, spared by Saul but slain by Samuel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
091 'Agagiy {ag-aw-ghee'} ·½©ó 090 ¤÷¦Wªº©m©Î¦W¦r ;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Agagite 5; 5 ¨È¥Ò±Ú = "§Ú±N³Ó¥X" 1) ¥Î©ó«ü«¢°Ò, «¢°Ò¬O¨È¥Ò±Ú¤H

091 'Agagiy {ag-aw-ghee'} patrial or patronymic from 090;; adj AV - Agagite 5; 5 Agagite = "I will overtop" 1) said of Haman, Haman the Agagite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
092 'aguddah {ag-ood-daw'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¹L¥h¤Àµü (·N«ä¬OÅs); TWOT - 15a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - troop 2, bunch 1, burdens 1; 4 1) ±a, ¸j 1a) ÷¤l, ±a, ¥Ö±a (¥£ÁõªºÁô³ë) 1b) (¤@)§ô¤û½¥¯ó 1c) ¤@¶¤¤H, ¸s 1d) ¶ê³» (¤ÑªÅ), Ë|»a (¦a­±¨ì¤ÑªÅ)

092 'aguddah {ag-ood-daw'} f passive participle of an unused root (meaning to bind); TWOT - 15a; n f AV - troop 2, bunch 1, burdens 1; 4 1) band, binding 1a) cords, bands, thongs (metaphorical of slavery) 1b) bunch of hyssop 1c) band of men, troops 1d) vault (of the heavens), firmament (binding earth to the heavens)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
093 'egowz {eg-oze'} ¥i¯à·½¦Ûªi´µ»y; TWOT - 16; ¶§©Ê¶°¦X¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - nuts 1; 1 1) µwªGªºªG¤¯ (#ºq 6:11|)

093 'egowz {eg-oze'} probably of Persian origin; TWOT - 16; n m collective AV - nuts 1; 1 1) nuts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
094 'Aguwr {aw-goor'} 0103 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Agur 1; 1 ¨È¥jÒ­ = "»E¶°" 1) ¶®°òªº¨à¤l, ½e¨¥²Ä30³¹ªº§@ªÌ©Î¬O½s¿èªÌ(#½e 30:1|)

094 'Aguwr {aw-goor'} passive participle of 0103;; n pr m AV - Agur 1; 1 Agur = "gathered" 1) son of Jakeh, an author or compiler of Provs 30
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
095 'agowrah {ag-o-raw'} »P 094 ¦P·½; TWOT - 23a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - piece 1; 1 1) ³øÀv, ¤@¶ô, ¿ú¹ô

095 'agowrah {ag-o-raw'} from the same as 094; TWOT - 23a; n f AV - piece 1; 1 1) payment, piece, coin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
096 'egel {eh'-ghel} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬° ¦p¤ô¯]¯ë¶×»E¦b¤@°_); TWOT - 17a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - drops 1; 1 1) ¤ô¯], ¶JÂÃ, ¦¬»E, ¶J¦s

096 'egel {eh'-ghel} from an unused root (meaning to flow down or together as drops); TWOT - 17a; n m AV - drops 1; 1 1) drop, reserve supply, collections, stores
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
097 'Eglayim {eg-lah'-yim} 096ªºÂù¼Æ«¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Eglaim 1; 1 ¥H°ò½¬ = "Âù­¿»W¤ô®w" 1) ¦b¼¯©ãªº¤@®y«°(#ÁÉ 15:8|)

097 'Eglayim {eg-lah'-yim} dual of 096;; n pr loc AV - Eglaim 1; 1 Eglaim = "double reservoir" 1) a town in Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
098 'agam {ag-am'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬°¦p¤ô»E¶°); TWOT - 18a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - pools 6, standing 2, reeds 1; 9 1) ¤ô¦À, ¤Þ°_³Â·Ðªº¤ô¦À 1a) ³Â·Ð©Î¬OªdÀ×(«Õ·tªº) ªº¤ô¦À, ªh¿A 1b) ¥ô¦ó¤ô¦À, ¦À¶í 1c) ªh¦aΏ«, Ώ«, «æ³t¦æ°Ê

098 'agam {ag-am'} from an unused root (meaning to collect as water); TWOT - 18a; n m AV - pools 6, standing 2, reeds 1; 9 1) pool, troubled pool 1a) troubled or muddy (gloomy) pools, marshes 1b) any pool, pond 1c) swamp reeds, reeds, rush(es)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
099 'agem {aw-game'} »P098¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä"»G¤ô"¤§·N²[); TWOT - 18b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - pools 1; 1 1) ´d«s (#ÁÉ 19:10|)

099 'agem {aw-game'} probably from the same as 098 (in the sense of stagnant water); TWOT - 18b; adj AV - pools 1; 1 1) stagnant pond
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0100 'agmown {ag-mone'} »P 098 ·½¦Û¦P¤@¦r®Ú; TWOT - 19; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - rush 2, bulrush 1, caldron 1, hook 1; 5 1) ¿O¤ß¯ó, Ώ« 1a) ·í§@÷¯Á (¥Ñ¿O¤ß¯ó¼¿¦¨©Î¯¼¦¨½u) 1b) ¨­¤À¨õ·L, µL¨¬»´­« (Áô³ë) 2) ´d¶Ë, µLºë¥´ªö 1a) Ώ«Ã· 1b) ««ÀY³à®ð (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1c) §CÁn¤U®ð (Áô³ë)

0100 'agmown {ag-mone'} from the same as 098; TWOT - 19; n m AV - rush 2, bulrush 1, caldron 1, hook 1; 5 1) rush, bulrush 1a) used as cord or line (of twisted rushes or spun of rush fibre) 1b) of the lowly, insignificant (metaph) 2) sad, drooping 1a) of line of bulrushes 1b) bowing of the head (fig.) 1c) of the lowly (metaph)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0101 'aggan {ag-gawn'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 05059; TWOT - 20a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - basons 1, cups 1, goblet 1; 3 1) ¸J, ¬Ö 1a) »ö¦¡¥Î¨ìªº¬Ö (#¥X 24:6|) 1b) ¨­Å骺©·½u (©ú³ë) (# ºq 7:2|) 1c) ¥H§Q¨È·qªº®a±Ú (Áô³ë) (# ÁÉ 22:24|)

0101 'aggan {ag-gawn'} probably from 05059; TWOT - 20a; n m AV - basons 1, cups 1, goblet 1; 3 1) bowl, basins 1a) basins used in ritual 1b) human body (metaph), curves of the body (simile) 1c) of family of Eliakim (metaph)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0102 'aggaph {ag-gawf'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 05062 (¨ú¨ä¤¿¨Æ­¢ªñªº·N«ä); TWOT - 21a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - bands 7; 7 1) (­x¶¤ªº)°¼Ál, ¤@¹Ù, ­x¶¤, ¸s²³

0102 'aggaph {ag-gawf'} probably from 05062 (through the idea of impending); TWOT - 21a; n m AV - bands 7; 7 1) wing (of an army), band, army, hordes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0103 'agar {aw-gar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 22; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - gather 3; 3 1) ¦b¤@°_ 1a) (Qal) ¦b¤@°_

0103 'agar {aw-gar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 22; v AV - gather 3; 3 1) to gather 1a) (Qal) to gather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0104 'igg@ra' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ig-er-aw'} ªi´µ»y; TWOT - 2557; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - letter 3; 3 1) ®Ñ«H, ¤½¤å(¨ÈÄõ¤åªº¥~¨Ó»y, ¥Î©ó¬ù)

0104 'igg@ra' (Aramaic) {ig-er-aw'} of Persian origin; TWOT - 2557; n f AV - letter 3; 3 1) letter, missive (Aramaic loan-word used in last OT books)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0105 'agartal {ag-ar-tawl'} °_·½¥¼ª¾; TWOT - 380a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - chargers 2; 2 1) ®e¾¹, ¦ËÄx, ¥Ö»sªº³U¤l, ²±­¹ª«ªº½L¤l

0105 'agartal {ag-ar-tawl'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 380a; n m AV - chargers 2; 2 1) vessel, basket, leather bag, basin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0106 'egroph {eg-rofe'} ·½¦Û 01640 (¨ú¨ä´¤¨ú¤§·N); TWOT - 385a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fist 2; 2 1) ®±ÀY

0106 'egroph {eg-rofe'} from 01640 (in the sense of grasping); TWOT - 385a; n m AV - fist 2; 2 1) fist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0107 'iggereth {ig-eh'-reth} ·½¦Û 0104; TWOT - 23b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - letter(s) 10; 10 1) ®Ñ«H, ¤½¤å

0107 'iggereth {ig-eh'-reth} from 0104; TWOT - 23b; n f AV - letter(s) 10; 10 1) letter, missive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0108 'ed {ade} °_·½»P 0181 ¦P 0181; TWOT - 38d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - mist 1, vapour 1; 2 1) Ãú

0108 'ed {ade} from the same as 0181; TWOT - 38d; n m AV - mist 1, vapour 1; 2 1) mist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0109 'adab {aw-dab'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 24; °Êµü AV - grieve 1; 1 1) ´d¶Ë, ¨Ï´d¶Ë 1a) (Hiph) ¨Ï´dµh, ´dµh, ³y¦¨´d¶Ë

0109 'adab {aw-dab'} a primitive root; TWOT - 24; v AV - grieve 1; 1 1) to grieve, cause grief 1a) (Hiph) to cause to grieve, to grieve, to cause grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0110 'Adb@'el {ad-beh-ale'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0109 (¨ú¨ä"Ãg»@"¤§·N ) ©M 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Adbeel 2; 2 "¨È¼w§O"©Î"©ã¼w§O" = "¯«ªºÃg»@" 1) ¥H¹êº¿§Qªº²Ä¤T­Ó¨à¤l, ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº®]¤l

0110 'Adb@'el {ad-beh-ale'} probably from 0109 (in the sense of chastisement) and 0410;; n pr m AV - Adbeel 2; 2 Adbeel = "chastened of God" 1) third son of Ishmael and grandson of Abraham
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0111 'Adad {ad-ad'} ¥i¯à¥Ñ 02301 ªº¦r«¬ÅܤƦӨÓ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Hadad 1; 1 «¢¹F = "§ÚÀ³¸Ó·Å¬X¨Ç :§ÚÀ³¸Ó¥h·R¡¨ 1) ¤@¦ì¥HªFªº¼Ä¤H, ¯«¿³°_¥L¨ÓÃg»@©Òùªù¤ý©Ò¥Çªº¸o (#¤ý¤W 11:17|)

0111 'Adad {ad-ad'} probably an orthographical variation for 02301;; n pr m AV - Hadad 1; 1 Hadad = "I shall move softly: I shall love" 1) an Edomite enemy God raised up to punish Solomon for his sins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0112 'Iddow {id-do} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; TWOT - 26e, 26f; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Iddo 2; 2 ©ö¦h = "§Ú±NÆg¬ü¥L" 1)­{¦è´´¶®¦a¤èªº¥H¦â¦C­º»â

0112 'Iddow {id-do} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 26e, 26f; n pr m AV - Iddo 2; 2 Iddo = "I will praise him" 1) a chief Israelite during resettlement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0113 'adown {aw-done'}©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'adon {aw-done'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬°"²Îªv"); TWOT - 27b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lord 197, master(s) 105, Lord 31, owner 1, sir 1; 335 1) °í©w, ±j§§, ¥D, ¥D¤H 1a) ¥D, ¥D¤H 1a1) «üºÙ¤H 1a1a) ®a®_, Á`ºÞ 1a1b) ¥D¤H 1a1c) °ê¤ý 1a2) «üºÙ¯« 1a2a) ¥D¯« 1a2b) ´¶¤Ñ¤Uªº¥D 1b) ²³¥D, ½Ñ¤ý 1b1) «üºÙ¤H 1b1a) ¼»º¿§Q¨È¤sªº­ì¥D (#¤ý¤W 16:24|) 1b1b) ¥D¤H 1b1c) ¤V¤Ò 1b1d) ¥ýª¾ 1b1e) ¬Ùªø 1b1f) ­º»â 1b1g) °ê¤ý 1b2) «üºÙ¯« 1b2a) ¸U¥D¤§¥D 1c) §Ú¥D, §Úªº¥D¤H 1c1) «üºÙ¤H 1c1a) ¥D¤H 1c1b) ¤V¤Ò 1c1c) ¥ýª¾ 1c1d) ­º»â 1c1e) °ê¤ý 1c1f) ¤÷¿Ë 1c1g) ¼¯¦è 1c1h) ²½¥q 1c1i) Åã²{ªº¤Ñ¨Ï 1c1j) ±N»â 1c1k) ©Ó»{¹ï¤èÀu¶Vªº¤@¯ëºÙ©I 1c2) «üºÙ¯« 1c2a) §Úªº¥D, §Úªº¥D§Úªº¯«(#¸Ö 35:23|) 1c2b) Adonai "¥D" (µ¥¦P¯«ªº¦W¦r"¶®«Â"[Yahweh])

0113 'adown {aw-done'} or (shortened) 'adon {aw-done'} from an unused root (meaning to rule); TWOT - 27b; n m AV - lord 197, master(s) 105, Lord 31, owner 1, sir 1; 335 1) firm, strong, lord, master 1a) lord, master 1a1) reference to men 1a1a) superintendent of household,of affairs 1a1b) master 1a1c) king 1a2) reference to God 1a2a) the Lord God 1a2b) Lord of the whole earth 1b) lords, kings 1b1) reference to men 1b1a) proprietor of hill of Samaria 1b1b) master 1b1c) husband 1b1d) prophet 1b1e) governor 1b1f) prince 1b1g) king 1b2) reference to God 1b2a) Lord of lords (probably = "thy husband, Yahweh") 1c) my lord, my master 1c1) reference to men 1c1a) master 1c1b) husband 1c1c) prophet 1c1d) prince 1c1e) king 1c1f) father 1c1g) Moses 1c1h) priest 1c1i) theophanic angel 1c1j) captain 1c1k) general recognition of superiority 1c2) reference to God 1c2a) my Lord,my Lord and my God 1c2b) Adonai (parallel with Yahweh)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0114 'Addown {ad-done'} ¥i¯à¬°0113ªº¥[±j;;§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Addon 1; 1 ¨È¹y = "¦³¤Oªº" 1) ¤@­ÓµS¤Ó¤H

0114 'Addown {ad-done'} probably intensive for 0113;; adj AV - Addon 1; 1 Addon = "powerful" 1) an Israelite?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0115 'Adowrayim {ad-o-rah'-yim} dual from 0142 (in the sense of eminence);; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Adoraim 1; 1 ¨È§ùÄõ = "¥[­¿¥úºa" 1)¤@­Ó¦ì©óµS¤jªº³£¥«¡Aùªi¦w©Ò¿v¡A¦b§Æ§B­Ûªº¦è«n¤è¡A¤j¬ù 5­^¨½©Î 8¤½¨½³B

0115 'Adowrayim {ad-o-rah'-yim} dual from 0142 (in the sense of eminence);; n pr loc AV - Adoraim 1; 1 Adoraim = "double glory" 1) city in Judah fortified by Rehoboam about 5 miles or 8 km SW of Hebron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0116 'edayin (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ed-ah'-yin} ¨Ó·½¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 2558; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - then 55, now 1, time 1; 57 1) µM«á, ¤§«á, ¦¹«á, ¦Û¨º®É¥H«á

0116 'edayin (Aramaic) {ed-ah'-yin} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 2558; adv AV - then 55, now 1, time 1; 57 1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0117 'addiyr {ad-deer'} ·½¦Û 0142; TWOT - 28b; §Î®eµü AV - nobles 7, excellent 4, mighty 5, principal 3, famous 2, gallant 1, glorious 1, goodly 1, lordly 1, noble one 1, worthies 1; 27 1) °¶¤jªº, «ÂÄYªº 1a) ¥Î©ó®ü¬v 1b) ¥Î©ó¾ð¤ì 1c) ¥Î©ó§g¤ý¡B°ê®a¡B¯«¬ç 2) °¶¤jªÌ, «ÂÄYªÌ 2a)¥Î©ó¶Q±Ú¡B­º»â¡B¹²¤H

0117 'addiyr {ad-deer'} from 0142; TWOT - 28b; adj AV - nobles 7, excellent 4, mighty 5, principal 3, famous 2, gallant 1, glorious 1, goodly 1, lordly 1, noble one 1, worthies 1; 27 1) great, majestic 1a) of waters of sea 1b) of a tree 1c) of kings, nations, gods 2) great one, majestic one 2a) of nobles, chieftains, servants
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0118 'Adalya' {ad-al-yaw'} ·½©óªi´µ¤åªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Adalia 1; 1 ¨È¤j§Q¶® = "§Ú±N³Q­C©MµØ©Ò©ÔÁ|" 1)«¢°Òªº²Ä¤­­Ó¨à¤l, ¦P®É³Q³B¦º

0118 'Adalya' {ad-al-yaw'} of Persian derivation;; n pr m AV - Adalia 1; 1 Adalia = "I shall be drawn up of Jah" 1) fifth son of Haman, executed at same time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0119 'adam {aw-dam'} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; TWOT - 26b; °Êµü AV - dyed red 5, red 4 ruddy 1; 10 1) ¬O¬õªº¡A¨Ï¬õ 1a) (Qal)®ð¦â¬õ¼í (®³²Ó¦Õ¤Hªº) 1b) (Pual) 1b1) ´|¬õ 1b2)¬V¦¨¬õ¦â 1b3)¨ÏÅܬõ 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) ¨Ï¨ä§e²{¬õ 1c2) Ä£²´ 1c3) ´²µo¬õ¥ú 1d) (Hithpael) 1d1) Åܬõ 1d2) ¦¨¬°¬õ 1d3) ¬Ý°_¨Ó¬õ

0119 'adam {aw-dam'} of unknown derivation; TWOT - 26b; v AV - dyed red 5, red 4 ruddy 1; 10 1) to be red, red 1a) (Qal) ruddy (of Nazarites) 1b) (Pual) 1b1) to be rubbed red 1b2) dyed red 1b3) reddened 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to cause to show red 1c2) to glare 1c3) to emit (show) redness 1d) (Hithpael) 1d1) to redden 1d2) to grow red 1d3) to look red
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0120 'adam {aw-dawm'} ·½¦Û 0119; TWOT - 25a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - man 408, men 121, Adam 13, person(s) 8, common sort + 07230 1, hypocrite 1; 552 1) ¤H, ¤HÃþ 1a) ¤H, ¤HÃþ 1b) ¤H, ¤HÃþ (¬ù¤¤¦h¬°¦¹·N) 1c) ¨È·í, ²Ä¤@¦ì¤H 1d) ¬ù¥¹ªe¨¦ªº«°¥«

0120 'adam {aw-dawm'} from 0119; TWOT - 25a; n m AV - man 408, men 121, Adam 13, person(s) 8, common sort + 07230 1, hypocrite 1; 552 1) man, mankind 1a) man, human being 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) 1c) Adam, first man 1d) city in Jordan valley
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0121 'Adam {aw-dawm'} the same as 0120; TWOT - 25a; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Adam 9; 9 ¨È·í = "¬õ" 1) ¤W«Ò©Ò³Ð³yªº²Ä¤@­Ó¤H 2)¬ù¥¹ªe¨¦¤@­Ó³£¥«

0121 'Adam {aw-dawm'} the same as 0120; TWOT - 25a; n pr m AV - Adam 9; 9 Adam = "red" 1) first man 2) city in Jordan valley
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0122 'adom {aw-dome'} ·½¦Û 0119; TWOT - 26b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - red 8, ruddy 1; 9 1) ¬õ¦âªº, ¬õªº («ü¤H, °¨, ¤p¥À¤û, ¥~¦ç, ¤ô, «ó¨§)

0122 'adom {aw-dome'} from 0119; TWOT - 26b; adj AV - red 8, ruddy 1; 9 1) red, ruddy (of man, horse, heifer, garment, water, lentils)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0123 'Edom {ed-ome'} ©Î (§¹¾ã) 'Edowm {ed-ome'} ·½¦Û 0122; TWOT - 26e; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Edom 87, Edomites 9, Idumea 4; 100 ¥HªF = "¬õ" 1) ¥HªF 2) ¥HªF¤H, ¥H¤g¶R - ¥H±½ªº«á¸Ç 3) ¥HªF¤§¦a, ¥H¤g¶R - ¦ì©ó¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z«n¤è¤ÎªF«n¤è¤§¦a

0123 'Edom {ed-ome'} or (fully) 'Edowm {ed-ome'} from 0122; TWOT - 26e; n pr m AV - Edom 87, Edomites 9, Idumea 4; 100 Edom = "red" 1) Edom 2) Edomite, Idumean - descendants of Esau 3) land of Edom, Idumea - land south and south east of Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0124 'odem {o'-dem} ·½¦Û 0119; TWOT - 26c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sardius 3; 3 1) ¬õÄ_¥Û, ¬õ¥ÉÅè (¬õ¦â) 1a) Ä_¥Û

0124 'odem {o'-dem} from 0119; TWOT - 26c; n f AV - sardius 3; 3 1) ruby, carnelian (redness) 1a) precious stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0125 'adamdam {ad-am-dawm'} ¥Ñ­«ÂÐ 0119 ¦Ó¨Ó ; TWOT - 26g; §Î®eµü AV - reddish 6; 6 1) ²H¬õªº, ±a¬õ¦âªº

0125 'adamdam {ad-am-dawm'} reduplicated from 0119; TWOT - 26g; adj AV - reddish 6; 6 1) reddish, be reddish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0126 'Admah {ad-maw'} 0127 ªºÁYµu«¬;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Admah 5; 5 ©ãº¿ = "¬õ¤g" 1)¦è­q¨¦ªº¤@­Ó³£¥«

0126 'Admah {ad-maw'} contracted for 0127;; n pr loc AV - Admah 5; 5 Admah = "red earth" 1) city in the Siddim valley
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0127 'adamah {ad-aw-maw'} ·½¦Û 0119; TWOT - 25b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - land(s) 125, earth 53, ground 43, country 1, husbandman 2, husbandry 1; 225 1) ¤g¦a, ³°¦a 1a) ¤g¦a (§@¬°¤@¯ëªº, ¯Ñ§@ªº, ¥X²£§@ª«ªº) 1b) ¤@¤ù¤g¦a, ¤@¶ô¯S©wªº¤g¦a 1c) ªd¤gªºª«®Æ (¥Î©ó«Ø¿v) 1d) ¦a²y¤W¥i¨£ªº¤g¦a 1e) ³°¦a, »â¤g, °ê®a 1f) ¾ã­Ó¥i©~¦íªº¦a²y 1g) ¦b®³¥±¥L§Qªº«°¥«

0127 'adamah {ad-aw-maw'} from 0119; TWOT - 25b; n f AV - land(s) 125, earth 53, ground 43, country 1, husbandman 2, husbandry 1; 225 1) ground, land 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) 1d) ground as earth's visible surface 1e) land, territory, country 1f) whole inhabited earth 1g) city in Naphtali
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0128 'Adamah {ad-aw-maw'} the same as 0127;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Adamah 1; 1 ¨È¤jº¿ = "¦a¤g" 1)®³¥±¥L§Qªº³£¥«

0128 'Adamah {ad-aw-maw'} the same as 0127;; n pr loc AV - Adamah 1; 1 Adamah = "the earth" 1) city in Naphtali
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0129 'Adamiy {ad-aw-mee'} ·½¦Û 0127; TWOT - 26f; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Adami 1; 1 ¨È¤j¦Ì = "¨È¹FÒ­¤H" 1)®³¥±¥L§Qªº¤@­Ó«Ø¿v¨¾¿mªº¦a°Ï¡A©Î¥i¸g¹L®³¥±¥L§Qªº¦a¤è

0129 'Adamiy {ad-aw-mee'} from 0127; TWOT - 26f; n pr loc AV - Adami 1; 1 Adami = "man of Adar" 1) a pass or fortified place in Naphtali
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0130 'Edomiy {ed-o-mee'} ©Î (§¹¾ã«¬) 'Edowmiy {ed-o-mee'} ·½¦Û 0123 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Edomite(s) 11, Syria 1; 12 1) ¥HªF¤Hªº

0130 'Edomiy {ed-o-mee'} or (fully) 'Edowmiy {ed-o-mee'} patronymic from 0123;; adj AV - Edomite(s) 11, Syria 1; 12 1) Edomite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0131 'Adummiym {ad-oom-meem'} plural of 0121;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Adummim 2; 2 ¨È³£­ß = "¬õ¼íªÌ:±IÀRªÌ¡H" 1)¤p¤s¥CªºÃä½t©Î¬O¸g¹Lªº¦a¤è, ¦ì©ó¦N¥Ò¦wªº¦è¤è

0131 'Adummiym {ad-oom-meem'} plural of 0121;; n pr loc AV - Adummim 2; 2 Adummim = "ruddy one: quieted ones?" 1) pass or ridge of hills, west of Gilgal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0132 'admoniy {ad-mo-nee'} ©Î (§¹¥þªº) 'admowniy {ad-mo-nee'} ·½¦Û 0119; TWOT - 26h; §Î®eµü AV - ruddy 2, red 1; 3 1) ¬õ¦âªº,¬õ¼íªº(¥Î©ó«üÀ¦«Ä®É¥Nªº"¥H±½")

0132 'admoniy {ad-mo-nee'} or (fully) 'admowniy {ad-mo-nee'} from 0119; TWOT - 26h; adj AV - ruddy 2, red 1; 3 1) red, ruddy (of Esau as infant)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0133 'Admatha' {ad-maw-thaw'} ¥i¯à¬Oªi´µ»yªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Admatha 1; 1 ©ãº¿¥L = "µ¹¥L­Ìªº¤@­Ó¨£ÃÒ" 1) ¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ý(ªi´µ°ê¤ý¿A§J¦è´µ¤@¥@)²Îªv®É¥Nªºªi´µ½Ñ«J {#´µ 1:13|}

0133 'Admatha' {ad-maw-thaw'} probably of Persian derivation;; n pr m AV - Admatha 1; 1 Admatha = "a testimony to them" 1) prince of Persia in reign of Ahasuerus (Xerxes)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0134 'eden {eh'-den} »P 0113 ¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä ±j§§ ¤§·N); TWOT - 27a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - socket(s) 56, foundations 1; 57 1) °ò¦, °ò®y, ´¡®y (¥[¤Æ, í©T) 1a) ¥Î¥H¦w©ñ¬ö©À¥Û¬Wªºª÷½è°ò®y 1b) ¦a²yªº°ò®y, ¦a²yªº¦a¦ 1c) ¬[³]¸t¹õªº°ò®y, ©³®y, ©Î´¡®y

0134 'eden {eh'-den} from the same as 0113 (in the sense of strength); TWOT - 27a; n m AV - socket(s) 56, foundations 1; 57 1) base, pedestal, socket (strong, firm) 1a) pedestals of gold on which marble pillars were set 1b) pedestals of the earth, foundation of the earth 1c) pedestals, bases, or sockets on which tabernacle stood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0135 'Addan {ad-dawn'} »P 0134 ¦P·½;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Addan 1; 1 ©ã¦ý = "±j§§, µ²¹ê" 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº¤@­Ó¦a¦W, ³¡¤À³Q¾Ûªº¤H¥Ñ¨º¨à°_µ{¦^Âk

0135 'Addan {ad-dawn'} intensive from the same as 0134;; n pr loc AV - Addan 1; 1 Addan = "strong, firm" 1) place in Babylon, from which exiles returned
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0136 'Adonay {ad-o-noy'} 0113ªº¥[±j«¬; TWOT - 27b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Lord 431, lord 2, God 1; 434 1) §Úªº¥D, ¥D 1a) ¤Hªº 1b) ¯«ªº 2) ¥D(¤j¼g) - ºÙ¿×, µS¤Ó¤H¹ï¶®«Âªº¥NºÙ, ¥H¥Ü·q·N

0136 'Adonay {ad-o-noy'} am emphatic form of 0113; TWOT - 27b; n m AV - Lord 431, lord 2, God 1; 434 1) my lord, lord 1a) of men 1b) of God 2) Lord - title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0137 'Adoniy-Bezeq {ad-o''-nee-beh'-zek} ·½¦Û 0113 ©M 0966;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Adonibezek 3; 3 ¨È¦h¥§¤ñ¦â = "§Úªº¤W«Ò¬O¤ñ¦â " 1) ¤ñ¦â¦a­{«n¥«ªº¤ý, ³Q¥H¦â¦C¤H©Ò±þ

0137 'Adoniy-Bezeq {ad-o''-nee-beh'-zek} from 0113 and 0966;; n pr m AV - Adonibezek 3; 3 Adoni-Bezek = "my lord is Besek" 1) king of the Canaanite city of Bezek, killed by Israelites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0138 'Adoniyah {ad-o-nee-yaw'} ¨ä­ì«¬(ÂX®i«¬)¬° 'Adoniyahuw {ad-o-nee-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0113 »P 03050;;±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Adonijah 26; 26 ¨È¦h¥§¶® = "§Ú¥D¬O­C©MµØ" 1)¤j½Ã¤ýªº²Ä¥|­Ó¨à¤l,»P©ÒùªùÄvª§¤ý¦ìªÌ 2) ¤@§Q¥¼¤H,³Q¬ù¨Fªk¤ý¬£¥h±Ð±Â«ßªk®Ñ 3) ¥§§Æ¦Ìªº¥D­n¦P¤u

0138 'Adoniyah {ad-o-nee-yaw'} original (prolonged) 'Adoniyahuw {ad-o-nee-yaw'-hoo} from 0113 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Adonijah 26; 26 Adonijah = "my lord is Jehovah" 1) fourth son of David and Solomon's rival for the throne 2) Levite sent by Jehoshaphat to teach the Law 3) a chief of the people who co-operated with Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0139 'Adoniy-Tsedeq {ad-o''-nee-tseh'-dek} ·½¦Û 0113 ¤Î 06664;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Adonizedek 2; 2 ¨È¦Ì¥§¬~¼w= "§Ú¥D¬O¤½¸q" 1) ³Q¬ù®Ñ¨È©Ò±þªº­{«n¤ý

0139 'Adoniy-Tsedeq {ad-o''-nee-tseh'-dek} from 0113 and 06664;; n pr m AV - Adonizedek 2; 2 Adoni-zedek = "my lord is righteous" 1) Canaanite king slain by Joshua
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0140 'Adoniyqam {ad-o-nee-kawm'} ·½¦Û 0113 and 06965;;±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Adonikam 3; 3 ¨È¦h¥§¤z = "§Ú¥D¿³°_" 1)¥H¦â¦C³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªº©v±Ú¤§­º

0140 'Adoniyqam {ad-o-nee-kawm'} from 0113 and 06965;; n pr m AV - Adonikam 3; 3 Adonikam = "my lord arose" 1) the head of an Israelite clan who returned from exile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0141 'Adoniyram {ad-o-nee-rawm'} ·½¦Û 0113 ©M 07311;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Adoniram 2; 2 ¨È¦h¥§Äõ = "§Úªº¥D³QºÙ¹|" 1) ©Òùªù¤ýªº¤@¦ì©x­û (#¤ý¤W 4:6;5:14|)

0141 'Adoniyram {ad-o-nee-rawm'} from 0113 and 07311;; n pr m AV - Adoniram 2; 2 Adoniram = "my lord is exalted" 1) one of Solomon's officers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0142 'adar {aw-dar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 28; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - glorious 2, honourable 1; 3 1) °¶¤j, ¶¯°¶§§ÄR, ¼eÁï, ´L¶Q (¸Öºqªº) 1a) (Niphal) ¶¯°¶§§ÄR, ºaÄ£ (¤Àµü) 1b) (Hiphil) ¨Ï¦³ºaÄ£

0142 'adar {aw-dar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 28; v AV - glorious 2, honourable 1; 3 1) to be great, be majestic, wide, noble (poetic) 1a) (Niphal) majestic, glorious (participle) 1b) (Hiphil) make glorious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0143 'Adar {ad-awr'} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Adar 8; 8 ¨È¹F = "ÀéÄꪺ" 1) ²Ä¤Q¤G­Ó¤ë, ¬Û·í©ó²{¥Nªº¤T¤ë¨ì¥|¤ë

0143 'Adar {ad-awr'} probably of foreign derivation;; n AV - Adar 8; 8 Adar = "glorious" 1) twelfth month, corresponding to modern March-April
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0144 'Adar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ad-awr'} ¬Û·í©ó 0143; TWOT - 2559; ¦Wµü AV - Adar 1; 1 ¨È¹F = "ÀéÄꪺ" 1) ²Ä¤Q¤G­Ó¤ë, ¬Û·í©ó²{¥Nªº¤T¤ë¨ì¥|¤ë

0144 'Adar (Aramaic) {ad-awr'} corresponding to 0143; TWOT - 2559; n AV - Adar 1; 1 Adar = "glorious" 1) twelfth month, corresponding to modern March or April
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0145 'eder {eh'-der} ·½¦Û 0142; TWOT - 28a; n ´Ü©w¥» - goodly 1, robe 1; 2 1) ºaÄ£, ²øÄY 2) ©Ü­·, (¼s¤jªº)¤æÁO

0145 'eder {eh'-der} from 0142; TWOT - 28a; n AV - goodly 1, robe 1; 2 1) glory, magnificence 2) mantle, cloak (as wide)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0146 'Addar {ad-dawr'} ·½¦Û 0142, ¥[±j»y®ð;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Adar 1, Addar 1; 2 ¨È¤j ©Î ¨È¹FÒ­ = "«D±`ºaÄ£" 1) ¤ñ©Ôªº¨à¤l, «K¶®¼§ªº®]¤l(#¥N¤W 8:3|) 2) µS¤jªñªº¥HªFªº«°¥«(#®Ñ 15:3|)

0146 'Addar {ad-dawr'} intensive from 0142;; n pr m AV - Adar 1, Addar 1; 2 Addar or Adar = "exceeding glorious" 1) son of Bela and Benjamin's grandson 2) city in Judah near Edom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0147 'iddar (Aramaic) {id-dar'} ·½©ó¤@­Ó¬Û·í©ó 0142 ªº¦r®Úªº¥[±j«¬; TWOT - 2560; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - threshing-floors 1; 1 1) ¥´½\³õ

0147 'iddar (Aramaic) {id-dar'} intensive, from a root corresponding to 0142; TWOT - 2560; n f AV - threshing-floors 1; 1 1) threshing floor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0148 'adargazer (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ad-ar''-gaw-zare'} »P 0147 ©M 01505 ¦P·½; TWOT - 2561; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - judge(s) 2; 2 1) ¥òµôªÌ (¥e¤RªÌ), ÅU°Ý

0148 'adargazer (Aramaic) {ad-ar''-gaw-zare'} from the same as 0147, and 01505; TWOT - 2561; n m AV - judge(s) 2; 2 1) judge (diviner), counsellor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0149 'adrazda' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ad-raz-daw'} ¥i¯à·½©óªi´µ¤å; TWOT - 2562; °Æµü AV - diligently 1; 1 1) ¥¿½T¦a, ½T¹ê¦a, ¥Î¤ß¥J²Ó¦a, ¥¿¸g¦a, ¤£¶}ª±¯º¦a

0149 'adrazda' (Aramaic) {ad-raz-daw'} probably of Persian origin; TWOT - 2562; adv AV - diligently 1; 1 1) correctly, exactly, diligently, earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0150 'adarkon {ad-ar-kone'} ·½©óªi´µ¤å; TWOT - 28.1; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - drams 2; 2 1) ¹F§Q§J - ´ú¶q­«¶q©M»ù­È(ª÷¤l, ¿ú)ªº³æ¦ì, ¬Û·í©ó 128 ­^³í ©Î 4.32 ¤½§J (°Ñ¨£ [1871])

0150 'adarkon {ad-ar-kone'} of Persian origin; TWOT - 28.1; n m AV - drams 2; 2 1) drachma, dram, daric - unit of weight and value (of gold, money) equal to 128 grains or 4.32 grams
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0151 'Adoram {ad-o-rawm'} 0141(¨È¦h¥§Äõ Adoniram)ªºÁY¼g«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Adoram 2; 2 ¨È¦hÄõ = "§Úªº¥D³QºÙ¹|" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@¦ì°ª©x (#¼»¤U 20:24|) 2) ¥H¦â¦C¤ýùªi¦wªº¤@¦ì©x­û(#¤ý¤W 12:18|)

0151 'Adoram {ad-o-rawm'} shortened form of 0141, Adoniram;; n pr m AV - Adoram 2; 2 Adoram = "my lord is exalted" 1) an officer of David 2) an officer of Rehoboam
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0152 'Adrammelek {ad-ram-meh'-lek} ·½¦Û 0142 ©M 04428; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Adrammelech 3; 3 ¨È±o¦Ì°Ç = ¡u¤ýªººaÄ£¡v ©Î¡u¨È¹FÒ­¬O§g¤ý¡v ©Î¡u¨È¹FÒ­¬Oµ¦¤h, ¨M©w³Ó­tªº¤H¡v 1) ¦èªk¥Ë­µªº°¸¹³©Î¯«, (# ¤ý¤U 17:31|) ¥Ñ¨È­z²Ä¤­­Ó¤ý (?) ¼»Ág¥H¦â¤Þ¶i¥H¦â¦C 2) ¦è®³°ò¥ßªº¨à¤l, «á¨Ó±þ¤F¦è®³°ò¥ß (# ¤ý¤U 19:36-37|)

0152 'Adrammelek {ad-ram-meh'-lek} from 0142 and 04428;; n pr m AV - Adrammelech 3; 3 Adrammelech = "honour of the king" or "Adar is prince" or "Adar is Counsellor, Decider" 1) an idol or god of the Sepharvites, introduced to Israel by Shalmaneser the fifth 2) the son and murderer of Sennacherib
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0153 'edra` (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ed-raw'} ¥Ñ 01872 «÷ªkÅÜ´«¦Ó¨Ó; TWOT - 2682b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - by force 1; 1 1) ±j¶Õ, ¤O¶q, ªZ¤O, Åv¤O

0153 'edra` (Aramaic) {ed-raw'} an orthographical variation for 01872; TWOT - 2682b; n f AV - by force 1; 1 1) strong, force, arm, power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0154 'edre`iy {ed-reh'-ee} ·½¦Û0153ªº¦P¸q¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Edrei 8; 8 ¥H±o¨Ó = "¦n©ñªª³õ" 1) ¤Ú¬Àªº­º­n³£¥«, ¦b¶®³Õªe¥_¤è

0154 'edre`iy {ed-reh'-ee} from the equivalent of 0153;; n pr loc AV - Edrei 8; 8 Edrei = "goodly pasture" 1) a chief city of Bashan, north of Jabbok river
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0155 'addereth {ad-deh'-reth} 0117 ªº³±©Ê«¬; TWOT - 28c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - mantle 5, garment 4, glory 1, goodly 1, robe 1; 12 1) ºaÄ£, ¸n³T 1a) ¥úºa, ¥ú½÷, °¶¤jªº (¸²µå¾ð, ªª¦Ï¤H) 1b) ©Ü­·, ¥Ñ¤ò¥Ö©Î¦nªº§÷½è»sªº¥~³T 1b1) ¥ýª¾ªº¦çªA

0155 'addereth {ad-deh'-reth} f of 0117; TWOT - 28c; n f AV - mantle 5, garment 4, glory 1, goodly 1, robe 1; 12 1) glory, cloak 1a) glory, splendour, magnificence (of a vine, shepherds) 1b) mantle, cloak made of fur or fine material 1b1) prophet's garment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0156 'adash {aw-dash'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 419; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - threshing 1; 1 1) (Qal) ½ò½ñ, ½ò¦b...¤W­±, ¥´âB, ½î½ñ(#ÁÉ 28:28|)

0156 'adash {aw-dash'} a primitive root; TWOT - 419; v AV - threshing 1; 1 1) (Qal) to tread, tread on, thresh, trample on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0157 'ahab {aw-hab'} ©Î¬O 'aheb {aw-habe'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 29; °Êµü AV - love 169, lover(s) 19, friend(s) 12, beloved 5, liketh 1, lovely 1, loving 1; 208 1) ·R 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¤H¹ï©¼¦¹ªº·R, ¥]¬A®a®x»P©Ê¤è­±ªº 1a2) ¤H¹ï­¹ª«,¶¼®Æ,ºÎ¯v,´¼¼zµ¥¨Æª«ªº­G¤f 1a3) ¤H¹ï¯«ªº·R

0157 'ahab {aw-hab'} or 'aheb {aw-habe'} a primitive root; TWOT - 29; v AV - love 169, lover(s) 19, friend(s) 12, beloved 5, liketh 1, lovely 1, loving 1; 208 1) to love 1a) (Qal) 1a1) human love for another, includes family, and sexual 1a2) human appetite for objects such as food, drink, sleep, wisdom 1a3) human love for or to God 1a4) act of being a friend 1a4a) lover (participle) 1a4b) friend (participle) 1a5) God's love toward man 1a5a) to individual men 1a5b) to people Israel 1a5c) to righteousness 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) lovely (participle) 1b2) loveable (participle) 1c) (Piel) 1c1) friends 1c2) lovers (fig. of adulterers) 2) to like
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0158 'ahab {ah'-hab} ·½¦Û 0157; TWOT - 29a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ·R¤H 1, Ãö·R 1; 2 1) ·R, ÅÊ·R (¥u¥Î©ó¦h¼Æ) 2) (TWOT) ·R

0158 'ahab {ah'-hab} from 0157; TWOT - 29a; n m AV - lovers 1, loving 1; 2 1) loves, amours (only in plural) 2) (TWOT) love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0159 'ohab {o'-hab} ·½¦Û 0156; TWOT - 29b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - loves 1; 1 1) ³Q·R 2) (TWOT) ·R

0159 'ohab {o'-hab} from 0156; TWOT - 29b; n m AV - loves 1; 1 1) loved object 2) (TWOT) love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0160 'ahabah {a-hab-aw} f of 0158; TWOT - 29c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - love 40; 40 1) ·R 1a) ¤H»P¤Hªº·R 1a1) ¤H¹ï¤Hªº 1a2) ¤H¹ï¦Û¨­ªº 1a3) ¨k¤H»P¤k¤H¤§¶¡ªº 1a4) ©Ê¼¤ 2) ¯«¹ï¨ä¦Ê©m¤§·R

0160 'ahabah {a-hab-aw} f of 0158; TWOT - 29c; n f AV - love 40; 40 1) love 1a) human love for human object 1a1) of man toward man 1a2) of man toward himself 1a3) between man and woman 1a4) sexual desire 2) God's love to His people
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0161 'Ohad {o'-had} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ·N¬°"Áp¦Xªº";; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ohad 2; 2 ªüÁÒ = "Áp¦Xªº" 1) ¦è½qªº¨à¤l, ¶®¦Uªº®]¤l

0161 'Ohad {o'-had} from an unused root meaning to be united;; n pr m AV - Ohad 2; 2 Ohad = "united" 1) son of Simeon and grandson of Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0162 'ahahh {a-haw'} ­ì«¬¦r, ªí¥Ü¯kµhªºÅå¥s, ³á!; TWOT - 30; ·P¹Äµü AV - Ah 8, Alas 6, O 1; 15 1) «u!, ­ü!, «s«v!

0162 'ahahh {a-haw'} apparently a primitive word expressing pain exclamatorily, Oh!; TWOT - 30; interj AV - Ah 8, Alas 6, O 1; 15 1) alas!, oh!, ah!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0163 'Ahava' {a-hav-aw'} ¥i¯à¬O¤@¥~¨Ó¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ahava 3; 3 ¨È«¢¥Ë = "§Ú­n¥Í¬¡¤U¥h" 1) Äݤڤñ­Ûªº¤@­Ó«°Âí©Î¦a°Ï

0163 'Ahava' {a-hav-aw'} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Ahava 3; 3 Ahava = "I shall subsist" 1) town or area in Babylonia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0164 'Ehuwd {ay-hood'} »P 0161 ¦P·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ehud 9; 9 ¥HÓC = "§Ú±NÄm¤W·P®¦: §Ú±N³QÆg¬ü" ©Î "¤£¥i¤À³Îªº, ¦X¤@ªº" ¶È¦X¥Î©ó (#¥N¤W 8:6|) 1) ¥H¦â¦Cªº¤h®v¡A«K¶®¼§¤H, ±q¼¯©ã¦a¨Óªº¥H¦â¦Cªº¸Ñ±ÏªÌ 2) ¥t¤@­Ó«K¶®¼§¤H, ¤ñ°Ç¨uªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 8:6|)

0164 'Ehuwd {ay-hood'} from the same as 0161;; n pr m AV - Ehud 9; 9 Ehud = "I will give thanks: I will be praised" or "undivided, union" in (1Ch. 8:6) only 1) Benjamite judge of Israel, deliverer of Israel from Moab 2) another Benjamite, son of Bilhan (1Ch. 8:6)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0165 'ehiy {e-hee'} ÅãµM¬O 0346 ¤§«÷¦r¥¿½TªºÅܤƵü; TWOT - 31; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - will 3; 3 1) ­þ¸Ì

0165 'ehiy {e-hee'} apparently an orthographical variation for 0346; TWOT - 31; adv AV - will 3; 3 1) where
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0166 'ahal {aw-hal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 33; °Êµü AV - shineth 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) ²M°®±Ã, ¨Ï¥ú«G

0166 'ahal {aw-hal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 33; v AV - shineth 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) to be clear, shine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0167 'ahal {aw-hal'} ·½¦Û 0168 ªº°Ê¦Wµü; TWOT - 32; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - pitch tent 2, remove tent 1; 3 1) å¼±b½´, ²¾°Ê±b½´ 1a) (Qal) 弩β¾°Ê±bÁO 1a) (Piel) 弬Y¤Hªº±bÁO

0167 'ahal {aw-hal'} a denominative from 0168; TWOT - 32; v AV - pitch tent 2, remove tent 1; 3 1) to pitch a tent, to move a tent 1a) (Qal) pitch or remove a tent 1a) (Piel) to pitch one's tent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0168 'ohel {o'-hel} ·½¦Û 0166; TWOT - 32a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tabernacle(s) 198, tent(s) 141, dwelling 2, place(s) 2, covering 1, home 1; 345 1) ±bÁO 1a) ¹Cªª³¡¸¨¤Hªº±bÁO, ¶H¼xÃm³¥¥Í¬¡, µu¼È 1b) ¦í³B, ¦í¦v, ¦í©Ò 1c) ·|¹õ:­C©MµØªº¯«¸t±bÁO

0168 'ohel {o'-hel} from 0166; TWOT - 32a; n m AV - tabernacle(s) 198, tent(s) 141, dwelling 2, place(s) 2, covering 1, home 1; 345 1) tent 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience 1b) dwelling, home, habitation 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0169 'Ohel {o'-hel} »P0168¦P; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ohel 1; 1 ªü¶Â = "±b¹õ" 1) ¦Ì®ÑÄõªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 3:20|)

0169 'Ohel {o'-hel} the same as 0168;; n pr m AV - Ohel 1; 1 Ohel = "tent" 1) son of Zerubbabel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0170 'Oholah {o-hol-aw'} 0168 ªº³±©Ê«¬, ¦ý¹ê»Ú¤W¬O(?) 'Oholahh {o-hol-aw'}; TWOT - 32b; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aholah 5; 5 ªü²ü©Ô = "¦o©Ò¦³ªº±bÁO" 1) ©M¨È­z¤H¥Ç«Á²]ªº¼»º¿§Q¨È (Áô³ë)

0170 'Oholah {o-hol-aw'} in form a f of 0168, but in fact for 'Oholahh {o-hol-aw'}; TWOT - 32b; n pr f AV - Aholah 5; 5 Aholah = "her own tent" 1) Samaria as an adulteress with Assyria (metaph)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0171 'Oholiy'ab {o''-hol-e-awb'} ·½¦Û 0168 »P 01; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aholiab 5; 5 ¨È¦ó§Q¨È§B = "¤÷¿Ëªº±b¹õ" 1) ¤ñ¼»¦C«Ø³y·|¹õªº¥D­n§U¤â

0171 'Oholiy'ab {o''-hol-e-awb'} from 0168 and 01;; n pr m AV - Aholiab 5; 5 Aholiab = "Father's tent" 1) chief assistant of Bezaleel in construction of the tabernacle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0172 'Oholiybah {o''-hol-ee-baw'} (¬Û¦ü©ó 0170) ¥Î©ó 'Oholiybahh {o''-hol-e-baw'}, ·½©ó 0168; TWOT - 32c; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aholibah 6; 6 ªü²ü§Q¤Ú = "±b½´¤§¤k" ©Î "±bÁO¬O¦oªº" 1) (Áô³ë) ­C¸ô¼»§N, ¶H¼x­C©MµØ¥Ç«Á²]ªº©d¤l

0172 'Oholiybah {o''-hol-ee-baw'} (similarly with 0170) for 'Oholiybahh {o''-hol-e-baw'}, from 0168; TWOT - 32c; n pr f AV - Aholibah 6; 6 Aholibah = "woman of the tent" or "the tent is in her" 1) (metaph) Jerusalem as adulterous wife of Jehovah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0173 'Oholiybamah {o''-hol-ee-baw-maw'} ·½¦Û 0168 ©M 01116;; ¦Wµü AV - Aholibamah 8; 8 ªü¦ó§Q¤Úº¿ = "°ª³B¤§±bÁO" 1) ¥H±½ªº©d¤l 2) ¤@¦ì¥HªFªº±Úªø

0173 'Oholiybamah {o''-hol-ee-baw-maw'} from 0168 and 01116;; n AV - Aholibamah 8; 8 Aholibamah = "tent of the high place" 1) wife of Esau 2) an Edomite chieftain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0174 'ahaliym {a-haw-leem'} ©Î (³±©Ê) 'ahalowth {a-haw-loth'} ¥~¨Ó¦r; TWOT - 34; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - aloes 3, trees of lign aloes 1; 4 1) ĪîP,¨I­»

0174 'ahaliym {a-haw-leem'} or (f) 'ahalowth {a-haw-loth'} of foreign origin; TWOT - 34; n m AV - aloes 3, trees of lign aloes 1; 4 1) aloes, aloe tree 1a) aloe tree 1b) aloe (perfume)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0175 'Aharown {a-har-one'} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; TWOT - 35; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aaron 345, Aaronites 2; 347 ¨È­Û= ¡u±a¨Ó¥úªº¤H¡v 1) ¼¯¦èªº¥S§Ì, §Q¥¼¤Hªº²Ä¤@­Ó¤j²½¥q

0175 'Aharown {a-har-one'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 35; n pr m AV - Aaron 345, Aaronites 2; 347 Aaron = "light bringer" 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0176 'ow {o} ±À´ú¬° 'av {av} ªº"ªþÄÝ«¬"©Î©Ò¦³®æ«¬; 185 ªºÁY¼g«¬; TWOT - 36; ³s±µµü ´Ü©w¥» - also, and, desire, either, least, nor, or, otherwise, should, then, whether; 21 1) ©ÎªÌ, ¹ç¥i 1a) Áô§t¦³«áªÌ¸û¨Îªº·N«ä 1b) ©Î¬O, ¦b¤@¯S©Ê­ì«h¤U, ¤Þ¤¶¤@¥i¨Ñ°Ñ¦Òªº¼Ë¥» 1c) (¤@¨t¦Cªº) ©Î³o©Î¨º, «D³o«D¨º 1d) ©Î³\ 1e) °£¥~, §_«h 2) ¬O§_, ¦Ü¤Ö, ¦pªG, §_«h, ¤], ©M, µM«á

0176 'ow {o} presumed to be the "constructive" or genitival form of 'av {av}; short for 185; TWOT - 36; conjunction AV - also, and, desire, either, least, nor, or, otherwise, should, then, whether; 21 1) or, rather 1a) implying that the latter choice is preferred 1b) or if, introducing an example to be seen under a particular principle 1c) (in series) either...or, whether...or 1d) if perchance 1e) except, or else 2) whether, not the least, if, otherwise, also, and, then
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0177 'Uw'el {oo-ale'} ·½¦Û 0176 ©M 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Uel 1; 1 ¯Q¯q = "¯«ªº©R¥O©Î·N§Ó" 1) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤H, ¥L¦b³Q³v´Á¶¡°ù¤F¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:34|)

0177 'Uw'el {oo-ale'} from 0176 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Uel 1; 1 Uel = "wish or will of God" 1) a Judean who had taken a foreign woman during the exile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0178 'owb {obe} »P01¦P·½ (ÅãµM¨ú¨ä"«H¤f»¡¥X¤@¦ì¤÷¿Ëªº¦W¦r"¤§·§©À); TWOT - 37a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - familiar spirit(s) 16, bottles 1; 17 1) ¤ô³Uªº¥~¥Ö 2) §Å®v 1b) §Å®v, ³ê°_¦ºªÌ 1c) °­, ¤`»î 1d) §Å³N 3) ¾Ö¦³¬Ûªñ¦üªºÆF»î

0178 'owb {obe} from the same as 01 (apparently through the idea of prattling a father's name); TWOT - 37a; n m AV - familiar spirit(s) 16, bottles 1; 17 1) water skin bottle 2) necromancer 1b) necromancer, one who evokes the dead 1c) ghost, spirit of a dead one 1d) practice of necromancy 3) one that has a familiar spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0179 'owbiyl {o-beel'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 056;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Obil 1; 1 ªü¤ñ°Ç = "¾rÀd¾mªÌ" 1) ­t³d´xºÞ¤j½Ãªº¾m¸sªº¤H

0179 'owbiyl {o-beel'} probably from 056;; n pr m AV - Obil 1; 1 Obil = "camel driver" 1) manager of David's camels
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0180 'uwbal {oo-bawl'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'ubal {oo-bawl'} ·½¦Û 02986 (¨ú¨ä 02988 ¤§·N); TWOT - 835g; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - river 3; 3 1) ·Ë, ªe

0180 'uwbal {oo-bawl'} or (shortened) 'ubal {oo-bawl'} from 02986 (in the sense of 02988); TWOT - 835g; n m AV - river 3; 3 1) stream, river
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0181 'uwd {ood} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î­ì¸q¬°¯Ò¦b¤@°_; TWOT - 38a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - firebrand(s) 2, brand 1; 3 1) ¤ì´Î, ¤õ§â

0181 'uwd {ood} from an unused root meaning to rake together; TWOT - 38a; n m AV - firebrand(s) 2, brand 1; 3 1) brand, fire brand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0182 'owdowth {o-doth'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'odowth {o-doth'} »P0181¦P·½ ; TWOT - 38b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - because 5, cause(s) 2, concerning 2, [concerning] thee 1, sake 1; 11 1) ¾É­P 1a) ¾É­P, ...ªº­ì¦] 1b) ...ªº®É¾÷

0182 'owdowth {o-doth'} or (shortened) 'odowth {o-doth'} from the same as 0181; TWOT - 38b; n f AV - because 5, cause(s) 2, concerning 2, [concerning] thee 1, sake 1; 11 1) cause 1a) cause, reason for 1b) the occasion of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0183 'avah {aw-vaw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 40; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - desire 17, lust 4, longed 3, covet 2; 26 1) ´÷±æ, ©}¨­, ««²C, ¤Á±æ¦aµ¥«Ý, §Æ±æ, ¹Ä®ð, ·Q­n, ¬°³g°ýªº, ¹çÄ@ 1a) (Piel) ´÷±æ, ´÷±æÀò±o(­¹ª«©M¶¼®Æ) 1b) (Hithpael) ´÷±æ, ´÷±æ, ³g¨D(¦×Å骺¼¤±æ)

0183 'avah {aw-vaw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 40; v AV - desire 17, lust 4, longed 3, covet 2; 26 1) desire, incline, covet, wait longingly, wish, sigh, want, be greedy, prefer 1a) (Piel) to desire, crave (food and drink) 1b) (Hithpael) to desire, long for, lust after (of bodily appetites)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0184 'avah {aw-vaw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 41; °Êµü AV - point out 1; 1 1) ñ¦W, °µ°O¸¹, ¥Î°O¸¹´y¼g 1a) (Hithpael) ´ú¶q, ¨î©w, ±N§A¼Ð©ú¥X¨Ó

0184 'avah {aw-vaw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 41; v AV - point out 1; 1 1) to sign, mark, describe with a mark 1a) (Hithpael) to measure, mark out, mark you out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0185 'avvah {av-vaw'} ·½¦Û 0183; TWOT - 40b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - desire 3, lust after 3, pleasure 1; 7 1) ·Q­n, ´÷±æ, ÀH¤ß©Ò±ý(¤£¤@©w¬O«ü¤£¦nªº¨Æ)

0185 'avvah {av-vaw'} from 0183; TWOT - 40b; n f AV - desire 3, lust after 3, pleasure 1; 7 1) desire, lust, will (not necessarily evil)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0186 'Uwzay {oo-zah'-ee} ¥i¯à¬°05813ªº¥æ´«;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Uzai 1; 1 ¯QÁÉ = "§Ú±N¦³§Úªº¼QÅx" 1)¤@­ÓµS¤ÓªºµS¤Ó¤H,­C¸ô¼»§N«°À𪺭״_ªÌ¤§¤@

0186 'Uwzay {oo-zah'-ee} perhaps by permutation for 05813;; n pr m AV - Uzai 1; 1 Uzai = "I shall have my sprinklings" 1) a Judean, one of the repairers of Jerusalem's walls
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0187 'Uwzal {oo-zawl'} ¤£½T©w¨ä°_·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Uzal 2; 2 ¯QÂÄ = "§Ú±N­n³Q²T¨S" 1) ¬ù§~ªº²Ä¤»­Ó¨à¤l

0187 'Uwzal {oo-zawl'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Uzal 2; 2 Uzal = "I shall be flooded" 1) sixth son Joktan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0188 'owy {o'-ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0183 (¨ú¨äº¸«á­ú³Û¤§·N); TWOT - 42; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - woe 23, alas 1; 24 1) ´d«s! ­ü! ®@! 1a) ¦]µÛ´d¶Ë©Îµ´±æ¦Óµh­ú

0188 'owy {o'-ee} probably from 0183 (in the sense of crying out after); TWOT - 42; interj AV - woe 23, alas 1; 24 1) woe! alas! oh! 1a) passionate cry of grief or despair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0189 'Eviy {ev-ee'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û0183;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Evi 2; 2 ¥H¥¼ = "§Úªº¼¤±æ" 1) ¦Ì¨lªº¤­­Ó­º»â¤§¤@(#¥Á31:8; ®Ñ13:21|)

0189 'Eviy {ev-ee'} probably from 0183;; n pr m AV - Evi 2; 2 Evi = "my desire" 1) one of five chiefs of Midian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0190 'owyah {o-yaw'} 0188 ªº³±©Ê;; ·P¹Äµü AV - woe 1; 1 1) ­WÃø (ºG¤F! ­Ë·°¤F!)

0190 'owyah {o-yaw'} f of 0188;; interj AV - woe 1; 1 1) woe!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0191 'eviyl {ev-eel'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (¹x©T¤§·N); TWOT - 44a; ¶§©Ê§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - fool(s) 20, follish (man) 6; 26 1) ¬O·MÄøªº, ·MÄøªº 1a) (¹êµü) 1a1) Ãö©ó»Àµø´¼¼zªº¤H 1a2) Ãö©ó¥Ç¸o¤¤¼J¯ºªº¤H 1a3) Ãö©ó³ßÅwª§½×ªº¤H 1a4) Ãö©óÀH«K©ñ¿ºªº¤H

0191 'eviyl {ev-eel'} from an unused root (meaning to be perverse); TWOT - 44a; adj m AV - fool(s) 20, foolish (man) 6; 26 1) be foolish, foolish 1a) (subst) 1a1) of one who despises wisdom 1a2) of one who mocks when guilty 1a3) of one who is quarrelsome 1a4) of one who is licentious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0192 'Eviyl M@rodak {ev-eel' mer-o-dak'} ·½©ó¨È©Ô©i»y, ¥i¯àªí¥Ü"¦Ìù¹Fªº¾Ô¤h"¤§¸q ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Evilmerodach 2; 2 ¥H¥¼¦Ìù¹F = "¦Ìù¹Fªº¨k¤H" 1) ¥§¥¬¥Ò¥§¼»ªº¨à¤l¤Î¤ý¦ìÄ~©ÓªÌ, ·s¤Ú¤ñ­Û«Ò°êªº°ê¤ý, ¦è¤¸562-560¦~¦b¦ì

0192 'Eviyl M@rodak {ev-eel' mer-o-dak'} of Aramaic derivation and probably meaning soldier of Merodach;; n pr m AV - Evilmerodach 2; 2 Evil Merodach = "man of Merodach" 1) son and successor of Nebuchadnezzar, king of Neo-Babylonian empire, 562-560 BC
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0193 'uwl {ool} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ·N¬° µ±µ², ¥ç§Y(·t¥Ü) ±j§§ ¤§·N; TWOT - 45a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mighty 1, strength 1; 2 1) ¨ô¶V, ¦WÁn 1a) ¨­Åé, ¨{¸¡ (»´µøªº·N«ä) 1b) ¶Q±Ú, ¦³¿ú¤H

0193 'uwl {ool} from an unused root meaning to twist, i.e. (by implication) be strong; TWOT - 45a; n m AV - mighty 1, strength 1; 2 1) prominence 1a) body, belly (contemptuous) 1b) nobles, wealthy men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0194 'uwlay {oo-lah'ee} ©Î (ÁY¼g) 'ulay {oo-lah'ee} ·½¦Û 0176; TWOT - 46; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - if (so be), may (be), peradventure, unless; 11 1) ¤]³\, ®£©È 2) »¡¤£©w 3) °£«D 4) °²¨Ï

0194 'uwlay {oo-lah'ee} or (shortened) 'ulay {oo-lah'ee} from 0176; TWOT - 46; adv AV - if (so be), may (be), peradventure, unless; 11 1) perhaps, peradventure 2) if peradventure 3) unless 4) suppose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0195 'Uwlay {oo-lah'ee} ªi´µ­l¥Í¦r;; ¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ulai 2; 2 ¯QµÜ = "§Úªº»â³S (¤j¦³¯à¤Oªº)" 1) ¥HÄd(¨È¬w¦è«n³¡¤@¥j°ê)ªe

0195 'Uwlay {oo-lah'ee} of Persian derivation;; n AV - Ulai 2; 2 Ulai = "my leaders (mighties)" 1) river of Elam
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0196 'eviliy {ev-ee-lee'} ·½¦Û 0191; TWOT - 44b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - foolish 1; 1 1) ·M¬Nªº

0196 'eviliy {ev-ee-lee'} from 0191; TWOT - 44b; adj AV - foolish 1; 1 1) foolish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0197 'uwlam {oo-lawm'}©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'ulam {oo-lawm'} ·½¦Û 0481 (¹Á¸Õ¤§·N); TWOT - 45c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - porch(es) 34; 34 1) ªù´Y 1a) ©Òùªùªº¸t·µ 1b) ©Òùªùªº®c·µ 1c) ¥H¦èµ²²§¶Hªº¸t·µ

0197 'uwlam {oo-lawm'} or (shortened) 'ulam {oo-lawm'} from 0481 (in the sense of tying); TWOT - 45c; n m AV - porch(es) 34; 34 1) porch 1a) in Solomon's temple 1b) in Solomon's palace 1c) in temple of Ezekiel's vision
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0198 'Uwlam {oo-lawm'} ÅãµM·½©ó 0481 (¨ú¨ä »¡¤£¥X¸Ü ¤§·N);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ulam 4; 4 ¯QÄõ = "¥L­Ìªº»â³S : «eÆU" 1) ¤@¦ìº¿®³¦è¤H 2) ±½Ã¹®aªº¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H

0198 'Uwlam {oo-lawm'} apparently from 0481 (in the sense of dumbness);; n pr m AV - Ulam 4; 4 Ulam = "their leader: vestibule" 1) a Manassite 2) a Benjamite of Saul's family
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0199 'uwlam {oo-lawm'} ¥Ñ 0194 ÅܤƦӨÓ; TWOT - 47; adv ´Ü©w¥» - but 8, but truly 3, surely 2, very deed 2, howbeit 1, wherefore 1, truly 1, not translated 1; 19 1) ¦ý¬O, ¨ä¹ê¬O (±j¯Pªí¹F¬Û¤Ïªº·N«ä) 2) µM¦Ó, ¤£¹L

0199 'uwlam {oo-lawm'} apparently a variation of 0194; TWOT - 47; adv AV - but 8, but truly 3, surely 2, very deed 2, howbeit 1, wherefore 1, truly 1, not translated 1; 19 1) but, but indeed (a strong adversative) 2) however, nevertheless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0200 'ivveleth {iv-veh'-leth} ¨Ó¦Û»P 0191 ¬Û¦P; TWOT - 44c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - folly 13, foolishness 10, foolish 1, foolishly 1; 25 1) ·M²Â, ·MÄø

0200 'ivveleth {iv-veh'-leth} from the same as 0191; TWOT - 44c; n f AV - folly 13, foolishness 10, foolish 1, foolishly 1; 25 1) foolishness, folly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0201 'Owmar {o-mawr'} ·½¦Û 0559;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Omar 3; 3 ªü©Ù = "Á¿ºtªÌ" ©Î "¶¯ÅG¦³¤f¤~ªº" 1) ¥H±½ªº®]¤l

0201 'Owmar {o-mawr'} from 0559;; n pr m AV - Omar 3; 3 Omar = "speaker" or "eloquent" 1) grandson of Esau
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0202 'own {one} ¥i¯à»P 0205 ·½¦Û¬Û¦Pªº¦r®Ú (·N¬°ºÉ¤O, ¦ýµ²ªG¬O¦¨¥\ªº); TWOT - 49a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - strength 7, might 2, force 1, goods 1, substance 1; 12 1) ºë¤O, ¥Í´Þ¤O 2) °]´I 3) ¦×Å骺¤O¶q («ü¨k¤H©Î²rÃ~ªº)

0202 'own {one} probably from the same as 0205 (in the sense of effort, but successful); TWOT - 49a; n m AV - strength 7, might 2, force 1, goods 1, substance 1; 12 1) vigour, generative power 2) wealth 3) physical strength (of men and behemoth)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0203 'Own {one} »P 0202 ¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - On 1; 1 ¦w = "°]´I" ©Î "ºë¤O" 1) ¬y«K¤ä¬£ªº¤@­Ó­º»â(#¥Á 16:1|)

0203 'Own {one} the same as 0202;; n pr m AV - On 1; 1 On = "wealth" or "vigour" 1) a chief of the tribe of Reuben
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0204 'Own {one} ©Î (ÁY¼g¬°) 'On {one} ®J¤Î»y­l¥Í¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - On 3; 3 ¦w«° = "«ü¤O¶q©Î¬¡¤O" 1) ¦ì©ó®J¤Î§C¦aªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ºq¬ÀªºÃä¬É³B, ±R«ô¤Ó¶§¯«ªº¤¤¤ß, ªi´£«D©Ô(¦w«°ªº²½¥q, ¬ù·æªº©¨¤÷) ©~¦í¤§¦a

0204 'Own {one} or (shortened) 'On {one} of Egyptian derivation;; n pr loc AV - On 3; 3 On = "strength or vigour" 1) city in lower Egypt, bordering land of Goshen, centre of sun-worship, residence of Potipherah (priest of On and father-in-law of Joseph)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0205 'aven {aw-ven'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¥i¯àªº·N«ä¬°³Ý®ð(¥Ñ¦¹, ¨ÏºÉ´ý¨­¸Ñ¼Æ , ³q±`¬O®{³Òªº; TWOT - 48a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - iniquity 47, wicked(ness) 8, vanity 6, affliction 3, mischief 3, unrighteous 2, evil 1, false 1, idol 1, mourners 1, mourning 1, nought 1, sorrow 1, unjust 1, vain 1; 78 1) ­W´o, ¨¸´c, ¾Ò®¬ 1a) ­W´o, ¾Ò®¬ 1b) °¸¹³±R«ô 1c) ¦]¤£ªkªº¦æ¬°¦Ó¦³ªº­W´o, ¨¸´c

0205 'aven {aw-ven'} from an unused root perhaps meaning properly, to pant (hence, to exert oneself, usually in vain; TWOT - 48a; n m AV - iniquity 47, wicked(ness) 8, vanity 6, affliction 3, mischief 3, unrighteous 2, evil 1, false 1, idol 1, mourners 1, mourning 1, nought 1, sorrow 1, unjust 1, vain 1; 78 1) trouble, wickedness, sorrow 1a) trouble, sorrow 1b) idolatry 1c) trouble of iniquity, wickedness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0206 'Aven {aw'-ven} µ¥¦P©ó205;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Aven 3; 3 §B¨È¤å = "ªÅµê" 1) ªí¥Ü»´½°ªº¦W¦r, ¥Î©ó¥H¤U´X³B°¸¹³±R«ô²±¦æªº¦a¤è 1a) ¦b®J¤Î¹Ò¤ºªº¤@­Ó«°¥« (#µ² 30:17|) 1b) ¤ûÃ}±R«ôªº§B¯S§Q (#¦ó 10:8|) 1c) ¦ì©ó±Ô§Q¨Èªº¤@­Ó¤pÂí©Î¦a°Ï (#¼¯ 1:5|)

0206 'Aven {aw'-ven} the same as 205;; n pr loc AV - Aven 3; 3 Aven = "vanity" 1) a name used contemptuously for the following places of idolatrous worship 1a) a city in Egypt, possibly On (Eze. 30:17) 1b) Bethel with its calf worship (Hos. 10:8) 1c) A town or region in Syria (Amos 1:5)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0207 'Ownow {o-no'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'Onow {o-no'} 0202 ªºÂX®i«¬;;±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ono 5; 5 ªü®¿ = "ºë¤O¥R¨Kªº" 1) ¦b«K¶®¼§¸Ìªº¤@­Ó«°¥« 2) ¤@­Ó®l¨¦ (¤u¦Kªº)

0207 'Ownow {o-no'} or (shortened) 'Onow {o-no'} prolonged from 0202;; n pr loc AV - Ono 5; 5 Ono = "vigorous" 1) city in Benjamin 2) a valley (of craftsman)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0208 'Ownam {o-nawm'} 0209 ªºÅܤƧÎ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Onam 4; 4 ªü«n = "ºë¤O¥R¨Kªº" 1) ¤@¦ì¦ó§Q¤H©Ò¥Xªº±Úªø, ¦èÒ­ªº®]¤l(#³Ð 36:23|)(#¥N¤W 1:40|) 2) ­C©ÔÁNªº¨à¤l, µS¤jªº¤@¦ì±Úªø(#¥N¤W 2:26|)(#¥N¤W 2:28|)

0208 'Ownam {o-nawm'} a variation of 0209;; n pr m AV - Onam 4; 4 Onam = "vigorous" 1) a Horite chief, grandson of Seir 2) son Jerahmeel, a chief of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0209 'Ownan {o-nawn'} 0207 ªºÅܤƧÎ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Onan 8; 8 «X«n = "±j§§ªº" 1) µS¤jªº²Ä¤G­Ó¨à¤l, ¥L¨S¦³¼i¦æ§Q¥¼¤Hªº¶Ç²Î­n¨D, ¥u©M¥L·A·A¦P©Ð,«o¬G·N ¤£¬°¥L¦º¥h¦Ó¨S¦³«Ä¤lªº­ô­ô¥Í«Ä¤l¯dºØ, ¦]¦Ó³Q¤W«Ò±þ®`

0209 'Ownan {o-nawn'} a variation of 0207;; n pr m AV - Onan 8; 8 Onan = "strong" 1) second son of Judah, slain by God for not fulfilling the levitical requirement to beget a child with the wife of a dead, childless brother
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0210 'Uwphaz {oo-fawz'} ¥i¯à¬O 0211 ©Ò«üªº¦a¤èªº¿ò§};; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Uphaz 2; 2 ¯Qªk = "²^ª÷¼ö" 1) ¤@­Ó¥H²£ª÷µÛ¦Wªº¦a¤è (¦aÂI¤£¸Ô)

0210 'Uwphaz {oo-fawz'} perhaps a corruption of 0211;; n pr loc AV - Uphaz 2; 2 Uphaz = "desire of fine gold" 1) a place famous for its gold (site unknown)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0211 'Owphiyr {o-feer'} ©Î (ÁY²«¬) 'Ophiyr {o-feer'} ©M 'Owphir {o-feer'} ¨Ó¾ú¤£©ú; TWOT - 50; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ©M ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ophir 13; 13 «X»p = "Åܦ¨¦ÇÂu" 1) ¬ù§~ªº²Ä¤Q¤@­Ó¨à¤l 2) ªü©Ô§B«n¤èªº¤@¶ô¦a©Î¤@®y«°¥«, ¦b©Òùªùªº°Ó¶¤¸ô½u¤W, ÅãµM¬O¥Hª÷¤l´«³fª«ªº¦a¤è 3) ¯Âª÷ªº¯S½è 4) ¯Âª÷

0211 'Owphiyr {o-feer'} or (shortened) 'Ophiyr {o-feer'} and 'Owphir {o-feer'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 50; n pr m and loc AV - Ophir 13; 13 Ophir = "reducing to ashes" 1) eleventh son of Joktan 2) a land or city in southern Arabia in Solomon's trade route where gold evidently was traded for goods 3) characteristic of fine gold 4) fine gold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0212 'owphan {o-fawn'} ©Î (ÁY¼g) 'ophan {o-fawn'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ͬ°"±ÛÂà"; TWOT - 146a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - wheel(s) 35, fitly 1; 36 1) ½ü¤l 1a) ¾Ô¨®ªº½ü¤l 1b) ¥H¦èµ²ªº²§¶H¤¤ªº¥|½ü 1c) ©Òùªù¸t·µ,¬Ö®yªº»É½ü

0212 'owphan {o-fawn'} or (shortened) 'ophan {o-fawn'} from an unused root meaning to revolve; TWOT - 146a; n m AV - wheel(s) 35, fitly 1; 36 1) wheel 1a) chariot wheel 1b) wheel in Ezekiel's vision 1c) wheels of the ten bases beneath the lavers in Solomon's temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0213 'uwts {oots} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 51; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - haste 8, labour 1, narrow 1; 10 1) ¶Ê¹G, ¨ü§x, «æ¦£, ¤OÄU, ¯¶¤p 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¶Ê¹G, ¶Ê«P 1a2) ¨ü§x, ¯U¯¶, ¯¶¤p 1a3) ¶Ê«P, «æ¦£ 1a4) ¯U¯¶ 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) ¤OÄU, °í¨M­n¨D 1b2) «æ¦£

0213 'uwts {oots} a primitive root; TWOT - 51; v AV - haste 8, labour 1, narrow 1; 10 1) to press, be pressed, make haste, urge, be narrow 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to press, hasten 1a2) to be pressed, confined, narrow 1a3) to hasten, make haste 1a4) be narrow 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to urge, insist 1b2) to hasten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0214 'owtsar {o-tsaw'} ·½¦Û 0686; TWOT - 154a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - treasure(s) 61, treasury 10, storehouse(s) 3, cellars 2, armoury 1, garners 1, store 1; 79 1) Ä_ª«, ­Ü®w 1a) Ä_ª«(ª÷, »È, µ¥) 1b) ÀxÂê«, ­¹ª«©Î¶¼®Æªº¨ÑÀ³«~ 1c) Ä_®w, ®w©Ð 1c1) Ä_®w 1c2) ­Ü®w, ­x¥Î­Ü®w 1c3) ®w©Ð 1c4) ©ñ§L¾¹ªº­Ü®w(¤ñ³ë¤W«Òªº­x±ñ) 1c5) ©²®w (¤W«Òªº, ¬°¦s©ñ«B, ³·, ¦B¹r, ­·, ®ü)

0214 'owtsar {o-tsaw'} from 0686; TWOT - 154a; n m AV - treasure(s) 61, treasury 10, storehouse(s) 3, cellars 2, armoury 1, garners 1, store 1; 79 1) treasure, storehouse 1a) treasure (gold, silver, etc) 1b) store, supplies of food or drink 1c) treasure-house, treasury 1c1) treasure-house 1c2) storehouse, magazine 1c3) treasury 1c4) magazine of weapons (fig. of God's armoury) 1c5) storehouses (of God for rain, snow, hail, wind, sea)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0215 'owr {ore} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 52; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - light 19, shine 14, enlighten 5, break of day 1, fire 1, give 1, glorious 1, kindle 1; 43 1) ÅÜ«G, ·ÓÄ£ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) (¤Ñ) ÅÜ«G 1a2) (¤Ó¶§) ·ÓÄ£ 1a3) ©ú«G 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ³Q·Ó«G 1b2) «G°_¨Ó 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) (¬P¬P, ¤ë«G, ¤Ó¶§) µo¥ú, ·ÓÄ£ 1c2) ·Ó«G, ÂI«G, ¨Ï¤§·ÓÄ£, ·ÓÄ£ 1c3) ÂI¿U (ÄúÀë, ¤ìÀY) 1c4) (²´·ú, ¯«ªº«ßªkµ¥) µo«G 1c5) ¨Ï (Áy) ¥ú·Ó (#¥Á 6:25|)

0215 'owr {ore} a primitive root; TWOT - 52; v AV - light 19, shine 14, enlighten 5, break of day 1, fire 1, give 1, glorious 1, kindle 1; 43 1) to be or become light, shine 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to become light (day) 1a2) to shine (of the sun) 1a3) to become bright 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be illuminated 1b2) to become lighted up 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to give light, shine (of sun, moon, and stars) 1c2) to illumine, light up, cause to shine, shine 1c3) to kindle, light (candle, wood) 1c4) lighten (of the eyes, his law, etc) 1c5) to make shine (of the face)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0216 'owr {ore} ·½¦Û 0215; TWOT - 52a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - light(s) 114, day 2, bright 1, clear 1, flood 1, herbs 1, lightning 1, morning 1, sun 1; 123 1) «G¥ú 1a) ¥Õ±Þ¤§«G¥ú 1b) ¤ÑªÅµo¥úÅ餧«G¥ú(¤ë«G, ¤Ó¶§, ¬P¨°) 1c) ¯}¾å, ¾¤©ú, ±á¥ú 1d) ¤é¥ú 1e) ¹q¥ú 1f) ¿O¥ú 1g) ¥Í©R¤§¥ú 1h) ¿³©ô¤§¥ú 1i) ±Ð¾É¤§¥ú 1j) ­±¥ú (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1k) ­C©MµØ¬°¥H¦â¦C¤§¥ú

0216 'owr {ore} from 0215; TWOT - 52a; n f AV - light(s) 114, day 2, bright 1, clear 1, flood 1, herbs 1, lightning 1, morning 1, sun 1; 123 1) light 1a) light of day 1b) light of heavenly luminaries (moon, sun, stars) 1c) day-break, dawn, morning light 1d) daylight 1e) lightning 1f) light of lamp 1g) light of life 1h) light of prosperity 1i) light of instruction 1j) light of face (fig.) 1k) Jehovah as Israel's light
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0217 'uwr {ore} ·½¦Û 0215; TWOT - 52d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ¤õ 5, ¥ú«G 1; 6 1) ¤õ¿V, ¤õ¥ú 2) ½Æ¼Æ«¬ ¥ú¤§¦a,ªF¤è (#ÁÉ 24:15|)

0217 'uwr {ore} from 0215; TWOT - 52d; n m AV - fire(s) 5, light 1; 6 1) flame, light of fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0218 'Uwr {oor} »P 0217 ¦P ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ur 5; 5 §^Ò­ = "¤õµK" 1) ¦b«n¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº«°¥«, ­{°Ç©³ªº«°¥«, ±R«ô¤ë¯«ªº¤¤¤ß¦a, ¨È§B©Ô¨u¤÷¿Ë"¥L©Ô"ªº®a¶m, ¨È§B©Ô¨uÂ÷¶}¦¹³B¾E²¾¦Ü"¬ü¯Á¤£¹F¦Ì¨È"©M"­{«n"

0218 'Uwr {oor} the same as 0217;; n pr loc AV - Ur 5; 5 Ur = "flame" 1) city in southern Babylonia, city of the Chaldeans, centre of moon worship, home of Abraham's father, Terah, and departure point for the Abraham's migration to Mesopotamia and Canaan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0219 'owrah {o-raw'} 0216 ªº³±©Ê«¬; TWOT - 52b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - herbs 2, light 2; 4 1) ¥ú 2) ³ß®®¡B§Ö¼Öªº²´¯« (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0219 'owrah {o-raw'} f of 0216; TWOT - 52b; n f AV - herbs 2, light 2; 4 1) light 2) light of joy and happiness (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0220 'averah {av-ay-raw'} ¥Ñ 723 ªº¦r¥À©ö¦ìÅÜ´«¦Ó¨Ó; TWOT - 158b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cotes 1; 1 1) ¹}®Æ¼Ñ, ¯bªÙ, ¬¹¤fªº­¹ÁV©Î¯bÄæ

0220 'averah {av-ay-raw'} by transposition for 723; TWOT - 158b; n f AV - cotes 1; 1 1) manger, stall, crib
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0221 'Uwriy {oo-ree'} ·½¦Û 0217;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Uri 8; 8 ¯Q§Q = "¤õ¼öªº" 1) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤ä¬£ªº¶Q±Ú, ¤áÒ­ªº¨à¤l¤§¤@, ¨ä¤l(¤ñ¼»¦C)¬°¯«¨Ï¥Î¨Ó¹w³Æ¸t¹õªº©Ò»Ý (#¥X 8:22;¥N¤U 1:5|) 2) ©Òùªù¤ý³]¦b°ò¦C¦aªº¤@¦ì©x­û(©Î¸Ó©xªº¤÷¿Ë) (#¤ý¤W 4:19|) 3) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì¬D¤Ò©Î¦uªùªº¤H, ¥L°ù¤F¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:24|)

0221 'Uwriy {oo-ree'} from 0217;; n pr m AV - Uri 8; 8 Uri = "fiery" 1) a prince of Judah, a son of Hur who was used by God to prepare the tabernacle 2) an officer (or the father of an officer) of Solomon in Gilead 3) a porter or gatekeeper in time of Ezra who took a foreign woman as wife
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0222 'Uwriy'el {oo-ree-ale'} ·½¦Û 0217 and 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Uriel 4; 4 ¯Q¦C = "¤W«Ò¬O§Úªº¥ú" 1) ¦b¤j½Ã®É¥Nªº­ôÁÒ§Q¥¼¤ä¬£ªº»â³S (#¥N¤W 6:24,15:5|) 2) ¨È¤ñ¶®ªº¥~¯ª¤÷ (#¥N¤U 13:2|)

0222 'Uwriy'el {oo-ree-ale'} from 0217 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Uriel 4; 4 Uriel = "God (El) is my light" 1) chief of the Levitical line of Kohath in David's time 2) maternal grandfather of Abijah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0223 'Uwriyah {oo-ree-yaw'} ©Î (ÂX®i«¬) 'Uwriyahuw {oo-ree-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0217 ©M 03050; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Uriah 28, Urijah 11; 39 ¯Q§Q¨È = ¡u­C©MµØ¬O§Úªº«G¥ú (¥ú¨~)¡v 1) »®¤H©Þ¥Ü¤Úªº¤V¤Ò (# ¼»¤W 11:3|) 2) ²½¥q¦W, ¥L¬°¨È«¢´µ¤ý¿v¤F¤@®y¥~¨¹¤Hªº¾Â (# ¤ý¤U 16:10-11|) 3) ²½¥q¦W, ¥L­««Ø­C¸ô¼»§Nªº«°Àð (# ¥§ 8:4|) 4) ¾D¬ù¶®·q¤ý±þ®`ªº¥ýª¾ (# ­C 26:21-22,23|)

0223 'Uwriyah {oo-ree-yaw'} or (prolonged) 'Uwriyahuw {oo-ree-yaw'-hoo} from 0217 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Uriah 28, Urijah 11; 39 Uriah or Urijah = "Jehovah (Yahweh) is my light (flame)" 1) Hittite husband of Bathsheba 2) a priest who built king Ahaz' heathen altar 3) a priest who rebuilt Jerusalem's wall 4) a prophet slain by Jehoiakim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0224 'Uwriym {oo-reem'} 0217ªº´_¼Æ;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Urim 7; 7 ¯Q³® = "²³¥ú" 1) ¤@¨Ç¥ÛÀY,©ñ¦b¤j²½¥q¯ÝµPªº¤p³U¸Ì,¥Î¨Ó°µ¬°¨D§i¤W«ÒÃö©ó¤@¨ÇÃøÃD»Pª§½×ªº§P¨M¥Î

0224 'Uwriym {oo-reem'} plural of 0217;; n m AV - Urim 7; 7 Urim = "lights" 1) stones kept in a pouch on the high-priest's breastplate, used in determining God's decision in certain questions and issues
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0225 'uwth {ooth} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 53; °Êµü AV - consent 4; 4 1) (Niphal) ³\¥i, ÃÙ¦P, ­ã³\, ¦P·N

0225 'uwth {ooth} a primitive root; TWOT - 53; v AV - consent 4; 4 1) (Niphal) to consent, agree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0226 'owth {oth} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0225 (·N¬°¥X²{); TWOT - 41a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sign(s) 60, token(s) 14, ensign(s) 2, miracles 2, mark 1; 79 1) °O¸¹, ¼Ð¼m 1a) ¤À¿ë¥Îªº°O¸¹ 1b) ºX¸¹ 1c) °O©À 1d) ¯«ÂÝ 1e) ¥üÀY 1f) ĵ§Ù 2) ¼Ð°O, ¼Ð»x, ¼Ð·Ç, ©_ÂÝ, ÃÒ¾Ú

0226 'owth {oth} probably from 0225 (in the sense of appearing); TWOT - 41a; n f AV - sign(s) 60, token(s) 14, ensign(s) 2, miracles 2, mark 1; 79 1) sign, signal 1a) a distinguishing mark 1b) banner 1c) remembrance 1d) miraculous sign 1e) omen 1f) warning 2) token, ensign, standard, miracle, proof
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0227 'az {awz} «ü¥Ü°Æµü; TWOT - 54; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - beginning, even, for, from, hitherto, now, old, since, then, time, when, yet; 22 1) µM«á, ¨º®É 1a) ªí¥Ü®É¶¡ 1a1) ¨º®É (¹L¥h) 1a2) ¨º®É, ­Y...¨º»ò (¥¼¨Ó) 1a3) ¯S§O±j½Õ¹L¥h 1b) ªí¥ÜÅÞ¿è¤Wªº¦¸§Ç 1b1) ¦b¨º¼Ë±¡ªp 1b2) ´N¨º»ò

0227 'az {awz} a demonstrative adv; TWOT - 54; adv AV - beginning, even, for, from, hitherto, now, old, since, then, time, when, yet; 22 1) then, at that time 1a) temporal expressions 1a1) then (past) 1a2) then, if...then (future) 1a3) earlier 1b) logical expressions 1b1) in that case 1b2) that (being so)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0228 'aza' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {az-zaw'} ©Î 'azah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {az-aw'} ¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 2563; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - headed 2, hot 1; 3 1) (P'al) ¤É·Å, ¥[¼ö

0228 'aza' (Aramaic) {az-zaw'} or 'azah (Aramaic) {az-aw'} unknown derivation; TWOT - 2563; v AV - headed 2, hot 1; 3 1) (P'al) make hot, heat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0229 'Ezbay {ez-bah'ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0231;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ezbai 1; 1 ¥ì´µ«ô = "§ÚªºÁ¾¨õ" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤j¯à«i¤h®³µÜªº¤÷¿Ë

0229 'Ezbay {ez-bah'ee} probably from 0231;; n pr m AV - Ezbai 1; 1 Ezbai = "my humblings" 1) father of one of David's mighty men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0230 'azad (Aramaic) {az-zawd'} ¨Ó·½¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 2564; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - gone 2; 2 1) (P'al) ¤w¦¨¬°¹L¥h

0230 'azad (Aramaic) {az-zawd'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 2564; v AV - gone 2; 2 1) (P'al) to be gone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0231 'ezowb {ay-zobe'} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 55; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hyssop 10; 10 1) ¤û½¥¯ó(Á¡²ü¤§¤@ºØ), ¤@ºØ¥i¤JÃĤΨѩv±Ð»ö¦¡¨Ï¥Îªº´Óª«

0231 'ezowb {ay-zobe'} probably of foreign derivation; TWOT - 55; n m AV - hyssop 10; 10 1) hyssop, a plant used for medicinal and religious purposes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0232 'ezowr {ay-zore'} ·½¦Û 0246; TWOT - 59a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - girdle(s) 14; 14 1) ¸y¶¡ªº¥¬, ³Ì¸Ì­±ªº¨º¤ù¥¬ 1a) ¤W«Òªº¯à¤O¶W¶V¸U¤ý(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1b) ©¾¹ê(Áô³ë) 2) ¸y±a

0232 'ezowr {ay-zore'} from 0246; TWOT - 59a; n m AV - girdle(s) 14; 14 1) waist-cloth, the innermost piece of clothing 1a) of God's power over kings (fig.) 1b) of faithfulness (metaph) 2) waistband
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0233 'azay {az-ah'ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0227; TWOT - 54; °Æµü AV - then 3; 3 1) µM«á, ¦b¨º±¡ªp¤§¤U

0233 'azay {az-ah'ee} probably from 0227; TWOT - 54; adv AV - then 3; 3 1) then, in that case
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0234 'azkarah {az-kaw-raw'} ·½¦Û 02142; TWOT - 551d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - memorial 7; 7 1) ¥Î¥H§@¬°¬ö©ÀªºªF¦è, Äm²½¤¤¨ú¥X¿N¤Æ¥H§@¬°¬ö©Àªº³¡¤À­¹ª«

0234 'azkarah {az-kaw-raw'} from 02142; TWOT - 551d; n f AV - memorial 7; 7 1) memorial-offering, the portion of the meal (food) offering which is burned
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0235 'azal {aw-zal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 56; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - gone 2, fail 1, gaddest about 1, to and fro 1, spent 1; 6 1) ¥h, ¨«¶}, µÛ¤â 1a) (Qal) 1a1) Â÷¥h 1a2) ¦£©ó 1a3) ºë¯h¤OºÉ, ¯ÓºÉ, ¤£¨£¤F, ®ø¥¢ 1b) (Pual) ¨«¨Ó¨«¥h

0235 'azal {aw-zal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 56; v AV - gone 2, fail 1, gaddest about 1, to and fro 1, spent 1; 6 1) to go, to go away, to go about 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to go away 1a2) to go about 1a3) to be used up, be exhausted, be gone, evaporated 1b) (Pual) to go to and fro
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0236 'azal (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {az-al'} »P 235 ¦P; TWOT - 2565; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - went (up) 6, go 1; 7 1) ¥h, ¥Xµo 1a) (P'al) ¥h, ¥Xµo

0236 'azal (Aramaic) {az-al'} the same as 235; TWOT - 2565; v AV - went (up) 6, go 1; 7 1) to go, to go off 1a) (P'al) to go, go off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0237 'ezel {eh'-zel} ·½¦Û 0235;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ezel 1; 1 ¥H¦â = "Â÷¶}" 1) ¥ß¦b©Ôº¿©M®¿§B¶¡ªº¤@¶ô¬ö©À©Êªº¥ÛÀY; ¬O¤j½Ã©M¬ù®³³æ¤§¶¡ªº³Ì«á¤@¦¸§i§O¤§¦a

0237 'ezel {eh'-zel} from 0235;; n pr loc AV - Ezel 1; 1 Ezel = "departure" 1) a memorial stone between Ramah and Nob; scene of final farewell between David and Jonathan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0238 'azan {aw-zan'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 57; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - give ear 31, hearken 6, hear 3, perceived by the ear 1; 41 1) Å¥, ¯d¤ßÅ¥ 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) Å¥, ¯d¤ßÅ¥, °¼¦Õ 1a2) Å¥±q, ¯d·N 1a3) ««Å¥Ã«§i (¯«)

0238 'azan {aw-zan'} a primitive root; TWOT - 57; v AV - give ear 31, hearken 6, hear 3, perceived by the ear 1; 41 1) to hear, listen 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) to hear, listen, give ear 1a2) to be obedient, harken 1a3) to hear or listen to prayers (of God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0239 'azan {aw-zan'} ¦r®Ú«¬ [»P 0238 ¬Û¦P, ±q¤Ñ¥­¦n¹³¨â­Ó¦Õ¦·ªº·§©À¨Óªº]; TWOT - 58; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - gave good heed 1; 1 1) (Piel) ·r°u, ¦Ò¬d, ¬dÅç, ²`«ä¼ô¼{

0239 'azan {aw-zan'} a primitive root [rather identical with 0238 through the idea of scales as if two ears]; TWOT - 58; v AV - gave good heed 1; 1 1) (Piel) weigh, test, prove, consider
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0240 'azen {aw-zane'} ·½¦Û 0238; TWOT - 57b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - weapon 1; 1 1) ¤u¨ã, ¾¹¨ã, ªZ¾¹

0240 'azen {aw-zane'} from 0238; TWOT - 57b; n m AV - weapon 1; 1 1) tools, implements, weapons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0241 'ozen {o'-zen} ·½¦Û 0238; TWOT - 57a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ear(s) 163, audience 7, hearing 5, show + 01540 6, advertise + 01540 1, displeased the LORD 1, hear 1, hear + 08088 1, reveal + 01540 1, tell + 01540 1; 187 1) ¦Õ¦·, ¨­Å骺¤@³¡¥÷ 2) ¦Õ¦·, Å¥ªº¾¹©x 3) (¥DÆ[ªº) ´¦¶}¦Õ¦·¨Ó±Ò¥Ü; ¯«ªº±Ò¥Üªº±µ¦¬¤H

0241 'ozen {o'-zen} from 0238; TWOT - 57a; n f AV - ear(s) 163, audience 7, hearing 5, show + 01540 6, advertise + 01540 1, displeased the LORD 1, hear 1, hear + 08088 1, reveal + 01540 1, tell + 01540 1; 187 1) ear, as part of the body 2) ear, as organ of hearing 3) (subjective) to uncover the ear to reveal; the receiver of divine revelation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0242 'Uzzen She'erah {ooz-zane' sheh-er-aw'} ·½¦Û 0238 ©M 07609;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Uzzensherah 1; 1 ¯Q¸rªÙ¥ì©Ô = "ªÙ¥ì©Ôªº¤À" 1) ¥Hªk½¬ªº¤k¨àªÙ¥ì©Ô©Ò«Øªº«°¥«

0242 'Uzzen She'erah {ooz-zane' sheh-er-aw'} from 0238 and 07609;; n pr loc AV - Uzzensherah 1; 1 Uzzen Sherah = "portion of Sherah" 1) city built by Sherah, Ephraim's daughter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0243 'Aznowth Tabowr {az-noth' taw-bore'} ·½¦Û 0238 ©M 08396;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Aznothtabor 1; 1 ¨È´µ¯Ç¥Lªy = "¥Lªy¤s³»" 1) ¦b®³¥±¥L§QÃä¬É¤Wªº¤@¹ï¤p¤s

0243 'Aznowth Tabowr {az-noth' taw-bore'} from 0238 and 08396;; n pr loc AV - Aznothtabor 1; 1 Aznoth Tabor = "peaks of Tabor" 1) a pair of hills on Naphtali's border
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0244 'Ozniy {oz-nee'} ·½¦Û 0241;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ozni 1, Oznites 1; 2 ªü´µ¥§ ©Î ªü´µ¥§±Ú = "§Úªº¦Õ(Å¥)" 1) ­{±oªº¨à¤l 2) Ãö©óªü´µ¥§©M¥Lªº«á¸Ç

0244 'Ozniy {oz-nee'} from 0241;; n pr m AV - Ozni 1, Oznites 1; 2 Ozni or Oznite = "my ear (hearing)" 1) son of Gad 2) pertaining to Ozni and his descendants
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0245 'Azanyah {az-an-yaw'} ·½¦Û 0238 »P 03050;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Azaniah 1; 1 ¨È´²¥§ = "­C©MµØÅ¥µÛ" 1)­C®Ñ¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë,¤@­Ó§Q¥¼¤H

0245 'Azanyah {az-an-yaw'} from 0238 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Azaniah 1; 1 Azaniah = "Jehovah (Yahweh) hears" 1) the father of Jeshua, a Levite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0246 'aziqqiym {az-ik-keem'} ¥Ñ 02131 ÅܤƦӨÓ; TWOT - 577b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - chains 2; 2 1) ÁåÂê, ¤âôï¸}¾R

0246 'aziqqiym {az-ik-keem'} a variation for 02131; TWOT - 577b; n m AV - chains 2; 2 1) chains, manacles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0247 'azar {aw-zar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 59; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - gird (up) 14, bind about 1, compass about 1; 16 1) §ô¸y, ³ò¶, °t³Æ, ¨Ï©Ü¤W... 1a) (Qal) §ô¸y, ¨Ø±a(Áô³ë¤O¶q) 1b) (Niphal) ±N¸y¸j°_¨Ó 1c) (Piel) ´¤ºò, ¦©¦í 1d) (Hiphpael) §ô¸y (¬°¤F¾Ôª§)

0247 'azar {aw-zar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 59; v AV - gird (up) 14, bind about 1, compass about 1; 16 1) gird, encompass, equip, clothe 1a) (Qal) to gird, gird on (metaphorical of strength) 1b) (Niphal) be girded 1c) (Piel) hold close, clasp 1d) (Hiphpael) gird oneself (for war)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0248 'ezrowa` {ez-ro'-a} ¥Ñ 02220 ÅܤƦӨÓ; TWOT - 583b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - arm 2; 2 1) ¤âÁu

0248 'ezrowa` {ez-ro'-a} a variation for 02220; TWOT - 583b; n f AV - arm 2; 2 1) arm
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0249 'ezrach {ez-rawkh'} ·½¦Û 02224 (¨ú¨ä"¥X²{"¤§·N); TWOT - 580b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - born 8, country 5, land 1, homeborn 1, nation 1, bay tree 1; 18 1) ·í¦a¤H, ¦b¦aªº (¦b·í¦aªø¤jªº) 1a) «ü¤g¥Í¤gªøªº¥H¦â¦C¤H 1b) (¥H¦â¦C)¤g²£ªº¾ð (#¸Ö 37:35|)

0249 'ezrach {ez-rawkh'} from 02224 (in the sense of springing up); TWOT - 580b; n m AV - born 8, country 5, land 1, homeborn 1, nation 1, bay tree 1; 18 1) a native (one rising from the soil) 1a) of man, native Israelites 1b) of tree, native (to Israel)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0250 'Ezrachiy {ez-raw-khee'} ·½©ó02246¤§¦Wªº°ê®a©Î¥Á±Ú ;; §Î®eµü AV - Ezraite 3; 3 ¥H´µ©Ô¤H = "¤@±Ú¤gµÛ (ªí¥Ü¥Ñ¤g©Ò¥Íªº)" 1) ¥H´µ©Ô¤H, ÄÝ Á©Ô(Zerach [2226]) ®a±Ú

0250 'Ezrachiy {ez-raw-khee'} patronymic from 02246;; adj AV - Ezraite 3; 3 Ezraite = "a native (as arising out of the soil)" 1) Ezrahite, of the family of Zerach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0251 'ach {awkh} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 62a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - brethren 332, brother 269, another 23, brotherly 1, kindred 1, like 1, another 1, other 1; 629 1) ¥S§Ì 1a) ¦P¤÷¥À©Ò¥Íªº¥S§Ì 1b) ¥b¥S§Ì (¦P¤÷) 1c) ¿Ë±­, ¿ËÄÝÃö«Y, ¦P©v±Ú 1d) ©¼¦¹ (¬Û¤¬ªºÃö«Y) 1e) (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) ¬Û¦üª«

0251 'ach {awkh} a primitive word; TWOT - 62a; n m AV - brethren 332, brother 269, another 23, brotherly 1, kindred 1, like 1, another 1, other 1; 629 1) brother 1a) brother of same parents 1b) half-brother (same father) 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) 1e) (fig.) of resemblance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0252 'ach (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {akh} ¬Û·í©ó 0251; TWOT - 2566; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - brother 1; 1 1) §Ì¥S

0252 'ach (Aramaic) {akh} corresponding to 0251; TWOT - 2566; n m AV - brother 1; 1 1) brother
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0253 'ach {awkh} 0162 ªºÅܤƫ¬; TWOT - 60; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - ah 1, alas 1; 2 1) °Ú!, ­ü!, «u³é!

0253 'ach {awkh} a variation for 0162; TWOT - 60; interj AV - ah 1, alas 1; 2 1) ah!, alas!, woe!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0254 'ach {awkh} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú; TWOT - 66a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hearth 3; 3 1) ¤õÄl, ¤õ¬Ö

0254 'ach {awkh} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 66a; n f AV - hearth 3; 3 1) fire-pot, brazier
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0255 'oach {o'-akh} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0253; TWOT - 65a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - doleful creatures 1; 1 1) ©H­ýªº°Êª« 1a) ­J¯T 1b) ³¥¯T

0255 'oach {o'-akh} probably from 0253; TWOT - 65a; n m AV - doleful creatures 1; 1 1) howling animal 1a) jackal 1b) hyena
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0256 'Ach'ab {akh-awb'} ´¿¸g¼g§@ (ªu¥Î) 'Echab (#­C 29:22|) {ekh-awb'} ·½¦Û 0251 »P 01; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ahab 93; 93 ¨È«¢ = "¤÷¿Ëªº¥S§Ì" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤ý, ·t§Q¤§¤l, ­C¬~§Oªº¤V¤Ò 2) ·í­C§Q¦Ì¥ýª¾®É, ³Q¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤ý¥§¥¬¥Ò¥§¼»¿N¦ºªº°²¥ýª¾ (#­C 29:21-22|)

0256 'Ach'ab {akh-awb'} once (by contraction) 'Echab (Jer. 29:22) {ekh-awb'} from 0251 and 01; n pr m AV - Ahab 93; 93 Ahab = "father's brother" 1) king of Israel, son of Omri, husband of Jezebel 2) false prophet executed by Nebuchadrezzar, time of Jeremiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0257 'Achban {akh-bawn'} ·½¦Û 0251 and 0995;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahban 1; 1 ¨È¿ì = "Áo©úªº(½å©úªº)¨º¦ì¥S§Ì " 1) µS¤j¨È¤ñ­zªº«Ä¤l

0257 'Achban {akh-bawn'} from 0251 and 0995;; n pr m AV - Ahban 1; 1 Ahban = "brother of an understanding (intelligent) one" 1) son of Abishur of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0258 'achad {aw-khad'} ¥i¯à¬O¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 605; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - go thee one way or other 1; 1 1) (Hithpael) ©¹³o¤è©Î¨º¤è, ¦y¾Uªº

0258 'achad {aw-khad'} perhaps a primitive root; TWOT - 605; v AV - go thee one way or other 1; 1 1) (Hithpael) to go one way or another, to be sharp
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0259 'echad {ekh-awd'} ·½¦Û 0258 ªº¤@­Ó¼Æµü; TWOT - 61; §Î®eµü AV - one 687, first 36, another 35, other 30, any 18, once 13, eleven + 06240 13, every 10, certain 9, an 7, some 7, misc. 86; 951 1) ¤@ (¼Æ¦r) 1a) ¤@ (¼Æ¦r) 1b) ¦U¦Ûªº, ¨C­Óªº 1c) ¤@¼Ë 1d) ¤@­Ó (¤£©w«aµü) 1e) °ß¤@ªº, ¤@¦¸, ¶È¦¹¤@¦¸ 1f) ¤@­Ó...¨ä¥L, ³o¤@­Ó...¥t¤@­Ó, ¤@­Ó±µµÛ¤@­Ó, ¤@¤@ 1g) ²Ä¤@ 1h) ¤Q¤@ (¦b²Õ¦X¦r¤¤), ²Ä¤Q¤@ (§Ç¼Æ)

0259 'echad {ekh-awd'} a numeral from 0258; TWOT - 61; adj AV - one 687, first 36, another 35, other 30, any 18, once 13, eleven + 06240 13, every 10, certain 9, an 7, some 7, misc. 86; 951 1) one (number) 1a) one (number) 1b) each, every 1c) a certain 1d) an (indefinite article) 1e) only, once, once for all 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one 1g) first 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0260 'achuw {aw'-khoo} ¨Ó·½(¥i¯à¬O®J¤Î¤å)¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 63; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - meadow 2, flag 1; 3 1) Ώ«, ªh¿A¦aªº´Óª«, ¿O¤ß¯ó

0260 'achuw {aw'-khoo} of uncertain (perhaps Egyptian) derivation; TWOT - 63; n m AV - meadow 2, flag 1; 3 1) reeds, marsh plants, rushes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0261 'Echuwd {ay-khood'} ·½¦Û 0258; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ehud 1; 1 ¥H©¿ = "Áp¦X" 1) ¤@¦W«K¶®¼§¤H (#¥N¤W 8:6|)

0261 'Echuwd {ay-khood'} from 0258;; n pr m AV - Ehud 1; 1 Ehud = "united" 1) great grandson of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0262 'achvah {akh-vaw'} ·½¦Û 02331 (¨ú¨ä 02324 ¤§·N); TWOT - 618a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - declaration 1; 1 1) ³¯­z, ¥Ó­z

0262 'achvah {akh-vaw'} from 02331 (in the sense of 02324); TWOT - 618a; n f AV - declaration 1; 1 1) declaration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0263 'achavah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {akh-av-aw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0262; TWOT - 2722a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - shewing 1; 1 1) «Å§i, ¤½¶}Án©ú

0263 'achavah (Aramaic) {akh-av-aw'} corresponding to 0262; TWOT - 2722a; n f AV - shewing 1; 1 1) declaration, a declaring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0264 'achavah {akh-av-aw'} ·½¦Û 0251; TWOT - 62b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - brotherhood 1; 1 1) ¥S§ÌÃö«Y, ¤â¨¬¤§±¡

0264 'achavah {akh-av-aw'} from 0251; TWOT - 62b; n m AV - brotherhood 1; 1 1) fraternity, brotherhood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0265 'Achowach {akh-o'-akh} 0251ªº­«½Æ; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahoah 1; 1 ¨È¦ó¨È = "¾Í®§ªº¥S§Ì" 1) ¤@¦W«K¶®¼§¤H (#¥N¤W 8:4|)

0265 'Achowach {akh-o'-akh} by reduplication from 0251;; n pr m AV - Ahoah 1; 1 Ahoah = "brother of rest" 1) a grandson of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0266 'Achowchiy {akh-o-khee'} «ü¥Ñ 0264 ©Ò©R¦W¤§°ê(¥Ñ¨ä©Î¨ä«á¸Ç©Ò¦¨¥ß)©Î¸Ó°ê¤§¤H¥Á;; §Î®eµü AV - Ahohite 5; 5 ¨È¦X¤H = "¦wºÜ¤§§Ì¥S" 1) ¨È¦X±Úªº¤@­Ó¤ä¬£

0266 'Achowchiy {akh-o-khee'} patronymic from 0264;; adj AV - Ahohite 5; 5 Ahohite = "brother of rest" 1) one of the clan of Ahoah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0267 'Achuwmay {akh-oo-mah'-ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û0251 »P 04325; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahumai 1; 1 ¨È¤á¶R = "Ώ«:¤ôªº¥S§Ì" 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 4:2|)

0267 'Achuwmay {akh-oo-mah'-ee} perhaps from 0251 and 04325;; n pr m AV - Ahumai 1; 1 Ahumai = "a water reed: brother of waters" 1) grandson of Shobal, descendant of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0268 'achowr {aw-khore'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'achor {aw-khore'} ·½¦Û 0299; TWOT - 68d; ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ ´Ü©w¥» - back(s) 16, backward 11, behind 5, hinder parts 3, afterwards 1, back parts 1, backside 1, hereafter 1, time to come 1, without 1; 41 1) ­I«á, «á¤è 1a) ¤Ï¤è¦V 1b) ¥¼¨Ó («ü®É¶¡) 1c) ¦b...ªº«á­±

0268 'achowr {aw-khore'} or (shortened) 'achor {aw-khore'} from 0299; TWOT - 68d; subst AV - back(s) 16, backward 11, behind 5, hinder parts 3, afterwards 1, back parts 1, backside 1, hereafter 1, time to come 1, without 1; 41 1) the back side, the rear 1a) backwards 1b) hereafter (of time) 1c) behind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0269 'achowth {aw-khoth'} 0251 ªº¤£³W«h«¬; TWOT - 62c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sister(s) 106, another 6, together with + 0802 1, other 1; 114 1) ©n©f 1a) (¦P¤÷¥Àªº) ©n©f 1b) (¦P¤÷²§¥Àªº) ©n©f 1c) ¶H¼xµS¤j,¼»º¿§Q¨È,©Ò¦hº¿,»P­C¸ô¼»§N 1d) ¤ß·Rªº¤H 1e) (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) ±K¤Í 1f) ¥t¥~ªº

0269 'achowth {aw-khoth'} irregular f of 0251; TWOT - 62c; n f AV - sister(s) 106, another 6, together with + 0802 1, other 1; 114 1) sister 1a) sister (same parents) 1b) half-sister (same father) 1c) relative 1c1) (metaph) of Israel's and Judah"s relationship 1d) beloved 1d1) bride 1e) (fig.) of intimate connection 1f) another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0270 'achaz {aw-khaz'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 64; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - hold 31, take 16, possess 5, caught 3, fastened 3, misc 9; 67 1) §ì¨c, ´¤¦í, §ì¦í, ¦û¦³ 1a) (Qal) §ì¨c, ´¤¦í 1b) (Niphal) ³Q§ì¦í, ³Q§ì¨c, ¨ü¦w¹y 1c) (Piel) ³ò¦í, Âл\ 1d) (Hophal) ¨cô©ó.... (#¥N¤U 9:18|)

0270 'achaz {aw-khaz'} a primitive root; TWOT - 64; v AV - hold 31, take 16, possess 5, caught 3, fastened 3, misc 9; 67 1) grasp, take hold, seize, take possession 1a) (Qal) to grasp, take hold of 1b) (Niphal) to be caught, grasped, be settled 1c) (Piel) to enclose, overlay 1d) (Hophal) fastened
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0271 'Achaz {aw-khawz'} ·½¦Û 0270;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ahaz 41; 41 ¨È«¢´µ = "¥L¤w»â®©" 1) µS¤j¤ý,¬ù©Zªº¨à¤l,§Æ¦è®aªº¤÷¿Ë 2)«K¶®¼§¤H,À±­{ªº¨à¤l,©M¬ù®³³æ°¶¤jªº¨à¤l

0271 'Achaz {aw-khawz'} from 0270;; n pr m AV - Ahaz 41; 41 Ahaz = "he has grasped" 1) king of Judah, son Jotham, father of Hezekiah 2) a Benjamite, son of Micah, and great grandson of Jonathan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0272 'achuzzah {akh-ooz-zaw'} ³Q°Ê¤Àµü·½¦Û 0270; TWOT - 64a;³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - possession(s) 66; 66 1)©Ò¾Ö¦³,°]²£ 1a) ¤g¦a 1b) Ä~©Ó¦Ó±oªº²£·~

0272 'achuzzah {akh-ooz-zaw'} from passive participle from 0270; TWOT - 64a; n f AV - possession(s) 66; 66 1) possession, property 1a) land 1b) possession by inheritance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0273 'Achzay {akh-zah'ee} ·½¦Û 0270;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Ahasai 1; 1 ¨È«¢ÁÉ = "§Úªº«ù¦³¤H¡B«OÅ@ªÌ" 1)¤@­Ó³Q¾Û«áªº²½¥q,¦b­C¸ô¼»§N

0273 'Achzay {akh-zah'ee} from 0270;; n pr m AV - Ahasai 1; 1 Ahasai = "my holder, protector" 1) a post-exilic priest, in Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0274 'Achazyah {akh-az-yaw'} ©Î (ÂX®i«¬) 'Achazyahuw {akh-az-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0270 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahaziah 37; 37 ¨È«¢Á = "­C©MµØ(¶®´Q)´x´¤(¾Ö¦³)" 1) ¥H¦â¦C°êªº²ÎªvªÌ, ¨È«¢ªº¨à¤l (#¤ý¤W 22:40|) 2) µS¤j°êªº²ÎªvªÌ, ¬ùÄõªº¨à¤l

0274 'Achazyah {akh-az-yaw'} or (prolonged) 'Achazyahuw {akh-az-yaw'-hoo} from 0270 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Ahaziah 37; 37 Ahaziah = "Jehovah (Yahu) holds (possesses)" 1) ruler of Israel, son of Ahab 2) ruler of Judah, son of Jehoram (Joram)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0275 'Achuzzam {akh-ooz-zawm'} ·½¦Û 0270; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahuzam 1; 1 ¨È¤á¼» = "¾Ö¦³¤H" 1) ¤@¦WµS¤j¤ä¬£ªº¤H (#¥N¤W 4:6)

0275 'Achuzzam {akh-ooz-zawm'} from 0270;; n pr m AV - Ahuzam 1; 1 Ahuzam = "possessor" 1) a descendant of Judah through Caleb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0276 'Achuzzath {akh-ooz-zath'} 0272 ªºÅܤƧÎ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahuzzath 1; 1 ¨È¤á¼» = "©Ò¦³ª«" 1) "¨È¤ñ¦Ì°Ç"ªºªB¤Í (#³Ð 26:26|)

0276 'Achuzzath {akh-ooz-zath'} a variation of 0272;; n pr m AV - Ahuzzath 1; 1 Ahuzzath = "possession" 1) friend of Abimelech
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0277 'Achiy {akh-ee'} ·½¦Û 0251;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahi 2; 2 ¨È§Æ = "§Ú¥S§Ì" 1) ¤@¦ì­{±o®a±Úªº±Úªø(#¥N¤W 5:15|) 2) ¤@¦ì¨È³]®a±Úªº¤H(#¥N¤W 7:34|)

0277 'Achiy {akh-ee'} from 0251;; n pr m AV - Ahi 2; 2 Ahi = "my brother" 1) a head of the families of Gad 2) an Asherite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0278 'Echiy {ay-khee'} ¥i¯à»P0277¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ehi; 1; 1 ¥H§Æ = "§Úªº¥S§Ì" 1) «K¶®¼§ªº¨à¤l {#³Ð 46:21|}

0278 'Echiy {ay-khee'} probably the same as 0277;; n pr m AV - Ehi; 1; 1 Ehi = "my brother" 1) son of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0279 'Achiyam {akh-ee-awm'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 0517;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahiam 2; 2 ¨È§Æ·t = "¸¤¸¤" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤j¯à«i¤h(­^«i¾Ô¤h)¤§¤@

0279 'Achiyam {akh-ee-awm'} from 0251 and 0517;; n pr m AV - Ahiam 2; 2 Ahiam = "mother's brother" 1) one of David's warriors (heroes)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0280 'achiydah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {akh-ee-daw'} ¬Û·í©ó 02420; TWOT - 2567; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hard sentences 1; 1 1) ÃøÃD, Á¼»y

0280 'achiydah (Aramaic) {akh-ee-daw'} corresponding to 02420; TWOT - 2567; n f AV - hard sentences 1; 1 1) puzzle, riddle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0281 'Achiyah {akh-ee-yaw} ©Î (ÂX®i«¬) 'Achiyahuw {akh-ee-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0251 »P 03050;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê AV - Ahijah 20, Ahiah 4; 24 ¨È§Æ¨È ©Î ¨È§Æ¶® = "­C©MµØªº¥S§Ì" 1) «D¥§«¢ªº®]¤l (#¼»¤W 14:3|) 2) ©Òùªùªº¤å¤h (#¤ý¤W4:3|) 3) ¤@¦ì¥ýª¾, ¥L¹w¨¥¤F¥_¤è¤ä¬£ªº«qÂ÷ (#¤ý¤W 11:29-30|) 4) ¤Ú¨Fªº¤÷¿Ë, ¤Ú¨F´¿¿y¹Ü¤F¥_°ê¥H¦â¦Cªº¤ý¦ì (#¤ý¤W 12:27|) 5) §Æ´µ±[ªº®]¤l(#¥N¤W 2:25|) (©Î¬O¥H¤W 1-4 ªº¥À¿Ë?) 6)¤@­Ó«K¶®¼§¤H, ¥H©¿ªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 8:7|) 7) ¤j½Ã¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì«i¤h(#¥N¤W 11:36|) 8) ¤j½Ã¤ý®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H(#¥N¤W 26:20|) 9) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®Éªº¤@¦ì¥Áªº»â³S, ¥L¦b©M¥§§Æ¦Ì©Ò­qªº¤½¬ù¤Wñ¦W (#¥§ 10:26|)

0281 'Achiyah {akh-ee-yaw} or (prolonged) 'Achiyahuw {akh-ee-yaw'-hoo} from 0251 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Ahijah 20, Ahiah 4; 24 Ahiah or Ahijah = "brother of Jehovah (Yahu)" 1) grandson of Phinehas 2) scribe of Solomon 3) a prophet who predicted the revolt of the Northern tribes 4) father of Baasha, who usurped the Northern throne 5) grandson of Hezron (or mother of 1-4 above) 6) a Benjamite, son of Ehud 7) one of David's heroes 8) a Levite during David's time 9) a chief man under Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0282 'Achiyhuwd {akh-ee-hood'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 01935;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahihud 1; 1 ¨È§Æ©¿ = "§gÅvªº¥S§Ì" 1) ¨È³]ªº¤@­Ó­º»â(#¥Á 34:27|)

0282 'Achiyhuwd {akh-ee-hood'} from 0251 and 01935;; n pr m AV - Ahihud 1; 1 Ahihud = "brother of majesty" 1) a prince of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0283 'Achyow {akh-yo'} 0251 ªºÂX®i«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahio 6; 6 ¨È§Æ¬ù = "¿Ë¦p¤â¨¬ªº" ©Î "¦pµ²«ô¥S§Ìªº" 1) «O¦s¤F¬ùÂdªº¨È¤ñ®³¹Fªº¤@­Ó¨à¤l(#¼»¤U 6:4;¥N¤W 13:7|) 2) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H(#¥N¤W 8:14|) 3) ¥t¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H, ¬O±½Ã¹ªº¯ª¥ý(®Ç¨t) (#¥N¤W 9:37|)

0283 'Achyow {akh-yo'} prolonged from 0251;; n pr m AV - Ahio 6; 6 Ahio = "brotherly" or "fraternal" 1) son of Abinadab who sheltered the ark 2) a Benjamite 3) another Benjamite of Saul's ancestry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0284 'Achiychud {akh-ee-khood'} ·½¦Û 0251 »P 02330; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahihud 1; 1 ¨È§Æ©¿ = "¯«¯µ¥S§Ì" 1) ¤@¦W«K¶®¼§¤H, ¥H©¿ªº«á¥N (#¥N¤W 8:7|)

0284 'Achiychud {akh-ee-khood'} from 0251 and 02330;; n pr m AV - Ahihud 1; 1 Ahihud = "brother of mystery" 1) a Benjamite, son of Ehud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0285 'Achiytuwb {akh-ee-toob'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 02898;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Ahitub 15; 15 ¨È§Æ¬ð = "§Úªº¥S§Ì¬O¬üµ½ªº" 1) ¥H§Qªº®]¤l 2) ²½¥q¼»·þªº¤÷¿Ë

0285 'Achiytuwb {akh-ee-toob'} from 0251 and 02898;; n pr m AV - Ahitub 15; 15 Ahitub = "my brother is good (goodness)" 1) a grandson of Eli 2) the father of Zadok the priest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0286 'Achiyluwd {akh-ee-lood'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 03205;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahilud 5; 5 ¨È§Æ«ß = "«Ä¤lªº§Ì¥S" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¥v©x¬ù¨Fªkªº¤÷¿Ë (#¼»¤U 8:16;20:24;¤ý¤W 4:3;¥N¤W 18:15|) 2) ©Òùªù¤ý¤â¤Uªº©x­û¤Ú®³ªº¤÷¿Ë (#¤ý¤W 4:12|)

0286 'Achiyluwd {akh-ee-lood'} from 0251 and 03205;; n pr m AV - Ahilud 5; 5 Ahilud = "child's brother" 1) father of Jehoshaphat, David's recorder 2) father of Baana, an officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0287 'Achiymowth {akh-ee-moth'} ·½¦Û 0251 »P 04191; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahimoth 1; 1 ¨È§Æ¼¯= "¦º¤`¤§¥S§Ì" ©Î "§Úªº¥S§Ì¬O¦º¤`" 1) §Q¥¼±Ú, ¥H§Q¥[®³ªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 6:25|)

0287 'Achiymowth {akh-ee-moth'} from 0251 and 04191;; n pr m AV - Ahimoth 1; 1 Ahimoth = "brother of death" or "my brother is death" 1) a son of Elkanah, a Levite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0288 'Achiymelek {akh-ee-meh'-lek} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 04428;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahimelech 17; 17 ¨È§Æ¦Ì°Ç = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬O¤ý" ©Î "¤ýªº¥S§Ì" 1) ¤@¦ì²½¥q, ¥L¦]¬°³QÃhºÃÀ°§U¤j½Ã, ¦Ó³Q¦h¯q(¨ÌµÛ±½Ã¹¤ý¤Uªº©R¥O)©Ò±þ 2) ¤j½Ã¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì»®±Ú¤H«i¤h (#¼»¤W 26:6|)

0288 'Achiymelek {akh-ee-meh'-lek} from 0251 and 04428;; n pr m AV - Ahimelech 17; 17 Ahimelech = "my brother is king" or "brother of Melek" 1) a priest murdered by Doeg at Saul's command, for supposedly assisting David 2) a Hittite warrior under David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0289 'Achiyman {akh-ee-man'} ©Î 'Achiyman {akh-ee-mawn'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 04480;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ahiman 4; 4 ¨È§Æ¹÷ = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬O­Ó§ª«" 1) ¨ÈÓÔ¤§¤l 2) ¦b¸t·µ¸Ìªº¤@¦ìÄm¨­¤©¯«ªº§Q¥¼¤H

0289 'Achiyman {akh-ee-man'} or 'Achiyman {akh-ee-mawn'} from 0251 and 04480;; n pr m AV - Ahiman 4; 4 Ahiman = "my brother is a gift" 1) a son of Anak 2) a Levite servant in the temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0290 'Achiyma`ats {akh-ee-mah'-ats} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M ¬Û·í©ó 04619 ªº¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ahimaaz 15; 15 ¨È§Æº¿´µ = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬O«ã®ð(¼««ã)" 1) ±½Ã¹ªº©¨¤÷ (#¼»¤W 14:50|) 2) ¼»·þªº¨à¤l, ´¿¦b¨È¨FÀs«qÅܮɨó§U¹L¤j½Ã¤ý (#¼»¤U 15:27,36;17:17|) 3) ­t³d¨ÑÀ³¤j½Ã¤ý©M¤ýªº®a¤Hªº¦Ú¤l¤§¤@ (#¤ý¤W 4:15|)

0290 'Achiyma`ats {akh-ee-mah'-ats} from 0251 and the equivalent of 04619;; n pr loc AV - Ahimaaz 15; 15 Ahimaaz = "my brother is anger (wrath)" 1) father-in-law of Saul 2) Zadok's son who aided David during Absalom's rebellion 3) a supply officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0291 'Achyan {akh-yawn'} ·½¦Û 0251;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahian 1; 1 ¨È²{ = "¿Ë¦p¥S§Ìªº" ©Î "¦pµ²«ô¥S§Ìªº" 1) º¿®³¦è¤ä¬£¥Ü¦Ì¤jªº¨à¤l

0291 'Achyan {akh-yawn'} from 0251;; n pr m AV - Ahian 1; 1 Ahian = "brotherly" or "fraternal" 1) son of Shemida of Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0292 'Achiynadab {akh-ee-naw-dawb'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 05068;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahinadab 1; 1 ¨È§Æ®³¹F = "§Úªº¥S§Ì¬OºB´nªº, ©Î, ´L¶Qªº" 1) ©Òùªù¤ýªº¤@¦ì­t³d¨ÑÀ³¤ý«Ç©Ò»Ýªº©x(#¤ý¤W 4:14|)

0292 'Achiynadab {akh-ee-naw-dawb'} from 0251 and 05068;; n pr m AV - Ahinadab 1; 1 Ahinadab = "my brother is liberal, or, noble" 1) a supply officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0293 'Achiyno`am {akh-ee-no'-am} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 05278;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahinoam 7; 7 ¨È§Æ·x = "§Ú¥S§Ì¥O¤H´r§Ö" 1) ±½Ã¹ªº©d¤l, ¨È§Æº¿´µªº¤k¨à (#¼»¤W 14:50|) 2) ¤j½Ãªº©d¤l, ·t¹àªº¥À¿Ë, ¬O¤@¦ì­C´µ¦C¤H (#¼»¤W 25:43;¼»¤U 2:2;3:2;¥N¤W 3:1|)

0293 'Achiyno`am {akh-ee-no'-am} from 0251 and 05278;; n pr f AV - Ahinoam 7; 7 Ahinoam = "my brother is delight" 1) wife of Saul, daughter of Ahimaaz 2) wife of David, mother of Amnon, a Jezreelitess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0294 'Achiycamak {akh-ee-saw-mawk'} ·½¦Û 0251 »P 05564; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahisamach 3; 3 ¨È§Æ¼»©Ù = "§Úªº¥S§Ì¬O¤ä´© (¤w¸g¤ä´©)" 1) ¦ý¤ä¬£ªº¤H, ¨È¦ó§Q¨È§Bªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥X 31:6, 35:34, 38:23|)

0294 'Achiycamak {akh-ee-saw-mawk'} from 0251 and 05564;; n pr m AV - Ahisamach 3; 3 Ahisamach = "my brother is support (has supported)" 1) a Danite, father of Aholiab, a workman on the tabernacle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0295 'Achiy`ezer {akh-ee-eh'-zer} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 05828;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahiezer 6; 6 ¨È§Æ¥HÁ = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬OÀ°§U" 1) ¤@¦ì¨ó§U¼¯¦èªº¦ý±Ú­º»â 2) ¤@¦ì¦ý±Ú­º»â, ¤j½Ãªº«i¤h¤§¤@(#¥N¤W 12:3|)

0295 'Achiy`ezer {akh-ee-eh'-zer} from 0251 and 05828;; n pr m AV - Ahiezer 6; 6 Ahiezer = "my brother is help" 1) a Danite chief who assisted Moses 2) a Danite chief, one of David's heroes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0296 'Achiyqam {akh-ee-kawm'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 06965;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ahikam 20; 20 ¨È§Æ¥Ì = "§Ú¥S§Ì¤w¸g¯¸¥ß(°ª¤É)" 1) ¨Fµfªº¨à¤l, ©ó¬ù¦è¨È®É¦b´Â¬°©x 2) ¥ýª¾­C§Q¦Ìªº«OÅ@ªÌ 3) °ò¤j§Qªº¤÷¿Ë

0296 'Achiyqam {akh-ee-kawm'} from 0251 and 06965;; n pr m AV - Ahikam 20; 20 Ahikam = "my brother has risen (arisen)" 1) son of Shaphan, an officer in Josiah's reign 2) protector of Jeremiah 3) father of Gedaliah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0297 'Achiyram {akh-ee-rawm'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 07311;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahiram 1; 1 ¨È§ÆÄõ = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬O±R°ªªº" ©Î "¥S§Ì©Î±R°ªªº¤H" 1) «K¶®¼§¤H, «K¶®¼§ªº¨à¤l

0297 'Achiyram {akh-ee-rawm'} from 0251 and 07311;; n pr m AV - Ahiram 1; 1 Ahiram = "my brother is exalted" or "brother or (the) lofty" 1) a Benjamite, son of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0298 'Achiyramiy {akh-ee-raw-mee'} ·½¦Û 0297 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Ahiramite 1; 1 ¨È§ÆÄõ±Ú = "¥À¿Ëªº¥S§Ì" 1) ¨È§ÆÄõªº¤ó±Ú¤§¤@­û(#¥Á 26:38|)

0298 'Achiyramiy {akh-ee-raw-mee'} patronymic from 0297;; adj AV - Ahiramite 1; 1 Ahiramite = "brother of mother" 1) one of the clan of Ahiram
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0299 'Achiyra` {akh-ee-rah'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 07451;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahira 5; 5 ¨È§Æ©Ô = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬O´c¬rªº" 1) ®³¥±¥L§Q­º»â

0299 'Achiyra` {akh-ee-rah'} from 0251 and 07451;; n pr m AV - Ahira 5; 5 Ahira = "my brother is evil" 1) a chief of Naphtali
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0300 'Achiyshachar {akh-ee-shakh'-ar} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 07837;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahishahar 1; 1 ¨È§Æ¨F«¢ = "§Ú¥S§Ì¦³¦p¾¤©ú" ©Î "±á©ü¤§¥S§Ì" 1) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H

0300 'Achiyshachar {akh-ee-shakh'-ar} from 0251 and 07837;; n pr m AV - Ahishahar 1; 1 Ahishahar = "my brother is dawn" or "brother of the dawn" 1) a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0301 'Achiyshar {akh-ee-shawr'} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 07891;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahishar 1; 1 ¨È§Æ·Ù = "§Ú§Ì¥S°Ûºq" 1) ©Òùªù¤ý®aªºÁ`ºÞ (#¤ý¤W 4:6|)

0301 'Achiyshar {akh-ee-shawr'} from 0251 and 07891;; n pr m AV - Ahishar 1; 1 Ahishar = "my brother sang" 1) chief steward for Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0302 'Achiythophel {akh-ee-tho'-fel} ·½¦Û 0251 ©M 08602;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahithophel 20; 20 ¨È§Æ¦h¥± = "§Ú¥S§Ì¬O²Â³J(«ÜÄø)" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@¦ì¿Ñ¤h, ©Þ¥Ü¤Úªº¯ª¤÷(°Ñ¨£ #¼» 11:3;23:34|), ¥L¦b©ã¨FÀs­I«q¤j½Ã ®É§ë¾a¤F©ã¨FÀs, ¦b©ÒÄm­pµ¦¤£³Q±Ä¯Ç«á, ¦Û±þ¦Ó¦º(#¼»¤U 17:23|)

0302 'Achiythophel {akh-ee-tho'-fel} from 0251 and 08602;; n pr m AV - Ahithophel 20; 20 Ahithophel = "my brother is foolish (folly)" 1) a counsellor of David, grandfather of Bathsheba (cf 2Sa 11:3, 23:34), who joined Absalom in revolt against David, and committed suicide when Absalom did not heed his counsel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0303 'Achlab {akh-lawb'} »P 02459 ¦P¤@¦r®Ú;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ahlab 1; 1 ¨È¶Â©Ô = "Âײ£ªº¦a¤è" 1) ¤À°tµ¹¨È³]¤Hªº³£¥«, ²{¤µ¦aÂI¤£¸Ô

0303 'Achlab {akh-lawb'} from the same root as 02459;; n pr loc AV - Ahlab 1; 1 Ahlab = "fertile place" 1) a town allotted to Asher, site presently unknown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
»P 0305 ¦P;; ¶§©Ê©Î³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahlai 2; 2 ¨È¨Ó = "O! would that!" 1) ¥Ü¬Àªº¤k¨à 2) ¤j½Ã¾Ô¤h¤§¤@ªº¤÷¿Ë (¤j¯àªÌ, ¾Ô¤h)

0304 'Achlay {akh-lah'ee} the same as 0305;; n pr m or f AV - Ahlai 2; 2 Ahlai = "O! would that!" 1) daughter of Sheshan 2) father of one of David's heroes (mighty men, warriors)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0305 'achalay {akh-al-ah'ee} ©Î 'achaley {akh-al-ay'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0253 ©M 03863 ªºÅܲ§«¬; TWOT - 67a; ·P¹Äµü AV - O that 1, would God 1; 2 1) «z, ¨º....!; ®@! ³Ì¦n¬O...; ¬O¨º¼Ë°Ú!

0305 'achalay {akh-al-ah'ee} or 'achaley {akh-al-ay'} probably from 0253 and a variation of 03863; TWOT - 67a; interj AV - O that 1, would God 1; 2 1) Oh that...!; oh would that!; ah that!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0306 'achlamah {akh-law'-maw} ¥i¯à·½¦Û02492; TWOT - 67b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - amethyst 2; 2 1) µµ¤ô´¹, ¨MÂ_¥Îªº¯ÝµP¤W²Ä¤T¦æ©ÒÆ^ªºÄ_¥Û (#¥X 28:19, 39:12|)

0306 'achlamah {akh-law'-maw} perhaps from 02492 (and thus dream-stone); TWOT - 67b; n f AV - amethyst 2; 2 1) amethyst, a gem in the third row on the ephod, breastplate of judgment worn by the high priest. Transliteration of the Septuagint word. Identification is not certain but is a purple stone perhaps a corundum or red or brown jasper.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0307 'Achm@tha' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {akh-me-thaw'} ·½©óªi´µ¤åªº­l¥Í¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Achmetha 1; 1 ¨È°¨¥L = "Ecbatana" (¤µ¥ì®Ô¦è³¡°Ó·~¤¤¤ß«¢°¨¤¦, Hamadan, ªº¥j¦W) 1) º¿¥Nªº­º³£, ©ó¦è¤¸«e 550 ¦~¬°ªi´µ¤ý¥j¦C¦û»â, ¦¨¬°ªi¤ýªº®L®c©Ò¦b¦a

0307 'Achm@tha' (Aramaic) {akh-me-thaw'} of Persian derivation;; n pr loc AV - Achmetha 1; 1 Achmetha = "Ecbatana" 1) capital of Media, captured by Cyrus in 550 BC and then summer residence of Persian kings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0308 'Achacbay {akh-as-bah'ee} ·½©ó¤£©ú­l¥Í¦r;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ahasbai 1; 1 ¨È«¢«ô = "¥]³ò§Úªº¤H¤§¥S§Ì" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº­^«i¾Ô¤h¥H§Qªk¦Cªº¤÷¿Ë

0308 'Achacbay {akh-as-bah'ee} of uncertain derivation;; n pr f AV - Ahasbai 1; 1 Ahasbai = "brother of my encompassers" 1) father of Eliphelet, one of David's heroes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0309 'achar {aw-khar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 68; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - tarry 7, defer 3, slack 2, continue 1, delay 1, hinder 1, stayed there 1, sit up late 1; 17 1) ©µ¿ð, ÅCÃÜ, º¢¯d, ©µ½w, ¯d¦b«á­± 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ©µ¿ð, º¢¯d (±K¶°ªº) 1a2) ³y¦¨¬Y¤H©µ¿ð, ªýê, ªý¾× 1b) (Piel) ©µ¿ð, µ¥«Ý, ¯d¦b«á­± (¦ý¬O¨S¦³§Æ±æ)

0309 'achar {aw-khar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 68; v AV - tarry 7, defer 3, slack 2, continue 1, delay 1, hinder 1, stayed there 1, sit up late 1; 17 1) to delay, hesitate, tarry, defer, remain behind 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to delay, tarry (intensive) 1a2) to cause one to delay, hinder, keep back 1b) (Piel) to delay, wait, stay behind (but not in hope)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0310 'achar {akh-ar'} ·½¦Û 0309; TWOT - 68b, 68c; °Æµü ¤¶¨tµü ³s±µµü ¹ê¦Wµü AV - after 454, follow 78, afterward(s) 46, behind 44, misc 87; 709 1) ¦b¡K¤§«á, ­I«á («ü¦aÂI), «á­±ªº, ¥H«á («ü®É¶¡) 1a) §@°Æµü¥Î 1a1) ­I«á («ü¦aÂI) 1a2) ¥H«á («ü®É¶¡) 1b) §@¤¶¨tµü¥Î 1b1) ¦b¡K«á­±, ¦b¡K­I«á («ü¦aÂI) 1b2) ¥H«á («ü®É¶¡) 1b3) °£¡K¥H¥~ 1c) §@³s±µµü¥Î 1c) µM«á 1d) §@¦Wµüµu»y¥Î 1d1) «á³¡ 1e) ©M¨ä¥L¤¶¨tµü 1e1) ±q¡K­I«á 1e2) ±q¡K¥H«á

0310 'achar {akh-ar'} from 0309; TWOT - 68b, 68c; adv prep conj subst AV - after 454, follow 78, afterward(s) 46, behind 44, misc 87; 709 1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time) 1a) as an adverb 1a1) behind (of place) 1a2) afterwards (of time) 1b) as a preposition 1b1) behind, after (of place) 1b2) after (of time) 1b3) besides 1c) as a conjunction 1c) after that 1d) as a substantive 1d1) hinder part 1e) with other prepositions 1e1) from behind 1e2) from following after
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0311 'achar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {akh-ar'} ¬Û·í©ó 0310; TWOT - 2568; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - hereafter 2, after 1; 3 1) ¤§«á

0311 'achar (Aramaic) {akh-ar'} corresponding to 0310; TWOT - 2568; adv AV - hereafter 2, after 1; 3 1) after
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0312 'acher {akh-air'} ·½¦Û 0309; TWOT - 68a; §Î®eµü AV - other(s) 105, another 55, next 2, following 1, man's 1, men 1, strange 1; 166 1) §Oªº, ¥t¥~ªº, ±µ¤U¨Óªº 1a) ±µ¤U¨Óªº, §ó¦hªº 1b) §Oªº, ¤£¦Pªº

0312 'acher {akh-air'} from 0309; TWOT - 68a; adj AV - other(s) 105, another 55, next 2, following 1, man's 1, men 1, strange 1; 166 1) another, other, following 1a) following, further 1b) other, different
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0313 'Acher {akh-air'} »P 0312 ¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aher 1; 1 ¨È¶Â = "³¡¤U" 1) «K¶®¼§¤H (#¥N¤W 7:12|)

0313 'Acher {akh-air'} the same as 0312;; n pr m AV - Aher 1; 1 Aher = "following" 1) a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0314 'acharown {akh-ar-one'}©Î¬O (ÁY¼g) 'acharon {akh-ar-one'} ·½¦Û 0309; TWOT - 68e; §Î®eµü AV - last 20, after(ward)(s) 15, latter 6, end 2, utmost 2, following 1, hinder 1, hindermost 1, hindmost 1, rereward 1, uttermost 1; 51 1) «á­±, ±µµÛ, «áÄò, ¦è¤è 1a) «á­±, ³Ì«á­±, ¦è¤è (¦aÂI) 1b) «á¨Ó, «áÄò, ¤é«á, ³Ì«á (®É¶¡)

0314 'acharown {akh-ar-one'} or (shortened) 'acharon {akh-ar-one'} from 0309; TWOT - 68e; adj AV - last 20, after(ward)(s) 15, latter 6, end 2, utmost 2, following 1, hinder 1, hindermost 1, hindmost 1, rereward 1, uttermost 1; 51 1) behind, following, subsequent, western 1a) behind, hindermost, western (of location) 1b) later, subsequent, latter, last (of time)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0315 'Achrach {akh-rakh'} ·½¦Û 0310 »P 0251; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aharah 1; 1 ¨È«¢©Ô = "§ÀÀHªº¥S§Ì" 1) «K¶®¼§ªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 8:1|)

0315 'Achrach {akh-rakh'} from 0310 and 0251;; n pr m AV - Aharah 1; 1 Aharah = "a following brother" 1) a son of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0316 'Acharchel {akh-ar-kale'} ·½¦Û 0310 »P 02426; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aharhel 1; 1 ¨È«¢¶Â = "§ÀÀHªº¤H" 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 4:8|)

0316 'Acharchel {akh-ar-kale'} from 0310 and 02426;; n pr m AV - Aharhel 1; 1 Aharhel = "a following host" 1) a descendant of Judah through Caleb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0317 'ochoriy (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {okh-or-ee'} ·½¦Û 0311; TWOT - 2568a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - another 5, other 1; 6 1) ¨ä¥¦ªº, ¥t¥~¤@­Óªº

0317 'ochoriy (Aramaic) {okh-or-ee'} from 0311; TWOT - 2568a; adj AV - another 5, other 1; 6 1) other, another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0318 'ochoreyn (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {okh-or-ane'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'ochoren (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {okh-or-ane'} ·½¦Û 0317; TWOT - 2568c; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - last 1; 1 1) ³Ì«á, µ²ªG 1a) ÁôÂ꺳¡¤À (¤û°¦) 1b) µ²§ô (®É¶¡) 1c) ¿ò¸ñ, «á¸Ç

0318 'ochoreyn (Aramaic) {okh-or-ane'} or (shortened) 'ochoren (Aramaic) {okh-or-ane'} from 0317; TWOT - 2568c; adv AV - last 1; 1 1) end, outcome 1a) hid part (of cows) 1b) end (of time) 1c) remnant, descendants
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0319 'achariyth {akh-ar-eeth'} ·½¦Û 0310; TWOT - 68f; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - end 31, latter 12, last 7, posterity 3, reward 2, hindermost 1, misc. 5; 61 1) «á³¡, ºÉÀY 1a) ºÉÀY, °ÝÃD, ¨Æ¥ó 1b) ¥H«áªº®É¶¡ (¹w¨¥©Êªº¥¼¨Ó®É¶¡) 1c) «á¸Ç 1d) ³Ì«áªº, ³Ì«á­±ªº

0319 'achariyth {akh-ar-eeth'} from 0310; TWOT - 68f; n f AV - end 31, latter 12, last 7, posterity 3, reward 2, hindermost 1, misc. 5; 61 1) after part, end 1a) end, issue, event 1b) latter time (prophetic for future time) 1c) posterity 1d) last, hindermost
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0320 'achariyth (Aramaic) {akh-ar-eeth'} ·½¦Û 0311, »P 319 ¦P; TWOT - 2568b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - latter 1; 1 1) ¦Ü²×, ¤ñ¸û«á­±ªº

0320 'achariyth (Aramaic) {akh-ar-eeth'} from 0311, the same as 319; TWOT - 2568b; n f AV - latter 1; 1 1) end, latter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0321 'ochoran (Aramaic) {okh-or-awn'} ·½¦Û 0311, »P 317 ¦P; TWOT - 2568c; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - other 3, another 2; 5 1) ¨ä¥¦ªº, ¥t¥~¤@­Óªº

0321 'ochoran (Aramaic) {okh-or-awn'} from 0311, the same as 317; TWOT - 2568c; adj AV - other 3, another 2; 5 1) other, another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0322 'achoranniyth {akh-o-ran-neeth'} 0268 ªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 68d; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - backward 6, again 1; 7 1) ¦V«á, ­I³¡, ­I«á

0322 'achoranniyth {akh-o-ran-neeth'} prolonged from 0268; TWOT - 68d; adv AV - backward 6, again 1; 7 1) backwards, back part, the rear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0323 'achashdarpan {akh-ash-dar-pan'} ªi´µ»y­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 69; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - lieutenants 4; 4 1) Á`·þ, ªi´µ¬Ùªø

0323 'achashdarpan {akh-ash-dar-pan'} of Persian derivation; TWOT - 69; n m AV - lieutenants 4; 4 1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0324 'achashdarpan (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {akh-ash-dar-pan'} ¬Û·í©ó 0323; TWOT - 2569; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - princes 9; 9 1) ¬Ùªø, ¥jªi´µ¦æ¬Ùªº²ÎªvªÌ

0324 'achashdarpan (Aramaic) {akh-ash-dar-pan'} corresponding to 0323; TWOT - 2569; n m AV - princes 9; 9 1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0325 'Achashverowsh {akh-ash-vay-rosh'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'Achashrosh {akh-ash-rosh'} (#´µ 10:1|) ·½¦Ûªi´µ»y;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ahasuerus 31; 31 ¨È«¢ÀH¾| = "§Ú±N¨IÀq¥B³h½a" 1) ªi´µ¤ýªººÙ¸¹, ¥i¯à¬OÁ§¦è

0325 'Achashverowsh {akh-ash-vay-rosh'} or (shortened) 'Achashrosh {akh-ash-rosh'} (Esth. 10:1) of Persian origin;; n pr m AV - Ahasuerus 31; 31 Ahasuerus = "I will be silent and poor" 1) title of the king of Persia, probably Xerxes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0326 'achashtariy {akh-ash-taw-ree'} ¥i¯à·½¦Ûªi´µ¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Haahashtari 1; 1 «¢ÁÒ´µ¥L§Q = "§Ú­n¶Ô©óÆ[¬Ý´M³V" 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç, ¨È¬I¤áªº¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 4:6|)

0326 'achashtariy {akh-ash-taw-ree'} probably of Persian derivation;; n pr m AV - Haahashtari 1; 1 Haahashtari = "I will diligently observe the searching" 1) a descendant of Ashur of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0327 'achastaran {akh-ash-taw-rawn'} °_·½©óªi´µ»y; TWOT - 70; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - camels 2; 2 1) °ê¤ýªº(Â@°¨)

0327 'achastaran {akh-ash-taw-rawn'} of Persian origin; TWOT - 70; adj AV - camels 2; 2 1) royal (steeds)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0328 'at {at} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ¥i¯à·N¬°¬X©Mªº²¾°Ê; TWOT - 72b; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - softly 3, charmers 1, gently 1, secret 1; 6 1) ·Å¶¶, ¬X©M¦a 1a) ·Å¬X¦a 1b) ¥­·Æªº 1c) ¬X©Mªº 1d) §¯¤H, §Å®v(¹ê¦Wµü)

0328 'at {at} from an unused root perhaps meaning to move softly; TWOT - 72b; adv AV - softly 3, charmers 1, gently 1, secret 1; 6 1) gentleness, softness 1a) gently 1b) flowing 1c) softly 1d) enchanter, necromancer (substantive)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0329 'atad {aw-tawd'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ¥i¯à·N¬°¨ë¬ï©Î¨Ï§Ö³t; TWOT - 71a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - bramble 3, Atad 2, thorns 1; 6 1) ¨ëÃÃ, ´Æ, ¹«§õ 2) ¨È¹F¥Ý³õ, ·N¬°´Æ, ¤]¥s¨È§B³Á¦è, «á¨Ó¥s§B¬T©Ô, ¦ì©ó¬ù¥¹¦èÃä, ¦b¬ù¥¹©M­C§Qºq¤§¶¡

0329 'atad {aw-tawd'} from an unused root probably meaning to pierce or make fast; TWOT - 71a; n m AV - bramble 3, Atad 2, thorns 1; 6 1) bramble, thorn, buckthorn 2) the threshing Atad, meaning thorn, also called Abelmizraim and afterwards called Bethhogla was located on the west of Jordan between the Jordan and Jericho
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0330 'etuwn {ay-toon'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N«ä¥i¯à¬O '§ô¦b¤@°_'); TWOT - 73b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fine linen 1; 1 1) ¨È³Â½u, ¯½, ½u

0330 'etuwn {ay-toon'} from an unused root (probably meaning to bind); TWOT - 73b; n m AV - fine linen 1; 1 1) linen, yarn, thread
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0331 'atam {aw-tam'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 73; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - narrow 4, stoppeth 3, shutteth 1; 8 1) Ãö¤W, Ãö³¬, Ãö³¬ 1a) (Qal) Ãö¤W, °±¤î(¼L®B) 1b) (Hiphil) ´c¤H¶ë¦í¥L­Ìªº¦Õ¦·(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0331 'atam {aw-tam'} a primitive root; TWOT - 73; v AV - narrow 4, stoppeth 3, shutteth 1; 8 1) to shut, shut up, close 1a) (Qal) to shut, stop (of lips) 1b) (Hiphil) of the wicked stopping their ears (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0332 'atar {aw-tar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 74; °Êµü AV - shut 1; 1 1) (Qal) Ãö³¬ 1a) «Ê³¬, Ãö³¬, ¸i¸j 1b) ¥s¬Y¤H³¬¼L

0332 'atar {aw-tar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 74; v AV - shut 1; 1 1) (Qal) shut 1a) to shut up, close, bind 1b) close one's mouth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0333 'Ater {aw-tare'} ·½¦Û 0332;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Ater 5; 5 ¨È¯S = " ¿£ªÌ,¥Î¥H¸j¿£¤§ª«,§¨¾¹ " 1) ³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªº¤@­Ó®a±Ú¡A§Æ¦è®aªº¤l®] 2) ³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªº¤@­Ó§Q¥¼¤H¦uªù¤H (¥i¯à¸ò 1¬Û¦P) 3)¤@­Ó¥H¦â¦C­º»â¡A¦b¥§§Æ¦Ìªº¬ù¤Wñ¦W

0333 'Ater {aw-tare'} from 0332;; n pr m AV - Ater 5; 5 Ater = "binder" 1) an exiled descendant of Hezekiah 2) an exiled Levite porter (perhaps same as 1) 3) a chief Israelite who sealed Nehemiah's covenant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0334 'itter {it-tare'} ·½¦Û 0332; TWOT - 74a; adj AV - lefthanded + 03025 2; 2 1) ¸i¸j, ¨ü§«Ãªªº (¥kÃä, ¨Ò, ¥ªºJ¤l), «ÊÂꪺ, ³Q«ÊÂꪺ

0334 'itter {it-tare'} from 0332; TWOT - 74a; adj AV - lefthanded + 03025 2; 2 1) bound, impeded (on the right, ie, left-handed), shut, shut up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0335 'ay {ah'ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0370; TWOT - 75; ºÃ°Ý°Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - where, what, whence; 16 1) ¦ó³B?, ¨Ó¦Û¦ó¤è? 2) ¨º¤@­Ó?, ¦p¦ó? (©ñ¦b¨ä¥L°Æµü«e­±)

0335 'ay {ah'ee} perhaps from 0370; TWOT - 75; interrog adv AV - where, what, whence; 16 1) where?, whence? 2) which?, how? (in prefix with other adverb)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0336 'iy {ee} ¥i¯à¬Û·í©ó 0335 (¨ú¨ä ½èºÃ ¤§·N); TWOT - 77; °Æµü AV - island 1; 1 1) ¤£

0336 'iy {ee} probably identical with 0335 (through the idea of a query); TWOT - 77; adv AV - island 1; 1 1) not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0337 'iy {ee} ·½¦Û 0188 ªºÁY¼g; TWOT - 76; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - woe 2; 2 1) ­ü!, ¥Î©óªí¥ÜÃø¹L, Åå·W¤§·N!

0337 'iy {ee} short from 0188; TWOT - 76; interj AV - woe 2; 2 1) alas!, woe!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0338 'iy {ee} ¥i¯à»P0337§¹¥þ¬Û¦P (¨ú¨ä"´d¶ËªºÁn­µ"¤§·§©À); TWOT - 43a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - wild beasts of the islands 3; 3 1) ©H¼Sªº³¥Ã~, °[

0338 'iy {ee} probably identical with 0337 (through the idea of a doleful sound); TWOT - 43a; n m AV - wild beasts of the islands 3; 3 1) howling beast, jackal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0339 'iy {ee} ·½¦Û 0183; TWOT - 39a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - isle(s) 30, islands 5, country 1; 36 1) ªu®ü¦a°Ï, ®q, ®ü©¤, ¦a°Ï

0339 'iy {ee} from 0183; TWOT - 39a; n m AV - isle(s) 30, islands 5, country 1; 36 1) coast, island, shore, region
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0340 'ayab {aw-yab'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 78; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - enemy 1; 1 1) ¹ï¡ãÃh¼Ä·N, ¦¨¬°¼Ä¹ïªº 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¹ï¡ã¤£¤Íµ½ 1a2) ·í§@¼Ä¤H¬Ý«Ý

0340 'ayab {aw-yab'} a primitive root; TWOT - 78; v AV - enemy 1; 1 1) to be hostile to, to be an enemy to 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to be hostile to 1a2) to treat as an enemy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0341 'oyeb {o-yabe'} ©Î (§¹¾ã«¬) 'owyeb {o-yabe'} 0340 ªº¥D°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 78; ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ ´Ü©w¥» - enemy(s) 280, foes 2; 282 1) (Qal) ¤³¼Ä 1a) ­Ó¤Hªº¤³¼Ä 1b) °ê®aªº¤³¼Ä 1c) ¯«ªº¤³¼Ä (±q¯««OÅ@Í¢ªº¤l¥Á¦Ó¨¥) 1d) ¯«¹ï­I°fªº¤l¥Á¦Ó¨¥¬O¤³¼Ä (#ÁÉ 63:10|)

0341 'oyeb {o-yabe'} or (fully) 'owyeb {o-yabe'} active participle of 0340; TWOT - 78; subst AV - enemy(s) 280, foes 2; 282 1) (Qal) enemy 1a) personal 1b) national
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0342 'eybah {ay-baw'} ·½¦Û 0340; TWOT - 78a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - enmity 3, hatred 2; 5 1) ¼Ä·N, ¤³«ë

0342 'eybah {ay-baw'} from 0340; TWOT - 78a; n f AV - enmity 3, hatred 2; 5 1) enmity, hatred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0343 'eyd {ade} ·½¦Û 0181 ¬Û¦Pªº¦r®Ú (·N¬°­Á¤U); TWOT - 38c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - calamity 17, destruction 7; 24 1) ¦MÃø, ­«¾á, ¤jº× 1a) ­«¾á (¸q¤Hªº) 1b) ¤jº× (°ê®aªº) 1c) ¦MÃø (´c¤Hªº) 1d) ¤jº×¤§¤é

0343 'eyd {ade} from the same as 0181 (in the sense of bending down); TWOT - 38c; n m AV - calamity 17, destruction 7; 24 1) distress, burden, calamity 1a) burden (of the righteous) 1b) calamity (of nation) 1c) disaster (of wicked) 1d) day of calamity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0344 'ayah {ah-yaw'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 0337; TWOT - 43b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - kite 2, vulture 1; 3 1) ÆNÔG, ÂyÆN, »ð

0344 'ayah {ah-yaw'} perhaps from 0337; TWOT - 43b; n f AV - kite 2, vulture 1; 3 1) hawk, falcon, kite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0345 'Ayah {ah-yaw'} »P0344¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aiah 5, Ajah 1; 6 "·R¶®"©Î"¨È¶®"= "ÂyÆN" 1) ¦ó§Q¤H, ²½«Kªº¨à¤l 2) ±½Ã¹ªº¦mÀ§"§Q´µ¤Ú"ªº¤÷¿Ë

0345 'Ayah {ah-yaw'} the same as 0344;; n pr m AV - Aiah 5, Ajah 1; 6 Aiah or Ajah = "falcon" 1) a Horite, son of Zibeon 2) father of Rizpah, Saul's concubine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0346 'ayeh {ah-yay'} 0335 ªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 75a; ºÃ°Ý°Æµü AV - where 2; 2 1) ¦ó³B? 1a) Ãö©ó¤H, ª« 1b) ¤Ï°Ý

0346 'ayeh {ah-yay'} prolonged from 0335; TWOT - 75a; inter adv AV - where 2; 2 1) where? 1a) of persons, things 1b) rhetorical
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0347 'Iyowb {ee-yobe'} ·½¦Û 0340; TWOT - 78b; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Job 58; 58 ¬ù§B = "³Q«ë´cªº" 1)¤@­Ó®aªø©Î±Úªø, ¬ù§B°Oªº¥D¨¤

0347 'Iyowb {ee-yobe'} from 0340; TWOT - 78b; n pr m AV - Job 58; 58 Job = "hated" 1) a patriarch, the subject of the book of Job
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0348 'Iyzebel {ee-zeh'-bel} ·½¦Û 0336 ©M 02083;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jezebel 22; 22 ­C¬~§O = "¹|´­¤Ú¤O" ©Î "§ÚÄ@¶ù¤Ú¤O" ©Î "²]¿º" 1) ¥H¦â¦C°êªº¤ý¦Z, ¨È«¢ªº©d¤l, ¿Ö¤Ú¤Oªº¤k¨à

0348 'Iyzebel {ee-zeh'-bel} from 0336 and 02083;; n pr f AV - Jezebel 22; 22 Jezebel = "Baal exalts" or "Baal is husband to" or "unchaste" 1) queen of Israel, wife of Ahab, daughter of Ethbaal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0349 'eyk {ake} ¥ç§Y 'eykah {ay-kaw'} »P 'eykakah {ay-kaw'-kah} 0335ªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 75 ´Ü©w¥» - how, what, where; 10 ·P¹Ä°Æµü 1) ¦p¦ó? ·P¹Äµü 2) ¦p¦ó! (¦b«sºq) 3) ªí¹Fº¡·N

0349 'eyk {ake} also 'eykah {ay-kaw'} and 'eykakah {ay-kaw'-kah} prolonged from 0335; TWOT - 75 AV - how, what, where; 10 interrog adv 1) how? interj 2) how! (in lamentation) 3) expression of satisfaction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0350 'Iy-kabowd {ee-kaw-bode'} ·½¦Û 0336 ©M 03519;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ichabod 2; 2 ¥H­{³Õ = "¨S¦³ºa¥ú" 1) «D¥§«¢ªº¤@­Ó¨à¤l, ¦p¦¹©R¦W¬°¬ö©À«D§Q¤h¤H¹Ü¥h¬ùÂd

0350 'Iy-kabowd {ee-kaw-bode'} from 0336 and 03519;; n pr m AV - Ichabod 2; 2 Ichabod = "no glory" 1) a son of Phinehas, so named because of the capture of the Ark by the Philistines
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0351 'eykoh {ay-ko} ¥i¯à¬O 0349 ªºÅܲ§«¬, ¦ý¤£§@ºÃ°Ýµü¥Î; TWOT - 75d AV - where 1; 1 1) ­þ¸Ì!

0351 'eykoh {ay-ko} probably a variation for 0349, but not as an interrogative; TWOT - 75d AV - where 1; 1 1) where!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0352 'ayil {ah'-yil} »P0193¦P·½; TWOT - 45d,e,f,g; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ram(s) 156, post(s) 21, mighty (men) 4, trees 2, lintel 1, oaks 1; 185 1) ¤½ºø¦Ï 1a) ¤½ºø¦Ï (·í§@­¹ª«) 1b) ¤½ºø¦Ï (·í§@²½¬¹) 1c) ¤½ºø¦Ï (¥Ö½§¤S°®¤S¬õ, ¥i°µ¬°±b½´) 2) ¤ä¬W, ªù¤f§G¸m, ªùµ¡°¼¾À, ¥bÅS¤è¬W 3) ±j¤H, »â³S, ªø©x 4) ¤j¾ð, ªQ¯×

0352 'ayil {ah'-yil} from the same as 0193; TWOT - 45d,e,f,g; n m AV - ram(s) 156, post(s) 21, mighty (men) 4, trees 2, lintel 1, oaks 1; 185 1) ram 1a) ram (as food) 1b) ram (as sacrifice) 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster 3) strong man, leader, chief 4) mighty tree, terebinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0353 'eyal {eh-yawl'} 0352 ªºÅܲ§«¬; TWOT - 79; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - strength 1; 1 1) ¤O¶q 2) À°§U

0353 'eyal {eh-yawl'} a variation of 0352; TWOT - 79; n m AV - strength 1; 1 1) strength 2) help
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0354 'ayal {ah-yawl'} 0352ªº¥[±j«¬(¨ú¨ä¤½¦Ï¤§·N); TWOT - 45k; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hart(s) 11; 11 1) ¶¯³À, ³À

0354 'ayal {ah-yawl'} an intensive form of 0352 (in the sense of ram); TWOT - 45k; n m AV - hart(s) 11; 11 1) stag, deer, hart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0355 'ayalah {ah-yaw-law'} ¤k©Ê¤Æªº 0354; TWOT - 45l; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hind(s) 8; 8 1) ³À, ¥À³À

0355 'ayalah {ah-yaw-law'} feminine of 0354; TWOT - 45l; n f AV - hind(s) 8; 8 1) doe, deer, hind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0356 'Eylown {ay-lone'} ©Î (ÁY¼g¬°) 'Elown {ay-lone'} ©Î Eylon {ay-lone'} ·½¦Û 0352;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü,¦a¦W AV - Elon 7; 7 ¥H­Û = "ªQ¸`ªo, ±j¤jªº" 1) »®¤H, ¥H±½ªº©¨¤÷ 2) ¦è¥¬­Ûªº²Ä¤G­Ó¨à¤l (#³Ð 46:14|) 3) ¦è¥¬­Û¤H, ¥H¦â¦Cªº¤h®v (#¤h 12:11|) 4) ¦b"¦ý"ªº«°Âí (#®Ñ 19:43|)

0356 'Eylown {ay-lone'} or (shortened) 'Elown {ay-lone'} or Eylon {ay-lone'} from 0352;; n pr m,loc AV - Elon 7; 7 Elon = "terebinth, mighty" 1) Hittite, father-in-law of Esau 2) second son of Zebulun 3) Zebulonite judge of Israel 4) town in Dan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0357 'Ayalown {ah-yaw-lone'} ·½¦Û 0354;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Aijalon 7, Ajalon 3; 10 ¨È¶®±[ = "³Àªº¬¡°Ê½d³ò" 1) §Q¥¼¤Hªº«°¥«, ¦ì©ó¤¦, ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¦è¥_¤è14 ­^¯@(25¤½¨½), ¥ý³Q¨È¼¯§Q¤H²Îªv, «á¬OµS¤j±Úªº«K¶®¼§¤H, «á¬O«D§Q¤h¤H 2) ¦è¥¬­Ûªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¦aÂI¤£¸Ô

0357 'Ayalown {ah-yaw-lone'} from 0354;; n pr loc AV - Aijalon 7, Ajalon 3; 10 Ajalon or Aijalon = "field of deer" 1) Levitical city in Dan, 14 miles or 25 km NW of Jerusalem, later ruled by the Amorites, then the Benjamites of Judah, then by the Philistines 2) a city of Zebulun, site unknown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0358 'Eylown Beyth Chanan {ay-lone' bayth-chaw-nawn'} ·½¦Û 0356, 01004, ©M 02603;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Elonbethhanan 1; 1 ¥H­Û §B-«¢«n = "·O´d¤§®aªº¾ó¤ì" 1) Äݦý¤ä¬£ªº¤@­Ó«°¥« (#¤ý¤W 4:9|)

0358 'Eylown Beyth Chanan {ay-lone' bayth-chaw-nawn'} from 0356, 01004, and 02603;; n pr loc AV - Elonbethhanan 1; 1 Elon Beth-hanan = "oak of the house of grace" 1) a city of Dan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0359 'Eylowth {ay-loth'} ©Î 'Eylath {ay-lath'} ·½¦Û 0352;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Elath 5, Eloth 3; 8 ¥H©Ô¥L ©Î ¥H¸S = "°ªÁqªº¤p¾ðªL" 1) ¦ì©ó¬õ®ü¦ù¦VªF¥_ªº®üÆW¤ºªº¤@­Ó´ä¤f

0359 'Eylowth {ay-loth'} or 'Eylath {ay-lath'} from 0352;; n pr loc AV - Elath 5, Eloth 3; 8 Elath or Eloth = "grove of lofty trees" 1) a port on the north-east arm of the Red Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0360 'eyaluwth {eh-yaw-looth'} ·½¦Û 0353; TWOT - 79a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - strength 1; 1 1) ¤O¶q, §Úªº±Ï§U

0360 'eyaluwth {eh-yaw-looth'} from 0353; TWOT - 79a; n f AV - strength 1; 1 1) strength, my help
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0361 'eylam {ay-lawm'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'elam {ay-lawm'} ©Î (³±©Ê) 'elammah {ay-lam-maw'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0352; TWOT - 45j; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - arches 15; 15 1) ªù´Y, «eÆU, ¬W´Y

0361 'eylam {ay-lawm'} or (shortened) 'elam {ay-lawm'} or (feminine) 'elammah {ay-lam-maw'} probably from 0352; TWOT - 45j; n m AV - arches 15; 15 1) porch, vestibule, portico
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0362 'Eylim {ay-leem'} 0352 ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elim 6; 6 ¥HµY = "´ÄÃq" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤H¥X®J¤Î«áªº²Ä¤G­Ó²ÏÀ礧¦a

0362 'Eylim {ay-leem'} plural of 0352;; n pr loc AV - Elim 6; 6 Elim = "palms" 1) second encampment of the Israelites after the Exodus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0363 'iylan (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ee-lawn'} ¬Û·í©ó 0352; TWOT - 2570; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tree 6; 6 1) ¾ð

0363 'iylan (Aramaic) {ee-lawn'} corresponding to 0352; TWOT - 2570; n m AV - tree 6; 6 1) tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0364 'Eyl Pa'ran {ale paw-rawn'} ·½¦Û 0352 ©M 06290;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Elparan 1; 1 ¥ì°Ç¤ÚÄõ = "¤ÚÄõªº¤â´x" 1) «°¥«­Ý´ä¤f, ¦ì©ó¬õ®ü"ªü§J¤Ú®üÆW"ªº³»ºÝ³B{#³Ð 14:6|}

0364 'Eyl Pa'ran {ale paw-rawn'} from 0352 and 06290;; n pr loc AV - Elparan 1; 1 El-paran = "palm of Paran" 1) town and harbour at tip of Gulf of Aqaba on the Red Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0365 'ayeleth {ah-yeh'-leth} »P 355 ¦P; TWOT - 45l; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hind 2, Aijeleth 1; 3 1) ¥À³À, ³À, »Û©Ê¬õ³À 2) "Aijeleth Shahar" ¬O¸Ö½g²Ä22½g¼ÐÃDªº¤@³¡¥÷ ¦Ó¥B©Î³\¬O´y­z±Û«ßµ¹­µ¼Ö®aª¾¹D¦p¦óºt«µ¸Ö½g

0365 'ayeleth {ah-yeh'-leth} the same as 355; TWOT - 45l; n f AV - hind 2, Aijeleth 1; 3 1) doe, deer, hind 2) "Aijeleth Shahar" is part of the title of Ps. 22 and probably describes to the musician the melody to which the psalm was to be played
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0366 'ayom {aw-yome'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (­ì·N¬°"ÅåÀ~"); TWOT - 80a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - terrible 3; 3 1) ¥i©Èªº, À~¤Hªº (#ºq 6:4,10; «¢ 1:7|)

0366 'ayom {aw-yome'} from an unused root (meaning to frighten); TWOT - 80a; adj AV - terrible 3; 3 1) terrible, dreadful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0367 'eymah {ay-maw'} ©Î (ÁY¼g) 'emah {ay-maw'} »P 0366 ¦P·½ ; TWOT - 80b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - terror(s) 7, fear 5, terrible 2, dread 1, horror 1, idols 1; 17 1) ®£§G, ®`©È

0367 'eymah {ay-maw'} or (shortened) 'emah {ay-maw'} from the same as 0366; TWOT - 80b; n f AV - terror(s) 7, fear 5, terrible 2, dread 1, horror 1, idols 1; 17 1) terror, dread
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0368 'Eymiym {ay-meem'} 0367 ªº½Æ¼Æ§Î;; ½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Emims 3; 3 ¥H¦Ì¤H = "®£©Æ" 1) ¼¯©ã¦a¦­´Áªº©~¥Á

0368 'Eymiym {ay-meem'} plural of 0367;; n pr m p AV - Emims 3; 3 Emims = "terrors" 1) ancient inhabitants of Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0369 'ayin {ah'-yin} ºÃ¦ü·½¦Û­ì·N¬°"¨S¦³"©Î"¤£¦s¦b"ªº¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 81; ¹ê¦Wµü §_©wµü °Æµü ªþ¤¶Ã´µü AV - except, faileth, fatherless, incurable, infinite, innumerable, neither, never, no, none, not, nothing, nought, without; 29 1) µLª« , ¤£, ªÅµL ¦Wµü 1a) µLª« , ªÅµL §_©wµü 1b) ¤£ 1c) ¨S¦³ ( °]²£) °Æµü 1d) ¨S¦³ ªþ¤¶Ã´µü 1e) ¯Ê¥F

0369 'ayin {ah'-yin} as if from a primitive root meaning to be nothing or not exist; TWOT - 81; subst n neg adv w/prep AV - except, faileth, fatherless, incurable, infinite, innumerable, neither, never, no, none, not, nothing, nought, without; 29 1) nothing, not, nought n 1a) nothing, nought neg 1b) not 1c) to have not (of possession) adv 1d) without w/prep 1e) for lack of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0370 'aiyn {ah-yin'} ¥i¯à»P 0369 ¬Û¦P, ¨ú¨ä½è¸ß¤§·N (¤ñ¸û 0336); TWOT - 75f; ºÃ°Ý°Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - whence 16, where 1; 17 1) ­þ¸Ì?, ¦ó³B?

0370 'aiyn {ah-yin'} probably identical with 0369 in the sense of query (compare 0336); TWOT - 75f; inter adv AV - whence 16, where 1; 17 1) where?, whence?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0371 'iyn {een} 369 ÁY¼g«¬; TWOT - 81; ºÃ°Ý °Æµü AV - (is) there not 1; 1 1) ¤£¬O¦³...¶Ü?, §A¨S¦³...¶Ü? (#¼»¤W 21:8|)

0371 'iyn {een} apparently a shortened form of 369; TWOT - 81; interrog adv AV - (is) there not 1; 1 1) Is there not?, Have you not?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0372 'Iy`ezer {ee-eh'-zer} ·½¦Û 0336 ©M 05828;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jeezer 1; 1 ¥ì¥HÁ = "µL´©" 1) º¿®³¦è¤§¤@«á¥N(#¥Á 26:30|)

0372 'Iy`ezer {ee-eh'-zer} from 0336 and 05828;; n pr m AV - Jeezer 1; 1 Jeezer = "no help" 1) a descendant of Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0373 'Iy`ezriy {ee-ez-ree'} ·½¦Û 0372 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Jeezerite 1; 1 ¥ì¥HÁÂ±Ú = "µL´©" 1) ¥ì¥HÁ©v±Ú¤§¤@­û(#¥Á 26:30|)

0373 'Iy`ezriy {ee-ez-ree'} patronymic from 0372;; adj AV - Jeezerite 1; 1 Jeezerite = "no help" 1) one of the tribe of Jeezer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0374 'eyphah {ay-faw'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'ephah {ay-faw'} ¥X¦Û®J¤Î»yªº; TWOT - 82; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ephah 34, measure(s) 6; 40 1) ¥ìªk 1a) °®ª«ªº«×¶q¿Å³æ¦ì, ¤@¨Ìªkµ¥©ó 3 ²Ó¨È, 10 «X±öÒ­; ©M²GÅé«×¶q¿Å³æ¦ì½}¯S¬Û¦P; (¬ù¬°­^¨î 9 ¥[¨Ú (40 ¤½¤É), ¦bµS¤Ó²½¥qªºµÛ§@¤¤¥u¦³¤@¥bªº®e¶q) 1b) «×¶q©Î®e¯ÇÁ`¼Æªº®e¾¹

0374 'eyphah {ay-faw'} or (shortened) 'ephah {ay-faw'} of Egyptian derivation; TWOT - 82; n f AV - ephah 34, measure(s) 6; 40 1) ephah 1a) a dry measure of quantity, equal to 3 seahs, 10 omers; the same as the liquid measure bath; (about 9 imperial gallons (40 l), rabbinical writings give sizes of one-half this amount) 1b) the receptacle for measuring or holding that amount
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0375 'eyphoh {ay-fo'} ·½¦Û 0335 ©M 06311; TWOT - 75h; ºÃ°Ý°Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - where 9, what 1; 10 1) ­þùØ? 2) ­þ¤@ºØªº?

0375 'eyphoh {ay-fo'} from 0335 and 06311; TWOT - 75h; interrog adv AV - where 9, what 1; 10 1) where? 2) what kind?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0376 'iysh {eesh} ªu¥Î 0582 [©Î¥i¯à·½¦Û¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r®Ú, ·N¬° ²{¦sªº]; TWOT - 83a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - man 1002, men 210, one 188, husband 69, any 27, misc 143; 1639 1) ¤HÃþ 1a) ¨k¤H, ¨k©Ê (¬Û¹ï©ó¤k¤H, ¤k©Ê) 1b) ¤V¤Ò 1c) ¤HÃþ, ¤H (¬Û¹ï©ó¯«) 1d) ¹²¤H 1e) ¥þ¤HÃþ 1f) Àu³ÓªÌ 1g) °¶¤H 2) µL½×¬O½Ö 3) ¨C­Ó (§Î®eµü)

0376 'iysh {eesh} contracted for 0582 [or perhaps rather from an unused root meaning to be extant]; TWOT - 83a; n m AV - man 1002, men 210, one 188, husband 69, any 27, misc 143; 1639 1) man 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) 1b) husband 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) 1d) servant 1e) mankind 1f) champion 1g) great man 2) whosoever 3) each (adjective)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0377 'iysh {eesh} ·½¦Û 376 ªº°Ê¦Wµü; TWOT - 83a; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - shew yourselves men 1; 1 1) (Hithpalel) °µ¤@­Ó¨k¤lº~, ªí²{¥X¨k¤l®ð·§, «a­x, °¶¤H(#ÁÉ 46:8|)

0377 'iysh {eesh} denominative from 376; TWOT - 83a; v AV - shew yourselves men 1; 1 1) (Hithpalel) to be a man, show masculinity, champion, great man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0378 'Iysh-Bosheth {eesh-bo'-sheth} ·½¦Û 0376 ©M 1322;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ishbosheth 11; 11 ¥ì¬Iªi³] = "¥i®¢¤§¤H" 1) ±½Ã¹¤´¦s¬¡ªº¨à¤l(¥¼¦b¹ï«D§Q¤h¤H¾Ô§Ð¤¤³Q±þ), ·í¤j½Ã¦bµS¤j§@¤ý®É, ¥L§@¥H¦â¦C¤ý ¤C¦~; ¦b¨ä³Q¤â¤U«q±þ«á, ¤j½Ã²Î¤@¤F¥H¦â¦C¤ý°ê

0378 'Iysh-Bosheth {eesh-bo'-sheth} from 0376 and 1322;; n pr m AV - Ishbosheth 11; 11 Ishbosheth = "man of shame" 1) surviving son of Saul, king of Israel for 7 years while David was king over Judah; succeeded by David who united the kingdom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0379 'Iyshhowd {eesh-hode'} ·½¦Û 0376 ©M 01935;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ishod 1; 1 ¥ì¬I²ü = "¦b¤W¦ìªÌ" 1) Äݬù¥¹ªeªFªº¥bº¿®³¦è¤ä¬£ªº¤H

0379 'Iyshhowd {eesh-hode'} from 0376 and 01935;; n pr m AV - Ishod 1; 1 Ishod = "man of majesty" 1) a Manassite from east of the Jordan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0380 'iyshown {ee-shone'} diminutive from 0376; TWOT - 83b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - apple 3, obscure 2, black 1; 6 1) ²´·úªºÀû¤¯ 2) ©]¥b (¨º´N¬O²`©])

0380 'iyshown {ee-shone'} diminutive from 0376; TWOT - 83b; n m AV - apple 3, obscure 2, black 1; 6 1) pupil of the eye 2) middle of the night (that is the deepest blackness)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0381 'Iysh-Chayil {eesh-khah'-yil} ·½¦Û 0376 ©M 02428;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - valiant men 4; 4 1) ¤j¯àªº«i¤h, ­^«iªº¤H

0381 'Iysh-Chayil {eesh-khah'-yil} from 0376 and 02428;; n m AV - valiant men 4; 4 1) a mighty man, valiant man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0382 'Iysh-Towb {eesh-tobe'} ·½¦Û 0376 ©M 02897;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ishtob 2; 2 ªû§B(Ishtob) = "ªû§B¤H" 1) ¦b¤W¬ù¥¹ªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï, ¬ù¦b°ò¦Cªº¥_¤è©ÎªF¥_¤è (#¼»¤U 10:6,8|)

0382 'Iysh-Towb {eesh-tobe'} from 0376 and 02897;; n pr loc AV - Ishtob 2; 2 Ishtob = "man of Tob" 1) a region beyond Jordan, north or northeast of Gilead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0383 'iythay (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ee-thah'ee} ¬Û·í©ó 03426; TWOT - 2572; ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ ´Ü©w¥» - to be 17; 17 1) ¦³¤@­Ó(³æ¼Æ), ¦³(½Æ¼Æ) 2) ½èµü/»y§Uµü ªí¥Ü¦s¦b

0383 'iythay (Aramaic) {ee-thah'ee} corresponding to 03426; TWOT - 2572; subst AV - to be 17; 17 1) there is, there are 2) particle denoting existence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0384 'Iythiy'el {eeth-ee-ale'} perhaps from 0837 and 0410;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ithiel 3; 3 ½e = "¯«»P§Ú¦P¦b" 1) ¨È¥jÒ­µ¹¤©½e¨¥ªºªù®{ 2) ¦b¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥N¤@«K¶®¼§¤H

0384 'Iythiy'el {eeth-ee-ale'} perhaps from 0837 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Ithiel 3; 3 Ithiel = "God is with me" 1) the disciple to whom Agur gave proverbs 2) a Benjamite in Nehemiah's time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0385 'Iythamar {eeth-aw-mawr'} ·½¦Û 0339 ©M 08558;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ithamar 21; 21 ¥H¥Lº¿ = "´ÄÃq©¤" 1) ¨È­Ûªº²Ä¥|­Ó¨à¤l(¥ç¬O¨ä¥®¤l)

0385 'Iythamar {eeth-aw-mawr'} from 0339 and 08558;; n pr m AV - Ithamar 21; 21 Ithamar = "coast of palms" 1) fourth and youngest son of Aaron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0386 'eythan {ay-thawn'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'ethan {ay-thawn'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬°"«ùÄò"); TWOT - 935a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - strong 5, mighty 4, strength 2, hard 1, rough 1; 13 1) ¥Ã¤[ªº, ¤£Åܪº, ªø¦~«ùÄòªº, ¥Ã¬yªº 1a) ¥Ã¬yªº (·Ë¬y) 1b) ¥Ã¦s, ¥Ã»·ªº, ­@¤[ªº(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0386 'eythan {ay-thawn'} or (shortened) 'ethan {ay-thawn'} from an unused root (meaning to continue); TWOT - 935a; adj AV - strong 5, mighty 4, strength 2, hard 1, rough 1; 13 1) perpetual, constant, perennial, ever-flowing 1a) ever-flowing (of a stream) 1b) permanence, permanent, enduring (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0387 'Eythan {ay-thawn'} »P 0386 ¦P;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ethan 8; 8 ¥H±´ = "§Ô¨ü" 1) ¤@¦ì¥H¨ä´¼¼z¥X¦Wªº¥H´µ©Ô¤H (#¤ý¤W 4:31|) 2) µS¤jªº¤@¦ì®]¤l, ¨È¼»§Q¶®ªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥N¤W 2:6-8|) 3) ¤@¦ì­ôÁÒ¤H, §Q¥¼ªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 6:42|) 4) ¦Ì©Ô§Q¤H¥j¨F¶®ªº¨à¤l, §Q¥¼ªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W15:17|)

0387 'Eythan {ay-thawn'} the same as 0386;; n pr m AV - Ethan 8; 8 Ethan = "enduring" 1) an Ezrahite known for his wisdom 2) a grandson of Judah, father of Azariah 3) a Kohathite descendant of Levi 4) a Merarite son of Kushaiah, descendant of Levi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0388 'Eythaniym {ay-thaw-neem'} 0386 ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ethanim 1; 1 ¥H¥L©À = "¥Ã¤[ªº" 1) µS¤Ó¾äªkªº²Ä¤C­Ó¤ë, ¬Û·í©ó²{¦æ¦è¾äªº¤Q¦Ü¤Q¤@¤ë; ¦]¥Ã«í¤§·Ë¤´µM¬y°Ê¦Ó¦p¦¹©R¦W.

0388 'Eythaniym {ay-thaw-neem'} plural of 0386;; n pr m AV - Ethanim 1; 1 Ethanim = "enduring" 1) seventh Jewish month, corresponding to modern Oct. to Nov.; so named because permanent streams still flowed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0389 'ak {ak} ªñ¦ü0403; TWOT - 84; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - also, but, certainly, even, howbeit, least, nevertheless, notwithstanding, only, save, scarce, surely, surety, truly, verily, wherefore, yet; 22 1) ¯u¥¿¦a, ½T¹ê(¥[±j»y®ð) 2) µM¦Ó, ¥u¦³, ¦ý¬O, ÁÙ¨S (­­¨î©Êµü»y)

0389 'ak {ak} akin to 0403; TWOT - 84; adv AV - also, but, certainly, even, howbeit, least, nevertheless, notwithstanding, only, save, scarce, surely, surety, truly, verily, wherefore, yet; 22 1) indeed, surely (emphatic) 2) howbeit, only, but, yet (restrictive)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0390 'Akkad {ak-kad'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¥i¯à·N¬°"¥[±j";; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Accad 1; 1 ¨È¥Ò = "ºë²Óªº" 1) ¦ì©ó¥_¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤Îªþªñ½d³òªº¤@­Ó«°¥«{#³Ð 10:10|}

0390 'Akkad {ak-kad'} from an unused root probably meaning to strengthen;; n pr loc AV - Accad 1; 1 Accad = "subtle" 1) a city in north Babylonia, also the district around it
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0391 'akzab {ak-zawb'} ·½¦Û 03576; TWOT - 970b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - liar 1, lie 1; 2 1) ´ÛÄFªº, ¦l¶Bªº, ´ÛÄF, »¡ÁÀ, µê°°ªº, ¥O¤H¥¢±æªº

0391 'akzab {ak-zawb'} from 03576; TWOT - 970b; adj AV - liar 1, lie 1; 2 1) deceitful, treacherous, deception, lie, deceptive, disappointing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0392 'Akziyb {ak-zeeb'} ·½¦Û 0391;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Achzib 4; 4 ¨È­²±x = "´ÛÄF" 1) µS¤j¦èÃä§C¦aªº¤pÂí 2) ¨È³]ªº«°, ¦ì©ó¥[§Q§Q®üÃä

0392 'Akziyb {ak-zeeb'} from 0391;; n pr loc AV - Achzib 4; 4 Achzib = "deceit" 1) a town in the lowland of west Judah 2) a town in Asher by the Sea of Galilee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0393 'akzar {ak-zawr'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (ÅãµM·N¬°¦æ¨ÆÄY¼F); TWOT - 971a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - cruel 3, fierce 1; 4 1)¥û²rªº,´Ý§Ôªº;¨g¼öªº,±j¯Pªº

0393 'akzar {ak-zawr'} from an unused root (apparently meaning to act harshly); TWOT - 971a; adj AV - cruel 3, fierce 1; 4 1) cruel, fierce
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0394 'akzariy {ak-zawr-ree'} ·½¦Û 0393; TWOT - 971b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - cruel 7, one 1; 8 1) ´Ý§Ôªº

0394 'akzariy {ak-zawr-ree'} from 0393; TWOT - 971b; adj AV - cruel 7, one 1; 8 1) cruel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0395 'akz@riyuwth {ak-ze-ree-ooth'} ·½¦Û 0394; TWOT - 971c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cruel 1; 1 1) ´Ý§Ô¦a, ¤¿²r, ´Ý§Ôªº

0395 'akz@riyuwth {ak-ze-ree-ooth'} from 0394; TWOT - 971c; n f AV - cruel 1; 1 1) cruelty, fierceness, cruel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0396 'akiylah {ak-ee-law'} ·½¦Û 0398; TWOT - 85c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - meat 1; 1 1) ­¹ª«, ¿¯­¹, ¶iÀ\, ¥i­¹¥Î³¡¤À

0396 'akiylah {ak-ee-law'} from 0398; TWOT - 85c; n f AV - meat 1; 1 1) food, a meal, an eating, meat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0397 'Akiysh {aw-keesh'} ¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Achish 21; 21 ¨È¦N = "§Ú±N¨Ï¶Â·tÁ{¨ì(¨Ï¤HÅåÀ~)" ©Î "¶È¦³¤@¤H" 1) ¦b­{¯Sªº«D§Q¤h¤Hªº¤ý

0397 'Akiysh {aw-keesh'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Achish 21; 21 Achish = "I will blacken (or terrify)" or "only a man" 1) Philistine king of Gath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0398 'akal {aw-kal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 85; °Êµü AV - eat 604, devour 111, consume 32, misc 55; 810 1) ¦Y, §]¾½, ¿N·´, Áý¾i 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¦Y (¥H¤H¬°¥Dµü) 1a2) ¦Y, §]¾½ (³¥Ã~»P³¾Ãþªº) 1a3) §]¾½, ¿N·À (¤õªº) 1a4) §]¾½, °£·À (¤M¼Cªº) 1a5) §]¾½, ¿N·´, ·´·À (µL¥Í©Rª«ªº - ¥ç§Y½E¬Ì, °®§ò) 1a6) §]¾½ (À£­¢ªÌªº) 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ³Q¦Y (³Q¤H) 1b2) ³Q§]¾½, ³Q¿N·´ (³Q¤õ) 1b3) ³Q¯î¼o, ³Q·´·À (³Q¬¡ª«) 1c) (Pual) 1c1) ¨Ï...¦Y, Áý­¹ 1c2) ¨Ï§]¾½ 1d) (Hiphil) 1d1) Áý¾i 1d2) ¨Ï...¦Y 1e) (Piel) 1e1) ¿N·´

0398 'akal {aw-kal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 85; v AV - eat 604, devour 111, consume 32, misc 55; 810 1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to eat (human subject) 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) 1a6) to devour (of oppression) 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be eaten (by men) 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) 1c) (Pual) 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with 1c2) to cause to devour 1d) (Hiphil) 1d1) to feed 1d2) to cause to eat 1e) (Piel) 1e1) consume
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0399 'akal (Aramaic) {ak-al'} ¬Û·í©ó 398; TWOT - 2573; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - devour 4, accused 2, eat 1; 7 1) ¦Y, §]¾½ 1a) (P'al) 1a1) (³¥Ã~) ¦Y 1a2) §]¾½ 1a3) «r±o¥LÅéµL§¹½§ (¤ù»y, ªí¥Ü¤¤¶Ë½ÚÁ½¥L¤Hªº·N«ä)

0399 'akal (Aramaic) {ak-al'} corresponding to 398; TWOT - 2573; v AV - devour 4, accused 2, eat 1; 7 1) to eat, devour 1a) (P'al) 1a1) to eat (of beasts) 1a2) to devour 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0400 'okel {o'-kel} ·½¦Û 0398; TWOT - 85a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - meat 18, food 16, eating 4, victuals 3, prey 2, mealtime + 06256 1; 44 1) ­¹ª« 1a) ½\ª« 1b) ¦×Ãþ 2) ³­¹¨ÑÀ³ 3) ¿¯­¹, À\®b

0400 'okel {o'-kel} from 0398; TWOT - 85a; n m AV - meat 18, food 16, eating 4, victuals 3, prey 2, mealtime + 06256 1; 44 1) food 1a) cereal 1b) meat 2) food supply 3) meal, dinner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0401 'Ukal {oo-kawl'} ©Î 'Ukkal {ook-kawl'} ©úÅã¦a±q 0398 ¦Ó¨Ó;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ucal 1; 1 ¯Q¥Ò = "¶ÉÅ¥" 1) ¨È¥jÒ­ªº¾Ç¥Í©Îªù®{

0401 'Ukal {oo-kawl'} or 'Ukkal {ook-kawl'} apparently from 0398;; n pr m AV - Ucal 1; 1 Ucal = "devoured" 1) student or disciple of Agur
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0402 'oklah {ok-law'} ·½¦Û 0401; TWOT - 85b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - meat 8, devour 3, fuel 3, eat 2, consume 1, food 1; 18 1) ­¹ª« 1a) ­¹ª«, ¥i¦Y¤§ª« 1b) ³Q·´Ãa®ø¯Ó¤§ª« 1b1) ³Q³¥Ã~ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1b2) ¦b¤õ¤¤ 1b3) ¦b¼f§P¤¤ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0402 'oklah {ok-law'} from 0401; TWOT - 85b; n f AV - meat 8, devour 3, fuel 3, eat 2, consume 1, food 1; 18 1) food 1a) food, eating 1b) object of devouring, consuming 1b1) by wild beasts (figurative) 1b2) in fire 1b3) of judgment (figurative)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0403 'aken {aw-kane'} ·½¦Û 03559 [¤ñ¸û 03651]; TWOT - 86; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - surely 9, but 3, verily 2, truly 2, certainly 1, nevertheless 1; 18 1) ¥²©w, ¸ÛµM, ½T¹ê 1a) ¥²©w, ½T¹ê (±j¯PªÖ©w»y®ð) 1b) «o¸ÛµM, µM¦Óªº½T (±j½Õ¤@¹ï¤ñ)

0403 'aken {aw-kane'} from 03559 [compare 03651]; TWOT - 86; adv AV - surely 9, but 3, verily 2, truly 2, certainly 1, nevertheless 1; 18 1) surely, truly, indeed 1a) truly, indeed (strong assertive force) 1b) but indeed, but in fact (emphasizing a contrast)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0404 'akaph {aw-kaf'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 87; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - craveth 1; 1 1) ¹G, «æ¤Á, ¨Ï©}±q 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ½Ð¨D

0404 'akaph {aw-kaf'} a primitive root; TWOT - 87; v AV - craveth 1; 1 1) press, urge, bend 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to crave
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0405 'ekeph {eh'-kef} ·½¦Û 0404; TWOT - 87a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hand 1; 1 1) À£¤O, «æ­¢, ­t¾á

0405 'ekeph {eh'-kef} from 0404; TWOT - 87a; n m AV - hand 1; 1 1) pressure, urgency, burden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0406 'ikkar {ik-kawr'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î; ·N¬°«õ±¸; TWOT - 88a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - husbandman 5, plowman 2; 7 1) ¯Ñ¦aªº, ¯ÑºØ¥Ð¦aªº, ¹A¤Ò 1a) ºØ¦a, ¦ý¨Ã¤£¾Ö¦³¥Ð¦a©Î¥Ð²£

0406 'ikkar {ik-kawr'} from an unused root meaning to dig; TWOT - 88a; n m AV - husbandman 5, plowman 2; 7 1) plowman, husbandman, farmer 1a) working the land, yet not owning any of it
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0407 'Akshaph {ak-shawf'} ·½¦Û 03784;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Achshaph 3; 3 ©ã·Ù = "§Ú±N³Q°g·P´b" 1) ¦b­{«n¥_³¡­{±K¤s¸}¤Uªº«°É]

0407 'Akshaph {ak-shawf'} from 03784;; n pr loc AV - Achshaph 3; 3 Achshaph = "I shall be bewitched" 1) city in north Canaan at foot of Mt Carmel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0408 'al {al} §_©w»y§Uµü [ªñ¦ü 03808]; TWOT - 90; §_©w°Æµü AV - never 2, nay 1, neither 1, no 1, none 1, nor 1, not 1, nothing 1, rather than 1, whither 1, nothing worth 1; 12 1) ¤£, µL, ¤]¤£, ©Î¬O, µLª« (ªí¥ÜÄ@±æ©Î°¾¦n) 1a) ¤£, ¤£®e (»P°Êµü¦X¥Î) 1b) ¤£­n.... (»P°Êµü¦X¥Î, °Êµü¥i¬Ù²¤) 1c) ¤£, µL (»P¹ê¦Wµü¦X¥Î) 1d) µLª« (¥Î§@¹ê¦Wµü)

0408 'al {al} a negative particle [akin to 03808]; TWOT - 90; neg adv AV - never 2, nay 1, neither 1, no 1, none 1, nor 1, not 1, nothing 1, rather than 1, whither 1, nothing worth 1; 12 1) not, no, nor, neither, nothing (as wish or preference) 1a) do not, let not (with a verb) 1b) let there not be (with a verb understood) 1c) not, no (with substantive) 1d) nothing (as substantive)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0409 'al (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {al} ¬Û·í©ó 0408; TWOT - 2574; ªí§_©wªº°Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - not 3; 3 1) ¤£­n, §_©w

0409 'al (Aramaic) {al} corresponding to 0408; TWOT - 2574; neg adv AV - not 3; 3 1) no, not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0410 'el {ale} 0352 ªºÁY¼g«¬; TWOT - 93a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - God 213, god 16, power 4, mighty 5, goodly 1, great 1, idols 1, Immanuel + 06005 2, might 1, strong 1; 245 1) ¯«, ·B¬ü¯«¬éªº¤H, ¤j¦³¯à¤Oªº¤H 1a) ¤j¦³¯à¤Oªº¤H, ¦³ÀY¦³Áyªº¤H, ¤j­^¶¯ 1b) ²³¤Ñ¨Ï 1c) ¯«¬é, °²¯«, (Å]°­, ·Q¹³¥X¨ÓªºªF¦è) 1d) ¯«, ¿W¤@¯u¯«, ­C©MµØ 2) ¥¨¤jªºªF¦è 3) ¯à¤O, ¤O¶q

0410 'el {ale} shortened from 0352; TWOT - 93a; n m AV - God 213, god 16, power 4, mighty 5, goodly 1, great 1, idols 1, Immanuel + 06005 2, might 1, strong 1; 245 1) god, god-like one, mighty one 1a) mighty men, men of rank, mighty heroes 1b) angels 1c) god, false god, (demons, imaginations) 1d) God, the one true God, Jehovah 2) mighty things in nature 3) strength, power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0411 'el {ale} «ü¥Üªº ½èµü/»y§Uµü (¶È¥Î©ó½Æ¼Æªº·N«ä); TWOT - 92; ½×ÃҽƼƥN¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - these 7, those 2; 9 1) ³o¨Ç, ¨º¨Ç

0411 'el {ale} a demonstrative particle (only in a plural sense); TWOT - 92; demonstr pron p AV - these 7, those 2; 9 1) these, those
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0412 'el (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ale} ¬Û·í©ó 0411; TWOT - 02575; «ü¨Æ¥N¦Wµü AV - these 1; 1 1) ³o¨Ç

0412 'el (Aramaic) {ale} corresponding to 0411; TWOT - 02575; demonstr pron p AV - these 1; 1 1) these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0413 'el {ale} (¤£¹L¥u¦³¨Ï¥ÎÁY¼g'el {el}) °ò¥»»y§Uµü; TWOT-91; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - unto, with, against, at, into, in, before, to, of, upon, by, toward, hath, for, on, beside, from, where, after, within; 38 1) ©¹....¦VµÛ....´ÂµÛ....(«ü°Ê§@) 2) ¤J....(¥u­­¹ê»Ú¶i¥hªº°Ê§@) 2a) ¦b....·í¤¤ 3) ¦VµÛ(«ü¤è¦V, ¤£¤@©w¬O¨­Å骺°Ê§@) 4) ½ÄµÛ(¤£¤Íµ½ªº°Ê§@©ÎÁͶÕ) 5) °£....¤§¥~, ¹ïµÛ..... 6) Ãö©ó, ¦³Ãö, ´N....¦Ó½×, ¥Ñ©ó 7) «ö·Ó (³W¯x©Î¼Ð·Ç) 8) ¦b...., ....®Ç, (ªí¹F¤@­Ó¤Hªº¦b³õ) 9) ¤§¶¡, ¦b...¤§¤º, ¦V....¤§¤º, ¨ì.... (¸m©ó¨ä¥L¤¶Ã´µü¤§­º, ¼W²K°Ê§@©Î¤è¦Vªº·N«ä)

0413 'el {ale} (but only used in the shortened constructive form 'el {el}) primitive particle; TWOT - 91; prep AV - unto, with, against, at, into, in, before, to, of, upon, by, toward, hath, for, on, beside, from, where, after, within; 38 1) to, toward, unto (of motion) 2) into (limit is actually entered) 2a) in among 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) 5) in addition to, to 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of 7) according to (rule or standard) 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0414 'Ela' {ay-law'} 0424 ªºÅܲ§«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elah 1; 1 ¥H©Ô = "¾ó¾ð" 1) ¤@¦ì©Òùªù¤ýªº¤ýªº¥N²z¤H¥Ü¨Cªº¤÷¿Ë (#¤ý¤W 4:18|)

0414 'Ela' {ay-law'} a variation of 0424;; n pr m AV - Elah 1; 1 Elah = "oak" 1) father of one of Solomon's deputies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0415 'El 'elohey Yisra'el {ale el-o-hay' yis-raw-ale'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 0430 ©M 03478;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¨üµü AV - Eleloheisrael 1; 1 ¥ì§Q¥ìù¥ì¥H¦â¦C = "¥H¦â¦C¥þ¯àªº¯«" 1) ¶®¦U¬°¤@®y¾Â©Ò¨úªº¦W¦r (#³Ð 33:20|)

0415 'El 'elohey Yisra'el {ale el-o-hay' yis-raw-ale'} from 0410 and 0430 and 03478;; n pr obj AV - Eleloheisrael 1; 1 El-elohe-Israel = "the mighty God of Israel" 1) name given to an altar, a location, by Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0416 'El Beyth-'El {ale bayth-ale'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 01008;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Elbethel 1; 1 ¥ì°Ç§B¯S§Q = "§B¯S§Q(¯«ªº®a)¤§¯«" 1) ¯«¦V¶®¦UÅã²{¤§³B (#³Ð 35:7|)

0416 'El Beyth-'El {ale bayth-ale'} from 0410 and 01008;; n pr loc AV - Elbethel 1; 1 El Bethel = "The God of the House of God" 1) the place where God revealed Himself to Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0417 'elgabiysh {el-gaw-beesh'} ·½¦Û 0410 »P 01378; TWOT - 89a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hailstone + 068 3; 3 1) ¦B¹r (¦r­±¤W·N«ä - ¤W«Òªº¬Ã¯])

0417 'elgabiysh {el-gaw-beesh'} from 0410 and 01378; TWOT - 89a; n m AV - hailstone + 068 3; 3 1) hail (lit. - pearls of God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0418 'alguwmmiym {al-goom-meem'} ¥Ñ 0484 ¦r¥À©ö¦ì¦Ó¨Ó; TWOT - 89b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Óª«¦W AV - algum 2, algum tree 1; 3 1) ¤@ºØ¾ð(²£©ó¾¤¤Ú¹à), ÀÈ­»¾ð

0418 'alguwmmiym {al-goom-meem'} by transposition for 0484; TWOT - 89b; n m p AV - algum 2, algum tree 1; 3 1) a tree (from Lebanon), algum trees
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0419 'Eldad {el-dad'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 01730;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eldad 2; 2 ¥ì§Q¹F = "¤W«Ò¤w¸g³ß·R" 1) ¨â¦ì¦b¥H¦â¦CÀç¦a¸Ì»¡¹w¨¥ªºªø¦Ñ¤§¤@(#¥Á 11:26-27|)

0419 'Eldad {el-dad'} from 0410 and 01730;; n pr m AV - Eldad 2; 2 Eldad = "God has loved" 1) one of the two elders who prophesied in the Israelite camp
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0420 'Elda`ah {el-daw-aw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 03045;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eldaah 2; 2 ¥H°Ç¤j = "¯«¤w¸gª¾¹D" 1) ¦Ì¨lªº¨à¤l©Î«á¸Ç

0420 'Elda`ah {el-daw-aw'} from 0410 and 03045;; n pr m AV - Eldaah 2; 2 Eldaah = "God has known" 1) a son or descendant of Midian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0421 'alah {aw-law'} ¦r®Ú«¬ [¬Û·í©ó 0422 ¬èÄ@ªº·N«ä]; TWOT - 95; °Êµü AV - lament 1; 1 1) (Qal) ®¬«ë, ´d¹Ä , ­úª_

0421 'alah {aw-law'} a primitive root [rather identical with 0422 through the idea of invocation]; TWOT - 95; v AV - lament 1; 1 1) (Qal) to lament, wail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0422 'alah {aw-law'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 94; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - swear 4, curse 1, adjure 1; 6 1) µo»}, ©G¶A 1a) (Qal) 1a1) µo»}, µo»}¨¥(¦b¤W«Ò­±«e) 1a2) ©G¶A 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) ¨Ïµo»}»¡¯u¸Ü, ÄY¥O 1b2) ¨Ï¨ü©G¶A

0422 'alah {aw-law'} a primitive root; TWOT - 94; v AV - swear 4, curse 1, adjure 1; 6 1) to swear, curse 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to swear, take an oath (before God) 1a2) to curse 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to put under oath, adjure 1b2) to put under a curse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0423 'alah {aw-law'} ·½¦Û 0422; TWOT - 91a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - curse 18, oath 14, execration 2, swearing 2; 36 1) »}¨¥ 2) ¥ß¬ùªº«Å»} 3) ©G¶A 3a) ±q¤W«Ò¦Ó¨Ó 3b) ±q¤H¦Ó¨Ó 4) ¶A©G

0423 'alah {aw-law'} from 0422; TWOT - 91a; n f AV - curse 18, oath 14, execration 2, swearing 2; 36 1) oath 2) oath of covenant 3) curse 3a) from God 3b) from men 4) execration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0424 'elah {ay-law'} ·½¦Û 0352; TWOT - 45h; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - oak 11, elm 1, teil tree 1; 13 1) ªQ¯×, ®ß¾ð 2) ¤j½Ã±þºq§Q¨Èªº¤s¨¦

0424 'elah {ay-law'} from 0352; TWOT - 45h; n f AV - oak 11, elm 1, teil tree 1; 13 1) terebinth, terebinth tree 2) valley where David killed Goliath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0425 'Elah {ay-law'} »P 0424 ¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü,¦a¦W AV - Elah 16; 16 ¥H©Ô = "¾ó¾ð" 1) ¥HªFªº±Úªø(#³Ð 36:41|)(#¥N¤W 1:52|) 2) ¥H¦â¦C¤ý, ¦b¦ì¨â¦~, ¬O¤Ú¨Fªº¨à¤l 3) ¥H¦â¦C¤ý¦ó²Ó¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë 4) ­{°Çªº¨à¤l(#¥N¤W 4:15|) 5) ¯Q¦èªº¨à¤l(#¥N¤W 9:8|)

0425 'Elah {ay-law'} the same as 0424;; n pr m,loc AV - Elah 16; 16 Elah = "An oak" 1) an Edomite chief 2) a king of Israel for two years, son of Baasha 3) the father of king Hoshea of Israel 4) a son of Caleb 5) son of Uzzi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0426 'elahh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {el-aw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0433; TWOT - 2576; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - God 79, ¯« 16; 95 1) ¯«, ¿W¤@ªº¯« 1a) ¯«, ²§±Ð®{ªº¯« 1b) (¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº)°ß¤@¯u¯«

0426 'elahh (Aramaic) {el-aw'} corresponding to 0433; TWOT - 2576; n m AV - God 79, god 16; 95 1) god, God 1a) god, heathen deity 1b) God (of Israel)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0427 'allah {al-law'} 0424 ªºÅܤÆ; TWOT - 100a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - oak 1; 1 1) ¾ó¾ð 2) ¿w¿®­»¾ð(ªQ¸`ªo¨ú¦Û¦¹ºØ¾ð)

0427 'allah {al-law'} variation of 0424; TWOT - 100a; n m AV - oak 1; 1 1) oak 2) terebinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0428 'el-leh {ale'-leh} ±q 0411 ÂX®i¨Óªº; TWOT - 92; «ü¥Ü¥N¦Wµü ½Æ¼Æ ´Ü©w¥» - these, those, this, thus, who, so, such, some, same, other, which, another, whom, they, them; 20 1) ³o¨Ç 1a) ¥Î©ó¥ý¦æµü¤§«e 1b) ¥Î©ó¥ý¦æµü¤§«á

0428 'el-leh {ale'-leh} prolonged from 0411; TWOT - 92; demonstr pron p AV - these, those, this, thus, who, so, such, some, same, other, which, another, whom, they, them; 20 1) these 1a) used before antecedent 1b) used following antecedent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0429 'elleh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ale'-leh} ¹ïÀ³©ó 0428; TWOT - 2577; ¶§©Ê, ³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - these 1; 1 1) ³o¨Ç

0429 'elleh (Aramaic) {ale'-leh} corresponding to 0428; TWOT - 2577; pron p m,f AV - these 1; 1 1) these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0430 'elohiym {el-o-heem'} 0433ªº½Æ¼Æ§Î; TWOT - 93c; ½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - God 2346, god 244, judge 5, GOD 1, goddess 2, great 2, mighty 2, angels 1, exceeding 1, God-ward + 04136 1, godly 1; 2606 1) (½Æ¼Æ) 1a) ²ÎªvªÌ,¼f§P©x 1b) ¦³¯«©Êªº 1c) ¤Ñ¨Ï 1d) ²³¯« 2) (¥[±j»y®ð½Æ¼Æ-³æ¼Æ·N«ä) 2a) ¨k¯«,¤k¯« 2b) ¹³¯«ªº 2c) ¯«ªº¤u§@,©Î¬O¯S§OÄݩ󯫪ºªF¦è 2d) ¿W¤@ªº(¯u)¯« 2e) ¤j¼gªº¯«(God)

0430 'elohiym {el-o-heem'} plural of 0433; TWOT - 93c; n m p AV - God 2346, god 244, judge 5, GOD 1, goddess 2, great 2, mighty 2, angels 1, exceeding 1, God-ward + 04136 1, godly 1; 2606 1) (plural) 1a) rulers, judges 1b) divine ones 1c) angels 1d) gods 2) (plural intensive - singular meaning) 2a) god, goddess 2b) godlike one 2c) works or special possessions of God 2d) the (true) God 2e) God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0431 'aluw (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {al-oo'} ¥i¯à¬O 0412 ªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 2578; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - behold 5; 5 1) ¥Ø¸@!, Á@!

0431 'aluw (Aramaic) {al-oo'} probably prolonged from 0412; TWOT - 2578; interj AV - behold 5; 5 1) behold!, lo!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0432 'illuw {il-loo'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0408; TWOT - 96; ³s±µµü ´Ü©w¥» - but if 1, yea though 1; 2 1) ­Õ­Y, ÁöµM(©M¨Æ¹ê¬Û¤Ï)

0432 'illuw {il-loo'} probably from 0408; TWOT - 96; conj AV - but if 1, yea though 1; 2 1) if, though (contrary to fact)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0433 'elowahh {el-o'-ah ¤Ö¥Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'eloahh {el-o'-ah} ¥i¯à¬°ÂX®i«¬ (¥[±j»y), ·½¦Û 0410; TWOT - 93b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - God 52, god 5; 57 1) ¯«¬é 2) °²¯«

0433 'elowahh {el-o'-ah rarely (shortened) 'eloahh {el-o'-ah} probably prolonged (emphat.) from 0410; TWOT - 93b; n m AV - God 52, god 5; 57 1) God 2) false god
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0434 'eluwl {el-ool'} ¥Î©ó 0457; TWOT - 99a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - thing of nought 1; 1 1) ¨S»ù­Èªº, ¨S»ù­ÈªºªF¦è, ¨S¥Îªº 2) °²¯«, °¸¹³

0434 'eluwl {el-ool'} for 0457; TWOT - 99a; adj AV - thing of nought 1; 1 1) worthless, something worthless, ineffective 2) worthless gods, idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0435 'Eluwl {el-ool'} ¤]³\¬°¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 97; ¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elul 1; 1 ¥H¸S¤ë= "µL;ªÅ;¤£¦s¦b;µL¥Î" 1) ¥H¦â¦C²Ä¤»­Ó¤ë¡A¬O²{¦bªº¤K¡B¤E¤ë

0435 'Eluwl {el-ool'} probably of foreign derivation; TWOT - 97; n AV - Elul 1; 1 Elul = "nothingness" 1) sixth Jewish month corresponding to modern Aug. or Sep.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0436 'elown {ay-lone'} ¥Ñ 0352 ©µ¦ù¦Ó¨Ó; TWOT - 45i; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - plain 9; 9 1) ¾ð, ¤j¾ð, (²£¥ÍªQ¸`ªoªº) ¿w¿®­»¾ð 2) ¥­­ì

0436 'elown {ay-lone'} prolonged from 0352; TWOT - 45i; n m AV - plain 9; 9 1) tree, great tree, terebinth 2) plain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0437 'allown {al-lone'} 0436ªºÅܤƫ¬; TWOT - 100b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - oak 8; 8 1) ¾ó¾ð, ¤j¾ð

0437 'allown {al-lone'} a variation of 0436; TWOT - 100b; n m AV - oak 8; 8 1) oak, great tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0438 'Allown {al-lone'} »P0437¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü¡]¦a¦W¡^ ´Ü©w¥»- Allon 2; 2 ¨ÈÀs = "¤j¾ð" ©Î "¾ó¾ð" 1) ®³¥±¥L§Qªº¤@­Ó«°¥« 2)¤@­Ó¦è½q¤H

0438 'Allown {al-lone'} the same as 0437;; n pr loc, m AV - Allon 2; 2 Allon = "great tree" or "oak" 1) city in Naphtali 2) a Simeonite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0439 'Allown Bakuwth {al-lone' baw-kooth'} ·½¦Û 0437 ©M 01068 ªºÅܤƧÎ;;±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Allonbachuth 1; 1 ¨È­Û¤Ú¥j = "­úª_ªº¾ó¾ð" 1) (§Q¦Ê¥[ªº¥¤¥À)©³ªi©Ôªº¼X¦a, ¾aªñ§B¯S§Q (#³Ð 35:8|)

0439 'Allown Bakuwth {al-lone' baw-kooth'} from 0437 and a variation of 01068;; n pr loc AV - Allonbachuth 1; 1 Allon Bachuth = "oak of weeping" 1) site of Deborah's (Rebekah's nurse) grave near Bethel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0440 'Elowniy {ay-lo-nee'} ©Î¬O (ÁYµu«¬)'Eloniy {ay-lo-nee'} 0438 ªº¤H¥Á;; §Î®eµü AV - Elonite 1; 1 ¥H­Û±Ú¤H = "¤O¶q" ©Î "ªQ­»: ¤@³B¥­­ì" 1) ¥H­Ûªº¤@­Ó³¡±Ú (#¥Á 26:26|)

0440 'Elowniy {ay-lo-nee'} or rather (shortened) 'Eloniy {ay-lo-nee'} patron from 0438;; adj AV - Elonite 1; 1 Elonite = "might" or "terebinth: a plain" 1) one of the clan of Elon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0441 'alluwph {al-loof'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'alluph {al-loof'} ·½¦Û 0502; TWOT - 109b; ¶§©Ê§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - duke 57, guide 4, friends 2, governors 2, captains 1, governor 1, ox 2; 69 1) ¸g¹¥¾iªº, ¹¥ªAªº 2) ªB¤Í, ¿Ë±Kªº 3) ¬°­ºªº

0441 'alluwph {al-loof'} or (shortened) 'alluph {al-loof'} from 0502; TWOT - 109b; adj m AV - duke 57, guide 4, friends 2, governors 2, captains 1, governor 1, ox 2; 69 1) tame, docile 2) friend, intimate 3) chief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0442 'Aluwsh {aw-loosh'} ¨Ó¾ú¤£©ú;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Alush 2; 2 ¨È¿ý = "§Ú±N®º»s(ÄÑ¥])" 1) ¦b¥X®J¤Î¤§«áªº¤@­ÓÃm³¥Àç¦a(#¥Á 33:13-14|)

0442 'Aluwsh {aw-loosh'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Alush 2; 2 Alush = "I will knead (bread)" 1) a wilderness encampment following the Exodus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0443 'Elzabad {el-zaw-bawd'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 02064;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elzabad 2; 2 ¥H§QÂÄ¤Ú = "¯«¤wµ¹»P" 1) À°§U¤j½Ãªº¤@¦ì­{±oªº«i¤h (#¥N¤W 12:12|) 2) ¤@¦ì¥i©Ô®a±Úªº§Q¥¼¤H (#¥N¤W 26:7|)

0443 'Elzabad {el-zaw-bawd'} from 0410 and 02064;; n pr m AV - Elzabad 2; 2 Elzabad = "God has given" 1) a Gadite warrior who aided David 2) a Korhite Levite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0444 'alach {aw-lakh'} ¦r®Ú«¬;; TWOT - 98; °Êµü AV - become filthy 3; 3 1) (Niphal) ¹D¼w¤Wªº±ÑÃa, ³Q¦Ã¬V

0444 'alach {aw-lakh'} a primitive root;; TWOT - 98; v AV - become filthy 3; 3 1) (Niphal) to be corrupt morally, tainted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0445 'Elchanan {el-khaw-nawn'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 02603;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elhanan 4; 4 ¥ì°Ç«¢Ãø = "¯«¬O¦³·O·Rªº" 1) ÞÝÒ­(¶®¹p«XÒ­ª÷)ªº¨à¤l, ´¿©M­{¯S¤H§@¾Ô (#¼»¤U 21:19;¥N¤W 20:5|) 2) ¦·¦hªº¨à¤l, ¬O¤j½Ã¤ý¤â¤Uªº«i¤h¤§¤@(#¼»¤U 23:24;¥N¤W 11:26|)

0445 'Elchanan {el-khaw-nawn'} from 0410 and 02603;; n pr m AV - Elhanan 4; 4 Elhanan = "God has been gracious" 1) Jair's son who fought the Gittites 2) Dodo's son who was a chief of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0446 'Eliy'ab {el-ee-awb'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 01;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eliab 21; 21 ¥H§Q©ã = "§Ú¯«¬°¤÷" ©Î "¯«¬O¤÷" 1) §Æ­Ûªº¨à¤l, ¦bÃm³¥¤¤¬°¦è¥¬­Û¤ä¬£ªº­º»â 2) ¬y«K±Ú­º»â, ¤j§~©M¨È¤ñÄõªº¤÷¿Ë 3) ¤j½Ãªºªø¥S 4) ¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¼Ö®v 5) ¤@¦ì¤j½Ãªº­{±o±Ú«i¤h 6) ¤@¦ì­ôÁÒ±Ú¤H

0446 'Eliy'ab {el-ee-awb'} from 0410 and 01;; n pr m AV - Eliab 21; 21 Eliab = "my God is father" or "God is father" 1) son of Helon, leader of Zebulun in the wilderness 2) a Reubenite chief, father of Dathan and Abiram 3) David's oldest brother 4) a Levite musician 5) a Gadite warrior for David 6) a Kohathite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0447 'Eliy'el {el-ee-ale'} ·½¦Û 0410; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliel 10; 10 ¥H¦C = "§Úªº¯«¬O¯«" ©Î "¥ì°Ç¬O¯«" 1) ¼»¥À¦Õªº¥ý¯ª, ­ôÁÒ±Úªø (#¥N¤W 6:34|) 2) ¤j½Ã­x¤¤¨â¤T¦ì¦P¦Wªº±N»â (#¥N¤W 11:46,47,12:11|) 3) ¤@¦ìº¿®³¦è±Úªø (#¥N¤W 5:24|) 4) ¨â¦ì«K¶®¼§±Úªø (#¥N¤W 8:20,22|) 5) §Æ§B±[±Úªø (#¥N¤W 15:9,11|) 6) ¤@¦W§Q¥¼¤H (#¥N¤W 31:13|)

0447 'Eliy'el {el-ee-ale'} from 0410 repeated;; n pr m AV - Eliel 10; 10 Eliel = "my God is God" or "El is God" 1) an ancestor of Samuel 2) chief in David's army (might be two or three different men) 3) a Levite with David in moving the ark 4) a chief of Manasseh 5) two chiefs of Benjamin 6) a chief Kohathite 7) a Levite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0448 'Eliy'athah {el-ee-aw-thaw'} ©Î (contraction) 'Eliyathah {el-ee-yaw-thaw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 0225;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliathah 2; 2 ¥H§Q¨È¥L ¡×¡@¡¨¯«¤w¨Ó¤F¡¨ 1) ¦b¤j½Ã´Â¯Z¤¤ªº¤@¦ì§Æ¹÷®a±Úªº¼Ö®v

0448 'Eliy'athah {el-ee-aw-thaw'} or (contraction) 'Eliyathah {el-ee-yaw-thaw'} from 0410 and 0225;; n pr m AV - Eliathah 2; 2 Eliathah = "God has come" 1) a Hemanite musician in David's court
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0449 'Eliydad {el-ee-dawd'} »P 0419 ¦P·½ ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elidad 1; 1 ¥H§Q¹F = "§Ú¯«¤w³ß·R" 1) «K¶®¼§±Ú­º»â, À°¦£¤À°t¨ä¤ä¬£©Ò¤À±oªºÀ³³\¤§¦a(#¥Á 34:21|)

0449 'Eliydad {el-ee-dawd'} from the same as 0419;; n pr m AV - Elidad 1; 1 Elidad = "my God has loved" 1) a Benjamite chief who helped apportion his tribe's allotment to the Promised Land
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0450 'Elyada` {el-yaw-daw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 03045;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliada 3, Eliadah 1; 4 ¥H§Q¶®¤j ©Î ¥H§Q¨È¤j = "¯«ª¾¹D" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@­Ó¨à¤l (#¼»¤U 5:16;¥N¤W 3:8|) 2) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤ä¬£¾Ô¤hªº»â³S (#¥N¤U 17:17|) 3) ¤@¦ì¨ÈÄõ¤H, ¥L¬O©Òùªù¤ýªº¼Ä¤H§Q»¹ªº¤÷¿Ë (#¤ý¤W 11:23|)

0450 'Elyada` {el-yaw-daw'} from 0410 and 03045;; n pr m AV - Eliada 3, Eliadah 1; 4 Eliadah or Eliada = "God knows" 1) a son of David 2) a Benjamite warrior chief 3) an Aramean, the father of an enemy of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0451 'alyah {al-yaw'} ·½¦Û 0422 (­ì¦³ ±j«× ¤§·N); TWOT - 95a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rump 5; 5 1) §À¤Ú, (¦Ïªº)ªÎ§À¤Ú (¤@ºØªF¤èªº¬Ãó¯)

0451 'alyah {al-yaw'} from 0422 (in the original sense of strength); TWOT - 95a; n f AV - rump 5; 5 1) tail, fat-tail (of sheep - an Eastern delicacy)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0452 'Eliyah {ay-lee-yaw'} ©Î ÂX®i«¬ 'Eliyahuw {ay-lee-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elijah 69, Eliah 2; 71 ¥H§Q¶® ©Î ¥H§Q¨È = "§Ú¯«¬O­C©MµØ" ©Î "¶®ÄÞ,Yah(u),¬O¤W«Ò" 1) ¨È«¢¤ý²Îªv´Á¶¡ªº¤j¥ýª¾ 2) «K¨È¼§¤H­Cù¨uªº¨à¤l(#¥N¤W 8:27|) 3) ¬y¤`´Á¶¡¡A¨ÈÄd»P¨ä¥~¨¹©d¤lªº¨à¤l(#©Ô 10:26|) 4) ¬y¤`´Á¶¡¡A¦³¥~¨¹©d¤lªº°O¥qªº¨à¤l(#©Ô 10:21|)

0452 'Eliyah {ay-lee-yaw'} or prolonged 'Eliyahuw {ay-lee-yaw'-hoo} from 0410 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Elijah 69, Eliah 2; 71 Elijah or Eliah = "my God is Jehovah" or "Yah(u) is God" 1) the great prophet of the reign of Ahab 2) Benjamite son of Jeroham 3) a son of Elam with foreign wife during exile 4) a son of Harim, and priest, with foreign wife during exile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0453 'Eliyhuw {el-ee-hoo'} ©Î (fully) 'Eliyhuw' {el-ee-hoo'} ·½¦Û 0410 and 01931;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elihu 11; 11 ¥H§Q¤á = "¥L¬O§Úªº¯«" 1) Äþ³d¬ù§B»P¨ä¤T¦ìªB¤Íªº¦~»´¤H 2) ¤@¦ì¥Hªk½¬¤H, ±½Ã¹¤ýªº´¿¯ª¤÷ (#¼»¤W 1:1|) 3) ¤j½Ã¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ìº¿®³¦èªº­xªø (#¥N¤W 12:20|) 4) ¥i©Ô±Ú¤H¥Üº¿¶®ªº¨à¤l, ¥L¬O­t³d¦uªùªº§§¤h¤§¤@ (#¥N¤W 26:7|) 5) ¤j½Ãªº¤@¦ì­ô­ô (#¥N¤W 27:18|)

0453 'Eliyhuw {el-ee-hoo'} or (fully) 'Eliyhuw' {el-ee-hoo'} from 0410 and 01931;; n pr m AV - Elihu 11; 11 Elihu = "He is my God" 1) the younger man who rebuked Job and his three friends 2) an Ephraimite, Samuel's great grandfather 3) a Manassite warrior chief for David 4) son of Shemaiah and Korhite gatekeeper 5) David's brother
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0454 'Ely@how`eynay {el-ye-ho-ay-nah'ee} ©Î (ÁYµu«¬) 'Elyow`eynay {el-yo-ay-nah'ee} ·½¦Û 0413 »P 03068 »P 05869;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Elioenai 8, Elihoenai 1; 9 ¥H§Q¬ù¤D = "²´¦V¯«¬Ý" 1) ¥i©Ôªº¸t·µ¦uªùªÌ, ¦Ì¬I§Q¦Ì¶®ªº¨à¤l 2) ¦b³Q¾Û´Á¶¡°ù¥~¨¹¤k¤lªº¨â­Ó¤H¤§¤@¡A·í²½¥qªº¨º­Ó 3) ¥§§Q¶®ªº¨à¤l 4) ¦è½qªº«á¸Ç 5) ¤@­Ó«K¶®¼§¤H,¤ñµ²ªº¨à¤l

0454 'Ely@how`eynay {el-ye-ho-ay-nah'ee} or (shortened) 'Elyow`eynay {el-yo-ay-nah'ee} from 0413 and 03068 and 05869;; n pr m AV - Elioenai 8, Elihoenai 1; 9 Elioenai or Elihoenai = "unto Jehovah are my eyes" 1) a Korahite temple doorkeeper, son of Meshelemiah 2) two men with foreign wife during the exile; one a priest 3) a son of Neariah 4) a Simeonite 5) a Benjamite, son of Becher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0455 'Elyachba' {el-yakh-baw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 02244;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliahba 2; 2 ¥H§Q¶®«¢¤Ú = "¯«Ã­ÂäF" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº­^«i¾Ô¤h¤§¤@

0455 'Elyachba' {el-yakh-baw'} from 0410 and 02244;; n pr m AV - Eliahba 2; 2 Eliahba = "God hides" 1) one of David's mighty warriors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0456 'Eliychoreph {el-ee-kho'-ref} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 02779;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elihoreph 1; 1 ¥H§Q¦ó¯P = "¥V¯« (¥V©u¬O¦¬¦¨ªº©u¸`)" 1) ©Òùªù¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì®Ñ°O (#¤ý¤W 4:3|)

0456 'Eliychoreph {el-ee-kho'-ref} from 0410 and 02779;; n pr m AV - Elihoreph 1; 1 Elihoreph = "God of winter (harvest-time)" 1) a scribe in Solomon's court
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0457 'eliyl {el-eel'} ÅãµM¦a·½¦Û 0408; TWOT - 99a; ¶§©Ê§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - idol 17, image 1, no value 1, things of nought 1; 20 1) µêµLªº, ¨S¦³¦n³Bªº, ¨S»ù­Èªº 1a) Âå®v, ªª¦Ï¤H, ¥e¤R 1b) Ãö©ó°²¯«ªº

0457 'eliyl {el-eel'} apparently from 0408; TWOT - 99a; adj m AV - idol 17, image 1, no value 1, things of nought 1; 20 1) of nought, good for nothing, worthless 1a) of physicians, a shepherd, a divination 1b) of false gods
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0458 'Eliymelek {el-ee-meh'-lek} ·½¦Û 0410 and 04428;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elimelech 6; 6 ¥H§Q¦Ì°Ç = "§Úªº¯«¬O¤ý" 1) ®³«X¦Ìªº¤V¤Ò

0458 'Eliymelek {el-ee-meh'-lek} from 0410 and 04428;; n pr m AV - Elimelech 6; 6 Elimelech = "my God is king" 1) Naomi's husband
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0459 'illeyn (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {il-lane'} ©Î ÁY¼g«¬ 'illen {il-lane'} 0412 ªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 2579; «ü¥Ü ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - these 4, the 1; 5 1) ³o¨Ç, ¨º¨Ç

0459 'illeyn (Aramaic) {il-lane'} or shorter 'illen {il-lane'} prolonged from 0412; TWOT - 2579; demonstr pron AV - these 4, the 1; 5 1) these, those
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0460 'Elyacaph {el-yaw-sawf'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 03254;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliasaph 6; 6 ¥H§Q¶®ÂÄ = "¤W«Ò¤w¥[²K" 1) ¦bÃm³¥¤H¤f´¶¬d®Éªº­{±o±Ú­º»â 2) ­²¶¶¤Hªº­º»â(#¥Á 3:24|)

0460 'Elyacaph {el-yaw-sawf'} from 0410 and 03254;; n pr m AV - Eliasaph 6; 6 Eliasaph = "God has added" 1) a Gadite chief in the wilderness census 2) a head of the Gershonites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0461 'Eliy`ezer {el-ee-eh'-zer} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05828;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliezer 14; 14 ¥H§Q¥HÁ = "¯«¬OÀ°§UªÌ" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº¹²¤H, ¬O¤j°¨¤h­²¤H {#³Ð 15:2|} 2) ¼¯¦èªº¨à¤l {#¥X 18:4|} 3) «K¶®¼§¤H {#¥N¤W 7:8|} 4) À°¦£¹B¬ùÂdªº¤@­Ó²½¥q {#¥N¤W 15:24|} 5) ¬y«K¤H {#¥N¤W 27:16|} 6) ¦V¬ù¨Fªk»¡¹w¨¥ªº¥ýª¾ {#¥N¤U 20:37|} 7) ¤@§Q¥¼­º»â {#©Ô 8:16 |} 8) «¢µYªº¨à¤l {#©Ô 10:31|} 9) °ù¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©dªº²½¥q {#©Ô 10:18|}

0461 'Eliy`ezer {el-ee-eh'-zer} from 0410 and 05828;; n pr m AV - Eliezer 14; 14 Eliezer = "God is help" 1) Abraham's Damascene servant 2) a son of Moses 3) a Benjamite 4) a priest who helped move the ark 5) a Reubenite 6) a prophet who spoke to Jehoshaphat 7) a Levite chief 8) son of Harim 9) priest with foreign wife
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0462 'Eliy`eynay {el-ee-ay-nah'ee} ¥i¯à¬O0454ªº¬Ù²¤«¬; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elienai 1; 1 ¥H§Q¤D = "§Úªº²´¦VµÛ¯«" 1) ¤@¦W«K¶®¼§¤H (#¥N¤W 8:20|)

0462 'Eliy`eynay {el-ee-ay-nah'ee} probably contracted for 0454;; n pr m AV - Elienai 1; 1 Elienai = "unto God are my eyes" 1) a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0463 'Eliy`am {el-ee-awm'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05971;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliam 2; 2 ¥H³s = "¤Hªº¯«" ©Î "¯«ªº¿Ë±­" 1) ©Þ¥Ü¤Úªº¤÷¿Ë (#¼»¤U 11:3|) 2) ¤@¦ì°òù¤H, ¬O¤j½Ã¤ýªº«i¤h¤§¤@ (#¼»¤U 23:34|)

0463 'Eliy`am {el-ee-awm'} from 0410 and 05971;; n pr m AV - Eliam 2; 2 Eliam = "God of the people" or "God is kinsman" 1) Bathsheba's father 2) a Gilonite warrior of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0464 'Eliyphaz {el-ee-faz'} ·½¦Û 0410 and 06337;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eliphaz 15; 15 ¥H§Qªk = "§Úªº¤W«Ò¬Oºëª÷" 1)¥H±½ªº¨à¤l,´£¹÷ªº¤÷¿Ë 2)¬ù§BªºªB¤Í¤§¤@¡A´£¹÷¤H

0464 'Eliyphaz {el-ee-faz'} from 0410 and 06337;; n pr m AV - Eliphaz 15; 15 Eliphaz = "my God is (fine) gold" 1) Esau's son, father of Teman 2) the Temanite friend of Job
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0465 'Eliyphal {el-ee-fawl'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06419;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliphal 1; 1 ¥H§Qªk°Ç = "§Úªº¯«¬Oťë§iªº" 1) ¤@¦ì¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤j¯à«i¤h

0465 'Eliyphal {el-ee-fawl'} from 0410 and 06419;; n pr m AV - Eliphal 1; 1 Eliphal = "my God is supplication" 1) one of David's mighty warriors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0466 'Eliyph@lehuw {el-ee-fe-lay'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06395;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elipheleh 2; 2 ¥H§Q´´§Q¤á = "§Úªº¯«±N¥L¤À§O¥X¨Ó" 1) ¤@¦ì¦uªùªº§Q¥¼¤H©M¤j½Ã¤ýªº¼Ö®v

0466 'Eliyph@lehuw {el-ee-fe-lay'-hoo} from 0410 and 06395;; n pr m AV - Elipheleh 2; 2 Elipheleh = "my God sets him apart" or "my God distinguishes him" 1) a Levite gatekeeper and musician for David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0467 'Eliyphelet {el-ee-feh'-let} ©Î (ÁYµu«¬) 'Elpelet {el-peh'-let} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06405;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliphelet 6, Eliphalet 2, Elpalet 1; 9 ¥H§Qªk¦C (Elpalet ©Î Eliphalet ©Î Eliphelet) = "¯«¬O¬@±Ï" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¥®¤l 2) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤j¯à«i¤h¤§¤@ 3) «K¶®¼§¤H¬ù®³³æªº¤@¦ì«á¸Ç 4) ¨È¦h¥§¤z¤ä¬£ªº¤@¦ì»â³S (#©Ô 8:13|) 5) «¢¶¶«á¸Ç¤¤¤§¤@¯ß(#©Ô 10:33|)

0467 'Eliyphelet {el-ee-feh'-let} or (shortened) 'Elpelet {el-peh'-let} from 0410 and 06405;; n pr m AV - Eliphelet 6, Eliphalet 2, Elpalet 1; 9 Elpalet or Eliphalet or Eliphelet = "God is deliverance" 1) David's youngest son 2) one of David's mighty warriors 3) a Benjamite descendant of Jonathan 4) a leader of the clan of Adonikam 5) one of the line of Hashum
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0468 'Eleytsuwr {el-ee-tsoor'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06697;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elizur 5; 5 ¥H§Q½¶ = "§Ú ¯«¬O½Y¥Û" ©Î "½Y¥Û¬O ¯«" 1) (¥H¦â¦C¤H)¦bÃm³¥®É, ¬y«K¤ä¬£ªº­º»â

0468 'Eleytsuwr {el-ee-tsoor'} from 0410 and 06697;; n pr m AV - Elizur 5; 5 Elizur = "my God is a rock" or "Rock is God" 1) a chief of Reuben in the wilderness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0469 'Eliytsaphan {el-ee-tsaw-fawn'} ©Î (ÁYµu«¬) 'Eltsaphan {el-tsaw-fawn'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06845;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elizaphan 4, Elzaphan 2; 6 ¥H§Q¼»¤Ï(Elizaphan) ©Î ¥H¼»¤Ï(Elzaphan) = "§Úªº¯«¤w«OÅ@" 1) ¦bÃm³¥®É, ¤@¦ì­ôÁÒ±Úªº­º»â (#¥Á 3:30|) 2) ¦è¥¬­Û¤ä¬£ªº¤@¦ì­º»â (¥H§Q¼»µf, #¥Á 34:25|) 3) ¼¯¦è®É¥Nªº¤H, ¬O¯QÁ§ªº¨à¤l, ¦Ì¨F§Qªº¥S§Ì (#¥X 6:22;§Q 10:4|)

0469 'Eliytsaphan {el-ee-tsaw-fawn'} or (shortened) 'Eltsaphan {el-tsaw-fawn'} from 0410 and 06845;; n pr m AV - Elizaphan 4, Elzaphan 2; 6 Elizaphan or Elzaphan = "my God has protected" 1) a Kohathite chief in the wilderness 2) a Zebulunite chief 3) Uzziel's son, Mishael's brother in time of Moses
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0470 'Eliyqa' {el-ee-kaw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06958;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elika 1; 1 ¥H§Q¥[ = "§Úªº¯«©Úµ´" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤j¯à«i¤h¤§¤@ (#¼»¤U 23:25|)

0470 'Eliyqa' {el-ee-kaw'} from 0410 and 06958;; n pr m AV - Elika 1; 1 Elika = "my God rejects" 1) one of David's mighty warriors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0471 'Elyaqiym' {el-yaw-keem'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06965; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eliakim 12; 12 ¥H§Q¨È·q (ª÷) = ¡u¤W«Ò©ïÁ|¡v ©Î ¡u¤W«Ò«Ø¥ß¡v 1) §Æ°Ç®aªº¨à¤l, §Æ¦è®aªº®a®_ (# ¤ý¤U 18:26; 19:1-2|) 2) ¬ù¦è¨Èªº¨à¤l, ªk¦Ñ¥ß¥L§@¤ý (# ¤ý¤U 23:34|) 3) ¨ó§U¥§§Æ¦Ìªº²½¥q (# ¥§ 12:41|)

0471 'Elyaqiym' {el-yaw-keem'} from 0410 and 06965;; n pr m AV - Eliakim 12; 12 Eliakim = "God raises" or "God sets up" 1) the son of Hilkiah, master of Hezekiah's household 2) Josiah's son, enthroned by Pharaoh 3) a priest who assisted Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0472 'Eliysheba` {el-ee-sheh'-bah} ·½¦Û 0410 »P 07651 (¨ú¨ä07650¤§·N ); ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elisheba 1; 1 ¥H§Q¨F¤Ú = "§Úªº¯«¤w°_»}" ©Î "¯«´N¬O»}¨¥" 1) ¨È­Ûªº©d¤l (#¥X 6:23|)

0472 'Eliysheba` {el-ee-sheh'-bah} from 0410 and 07651 (in the sense of 07650);; n pr f AV - Elisheba 1; 1 Elisheba = "my God has sworn" or "God is an oath" 1) Aaron's wife
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0473 'Eliyshah {el-ee-shaw'} ¥i¯à¬°¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elishah 3; 3 ¥H§Q¨F = "§Y±N¨Óªº(¨º¤@¦ì)¯«" 1) ®¿¨Èªº¤l®], ¶®§¹ªº¨à¤l; ¥i¯à¬O¥ì¼ÚùØ´µ¤Hªº¯ª¥ý

0473 'Eliyshah {el-ee-shaw'} probably of foreign derivation;; n pr m AV - Elishah 3; 3 Elishah = "God of the coming (one)" 1) descendant of Noah, son of Javan; perhaps ancestor of the Aeolians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0474 'Eliyshuwa` {el-ee-shoo'-ah} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 07769;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elishua 2; 2 ¥H§Q®Ñ¨È = "§Úªº¯««Ü´I¦³" ©Î "¯«¬O¬@±Ï" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@­Ó¨à¤l

0474 'Eliyshuwa` {el-ee-shoo'-ah} from 0410 and 07769;; n pr m AV - Elishua 2; 2 Elishua = "my God is wealth" or "God is salvation" 1) a son of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0475 'Elyashiyb {el-yaw-sheeb'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 07725;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Eliashib 17; 17 ¥H§Q¨È¹ê = "¤W«Ò­×´_,­««Ø " 1)¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@­Ó²½¥q 2)¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤l®] 3) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤j²½¥q 4) ¸t·µ°ÛºqªÌ¡A°ù¥~¨¹¤k¤l 5) ÂĤgªº¤@¤ä 6)¤Ú¥§ªº¤@¤ä

0475 'Elyashiyb {el-yaw-sheeb'} from 0410 and 07725;; n pr m AV - Eliashib 17; 17 Eliashib = "God restores" 1) a priest in David's reign 2) a descendant of David 3) a high priest in Nehemiah's time 4) a temple singer with foreign wife 5) one of the line of Zattu 6) one of the line of Bani
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0476 'Eliyshama` {el-ee-shaw-maw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 08085;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elishama 17; 17 ¥H§Q¨Fº¿ = "§Úªº¯«¤w¸gÅ¥¨ì" 1) ¦bÃm³¥ªº®É¥N, ¥Hªk½¬¤ä¬£ªº¤@¦ì»â³S ( #¥Á 2:18| ) 2) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤@­Ó¨à¤l ( #¥N¤W 3:6| #¥N¤W 3:8| ) 3) ¬ù¶®·qªº®Ñ°O 4) ±Ð°V¦Ê©m«ßªkªº¤@¦ì²½¥q ( #¥N¤U 17:7-9|) 5) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤H

0476 'Eliyshama` {el-ee-shaw-maw'} from 0410 and 08085;; n pr m AV - Elishama 17; 17 Elishama = "my God has heard" 1) an Ephraimite chief in the wilderness 2) a son of David 3) Jehoiakim's secretary 4) a priest who taught the law 5) a man of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0477 'Eliysha` {el-ee-shaw'} 0474 ªº¬Ù²¤«¬ ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elisha 58; 58 ¥H§Q¨F = "¯«¬O¬@±Ï" 1) Ä~¥H§Q¨È¤§«áªº¤j¥ýª¾

0477 'Eliysha` {el-ee-shaw'} contracted for 0474;; n pr m AV - Elisha 58; 58 Elisha = "God is salvation" 1) the great prophet who succeeded Elijah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0478 'Eliyshaphat {el-ee-shaw-fawt'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 08199;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elishaphat 1; 1 ¥H§Q¨Fªk = "§Úªº¯«¤v¼f§P" 1) ¤j²½¥q­C¦ó­C¤j®Éªº¤@¦ì¦Ê¤Òªø

0478 'Eliyshaphat {el-ee-shaw-fawt'} from 0410 and 08199;; n pr m AV - Elishaphat 1; 1 Elishaphat = "my God has judged" 1) a captain for the high priest Jehoiada
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0479 'illek (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {il-lake'} 0412 ªºÂX®i«¬;; TWOT - 2580; «ü¥Ü ¥N¦Wµü ½Æ¼Æ ´Ü©w¥» - these 10, those 4; 14 1) ³o¨Ç, ¨º¨Ç

0479 'illek (Aramaic) {il-lake'} prolonged from 0412;; TWOT - 2580; demonstr pron pl AV - these 10, those 4; 14 1) these, those
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0480 'al@lay {al-le-lah'ee} ÂÇ­«½Æ¦Ó·½¦Û0421; TWOT - 101; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - woe 2; 2 1) ­ü!(ªí¥Üµh­W¡B´d¶Ë©Î®¬«ë) «u§r!(ªí¥Ü´dµh¡B¼¦¼§¡B¿ò¾Ñ¡BÃö¤Áµ¥)

0480 'al@lay {al-le-lah'ee} by reduplication from 0421; TWOT - 101; interj AV - woe 2; 2 1) woe! alas!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0481 'alam {aw-lam'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 102; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - dumb 7, put to silence 1, binding 1; 9 1) ¸i¸j 1a) (Niphal) 1a1) »¡¤£¥X¸Ü¨Ó 1a2) ¨ü§ô¿£ªº 1b) (Piel) ¸i¸j¦a¡B§ô¿£¦a (¤Àµü)

0481 'alam {aw-lam'} a primitive root; TWOT - 102; v AV - dumb 7, put to silence 1, binding 1; 9 1) to bind 1a) (Niphal) 1a1) to be dumb 1a2) to be bound 1b) (Piel) binding (part.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0482 'elem {ay'-lem} ·½¦Û 0481; TWOT - 102b; §Î®eµü m ´Ü©w¥» - congregation 1; 1 1) ¨IÀq¦a, ¤£§@Ánªº

0482 'elem {ay'-lem} from 0481; TWOT - 102b; adj m AV - congregation 1; 1 1) in silence, silent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0483 'illem {il-lame'} ·½¦Û 0481; TWOT - 102c; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - dumb 6; 6 1) °×, ¨HÀq, °×ªº, ¤£¯à»¡¸Ü

0483 'illem {il-lame'} from 0481; TWOT - 102c; adj AV - dumb 6; 6 1) mute, silent, dumb, unable to speak
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0484 'almuggiym {al-moog-gheem'} ¥i¯à¬O­Ó¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r (¥u¥Î©ó½Æ¼Æ«¬); TWOT - 89c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Óª«¦W AV - almug 3; 3 1) ²£©ó¾¤¤Ú¹àªº¤@ºØ¾ð, ÀÈ­»¾ð(¥ÕÀÈ?), ÀÈ­»¾ð

0484 'almuggiym {al-moog-gheem'} probably of foreign derivation (used only in the plural); TWOT - 89c; n m p AV - almug 3; 3 1) a tree from Lebanon, almug trees (sandalwood?), almug wood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0485 'alummah {al-oom-maw'} ©Î (¶§©Êµü) 'alum {aw-loom'} 0481 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 102a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sheaf 5; 5 1) ®¹, §ô (¤@¨ÇªF¦è³Q¸j¦b¤@°_) 1a) ¤ñ³ë³Q¾Û«áÂk¦^ªº¥H¦â¦C¤H (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0485 'alummah {al-oom-maw'} or (masculine) 'alum {aw-loom'} passive participle of 0481; TWOT - 102a; n f AV - sheaf 5; 5 1) sheaf (as something bound) 1a) of Israel returning from exile (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0486 'Almowdad {al-mo-dawd'} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Almodad 2; 2 ¨È¼¯µª = "©|¥¼´ú¶q" 1) °{ªº«á¸Ç

0486 'Almowdad {al-mo-dawd'} probably of foreign derivation;; n pr m AV - Almodad 2; 2 Almodad = "not measured" 1) a descendant of Shem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0487 'Allammelek {al-lam-meh'-lek} ·½¦Û 0427 »P 04428;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Alammelech 1; 1 ¨È©Ô¦Ì°Ç = "¤ýªº¾ó¾ð" 1)¨È¦âªº¤@­Ó«°Âí©Î³õ©Ò

0487 'Allammelek {al-lam-meh'-lek} from 0427 and 04428;; n pr loc AV - Alammelech 1; 1 Alammelech = "oak of the king" 1) a town or site in Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0488 'alman {al-mawn'} ¥Ñ 0481 ¤Þ¦ù¦Ó¨Ó, ¨ú¨ä¥¢³à¤§·N; TWOT - 103; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - forsaken 1; 1 1) ³à¤Ò¦¨¹èªº, ³Q¿ò±óªº, ©t¿W¹è©~ªº

0488 'alman {al-mawn'} prolonged from 0481 in the sense of bereavement; TWOT - 103; adj AV - forsaken 1; 1 1) widowed, forsaken, forsaken as a widow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0489 'almon {al-mone'} ¦p¦P 0488, ·½¦Û 0481; TWOT - 104; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - widowhood 1; 1 1) ¦u¹è(#ÁÉ 47:9|)

0489 'almon {al-mone'} from 0481 as in 0488; TWOT - 104; n m AV - widowhood 1; 1 1) widowhood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0490 'almanah {al-maw-naw'} ·½¦Û 0488; ¤@¦ì¹è°ü; TWOT - 105; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - widow 53, desolate house 1, desolate palace 1; 55 1) ¹è°ü

0490 'almanah {al-maw-naw'} from 0488; a widow; TWOT - 105; n f AV - widow 53, desolate house 1, desolate palace 1; 55 1) widow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0491 'almanuwth {al-maw-nooth'} ·½¦Û 0488; TWOT - 106; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - widowhood 3, widow 1; 4 1) ¹è°üªº¨­¤À;Ä\©~

0491 'almanuwth {al-maw-nooth'} from 0488; TWOT - 106; n f AV - widowhood 3, widow 1; 4 1) widowhood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0492 'almoniy {al-mo-nee'} ·½¦Û 0489 ¨ú¨ä"ÁôÂÃ"¤§·N; TWOT - 107; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - and such 2, a one 1; 3 1) ¦³¤H, ¬Y¤H

0492 'almoniy {al-mo-nee'} from 0489 in the sense of concealment; TWOT - 107; adj AV - and such 2, a one 1; 3 1) someone, a certain one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0493 'Elna`am {el-nah'-am} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05276;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elnaam 1; 1 ¥ì§Q®³¦w = "¯«¬O³ß¼Ö" 1) ¤G¦ì¤j½Ãªº¤j¯à«i¤hªº¤÷¿Ë

0493 'Elna`am {el-nah'-am} from 0410 and 05276;; n pr m AV - Elnaam 1; 1 Elnaam = "God is delight" or "God is pleasantness" 1) the father of two of David's mighty warriors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0494 'Elnathan {el-naw-thawn'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©Î 05414;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elnathan 7; 7 ¥H§Q®³³æ = "¯«¤w¥I¥X" 1) ¬ù¶®¤ç¤ýªº¥~¯ª¤÷ ( #¤ý¤U 24:8| ) 2) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥N¦³¤T¦ì­º»â¤Î±Ð²ß¥s³o­Ó¦W¦r ( #©Ô 8:16| ) 3) ¨È­²ªiªº¨à¤l, ¬ù¶®·q¤ý¾£¤Uªº¤@¦ì­xªø ( #­C 26:22| )

0494 'Elnathan {el-naw-thawn'} from 0410 and 05414;; n pr m AV - Elnathan 7; 7 Elnathan = "God has given" 1) king Jehoiachin's maternal grandfather 2) three chief men in Ezra's time 3) son of Achbor, a military commander under Jehoiakim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0495 'Ellacar {el-law-sawr'} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ellasar 2; 2 ¥H©Ô¼» = "¯«¬O¯Â¼äªº" 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº«°Âí, ¦b§^Ò­ªF¤è 28 ­^­ù (50 ¤½¨½)

0495 'Ellacar {el-law-sawr'} probably of foreign derivation;; n pr loc AV - Ellasar 2; 2 Ellasar = "God is chastener" 1) a town in Babylonia, c. 28 miles (50 km) E of Ur
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0496 'El`ad {el-awd'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05749;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elead 1; 1 ¥H¦C = "¯«¤wÁn©ú" 1) ¤@¦ì¥Hªk½¬ªº«á¸Ç

0496 'El`ad {el-awd'} from 0410 and 05749;; n pr m AV - Elead 1; 1 Elead = "God has testified" 1) a descendant of Ephraim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0497 'El`adah {el-aw-daw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05710;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eladah 1; 1 ¥H©Ô¤j = "¯«¨Ï¨ä¥Í¦â" 1) ¤@¦ì¥Hªk½¬ªº«á¸Ç

0497 'El`adah {el-aw-daw'} from 0410 and 05710;; n pr m AV - Eladah 1; 1 Eladah = "God has adorned" 1) a descendant of Ephraim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0498 'El`uwzay {el-oo-zah'ee} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05756 (¨ú¨ä 05797 ¤§·N);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eluzai 1; 1 ¥H§Q¯QÁÉ = "¯«¬O§Úªº¤O¶q" 1) ¥[¤J¤j½Ã°}À窺¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§ªº¾Ô¤h

0498 'El`uwzay {el-oo-zah'ee} from 0410 and 05756 (in the sense of 05797);; n pr m AV - Eluzai 1; 1 Eluzai = "God is my strength" 1) a Benjamite warrior who joined David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0499 'El`azar {el-aw-zawr'} ·½¦Û0410 ©M 05826;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eleazar 72; 72 ¥H§Q¨È¼»= "¤W«Ò¤wÀ°§U" 1) ¨È­Ûªº¨à¤l, ¬°¤j²½®v 2) ¨È¤ñ®³¹Fªº¨à¤l, ¬Ý¦u¬ùÂdªº¤H 3) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì²½®v,­««Ø¨ÃÄm¨­©ó­×´_­C¸ô¼»§Nªº«°Àð 4) ¤j½Ãªº°¶¤jªº«i¤h¤§¤@ 5) ¤@­Ó§Q¥¼¤H(#¥N¤W 23:21-22|) 6) ¤Ú¿ýªº¤l®]¤§¤@(#©Ô 10:25|)

0499 'El`azar {el-aw-zawr'} from 0410 and 05826;; n pr m AV - Eleazar 72; 72 Eleazar = "God has helped" 1) the high priest son of Aaron 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra 4) one of David's mighty warriors 5) a Levite 6) one of the line of Parosh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0500 'El`ale' {el-aw-lay'} ©Î (§ó¾A·í¦a»¡¬O) 'El`aleh {el-aw-lay'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 05927;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Elealeh 5; 5 ¥H§Q¨È§Q = "¤W«Ò¤É°_" 1) ¾aªñ§Æ¹ê¥»ªº¤@­Ó¬y«K±Ú§ø²ø(¦b¼o¼V¸Ì)

0500 'El`ale' {el-aw-lay'} or (more properly) 'El`aleh {el-aw-lay'} from 0410 and 05927;; n pr loc AV - Elealeh 5; 5 Elealeh = "God is ascending" 1) a Reubenite village near Heshbon (in ruins)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0501 'El`asah {el-aw-saw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06213;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eleasah 4, Elasah 2; 6 ¥H¨ÈÂÄ ©Î ¥H§Q¨ÈÂÄ = "¯«¤w¦¨´N" (©M 0499 ¤£¦P) 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç, §Æ§Q´µªº¨à¤l ( #¥N¤W 2:39| ) 2) ¤Ú¬I¤áÒ­ªº¤l®], ¦b¥H´µ©Ô®É¥N§@²½¥q, ¨ä©d¬°¤@­Ó¥~¨¹¤k¤l ( #©Ô 10:18-25| ) 3) ¨Fµfªº¨à¤l, ¦è©³®a¤ýªº¦Ú¹² ( #­C 29:3| ) 4) «K¶®¶{ªº«á¸Ç, ©Ôªkªº¨à¤l, ¨È±xªº¤÷¿Ë (#¥N¤W 8:37| )

0501 'El`asah {el-aw-saw'} from 0410 and 06213;; n pr m AV - Eleasah 4, Elasah 2; 6 Elasah or Eleasah = "God has made" 1) a descendant of Judah, son of Helez 2) a priest of Pashur's line with a foreign wife during Ezra's time 3) Shaphan's son, Zedekiah's servant 4) a descendant of Benjamin, son of Rapha, father of Azel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0502 'alph {aw-lof'} ¦r®Ú«¬, »P...Áp¦X; TWOT - 108; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - teach 2, learn 1, utter 1; 4 1) ¾Ç²ß 1a) (Qal) ¾Ç·| 1b) (Piel) ±Ð¾É

0502 'alph {aw-lof'} a primitive root, to associate with; TWOT - 108; v AV - teach 2, learn 1, utter 1; 4 1) to learn 1a) (Qal) to learn 1b) (Piel) to teach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0503 'alaph {aw-laf'} 0505 ªº °Ê¦Wµü; TWOT - 109 AV - bring forth thousands 1; 1 °Êµü 1) (CLBL) ¼W¥[¤@¤d­¿, ¦¨¤dªº²£¥Í 2) (TWOT) (Hiphil) ¼Æ¥H¤d°Oªº²£¥Í ¶§©Ê¦Wµü 3) (BDB) ­º»â, chiliarch

0503 'alaph {aw-laf'} denominative from 0505; TWOT - 109 AV - bring forth thousands 1; 1 v 1) (CLBL) to make thousand-fold, bring forth thousands 2) (TWOT) (Hiphil) producing thousands n m 3) (BDB) chief, chiliarch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0504 'eleph {eh'-lef} ·½¦Û 0502; TWOT - 108a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - kine 4, oxen 3, family 1; 8 1) ®a¯b, ¤½¤û 1a) ¦b¹A³õ¤¤ 1b) µø¬°°]²£

0504 'eleph {eh'-lef} from 0502; TWOT - 108a; n m AV - kine 4, oxen 3, family 1; 8 1) cattle, oxen 1a) in farming 1b) as a possession
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0505 'eleph {eh'-lef} ¥i¯à»P0504¬Û¦P; TWOT - 109a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - thousand 500, eleven hundred + 03967 3, variant 1, twelve hundred + 03967 1; 505 1) ¤@¤d 1a) ¶H¼x¦h¼Æ 2) ¤@¤d 2a) ¦b­x¶¤¸Ì¥Ñ¤@¦W»â³S©Îªø©xªº¤d¤H¸sÅé

0505 'eleph {eh'-lef} prop, the same as 0504; TWOT - 109a; n m AV - thousand 500, eleven hundred + 03967 3, variant 1, twelve hundred + 03967 1; 505 1) a thousand 1a) as numeral 2) a thousand, company 2a) as a company of men under one leader, troops
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0506 'alaph (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {al-af'} ©Î 'eleph (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {eh'-lef} ¬Û·í©ó 0505; TWOT - 2581; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - thousand 4; 4 1) ¤@¤d, 1000

0506 'alaph (Aramaic) {al-af'} or 'eleph (Aramaic) {eh'-lef} corresponding to 0505; TWOT - 2581; n m AV - thousand 4; 4 1) a thousand, 1000
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0507 'Eleph {eh'-lef} »P 0505¦P;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Eleph 1; 1 ¥H§Q¥±= "µL¼Æªº" 1) «K¶®¼§»â¤g¤¤ªº«°É]

0507 'Eleph {eh'-lef} the same as 0505;; n pr loc AV - Eleph 1; 1 Eleph = "thousand" 1) a city in the territory of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0508 'Elpa`al {el-pah'-al} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 06466;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elpaal 3; 3 ¥H§Q¤Ú¤O = "¯«¬O³Ð³yªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H ( #¥N 8:11| )

0508 'Elpa`al {el-pah'-al} from 0410 and 06466;; n pr m AV - Elpaal 3; 3 Elpaal = "God is maker" 1) a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0509 'alats {aw-lats'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 110; °Êµü AV - urge 1; 1 1) (Piel) ¶Ê«P

0509 'alats {aw-lats'} a primitive root; TWOT - 110; v AV - urge 1; 1 1) (Piel) to urge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0510 'alquwm {al-koom'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0408 ©M 06965; TWOT - 90; ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^? ´Ü©w¥» - rising up 1; 1 1) (TWOT) (neg adv) µL, ¤£, ¤]¤£¯à, ¤]¤£¦æ 2) (BDB) ¤@¶¤¤h§L 3) (CLBL) ¨S­I«q, µL«qÅÜ (¤å¾Ç¥Î»y)

0510 'alquwm {al-koom'} probably from 0408 and 06965; TWOT - 90; subst.? AV - rising up 1; 1 1) (TWOT) (neg adv) no, not, nor, neither 2) (BDB) band of soldiers 3) (CLBL) no rebellion, no uprising (lit.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0511 'Elqanah {el-kaw-naw'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 07069;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elkanah 21; 21 ¥H§Q¥[®³ = "¤W«Ò©Ò¾Ö¦³" ©Î "¤W«Ò´¿²£¥Íªº" 1) ¼»¥À¦Õªº¤÷¿Ë 2) ¨È«¢´µ¦~¶¡¤@­Ó­C¸ô¼»§Nªº²ÎªvªÌ 3) ¤j½Ã¤ý¤j¯à«i¤h¤§¤@ 4) ¥i©Ôªº¨à¤l 5) ¼Æ­Ó§Q¥¼¤H

0511 'Elqanah {el-kaw-naw'} from 0410 and 07069;; n pr m AV - Elkanah 21; 21 Elkanah = "God has possessed" or "God has created" 1) Samuel's father 2) a ruler in Jerusalem in the time of king Ahaz 3) one of David's mighty warriors 4) son of Korah 5) several Levites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0512 'Elqoshiy {el-ko-shee'} ªí¬Y¦a°ì©Î¸Ó¦a¤H, ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elkoshite 1; 1 ¥ì°Çºq´µ¤H = ¡u»¤¸ÉªÌ¤W«Ò¡v 1) ¥ì°Çºq´µ (¦ì¸m¤£¸Ô) ¤H/©Î¥ì°Çºq´µ¤Hªº«á¸Ç

0512 'Elqoshiy {el-ko-shee'} patrial from a name of uncertain derivation;; adj AV - Elkoshite 1; 1 Elkoshite = "God the ensnarer" 1) a native and/or descendant of Elkosh (location unknown)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0513 'Eltowlad {el-to-lad'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0410 ¥B¬°08435ªº¶§©Ê«¬ [»P08434¤ñ¸û ];; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Eltolad 2; 2 ¥ì°Ç¦hþ = "¤W«Òªº¥@¥N" 1) µS¤j«n³¡ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«

0513 'Eltowlad {el-to-lad'} probably from 0410 and a masculine form of 08435 [compare 08434];; n pr loc AV - Eltolad 2; 2 Eltolad = "God's generations" 1) a city in southern Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0514 'Elt@qe {el-te-kay'} ©ÎªÌ (§ó¾A·í¦a»¡¬O) 'Elt@qeh {el-te-kay'} Äݤ£½T©wªº¤Þ¥Ó;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Eltekeh 2; 2 ¥ì§Q´£°ò = "Åý¯«§â¦¼¦R¥X" 1) ¦b¦ý±Úªº§Q¥¼«°, ¦b¥H­²­Û»P«F¯Ç¤§¶¡

0514 'Elt@qe {el-te-kay'} or (more properly) 'Elt@qeh {el-te-kay'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Eltekeh 2; 2 Eltekeh = "let God spue thee out" 1) Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, between Ekron and Timna
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0515 'Elt@qon {el-te-kone'} ·½¦Û 0410 ©M 08626;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Eltekon 1; 1 ¥ì°Ç´£§g = "¯«¬O¥¿ª½ªº" 1) ¦b¬ù¥¹ªºÂX±i¹Ò¦a¤§«°, §Æ§B±[ªº¥_¤è

0515 'Elt@qon {el-te-kone'} from 0410 and 08626;; n pr loc AV - Eltekon 1; 1 Eltekon = "God is straight" 1) a city in the territory of Judah north of Hebron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0516 'Al tashcheth (Aramaic) {al tash-kayth'} ·½¦Û 0408 ©M 07843;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Altaschith 4; 4 Al-taschith = "¥ð­n·´Ãa" 1) (Hiphil) §Dªøªº¤@ºØ«ü´§, ©Î¥i¯à¾A¥Î©ó¸Ö½g¤¤´X­º¸Öªº½ÕÀY

0516 'Al tashcheth (Aramaic) {al tash-kayth'} from 0408 and 07843;; n m AV - Altaschith 4; 4 Al-taschith = "do not destroy" 1) (Hiphil) a command to the chief musician, or perhaps the title of a melody used for several Psalms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0517 'em {ame} °ò¥»¦r; TWOT - 115a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - mother 214, dam 5, parting 1; 220 1) ¥À¿Ë 1a) ¤Hªº 1b) ¤ñ³ë©³ªi©Ô¹ï¤H¥ÁªºÃö·R (#¤h 5:7|) ¤ñ³ë«°¥« 1c) °Êª«ªº 2) ¥Xµo©Î¤À¶}¤§³B (#µ² 21:21|)

0517 'em {ame} a primitive word; TWOT - 115a; n f AV - mother 214, dam 5, parting 1; 220 1) mother 1a) of humans 1b) of Deborah's relationship to the people (fig.) 1c) of animals 2) point of departure or division
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0518 'im {eem} ³s±µµü; TWOT - 111; ±ø¥ó³¡¤À AV - if, not, or, when, whether, surely, doubtless, while, neither, saving, verily; 43 1) ­Y 1a) ±ø¥ó¤l¥y 1a1) ¥i¯àªºª¬ªp 1a2) ¤£¥i¯àªºª¬ªp 1b) »}¨¥±¡¹Ò 1b1) ¤£ 1c) ­Y...­Y, ©Î...©Î, 1d) ·í...®É, ¤£½×¦ó®É 1e) ¬JµM 1f) ªíºÃ°Ýªº³s±µµü 1g) ¹ç¥i

0518 'im {eem} a primitive particle; TWOT - 111; conditional part AV - if, not, or, when, whether, surely, doubtless, while, neither, saving, verily; 43 1) if 1a) conditional clauses 1a1) of possible situations 1a2) of impossible situations 1b) oath contexts 1b1) no, not 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or 1d) when, whenever 1e) since 1f) interrogative particle 1g) but rather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0519 'amah {aw-maw'} ©úÅ㪺°ò¥»¦r«¬; TWOT - 112; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - handmaid 22, maidservant 19, maid 8, bondwoman 4, bondmaids 2; 55 1)±A¤k, ¤k¥£, ¤k¹², ¨Í¤k, ©c 1a) ªíÁ¾¨õ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0519 'amah {aw-maw'} apparently a primitive word; TWOT - 112; n f AV - handmaid 22, maidservant 19, maid 8, bondwoman 4, bondmaids 2; 55 1) maid-servant, female slave, maid, handmaid, concubine 1a) of humility (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0520 'ammah {am-maw'} ±q 0517 ÂX®i¦Ó¨Ó; TWOT - 115c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cubit 242, measure 1, post 1, not translated 1; 245 1) ¨y(µÃ¤Ø) ¤@´ú¶q¶ZÂ÷ªº¶q«× («eÁu), ²Ê²¤¬O18­^¦T (¥b¤½¤Ø). ¦b¬ù¦³¼ÆºØµÃ¤Ø³Q¨Ï¥Î, ¤H¨y©Î¤@¯ëµÃ¤Ø (#¥Ó 3:11|), ªk«ß¥ÎµÃ¤Ø©Î¸t·µªºµÃ¤Ø (#µ² 40:5|)¥[¤W§OºØªº ½Ð°Ñ¬Ý¸t¸g¦r¨å§ä§¹¾ãªº±Ô­z

0520 'ammah {am-maw'} prolonged from 0517; TWOT - 115c; n f AV - cubit 242, measure 1, post 1, not translated 1; 245 1) cubit - a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (.5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (Dt 3.11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40.5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0521 'ammah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {am-maw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0520; TWOT - 2582; ³±©Ê¦Wµü; ´Ü©w¥» - cubit 4; 4 1) µÃ¤Ø - ªø«×´ú¶qªº³æ¦ì (¬Û·í©ó¤@­Ó«eÁuªºªø«×), ¤j¬ù¤Q¤K¦T (¥b¤½¤Ø)

0521 'ammah (Aramaic) {am-maw'} corresponding to 0520; TWOT - 2582; n f; AV - cubit 4; 4 1) cubit - a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (.5 m)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0522 'Ammah {am-maw'} »P 0520 ¦P;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ammah 1; 1 ¨Èº¿ = "¤@¤Ø(µÃ¤Ø)" 1) ¦b°ò¹Mªþªñªº¤@­Ó¤s

0522 'Ammah {am-maw'} the same as 0520;; n pr loc AV - Ammah 1; 1 Ammah = "a cubit" 1) a hill near Gibeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0523 'ummah {oom-maw'} »P 0517 ¦P·½; TWOT - 115e; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - people 2, nation 1; 3 1) ¤H¥Á, ¥Á±Ú, °ê®a

0523 'ummah {oom-maw'} from the same as 0517; TWOT - 115e; n f AV - people 2, nation 1; 3 1) people, tribe, nation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0524 'ummah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {oom-maw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0523; TWOT - 2583; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - nation 8; 8 1) ¤H¥Á, ¥Á±Ú, °ê®a

0524 'ummah (Aramaic) {oom-maw'} corresponding to 0523; TWOT - 2583; n f AV - nation 8; 8 1) people, tribe, nation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0525 'amown {aw-mone'} ·½¦Û 0539, ©Î³\·N¨ý°V½m; TWOT - 116L; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - one brought up 1; 1 1) ¥©¦K, «Ø¿v®v, ¦W®a¤u¦K, §Þ®v

0525 'amown {aw-mone'} from 0539, probably in the sense of training; TWOT - 116L; n m AV - one brought up 1; 1 1) artificer, architect, master workman, skilled workman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0526 'Amown {aw-mone'} ¦P 0525;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Amon 17; 17 ¨È­Ì = "¨ã¦³§Þ¯àªº¤u¦K" ©Î "¼ô½mªº¤u¦K" 1) ¤@­ÓµS¤j¤ý, º¿®³¦è¤§¤l 2) ¤@­Ó¼»°¨§Q¨Èªº©x­û 3) ¤@­Ó©Òùªù¹²¤Hªº«á¸Ç

0526 'Amown {aw-mone'} the same as 0525;; n pr m AV - Amon 17; 17 Amon = "skilled workman" or "master workman" 1) a king of Judah, son of Manasseh 2) a governor of Samaria 3) a descendant of a servant of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0527 'amown {aw-mone'} 01995 ªºÅܤÆ; TWOT - 116L; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - multitude 2, populous 1; 3 1) ¥©¦K,«Ø¿v®v, §Þ¥©¨ô¶Vªº¤u¤H 2) (CLBL) ¤H¸s, ¸s²³

0527 'amown {aw-mone'} a variation for 01995; TWOT - 116L; n m AV - multitude 2, populous 1; 3 1) artificer, architect, master workman 2) (CLBL) throng, multitude
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0528 'Amown {aw-mone'} ®J¤Îªº­l¥Í»y; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - not translated 2; 2 ¨È­Ì ©Î ¨È±¿ = "´þªø: °@«H" 1) ®J¤Î¯«, ­ì¥»¬O©³¤ñ´µªº¦a¤è¯«, «á¨Ó¦¨¬°®J¤Î¸U¯«·µ¤¤ªº¥D¯« (#­C 46:25; ÂE 3:8|)

0528 'Amown {aw-mone'} of Egyptian derivation;; n pr m AV - not translated 2; 2 Amon or Amun = "to nourish: to be faithful" 1) an Egyptian god, originally the local god of Thebes, later head of the Egyptian pantheon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0529 'emuwn {ay-moon'} ·½¦Û 0539; TWOT - 116d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - faithful 3, truth 1, faith 1; 5 1) ©¾«H, ¥i¾a 1a) «H¹êªº, ¥i«H¥ôªº (§@¬°§Î®eµü)

0529 'emuwn {ay-moon'} from 0539; TWOT - 116d; n m AV - faithful 3, truth 1, faith 1; 5 1) faithfulness, trusting 1a) faithful, trusty (as adj.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0530 'emuwnah {em-oo-naw') ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'emunah {em-oo-naw'} ·½¦Û 0529; TWOT - 116e; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - faithfulness 18, truth 13, faithfully 5, office 5, faithful 3, faith 1, stability 1, steady 1, truly 1, verily 1; 49 1) °í©T, ©¾¸Û, °í©w¤£²¾, í©T

0530 'emuwnah {em-oo-naw') or (shortened) 'emunah {em-oo-naw'} from 0529; TWOT - 116e; n f AV - faithfulness 18, truth 13, faithfully 5, office 5, faithful 3, faith 1, stability 1, steady 1, truly 1, verily 1; 49 1) firmness, fidelity, steadfastness, steadiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0531 'Amowts {aw-mohts'} ·½¦Û 0553;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Amoz 13; 13 ¨È¼¯´µ= "±j§§" 1) ¥HÁɨȪº¤÷¿Ë

0531 'Amowts {aw-mohts'} from 0553;; n pr m AV - Amoz 13; 13 Amoz = "strong" 1) father of Isaiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0532 'Amiy {aw-mee'} 0526 ªºÁY¼g«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ami 1; 1 ¨È¦Ì = "¿Ë¦p®a¤Hªº¹²¤H" 1) ¨È­Ìªº«á¸Ç, ©Òùªù¤ýªº¦Ú¹²

0532 'Amiy {aw-mee'} an abbrev. for 0526;; n pr m AV - Ami 1; 1 Ami = "bond-servant" 1) a descendant of Amon, Solomon's servant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0533 'ammiyts {am-meets'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬) 'ammits {am-meets'} ·½¦Û 0553; TWOT - 117d; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - strong 4, mighty 1, courageous 1; 6 1) ±j§§ªº, ±j¤jªº

0533 'ammiyts {am-meets'} or (shortened) 'ammits {am-meets'} from 0553; TWOT - 117d; adj AV - strong 4, mighty 1, courageous 1; 6 1) strong, mighty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0534 'amiyr {aw-meer'} ÅãµM·½¦Û 0559 (¨ú¨ä¦Û§Ú¤É°ª¤§·N); TWOT - 118d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - bough 1, branch 1; 2 1) ³»ÂI, µ´³» 1a) ¾ð 1b) ¤s

0534 'amiyr {aw-meer'} apparently from 0559 (sense of self-exaltation); TWOT - 118d; n m AV - bough 1, branch 1; 2 1) top, summit 1a) of tree 1b) of mountain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0535 'amal {aw-mal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 114; °Êµü AV - languish 14, feeble 1, weak 1; 16 1) ¦¨¬°µê®zªº, °I·L, ÅܱoµL¥Í®ð, ºë¯h¤OºÜ 1a) (Qal) ³Q°Ê¤Àµü(¤ß¸Ìªº) 1a1) µê®z 1a2) °I·L 1b) (Pulal) 1b1) °I®z©Îº¥º¥°I®z 1b2) ÅܱoµL¥Í®ð

0535 'amal {aw-mal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 114; v AV - languish 14, feeble 1, weak 1; 16 1) to be weak, to droop, to languish, to be exhausted 1a) (Qal) pass participle (of the heart) 1a1) to be weak 1a2) to droop 1b) (Pulal) 1b1) to be or grow feeble 1b2) to languish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0536 'umlal {oom-lal'} ·½¦Û 0535; TWOT - 114b; §Î®eµü AV - weak 1; 1 1) µê®zªº, µL¤Oªº

0536 'umlal {oom-lal'} from 0535; TWOT - 114b; adj AV - weak 1; 1 1) weak, feeble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0537 'amelal {am-ay-lawl'} ·½¦Û 0535; TWOT - 114a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - feeble 1; 1 1) µê®zªº,·L®zªº,°I®zªº,µL®Äªº

0537 'amelal {am-ay-lawl'} from 0535; TWOT - 114a; adj AV - feeble 1; 1 1) weak, feeble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0538 'Amam {am-awm'} ·½¦Û 0517;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Amam 1; 1 ¨È°Ò = "¥L­Ìªº¥À¿Ë" 1) ¦bµS¤j«n³¡ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«

0538 'Amam {am-awm'} from 0517;; n pr loc AV - Amam 1; 1 Amam = "their mother" 1) a city in southern Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0539 'aman {aw-man'} °ò¥»«¬; TWOT - 116; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - believe 44, assurance 1, faithful 20, sure 11, established 7, trust 5, verified 3, stedfast 2, continuance 2, father 2, bring up 4, nurse 2, be nursed 1, surely be 1, stand fast 1, fail 1, trusty 1; 108 1) ¤ä«ù, ½T»{, ©¾¤ß 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¤ä«ù, ½T»{, ©¾¤ß, ¤ä¼µ, ´þ¾i 1a1a) ¾i¤÷(¹ê¦Wµü) 1a1b) ¾i¥À, «O©i 1a1c) ¼Ù¬W, ¼µ¦íªùªº¬W¤l 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ½T¥ß, ©¾¤ß, ¬ÝÅ@, °í¥ß 1b1a) ¥Ñ«O©i¬ÝÅ@ 1b1b) °í¥ß, ½T«H, «ù¤[ 1b1c) ½T»{, ½T¥ß, ½T«H 1b1d) ÅçÃÒ, ½T»{ 1b1e) ¥i¾aªº, ©¾¤ßªº, ¥i«H¥ôªº 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) °í«H, «H¥ô, ½T«H, ¬Û«H 1c1a) °í«H 1c1b) ­Ê¿à, ¬Û«H

0539 'aman {aw-man'} a primitive root; TWOT - 116; v AV - believe 44, assurance 1, faithful 20, sure 11, established 7, trust 5, verified 3, stedfast 2, continuance 2, father 2, bring up 4, nurse 2, be nursed 1, surely be 1, stand fast 1, fail 1, trusty 1; 108 1) to support, confirm, be faithful 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to support, confirm, be faithful, uphold, nourish 1a1a) foster-father (subst.) 1a1b) foster-mother, nurse 1a1c) pillars, supporters of the door 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be established, be faithful, be carried, make firm 1b1a) to be carried by a nurse 1b1b) made firm, sure, lasting 1b1c) confirmed, established, sure 1b1d) verified, confirmed 1b1e) reliable, faithful, trusty 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to stand firm, to trust, to be certain, to believe in 1c1a) stand firm 1c1b) trust, believe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0540 'aman (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {am-an'} ¬Û·í©ó 0539; TWOT - 2584; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - believe 1, sure 1, faithful 1; 3 1) ½T©w, ¤ä«ù 1a) (Aphel) 1a1) ¬Û«H 1a2) «H¥ô 1a3) ¥i¾aªº (³Q°Ê¤Àµü)

0540 'aman (Aramaic) {am-an'} corresponding to 0539; TWOT - 2584; v AV - believe 1, sure 1, faithful 1; 3 1) to confirm, support 1a) (Aphel) 1a1) to believe in 1a2) to trust 1a3) trustworthy (pass participle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0541 'aman {aw-man'} ·½¦Û03225ªº°Ê¦Wµü ; TWOT - 872; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - turn to the right 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) ¨ú¥k¤âÃ䪺, ¥kÂà, ¿ï¾Ü¥kÃä, ©¹¥kÃä¥h, ¥Î¥k¤âÃ䪺

0541 'aman {aw-man'} denominative from 03225; TWOT - 872; v AV - turn to the right 1; 1 1) (Hiphil) to take the right hand, to turn right, choose to the right, go to the right, use the right hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0542 'aman {aw-mawn'} ·½¦Û 0539 (¨ú¨ä"°V½m"¤§·N); TWOT - 116c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cunning workman 1; 1 1) ¤j®v, ÃÀ³N®a, ¤âíªº, ¤u¦K (#ºq 7:1|)

0542 'aman {aw-mawn'} from 0539 (in the sense of training); TWOT - 116c; n m AV - cunning workman 1; 1 1) master-workman, artist, steady-handed one, artisan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0543 'amen {aw-mane'} ·½¦Û 0539; TWOT - 116b; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - amen 27; truly 2, so be it 1; 30 1) ¯u¥¿¦a, ¯u¹ê¦a, ªü­Ì, ¦æ¦p©Ò¨¥

0543 'amen {aw-mane'} from 0539; TWOT - 116b; adverb AV - amen 27; truly 2, so be it 1; 30 1) verily, truly, amen, so be it
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0544 'omen {oh-men'} ·½¦Û 0539; TWOT - 116a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - truth 1; 1 1) «H¹ê

0544 'omen {oh-men'} from 0539; TWOT - 116a; n m AV - truth 1; 1 1) faithfulness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0545 'omnah {om-naw'} ·½¦Û 0544 (¯S§O¦³"°ö¾i"ªº§t·N); TWOT - 116f; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - brought up 1; 1 1) ¼¾¾i, ´þ¾i§Uªø, ¾i¨|, °ö¾i, ĺ¾i(¦n¹³¤÷¥À¤@¯ë) {#´µ 2:20|}

0545 'omnah {om-naw'} from 0544 (in the specific sense of training); TWOT - 116f; n f AV - brought up 1; 1 1) bringing up, nourishment, rearing, training, providing for (as a parent)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0546 'omnah {om-naw'} 0544 ªº³±©Êµü (¤@¯ë¥Îªk); TWOT - 116g; °Æµü AV - indeed 2; 2 1) ¯uªº, ¹ê¦b, ½T¹ê

0546 'omnah {om-naw'} feminine form of 0544 (in its usual sense); TWOT - 116g; adv AV - indeed 2; 2 1) verily, truly, indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0547 'om@nah {om-me-naw'} 0544 ªº¥D°Ê¤Àµü (­ì¦³ ¤ä«ù ¤§·N); TWOT - 116; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pillar 1; 1 1) ´É¼Ù, ªùªº¤ä¬W 2) ½T©w, ¤ä«ù, ¤ä¼µ

0547 'om@nah {om-me-naw'} active participle of 0544 (in the original sense of supporting); TWOT - 116; n f AV - pillar 1; 1 1) pillar, supporters of the door 2) confirm, support, uphold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0548 'amanah {am-aw-naw'} ·½¦Û 0543; TWOT - 116h;³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sure 1, portion 1; 2 1)«H¤ß, ¤ä«ù, ½T«H,§â´¤ 1a)Ãö©ó¡y¬ù¡zªº 1b)°]¬Fªº,¸gÀÙªº,°]°Èªº,ª÷¿Äªº¤ä«ù

0548 'amanah {am-aw-naw'} from 0543; TWOT - 116h; n f AV - sure 1, portion 1; 2 1) faith, support, sure, certain 1a) of a covenant 1b) of financial support
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0549 'Amanah {am-aw-naw'} »P 0548 ¦P; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Amana 1, variant for Abana 1; 2 ¨Èº¿®³ = "¤ä«ù" 1) ¤@±ø±q¦w´À¾¤¤Ú¹à¤s¯ß¬y¤J¤j°¨¦â¥­­ìªºªe¬y (#¤ý¤U 5:12; ¤¤¤å¸t¸g±Ä¨ú¥Î071,ͧ@"¨È½}®³"|) 2) ªe¬y·½ÀY¤s°Ïªº½d³ò (#ºq 4:8|)

0549 'Amanah {am-aw-naw'} the same as 0548;; n pr loc AV - Amana 1, variant for Abana 1; 2 Amana = "support" 1) a river flowing into the plain of Damascus from Antilebanon 2) mountainous area of the river's origin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0550 'Amnown {am-nohn'} ©Î 'Amiynown {am-ee-nohn'} ·½¦Û 0539;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Amnon 28; 28 ·t¹à = "¦³«H¤ßªº" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªºªø¤l, ±j¦û¤F¨ä©f¤l¥Lº¿(¦P¤÷²§¥À), «á¬°©ã¨FÀs©Ò±þ 2) ¥Üªù(ÄÝ­{°Ç®a±Ú)ªº¨à¤l¤§¤@ (#¥N¤W 4:20|)

0550 'Amnown {am-nohn'} or 'Amiynown {am-ee-nohn'} from 0539;; n m AV - Amnon 28; 28 Amnon = "faithful" 1) oldest son of David, rapist of Tamar, slain by Absalom 2) a son of Shimon (of Caleb's clan)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0551 'omnam {om-nawm'} ·½¦Û 0544; TWOT - 116j; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - truth 3, indeed 2, true 1, no doubt 1, surely 1, indeed 1; 9 1) ½T¹ê¦a, ¹ê¦b¦a, µLºÃ¦a

0551 'omnam {om-nawm'} from 0544; TWOT - 116j; adv AV - truth 3, indeed 2, true 1, no doubt 1, surely 1, indeed 1; 9 1) verily, truly, surely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0552 'umnam {oom-nawm'} 0551ªº¥¿½T«÷¦rÅܤƵü; TWOT - 116i; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - indeed 3, very deed 1, surety 1; 5 1) ¯u¥¿¦a, ¯u¹ê¦a, ½T¹ê¦a

0552 'umnam {oom-nawm'} an orthographical variation of 0551; TWOT - 116i; adv AV - indeed 3, very deed 1, surety 1; 5 1) verily, truly, indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0553 'amats {aw-mats'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 117; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - strengthen 12, courage 9, strong 5, courageous 2, harden 2, speed 2, stronger 2, confirm 1, established 1, fortify 1, increaseth 1, steadfastly minded 1, obstinate 1, prevailed 1; 41 1) °í±j, ĵ§Ù, «i´±, µLÄß, °í©T, ¤jÁx, µ²¹ê, í­« 1a) (Qal)¬°°í±j,«i´±,µLÄß 1a1) (¤H) ±j§§ 1a2) µLÄß 1b) (Piel) 1b1) ¨Ï°í©T,¥[±j 1b2) ¬°¦Û¤ví©T°í©w 1b3) ¨Ï¤£°Ê·n,¨Ï¹x©T, ¨Ï¦w¤ß 1c) (Hithpael) 1c1) ¦Û§Ú±j§§ (#¥N¤U 13:7|) 1c2) ¦Û§Ú½T©w¥Ø¼Ð, ¤U©w¨M¤ß (#¸ô 1:18|) 1c3) ¦Û§Úĵ§Ù (#¤ý¤W 12:18; ¥N¤U 10:18|) 1d) (Hiphil) §e²{¯à¤O,±j§§ (#¸Ö 27:14|)

0553 'amats {aw-mats'} a primitive root; TWOT - 117; v AV - strengthen 12, courage 9, strong 5, courageous 2, harden 2, speed 2, stronger 2, confirm 1, established 1, fortify 1, increaseth 1, steadfastly minded 1, obstinate 1, prevailed 1; 41 1) to be strong, alert, courageous, brave, stout, bold, solid, hard 1a) (Qal) to be strong, brave, bold 1b) (Piel) to strengthen, secure (for oneself), harden (heart), make firm, make obstinate, assure 1c) (Hithpael) to be determined, to make oneself alert, strengthen oneself, confirm oneself, persist in, prove superior to 1d) (Hiphil) to exhibit strength, be strong, feel strong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0554 'amots {aw-mohts'} probably from 0553; TWOT - 117c; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - bay 2; 2 1) ±j§§ªº 2) ²`¦âªº, ´³¯¾ªº, Âø¦âªº (ÃC¦â)

0554 'amots {aw-mohts'} probably from 0553; TWOT - 117c; adj AV - bay 2; 2 1) strong 2) bay, dappled, piebald (of colour)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0555 'omets {o'-mets} ·½¦Û 0553; TWOT - 117a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stronger 1; 1 1) ±j§§

0555 'omets {o'-mets} from 0553; TWOT - 117a; n m AV - stronger 1; 1 1) strength
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0556 'amtsah {am-tsaw'} ·½¦Û 0553; TWOT - 117b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - strength 1; 1 1) ¤O¶q

0556 'amtsah {am-tsaw'} from 0553; TWOT - 117b; n f AV - strength 1; 1 1) strength
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0557 'Amtsiy {am-tsee'} ·½¦Û 0553;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥»- Amzi 2; 2 ·t¦è¡]©Î·t¬~¡^ = "§Úªº¤O¶q,¤O®ð" 1) ¤@­Ó§Q¥¼¤H 2)³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªº¤@­Ó¯ª¥ý,¬°²½¥q

0557 'Amtsiy {am-tsee'} from 0553;; n pr m AV - Amzi 2; 2 Amzi = "my strength" 1) a Levite 2) the ancestor of a returned exile in the priestly line
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0558 'Amatsyah {am-ats-yaw'} ©Î 'Amatsyahuw {am-ats-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0553 ©M 03050;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Amaziah 40; 40 ¨Èº¿Á = "­C©MµØ¬O¥þ¯à" 1) µS¤j§g¤ý, ¬ùªü¬I¤§¤l, ¨È¼»§Q¶®¤§¤÷ (#¤ý¤U 14:1|) 2) §B¯S§Qªº¤@²½¥q, ­Cùªi¦w¤G¥@®É (#¼¯ 7:10|) 3) ¬ù¨F¤§¤÷, ¦è½q±Ú (#¥N¤W 4:34|) 4) ¤@§Q¥¼·|¹õºqªÌ©ó¤j½Ã¤ý²Îªv®É (#¥N¤W 6:45|)

0558 'Amatsyah {am-ats-yaw'} or 'Amatsyahuw {am-ats-yaw'-hoo} from 0553 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Amaziah 40; 40 Amaziah = "Jehovah is mighty" 1) a king of Judah, son Joash, father of Azariah 2) a priest of Bethel under Jeroboam II 3) father of Joshah, of the tribe of Simeon 4) a Levite tabernacle singer in David's day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0559 'amar {aw-mar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 118; °Êµü AV - said 4874, speak 179, answer 99, command 30, tell 29, call 7, promised 6, misc. 84; 5308 1) »¡, Á¿, µo¨¥ 1a) (Qal) »¡, ¦^µª, ¤ß¸Ì»¡, ·Q, §h©J, ©Ó¿Õ, ·N¹Ï 1b) (Niphal) ³Q§iª¾, ³Q»¡¥X, ³Q©I¥s 1c) (Hithpael) ¦Û¸Ø, Á|¤î°ª¶Æ 1d) (Hiphil) ©Z©Ó , ÁnºÙ

0559 'amar {aw-mar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 118; v AV - said 4874, speak 179, answer 99, command 30, tell 29, call 7, promised 6, misc. 84; 5308 1) to say, speak, utter 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0560 'amar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {am-ar'} ¹ïÀ³©ó 0559; TWOT - 2585; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - say 45, commanded 12, speak 4, tell 9, declare 1; 71 1) (P'al) »¡, «ÅÁ¿, ©R¥O, §i¶D, ±Ô­z

0560 'amar (Aramaic) {am-ar'} corresponding to 0559; TWOT - 2585; v AV - say 45, commanded 12, speak 4, tell 9, declare 1; 71 1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0561 'emer {ay'-mer} ·½¦Û 0559; TWOT - 118a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - words 43, speeches 2, sayings 2, appointed 1, answer 1; 49 1) ¨¥Ãã, ¨¥½×, ¦r, ¸Ü»y, ¿Õ¨¥, ©R¥O

0561 'emer {ay'-mer} from 0559; TWOT - 118a; n m AV - words 43, speeches 2, sayings 2, appointed 1, answer 1; 49 1) utterance, speech, word, saying, promise, command
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0562 'omer {o'-mer} ·N¦P 0561; TWOT - 118a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - word 2, speech 2, thing 1, promise 1; 6 1) ¨¥Ãã, ¨¥½×, ¦r, ¸Ü»y, ¿Õ¨¥, ©R¥O

0562 'omer {o'-mer} the same as 0561; TWOT - 118a; n m AV - word 2, speech 2, thing 1, promise 1; 6 1) utterance, speech, word, saying, promise, command
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0563 'immar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {im-mar'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 0560 (¨ú¨ä ¥Í²£ ¤§·N); TWOT - 2585?; ¶§©Ê±Mµü AV - lamb 3; 3 1) ¯Ì¦Ï

0563 'immar (Aramaic) {im-mar'} perhaps from 0560 (in the sense of bringing forth); TWOT - 2585?; n m AV - lamb 3; 3 1) lamb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0564 'Immer {im-mare'} ·½¦Û 0559;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Immer 10; 10 ­µ³Á = "¥L¤w¸g»¡¤F" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ý®Éªº¤@¦ì²½¥q ( # ¥N 24:12| ) 2) ­C§Q¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì²½¥q ( #­C 20:1| ) 3) ¼»·þªº¤÷¿Ë, ¬O¤@¦ì²½¥q ( #¥§ 3:29| ) 4) ¤@¦ì²½¥qªº¯ª¥ý

0564 'Immer {im-mare'} from 0559;; n pr m AV - Immer 10; 10 Immer = "he hath said" 1) a priest in David's time 2) a priest in Jeremiah's time 3) the father of Zadok the priest 4) an ancestor of a priest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0565 'imrah {im-raw'} ©Î 'emrah {em-raw'} ·½¦Û 0561; TWOT - 118b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - word 29, speech 7, commandment 1; 37 1) µo¨¥, ¨¥»y, ½Í¸Ü 1a) ¯«ªº¸Ü, «üµS¤Ó±Ðªº±Ð¸q

0565 'imrah {im-raw'} or 'emrah {em-raw'} from 0561; TWOT - 118b; n f AV - word 29, speech 7, commandment 1; 37 1) utterance, speech, word 1a) word of God, the Torah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0566 'Imriy {im-ree'} ·½¦Û 0564;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Imri 2; 2 ­µ§Q = "¶¯ÅGªº" 1) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤H (#¥N¤W 9:4|) 2) ¨ó§U¥§§Æ¦Ìªº¤@³¡¤À¤Hªº¯ª¥ý (#¥§ 3:2|)

0566 'Imriy {im-ree'} from 0564;; n pr m AV - Imri 2; 2 Imri = "eloquent" 1) a man of Judah 2) an ancestor of one of Nehemiah's helpers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0567 'Emoriy {em-o-ree'} ¤÷¨t¯ª¥ýªº¦W¦r, ¥i¯à¬O·½¦Û±q 0559 ­l¥Ó¥X¨Ó¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦W¦r, ·N¬°¦WÁn, ¥ç§YÁn±æ; TWOT - 119; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ¶°¦X¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Amorite 87; 87 ¨È¼¯§Q = "»¡¸ÜªÌ" 1) ¬ù¥¹ªe¦è­{«nªF¤èªº¤@±Ú, ³Q¥X®J¤Î¶i­{«nªº¥H¦â¦C¤H©Ò¹Ü¨ú

0567 'Emoriy {em-o-ree'} probably a patronymic from an unused name derived from 0559 in the sense of publicity, i.e. prominence; TWOT - 119; n m coll AV - Amorite 87; 87 Amorite = "a sayer" 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0568 'Amaryah {am-ar-yaw'} ©Î ÂX®i«¬ 'Amaryahuw {am-ar-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0559 and 03050; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Amariah 16; 16 ¨Èº¿§Q¶® = "­C©MµØ»¡" ©Î "­C©MµØ¤wÀ³³\\\" 1) ¼»·þªº¯ª¤÷ 2) ¦b©Òùªù¤ý®É´Á¤@¦ì¤j²½¥q¤§¤l 3) ¦b¬ù¨Fªk¤§¤Uªº¤@¦ì²½¥qªø 4) §Æ¦è®a¤§¤l, ¦èµf¶®ªº´¿¯ª¤÷ 5) ¥H´µ©Ô®É´Áªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H 6) §Æ¦è®a¤§¤Uªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H 7) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É´Áªº¤@¦ì²½¥q

0568 'Amaryah {am-ar-yaw'} or prolonged 'Amaryahuw {am-ar-yaw'-hoo} from 0559 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Amariah 16; 16 Amariah = "Jehovah speaks" or "Yah(u) has promised" 1) Zadok's grandfather 2) a head priest's son in Solomon's time 3) a chief priest under Jehoshaphat 4) Hezekiah's son, great-grandfather of Zephaniah 5) a Levite in Ezra's time 6) a Levite under Hezekiah 7) a priest in Nehemiah's time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0569 'Amraphel {am-raw-fel'} ¤£©ú½Tªº­l¥Í¦r (¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Óªº) ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Amraphel 2; 2 ·t©Ô«D = "¶Â·tªºµo¨¥¤H: µo¨¥¤Hªº³Q±À½" 1) ¥Ü®³¤ý (¤Ú¤ñ­Û) (¥i¯à¦bº~¼¯©Ô¤ñ®É, ¦è¤¸«e2100¦~ )

0569 'Amraphel {am-raw-fel'} of uncertain (perhaps foreign) derivation;; n pr m AV - Amraphel 2; 2 Amraphel = "sayer of darkness: fall of the sayer" 1) the king of Shinar (Babylon) (perhaps Hammurabi c 2100 BC)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0570 'emesh {eh'-mesh} ¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 120; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - yesternight 3, former time 1, yesterday 1; 5 1) ¬Q¤Ñ¡A¬Q©] 2) ªñ¨Ó (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0570 'emesh {eh'-mesh} unknown derivation; TWOT - 120; adv AV - yesternight 3, former time 1, yesterday 1; 5 1) yesterday, last night 2) recently (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0571 'emeth {eh'-meth} ªu¥Î 0539; TWOT - 116k ´Ü©w¥» - truth 92, true 18, truly 7, right 3, faithfully 2, assured 1, assuredly 1, establishment 1, faithful 1, sure 1, verity 1; 127 ³±©Ê¦Wµü 1) °í©T, ©¾¹ê, ¯u¹ê©Ê 1a) ½T¹ê, ¥i¾a 1b) í©w©Ê, «ùÄò©Ê 1c) ©¾¹ê, ¥i¾a 1d) ¯u¹ê©Ê 1d1) «ü©Ò¨¥ 1d2) «üÃÒµü©M¼f§P 1d3) «ü¯«ªº©R¥O 1d4) ¹D¼w©Î©v±Ð¤Wªº¯u²z 1d5) ¯u¥¿ªº±Ð¸q °Æµü 2) ¥¿½T¦a, ¯u¹ê¦a

0571 'emeth {eh'-meth} contracted from 0539; TWOT - 116k AV - truth 92, true 18, truly 7, right 3, faithfully 2, assured 1, assuredly 1, establishment 1, faithful 1, sure 1, verity 1; 127 n f 1) firmness, faithfulness, truth 1a) sureness, reliability 1b) stability, continuance 1c) faithfulness, reliableness 1d) truth 1d1) as spoken 1d2) of testimony and judgment 1d3) of divine instruction 1d4) truth as a body of ethical or religious knowledge 1d5) true doctrine adv 2) in truth, truly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0572 'amtachath {am-takh'-ath} ·½¦Û 04969; TWOT - 1265a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sack 15; 15 1) ¤f³U, ¬X³nªº®e¾¹ (¥Î©ó¸Ë½\ª«Â³­¹) 2) (TWOT) ¦ù®i¶}

0572 'amtachath {am-takh'-ath} from 04969; TWOT - 1265a; n f AV - sack 15; 15 1) sack, flexible container (for grain) 2) (TWOT) spread out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0573 'Amittay {am-it-tah'ee} ·½©ó 0571;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Amittai 2; 2 ¨È¦Ì¤Ó¡×§Úªº¯u²z 1)¥ýª¾¬ù®³ªº¤÷¿Ë

0573 'Amittay {am-it-tah'ee} from 0571;; n pr m AV - Amittai 2; 2 Amittai = "my truth" 1) the father of Jonah the prophet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0574 'emtaniy (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {em-taw-nee'} ·½©ó¤@­Ó¬Û·í©ó 04975 ªº¦r®Ú; TWOT - 2571; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - terrible 1; 1 1) ®£©Æªº

0574 'emtaniy (Aramaic) {em-taw-nee'} from a root corresponding to that of 04975; TWOT - 2571; adj AV - terrible 1; 1 1) terrible
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0575 'an {awn} ©Î¬O 'anah {aw-naw'} ªu¥Î 0370; TWOT - 75g; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - whither, how, where, whithersoever, hither; 8 1) ­þ¸Ì?, ¨ì­þ¸Ì? (¦aÂI¤W) 2) ¤°»ò®É­Ô?, ¨ì¤°»ò®É­Ô?, ¦hªø? (®É¶¡¤W)

0575 'an {awn} or 'anah {aw-naw'} contracted from 0370; TWOT - 75g; adv AV - whither, how, where, whithersoever, hither; 8 1) where?, whither? (of place) 2) when?, until when?, how long? (of time)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0576 'ana' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-aw'} ©Î 'anah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-aw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0589; TWOT - 2586; ¤HºÙ ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - I 14, me 2; 16 1) §Ú (²Ä¤@¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ - ³q±`¥Î©ó±j½Õ¤§¥Î)

0576 'ana' (Aramaic) {an-aw'} or 'anah (Aramaic) {an-aw'} corresponding to 0589; TWOT - 2586; pers pron AV - I 14, me 2; 16 1) I (first pers. sing. - usually used for emphasis)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0577 'anna' {awn-naw'} or 'annah {awn-naw'} ªu¥Î0160 + 04994; TWOT - 122; ·P¼Ûµü AV - I beseech thee 8, I pray thee 2, Oh 1, O 2; 13 1) ²{¦b! °Ú ! §Ú/§Ú­ÌÀµ¨D§A, ³á! ²{¦b! ¥ß¨èë§i! (Àµ¨Dªº¤Àµü ³q±`±µµÛ¬è¨Ï°Êµü)

0577 'anna' {awn-naw'} or 'annah {awn-naw'} apparent contracted from 0160 and 04994; TWOT - 122; interj AV - I beseech thee 8, I pray thee 2, Oh 1, O 2; 13 1) ah now! I/we beseech you, oh now!, pray now! (participle of entreaty usually followed by the imperative verb)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0578 'anah {aw-naw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 124; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - lament 1, mourn 1; 2 1) (Qal) «sµh

0578 'anah {aw-naw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 124; v AV - lament 1, mourn 1; 2 1) (Qal) to mourn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0579 'anah {aw-naw'} ¦r®Ú«¬ [©Î³\»P 0578 ¬Û¦P,³z¹L¦bµh­W¤¤ªº­­¨î¤§·Qªk]; TWOT - 126; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - deliver 1, befall, happen, seeketh a quarrel; 4 1) ¹J¨£, ¥©¹J, ¦æªñ, «ê³{¨ä®É 1a) (Piel) ¦w±Æ¨£­±, ¨Ï¨£­± 1b) (Pual) ³Q¦w±Æ¨£­± 1c) (Hithpael) ´M¨D®É¾÷ (ª§§n), ¨Ï¨ä¯à¬Û¨£

0579 'anah {aw-naw'} a primitive root [perhaps rather identical with 0578 through the idea of contraction in anguish]; TWOT - 126; v AV - deliver 1, befall, happen, seeketh a quarrel; 4 1) to meet, encounter, approach, be opportune 1a) (Piel) to allow to meet, cause to meet 1b) (Pual) to be sent, be allowed to meet 1c) (Hithpael) to seek occasion (quarrel), cause oneself to meet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0580 'anuw {an-oo'} 0587ªº¬Ù²¤«¬; TWOT - 128; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - we 1; 1 1) §Ú­Ì (²Ä¤@¤HºÙ ½Æ¼Æ - ³q±`¥Î©ó¥[±j»y®ð)

0580 'anuw {an-oo'} contracted for 0587; TWOT - 128; pers pron AV - we 1; 1 1) we (first pers. pl. - usually used for emphasis)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0581 'innuwn (¨ÈÄõ»y) {in-noon'} ©Î (³±©Ê) 'inniyn (¨ÈÄõ»y) {in-neen'} ¬Û·í©ó 01992; TWOT - 2587; «ü¥Ü¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - are 2, these 1, them; 4 1) ³o¨Ç, ¨º¨Ç, ¥L­Ì

0581 'innuwn (Aramaic) {in-noon'} or (feminine) 'inniyn (Aramaic) {in-neen'} corresponding to 01992; TWOT - 2587; demonstr pron AV - are 2, these 1, them; 4 1) these, those, they
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0582 'enowsh {en-oshe'} ·½¦Û 0605; TWOT - 136a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - man 520, certain 10, husbands 3, some 3, merchantmen 2, persons 2, misc 24; 564 1) ¨k¤l, ¤Z¤H , ­Ó¤H,¤HÃþ 1a) ­Ó¤H 1b) ¤H (¶°¦X¥Îªk) 1c) ¤H, ¤HÃþ

0582 'enowsh {en-oshe'} from 0605; TWOT - 136a; n m AV - man 520, certain 10, husbands 3, some 3, merchantmen 2, persons 2, misc 24; 564 1) man, mortal man, person, mankind 1a) of an individual 1b) men (collective) 1c) man, mankind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0583 'Enowsh {en-ohsh'} »P 0582 ¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Enos 6, Enosh 1; 7 ¥H®¿¤h = "¤H" 1) ¶ë¯Sªº¨à¤l

0583 'Enowsh {en-ohsh'} the same as 0582;; n pr m AV - Enos 6, Enosh 1; 7 Enos = "man" 1) son of Seth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0584 'anach {aw-nakh'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 127; °Êµü AV - sigh 10, groan 1, mourn 1; 12 1) (Niphal) ¹Ä®§, ©D§u (¦]µh­W©Î´d¶Ë), ³Ý®ð 1a) «s»ï (¬¹¤fªº)

0584 'anach {aw-nakh'} a primitive root; TWOT - 127; v AV - sigh 10, groan 1, mourn 1; 12 1) (Niphal) sigh, groan (in pain or grief), gasp 1a) moan (of cattle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0585 'anachah {an-aw-khaw'} ·½¦Û 0585; TWOT - 127a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sighing 5, groanings 4, sighs 1, mourning 1; 11 1) ¹Ä®ð, ©D§uÁn(ªí¥Ü´dµh©Î¨­Åé¤Wªºµh­W)

0585 'anachah {an-aw-khaw'} from 0585; TWOT - 127a; n f AV - sighing 5, groanings 4, sighs 1, mourning 1; 11 1) sighing, groaning (expression of grief or physical distress)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0586 'anachna' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-akh'-naw} ©Î 'anachnah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-akh-naw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0587; TWOT - 2588; ¤HºÙ ¥N¦Wµü ; ´Ü©w¥» - we 4; 4 1) §Ú­Ì (²Ä¤@¤HºÙ, ½Æ¼Æ)

0586 'anachna' (Aramaic) {an-akh'-naw} or 'anachnah (Aramaic) {an-akh-naw'} corresponding to 0587; TWOT - 2588; pers pron ; AV - we 4; 4 1) we (first pers. pl.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0587 'anachnuw {an-akh'-noo} ÅãµM·½¦Û 0595; TWOT - 128; ¤H¨­¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - we, ourselves, us; 6 1) §Ú­Ì (²Ä¤@¤HºÙ, ½Æ¼Æ - ³q±`¥Î¨Ó¥[±j»y®ð)

0587 'anachnuw {an-akh'-noo} apparently from 0595; TWOT - 128; pers pron AV - we, ourselves, us; 6 1) we (first pers. pl. - usually used for emphasis)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0588 'Anacharath {an-aw-kha-rawth'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û»P 05170 ¦³¬Û¦P¦r®Ú;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Anaharath 1; 1 ¨È®³«¢©Ô = "¼~¼{ªº©D§u" 1) (BDB) ¦b®³¥±¥L§Qªº«°É] 2) (CLBL) ¦b¥HÂÄ­{ªº«°É]

0588 'Anacharath {an-aw-kha-rawth'} probably from the same root as 05170;; n pr loc AV - Anaharath 1; 1 Anaharath = "the groaning of fear" 1) (BDB) city in Naphtali 2) (CLBL) city in Issachar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0589 'aniy {an-ee'} ªu¥Î 0595; TWOT - 129; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - I, me, which, for I, mine; 13 1) §Ú (²Ä¤@¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ, ³q±`¥Î§@±j½Õ)

0589 'aniy {an-ee'} contracted from 0595; TWOT - 129; pers pron AV - I, me, which, for I, mine; 13 1) I (first pers. sing. - usually used for emphasis)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0590 'oniy {on-ee'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0579 (¨ú¨ä"¹B°e"¤§·N); TWOT - 125a,b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü,³±©Ê¶°¦X¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - navy 5, navy of ships 1, galley 1; 7 1) Ä¥¶¤, ²î

0590 'oniy {on-ee'} probably from 0579 (in the sense of conveyance); TWOT - 125a,b; n m,f coll AV - navy 5, navy of ships 1, galley 1; 7 1) fleet, ships
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0591 'oniyah {on-ee-yaw'} ·½¦Û 0590; TWOT - 125b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ship 31, shipman + 0582 1, 32 1) ²î 1a) ²î­û, ¤ô¤â

0591 'oniyah {on-ee-yaw'} from 0590; TWOT - 125b; n f AV - ship 31, shipman + 0582 1, 32 1) ship 1a) men of ships, seamen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0592 'aniyah {an-ee-yaw'} ·½¦Û 0578; TWOT - 124a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sorrow 1, lamentation 1; 2 1) ´d¶Ë, ´d¹Ä (#ÁÉ 29:2; «s2:5|)

0592 'aniyah {an-ee-yaw'} from 0578; TWOT - 124a; n f AV - sorrow 1, lamentation 1; 2 1) mourning, lamentation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0593 'Aniy`am {an-ee-awm'} ·½¦Û 0578 ©M 05971;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aniam 1; 1 ªü¥§¦w = "§Ú¬O³o¥Á" ©Î "¥Áªº®¾ºq" 1) ¤@¦ìº¿®³¦è¤H

0593 'Aniy`am {an-ee-awm'} from 0578 and 05971;; n pr m AV - Aniam 1; 1 Aniam = "I am the people" or "lament of people" 1) a man of Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0594 'anak {an-awk'} ¥i¯à¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î·N¬°Åܯ¶; TWOT - 129.1; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - plumbline 4; 4 1) ·Ç÷, ´ú¹], ¹]««

0594 'anak {an-awk'} probably from an unused root meaning to be narrow; TWOT - 129.1; n m AV - plumbline 4; 4 1) plummet, plumb, lead-weight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0595 'anokiy {aw-no-kee'} °¸º¸¬° {aw-no'-kee} °ò¥»¥N¦Wµü TWOT - 130; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - I, which, me; 3 1) §Ú(²Ä¤@¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ)

0595 'anokiy {aw-no-kee'} sometimes {aw-no'-kee} a primitive pronoun; TWOT - 130; pers pron AV - I, which, me; 3 1) I (first pers. sing.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0596 'anan {aw-nan'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 131; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - complain 2; 2 1) (Hithpael) ©ê«è, µo¨cÄÌ

0596 'anan {aw-nan'} a primitive root; TWOT - 131; v AV - complain 2; 2 1) (Hithpael) complain, murmur
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0597 'anac {aw-nas'} °_·½¤£©ú; TWOT - 132; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - compel 1; 1 1) (Qal) ±j­¢, «j±j {#´µ 1:8|}

0597 'anac {aw-nas'} unknown derivation; TWOT - 132; v AV - compel 1; 1 1) (Qal) to compel, to constrain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0598 'anac (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-as'} ¬Û·í©ó 0597; TWOT - 2589; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - troubleth 1; 1 1) (P'al) À£§í, À£­¢, ©ë§ô

0598 'anac (Aramaic) {an-as'} corresponding to 0597; TWOT - 2589; v AV - troubleth 1; 1 1) (P'al) to oppress, compel, constrain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0599 'anaph {aw-naf'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 133; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - angry 13, displeased 1; 14 1) ¥Í®ð, ¨Ï¥Í®ð, ®ð©I©Iªº 1a) (Qal) µo«ã(¥Í®ð) 1b) (Hithpael) ·S°Ê«ã®ð(«ü¨Ó¦Û©ó¤W«Ò)

0599 'anaph {aw-naf'} a primitive root; TWOT - 133; v AV - angry 13, displeased 1; 14 1) to be angry, to be displeased, to breathe hard 1a) (Qal) to be angry (of God) 1b) (Hithpael) to be angry (always of God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0600 'anaph (ªü©Ô©i¤å) {an-af'} ¬Û·í©ó 0639 (¥u¦b½Æ¼Æ«¬¦r §@³æ¼Æ¨Ï¥Î); TWOT - 2590; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - face 1, visage 1; 2 1) Áy, »ó¤l

0600 'anaph (Aramaic) {an-af'} corresponding to 0639 (only in the pl. as a sing.); TWOT - 2590; n m AV - face 1, visage 1; 2 1) face, nose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0601 'anaphah {an-aw-faw'} ·½¦Û 0599; TWOT - 133a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - heron 2; 2 1) ¤@ºØ¤£¼äªº³¾ 1a) ¥i¯à«ü»aÆO

0601 'anaphah {an-aw-faw'} from 0599; TWOT - 133a; n f AV - heron 2; 2 1) an unclean bird 1a) perhaps an heron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0602 'anaq {aw-nak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 134; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - cry 3, groan 1; 4 1) ­úª_, ©D§u 1a) (Qal) ­úª_, «s±¥ 1b) (Niphal) §@«sºq

0602 'anaq {aw-nak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 134; v AV - cry 3, groan 1; 4 1) to cry, groan 1a) (Qal) to cry, lament 1b) (Niphal) to make lamentation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0603 'anaqah {an-aw-kaw'} ·½¦Û 0602; TWOT - 134a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sighing 2, crying out 1, groaning 1; 4 1) ­úª_, ©D§u, ´d¹Ä

0603 'anaqah {an-aw-kaw'} from 0602; TWOT - 134a; n f AV - sighing 2, crying out 1, groaning 1; 4 1) crying, groaning, lamentation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0604 'anaqah {an-aw-kaw'} »P 0603 ¦P 0603; TWOT - 134b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ferret 1; 1 1) ¤@ºØ³Qµø¬°¤£¼äªº°Êª«, ¥ÕÃ^, ñçöÑ, ¾Àªê 1a) ¤]³\¬O¤@ºØ¤wµ´ºØªº°Êª«, ½T¹ê¦ó©Ò«ü¤£²M·¡

0604 'anaqah {an-aw-kaw'} the same as 0603; TWOT - 134b; n f AV - ferret 1; 1 1) an unclean animal, ferret, shrewmouse, gecko 1a) perhaps an extinct animal, exact meaning unknown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0605 'anash {aw-nash'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 135; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - incurable 5, desperate 1, desperately wicked 1, woeful 1, sick; 9 1) °I®z, ¥Í¯f, ¨­Åéµê®z 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¯f¤J»I¨w 1a2) ¥Í¯f 1a3) µ´±æªº, µL¥i±ÏÃÄ, Ãa¨ì·¥ÂI, ¤£©¯ªº, ±o­«¯f (³Q°Ê¤Àµü) (Áô³ë) 1b) (Niphal) ¥Í¯f

0605 'anash {aw-nash'} a primitive root; TWOT - 135; v AV - incurable 5, desperate 1, desperately wicked 1, woeful 1, sick; 9 1) to be weak, sick, frail 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to be incurable 1a2) to be sick 1a3) desperate, incurable, desperately wicked, woeful, very sick (pass participle) (metaph.) 1b) (Niphal) to be sick
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0606 'enash (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {en-awsh'} ©Î 'enash (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {en-ash'} ¬Û·í©ó 0582; TWOT - 2591; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - man 23, whosoever + 03606 2; 25 1) ¤H, ¤HÃþ 2) ¤HÃþ (¶°¦X¦Wµü)

0606 'enash (Aramaic) {en-awsh'} or 'enash (Aramaic) {en-ash'} corresponding to 0582; TWOT - 2591; n m AV - man 23, whosoever + 03606 2; 25 1) man, human being 2) mankind (collective)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0607 'antah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-taw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0859; TWOT - 2592; ¤HºÙ ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - thou 13, thee 1; 14 1) §A, ¦¼ (²Ä¤G¤HºÙ ³æ¼Æ)

0607 'antah (Aramaic) {an-taw'} corresponding to 0859; TWOT - 2592; pers pron AV - thou 13, thee 1; 14 1) you, thou (second pers. sing.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0608 'antuwn (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {an-toon'} 0607 ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬; TWOT - 2593; ¤HºÙ ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ye 1; 1 1) §A­Ì, ¦¼µ¥ (²Ä¤G¤HºÙ ½Æ¼Æ)

0608 'antuwn (Aramaic) {an-toon'} plural of 0607; TWOT - 2593; pers pron AV - ye 1; 1 1) you, thou (second pers. pl.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0609 'Aca' {aw-saw'} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Asa 58; 58 ¨È¼» = "ÂåªvªÌ: ¦³®`ªº (?)" 1) µS¤j°êªº¤ý, ¨È¤ñ¥¡ªº¨à¤l, ¬ù¨Fªkªº¤÷¿Ë 2) ¤@­Ó§Q¥½¤H (#¥N¤W 9:16|)

0609 'Aca' {aw-saw'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Asa 58; 58 Asa = "healer: injurious (?)" 1) king of Judah, son of Abijam, father of Jehoshaphat 2) a Levite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0610 'acuwk {aw-sook'} ·½¦Û 05480; TWOT - 1474a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pot 1; 1 1) ²ÓÀV²~, ¤pªoÅø

0610 'acuwk {aw-sook'} from 05480; TWOT - 1474a; n m AV - pot 1; 1 1) flask, small oil jug
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0611 'acown {aws-sone'} ­l¥Í¦r¤£½T©w; TWOT - 138a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- mischief 3, mischief follow 2; 5 1) º×®`, ·l®`, ¦M®`, ¶Ë®`

0611 'acown {aws-sone'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 138a; n m AV - mischief 3, mischief follow 2; 5 1) evil, mischief, harm, hurt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0612 'ecuwr {ay-soor'} ·½¦Û 0631; TWOT - 141a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - band 2, prison 1; 3 1) ¤âôï¸}¾R, ®¹¸jª« 2) ¨c©Ð, ºÊº»(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0612 'ecuwr {ay-soor'} from 0631; TWOT - 141a; n m AV - band 2, prison 1; 3 1) band, bond 2) house of bonds, prison (figurative)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0613 'ecuwr (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {es-oor'} ¬Û·í©ó 0612; TWOT - 2595a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - band 2, imprisonment 1; 3 1) ô¸i, ÂH¦X, §¤¨c

0613 'ecuwr (Aramaic) {es-oor'} corresponding to 0612; TWOT - 2595a; n m AV - band 2, imprisonment 1; 3 1) band, bond, imprisonment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0614 'aciyph {aw-seef'} or 'aciph {aw-seef'} ·½¦Û 0622; TWOT - 140b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- ingathering 2; 2 1) ¦¬¶°, ¦¬¦¨

0614 'aciyph {aw-seef'} or 'aciph {aw-seef'} from 0622; TWOT - 140b; n m AV - ingathering 2; 2 1) ingathering, harvest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0615 'aciyr {aw-sere'} ·½¦Û 0631; TWOT - 141b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - prisoner 10, bound 2; 12 1) ¥}¥Ç, «R¸¸, ¥£Áõ

0615 'aciyr {aw-sere'} from 0631; TWOT - 141b; n m AV - prisoner 10, bound 2; 12 1) prisoner, captive, bondman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0616 'acciyr {as-sere'} ¥N´À 0615; TWOT - 141c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - prisoner 3; 3 1) ¥}¥Ç(¶°¦X¦Wµü) 2) (CLBL) ¥}¥Ç, «R¸¸

0616 'acciyr {as-sere'} for 0615; TWOT - 141c; n m AV - prisoner 3; 3 1) prisoners (collective) 2) (CLBL) prisoner, captive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0617 'Acciyr {as-sere'} »P0616¦P; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Assir 5; 5 ¨È±¤ = "¥}¥Ç" 1) ¥i©Ô¤§¤l (#¥X 6:24; ¥N¤W 6:22|) 2) ¥H¤ñ¶®¼»¤§¤l (#¥N¤W 6:23,37|) 3) ­C­ô¥§¶®¤§¤l (#¥N¤W 3:17|)

0617 'Acciyr {as-sere'} the same as 0616;; n pr m AV - Assir 5; 5 Assir = "prisoner" 1) a son of Korah 2) a son of Ebiasaph 3) a son of Jeconiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0618 'acam {aw-sawm'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ·N«ä¬O°ï¦b¤@°_, ¤@­Ó­Ü®w (¥u¦b½Æ¼Æ¤¤); TWOT - 139a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - storehouse 1, barn 1; 2 1) ­Ü®w, ½\­Ü

0618 'acam {aw-sawm'} from an unused root meaning to heap together, a storehouse (only in the plural); TWOT - 139a; n m AV - storehouse 1, barn 1; 2 1) storehouse, barn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0619 'Acnah {as-naw'} ¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Asnah 1; 1 ©ã®³ = "§ÚÀ³³Q¤³µø: ¦o¤w¨ü°÷¤F" 1) ¦^Âk¤§¥Á¤¤ªº¤@­Ó¦b¸t·µªA¨Æªº¥£¹²

0619 'Acnah {as-naw'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Asnah 1; 1 Asnah = "I shall be hated: she has stored up" 1) a temple-slave who returned from exile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0620 'Ocnappar {os-nap-par'} ÄÝ©ó¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Asnappar 1; 1 ¨È´µ¨º¤Ú = "horned bull: thorn abolished" 1) ±N¤H¾E²¾¨ì¼»º¿§Q¨Èªº¨È­z¤ý. ¥i¯à´N¬O¾ú¥v¤WªºAshurbanipal (#©Ô 4:10|)

0620 'Ocnappar {os-nap-par'} of foreign derivation;; n pr m AV - Asnappar 1; 1 Asnappar or Osnappar = "horned bull: thorn abolished" 1) an Assyrian king who transported other peoples into Samaria - probably the king, Ashurbanipal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0621 'Ac@nath {aw-se-nath'} ®J¤Î»y­l¥Í¦r;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Asenath 3; 3 ¨È¦è¯Ç = "ÄÝ©ó Neith ¤k¯«ªº" 1) ¬ù·æªº©d¤l

0621 'Ac@nath {aw-se-nath'} of Egyptian derivation;; n pr f AV - Asenath 3; 3 Asenath = "belonging to the goddess Neith" 1) the wife of Joseph
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0622 'acaph {aw-saf'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 140; °Êµü AV - together 51, gather 86, assemble 15, rereward 5, misc 51; 200 1) ©Û»E, ±µ¨ì, °£¥h, ©Û»E¨Ó 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ©Û»E, ¶° 1a2) ©Û»E (­Ó¤H¶i¤J¹ÎÅé»P¥L¤H¦b¤@°_) 1a3) ¶°¤¤«á¤è 1a4) ¦¬¶°¨Ã±a¨«, °£¥h, ¦¬¦^ 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) »E¶°, ³Q©Û»E 1b2) ( Qal 1a2ªº³Q°Ê) 1b2a) ³Q©Û»E¨ì¦Û¤vªº¦C¯ª¨º¸Ì 1b2b) ³Q±a»â¶i¤J (¤@­Ó¹ÎÅé) 1b3) (Qal 1a4ªº³Q°Ê) 1b3a) ³Q±a¨«, ³Q°£¥h, ®ø·À 1c) (Piel) 1c1) ±Ä¦¬ (§@ª«) 1c2) ±a¤J, ±µ¶i 1c3) «á½Ã, «á¬Þ (¹ê¦Wµü) 1d) (Pual) ³Q©Û»E 1e) (Hithpael) ©Û»E¦Û¤v(³æ¼Æ©Î½Æ¼Æ)(#¥Ó 31:5|)

0622 'acaph {aw-saf'} a primitive root; TWOT - 140; v AV - together 51, gather 86, assemble 15, rereward 5, misc 51; 200 1) to gather, receive, remove, gather in 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to gather, collect 1a2) to gather (an individual into company of others) 1a3) to bring up the rear 1a4) to gather and take away, remove, withdraw 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to assemble, be gathered 1b2) (pass of Qal 1a2) 1b2a) to be gathered to one's fathers 1b2b) to be brought in or into (association with others) 1b3) (pass of Qal 1a4) 1b3a) to be taken away, removed, perish 1c) (Piel) 1c1) to gather (harvest) 1c2) to take in, receive into 1c3) rearguard, rearward (subst) 1d) (Pual) to be gathered 1e) (Hithpael) to gather oneself or themselves
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0623 'Acaph {aw-sawf'} ·½¦Û 0622;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Asaph 46; 46 ¨ÈÂÄ = "¦¬¶°ªÌ" 1) §Æ¦è®aªº®Ñ°O©x¤§¤÷¿Ë 2) ¤ñ§Q­{ªº¨à¤l, ÄÝ©ó¤j½Ãªº§Q¥¼¼Ö®v­ºªø 3) ¤@¦ìªi´µºÞÁÒ¬Ó®a´ËªLªº©x­û

0623 'Acaph {aw-sawf'} from 0622;; n pr m AV - Asaph 46; 46 Asaph = "gatherer" 1) the father of Hezekiah's secretary 2) a son of Berechiah, chief Levite musician under David 3) a Persian officer over the royal forest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0624 'acuph {aw-soof'} 0622 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 140c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Asuppim 2, threshold 1; 3 1) ©Ò¦¬¶°ªºªF¦è, ¶J¦s«~, ¶JÂÃ, ®w©Ð 2) (CLBL) ªùÂe (Âà³ë)

0624 'acuph {aw-soof'} passive participle of 0622; TWOT - 140c; n m AV - Asuppim 2, threshold 1; 3 1) what is gathered, store, storing, storehouse 2) (CLBL) threshold (metonomy)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0625 'oceph {o'-sef} ·½¦Û 0622; TWOT - 140a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - the gathering 2, gather 1; 3 1) »E¶°, ¦¬¶°, ¦¬Ã¬

0625 'oceph {o'-sef} from 0622; TWOT - 140a; n m AV - the gathering 2, gather 1; 3 1) gathering, collection, harvest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0626 'acephah {as-ay-faw'} ·½¦Û 0622; TWOT - 140d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - together 1; 1 1) ¦¬¶°, ¦¬¦¨

0626 'acephah {as-ay-faw'} from 0622; TWOT - 140d; n f AV - together 1; 1 1) a collecting, gathering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0627 'acuppah {as-up-paw'} ·½¦Û 0624; TWOT - 140e; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - assemblies 1; 1 1) »`¶°

0627 'acuppah {as-up-paw'} from 0624; TWOT - 140e; n f AV - assemblies 1; 1 1) collection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0628 'acp@cuph {as-pes-oof'} ¥Ñ­«Å| 0624 ¦Ó¨Ó; TWOT - 140f; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mixt multitude 1; 1 1) »E¶°, ¯Q¦X¤§²³, »E¶°ªº¥Á²³(#¥Á 11:4|)

0628 'acp@cuph {as-pes-oof'} by reduplication from 0624; TWOT - 140f; n m AV - mixt multitude 1; 1 1) collection, rabble, collected multitude
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0629 'ocparna' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {os-par-naw'} ªi´µ¤åªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 2594; °Æµü AV - speedily 4, speed 1, fast 1, forthwith 1; 7 1) ¹ý©³¦a 2) (CLBL) «æ¤Á¦a, ¥Î¤ßºÉ¤O¦a

0629 'ocparna' (Aramaic) {os-par-naw'} of Persian derivation; TWOT - 2594; adv AV - speedily 4, speed 1, fast 1, forthwith 1; 7 1) thoroughly 2) (CLBL) eagerly, diligently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0630 'Acpatha' {as-paw-thaw'} ªi´µ»y­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aspatha 1; 1 ¨È´µ©¬¥L = "¥O¤Hı±o»¤´bªº»E¶°" 1) «¢°Òªº²Ä¤T­Ó¨à¤l {#´µ 9:7|}

0630 'Acpatha' {as-paw-thaw'} of Persian derivation;; n pr m AV - Aspatha 1; 1 Aspatha = "the enticed gathered" 1) the third son of Haman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0631 'acar {aw-sar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 141; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - bind 47, prison 4, tie 4, prisoner 2, misc 15; 72 1) §ô°_, ¸j¦í, ºÊ¸T 1a) (Qal) 1a1) §ô°_, ¸j¦í 1a2) ¸j¦í, ¾r¶¿ 1a3) (¥Î÷¤l) ®¹ 1a4) §ô¸y (µ}¦³¥Îªk) (#§B 12:18; ¥§ 4:18|) 1a5) ¶}©l¾Ô°«, ¶i§ð 1a6) »}¬ùªº¸q°È (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk; ¶È¨£©ó¥Á¼Æ°O30³¹) 1b) (Niphal) ³QºÊ¸T, ³Q§ô¿£ 1c) (Pual) ³Q«R (#ÁÉ 22:3|)

0631 'acar {aw-sar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 141; v AV - bind 47, prison 4, tie 4, prisoner 2, misc 15; 72 1) to tie, bind, imprison 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to tie, bind 1a2) to tie, harness 1a3) to bind (with cords) 1a4) to gird (rare and late) 1a5) to begin the battle, make the attack 1a6) of obligation of oath (figurative) 1b) (Niphal) to be imprisoned, bound 1c) (Pual) to be taken prisoner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0632 'ecar {es-sawr'} ©Î 'iccar {is-sawr'} ·½¦Û 0631; TWOT - 141d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - bond 10, binding 1; 11 1) ¬ù©w, ¥²¶·¿í¦uªº³d¥ô¸q°È, ³d¥ô¸q°È

0632 'ecar {es-sawr'} or 'iccar {is-sawr'} from 0631; TWOT - 141d; n m AV - bond 10, binding 1; 11 1) bond, binding obligation, obligation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0633 'ecar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {es-sawr'} ¬Û·í©ó 0632, ¨ú¨äªk«ß·N¸q¤Wªº¥Îªk; TWOT - 2595b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - decree 7; 7 1) ¸T¥O, ªk¥O, ­­¨î©Êªºªk¥O

0633 'ecar (Aramaic) {es-sawr'} corresponding to 0632 in a legal sense; TWOT - 2595b; n m AV - decree 7; 7 1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0634 'Ecar-Chaddown {ay-sar' Chad-dohn'} ¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Esarhaddon 3; 3 ¥H¼»«¢¹y = ¡u¨È¬I¤á¤wÄm¤W§Ì¥S¡v 1) ¦è¤¸«e¤C¥@¬öªº¨È­z¤ý

0634 'Ecar-Chaddown {ay-sar' Chad-dohn'} of foreign derivation;; n pr m AV - Esarhaddon 3; 3 Esarhaddon = "Ashur has given a brother" 1) king of Assyria in the seventh-century BC
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0635 'Ecter {es-tare'} ªi´µ»y­l¥Í¦r;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Esther 55; 55 ¥H´µ©« = "¬P¬P" 1) ªi´µªº¤ý¦Z, ¥H´µ©«°Oªº¤k¥D¨¤- ¨È¤ñ«Äªº¤k¨à, ¥½©³§ïªº°ó©f¸g¦¬¾i¦¨¬°¦Û¤vªº¤k¨à, «K¶®¼§¤H, «á¨Ó¦¨¬°¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ýªº¤ý¦Z¥H¨ú¥N³Q¼o¤§¤ý¦Z"¥Ë¹ê´£"

0635 'Ecter {es-tare'} of Persian derivation;; n pr f AV - Esther 55; 55 Esther = "star" 1) the queen of Persia, heroine of the book of Esther - daughter of Abihail, cousin and adopted daughter of Mordecai, of the tribe of Benjamin, made queen by king Ahasuerus to replace divorced queen, Vashti.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0636 'a` (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {aw} ¬Û·í©ó 06086; TWOT - 2596; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - timber 3, wood 2; 5 1) ¤ì®Æ, ¼Ù, ¤ì§÷

0636 'a` (Aramaic) {aw} corresponding to 06086; TWOT - 2596; n m AV - timber 3, wood 2; 5 1) wood, beam, timber
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0637 'aph {af} °ò¥»ªº ½èµü/»y§Uµü; TWOT - 142 ´Ü©w¥» - also, even, yet, moreover, yea, with, low, therefore, much; 17 ³s±µµü(·N«üÃB¥~, ¯S§O«ü§ó¤jªº¨Æª«) 1) ¤]¬O, ¬O, ÁöµM, §ó¦óªp °Æµü 2) ¦¹¥~, ªº½T

0637 'aph {af} a primitive particle; TWOT - 142 AV - also, even, yet, moreover, yea, with, low, therefore, much; 17 conj (denoting addition, esp of something greater) 1) also, yea, though, so much the more adv 2) furthermore, indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0638 'aph (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {af} ¬Û·í©ó 0637; TWOT - 2597; ³s±µµü ´Ü©w¥» - also 4; 4 1) ¨Ã¥B, ªº½T

0638 'aph (Aramaic) {af} corresponding to 0637; TWOT - 2597; conj AV - also 4; 4 1) also, yea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0639 'aph {af} ·½¦Û 0599; TWOT - 133a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - anger 172, wrath 42, face 22, nostrils 13, nose 12, angry 4, longsuffering + 0750 4, before 2, countenance 1, forbearing 1, forehead 1, snout 1, worthy 1; 276 1) »ó¤Õ, »ó¤l, Áy 2) «ã®ð

0639 'aph {af} from 0599; TWOT - 133a; n m AV - anger 172, wrath 42, face 22, nostrils 13, nose 12, angry 4, longsuffering + 0750 4, before 2, countenance 1, forbearing 1, forehead 1, snout 1, worthy 1; 276 1) nostril, nose, face 2) anger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0640 'aphad {aw-fad'} ¦r®Ú«¬ [©Î§ó¥i¯à¬O 0646 °Ê¦Wµü]; TWOT - 142.1; °Êµü °Ê¦Wµü AV - gird 1, bound 1; 2 1) (Qal) ¸j¦í, ¥H±aô¦í 1a) ¥H±aô¦í (¥H¥±±o) 1b) (TWOT) ¥H¥±±o

0640 'aphad {aw-fad'} a primitive root [rather a denominative from 0646]; TWOT - 142.1; v denom AV - gird 1, bound 1; 2 1) (Qal) bind, gird 1a) to gird on (ephod) 1b) (TWOT) ephod
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0641 'Ephod {ay-fode'} »P 0646 ÁYµu¬Û¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ephod 1; 1 ¥H¥±±o = "¤@ (¯S§Oªº)¸y±a" 1) º¿®³¦è¤@±Úªøªº¤÷¿Ë

0641 'Ephod {ay-fode'} the same as 0646 shortened;; n pr m AV - Ephod 1; 1 Ephod = "a (special) girdle" 1) the father of a chief of Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0642 'ephuddah {ay-food-daw'} ·½¦Û 0646; TWOT - 142.1b?; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ephod 2, ornament 1; 3 1) ¥H¥±±o 1a) ²½¥qªº¦çªA, ©ÜªÓ©Î¤æÁO, ¥~¦ç 1a1) ¥Ñ¤@¯ë²½¥q¬ïµÛ, ¥Î¥Õ¦â§÷®Æ©Ò»s¦¨ 1a2) ¥Ñ¤j²½¥q¬ïµÛ - ¸û¶Q­«, ¥Îª÷¦â, ÂŦâ, µµ¦â, ¦¶¬õ¦âªº½u, ¨Ã¨È³Â½u©Ò´¦¨, ¨Ã¦³Ãþ¦üªº§÷®Æ©Ò°µªºªÓ±a¤Î¥ÎÄ_¥Û©Mª÷¤l ¸Ë¹¢ªº¯ÝµP 1b) °¸¹³ªºª÷ÄÝÂл\ª«, ¨ä¤WªºÁáª÷

0642 'ephuddah {ay-food-daw'} from 0646; TWOT - 142.1b?; n f AV - ephod 2, ornament 1; 3 1) ephod 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff 1a2) worn by the high priest - more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 1b) a metallic covering for idols, a plating over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0643 'appeden {ap-peh'-den} ¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 142.2; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü; ªi´µ»y ´Ü©w¥» - palace 1; 1 1) ®c·µ

0643 'appeden {ap-peh'-den} apparently of foreign derivation; TWOT - 142.2; n m; Persian AV - palace 1; 1 1) palace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0644 'aphah {aw-faw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 143; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - bake 13, baker 11, bakemeats + 04639 1; 25 1) ¯MµH 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¯N 1a2) (¹ê¦Wµü) »sÄÑ¥]ªÌ 1b) (Niphal) ³Q¯N, ¯M¯Nªº

0644 'aphah {aw-faw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 143; v AV - bake 13, baker 11, bakemeats + 04639 1; 25 1) to bake 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to bake 1a2) (subst) baker 1b) (Niphal) to be baked, baked
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0645 'ephow {ay-fo'} ©Î 'ephow' {ay-fo'} ·½¦Û 06311; TWOT - 144; «ü¥Ü½èµü/»y§Uµü ´Ü©w¥» - now 10, where 4, here 1; 15 1) ·í®É, ²{¦b, ¦p¦¹ 1a) (½Ö) ·í®É, (¤°»ò) µM¦Ó (»PºÃ°Ý¥y³s¥Î) 1b) ©ó¬O (¬è¨Ï»y®ð- ¨Ò¦p·í®Éª¾¹D) 1c) ¦pªG....µM«á(»P°Æµü³s¥Î)

0645 'ephow {ay-fo'} or 'ephow' {ay-fo'} from 06311; TWOT - 144; demons. particle AV - now 10, where 4, here 1; 15 1) then, now, so 1a) (who) then, (what) then (with interrog) 1b) then (with imperative - ie know then) 1c) if...then (with adv)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0646 'ephowd {ay-fode'} ¤Ö¥Î 'ephod {ay-fode'} ¥i¯àÄÝ¥~¨Ó»y­l¥Í; TWOT - 142.1a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ephod 49; 49 1) ¥H¥±±o 1a) ²½¥qªA, ©ÜªÓ©Î¤æÁO, ¥~¦ç 1a1) ¥Ñ¤@¯ë²½¥q¬ïµÛ¨Ã¥Î¥Õ¦â§÷®Æ°µ¦¨ 1a2) ¥Ñ¤j²½¥q¬ïµÛ- ¤ñ¸û¶Q­«, ¥Îª÷¦â, ÂŦâ, µµ¦â, ¦¶¬õ¦â, ¨Ã¼¿ªº²Ó³Â½s´, ªþ¦³©ÜªÓ©M¤@¤ù¥ÑÄ_¥Û©Mª÷¤l¸Ë¹¢, ¹³Â´ ª«ªº¯ÝµP

0646 'ephowd {ay-fode'} rarely 'ephod {ay-fode'} probably of foreign derivation; TWOT - 142.1a; n m AV - ephod 49; 49 1) ephod 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff 1a2) worn by the high priest - more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0647 'Aphiyach {af-ee'-akh} ¥i¯à·½©ó 06315;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aphiah 1; 1 ¨È´´¨È = "§Ú·|±a¨Ó¥Í©R" 1) ±½Ã¹ªº¯ª¥ý (#¼»¤W 9:1|)

0647 'Aphiyach {af-ee'-akh} perhaps from 06315;; n pr m AV - Aphiah 1; 1 Aphiah = "I will make to breathe" 1) an ancestor of Saul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0648 'aphiyl {aw-feel'} »P0651¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä"³n®z"¤§·N); TWOT - 145d; §Î®eµü AV - grown up 1; 1 1) (½\Ãþ)±ß¦¨ (#¥X 9:32|)

0648 'aphiyl {aw-feel'} from the same as 0651 (in the sense of weakness); TWOT - 145d; adj AV - grown up 1; 1 1) late, ripe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0649 'Appayim {ap-pah'-yim} Âù¼Æ«¬ of 0639;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Appaim 2; 2 ¨È¹M = "»ó¤Õ" 1) ®³µªªº¤@­Ó¨à¤l

0649 'Appayim {ap-pah'-yim} dual of 0639;; n pr m AV - Appaim 2; 2 Appaim = "nostrils" 1) a son of Nadab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0650 'aphiyq {aw-feek'} ·½¦Û 0622; TWOT - 149a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - river 10, channel 3, stream 2, brooks 1, mighty 1, scales 1, strong 1; 19 1) ªe¹D 2) ¤ô·¾ 3) ªÅ°©(ºÞ)(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0650 'aphiyq {aw-feek'} from 0622; TWOT - 149a; n m AV - river 10, channel 3, stream 2, brooks 1, mighty 1, scales 1, strong 1; 19 1) channel 2) ravine 3) of hollow bones (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0651 'aphel {aw-fale'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ·N¬°¦p¤é¸¨¤U; TWOT - 145b; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - very dark 1; 1 1) «Õ·tªº, ¶Â·tªº(#¼¯ 5:20|)

0651 'aphel {aw-fale'} from an unused root meaning to set as the sun; TWOT - 145b; adj AV - very dark 1; 1 1) gloomy, dark
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0652 'ophel {o'fel} ·½¦Û»P0651¦P¨Ó·½ ; TWOT - 145a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - darkness 7, privily 1, obscurity 1; 9 1) ¶Â·t, ³±·t 2) ÆF©Êªº¥¼Âk¤Æ, ¨aÃø(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0652 'ophel {o'fel} from the same as 0651; TWOT - 145a; n m AV - darkness 7, privily 1, obscurity 1; 9 1) darkness, gloom 2) spiritual unreceptivity, calamity (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0653 'aphelah {af-ay-law'} ·½¦Û 0651; TWOT - 145c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - darkness 6, gloominess 2, dark 1, thick 1; 10 1) ¶Â·t, ³±·t, ¨aÃø 2) ¨¸´c (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0653 'aphelah {af-ay-law'} from 0651; TWOT - 145c; n f AV - darkness 6, gloominess 2, dark 1, thick 1; 10 1) darkness, gloominess, calamity 2) wickedness (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0654 'Ephlal {ef-lawl'} ·½¦Û 06419;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ephlal 2; 2 ¥H¥±©Ô= "¥òµôªÌ" 1) ªk°Ç´µªº¤l®]

0654 'Ephlal {ef-lawl'} from 06419;; n pr m AV - Ephlal 2; 2 Ephlal = "intercessor" 1) a descendant of Pharez
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0655 'ophen {o'-fen} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ·N«ü´`Àô; TWOT - 146b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fitly 1; 1 1) Àô¹Ò, ³B¹Ò, ¾A®É¦a

0655 'ophen {o'-fen} from an unused root meaning to revolve; TWOT - 146b; n m AV - fitly 1; 1 1) circumstance, condition, timely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0656 'aphec {aw-face'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 147; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - fail 2, gone 1, end 1, brought to nought 1; 5 1) (Qal) ²×¤î, ¯}Ãa, µ²§ô

0656 'aphec {aw-face'} a primitive root; TWOT - 147; v AV - fail 2, gone 1, end 1, brought to nought 1; 5 1) (Qal) to cease, break, come to an end
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0657 'ephec {eh'-fes} ·½¦Û 0656; TWOT - 147a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ends 13, no 4, none 3, not 3, nothing 2, without 2, else 2, beside 1, but 1, cause 1, howbeit 1, misc. 10; 43 1) ¤¤Â_, µ²§ô, ©w§½

0657 'ephec {eh'-fes} from 0656; TWOT - 147a; n m AV - ends 13, no 4, none 3, not 3, nothing 2, without 2, else 2, beside 1, but 1, cause 1, howbeit 1, misc. 10; 43 1) ceasing, end, finality
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0658 'Ephec Dammiym {eh'-fes dam-meem'} ·½¦Û 0657 ©M 01818 ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Ephesdammim 1; 1 ¥H¥±¤j¼§ = "¦å¤§Ãä½t" 1) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N¦è«n¬ù 16 ­^­ù ( 25 ¤½¨½) ³Bªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

0658 'Ephec Dammiym {eh'-fes dam-meem'} from 0657 and the plural of 01818;; n pr loc AV - Ephesdammim 1; 1 Ephes Dammim = "edge of blood" 1) a place approx 16 miles (25 km) southwest of Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0659 'epha` {eh'-fah} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¥i¯à·N¬°©I§l; TWOT - 1791a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - of nought 1; 1 1) ²@µL»ù­È, ªÅµL(#ÁÉ 41:24|)

0659 'epha` {eh'-fah} from an unused root probably meaning to breathe; TWOT - 1791a; adj AV - of nought 1; 1 1) worthless, of nought
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0660 'eph`eh {ef-eh'} ·½¦Û 0659 (¨ú¨ä³Dµo¥Xªº¼R¼RÁn¤§·N); TWOT - 1791b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - viper 3; 3 1) ¬r³D, ³D

0660 'eph`eh {ef-eh'} from 0659 (in the sense of hissing); TWOT - 1791b; n m AV - viper 3; 3 1) a viper, snake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0661 'aphaph {aw-faf'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 148; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - compassed 5; 5 1) ¥]³ò, Àô¶ 1a) (Qal) ³ò¶

0661 'aphaph {aw-faf'} a primitive root; TWOT - 148; v AV - compassed 5; 5 1) to surround, encompass 1a) (Qal) to encompass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0662 'aphaq {aw-fak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 149; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - refrain 5, forced 1, restrained; 7 1) §í¨î, °í¨M, ¬ù§ô, ¨î¤î 1a) (Hithpael) 1a1) §Ô¦í, §J¨î 1a2) «j±j, ±j­¢¦Û¤v

0662 'aphaq {aw-fak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 149; v AV - refrain 5, forced 1, restrained; 7 1) to hold, be strong, restrain, hold back 1a) (Hithpael) 1a1) to restrain oneself, refrain 1a2) to force, compel oneself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0663 'Apheq {af-ake'} ©Î 'Aphiyq {af-eek'} ·½¦Û 0662 (¨ú¨ä¤O¶q¤§·N);; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aphek 8, Aphik 1; 9 ¨È¥± ©Î Aphik = "³ò¦í" 1) ­{«n¤Hªº«°¥«, ¾aªñ­C´µ¦C 2) ¨È³]»â¦a¤¤ªº¤@­Ó«°¥« 3) ¥~¬ù¥¹¤§¨©¾|¯SªF¥_¤èªº¤@­Ó«°¥«

0663 'Apheq {af-ake'} or 'Aphiyq {af-eek'} from 0662 (in the sense of strength);; n pr loc AV - Aphek 8, Aphik 1; 9 Aphek or Aphik = "enclosure" 1) a Canaanite city near Jezreel 2) a city in territory of Asher 3) a city northeast of Beirut in Transjordan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0664 'Apheqah {af-ay-kaw'} 0663 ªº³±©Ê;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Aphekah 1; 1 ¨È«D¥[ = "³ò¶" 1) ¦bµS¤j¾aªñ§Æ§B±[¤§«° 2) (BDB) ¥i¯à¬O¥]¬A§Æ§B±[ªº¸s«°

0664 'Apheqah {af-ay-kaw'} feminine of 0663;; n pr loc AV - Aphekah 1; 1 Aphekah = "enclosure" 1) a city near Hebron in Judah 2) (BDB) possibly a group of cities including Hebron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0665 'epher {ay'-fer} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ·N¬°"¼»©ó(ªí­±µ¥)"; TWOT - 150a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ashes 22; 22 1) ¦ÇÂu 2) (CLBL) µL»ù­Èªº (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0665 'epher {ay'-fer} from an unused root meaning to bestrew; TWOT - 150a; n m AV - ashes 22; 22 1) ashes 2) (CLBL) worthlessness (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0666 'apher {af-ayr'} »P 0665 ¦P·½(¨ú¨ä ¾B»\ ¤§·N); TWOT - 151a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ashes 2; 2 1) ÀY¤y, Á^±a

0666 'apher {af-ayr'} from the same as 0665 (in the sense of covering); TWOT - 151a; n m AV - ashes 2; 2 1) covering, bandage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0667 'ephroach {ef-ro'-akh} ·½¦Û 06524 (¨ú¨ä ¯}´ß ¤§·N); TWOT - 1813c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - young one 2, young 2; 4 1) ¥®¤p, ¥®¤pªº (³¾¨à) 2) Âú³¾

0667 'ephroach {ef-ro'-akh} from 06524 (in the sense of bursting the shell); TWOT - 1813c; n m AV - young one 2, young 2; 4 1) young, young one (of birds) 2) young birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0668 'appiryown {ap-pir-yone'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û®J¤Î»y; TWOT - 151b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - chariot 1; 1 1) Ã⨮, ¾á¬[, Ãâ¤l (# ºq3:9|) 2) (CLBL) °¨¾Ô¨®

0668 'appiryown {ap-pir-yone'} probably of Egyptian derivation; TWOT - 151b; n m AV - chariot 1; 1 1) sedan, litter, palanquin 2) (CLBL) chariot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0669 'Ephrayim {ef-rah'-yim} 0672 ªºÂù¼Æ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ephraim 176, Ephraimite 4; 180 ¥Hªk½¬ = "¨â°ï¦Ç¹Ð: §Ú±NÀòÂù­¿ªG¤l" 1) ¬ù·æªº¦¸¤l, ±o¯¬ºÖ¬Æ©ó¨äªø¤lº¿®³¦è 2) ¥Hªk½¬¤ä¬£ 3) ¥Hªk½¬¤s¦a 4) ±`¥Î¦¹¦W¥Nªí¥_°ê (¦ó¦èªü®Ñ©Î¥HÁɨȮÑ) 5) ¾aªñ¤Ú¤O®Lº¾ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«(#¼»¤U 13:23|) 6) ­C¸ô¼»§N¥D­nªº«°ªù

0669 'Ephrayim {ef-rah'-yim} dual of 0672;; n pr m AV - Ephraim 176, Ephraimite 4; 180 Ephraim = "double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful" 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh 2) the tribe, Ephraim 3) the mountain country of Ephraim 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) 5) a city near Baal-hazor 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0670 'Aphar@cay (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {af-aw-re-sah'ee} ·½¦Û¥~»y(¥u¨ã½Æ¼Æ«¬); TWOT - 2598; ½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Apharsites 1; 1 ¨Èªk¼»¤H = "»s³y¤Àµõªº¤H(?)" 1) (CLBL) ¤@­ÓµL±q¦ÒÃÒªºÂ¾¦ì 2) (BDB) ¯µ®Ñ 3) (TWOT) ¥i¯à¬O¤@ºØ©x¾ (#©Ô 4:9|)

0670 'Aphar@cay (Aramaic) {af-aw-re-sah'ee} of foreign origin (only in the plural); TWOT - 2598; n pr m pl; Persian AV - Apharsites 1; 1 Apharsite = "causers of division (?)" 1) (CLBL) an unknown office 2) (BDB) secretaries 3) (TWOT) perhaps a title of an official
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0671 'Apharc@kay (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {af-ar-sek-ah'ee} ©Î 'Apharcathkay (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {af-ar-sath-kah'ee} ·½¦Û¥~»y; TWOT - 2599,2600; ½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Apharsachites 2, Apharsathchites 1; 3 ¨ÈªkÂÄ­{¤H = "¨­¬°¤Àµõ»F¨ÆªÌ(?)" (#©Ô 4:9|) ¨ÈªkÂÄ´£­{¤H = "§Ú­n¤À¹j´ÛÄFªº¤H(?)" (#©Ô 5:6, 6:6|) 1) (CLBL) ¤@ºØµL±q¦ÒÃÒªºÂ¾¦ì 2) (BDB) ¤@ºØ©x¾ 3) (TWOT) 3a) ¤@­ÓºØ±Ú 3b) ¥i¯à¬O¤@ºØ©x»Î

0671 'Apharc@kay (Aramaic) {af-ar-sek-ah'ee} or 'Apharcathkay (Aramaic) {af-ar-sath-kah'ee} of foreign origin; TWOT - 2599,2600; n pr m pl; Persian AV - Apharsachites 2, Apharsathchites 1; 3 Apharsachites = "as causers of division (?)" Apharsathchites = "I will divide the deceivers (?)" 1) (CLBL) an unknown office 2) (BDB) perhaps an office or an official 3) (TWOT) 3a) a people 3b) perhaps a title of an official
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0672 'Ephraath {ef-rawth'} ©Î 'Ephrathah {ef-raw'-thaw} ·½¦Û 06509;; ´Ü©w¥» - Ephrath 5, Ephratah 5; 10 ¥Hªk¥L = "¦Ç°ï: ¦h²£ªº¦a¤è" ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 1) ¾aªñ§B¯S§Qªº¦a¤è, ¬O©Ôµ²¦º©M®I¸®ªº¦a¤è 2) §B§Q«íªº§O¦W ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 3) ­{°Çªº©d¤l

0672 'Ephraath {ef-rawth'} or 'Ephrathah {ef-raw'-thaw} from 06509;; AV - Ephrath 5, Ephratah 5; 10 Ephrath or Ephratah = "ash-heap: place of fruitfulness" n pr loc 1) a place near Bethel where Rachel died and was buried 2) another name for Bethlehem n pr f 3) wife of Caleb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0673 'Ephrathiy {ef-rawth-ee'} ªí¨ã¦³ 0672(¥Hªk½¬, ¥Hªk¥L) °êÂǪº;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ephrathite 4, Ephraimite 1; 5 ¥Hªk¥L¤H = "»a¥Õ:¦h²£" 1) ¥Hªk½¬ªº¤l®]©Î©~¥Á 2) §B§Q«íªº©~¥Á

0673 'Ephrathiy {ef-rawth-ee'} patrial form 0672;; adj pr AV - Ephrathite 4, Ephraimite 1; 5 Ephrathite = "ashiness: fruitfulness" 1) an inhabitant or descendant of Ephraim 2) an inhabitant of Bethlehem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0674 'app@thom (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ap-pe-thome'} ·½©óªi´µ¤å; TWOT - 2601; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - revenue 1; 1 1) ¤½®w, °ê®w 2) (CLBL) ·³¤J

0674 'app@thom (Aramaic) {ap-pe-thome'} of Persian origin; TWOT - 2601; n m AV - revenue 1; 1 1) treasury, treasuries 2) (CLBL) revenue
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0675 'Etsbown {ets-bone'} ©Î 'Etsbon {ets-bone'} ¤£©ú¨Ó·½ªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ezbon 2; 2 ¥H´µ¥» = "»´²vªº¿ë»{ : §Ú±NÂX±i" 1) ¤@¦ì­{±oªº¨à¤l 2) «K¶®¼§ªº®]¤l

0675 'Etsbown {ets-bone'} or 'Etsbon {ets-bone'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Ezbon 2; 2 Ezbon = "hasting to discern: I will be enlargement" 1) a son of Gad 2) grandson of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0676 'etsba` {ets-bah'} »P06648¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä"´¤¦í"¤§·N); TWOT - 1873a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - finger 32; 32 1) ¤â«ü,¸}³k

0676 'etsba` {ets-bah'} from the same as 06648 (in the sense of grasping); TWOT - 1873a; n f AV - finger 32; 32 1) finger, toe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0677 'etsba` (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ets-bah'} ¬Û·í©ó 0676; TWOT - 2602; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - toe 2, finger 1; 3 1) ¤â«üÀY, ¸}«üÀY

0677 'etsba` (Aramaic) {ets-bah'} corresponding to 0676; TWOT - 2602; n f AV - toe 2, finger 1; 3 1) finger, toe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0678 'atsiyl {aw-tseel'} ·½¦Û 0680 (¨ú¨ä²Ä¤G­Ó·N«ä, ·N¬°¤ÀÂ÷); TWOT - 153b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - nobles 1, chief men 1; 2 1) Ãä, ¨¤, ­º»â 2) (CLBL) ¶Q±Ú (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0678 'atsiyl {aw-tseel'} from 0680 (in its secondary sense of separation); TWOT - 153b; n m AV - nobles 1, chief men 1; 2 1) side, corner, chief 2) (CLBL) nobles (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0679 'atstsiyl {ats-tseel'} ·½¦Û 0680 (¨ú¨ä¦r®Ú³s¦Xªº·N«ä); TWOT - 153c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - armhole + 03027 2, great 1; 3 1) ±µ¦X, Ãö¸` (¦p¤â¨yµ¥)

0679 'atstsiyl {ats-tseel'} from 0680 (in its primary sense of uniting); TWOT - 153c; n f AV - armhole + 03027 2, great 1; 3 1) joining, joint (such as elbow etc)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0680 'atsal {aw-tsal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 153; °Êµü denom ´Ü©w¥» - take 2, reserved 1, kept 1, straitened; 5 1) Àx¦s°_¨Ó, «O¯d, ¨ú¦^, ¦¬¦^ 1a) (Qal) «O¯d, ¶J¦s, ¦¬¦^ 1b) (Niphal) ³Q¨ú¦^ 1c) (Hiphil) ¨ú¦^

0680 'atsal {aw-tsal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 153; v denom AV - take 2, reserved 1, kept 1, straitened; 5 1) to lay aside, reserve, withdraw, withhold 1a) (Qal) to reserve, set apart, withhold 1b) (Niphal) to be withdrawn 1c) (Hiphil) to withdraw
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0681 'etsel {ay'-tsel} ·½¦Û 0680 (·N¬°µ²¦X); TWOT - 153a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - by 23, beside 12, by ... 10, near 3, at 2, with ... 2, from ... 1, against 1, close 1, to 1, toward 1, unto 1, with 1; 60 1) ¦b®ÇÃä, ¾aªñ, ±µªñ, ±K¤Á, µ²¦X, ¿Ëªñ ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ 2) (BDB) 2a) ³s±µ, µ²¦X 2b) ¦b®ÇÃä, ¦bªþªñ, ¾Fªñ©ó, ©ó®ÇÃä

0681 'etsel {ay'-tsel} from 0680 (in the sense of joining); TWOT - 153a; n m AV - by 23, beside 12, by ... 10, near 3, at 2, with ... 2, from ... 1, against 1, close 1, to 1, toward 1, unto 1, with 1; 60 1) beside, by, near, nearness, joining, proximity subst 2) (BDB) 2a) conjunction, proximity 2b) beside, in proximity, contiguous to, from beside
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0682 'Atsel {aw-tsale'} ·½¦Û 0680;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Azel 6, Azal 1; 7 ¨ÈÂÄ = "±µªñ: ¥LÁôÂÃ" 1) ¾aªñ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ¥Ø«e¦aÂI¤£©ú (CLBL) ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ¨È±x = "½pÀqªº" 2) ¤@±½Ã¹©M¬ù®³³æªº«K¶®¼§«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 8:37|)

0682 'Atsel {aw-tsale'} from 0680;; n pr loc AV - Azel 6, Azal 1; 7 Azal = "proximity: he has reserved" 1) a place near Jerusalem, site presently unknown (CLBL) n pr m Azel = "reserved" 2) a Benjamite descendant of Saul and Jonathan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0683 'Atsalyahuw {ats-al-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 0680 ©M 03050 ªºÂX®i«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Azaliah 2; 2 ¨ÈÂħQ = "­C©MµØ(¶®ÄÞ)«O¦u(¤À§O¥X¥h)" 1) ®Ñ°O¨Fµfªº¤÷¿Ë

0683 'Atsalyahuw {ats-al-yaw'-hoo} from 0680 and 03050 prolonged;; n pr m AV - Azaliah 2; 2 Azaliah = "Jehovah (Yahweh) has reserved (set apart)" 1) the father of Shaphan the scribe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0684 'Otsem {o'-tsem} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¥i¯à·N¬° ­n­è±j;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ozem 2; 2 ªüÂA= "§Ú±N¶Ê«P¥L­Ì" 1) ¤j½Ãªº­ô­ô 2) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç

0684 'Otsem {o'-tsem} from an unused root probably meaning to be strong;; n pr m AV - Ozem 2; 2 Ozem = "I shall hasten them" 1) older brother of David 2) a descendant of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0685 'ets`adah {ets-aw-daw'} ·½¦Û06807ªºÅܤƵü; TWOT - 1943e; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - chains 1, bracelet 1; 2 1) ¤p®üÆW, ¤âÅN, ¸}Áå

0685 'ets`adah {ets-aw-daw'} a variation from 06807; TWOT - 1943e; n f AV - chains 1, bracelet 1; 2 1) armlet, bracelet, ankle chain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0686 'atsar {aw-tsar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 154; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - lay up in store 2, store up 1, make treasurer 1, treasured 1; 5 1) ¿n¦s, ¦s, ¶JÂà 1a) (Qal) ¿n¦s, ¦s¿ú 1b) (Niphal) ¬ÃÂÃ

0686 'atsar {aw-tsar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 154; v AV - lay up in store 2, store up 1, make treasurer 1, treasured 1; 5 1) to store up, save, lay up 1a) (Qal) to store up, make treasurer 1b) (Niphal) treasured
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0687 'Etser {ay'-tser} ·½¦Û 0686;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ezer 5; 5 ¥H¹î = "Ä_ÂÃ" 1) ¦ó§Q¤Hªº±Úªø¤§¤@

0687 'Etser {ay'-tser} from 0686;; n pr m AV - Ezer 5; 5 Ezer = "treasure" 1) a chief of the Horites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0688 'eqdach {ek-dawkh'} ·½¦Û 06916; TWOT - 1987b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - carbuncle 1; 1 1) ¬³¬³µo¥úªº, °{°{µo¥úªº (§Î®eµü) 2) (CLBL) ¤@ºØ¯]Ä_ªº¦W¦r - ¬õ¥É (¦Wµü)

0688 'eqdach {ek-dawkh'} from 06916; TWOT - 1987b; n m AV - carbuncle 1; 1 1) fiery glow, sparkle 2) (CLBL) the name of a gem - carbuncle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0689 'aqqow {ak-ko'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0602; TWOT - 155; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wild goat 1; 1 1) ³¥¤s¦Ï

0689 'aqqow {ak-ko'} probably from 0602; TWOT - 155; n m AV - wild goat 1; 1 1) wild goat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0690 'ara' {ar-aw'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 0738 ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ara 1; 1 ¨È©Ô = "·à¤l" 1) ¨È³]ªº«á¸Ç

0690 'ara' {ar-aw'} probably for 0738;; n pr m AV - Ara 1; 1 Ara = "lion" 1) a descendant of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0691 'er'el {er-ale'} «Ü¥i¯à¬O´À¥N0739; TWOT - 159a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - valiant one 1; 1 1) (CLBL) ­^¶¯, ­^«iªº¤H 2) (BDB) §Î¦¡©M·N¸q§t½k 3) (TWOT) Àü²Ü©ÎÄl§É

0691 'er'el {er-ale'} probably for 0739; TWOT - 159a; n m AV - valiant one 1; 1 1) (CLBL) hero, valiant one 2) (BDB) form and meaning dubious 3) (TWOT) Ariel or hearth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0692 'Ar'eliy {ar-ay-lee'} ·½¦Û 0691;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Areli 2, Arelite 1; 3 ¨È¦C§Q = "¤W«Ò¤§·à" 1) ­{±oªº¨à¤l 2) ¨È¦C§Qªº®a¤H(¤÷¨t§Î®eµü- ¨È¦C§Q¤H)

0692 'Ar'eliy {ar-ay-lee'} from 0691;; n pr m AV - Areli 2, Arelite 1; 3 Areli = "lion of God" 1) a son of Gad 2) those of the family of Areli (pater adj - Arelites)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0693 'arab {aw-rab'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 156; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - lay in wait 26, liers in wait 8, ambush 8; 42 1) §eµ¥«Ýªºª¬ºA, ®I¥ñ¤U¨Ó, ¼ç¥ñ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) §eµ¥«Ýªºª¬ºA 1a2) ®I¥ñ¤U¨Ó(¤Àµü§@¹ê¦Wµü) 1b) (Piel) ®I¥ñªÌ, §eµ¥«Ýª¬ºAªº¤H(½Æ¼Æ¤Àµü) 1c) (Hiphil) ¦w±Æ®I¥ñ

0693 'arab {aw-rab'} a primitive root; TWOT - 156; v AV - lay in wait 26, liers in wait 8, ambush 8; 42 1) to lie in wait, ambush, lurk 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to lie in wait 1a2) ambush (participle as subst) 1b) (Piel) ambushers, liers-in-wait (pl. participle) 1c) (Hiphil) to lay an ambush
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0694 'Arab {ar-awb'} ·½¦Û 0693;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Arab 1; 1 ¨È©Ô = "®I¥ñ" 1) ¤@­Ó¾aªñ§Æ§B±[ªº«°É]

0694 'Arab {ar-awb'} from 0693;; n pr loc AV - Arab 1; 1 Arab = "ambush" 1) a city near Hebron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0695 'ereb {eh'-reb} ·½¦Û 0693; TWOT - 156a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lie in wait 1, den 1; 2 1) ®I¥ñµ¥«Ý 2) °Êª«Âè­ªº¾ðÂO, Ã~Ãþªº±_¥Þ, Ã~¸]

0695 'ereb {eh'-reb} from 0693; TWOT - 156a; n m AV - lie in wait 1, den 1; 2 1) a lying-in-wait 2) covert, lair, den
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0696 'oreb {o'-reb} »P 0695 ¦P; TWOT - 156b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - wait 1; 1 1) ¥ñÀ», Áô°Î³B 2) ­I«q, ´Û¶B (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0696 'oreb {o'-reb} the same as 0695; TWOT - 156b; n m AV - wait 1; 1 1) ambuscade, hiding place 2) treachery, deceit (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0697 'arbeh {ar-beh'} ·½¦Û 07235; TWOT - 2103a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - locust 20, grasshopper 4; 24 1) ½À¦äªº¤@ºØ, ½À¦ä¸s (¶°¦X¦Wµü) 2) (CLBL) 2a) ¬ðµM®ø¥¢ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 2b) ¤£ÅãµÛ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 2c) ¬¡°Ê¤O (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0697 'arbeh {ar-beh'} from 07235; TWOT - 2103a; n m AV - locust 20, grasshopper 4; 24 1) a kind of locust, locust swarm (coll) 2) (CLBL) 2a) sudden disappearance (fig.) 2b) insignificance (fig.) 2c) activity (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0698 'orobah {or-ob-aw'} ·½¦Û 0696 (¥u¦³½Æ¼Æ«¬); TWOT - 156c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - spoils 1; 1 1) ¸Þ­p, ´Û¶B, ÄF§½

0698 'orobah {or-ob-aw'} from 0696 (only in the plural); TWOT - 156c; n f AV - spoils 1; 1 1) artifice, deceit, trick
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0699 'arubbah {ar-oob-baw'} 0693ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü (µS¦p¼ç¥ñ); TWOT - 156d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - windows 8, chimney 1; 9 1) ®æ¤l, µ¡¤á, ¤ô¹h 2) (CLBL) ·Ï§w(¥´¶}ªº®æ¤l¬},·Ï¥Ñ¦¹º|¥X¥h)

0699 'arubbah {ar-oob-baw'} participle passive of 0693 (as if for lurking); TWOT - 156d; n f AV - windows 8, chimney 1; 9 1) lattice, window, sluice 2) (CLBL) chimney (lattice opening where smoke escapes)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0700 'Arubbowth {ar-oob-both} 0699 ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Aruboth 1; 1 ¨È¾|ªy = "µ¡¤l" 1) ©Òùªù¤ý¬°¤F¤ý«Çªºµ|¦¬©Ò¿ï©wªº¦a°Ï¤§¤@ (#¤ý¤W 4:10|)

0700 'Arubbowth {ar-oob-both} plural of 0699;; n pr loc AV - Aruboth 1; 1 Aruboth = "windows" 1) a district marked by Solomon for tax purposes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0701 'Arbiy {ar-bee'} ·½¦Û 0694 ¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü AV - Arbite 1; 1 ¨È¤Ú¤H = "¤@­Ó³´¨À" 1) ¨È¤Úªº¤H¥Á

0701 'Arbiy {ar-bee'} patrial from 0694;; adj AV - Arbite 1; 1 Arbite = "an ambush" 1) a native of Arabia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0702 'arba` {ar-bah'} ¶§©Ê 'arba`ah {ar-baw-aw'} ·½¦Û 07251; TWOT - 2106a; ¶§©Ê/³±©Ê§Î®eµü/¦Wµü AV - four 265, fourteen + 06240 19, fourteenth + 06240 23, fourth 5, forty 2, three score and fourteen + 07657 2, ; 316 1) ¥|

0702 'arba` {ar-bah'} masculine 'arba`ah {ar-baw-aw'} from 07251; TWOT - 2106a; n, adj m, f AV - four 265, fourteen + 06240 19, fourteenth + 06240 23, fourth 5, forty 2, three score and fourteen + 07657 2, ; 316 1) four
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0703 'arba` (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-bah'} ¬Û·í©ó 0702; TWOT - 2986a; ¦Wµü, §Î®eµü, ³±©Ê, ¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - four 8; 8 1) ¥|

0703 'arba` (Aramaic) {ar-bah'} corresponding to 0702; TWOT - 2986a; n,adj m,f AV - four 8; 8 1) four
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0704 'Arba` {ar-bah'} »P0702¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arba 2; 2 °ò¦C¨È¤Ú = "²Ä¥|" 1) ¨ÈÓÔ±Ú¤§¤÷, ¥B¬°³Ì°¶¤jªº¥¨¤H(¨ÈÓÔ±Ú) 2) ¨£ 07153 ͬ°"¨È¤Ú¤§«°¥«"

0704 'Arba` {ar-bah'} the same as 0702;; n pr m AV - Arba 2; 2 Arba = "fourth" 1) the father of Anak and the greatest of the giants (Anakim) 2) see 07153 if translated "city of Arba"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0705 'arba`iym {ar-baw-eem'} 0702 ªº­¿¼Æ; TWOT - 2106b; ½Æ¼Æ¦Wµü,§Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - forty 132, fortieth 4; 136 1) ¥|¤Q

0705 'arba`iym {ar-baw-eem'} multiple of 0702; TWOT - 2106b; n,adj pl AV - forty 132, fortieth 4; 136 1) forty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0706 'arba`tayim {ar-bah-tah'-yim} 0702 ªºÂù¼Æ«¬; TWOT - 2106a; °Æµü AV - fourfold 1; 1 1) ¥|­¿

0706 'arba`tayim {ar-bah-tah'-yim} dual of 0702; TWOT - 2106a; adv AV - fourfold 1; 1 1) fourfold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0707 'arag {aw-rag'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 157; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - weave 4, weaver 6, woven 3; 13 1) ½s´ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ½s´(¦çªA) 1a2) ½sÄ|¤l(°Ñ®]ªºÀY¾v) 1a3) ´¥¬¤u(¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^) 1a4) ³±¿Ñµ¦¹º(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0707 'arag {aw-rag'} a primitive root; TWOT - 157; v AV - weave 4, weaver 6, woven 3; 13 1) to weave 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to weave (cloth) 1a2) to braid (Samson's hair) 1a3) weaver (subst.) 1a4) intrigue (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0708 'ereg {eh'-reg} ·½¦Û 0707; TWOT - 157a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - beam 1, shuttle 1; 2 1) ´¥¬¾÷, ±ô

0708 'ereg {eh'-reg} from 0707; TWOT - 157a; n m AV - beam 1, shuttle 1; 2 1) loom, shuttle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0709 'Argob {ar-gobe'} »P 07263 ¦P·½;; AV - Argob 5; 5 ¨ÈÒ­ºq§B = "¤g°ï" ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 1) ÄݤڬÀªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 2) ¤ñ¥[¤ýªº¤@¦ì¤j¦Ú

0709 'Argob {ar-gobe'} from the same as 07263;; AV - Argob 5; 5 Argob = "heap of clods" n pr loc 1) a district or area in Bashan n pr m 2) one of king Pekah's officers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0710 'arg@van {arg-ev-awn'} 0713 ªºÅܲ§«¬; TWOT - 157b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - purple 1; 1 1) µµ¦â

0710 'arg@van {arg-ev-awn'} a variation for 0713; TWOT - 157b; n m AV - purple 1; 1 1) purple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0711 'arg@van (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {arg-ev-awn'} ¬Û·í©ó 0710; TWOT - 2603; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - scarlet 3; 3 1) µµ¦â, µµ¬õ¦â

0711 'arg@van (Aramaic) {arg-ev-awn'} corresponding to 0710; TWOT - 2603; n m AV - scarlet 3; 3 1) purple, red-purple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0712 'argaz {ar-gawz'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 07264 (¨ú¨ä ³QÄa°_ ¤§·N); TWOT - 2112d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - coffer 3; 3 1) ²°¤l, Àxª«½c, ª÷®w

0712 'argaz {ar-gawz'} perhaps from 07264 (in the sense of being suspended); TWOT - 2112d; n m AV - coffer 3; 3 1) box, chest, coffer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0713 'argaman {ar-gaw-mawn'} ¥~¨Ó»y; TWOT - 157b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - purple 38; 38 1) µµ¦â, µµ¬õ¦â

0713 'argaman {ar-gaw-mawn'} of foreign origin; TWOT - 157b; n m AV - purple 38; 38 1) purple, red-purple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0714 `Ard {ard} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¥i¯à·N¬°"¶¢³}";; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ard 2; 2 ¨È°Ç = "§Ú±N©ºªA" 1) «K¶®¼§ªº¨à¤l(#³Ð 46:21|) 2) «K¶®¼§ªº®]¤l(#¥Á 26:40|)

0714 `Ard {ard} from an unused root probably meaning to wander;; n pr m AV - Ard 2; 2 Ard = "I shall subdue" 1) son of Benjamin 2) grandson of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0715 'Ardown {ar-dohn'} »P 0714 ¦P·½ ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ardon 1; 1 ©ã¼[ = "À£¨î: °k¥Ç" 1) ­{°Çªº¨à¤l

0715 'Ardown {ar-dohn'} from the same as 0714;; n pr m AV - Ardon 1; 1 Ardon = "subduer: fugitive" 1) a son of Caleb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0716 'Ardiy {ar-dee} ·½¦Û 0714 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ AV - Ardites 1; 1 ¨È°Ç±Ú = "§Ú±N©ºªA" 1) ¨È°Çªº«á¸Ç(#¥Á 26:40|)

0716 'Ardiy {ar-dee} patronymic from 0714;; adj subst AV - Ardites 1; 1 Ardites = "I shall subdue" 1) the descendants of Ard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0717 'arah {aw-raw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 158; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - pluck 1, gather 1; 2 1) ºK, ±Ä¶° 1a) (Qal) ºK(¸²µå)

0717 'arah {aw-raw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 158; v AV - pluck 1, gather 1; 2 1) to pluck, gather 1a) (Qal) to pluck (grapes)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0718 'aruw (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-oo'} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü©ó 0431; TWOT - 2604; ·P¹Äµü ´Ü©w¥» - behold 4, lo 1; 5 1) ¬Ý, Á@

0718 'aruw (Aramaic) {ar-oo'} probably akin to 0431; TWOT - 2604; interj AV - behold 4, lo 1; 5 1) behold, lo
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0719 'Arvad {ar-vad'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 07300; ¦a¦W AV - Arvad 2; 2 ¨Èµo = "§Ú±N±oÄÀ©ñ" 1) ¦b¦è¹y«°ªþªñªº«°¥«®qÀ¬

0719 'Arvad {ar-vad'} probably from 07300;; n pr loc AV - Arvad 2; 2 Arvad = "I shall break loose" 1) a city-island near Sidon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0720 'Arowd {ar-ode'} ¥Ñ 0719 «÷ªk§ïÅܦӨÓ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Arod 1; 1 ¨È«ß = "§Ú±N©ºªA: §Ú±Nº©¹C" 1) ­{±oªº¨à¤l

0720 'Arowd {ar-ode'} an orthographical variation of 0719;; n pr m AV - Arod 1; 1 Arod = "I shall subdue: I shall roam" 1) a son of Gad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0721 'Arvadiy {ar-vaw-dee'} ·½¦Û 0719 ¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì ;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arvadite 2; 2 ¨È¥Ë©³¤H = "§Ú±N³QÄÀ©ñ" 1) ­{«nªº¨à¤l"¨È¥Ë©³"ªº«á¸Ç

0721 'Arvadiy {ar-vaw-dee'} patrial from 0719;; adj AV - Arvadite 2; 2 Arvadites = "I shall break loose" 1) the descendants of Arvad, a son of Canaan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0722 'Arowdiy {ar-o-dee'} ·½¦Û 0721 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Arodite 1, Arodi 1; 2 ¨Èù©³ ©Î ¨È«ß±Ú = "§Ú±N©ºªA: §Ú±Nº©¨B" 1) ¨È«ßªº«á¸Ç(#³Ð 46:16; ¥Á 26:17|)

0722 'Arowdiy {ar-o-dee'} patronymic from 0721;; adj AV - Arodite 1, Arodi 1; 2 Arodi or Arodites = "I shall subdue: I shall roam" 1) descendants of Arod
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0723 'urvah {oor-vaw'} ©Î 'arayah {ar-aw'-yah'} ·½¦Û 0717 (¨ú¨ä Áý¾i ¤§·N); TWOT - 158b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - stall 3; 3 1) Áý¤û©Î°¨¥Îªº¹}®Æ¼Ñ, (¤û°¨ªº)­¹ÁV, ¯bªÙ(¾i¬¹¤f¤§¥Î)

0723 'urvah {oor-vaw'} or 'arayah {ar-aw'-yah'} from 0717 (in the sense of feeding); TWOT - 158b; n f AV - stall 3; 3 1) manger, crib, stall (for animals)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0724 'aruwkah {ar-oo-kaw'} ©Î 'arukah {ar-oo-kaw'} ³Q°Ê¤Àµü of 0748 (¨ú¨ä«ì´_­ì¥ýªº°í©T¤§·N); TWOT - 162d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - health 4, perfected 1, made up 1; 6 1) ªvÀø, «ì´_

0724 'aruwkah {ar-oo-kaw'} or 'arukah {ar-oo-kaw'} passive participle of 0748 (in the sense of restoring to soundness); TWOT - 162d; n f AV - health 4, perfected 1, made up 1; 6 1) healing, restoration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0725 'Aruwmah {ar-oo-maw'} 07316 ªºÅܲ§«¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Arumah 1; 1 ¨È¾|º¿ = "§Ú·í³Q¹|Æg" 1) ¾aªñ¥Ü¼Cªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ¬O¨È¤ñ¦Ì°Ç©Ò©~¦íªº¦a¤è

0725 'Aruwmah {ar-oo-maw'} a variation of 07316;; n pr loc AV - Arumah 1; 1 Arumah = "I shall be exalted" 1) a place near Shechem, home of Abimelech
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0726 'Arowmiy {ar-o-mee'} 0130ªº¿ù»~§Û¼g;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Syrian 1; 1 1)¨ÈÄõ¤H,±Ô§Q¨È¤H (Kethib), ¥HªF¤H

0726 'Arowmiy {ar-o-mee'} a clerical error for 0130;; adj AV - Syrian 1; 1 1) Aramite, Syrian (Kethib), Edomite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0727 'arown {aw-rone'} ©Î 'aron {aw-rone'} ·½¦Û 0717 (¨ú¨ä"»E·|"¤§·N); TWOT - 166a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ark 195, chest 6, coffin 1; 202 1) ½c¤l,Âd¤l 1a) ¿úÂd 1b) ¬ùÂd 2) (TWOT) ´Ã¤ì

0727 'arown {aw-rone'} or 'aron {aw-rone'} from 0717 (in the sense of gathering); TWOT - 166a; n m AV - ark 195, chest 6, coffin 1; 202 1) chest, ark 1a) money chest 1b) Ark of the Covenant 2) (TWOT) coffin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0728 'Aravnah {ar-av-naw'} ©Î («÷ªkÅܤÆ) 'Owrnah {ore-naw'}; ©Î 'Arniyah {ar-nee-yaw'} ¥Ñ 0771 «÷ªkÅÜ´«¦Ó¨Ó;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Araunah 9; 9 ¨È³Ò®³ = "§ÚÀ³³ß¼ÖÅw©I" = "¨Ï§Aµo¥X¥ú±m (#¼»¤U 24:16|)" = "¹ï­C©MµØÅw©I (#¼»¤U 24:18|)" 1) ¤@¦ì­C¥¬´µ¤H, ¥L±N¤@¶ô¦a½æ©ó¤j½Ã¥H§@²½¾Â¤§¥Î

0728 'Aravnah {ar-av-naw'} or (by transposition) 'Owrnah {ore-naw'}; or 'Arniyah {ar-nee-yaw'} all by orthographical variation for 0771;; n pr m AV - Araunah 9; 9 Araunah = "I shall shout for joy" = "make ye to shine (2 Sam. 24:16)" = "joyful shouting of Jah (2 Sam. 24:18)" 1) a Jebusite who sold David the site for an altar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0729 'araz {aw-raz'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 160c AV - made of cedar 1; 1 (CLBL) °Êµü 1) °í©w 2) ¨Ï°í©w (¹L¥h¤Àµü) (BDB/TWOT) §Î®eµü 3) firm, strong

0729 'araz {aw-raz'} a primitive root; TWOT - 160c AV - made of cedar 1; 1 (CLBL) v 1) to be firm 2) made firm (past part.) (BDB/TWOT) adj 3) firm, strong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0730 'erez {eh-rez'} ·½¦Û 0729; TWOT - 160a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cedar 67, cedar tree 6; 73 1)­»¬f 1a) ­»¬f¾ð 1b) ­»¬f¤ì®Æ, ­»¬f¤ì («Ø¿v¥Î) 1c) ­»¬f¤ì (¼ä²b§¥Î)

0730 'erez {eh-rez'} from 0729; TWOT - 160a; n m AV - cedar 67, cedar tree 6; 73 1) cedar 1a) cedar tree 1b) cedar timber, cedar wood (in building) 1c) cedar wood (in purifications)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0731 'arzah {ar-zaw'} ·½¦Û 0730; TWOT - 160b; ³±©Ê¶°¦X¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cedar work 1; 1 1) ­»¬f¤ìªO, ­»¬f¤ì»s«~

0731 'arzah {ar-zaw'} from 0730; TWOT - 160b; n f coll AV - cedar work 1; 1 1) cedar-panels, cedar-work
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0732 'arach {aw-rakh'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 161; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - wayfaring man 4, goeth 1; 5 1) º©¹C, ®È¦æ, ¥~¥X, ÀH¦ñ¦Ó¦æ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ®È¦æ, ¥~¥X 1a2) (¤Àµü) 1a2a) º©¹C, ®{¨B®È¦æ, ®È¦æ 1a3) (¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^) 1a3a) º©¹CªÌ, ®{¨B®È¦æªÌ, ®È«È

0732 'arach {aw-rakh'} a primitive root; TWOT - 161; v AV - wayfaring man 4, goeth 1; 5 1) to wander, journey, go, keep company with 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to journey, go 1a2) (part.) 1a2a) wandering, wayfarer, journeying 1a3) (subst.) 1a3a) wanderer, wayfarer, traveller
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0733 'Arach {aw-rakh'} ·½¦Û 0732;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arah 4; 4 ¨È©Ô = "®È¦æªÌ" 1) ¤@­Ó¨È¦â¤H 2)³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªº¤@­Ó¨ô¶V®a±Ú»â³S 3)¨ä¥L³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªÌ

0733 'Arach {aw-rakh'} from 0732;; n pr m AV - Arah 4; 4 Arah = "traveller" 1) a man of Asher 2) the prominent head of a family of returning exiles 3) another returned exile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0734 'orach {o'-rakh} ·½¦Û 0732; TWOT - 161a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - way 26, path 25, highway 1, wayfaring man + 05674 08802 1, manner 1, race 1, ranks 1, traveller 1, troops 1; 58 1) ¹D¸ô, ¸ô®| 1a) ¸ô®|, ¸ô 1b) ¤H¥Íªº¸ô®|, ¤H¥Íªº¹D¸ô, ¤H¥Íªº¹Lµ{ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1c) ¥Í¬¡¤è¦¡ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1d) ®È¤H, µ²¦ñ¦æ¸ôªÌ (Âà³ë)

0734 'orach {o'-rakh} from 0732; TWOT - 161a; n m AV - way 26, path 25, highway 1, wayfaring man + 05674 08802 1, manner 1, race 1, ranks 1, traveller 1, troops 1; 58 1) way, path 1a) path, road 1b) the path, way, passing of life (fig.) 1c) way of living (fig.) 1d) traveller, wayfarer (meton)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0735 'orach (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {o'-rakh} ¬Û·í©ó 0734; TWOT - 2605; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - way 2; 2 1) ¸ô, ³~®|, ¤H¥Íªº¤è¦V

0735 'orach (Aramaic) {o'-rakh} corresponding to 0734; TWOT - 2605; n m AV - way 2; 2 1) way, path, course of life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0736 'or@chah {o-rekh-aw'} 0732 ªº¥D°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 161c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - company 2; 2 1) ®È¦æ°Ó¶¤, µ²¦ñªº«È®È

0736 'or@chah {o-rekh-aw'} active participle of 0732; TWOT - 161c; n f AV - company 2; 2 1) caravan, travelling company
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0737 'aruchah {ar-oo-khaw'} 0732 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü (¨ú¨ä¤À¬£¤§·N); TWOT - 161b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - allowance 2, diet 2, dinner 1, victuals 1; 6 1) À\ÂI, ©w¶q, ¤f³ 1a) ­¹ª« 1b) ¶¼­¹

0737 'aruchah {ar-oo-khaw'} passive participle of 0732 (in the sense of appointing); TWOT - 161b; n f AV - allowance 2, diet 2, dinner 1, victuals 1; 6 1) meal, allowance, ration 1a) food 1b) diet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0738 'ariy {ar-ee'} ©Î (ÂX®i«¬) `aryeh {ar-yay'} ·½¦Û 0717 (¦³¼É¤Oªº§t·N); TWOT - 158a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lion 79, untranslated variant 1; 80 1) ·à¤l 1a) ·à¤lªº¹Ïµe©Î§Î¹³

0738 'ariy {ar-ee'} or (prolonged) `aryeh {ar-yay'} from 0717 (in the sense of violence); TWOT - 158a; n m AV - lion 79, untranslated variant 1; 80 1) lion 1a) pictures or images of lions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0739 'ariy'el {ar-ee-ale'} ©Î 'ari'el {ar-ee-ale'} ·½¦Û 0738 ©M 0410; TWOT - 159a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lion-like men 2; 2 1) ·N¸q¤£©ú½T 1a) (CLBL) ¥i¯à¬O¤@ºØ¹³·à¤lªºªF¦è 1b) (BDB) ¥i¯à¬O«ü¼¯©ã¤H¨È§Q¥ì°Çªº¨â­Ó¨à¤l

0739 'ariy'el {ar-ee-ale'} or 'ari'el {ar-ee-ale'} from 0738 and 0410; TWOT - 159a; n m AV - lion-like men 2; 2 1) meaning uncertain 1a) (CLBL) possibly lion-like 1b) (BDB) possibly two sons of Ariel of Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0740 'Ari'el {ar-ee-ale'} »P0739¦P ; ¶§©Ê/³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ariel 6; 6 ¨È§Q¥ì°Ç = "¤W«Òªº·à¤l" ©Î "¤W«Òªº¥À·à" 1) ¥Î©ó­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¦W¦r 2) Âk¦^ªº¬y¤`ªÌ¤§¤@­Ó­º»âªº¦W¦r(# ©Ô 8:16 |)

0740 'Ari'el {ar-ee-ale'} the same as 0739; n pr m, f AV - Ariel 6; 6 Ariel = "lion of God" or "lioness of God" 1) a name applied to Jerusalem 2) the name of a chief of the returning exiles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0741 'ari'eyl {ar-ee-ale'} ¤£¬O 0739 ªº´«¸m¦r, ´N§ó¥i¯à¬O 02025 «÷¦r¥¿½Tªº Åܤƫ¬; TWOT - 159a; n m ´Ü©w¥» - altar 3; 3 1) Äl§É, ²½Äl, ²½¾Â

0741 'ari'eyl {ar-ee-ale'} either by transposition for 0739 or, more probably, an orthographical variation for 02025; TWOT - 159a; n m AV - altar 3; 3 1) hearth, altar hearth, altar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0742 'Ariyday {ar-ee-dah'-ee} °_·½©óªi´µ»y;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aridai 1; 1 ¨È§Q¥N = "·à¤l¬O¨¬°÷ªº" 1) «¢°Òªº¨à¤l {#´µ 9:9|}

0742 'Ariyday {ar-ee-dah'-ee} of Persian origin;; n pr m AV - Aridai 1; 1 Aridai = "the lion is enough" 1) a son of Haman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0743 'Ariydatha' {ar-ee-daw-thaw'} °_·½©óªi´µ»y;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Aridatha 1; 1 ¨È§Q¤j¥L = "ªk¥Oªº·à¤l?" 1) «¢°Òªº¨à¤l {#´µ 9:8}}

0743 'Ariydatha' {ar-ee-daw-thaw'} of Persian origin;; n pr m AV - Aridatha 1; 1 Aridatha = "the lion of the decree" 1) a son of Haman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0744 'aryeh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-yay'} ¬Û·í©ó 0738; TWOT - 2606; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - lion 10; 10 1) ·à¤l

0744 'aryeh (Aramaic) {ar-yay'} corresponding to 0738; TWOT - 2606; n m AV - lion 10; 10 1) lion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0745 'Aryeh {ar-yay'} »P 0738 ¦P 0738;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Arieh 1; 1 ¨È§Q­C = "·à¤l" 1) ¤ñ¥[ÁÒ¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì°ª©x

0745 'Aryeh {ar-yay'} the same as 0738;; n pr m AV - Arieh 1; 1 Arieh = "lion" 1) an officer of king Pekahiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0746 'Aryowk {ar-yoke'} ¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arioch 7; 7 ¨È²¤ = "¦p·à¤lªº" 1) ¥j¥H©Ô¼»°êªº¤ý, °ò¤j¦Ñº¿ªº·ù°ê¤§¤@ ( #³Ð 14:9| ) 2) ¥§¥¬¥Ò¥§¼»¤ý¤â¤Uªº¼D¤l¤âªø

0746 'Aryowk {ar-yoke'} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Arioch 7; 7 Arioch = "lion-like" 1) the ancient king of Ellasar, ally of Chedorlaomer 2) the chief of the executioners for Nebuchadnezzar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0747 'Ariycay {ar-ee-sah'-ee} °_·½©óªi´µ»y;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arisai 1; 1 ¨È§QÁÉ = "§ÚªººX¼mªº·à¤l(?)" 1) «¢°Òªº¨à¤l

0747 'Ariycay {ar-ee-sah'-ee} of Persian origin;; n pr m AV - Arisai 1; 1 Arisai = "lion of my banners (?)" 1) a son of Haman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0748 'arak {aw-rak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 162; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - prolong 18, long 5, lengthen 3, draw out 3, defer 2, tarried 1, ...lived + 03117 0310 2; 34 1) Åܪø, ©µ¦ù 1a) (Qal) Åܪø 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) ©µ¦ù(¤é¤l) 1b2) ¦ùªø(±b´×ªºÃ·¤l) 1b3) Åܪø, ©µªø

0748 'arak {aw-rak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 162; v AV - prolong 18, long 5, lengthen 3, draw out 3, defer 2, tarried 1, ...lived + 03117 0310 2; 34 1) to be long, prolong 1a) (Qal) to be long 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to prolong (days) 1b2) to make long (tent cords) 1b3) to grow long, continue long
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0749 'arak (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-ak'} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, ¬Û·í©ó 0748, ¦ý¥u¥Î¦bªí¥Ü '¹F¨ì¬Y¤@ÂI' ªº·N«ä®É; TWOT - 2607 AV - meet 1; 1 (CLBL) °Êµü 1) (P'al) ©µ¦ù, ¹F¨ì, ¬Û·í (BDB/TWOT) §Î®eµü °Êµü 2) ¦X¾Aªº, ¾A·íªº

0749 'arak (Aramaic) {ar-ak'} properly, corresponding to 0748, but used only in the sense of reaching to a given point; TWOT - 2607 AV - meet 1; 1 (CLBL) v 1) (P'al) to be long, reach, meet (BDB/TWOT) adj v 2) fitting, proper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0750 'arek {aw-rake'} ·½¦Û 0748; TWOT - 162b; §Î®eµü AV - slow 9, longsuffering + 0639 4, longwinged + 083 1, patient 1; 15 1) ªøªº (²Þ¤ò)(#µ² 17:3|) 2) §Ô­@ªº, ºCºCªºµo«ã

0750 'arek {aw-rake'} from 0748; TWOT - 162b; adj AV - slow 9, longsuffering + 0639 4, longwinged + 083 1, patient 1; 15 1) long (pinions) 2) patient, slow to anger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0751 'Erek {eh'-rek} ·½¦Û 0748;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Erech 1; 1 ¥H¤O = "ªøªº" 1) ¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¦b§^Ò­ªº¦è¥_¤è 40 ­^¯@ (64 ¤½¨½), ´Â¥®µo©Ô©³ªeªº¥ª©¤ªº¤Ú¤ñ­Û«°¤è¦V{#³Ð 10:10|}

0751 'Erek {eh'-rek} from 0748;; n pr loc AV - Erech 1; 1 Erech = "long" 1) a city 40 miles (64 km) northwest of Ur toward Babylon on the left bank of the Euphrates river
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0752 'arok {aw-roke'} ·½¦Û 0748; TWOT - 162c; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - long 2, longer 1; 3 1) ªø 1a) ¤@¬qªø¤[ªº®É¶¡ 1b) ¯«ªº´¼¼z (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0752 'arok {aw-roke'} from 0748; TWOT - 162c; adj AV - long 2, longer 1; 3 1) long 1a) of time 1b) of God's wisdom (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0753 'orek {o'rek'} ·½¦Û 0748; TWOT - 162a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - length 70, long 21, ever 2, as long as 1, high 1; 95 1) ªø«× 1a) ¨­°ª 1b) ®É¶¡ 2) ¸`¨î, ¦Û§Ú¬ù§ô (§Ô­@)

0753 'orek {o'rek'} from 0748; TWOT - 162a; n m AV - length 70, long 21, ever 2, as long as 1, high 1; 95 1) length 1a) physical length 1b) of time 2) forbearance, self-restraint (of patience)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0754 'arka' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-kaw'} ©Î 'arkah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-kaw'} ·½¦Û 0749; TWOT - 2609; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - prolonged 1; 1 1) ©µ®i, ¥[ªø, ©µªø

0754 'arka' (Aramaic) {ar-kaw'} or 'arkah (Aramaic) {ar-kaw'} from 0749; TWOT - 2609; n f AV - prolonged 1; 1 1) prolongation, lengthening, prolonging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0755 'arkubah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-koo-baw'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î,¦r®Ú¬Û·í©ó 07392 (¨ú¨ä ¦±½¥ ¤§·N); TWOT - 2608; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - knees 1; 1 1) ½¥

0755 'arkubah (Aramaic) {ar-koo-baw'} from an unused root corresponding to 07392 (in the sense of bending the knee); TWOT - 2608; n f AV - knees 1; 1 1) knee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0756 'Ark@vay (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-kev-ah'ee} ·½¦Û(0751)¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; ¶§©Ê ±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Archevites 1; 1 ¨È°ò½Ã¤H = "ªø¤[ªº" 1) ¥Íªø¦b¥H¤O«°ªº¤H

0756 'Ark@vay (Aramaic) {ar-kev-ah'ee} patrial from 0751;; n pr gent AV - Archevites 1; 1 Archevites = "lengthy" 1) a native of the city of Erech
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0757 'Arkiy {ar-kee'} ·½¦Û(0751)¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì(¦b¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z);; §Î®eµü ¨k¤l AV - Archite 5, Archi 1; 6 ¨È°ò¤H = "¤¾ªø" 1) ½×¤Î¤á¿zªº®a¶m«°É]

0757 'Arkiy {ar-kee'} patrial from another place (in Palestine) of similar name with 0751;; adj gent AV - Archite 5, Archi 1; 6 Archite or Archi = "lengthy" 1) referring to the home city of Hushai
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0758 'Aram {arawm'} »P 0759 ¦P·½; TWOT - 163 ´Ü©w¥» - Syria 67, Syrians 56, Aram 7, Syriadamascus + 04601 1, Syriamaachah + 04601 1; 132 ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ¨ÈÄõ ©Î ¨ÈÄõ¤H = "³Q°ªÁ|" 1) ¨ÈÄõ°ê©Î±Ô§Q¨È°ê 2) ¨ÈÄõ¤H©Î±Ô§Q¨È¤H ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ¨ÈÄõ = "³Q°ªÁ|" 3) °{ªº²Ä¤­­Ó¨à¤l (#¥N¤W 1:17|) 4) ®³Åbªº®]¤l (#³Ð 22:21|) 5) ¨È³]ªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 7:34|)

0758 'Aram {arawm'} from the same as 0759; TWOT - 163 AV - Syria 67, Syrians 56, Aram 7, Syriadamascus + 04601 1, Syriamaachah + 04601 1; 132 n pr m Aram or Arameans = "exalted" 1) Aram or Syria the nation 2) the Syrian or Aramean people n m Aram = "exalted" 3) fifth son of Shem 4) a grandson of Nahor 5) a descendant of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0759 'armown {ar-mone'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬°³Q´£¤É); TWOT - 164a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - palace 31, castle 1; 32 1) «°³ù, ¬Ó®c, ­n¶ë

0759 'armown {ar-mone'} from an unused root (meaning to be elevated); TWOT - 164a; n m AV - palace 31, castle 1; 32 1) citadel, palace, fortress
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0760 'Aram Tsobah {ar-am' tso-baw'} ·½¦Û 0758 and 06678;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Aramzobah 1; 1 ¨ÈÄõ-º¾¤Ú = "·N®ð°ª©ù: ¬°±R°ªªºª§¾Ô" 1) ¥i¯à«ü¤j°¨¤h­²ªF¥_ªº¤@¶ô¦a°Ï

0760 'Aram Tsobah {ar-am' tso-baw'} from 0758 and 06678;; n pr loc AV - Aramzobah 1; 1 Aram-zobah = "exalted station: exalted conflict" 1) probably the land northeast of Damascus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0761 'Arammiy {ar-am-mee'} ·½¦Û( 0758 )¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü AV - Syrian 10, Aramite 1; 11 ±Ô§Q¨È(Syrian) ©Î ¨ÈÄõ(Aramean) = "±R°ªªº" 1) ÄݱԧQ¨È©Î¨ÈÄõªº¤H©Îª«

0761 'Arammiy {ar-am-mee'} patrial from 0758;; adj AV - Syrian 10, Aramite 1; 11 Syrian or Aramean = "exalted" 1) a thing or a person from Syria or Aram
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0762 'Aramiyth {ar-aw-meeth'} 0761ªº³±©Êµü;; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - Syrian language 2, Syrian tongue 2, Syriack 1; 5 ¨ÈÄõ»y = "»y¨¥" 1) ¨ÈÄõ¤Hªº»y¨¥, ¨ÈÄõ»y

0762 'Aramiyth {ar-aw-meeth'} feminine of 0761;; adv AV - Syrian language 2, Syrian tongue 2, Syriack 1; 5 Aramaic = "language" 1) the language of Aram, Aramaic
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0763 'Aram Naharayim {ar-am' nah-har-ah'-yim} ·½¦Û 0758 ©M 05104 ªºÂù¼Æ«¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Mesopotamia 5, Aramnaharaim 1; 6 ¨ÈÄõ-®³«¢Äõ(Aram-naharaim) = "¨âªe¦a°Ïªº¨ÈÄõ" 1) ¦Ì©Òªi¤j¦Ì

0763 'Aram Naharayim {ar-am' nah-har-ah'-yim} from 0758 and the dual of 05104;; n pr loc AV - Mesopotamia 5, Aramnaharaim 1; 6 Aram-naharaim = "Aram of the two rivers" 1) Mesopotamia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0764 'Armoniy {ar-mo-nee'} ·½¦Û 0759;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Armoni 1; 1 ¨È¼¯¥§ = "¤ý®c¤¤¤§¤@­û" 1) ±½Ã¹¤ýªº¨à¤l¤§¤@

0764 'Armoniy {ar-mo-nee'} from 0759;; n pr m AV - Armoni 1; 1 Armoni = "one of the palace" 1) a son of Saul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0765 'Aran {ar-awn'} ·½¦Û 07442;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Aran 2; 2 ¨ÈÄõ = "§Ö¼Öªº" 1) ¥H±½ªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 1:42|)

0765 'Aran {ar-awn'} from 07442;; n pr m AV - Aran 2; 2 Aran = "joyous" 1) a descendant of Esau
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0766 'oren {o'-ren} »P 0765 ¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä¤O¶q¤§·N); TWOT - 165a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ash 1; 1 1) ªQ¬ì±`ºñ¾ð, ­»¬f¤ì(#ÁÉ 44:14|)

0766 'oren {o'-ren} from the same as 0765 (in the sense of strength); TWOT - 165a; n m AV - ash 1; 1 1) fir tree, cedar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0767 'Oren {o'-ren} »P 0766 ¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Oren 1; 1 ªü³s = "­»¬f" 1) µS¤jªº«á¥N

0767 'Oren {o'-ren} the same as 0766;; n pr m AV - Oren 1; 1 Oren = "cedar" 1) a descendant of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0768 'arnebeth {ar-neh'-beth} ¤£©ú½Tªº­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 123a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hare 2; 2 1) ¨ß¤l 1a) ¥i¯à¬O¤@ºØ¤wµ´ºØªº°Êª«, ¦]¬°²{¤µ©Òª¾ªº¨ß¤l¨S¦³·|¤Ï¯ìªº, ½T¹êªº·N«ä¤£©ú½T, ³Ì¦n¬Oµù©ú¨ä­ì¤å "arnebeth"

0768 'arnebeth {ar-neh'-beth} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 123a; n f AV - hare 2; 2 1) hare 1a) probably an extinct animal because no known hare chews its cud, exact meaning is unknown, and best left untranslated as "arnebeth"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0769 'Arnown {ar-nohn'} ©Î 'Arnon {ar-nohn'} ·½¦Û 07442;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arnon 25; 25 ¨È¹à = "´ø«æªº·Ë¬y" 1) «n¤Ú°Ç´µ©Zªº¤@±øªe¬y¤Î¨ä©P³ò, §Î¦¨¼¯©ã©M¨È¼¯§Q¤H¤§¶¡ªºÃä¬É

0769 'Arnown {ar-nohn'} or 'Arnon {ar-nohn'} from 07442;; n pr loc AV - Arnon 25; 25 Arnon = "rushing stream" 1) a river and surrounding valley in south Palestine, forms the border between Moab and the Amorites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0770 'Arnan {ar-nawn'} ¥i¯à»P0769¦P·½; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Arnan 1; 1 ¨ÈÒ­Ãø = "¥Ã»·ªº·à¤l; ©Î³¥¤s¦Ï: §Ú­n³ß¬vÁn" 1) ¤j½Ãªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 3:21|)

0770 'Arnan {ar-nawn'} probably from the same as 0769;; n pr m AV - Arnan 1; 1 Arnan = "lion of perpetuity: or a wild goat: I shall shout for joy" 1) a descendant of David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0771 'Ornan {or-nawn'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0766;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ornan 12 ªüÒ­·£ = "¤£º¶¤§¥ú"; "¥L­Ìªº¼×¾ð" 1) ¤@¦ì­C¥¬´µ¤H, ¥L§â¤@¶ô¥´½\³õ½æµ¹¤j½Ã¤ý§@¬°­×«Ø²½¾Â¤§¥Î

0771 'Ornan {or-nawn'} probably from 0766;; n pr m AV - Ornan 12 Ornan = "light was perpetuated: their fir trees" 1) a Jebusite who sold, to David, a threshing floor for an altar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0772 'ara` (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-ah'} ¬Ûµ¥©ó 0776; TWOT - 2610; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - earth 20, inferior 1; 21 1) ¦a²y, ¥@¬É, ¤j¦a

0772 'ara` (Aramaic) {ar-ah'} corresponding to 0776; TWOT - 2610; n m AV - earth 20, inferior 1; 21 1) earth, world, ground
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0773 'ar`iyth (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {arh-eeth'} ·½¦Û 0772; TWOT - 2611; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - bottom 1; 1 1) ©³³¡

0773 'ar`iyth (Aramaic) {arh-eeth'} from 0772; TWOT - 2611; n f AV - bottom 1; 1 1) bottom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0774 'Arpad {ar-pawd'} ·½¦Û 07502; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Arpad 4, Arphad 2; 6 ¨ÈÒ­©Þ = ¡u§Ú¥²±o¦ù®i (©Î±o¤ä«ù)¡v 1) ±Ô§Q¨È¥_³¡ªº«°¥«, ´©¤Þ¬°¨È­z¤H©ºªAªºäê§Ù (# ¤ý¤U 18:33-34|)

0774 'Arpad {ar-pawd'} from 07502;; n pr loc AV - Arpad 4, Arphad 2; 6 Arpad or Arphad = "I shall be spread out (or supported)" 1) a city in northern Syria cited as an example of the Assyrian conquest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0775 'Arpakshad {ar-pak-shad'} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó»y;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Arphaxad 9; 9 ¨Èªk¼» = "§Ú±N¹³¨Å©Ð¤@¼Ëªº¥¢±Ñ: ¥L¶A©G¨Å©Ð" 1) °{ªº²Ä¤T­Ó¨à¤l

0775 'Arpakshad {ar-pak-shad'} probably of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Arphaxad 9; 9 Arphaxad = "I shall fail as the breast: he cursed the breast-bottle" 1) third son of Shem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0776 'erets {eh'-rets} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¥i¯à·N¬°°í©w; TWOT - 167; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - land 1543, earth 712, country 140, ground 98, world 4, way 3, common 1, field 1, nations 1, wilderness + 04057 1; 2504 1)¦a, ¤g¦a 1a)¤g¦a 1a1)¥þ¦a(¬Û¹ï©ó³¡¥÷¦a°Ï) 1a2)¦a(¬Û¹ï©ó¤Ñ) 1a3)¦a(©w©~ªº) 1b)¦a 1b1)°ê®a, æ¬É 1b2)ÁÒ°Ï, °Ï°ì 1b3)¤ä¬£Ã¦¬É 1b4)¤@¶ô¦a 1b5)­{«n¦a, ¥H¦â¦C¦a 1b6)¦a¤Wªº©~¥Á 1b7)³±¶¡, ¥h¦Ó¤£ªð¤§¦a, (¤U­±ªº)¥@¬É 1b8)«°(-¨¹) 1c)¦a, ¦a­± 1c1)¦a 1c2)¤g 1d)(¤ù»y¤¤) 1d1)¦a¤Wªº°ê¥Á 1d2)¨¹°êªºªÅ¶¡(«×¶q¶ZÂ÷) 1d3)¨¹°ê¤§¹Ò¬É 1d4)¬¡¤H¤§¦a 1d5)¦a·¥ 1e)(´X¥G³£¥Î©ó±ß´Á) 1e1)½Ñ¦a, ¦C°ê 1e1a)¦h¬Û¹ï©ó­{«n

0776 'erets {eh'-rets} from an unused root probably meaning to be firm; TWOT - 167; n f AV - land 1543, earth 712, country 140, ground 98, world 4, way 3, common 1, field 1, nations 1, wilderness + 04057 1; 2504 1) land, earth 1a) earth 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) 1a3) earth (inhabitants) 1b) land 1b1) country, territory 1b2) district, region 1b3) tribal territory 1b4) piece of ground 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel 1b6) inhabitants of land 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world 1b8) city (-state) 1c) ground, surface of the earth 1c1) ground 1c2) soil 1d) (in phrases) 1d1) people of the land 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) 1d3) level or plain country 1d4) land of the living 1d5) end(s) of the earth 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) 1e1) lands, countries 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0777 'artsa' {ar-tsaw'} ·½¦Û 0776;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Arza 1; 1 ¨ÈÂø = "¤g½èªº, ¥@«Uªº" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤ý¥H©Ôªº¤@¦ìºÞ®a (#¤ý¤W 16:9|)

0777 'artsa' {ar-tsaw'} from 0776;; n pr m AV - Arza 1; 1 Arza = "earthy" 1) housekeeper of Elah, king of Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0778 'araq (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ar-ak'} ¥Ñ 0772 ºtÅܦӨÓ; TWOT - 2612; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - earth 1; 1 1) ¦a, ¤j¦a

0778 'araq (Aramaic) {ar-ak'} by transmutation for 0772; TWOT - 2612; n f AV - earth 1; 1 1) earth, the earth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0779 'arar {aw-rar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 168; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - curse 62, bitterly 1; 63 1) ¶A©G 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¶A©G 1a2) ¶A©G¬Y¤H (±Mªù¥Î©ó¶A©G¤è­±ªº¤Àµü) 1b) (Niphal) ³Q¶A©G, ³Q©G½| 1c) (Piel) ©G½|, ¦]¨ü¶A©G¦Ó¾D¬o, ¶A©G 1d) (Hophal) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¶A©G, ³Q¶A©G

0779 'arar {aw-rar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 168; v AV - curse 62, bitterly 1; 63 1) to curse 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to curse 1a2) cursed be he (participle used pr in curses) 1b) (Niphal) to be cursed, cursed 1c) (Piel) to curse, lay under a curse, put a curse on 1d) (Hophal) to be made a curse, be cursed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0780 'Ararat {ar-aw-rat'} ¥~¨Ó¦r; TWOT - 169; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ararat 2, Armenia 2; 4 ¨È©Ôþ = ¡uºM¾Pªº¶A©G: ­°¤U¶A©G¡v 1) ¤µ¨È¬ü¥§¨ÈªF³¡¤@¦h¤s°Ï°ì, ¦b Araxes ªe»P Van ©M Oroomiah ¨â´ò¤§¶¡, ®¿¨È¤è¦à³Ì«á°±¯dªº¦aÂI 2) (TWOT) ®¿¨È¤è¦à³Ì«á°±¦b³o®y¤s¯ß

0780 'Ararat {ar-aw-rat'} of foreign origin; TWOT - 169; n pr loc AV - Ararat 2, Armenia 2; 4 Ararat = "the curse reversed: precipitation of curse" 1) a mountainous region of eastern Armenia, between the river Araxes and the lakes Van and Oroomiah, the site where Noah's ark came to rest 2) (TWOT) the mountain where Noah's ark came to rest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0781 'aras {aw-ras'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 170; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - betroth 10, espouse 1; 11 1) ³\°t, ¨Ï­q±B 1a) (Piel) ³\°t (¨k¤k¬Ò¥i) 1b) (Pual) ­q¹L±Bªº

0781 'aras {aw-ras'} a primitive root; TWOT - 170; v AV - betroth 10, espouse 1; 11 1) to betroth, engage 1a) (Piel) to betroth (man or woman) 1b) (Pual) to be betrothed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0782 'aresheth {ar-eh'-sheth} ·½¦Û 0781 (¨ú¨ä ·N±ý¾Ö¦³ ¤§·N); TWOT - 171a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - request 1; 1 1) ±ý±æ, ­n¨D

0782 'aresheth {ar-eh'-sheth} from 0781 (in the sense of desiring to possess); TWOT - 171a; n f AV - request 1; 1 1) desire, request
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0783 'Artachshashta' {ar-takh-shash-taw'} ©Î 'Artachshasht' {ar-takh-shasht'}; ©Î «÷ªkÅÜ´««¬ 'Artachshact' {ar-takh-shast'} ÄÝ©ó¥~¨Ó°_·½;±M¦³¦Wµü³±©Ê; ´Ü©w¥» - Artaxerxes 15; 15 ¨È¹FÁ§¦è = "§Ú±N¨Ï³Q¯}ÃaªºªmÄË: ¦b¥V¤Ñ§Ú±N¿E°Ê¦Û§Ú" 1) ¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ýªº¨à¤l»PÄ~©ÓªÌ¡A¬°ªi´µ¤ý, 465-424 BC

0783 'Artachshashta' {ar-takh-shash-taw'} or 'Artachshasht' {ar-takh-shasht'}; or by permutation 'Artachshact' {ar-takh-shast'} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Artaxerxes 15; 15 Artaxerxes = "I will make the spoiled to boil: I will stir myself (in) winter" 1) son and successor of Xerxes as emperor of Persia, 465-424 BC
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0784 'esh {aysh} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 172; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fire 373, burning 1, fiery 1, untranslated variant 1, fire + 0800 1, flaming 1, hot 1; 379 1) ¤õ 1a) ¤õ, ¤õµK 1b) ¤Ñ¤õ (¦ñÀH¤W«ÒªºÅã²{) 1c) ¤õ(µN¶º, ¿N¯N, ¯M­¹ª«¥Îªº) 1d) ²½¾Âªº¤õ 1e) ¯«ªº©Á«ã (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0784 'esh {aysh} a primitive word; TWOT - 172; n f AV - fire 373, burning 1, fiery 1, untranslated variant 1, fire + 0800 1, flaming 1, hot 1; 379 1) fire 1a) fire, flames 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) 1d) altar-fire 1e) God's anger (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0785 'esh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {aysh} ¬Û·í©ó 0784; TWOT - 2614; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - flame 1; 1 1) ¤õ

0785 'esh (Aramaic) {aysh} corresponding to 0784; TWOT - 2614; n f AV - flame 1; 1 1) fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0786 'ish {eesh} »P 0784 ¬Û¦P (¦b¨Ó·½»Pµ²ºc¤è­±); TWOT - 173; °Æµü¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ ´Ü©w¥» - can 1, there 1; 2 1) ¦³ (³æ¼Æ), ¦³ (½Æ¼Æ)

0786 'ish {eesh} identical (in origin and formation) with 0784; TWOT - 173; adv subst AV - can 1, there 1; 2 1) there is, there are
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0787 'osh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ohsh} ¬Û·í©ó 0803 (¸g«÷ªkÅÜ´«¤ÎÁY´î); TWOT - 2613; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - foundation 3; 3 1) °ò¦

0787 'osh (Aramaic) {ohsh} corresponding (by transposition and abbrev.) to 0803; TWOT - 2613; n m AV - foundation 3; 3 1) foundation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0788 'Ashbel {ash-bale'} ¥i¯à»P 07640 ¦P·½ ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ashbel 3; 3 ¨È¹ê§O = "ÄÝ ¯«ªº¤H: ÄݤڤOªº¤H: ©¼°Ç¤§¤õ: §Ú±N¶}¸ô" 1) «K¶®¼§ªº¤G¤l

0788 'Ashbel {ash-bale'} probably from the same as 07640;; n pr m AV - Ashbel 3; 3 Ashbel = "a man in God: a man of Baal: fire of Bel: I will make a path" 1) second son of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0789 'Ashbeliy {ash-bay-lee'} ·½¦Û0788ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ; §Î®eµü AV - Ashbelites 1; 1 ¨È¹ê§O±Ú = "Äݯ«ªº¤H: ¤Ú¤Oªº¤H: §Ú­n¾Q¸ô" 1) ¨È¹ê§Oªº«á¸Ç (#¥Á 26:38|)

0789 'Ashbeliy {ash-bay-lee'} patronymic from 0788;; adj AV - Ashbelites 1; 1 Ashbelites = "a man in God: a man of Baal: fire of Bel: I will make a path" 1) descendants of Ashbel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0790 'Eshban {esh-bawn'} ¥i¯à »P 07644 ¦P·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eshban 2; 2 ¥ì¬O¯Z = "¬}¹î¤§¼ö¤O" 1) ¥HªFªº¤@¦ì±Úªø

0790 'Eshban {esh-bawn'} probably from the same as 07644;; n pr m AV - Eshban 2; 2 Eshban = "fire of discernment" 1) an chief of Edom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0791 'Ashbea` {ash-bay'-ah} ·½¦Û 07650; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ashbea 1; 1 ¨È¹ê¤ñ = "§Ú­n°_»}" 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 4:21|)

0791 'Ashbea` {ash-bay'-ah} from 07650;; n pr m AV - Ashbea 1; 1 Ashbea = "I shall make to swear" 1) the patriarch of a family of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0792 'Eshba`al {esh-bah'-al} ·½¦Û 0376 ©M 01168;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eshbaal 2; 2 ¥ì¬I¤Ú¤O = "¤Ú¤Oªº¤H" 1) ±½Ã¹ªº²Ä¥|­Ó¨à¤l, ¤SºÙ '¥ì¬Iªi³]' [0378]

0792 'Eshba`al {esh-bah'-al} from 0376 and 01168;; n pr m AV - Eshbaal 2; 2 Eshbaal = "a man of Baal" 1) the fourth son of Saul, also called Ishbosheth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0793 'eshed {eh'-shed} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ·N¬°"Äé" ; TWOT - 174a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stream 1; 1 1) ©³³¡, ©Y«×, °ò¦, ¸û§Cªº³¡¤À(#¥Á 21:15|)

0793 'eshed {eh'-shed} from an unused root meaning to pour; TWOT - 174a; n m AV - stream 1; 1 1) bottom, slope, foundation, lower part
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0794 'ashedah {ash-ay-daw'} ·½¦Û 0793; TWOT - 174b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - springs 3, variant 3; 6 1) «Ø¥ß, ©Y

0794 'ashedah {ash-ay-daw'} from 0793; TWOT - 174b; n f AV - springs 3, variant 3; 6 1) foundation, slope
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0795 'Ashdowd {ash-dode'} ·½¦Û 07703; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ashdod 17; 17 ¨È¹ê¬ð = "±j¦Ó¦³¤Oªº" 1) «D§Q¤h¤Hªº¤@­Ó¥D­n«°¥«, ¦ì©ó¦a¤¤®üªu©¤, ­C¸ô¼»§N¦èÃä, §Y²{¦bªº Esdud

0795 'Ashdowd {ash-dode'} from 07703;; n pr loc AV - Ashdod 17; 17 Ashdod = "powerful" 1) a major Philistine city on the Mediterranean Sea west from Jerusalem, modern Esdud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0796 'Ashdowdiy {ash-do-dee'} ·½¦Û 0795 ¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ashdod 3, Ashdothites 2; 5 ¨È¹ê¬ð¤H= "§Ú±N±°¹Ü" 1) ¨È¹ê¬ð©~¥Á

0796 'Ashdowdiy {ash-do-dee'} patrial from 0795;; adj AV - Ashdod 3, Ashdothites 2; 5 Ashdodites = "I will spoil" 1) an inhabitant of Ashdod
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0797 'Ashdowdiyth {ash-do-deeth'} 0796ªº³±©Ê;; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - speech of Ashdod 1; 1 ¨È¹ê¬ð = "§Ú±N¯}Ãa" 1) ¨È¹ê¬ðªº»y¨¥ ( #¥§13:24|)

0797 'Ashdowdiyth {ash-do-deeth'} feminine of 0796;; adv AV - speech of Ashdod 1; 1 Ashdodites = "I will spoil" 1) language of Ashdod
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0798 'Ashdowth hap-Picgah {ash-doth' hap-pis-gaw'} ·½¦Û 0794 ©M 06449 ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬ ¨Ã¦³¤¶«aµü;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ashdothpisgah 3; 3 Ïi´µ­{¤s©Y= "Ïi´µ­{ªº±×©Y" 1) Ïi´µ­{ªº¤s¸s, ¥]¬A¥§ªi¤s(# ¥Ó3:17; ®Ñ 13:20|)

0798 'Ashdowth hap-Picgah {ash-doth' hap-pis-gaw'} from the plural of 0794 and 06449 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Ashdothpisgah 3; 3 Ashdoth-pisgah = "slopes of Pisgah" 1) the mountains of Pisgah, which include Mt. Nebo
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0799 'eshdath {esh-dawth'} ·½¦Û 0784 ©M 01881; TWOT - 174b?; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fiery 1; 1 1) ¦p¤õªº«ßªk, «ßªkªº­è¯P©Ê, ¯P¤õ¼g¦¨ªº«ßªk (·N«ä¤£½T©w)

0799 'eshdath {esh-dawth'} from 0784 and 01881; TWOT - 174b?; n f AV - fiery 1; 1 1) fiery law, fire of a law, fire was a law (meaning uncertain)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0800 'eshshah {esh-shaw'} ·½¦Û 0784; TWOT - 172; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fire 1; 1 1) ¤õ

0800 'eshshah {esh-shaw'} from 0784; TWOT - 172; n f AV - fire 1; 1 1) fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0801 'ishshah {ish-shaw'} »P0800¦P,¦ý¥Î©ó§«ô»ö¦¡ªº·N«ä; TWOT - 172a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - offering...by fire 65; 65 1) êO²½, ¥Î¤õ°µªº©^Äm, ¤õ²½

0801 'ishshah {ish-shaw'} the same as 0800, but used in a liturgical sense; TWOT - 172a; n m AV - offering...by fire 65; 65 1) burnt-offering, offering made by fire, fire offering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0802 'ishshah {ish-shaw'} ·½¦Û 0376 ©Î 0582; TWOT - 137a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - wife 425, woman 324, one 10, married 5, female 2, misc 14; 780 1) °ü¤H, ©d¤l, ¤k¤H 1a) ¤k¤H 1b) ©d¤l 1c) ¥Àªº (°Êª«) 1d) ¨C¤@, ¨C­Ó (¥N¦Wµü)

0802 'ishshah {ish-shaw'} from 0376 or 0582; TWOT - 137a; n f AV - wife 425, woman 324, one 10, married 5, female 2, misc 14; 780 1) woman, wife, female 1a) woman (opposite of man) 1b) wife (woman married to a man) 1c) female (of animals) 1d) each, every (pronoun)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0803 'ashuwyah {ash-oo-yah'} ³Q°Ê¤Àµü ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ·N¨ý"«Ø¥ß°ò¦"; TWOT - 175a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - foundation 1; 1 1) §ßÀð, ¤ä«ù(#­C 51:15|)

0803 'ashuwyah {ash-oo-yah'} passive participle from an unused root meaning to found; TWOT - 175a; n f AV - foundation 1; 1 1) buttress, support
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0804 'Ashshuwr {ash-shoor'} ©Î 'Ashshur {ash-shoor'} ·½¦Û0833 (¨ú¨ä"¦¨¥\\\"¤§·N); TWOT - 176 ´Ü©w¥» - Assyria 118, Assyrian 19, Asshur 8, Assyrian + 01121 5, Assur 1; 151 ¨È­z = " ¤@­Ó¶¥¬q" ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 1) °{ªº²Ä¤G­Ó¨à¤l, ¥L¬O¨È­z¤Hªº¯ª¥ý¥B "¨È­z¤H" ªº¦WºÙ¬O¥Ñ¥L¦Ó¨Óªº 2) ¨È­z¤H ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 3) «ü°ê®a, ¨È­z°ê 4) «ü»â¤g, ¨È­z

0804 'Ashshuwr {ash-shoor'} or 'Ashshur {ash-shoor'} apparently from 0833 (in the sense of successful); TWOT - 176 AV - Assyria 118, Assyrian 19, Asshur 8, Assyrian + 01121 5, Assur 1; 151 Asshur or Assyria = "a step" n pr m 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians 2) the people of Assyria n pr loc 3) the nation, Assyria 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0805 'Ashuwriy {ash-oo-ree'} ©Î 'Ashshuwriy {ash-shoo-ree'} ·½¦Û¤@­Ó©M 0804 ¬Û¦P§Î¦¡ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Asshurim 1, Ashurites 1; 2 ¨È®Ñ§Q¤H = "¨ü¤Þ¾Éªº: ¨ü¯¬ºÖªº" 1) ­C´µ¦C¥­­ìªº©~¥Á (#¼»¤U 2:9|) ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ¨È®Ñ§Q = "¨B¥ï" 2) ³¡¸¨, ¬O"¨È§B©Ô¨u"©M"°ò¤g©Ô"ªº«á¸Ç (#³Ð 25:3|)

0805 'Ashuwriy {ash-oo-ree'} or 'Ashshuwriy {ash-shoo-ree'} from a patrial word of the same form as 0804;; adj AV - Asshurim 1, Ashurites 1; 2 Ashurites = "guided: blessed" 1) a tribe inhabiting the plain of Esdraelon n pr m Asshuri = "steps" 2) a tribe descended from Abraham and Keturah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0806 'Ashchuwr {ash-khoor'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 07835;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ashur 2; 2 ¨È¬I¤á = "¶Â" 1) ªk°Ç´µªº¨à¤l

0806 'Ashchuwr {ash-khoor'} probably from 07835;; n pr m AV - Ashur 2; 2 Ashur = "black" 1) son of Pharez
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0807 'Ashiyma' {ash-ee-maw'} ¥~¨Ó¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ashima 1; 1 ¨È¥Üº¿ = "¦³¸o: §Ú±N¨Ï¯î¼o³Q¿ò±ó" 1) «¢°¨¤Hªº¯«

0807 'Ashiyma' {ash-ee-maw'} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Ashima 1; 1 Ashima = "guiltiness: I will make desolate" 1) a god of Hamath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0808 'ashiysh {aw-sheesh'} ·½¦Û»P 0784 ¬Û¦Pªº¦r·½ (»P 0803 ¤ñ¸û); TWOT - 185a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - foundation 1; 1 1)®Ú°ò(´Ü©w¥») 2)¸²µå»æ(©M¦X¥») (#ÁÉ 16:7|)

0808 'ashiysh {aw-sheesh'} from the same as 0784 (compare 0803); TWOT - 185a; n f AV - foundation 1; 1 1) with sense of pressing down, foundation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0809 'ashiyshah {ash-ee-shaw'} ·½¦Û 0808; TWOT - 185a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - flagon 4; 4 1) ¸²µå»æ, ¥Î©óÄm²½ªººá®u (# ¼»¤U 6:19; ¥N¤W 16:3; ºq 2:5; ¦ó 3:1|)

0809 'ashiyshah {ash-ee-shaw'} from 0808; TWOT - 185a; n f AV - flagon 4; 4 1) raisin-cake, used in sacrificial feasts 1a) consistently translated in AV as "flagon of wine"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0810 'eshek {eh'-shek} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (¨ä·N¥i¯à¬° ¦ê¦b¤@°_); TWOT - 177; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stones 1; 1 1) âé¤Y 2) (CLBL) ¥ÛÀY

0810 'eshek {eh'-shek} from an unused root (probably meaning to bunch together); TWOT - 177; n m AV - stones 1; 1 1) testicle 2) (CLBL) stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0811 'eshkowl {esh-kole'} ©Î 'eshkol {esh-kole'} ¥i¯à¬O·½¦Û0810ªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 178; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cluster 8, cluster of grapes 1; 9 1) ¦ê/§ô 1a) ¸²µåªº 1b) ªáªº(Áô³ë±¡¤H)

0811 'eshkowl {esh-kole'} or 'eshkol {esh-kole'} probably prolonged from 0810; TWOT - 178; n m AV - cluster 8, cluster of grapes 1; 9 1) cluster 1a) of grapes 1b) of flowers (metaphor of lover)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0812 'Eshkol {esh-kole'} »P 0811 ¦P ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W,¶§©Ê AV - Eshcol 6; 6 ¥H¹ê¦U = "¨Ï»E¶°" 1) §Æ§B±[¦a°Ï, ¥H¹ê¦U¤s¨¦ 2) ¨È¼¯§Q¤H, ¹÷§Qªº§Ì¥S, ©~¦í©ó§Æ§B±[

0812 'Eshkol {esh-kole'} the same as 0811;; n pr loc,m AV - Eshcol 6; 6 Eshcol = "cluster" 1) an area of Hebron, the valley of Eshcol 2) an Amorite, the brother of Mamre, dwelling in Hebron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0813 'Ashk@naz {ash-ken-az'} ·½¦Û¥~»y;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ashkenaz 3; 3 ¨È¹ê°ò®³ = "¹³Åx¸¨ªº«Bºw¯ëªº¤H: ¼»¸¨¯ëªº¤õ" 1) ¶®¥±ªº«á¸Ç ( #³Ð 10:3| ) 2) ¥_¤èªº¥Á±Ú, ¥i¯à¬O­Ú´µ¥§¨È(¦b¤p¨È²Ó¨È¦è¥_, Àض®üªº¤@­Ó¥j°ê)

0813 'Ashk@naz {ash-ken-az'} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Ashkenaz 3; 3 Ashkenaz = "a man as sprinkled: fire as scattered" 1) a descendant of Japheth 2) a northern people, perhaps of Bithynia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0814 'eshkar {esh-cawr'} ¥Î©ó 07939;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 1, present 1; 2 1) §ª«

0814 'eshkar {esh-cawr'} for 07939;; n m AV - gift 1, present 1; 2 1) gift
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0815 'eshel {ay'-shel} ·½¦Û¤@­Ó·N¸q¤£©ú½Tªº¦r®Ú; TWOT - 179a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - grove 1, tree 2; 3 1) ì÷¬h¾ð, ««µ·¬h¾ð

0815 'eshel {ay'-shel} from a root of uncertain signification; TWOT - 179a; n m AV - grove 1, tree 2; 3 1) tamarisk tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0816 'asham {aw-sham'} ©Î 'ashem {aw-shame'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 180; °Êµü AV - guilty 14, desolate 6, offend 6, trespass 4, certainly 1, destroy 1, faulty 1, greatly 1, offence 1; 35 1) «_¥Ç, ¦³¸o, ¦æ¹L¥Ç 1a) (Qal) 1a1) °µ¿ù, «_¥Ç, ¦æ¹L¥Ç, ¥Ç¸o, «I®` 1a2) ¦³¸oªº©Î¦¨¬°¦³¸oªº 1a3) ºâ¬°¦³¸o 1a4) ³Q©w¸o 1b) (Niphal) ¾D¨ü³B»@ 1c) (Hiphil) «Å§i¦³¸o 2) (TWOT) ¯î¿¾, ©Ó»{¹L¥¢

0816 'asham {aw-sham'} or 'ashem {aw-shame'} a primitive root; TWOT - 180; v AV - guilty 14, desolate 6, offend 6, trespass 4, certainly 1, destroy 1, faulty 1, greatly 1, offence 1; 35 1) to offend, be guilty, trespass 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to do wrong, offend, trespass, commit an offense, do injury 1a2) to be or become guilty 1a3) to be held guilty 1a4) to be incriminated 1b) (Niphal) to suffer punishment 1c) (Hiphil) to declare guilty 2) (TWOT) to be desolate, acknowledge offense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0817 'asham {aw-shawm'} ·½¦Û 0816; TWOT - 180b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - trespass offering 34, trespass 8, offering for sin 1, sin 2, guiltiness 1; 46 1) ¸oª¹, ¥Çªk, ¦³¸o 1a) ¥Çªk, ¥Ç¸o, ¿ù»~ 1b) ¸o¦æ, ¥Ç¸o 1c) ¸ÉÀv (¹ï©ó¥Ç¸o) 1d) Å«·^²½

0817 'asham {aw-shawm'} from 0816; TWOT - 180b; n m AV - trespass offering 34, trespass 8, offering for sin 1, sin 2, guiltiness 1; 46 1) guilt, offense, guiltiness 1a) offense, trespass, fault 1b) guilt, guiltiness 1c) compensation (for offense) 1d) trespass offering, guilt offering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0818 'ashem {aw-shame'} ·½¦Û 0816; TWOT - 180a; §Î®eµü AV - guilty 2, faulty 1; 3 1) ¦³¸o, ·í¸o³d(¦ÓÀ³·í¥I¥X©ÒÀ³±oªº¥N»ù, ¸o¦³À³±o)

0818 'ashem {aw-shame'} from 0816; TWOT - 180a; adj AV - guilty 2, faulty 1; 3 1) guilty, faulty (and obliged to offer a guilt-offering)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0819 'ashmah {ash-maw'} ·½¦Û 0817; TWOT - 180c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - trespass 13, sin 4, offend 1, trespass offering 1; 19 1) ¦³¸o, ¥Ç¸o, ¥Çªk, ¸oÄ^, °µ¿ù¨Æ 1a) ¥Ç¿ù, ¥Ç«I¥Ç©Î¬O§ðÀ»ªº¸o 1b) Åܦ¨¸o¥Ç, ¥Ç¸o 1c) ´£¨Ñ¥Ç¸o

0819 'ashmah {ash-maw'} from 0817; TWOT - 180c; n f AV - trespass 13, sin 4, offend 1, trespass offering 1; 19 1) guiltiness, guilt, offense, sin, wrong-doing 1a) doing wrong, committing a trespass or offense 1b) becoming guilty, guilt 1c) bringing a guilt-offering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0820 'ashman {ash-mawn'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 08081; TWOT - 2410d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - desolate 1; 1 1) ªÎ§§ªº, ¦bªÎ§§¤H¤¤ 2) (CLBL) ¯î¿¾©t¿Wªº, ¹³¦º¤F¤@¼Ë

0820 'ashman {ash-mawn'} probably from 08081; TWOT - 2410d; n m AV - desolate 1; 1 1) the stout, among the stout 2) (CLBL) the desolate, like dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0821 'ashmurah {ash-moo-raw'} ©Î 'ashmuwrah {ash-moo-raw'} ©Î 'ashmoreth {ash-mo'-reth} ·½¦Û 08104; TWOT - 2414e; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - watch 5, night watch 2; 7 1) ¦u½Ã (¤@¬q®É¶¡), ¦u©]

0821 'ashmurah {ash-moo-raw'} or 'ashmuwrah {ash-moo-raw'} or 'ashmoreth {ash-mo'-reth} from 08104; TWOT - 2414e; n f AV - watch 5, night watch 2; 7 1) watch (a period of time), night-watch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0822 'eshnab {esh-nawb'} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î¤§¦r®Ú (¨ä·N«ä¥i¯à¬O '¯d¦³ªÅ»Ø'); TWOT - 2418a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - lattice 1, casement 1; 2 1) µ¡Äç

0822 'eshnab {esh-nawb'} apparently from an unused root (probably meaning to leave interstices); TWOT - 2418a; n m AV - lattice 1, casement 1; 2 1) window-lattice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0823 'Ashnah {ash-naw'} ¥i¯à¬°03466ªºÅܤƵü;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ashnah 2; 2 ¨È¹ê®³ = "§Ú±N¤Þ°_ÅܤÆ" 1) ¦ýªþªñªº¤@®y«° 2) µS¤jªº¤@®y«°

0823 'Ashnah {ash-naw'} probably a variation for 03466;; n pr loc AV - Ashnah 2; 2 Ashnah = "I will cause change" 1) a town near Dan 2) a town in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0824 'Esh`an {esh-awn'} ·½¦Û 08172;; ±M¦³¦Wµü,¦a¦W AV - Eshean 1; 1 ¥H¬À = "¤ä´©" 1) ¦bµS¤Óªº«°É]

0824 'Esh`an {esh-awn'} from 08172;; n pr loc AV - Eshean 1; 1 Eshean = "support" 1) a city in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0825 'ashshaph {ash-shawf'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (¥i¯à¨ú¨ä ¤f¾¦¤£²Mªº¼Ë¤l, ¥ç§Y ¬I°áÅ]ªk ªº·N«ä); TWOT - 181; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - astrologer 2; 2 1) ³qÆF¤H, §Å®v 2) (TWOT) ¥e¬P®a, Å]ªk®v, »°°­ªº¤H

0825 'ashshaph {ash-shawf'} from an unused root (probably meaning to lisp, i.e. practice enchantment); TWOT - 181; n m AV - astrologer 2; 2 1) necromancer, conjurer, 2) (TWOT) astrologer, enchanter, exorcist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0826 'ashshaph (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ash-shawf'} ¬Û·í©ó 0825; TWOT - 2615; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - astrologer 6; 6 1) §Å®v, Å]ªk®v, (CLBL) ³qÆF¤H

0826 'ashshaph (Aramaic) {ash-shawf'} corresponding to 0825; TWOT - 2615; n m AV - astrologer 6; 6 1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0827 'ashpah {ash-paw'} ¥i¯à»P 0825 ¦P·½ (¨ú¨äÂл\¤§·N); TWOT - 182a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - quiver 6; 6 1) ½b³U (¸Ë½b¥Î) 1a) ®a¸Ìªº, ÄÝ©ó¤W«Òªº¾¹¨ã (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0827 'ashpah {ash-paw'} perhaps from the same as 0825 (in the sense of covering); TWOT - 182a; n f AV - quiver 6; 6 1) quiver (for arrows) 1a) of home, of God's instruments (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0828 'Ashp@naz {ash-pen-az'} ¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ashpenaz 1; 1 ¨È¬I¬s®³ = "§Ú±N¨Ï­«­nªº¤H³QŨ¦«¥X¨Ó" 1) ¥§¦b¥Ò¥§¼»¤ýªº¤ÓºÊªø

0828 'Ashp@naz {ash-pen-az'} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Ashpenaz 1; 1 Ashpenaz = "I will make prominent the sprinkled" 1) chief eunuch of Nebuchadnezzar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0829 'eshpar {esh-pawr'} °_·½¤£©ú; TWOT - 182.1; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - piece 1, flesh 1; 2 1) ¦×¶ô, ¦ô¶qªº¤@¥÷(­¹ª«), ´Ç¤l³J¿|(§t¸q¤Î­«­n©Ê¼Ò½k¤£²M)(# ¼»¤U 6:19; ¥N¤W 16:3|)

0829 'eshpar {esh-pawr'} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 182.1; n m AV - piece 1, flesh 1; 2 1) piece of meat, measured portion, date-cake (meaning and significance obscure)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0830 'ashpoth {ash-pohth'} ©Î 'ashpowth {ash-pohth'} ©Î (contraction) sh@photh {shef-ohth'} »P 0827 ¦P«¬¤§¦Wµüªº½Æ¼Æ, ·½¦Û 08192 (¨ú¨ä"¨íÀ¿"¤§·N); TWOT - 2441b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - dung 4, dunghill 3; 7 1) ¦ÇÂu°ï, ©U§£°ï, ÁT°ï

0830 'ashpoth {ash-pohth'} or 'ashpowth {ash-pohth'} or (contraction) sh@photh {shef-ohth'} plural of a noun of the same form as 0827, from 08192 (in the sense of scraping); TWOT - 2441b; n m AV - dung 4, dunghill 3; 7 1) ash heap, refuse heap, dung-hill
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0831 'Ashq@lown {ash-kel-one'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 08254, ¨ú¨ä"¿Å¶q¤§¦a" (¨Ò¦p:¥«¶°) ªº·N«ä; ±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ashkelon 9, Askelon 3; 12 ¨È¹ê°ò­Û = "¨¸´cªº¤õ: §Ú±N³Q¿Å¶q" 1) «D§Q¤h¤Hªº¤@­Óªu®ü«°¥«, ¦b­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¦è«nÃä

0831 'Ashq@lown {ash-kel-one'} probably from 08254 in the sense of weighing-place (i.e. mart);; n pr loc AV - Ashkelon 9, Askelon 3; 12 Askelon or Ashkelon = "the fire of infamy: I shall be weighed" 1) a maritime city of the Philistines, southwest of Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0832 'Eshq@lowniy {esh-kel-o-nee'} ·½¦Û 0831 ¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eshkalonites 1; 1 ¨È¹ê°ò­Û¤H = "´c¦W¤§¤õ: §Ú±N³Q­«À£" 1) ¨È¹ê°ò­Û©~¥Á

0832 'Eshq@lowniy {esh-kel-o-nee'} patrial from 0831;; adj AV - Eshkalonites 1; 1 Eshkalonites = "the fire of infamy: I shall be weighed" 1) an inhabitant of Ashkelon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0833 'ashar {aw-shar'} ©Î 'asher {aw-share'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 183; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - blessed 7, lead 2, go 2, guide 1, happy 2, leaders 1, relieve 1; 16 1) ª½¦æ, ¨«¸ô, Ä~Äò, «e¶i, ¶i¨B 1a) (Qal) ¨«¦b©ú¹Fªº¸ô¤W (#½e 9:6|) 1b) (Piel) 1b1) ·¥¤Oª½¦æ,«e¶i (#½e 4:14|) 1b2) ²o¤Þ(¨Ï§Ð°Êµü) (#½e 23:19; ÁÉ3:12|) 1b3) ¦J¥¿ (#ÁÉ 1:17|) 1b4) «ÅºÙ§Ö¼Ö, ºÙ¬°¨ü¯¬ºÖªº 1c) (Pual) 1c1) ³Q²o¤Þ (#ÁÉ 9:16|) 1c2) ³QÅܦ¨§Ö¼Öªº, ³Q¯¬ºÖ (#¸Ö 41:2; ½e 3:18|)

0833 'ashar {aw-shar'} or 'asher {aw-share'} a primitive root; TWOT - 183; v AV - blessed 7, lead 2, go 2, guide 1, happy 2, leaders 1, relieve 1; 16 1) to go straight, walk, go on, advance, make progress 1a) (Qal) to go straight on, make progress 1b) (Piel) 1b1) to go straight on, advance 1b2) to lead on (causative) 1b3) to set right, righten 1b4) to pronounce happy, call blessed 1c) (Pual) 1c1) to be advanced, be led on 1c2) to be made happy, be blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0834 'aher {ash-er'} °ò¥»Ãö«Y¥N¦Wµü («ü©Ò¦³©Ê§O»P¼Æ¶q); TWOT - 184 AV - which, wherewith, because, when, soon, whilst, as if, as when, that, until, much, whosoever, whereas, wherein, whom, whose; 111 1) (Ãö«Y½èµü) 1a) ­þ¤@­Ó, ½Ö 1b) ¨º­Ó 2)(³s±µµü) 2a) that (¥Î©ó¨üµü¤l¥y; ¤¤¤å¥¼Ä¶) 2b) ·í...®É 2c) ¬JµM 2d) ¤@¦p 2e) ¦³±ø¥óªº¦pªG

0834 'aher {ash-er'} a primitive relative pronoun (of every gender and number); TWOT - 184 AV - which, wherewith, because, when, soon, whilst, as if, as when, that, until, much, whosoever, whereas, wherein, whom, whose; 111 1) (relative part.) 1a) which, who 1b) that which 2) (conj) 2a) that (in obj clause) 2b) when 2c) since 2d) as 2e) conditional if
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0835 'esher {eh'-sher} ·½¦Û 0833; TWOT - 183a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - blessed 27, happy 18; 45 1) ©¯ºÖ, ºÖ®ð 1a) ¸g±`¥Î¨Ó§@·P¹Äµü 1b) ¦³ºÖªº¬O...

0835 'esher {eh'-sher} from 0833; TWOT - 183a; n m AV - blessed 27, happy 18; 45 1) happiness, blessedness 1a) often used as interjection 1b) blessed are
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0836 'Asher {aw-share'} ·½¦Û 0833;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Asher 43; 43 ¨È³] = "§Ö¼Öªº" 1) ¶®¦U©M±x©¬ªº¨à¤l 2) ±q¨È³]©µ¦ù¤U¨ÓªººØ±Ú 3) ¤@­Ó¦bº¿®³¦è¥Ü¼C«°ªF¤èªº«°¥«

0836 'Asher {aw-share'} from 0833;; n pr m, loc AV - Asher 43; 43 Asher = "happy" 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah 2) the tribe descended from Asher 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0837 'osher {o'-sher} ·½¦Û 0833; TWOT - 183b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - happy 1; 1 1) ©¯ºÖ (#³Ð 30:13|)

0837 'osher {o'-sher} from 0833; TWOT - 183b; n m AV - happy 1; 1 1) happiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0838 'ashur {aw-shoor'} ©Î ashshur {ash-shoor'} ·½¦Û 0833 ¨ú¨ä "¨«" ¤§·N; TWOT - 183d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - step 6, going 3; 9 1) ¨B¥ï, ¨«

0838 'ashur {aw-shoor'} or ashshur {ash-shoor'} from 0833 in the sense of going; TWOT - 183d; n f AV - step 6, going 3; 9 1) step, going
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0839 'ashur {ash-oor'} 08391ªºÁY¼g; TWOT - 183e; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Ashurites 1; 1 1) ¨È³]¤ä¬£ªº¤H

0839 'ashur {ash-oor'} contracted for 08391; TWOT - 183e; n f AV - Ashurites 1; 1 1) one from the tribe of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0840 'Asar'el {as-ar-ale'} ·½¦Û0833 »P 0410ªº¤£¦P«÷ªk; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Asareel 1; 1 ¨È¼»¦C = "¯««ù¦u" 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 4:16|)

0840 'Asar'el {as-ar-ale'} by orthographical variation from 0833 and 0410;; n pr m AV - Asareel 1; 1 Asareel = "God holds" 1) a descendant of Judah through Caleb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0841 'Asar'elah {as-ar-ale'-aw} »P 0840 ¦P·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Asarelah 1; 1 ¨ÈÂħQ©Ô = "¯«´x´¤" 1) ¨ÈÂĪº²³¤l¤§¤@, ³Q¤j½Ã«ü¬£°Û¸t¼Öªº¤u§@

0841 'Asar'elah {as-ar-ale'-aw} from the same as 0840;; n pr m AV - Asarelah 1; 1 Asarelah = "God holds" 1) a son of Asaph, appointed sanctuary musician by David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0842 'asherah {ash-ay-raw'} ©Î 'asheyrah {ash-ay-raw'} ·½¦Û 0833; TWOT - 183h; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - grove 40; 40 ¨ÈªÙ©Ô = ¡u¤ì°¸ (°¸¹³±R«ô¥Î)¡v 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Û (¨È´µ¶ð¸¦¤k¯«)-­{«n¤Hªº¤k¯« (¥q°]´I¡B©¯ºÖ), ³Q»{¬°¬O¤Ú¤Oªº°t°¸, ¤k¯«¹³ 1a) ¤k¯«, ²³¤k¯« 1b) ¤k¯«¹³ 1c) ¾Â®Ç½Ý¥ßªº¾ð¤ì©Î¬W¤l, ¥Î¥H²½¯«

0842 'asherah {ash-ay-raw'} or 'asheyrah {ash-ay-raw'} from 0833; TWOT - 183h; n pr f AV - grove 40; 40 Ashera(h) = "groves (for idol worship)" 1) a Babylonian (Astarte)-Canaanite goddess (of fortune and happiness), the supposed consort of Baal, her images 1a) the goddess, goddesses 1b) her images 1c) sacred trees or poles set up near an altar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0843 'Asheriy {aw-shay-ree'} ·½¦Û 0836 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Asherite 1; 1 ¨È³] = "§Ö¼Ö" 1) ¨È³]ªº«á¸Ç(#¤h 1:32|)

0843 'Asheriy {aw-shay-ree'} patronymic from 0836;; adj AV - Asherite 1; 1 Asherites = "happy" 1) those descended from Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0844 'Asriy'el {as-ree-ale'} ·í§@ 0840 ªº¤@­Ó«÷¦rÅܤƦr;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ashriel 3; 3 ¨È´µ¦C = "§Ú±N·|¬O¯«ªº¤ý¤l" 1) º¿®³¦è°¶¤jªº®]¤l, ¥B¬O°ò¦Cªº¨à¤l 2) º¿®³¦èªº¨à¤l

0844 'Asriy'el {as-ree-ale'} an orthographical variation for 0840;; n pr m AV - Ashriel 3; 3 Ashriel = "I shall be prince of God" 1) a great-grandson of Manasseh, and son of Gilead 2) a son of Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0845 'Asri'eliy {as-ree-ale-ee'} ·½¦Û 0844 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Asrielites 1; 1 ¨È´µ¯P±Ú = "§Ú±N¦¨¬°¤W«Òªº¤ý¤l" 1) ¨È´µ¯Pªº«á¸Ç©v±Ú(#¥Á 26:31|)

0845 'Asri'eliy {as-ree-ale-ee'} patronymic from 0844;; adj AV - Asrielites 1; 1 Asrielites = "I shall be prince of God" 1) the clan descended from Ashriel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0846 'ushsharna' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {oosh-ar-naw'} ·½©ó¬Û·í©ó 0833 ªº¦r®Ú; TWOT - 2616; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wall 2; 2 1) Àð, ´OÆ^ªO, ¼Ù¬W, «Ø¿vª« (½T¹ê¤Î­l¥Íªº·N¸q³£¤£½T©w)

0846 'ushsharna' (Aramaic) {oosh-ar-naw'} from a root corresponding to 0833; TWOT - 2616; n m AV - wall 2; 2 1) wall, panelling, beams, structure (precise meaning and derivation uncertain)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0847 'Eshta'ol {esh-taw-ole'} ©Î 'Eshta'owl {esh-taw-ole'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 07592;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Eshtaol 7; 7 ¹ê³³ = "Àµ¨D" 1) ¦ì©óµS¤j¤§¤@®y¦ý±Úªº«°¥«

0847 'Eshta'ol {esh-taw-ole'} or 'Eshta'owl {esh-taw-ole'} probably from 07592;; n pr loc AV - Eshtaol 7; 7 Eshtaol = "entreaty" 1) a Danite city located within Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0848 'Eshta'uliy {esh-taw-oo-lee'} ·½¦Û(0847)¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì ;; §Î®eµü AV - Eshtaulites 1; 1 ¥H¹ê³³¤H = "§Ú±N³QÀµ¨D" 1) ¥H¹ê³³ªº©~¥Á

0848 'Eshta'uliy {esh-taw-oo-lee'} patrial from 0847;; adj AV - Eshtaulites 1; 1 Eshtaulites = "I will be entreated" 1) the inhabitants of Eshtaol
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0849 'eshtadduwr (Aramaic) {esh-tad-dure'} ·½¦Û 07712 (in a bad sense); TWOT - 3021a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sedition 2; 2 1) ¤Ï«q, º´°Ê«q¶Ã

0849 'eshtadduwr (Aramaic) {esh-tad-dure'} from 07712 (in a bad sense); TWOT - 3021a; n m AV - sedition 2; 2 1) revolt, sedition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0850 'Eshtown {esh-tone'} ¥i¯à»P07764¦P·½; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eshton 2; 2 ¥ì¬I¤Ù = "¬X®zªº" 1) µS¤j¤ä¬£ªº¤H (#¥N¤W 4:11,12|)

0850 'Eshtown {esh-tone'} probably from the same as 07764;; n pr m AV - Eshton 2; 2 Eshton = "effeminate" 1) a descendant of Caleb of tribe of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0851 'Esht@moa` {esh-tem-o'-ah} ©Î 'Esht@mowa` {esh-tem-o'-ah} ©Î 'Esht@moh {esh-tem-o'} ·½¦Û 08085 (¨ú¨ä ¶¶ªA ¤§·N);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Eshtemoa 5, Eshtemoh 1; 6 ¥H¹ê´£²ö = "§Ú·|¥X¤HÀY¦a" ¥H¹ê´£¼¯ = "§Ú·|³y¦¨¦Û§Ú·´·À: Åå²§¤§¤õ: §Ú±N¤@­¸¨R¤Ñ" 1) ¦bµS¤jÄݦaªº¤@®y§Q¥¼¤H«° 2) ¤@¦ìµS¤j¤H

0851 'Esht@moa` {esh-tem-o'-ah} or 'Esht@mowa` {esh-tem-o'-ah} or 'Esht@moh {esh-tem-o'} from 08085 (in the sense of obedience);; n pr m, loc AV - Eshtemoa 5, Eshtemoh 1; 6 Eshtemoa = "I will make myself heard" Eshtemoh = "I shall cause my own ruin: fire of astonishment: I shall soar aloft" 1) a Levitical city in Judah 2) a man of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0852 'ath (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {awth} ¬Û·í©ó 0226; TWOT - 2617; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sign 3; 3 1) Âݹ³, ¯«ÂÝ, ©_Æ[

0852 'ath (Aramaic) {awth} corresponding to 0226; TWOT - 2617; n f AV - sign 3; 3 1) sign, miraculous signs, wonders
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0853 'eth {ayth} ÅãµMªu¦Û 0226 , «ü¥Ü¦s¦bªº·N«ä; TWOT - 186; ¥¼Â½Ä¶ªº½èµü AV - not translated; 22 1) ©w¥Xª½±µ¨üµüªº°O¸¹, ¦b­^¤å(»P¤¤¤å)¤¤¥¼Ä¶¥X, ³q±`¦bª½±µ¨ü®æªº«e­±

0853 'eth {ayth} apparent contracted from 0226 in the demonstrative sense of entity; TWOT - 186; untranslated particle AV - not translated; 22 1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0854 'eth {ayth} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0579; TWOT - 187; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - against, with, in, him, me, upon; 24 1) ©M... , ±µªñ... , »P... ¤@°_ 1a) ©M... , »P... ¤@°_ 1b) ©M... (Ãö«Y) 1c) ±µªñ... (¬Y¦a) 1d) ©M... (°]²£) 1e) ±q...·í¤¤.. , ±q (ªþ¨ä¥L¤¶Ã´µü)

0854 'eth {ayth} probably from 0579; TWOT - 187; prep AV - against, with, in, him, me, upon; 24 1) with, near, together with 1a) with, together with 1b) with (of relationship) 1c) near (of place) 1d) with (poss.) 1e) from...with, from (with other prep)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0855 'eth {ayth} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; TWOT - 192a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - plowshare 3, coulter 2; 5 1) ²pÀY

0855 'eth {ayth} of uncertain derivation; TWOT - 192a; n m AV - plowshare 3, coulter 2; 5 1) ploughshare
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0856 'Ethba`al {eth-bah'-al} ·½¦Û 0854 ©M 01168;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ethbaal 1; 1 ¿Ö¤Ú¤O = "»P¤Ú¤O¦P¦b" 1) ¦è¹y¤ý, ­C¬~§Oªº¤÷¿Ë (#¤ý¤W 16:31|)

0856 'Ethba`al {eth-bah'-al} from 0854 and 01168;; n pr m AV - Ethbaal 1; 1 Ethbaal = "with Baal" 1) king of Sidon, father of Jezebel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0857 'athah {aw-thaw'} ©Î 'atha' {aw-thaw'} ¦r®Ú«¬ [»P 0225 ¨Ã¦æªºÁYµu«¬]; TWOT - 188; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - come 20, brought 1; 21 1) ¨Ó¨ì, ¨ì¹F 1a) (Qal) ¨Ó¨ì (ÄݤH, ®É¶¡, ³¥Ã~, ¨aÃøªº) 1b) (Hiphil) ±a¨Ó

0857 'athah {aw-thaw'} or 'atha' {aw-thaw'} a primitive root [collateral to 0225 contraction]; TWOT - 188; v AV - come 20, brought 1; 21 1) to come, arrive 1a) (Qal) to come (of men, time, beasts, calamity) 1b) (Hiphil) to bring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0858 'athah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {aw-thaw'} ©Î 'atha' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {aw-thaw'} ¬Û·í©ó 0857; TWOT - 2618; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - bring 9, come 7; 16 1) ¨Ó, ¨ì¹F 1a) (P'al) ¹L¨Ó 1b) (Aphel) ±a¨Ó 1c) (Hophal) ³Q±a¨ì 2) ©ó·s¬ù¤¤, ¨Ï¥Î¦b"maranatha"³o­Ó¦r¤¤ - ªí¥Ü"¥Dªº¨ì¨Ó"

0858 'athah (Aramaic) {aw-thaw'} or 'atha' (Aramaic) {aw-thaw'} corresponding to 0857; TWOT - 2618; v AV - bring 9, come 7; 16 1) to come, arrive 1a) (P'al) to come 1b) (Aphel) to bring 1c) (Hophal) to be brought 2) used in the NT in the phrase "maranatha" - "Lord come"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0859 'attah {at-taw'} ©Î (ÁY¼g«¬), 'atta {at-taw'} ©Î 'ath {ath}, ³±©Ê(¤£³W«hªº)¦³®É¬° 'attiy {at-tee'} ½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê 'attem {at-tem'}, ³±©Ê 'atten {at-ten'}, ©Î 'attenah {at-tay'naw}, ©Î 'attennah {at-tane'-naw} ²Ä¤G¤HºÙªº°ò¥»¥N¦Wµü; TWOT - 189; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - thou, you, ye; 11 1) §A(²Ä¤G¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ¶§©Ê)

0859 'attah {at-taw'} or (shortened), 'atta {at-taw'} or 'ath {ath}, feminine (irregular) sometimes 'attiy {at-tee'} plural masculine 'attem {at-tem'}, feminine 'atten {at-ten'}, or 'attenah {at-tay'naw}, or 'attennah {at-tane'-naw} a primitive pronoun of the second person; TWOT - 189; pers pron AV - thou, you, ye; 11 1) you (second pers. sing. masc.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0860 'athown {aw-thone'} ©Î³\¨Ó·½©M 0386 ¬Û¦P (¦³§Ô­@ªº·N¨ý); TWOT - 190a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - ass 34; 34 1) ¥ÀÆj, »Û©ÊªºÆj

0860 'athown {aw-thone'} probably from the same as 0386 (sense of patience); TWOT - 190a; n f AV - ass 34; 34 1) she-ass, she-donkey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0861 'attuwn (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {at-toon'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 0784; TWOT - 2619; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - furnace 10; 10 1) º²Äl

0861 'attuwn (Aramaic) {at-toon'} probably from the corresponding to 0784; TWOT - 2619; n m AV - furnace 10; 10 1) furnace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0862 'attuwq {at-tooke'} ©Î 'attiyq {at-teek'} ·½¦Û 05423, ¨ú¨ä´î¤Ö¤§·N; TWOT - 191a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - gallery 5; 5 1) ªø´Y, ¨«´Y

0862 'attuwq {at-tooke'} or 'attiyq {at-teek'} from 05423 in the sense of decreasing; TWOT - 191a; n m AV - gallery 5; 5 1) gallery, porch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0863 'Ittay {it-tah'ee} ©Î 'Iythay {ee-thah'ee} ·½¦Û 0854;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ittai 8, Ithai 1; 9 ¥H¤Ó(Ittai ©Î Ithai) = "©M§Ú¦b¤@°_" 1) ¤@¦ì­{¯S¤Hªº­º»â, «á§ë®Ä¦b¤j½Ã¤ýªº¾£¤U 2) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H, ¬O¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤Ê­Ó¤j¯à«i¤h¤§¤@ (#¼»¤U 23:29;¥N¤W 11:31|)

0863 'Ittay {it-tah'ee} or 'Iythay {ee-thah'ee} from 0854;; n pr m AV - Ittai 8, Ithai 1; 9 Ittai or Ithai = "with me" 1) a Gittite commander from Gath in David's army 2) one of David's 30 mighty warriors, a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0864 'Etham {ay-thawm'} ¥j®J¤Î»y­l¥Í¦r;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Etham 4; 4 ¥H­Õ = "»P¥L­Ì¦P¦b: ¥L­Ìªº²pÀY" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¦b¥X®J¤Î®É¥N³r¯dªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

0864 'Etham {ay-thawm'} of Egyptian derivation;; n pr loc AV - Etham 4; 4 Etham = "with them: their plowshare" 1) a stopping place for Israel during the Exodus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0865 'ethmowl {eth-mole'} ©Î 'ithmowl {ith-mole'} ©Î 'ethmuwl {eth-mool'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û0853 ©Î 0854 ©M 04136; TWOT - 2521; °Æµü¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^, ª½±µ¨ü®æ ´Ü©w¥» - time past + 08032 2, herefore + 0832 1, beforetime + 08032 1, yesterday 1, old 1, late 1, before 1; 8 1) ¬Q¤Ñ, ªñ¨Ó, ¥H«e 1a) ¬Q¤Ñ 1b) ¥H«e(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1c) ±q¬Q¤Ñ, ¤w¸g (¤ù»y) 2) (TWOT +) ±q«e, ¦b¨º®É¤§«e, ¦b¬Y¤@®É¶¡¤§«e, ¥H«e, ³Ìªñ, ¥j®É­Ôªº, ³o¨Ç¤é¤l¥H¨Ó, ¹L©¹

0865 'ethmowl {eth-mole'} or 'ithmowl {ith-mole'} or 'ethmuwl {eth-mool'} probably from 0853 or 0854 and 04136; TWOT - 2521; adv subst and acc AV - time past + 08032 2, herefore + 0832 1, beforetime + 08032 1, yesterday 1, old 1, late 1, before 1; 8 1) yesterday, recently, formerly 1a) yesterday 1b) formerly (fig.) 1c) from yesterday, already (in phrase) 2) (TWOT +) before, before that time, before the time, heretofore, of late, of old, these days, time(s) past
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0866 'ethnah {eth-naw'} ·½¦Û 08566; TWOT - 2524a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - reward 1; 1 1) ¥X¿ú, »ù¿ú (¤@­Ó±@§²ªº) 2) (TWOT) ­È±o

0866 'ethnah {eth-naw'} from 08566; TWOT - 2524a; n f AV - reward 1; 1 1) hire, price (of a harlot) 2) (TWOT) reward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0867 'Ethniy {eth-nee'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û0866; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ethni 1; 1 ¥ì¯S¥§ = "§Úªº¶±»ù" 1) ¨ÈÂĪº¥ý¯ª (#¥N¤W 6:41|)

0867 'Ethniy {eth-nee'} perhaps from 0866;; n pr m AV - Ethni 1; 1 Ethni = "my hire" 1) an ancestor of Asaph
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0868 'ethnan {eth-nan'} ©M 0866 ¬Û¦P ; TWOT - 2529a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - hire 8, reward 3; 11 1) ²]»ù, ¶±»ù 1a) ¶± (±@§²) 1b) ÄݱR«ô°¸¹³ªº¥H¦â¦C,­C¸ô¼»§N, ®õº¸ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0868 'ethnan {eth-nan'} the same as 0866; TWOT - 2529a; n m AV - hire 8, reward 3; 11 1) hire of prostitute, price 1a) hire (of harlot) 1b) of idolatrous Israel, Jerusalem, Tyre (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0869 'Ethnan {eth-nan'} »P0868¦P ¨ú0867¤§·N; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ethnan 1; 1 ¥ì´£«n = "hire of unchastity" 1) µS¤jªº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤W 4:7|)

0869 'Ethnan {eth-nan'} the same as 0868 in the sense of 0867;; n pr m AV - Ethnan 1; 1 Ethnan = "hire of unchastity" 1) a grandson of Ashur
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0870 'athar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ath-ar'} ·½©ó¬Û¹ï©ó 0871 ªº¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TWOT - 2620; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - place 5, after 3; 8 1) ­y¸ñ, ¦ì¸m

0870 'athar (Aramaic) {ath-ar'} from a root corresponding to that of 0871; TWOT - 2620; n m AV - place 5, after 3; 8 1) track, place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0871 'Athariym {ath-aw-reem'} ·½¦Û¤@¤£¨Ï¥Î¦r®Úªº½Æ¼Æ (¥i¯à·N¬°"¸}¨B");; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - spies 1; 1 1) ·N¸q¤£©ú½T - ¥i¯à¬O¤s¹i©Î¬O°Ó¶¤ªº¸ô½u(#¥Á 21:1|)

0871 'Athariym {ath-aw-reem'} plural from an unused root (probably meaning to step);; n pr loc AV - spies 1; 1 1) meaning uncertain - perhaps mountain pass or caravan route
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0872 b@'ah {be-aw'} ·½¦Û 0935; TWOT - 212a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - entry 1; 1 1) ªù¤f, ¨B¤J, ÁÚ¶i, (¸t·µªº) ¤J¤f 1a) ªù¤f 1b) ÁÚ¶i (¶i¤Jªº¦æ°Ê)

0872 b@'ah {be-aw'} from 0935; TWOT - 212a; n f AV - entry 1; 1 1) entrance, a coming in, entering, entry (of the temple) 1a) entrance 1b) entering (act of entrance)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0873 bi'uwsh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {be-oosh'} ·½¦Û 0888; TWOT - 2622a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bad 1; 1 1) ¨¸´c, Ãaªº, ´c¦H

0873 bi'uwsh (Aramaic) {be-oosh'} from 0888; TWOT - 2622a; n f AV - bad 1; 1 1) evil, bad, be evil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0874 ba'ar {baw-ar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 194; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - plain 1, plainly 1, declare 1; 3 1) (Piel) 1a) ¦¨¬°©öÀ´ªº, ¤À¿ë²M·¡ 1b) ¸ÑÄÀ²M·¡ 1c) «Å§i 1d) ¥Ûª©¤Wªº¦r

0874 ba'ar {baw-ar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 194; v AV - plain 1, plainly 1, declare 1; 3 1) (Piel) 1a) to make plain, distinct 1b) to make clear 1c) to declare 1d) letters on a tablet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0875 @'er {be-ayr'} ·½¦Û 0874; TWOT - 194a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - well 32, pit 3, slimepits 1, not translated 1; 37 1) ¤«, §|

0875 @'er {be-ayr'} from 0874; TWOT - 194a; n f AV - well 32, pit 3, slimepits 1, not translated 1; 37 1) well, pit, spring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0876 B@'er {be-ayr'} »P 0875 ¦P;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Beer 2; 2 ¤ñÒ­ = "¤«" 1) ¤@­Ó¨Fºz¤¤ªººñ¬w, ¥X®J¤Î«á´¿¦b¦¹°±¯d¥ð¾Í (#¥Á 21:16|) 2) §Æ§B±[ªFªº¤@­Ó«°¥«

0876 B@'er {be-ayr'} the same as 0875;; n pr loc AV - Beer 2; 2 Beer = "well" 1) an oasis rest in desert during the Exodus 2) a city west of Hebron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0877 bo'r {bore} ·½¦Û 0874; TWOT - 194d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - cistern 2; 2 1) »W¤ô¦À, §|¬}, ¤«

0877 bo'r {bore} from 0874; TWOT - 194d; n m AV - cistern 2; 2 1) cistern, pit, well
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0878 B@'era' {be-ay-raw'} ·½¦Û 0875;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Beera 1; 1 ¤ñ©Ô = "¤@¤f¤«" 1) ¨È³]®a±Úªº¤@­û

0878 B@'era' {be-ay-raw'} from 0875;; n pr m AV - Beera 1; 1 Beera = "a well" 1) a man of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0879 B@'er 'Eliym {be-ayr' ay-leem'} ·½¦Û 0875 ©M 0410 ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Beerelim 1; 1 ¤ñÒ­¥HµY = "¤W«Òªº¤«" 1) ¼¯©ã«n³¡ªº¤@­Ó¤«(#ÁÉ 15:8|)

0879 B@'er 'Eliym {be-ayr' ay-leem'} from 0875 and the plural of 0410;; n pr loc AV - Beerelim 1; 1 Beer-elim = "well of God" 1) a well in the south of Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0880 B@'erah {be-ay-raw'} »P0878¦P; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Beerah 1; 1 ³Æ©Ô = "¤ô¤«" 1) ³Q¨È­z¾Û¥hªº¤@¦W¬y«K¤ä¬£­º»â (#¥N¤W 5:6|)

0880 B@'erah {be-ay-raw'} the same as 0878;; n pr m AV - Beerah 1; 1 Beerah = "well" 1) a Reubenite chief exiled to Assyria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0881 B@'erowth {be-ay-rohth'} 0875³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Beeroth 5; 5 ¤ñ¿ý = "·½¬u" 1)°ò¹M¤Hªº³£¥«¡A³Q¤À°tµ¹«K¶®¼§¤ä¬£

0881 B@'erowth {be-ay-rohth'} fem. pl. of 0875;; n pr loc AV - Beeroth 5; 5 Beeroth = "wells" 1) a Gibeonite city allotted to Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0882 B@'eriy {be-ay-ree'} ·½¦Û 0875;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Beeri 2; 2 ³Æ§Q = "§Úªº¤«" 1) ¥H±½ªº©¨¤÷, µSºwªº¤÷¿Ë¤ñ§Q( #³Ð 26:34|) 2) ¦ó¦èªüªº¤÷¿Ë( #¦ó 1:1| )

0882 B@'eriy {be-ay-ree'} from 0875;; n pr m AV - Beeri 2; 2 Beeri = "my well" 1) Esau's Hittite father-in-law 2) father of Hosea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0883 B@'er la-Chay Ro'iy {be-ayr' lakh-ah'ee ro-ee'} ·½¦Û 0875 ©M 02416 (¥[¤W¦r­º) ©M 07203;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - the well Lahairoi 2, Beerlahairoi 1; 3 §È¦Õ¡E©Ô®ü¡EµÜ = "¬ÝÅU§Úªº¨º¤@¦ìªº¤«" 1) ¥[§C´µ¦è¤è, ¥H¦â¦C«n¤èªº¤@¤f¤«

0883 B@'er la-Chay Ro'iy {be-ayr' lakh-ah'ee ro-ee'} from 0875 and 02416 (with prefix) and 07203;; n pr loc AV - the well Lahairoi 2, Beerlahairoi 1; 3 Beer-lahai-roi = "well of the Living One seeing me" 1) a well west of Kadesh, south of Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0884 B@'er Sheba` {be-ayr' sheh'-bah} ·½¦Û 0875 ©M 07651 (¨ú 07650 ªº·N«ä);; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Beersheba 34; 34 §O¬O¤Ú = "¤C­¿»}¬ùªº¤«" 1) ¦ì©ó¥H¦â¦C«nÃäÃä¹Òªº«°¥«

0884 B@'er Sheba` {be-ayr' sheh'-bah} from 0875 and 07651 (in the sense of 07650);; n pr loc AV - Beersheba 34; 34 Beer-sheba = "well of the sevenfold oath" 1) a city at the south edge of Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0885 B@eroth B@ney-Ya`aqan {be-ay-roth' be-nay' yah-a-can'} ·½¦Û 0875ªº³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ ¨Ãªu¥Î01121»P03292ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Beeroth....Jaakan 1; 1 ¤ñù¤ñ¥§¨È¤z©Î¤ñ¿ý = "¤«" ©Î "¨È¤z¨à¤l¤§¤«" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤H¦bÃm³¥¦wÀ礧¦a, ¥i¯à¦b¦ó§Q¤H¹Ò¤º(#¥Ó 10:6|)

0885 B@eroth B@ney-Ya`aqan {be-ay-roth' be-nay' yah-a-can'} from the fem. pl. of 0875, and the pl. contraction of 01121, and 03292;; n pr loc AV - Beeroth....Jaakan 1; 1 Beeroth Bene-Jaakan or Beeroth = "wells" or "wells of the sons of Jaakan" 1) an encampment for Israel in the wilderness probably in the country of the Horites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0886 B@'erothiy {be-ay-ro-thee'} ·½¦Û(0881)¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; ¤ñ¿ý¤H AV - Beerothite 5; 5 ¤ñ¿ý¤H = "¦h¤«¤§¦a" 1) ¤ñ¿ý(ÄÝ«K¶®¼§¹Ò¤º)¦aªº©~¥Á

0886 B@'erothiy {be-ay-ro-thee'} patrial from 0881;; adj AV - Beerothite 5; 5 Beerothite - "wells" 1) an inhabitant of Beeroth (in Benjamin)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0887 ba'ash {baw-ash'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 195; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - stink 10, abhor 3, abomination 1, loathsome 1, stinking savour 1, utterly 1 (¤£©wµü for emphasis); 17 1) ²£¥Í¯ä¨ý, ¯ä¦W, ¯ä¨ý 1a) (Qal) Åܯä, ¯ä¨ý 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ¶û´cªº 1b2) ³Q§O¤H¶û´c 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) Åܯä, µo¥X¯ä¨ý 1c2) µo¯äªº­ì¦] 1c3) ´c¨Æ(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1d) (Hithpael) ³Q§O¤H¶û´c 2) (TWOT) ¼¨´c

0887 ba'ash {baw-ash'} a primitive root; TWOT - 195; v AV - stink 10, abhor 3, abomination 1, loathsome 1, stinking savour 1, utterly 1 (inf. for emphasis); 17 1) to have a bad smell, stink, smell bad 1a) (Qal) to stink, smell bad 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to become odious 1b2) to make oneself odious 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to stink, emit a stinking odour 1c2) to cause to stink 1c3) of wickedness (fig.) 1d) (Hithpael) to make oneself odious 2) (TWOT) to abhor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0888 b@'esh (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {be-aysh'} ¬Û·í©ó 0887; TWOT - 2622; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - displeased 1; 1 1) (P'al) §@¨¸´cªº¨Æ, ¨ÏÃa, ©Û·SIJ«ã

0888 b@'esh (Aramaic) {be-aysh'} corresponding to 0887; TWOT - 2622; v AV - displeased 1; 1 1) (P'al) to be evil, be bad, be displeasing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0889 b@'osh {be-oshe'} ·½¦Û 0877; TWOT - 195a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stink 3; 3 1) ´c¯ä, »G¯ä

0889 b@'osh {be-oshe'} from 0877; TWOT - 195a; n m AV - stink 3; 3 1) stench, foul odour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0890 bo'shah {bosh-aw'} ·½¦Û 0889; TWOT - 195b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cockle 1; 1 1) µo¯äªºªF¦è, ´c¯ä©Î¦³¬rªºÂø¯ó, ®ð¨ý´c¯äªºÂø¯ó

0890 bo'shah {bosh-aw'} from 0889; TWOT - 195b; n f AV - cockle 1; 1 1) stinking things, stinking or noxious weeds, stinkweed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0891 b@'ushiym {be-oo-sheem'} ·½¦Û 0889; TWOT - 195c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü pl ´Ü©w¥» - wild grapes 2; 2 1) µo¥X´c¯ä©Î¬O²@µL»ù­ÈªºªF¦è, ³¥¥Í¸²µå, stinkberries

0891 b@'ushiym {be-oo-sheem'} from 0889; TWOT - 195c; n m pl AV - wild grapes 2; 2 1) stinking or worthless things, wild grapes, stinkberries
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0892 babah {baw-baw'} ¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r®Úªº¥D°Ê¤Àµü, ¦r®Ú­ì·N¬O «õªÅ ªº·N«ä; TWOT - 196; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - apple 1; 1 1) ²´¤¤Àû¤H

0892 babah {baw-baw'} active participle of an unused root meaning to hollow out; TWOT - 196; n f AV - apple 1; 1 1) the apple (pupil) of the eye
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0893 Bebay {bay-bah'ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y;; ±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Bebai 6; 6 ¤ñ«ô = "§Úªº¬}¥Þ" 1) ³Q¾ÛÂk¦^ªº¤@­Ó»â³S

0893 Bebay {bay-bah'ee} probably of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Bebai 6; 6 Bebai = "my cavities" 1) a leader of the returning exiles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0894 Babel {baw-bel'} ·½¦Û 01101; TWOT - 197; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Babylon 257, Babylonian + 01121 3, Babel 2; 262 ¤Ú§O©Î¤Ú¤ñ­Û = "²V¶Ã (Âǵ۲V¦b¤@°_)" 1) ¤Ú§O©Î¤Ú¤ñ­Û, ¥j¦Ñªº¦aÂI ¦Ó¥B/©ÎªÌ ¬O ¤Ú¤ñ­Û(¤µ¥ì©Ô§J¤¤³¡)ªº­º³£ §¤¸¨©ó¥®µo©Ô©³ªe

0894 Babel {baw-bel'} from 01101; TWOT - 197; n pr loc AV - Babylon 257, Babylonian + 01121 3, Babel 2; 262 Babel or Babylon = "confusion (by mixing)" 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0895 Babel (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {baw-bel'} ¬Û·í©ó 0894; TWOT - 197; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Babylon 25; 25 ¤Ú§O ©Î ¤Ú¤ñ­Û = "²V¶Ã (¦]²V¦b¤@°_) 1) ¤Ú§O©Î¤Ú¤ñ­Û, ¥j¤Ú¤ñ­Û«Ò°ê¤Î¨ä­º³£ (¤µ¥ì©Ô§J¤¤³¡¤@±a), ¦ì©ó¥®µo©Ô©³ªe¬y°ì. µù : Al Hillah ¬O²{¥ì©Ô§J¤¤³¡¤@­Ó¦æ¬Ù ªº¬Ù·|©Ò¦b, ¦ì©ó¥j¤Ú¤ñ­Û«°¿ò§}ªþªñ, ¬O¤¤¥®µo©Ô©³ªe¬y°ìªº ¥D­n½\ª«¶°´²¦a¤Î´ä¤f.

0895 Babel (Aramaic) {baw-bel'} corresponding to 0894; TWOT - 197; n pr loc AV - Babylon 25; 25 Babel or Babylon = "confusion (by mixing)" 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0896 Babliy (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bab-lee'} ·½¦Û(0895)¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^½Æ¼Æ ±j½Õ«¬ AV - Babylonian 1; 1 ¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤H = "²V¶Ã (¦]²V²c¦b¤@°_)" 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤H

0896 Babliy (Aramaic) {bab-lee'} patrial from 0895;; adj subst pl emphatic AV - Babylonian 1; 1 Babylonian = "confusion (by mixing)" 1) Babylonian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0897 bag {bag} ªi´µ¦r; TWOT - 225a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - spoil 1; 1 1) ¾Ô±°ª«, ¾Ô§Q«~

0897 bag {bag} a Persian word; TWOT - 225a; n m AV - spoil 1; 1 1) spoil, booty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0898 bagad {baw-gad'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 198; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - treacherously 23, transgressor 10, transgress 3, deceitfully 2, treacherous dealer 3, treacherous 2, very 2 (inf. for emphasis), unfaithful man 1, treacherous men 1, offend 1, unfaithfully 1; 49 1) ¦æ¨Æ¤£©¾¹ê¦a, ´Û¶B¦a, «Ý¤H³B¨Æ¤£©¾¹ê¦a 1a) (Qal) «Ý¤H³B¨Æ¤£©¾¹ê¦a, ­I«H¦a, ´Û¶B¦a, ¥Ç¸o

0898 bagad {baw-gad'} a primitive root; TWOT - 198; v AV - treacherously 23, transgressor 10, transgress 3, deceitfully 2, treacherous dealer 3, treacherous 2, very 2 (inf. for emphasis), unfaithful man 1, treacherous men 1, offend 1, unfaithfully 1; 49 1) to act treacherously, deceitfully, deal treacherously 1a) (Qal) to act or deal treacherously, faithlessly, deceitfully, offend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0899 beged {behg'-ed} ·½¦Û 0898; TWOT - 198a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - garment 107, clothes 69, cloth 13, raiment 12, apparel 4, robe 4, wardrobe 2, very 2, clothing 1, lap 1, rags 1, vestures 1; 217 1) ­I«q, ´Û¶B 2) (CLBL) ¥~³T, ¦çªA (µL¥ô¦ó´L¨õ°Ï§O)

0899 beged {behg'-ed} from 0898; TWOT - 198a; n m AV - garment 107, clothes 69, cloth 13, raiment 12, apparel 4, robe 4, wardrobe 2, very 2, clothing 1, lap 1, rags 1, vestures 1; 217 1) treachery, deceit 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0900 bog@dowth {bohg-ed-ohth} 0898¤§½Æ¼Æ¥D°Ê¤Àµü ; TWOT - 198b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - treacherous 1; 1 1) ¦l¶Bªº, ¦l¶B, ¦æ¬°¦l¶B¤§¤H (#µf 3:4|)

0900 bog@dowth {bohg-ed-ohth} plural active participle of 0898; TWOT - 198b; n f AV - treacherous 1; 1 1) treacherous, treacherousness, men of treacherous behaviour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0901 bagowd {baw-¯«e'} ·½¦Û 0898; TWOT - 198c; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - treacherous 2; 2 1) ÄF¤Hªº, ´Û¶Bªº

0901 bagowd {baw-gode'} from 0898; TWOT - 198c; adj AV - treacherous 2; 2 1) treacherous, deceitful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0902 Bigvay {big-vah'ee} ¥i¯à¬O·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y;;±M¦³¦Wµü¶§©Ê ´Ü©w¥» - Bigvai 6; 6 ¤ñ­²¥Ë¥ì = "¦b§ÚÅ餺" 1) ¸òµÛ©Òù¤Ú§B¤@°_±q³Q¾ÛÂk¦^, ¤]³\¬O®a±Ú»â³S¤§¤@

0902 Bigvay {big-vah'ee} probably of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Bigvai 6; 6 Bigvai = "in my bodies" 1) an exile who returned under Zerubbabel, perhaps the head of a family
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0903 Bigtha' {big-thaw'} ªi´µ»yªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bigtha 1; 1 ¤ñ­²¥L = "¦b¸²µåº^¥Ä¾÷ùØ" 1) ¦b¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ý(ªi´µ°ê¤ý¿A§J¦è´µ¤@¥@)¨­®Ç¦ø¥ßªº¤ÓºÊ {#´µ 1:10|}

0903 Bigtha' {big-thaw'} of Persian derivation;; n pr m AV - Bigtha 1; 1 Bigtha = "in the wine-press" 1) a eunuch in king Ahasuerus' (Xerxes) court
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0904 Bigthan {big-thawn'} ©Î Bigthana' {big-thaw'naw} ©M 0903 ¦³¬Û¦üªº°_·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bigthan 1, Bigthana 1; 2 ¹@±´ = "¦b¥L­Ìªº¸²µåº^¥Ä¾÷¤¤" 1) ¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ý(ªi´µ°ê¤ý¿A§J¦è´µ¤@¥@)ªº¤@­Ó¤ÓºÊ

0904 Bigthan {big-thawn'} or Bigthana' {big-thaw'naw} of similar derivation to 0903;; n pr m AV - Bigthan 1, Bigthana 1; 2 Bigthan = "in their wine-press" 1) a eunuch in king Ahasuerus' (Xerxes) court
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0905 bad {bad} ·½¦Û 0909; TWOT - 201a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - stave 37, beside 3, branches 3, alone 2, only 2, strength 2, a¤Àµü1, bars 1, each 1, except 1, beside him 1, like 1, themselves 1; 56 1) ³æ¿W, ¦Û¦æ, °£...¤§¥~, ¤@³¡¥÷, ¤À¶}, ¿W¦Û 1a) ¤À¶}, ³æ¿W, ¦Û¦æ 1a1) °ß¤@ (°Æµü) 1a2) ¦¹¥~, °£...¤§¥~ (¤¶¨tµü) 1b) ¤ù¬q 1c) ³¡¥÷ (¨Ò¦p ¤ÀªK, ªÞ), ªù­¬

0905 bad {bad} from 0909; TWOT - 201a; n m AV - stave 37, beside 3, branches 3, alone 2, only 2, strength 2, apart 1, bars 1, each 1, except 1, beside him 1, like 1, themselves 1; 56 1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone 1a) separation, alone, by itself 1a1) only (adv) 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) 1b) part 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0906 bad {bad} ¥i¯à·½©ó 0909 (¨ú¨ä ¤À¶}¦¨§ôªºÅÖºû ¤§·N); TWOT - 199; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - linen 23; 23 1) ¨È³Â¥¬, ¥Õ¦âªº¨È³Â¥¬

0906 bad {bad} perhaps from 0909 (in the sense of divided fibres); TWOT - 199; n m AV - linen 23; 23 1) linen, white linen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0907 bad {bad} ·½¦Û 0908; TWOT - 202a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - lie 3, liar 2, parts 1; 6 1) ªÅ¬}ªº½Í¸Ü, µL²áªº¸ÜÃD, »¡ÁÀ¤§¤H, ÁÀ¨¥

0907 bad {bad} from 0908; TWOT - 202a; n m AV - lie 3, liar 2, parts 1; 6 1) empty talk, idle talk, liar, lie
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0908 bada' {baw-daw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 200;°Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - devise 1, feign 1; 2 1) ¨î©w, ¹Ï¿Ñ ,®º³y,µêºc (Ãaªº·N«ä) 1a) (Qal) 1a1)³]­p,¨î©w,¹Ï¿Ñ 1a2)®º³y,³]­p,¹Ï¿Ñ

0908 bada' {baw-daw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 200; v AV - devise 1, feign 1; 2 1) to devise, contrive, invent (bad sense) 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to devise 1a2) to contrive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0909 badad {baw-dad'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 201; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - ³æ¿W 3; 3 1) °h¥X, ¤À¶}, ©t¥ß 1a) (Qal) °k§L, ´Ý§L (¤Àµü) 1a1) ¥Hªk³sªº (Áô³ë.) 2) (TWOT) ³æ¿W

0909 badad {baw-dad'} a primitive root; TWOT - 201; v AV - alone 3; 3 1) to withdraw, be separate, be isolated 1a) (Qal) an army straggler (part.) 1a1) of Ephraim (metaph.) 2) (TWOT) alone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0910 badad {baw-dawd'} ·½¦Û 0909; TWOT - 201b ´Ü©w¥» - alone 7, solitary 2, only 1, desolate 1; 11 ¶§©Ê¦Wµü 1) ¹jÂ÷, °hÁY, ¤À¶} 1a) ¤@­Ó©t¥ßªº«°¥« °Æµü 2) ³æ¿W¦a 2a) ¦w¥þ(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

0910 badad {baw-dawd'} from 0909; TWOT - 201b AV - alone 7, solitary 2, only 1, desolate 1; 11 n m 1) isolation, withdrawal, separation 1a) an isolated city adv 2) alone 2a) security (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0911 B@dad {bed-ad'} ·½¦Û 0909;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bedad 2; 2 ¤ñ¹F = "¿W©~ªÌ" 1) ¥HªF±Úªø"«¢¹F"ªº¤÷¿Ë (#³Ð 36:35|)(#¥N¤W 1:46|)

0911 B@dad {bed-ad'} from 0909;; n pr m AV - Bedad 2; 2 Bedad = "solitary" 1) the father of an Edomite chief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0912 Bed@yeah {bay-de-yaw'} ¥i¯à¬O 05662 ªºÁY¼g«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bedeiah 1; 1 ¤ñ©³¶® = "­C©MµØªº¹²¤H" 1) ¤@¦ì³Q¾Ûªº¥H¦â¦C¤H, ¥L°ù¤F¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:35|)

0912 Bed@yeah {bay-de-yaw'} probably a shortened form 05662;; n pr m AV - Bedeiah 1; 1 Bedeiah = "servant of Jehovah" 1) an Israelite exile who took a foreign woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0913 b@diyl {bed-eel'} ·½¦Û 0914; TWOT - 203c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tin 5, plummet + 068 1; 6 1) ¦Xª÷, ¿ü, ¯B´í 1a) ¥H¦â¦Cªº(Áô³ë.)

0913 b@diyl {bed-eel'} from 0914; TWOT - 203c; n m AV - tin 5, plummet + 068 1; 6 1) alloy, tin, dross 1a) of Israel (metaph.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0914 badal {baw-dal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 203; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - separate 25, divide 8, difference 4, asunder 2, severed 2, sever out 1, separation 1, utterly 1 (inf. for emphasis); 42 1) ¤Àµõ, ¤À¶} 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) ¤Àµõ, ¤À¶}, ¤ÁÂ_ 1a2) ¤À¶}, ¤À§O¥X¨Ó 1a3) Åã¥X©Î¦¨¬°¤£¦P 1a4) ¤À¦¨«Ü¦h³¡¤À 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ¨Ï¤HÂ÷¶} (1a2 ªº¤Ï¨­°Êµü) 1b2) ©â¥X ?1b3) ¨Ï¤HÂ÷¶}¦Ü... 1b4) ³Q¤À¶} 1b5) ³Q±Æ°£ 1b6) ³Q¤À§O¥X¨Ó

0914 badal {baw-dal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 203; v AV - separate 25, divide 8, difference 4, asunder 2, severed 2, sever out 1, separation 1, utterly 1 (inf. for emphasis); 42 1) to divide, separate 1a) (Hiphil) 1a1) to divide, separate, sever 1a2) to separate, set apart 1a3) to make a distinction, difference 1a4) to divide into parts 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) 1b2) to withdraw from 1b3) to separate oneself unto 1b4) to be separated 1b5) to be excluded 1b6) to be set apart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0915 badal {baw-dawl'} ·½¦Û 0914; TWOT - 203a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - piece 1; 1 1) ¤@¤ù, ¤Á¤Uªº¨º¶ô, ³¡¥÷ (¦b¤@­Ó¦Õ¦·ªº)

0915 badal {baw-dawl'} from 0914; TWOT - 203a; n m AV - piece 1; 1 1) a piece, severed piece, a piece (of an ear)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0916 b@dolach {bed-o'-lakh} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 0914; TWOT - 203d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - bdellium 2; 2 1) ¤@ºØ¦ü¨SÃĪº¾ð¯×(¥ç§Y¾ð¯×)

0916 b@dolach {bed-o'-lakh} probably from 0914; TWOT - 203d; n m AV - bdellium 2; 2 1) bdellium (ie gum resin)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0917 B@dan {bed-awn'} ¥i¯à¬O 05658 ªºÁY¼g«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bedan 2; 2 ¤ñ¦ý = "¼f§P¤¤" 1) °ò¨l¤§«áªº¤h®v (#¼»¤W 12:11| ¤h®v°O¤¤, ©Ò´£¤Îªº¤h®v, ¦b­C¸ô¤Ú¤O, ´N¬O°ò¨l, ©M­C¥±¥L¤§¶¡ªº¥u¦³ªû©Ô©MÞÝÒ­) 2) ¤@¦ìº¿®³¦è¤H (#¥N¤W 7:17|)

0917 B@dan {bed-awn'} probably shortened for 05658;; n pr m AV - Bedan 2; 2 Bedan = "in judging" 1) a judge who followed Gideon 2) a Manassite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0918 badaq {baw-dak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 204; °Êµü AV - repair 1; 1 1) (Qal) ­×¸É, ­×´_ (¤@´É«Ø¿v)

0918 badaq {baw-dak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 204; v AV - repair 1; 1 1) (Qal) to mend, repair (a building)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0919 bedeq {beh'-dek} ·½¦Û 0918; TWOT - 204a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - breach 8, calker + 02388 2; 10 1) µõ»Ø, ¯²ª÷, µõÁ_, Àtµõ (¦b«Ø¿vª«¤W)

0919 bedeq {beh'-dek} from 0918; TWOT - 204a; n m AV - breach 8, calker + 02388 2; 10 1) fissure, rent, breach, leak (in a building)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0920 Bidqar {bid-car'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 01856 ¥[¤W¤¶¨tµüªº¦r­º;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Bidkar 1; 1 ²¦¥Ò = "±a®Ú¨ë" 1) ­C¤áªº¤@¦ì­xªø

0920 Bidqar {bid-car'} probably from 01856 with a prepositional prefix;; n pr m AV - Bidkar 1; 1 Bidkar = "with a stab" 1) a captain of Jehu
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0921 b@dar (Aramaic) {bed-ar'} »P06504¬Û²Å(¸g¥Ñ§ïÅÜ); TWOT - 2623; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - scatter 1; 1 1) (Pael) ´²¼½¥X¥h

0921 b@dar (Aramaic) {bed-ar'} corresponding (by transposition) to 06504; TWOT - 2623; v AV - scatter 1; 1 1) (Pael) to scatter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0922 bohuw {bo'-hoo} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬°ªÅ°Ê); TWOT - 205a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - void 2, emptiness 1; 3 1)ªÅ¬}, ªÅµê, ¯î¿¾ ¨£®É·¾½×, \\¼ÐÃD 8756\\.

0922 bohuw {bo'-hoo} from an unused root (meaning to be empty); TWOT - 205a; n m AV - void 2, emptiness 1; 3 1) emptiness, void, waste For a discussion of the Gap Theory, \\see topic 8756\\.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0923 behat {bah'-hat} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (¥i¯à·N¬°"°{«G"); TWOT - 206; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - red 1; 1 1) ©ù¶Qªº¥ÛÀY (¥i¯à¬O´³©¥), ¬õ¦âªº¤j²z¥Û {#´µ 1:6|}

0923 behat {bah'-hat} from an unused root (probably meaning to glisten); TWOT - 206; n m AV - red 1; 1 1) a costly stone (perhaps porphyry), red marble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0924 b@hiyluw (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {be-hee-loo'} ·½¦Û 0927; TWOT - 2624a; °Æµü AV - haste 1; 1 1) ·W±i, ¥^¦£¦a

0924 b@hiyluw (Aramaic) {be-hee-loo'} from 0927; TWOT - 2624a; adv AV - haste 1; 1 1) haste, hastily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0925 bahiyr {baw-here'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N¬° ¥ú«G); TWOT - 211b; §Î®eµü AV - bright 1; 1 1) ¥ú«G, Ä£¥Ø(¥ú±m)

0925 bahiyr {baw-here'} from an unused root (meaning to be bright); TWOT - 211b; adj AV - bright 1; 1 1) bright, brilliant (of light)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0926 bahal {baw-hal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 207; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - trouble 17, haste 4, afraid 3, vexed 3, amazed 2, hasty 2, affrighted 1, dismayed 1, hastily 1, thrust him out 1, rash 1, speedily 1, speedy 1, vex 1; 39 1) ¤zÂZ, ĵ§i, ¨Ï®`©È, ¶Ê«P, ³Q¤zÂZ, ºò±i, ®`©È, ³Q¶Ê«P, µJ«æ 1a) (Niphal) 1a1) ³Q¤zÂZ, Åå·W, ®`©È, ºò±i 1a2) ¦¨¬°§Ö³t, ¦¨¬°§Ö³tªº 1b) (Piel) 1b1) »°§Ö¦æ°Ê, ¦æ°Ê§Ö³t, ³Q¶Ê«P, ³Q¥[³t 1b2) Åå·W, ®`©È 1c) (Pual) 1c1) ¥[³t 1c2) ¥[³tªº, §Ö³t±o¨ì (¤Àµü) 1d) (Hiphil) 1d1) ¨Ó¥[³tªº, ¶Ê«P, »°§Ö¦æ°Ê 1d2) Åå·W, ®`©È

0926 bahal {baw-hal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 207; v AV - trouble 17, haste 4, afraid 3, vexed 3, amazed 2, hasty 2, affrighted 1, dismayed 1, hastily 1, thrust him out 1, rash 1, speedily 1, speedy 1, vex 1; 39 1) to disturb, alarm, terrify, hurry, be disturbed, be anxious, be afraid, be hurried, be nervous 1a) (Niphal) 1a1) to be disturbed, dismayed, terrified, anxious 1a2) to be in haste, be hasty 1b) (Piel) 1b1) to make haste, act hastily, be hurried, be hastened 1b2) to dismay, terrify 1c) (Pual) 1c1) to hasten 1c2) hastened, hastily gained (part.) 1d) (Hiphil) 1d1) to hasten, hurry, make haste 1d2) to dismay, terrify
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0927 b@hal (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {be-hal'} ¬Û·í©ó 0926; TWOT - 2624; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - trouble 8, haste 3; 11 1) (Pual) ¨ÏÅåÀ~, ¨Ï®£·W, ®£Äß 2) (Ithpa'al) «æ¦£, ¶Ê«P 3) (Ithpa'al) Åå·W (¤Àµü)

0927 b@hal (Aramaic) {be-hal'} corresponding to 0926; TWOT - 2624; v AV - trouble 8, haste 3; 11 1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0928 behalah {beh-haw-law'} ·½¦Û 0926; TWOT - 207a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - trouble 2, terror 2; 4 1) ¯T¯V, ¬ð¦p¨ä¨Óªº®£Äߩη´·À, ĵ§i

0928 behalah {beh-haw-law'} from 0926; TWOT - 207a; n f AV - trouble 2, terror 2; 4 1) dismay, sudden terror or ruin, alarm
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0929 b@hemah {be-hay-maw'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (¥i¯à·N¬°°×¤f); TWOT - 208a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - beast 136, cattle 53; 189 1) ³¥Ã~, ¬¹¯b, °Êª« 1a) ³¥Ã~ (©Ò¦³°Êª«ªº¶°¦X¦Wµü) 1b) ¬¹¤f, ®a¯b (¹¥¾iªº°Êª«) 1c) ³¥¥ÍªºÃ~Ãþ

0929 b@hemah {be-hay-maw'} from an unused root (probably meaning to be mute); TWOT - 208a; n f AV - beast 136, cattle 53; 189 1) beast, cattle, animal 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals) 1c) wild beasts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0930 b@hemowth {be-hay-mohth'} 0929 ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬, ¦ý¹ê¬O¤@³æ¼Æªº®J¤Î¤å­l¥Í¦r; TWOT - 208b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - behemoth 1; 1 1) ¥i¯à¬O¤@ºØ¤w¸gµ´ºØªº®£Às 1a) ±çÀs(Diplodocus) ©Î Ãþ»h»iÀs(Brachiosaurus), ½T¹êªº·N¸q¤£©ú½T

0930 b@hemowth {be-hay-mohth'} in form a plural or 0929, but really a singular of Egyptian derivation; TWOT - 208b; n m AV - behemoth 1; 1 1) perhaps an extinct dinosaur 1a) a Diplodocus or Brachiosaurus, exact meaning unknown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0931 bohen {bo'-hen} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î, ¦ü¥G·N¬°"«pªº"; TWOT - 209a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - thumb 9, great toe 7; 16 1) ©æ«ü, ¥D­nªº(¤jªº)¸}³k(Á`¬O¨âºØ¥Îªk¤@°_¨Ï¥Î)

0931 bohen {bo'-hen} from an unused root apparently meaning to be thick; TWOT - 209a; n f AV - thumb 9, great toe 7; 16 1) thumb, great (big) toe (always used of both together)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0932 Bohan {bo'han} 0931¤§«÷¦r¥¿½TªºÅܤƵü;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bohan 2; 2 ªi¨u = "©æ«ü" 1) ¬y«K¤H, ¦bµS¤j©M«K¶®¼§¤§¶¡©ñ¤À¬É¥Ûªº¤H 2) (BDB) µS¤j©M«K¶®¼§¤À¬Éªº¼Ð°O

0932 Bohan {bo'han} an orthographical variation of 0931;; n pr m AV - Bohan 2; 2 Bohan = "thumb" 1) a Reubenite who set a boundary stone between Judah and Benjamin 2) (BDB) a mark of division between Judah and Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0933 bohaq {bo'-hak} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ·N¬° µo¥Õªº; TWOT - 210a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - freckled spot 1; 1 1) ¤@ºØµL®`ªº¥Ö½§¯l, ¥Ö½§´³

0933 bohaq {bo'-hak} from an unused root meaning to be pale; TWOT - 210a; n m AV - freckled spot 1; 1 1) a harmless eruption of the skin, skin spot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0934 bohereth {bo-heh'-reth} »P 0925 ¬Û¦Pªº¥D°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 211a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bright spot 13; 13 1) ¥Ö½§¤Wªº¥Õ¦â´³¶ô, ¥Õªº, ¥Õ´³(¦b¥Ö½§¤W) 2) (CLBL) ¥Õ´³, ¬Í²ª, ¤ôªw, ðK 2a) ¦]¨ü¤õ¿S¦Ó³y¦¨ 2b) ¦]¥Ö½§µoª¢¦Ó§Î¦¨ 2c) ¥i¯à¬O·÷ºÆ¯fªº¼x¥ü

0934 bohereth {bo-heh'-reth} active participle of the same as 0925; TWOT - 211a; n f AV - bright spot 13; 13 1) white patch of skin, brightness, bright spot (on skin) 2) (CLBL) bright spot, scar, blister, boil 2a) resulting from fire 2b) resulting from inflammation of the skin 2c) possible sign of leprosy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0935 bow' {bo} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 212; °Êµü AV - come 1435, bring 487, ... in 233, enter 125, go 123, carry 17, ...down 23, pass 13, ...out 12, misc 109; 2577 1) ¶i¤J, ¶i¥h, ¨Ó, ¥h, ¶i¨Ó 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¶i¤J, ¶i¨Ó 1a2) ¨Ó 1a2a) »P...¤@°_¨Ó 1a2b) ¨Ó¨ì, ¾D¹J, §ðÀ» (¼Ä¤H) 1a2c) µo¥Í 1a3) ¨ì¹F 1a4) ³Q¼ÆÂI 1a5) ¥h 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) »â¶i 1b2) ±a¨Ó 1b3) ¤Þ¶i, ¨Ï¶i¤J, »E¶°, ¨Ï¨Ó, «eªñ, ±a¤W, ´£¥X 1b4) §¹¦¨ 1c) (Hophal) 1c1) ³Q±a¨Ó, ³Q¤Þ¶i 1c2) ³Q¤Þ¤¶, ³Q¦w¸m

0935 bow' {bo} a primitive root; TWOT - 212; v AV - come 1435, bring 487, ... in 233, enter 125, go 123, carry 17, ...down 23, pass 13, ...out 12, misc 109; 2577 1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to enter, come in 1a2) to come 1a2a) to come with 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) 1a2c) to come to pass 1a3) to attain to 1a4) to be enumerated 1a5) to go 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to lead in 1b2) to carry in 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon 1b4) to bring to pass 1c) (Hophal) 1c1) to be brought, brought in 1c2) to be introduced, be put
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0936 buwz {booz} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 213; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - despise 10, contemned 1, utterly (¤£©wµü for emphasis) 1; 12 1) »´µø 1a) (Qal) »´µø, ÂÆµø

0936 buwz {booz} a primitive root; TWOT - 213; v AV - despise 10, contemned 1, utterly (inf. for emphasis) 1; 12 1) to despise, hold in contempt, hold as insignificant 1a) (Qal) to despise, show despite toward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0937 buwz {booz} ·½¦Û 0936; TWOT - 213a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - contempt 7, despised 2, contemptuously 1, shamed 1; 11 1) »´µø 1a) ¦Û´cªÌµo¥X 1b) ¦Û¦¨¥\µo¥X 1c) ¦Û¼f§Pµo¥X

0937 buwz {booz} from 0936; TWOT - 213a; n m AV - contempt 7, despised 2, contemptuously 1, shamed 1; 11 1) contempt 1a) springing from evil 1b) springing from prosperity 1c) springing from judgment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0938 Buwz {booz} »P 0937 ¦P;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Buz 3; 3 ¦b´µ = "»Àµø" 1) ®³Åbªº¦¸¤l, ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº«¿¤l ( #³Ð 22:21| ) 2) ¤@­Ó­{±o¤H ( #¥N¤W 5:14| )

0938 Buwz {booz} the same as 0937;; n pr m AV - Buz 3; 3 Buz = "contempt" 1) second son of Nahor, Abraham's nephew 2) a Gadite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0939 buwzah {boo-zaw'} 0936ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 213b;³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - despised 1; 1 1) ÂÆµø,»Àµø,»´µø,½°µø

0939 buwzah {boo-zaw'} passive part. of 0936; TWOT - 213b; n f AV - despised 1; 1 1) contempt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0940 Buwziy {boo-zee'} ·½¦Û 0938 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Buzite 2; 2 ¥¬¦è¤H = "»Àµø" 1) ¥H§Q¤áªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

0940 Buwziy {boo-zee'} patronymic from 0938;; adj AV - Buzite 2; 2 Buzite = "contempt" 1) one of the ancestors of Elihu
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0941 Buwziy {boo-zee'} »P...¦P 0940;; n pr m ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Buzi 1; 1 ¥¬¦è¡G§Úªº®¢°d 1)\t¥H¦èµ²¤§¤÷¡]©Î¯ª¥ý¡^

0941 Buwziy {boo-zee'} the same as 0940;; n pr m AV - Buzi 1; 1 Buzi = "my contempt" 1) father of Ezekiel (or ancestor)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0942 Bavvay {bav-vah'ee} ¥i¯à·½¦Ûªi´µ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bavai 1; 1 ¤Ú¥Ë¥ì = "§Ú¥¿¶i¦æ¤¤" 1) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥N«°À𪺭״_ªÌ¤§¤@ ( #¥§3:18|)

0942 Bavvay {bav-vah'ee} probably of Persian origin;; n pr m AV - Bavai 1; 1 Bavai = "my goings" 1) a rebuilder of Jerusalem's walls in Nehemiah's time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0943 buwk {book} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 214; °Êµü AV - perplexed 2, entangled 1; 3 1) ¨Ï°g´b, ¨Ï²V¶Ã, ³Q§x´b 1a) (Niphal) µ~§x, ²V¶Ã

0943 buwk {book} a primitive root; TWOT - 214; v AV - perplexed 2, entangled 1; 3 1) to perplex, confuse, be confused 1a) (Niphal) to be confused, be in confusion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0944 buwl {bool} ¥N´À 02981; TWOT - 835d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - food 1, stock 1; 2 1) ¹A²£«~, ¥®ªK

0944 buwl {bool} for 02981; TWOT - 835d; n m AV - food 1, stock 1; 2 1) produce, outgrowth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0945 Buwl {bool} »P 0944 ¦P (¨ú¨ä «B¤ô ¤§·N); TWOT - 215; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Bul 1; 1 ¥¬°Ç = "¥[¼W : ¥Í²£" 1) §Æ§B¨Ó¾äªkªº²Ä¤K­Ó¤ë, ¬Û·í©ó²{¦bªº¤Q¤@¤ë¦Ü¤Q¤G¤ë (#¤ý¤W 6:38|)

0945 Buwl {bool} the same as 0944 (in the sense of rain); TWOT - 215; n m AV - Bul 1; 1 Bul = "increase: produce" 1) the eighth Hebrew month, corresponding to modern Nov-Dec
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0946 Buwnah {boo-naw'} ·½¦Û 0995;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bunah 1; 1 ¥¬®³ = "Áo©ú" 1) ­C©ÔÁNªº¨à¤l, µS¤Ó¤H

0946 Buwnah {boo-naw'} from 0995;; n pr m AV - Bunah 1; 1 Bunah = "intelligence" 1) a son of Jerahmeel, a Judahite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0947 buwc {boos} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 216; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - tread... 9, polluted 2, loath 1; 12 1) ½ò½ñ, ©Úµ´, ½î½ñ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ©¹«e½ñ, ½ò½ñ (ÄÝ«i¤h) 1a2) Äݩڵ´ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1b) (Polel) 1b1) À£­¢ (¦³Ãaªº·N¨ý) 1b2) Á¶Âp 1c) (Hithpolel) 1c1) ½ñ 1c2) ½ð¥X¥h 1c2a) «üÀ¦¨à¤£¦Û¥Dªº°Ê§@ 1c2b) «ü­C¸ô¼»§N(¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1d) (Hophal) ³Q½ò½ñ

0947 buwc {boos} a primitive root; TWOT - 216; v AV - tread... 9, polluted 2, loath 1; 12 1) to tread down, reject, trample down 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to tread down, trample (of warriors) 1a2) of rejection (fig.) 1b) (Polel) 1b1) to tread down (in bad sense) 1b2) to desecrate 1c) (Hithpolel) 1c1) to tread 1c2) to kick out 1c2a) of infants' blind movements 1c2b) of Jerusalem (fig.) 1d) (Hophal) to be trodden down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0948 buwts {boots} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (¦³¬Û¦Pªº§Î¦¡) ·N¬° "ÅÜ¥Õ", ¥ç§Y (¤£¤Îª«°Êµü) "¥Õªº" ; TWOT - 219; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fine linen 7, white linen 1; 8 1) ¥j¥Nªº¨È³Â¥¬, ¤@ºØ¦b®J¤Î»s³yªº©ù¶Qºë½oªº¥Õ¦â¨È³Â¥¬

0948 buwts {boots} from an unused root (of the same form) meaning to bleach, i.e. (intransitive) be white; TWOT - 219; n m AV - fine linen 7, white linen 1; 8 1) byssus, a costly, fine white linen cloth made in Egypt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0949 Bowtsets {bo-tsates'} »P 0948 ¦P·½;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bozez 1; 1 ¼½Á§ = "¶W¥Õªº: °{Ä£" 1) ¦b±K©Ùªþªñªº¤@³B©¥¼h¦a°Ï, ¬ù®³³æ¸g¥Ñ¦¹¦a¦Ó´Ûªñ«D§Q¤h¤Hªº³¡¶¤ (#¼»¤W 14:4|)

0949 Bowtsets {bo-tsates'} from the same as 0948;; n pr loc AV - Bozez 1; 1 Bozez = "surpassing white: glistening" 1) a rock formation near Michmash by which Jonathan approached the Philistine troop
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0950 buwqah {boo-kaw'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü ("ªÅ"ªº·N«ä); TWOT - 220a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - empty 1; 1 1)ªÅµê (#ÂE 2:10|)

0950 buwqah {boo-kaw'} passive part. of an unused root (meaning to be hollow); TWOT - 220a; n f AV - empty 1; 1 1) emptiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0951 bowker {bo-kare'} °ÊºA¤Àµü ·½¦Û 01239 ¥X¦Û¦Wµü 01241; TWOT - 274b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - herdsman 1; 1 1) ªªªÌ

0951 bowker {bo-kare'} active part. from 01239 as denominative from 01241; TWOT - 274b; n m AV - herdsman 1; 1 1) herdsman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0952 buwr {boor} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 221; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - declare 1; 1 1) (Qal) 1a) ¨Ï©ú¥Õ, ¨Ï©ú½T, ¸ÑÄÀ, ÃÒ©ú 1b) (CLBL) «õ±¸ 1c) (TWOT) «Å¥¬(?)

0952 buwr {boor} a primitive root; TWOT - 221; v AV - declare 1; 1 1) (Qal) 1a) to make clear, clear up, explain, prove 1b) (CLBL) to bore into 1c) (TWOT) to declare (?)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0953 bowr {bore} ·½¦Û 0952 (¨ú 0877 ªº·N¸q); TWOT - 194e; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - pit 42, cistern 4, dungeon 11, well 9, dungeon + 01004 2, fountain 1; 69 1) §|, ¤«, ¤ô¼Ñ

0953 bowr {bore} from 0952 (in the sense of 0877); TWOT - 194e; n m AV - pit 42, cistern 4, dungeon 11, well 9, dungeon + 01004 2, fountain 1; 69 1) pit, well, cistern
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0954 buwsh {boosh} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 222; °Êµü AV - ashamed 72, confounded 21, shame 9, all 2 (inf. for emphasis), confusion 1, delayed 1, dry 1, long 1, shamed 1; 109 1) ¨Ï»X²Û, ²Û·\, §xµ~ªº, ¥¢±æªº 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ı±o²Û·\ 1a2) ¦¨¬°²Û·\ªº, §xµ~ªº, ¥¢±æªº(¦]©ó...) 1b) (Piel) ¯ÔÀÁ(¦b²Û·\¤¤) 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) ¨Ï»X²Û 1c2) ¦æ¨Æ²Û®¢ 1c3) ¦¨¬°²Û·\ªº 1d) (Hithpolel) ¦b§O¤H­±«e©ê·\»X²Û

0954 buwsh {boosh} a primitive root; TWOT - 222; v AV - ashamed 72, confounded 21, shame 9, all 2 (inf. for emphasis), confusion 1, delayed 1, dry 1, long 1, shamed 1; 109 1) to put to shame, be ashamed, be disconcerted, be disappointed 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to feel shame 1a2) to be ashamed, disconcerted, disappointed (by reason of) 1b) (Piel) to delay (in shame) 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to put to shame 1c2) to act shamefully 1c3) to be ashamed 1d) (Hithpolel) to be ashamed before one another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0955 buwshah {boo-shaw'} 0954 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü; TWOT - 222a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - shame 4; 4 1) ²Û®¢

0955 buwshah {boo-shaw'} participle passive of 0954; TWOT - 222a; n f AV - shame 4; 4 1) shame
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0956 buwth (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {booth} 01005 ªº °Ê¦Wµü; TWOT - 2629; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - passed the night 1; 1 1) (P'al) ¹L©], §ë±J

0956 buwth (Aramaic) {booth} apparent denominative from 01005; TWOT - 2629; v AV - passed the night 1; 1 1) (P'al) to pass the night, lodge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0957 baz {baz} ·½¦Û 0962; TWOT - 225a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - prey 18, spoil 4, spoiled 2, booty 1; 25 1) ¾Ô±°ª«, ¾Ô§Q«~, ·m§T, ·lÃa

0957 baz {baz} from 0962; TWOT - 225a; n m AV - prey 18, spoil 4, spoiled 2, booty 1; 25 1) spoil, booty, robbery, spoiling
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0958 baza' {baw-zaw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 223; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - spoiled 2; 2 1) (Qal) ¤À¶}, ¼A¶}, ¤ÁÂ_

0958 baza' {baw-zaw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 223; v AV - spoiled 2; 2 1) (Qal) to divide, cleave, cut through
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0959 bazah {baw-zaw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 224; °Êµü AV - despise 36, contemptible 3, contemned 1, disdained 1, vile person 1, scorn 1; 43 1) ÂÆµø, »´¬Ý, »Àµø 1a) (Qal) ÂÆµø, »´©¿ 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ³QÂÆµø 1b2) ¥iÂÆµøªº 1b3) ¨õ·L, µL»ù­È 1c) (Hiphil) ¨Ï¤§ÂƵø

0959 bazah {baw-zaw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 224; v AV - despise 36, contemptible 3, contemned 1, disdained 1, vile person 1, scorn 1; 43 1) to despise, hold in contempt, disdain 1a) (Qal) to despise, regard with contempt 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be despised 1b2) to be despicable 1b3) to be vile, worthless 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to despise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0960 bazoh {baw-zo'} ·½¦Û 0959; TWOT - 224b(?); §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - despise 1; 1 1) »´½°, ³QÂÆµø(#ÁÉ 49:7|)

0960 bazoh {baw-zo'} from 0959; TWOT - 224b(?); adj AV - despise 1; 1 1) scorned, despised
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0961 bizzah {biz-zaw'} ·½¦Û 0957; TWOT - 225(?) 225b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - spoil 6, prey 4; 10 1) ±°¹Üª«, ¾Ô§Q«~

0961 bizzah {biz-zaw'} from 0957; TWOT - 225(?) 225b; n f AV - spoil 6, prey 4; 10 1) spoil, booty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0962 bazaz {baw-zaz'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 225; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - spoil 9, prey 9, spoiled 6, rob 6, take 6, take away 2, caught 1, gathering 1, robbers 1, took 1, utterly 1; 43 1) ·m§T, ·m¹Ü, ±°¹Ü, Ą̊ú 1a) (Qal) ·m§T, ·m¹Ü, ¹Ü¨ú 1b) (Niphal) ³Q·m§T, ³Q·m¹Ü 1c) (Pual) ¦p¦P±°¹Üª«¯ë¦a³Q®³¨« (#­C 50:37|)

0962 bazaz {baw-zaz'} a primitive root; TWOT - 225; v AV - spoil 9, prey 9, spoiled 6, rob 6, take 6, take away 2, caught 1, gathering 1, robbers 1, took 1, utterly 1; 43 1) to spoil, plunder, prey upon, seize 1a) (Qal) to spoil, plunder, despoil 1b) (Niphal) to be spoiled, plundered 1c) (Pual) to be taken as spoil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0963 bizzayown {biz-zaw-yone'} ·½¦Û 0959; TWOT - 224a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - contempt 1; 1 1) ÂÆµø {#´µ 1:18|}

0963 bizzayown {biz-zaw-yone'} from 0959; TWOT - 224a; n m AV - contempt 1; 1 1) contempt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0964 bizyowth@yah {biz-yo-the-yaw'} ·½¦Û 0959 and 03050;; ±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bizjothjah 1; 1 ¤ñ´µ¬ù¥L = "­C©MµØªºÂƵø" 1) µS¤j«n³¡ªñ§O¬O¤Úªº¤@®y«°

0964 bizyowth@yah {biz-yo-the-yaw'} from 0959 and 03050;; n pr loc AV - Bizjothjah 1; 1 Bizjothjah = "contempt of Jehovah" 1) a town in southern Judah near Beersheba
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0965 bazaq {baw-zawk'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ·N¬°«G°_¨Ó; TWOT - 226a; n m ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lightning 1; 1 1) °{¹q¡A°{¹q¯ëªºÀþ¶¡

0965 bazaq {baw-zawk'} from an unused root meaning to lighten; TWOT - 226a; n m AV - lightning 1; 1 1) lightning, lightning flash
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0966 Bezeq {beh'-zak} ·½¦Û 0965;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bezek 3; 3 ¤ñ¦â = "°{¹q" 1) ¨È¦h¥§¤ñ¦âªº®a¶m, ±½Ã¹¦b¨º¸Ì¥l¶°¥H¦â¦C¤H

0966 Bezeq {beh'-zak} from 0965;; n pr loc AV - Bezek 3; 3 Bezek = "lightning" 1) the home of Adonibezek, the place where Israel rallied under Saul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0967 bazar {baw-zar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 227; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - scatter 2; 2 1) ¨Ï¤À´², ¸Ñ´² 1a) (Qal) ¨Ï¤À´² 1b) (Piel) ¨Ï¤À´²

0967 bazar {baw-zar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 227; v AV - scatter 2; 2 1) to scatter, disperse 1a) (Qal) to scatter 1b) (Piel) to scatter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0968 Biztha' {biz-thaw'} ªi´µ»y°_·½;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Biztha 1; 1 ¤ñ´µ¥L = "¾Ô§Q«~" 1) ¨È«¢ÀH¾|¤ý(ªi´µ°ê¤ý¿A§J¦è´µ¤@¥@)ªº¤ÓºÊ¤§¤@ {#´µ 1:10|}

0968 Biztha' {biz-thaw'} of Persian origin;; n pr m AV - Biztha 1; 1 Biztha = "booty" 1) one of Ahasuerus' (Xerxes') eunuchs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0969 bachown' {baw-khone'} ·½¦Û 0974; TWOT - 230d; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tower 1; 1 1) ¸Õª÷ªÌ (¹ïª÷ÄÝÀË´ú»P¦ô»ùªº¤H)

0969 bachown' {baw-khone'} from 0974; TWOT - 230d; n m AV - tower 1; 1 1) assayer (an inspector and valuer of metals)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0970 bachuwr {baw-khoor'} ©Î bachur {baw-khoor'} 0977ªº¹L¥h¤Àµü; TWOT - 231a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - young man 42, the chosen 1, young 1, not translated 1; 45 1) «C¦~, ¦~»´¨k¤H

0970 bachuwr {baw-khoor'} or bachur {baw-khoor'} participle passive of 0977; TWOT - 231a; n m AV - young man 42, the chosen 1, young 1, not translated 1; 45 1) youth, young man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0971 bachiyn {bakh-een'} 0975 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TWOT - 230c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tower 1; 1 1) ¦§¼Ó, ±æ¼Ó

0971 bachiyn {bakh-een'} another form of 0975; TWOT - 230c; n m AV - tower 1; 1 1) siege-towers, watchtower
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0972 bachiyr {baw-kheer'} ·½¦Û 0977; TWOT - 231c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - chosen 8, elect 4, chose 1; 13 1) ¨ü´z¿ï, ³Q¿ï¤¤ªº¤H, ¨ü´z¿ïªº¤H, (¤W«Òªº) ¿ï¥Á

0972 bachiyr {baw-kheer'} from 0977; TWOT - 231c; n m AV - chosen 8, elect 4, chose 1; 13 1) chosen, choice one, chosen one, elect (of God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0973 bachal {baw-khal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 229; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - abhor 1, gotten hastily 1; 2 1) ¹½´c, ¼¨´c, ·Pı±j¯Pªº¤Ï·P 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¹½´c 1a2) ³g°ý¦a¨ú±o, §Ö³t¦a¨ú±o 1b) (Pual) ³g°ý¦a³Q¨ú±o

0973 bachal {baw-khal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 229; v AV - abhor 1, gotten hastily 1; 2 1) to loathe, abhor, feel loathing 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to loathe 1a2) to gain by greed, gain hastily 1b) (Pual) obtained by greed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0974 bachan {baw-khan'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 230; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - try 19, prove 7, examine 1, tempt 1, trial 1; 29 1) Àˬd, ¸Õ¸Õ, ÃÒ©ú 1a) (Qal) 1a1) Àˬd, ²Ó¬Ý 1a2) ¸ÕÅç, ÃÒ©ú, ¸Õ¸Õ(ª÷¤l, ¤H, ¤H¤ß, ·q¬È¯«ªº¤H) 1b) (Niphal) ³Q¸Õ, ÃÒ©ú 1c) (Pual) °µ­Ó¸ÕÅç

0974 bachan {baw-khan'} a primitive root; TWOT - 230; v AV - try 19, prove 7, examine 1, tempt 1, trial 1; 29 1) to examine, try, prove 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to examine, scrutinise 1a2) to test, prove, try (of gold, persons, the heart, man of God) 1b) (Niphal) to be tried, proved 1c) (Pual) to make a trial
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0975 bachan {bakh'-an} ·½¦Û 0974 (¨ú¨ä«O«ùª`·N¤§·N); TWOT - 230b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tower 1; 1 1) ÁA±æ¥x(#ÁÉ 32:14|)

0975 bachan {bakh'-an} from 0974 (in the sense of keeping a look-out); TWOT - 230b; n m AV - tower 1; 1 1) watchtower
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0976 bochan {bo'-khan} ·½¦Û 0974; TWOT - 230a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü (¥Î§@§Î®eµü) ´Ü©w¥» - tried 1; 1 1) ¸ÕÅ窺, ¨ü¸Õªº, ¹Á¸Õªº(#ÁÉ 28:16|)

0976 bochan {bo'-khan} from 0974; TWOT - 230a; n m (used as adj) AV - tried 1; 1 1) testing, tested, tried
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0977 bachar {baw-khar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 231; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - choose 77, chosen 77, choice 6, choose...out 5, acceptable 1, appoint 1, excellent 1, chose¶§©Ê¦Wµüen 1, rather 1, require 1, not translated; 172 1) ¿ï¾Ü, ¬D¿ï, ¨M©w 1a) (Qal) ¿ï¾Ü 1b) (Niphal) ³Q¿ï 1c) (Pual) ³Q¿ï¤Wªº, ¬D¥X¨Óªº (#¶Ç 9:4|)

0977 bachar {baw-khar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 231; v AV - choose 77, chosen 77, choice 6, choose...out 5, acceptable 1, appoint 1, excellent 1, chosen men 1, rather 1, require 1, not translated; 172 1) to choose, elect, decide for 1a) (Qal) to choose 1b) (Niphal) to be chosen 1c) (Pual) to be chosen, selected
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0978 Bacharuwmiy {bakh-ar-oo-mee'} ·½¦Û0980(¸g¥Ñ«÷ªkÅܤÆ)¦r­ºªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü AV - Baharumite 1; 1 ¤Ú¸ô¦Ì¤H = "«C¬K¤§¿ï" 1) ¤Ú¸ôªº«á¸Ç©Î¤Ú¸ô¦aªº©~¥Á

0978 Bacharuwmiy {bakh-ar-oo-mee'} patrial from 0980 (by transposition);; adj AV - Baharumite 1; 1 Baharumite = "choice youths" 1) an inhabitant or descendant of Bahurim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0979 b@churowth {bekh-oo-rothe'} ©Î b@chuwrowth {bekh-oo-roth'} ·½¦Û 0970; TWOT - 231b; ³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - youth 2, young men 1; 3 1) «C¦~

0979 b@churowth {bekh-oo-rothe'} or b@chuwrowth {bekh-oo-roth'} from 0970; TWOT - 231b; n f pl AV - youth 2, young men 1; 3 1) youth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0980 Bachuriym {bakh-oo-reem'} ©Î Bachuwriym {bakh-oo-reem'} 0970 ªº¶§©Ê½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bahurim 5; 5 ¤Ú¤áµY = "¦~»´¤Hªº§ø²ø" 1) ¤@­ÓÄÝ«K¶®¼§¤Hªº«°Âí, ¦ì©ó­C¸ô¼»§N©M­C§Q­ô¤§¶¡, ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N¶V¹L¾ñÆV¤s «á¦V­C§Q­ôªº¸ô¤W

0980 Bachuriym {bakh-oo-reem'} or Bachuwriym {bakh-oo-reem'} masculine plural of 0970;; n pr loc AV - Bahurim 5; 5 Bahurim = "young men's village" 1) a town in Benjamin between Jerusalem and Jericho beyond the Mount of Olives on the way to Jericho
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0981 bata' {baw-taw'} ©Î batah {baw-taw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 232; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - pronounce 2, speak 1, speak unadvisely 1; 4 1) »´²v¦a©Î¬O¥Í®ðªº»¡¥X, ¤£¬°¤HµÛ·Q¦a»¡¥X 1a) (Qal) ¼T­ù©K©K¤S¤£¯d¤ß¦a»¡¥X (¤Àµü) 1b) (Piel) ¥^«P¤í«ä¼{¦a»¡¥X

0981 bata' {baw-taw'} or batah {baw-taw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 232; v AV - pronounce 2, speak 1, speak unadvisely 1; 4 1) to speak rashly or angrily, speak thoughtlessly 1a) (Qal) one that babbles, speaks rashly (part.) 1b) (Piel) to speak rashly, unadvisedly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0982 batach {baw-takh'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 233; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - trust 103, confidence 4, secure 4, confident 2, bold 1, careless 1, hope 1, hoped 1, ones 1, sure 1, women 1; 120 1) «H¾a 1a) (Qal) 1a1) «H¾a, ­Ê¾a 1a2) ¦³«H¤ß, ¦³«H¤ßªº 1a3) µL¬È 1a4) ¦wí 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) ¨Ï¤§«H¾a, ¨Ï¤§¦wí 2) (TWOT) ·Pı¦w¥þ, µL¼{

0982 batach {baw-takh'} a primitive root; TWOT - 233; v AV - trust 103, confidence 4, secure 4, confident 2, bold 1, careless 1, hope 1, hoped 1, ones 1, sure 1, women 1; 120 1) to trust 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to trust, trust in 1a2) to have confidence, be confident 1a3) to be bold 1a4) to be secure 1b) (Hiphil) 1b1) to cause to trust, make secure 2) (TWOT) to feel safe, be careless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0983 betach {beh'takh} ·½¦Û 0982; TWOT - 233a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - safely 17, safety 9, carelessly 3, careless 2, safe 2, securely 2, assurance 1, boldly 1, care 1, confidence 1, hope 1, secure 1, surely 1; 42 1) ¥­¦w, ¦w¥þ °Æµü 2) ¦wµM

0983 betach {beh'takh} from 0982; TWOT - 233a; n m AV - safely 17, safety 9, carelessly 3, careless 2, safe 2, securely 2, assurance 1, boldly 1, care 1, confidence 1, hope 1, secure 1, surely 1; 42 1) security, safety adv 2) securely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0984 Betach {beh'takh} »P 0983 ¦P;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Betah 1; 1 ¤ñ¥L = "¦w¥þ" 1) ¦b«¢¤j©³ÁÂ(º¾¤Ú¤ý)²Îªv®É¥Nªºº¾¤Ú°ê­º³£

0984 Betach {beh'takh} the same as 0983;; n pr loc AV - Betah 1; 1 Betah = "security" 1) the capital of Zobah during the reign of Hadadezer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0985 bitchah {bit-khaw'} ·½¦Û 0984; TWOT - 233b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - confidence 1; 1 1) «H¥ô, «H¥ôªº, ¦Û«H(#ÁÉ 30:15|)

0985 bitchah {bit-khaw'} from 0984; TWOT - 233b; n f AV - confidence 1; 1 1) trust, trusting, confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0986 bittachown {bit-taw-khone'} ·½¦Û 0982; TWOT - 233c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - confidence 2, hope 1; 3 1) °U¥I, «H¤ß, §Æ±æ

0986 bittachown {bit-taw-khone'} from 0982; TWOT - 233c; n m AV - confidence 2, hope 1; 3 1) trust, confidence, hope
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0987 battuchowth {bat-too-khoth'} ·½¦Û 0982; TWOT - 233d; ½Æ¼Æ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - secure 1; 1 1) «O¥þ©Ê, ¦w¥þ©Ê

0987 battuchowth {bat-too-khoth'} from 0982; TWOT - 233d; n f pl AV - secure 1; 1 1) security, safety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0988 batel {baw-tale'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 235; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - cease 1; 1 1) °±¤î 1a) (Qal) °±¤î

0988 batel {baw-tale'} a primitive root; TWOT - 235; v AV - cease 1; 1 1) to cease 1a) (Qal) to cease
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0989 b@tel (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bet-ale'} ¬Û·í©ó 0988; TWOT - 2625; °Êµü AV - cease 5, hindered 1; 6 1) (P'al) °±¤î 1a) °±¤î 1b) ¨Ï°±¤î

0989 b@tel (Aramaic) {bet-ale'} corresponding to 0988; TWOT - 2625; v AV - cease 5, hindered 1; 6 1) (P'al) to cease 1a) to cease 1b) to make to cease
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0990 beten {beh'-ten} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î ¥i¯à·N¬°"ªÅªº"; TWOT - 236a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - belly 30, womb 31, body 8, within 2, born 1; 72 1) ¸¡³¡, ¤l®c, ¨­Åé 1a) ¨{¸¡ 1b) ¨­Åé (ÆF»îªº¹ï¤ñ) 1b) ¤l®c

0990 beten {beh'-ten} from an unused root probably meaning to be hollow; TWOT - 236a; n f AV - belly 30, womb 31, body 8, within 2, born 1; 72 1) belly, womb, body 1a) belly, abdomen 1a1) as seat of hunger 1a2) as seat of mental faculties 1a3) of depth of Sheol (fig.) 1b) womb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0991 Beten {beh'-ten} »P0990¦P ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Beten 1; 1 ¤ñ¥Ð= "¤l®c" 1) ¦b¨È³]ªº¤@«°É]

0991 Beten {beh'-ten} the same as 0990;; n pr loc AV - Beten 1; 1 Beten = "womb" 1) a city in Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0992 boten {bo'-ten} ·½¦Û 0990; TWOT - 237a; ½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - nuts 1; 1 1) ªü¤ë´ý¤l¾ðªºªG¹ê - ¶®¦U°U¥Lªº¨à¤l­Ì±aµ¹¬ù·æªººë¬üªº­¹«~ {#³Ð 43:11|}

0992 boten {bo'-ten} from 0990; TWOT - 237a; n m pl AV - nuts 1; 1 1) pistachio nuts - delicacy given to Joseph by Jacob through his sons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0993 Btoniym {bet-o-neem'} ¥i¯à¬O·½¦Û0992ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Betonim 1; 1 ¤ñ¦h¹ç = "¶}¤ßªG¤¯" 1) ¦b¬ù¥¹ªeªF­{±o»â¤g¤Wªº¤@­Ó«°¥«(# ®Ñ 13:26|)

0993 Btoniym {bet-o-neem'} probably plural from 0992;; n pr loc AV - Betonim 1; 1 Betonim = "pistachio nuts" 1) a city east of the Jordan in territory of Gad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0994 biy {bee} ¥i¯à·½©ó 01158 (¨ú¨ä ¸ß°Ý ¤§·N); TWOT - 238a; ¥Î©ó¬è¨Ï¥y AV - O 7, Oh 4, alas 1; 12 1) ¦pªG¥i¯àªº¸Ü, ½Ð..., ½Ð®e§Ú°Ý¤@¤U....., ¹ï¤£°_, ½Ð°Ý....., 1a) ¥Î©ó¤^¨D©Î½Ð¨D®É¤§µo»yµü

0994 biy {bee} perhaps from 01158 (sense of asking); TWOT - 238a; part of entreaty AV - O 7, Oh 4, alas 1; 12 1) if it please, pray excuse me, excuse me please 1a) used to introduce an entreaty or request
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0995 biyn {bene} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 239; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - understand 62, understanding 32, consider 22, prudent 8, perceive 7, regard 6, discern 3, instruct 3, misc. 27; 170 1) ¤À¿ë, ²z¸Ñ, ¦Ò¼{ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ¹îı, ¤À¿ë 1a2) ²z¸Ñ, ª¾¹D (¥Î¤ßªº) 1a3) Æ[¹î, ª`·N, ¯d¤ß,°Ï§O, ¦Ò¼{ 1a4) ¬}¹î, ÃѧO, ¤F¸Ñ 1b) (Niphal) ¤À¿ë, ¦³¤~´¼ªº, ÂÔ·Vªº, ¤F¸Ñ 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) ²z¸Ñ 1c2) ¤Þ°_²z¸Ñ, ¤F¸Ñ, ±Ð¾É 1d) (Hithpolel) ªí²{¥X¦³ÃѧO¤O©Îª`·Nªº, ¶Ô¾Äªº«ä¦Ò 1e) (Polel) ±Ð¾É, «ü¥Ü 2) (TWOT) ¼f·Vªº, ª`­«

0995 biyn {bene} a primitive root; TWOT - 239; v AV - understand 62, understanding 32, consider 22, prudent 8, perceive 7, regard 6, discern 3, instruct 3, misc. 27; 170 1) to discern, understand, consider 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to perceive, discern 1a2) to understand, know (with the mind) 1a3) to observe, mark, give heed to,distinguish, consider 1a4) to have discernment, insight, understanding 1b) (Niphal) to be discerning, intelligent, discreet, have understanding 1c) (Hiphil) 1c1) to understand 1c2) to cause to understand, give understanding, teach 1d) (Hithpolel) to show oneself discerning or attentive, consider diligently 1e) (Polel) to teach, instruct 2) (TWOT) prudent, regard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0996 beyn {bane} (¦³®É¬°½Æ¼Æ ¶§©Ê©Î³±©Ê), ¥H·½¦Û 0995ªº¤@­Ó¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦WµüªºªþÄÝ«¬; TWOT - 239a; ¶§©Ê¹ê¦Wµü (»P¤¶Ã´µü¦P¼Ë¥Îªk) AV - between, betwixt, asunder, within, between, out of, from; 32 1) ¦b... ªº¤¤¶¡, ¦b¨ä¤¤, ¦b... ¤§¤¤ (ªþ¨ä¥L¤¶Ã´µü), ¨Ó¦Û... ¤¤

0996 beyn {bane} (sometimes in the pl. masc. or fem.) properly, the constructive form of an otherwise unused noun from 0995; TWOT - 239a; subst m (always used as a prep) AV - between, betwixt, asunder, within, between, out of, from; 32 1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0997 beyn (Aramaic) {bane} ¬Û·í©ó 0996; TWOT - 2626; ¤¶«Yµü ´Ü©w¥» - between 1, among 1; 2 1) ¦b¨ä¤¤

0997 beyn (Aramaic) {bane} corresponding to 0996; TWOT - 2626; prep AV - between 1, among 1; 2 1) between
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0998 biynah {bee-naw'} ·½¦Û 0995; TWOT - 239b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - understanding 32, wisdom 2, knowledge 1, meaning 1, perfectly 1, understand 1; 38 1)²z¸Ñ¤O, ¬}¹î¤O 1a) ¦æ¬° 1b) ¤Ñ½á 1c) ¹ï¶H 1d) ÀÀ¤H¤Æ¶H¼x

0998 biynah {bee-naw'} from 0995; TWOT - 239b; n f AV - understanding 32, wisdom 2, knowledge 1, meaning 1, perfectly 1, understand 1; 38 1) understanding, discernment 1a) act 1b) faculty 1c) object 1d) personified
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
0999 biynah (Aramaic) {bee-naw'} »P 0998¬Û¦ü; TWOT - 2627; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - understanding 1; 1 1) ²z¸Ñ¤O, ¬}¹î¤O

0999 biynah (Aramaic) {bee-naw'} corresponding to 0998; TWOT - 2627; n f AV - understanding 1; 1 1) understanding, discernment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01000 beytsah {bay-tsaw'} ¨Ó·½¦P0948; TWOT - 218a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - egg 6; 6 1) ³J

01000 beytsah {bay-tsaw'} from the same as 0948; TWOT - 218a; n f AV - egg 6; 6 1) egg
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01001 biyra' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bee-raw'} »P01002¬Û¦ü; TWOT - 2628; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - palace 1; 1 1) «°³ù, ­n¶ë, ®c·µ (#©Ô 6:2|)

01001 biyra' (Aramaic) {bee-raw'} corresponding to 01002; TWOT - 2628; n f AV - palace 1; 1 1) castle, citadel, palace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01002 biyrah {bee-raw'} ¥~¨Ó¦r; TWOT - 240; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - palace 16; 16 1) ®c·µ, «°³ù 2) ¸t·µ

01002 biyrah {bee-raw'} of foreign origin; TWOT - 240; n f AV - palace 16; 16 1) palace, castle 2) temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01003 biyraniyth {bee-raw-neeth'} ·½¦Û 01002; TWOT - 240; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - castle 2; 2 1) ­n¶ë, ¼W±j¨¾¿mªº¦a¤è

01003 biyraniyth {bee-raw-neeth'} from 01002; TWOT - 240; n f AV - castle 2; 2 1) fortress, fortified place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01004 bayith {bah'-yith} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 01129 ªºÁY¼g; TWOT - 241; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - house 1881, household 54, home 25, within 22, temple 11, prison 16, place 16, family 3, families + 01 2, dungeon 2, misc 23; 2055 1) ©Ð«Î 1a) ©Ð«Î, ¦í³B 1b) °Êª«ªº¾B½ª©Î¦í©Ò 1c) ¤Hªº¨­Åé (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1d) ³±¶¡ªº 1e) ¥ú»P·tªº©~©Ò 1f) ¥Hªk½¬¦aªº 2) ¦a¤è 3)¶JÂÃ©Ò 4) ®a, ®a®x´Ï®§ªº©Ð«Î 5) ®a±Ú, ®a®x 5a) ¼Æ¦P®a±Úªº¤H 5b) «á¸Çªº®a®x, ¦³²Õ´ªº¸sÅé 6) ®a°È¨Æ 7) ¤º³¡ (Áô³ë) 8) (TWOT) ·µ °Æµü 9) ¦b¤º³¡¦a ¤¶Ã´µü 10) ¥H¤º

01004 bayith {bah'-yith} probably from 01129 abbreviated; TWOT - 241; n m AV - house 1881, household 54, home 25, within 22, temple 11, prison 16, place 16, family 3, families + 01 2, dungeon 2, misc 23; 2055 1) house 1a) house, dwelling habitation 1b) shelter or abode of animals 1c) human bodies (fig.) 1d) of Sheol 1e) of abode of light and darkness 1f) of land of Ephraim 2) place 3) receptacle 4) home, house as containing a family 5) household, family 5a) those belonging to the same household 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body 6) household affairs 7) inwards (metaph.) 8) (TWOT) temple adv 9) on the inside prep 10) within
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01005 bayith (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bah-yith} »P 01004¬Û¦ü; TWOT - 2629a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - house 44; 44 1) ©Ð¤l (¤Hªº) 2) ¸t·µ (¯«ªº)

01005 bayith (Aramaic) {bah-yith} corresponding to 01004; TWOT - 2629a; n m AV - house 44; 44 1) house (of men) 2) house (of God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01006 Bayith {bah'-yith} ¦P 01004; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bajith 1; 1 ¤Ú¯q 1)¤Ú°Ç´µ©Zªº¤@³B¦a¤è(#ÁÉ 15:2|) 2)©Î¥iͧ@"©Ð¤l",«ü¯«¼q

01006 Bayith {bah'-yith} the same as 01004;; n pr loc AV - Bajith 1; 1 Bajith = "house" 1) a place in Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01007 Beyth 'Aven {bayth aw'-ven} ·½¦Û 01004 and 0205; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethaven 7; 7 §B¨È¤å= "ªÅµêªº©Ð«Î" 1) §B¯S§QªFÃ䪺¤@­Ó«°¥«,¦aÂI¤£¸Ô

01007 Beyth 'Aven {bayth aw'-ven} from 01004 and 0205;; n pr loc AV - Bethaven 7; 7 Beth-aven = "house of vanity" 1) a city east of Bethel, site unknown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01008 Beyth-'El {bayth-ale'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 0410; TWOT - 241a; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethel 66, non translated variable 4; 70 §B¯S§Q = "¯«ªº®a" 1) ¦ì¦b«K¶®¼§Ãä¬Éªº¥Hªk½¬¤]¬O¥j¥N·q«ô¯«ªº¦a¤è, ³Qµø¬°»P¸ô´µ(±q«eªº¦W¦r)¬Û¦P 2) ¦ì©óµS¤j«nÃ䪺¦a¤è, Â÷§O¬O¤Ú¤Î¥Ü¼C¤£»·

01008 Beyth-'El {bayth-ale'} from 01004 and 0410; TWOT - 241a; n pr loc AV - Bethel 66, non translated variable 4; 70 Bethel = "house of God" 1) ancient place and seat of worship in Ephraim on border of Benjamin, identified with Luz (former name) 2) a place in south country of Judah, not far from Beersheba and Ziklag
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01009 Beyth 'Arbe'l {bayth ar-bale'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 0695 ©M 0410;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Betharbel 1; 1 §B¨È¤ñ°Ç= "¯«ªº¥ñ§L¤§«Î" 1) ¦ì©ó¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z, ¥i¯à¦b°ò¦C©Î¥[§Q§Q

01009 Beyth 'Arbe'l {bayth ar-bale'} from 01004 and 0695 and 0410;; n pr loc AV - Betharbel 1; 1 Beth-Arbel = "house of God's Ambush" 1) a place in Palestine, perhaps Gilead or Galilee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01010 Beyth Ba`al M@`own {bayth bah'-al me-own'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 01168 ©M 04583;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethbaalmeon 1, Bethmeon 1; 2 §B¤Ú¤O«j= "¤Ú¤O¤§®a" 1) ¬y«K»â¤g¤Wªº¤@­Ó«°¥«(# ®Ñ 13:17; ­C 48:23|)

01010 Beyth Ba`al M@`own {bayth bah'-al me-own'} from 01004 and 01168 and 04583;; n pr loc AV - Bethbaalmeon 1, Bethmeon 1; 2 Beth-baal-meon = "house of Baal" 1) a city in the territory of Reuben
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01011 Beyth Bir`iy {bayth bir-ee'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 01254;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethbirei 1; 1 §B¤ñ§Q = "³Ð³yªÌ¤§®a" 1) ¦è½q¹Ò¤ºªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01011 Beyth Bir`iy {bayth bir-ee'} from 01004 and 01254;; n pr loc AV - Bethbirei 1; 1 Beth-birei = "house of a creative one" 1) a place in the territory of Simeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01012 Beyth Barah {bayth baw-raw'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 01004 and 05679;; n pr ¦a¦W AV - Bethbarah 2; 2 §B¤Ú©Ô = "²LÅyªº©Ð¤l" 1) ¬ù¥¹ªeªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01012 Beyth Barah {bayth baw-raw'} probably from 01004 and 05679;; n pr loc AV - Bethbarah 2; 2 Beth-barah = "house of (the) ford" 1) a place on the Jordan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01013 Beyth-Gader {bayth-gaw-dare'} ·½¦Û 01004 and 01447;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Bethgader 1; 1 §B­{±o = "À𤧫Î" 1) µS¤j¹Ò¤º¦a¤è

01013 Beyth-Gader {bayth-gaw-dare'} from 01004 and 01447;; n pr loc AV - Bethgader 1; 1 Beth-gader = "house of the wall" 1) a place in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01014 Beyth Gamuwl {bayth gaw-mool'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 01576 ªº³Q°Ê¤Àµü;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethgamul 1; 1 §B­{¥½= "¸ÉÀv¤§®a" 1) ¼¯©ãªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è(#­C 48:23|)

01014 Beyth Gamuwl {bayth gaw-mool'} from 01004 and the pass. participle of 01576;; n pr loc AV - Bethgamul 1; 1 Beth-gamul = "house of recompense" 1) a place in Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01015 Beyth Diblathayim {bayth dib-law-thah'-yim} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 01690 ªºÂù¼Æ«¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethdiblathaim 1; 1 §B¡D§C¤ñ©Ô¤Ó­µ = "ÂùµLªáªG³J¿|¤§®a" 1) ¼¯©ãªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï(#­C 48:22|)

01015 Beyth Diblathayim {bayth dib-law-thah'-yim} from 01004 and the dual of 01690;; n pr loc AV - Bethdiblathaim 1; 1 Beth-diblathaim = "house of the two fig-cakes" 1) a place in Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01016 Beyth-Dagown {bayth-daw-gohn'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 01712;;±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Bethdagon 2; 2 §B¤j³O = "¤j³Oªº¦í©Ò" 1) ¦bµS¤jªº¤j³O¼q 2) ¦b¨È³]ªº¤j³O¼q

01016 Beyth-Dagown {bayth-daw-gohn'} from 01004 and 01712;; n pr loc AV - Bethdagon 2; 2 Beth-dagon = "house of Dagon" 1) the temple of Dagon in Judah 2) the temple of Dagon in Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01017 Beyth ha-'Eliy {bayth haw-el-ee'} ·½¦Û 01008 ¦r­º, ¥[¤W´¡©ó¨ä¤¤ªº«aµü, ªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü AV - Bethelite 1; 1 §B¯S§Q¤H = "¯«ªº®a" 1) §B¯S§Qªº©~¥Á (#¤ý¤W 16:34|)

01017 Beyth ha-'Eliy {bayth haw-el-ee'} patrial from 01008 with the article interposed;; adj AV - Bethelite 1; 1 Bethelite = "house of God" 1) an inhabitant of Bethel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1018 Beyth ha-'etsel {bayth haw-ay'-tsel} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 0681 ¨Ã´¡¤J«aµü;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bethezel 1; 1 §B¥HÁ§ = "¯U¯¶¤§®a" 1) ¦bµS¤j¦aªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

1018 Beyth ha-'etsel {bayth haw-ay'-tsel} from 01004 and 0681 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Bethezel 1; 1 Beth-ezel = "house of narrowing" 1) a place in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01019 Beyth hag-Gllgal {bayth hag-gil gawl'} ·½¦Û 01004»P 01537 with ©w«aµü´¡¤J;;±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - synonym for Guilgal 1; 1 §B¦N¥Ò = "¦³½ü¤lªº©Ð¤l" 1) ¤@­Ó¦a¤è¡A¦ì©ó¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z ( #¥§12:28|)

01019 Beyth hag-Gllgal {bayth hag-gil gawl'} from 01004 and 01537 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - synonym for Guilgal 1; 1 Beth-gilgal = "the house of the wheel" 1) a place in Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01020 Beyth ha-Y@shiymowth {bayth hah-yesh-ee-moth'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 03451 ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬ ±a¦³¤¶«aµü ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethjesimoth 4; 4 §B­C¦è¥½= "¯î¿¾¤§®a" 1) ¦b¼¯©ã¤§¤@³B, ¤Àµ¹¬y«K¤ä¬£(# ¥Á33:49; ®Ñ 13:20|)

01020 Beyth ha-Y@shiymowth {bayth hah-yesh-ee-moth'} from 01004 and the plural of 03451 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Bethjesimoth 4; 4 Beth-jesimoth = "house of the desolation" 1) a place in Moab given to the tribe of Reuben
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01021 Beyth hak-Kerem {bayth hak-keh'-rem} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 03754, ¨Ã´¡¤J«aµü;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bethhaccerem 2; 2 §B«¢°òµY = "¸²µå¶é¤§®a" 1) µS¤j°êªº¤@­Ó¦a¦W

01021 Beyth hak-Kerem {bayth hak-keh'-rem} from 01004 and 03754 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Bethhaccerem 2; 2 Beth-haccerem = "house of the vineyard" 1) a place in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01022 Beyth hal-Lachmiy {bayth hal-lakh-mee'} ·½¦Û 01035¦r­º©M´¡¦b¤¤¶¡ªº«aµü, ªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì ;; §Î®eµü AV - Bethlehemite 4; 4 §B§Q«í¤H = "ÄÑ¥]¤§¶m" 1) §B§Q«íªº©~¥Á

01022 Beyth hal-Lachmiy {bayth hal-lakh-mee'} patrial from 01035 with the article inserted;; adj AV - Bethlehemite 4; 4 Bethlehemite = "house of bread" 1) an inhabitant of Bethlehem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01023 Beyth ham-Merchaq {bayth ham-mer-khawk'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 04801, ¥[¤W´¡©ó¨ä¶¡¤§«aµü;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - non translated variant 1; 1 §B¾¥«¢ = "»·¤èªº®a" 1) ¦b¨V²_·Ë¯`ªº©~¦í°Ï©Î¤Ù¾Á¦a°Ï

01023 Beyth ham-Merchaq {bayth ham-mer-khawk'} from 01004 and 04801 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - non translated variant 1; 1 Beth Ham-merchaq = "remote house" 1) house or settlement on the bank of Kidron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01024 Beyth ham-Markabowth {bayth ham-mar-kaw-both'} or (shortened) Beyth Markabowth {bayth mar-kaw-both'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 4818 ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬(¦³©Î¨S¦³´¡¤J¨ä¤¤ªº«aµü);; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethmarcaboth 2; 2 §Bº¿¥[³Õ= "¾Ô¨®¤§®a" 1) ¦b¦è½qªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01024 Beyth ham-Markabowth {bayth ham-mar-kaw-both'} or (shortened) Beyth Markabowth {bayth mar-kaw-both'} from 01004 and the pl. of 4818 (with or without the article interposed);; n pr loc AV - Bethmarcaboth 2; 2 Beth-marcaboth = "house of the chariots" 1) a place in Simeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01025 Beyth ha-`Emeq {bayth haw-Ay'-mek} ·½¦Û 01004 ¤Î ±a¦³´¡¤J«aµüªº 06010 ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethemek 1; 1 §B¥H¾¥ = "·Ë¨¦¤§®a" 1) ¦b¨È³]Ãä¬É¤Wªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01025 Beyth ha-`Emeq {bayth haw-Ay'-mek} from 01004 and 06010 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Bethemek 1; 1 Beth-emek = "house of the valley" 1) a place on the border of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01026 Beyth ha-`Arabah {bayth haw-ar-aw-baw} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 06160 with the article interposed;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Betharabah 3; 3 §B¨È©Ô¤Ú= "¨Fºz¨¦¦aªº©Ð«Î" ©Î "¥W¦a¤§³B" 1) ¦ì©óµS¤j©Î«K¶®¼§¤§¦a, ¦aÂI¤£¸Ô

01026 Beyth ha-`Arabah {bayth haw-ar-aw-baw} from 01004 and 06160 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Betharabah 3; 3 Beth-arabah = "house of the desert valley" or "place of the depression" 1) a place in Judah or in Benjamin, site unknown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01027 Beyth ha-Ram {bayth haw-rawm'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 07311 ±a¦³¤¶«aµü;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Betharam 1; 1 §B¨ÈÄõ = "°ª¦a¤§³B" 1) ¦b­{±oªº¤@³B(# ®Ñ 13:27|)

01027 Beyth ha-Ram {bayth haw-rawm'} from 01004 and 07311 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Betharam 1; 1 Beth-aram = "place of the height" 1) a place in Gad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01028 Beyth ha-Ran {bayth haw-rawn'} ¥i¯à¬O¥N´À 01027;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bethharan 1; 1 §B«¢Äõ = "¥L­Ì¤s¥Cªº®a: ³ß¼Öªº©I³ÛªÌ¤§®a" 1) ¦b­{±o¤§¤@³B, ¥i¯à¬O"Beth Harran", ¬ù¥¹ªF¤è¤@¤p®É¦æµ{, ­C§Q­ôªº¤Ï¤è¦V

01028 Beyth ha-Ran {bayth haw-rawn'} probably for 01027;; n pr loc AV - Bethharan 1; 1 Beth-haran = "house of their mount: house of the joyful shouter" 1) a place in Gad, possibly "Beth Harran", one hour east of Jordan, opposite Jericho
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01029 Beyth hash-Shittah {bayth hash-shit-taw'} ·½¦Û 01004 and 07848 with the article interposed;; n pr ¦a¦W AV - Bethshittah 1; 1 §B¤Ú©Ô = "ª÷¦XÅw¾ðªº©Ð¤l" ©Î "ª÷¦XÅwªáªº¦a¤è" 1) ¤@­Ó¤£ª¾¹D¦b­þ¸Ìªº¦a¤è, ¤]³\¬O±øª÷¦XÅw¾ðªº¤p¹D

01029 Beyth hash-Shittah {bayth hash-shit-taw'} from 01004 and 07848 with the article interposed;; n pr loc AV - Bethshittah 1; 1 Beth-shittah = "house of the acacia tree" or "place of the acacia" 1) an unknown location, perhaps an acacia grove
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01030 Beyth hash-Shimshiy {bayth hash-shim-shee'} ·½¦Û 01053¦r­º©M´¡¦b¤¤¶¡ªº«aµü, ªí°êÄy©M¦a°ì;; §Î®eµü AV - Bethshemite 2; 2 §B¥Ü³Á¤H (Bethshemite ©Î Beth-shemeshite) = "¤Ó¶§ªº®a" 1) §B¥Ü³Áªº©~¥Á

01030 Beyth hash-Shimshiy {bayth hash-shim-shee'} patrial from 01053 with the article inserted;; adj AV - Bethshemite 2; 2 Bethshemite or Beth-shemeshite = "house of the sun" 1) an inhabitant of Beth-shemesh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01031 Beyth Choglah {bayth chog-law'} ·½¦Û 01004 ¨Ã»P02295¬Û¦P;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bethhoglah 2, Bethhogla 1; 3 §B¬T©Ô= "ÅÂÀlªº©Ð«Î" ©Î "ÅÂÀl¤§¦a" 1) «K¶®¼§ªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è, »PµS¤j¦b¥æ¬É³B¬Û¾F

01031 Beyth Choglah {bayth chog-law'} from 01004 and the same as 02295;; n pr loc AV - Bethhoglah 2, Bethhogla 1; 3 Beth-hoglah = "house of the partridge" or "place of partridge" 1) a place in Benjamin on the border with Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01032 Beyth Chowrown {bayth kho-rone'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 02356;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethhoron 14; 14 §B©M±[ = "ªÅµê¤§®a¡¨ 1) ¥Hªk½¬Äݦaªº¨â®y«° 1a) ¤W§B©M±[ - «Ø¦b¥Hªk½¬¤s¤W 1b) ¤U§B©M±[ - «Ø¦b§C©ó¤W§B©M±[ 800 ­^§` (245 ¤½¤Ø) ¤§³B

01032 Beyth Chowrown {bayth kho-rone'} from 01004 and 02356;; n pr loc AV - Bethhoron 14; 14 Beth-horon = "house of hollowness" 1) two towns in Ephraim 1a) Upper Beth-horon - town on the mountains of Ephraim 1b) Lower Beth-horon - town located 800 feet (245 m) lower than Upper Beth-horon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01033 Beyth Kar {bayth kar} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 03733;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethcar 1; 1 §B¥Ò = "¤½¦Ï¤§®a" ©Î "¦Ï¨à¤§¶m" 1) ¤@ÄÝ«D§Q¤h¤H´x±±ªº¦a¤è (#¼»¤W 7:11|)

01033 Beyth Kar {bayth kar} from 01004 and 03733;; n pr loc AV - Bethcar 1; 1 Beth-car = "house of the ram" or "place of the lamb" 1) a place apparently belonging to the Philistines
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01034 Beyth L@ba'owth {bayth leb-aw-oth'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 03833 ªº½Æ¼Æ«¬, »P03822 ¤ñ¸û;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethlebaoth 1; 1 §B§Q¤Ú¤Å= "¥À·à¤§®a" 1) ¦b¦è½qªº¤@¦a¤è

01034 Beyth L@ba'owth {bayth leb-aw-oth'} from 01004 and the pl. of 03833, Compare 03822;; n pr loc AV - Bethlebaoth 1; 1 Beth-lebaoth = "house of lionesses" 1) a place in Simeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01035 Beyth Lechem {bayth leh'-khem} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 03899; TWOT - 241b; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethlehem 31, Bethlehemjudah + 03063 10; 41 §B§Q«í = "ÄÑ¥](³­¹)¤§®a" 1) µS¤jªº«°¥«,¤j½Ã¤ýªº¥X¥Í¦a 2) ¦è¥¬­Ûªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01035 Beyth Lechem {bayth leh'-khem} from 01004 and 03899; TWOT - 241b; n pr loc AV - Bethlehem 31, Bethlehemjudah + 03063 10; 41 Beth-lehem = "house of bread (food)" 1) a city in Judah, birthplace of David 2) a place in Zebulun
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01036 Beyth l@-`Aphrah {bayth le-af-raw'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 06083 ªº³±©Ê«¬ (´¡¤J¤¶Ã´µü);; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - house of Aphrah 1; 1 §B¨È¥±©Ô = "¨È©Ô¥±¤§®a" ©ÎªÌ "¦Ç¹Ð¤§®a" 1) ¤@«D§Q¤h«°É](#À± 1:10|)

01036 Beyth l@-`Aphrah {bayth le-af-raw'} from 01004 and the fem. of 06083 (with preposition interposed);; n pr loc AV - house of Aphrah 1; 1 Bethel-aphrah = "house belonging to Aphrah" or "house to (i.e. of) dust" 1) a Philistine city
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01037 Beyth Millow' {bayth mil-lo'} ©Î Beyth Millo' {bayth mil-lo'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 04407;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - non translated variant 4; 4 §B-¦Ìù (©M¦X¥»§@'¦Ìù') = "¦Ìù¤§®a" ©Î "¨¾½Ã¦u³Æ³¡" 1) ¾aªñ¥Ü¼Cªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è(#¤h 9:6,20|), ¦aÂI¤£¸Ô 2) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¤@­Ó«°³ù (#¤ý¤U 12:20|)

01037 Beyth Millow' {bayth mil-lo'} or Beyth Millo' {bayth mil-lo'} from 01004 and 04407;; n pr loc AV - non translated variant 4; 4 Beth-millo = "house of Millo" or "house of the rampart" 1) a place near Shechem, site unknown 2) a citadel in Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01038 Beyth Ma`akah {bayth mah-ak-aw'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 04601;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethmaachah 2; 2 §Bº¿­{ = "¨ü­¢¤§®a" 1) ÄÝ¥_°êªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï

01038 Beyth Ma`akah {bayth mah-ak-aw'} from 01004 and 04601;; n pr loc AV - Bethmaachah 2; 2 Beth-maachah = "house of pressure" 1) a place in the northern kingdom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01039 Beyth Nimrah {bayth nim-raw'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 05246 ªº³±©Êµü, ¹ï·Ó 05247;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethnimrah 2; 2 §B¹ç©Ô = "°\¤§®a" 1) ¦b¬ù¥¹ªeªFÄÝ­{±o¤§¤@³B(# ¥Á 32:36; ®Ñ 13:27|)

01039 Beyth Nimrah {bayth nim-raw'} from 01004 and the fem. of 05246, Compare 05247;; n pr loc AV - Bethnimrah 2; 2 Beth-Nimrah = "house of the leopard" 1) a place east of the Jordan in Gad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01040 Beyth `Eden {bayth ay'-den} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 05730;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - synonym for Eden 1; 1 §B¥ì¨l= "ªY³ßªº«Î¤l" 1) ±Ô§Q¨Èªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ²{¦bªºµS¤Ó¤å (·¤§Î¤å¦r= §B¦w­}¥§)

01040 Beyth `Eden {bayth ay'-den} from 01004 and 05730;; n pr loc AV - synonym for Eden 1; 1 Beth-eden = "house of delight" 1) a city in Syria, modern Juseih (cuneiform = Bit Adini)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01041 Beyth `Azmaveth {bayth az-maw'-veth} ·½¦Û 01004 »P 05820. ¥i»P 05820°µ¤ñ¸û;;±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethazmaveth 1; 1 §B¨È´µº¿¥± = "¦³¦º¤`¤O¶qªº©Ð¤l" 1)¤@­Ó¾aªñ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¦a¤è ( #¥§7:28|)

01041 Beyth `Azmaveth {bayth az-maw'-veth} from 01004 and 05820. Compare 05820;; n pr loc AV - Bethazmaveth 1; 1 Beth-azmaveth = "house of the strength of death" 1) a place near Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01042 Beyth `Anowth {bayth an-oth'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M ±q 06030 ¦Ó¨Óªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Bethanoth 1; 1 §B¨È¿Õ = "¦^À³¤§«Î (©Î§@¤£©¯¤§©Ò)" 1) ¦bµS¤jªº¦a¤è

01042 Beyth `Anowth {bayth an-oth'} from 01004 and a plural from 06030;; n pr loc AV - Bethanoth 1; 1 Beth-anoth = "house of responses (or afflictions)" 1) a place in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01043 Beyth `Anath {bayth an-awth'} ¤@­Óªº 01042 «÷¦rÅܤƫ¬;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethanath 3; 3 §B¨È¯Ç = "¦^À³ªº³B©Ò (©Îµh­W)" 1) ¦ì©ó®³¥±¥L§Qªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01043 Beyth `Anath {bayth an-awth'} an orthographical variation for 01042;; n pr loc AV - Bethanath 3; 3 Beth-anath = "house of response (or affliction)" 1) a place in Naphtali
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01044 Beyth `Eqed {bayth ay'-ked} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M ­l¥Í©ó 06123 ¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - shearing house 1, non translated variant 1; 2 Beth-eged = "¸i²Ïªº¦a¤è" ¥ç§Y "­×°Å¦Ï¤ò³B" 1) ¦b¥_°ê¤@³B¦a¤è (#¤ý¤U 10:12,14|)

01044 Beyth `Eqed {bayth ay'-ked} from 01004 and a derivative of 06123;; n pr loc AV - shearing house 1, non translated variant 1; 2 Beth-eged = "house of binding" ie "shearing house" 1) a place in the northern kingdom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01045 Beyth `Ashtarowth {bayth ash-taw-roth'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 06252 (©M 01203, 06252 ¤ñ¸û);; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - non translated variant 1; 1 §B-¨È´µ¥L¸S = "¨È´µ¥L¸Sªº·µ" 1) «D§Q¤h¤Hªº¯«¼q

01045 Beyth `Ashtarowth {bayth ash-taw-roth'} from 01004 and 06252, Compare 01203, 06252;; n pr loc AV - non translated variant 1; 1 Beth-ashtaroth = "house of Ashtaroth" 1) a Philistine temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01046 Beyth Pelet {bayth peh'-let} ·½¦Û 01004 and 06412;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethphelet 1, Bethpalet 1; 2 §B©¬¦C = "°k²æ¤§«Î" ©Î "°k²æ¤§¦a" 1) ¦bµS¤j«n³¡¤§¤@³B

01046 Beyth Pelet {bayth peh'-let} from 01004 and 06412;; n pr loc AV - Bethphelet 1, Bethpalet 1; 2 Beth-palet = "house of escape" or "place of escape" 1) a place in southern Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01047 Beyth P@`owr {bayth pe-ore'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 06465;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethpeor 4; 4 §BÏiÒ­ = "ÏiÒ­¤§®a" 1) ¬ù¥¹ªeªF¤è¤§¤@³B, ¨È¼¯§Q¤Hªº¦a, ¼·µ¹¬y«K¤ä¬£

01047 Beyth P@`owr {bayth pe-ore'} from 01004 and 06465;; n pr loc AV - Bethpeor 4; 4 Beth-peor = "house of Peor" 1) a place east of the Jordan, in the land of the Amorites, allotted to the tribe of Reuben
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01048 Beyth Patstsets {bayth pats-tsates'} ·½¦Û 01004 ¤Î 06327 ªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethpazzez 1; 1 §B©¬Á§= "´²§G¤§®a" 1) ¦b¥HÂÄ­{¹Ò¤ºªº¦a¤è

01048 Beyth Patstsets {bayth pats-tsates'} from 01004 and a derivative from 06327;; n pr loc AV - Bethpazzez 1; 1 Beth-pazzez = "house of dispersion" 1) a place in Issachar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1049 Beyth Tsuwr {bayth tsoor'} ·½¦Û 01004 »P 06697;; ¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bethzur 4; 4 §B¦g = "©¥©Ð" ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 1) µS¤j¤@­Ó¦a¤è ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 2) º¿¶³ªº¨à¤l

1049 Beyth Tsuwr {bayth tsoor'} from 01004 and 06697;; n AV - Bethzur 4; 4 Beth-zur = "house of the rock" n pr loc 1) a place in Judah n pr m 2) the son of Maon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01050 Beyth R@chowb {bayth re-khobe'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 07339;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethrehob 2; 2 §B§Q¦X = "¤j¹D¤W¤§®a" 1) ¦b¦ý¤ä¬£¹Ò¤º, ©¹«¢°¨¥hªº¸ô¤Wªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è

01050 Beyth R@chowb {bayth re-khobe'} from 01004 and 07339;; n pr loc AV - Bethrehob 2; 2 Beth-rehob = "house of the street" 1) a place in Dan on road to Hamath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01051 Beyth Rapha' {bayth raw-faw'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 07497;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bethrapha 1; 1 §B©Ô¤Ú = "Âåªv¤§®a" 1) ¥ì¬I¤Ùªº¨à¤l

01051 Beyth Rapha' {bayth raw-faw'} from 01004 and 07497;; n pr m AV - Bethrapha 1; 1 Beth-rapha = "house of healing" 1) the son of Eshton
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01052 Beyth Sh@'an {bayth she-awn'} ©Î Beyth Shan {bayth shawn'} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 07599;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethshean 6, Bethshan 3; 9 §Bµ½ ©Î §B¬À = "¦w¾A¤§®a" 1) º¿®³¦èªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ¬ù¥¹ªº¦èÃä

01052 Beyth Sh@'an {bayth she-awn'} or Beyth Shan {bayth shawn'} from 01004 and 07599;; n pr loc AV - Bethshean 6, Bethshan 3; 9 Beth-shean or Beth-Shan = "house of ease" 1) a place in Manasseh, west of the Jordan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01053 Beyth Shemesh {bayth sheh'-mesh} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 08121;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bethshemesh 21; 21 §B¥Ü³Á= "¤Ó¶§¤§®a" ©Î "¤Ó¶§¯«·µ" 1) µS¤j¦è«nªº¤@®y«° 2) ¦b®³¥±¥L§Qªº¤@®y«° 3) ¦b¥H¼»­{ªº¤@®y«° 4) ¦b®J¤Îªº¤@®y«°

01053 Beyth Shemesh {bayth sheh'-mesh} from 01004 and 08121;; n pr loc AV - Bethshemesh 21; 21 Beth-shemesh = "house of the sun" or "sun-temple" 1) a town in southwest Judah 2) a town in Naphtali 3) a town in Issachar 4) a town in Egypt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01054 Beth Tappuwach {bayth tap-poo'-akh} ·½¦Û 01004 ©M 08598;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Bethtappuah 1; 1 §B¥L´¶¨È = "Ä«ªG³B" ªº "Ä«ªG«Î" 1) µS¤jªº¬YÂí

01054 Beth Tappuwach {bayth tap-poo'-akh} from 01004 and 08598;; n pr loc AV - Bethtappuah 1; 1 Beth-tappuah = "house of the apple" of "place of apples" 1) a town in Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01055 biythan {bee-thawn'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 01004; TWOT - 241c; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - palace 3; 3 1) ©Ð¤l, ®c·µ

01055 biythan {bee-thawn'} probably from 01004; TWOT - 241c; n m AV - palace 3; 3 1) house, palace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01056 Baka' {baw-kaw'} ·½¦Û 01058;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Baca 1; 1 ¤Ú¥d = "¸¨²\\\" 1) ¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¦a°Ïªº¤@­Ó¤s¨¦

01056 Baka' {baw-kaw'} from 01058;; n pr loc AV - Baca 1; 1 Baca = "weeping" 1) a valley in Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01057 baka' {baw-kaw'} »P 01056 ¦P; TWOT - 242; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mulberry tree 4; 4 1) ­»½¦¾ð(¯×§N§ü, »ñ¥Pªá) - ¤@ºØÄé¤ì, ³Q³Î«á·|¬y¥X¥Ä²G

01057 baka' {baw-kaw'} the same as 01056; TWOT - 242; n m AV - mulberry tree 4; 4 1) balsam tree - a shrub which drips sap when it is cut
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01058 bakah {baw-kaw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 243; °Êµü AV - weep 98, bewail 5, sore 3 (¤£©wµü±j½Õ¥Î) mourned 2, all 1 (¤£©wµü), complain 1, lamentation 1, more 1 (¤£©wµü) , weep over 1, tears 1; 114 1) ­úª_, µh­ú, «s¸¹, ¬y²\ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ­úª_ («s¶Ë, ©}°d, ©ÎÅw¼Ö) 1a2) ¤j­ú (¥[¦P·½ªºª½±µ¨ü®æ) 1a3) ¬°...­úª_ (¾Ö©ê¨Ã­úª_) 1a4) µh­ú 1b) (Piel) ¤Àµü 1b1) «s­ú 1b2) µh­ú

01058 bakah {baw-kaw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 243; v AV - weep 98, bewail 5, sore 3 (inf. for emphasis) mourned 2, all 1 (inf), complain 1, lamentation 1, more 1 (inf.) , weep over 1, tears 1; 114 1) to weep, bewail, cry, shed tears 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to weep (in grief, humiliation, or joy) 1a2) to weep bitterly (with cognate acc.) 1a3) to weep upon (embrace and weep) 1a4) to bewail 1b) (Piel) participle 1b1) lamenting 1b2) bewailing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01059 bekeh {beh'-keh} ·½¦Û 01058; TWOT - 243a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sore (±j½Õ¥Îªº¤£©wµü) 1; 1 1) ­úª_

01059 bekeh {beh'-keh} from 01058; TWOT - 243a; n m AV - sore (inf. for emphasis) 1; 1 1) a weeping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01060 b@kowr {bek-ore'} ·½¦Û 01069; TWOT - 244a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - firstborn 101, firstling 10, eldest 4, firstborn + 01121 1, eldest son 1; 117 1) ÀY¥Íªº, ªì²£ªº 1a) ªø¤l¤Îªø¤k 1b) «ü°Êª« 1c) ¦å½tÃö«Yªº¦Wµü (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

01060 b@kowr {bek-ore'} from 01069; TWOT - 244a; n m AV - firstborn 101, firstling 10, eldest 4, firstborn + 01121 1, eldest son 1; 117 1) firstborn, firstling 1a) of men and women 1b) of animals 1c) noun of relation (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01061 bikkuwr {bik-koor'} ·½¦Û 01069; TWOT - 244e; ¶§©Ê½Æ¼Æ¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - firstfruit 14, firstripe 2, firstripe figs 1,hasty fruit 1; 18 1) ªì¼ôªºªG¤l 1a) «ö·ÓµS¤Ó¤H¤C¤C¸`ªº»ö¦¡¡A¦b¤ôªG¤Î²ø½[¤¤³Ì¥ý¦¨¼ôªº, ³Q±Ä¶°°_¨Ó, µM«á©^Ämµ¹¯«ªº 1b) ¦b¤C¤C¸`®É©^Ämµ¹¯«¡A¥Ñ·s½\§@¦¨ªºÄÑ¥] (#§Q 23:20|) 1c) ²ø½[ªì¼ô¤§¤é (¤C¤C¸`) (#¥Á 28:26|)

01061 bikkuwr {bik-koor'} from 01069; TWOT - 244e; n m pl AV - firstfruit 14, firstripe 2, firstripe figs 1,hasty fruit 1; 18 1) first-fruits 1a) the first of the crops and fruit that ripened, was gathered, and offered to God according to the ritual of Pentecost 1b) the bread made of the new grain offered at Pentecost 1c) the day of the first-fruits (Pentecost)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01062 b@kowrah {bek-o-raw'} ©Î (short) b@korah {bek-o-raw'} ·½¦Û 01060; TWOT - 244c; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - birthright 9, firstling 5, firstborn 1; 15 1) ªø¤lÄ~©ÓÅv, ªø¤lªº¨­¤À, ªø¤lªºÅv§Q

01062 b@kowrah {bek-o-raw'} or (short) b@korah {bek-o-raw'} from 01060; TWOT - 244c; n f AV - birthright 9, firstling 5, firstborn 1; 15 1) birthright, primogeniture, right of the first-born
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01063 bikkuwrah {bik-koo-raw'} ·½¦Û01061ªº; TWOT - 244f; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - firstripe 1, firstripe fruit 1; 2 1) ¥X¼ôªºµLªáªG, ¦­¼ôªºµLªáªG 2) (TWOT) ¥X¼ôªºªG¤l

01063 bikkuwrah {bik-koo-raw'} from of 01061; TWOT - 244f; n f AV - firstripe 1, firstripe fruit 1; 2 1) first-ripe fig, early fig 2) (TWOT) firstfruits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01064 B@kowrath {bek-o-rath'} 01062 ªº³±©Ê;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bechorath 1; 1 ¤ñºq©Ô = "ÀY¥Íªº" 1) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H, ±½Ã¹ªº¯ª¥ý (#¼»¤W 9:1|)

01064 B@kowrath {bek-o-rath'} fem. of 01062;; n pr m AV - Bechorath 1; 1 Bechorath = "first-born" 1) a Benjamite ancestor of Saul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01065 B@kiy {bek-ee'} ·½¦Û 01058; TWOT - 243b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - weep 24, overflowing 1, sore 1, wept + 01058 08799 3, wept + 06963 1; 30 1) ¤@³õ­úª_, ­úª_

01065 B@kiy {bek-ee'} from 01058; TWOT - 243b; n m AV - weep 24, overflowing 1, sore 1, wept + 01058 08799 3, wept + 06963 1; 30 1) a weeping, weeping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01066 Bokiym {bo-keem'} 01058 ªº¥D°Ê»yºA½Æ¼Æ¤Àµü ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bochim 2; 2 ªiª÷ = "­úª_ªº" 1) ¤@­Ó¾aªñ¦N¥Ò(©Î§B¯S§Q)ªº¦a¤è, ¥H¦â¦Cªº¦Ê©m¦b¨º¸Ì­úª_

01066 Bokiym {bo-keem'} pl. active participle of 01058;; n pr loc AV - Bochim 2; 2 Bochim = "weeping" 1) a place near Gilgal (or Bethel), where sons of Israel wept
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01067 bekiyrah {bek-ee-raw'} ·½¦Û 01069; TWOT - 244d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - firstborn 6; 6 1) ¤j¤k¨à, ÀY¥Íªº(¥Î©ó«ü¤k¤H) 1a) Á`¬O¥Î©ó«ü¤k¤H

01067 bekiyrah {bek-ee-raw'} from 01069; TWOT - 244d; n f AV - firstborn 6; 6 1) firstborn daughter, firstborn (of women) 1a) always used of women
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01068 b@kiyth {bek-eeth'} ·½¦Û 01058; TWOT - 243d; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mourning 1; 1 1) ­úª_

01068 b@kiyth {bek-eeth'} from 01058; TWOT - 243d; n f AV - mourning 1; 1 1) weeping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01069 bakar {baw-kar'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 244; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - firstborn 1, new fruit 1, firstling 1, first child; 4 1) ÀY¥Íªº 1a) (Piel) 1a1) ¦­µ²ªG¹ê, ªì¼ôªºªG¹ê 1a2) µ¹»Pªø¤lªº¦W¤À 1a2a) ¥ß¬°ªø¤l 1a2b) ©óªk«ß¤W«ü©w¬°ªø¤l 1b) (Pual) 1b1) ¥Í¤UÀY­L 1b2) ªì¦¸¦¬Ã¬ 1c) (Hiphil) ÃhÀY­Lªº¥À¿Ë

01069 bakar {baw-kar'} a primitive root; TWOT - 244; v AV - firstborn 1, new fruit 1, firstling 1, first child; 4 1) to be born first 1a) (Piel) 1a1) to bear early, new fruit 1a2) to give the right of the firstborn 1a2a) to make as firstborn 1a2b) to constitute as firstborn 1b) (Pual) 1b1) to be born a firstling 1b2) to be made a firstling 1c) (Hiphil) one bearing her first child
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01070 beker {beh'-ker} ·½¦Û 01069; TWOT - 244b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - dromedary 1; 1 1) ¥®¤pªºÀd¾m, ³æ®pÀd¾m(#ÁÉ 60:6|)

01070 beker {beh'-ker} from 01069; TWOT - 244b; n m AV - dromedary 1; 1 1) young camel, dromedary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01071 Beker {beh'-ker} »P 01070 ¦P ;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Becher 5; 5 ¤ñµ² = "¥®¤pªºÀd¾m" 1) ¥Hªk½¬ªº¨à¤l 2) «K¶®¼§ªº¨à¤l

01071 Beker {beh'-ker} the same as 01070;; n pr m AV - Becher 5; 5 Becher = "young camel" 1) a son of Ephraim 2) a son of Benjamin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01072 bikrah {bik-raw'} ·½¦Û 01070; TWOT - 244b; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - dromedary 1; 1 1) ¤pªº¥ÀÀd¾m, ¤pÀd¾m, ³æ®pÀd¾m(#­C 2:23|)

01072 bikrah {bik-raw'} from 01070; TWOT - 244b; n f AV - dromedary 1; 1 1) a young female camel, young camel, dromedary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01073 bakkurah {bak-koo-raw'} ¥Ñ 01063 «÷ªk§ïÅܦӨÓ; TWOT - 244f; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - first ripe 1; 1 1) ²Ä¤@§å¦¨¼ôªºµLªáªG, ¦­¼ôªºµLªáªG 2) (TWOT) ªì¼ôªºªG¹ê

01073 bakkurah {bak-koo-raw'} by orthographical variation for 01063; TWOT - 244f; n f AV - first ripe 1; 1 1) first ripe fig, early fig 2) (TWOT) firstfruits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01074 Bok@ruw {bo-ker-oo'} ·½¦Û 01069;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bocheru 2; 2 ªi°ò¸ô = "ÀY¥Íªº" 1) ¤@¦ì«K¶®¼§¤H

01074 Bok@ruw {bo-ker-oo'} from 01069;; n pr m AV - Bocheru 2; 2 Bocheru = "firstborn" 1) a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01075 Bikriy {bik-ree'} ·½¦Û 01069;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bichri 8; 8 ¤ñ°ò§Q = "¦~»´ªº" 1) «K¶®¼§¤H¥Ü¤Úªº¤÷¿Ë §Î®eµü 2) (BDB) ¤ñ°ò§Q¤H

01075 Bikriy {bik-ree'} from 01069;; n pr m AV - Bichri 8; 8 Bichri = "youthful" 1) a Benjamite, father of Sheba adj 2) (BDB) the Bichrites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01076 Bakriy {bak-ree'} ·½¦Û 01071 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Bachrites 1; 1 ¤ñµ²±Ú - "³æ®pÀd¾m: ÀY­L" 1) ¤ñµ²ªº®a¤H¤§¤@(#¥Á 26:35|)

01076 Bakriy {bak-ree'} patronymically from 01071;; adj AV - Bachrites 1; 1 Bachrites - "a dromedary: first-born" 1) one of the family of Becher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01077 bal {bal} ·½¦Û 01086; TWOT - 246d; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - none, not, nor, lest, nothing, not, neither, no; 9 1) ¤£, Ãø¥H, ¦¹¥~

01077 bal {bal} from 01086; TWOT - 246d; adv AV - none, not, nor, lest, nothing, not, neither, no; 9 1) not, hardly, else
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01078 Bel {bale} ¥N´À 01168 ªº¬Ù²¤«¬;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bel 3; 3 ©¼°Ç = "§g¥D" 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤Hªº¤@­Ó¥D­n¯«¬é

01078 Bel {bale} by contraction for 01168;; n pr m AV - Bel 3; 3 Bel = "lord" 1) a chief Babylonian deity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01079 bal (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bawl} ·½¦Û 01080; TWOT - 2630; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - heart 1; 1 1) ·N©À, ¤ß

01079 bal (Aramaic) {bawl} from 01080; TWOT - 2630; n m AV - heart 1; 1 1) mind, heart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01080 b@la' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bel-aw'} ¬Û·í©ó 01086 (¥u¥Î¦b§@ ºë¯«¤W ªº·N¸q®É); TWOT - 2631; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - wear out 1; 1 1) (Pael) ®ø¥¢, ®ø¿i 1a) «ùÄòªº·ÐÂZ (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk)

01080 b@la' (Aramaic) {bel-aw'} corresponding to 01086 (used only in a mental sense); TWOT - 2631; v AV - wear out 1; 1 1) (Pael) to wear away, wear out 1a) to harass constantly (fig.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01081 Bal'adan {bal-ad-awn'} ·½¦Û (ªu¥Î) 01078 »P 0113; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Baladan 2; 2 ¤Ú©Ô¦ý = ¡u¤Ú¤O (¬O¥Lªº) ¥D¡v 1) ¦Ìù¹F¤Ú©Ô¦ýªº¤÷¿Ë, §Æ¦è®a¤ý´¿¦V¥L®i¥ÜÂ׫p°]²£ (# ÁÉ 39:1-4|)

01081 Bal'adan {bal-ad-awn'} from 01078 and 0113 (contracted);; n pr m AV - Baladan 2; 2 Baladan = "Bel (is his) lord)" 1) the father of Merodach-baladan to whom Hezekiah revealed the riches of his treasures
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01082 balag {baw-lag'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 245; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - comfort 2, strength, strengthen 1; 4 1) ¬ð²{, ·L¯º 1a) (Hiphil) °ß¤@ 1a1) ®i²{·L¯º, ¬Ý¨Ó´r§Öªº 1a2) ¬ðµM

01082 balag {baw-lag'} a primitive root; TWOT - 245; v AV - comfort 2, strength, strengthen 1; 4 1) to gleam, smile 1a) (Hiphil) only 1a1) to show a smile, look pleasant 1a2) to cause to burst
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01083 Bilgah {bil-gaw'} ·½¦Û 01082;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bilgah 3; 3 Âz­{ = "°ª¿³,§Ö¬¡" 1)¤j½Ã¤ý®É´Á¤@­Ó²½¥q,´wÅÒªº®É­Ô¬O²Ä¤Q¤­­Ó³Q©â¨ì 2)¦ñÀH©Òù¤Ú§Bªº¤@­Ó²½¥q

01083 Bilgah {bil-gaw'} from 01082;; n pr m AV - Bilgah 3; 3 Bilgah = "cheerfulness" 1) a priest of the 15th course, in David's time 2) a priest accompanying Zerubbabel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01084 Bilgay {bil-gah'ee} ·½¦Û 01082;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bilgai 1; 1 Âz¸Ó = "§Úªº§Ö¼Ö" 1) »P¥§§Æ¦Ì¥ß¬ùªº¤@­Ó²½¥q

01084 Bilgay {bil-gah'ee} from 01082;; n pr m AV - Bilgai 1; 1 Bilgai = "my cheerfulness" 1) a priest who covenanted with Nehemiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01085 Bildad {bil-dad'} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bildad 5; 5 ¤ñ°Ç¹F = "°g´bªº·R" 1) ¬ù§Bªº²Ä¤G­ÓªB¤Í

01085 Bildad {bil-dad'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Bildad 5; 5 Bildad = "confusing (by mingling) love" 1) the second friend of Job
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01086 balah {baw-law'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 246; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - wax old 9, become old 2, consume 2, waste 1, enjoy 1, non translated variant 1; 16 1) ¬ï¯}, ÅÜ 1a) (Qal) ¬ï¯} 1b) (Piel) 1b1) ¬ï¯} 1b2) ¦]¨Ï¥Î¦Ó¬ï¯}, §¹¥þ¯ÓºÉ 1b3) ¨É¨ü, ¨Ï¥Î§¹¥þ

01086 balah {baw-law'} a primitive root; TWOT - 246; v AV - wax old 9, become old 2, consume 2, waste 1, enjoy 1, non translated variant 1; 16 1) to wear out, become old 1a) (Qal) to wear out 1b) (Piel) 1b1) to wear out 1b2) to wear out by use, use up completely 1b3) to enjoy, use to the full
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01087 baleh {baw-leh'} ·½¦Û 01086; TWOT - 246a; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - old 5; 5 1) ¯}ªº, °I¦Ñªº

01087 baleh {baw-leh'} from 01086; TWOT - 246a; adj AV - old 5; 5 1) worn out, old
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01088 Balah {baw-law'} 01087 ªº³±©Ê;; ±M¦³¦Wµü,¦a¦W AV - Balah 1; 1 ¤Ú©Ô = "ÅܦÑ" 1) ¦b¦è½q¹Ò¤ºªº¤@¦a¤è

01088 Balah {baw-law'} feminine of 01087;; n pr loc AV - Balah 1; 1 Balah = "waxed old" 1) a place in Simeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01089 balahh {baw-lah'} ¦r®Ú«¬ [§óÀ³¬O¥Ñ 0926 «÷ªk§ïÅܦӨÓ]; TWOT - 247; °Êµü AV - non translated variant 1; 1 1) (Piel) ¨Ï§xÂZ

01089 balahh {baw-lah'} a primitive root [rather by transposition for 0926]; TWOT - 247; v AV - non translated variant 1; 1 1) (Piel) to trouble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01090 Bilhah {bil-haw'} ·½¦Û 01089;; AV - Bilhah 11; 11 ¹@©Ô = "³Â·Ðªº" ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 1) "©Ôµ²"ªº¨Ï¤k, "©Ôµ²"§â¥Lµ¹"¶®¦U"¬°©c, ¥L¬°"¶®¦U"¥Í¤F"¦ý"¡B"®³¥±¥L§Q" ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 2) ¦ì©ó¦è½q¦aªº¤@­Ó«°¥« (#¥N¤W 4:29|)

01090 Bilhah {bil-haw'} from 01089;; AV - Bilhah 11; 11 Bilhah = "troubled" n pr f 1) Rachel's handmaid whom she gave to Jacob as a concubine, mother to two of Jacob's children, Dan and Naphtali n pr loc 2) a city in Simeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01091 ballahah {bal-law-haw'} ·½¦Û 01089; TWOT - 247a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - terror 10; 10 1) ®£©Æ, ·´·À, ¨aÃø, ¥i©Èªº¨Æ¥ó

01091 ballahah {bal-law-haw'} from 01089; TWOT - 247a; n f AV - terror 10; 10 1) terror, destruction, calamity, dreadful event
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01092 Bilhan {bil-hawn'} ·½¦Û 01089;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bilhan 4; 4 ¹@¨u = "¥L­Ìªº°I¦Ñ" 1) ¥H±½ªº«á¸Ç 2) «K¶®¼§¤H

01092 Bilhan {bil-hawn'} from 01089;; n pr m AV - Bilhan 4; 4 Bilhan = "their decrepitude" 1) a descendant of Esau 2) a Benjamite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01093 b@low (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bel-o'} ·½©ó¬Û·í©ó 01086 ªº¦r®Ú; TWOT - 2632; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tribute 3; 3 1) °^ª«

01093 b@low (Aramaic) {bel-o'} from a root corresponding to 01086; TWOT - 2632; n m AV - tribute 3; 3 1) tribute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01094 b@low' {bel-o'} ©Î (§¹¾ã«¬) b@lowy {bel-o'ee} ·½¦Û 01086; TWOT - 246b; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - old 3; 3 1) ¯}ÄꪺªF¦è, ¯}¥¬

01094 b@low' {bel-o'} or (fully) b@lowy {bel-o'ee} from 01086; TWOT - 246b; n m AV - old 3; 3 1) worn out things, rags
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01095 Belt@sha'tstsar {bale-tesh-ats-tsar'} ¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Belteshazzar 2; 2 §B´£¨F¼» = "½a§xªÌªºÄ_Âä§¥D" 1) ²Ä¥|­Ó¤j¥ýª¾, ¥L¬O²Ä¤@ªi³Q¾Û¥h¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº¤H¤§¤@; Âǵۯ«©Ò½ç ¸Ñ¹Úªº®¦½ç, ¥L¦¨¬°¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤Î«áÄòªºªi´µ«Ò°êªº®_¬Û, Åv¤O¶È¦b¤ý ¤@¤H¤§¤U. ¥Lªº¹w¨¥´£¨Ñ§Ú­Ì¤F¸Ñ¥½¥@´º¶HªºÃöÁä. »P¥L¦P®É¥Nªº¥ý ª¾¥H¦èµ²°O¸ü¤F¦³Ãö¥Lªº¸t¼äªº¨ÆÂÝ. 1a) ­ì¦W '¦ý¥H²z' ([01840] ©Î [01841])

01095 Belt@sha'tstsar {bale-tesh-ats-tsar'} of foreign derivation;; n pr m AV - Belteshazzar 2; 2 Belteshazzar = "lord of the straitened's treasure" 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel 1a) also, 'Daniel' (01840 or 01841)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01096 Belt@sha'tstsar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bale-tesh-ats-tsar'} ·½©ó¤@¬Û·í©ó 01095 ªº¦r®Ú;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Belteshazzar 8; 8 §B´£¨F¼» = "½a§xªÌªºÄ_Âä§¥D" 1) ²Ä¥|­Ó¤j¥ýª¾, ¥L¬O²Ä¤@ªi³Q¾Û¥h¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº¤H¤§¤@; Âǵۯ«©Ò½ç ¸Ñ¹Úªº®¦½ç, ¥L¦¨¬°¤Ú¤ñ­Û¤Î«áÄòªºªi´µ«Ò°êªº®_¬Û, Åv¤O¶È¦b¤ý ¤@¤H¤§¤U. ¥Lªº¹w¨¥´£¨Ñ§Ú­Ì¤F¸Ñ¥½¥@´º¶HªºÃöÁä. »P¥L¦P®É¥Nªº¥ý ª¾¥H¦èµ²°O¸ü¤F¦³Ãö¥Lªº¸t¼äªº¨ÆÂÝ. 1a) ­ì¦W '¦ý¥H²z' ([01840] ©Î [01841])

01096 Belt@sha'tstsar (Aramaic) {bale-tesh-ats-tsar'} from a root corresponding to 01095;; n pr m AV - Belteshazzar 8; 8 Belteshazzar = "lord of the straitened's treasure" 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel 1a) also, 'Daniel' (01840 or 01841)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01097 b@liy {bel-ee'} ·½¦Û 01086; TWOT - 246e ´Ü©w¥» - not, without, un..., lack of, so that no, corruption; 14 ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ 1) ¿i·l §_©w°Æµü 2) ¯Ê¤Ö¡K, ¤£¬O, ¤£(ªí¥Ü§_©w)

01097 b@liy {bel-ee'} from 01086; TWOT - 246e AV - not, without, un..., lack of, so that no, corruption; 14 subst 1) wearing out adv of negation 2) without, no, not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01098 b@liyl {bel-eel'} ·½¦Û 01101; TWOT - 248a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fodder 1, corn 1, provender 1; 3 1)¯°, ¯ó®Æ

01098 b@liyl {bel-eel'} from 01101; TWOT - 248a; n m AV - fodder 1, corn 1, provender 1; 3 1) fodder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01099 b@liymah {bel-ee-mah'} ·½¦Û 01097 »P 04100; TWOT - 246f; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - nothing 1; 1 1) µêªÅ

01099 b@liymah {bel-ee-mah'} from 01097 and 04100; TWOT - 246f; n m AV - nothing 1; 1 1) nothingness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01100 b@liya`al {bel-e-yah'-al} ·½¦Û 01097 ©M 03276; TWOT - 246g; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Belial 16, wicked 5, ungodly 3, evil 1, naughty 1 ungodly men 1; 27 1) µL¨¬»´­« 1a) ¤£­«­nªº, ¨S¥Îªº, ÁȤ£¨ì¿úªº, ¨õ»Àªº¤p¤H 1b) ¨¸´cªº 1c) ·´Ãa, ·´·À (·§©À)

01100 b@liya`al {bel-e-yah'-al} from 01097 and 03276; TWOT - 246g; n m AV - Belial 16, wicked 5, ungodly 3, evil 1, naughty 1 ungodly men 1; 27 1) worthlessness 1a) worthless, good for nothing, unprofitable, base fellow 1b) wicked 1c) ruin, destruction (construct)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01101 balal {baw-lal'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 248; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - mingled 37, confound 2, anointed 1, mixed 1, give provender 1, tempered 1, non translated variant 1; 44 1) Äe©M, ²V¦X, ²V¦P, ¨Ï²V²c 1a) (Qal) 1a1) ²V¦X, ²V¦P 1a2) Äe©M 1a3) µ¹¤©­¹ª«, Áý­¹ (°Êª«) 1b) (Hithpoel) ²V¦b¨ä¤¤ (¦b¨ä¥L¤H¤¤¶¡) 1c) (Hiphil) ³vº¥®ø¥¢

01101 balal {baw-lal'} a primitive root; TWOT - 248; v AV - mingled 37, confound 2, anointed 1, mixed 1, give provender 1, tempered 1, non translated variant 1; 44 1) to mix, mingle, confuse, confound 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to mingle, confuse 1a2) to mix 1a3) to give provender, feed (animals) 1b) (Hithpoel) to mix oneself (among others) 1c) (Hiphil) to fade away
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01102 balam {baw-lam'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 249; °Êµü AV - held 1; 1 1) (Qal) °Ç¦í°¨¨à, ±±¨î, §J¨î¬ù§ô

01102 balam {baw-lam'} a primitive root; TWOT - 249; v AV - held 1; 1 1) (Qal) to curb, hold in, restrain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01103 balac {baw-las'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 250; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - gatherer 1; 1 1) (Qal) ¦¬¶°µLªáªG, ·Ó®Æ¤pµLªáªG¾ð

01103 balac {baw-las'} a primitive root; TWOT - 250; v AV - gatherer 1; 1 1) (Qal) to gather figs, tend sycamore trees
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01104 bala` {beh'-lah} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 251; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - swallow ... 34, destroy 9, devour 3, covered 1, at...end 1; 49 1) §]Ã`, §]¾½, ±N..§l¤J, ¦Y±¼ 1a) (Qal) 1a1) §]¤U¥h 1a2) §]¾½, ¨Ï...±²¤J 1b) (Niphal) ³Q§]¾½ 1c) (Piel) 1c1) §]Ã` 1c2) §]¾½, §l§] 1c3) ®ö¶O (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1d) (Pual) ³Q§]¾½ 1e) (Hithpael) ³Qµ²§ô

01104 bala` {beh'-lah} a primitive root; TWOT - 251; v AV - swallow ... 34, destroy 9, devour 3, covered 1, at...end 1; 49 1) to swallow down, swallow up, engulf, eat up 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to swallow down 1a2) to swallow up, engulf 1b) (Niphal) to be swallowed up 1c) (Piel) 1c1) to swallow 1c2) to swallow up, engulf 1c3) squandering (fig.) 1d) (Pual) to be swallowed up 1e) (Hithpael) to be ended
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01105 bela` {beh-lah} ·½¦Û 01104; TWOT - 251a; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - devouring 1, swallowed 1; 2 1) §]¦Y, §]¾½ (¤ñ³ë·´·Àªº·N«ä) 2) ³Q§]¦YªºªF¦è

01105 bela` {beh-lah} from 01104; TWOT - 251a; n m AV - devouring 1, swallowed 1; 2 1) a swallowing, devouring (fig. for ruin) 2) a thing swallowed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01106 Bela` {beh'-lah} »P 01105 ¦P ;; AV - Bela 13, Belah 1; 14 ¤ñ©Ô = "¯}Ãa" ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 1) ¥HªFªº¤@­Ó¤ý{#¥N¤W 1:43|} 2) «K¶®¼§ªº²Ä¤@­Ó¨à¤l 3) ¬y«K¤H"¨È¼»"ªº¨à¤l{#¥N¤W 5:8|} ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 4) ù±o¿ï¾Üªº¬ù¥¹ªe¥þ¥­­ìªº¤­­Ó«°¥«¤§¤@, ¤]¥s"º¾Ò­"

01106 Bela` {beh'-lah} the same as 01105;; AV - Bela 13, Belah 1; 14 Bela = "destruction" n pr m 1) a king of Edom 2) first son of Benjamin 3) a son of Ahaz, a Reubenite n pr loc 4) one of the five cities of the plain which was spared at the intercession of Lot, and received the name of Zoar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01107 bil`adey {bil-ad-ay'} ©Î bal`adey {bal-ad-ay'} ·½¦Û 01077 ©M 05703ªº½Æ¼ÆªþÄÝ«¬; TWOT - 246h; ¤Àµü ´Ü©w¥» - beside 7, save 4, without 4, not in me 1, not 1; 17 1) °£...¤§¥~, °£¤F, ¨S¦³, ¦¹¥~

01107 bil`adey {bil-ad-ay'} or bal`adey {bal-ad-ay'} constructive pl. from 01077 and 05703; TWOT - 246h; part AV - beside 7, save 4, without 4, not in me 1, not 1; 17 1) apart from, except, without, besides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01108 Bal`iy {bel-ee'} ·½¦Û 01106 ªººØ±Ú¦WºÙ;; §Î®eµü AV - Belaites 1; 1 ¤ñ©Ô±Ú = "§]Ã`" 1) ¤ñ©Ôªº«á¸Ç(#¥Á 26:38|)

01108 Bal`iy {bel-ee'} patronymically from 01106;; adj AV - Belaites 1; 1 Belaites = "swallowing" 1) descendants of Bela
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01109 Bil`am {bil-awm'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 01077 »P 05971; TWOT - 251b ´Ü©w¥» - Balaam 60, Bileam 1; 61 ¤ÚÄõ = "«D§Ú¥Á" ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü 1) ¤ñÒ­¤§¤l, ¤@­Ó³Q½á¤©¹w¨¥¯à¤Oªº¤H ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W 2) ¦ì©óº¿®³¦èªº¤@®y«°

01109 Bil`am {bil-awm'} probably from 01077 and 05971; TWOT - 251b AV - Balaam 60, Bileam 1; 61 Balaam = "not of the people" n pr m 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy n pr loc 2) a town in Manasseh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01110 balaq {baw-lak'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 252; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - waste 2; 2 1)¯î¼o, ¯î²D, 1a) (Poel) ¨Ï¯î²D (#ÁÉ 24:1|) 1b) (Pual) ¯î¼oªº (¤Àµü) (#ÂE 2:10|)

01110 balaq {baw-lak'} a primitive root; TWOT - 252; v AV - waste 2; 2 1) to waste, lay waste, devastate 1a) (Poel) to make waste 1b) (Pual) devastated (participle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01111 Balaq {baw-lawk'} ·½¦Û 01110;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Balak 43; 43 ¤Ú°Ç = "¯}ÃaªÌ" 1) ¼¯©ã¤ý, ¹µ¥Î¤ÚÄõ¨Ó¶A©G¥H¦â¦C

01111 Balaq {baw-lawk'} from 01110;; n pr m AV - Balak 43; 43 Balak = "devastator" 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01112 Belsha'tstsar {bale-shats-tsar'} ©Î Bel'shatstsar {bale-shats-tsar'} ¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r (»P 01095 ¤ñ¸û);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Belshazzar 1; 1 §B¨F¼» = "¤ýªº«O½ÃªÌ §B" 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº¥½¥N°ê¤ý; ¥ýª¾¦ý¥H²z´N¬O¦V¥L¸Ñ©ú¥X²{¦bÀð¤Wªº¦r

01112 Belsha'tstsar {bale-shats-tsar'} or Bel'shatstsar {bale-shats-tsar'} of foreign origin (compare 01095);; n pr m AV - Belshazzar 1; 1 Belshazzar = "Bel protect the king" 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01113 Belsha'tstsar (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bale-shats-tsar'} ¬Û·í©ó 01112;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Belshazzar 7; 7 §B¨F¼» = "¤ýªº«O½ÃªÌ §B" 1) ¤Ú¤ñ­Ûªº¥½¥N°ê¤ý; ¥ýª¾¦ý¥H²z´N¬O¦V¥L¸Ñ©ú¥X²{¦bÀð¤Wªº¦r

01113 Belsha'tstsar (Aramaic) {bale-shats-tsar'} corresponding to 01112;; n pr m AV - Belshazzar 7; 7 Belshazzar = "Bel protect the king" 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01114 Bilshan {bil-shawn'} ¨Ó·½¤£¸Ô;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bilshan 2; 2 ¥²¬À = "¦b½ÚÁ½¤¤¶Ë¤¤" 1) ¸ò©Òù¤Ú§B¤@°_³Q¾ÛÂk¦^

01114 Bilshan {bil-shawn'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Bilshan 2; 2 Bilshan = "in slander" 1) an exile who returned with Zerubbabel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01115 biltiy {bil-tee'} 01086 ªº³±©ÊªþÄÝ«¬ (»P 01097 ¦P¸q); TWOT - 246i ´Ü©w¥» - but, except, save, nothing, lest, no, from, inasmuch, and not; 30 ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ 1) ¤£, §â...°£¥~ °Æµü 2) ¤£ 3) °£¤F....¤§¥~ (¤§«eªº§_©w) ³s±µµü 4) °£¤F....¤§¥~ (Áô³ë©Î¬O³¯­zªº§_©w) »P¤¶«Yµü³s¥Î 5) ¤£¬O³o¼Ë, ¬°¤F¤£.. 6) ¤£­È±o´y­z, ¦]¬°...¤£ 7) ª½¨ì...¤£

01115 biltiy {bil-tee'} constructive fem. of 01086 (equivalent to 01097); TWOT - 246i AV - but, except, save, nothing, lest, no, from, inasmuch, and not; 30 subst 1) not, except adv 2) not 3) except (after preceding negation) conj 4) except (after an implied or expressed negation) with prep 5) so as not, in order not 6) an account of not, because...not 7) until not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01116 bamah {bam-maw'} ¦r®Ú¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î (·N«ä¬O¦¨¬°°ªªº); TWOT - 253; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - high place 100, heights 1, waves 1; 102 1) °ª¦a, ¤s¯á, °ª³B, ¤Ú³Â(#µ² 20:29|,¨£1117,±M«ü²§±Ð§»ö¥Îªº¥­»O) 1a) °ª¦a, ¤s 1b) °ª¦a, ¾Ô³õ 1c) °ª¦a (°µ¬°·q«ô¤§³B) 1d) ®I¸®ªº¤g¥C?

01116 bamah {bam-maw'} from an unused root (meaning to be high); TWOT - 253; n f AV - high place 100, heights 1, waves 1; 102 1) high place, ridge, height, bamah (technical name for cultic platform) 1a) high place, mountain 1b) high places, battlefields 1c) high places (as places of worship) 1d) funeral mound?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01117 Bamah {baw-maw'} ¦P 01116, ¤S¨£ 01120; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bamah 1; 1 ¤Ú³Â = ¡u°ª¦a¡v 1) ¤Ú°Ç´µ©Zªº¦a¦W («ô°¸¹³ªº¦a¤è)

01117 Bamah {baw-maw'} the same as 01116, See also 01120;; n pr loc AV - Bamah 1; 1 Bamah = "high place" 1) a place in Palestine (of places of idolatrous worship)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01118 Bimhal {bim-hawl'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 04107 ¥[¤W«e¸mªº¦r­º;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bimhal 1; 1 »««¢ = "­è¦æ³Î§¤¤: µê®z¤¤ (¨Ã§t¨âºØ·N«ä)" 1) ¤@¦ì¨È³]ªº«á¸Ç

01118 Bimhal {bim-hawl'} probably from 04107 with prepositional prefix;; n pr m AV - Bimhal 1; 1 Bimhal = "in circumcision: in weakness (by mixture)" 1) a descendant of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01119 b@mow {bem-o'} ¤¶Ã´µü¦r­ºªºÂX®i«¬; TWOT - 193; ¤¶Ã´µü (¸ÖºqÅé) ´Ü©w¥» - with 3, in 2, into 1, through 1, for 1, at 1, non translated variant 1; 10 1) ¦b¸Ì­±, ¦b¬Y¦a, ¦b®ÇÃä

01119 b@mow {bem-o'} prolongation for prepositional prefix; TWOT - 193; prep (poetic form) AV - with 3, in 2, into 1, through 1, for 1, at 1, non translated variant 1; 10 1) in, at, by
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01120 Bamowth {baw-moth'} 01116ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Bamoth 2, Baal 1, Bamothbaal 1; 4 ¤Ú¥½¤Ú¤O = "°ª³B" ©Î "«D±`°ª³B" 1) ¦b¼¯©ãªº¨È¹àªe¤Wªº¤@®y«°

01120 Bamowth {baw-moth'} plural of 01116;; n pr loc AV - Bamoth 2, Baal 1, Bamothbaal 1; 4 Bamoth = "high places" or "great high place" 1) a town on the river Arnon in Moab
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01121 ben {bane} ·½¦Û 01129; TWOT - 254; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - son 2978, children 1568, old 135, first 51, man 20, young 18, young + 01241 17, child 10, stranger 10, people 5, misc 92; 4906 1) ¨à¤l, ®]¤l, «Ä¤l, ¤@¸s¤H¤¤ªº¦¨­û 1a) ¨à¤l, ¨k«Ä¤l 1b) ®]¤l 1c) «Ä¤l­Ì (³±©Ê»P¶§©Êªº½Æ¼Æ) 1d) «C¦~, ¦~»´¨k¤l (½Æ¼Æ) 1e) ¤Ö§§ªº (°Êª«ªº) 1f) ¤l®] (°µ¬°´y­z¥Î, ¥ç§Y¤£¸qªÌªº¤l®] [«ü¤£¸qªº¤H] ©Î¯«ªº¨à¤l [«ü¤Ñ¨Ï] 1g) ¤H¥Á (°ê®aªº) (½Æ¼Æ) 1h) ªí«D¥Í©RÅé, ¥ç§Y¤õ¥ú, ¬P, ½b (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1i) ¤½·|, ¾¥÷, ¶¥¼hªº¦¨­û

01121 ben {bane} from 01129; TWOT - 254; n m AV - son 2978, children 1568, old 135, first 51, man 20, young 18, young + 01241 17, child 10, stranger 10, people 5, misc 92; 4906 1) son, grandson, child, member of a group 1a) son, male child 1b) grandson 1c) children (pl. - male and female) 1d) youth, young men (pl.) 1e) young (of animals) 1f) sons (as characterisation, ie sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) 1h) of lifeless things, ie sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) 1i) a member of a guild, order, class
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01122 Ben {bane} »P 01121 ¦P;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ben 1; 1 «K = "¨à¤l" 1) ¤@¦ì³Q¤j½Ã«ü¬£¬ÝºÞ¬ùÂdªºªº§Q¥¼¤H

01122 Ben {bane} the same as 01121;; n pr m AV - Ben 1; 1 Ben = "son" 1) a Levite, one of the porters appointed by David for the ark
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01123 ben (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {bane} ¬Û·í©ó 01121; TWOT - 2639; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - children 6, son 3, young, of the captives + 01547 1; 11 1) ¨à¤l, «Ä¤l,

01123 ben (Aramaic) {bane} corresponding to 01121; TWOT - 2639; n m AV - children 6, son 3, young, of the captives + 01547 1; 11 1) son, child
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01124 b@na' (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ben-aw'} ©Î b@nah (¨ÈÄõ¤å) {ben-aw'} ¬Û·í©ó 01129; TWOT - 2633; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - build 17, building 3, builded + 01934 1, make 1; 22 1) «Ø³y 1a) (P'al) «Ø³y 1b) (Ithp'il) ³Q«Ø¥ß

01124 b@na' (Aramaic) {ben-aw'} or b@nah (Aramaic) {ben-aw'} corresponding to 01129; TWOT - 2633; v AV - build 17, building 3, builded + 01934 1, make 1; 22 1) to build 1a) (P'al) to build 1b) (Ithp'il) to be built
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01125 Ben-'Abiynadab {ben-ab-ee''-naw-dawb'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©Î 040;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - son of Abinadab 1; 1 «K-¨È¤ñ®³¹F = "¨È¤ñ®³¹F¤§¤l" 1) ©Òùªù¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì©x­û (#¤ý¤W 4:11|)

01125 Ben-'Abiynadab {ben-ab-ee''-naw-dawb'} from 01121 and 040;; n pr m AV - son of Abinadab 1; 1 Ben-Abinadab = "son of Abinadab" 1) an officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01126 Ben-'Owniy {ben-o-nee'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 0205;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Benoni 1; 1 «K«X¥§ = "§Ú´d¶Ëªº¨à¤l" 1) ©Ôµ²¬°«K¶®¼§©Ò¨úªº¦W¦r {#³Ð 35:18 |}

01126 Ben-'Owniy {ben-o-nee'} from 01121 and 0205;; n pr m AV - Benoni 1; 1 Ben-oni = "son of my sorrow" 1) the name given to Benjamin by Rachel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01127 Ben-Geber {ben-gheh'-ber} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 01397;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - son of Geber 1; 1 «K-°ò§O = "°ò§O¤§¤l" ©Î "¤@­Ó¦³¦a¦ìªº¤Hª«¤§¤l" 1) ©Òùªù¤ý¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì©x­û (#¤ý¤W 4:13|)

01127 Ben-Geber {ben-gheh'-ber} from 01121 and 01397;; n pr m AV - son of Geber 1; 1 Ben-geber = "the son of Geber" or "the son of a man" 1) an officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01128 Ben-Deqer {ben-deh'-ker} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M ¤@­l¥Í©ó 01856 ªº¦r;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - son of Dekar 1; 1 «K-©³¥Ò = "¬ï¨ë¤§¤l" ©Î "©³¥Ò¤§¤l" 1) ©Òùªù¤ýªº¤@¦ì°ª©x (#¤ý¤W 4:9|)

01128 Ben-Deqer {ben-deh'-ker} from 01121 and a derivative of 01856;; n pr m AV - son of Dekar 1; 1 Ben-dekar = "son of stabbing" or "son of Dekar" 1) an officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01129 banah {baw-naw'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TWOT - 255; °Êµü AV - build 340, build up 14, builder 10, made 3, built again + 08735 2, repair 2, set up 2, have children + 08735 1, obtain children + 08735 1, surely 1 (inf. for emphasis); 376 1) «Ø³y, ­««Ø, «Ø¥ß, ¨ÏÄ~Äò 1a) (Qal) 1a1) «Ø³y, ­««Ø 1a2) «Ø³y©Ð«Î (¥ç§Y¦¨¥ß®a®x) 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) ³Q«Ø³y 1b2) ³Q­««Ø 1b3) «Ø¥ß (³Q¾Û¤§¥Á¦A°_) (¤ñ³ë¥Îªk) 1b4) «Ø¥ß (¨Ï¤§¥Ã»·) 1b5) ³Q«Ø¥ß (¤£¥¥ªº©d¤lÂǵ۩c©Ò¥Íªº¨à¤l, ¦¨¬°¤@®a¤§¥À)

01129 banah {baw-naw'} a primitive root; TWOT - 255; v AV - build 340, build up 14, builder 10, made 3, built again + 08735 2, repair 2, set up 2, have children + 08735 1, obtain children + 08735 1, surely 1 (inf. for emphasis); 376 1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue 1a) (Qal) 1a1) to build, rebuild 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) 1b) (Niphal) 1b1) to be built 1b2) to be rebuilt 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) 1b4) established (made permanent) 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01130 Ben-Hadad {ben-had-ad'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 01908;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Benhadad 25; 25 «K«¢¹F= "¬O«¢¹Fªº¨à¤l-°²¯«" 1) ±Ô§Q¨Èªº°ê¤ý, ¸òµS¤jªº¨È¼»¦P®É´Á 2) «¢Á§ªº¨à¤l, ¤]¬O±Ô§Q¨Èªº°ê¤ý

01130 Ben-Hadad {ben-had-ad'} from 01121 and 01908;; n pr m AV - Benhadad 25; 25 Ben-hadad = "son of [the false god] Hadad" 1) the king of Syria, contemporary with Asa of Judah 2) the son of Hazael, also king of Syria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01131 Binnuwy {bin-noo'-ee} ·½¦Û 01129;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Binnui 7; 7 »«¤º = "³Q¼W±j" 1) ¤@¦ì©M©Òù¤Ú§B¥Ñ³Q¾Û¤§¦aÂk¦^ªº¤H, §Æ®³¹Fªº¨à¤l, ¦b¥§§Æ¦Ìªº±a»â¤U, ¥L °Ñ»P¤F­««Ø­C¸ô¼»§N«°À𪺤u§@ (#¥§ 3:24|) 2) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤H, ®¿¨È©³ªº¤÷¿Ë (#©Ô 8:33|) 3) ¥t¤@¦ì¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº§Q¥¼¤H, ¥L´¿°ù¤F¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:30|) 4) ¤S¤@¦ì¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº§Q¥¼¤H, ¥L¤]´¿°ù¤F¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d (#©Ô 10:38|)

01131 Binnuwy {bin-noo'-ee} from 01129;; n pr m AV - Binnui 7; 7 Binnui = "built up" 1) an exile returnee with Zerubbabel, son of Henadad, who assisted at the reparation of the wall of Jerusalem, under Nehemiah 2) a Levite in time of Ezra, father of Noadiah 3) another Levite in time of Ezra, who took a foreign wife 4) still another Levite in time of Ezra, who took a foreign wife
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01132 Ben-Zowcheth {ben-zo-khayth'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 02105;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Benzoheth 1; 1 «K±ô¶Â = "±ô¶Âªº¨à¤l" 1) µS¤j¤ä¬£¸Ìªº¤@­Ó¤H(#¥N¤W 4:20|)

01132 Ben-Zowcheth {ben-zo-khayth'} from 01121 and 02105;; n pr m AV - Benzoheth 1; 1 Ben-zoheth = "son of Zoheth" 1) one of the tribe of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01133 Ben-Chuwr {ben-khoor'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 02354;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - son of Hur 1; 1 «K-¤áÒ­ = "¨£ÃÒ¤§¤l" ©Î "¤áÒ­(Chur)¤§¤l" 1) ©Òùªù¤ýªº¤@¦ì«á¶Ô©x, ¦b¥Hªk½¬¤s°Ï­t³d¨ÑÀ³¤ý«Çªº©Ò»Ý

01133 Ben-Chuwr {ben-khoor'} from 01121 and 02354;; n pr m AV - son of Hur 1; 1 Ben-hur = "son of whiteness" or "son of Chur" 1) a man who was commissariat officer for Solomon in Mount Ephraim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01134 Ben-Chayil {ben-khah'-yil} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 02428;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Benhail 1; 1 «K¥è¥ì°Ç = "±j§§¤§¤l" ©Î "¤j¯à¤§¤l(¤H)" 1) ¬ù¨Fªk¤â¤Uªº¤@¦ì¦æ¬F©x(¶Q±Ú)

01134 Ben-Chayil {ben-khah'-yil} from 01121 and 02428;; n pr m AV - Benhail 1; 1 Ben-hail = "son of strength" or "son (man) of might" 1) a ruler (prince) under Jehoshaphat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01135 Ben-Chanan {ben-khaw-nawn'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 02605;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Benhanan 1; 1 «K«¢«n = "·R¤l" 1) µS¤j¤ä¬£¸Ìªº¤@­Ó¤H(#¥N¤W 4:20|)

01135 Ben-Chanan {ben-khaw-nawn'} from 01121 and 02605;; n pr m AV - Benhanan 1; 1 Ben-hanan = "son of favour" 1) one of the tribe of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01136 Ben-Checed {ben-kheh'-sed} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 02617;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - son of Hesed 1; 1 «K-§Æ±x = "¼e«p¤§¤l" 1) ©Òùªù¤ýªº¤@¦ì°ª©x (#¤ý¤W 4:10|)

01136 Ben-Checed {ben-kheh'-sed} from 01121 and 02617;; n pr m AV - son of Hesed 1; 1 Ben-hesed = "son of mercy" 1) an officer of Solomon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01137 Baniy {baw-nee'} ·½¦Û 01129; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Bani 15; 15 ¤Ú¥§ = "¦nÅ鮿ªº" 1) ¤@¦ì­{±o¤H, ¤j½Ãªº¤j¯à«i¤h¤§¤@(#¼»¤U 23:36|) 2) ¤@¦ì§Q¥¼¤ä¬£¦Ì©Ô§Q®a±Úªº¤H, ¥H±´ªº¯ª¥ý(#¥N¤W 6:46|) 3) ¤@¦ìªk°Ç´µ¤@¯ßªºµS¤j¤H (#¥N¤W 9:4|) 4) ©M©Òù¤Ú§B¤@¦P¥Ñ³Q¾Û¤§¦aÂk¦^ªº"¤Ú¥§ªº¤l®]"­Ì 5) ¦b¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥N, ¬ù¤¤©Ò°O¸üªº¦³¤@¦Ü¤T¤H¥s¦¹¦W

01137 Baniy {baw-nee'} from 01129;; n pr m AV - Bani 15; 15 Bani = "built" 1) a Gadite, one of David's mighty warriors 2) a Levite of the line of Merari, and forefather to Ethan 3) a man of Judah of the line of Pharez 4) "children of Bani" returned from captivity with Zerubbabel 5) one or up to three Levites in Nehemiah's time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01138 Bunniy {boon-nee'} or (fuller) Buwniy {boo-nee'} ·½¦Û 01129;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Bunni 3; 3 ¥¬¥§ = "«Ø³y" 1) ¥§§Æ¦Ì®É¥Nªº¤@­Ó§Q¥¼¤H 2) ¦­´Á¥t¤@­Ó§Q¥¼¤H

01138 Bunniy {boon-nee'} or (fuller) Buwniy {boo-nee'} from 01129;; n pr m AV - Bunni 3; 3 Bunni = "built" 1) a Levite in the time of Nehemiah 2) another Levite of earlier date
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01139 B@ney-B@raq {ben-ay'-ber-ak'} ·½¦Û 01121 ©M 01300 ªº½Æ¼Æµ²ºc;; ±M¦³¦Wµü,¦a¦W AV - Beneberak 1; 1 ¤ñ¥§¤ñ©Ô = "°{¹q¤§¤l" 1) ¦b¦ý¹Ò¤ºªº«°É]

01139 B@ney-B@raq {ben-ay'-ber-ak'} from the plural construction of 01121 and 01300;; n pr loc AV - Beneberak 1; 1 Bene-barak = "sons of lightning" 1) a city in Dan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01140 binyah {bin-yaw'} ·½¦Û 01129; TWOT - 255a; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - building 1; 1 1) «Ø¿vª«, ©Ð«Î

01140 binyah {bin-yaw'} from 01129; TWOT - 255a; n f AV - building 1; 1 1) structure, building
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01141 B@nayah {ben-aw-yaw'} ©Î (ÂX®i«¬) B@nayahuw {ben-aw-yaw'-hoo} ·½¦Û 01129 »P 03050; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Benaiah 42; 42 ¤ñ®³¶® = ¡u­C©MµØ¤w«Ø³y¡v©Î¡u­C©MµØ¤w«Ø¥ß¡v 1) ¤j½Ãªº¤j¯à«i¤h, ²½¥qªø­C¦ó­C¤jªº¨à¤l, §Q¥¼¤H, ¡@ ¤j½Ã¥ß¥L§@Å@½Ã¶¤ªø, ¨È¦h¥§¶®Á»¿Ì¤ý¦ì®É, ¤ñ®³¶® ©l²×®Ä©¾©Òùªù¤ý, «á¨ÓÀª@¬°¤¸«Ó, ¥N´À¬ù©ã (#¼»¤U 8:18; ¤ý¤W 1:8; 2:35|) 2) ¤ñ©Ô¹y¤H, ÄÝ¥Hªk½¬¤H, ¤j½Ã¤ý¤T¤Q­Ó«i¤h¤§¤@, ²Ä¤Q¤@­Ó¤ëªº¯Zªø (#¼»¤U 23:30; ¥N¤W 27:14|) 3) ¦è½q¤H, ¦è½q¤l®]ªº­º»â 4) ¤j½Ã¤ý¦~¶¡ªº§Q¥¼¤H, ­t³d¹ª·æ, ½Õ¥Î¤k­µ (#¥N¤W 15:20|) 5) ¤j½Ã¤ý¦~¶¡ªº²½¥q, ©^«ü¬£¦b¬ùÂd«e§j¨¤ (#¥N¤W 15:24|) 6) §Q¥¼¤H, ¨ÈÂĪº«á¸Ç (#¥N¤U 20:14|) 7) §Æ¦è®a¤ý¦~¶¡ªº§Q¥¼¤H (#¥N¤U 31:13|) 8) ¥H´µ©Ô®É¥Nªº¥|­Ó¥H¦â¦C¤H, °ù¥~¨¹¤k¤l¬°©d 9) ¬s©Ô´£¤§¤÷ (#µ² 11:13|)

01141 B@nayah {ben-aw-yaw'} or (prolonged) B@nayahuw {ben-aw-yaw'-hoo} from 01129 and 03050;; n pr m AV - Benaiah 42; 42 Benaiah = "Jehovah has built" or "Yahweh has built up" 1) one of David's mighty warriors, son of Jehoiada the chief priest, a Levite, set by David over his bodyguard, later having remained faithful to Solomon during Adonijah's attempt on the crown, was raised into the place of Joab as commander-in-chief of the army 2) the Pirathonite, an Ephraimite, one of David's thirty mighty warriors, and the captain of the eleventh monthly course 3) a Simeonite, a prince of the families of Simeon 4) a Levite in the time of David who played with a psaltery on Alamoth 5) a priest in the time of David, appointed to blow the trumpet before the ark 6) a Levite of the sons of Asaph 7) a Levite in the time of Hezekiah 8) Four Israelites in the time of Ezra who had taken strange wives 9) the father of Pelatiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
01142 B@ney Ya`aqan {ben-ay' yah-ak-awn'} ·½¦Û 01121 ªº½Æ¼Æ©M 03292;; ¦a¦W±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Benejaakan 2; 2 ¤ñ¥§¨È¤z = "§á¦±¤§¤l" 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤H¦bÃm³¥²ÏÀ礧¤@³B(¦P 0885)

01142 B@ney Ya`aqan {ben-ay' yah-ak-awn'} from the plural of 01121 and 03292;; n pr loc AV - Benejaakan 2; 2 Bene-jaakan = "sons of twisting" 1) an Israelite place of encampment in the wilderness (same as 0885)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1143 dakno {dak'-no} a prolonged form of a primary root;; °Êµü AV - bite 1; 1 1) ¥Î¤ú¾¦°Ù«r 2) Áô³ë.¨Ï¤ßÆF¨ü¶Ë, ³Î¶Ë, ®À¶Ë, ³Q«ü³d©Ò¼¹µõ (#¥[ 5:15|)

1143 dakno {dak'-no} a prolonged form of a primary root;; v AV - bite 1; 1 1) to bite with the teeth 2) metaph., to wound the soul, cut lacerate, rend with reproaches
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1144 dakru {dak'-roo} or dakruon {dak'-roo-on} ¤£½T©w©M¨ä¬Û¦üªº¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - tear 11; 11 1) ²\

1144 dakru {dak'-roo} or dakruon {dak'-roo-on} of uncertain affinity;; n n AV - tear 11; 11 1) a tear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1145 dakruo {dak-roo'-o} ·½¦Û 1144;; °Êµü AV - weep 1; 1 1) ­úª_, ¬y²\ (#¬ù 11:35|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5804

1145 dakruo {dak-roo'-o} from 1144;; v AV - weep 1; 1 1) to weep, shed tears For Synonyms see entry 5804
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1146 daktulios {dak-too'-lee-os} ·½¦Û 1147;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ring 1; 1 1) (¦b¤â«ü¤Wªº)§Ù«ü

1146 daktulios {dak-too'-lee-os} from 1147;; n m AV - ring 1; 1 1) a ring (on the finger)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1147 daktulos {dak'-too-los} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1176; TDNT - 2:20,140;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - finger 8; 8 1) «üÀY

1147 daktulos {dak'-too-los} probably from 1176; TDNT - 2:20,140; n m AV - finger 8; 8 1) a finger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1148 Dalmanoutha {dal-man-oo-thah'} probably of Aramaic origin;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Dalmanutha 1; 1 ¤j°¨§V¥L = "ºCºC¿U¿Nªº¤ì®ã" 1)¥[§Q§Q®ü¦è©¤ªº¤@­Ó³£¥«, ¾aªñ°¨¥[¤¦

1148 Dalmanoutha {dal-man-oo-thah'} probably of Aramaic origin;; n pr loc AV - Dalmanutha 1; 1 Dalmanutha = "slow firebrand" 1) is a town on the west side of the Sea of Galilee, near Magdala
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1149 Dalmatia {dal-mat-ee'-ah} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Dalmatia 1; 1 ¾Ø°¨¤Ó = "²½¥q³T" 1) ¨È±o¨½¨È®ü(Adriatic Sea)ªº¥ì§Q¨½¨È°Ï(Illyricum)

1149 Dalmatia {dal-mat-ee'-ah} probably of foreign derivation;; n pr loc AV - Dalmatia 1; 1 Dalmatia = "a priestly robe" 1) a part of Illyricum on the Adriatic Sea; on the east adjoining Pannonia and upper Moesia, on the north separated from Liburia by the river Titus, and extending southwards as far as the river Drinus and the city Lissus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1150 damazo {dam-ad'-zo} a variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning;; °Êµü AV - tame 4; 4 1) ¨î¥ñ 2) §í¨î, ­­¨î

1150 damazo {dam-ad'-zo} a variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning;; v AV - tame 4; 4 1) to tame 2) curb, restrain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1151 damalis {dam'-al-is} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1150 ªº¦r·½;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - heifer 1; 1 1) ¤p¥À¤û, ¥¼¥Í¹L¤p¤ûªº¤p¥À¤û 1a) ¨Ì¼¯¦èªº«ßªk, ¨ü¦Ã©ªº¤H·í¥H¬õ¦â¤p¥À¤ûªº¦Ç¼»¦b¨­¤W¥H±o¼ä²b

1151 damalis {dam'-al-is} probably from the base of 1150;; n f AV - heifer 1; 1 1) a young cow, heifer 1a) of the red heifer with whose ashes, by the Mosaic law, those were to be sprinkled who had become defiled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1152 Damaris {dam'-ar-is} ¥i¯à·½¦Û the base of 1150;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Damaris 1; 1 ¤j°¨­ù = "¤p¥À¤û " 1) ¶®¨å«°¤º¤@­Ó°ü¤k¦]«Où§G¹D¦Ó§ï«H°ò·þ±Ð

1152 Damaris {dam'-ar-is} probably from the base of 1150;; n pr f AV - Damaris 1; 1 Damaris = "a heifer" 1) an Athenian woman converted to Christianity by Paul's preaching
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1153 Damaskenos {dam-as-kay-nos'} from 1154;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Damascenes 1; 1 1)¤j°¨¦âªº

1153 Damaskenos {dam-as-kay-nos'} from 1154;; adj AV - Damascenes 1; 1 1) of Damascus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1154 Damaskos {dam-as-kos'} of Hebrew origin 01834;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Damascus 15; 15 ¤j°¨¦â = "¨HÀqªºÂ´³àªAªÌ" 1) ±Ô§Q¨È¦W«° lying in almost lovely and fertile plain at the eastern base of the Antilibanus

1154 Damaskos {dam-as-kos'} of Hebrew origin 01834;; n pr loc AV - Damascus 15; 15 Damascus = "silent is the sackcloth weaver" 1) one of the most ancient and most important cities of Syria lying in almost lovely and fertile plain at the eastern base of the Antilibanus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1155 daneizo {dan-ide'-zo} ·½¦Û 1156;; °Êµü AV - lend 3, borrow 1; 4 1) ¶U´Ú 2) ­É¥X¤@µ§´Ú¶µ 3) ­É¶U, ­É¤J (#¤Ó 5:42; ¸ô 6:34-35 ) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5827

1155 daneizo {dan-ide'-zo} from 1156;; v AV - lend 3, borrow 1; 4 1) to lend money 2) to have money lent to one's self 3) to take a loan, borrow For Synonyms see entry 5827
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1156 daneion {dan'-i-on} ·½¦Û danos (a gift);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - debt 1; 1 1) ­É¥Xª«, ¶U´Ú

1156 daneion {dan'-i-on} from danos (a gift);; n n AV - debt 1; 1 1) a loan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1157 daneistes {dan-ice-tace'} ·½¦Û 1155;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - creditor 1; 1 1) ­É¥X¿úªº¤H, ©ñ´Ú¤H

1157 daneistes {dan-ice-tace'} from 1155;; n m AV - creditor 1; 1 1) a money lender, creditor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1158 Daniel {dan-ee-ale'} of Hebrew origin 01840;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Daniel 2; 2 ¦ý¥H²z= "¤W«Òªº¼f§P" 1) µS¤Ó¥ýª¾, ¦]¨ä´¼¼z»P¹w¨¥¦ÓµÛ¦W (#¤Ó 24:15; ¥i 13:14|)

1158 Daniel {dan-ee-ale'} of Hebrew origin 01840;; n pr m AV - Daniel 2; 2 Daniel = "judgment of God" 1) the name of a Jewish prophet, noted for his wisdom and prophecies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1159 dapanao {dap-an-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 1160;; °Êµü AV - spend 3, be at charges with 1, consume 1; 5 1) ¤Þ°_¤ä¥X¶O¥Î, ªá¶O, ®ø¯Óºë¤O 2) ­t­±·N¸q: ®ö¶O, ´§ÀN, ®ø¯Ó

1159 dapanao {dap-an-ah'-o} from 1160;; v AV - spend 3, be at charges with 1, consume 1; 5 1) to incur expense, expend, spend 2) in a bad sense: to waste, squander, consume
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1160 dapane {dap-an'-ay} ·½¦Û dapto (to devour);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cost 1; 1 1) ªá¶O, ¦¨¥»

1160 dapane {dap-an'-ay} from dapto (to devour);; n f AV - cost 1; 1 1) expense, cost
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1161 de {deh} °ò¥»½èµü/»y§Uµü (¤Ï¸qªº ©Î ³sÄòªº);; ³s±µµü AV - but 1237, and 935, now 166, then 132, also 18, yet 16, yea 13, so 13, moreover 13, nevertheless 11, for 4, even 3, misc 9, not tr 300; 2870 1) µM¦Ó, ¦AªÌ, ¦Ó¥B,... µ¥µ¥ ©Ò¦C¥X²{¦¸¼Æ¨Ì Scrivener's 1894 §ÆÃ¾¤å·s¬ù, J.B. Smith ¥¼¦C¥X²{¦¸¼Æ

1161 de {deh} a primary particle (adversative or continuative);; conj AV - but 1237, and 935, now 166, then 132, also 18, yet 16, yea 13, so 13, moreover 13, nevertheless 11, for 4, even 3, misc 9, not tr 300; 2870 1) but, moreover, and, etc. Frequency count based on Scrivener's 1894 Greek New Testament. J.B. Smith listed no count.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1162 deesis {deh'-ay-sis} ·½©ó 1189; TDNT - 2:40,144; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - prayer 12, supplication 6, request 1; 19 1) »Ý¨D, ³h§x, »Ý­n, ¹¼¥F, ³h½a 2) ´M¨D, ½Ð¨D, Àµ¨D, ¦V¯«©Î¤H¤^¨D ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5828

1162 deesis {deh'-ay-sis} from 1189; TDNT - 2:40,144; n f AV - prayer 12, supplication 6, request 1; 19 1) need, indigence, want, privation, penury 2) a seeking, asking, entreating, entreaty to God or to man For Synonyms see entry 5828
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1163 dei {die} 1210 ªº²Ä¤T¤HºÙ²{¦b¦¡¥D°ÊºA; TDNT - 2:21,140; °Êµü AV - must 58, ought 31, must needs 5, should 4, misc 7, vr ought 1 ; 106 1) À³·í, ¥²¶·, ³dµL®Ç¶U, ¥¿½T¦Ó¦X©y 1a) ¦ÛµM±¡ªp´N¥²µM·|µo¥Íªº, ¤Ñ¸g¦a¸qªº 1b) ¦]Àô¹Òª¬ªp©Î¨ü¥~¨Ó«ü´§¤U©Ò¥²¶·­n¥h°µªº 1c) ¹F¨ì²×ÂI©Î§¹¦¨¬Y¨Æ©Ò¥²©w»Ý­n°µªº 1d) ¦b«ßªk, ©R¥O, ¾³d, ¤½¥­©Ê©Ò¥²µMªº 1e) ¦b¯«ªº±a»â»P±Ð¾É¤U©ÒÀ³µM­n¥h°µªº, ¤×¨ä«ü¦b¹ï°ò·þªº¬@±Ï©M¬ù¹w¨¥ªº¹üÅã¤W 1e1) «ü¦³Ãö©ó°ò·þ©Ò³Q¥æ¥Iªº¨Ï©R, ¥L©Ò¾D¨üªº­WÃø, ¦º¤`, ´_¬¡, ©M¤É¤Ñ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5829

1163 dei {die} third person singular active present of 1210; TDNT - 2:21,140; v AV - must 58, ought 31, must needs 5, should 4, misc 7, vr ought 1 ; 106 1) it is necessary, there is need of, it behooves, is right and proper 1a) necessity lying in the nature of the case 1b) necessity brought on by circumstances or by the conduct of others toward us. 1c) necessity in reference to what is required to attain some end 1d) a necessity of law and command, of duty, equity 1e) necessity established by the counsel and decree of God, especially by that purpose of his which relates to the salvation of men by the intervention of Christ and which is disclosed in the Old Testament prophecies 1e1) concerning what Christ was destined finally to undergo, his sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension For Synonyms see entry 5829
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1164 deigma {digh'-mah} from the base of 1166;; n n AV - example 1; 1 1) Åã©úªº¤@¥ó¨Æ 2) ¥ô¦ó¨Æªº¼Ë¥», ¨Ò¤l, ¼Ò¦¡

1164 deigma {digh'-mah} from the base of 1166;; n n AV - example 1; 1 1) a thing shown 2) a specimen of any thing, example, pattern
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1165 deigmatizo {digh-mat-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1164; TDNT - 2:31,141; °Êµü AV - make a show 1; 1 1) Á|¨Ò¥Ü½d, ®i¥Ü½d¨Ò (#¦è 2:15|)

1165 deigmatizo {digh-mat-id'-zo} from 1164; TDNT - 2:31,141; v AV - make a show 1; 1 1) to make an example of, to show as an example
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1166 deiknuo {dike-noo'-o} ¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº°ÊµüªºÂX±i«¬, ©M¨ä­ì«¬·N¸q¬Û¦P; TDNT - 2:25,*; °Êµü AV - show 31; 31 1) Åã¥Ü, Åý²´·ú¥i¥H¨£¨ì 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¹ï¤@¥ó¨Æ´£¨ÑÃÒ¾Ú©ÎÃÒ©ú 2b) ¥H¨¥»y©Î±Ð¾É¨Ó¨Ï¨äÅã©ú¥X¨Ó

1166 deiknuo {dike-noo'-o} a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; TDNT - 2:25,*; v AV - show 31; 31 1) to show, expose to the eyes 2) metaph. 2a) to give evidence or proof of a thing 2b) to show by words or teach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1167 deilia {di-lee'-ah} ·½¦Û 1169;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fear 1; 1 1) ®`íë, ²Û©Ä, Áx©Ä, ©ÄÀ¶, Áx¤p (#´£«á 1:7|) ¨ä¦P¸qµü °Ñ¨£ 5835

1167 deilia {di-lee'-ah} from 1169;; n f AV - fear 1; 1 1) timidity, fearfulness, cowardice For Synonyms see entry 5835
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1168 deiliao {di-lee-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 1167;; °Êµü AV - be afraid 1; 1 1) Áx¤p©ö¨üÅ媺 (#¬ù 14:27|)

1168 deiliao {di-lee-ah'-o} from 1167;; v AV - be afraid 1; 1 1) to be timid, fearful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1169 deilos {di-los'} ·½¦Û deos (dread);; §Î®eµü AV - fearful 3; 3 1) Áx©Äªº, ®`©Èªº

1169 deilos {di-los'} from deos (dread);; adj AV - fearful 3; 3 1) timid, fearful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1170 deina {di'-nah} probably »P...¦P·½ 1171 (through the idea of forgetting the name as fearful, ¥ç§Y strange);; n m/f/n AV - such a man 1; 1 1) ¦¹¤H, ¬Y¤H, ¥ç§Y§ÚµLªk·í¤U¥s¥X¦W¦rªº¤Hª«©Î¬O¬Y¤Hªº¦W¸¹¤£­È±o³Q´£¤Î(#¤Ó 26:18|)

1170 deina {di'-nah} probably from the same as 1171 (through the idea of forgetting the name as fearful, i.e. strange);; n m/f/n AV - such a man 1; 1 1) such a one, a certain one, i.e. one whose name I cannot call on the instant, or whose name it is of no importance to mention
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1171 deinos {di-noce'} ·½¦Û a derivative of »P...¦P 1169;; °Æµü AV - grievously 1, vehemently 1; 2 1) ¥i©È¦a, ®£©Æ¦a; Åå¤H¦a, «D±`¦a, Ãø¥H§Ô¨ü¦a (#¤Ó 8:6; ¸ô 11:53|)

1171 deinos {di-noce'} from a derivative of the same as 1169;; adv AV - grievously 1, vehemently 1; 2 1) terribly, grievously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1172 deipneo {dipe-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 1173; TDNT - 2:34,143; °Êµü AV - sup 3, supper 1; 4 1) ¦Y±ßÀ\ ()

1172 deipneo {dipe-neh'-o} from 1173; TDNT - 2:34,143; v AV - sup 3, supper 1; 4 1) to sup
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1173 deipnon {dipe'-non} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 1160; TDNT - 2:34,143; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - supper 13, feast 3; 16 1) ±ßÀ\, ¯S«ü±ß¶¡¥¿¦¡ªºÀ\ÂI, 1a) «üÀ±ÁɨȺá®u, ¯«°ê«×±ÏÅ«ªºªí¼x 2) ±ß¶¡­¹¥Îªº­¹ª«

1173 deipnon {dipe'-non} from the same as 1160; TDNT - 2:34,143; n n AV - supper 13, feast 3; 16 1) supper, especially a formal meal usually held at the evening, 1a) used of the Messiah's feast, symbolising salvation in the kingdom 2) food taken at evening
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1174 deisidaimonesteros {dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os} the compound of a derivative of the base of 1169 and 1142; TDNT - 2:20,*; §Î®eµü AV - too superstitious 1; 1 1) ¥¿­±·N¸q 1a) ·q«ô¯«©Î²³¯«, ·q°@ªº, ¿w«Hªº 2) ­t­±·N¸q 2a) °g«Hªº (#®{ 17:22|)

1174 deisidaimonesteros {dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os} the compound of a derivative of the base of 1169 and 1142; TDNT - 2:20,*; adj AV - too superstitious 1; 1 1) in a good sense 1a) reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious 2) in a bad sense 2a) superstitious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1175 deisidaimonia {dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 1174; TDNT - 2:20,137; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - superstition 1; 1 1) ¥¿­±·N«ä 1a) ·q«ô¯«, ·q¯«ªº, °@¸Ûªº 2) ­t­±·N«ä 2a) °g«Hªº 3) °@¸Ûªº (#®{ 25:19|)

1175 deisidaimonia {dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee'-ah} from the same as 1174; TDNT - 2:20,137; n f AV - superstition 1; 1 1) in a good sense 1a) reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious 2) in a bad sense 2a) superstitious 3) religious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1176 deka {dek'-ah} °ò¼Æ; TDNT - 2:36,143; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƦWµü AV - ten 24, eighteen + 2532 + 3638 3; 27 1) ¤Q

1176 deka {dek'-ah} a primary number; TDNT - 2:36,143; n indecl AV - ten 24, eighteen + 2532 + 3638 3; 27 1) ten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1177 dekaduo {dek-ad-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 1176 »P 1417;; n indecl AV - twelve 2; 2 1) ¤Q¤G

1177 dekaduo {dek-ad-oo'-o} from 1176 and 1417;; n indecl AV - twelve 2; 2 1) twelve
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1178 dekapente {dek-ap-en'-teh} ·½¦Û 1176 and 4002;; n indecl AV - fifteen 3; 3 1) ¤Q¤­

1178 dekapente {dek-ap-en'-teh} from 1176 and 4002;; n indecl AV - fifteen 3; 3 1) fifteen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1179 Dekapolis {dek-ap'-ol-is} ·½¦Û 1176 »P 4172; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Decapolis 3; 3 §C¥[ªi§Q = "¤Q®y«°" 1) ¤@­Ó¥Ñ¤Q®y«°¦Ó©R¦Wªº°Ï°ì,¦b¬ù¦ý¥HªF,¥_¤èºò¾F¤j°¨¦â, «n¤è¬O«D©ÔÅK«D (#¤Ó 4:25; ¥i 5:20,7:31|)

1179 Dekapolis {dek-ap'-ol-is} from 1176 and 4172;; n pr loc AV - Decapolis 3; 3 Decapolis = "ten cities" 1) a track of land so called from the ten cities that were in it 1a) according to Pliny, these cities were: Damascus, Opoton, Philadelphia, Raphana, Scythopolis, Gadara, Hippondion, Pella, Galasa, and Canatha (Gill)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1180 dekatessares {dek-at-es'-sar-es} ·½¦Û 1176 and 5064;; n indecl AV - fourteen 5; 5 1) ¤Q¥|(#¤Ó 1:17; ªL«á 12:2; ¥[ 2:1|)

1180 dekatessares {dek-at-es'-sar-es} from 1176 and 5064;; n indecl AV - fourteen 5; 5 1) fourteen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1181 dekate {dek-at'-ay} 1182 ªº³±©Ê;; §Î®eµü AV - tithe 2, tenth ¤Àµü1, tenth 1; 4 1) ¬Yª«ªº¤Q¤À¤§¤@, ¤Q¤@µ| 1a) ¥Ñ¼Ä¤H³B©Ò¾Û±°±oªº¾Ô§Q«~ªº¤Q¤À¤§¤@ 1b) ¦a©Ò¥X²£©M¬¹¤fªº¤Q¤À¤§¤@, ¨Ì¼¯¦èªº«ßªk, ¬O¥H¦â¦C¤H©Ò·íÄmµ¹§Q¥¼¤Hªº

1181 dekate {dek-at'-ay} feminine of 1182;; adj AV - tithe 2, tenth part 1, tenth 1; 4 1) a tenth part of anything, a tithe 1a) the tenth party of booty taken from an enemy 1b) the tithes of fruits of the earth and of flocks, which by the law of Moses were presented to the Levites in the congregation of Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1182 dekatos {dek'-at-os} ordinal from 1176;; §Î®eµü AV - tenth 3; 3 1) ²Ä¤Q (#¬ù 1:39; ±Ò 11:13, 21:20|)

1182 dekatos {dek'-at-os} ordinal from 1176;; adj AV - tenth 3; 3 1) the tenth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1183 dekatoo {dek-at-o'-o} ·½©ó 1181;; °Êµü AV - receive tithes 1, pay tithes 1; 2 1) ¹Ü¨ú©Î±µ¨ü¤Q¤À¤§¤@ªº... 2) ú¥I¤Q¤@µ|

1183 dekatoo {dek-at-o'-o} from 1181;; v AV - receive tithes 1, pay tithes 1; 2 1) to exact or receive the tenth part 2) to pay tithes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1184 dektos {dek-tos'} ·½¦Û 1209; TDNT - 2:58,146; §Î®eµü AV - accepted 3, acceptable 2; 5 1) ³Q¦¬¯Çªº, ³Q±µ¨üªº

1184 dektos {dek-tos'} from 1209; TDNT - 2:58,146; adj AV - accepted 3, acceptable 2; 5 1) accepted, acceptable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1185 deleazo {del-eh-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û the base of 1388;; °Êµü AV - entice 1, beguile 1, allure 1; 3 1) »¤´b, ³Q»ç©Ò»¤ 2) Áô³ë. ³Q»¤»ç, ¾y¤Oµ¥©Ò»¤©ä»X½ª (#¶® 1:14; ©¼«á 2:14, 18|)

1185 deleazo {del-eh-ad'-zo} from the base of 1388;; v AV - entice 1, beguile 1, allure 1; 3 1) to bait, catch by a bait 2) metaph. to beguile by blanishments, allure, entice, deceive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1186 dendron {den'-dron} ¥i¯à·½¦Û drus (an oak);; n n AV - tree 26; 26 1) ¤@´Ê¾ð

1186 dendron {den'-dron} probably from drus (an oak);; n n AV - tree 26; 26 1) a tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1187 dexiolabos {dex-ee-ol-ab'-os} ·½¦Û 1188 »P 2983;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - spearmen 1; 1 1) ¥Î¥k¤â§ëÂY, §ë¥ÛªÌ ,®g¤â, ÂY¼ÐºjªÌ

1187 dexiolabos {dex-ee-ol-ab'-os} from 1188 and 2983;; n m AV - spearmen 1; 1 1) throwing with the right hand, a slinger, an archer, javelinmen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1188 dexios {dex-ee-os'} ·½©ó 1209; TDNT - 2:37,143; §Î®eµü AV - right hand 39, right 12, right side 2; 53 1) ¥kÃä, ¥k¤â 2)) Áô³ë. 2a) ªíºaÄ£©ÎÅv¬`ªº¦ì¸m

1188 dexios {dex-ee-os'} from 1209; TDNT - 2:37,143; adj AV - right hand 39, right 12, right side 2; 53 1) the right, the right hand 2)) metaph. 2a) a place of honour or authority
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1189 deomai {deh'-om-ahee} 1210ªºÃö¨­»yºA ; TDNT - 2:40,144; °Êµü AV - pray 12, beseech 9, make request 1; 22 1) ­n¨D, 2) ´÷±æ 3) ­n¨D, ¤^¨D 3a) ¤@¥ó¨Æ 3b) ë§i ¦P¸qµü¨£ 5802

1189 deomai {deh'-om-ahee} middle voice of 1210; TDNT - 2:40,144; v AV - pray 12, beseech 9, make request 1; 22 1) to want, lack 2) to desire, long for 3) to ask, beg 3a) the thing asked for 3b) to pray, make supplications For Synonyms see entry 5802
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1190 Derbaios {der-bah'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 1191;; §Î®eµü AV - of Derbe 1; 1 1) ¯S§È¤H (#®{ 20:4|)

1190 Derbaios {der-bah'-ee-os} from 1191;; adj AV - of Derbe 1; 1 1) a native of Derbe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1191 Derbe {der-bay'} of foreign origin;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Derbe 3; 3 ¯S§È = "»s­²¤u¤H, ¥Ö»s¥]¸Ë¤u¤H" 1) ¦ì©óIsauria Ãä¬É, §f°ª¥§¦aªº¤@­Ó«°¥« (#®{ 14:6, 14:20, 16:1|)

1191 Derbe {der-bay'} of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Derbe 3; 3 Derbe = "tanner: tanner of skin: coverer with skin" 1) a city of Lycaonia, on the confines of Isauria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1192 derma {der'-mah} ·½©ó 1194;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - skin + 122 1; 1 1) ¥Ö, Ã~¥Ö, ¤ò¥Ö

1192 derma {der'-mah} from 1194;; n n AV - skin + 122 1; 1 1) a skin, hide, leather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1193 dermatinos {der-mat'-ee-nos} ·½¦Û 1192;; §Î®eµü AV - leathern 1, of a skin 1; 2 1) ¥Ö»s«~, ¥Ö­²¦üªº (#¤Ó 3:4; ¥i 1:6|)

1193 dermatinos {der-mat'-ee-nos} from 1192;; adj AV - leathern 1, of a skin 1; 2 1) made of skin, leathern
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1194 dero {der'-o} a root word;; °Êµü AV - beat 12, smite 3; 15 1) ­é¥Ö, ­é¥Ö´ß 2) Ã@¥´, ³d¥´

1194 dero {der'-o} a root word;; v AV - beat 12, smite 3; 15 1) to flay, skin 2) to beat, thrash, smite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1195 desmeuo {des-myoo'-o} °Êµü AV - bind 2; 2 1) ¸j (#®{ 22:4|) 2) ®¹ (¦¨¤@§ô) (#¤Ó 23:4|)

1195 desmeuo {des-myoo'-o} from a (presumed) derivative of 1196;; v AV - bind 2; 2 1) to put in chains 2) to bind up, bind together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1196 desmeo {des-meh'-o} ·½¦Û 1199;; °Êµü AV - bind 1; 1 1) ÂH¦X, ¸i¸j, ô¦í, (#¸ô 8:29|)

1196 desmeo {des-meh'-o} from 1199;; v AV - bind 1; 1 1) to bind, tie
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1197 desme {des-may'} ·½¦Û 1196;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bundle 1; 1 1) ®¹, §ô

1197 desme {des-may'} from 1196;; n f AV - bundle 1; 1 1) a bundle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1198 desmios {des'-mee-os} ·½©ó 1199; TDNT - 2:43,145; §Î®eµü AV - prisoner 14, be in bonds 1, in bonds 1; 16 1) ³Q­­¨îªº, ¨ü§ô¿£ªº, ¨üºÊ¸Tªº, ³Q«Rªº, ¥}¥Ç

1198 desmios {des'-mee-os} from 1199; TDNT - 2:43,145; adj AV - prisoner 14, be in bonds 1, in bonds 1; 16 1) bound, in bonds, a captive, a prisoner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1199 desmon {des-mon'} ©Î desmos {des-mos'} ¤À§O·½¦Û 1210 ªºÁé©m©M¶§©Ê¦Wµü ; TDNT - 2:43,*; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bond 15, band 3, string 1, chain 1; 20 1) ¤@­Ó¤âôï¸}¾R©Î®¹¸jª«

1199 desmon {des-mon'} or desmos {des-mos'} neuter and masculine respectively from 1210; TDNT - 2:43,*; n m AV - bond 15, band 3, string 1, chain 1; 20 1) a band or bond
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1200 desmophulax {des-mof-oo'-lax} ·½¦Û 1199 and 5441;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - keeper of the prison 2, jailor 1; 3 1) ºÊº»¬Ý¦u¤H, º»¦O, º»¨ò (#®{ 16:23, 16:27, 16:36|)

1200 desmophulax {des-mof-oo'-lax} from 1199 and 5441;; n m AV - keeper of the prison 2, jailor 1; 3 1) a keeper of a prison, a jailor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1201 desmoterion {des-mo-tay'-ree-on} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1199 (equivalent to 1196);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - prison 4; 4 1) ºÊº», ©ë¯d©Ò

1201 desmoterion {des-mo-tay'-ree-on} from a derivative of 1199 (equivalent to 1196);; n n AV - prison 4; 4 1) a prison, a jail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1202 desmotes {des-mo'-tace} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 1201;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - prisoner 2; 2 1) ³Q¸i¸jªº¤H, ¥}¥Ç(#®{ 27:1,42|)

1202 desmotes {des-mo'-tace} from the same as 1201;; n m AV - prisoner 2; 2 1) one bound, a prisoner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1203 despotes {des-pot'-ace} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1210 ©M posis (¤V¤Ò); TDNT - 2:44,145; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Lord 5, master 5; 10 1) ¥D¤H, ¤W«Ò ¦P¸q¦r, °Ñ¨£ 5830

1203 despotes {des-pot'-ace} perhaps from 1210 and posis (a husband); TDNT - 2:44,145; n m AV - Lord 5, master 5; 10 1) a master, Lord For Synonyms see entry 5830
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1204 deuro {dyoo'-ro} °Æµü AV - come 6, come hither 2, hitherto + 891 + 3588 1; 9 1) ½×¦a¤è 1a) (§@¬°·P¹Äµü) ¨Ó³o¸Ì! 2) ½×®É¶¡ 2a) ª½¨ì²{¦b (#ù 1:13|)

1204 deuro {dyoo'-ro} of uncertain affinity;; adv AV - come 6, come hither 2, hitherto + 891 + 3588 1; 9 1) of place, 1a) hither to this place 1b) in urging and calling, here! come! 2) of time, hither to, now
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1205 deute {dyoo'-teh} ·½¦Û1204 »P eimi (¥h)ªº¬è¨Ï«¬; °Æµü AV - come 12, follow + 3694 1; 13 1) ¨Ó³o¸Ì!

1205 deute {dyoo'-teh} from 1204 and an imperative form of eimi (to go);; adv AV - come 12, follow + 3694 1; 13 1) come hither, come here, come 2) interjection, come!, come now!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1206 deuteraios {dyoo-ter-ah'-yos} ·½¦Û 1208; §Î®eµü AV - next day 1; 1 1) ¹j¤Ñ (#®{ 28:13|)

1206 deuteraios {dyoo-ter-ah'-yos} from 1208;; adj AV - next day 1; 1 1) of or belonging to the second 2) of one who comes or does a thing, on the second day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1207 deuteroprotos {dyoo-ter-op'-ro-tos} ·½¦Û 1208 »P 4413; §Î®eµü AV - second after the first 1; 1 1) (·N«ä¤£©ú½T) ¤U¤@­Ó (#¸ô 6:1|)

1207 deuteroprotos {dyoo-ter-op'-ro-tos} from 1208 and 4413;; adj AV - second after the first 1; 1 1) second-first 2) the second of the first Sabbaths after the feast of the Passover
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1208 deuteros {dyoo'-ter-os} »P 1417 ¤ñ¸û;; §Î®eµü AV - second 34, the second time + 1537 4, the second time 4, again + 1537 2, again 1, secondarily 1, afterward 1; 47 1) ²Ä¤G, ¨â­Ó·í¤¤ªº¥t¤@­Ó

1208 deuteros {dyoo'-ter-os} as the compare of 1417;; adj AV - second 34, the second time + 1537 4, the second time 4, again + 1537 2, again 1, secondarily 1, afterward 1; 47 1) the second, the other of two
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1209 dechomai {dekh'-om-ahee} ¥HÃö¨­§ÎºA¬°¥Dªº°Êµü; TDNT - 2:50,146; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - ±µ¨ü52¡F®³¨ú4¡F±µ¯Ç2¡F®³°_1; 59 1) ¥H¤â®³¨ú 1a) ´¤µÛ¡A®³°_ 2) ±µ«Ý 2a) ¥H¤@­Ó¦a¤è±µ«Ý¬Y¤H¡D 2b) ±µ«Ý¤@¦ì³X«È¡A¤£©Úµ´©M¥L¥æ©¹¡A§@ªB¤Í¡A 2b1) ®ï¶Ôªº´Ú«Ý¡F 2b2) ±a¦^®a¤¤¾i¨|©Î±Ð¾É¡F 2c) ºtÁ¿¡A±Ð¾É¤¤±a¥Xªºµ²ªG 2c1) ±µ¨ü¥L¤Hªº¦n·N¡A¶ÉÅ¥¡A¾Ö©ê¡A¨M©w¡A¦P·N¡A¤£©Úµ´¡D 2d) ±µ¨ü¡A¥ç§Y±µ¯Ç¡A¤ä«ù¡A§Ô¨ü¡A§Ô­@ 3) ®³¡A±o 3a) ¾Ç²ß¡þª¾¹D For Synonyms see entry 5877

1209 dechomai {dekh'-om-ahee} middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 2:50,146; v AV - receive 52, take 4, accept 2, take up 1; 59 1) to take with the hand 1a) to take hold of, take up 2) to take up, receive 2a) used of a place receiving one 2b) to receive or grant access to, a visitor, not to refuse intercourse or friendship 2b1) to receive hospitality 2b2) to receive into one's family to bring up or educate 2c) of the thing offered in speaking, teaching, instructing 2c1) to receive favourably, give ear to, embrace, make one's own, approve, not to reject 2d) to receive. i.e. to take upon one's self, sustain, bear, endure 3) to receive, get 3a) to learn For Synonyms see entry 5877
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1210 deo {deh'-o} ¦r®Ú; TDNT - 2:60,148; °Êµü AV - bind 37, tie 4, knit 1, be in bonds 1, wind 1; 44 1) ®¹¸j 2) ¸j¦b....¤W 3) (ªk«ß»P¾³dªº) ¬ù§ô (#ù 7:2; ªL«e 7:27|)

1210 deo {deh'-o} a root; TDNT - 2:60,148; v AV - bind 37, tie 4, knit 1, be in bonds 1, wind 1; 44 1) to bind tie, fasten 1a) to bind, fasten with chains, to throw into chains 1b) metaph. 1b1) Satan is said to bind a woman bent together by means of a demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman and preventing her from standing upright 1b2) to bind, put under obligation, of the law, duty etc. 1b2a) to be bound to one, a wife, a husband 1b3) to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1211 de {day} ¥i¯à»P1161¦³ÃöÁp; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - also 1, now 1, and 1, therefore 1, doubtless 1, not tr 1; 6 1) ªº½T (#¤Ó 13:23|) 2) ¦p¤µ, ©ó¬O, ©Ò¥H

1211 de {day} probably akin to 1161;; particle AV - also 1, now 1, and 1, therefore 1, doubtless 1, not tr 1; 6 1) now, then, verily, in truth, really, surely, certainly 2) forthwith, at once
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1212 delos {day'-los} of uncertain derivation;; §Î®eµü AV - bewray + 4160 1, manifest 1, evident 1, certain 1; 4 1) ²M·¡ªº, ©úÅ㪺, ÅãÅSªº ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5812

1212 delos {day'-los} of uncertain derivation;; adj AV - bewray + 4160 1, manifest 1, evident 1, certain 1; 4 1) clear, evident, manifest For Synonyms see entry 5812
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1213 deloo {day-lo'-o} ·½©ó 1212; TDNT - 2:61,148; °Êµü AV - declare 3, signify 3, show 1; 7 1) ÃÒ©ú¥X¨Ó 2) «Å§i¥H¨Ï¤Hª¾¹D, «ÅºÙ 3) ¨Ï¤H©ú¥Õ¤F¸Ñ, «ü¥Ü, ·N¨ýµÛ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5831

1213 deloo {day-lo'-o} from 1212; TDNT - 2:61,148; v AV - declare 3, signify 3, show 1; 7 1) to make manifest 2) to make known by relating, to declare 3) to give one to understand, to indicate, signify For Synonyms see entry 5831
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1214 Demas {day-mas'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 1216;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Demas 3; 3 ©³°¨ = "¤H¥Áªº²ÎªvªÌ" 1) «Oùªº¦P¤u¤§¤@, ·í«Où¦bù°¨¬°¥}®É, ¥L±ó«Où¦Ó¦^¨ì©«¼»Ã¹¥§­{¥h¤F

1214 Demas {day-mas'} probably for 1216;; n pr m AV - Demas 3; 3 Demas = "governor of the people" 1) a companion of Paul, who deserted the apostle when he was a prisoner at Rome and returned to Thessalonica
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1215 demegoreo {day-may-gor-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 1218 and 58;; °Êµü AV - make an oration 1; 1 1) ¹ï»E¶°ªº¥Á²³µoªíºt»¡, ¹ï¥Á²³Á¿½× (#®{ 12:21|)

1215 demegoreo {day-may-gor-eh'-o} from a compound of 1218 and 58;; v AV - make an oration 1; 1 1) to address a public assembly, make a speech to the people
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1216 Demetrios {day-may'-tree-os} ·½¦ÛDemeter (Ceres);¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Demetrius 3; 3 ©³¦Ì¥á = "ÄÝ©ó¬_·ç´µ¯«(Ceres)" 1) ¦b¥H¥±©Òªº²§±Ð®{»È¦K §C¦Ì¥á 2) ¤@¦W«H®{ (# ¬ù°Ñ12|)

1216 Demetrios {day-may'-tree-os} from Demeter (Ceres);; n pr m AV - Demetrius 3; 3 Demetrius = "belonging to Ceres" 1) a heathen silversmith at Ephesus 2) a certain Christian, 3Jo 12
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1217 demiourgos {day-me-oor-gos'} ·½©ó 1218 ©M 2041; TDNT - 2:62,149;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - maker 1; 1 1) ¬°¤j²³¤u§@ªº¤H 2) ¥ô¦ó¦¨«~ªº»s³yªÌ, ¤uÃÀ®a, ¤u¦K, ³Ð§@ªÌ, «Ø¿v®v

1217 demiourgos {day-me-oor-gos'} from 1218 and 2041; TDNT - 2:62,149; n m AV - maker 1; 1 1) a workman for the public 2) the author of any work, an artisan, framer, builder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1218 demos {day'-mos} ·½¦Û 1210; TDNT - 2:63,149;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - people 4; 4 1) ¦Ê©m, ¤H¥Á, ¤H¸s»E¶°©ó¤½¦@³õ©Ò ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5832

1218 demos {day'-mos} from 1210; TDNT - 2:63,149; n m AV - people 4; 4 1) the people, the mass of people assembled in a public place For Synonyms see entry 5832
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1219 demosios {day-mos'ee-os} ·½¦Û 1218;; §Î®eµü AV - common 1, openly 1, publicly 2; 4 1) ÁõÄݤH¥Á, °ê®a©Î¤½²³ªº 2) ¤½µMªº, ¦b¤½¦@³õ¦X, ²³¥ØºÌºÌ¤§¤U

1219 demosios {day-mos'ee-os} from 1218;; adj AV - common 1, openly 1, publicly 2; 4 1) belonging to the people or state, public 2) publicly, in public places, in full view of all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1220 denarion {day-nar'-ee-on} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - penny 9, pence 5, pennyworth 2; 16 ±o®³§Q(§t¦³¤Q­Ó)=©M¦X¥»Ä¶¬°"»È¤l","»È¿ú"µ¥ 1) ¬O·s¬ù®É¥Nù°¨ªº¤@ºØ¿ú¹ô,±q¸²µå¶é¤u¤Hªº¤ñ³ë¨Ó¬Ý(#¤Ó 20:2-13|), ¤@­Ó±o®³§Q¬O´¶³q¤Hªº¤@¤Ñ¤u¸ê.

1220 denarion {day-nar'-ee-on} of Latin origin;; n n AV - penny 9, pence 5, pennyworth 2; 16 denarius = "containing ten" 1) A Roman silver coin in NT time. It took its name from it being equal to ten "asses", a number after 217 B.C. increased to sixteen (about 3.898 grams or .1375 oz.). It was the principal silver coin of the Roman empire. From the parable of the labourers in the vineyard, it would seem that a denarius was then the ordinary pay for a day's wages. (Mt. 20:2-13)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1221 depote {day'-pot-eh} ·½¦Û 1211 and 4218;; °Æµü AV - whatsoever +3769 1; 1 1) ²{¦b²×©ó 2) ¥ô¦ó®É¨è 3) ³Ì«á 4) ¤@ÂI³£¤£¿ù (#¬ù 5:4|)

1221 depote {day'-pot-eh} from 1211 and 4218;; adv AV - whatsoever +3769 1; 1 1) now at length 2) at any time 3) at last 4) just exactly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1222 depou {day'-poo} ·½©ó 1211 ©M 4225;; °Æµü AV - verily 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¥Î©ó·í¹ï¬Y¨Æ¦³ÂIªÖ©wªº±¡ªp¤U, ¤S§Ï©»¬O¦³ÂIªº¤£½T©w 1a) ¤]³\ 1b) µLºÃ¦a 1c) ½T«H¦a 1d) ¯u¥¿¦a

1222 depou {day'-poo} from 1211 and 4225;; adv AV - verily 1; 1 1) it is used when something is affirmed in a slightly ironical manner, as if with an pretence of uncertainty 1a) perhaps 1b) doubtless 1c) verily 1d) truly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1223 dia {dee-ah'} ¤@°ò¥»¤¶Ã´µü, ªí¥Ü ¬Y¦æ¬°©ÒÂÇ¥H§¹¦¨ªº¤è¦¡; TDNT - 2:65,149; ¤¶¨tµü AV - by 241, through 88, with 16, for 58, for ... sake 47, therefore + 5124 44, for this cause + 5124 14, because 53, misc 86; 647 1) ±a©Ò¦³®æ¡G¸g¹L, ¥Î, ÂǵÛ, 1a) ¬Y­Ó¦a¤è 1a1) ¦P 1a2) ¦b 1b) ¬Y¬q®É¶¡ 1b1) ¸g¹L 1b2) ¦b....´Á¶¡ 1c) ¬YºØ¤èªk 1c1) ÂÇµÛ 1c2) ¥Î...¤èªk 2) ±aª½±µ¨ü®æ¡G¦]¬° 2a) °µ©Î¤£°µ¬Y¨Æªº­ì¦] 2a1) ¦]µÛ...­ì¦] 2a2) ¥Ñ©ó... 2a3) ¦]¬°¦p¦¹... 2a4) ©Ò¥H... 2a5) ¬°¦¹½t¬G

1223 dia {dee-ah'} a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; TDNT - 2:65,149; prep AV - by 241, through 88, with 16, for 58, for ... sake 47, therefore + 5124 44, for this cause + 5124 14, because 53, misc 86; 647 1) through 1a) of place 1a1) with 1a2) in 1b) of time 1b1) throughout 1b2) during 1c) of means 1c1) by 1c2) by the means of 2) through 2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done 2a1) by reason of 2a2) on account of 2a3) because of for this reason 2a4) therefore 2a5) on this account
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1224 diabaino {dee-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 939 ªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - pass 1, come over 1, pass through 1; 3 1) ¬ï¹L, ¸ó¶V¹L

1224 diabaino {dee-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 1223 and the base of 939;; v AV - pass 1, come over 1, pass through 1; 3 1) to pass through, cross over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1225 diaballo {dee-ab-al'-lo} ·½¦Û 1223 and 906; TDNT - 2:71,150; °Êµü AV - accuse 1; 1 1) ¥á¹L¥h©Î¥á¨ì¹ï­±, °e¹L¥h 2) ¶C·´, ´c·N¤¤¶Ë, ·´Á½, ±±§i, ¤¤¶Ë (#¸ô 16:1|)

1225 diaballo {dee-ab-al'-lo} from 1223 and 906; TDNT - 2:71,150; v AV - accuse 1; 1 1) to throw over or across, to send over 2) to traduce, calumniate, slander, accuse, defame
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1226 diabebaioomai {dee-ab-eb-ahee-o'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA of a compound of 1223 and 950;; °Êµü AV - affirm 1, affirm constantly 1; 2 1) Â_¨¥, ¤Á¹êªºÁnºÙ (#´£«e 1:7; ¦h 3:8|)

1226 diabebaioomai {dee-ab-eb-ahee-o'-om-ahee} middle voice of a compound of 1223 and 950;; v AV - affirm 1, affirm constantly 1; 2 1) to affirm strongly, assert confidently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1227 diablepo {dee-ab-lep'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 991;; °Êµü AV - see clearly 2; 2 1) Ãѯ}, ³zµø, 1a) ¾®µø, ²´·ú©T©wª½µø¬Y¤H 1b) ²M·¡¦a¬Ý¨£ (#¤Ó 7:5; 6:42|)

1227 diablepo {dee-ab-lep'-o} from 1223 and 991;; v AV - see clearly 2; 2 1) to look through, penetrate by vision 1a) to look fixedly, stare straight before one 1b) to see clearly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1228 diabolos {dee-ab'-ol-os} ·½¦Û 1225; TDNT - 2:72,150; §Î®eµü AV - devil 35, false accuser 2, slanderer 1; 38 1) ¶É¦V©ó¤¤¶Ë¤Hªº, ¦n½ÚÁ½ªº, ¿ù»~ªºÄþ³d 1a) ¤¤¶ËªÌ, ¿ù»~ªº±±¶DªÌ, ½ÚÁ½ªÌ, 2) Áô³ë. À³¥Î©ó¤Ï¹ï¤W«Òªº¤H, «ü°Ñ»P´cÅ]ªº¦æ°Ê©Î»¡¤ä«ù´cÅ] ¼»¦ý,Å]°­¤§­º, ¬O¨¸´c¤§³Ð³yªÌ, ±Mªù­¢®`¦n¤H, ¨Ï¤HÃþ»P¯«²¨»·¨Ã¤Þ»¤¥L­Ì¥Ç¸o, ¼»¦ý§ó¾ÌµÛ¦û¾Ú¥L­Ìªº¨­Åé¨Ï¥L­Ì¨ü¯e¯f§é¿i.

1228 diabolos {dee-ab'-ol-os} from 1225; TDNT - 2:72,150; adj AV - devil 35, false accuser 2, slanderer 1; 38 1) prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely 1a) a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer, 2) metaph. applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be said to act the part of the devil or to side with him Satan the prince of the demons, the author of evil, persecuting good men, estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin, afflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession of their bodies at his bidding.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1229 diaggello {de-ang-gel'-lo} ·½¦Û 1223 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:67,10; °Êµü AV - preach 1, signify 1, declare 1; 3 1) ±aµÛ¤@­Ó°T®§, ¨ì³B«Å§G, ¨ì²³¦hªº¦a¤è, ¨ì²³¤H»E¶°ªº¦a¤è. (#¸ô9:60;ù 9:17|) 2) ¦b®ü¥~¥Xª©, «Å§i (#®{21:26|)

1229 diaggello {de-ang-gel'-lo} from 1223 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:67,10; v AV - preach 1, signify 1, declare 1; 3 1) to carry a message through, announce everywhere, through places, through assemblies of men etc. 2) to publish abroad, declare
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1230 diaginomai {dee-ag-in'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 and 1096;; °Êµü AV - be past 1, after 1, be spent 1; 3 1) ¬ï¹L, ¦b...¾ã­Ó´Á¶¡, ¤´Â 2) ¦b...¤§¶¡, ¤¶¤J, ¤w¸g¤¶¤J©ó...,®ø³uªº®É¶¡, ¦b´Á¶¡¦P®É¸g¹Lªº...(#¥i 16:1; ®{ 25:13, 27:9|)

1230 diaginomai {dee-ag-in'-om-ahee} from 1223 and 1096;; v AV - be past 1, after 1, be spent 1; 3 1) to be through, continue 2) to be between, intervene, used of time, to have intervened, elapsed, passed meanwhile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1231 diaginosko {dee-ag-in-o'-sko} ·½¦Û 1223 and 1097;; °Êµü AV - enquire 1, know the uttermost 1; 2 1) °Ï§O, ÃѧO, ¥ç§Y¥¿½Tªºª¾¹D, ©ú½Tªº¬d©ú, §Ë²M³B©ú¥Õ 2) ªk«ß¥Î»y, ¼f°Ý, §P©w, µô¨M (#®{ 23:15; 24:22|)

1231 diaginosko {dee-ag-in-o'-sko} from 1223 and 1097;; v AV - enquire 1, know the uttermost 1; 2 1) to distinguish, i.e. to know accurately, ascertain exactly 2) in a legal sense, to examine, determine, decide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1232 diagnorizo {dee-ag-no-rid'-zo} ·½©ó 1123 ©M 1107;; °Êµü AV - make known abroad 1; 1 1) ¼s¬°¶Ç´­, ²³©Ò¶gª¾, ¨Ï¤j®a³£ª¾¹D 2) ¿ëÃÑ, ¿ë»{, ¤À¿ë

1232 diagnorizo {dee-ag-no-rid'-zo} from 1123 and 1107;; v AV - make known abroad 1; 1 1) to publish abroad, make known thoroughly 2) to discriminate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1233 diagnosis {dee-ag'-no-sis} ·½¦Û 1231;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hearing 1; 1 1) ¤À¿ë, °Ï§O 2) ªk«ßªº·N¸q: ¼f¬d, §PÂ_, §P¨M (#®{ 25:21; µÌ 1:20|)

1233 diagnosis {dee-ag'-no-sis} from 1231;; n f AV - hearing 1; 1 1) to distinguish 2) in a legal sense, examination, opinion, decision
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1234 diagogguzo {dee-ag-ong-good'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 ¤Î 1111; TDNT - 1:735,125; °Êµü AV - murmur 2; 2 1) §C»y¡B§CÁnªº«è¨¥ 1a) ¤@¸s¤Hªº©Î©¼¦¹¶¡ªº¡C 1b) ³q±`¥Î¦b³\¦h¼««ãªº©ê«è¡C

1234 diagogguzo {dee-ag-ong-good'-zo} from 1223 and 1111; TDNT - 1:735,125; v AV - murmur 2; 2 1) to murmur 1a) either of a whole crowd, or among one another 1b) always used of many indignantly complaining
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1235 diagregoreo {dee-ag-ray-gor-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 ¤Î 1127;; °Êµü AV - be awake 1; 1 1) Ãöª` 2) «O«ù²M¿ô 3) §¹¥þ²M¿ô

1235 diagregoreo {dee-ag-ray-gor-eh'-o} from 1223 and 1127;; v AV - be awake 1; 1 1) to watch through 2) to remain awake 3) to be fully awake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1236 diago {dee-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 ¤Î 71;; °Êµü AV - lead a life + 979 1, living 1; 2 1) »â¹L¡B±a»â¬ï¶V¡B°e¹L 2) «×¹L¡B¬¡¡B¦s

1236 diago {dee-ag'-o} from 1223 and 71;; v AV - lead a life + 979 1, living 1; 2 1) to lead through, lead across, send across 2) to pass, to live
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1237 diadechomai {dee-ad-ekh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 ¤Î 1209;; °Êµü AV - come after 1; 1 1) ³z¹L¨ä¥L¤H»â¨ü¡A¥Ñ¨ä¿ò¯dªº¨Æª« Ä~©Ó¦Ó±o, ¦]½ü¬y¤§¶¶§Ç¦Ó»â¨ü, Ä~©Ó

1237 diadechomai {dee-ad-ekh'-om-ahee} from 1223 and 1209;; v AV - come after 1; 1 1) to receive through another, anything left or bequeathed by him, to receive in succession, receive in turn, succeed to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1238 diadema {dee-ad'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û1223 »P 1210ªº½Æ¦X«¬; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - crown 3; 3 1) «a°Ã (#±Ò 12:3, 13:1, 19:12|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5833

1238 diadema {dee-ad'-ay-mah} from a compound of 1223 and 1210;; n n AV - crown 3; 3 1) a diadem 1a) a blue band marked with white which Persian kings used to bind on the turban or tiara 1b) the kingly ornament for the head, the crown For Synonyms see entry 5833
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1239 diadidomai {dee-ad-id'-o-mee} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 1325; °Êµü AV - distribute 2, make distribution 1, divide 1, give 1; 5 1) ¤Àµo, µ¹¤©

1239 diadidomai {dee-ad-id'-o-mee} from 1223 and 1325;; v AV - distribute 2, make distribution 1, divide 1, give 1; 5 1) to distribute, divide among several 2) to give over, deliver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1240 diadochos {dee-ad'-okh-os} ·½¦Û 1237; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - come into (one's) room + 2983 1; 1 1) Ä~©Ó¤H (#®{ 24:27|)

1240 diadochos {dee-ad'-okh-os} from 1237;; n m AV - come into (one's) room + 2983 1; 1 1) succeeding, a successor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1241 diazonnumi {dee-az-own'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 2224; TDNT - 5:302,702; °Êµü AV - gird 3; 3 1) §ô¤W

1241 diazonnumi {dee-az-own'-noo-mee} from 1223 and 2224; TDNT - 5:302,702; v AV - gird 3; 3 1) to bind or gird all around 2) to gird one's self with a thing, gird a thing around one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1242 diatheke {dee-ath-ay'-kay} from 1303; TDNT - 2:106,157; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - covenant 20, testament 13; 33 1)¥ô¦óºØÃþªº³B²z¦w±Æ, ¨º¬O¤H¦b¥L¦º«á¥Î¨Ó¨Ï¥L³Ì«á³B²z¥@¤Wªº°]²£¦Xªk¤Æ , ¬ù©Î¬O¿òÅñ 2) ¤@­Ó«´¬ù , ¤@­Ó¤½¬ù , ¤@­Ó¬ù 2a) ¯«»P®¿¨È¥ßªº¬ùµ¥µ¥ªº.

1242 diatheke {dee-ath-ay'-kay} from 1303; TDNT - 2:106,157; n f AV - covenant 20, testament 13; 33 1) a disposition, arrangement, of any sort, which one wishes to be valid, the last disposition which one makes of his earthly possessions after his death, a testament or will 2) a compact, a covenant, a testament 2a) God's covenant with Noah, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1243 diairesis {dee-ah'-ee-res-is} ·½¦Û 1244; TDNT - 1:184,27; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - diversity 2, difference 1, 3 1) ¤À§O, °Ï¤À, ¤À°t 2) ®t²§, ¤£¦P 2a) ¯S®íªº, ¦]¦]¬°¤£¦Pªº¤H©Ò¤À°tªº¤£¦P²£¥Íªº®t²§

1243 diairesis {dee-ah'-ee-res-is} from 1244; TDNT - 1:184,27; n f AV - diversity 2, difference 1, 3 1) division, distribution 2) distinction, difference 2a) in particular, a distinction arising from a different distribution to different persons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1244 diaireo {dee-ahee-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 ¤Î 138; TDNT - 1:184,27; °Êµü AV - divide 2; 2 1) ¤À¦¨´X³¡¥÷, ¤À¶}, ¼¹µõ, ¼A¶}©Î¤Á¶} 2) ¤À°t

1244 diaireo {dee-ahee-reh'-o} from 1223 and 138; TDNT - 1:184,27; v AV - divide 2; 2 1) to divide into parts, to part, to tear, cleave or cut asunder 2) to distribute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1245 diakatharizo {dee-ak-ath-ar-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 and 2511;; °Êµü AV - throughly purged 2; 2 1) ¹ý©³»{¯uªº²M¬~ (#¤Ó 3:12; ¸ô 3:17|)

1245 diakatharizo {dee-ak-ath-ar-id'-zo} from 1223 and 2511;; v AV - throughly purged 2; 2 1) to cleanse thoroughly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1246 diakatelegchomai {dee-ak-at-el-eng'-khom-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and a compound of 2596 and 1651;; °Êµü AV - convince 1; 1 1) »P¹ï§ÜªÌ©Î¼Ä¹ïªÌ»é¥¸, »é­Ë¡A¨Ã»P¤§ÄvÁɩΪ§½×

1246 diakatelegchomai {dee-ak-at-el-eng'-khom-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and a compound of 2596 and 1651;; v AV - convince 1; 1 1) to confute with rivalry and effort or in a contest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1247 diakoneo {dee-ak-on-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1249; TDNT - 2:81,152; °Êµü AV - minister unto 15, serve 10, minister 7, misc 5; 37 1)) §@¹²¤H, ÀH±q, ¦þ¤H, ªA¨Æ, ¨Í©^ 1a) ªA¨Í¥L¤H, ´À¤H³B²z¨Æ°È 1a1) ³QªA¨Í, ¨ü¤H¦ø­Ô 1b) ÀH¨Í¦b®àÃä, ªA¨Í«È¤H­¹ª«©M¶¼®Æªº¤H 1b1) «ü¬°¤H·Ç³Æ­¹ª«ªº°ü¤H 1c) ªA¨Æ, ¥ç§Y ¨ÑÀ³­¹ª«¤Î¥Í¬¡©Ò»Ý 1c1) ±ÏÀÙ¤Hªº©Ò»Ý(¦p, ¦¬¶°±ÏÀÙ«~), ´£¨Ñ·ÓÅU, ¤À°tºû«ù¥Í¬¡ªº©Ò»Ý«~ 1c2) ·ÓÅU³h½a¥Í¯fªº¤H, ¾á¥ô°õ¨Æªº¤u§@ 1c3) ¦b°ò·þªº±Ð·|¤¤§@°õ¦æ 1d) ºÞ²z 1d1) ·Ó®Æ©M¥L¤Hªº§Q¯q¦³Ãöªº¨Æ±¡ 1d2) ¬°¤HºÞ²z¨Æ±¡, ´À¤H¨ÑÀ³¨ä©Ò»Ýªº¥ô¦óªF¦è

1247 diakoneo {dee-ak-on-eh'-o} from 1249; TDNT - 2:81,152; v AV - minister unto 15, serve 10, minister 7, misc 5; 37 1)) to be a servant, attendant, domestic, to serve, wait upon 1a) to minister to one, render ministering offices to 1a1) to be served, ministered unto 1b) to wait at a table and offer food and drink to the guests, 1b1) of women preparing food 1c) to minister i.e. supply food and necessities of life 1c1) to relieve one's necessities (e.g. by collecting alms), to provide take care of, distribute, the things necessary to sustain life 1c2) to take care of the poor and the sick, who administer the office of a deacon 1c3) in Christian churches to serve as deacons 1d) to minister 1d1) to attend to anything, that may serve another's interests 1d2) to minister a thing to one, to serve one or by supplying any thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1248 diakonia {dee-ak-on-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 1249; TDNT - 2:87,152; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ministry 16, ministration 6, ministering 3, misc 9; 34 1) ªA¨Æ, ¥N²z, ¤×¨ä«ü¨º¨Ç°õ¦æ¥L¤H©R¥Oªº¤H 2) «ü¦]µÛ¯«ªº©R¥O¦Ó¦b¤H¤¤«Å§i¤Î¶Ç´­©v±Ðªº¤H 2a) ¼¯¦èªºÂ¾¨Æ 2b) ¨Ï®{ªºÂ¾¨Æ»P¨äÅv¬` 2c) ¥ýª¾, ¶Ç¹D, ªø¦Ñµ¥ªºÂ¾¨Æ 3) «ü¾á¥ôªA°È·ÓÅU¥L¤H(¦p¤ä«ù°ò·þ±Ðµ¥ªº·R¤ß¬¡°Ê)ªº¤H, ¤×«ü¨º¨Ç¥H¦¬¶°©M¤À°t·Oµ½®½§Uªº¤H 4) ±Ð·|¤¤°õ¨ÆªºÂ¾¤À 5) ¬°¤H·Ç³Æ­¹ª«ªºªA¨Æ

1248 diakonia {dee-ak-on-ee'-ah} from 1249; TDNT - 2:87,152; n f AV - ministry 16, ministration 6, ministering 3, misc 9; 34 1) service, ministering, esp. of those who execute the commands of others 2) of those who by the command of God proclaim and promote religion among men 2a) of the office of Moses 2b) of the office of the apostles and its administration 2c) of the office of prophets, evangelists, elders etc. 3) the ministration of those who render to others the offices of Christian affection esp. those who help meet need by either collecting or distributing of charities 4) the office of the deacon in the church 5) the service of those who prepare and present food
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1249 diakonos {dee-ak'-on-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº diako (¶]»L¿ì¨Æªº·N«ä, °Ñ¨£ 1377); TDNT - 2:88,152; ¶§/³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - minister 20, servant 8, deacon 3; 31 1) °õ¦æ¥L¤Hªº©R¥Oªº¤H, ¤×¨ä«ü¨ä¥D¤Hªº©R¥O; ¹²§Ð, ÀH±q, ¥N²z¤H, ¨Ï¸` 1a) °ê¤ýªº¹²¤H 1b) °õ¨Æ, ¦]±Ð·|©Òªþ¤©ªºÂ¾¤À, ­t³d·ÓÅU³h½a¤H¤Î¤À°t©Ò¦¬±o¬°±Ï§U¥L­Ìªºª÷¿ú 1c) ªA°È¤H­û, ¨Í©^­¹ª«¤Î¶¼®Æªº¤H ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5834

1249 diakonos {dee-ak'-on-os} probably from an obsolete diako (to run on errands, cf 1377); TDNT - 2:88,152; n m/f AV - minister 20, servant 8, deacon 3; 31 1) one who executes the commands of another, esp. of a master, a servant, attendant, minister 1a) the servant of a king 1b) a deacon, one who, by virtue of the office assigned to him by the church, cares for the poor and has charge of and distributes the money collected for their use 1c) a waiter, one who serves food and drink For Synonyms see entry 5834
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1250 diakosioi {dee-ak-os'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û 1364 »P 1540;; §Î®eµü AV - two hundred 8; 8 1)200

1250 diakosioi {dee-ak-os'-ee-oy} from 1364 and 1540;; adj AV - two hundred 8; 8 1) two hundred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1251 diakouomai {dee-ak-oo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1223 and 191;; °Êµü AV - hear 1; 1 1) ±qÀYÅ¥¨ì§À, Å¥¨ì³Ì«á, ¥J²ÓªºÅ¥, §¹¾ãªºÅ¥ (#®{ 23:35|)

1251 diakouomai {dee-ak-oo'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and 191;; v AV - hear 1; 1 1) to hear one through, hear to the end, hear with care, hear fully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1252 diakrino {dee-ak-ree'-no} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 2919; TDNT - 3:946,469; °Êµü AV - doubt 5, judge 3, discern 2, contend 2, waver 2, misc 5; 19 1) ¤À¶}, ¤À¿ë, ¿ë§O, ¬D¿ï 2) °Ï¤À¿ë©ú, ¤ÀªR¿ë©ú, ´ú¸Õ, ¼fÂ_ (#ªL«e 6:5;11:29;11:31;14:29|) 2a) §@¨MÂ_, §@§PÂ_, ¼fÂ_ª§Ä³ 3) Â÷±ó¬Y¤H, ±óµ´ 4) ¨Ï¦Û¤v¯¸¦b©M¥L¤H¬Û¹ïªº¥ß³õ (#ªL«e 4:7|), ¤Ï¹ï, ¬D¾Ô, ª§½×, ª§ÅG 5) ¥Ù¬Þ, ®³¤£©w¥D·N, µSºÃ, ºÃ´b

1252 diakrino {dee-ak-ree'-no} from 1223 and 2919; TDNT - 3:946,469; v AV - doubt 5, judge 3, discern 2, contend 2, waver 2, misc 5; 19 1) to separate, make a distinction, discriminate, to prefer 2) to learn by discrimination, to try, decide 2a) to determine, give judgment, decide a dispute 3) to withdraw from one, desert 4) to separate one's self in a hostile spirit, to oppose, strive with dispute, contend 5) to be at variance with one's self, hesitate, doubt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1253 diakrisis {dee-ak'-ree-sis} ·½©ó 1252; TDNT - 3:949,469; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - discerning 1, discern 1, disputation 1; 3 1) ¯à¤À§O¥X¨Ó, ¦³¿ëÃѯà¤O, ¤À¿ë§P§O

1253 diakrisis {dee-ak'-ree-sis} from 1252; TDNT - 3:949,469; n f AV - discerning 1, discern 1, disputation 1; 3 1) a distinguishing, discerning, judging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1254 diakoluo {dee-ak-o-loo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 ¤Î 2967;; °Êµü AV - forbid 1; 1 1) Ädªý¡A¨¾¤î #¤Ó 3:14|

1254 diakoluo {dee-ak-o-loo'-o} from 1223 and 2967;; v AV - forbid 1; 1 1) to hinder, prevent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1255 dialaleo {dee-al-al-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 2980;; °Êµü AV - noise abroad 1, commune 1; 2 1) ¤@°_¹ï½Í¡A»P¤§½Í½×

1255 dialaleo {dee-al-al-eh'-o} from 1223 and 2980;; v AV - noise abroad 1, commune 1; 2 1) to converse together, to talk with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1256 dialegomai {dee-al-eg'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3004 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 2:93,155; °Êµü AV - dispute 6, reason with 2, reason 2, preach unto 1, preach 1, speak 1; 13 1) ¦P®É«ä¦Ò¤£¦Pªº¨Æ·Q, °Ñ·Ó¤£¦Pªº·Qªk, ¦Û§ÚªºÅGÃҩΫä¿ë 1a) ²Ó¤ß«ä¯Á, ¨H«ä½Lºâ 2) »P¬Y¤H¹ï¸Ü, ¥æ½Í, °Q½×, ª§ÅG, ¥æ´«·N¨£

1256 dialegomai {dee-al-eg'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and 3004; TDNT - 2:93,155; v AV - dispute 6, reason with 2, reason 2, preach unto 1, preach 1, speak 1; 13 1) to think different things with one's self, mingle thought with thought 1a) to ponder, revolve in mind 2) to converse, discourse with one, argue, discuss
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1257 dialeipo {dee-al-i'-po} ·½¦Û 1223 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; °Êµü AV - cease 1; 1 1) °±¹y, ¶¡Â_, ¼È®ÉÂ÷¶}, ¬Y¥ó¤w¶}©lªº¨Æ±¡¼È©µ½w (#¸ô 7:45|)

1257 dialeipo {dee-al-i'-po} from 1223 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; v AV - cease 1; 1 1) to interpose a delay, to intermit, leave off for a time something already begun
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1258 dialektos {dee-al'-ek-tos} ·½¦Û 1256;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tongue 5, language 1; 6 1) ½Í¸Ü, ºt»¡, °Q½×, »y¨¥ 2) ¯S§O°w¹ï¥ô¦ó¤Hªº¤è¨¥©Î»y¨¥

1258 dialektos {dee-al'-ek-tos} from 1256;; n f AV - tongue 5, language 1; 6 1) conversation, speech, discourse, language 2) the tongue or language peculiar to any people
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1259 diallasso {dee-al-las'-so} ·½¦Û 1223 and 236; TDNT - 1:253,40; °Êµü AV - reconcile 1; 1 1) ÅܤƧó·s 2) §ïÅÜ·Qªk, ¨Ï©M¸Ñ 3) ©¼¦¹©M¦n, ­««Ø§ó·s¤Í½Ë (#¤Ó 5:24|)

1259 diallasso {dee-al-las'-so} from 1223 and 236; TDNT - 1:253,40; v AV - reconcile 1; 1 1) to change 2) to change the mind of anyone, to reconcile 3) to be reconciled, to renew friendship with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1260 dialogizomai {dee-al-og-id'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 and 3049; TDNT - 2:95,155; °Êµü AV - reason 11, dispute 1, cast in the mind 1, muse 1, think 1, consider 1; 16 1) ¦P°Óij¥X©Î²z¥X¹D²z¨Ó, §ä¥X°Ê¾÷²z¥Ñ, «ä¯Á, ½L±Û©ó¸£®ü, ²`«ä¼ô¼{

1260 dialogizomai {dee-al-og-id'-zom-ahee} from 1223 and 3049; TDNT - 2:95,155; v AV - reason 11, dispute 1, cast in the mind 1, muse 1, think 1, consider 1; 16 1) to bring together different reasons, to reckon up the reasons, to reason, revolve in one's mind, deliberate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1261 dialogismos {dee-al-og-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 1260; TDNT - 2:96,155;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thought 9, reasoning 1, imagination 1, doubtful 1, disputing 1, doubting 1; 14 1) ¤@­Ó¸ò¦Û¤v·V­«¦Ò¼{·N©À 1a) ¤@­Ó¦V¤ºÀ˵øªº·N©À 1b) ¦³¥Øªº©M­p¹ºªº 2) ¤@­Ó·V­«¹ï¯u¬Ûªº´£°Ý 2a) µS¿Ý, ºÃ´b 2b) ª§½×, °Q½×

1261 dialogismos {dee-al-og-is-mos'} from 1260; TDNT - 2:96,155; n m AV - thought 9, reasoning 1, imagination 1, doubtful 1, disputing 1, doubting 1; 14 1) the thinking of a man deliberating with himself 1a) a thought, inward reasoning 1b) purpose, design 2) a deliberating, questioning about what is true 2a) hesitation, doubting 2b) disputing, arguing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1262 dialuo {dee-al-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 3089;; °Êµü AV - scatter 1; 1 1) ¸Ñ´²

1262 dialuo {dee-al-oo'-o} from 1223 and 3089;; v AV - scatter 1; 1 1) to dissolve
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1263 diamarturomai {dee-am-ar-too'-rom-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3140; TDNT - 4:510,564; °Êµü AV - testify 11, charge 3, witness 1; 15 1) ÃÒ¹ê 1a) ¸Û¼°ªº, ¾Ì¨}¤ß¦a§i»| 2) ªÖ©w, ÃÒ©ú, ¾G­«ªº½T©w 2a) ¾G­«¦aµ¹¤©¬Y¤HÃҾکΤf¨Ñ 2b) ¹ï¬Y¨Æ§@¨£ÃÒ, «üÃÒ, ¨Ï¨ä³Q¬Û«H

1263 diamarturomai {dee-am-ar-too'-rom-ahee} from 1223 and 3140; TDNT - 4:510,564; v AV - testify 11, charge 3, witness 1; 15 1) to testify 1a) earnestly, religiously to charge 2) to attest, testify to, solemnly affirm 2a) to give solemn testimony to one 2b) to confirm a thing by testimony, to testify, cause it to be believed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1264 diamachomai {dee-am-akh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 3164;; °Êµü AV - strive 1; 1 1) §Ü¾Ô 2) ²r¯P¦a§Üª§; ¾Ä°«

1264 diamachomai {dee-am-akh'-om-ahee} from 1223 and 3164;; v AV - strive 1; 1 1) to fight out 2) contend fiercely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1265 diameno {dee-am-en'-o} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3306;; °Êµü AV - continue 3, remain 2; 5 1) ¥Ã¤[ªø¦s, «ùÄò¤£Â_

1265 diameno {dee-am-en'-o} from 1223 and 3306;; v AV - continue 3, remain 2; 5 1) to stay permanently, remain permanently, continue
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1266 diamerizo {dee-am-er-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 and 3307;; °Êµü AV - ¤Àµü6, divide 5, cloven 1; 12 1) ¼¹µõ¼A¶}, ¤Á³Î¦¨¸H¤ù 2) ¤À¦¨¨âªý¹ï¥ß¤H°¨, ¤£¤@­Pªº, ·N¨£¤£¦Xªº 3) ¤À°t

1266 diamerizo {dee-am-er-id'-zo} from 1223 and 3307;; v AV - part 6, divide 5, cloven 1; 12 1) to cleave asunder, cut in pieces 2) to be divided into opposing parts, to be at variance, in dissension 3) to distribute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1267 diamerismos {dee-am-er-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 1266;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - division 1; 1 1) ¤À¶}, ¤À°t 2) ¤Àµõ, ¤£©M

1267 diamerismos {dee-am-er-is-mos'} from 1266;; n m AV - division 1; 1 1) a parting, distribution 2) disunion, dissension
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1268 dianemo {dee-an-em'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and the base of 3551;; °Êµü AV - spread 1; 1 1) ¤À°t, ¤Àµo(#®{ 4:17|)

1268 dianemo {dee-an-em'-o} from 1223 and the base of 3551;; v AV - spread 1; 1 1) to distribute, divide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1269 dianeuo {dee-an-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 3506;; °Êµü AV - beckoned + 2258 1; 1 1) ¥HªÏÅé°Ê§@¥Ü·N, ÂIÀY, ©Û¤â, ¨Ï²´¦â(#¸ô 1:22|)

1269 dianeuo {dee-an-yoo'-o} from 1223 and 3506;; v AV - beckoned + 2258 1; 1 1) to express one's meaning by a sign, nod to, beckon to, wink at
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1270 dianoema {dee-an-o'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û a compound of 1223 and 3539; TDNT - 4:968,636; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - thought 1; 1 1) ·Qªk, ·N©À (#¸ô 11:17|)

1270 dianoema {dee-an-o'-ay-mah} from a compound of 1223 and 3539; TDNT - 4:968,636; n n AV - thought 1; 1 1) a thought
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1271 dianoia {dee-an'-oy-ah} ·½¦Û1223 and 3563; TDNT - 4:963,636; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- mind 9, understanding 3, imagination 1; 13 1) ¤ß·N¡F´N¬O²z¸Ñ¤O¡A±¡·P¡A¼¤±æªº¾÷¯à¡C 2) ®©©Ê¡]´¼¼z¡^¡C 3) ¤ß¬¡F´N¬OÆF©Ê¡G«ä·Q©M±¡ºüªº¤è¦¡¡C 4) «ä·Q¡F¤£½×¬O¦nªº¡A©Î¬OÃhªº¡C

1271 dianoia {dee-an'-oy-ah} from 1223 and 3563; TDNT - 4:963,636; n f AV - mind 9, understanding 3, imagination 1; 13 1) the mind as a faculty of understanding, feeling, desiring 2) understanding 3) mind, i.e. spirit, way of thinking and feeling 4) thoughts, either good or bad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1272 dianoigo {dee-an-oy'-go} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 455; °Êµü AV - open 8; 8 1) ¥´¶} 1a)¥´¶}¥À¸¡=ÀY¥Íªº(#¸ô 2:23|) 1b)(³ë·N)¥´¶}¦Õ¦·,¤ß,·N§Ó 2) ¸ÑÄÀ,¸àÄÀ(¸t¸g) (#¸ô 24:32; ®{ 17:3|)

1272 dianoigo {dee-an-oy'-go} from 1223 and 455;; v AV - open 8; 8 1) to open by dividing or drawing asunder, to open thoroughly (what had been closed) 1a) a male opening the womb (the closed matrix), i.e. the first-born 1b) of the eyes and the ears 1c) to open the mind of one, i.e. to cause to understand a thing 1c1) to open one's soul, i.e. to rouse in one the faculty of understanding or the desire of learning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1273 dianuktereuo {dee-an-ook-ter-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and a derivative of 3571;; °Êµü AV - continued all night + 2258 1; 1 1) ªá¶O¤F¾ã±ßªº®É¶¡ (#¸ô 6:12|)

1273 dianuktereuo {dee-an-ook-ter-yoo'-o} from 1223 and a derivative of 3571;; v AV - continued all night + 2258 1; 1 1) to spend the night, to pass the whole night
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1274 dianuo {dee-an-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and anuo (to effect);; °Êµü AV - finish 1; 1 1) ¹ý©³¦a¹ê½î, ª½¹FºÉÀY, §¹¦¨ (#®{ 21:7|)

1274 dianuo {dee-an-oo'-o} from 1223 and anuo (to effect);; v AV - finish 1; 1 1) to accomplish fully, bring quite to an end, finish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1275 diapantos {dee-ap-an-tos'} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3956 ªº©Ò¦³®æ;; °Æµü AV - always 5, continually 2; 7 1) ¸g±`¦a, Á`¬O¦a, «ùÄò¤£Â_¦a

1275 diapantos {dee-ap-an-tos'} from 1223 and the genit. of 3956;; adv AV - always 5, continually 2; 7 1) constantly, always, continually
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1276 diaperao {dee-ap-er-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and a derivative of the base of 4008;; °Êµü AV - ³Q°Êover 3, go over 1, ³Q°Ê1, sail over 1; 6 1) ¸g¹L, ´ç¹Lªe¤t, ´òªy

1276 diaperao {dee-ap-er-ah'-o} from 1223 and a derivative of the base of 4008;; v AV - pass over 3, go over 1, pass 1, sail over 1; 6 1) to pass over, cross over, i.e. a river, a lake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1277 diapleo {dee-ap-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 4126;; °Êµü AV - sail over 1; 1 1) ¯è¦V, ¾î´ç¹L (#®{ 27:5|)

1277 diapleo {dee-ap-leh'-o} from 1223 and 4126;; v AV - sail over 1; 1 1) to sail across
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1278 diaponeo {dee-ap-on-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and a derivative of 4192;; °Êµü AV - grieve 2; 2 1) ¨¯³Ò¦a¤u§@, ¥Î³Ò¤O¨Ó§¹¦¨ 1a) ºÉ¤O, ¾Ä°« 1b) ¦bµh­W¤¤¸gÀç, ¥I¥X·¥¦hªº³Ò¤O¨Ó§¹¦¨ 1c) ­W´o, ¤£°ª¿³, ³Q«I®`, ³Q¥[¤Wµh­W, ³Q¨ë¿E (#®{4:2;®{16:18|)

1278 diaponeo {dee-ap-on-eh'-o} from 1223 and a derivative of 4192;; v AV - grieve 2; 2 1) to work out laboriously, make complete by labour 1a) to exert one's self, strive 1b) to manage with pains, accomplish with great labour 1c) to be troubled, displeased, offended, pained, to be worked up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1279 diaporeuomai {dee-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 and 4198;; °Êµü AV - go through 3, ³Q°Êby 1, in (one's) journey 1; 5 1) ¨Ï¸g¹L¬Y¦a 2) ¾î¦æ¹L 3) ¹M´å¬Y¦a, ¸g¹L 4) ®È¹C¦æ¸g...

1279 diaporeuomai {dee-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee} from 1223 and 4198;; v AV - go through 3, pass by 1, in (one's) journey 1; 5 1) to cause to pass through a place 2) to carry across 3) to journey through a place, go through 4) to travel through
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1280 diaporeo {dee-ap-or-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 639;; °Êµü AV - doubt 2, be perplexed 1, be much perplexed 1, be in doubt 1; 5 1) §¹¥þªº°g¥¢, ³B©ó§x´b¯íµMª¬

1280 diaporeo {dee-ap-or-eh'-o} from 1223 and 639;; v AV - doubt 2, be perplexed 1, be much perplexed 1, be in doubt 1; 5 1) to be entirely at loss, to be in perplexity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1281 diapragmateuomai {dee-ap-rag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 and 4231; TDNT - 6:641,927; °Êµü AV - gain by trading 1; 1 1) »{¯u¥J²Óªº±q¨Æ¬Y¶µ¤u§@ 2) ¬°ª÷¿úªº¥Øªº¦Ó©Ó±µ¥Í·N (#¸ô 19:15|)

1281 diapragmateuomai {dee-ap-rag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee} from 1223 and 4231; TDNT - 6:641,927; v AV - gain by trading 1; 1 1) thoroughly, earnestly to undertake a business 2) to undertake a business for sake of gain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1282 diaprio {dee-ap-ree'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 4249 ªº°ò¦;; °Êµü AV - be cut to the heart 1, be cut 1; 2 1) ¿÷¶}¦¨¨â¥b, ¥Î¿÷¤l¤À¶} 2) ¤ß²z¤W³Q¿÷¶}, ¥ç§Y ´o«ã (#®{ 5:33; 7:54|)

1282 diaprio {dee-ap-ree'-o} from 1223 and the base of 4249;; v AV - be cut to the heart 1, be cut 1; 2 1) to saw asunder or in two, to divide by a saw 2) to be sawn through mentally, i.e. to be rent with vexation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1283 diarpazo {dee-ar-pad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 and 726;; °Êµü AV - spoil 4; 4 1) ±°¹Ü

1283 diarpazo {dee-ar-pad'-zo} from 1223 and 726;; v AV - spoil 4; 4 1) to plunder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1284 diarrhesso {dee-ar-hrayce'-so} ·½¦Û 1223 and 4486;; °Êµü AV - rend 3, break 2; 5 1) Â_¶}, Ãzµõ, ¼¹¶} 2) ¼¹µõ, µS¤Ó¤H¦b·¥«×¼««ã©Î´d¶Ë®ÉºD©ó¥H¼¹µõ¦çªAªí¹F

1284 diarrhesso {dee-ar-hrayce'-so} from 1223 and 4486;; v AV - rend 3, break 2; 5 1) to break asunder, burst through, rend asunder 2) to rend, which was done by the Jews to their clothes in cases of extreme indignation or in deep grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1285 diasapheo {dee-as-af-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and saphes (clear);; °Êµü AV - tell unto 1; 1 1) »¡²M·¡Á¿©ú¥Õ, ¸ÑÄÀ, Åu¶}, «Å©ú 2) «ü©Ò§¹¦¨ªº¨Æ±¡, Án©ú ¥ç§Y Á¿­z, «Å§G, ³¯­z (#¤Ó 18:31|)

1285 diasapheo {dee-as-af-eh'-o} from 1223 and saphes (clear);; v AV - tell unto 1; 1 1) to make clear or plain, to explain, unfold, declare 2) of things done, to declare i.e. to tell, announce, narrate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1286 diaseio {dee-as-i'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 4579;; °Êµü AV - do violence to 1; 1 1) ¹ý©³¦a·n°Ê 2) ¨Ï¤HŸ§Ý 3) ®£À~ 4) º´°Ê 5) ¥Îª÷¿ú©Î¨ä¥Lªº°]²£°µ¬°«Â¯Ù¨Ó°Ç¯Á¤@­Ó¤H (#¸ô 3:14|)

1286 diaseio {dee-as-i'-o} from 1223 and 4579;; v AV - do violence to 1; 1 1) to shake thoroughly 2) to make to tremble 3) to terrify 4) to agitate 5) to extort from one by intimidation money or other property
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1287 diaskorpizo {dee-as-kor-pid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 4650; TDNT - 7:418,1048; °Êµü AV - straw 2, scatter abroad 2, scatter 2, waste 2, disperse 1; 9 1) ¤À´² 1a)¦Ï¸s (#¤Ó 26:31; ¥i 14:27|) 1b)¯«ªº¨à¤k (#¬ù 11:52|) 1c)¦b¾Ô³õ¤W (#®{ 5:37|) 1d)ºØ¤l (#¤Ó 25:24,26|) 2) ®ö¶O (#¸ô 15:13|)

1287 diaskorpizo {dee-as-kor-pid'-zo} from 1223 and 4650; TDNT - 7:418,1048; v AV - straw 2, scatter abroad 2, scatter 2, waste 2, disperse 1; 9 1) to scatter abroad, disperse, to winnow 1a) to throw the grain a considerable distance, or up into the air, that it may be separated from the chaff 1b) to gather the wheat, freed from the chaff into the granary 1c) to winnow grain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1288 diaspao {dee-as-pah'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 4685;; °Êµü AV - pluck asunder 1, pull in pieces 1; 2 1) µõ¶}, §èÂ_¦¨¸H¤ù 1a) «ü¤H³Q¼¹µõ¦¨¸H¤ù (#¥i 5:4; ®{ 23:10|)

1288 diaspao {dee-as-pah'-o} from 1223 and 4685;; v AV - pluck asunder 1, pull in pieces 1; 2 1) to rend asunder, break asunder 1a) of a man, to tear in pieces
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1289 diaspeiro {dee-as-pi'-ro} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 4687;; °Êµü AV - scatter abroad 3; 3 1) ¤À´², ¨Ï´²¶}; ÅX´²

1289 diaspeiro {dee-as-pi'-ro} from 1223 and 4687;; v AV - scatter abroad 3; 3 1) to scatter abroad, disperse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1290 diaspora {dee-as-por-ah'} TDNT - 2:98,156; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dispersed 1, scatter abroad 1, scattered 1; 3 1) ¤À´² (ª¬ºA) (#¬ù 7:35|) 2) ¤À´²ªº¤H»E¶°³B (#¶® 1:1; ©¼«e 1:1|)

1290 diaspora {dee-as-por-ah'} from 1289; TDNT - 2:98,156; n f AV - dispersed 1, scatter abroad 1, scattered 1; 3 1) a scattering, dispersion 1a) of Israelites dispersed among foreign nations 1b) of the Christians scattered abroad among the Gentiles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1291 diastellomai {dee-as-tel'-lom-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 4724 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 7:591,*; °Êµü AV - charge 6, give commandment 1, be commanded 1; 8 1) ¨Ï¤ÀÂ÷, ¤À¶}, ¤À§O¶}¨Ó, ³B¸m, ¾ã¹y 2) ¥´¶}¬Y¤Hªº¤ß«ä, ¨Ï¨ä²M·¡©ú¥Õ 3) §i»|, ©R¥O, ­t¤©³d¥ô

1291 diastellomai {dee-as-tel'-lom-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and 4724; TDNT - 7:591,*; v AV - charge 6, give commandment 1, be commanded 1; 8 1) to draw asunder, divide, distinguish, dispose, order 2) to open one's self i.e. one's mind, to set forth distinctly 3) to admonish, order, charge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1292 dia¦r·Fa {dee-as'-tay-mah} ·½¦Û 1339;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - space 1; 1 1) ¶¡¹j, ®É¶¡, ¤@¬q®É¶¡(#®{ 5:7|)

1292 diastema {dee-as'-tay-mah} from 1339;; n n AV - space 1; 1 1) an interval, distance, space of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1293 diastole {dee-as-tol-ay'} ·½¦Û 1291; TDNT - 7:592,1074; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - difference 2, distinction 1; 3 1) °Ï§O, ®t²§ 1a) ¤£¦P¼Ö¾¹©Ò«µ¥X¤£¦Pªº¼ÖÁn

1293 diastole {dee-as-tol-ay'} from 1291; TDNT - 7:592,1074; n f AV - difference 2, distinction 1; 3 1) a distinction, difference 1a) of the different sounds musical instruments make
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1294 diastrepho {dee-as-tref'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 ©M 4762; TDNT - 7:717,1093; °Êµü AV - perverse 4, pervert 2, turn away 1; 7 1) §á¦±, ÂàÂ÷ 1a) ¤Ï¹ï, ¿Ñ¤Ï±Ï®¦¥Øªº»P¯«ªº­p¹º 2) ÂàÂ÷¥¿¸ô, ¤Þ¤J¨¸¸ô, ¼Z¸¨

1294 diastrepho {dee-as-tref'-o} from 1223 and 4762; TDNT - 7:717,1093; v AV - perverse 4, pervert 2, turn away 1; 7 1) to distort, turn aside 1a) to oppose, plot against the saving purposes and plans of God 2) to turn aside from the right path, to pervert, corrupt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1295 diasozo {dee-as-odze'-o} °Êµü AV - escape 2, save 2, make ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ly whole 1, escape safe 1, bring safe 1, heal 1; 8 1) ¦wµM¸g¹L, ±Ï©Þ

1295 diasozo {dee-as-odze'-o} from 1223 and 4982;; v AV - escape 2, save 2, make perfectly whole 1, escape safe 1, bring safe 1, heal 1; 8 1) to preserve through danger, to bring safely through 1a) to save, i.e. cure one who is sick, bring him through 2) to save, keep from perishing 3) to save out of danger, rescue
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1296 diatage {dee-at-ag-ay'} TDNT - 8:36,1156; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - disposition 1, ordinance 1; 2 1) ¿Ù¥O, «ü¥O (#®{ 7:53; ù 13:2|)

1296 diatage {dee-at-ag-ay'} from 1299; TDNT - 8:36,1156; n f AV - disposition 1, ordinance 1; 2 1) a disposition, arrangement, ordinance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1297 diatagma {dee-at'-ag-mah} ·½©ó 1299;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - commandment 1; 1 1) °V¿Ù, ©R¥O, °V¥O

1297 diatagma {dee-at'-ag-mah} from 1299;; n n AV - commandment 1; 1 1) an injunction, mandate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1298 diatarasso {dee-at-ar-as'-so} °Êµü AV - trouble 1; 1 1) §x´b, §xÂZ (#¸ô 1:29|)

1298 diatarasso {dee-at-ar-as'-so} from 1223 and 5015;; v AV - trouble 1; 1 1) to agitate greatly, trouble greatly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1299 diatasso {dee-at-as'-so} TDNT - 8:34,1156; °Êµü AV - command 7, appoint 4, ordain 3, set in order 1, give order 1; 16 1) ¦w±Æ´Nºü (#®{ 20:13|) 2) ¤U¥O (µo¥X¸Ô²Óªº¦æ¨Æ«ü«n)

1299 diatasso {dee-at-as'-so} from 1223 and 5021; TDNT - 8:34,1156; v AV - command 7, appoint 4, ordain 3, set in order 1, give order 1; 16 1) to arrange, appoint, ordain, prescribe, give order
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1300 diateleo {dee-at-el-eh'-o} ·½¦Û1223©M5055;; °Êµü AV - continue 1; 1 1) Ä~Äò¡A¤@ª½°í«ù

1300 diateleo {dee-at-el-eh'-o} from 1223 and 5055;; v AV - continue 1; 1 1) to bring thoroughly to an end, accomplish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1301 diatereo {dee-at-ay-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 5083; TDNT - 8:151,1174; °Êµü AV - keep 2; 2 1) ¤p¤ßÂÔ·Vªº«ù¦u (#¸ô 2:51; ®{ 15:29|)

1301 diatereo {dee-at-ay-reh'-o} from 1223 and 5083; TDNT - 8:151,1174; v AV - keep 2; 2 1) to keep continually or carefully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1302 diati {dee-at-ee'} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 5101 AV - why 23, wherefore 4; 27 1) ¬°¤°»ò ?

1302 diati {dee-at-ee'} from 1223 and 5101;; pron AV - why 23, wherefore 4; 27 1) through, by, with, because of, for the sake of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1303 diatithemai {dee-at-ith'-em-ahee} 1223 ©M 5087 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 2:104,157; °Êµü AV - make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7 1) ¦w±Æ, §G¸m ¦Û¤v©Ò¾Ö¦³ªºªF¦è 1a) «ü¦Û¤v©ÒÄݪºªF¦è 1b) ¥Ñ·N§Ó©Ò§@ªº¨M©w, ñ©w«H¥õªº¸t¬ù 2) ©M¤H¹F¦¨¨ó©w, ñ©w»}¬ù

1303 diatithemai {dee-at-ith'-em-ahee} middle voice from 1223 and 5087; TDNT - 2:104,157; v AV - make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7 1) to arrange, dispose of, one's own affairs 1a) of something that belongs to one 1b) to dispose of by will, make a testament 2) to make a covenant, enter into a covenant, with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1304 diatribo {dee-at-ree'-bo} ·½¦Û1223 »P 5147; °Êµü AV - abide 5, tarry 2, continue 2, be 1; 10 1) (¯d¦b¤@³B)«×¹L

1304 diatribo {dee-at-ree'-bo} from 1223 and the base of 5147;; v AV - abide 5, tarry 2, continue 2, be 1; 10 1) to rub between, rub hard 2) to wear away, consume 3) to spend, pass time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1305 diatrophe {dee-at-rof-ay'} ·½¦Û1223 »P 5142ªº½Æ¦X«¬; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - food 1; 1 1) ­¹ª« (#´£«e 6:8|)

1305 diatrophe {dee-at-rof-ay'} from a compound of 1223 and 5142;; n f AV - food 1; 1 1) sustenance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1306 diaugazo {dee-ow-gad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 ©M 826; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - dawn 1; 1 1) «G¥ú¬ï³z, ¤Ñ­è½ø 1a) ¯}¾å

1306 diaugazo {dee-ow-gad'-zo} from 1223 and 826;; v AV - dawn 1; 1 1) to shine through, to dawn 1a) of daylight breaking through the darkness of night
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1307 diaphanes {dee-af-an-ace'} ·½¦Û1223 and 5316; §Î®eµü AV - transparent 1; 1 1) ³z©úªº (#±Ò 21:21|)

1307 diaphanes {dee-af-an-ace'} from 1223 and 5316;; adj AV - transparent 1; 1 1) transparent, translucent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1308 diaphero {dee-af-er'-o} ·½¦Û1223 »P 5342; TDNT - 9:62,1252 AV - be better 3, be of more value 2, differ from 2, should carry 1, publish 1, drive up and down 1, misc 3; 13 1) ±aµÛ¸g¹L (¬Y¦a©Î«Ø¿vª«) (#¥i 11:16; ®{ 13:49|) 2) ±aµÛ¨Ó¨Ó¥h¥h (#®{ 27:27|) 3) ¬Û²§,¤£¦P (#ªL«e 15:41; ¥[ 2:6, 4:1|) 4) Àu©ó, ³Ó©ó

1308 diaphero {dee-af-er'-o} from 1223 and 5342; TDNT - 9:62,1252 AV - be better 3, be of more value 2, differ from 2, should carry 1, publish 1, drive up and down 1, misc 3; 13 1) to bear or carry through any place 2) to carry different ways 2a) to carry in different directions, to different places 2a1) of people who are carried hither and thither in a ship, driven to and fro 2b) to differ, to test, prove, the good things that differ, 2b1) to distinguish between good and evil, lawful and unlawful, to approve of things that excel, to differ from one 2b2) to excel, surpass one 2c) impersonally, it makes a difference, it matters, is of importance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1309 diapheugo {dee-af-yoo'-go} ·½¦Û1223 »P 5343; °Êµü AV - escape 1; 1 1) °k²æ (#®{ 27:42|)

1309 diapheugo {dee-af-yoo'-go} from 1223 and 5343;; v AV - escape 1; 1 1) to flee through danger, to escape
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1310 diaphemizo {dee-af-ay-mid'-zo} °Êµü AV - spread abroad (one's) fame 1, be commonly reported 1, blaze abroad 1; 3 1) ¶Ç¹M, §iª¾

1310 diaphemizo {dee-af-ay-mid'-zo} from 1223 and a derivative of 5345;; v AV - spread abroad (one's) fame 1, be commonly reported 1, blaze abroad 1; 3 1) to spread abroad, blaze abroad 2) to spread abroad his fame or renown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1311 diaphtheiro {dee-af-thi'-ro} ·½¦Û 1225 »P 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; °Êµü AV - destroy 3, corrupt 2, perish 1; 6 1) ·´Ãa, ±ÑÃa 2) ¯}Ãa, »G¤Æ

1311 diaphtheiro {dee-af-thi'-ro} from 1225 and 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; v AV - destroy 3, corrupt 2, perish 1; 6 1) to change for the worse, to corrupt 1a) of minds, morals 2) to destroy, ruin 2a) to consume 2a1) of bodily vigour and strength 2a2) of the worm or moth that eats provisions, clothing, etc. 2b) to destroy, to kill
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1312 diaphthora {dee-af-thor-ah'} ·½¦Û1311; TDNT - 9:93,1259; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - corruption 6; 6 1) »G±Ñ, ·´Ãa

1312 diaphthora {dee-af-thor-ah'} from 1311; TDNT - 9:93,1259; n f AV - corruption 6; 6 1) corruption, destruction 2) in the NT that destruction which is effected by the decay of the body after death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1313 diaphoros {dee-af'-or-os} ·½©ó 1308; TDNT - 9:62,1259; §Î®eµü AV - more excellent 2, differing 1, divers 1; 4 1) ¤£¦Pªº, ¤£¦PºØÃþªº 2) ¨ô¶Vªº, ¶W¶V

1313 diaphoros {dee-af'-or-os} from 1308; TDNT - 9:62,1259; adj AV - more excellent 2, differing 1, divers 1; 4 1) different, varying in kind 2) excellent, surpassing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1314 diaphulasso {dee-af-oo-las'-so} ·½¦Û 1223 »P 5442; °Êµü AV - keep 1; 1 1) ¬Ý¦u, «OÅ@ (#¸ô 4:10|)

1314 diaphulasso {dee-af-oo-las'-so} from 1223 and 5442;; v AV - keep 1; 1 1) to guard carefully 1a) the LXX used this esp. of God's providential care
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1315 diacheirizomai {dee-akh-i-rid'-zom-ahee} °Êµü AV - slay 1, kill 1; 2 1) ¬I¼É, ¿Ñ±þ, ±þ®` (#®{ 5:30, 26:21|)

1315 diacheirizomai {dee-akh-i-rid'-zom-ahee} from 1223 and a derivative of 5495;; v AV - slay 1, kill 1; 2 1) to move by the use of the hands, take in hand, manage, administer, govern 2) to lay hands on, slay, kill [with one's own hand]
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1316 diachorizomai {dee-akh-o-rid'-zom-ahee} °Êµü AV - de¤Àµü1; 1 1) ¤À¶} (#¸ô 9:33|)

1316 diachorizomai {dee-akh-o-rid'-zom-ahee} from 1223 and the middle voice of 5563;; v AV - depart 1; 1 1) to separate thoroughly or wholly 2) to separate one's self, depart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1317 didaktikos {did-ak-tik-os'} ·½¦Û 1318; TDNT - 2:165,161; §Î®eµü AV - apt to teach 2; 2 1) µ½©ó±Ð¾Éªº (#´£«e 3:2; ´£«á 2:24|)

1317 didaktikos {did-ak-tik-os'} from 1318; TDNT - 2:165,161; adj AV - apt to teach 2; 2 1) apt and skilful in teaching
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1318 didaktos {did-ak-tos'} ·½¦Û 1321; TDNT - 2:165,161; §Î®eµü AV - which (one) teacheth 2, taught 1; 3 1) ¯à³Q«ü±Ðªº 2) ±Ð¾Éªº, ¬Y¤H§h©Jªº 3) ±Ð°V, °V»£ (#¬ù 6:45; ªL«e 2:13|)

1318 didaktos {did-ak-tos'} from 1321; TDNT - 2:165,161; adj AV - which (one) teacheth 2, taught 1; 3 1) that can be taught 2) taught, instructed by one 3) teachings, precepts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1319 didaskalia {did-as-kal-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 1320; TDNT - 2:160,161; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - doctrine 19, teaching 1, learning 1; 21 1) Á¿±Â, ±Ð¾Ç 2) ±Ð¾É 2a) ³Q±Ð±Âªº¹D²z, ±Ð¸q 2b) ±Ð»£, °V»|

1319 didaskalia {did-as-kal-ee'-ah} from 1320; TDNT - 2:160,161; n f AV - doctrine 19, teaching 1, learning 1; 21 1) teaching, instruction 2) teaching 2a) that which is taught, doctrine 2b) teachings, precepts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1320 didaskalos {did-as'-kal-os} ·½©ó 1321; TDNT - 2:148,161;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58 1) ±Ð®v 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«ü±Ð¾É¦³Ãö¯«ªº¨Æ¤Î¤Hªº³d¥ôªº¤H 1a) ¾A¥ô©ó(©Î¦Û»{¾A©ó)±Ð¾Éªº¨Æªº¤H 1b) ±Ð¾ÉµS¤Ó©v±Ðªº¤H 1c) «ü¤j¦³±Ð¾É¯à¤O¦Ó¨Ï¤HÄ@»E¨ÓÅ¥¹Dªº¤H, ¥ç§Y¦p ¬I¬~¬ù¿«, ­C¿qµ¥ 1d) ­C¿q¯S§O¥Î¨Ó«ü¨ä¦Û¤v, ¬O¦V¤HÅã©ú±Ï®¦¤§¸ôªº¨º¤@¦ì 1e) «ü²³¨Ï®{¤Î«Où 1f) «ü«H©^°ò·þ¸sÅ餤, Âǵ۸tÆFªºÀ°Ày¦Ó¾á­t±Ð¾É¤u§@ªº¤H 1g) «ü¦b°ò·þ®{¤¤ªº°²±Ð®v

1320 didaskalos {did-as'-kal-os} from 1321; TDNT - 2:148,161; n m AV - Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58 1) a teacher 2) in the NT one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the duties of man 1a) one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so 1b) the teachers of the Jewish religion 1c) of those who by their great power as teachers draw crowds around them i.e. John the Baptist, Jesus 1d) by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as one who showed men the way of salvation 1e) of the apostles, and of Paul 1f) of those who in the religious assemblies of the Christians, undertook the work of teaching, with the special assistance of the Holy Spirit 1g) of false teachers among Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1321 didasko {did-as'-ko} ¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü dao (¾Ç²ß) ªºÂX±i«¬(ªí¥Ü°_¦]ªº);TDNT - 2:135,161; °Êµü AV - teach 93, taught + 2258 4; 97 1) ±Ð¾É 1a) ¥H¹ï¤Hºt»¡½×­z¨Ó±Ð¾É¥L­Ìªº¤H, °V»£ 1b) ¦¨¬°±Ð¾É¤Hªº 1c) ¼i¦æ±Ð®vªºÂ¾¤À, ªí²{±Ð®vªº¦æ¬° 2) ±Ð¾É¬Y¤H 2a) µ¹»P«ü¾É 2b) Äé¿é¹D²z±Ð¸qµ¹¬Y¤H 2c) ³Q±Ð¾É©Î§h©Jªº¨Æ 2d) ¸ÑÄÀ»¡©ú¤@¥ó¨Æ 2f) ±Ð¾É¬Y¤H¬Y¨Æ

1321 didasko {did-as'-ko} a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb dao (to learn); TDNT - 2:135,161; v AV - teach 93, taught + 2258 4; 97 1) to teach 1a) to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them, deliver didactic discourses 1b) to be a teacher 1c) to discharge the office of a teacher, conduct one's self as a teacher 2) to teach one 2a) to impart instruction 2b) instill doctrine into one 2c) the thing taught or enjoined 2d) to explain or expound a thing 2f) to teach one something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1322 didache {did-akh-ay'} ·½©ó 1321; TDNT - 2:163,161; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - doctrine 29, has been taught 1; 30 1) ±Ð°V±Ð¸q 1a) ±Ð¾Éªº¤º®e 1b) ¦³Ãö©ó¬Y¨Ç¨Æªº±Ð¸q, ±Ð°V 2) ±Ð±Âªº¬¡°Ê, «ü¾É 2a) «ü¦b°ò·þ±Ð¸sÅ餤, ¥H±Ð¾Éªº¤è¦¡«ÅÁ¿, ¥H§O©ó¨ä¥¦ªº¤½¶}µo¨¥ªº«¬¦¡

1322 didache {did-akh-ay'} from 1321; TDNT - 2:163,161; n f AV - doctrine 29, has been taught 1; 30 1) teaching 1a) that which is taught 1b) doctrine, teaching, concerning something 2) the act of teaching, instruction 2a) in religious assemblies of the Christians, to speak in the way of teaching, in distinction from other modes of speaking in public
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1323 didrachmon {did'-rakh-mon} ·½¦Û 1364 and 1406;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - tribute 1, tribute money 1; 2 1) ¥j§ÆÃ¾»È¹ô, ¤@­Ó»È¹ôµ¥©óÂù­¿¼w©Ô§J°¨, ¶®¨å¤Hªº¥j§ÆÃ¾»È¹ô(¼w©Ô§J°¨)µ¥©ó¤@­Ó¨È¾ú¤s¤j¿ú¹ô, ©Î¥b­ÓªÙ«È°Ç (#¤Ó 17:24|)

1323 didrachmon {did'-rakh-mon} from 1364 and 1406;; n n AV - tribute 1, tribute money 1; 2 1) a didrachmon or double drachma, a silver coin equal to two Attic drachmas or one Alexandrian, or one half a shekel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1324 Didumos {did'-oo-mos} ÂX®i«¬,·½¦Û 1364;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Didymus 3; 3 §C¤g°¨ = "¹ï§é©Î¤@¹ï" 1) ¨Ï®{¦h°¨ªº§O¸¹

1324 Didumos {did'-oo-mos} prolongation from 1364;; n pr m AV - Didymus 3; 3 Didymus = "two fold or twain" 1) a surname for the apostle Thomas
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1325 didomi {did'-o-mee} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü(¦b¤j³¡¤Àªº®ÉºA¤¤¥Î§@¬°altern.)ªºÂX±i«¬; TDNT - 2:166,166; °Êµü AV - give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413 1) µ¹ 2) ±N¬Yª«µ¹»P¬Y¤H 2a) ¬°¤F¬Y¤H¦n, ¦Ó¥D°Êµ¹¥L¬YªF¦è 2a1) ÃØ»P§ª« 2b) ¤¹³\, ­ã¤¹­n¨D, ¤¹¨ä¾Ö¦³ 2c) ¨ÑÀ³, ¨Ñµ¹ ©Ò¥²»Ýªº¨Æª« 2d) ¥æ¥I, »¼°e 2d1) ¹ï¥~±µÄ², ÂX®i, §e²{ 2d2) «ü¤å¥ó 2d3) µ¹¬Y¤HÃöÃh, «H¥ô, ©Ó¿Õ 2d3a) «ü¦³»Ý­nºÞ²zªº¨Æ±¡ 2d3b) ±NÄÝÆF¤Wªº¨ÆÅã©ó¬Y¤Hª¾¹D 2e) ¦]®É¶¡¨ì©Î¦³¸q°È¦Óµ¹»P, Àv¥IÁ~¸ê©Î¼úÀv 2f) ¨Ñµ¹, ©Ó¨ü 3) ¥æµ¹ 3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one's self (?) 3a1) to give, hand out lots (?) 3b) «ü¬£¤@­Ó¾¦ì 3c) ¨Ï¨ä¥æ¥X¨Ó, Ä´¦p, ®ü, ¦º¤`, ©M³±¶¡³£¥æ¥X³Q¨ä©Ò§]¦Y©Î±µ¦¬¦º¤H 3c) ±N¬Y¨Æ¬Yª«ÃØ»P¬Y¤H¦Ó¦¨¬°¨ä©Ò¦³ªº 3c1) ¦p¹ï¨äªº¬@±Ï 3c2) ±N¬Y¤H¥æ¥I¬Y¤H¤§±a»â©MºÞ²z 3c3) ¬°¤F¬Y¤H¦n¦Ó±N¨ä¥æ¥I¬Y¤H 3c4) ±N¬Y¤H¥æÁÙ¨ä©ÒÄݪº¥D¤H 4) §å­ã©Î­ã¤¹ 4a) «ü¾°ÈªºÅv­­ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5836

1325 didomi {did'-o-mee} a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an altern. in most of the tenses); TDNT - 2:166,166; v AV - give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413 1) to give 2) to give something to someone 2a) of one's own accord to give one something, to his advantage 2a1) to bestow a gift 2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have 2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things 2d) to give over, deliver 2d1) to reach out, extend, present 2d2) of a writing 2d3) to give over to one's care, intrust, commit 2d3a) something to be administered 2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be religiously observed 2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward 2f) to furnish, endue 3) to give 3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one's self 3a1) to give, hand out lots 3b) to appoint to an office 3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them 3c) to give one to someone as his own 3c1) as an object of his saving care 3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master 3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests 3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return 4) to grant or permit one 4a) to commission For Synonyms see entry 5836
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1326 diegeiro {dee-eg-i'-ro} ·½¦Û 1223 and 1453;; °Êµü AV - awake 2, arise 2, stir up 2, raise 1; 7 1) ¿ô¨Ó, µd¿ô, ı¿ô, ±qºÎ¯v¤¤Ä±¿ô 1a) «ü®ü®ö±È°_, ªiÀܬ¤´é 1b) Áô³ë. 1b1) ¨Ï¤ß´¼µd¿ô 1b2) ÅͰÊ, ¿Eµo, µo°Ê

1326 diegeiro {dee-eg-i'-ro} from 1223 and 1453;; v AV - awake 2, arise 2, stir up 2, raise 1; 7 1) to wake up, awaken, arouse (from sleep) 1a) of the sea, which begins to be agitated, to rise 1b) metaph. 1b1) to arouse the mind 1b2) stir up, render active
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1327 diexodos {dee-ex'-od-os} ·½¦Û 1223 and 1841; TDNT - 5:103,666; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - highway + 3598 + 3588 1; 1 1) ¥X¤f, ¥X«°ªº¸ô (#¤Ó 22:9|)

1327 diexodos {dee-ex'-od-os} from 1223 and 1841; TDNT - 5:103,666; n f AV - highway + 3598 + 3588 1; 1 1) a way out through, outlet, exit 1a) literally the ways through which ways go out 1b) the places before the city where the roads from the country terminate, therefore outlets of the country highways, also entrances into the city 1c) of boundaries of countries
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1328 diermeneutes {dee-er-main-yoo-tace'} ·½¦Û 1329; TDNT - 2:661,256;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - interpreter 1; 1 1) ¤fĶ­û

1328 diermeneutes {dee-er-main-yoo-tace'} from 1329; TDNT - 2:661,256; n m AV - interpreter 1; 1 1) an interpreter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1329 diermeneuo {dee-er-main-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 2059; TDNT - 2:661,256; °Êµü AV - interpret 4, by interpretation 1, expound 1; 6 1) º¥º¥ÅãÅS¥X©Ò»¡ªº¸Üªº·N¸q, ¸ÑÄÀ, ¸Ô²Ó»¡©ú 2) ½Ķ¦¨¤@­Ó¤H¥À»y

1329 diermeneuo {dee-er-main-yoo'-o} from 1223 and 2059; TDNT - 2:661,256; v AV - interpret 4, by interpretation 1, expound 1; 6 1) to unfold the meaning of what is said, explain, expound 2) to translate into one's native language
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1330 dierchomai {dee-er'-khom-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; °Êµü AV - pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43 1) ¸g¾ú, ¸g¹L 1a) ¦æ¹L, ¨«¹L¤@­Ó®È³~, ¸g¹L¤@­Ó¦a¤è 1b) ¦æ¹L¬ï¶V¬Y¦aªº¸ô³~, ¨«¹L, ¸g¹L, ¦æ¸g¬Y­Ó°Ï°ì 2) ¨ì¤£¦Pªº¦a¤è¥h 2a) «ü¤H, ¨ì°ê¥~©Î¥~¦a¥h 2b) «ü«H®§©Î³ø¾É, ´²¼½, ¥|³B¶Ç¶}

1330 dierchomai {dee-er'-khom-ahee} from 1223 and 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; v AV - pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43 1) to go through, pass through 1a) to go, walk, journey, pass through a place 1b) to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass, travel through a region 2) to go different places 2a) of people, to go abroad 2b) of a report, to spread, go abroad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1331 dierotao {dee-er-o-tah'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 2065;; °Êµü AV - make enquiry for 1; 1 1) ¸g¥Ñ¥´Å¥, 1a) ¸ß°Ý¦h¦¸, ¤@¦¸¤S¤@¦¸ 1b) ¸ß³X¦Ó§ä¨ì, ¬d¸ß (#®{ 10:17|)

1331 dierotao {dee-er-o-tah'-o} from 1223 and 2065;; v AV - make enquiry for 1; 1 1) to ask through 1a) ask many, one after another 1b) to find out by asking, enquire out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1332 dietes {dee-et-ace'} ·½¦Û 1364 and 2094;; §Î®eµü AV - two years old 1; 1 1) ¨â·³¤j (#¤Ó 2:16|)

1332 dietes {dee-et-ace'} from 1364 and 2094;; adj AV - two years old 1; 1 1) of two years, two years old
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1333 dietia {dee-et-ee'-a} ·½¦Û 1332;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - two years 2; 2 1) ¨â¦~ªº®É¶¡

1333 dietia {dee-et-ee'-a} from 1332;; n f AV - two years 2; 2 1) the space of two years
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1334 diegeomai {dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 2233;; °Êµü AV - tell 4, declare 3, show 1; 8 1) ±N¤@¨Æ­«ÀY¨ì§À¶D»¡¥X¨Ó 2) ¥Î¤å¦rªí¹F, ±Ô­z, ¸Ô­z, ´y­z

1334 diegeomai {dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee} from 1223 and 2233;; v AV - tell 4, declare 3, show 1; 8 1) to lead or carry a narration through to the end 2) set forth, recount, relate in full, describe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1335 diegesis {dee-ayg'-es-is} from 1334; TDNT - 2:909,303; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - declaration 1; 1 1)±Ô­z¤å , ¬G¨Æ

1335 diegesis {dee-ayg'-es-is} from 1334; TDNT - 2:909,303; n f AV - declaration 1; 1 1) a narration, narrative
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1336 dienekes {dee-ay-nek-es'} ¥Ñ1223 ©M ­l¥Í©ó 5342 ªº¥t¤@«¬ªº¦r©Ò¦X¦¨ªº¤¤©Ê¦r;; §Î®eµü AV - continually + 1519 2, for ever + 1519 2; 4 1) «ùÄò¤£Â_ªº, ³sÄòªº

1336 dienekes {dee-ay-nek-es'} neuter of a compound of 1223 and a derivative of an alternate of 5342;; adj AV - continually + 1519 2, for ever + 1519 2; 4 1) continuously, continuous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1337 dithalassos {dee-thal'-as-sos} ·½¦Û 1364 »P 2281;; §Î®eµü AV - where two seas meet 1; 1 1) ¨â¤ô¤¤¶¡ªº (#®{ 27:41)

1337 dithalassos {dee-thal'-as-sos} from 1364 and 2281;; adj AV - where two seas meet 1; 1 1) resembling or forming two seas: thus of the Euxine Sea 2) lying between two seas, i.e. washed on both sides by the sea 2a) an isthmus or tongue of land, the extremity of which is covered by the waves 2b) a projecting reef or bar against which the waves dash on both sides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1338 diikneomai {dee-ik-neh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 2425 ªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - pierce 1; 1 1) ¬ï¶V, ¬ï³z, ¨ë¬ï

1338 diikneomai {dee-ik-neh'-om-ahee} from 1223 and the base of 2425;; v AV - pierce 1; 1 1) to go through, penetrate, pierce
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1339 dii¦r·Fi {dee-is'-tay-mee} ·½¦Û 1223 ©M 2476;; °Êµü AV - the space of ... after 1, go further 1, be parted 1; 3 1) ¤À§O©ñ¸m, ¤ÀÂ÷©ñ¸m, ¤À¶} 2) ¤À¶}¯¸¥ß, ¤À¤â, ±Òµ{

1339 diistemi {dee-is'-tay-mee} from 1223 and 2476;; v AV - the space of ... after 1, go further 1, be parted 1; 3 1) to place separately, put asunder, disjoin 2) to stand apart, to part, depart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1340 diischurizomai {dee-is-khoo-rid'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1223 and a derivative of 2478;; °Êµü AV - confidently affirm 1, constantly affirm 1; 2 1) ­Ê¿à 2) °í¨M«ù©w, Â_¨¥ (#¸ô 22:59; ®{ 22:15|)

1340 diischurizomai {dee-is-khoo-rid'-zom-ahee} from 1223 and a derivative of 2478;; v AV - confidently affirm 1, constantly affirm 1; 2 1) to lean upon 2) to affirm stoutly, assert confidently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1341 dikaiokrisia {dik-ah-yok-ris-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 1342 »P 2920; TDNT - 2:224,168; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - righteous judgment 1; 1 1) ¤½¸q¤½¥¿ªº¼f§P

1341 dikaiokrisia {dik-ah-yok-ris-ee'-ah} from 1342 and 2920; TDNT - 2:224,168; n f AV - righteous judgment 1; 1 1) righteous judgment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1342 dikaios {dik'-ah-yos} ·½©ó 1349; TDNT - 2:182,168; §Î®eµü AV - righteous 41, just 33, right 5, meet 2; 81 1) ¤½¸qªº, ¿í¦æ¯«ªº«ßªkªº 1a) ¦b¼s¸q¤W¦Ó¨¥, «ü¥¿ª½ªº, ¤½¸qªº, ¦³«~¼wªº, ´L¦u¯«ªº©R¥Oªº 1a1) «ü¥H¦Û¤v¬°¤½¸qªº, ¹ï¦Û¤vªº¤½¸q©M¹D¼w¤Þ¥H¬°¶Æªº, ¤£½×¨ä¬O¦W²Å¨ä¹êªº©Î¥u¬O¦Û¥H¬°¬Oªº 1a2) ²M¥Õªº, µL¹L¥Çªº, ¨S¦³¸oªº 1a3) ¥Î¥H«ü¨º¦b«ä·Q, ·P±¡, ©M¦æ¬°¤W³£§¹¥þ¶¶±q¯«ªº¦®·Nªº¤H, ¦]¦Ó¦b¥Lªº¤ß«ä©M¥Í©R ¤W³£¬O¤w¸g§¹¥þªº 1a3a) ¾A·í¦a»¡, ¥u«ü°ò·þ¦Ó¨¥ 1a4) ³Q¯«©Ò³ß®®©Î±µ¯Çªº 1b) ¦b¯U¸q¤W¦Ó¨¥, «ü¹F¨ì¦Û¤vªº¨C­Ó¸q°È³d¥ô, ¦Ó¥B¦b¼f§Pªº¦a¦ì¤W, ¤]¹ï¥L¤H¬I¦æ¼f§PªÌ, ¤£½×¬O¥H¨¥µüªí¹F¥X¨Ó©Î¥H¦æ°Ê¹ï¥I¥L¤H

1342 dikaios {dik'-ah-yos} from 1349; TDNT - 2:182,168; adj AV - righteous 41, just 33, right 5, meet 2; 81 1) righteous, observing divine laws 1a) in a wide sense, upright, righteous, virtuous, keeping the commands of God 1a1) of those who seem to themselves to be righteous, who pride themselves to be righteous, who pride themselves in their virtues, whether real or imagined 1a2) innocent, faultless, guiltless 1a3) used of him whose way of thinking, feeling, and acting is wholly conformed to the will of God, and who therefore needs no rectification in the heart or life 1a3a) only Christ truly 1a4) approved of or acceptable of God 1b) in a narrower sense, rendering to each his due and that in a judicial sense, passing just judgment on others, whether expressed in words or shown by the manner of dealing with them
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1343 dikaiosune {dik-ah-yos-oo'-nay} ·½©ó 1342; TDNT - 2:192,168; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - righteousness 92; 92 1) ¼s¸q¤W, «ü¤@­Ó¤H¦æ¨ä·í¦æ¤§¨Æ, ¤½¸q, ¦X¯«ªº¼Ð·Ç 1a) ¤H©Ò§@©Ò¬°¦b±Ð¸q¤W¦X¥G¯«ªº¤ß·N 1b) ¥¿ª½, ¬ü¼w, ¸t¼ä, ¥¿½T, ¥¿½Tªº«ä±©¤Î¦æ¬° 2) ¯U¸q¤W, ¤½¸q©ÎÀ³¦æªº¹D¼w

1343 dikaiosune {dik-ah-yos-oo'-nay} from 1342; TDNT - 2:192,168; n f AV - righteousness 92; 92 1) in a broad sense: state of him who is as he ought to be, righteousness, the condition acceptable to God 1a) the doctrine concerning the way in which man may attain a state approved of God 1b) integrity, virtue, purity of life, rightness, correctness of thinking feeling, and acting 2) in a narrower sense, justice or the virtue which gives each his due
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1344 dikaioo {dik-ah-yo'-o} ·½¦Û1342; TDNT - 2:211,168; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- justify 37, be freed 1, be righteous 1, justifier 1; 40 1) ¨Ï±o¦¨¬°¸q©Î¨Ï±o¥LÀ³·í¦p¦¹ 2) ªí©ú¡A´£¥X¡Aµý©ú¤@­Ó¤H¡F¹³¥L¤@¼Ë¡A¬O¸qªº¡F¨Ã¥B´Á±æ¥L¦Û¤v¬O³Qµø¬°¦p¦¹ 3) «ÅºÙ, ªí©ú, ¤@­Ó¤H¬O¤½¥­ªº, ¥¿¸qªº, ©Î¬O¥L¬OÀ³·í¦p¦¹ªº

1344 dikaioo {dik-ah-yo'-o} from 1342; TDNT - 2:211,168; v AV - justify 37, be freed 1, be righteous 1, justifier 1; 40 1) to render righteous or such he ought to be 2) to show, exhibit, evince, one to be righteous, such as he is and wishes himself to be considered 3) to declare, pronounce, one to be just, righteous, or such as he ought to be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1345 dikaioma {dik-ah'-yo-mah} ·½©ó 1344; TDNT - 2:219,168; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - righteousness 4, ordinance 3, judgment 2, justification 1; 10 1) «ü¨º¨Ç³Q»{¬°¬O¹ïªº¦Ó¨ã¦³Ãþ¦üªk«ß®Ä¤Oªº¨Æ 1a) ¨Ìªk«ß¦Ó¨î©w«Ø¥ß°_ªº¨Æ, °V¥O, ±ø¨Ò, ªk³W, »ö¦¡ 1b) ªk©xªº§P¨M, ¦D»@ 1b1) «ü¯«ªº§P©w 1b1a) ¦³§Qªº§P¨M, ³Q¯«©Ò«Å§iµL¸o¥B±µ¨üªº¤H 1b1b) ¤£§Qªº§P¨M: ©w¸oªº§P¨M 2) ¤½¸qªº¦æ°Ê©Î¦æ¬°

1345 dikaioma {dik-ah'-yo-mah} from 1344; TDNT - 2:219,168; n n AV - righteousness 4, ordinance 3, judgment 2, justification 1; 10 1) that which has been deemed right so as to have force of law 1a) what has been established, and ordained by law, an ordinance 1b) a judicial decision, sentence 1b1) of God 1b1a) either the favourable judgment by which he acquits man and declares them acceptable to Him 1b1b) unfavourable: sentence of condemnation 2) a righteous act or deed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1346 dikaios {dik-ah'-yoce} ·½©ó 1342;; °Æµü AV - justly 2, righteously 2, to righteousness 1; 5 1) À³¸Ó¦a, ¦X²z¦X©y¦a 2) ¾A¤Á¦a, ¥¿½T¦a 3) ¤½¸q¥¿ª½¦a, ¦X©ó¥¿ª½²M·Gªº«ß¨Òªº

1346 dikaios {dik-ah'-yoce} from 1342;; adv AV - justly 2, righteously 2, to righteousness 1; 5 1) just, agreeably to right 2) properly, as is right 3) uprightly, agreeable to the law of rectitude
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1347 dikaiosis {dik-ah'-yo-sis} ·½¦Û 1344; TDNT - 2:223,168; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - justification 2; 2 1) ¯«Án©ú¬Y¤HµL¸o, ¨Ã±µ¯Ç¬Y¤H 2) µo»}©ñ±ó«H¥õ¡BÅv§Q, ÄÀ¸o (#ù 4:25; ù 5:18|)

1347 dikaiosis {dik-ah'-yo-sis} from 1344; TDNT - 2:223,168; n f AV - justification 2; 2 1) the act of God declaring men free from guilt and acceptable to him 2) abjuring to be righteous, justification
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1348 dikastes {dik-as-tace'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1349;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - judge 3; 3 1) ¼f§P©x, ½Õ°±ªÌ, ¥òµôªÌ (#¸ô 12:14; ®{ 7:27, 7:35|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5838

1348 dikastes {dik-as-tace'} from a derivative of 1349;; n m AV - judge 3; 3 1) a judge, arbitrator, umpire For Synonyms see entry 5838
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1349 dike {dee'-kay} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1166; TDNT - 2:178,168; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vengeance 2, judgment 1, punish + 5099 1; 4 1) ºD¨Ò, ²ß«U 2) ¤½²z, ¤½¸q 3) ¦X©óªkªº 4) ¥qªkÅ¥ÃÒ, ªk«ß§P¨M, ¤×¨ä«ü¹ï¦D»@ªº§P©w 5) °õ¦æ¦D»@, Ãg»@¸o¦æ 5a) ¬I¥[Ãg³B 6) ¤k¯«Justice, ¤½¸qªº´_¤³ (´_¤³¤k¯«?)

1349 dike {dee'-kay} probably from 1166; TDNT - 2:178,168; n f AV - vengeance 2, judgment 1, punish + 5099 1; 4 1) custom, usage 2) right, just 3) a suit at law 4) a judicial hearing, judicial decision, esp. sentence of condemnation 5) execution of a sentence, punishment 5a) to suffer punishment 6) the goddess Justice, avenging justice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1350 diktuon {dik'-too-on} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¥D­n°Êµü diko (to cast);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - net 12; 12 1) ºô ¬° 5808 ªº¦P¸qµü

1350 diktuon {dik'-too-on} probably from a primary verb diko (to cast);; n n AV - net 12; 12 1) a net For Synonyms see entry 5808
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1351 dilogos {dil'-og-os} ·½¦Û 1364 and 3056;; °Êµü AV - doubletongued 1; 1 1) ­«½Æ»¡©ú, ¤ÏÂд`Àôªº 2) ÄǦުº, ¦h¨¥¦h»yªº, ¬°»¡ªA´Û«¡¤H¦Ó¶Ç¦Õ (#´£«e 3:8|)

1351 dilogos {dil'-og-os} from 1364 and 3056;; v AV - doubletongued 1; 1 1) saying the same thing twice, repeating 2) double tongued, double in speech, saying one thing with one person another with another (with the intent to deceive)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1352 dio {dee-o'} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3739;; ³s±µµü AV - wherefore 41, therefore 10, for which cause 2; 53 1) ¦]¦Ó, ¦]¬°

1352 dio {dee-o'} from 1223 and 3739;; conj AV - wherefore 41, therefore 10, for which cause 2; 53 1) wherefore, on account off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1353 diodeuo {dee-od-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1223 and 3593;; °Êµü AV - go throughout 1, ³Q°Êthrough 1; 2 1) ¸ô¹L©Î®È¦æ¸g¹L 2) ©P¹C¦C°ê, ¨ì³B¨«°Ê (#¸ô 8:1; ®{ 17:1|)

1353 diodeuo {dee-od-yoo'-o} from 1223 and 3593;; v AV - go throughout 1, pass through 1; 2 1) to pass or travel through 2) to travel here and there, go about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1354 Dionusios {dee-on-oo'-see-os} ·½¦Û Dionusos (Bacchus);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Dionysius 1; 1 ¥á¥§­×= "©^Ämµ¹°s¯«" 1) ¶®¨å¤H, ¨È²¤¤Ú¥jªº¦¨­û, ³Q«Où·P¤ÆÂà«H°ò·þ (#®{ 11:34|)

1354 Dionusios {dee-on-oo'-see-os} from Dionusos (Bacchus);; n pr m AV - Dionysius 1; 1 Dionysius = "devoted to Bacchus" 1) an Athenian, a member of the Areopagus, converted to Christianity by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1355 dioper {dee-op'-er} ·½¦Û 1352 »P 4007; ³s±µµü ´Ü©w¥» - wherefore 3; 3 1) ©Ò¥H

1355 dioper {dee-op'-er} from 1352 and 4007;; conj AV - wherefore 3; 3 1) on which very account
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1356 diopetes {dee-op-et'-ace} ·½¦Û the alternate of 2203 and the alternate of 4098;; §Î®eµü AV - which fell down from Jupiter 1; 1 1) ±q©z´µ¼Z¸¨, ¥ç§Y±q¤Ñ°ó 2) ¥H¥±©Ò¨È©³¦Ìªº¹³, ±À´ú¬O±q¤Ñ°ó¼Z¸¨¤U¨Óªº (#®{ 19:35|)

1356 diopetes {dee-op-et'-ace} from the alternate of 2203 and the alternate of 4098;; adj AV - which fell down from Jupiter 1; 1 1) fallen from Zeus, i.e. from heaven 2) an image of the Ephesian Artemis which was supposed to have fallen from heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1357 diorthosis {dee-or'-tho-sis} ·½©ó 1223 ©M¤@ 3717 ªº­l¥Í¦rªº½Æ¦X, ·N¬° ¹ý©³¦a¾ã¹y; TDNT - 5:450,727; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - reformation 1; 1 1) ¦bª«½è§ÎÅé¤W¦Ó¨¥, ¨Ï³Q§Ëª½, ¨Ï°¾®t¥¢¥h±`³Wªº¦^´_¨ì¨ä­ì¦³ªº¦ÛµM¥¿±`ª¬ºA, ¤ñ¦p§éÂ_©Î·î§ÎªºªºªK·F 2) ±Ä¨ú¦æ°Ê½T¥ß¨î«×, ­«¾ã, ¾ã¹y

1357 diorthosis {dee-or'-tho-sis} from a compound of 1223 and a derivative of 3717, meaning to straighten thoroughly; TDNT - 5:450,727; n f AV - reformation 1; 1 1) in a physical sense, a making straight, restoring to its natural and normal condition something which in some way protrudes or has got out of line, as broken or misshapen limbs 2) of acts and institutions, reformation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1358 diorusso {dee-or-oos'-so} ·½¦Û 1223 ©M 3736;; °Êµü AV - break through 2, be broken up 1, be broken through 1; 4 1) «õ¬ï: ¤@¶¡©Ð¤l

1358 diorusso {dee-or-oos'-so} from 1223 and 3736;; v AV - break through 2, be broken up 1, be broken through 1; 4 1) to dig through: a house
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1359 Dioskouroi {dee-os'-koo-roy} ·½¦Û the alternate of 2203 and ...¤§¤@«¬ the base of 2877;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Castor and Pollux 1; 1 1) Castor and Pollux(Âù¤l®y£\©M£]¬P), ¥á´µ(Jupiter)ªº¨â­Ó«Ä¤l; ¬°©z´µ(Jupiter)»P²ú¹F(Leda) ©Ò¥ÍªºÅr¥Í¤§¤l, ³Q¯è®ü®a»{¬°¦uÅ@¤§¯« (#®{ 28:11|)

1359 Dioskouroi {dee-os'-koo-roy} from the alternate of 2203 and a form of the base of 2877;; n pr m AV - Castor and Pollux 1; 1 1) Castor and Pollux, were the twin sons of Jupiter and Leda, and were regarded as the tutelary divinities of sailors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1360 dioti {dee-ot'-ee} ·½©ó 1223 ©M 3754;; ³s±µµü AV - because 10, for 8, because that 3, therefore 1; 22 1) ¦]³o­Óªº½t¬G, ¦]¬° 2) ¬°¤F

1360 dioti {dee-ot'-ee} from 1223 and 3754;; conj AV - because 10, for 8, because that 3, therefore 1; 22 1) on this account that, because 2) for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1361 Diotrephes {dee-ot-ref-ace'} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Diotrephes 1; 1 ¥á¯SµÌ = "¦¶§È¯S¯«©Ò´þ¾iªº" 1) ¬ù¿«®Ñ«H´£¨ìªº¤@¦W¦n¬¯Ä£ªº«H®{ (# ¬ù°Ñ1:9|)

1361 Diotrephes {dee-ot-ref-ace'} from the alternate of 2203 and 5142;; n pr m AV - Diotrephes 1; 1 Diotrephes = "nourished by Jove" 1) a proud arrogant Christian mentioned in 3 Jo. 9
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1362 diplous {dip-looce'} §Î®eµü AV - double 3, twofold more 1; 4 1) Âù­¿ªº

1362 diplous {dip-looce'} from 1364 and (probably) the base of 4119;; adj AV - double 3, twofold more 1; 4 1) twofold, double
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1363 diploo {dip-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 1362; °Êµü AV - double 1; 1 1) ¥[­¿ (#±Ò 18:6|)

1363 diploo {dip-lo'-o} from 1362;; v AV - double 1; 1 1) to double
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1364 dis {dece} ·½©ó 1417;; °Æµü AV - twice 4, again 2; 6 1) ¨â¦¸

1364 dis {dece} from 1417;; adv AV - twice 4, again 2; 6 1) twice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1365 distazo {dis-tad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1364;; °Êµü AV - doubt 2; 2 1) ºÃ´b, Â÷±ó (#¤Ó14:31;¤Ó28:17|)

1365 distazo {dis-tad'-zo} from 1364;; v AV - doubt 2; 2 1) to doubt, waiver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1366 distomos {dis'-tom-os} ·½©ó 1364 ©M 4750;; §Î®eµü AV - twoedged 2, with two edges 1; 3 1) ¦p¦³Âù­«ªe¤fªºªe¤t 1a) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¦³Âù¤M¾Wªº¤M¼C©M¨ä¥¦ªZ¾¹, §Y"¨â¤b"ªº·N«ä

1366 distomos {dis'-tom-os} from 1364 and 4750;; adj AV - twoedged 2, with two edges 1; 3 1) having a double mouth as a river 1a) used of the edge of the sword and of other weapons, so has the meaning of two-edged
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1367 dischilioi {dis-khil'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û 1364 and 5507;; §Î®eµü AV - two thousand 1; 1 1) ¤G¤d (#¥i 5:13|)

1367 dischilioi {dis-khil'-ee-oy} from 1364 and 5507;; adj AV - two thousand 1; 1 1) two thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1368 diulizo {dee-oo-lid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1223 »P hulizo {hoo-lid'-zo} (¹LÂo); °Êµü AV - strain at 1; 1 1) ¹LÂo (#¤Ó 23:24|)

1368 diulizo {dee-oo-lid'-zo} from 1223 and hulizo {hoo-lid'-zo} (to filter);; v AV - strain at 1; 1 1) to filter through, strain through, pour through a filter, strain out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1369 dichazo {dee-khad'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1364;; °Êµü AV - to set at variance 1; 1 1) ¤À³Î¦¨¨â³¡¤À, ¼A¦¨¼Æ¶ô, ¤ÁÂ_ (#¤Ó 10:35|)

1369 dichazo {dee-khad'-zo} from a derivative of 1364;; v AV - to set at variance 1; 1 1) to cut into two parts, cleave asunder, sever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1370 dichostasia {dee-khos-tas-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1364 and 4714; TDNT - 1:514,88; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - division 2, sedition 1; 3 1) ·N¨£¤£¦X, ª§§n, ¯Éª§ (#ù 16:17; ªL«e 3:3; ¥[ 5:20|)

1370 dichostasia {dee-khos-tas-ee'-ah} from a derivative of 1364 and 4714; TDNT - 1:514,88; n f AV - division 2, sedition 1; 3 1) dissension, division
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1371 dichotomeo {dee-khot-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of a derivative of 1364 and a derivative of temno (to cut); TDNT - 2:225,177; °Êµü AV - cut sunder 1, cut in asunder 1; 2 1) ¤À³Î¬°¤G 1a) ±N¤H¤@±Ù¬°¤G, ¨Ï¥Î¦bµS¤Ó¤H©Î¨ä¥L¤H¨­¤W·¥¤£¤H¹Dªº¦D»@ 2) Ã@À»¦Ó±Ù¶}, §N»ÅªºÃ@¥´ (#¤Ó 24:51; ¸ô 12:46|)

1371 dichotomeo {dee-khot-om-eh'-o} from a compound of a derivative of 1364 and a derivative of temno (to cut); TDNT - 2:225,177; v AV - cut sunder 1, cut in asunder 1; 2 1) to cut into two parts 1a) of the cruel method of punishment used by the Hebrews and others of cutting one in two 2) cut up by scourging, scourge severely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1372 dipsao {dip-sah'-o} TDNT - 2:226,177; °Êµü AV - thirst 10, be thirsty 3, be athirst 3; 16 1) ¤f´÷ 2) ´÷¨D

1372 dipsao {dip-sah'-o} from a variation of 1373; TDNT - 2:226,177; v AV - thirst 10, be thirsty 3, be athirst 3; 16 1) to suffer thirst, suffer from thirst 1a) figuratively, those who are said to thirst who painfully feel their want of, and eagerly long for, those things by which the soul is refreshed, supported, strengthened
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1373 dipsos {dip'-sos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:226,; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - thirst 1; 1 1) ´÷

1373 dipsos {dip'-sos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:226,; n n AV - thirst 1; 1 1) thirst
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1374 dipsuchos {dip'-soo-khos} ·½¦Û 1364 »P 5590; TDNT - 9:665,1342; §Î®eµü AV - double minded 2; 2 1) ÃhºÃ, µS¿Ýªº (#¶® 1:8, 4:8|)

1374 dipsuchos {dip'-soo-khos} from 1364 and 5590; TDNT - 9:665,1342; adj AV - double minded 2; 2 1) double minded 1a) wavering, uncertain, doubting 1b) divided in interest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1375 diogmos {dee-ogue-mos'} ·½¦Û 1377;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - persecution 10; 10 1) ­¢®`

1375 diogmos {dee-ogue-mos'} from 1377;; n m AV - persecution 10; 10 1) persecution
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1376 dioktes {dee-oke'-tace} ·½¦Û 1377; TDNT - 2:229, *;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - persecutor 1; 1 1) ­¢®`ªÌ (#´£«e 1:13|)

1376 dioktes {dee-oke'-tace} from 1377; TDNT - 2:229, *; n m AV - persecutor 1; 1 1) persecutor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1377 dioko {dee-o'-ko} ¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü dio (°k¶]; °Ñ¨£ 1169 ªº¦r·½©M 1249) ªºÂX±i«¬(ªí¥Ü­ì¦]); TDNT - 2:229,177; °Êµü AV - persecute 28, follow after 6, follow 4, suffer persecution 3, misc 3; 44 1) ¨Ï°k¶]¸úÁ×, ¨Ï¾E®{, ÅXÂ÷ 2) ¨³±¶ªº¦æ°Ê, ¥H°l®·¬Y¤H©Îª«, °l³v 2a) ºR«P, ±À¶i: ¶H¼x¤H¦bÄvÁɤ¤¨³³t¦æ°Ê¥H¨D¹F¨ì¥Ø¼Ð 2b) °l®· (Ãh¦³¼Ä·Nªº) 3) ¥ô¦ó§Î¦¡ªº§é¿i, ­W«Ý, À£­¢¬Y¤H 3a) ­¢®` 3b) ³Q­h«Ý, ¦]¬Y­ì¦]¦Ó¨ü­¢®` 4) ¤£Ãh¼Ä·Nªº, °lÀH, ¸òÀH¬Y¤H 5) Áô³ë., ­P¤O©ó, °l¨D 5a) ·¥¿n´M¨D, »{¯u¦a­n±o¨ì

1377 dioko {dee-o'-ko} a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb dio (to flee; cf the base of 1169 and 1249); TDNT - 2:229,177; v AV - persecute 28, follow after 6, follow 4, suffer persecution 3, misc 3; 44 1) to make to run or flee, put to flight, drive away 2) to run swiftly in order to catch a person or thing, to run after 2a) to press on: figuratively of one who in a race runs swiftly to reach the goal 2b) to pursue (in a hostile manner) 3) in any way whatever to harass, trouble, molest one 3a) to persecute 3b) to be mistreated, suffer persecution on account of something 4) without the idea of hostility, to run after, follow after: someone 5) metaph., to pursue 5a) to seek after eagerly, earnestly endeavour to acquire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1378 dogma {dog'-mah} ·½¦Û1380ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 2:230,178; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - decree 3, ordinance 2; 5 1) «Å­z»Ý­n¿í¦uªº³W±ø 1a) ¿Ù¥O, ¨M©w, ©R¥O 1b) (­«­nªº«Å§i) ¦®¥O (#¸ô 2:1; ®{ 17:7|)

1378 dogma {dog'-mah} from the base of 1380; TDNT - 2:230,178; n n AV - decree 3, ordinance 2; 5 1) doctrine, decree, ordinance 1a) of public decrees 1b) of the Roman Senate 1c) of rulers 2) the rules and requirements of the law of Moses; carrying a suggestion of severity and of threatened judgment 3) of certain decrees of the apostles relative to right living
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1379 dogmatizo {dog-mat-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1378; TDNT - 2:230,178; °Êµü AV - be subject to ordinances 1; 1 1) ¦u¸q°È (#¦è 2:20|)

1379 dogmatizo {dog-mat-id'-zo} from 1378; TDNT - 2:230,178; v AV - be subject to ordinances 1; 1 1) to decree, command, enjoin, lay down an ordinance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1380 dokeo {dok-eh'-o} ¤@­Ó°ò¥»°ÊµüªºÂX®i«¬, ©M doko {dok'-o} ªº·N«ä¬Û¦P(¥u¥Î©ó¯S©w®ÉºA®Éªº¥N¥Î¦r; °Ñ¨£ 1166 ªº¦r·½); TDNT - 2:232,178; °Êµü AV - think 33, seem 13, suppose 7, seem good 3, please 2, misc 5; 63 1) ¦³·N¥ó, ³]·Q, °²©w 2) ¬Ý¦ü¬O, ³Q·í§@¬O, ³Q»{¬° 3) ´N§Ú¬Ý¨Ó.... 3a) §Úªº·Qªk, §Úªº§PÂ_: «ü¹ï¬Y­Ó°ÝÃD 3b) ¦ü¥G¬O¹ïªº..., ¬O§Ú³ßÅwªº..., §Ú»{©w ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, °Ñ¨£ 5837

1380 dokeo {dok-eh'-o} a prolonged form of a primary verb, doko {dok'-o} (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; cf the base of 1166) of the same meaning; TDNT - 2:232,178; v AV - think 33, seem 13, suppose 7, seem good 3, please 2, misc 5; 63 1) to be of opinion, think, suppose 2) to seem, to be accounted, reputed 3) it seems to me 3a) I think, judge: thus in question 3b) it seems good to, pleased me, I determined For Synonyms see entry 5837
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1381 dokimazo {dok-im-ad'-zo} ·½©ó 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; °Êµü AV - prove 10, try 4, approve 3, discern 2, allow 2, like 1, examine 1; 23 1) ¸ÕÅç, À˵ø, ÅçÃÒ, ¸Ô²Ó¼f¹î(¿ë©ú¨Æª«ªº¯u°°), as metals 2) ¬dÅç«á»{©ú¨ä¬°¯u, »{¥i, »{©w¬O¦³»ù­Èªº

1381 dokimazo {dok-im-ad'-zo} from 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; v AV - prove 10, try 4, approve 3, discern 2, allow 2, like 1, examine 1; 23 1) to test, examine, prove, scrutinise (to see whether a thing is genuine or not), as metals 2) to recognise as genuine after examination, to approve, deem worthy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1382 dokime {dok-ee-may'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - proof 3, experience 2, trial 1, experiment 1; 7 1) ¸ÕÅç, ¿iÃø 2) ³q¹L¸ÕÅ窺, ¸g¹L¿i½mªº¤H®æ 3) ÃÒ¾Ú, ¨ã¦³¸g¹L¿i½mªº»ù­Èªº¼Ë¥»

1382 dokime {dok-ee-may'} from the same as 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; n f AV - proof 3, experience 2, trial 1, experiment 1; 7 1) proving, trial 2) approved, tried character 3) a proof, a specimen of tried worth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1383 dokimion {dok-im'-ee-on} a presumed derivative of 1382; TDNT - 2:255,181; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - trying 1, trial 1; 2 1) ¸Õ·Ò, ¸ÕÅç 2) ³z¹L¿iÃø»P¸ÕÅç,¦]¦Ó³QÅçÃÒ, ¸Õ·Ò; ¸ÕÅç, ´úÅç (#¶® 1:3; ©¼«e 1:7|)

1383 dokimion {dok-im'-ee-on} a presumed derivative of 1382; TDNT - 2:255,181; n n AV - trying 1, trial 1; 2 1) the proving 2) that by which something is tried or proved, a test
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1384 dokimos {dok'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 1380; TDNT - 2:255,183; §Î®eµü AV - approved 6, tried 1; 7 1) ¤½»{ªº, ¯S§O«üµÛµw¹ô»P¿ú¹ô 2) ¤½»{ªº, ¥O¤H³ß·Rªº, »X®®¯Çªº

1384 dokimos {dok'-ee-mos} from 1380; TDNT - 2:255,183; adj AV - approved 6, tried 1; 7 1) accepted, particularly of coins and money. 2) accepted, pleasing, acceptable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1385 dokos {dok-os'} ·½¦Û 1209 (³z¹L"¤ä«ù"ªº·Qªk¦Ó¨Ó);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - beam 6; 6 1) ¼Ù¤ì

1385 dokos {dok-os'} from 1209 (through the idea of holding up);; n f AV - beam 6; 6 1) a beam
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1386 dolios {dol'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 1388;; §Î®eµü AV - deceitful 1; 1 1) ´Û¶Bªº

1386 dolios {dol'-ee-os} from 1388;; adj AV - deceitful 1; 1 1) deceitful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1387 dolioo {dol-ee-o'-o} ·½¦Û 1386;; °Êµü AV - use deceit 1; 1 1) ¶B´Û, ´ÛÄF, ¨Ï¥Î¸Þ­p (#ù 3:13)

1387 dolioo {dol-ee-o'-o} from 1386;; v AV - use deceit 1; 1 1) to deceive, use deceit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1388 dolos {dol'-os} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü, dello (¥i¯à¬O ¤Þ»¤ ªº·N«ä, °Ñ¨£ 1185);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - guile 7, subtilty 2, deceit 2, craft 1; 12 1) ¬¾¶B, ¸Þ­p, ¸Þ¶B

1388 dolos {dol'-os} from an obsolete primary verb, dello (probably meant to decoy; cf 1185);; n m AV - guile 7, subtilty 2, deceit 2, craft 1; 12 1) craft, deceit, guile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1389 doloo {dol-o'-o} ·½¦Û 1388;; °Êµü AV - handle ... deceitfully 1; 1 1) »¤¤J°é®M, ³´®` 2) ¨Ï³_»~, ¨Ï»G±Ñ (#ªL«á 4:2|)

1389 doloo {dol-o'-o} from 1388;; v AV - handle ... deceitfully 1; 1 1) to ensnare 2) to corrupt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1390 doma {dom'-ah} ·½¦Û the base of 1325;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 4; 4 1) §ª«,®¦½ç ¦P¸qµü ¨£5839

1390 doma {dom'-ah} from the base of 1325;; n n AV - gift 4; 4 1) a gift For Synonyms see entry 5839
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1391 doxa {dox'-ah} ·½©ó 1380; TDNT - 2:233,178; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - glory 145, glorious 10, honour 6, praise 4, dignity 2, worship 1; 168 1) ·N¨£, §PÂ_, Æ[ÂI 2) ·N¨£, ¦ôºâ, §PÂ_¦nÃa§Q¹ú 2a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤³£¥Î¥H«ü¤@­Ó¤H¥¿­±ªº·N¨£, ¨Ï¤H¨üÆg¬ü, ºaÄ£, ²±¦W 3) ÀéÄê, °{«G 3a) «ü¤ë«G, ¤Ó¶§, ¬P¨° 3b) §»°¶, Àu¨q, ¨ô¶V, ºÝ²ø, ¶®­P 3c) «ÂÄY, Åv¬` 3c1) «ü¯«ªºÅv¬` 3c1) ¯«ªº¦p§g¤ý¯ëªºµ´¹ïÅv¬`, ¨ú¨ä§¹¥þ¤§¯«®æªº·N«ä 3c2) «ü°ò·þ 3c2a) À±ÁɨȦp§g¤ýªºÅv¬` 3c2b) «ü°ò·þ§¹¬üµL·åªº¤º¦b»P¤H®æªºÀuÂI; ²øÄY 3c3) «ü¤Ñ¨Ï 3c3a) ÅãµM¬O«ü¥L­Ì¥~ªí©Ò´²µoªº¥ú½÷ 4) ·¥¨äºaÄ£ªº, ¦Ü°ª¦Ü´Lªº 4a) «ü°ò·þ¦b§¹¦¨¥Lªº¤u«á, ³Q¤÷¯«°ª¤É¨ì¤Ñ¤WªººaÄ£ 4b) «ü¯u°ò·þ®{³QÀ³³\¦b±Ï¥@¥D¦A¨Ó«á­n³Q´£¤É¨ì¤Ñ¤Wªº, ¦@¨ÉºaÄ£ªººÖ®ð

1391 doxa {dox'-ah} from the base of 1380; TDNT - 2:233,178; n f AV - glory 145, glorious 10, honour 6, praise 4, dignity 2, worship 1; 168 1) opinion, judgment, view 2) opinion, estimate, whether good or bad concerning someone 2a) in the NT always a good opinion concerning one, resulting in praise, honour, and glory 3) splendour, brightness 3a) of the moon, sun, stars 3b) magnificence, excellence, preeminence, dignity, grace 3c) majesty 3c1) a thing belonging to God 3c1) the kingly majesty which belongs to him as supreme ruler, majesty in the sense of the absolute perfection of the deity 3c2) a thing belonging to Christ 3c2a) the kingly majesty of the Messiah 3c2b) the absolutely perfect inward or personal excellency of Christ; the majesty 3c3) of the angels 3c3a) as apparent in their exterior brightness 4) a most glorious condition, most exalted state 4a) of that condition with God the Father in heaven to which Christ was raised after he had achieved his work on earth 4b) the glorious condition of blessedness into which is appointed and promised that true Christians shall enter after their Saviour's return from heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1392 doxazo {dox-ad'-zo} ·½©ó 1391; TDNT - 2:253,178; °Êµü AV - glorify 54, honour 3, have glory 2, magnify 1, make glorious 1, full of glory 1; 62 1) »{¬°, °²©w, »{©w 2) ¹|Æg, ¹|´­, ºq¹|, Æg¬ü 3) ¨Ï...¦³ºaÄ£, ÂkºaÄ£µ¹..., ¦³¥úºa 4) ¨ÏºaÄ£, ¨Ï¼W¥ú±m, ©Ü¤Wºa¥ú 4a) ¨Ï¬Y¨Æ¦³¥ú±m, µ¹»P·¥°ªªºµû»ù 4b) ¨Ï¦³¦WÁn, ¨ÏÅã»® 4b1) ¨Ï¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æªº´LÄY©M»ù­È³QÅã©ú¥X¨Ó©MÀò±o©Ó»{

1392 doxazo {dox-ad'-zo} from 1391; TDNT - 2:253,178; v AV - glorify 54, honour 3, have glory 2, magnify 1, make glorious 1, full of glory 1; 62 1) to think, suppose, be of opinion 2) to praise, extol, magnify, celebrate 3) to honour, do honour to, hold in honour 4) to make glorious, adorn with lustre, clothe with splendour 4a) to impart glory to something, render it excellent 4b) to make renowned, render illustrious 4b1) to cause the dignity and worth of some person or thing to become manifest and acknowledged
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1393 Dorkas {dor-kas'} ¦r®Ú«¬;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Dorcas 2; 2 ¦h¥[ = "Àü²Ü" 1) ©¼±o±N¤§±q¦º¸Ì³ê°_ªº°ü¤kªº¦W¦r(#®{ 9:36; ®{ 9:39|)

1393 Dorkas {dor-kas'} a primitive root;; n pr f AV - Dorcas 2; 2 Dorcas = "gazelle" 1) the name of a woman Peter raised from the dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1394 dosis {dos'-is} ·½¦Û the base of 1325;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - giving 1, gift 1; 2 1) ®¦½ç 2) ®¦¨å ¦P¸qµü 5839

1394 dosis {dos'-is} from the base of 1325;; n f AV - giving 1, gift 1; 2 1) a giving 2) a gift For Synonyms see entry 5839
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1395 dotes {dot'-ace} ·½¦Û the base of 1325;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - giver 1; 1 1) µ¹¤©ªÌ, ÃØ»PªÌ

1395 dotes {dot'-ace} from the base of 1325;; n m AV - giver 1; 1 1) a giver, bestower
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1396 doulagogeo {doo-lag-ogue-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 1401 and 71; TDNT - 2:279,182; °Êµü AV - bring into subjection 1; 1 1) ±a¨«¨Ã¥£§Ð, ÁnºÙ¬°¬Y¤H¤§¥£Áõ 2) ¥£§Ð©Î¥H¥£¹²ÄY¼F¹ï«Ý¤§; ¥HÄY®æ­V¨èªº¬ö«ß°V½m (#ªL«e 9:27|)

1396 doulagogeo {doo-lag-ogue-eh'-o} from a presumed compound of 1401 and 71; TDNT - 2:279,182; v AV - bring into subjection 1; 1 1) to lead away into slavery, claim as one's slave 2) to make a slave and to treat as a slave i.e. with severity, subject to stern and rigid discipline
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1397 douleia {doo-li'-ah} ·½©ó 1398; TDNT - 2:261,182; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bondage 5; 5 1) ¥£Áõ, ¥£§Ð, ¥£Áõªº¨­¤À

1397 douleia {doo-li'-ah} from 1398; TDNT - 2:261,182; n f AV - bondage 5; 5 1) slavery, bondage, the condition of a slave
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1398 douleuo {dool-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; °Êµü AV - serve 18, be in bondage 4, do service 3; 25 1) ¨­¬°¥£Áõ¡AªA¨Æ¡A¨Æ­Ä 1a) ¤@­Ó°ê®aÁõÄÝ©ó¥t¤@­Ó°ê®a¡D 2) Áô³ë¡AªA±q¡A¶¶±q 2a) ¥H¥¿­±¨Ó¬Ý¡AªA±q¡A¶¶±q¡D 2b) ¥H­t­±¨Ó¬Ý¡A¬Y¤H¦]¥t¤@¤HªºÅv¤O¦Ó¦¨¬°¥Lªº¥£§Ð¡A¥²¶·¦ÚªA©ó¥L¡A¨ü­­©ó¥L¡D

1398 douleuo {dool-yoo'-o} from 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; v AV - serve 18, be in bondage 4, do service 3; 25 1) to be a slave, serve, do service 1a) of a nation in subjection to other nations 2) metaph. to obey, submit to 2a) in a good sense, to yield obedience 2b) in a bad sense, of those who become slaves to some base power, to yield to, give one's self up to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1399 doule {doo'-lay} 1401ªº¤k©Êµü; TDNT - 2:261,182; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - handmaiden 2, handmaid 1; 3 1) ¤k©Êªº¥£¹², ¤k¥£Áõ, ¤k¶Ä¤H

1399 doule {doo'-lay} feminine of 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; n f AV - handmaiden 2, handmaid 1; 3 1) a female slave, bondmaid, handmaid
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1400 doulon {doo'-lon} ·½¦Û 1401; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - servant 2; 2 1) ¥£Áõ,¹²¤H,±qÄÝ (#ù 6:19)

1400 doulon {doo'-lon} from 1401;; n n AV - servant 2; 2 1) a slave, bondman, man of servile condition 1a) a slave 1b) metaph., one who gives himself up to another's will those whose service is used by Christ in extending and advancing His cause among men 1c) devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests 2) a servant, attendant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1401 doulos {doo'-los} ·½¦Û 1210; TDNT - 2:261,182; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - servant 118, bond 6, bondman 1; 125 1) ­W¤u, ¥£Áõ, ¥£ÃC¨õ½¥ªº¤H 1a) ¥£Áõ 1b) Áô³ë, ªA±q§O¤H·NÄ@ªº¤H ¤W«Ò¨Ï¥Î¥L­ÌªºªA¨Æ¨Ó©Ý®i¨Ã¶i²`¤W«Ò¦b¤H·í¤¤ªº²z·Q 1c) ²`·R§O¤H, ¤£ÅU¦Û¤vªº§Q¯q 2) ¹²¤H, ¨ÍªÌ

1401 doulos {doo'-los} from 1210; TDNT - 2:261,182; adj AV - servant 118, bond 6, bondman 1; 125 1) a slave, bondman, man of servile condition 1a) a slave 1b) metaph., one who gives himself up to another's will those whose service is used by Christ in extending and advancing His cause among men 1c) devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests 2) a servant, attendant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1402 douloo {doo-lo'-o} ·½©ó 1401; TDNT - 2:279,182;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - become servant 2, bring into bondage 2, be under bondage 1, given 1, make servant 1, in bondage 1; 8 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¥£¹², ¥£§Ð 2) Áô³ë. ±N¦Û¤v§¹¥þÄm©ó¬Y¤H¤§»Ý­n©MªA¨Æ, ¨Ï¦Û¤v¦¨¬°¥Lªº¥£Áõ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5834

1402 douloo {doo-lo'-o} from 1401; TDNT - 2:279,182; n m AV - become servant 2, bring into bondage 2, be under bondage 1, given 1, make servant 1, in bondage 1; 8 1) to make a slave of, reduce to bondage 2) metaph. give myself wholly to one's needs and service, make myself a bondman to him For Synonyms see entry 5834
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1403 doche {dokh-ay'} ·½¦Û 1209; TDNT - 2:54,146; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - feast 2; 2 1) ²±®b, (¥¿¦¡ªº)®b·|

1403 doche {dokh-ay'} from 1209; TDNT - 2:54,146; n f AV - feast 2; 2 1) a feast, banquet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1404 drakon {drak'-own} TDNT - 2:281,186; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - dragon 13; 13 1) Às, ³D

1404 drakon {drak'-own} probably from an alternate form of derkomai (to look); TDNT - 2:281,186; n m AV - dragon 13; 13 1) a dragon, a great serpent, a name for Satan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1405 drassomai {dras'-som-ahee} °Êµü AV - take 1; 1 1) ®»¦í (#ªL«e 3:19|)

1405 drassomai {dras'-som-ahee} perhaps akin to the base of 1404 (through the idea of capturing);; v AV - take 1; 1 1) to grasp with the hand, take
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1406 drachme {drakh-may'} ·½¦Û 1405; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - piece 2, piece of silver 1; 3 1) ¤@ºØ§ÆÃ¾»È¹ô

1406 drachme {drakh-may'} from 1405;; n f AV - piece 2, piece of silver 1; 3 1) a drachma, a Greek silver coin about the same weight as a Roman denarius
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1407 drepanon {drep'-an-on} ·½¦Û drepo (ºK°£);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sickle 8; 8 1) ÅI¤M

1407 drepanon {drep'-an-on} from drepo (to pluck);; n n AV - sickle 8; 8 1) a sickle, a pruning-hook, a hooked vine knife, such as reapers and vinedressers use
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1408 dromos {drom'-os} TDNT - 8:233,1189;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - course 3; 3 1) ¸ôµ{ (#´£«á 4:7|) 2) ¤H¥Í¸ôµ{, ¨Ï©R (#®{ 13:25, 20:24|)

1408 dromos {drom'-os} from the alternate of 5143; TDNT - 8:233,1189; n m AV - course 3; 3 1) a course 1a) in the NT figuratively, the course of life or of office
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1409 Drousilla {droo'-sil-lah} a diminutive of Drusus (a Roman name);; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Drusilla 1; 1 ¤g¦è©Ô = "ÅS¤ôÀã¼í" 1)¨È°ò©¬¤ýªº¤k¨à, µS¤Ó¨µ¼¾µÌ¤O´µªº©d¤l,¤@­Ó«Ü©ñ¸vªº°ü¤k

1409 Drousilla {droo'-sil-lah} a diminutive of Drusus (a Roman name);; n pr f AV - Drusilla 1; 1 Drusilla = "watered by the dew" 1) the daughter of Agrippa the elder, wife of Felix, the governor of Judaea, a most licentious woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1410 dunamai {doo'-nam-ahee} ¤£½T©wªº¬ÛÃö¦r; TDNT - 2:284,186; °Êµü AV - can (could) 100, cannot + 3756 45, be able 37, may (might) 18, able 3, misc 7; 210 1) ¯à°÷, ¤£½×¨ä¬O¾a­Ó¤Hªº¯à¤O©M¾÷´¼, ¤ß²zª¬ºA, ¹ï¨ä¦³§Q¤§±¡ªp, ©Îªk«ß©Î ­·«U¥Á±¡©Ò¦û¤§¤Ñ®É¦a§Qªº±¡§Î¦Ó¾Ö¦³ªºÅv¤O 2) ¦³¯à¤O°µ¬Y¨Æ 3) ¦³¯à¤Oªº, ±j¦Ó¦³¤Oªº

1410 dunamai {doo'-nam-ahee} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:284,186; v AV - can (could) 100, cannot + 3756 45, be able 37, may (might) 18, able 3, misc 7; 210 1) to be able, have power whether by virtue of one's own ability and resources, or of a state of mind, or through favourable circumstances, or by permission of law or custom 2) to be able to do something 3) to be capable, strong and powerful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1411 dunamis {doo'-nam-is} ·½©ó 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - power 77, mighty work 11, strength 7, miracle 7, might 4, virtue 3, mighty 2, misc 9; 120 1) Åv¬`, ¯à¤O 1a) ¤Ñ½á¤§¯à¤O, »P¥Í¨ã¨Óªº¯à¤O, ©Î«ü¤@¤H©Îª«©Òµo´§¥Xªº¯à¤O 1b) ¦æ¯«Âݪº¯à¤O 1c) ¹D¼w©ÎÆF»îªº¨}ª¾ 1d) «ü´I¦³ªº¤H©Ò¯à¦³ªºÅv¤O©Î¼vÅT¤O 1e) «ü¦]»E¶°¦Ó²£¥Íªº¤O¶q©Î¸ê·½ 1f) ¦]­x¶¤, ªZ¤O, ©Î¸s»E¦Ó¦³ªº¤O¶q ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ½Ð°Ñ¨£ 5820

1411 dunamis {doo'-nam-is} from 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; n f AV - power 77, mighty work 11, strength 7, miracle 7, might 4, virtue 3, mighty 2, misc 9; 120 1) strength power, ability 1a) inherent power, power residing in a thing by virtue of its nature, or which a person or thing exerts and puts forth 1b) power for performing miracles 1c) moral power and excellence of soul 1d) the power and influence which belong to riches and wealth 1e) power and resources arising from numbers 1f) power consisting in or resting upon armies, forces, hosts For Synonyms see entry 5820
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1412 dunamoo {doo-nam-o'-o} ·½¦Û 1411; TDNT - 2:284,186; °Êµü AV - strengthen 1; 1 1) ¨Ï±j§§, ¥[±j, °í©w, ¾d©T (#¦è 1:11|)

1412 dunamoo {doo-nam-o'-o} from 1411; TDNT - 2:284,186; v AV - strengthen 1; 1 1) to make strong, confirm, strengthen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1413 dunastes {doo-nas'-tace} ·½¦Û 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mighty 1, of great authority 1, Potentate 1; 3 1) §g¤ý, »â³S 2) ´Â¦Ú, °ª¯Åªø©x, ¦³°ªµ¥Åv¬`ªº¬Ó®a¨Ï¸`

1413 dunastes {doo-nas'-tace} from 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; n m AV - mighty 1, of great authority 1, Potentate 1; 3 1) a prince, a potentate 2) a courtier, high officer, royal minister of great authority
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1414 dunateo {doo-nat-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1415; TDNT - 2:284,186; °Êµü AV - be mighty 1; 1 1) ¦³¥þ¯àªº 2) ®i²{­Ó¤Hªº¤O¶q 3) ¦³¿ìªkªº, ¦³Åv¯àªº, (#ªL«á 13:3|)

1414 dunateo {doo-nat-eh'-o} from 1415; TDNT - 2:284,186; v AV - be mighty 1; 1 1) to be powerful or mighty 2) show one's self powerful 3) to be able, have power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1415 dunatos {doo-nat-os'} ·½©ó 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; §Î®eµü AV - possible 13, able 10, mighty 6, strong 3, could 1, power 1, mighty man 1; 35 1) ¯à°÷ªº, ¦³¯à¤Oªº, ¦³¤j¯à, ±j§§ªº 1a) ¤j¦³°]´IÅv¶Õªº 1b) «ü¦bÆF©R¤W±j°·ªº 1b1) ¯à°í§Ô¦a©Ó¨ü­WÃø¨aº×©M¸Õ·Ò 1b2) ¦b°ò·þªº¼w¦æ¤W°í­sªº¤H 2) ¦³¯à¤O(°µ¬Y¨Æ) 2a) ¦³¯à¤Oªº, ¦b¬Y¤è­±«ÜÀu¶Vªº 2b) ¦³¯à¤O°µ¬Y¨Æªº, ¦b¬Y¨Æ¤W¦³Åv¶Õªº

1415 dunatos {doo-nat-os'} from 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; adj AV - possible 13, able 10, mighty 6, strong 3, could 1, power 1, mighty man 1; 35 1) able, powerful, mighty, strong 1a) mighty in wealth and influence 1b) strong in soul 1b1) to bear calamities and trials with fortitude and patience 1b2) strong in Christian virtue 2) to be able (to do something) 2a) mighty, excelling in something 2b) having power for something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1416 duno {doo'-no} ©Î dumi {doo'-mee} ©Î duo {doo'-o} prolonged forms of an obsolete primary duo {doo'-o} (to sink); TDNT - 2:318,192; °Êµü AV - set 2; 2 1) ¶i¤J...ª¬ºA, ¶i¤J 2) ¯}²£, ¸õ¤J, º¯¤J 2a) ¦b·s¬ù¸t¸g¸Ì¥Î§@"¤é¸¨"

1416 duno {doo'-no} or dumi {doo'-mee} or duo {doo'-o} prolonged forms of an obsolete primary duo {doo'-o} (to sink); TDNT - 2:318,192; v AV - set 2; 2 1) to go into, enter 2) go under, be plunged into, sink in 2a) used in the NT of the setting of the sun
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1417 duo {doo'-o} °ò¥»¼Æ¦r;; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƪº¦Wµü AV - two 122, twain 10, both 2, two and two + 303 1; 135 1) ¤G­Ó, ¤@Âù

1417 duo {doo'-o} a primary numeral;; n indecl AV - two 122, twain 10, both 2, two and two + 303 1; 135 1) the two, the twain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1418 dus- {doos} ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - hard or difficult, always used as a word prefix; 0 1) ¦r­º--¥Î¨Ó§_©w¤@­Ó¦rªº¦n·N«ä,Ãþ¦ü­^¤åªº"mis-" ©Î "un-"

1418 dus- {doos} a primary inseparable particle of uncertain derivation;; particle AV - hard or difficult, always used as a word prefix; 0 1) prefix conveying the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, similar to our "mis-" or "un-" prefixes Since this is always used as a prefix, this Strong's number is not listed in the NT.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1419 dusbastaktos {doos-bas'-tak-tos} §Î®eµü AV - grievous to be borne 2; 2 1) Ãø¥H©Ó¾áªº (#¤Ó 23:4; ¸ô 11:46|)

1419 dusbastaktos {doos-bas'-tak-tos} from 1418 and a derivative of 941;; adj AV - grievous to be borne 2; 2 1) hard to be borne
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1420 dusenteria {doos-en-ter-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 1418 and a comparative of 1787 (meaning a bowel);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - bloody flux 1; 1 1) µg¯e, ¸z­G¥¢½Õ (#®{ 28:8|)

1420 dusenteria {doos-en-ter-ee'-ah} from 1418 and a comparative of 1787 (meaning a bowel);; n n AV - bloody flux 1; 1 1) dysentery, bowel ailment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1421 dusermeneutos {doos-er-mane'-yoo-tos} ·½©ó 1418 ©M¤@³Q»{©w¬O­l¥Í©ó 2059 ªº;; §Î®eµü AV - hard to be uttered 1; 1 1) Ãø¥HÄÄ­z, «ÜÃø¸ÑÄÀ

1421 dusermeneutos {doos-er-mane'-yoo-tos} from 1418 and a presumed derivative of 2059;; adj AV - hard to be uttered 1; 1 1) hard to interpret, difficult to explain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1422 duskolos {doo'-kol-os} ·½¦Û 1418 and kolon (food);; §Î®eµü AV - hard 1; 1 1) ¬D­¹ªº, ¶¼­¹Á¿¨sªº 2) Ãø¥H¨ú®®ªº, Á`¬O¬D­çªº 3) §xÃøªº (#¥i 10:24|)

1422 duskolos {doo'-kol-os} from 1418 and kolon (food);; adj AV - hard 1; 1 1) hard to find agreeable food for, fastidious about food 2) difficult to please, always finding fault 3) difficult
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1423 duskolos {doos-kol'-oce} ·½¦Û 1422;; °Æµü AV - hardly 3; 3 1) ¦³§xÃøªº (#¤Ó 19:23; ¥i 10:23; ¸ô 18:24|)

1423 duskolos {doos-kol'-oce} from 1422;; adv AV - hardly 3; 3 1) with difficulty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1424 dusme {doos-may'} ·½¦Û 1416;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - west 5; 5 1) ¤Ó¶§¦è¤U 2) ¤Ó¶§¸¨¤U¤§³B, ¦èÃä

1424 dusme {doos-may'} from 1416;; n f AV - west 5; 5 1) the setting of the sun 2) the region of the sunset, the west
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1425 dusnoetos {doos-no'-ay-tos} ·½©ó 1418 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 3539 ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:963,636; §Î®eµü AV - hard to be understood 1; 1 1) ¤£®e©ö¤F¸Ñªº

1425 dusnoetos {doos-no'-ay-tos} from 1418 and a derivative of 3539; TDNT - 4:963,636; adj AV - hard to be understood 1; 1 1) hard to be understood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1426 dusphemia {doos-fay-mee'-ah} ·½¦Û1418»P5345ªº½Æ¦X«¬; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - evil report 1; 1 1) »z½°, ¶C·´ (#ªL«á 6:8|)

1426 dusphemia {doos-fay-mee'-ah} from a compound of 1418 and 5345;; n f AV - evil report 1; 1 1) the condition of one who is defamed 1a) ill-repute, and the action of one who uses disgraceful language
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1427 dodeka {do'-dek-ah} ·½¦Û 1417 »P 1176; TDNT - 2:321,192; ¦r§ÀµLÅܤƦWµü AV - twelve 72; 72 1) ¤Q¤G

1427 dodeka {do'-dek-ah} from 1417 and 1176; TDNT - 2:321,192; n indecl AV - twelve 72; 72 1) twelve 1a) the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1428 dodekatos {do-dek'-at-os} ·½¦Û 1427; TDNT - 2:321,192; §Î®eµü AV - twelfth 1; 1 1) ²Ä¤Q¤G (#±Ò 21:10|)

1428 dodekatos {do-dek'-at-os} from 1427; TDNT - 2:321,192; adj AV - twelfth 1; 1 1) twelfth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1429 dodekaphulon {do-dek-af'-oo-lon} ·½¦Û 1427 »P 5443; TDNT - 2:321,192; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - twelve tribes 1; 1 1) ¤Q¤G¤ä¬£ (#®{ 26:7|)

1429 dodekaphulon {do-dek-af'-oo-lon} from 1427 and 5443; TDNT - 2:321,192; n n AV - twelve tribes 1; 1 1) the twelve tribes, used collectively of the Israelitish people, as consisting of the twelve tribes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1430 doma {do'-mah} ·½¦Û demo («Ø³y);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - house top 7; 7 1) «Î³»

1430 doma {do'-mah} from demo (to build);; n n AV - house top 7; 7 1) a building, house 2) a part of a building, dining room, hall 3) house top, roof 3a) the house tops of the Orientals were (and still are) level and frequented not only for walking, but also for meditation and prayer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1431 dorea {do-reh-ah'} ·½©ó 1435; TDNT - 2:166,166; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 11; 11 1) §ª«, ¤Ñ½á, ÃØ«~ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5839

1431 dorea {do-reh-ah'} from 1435; TDNT - 2:166,166; n f AV - gift 11; 11 1) a gift For Synonyms see entry 5839
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1432 dorean {do-reh-an'} ª½±µ¨ü®æ®æof 1431 as °Æµü; TDNT - 2:167,166; §Î®eµü AV - freely 6, without a cause 1, in vain 1, for nought 1; 9 1) ¦Û¥ÑµL©ë§ôªº, ¤£¸Ó¨üªº

1432 dorean {do-reh-an'} accusative case of 1431 as adverb; TDNT - 2:167,166; adj AV - freely 6, without a cause 1, in vain 1, for nought 1; 9 1) freely, undeservedly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1433 doreomai {do-reh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1435; TDNT - 2:166,166; °Êµü AV - give 3; 3 1)±Â»P, ÃØ»P, µ¹¤© 5836 ªº¦P¸q¦r

1433 doreomai {do-reh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1435; TDNT - 2:166,166; v AV - give 3; 3 1) to present, bestow For Synonyms see entry 5836
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1434 dorema {do'-ray-mah} ·½¦Û 1433; TDNT - 2:166,166; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 2; 2 1) §ª«, ºB´n, ¬I±Ë

1434 dorema {do'-ray-mah} from 1433; TDNT - 2:166,166; n n AV - gift 2; 2 1) a gift, bounty, benefaction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1435 doron {do'-ron} ¤@­Ó§ª«; TDNT - 2:166,166; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 18, offering 1; 19 1) ¤@­Ó§ª«, §«~ 1a) ¥Î¥Hªí¥Ü´L·qªºÂ§ª« 1a1) «ü¯«©Ò¨ÑÀ³ªºÄ묹©M¨ä¥¦ªºÂ§ª« 1a2) «üÂk¤J¥Î¥H«Ø·µ©Î¨Ñµ¹½a¤Hªº°òª÷ªºª÷¿ú 2) ©^Äm, ¨Ñµ¹Â§ª« ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5839

1435 doron {do'-ron} a present; TDNT - 2:166,166; n n AV - gift 18, offering 1; 19 1) a gift, present 1a) gifts offered in expression of honour 1a1) of sacrifices and other gifts offered to God 1a2) of money cast into the treasury for the purposes of the temple and for the support of the poor 2) the offering of a gift or of gifts For Synonyms see entry 5839
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1436 ea {eh'-ah} ;; ·P¹Äµü AV - alone 2; 2 1) ­ü! ªí¥Ü¤º¤ß«Ü²`ªº±¡·P, ³q±`¤£¥²Â½Ä¶¥X¨Ó. with fear, ha! ah!

1436 ea {eh'-ah} apparent imperative of 1439;; interj AV - alone 2; 2 1) interjection expressive of indignation, or of wonder mixed with fear, ha! ah!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1437 ean {e-an'} ·½©ó 1487 ©M 302;; ³s±µµü AV - if 200, whosoever + 3769 14, whatsoever + 3739 16, though 14, misc 31; 275 1) ­Y¬O, ¸U¤@, ¦pªG, °²¦p, ­n¬O, §Y¨Ï, ¥u­n, ÁöµM, ·í...®É, 2) ¦³®Éµ¥©ó 302 an ( #¤Ó5:19| ) 3) ean + 3261 me , °£«D 4) eanper ¥u­n¬O ¤W¦C¥X²{¦¸¼Æ¤£¥]¬A¦¹¦r¥Î¦b¨ä¥¦ªºµü(¦³¥t¥~ªºStrong's number)¤¤ªº±¡§Î. J.B. Smith ¦Cªº¥X²{¦¸¼Æ¬O 341 ¦¸.

1437 ean {e-an'} from 1487 and 302;; conj AV - if 200, whosoever + 3769 14, whatsoever + 3739 16, though 14, misc 31; 275 1) if, in case Preceding count adjusted to remove occurrences where 1437 is used in a phrase that has another Strong's number assigned to it. J.B. Smith lists count at 341.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1438 heautou {heh-ow-too'} ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - himself 110, themselves 57, yourselves 36, ourselves 20, his 19, their 15, itself 9, misc 73; 339 1) ¨S¦³¥D®æ 2) ­Y§@¤Ï¨­¥N¦Wµü: ¥L¦Û¤v, ¦o¦Û¤v, ¥¦¦Û¤v, ¥L­Ì¦Û¤v, ¦o­Ì¦Û¤v, ¥¦­Ì¦Û¤v 3) ­Y§@¦³®æ¥N¦Wµü: ¥Lªº, ¦oªº, ¥¦ªº 4) ­Y§@¬Û¤¬¥N¦Wµü: ©¼¦¹, to eautou ¦Û¤vªº§Q¯q

1438 heautou {heh-ow-too'} (including all other cases) from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of 846;; pron AV - himself 110, themselves 57, yourselves 36, ourselves 20, his 19, their 15, itself 9, misc 73; 339 1) himself, herself, itself, themselves
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1439 eao {eh-ah'-o} ;; °Êµü AV - suffer 9, let alone 1, leave 1, let 1, commit 1; 13 1) ³\¥i, Åý 2) ¥ô¾Ì, Åý...¨« ( #®{ 23:32| 27:)

1439 eao {eh-ah'-o} of uncertain affinity;; v AV - suffer 9, let alone 1, leave 1, let 1, commit 1; 13 1) to allow, permit, let 2) to allow one to do as he wishes, not to restrain, to let alone 3) to give up, let go, leave
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1440 hebdomekonta {heb-dom-ay'-kon-tah} ·½¦Û 1442 and a modified form of 1176; TDNT - 2:627,249; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƦWµü AV - seventy 2, three score and ten 1, three score and fifteen + 4002 1; 5 1) ¤C¤Q 1a) °£¤F¤Q¤Gªù®{¥H¥~, ­C¿q¥t¥~©Ò³]¥ßªº¤C¤Qªù®{

1440 hebdomekonta {heb-dom-ay'-kon-tah} from 1442 and a modified form of 1176; TDNT - 2:627,249; n indecl AV - seventy 2, three score and ten 1, three score and fifteen + 4002 1; 5 1) seventy 1a) the seventy disciples whom Jesus sent out in addition to the twelve apostles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1441 hebdomekontakis {heb-dom-ay-kon-tak-is} ·½¦Û 1440; TDNT - 2:627,249; °Æµü AV - seventy times 1; 1 1) ¤C¤Q­Ó¤C¦¸ 1a) µL¼Æ¦¸ (#¤Ó 18:22|)

1441 hebdomekontakis {heb-dom-ay-kon-tak-is} from 1440; TDNT - 2:627,249; adv AV - seventy times 1; 1 1) seventy times seven times 1a) countless times
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1442 hebdomos {heb'-dom-os} ·½¦Û 2033 ªº§Ç¼Æ; TDNT - 2:627,249; §Î®eµü AV - seventh 9; 9 1) ²Ä¤C

1442 hebdomos {heb'-dom-os} ordinal from 2033; TDNT - 2:627,249; adj AV - seventh 9; 9 1) seventh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1443 Eber {eb-er'} of Hebrew origin 05677;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Heber 1; 1 §Æ§B©Î§Æ§B¨Ó = "¨º§ó»»»·ªº¦a±a" 1) ¨F©Ôªº¨à¤l, °{ªº´¿®], ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº¯ª¥ý (#¸ô 3:35|)

1443 Eber {eb-er'} of Hebrew origin 05677;; n pr m AV - Heber 1; 1 Eber or Hebrew = "the region beyond" 1) the son of Salah, and great grandson of Shem, one of Abraham's ancestors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1444 Hebraikos {heb-rah-ee-kos'} ·½¦Û 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; §Î®eµü AV - Hebrew 1; 1 1) §Æ§B¨Óªº (#¸ô 23:38|)

1444 Hebraikos {heb-rah-ee-kos'} from 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; adj AV - Hebrew 1; 1 1) Hebrew
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1445 Hebraios {heb-rah'-yos} ·½©ó 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Hebrew 5; 5 1) §Æ§B¨Ó 1a) ¥ô¦ó¤@­ÓµS¤Ó¤H©Î¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº°ê®a 2) ¦b¯U¸q¤W¨Ó»¡, «ü¦í¦b¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¨Ã¨Ï¥Î§Æ§B¨Ó»y¤åªº¤H 3) «ü©Ò¦³ªºµS¤Ó°ò·þ®{, ¤£½×¥L­Ì¬OÁ¿¨ÈÄõ¤å©Î§ÆÃ¾¤åªº

1445 Hebraios {heb-rah'-yos} from 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m AV - Hebrew 5; 5 1) Hebrew 1a) any one of the Jewish or Israelitish nations 2) in a narrower sense, those who live in Palestine and use the language of the country 3) all Jewish Christians, whether they spoke Aramaic or Greek
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1446 Hebrais {heb-rah-is'} ·½¦Û 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Hebrew 3; 3 1) §Æ§B¨Ó»y, ¨Ã«D¼g¦¨Â¬ùªº§Æ§B¨Ó¤å¦Ó¬O¨ÈÄõ¤å, ¦b­C¿q»P¨Ï®{®É¥N¦b¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¦aªø´Áªº³Q¼o±ó¨Ï¥Î (#®{ 21:40, 22:2; 26:14|)

1446 Hebrais {heb-rah-is'} from 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; n f AV - Hebrew 3; 3 1) Hebrew, the Hebrew language, not that however in which the OT was written but the Chaldee, which at the time of Jesus and the apostles had long superseded it in Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1447 Hebraisti {heb-rah-is-tee'} ·½¦Û 1446; TDNT - 3:356,372; °Æµü AV - in the Hebrew tongue 3, in the Hebrew 2, in Hebrew 1; 6 1) «ö§Æ§B¨Ó¤å/¨ÈÄõ¤å

1447 Hebraisti {heb-rah-is-tee'} from 1446; TDNT - 3:356,372; adv AV - in the Hebrew tongue 3, in the Hebrew 2, in Hebrew 1; 6 1) in Hebrew, i.e. in Chaldee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1448 eggizo {eng-id'-zo} ·½©ó 1451; TDNT - 2:330,194; °Êµü AV - draw nigh 12, be at hand 9, come nigh 8, come near 5, draw near 4, misc 5; 43 1) ¨Ï±µªñ, ¨Ï©M¥t¤@ª«µ²¦X 2) ±µªñ, ªñ«e¨Ó, ¾aªñ

1448 eggizo {eng-id'-zo} from 1451; TDNT - 2:330,194; v AV - draw nigh 12, be at hand 9, come nigh 8, come near 5, draw near 4, misc 5; 43 1) to bring near, to join one thing to another 2) to draw or come near to, to approach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1449 eggrapho {eng-graf'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 »P 1125; TDNT - 1:769,128; °Êµü AV - write 2; 2 1) (°O¿ý°T®§)¼g¤U¨Ó, °O¤U¨Ó (#¸ô 10:20|) 2) (ÂǮѼg·¾³q)¼g¤U, ¨è¤U (#ªL«e 3:2|)

1449 eggrapho {eng-graf'-o} from 1722 and 1125; TDNT - 1:769,128; v AV - write 2; 2 1) to engrave, inscribe, write in or on 1a) to record, enrol
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1450 egguos {eng'-goo-os} ·½©ó 1722 ©M guion (¤jªK·F); TDNT - 2:329,194; §Î®eµü AV - surety 1; 1 1) ¾á«O¤H, ÃÙ§UªÌ

1450 egguos {eng'-goo-os} from 1722 and guion (a limb); TDNT - 2:329,194; adj AV - surety 1; 1 1) a surety, a sponsor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1451 eggus {eng-goos'} ·½©ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü agcho (ºòÀ£ ©Î §í¨î;ªñ¦ü©ó 43 ªº¦r·½); TDNT - 2:330,194; °Æµü AV - nigh 13, at hand 6, nigh at hand 4, near 4, from 1, nigh unto 1, ready 1; 30 1) ¾aªñ, «üªÅ¶¡¤Wªº 1a) ªñªº 1b) «ü»P¯«¬Ûªñªº¤H 1b1) µS¤Ó¤H, ¬Û¹ï©ó¤£Äݯ«¤Î¨ä¯¬ºÖªº¥~¨¹¤H 1b2) ©Ô¤ñ¥Î"¾aªñ¨Ó(to make nigh)"®É, ¨ä·N«ä¬Û·í©ó¦b»¡ "Âk«H¤J±Ð(to make a proselyte)" 2) «ü®É¶¡¤Wªº 2a) «ü¦b®É¶¡¤W¨Ó»¡¤w§Ö­n¨ì¤F, §Y±N­nµo¥Íªº·N«ä

1451 eggus {eng-goos'} from a primary verb agcho (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of 43); TDNT - 2:330,194; adv AV - nigh 13, at hand 6, nigh at hand 4, near 4, from 1, nigh unto 1, ready 1; 30 1) near, of place and position 1a) near 1b) those who are near access to God 1b1) Jews, as opposed to those who are alien from God and his blessings 1b2) The Rabbis used the term "to make nigh" as equivalent to "to make a proselyte" 2) of time 2a) of times imminent and soon to come pass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1452 egguteron {eng-goo'-ter-on} ·½¦Û the comparative of 1451;; °Æµün AV - nearer 1; 1 1) ±µªñ (#ù 13:11|)

1452 egguteron {eng-goo'-ter-on} from the comparative of 1451;; adv n AV - nearer 1; 1 1) nearer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1453 egeiro {eg-i'-ro} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü58ªº®Ú°ò¡]´N¬O³z¹L¶°¤¤¤@­Ó¤Hªº¯à¤O³o¼Ëªº·§©À¦Ó§Î¦¨ªº¡^; TDNT - 2:333,195; °Êµü AV - rise 36, raise 28, arise 27, raise up 23, rise up 8, rise again 5, raise again 4, misc 10; 141 1) ¥s¿ô¡A°_¨Ó¡A 1a) ¥ÑºÎ¯v¤¤¥s¿ô¡A³ê¿ô 1b) ¥Ñ¦º¤`ªººÎıª¬ºA¤¤¥s¿ô¨º¤H¡A¨Ï¦º¤H´_¬¡ 1c) ¥Ñ´È¤l¤W©Î§É¤W°_¨Ó 1d) §ß°_¡A»s³y¡A¨ÏÅã²{ 1d1) ¨ÏÅã²{¡A±a¨ì²³¤H­±«e 1d2) §ß°_¡A¤Þ°_¡A¤Ï¹ï¬Y¤H 1d3) ¥Í²£ 1d4) «Ø¿v¤¤ªº¥Î»y¡A¥ß°_¡A«Ø³y¡A½Ý¥ß

1453 egeiro {eg-i'-ro} probably akin to the base of 58 (through the idea of collecting one's faculties); TDNT - 2:333,195; v AV - rise 36, raise 28, arise 27, raise up 23, rise up 8, rise again 5, raise again 4, misc 10; 141 1) to arouse, cause to rise 1a) to arouse from sleep, to awake 1b) to arouse from the sleep of death, to recall the dead to life 1c) to cause to rise from a seat or bed etc. 1d) to raise up, produce, cause to appear 1d1) to cause to appear, bring before the public 1d2) to raise up, stir up, against one 1d3) to raise up i.e. cause to be born 1d4) of buildings, to raise up, construct, erect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1454 egersis {eg'-er-sis} ·½¦Û 1453; TDNT - 2:337,195; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - resurrection 1; 1 1) ı¿ô, ¿³¾Ä, ¨ë¿E 2) ¤W¤É, 3) ¦ºùØ´_¬¡ (#¤Ó 27:53|)

1454 egersis {eg'-er-sis} from 1453; TDNT - 2:337,195; n f AV - resurrection 1; 1 1) a rousing, excitation 2) a rising up 3) resurrection from the dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1455 egkathetos {eng-kath'-et-os} ·½¦Û 1722 and a derivative of 2524;; §Î®eµü AV - spy 1; 1 1) ®I¥ñµ¥­Ô, ¶¡·Þ 2) ³Q¥L¤H¦¬¶R¥Î¸Þ¶Bªº¸Ü»yºôù¤H (#¸ô 20:20|)

1455 egkathetos {eng-kath'-et-os} from 1722 and a derivative of 2524;; adj AV - spy 1; 1 1) secretly to lie in wait, a spy 2) one who is bribed by others to entrap a man by crafty words
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1456 egkainia {eng-kah'-ee-nee-ah} ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - feast of dedication 1; 1 1) Äm·µ¸` (#¬ù 10:22|) °ò´µ¬y¤ë(¦è¾ä11-12¤ë)¤G¤Q¤­¤é¶}©l,¬°´Á¤K¤Ñªº¸`¼y,¬ö©Àº¿§J¤ñ ©ó¥D«e165¦~¼ä²b¨Ã­«·sÄm·µ.

1456 egkainia {eng-kah'-ee-nee-ah} plural of a presumed compound from 1722 and 2537;; n n AV - feast of dedication 1; 1 1) dedication, consecration 1a) in particular the annual feast celebrated eight days beginning in the 25th of Chislev (middle of our December), instituted by Judas Maccabaeus [164 BC] in memory of the cleansing of the temple from the pollution of Antiochus Epiphanes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1457 egkainizo {eng-kahee-nid'-zo} ·½©ó 1456; TDNT - 3:453,388; °Êµü AV - dedicate 1, consecrate 1; 2 1) §ó·s 2) ¦A°µ¤@¦¸, ¦A¤@¦¸ 3) µo°_, ©^Äm, Äm¨­

1457 egkainizo {eng-kahee-nid'-zo} from 1456; TDNT - 3:453,388; v AV - dedicate 1, consecrate 1; 2 1) to renew 2) to do anew, again 3) to initiate, consecrate, dedication
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1458 egkaleo {eng-kal-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; °Êµü AV - accuse 4, implead 1, call in question 1, lay anything to the charge 1; 7 1) ¥H¤Ï¹ï­ì§iªº¨­¤À¯¸¥X¨Ó, ¨Ï±±§i¹ï¥ß 2) ³Q±±§i

1458 egkaleo {eng-kal-eh'-o} from 1722 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v AV - accuse 4, implead 1, call in question 1, lay anything to the charge 1; 7 1) to come forward as accuser against, bring charge against 2) to be accused
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1459 egkataleipo {eng-kat-al-i'-po} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 2641;; °Êµü AV - forsake 7, leave 2; 9 1) ©ñ±ó, ¼o±ó 1a) ±ó¤§©ó§x¹Ò¤¤, ±ó¤§¤£ÅU 1b) ³Q¹ý©³©ñ±ó, §¹¥þªº³Q¿ò±ó 2) ¯d¤U¦b...³B, ¯d¤U¬¡¤f

1459 egkataleipo {eng-kat-al-i'-po} from 1722 and 2641;; v AV - forsake 7, leave 2; 9 1) abandon, desert 1a) leave in straits, leave helpless 1b) totally abandoned, utterly forsaken 2) to leave behind among, to leave surviving
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1460 egkatoikeo {eng-kat-oy-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2730;; °Êµü AV - dwell among 1; 1 1) ©~¦í¦b...¤§¶¡ (#©¼«á 2:8|)

1460 egkatoikeo {eng-kat-oy-keh'-o} from 1722 and 2730;; v AV - dwell among 1; 1 1) to dwell among
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1461 egkentrizo {eng-ken-trid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1722 ©M 2759 ªº­l¥Í;; °Êµü AV - graff in 4, graff 1, graff into 1; 6 1) ¬°´¡ªKªº½t¬G¤Á¶} 2) ¶ù±µ, ±µªK

1461 egkentrizo {eng-ken-trid'-zo} from 1722 and a derivative of 2759;; v AV - graff in 4, graff 1, graff into 1; 6 1) to cut into for the sake of inserting a scion 2) to inoculate, ingraft, graft in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1462 egklema {eng'-klay-mah} ·½¦Û1458; TDNT - 3:496,394; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - laid to (one's) charge 1, crime laid against (one) 1; 2 1) ±±§i; ³Q±±¶Dªº¸o¦æ ¦P¸qµü¨£ 5803

1462 egklema {eng'-klay-mah} from 1458; TDNT - 3:496,394; n n AV - laid to (one's) charge 1, crime laid against (one) 1; 2 1) accusation: the crime of which one is accused For Synonyms see entry 5803
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1463 egkomboomai {eng-kom-bo'-om-ahee} TDNT - 2:339,196; °Êµü AV - be clothed with 1; 1 1) ¬ï¤W,¸j¤W (#©¼«e 5:5|)

1463 egkomboomai {eng-kom-bo'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1722 and komboo (to gird); TDNT - 2:339,196; v AV - be clothed with 1; 1 1) knot or band by which two things are fastened together, to fasten or gird one's self This was the white scarf or apron of slaves, which was fastened to the belt of the vest and distinguished slaves from freemen, hence in 1 Pet. 5:5, "gird yourselves with humility as your servile garb" means by putting on humility, show your subjection one to another. Also, this refers to the overalls which slaves wore to keep clean while working, an exceedingly humble garment.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1464 egkope {eng-kop-ay'} ·½¦Û 1465; TDNT - 3:855,453; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hinder 1; 1 1) ¤Á³Î, ªýÂ_ (ªýÂ_°l»°³~®|, ¨¾¤î¼Ä¤Hªº°lÀ») 2) »Ùê, §«Ãª (#ªL«e 9:12|)

1464 egkope {eng-kop-ay'} from 1465; TDNT - 3:855,453; n f AV - hinder 1; 1 1) a cutting (made in a road to impede an enemy in pursuit) 2) a hindrance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1465 egkopto {eng-kop'-to} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 2875; TDNT - 3:855,453; °Êµü AV - hinder 3, be tedious unto 1; 4 1) ¤¶¤J, ªýêÄdºI¬Y¤Hªº¶iµ{ 2) §«Ãª, ªýÂZ

1465 egkopto {eng-kop'-to} from 1722 and 2875; TDNT - 3:855,453; v AV - hinder 3, be tedious unto 1; 4 1) to cut into, to impede one's course by cutting off his way 2) hinder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1466 egkrateia {eng-krat'-i-ah} ·½©ó 1468; TDNT - 2:339,196; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - temperance 4; 4 1) ¦Û§Ú±±¨î («ü¤H¯à¦¨¬°¦Û¤v¼¤±æ¤Î·P±¡ªº¥D®_, ¤×¨ä«ü¥Lªº¦×Åé¤è­±ªº¼¤¨D¦Ó¨¥)

1466 egkrateia {eng-krat'-i-ah} from 1468; TDNT - 2:339,196; n f AV - temperance 4; 4 1) self-control (the virtue of one who masters his desires and passions, esp. his sensual appetites)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1467 egkrateuomai {eng-krat-yoo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1468; TDNT - 2:339,196; °Êµü AV - can contain 1, be temperate 1; 2 1) ¦Û¨î, §J¨î 1a) ªí²{¦Û±±, «~¦æ, ¸`¨î 1b) ¦b¬°¤F¹w³Æ¤ñÁɦӱ±¨î¶¼­¹¡B§Ù°s©M¸`¨î©Ê±ýªº¹B°Ê­û¤Þ¥Ó¥X¨Óªº¤ñ³ë(#ªL«e7:9;ªL«e9:25|)

1467 egkrateuomai {eng-krat-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1468; TDNT - 2:339,196; v AV - can contain 1, be temperate 1; 2 1) to be self-controlled, continent 1a) to exhibit self-government, conduct, one's self temperately 1b) in a figure drawn from athletes, who in preparing themselves for the games abstained from unwholesome food, wine, and sexual indulgence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1468 egkrates {eng-krat-ace'} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2904; TDNT - 2:339,196; §Î®eµü AV - temperate 1; 1 1) ±j§§, °í©T 2) ¦³¦b¤WªºÅv¤O, ¾Ö¦³(¬Yª«¥ó) 3) ¼ô½mªº¾Þ±±¡B±±¨î¡B°Ç¦í ¡B§J¨î 3a) ¦Û¨î, ¦³¸`¨î, §J¨î (#¦h1:8|)

1468 egkrates {eng-krat-ace'} from 1722 and 2904; TDNT - 2:339,196; adj AV - temperate 1; 1 1) strong, robust 2) having power over, possessed of (a thing) 3) mastering, controlling, curbing, restraining 3a) controlling one's self, temperate, continent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1469 egkrino {eng-kree'-no} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2919; TDNT - 3:951,469; °Êµü AV - make of the ¼Æ 1; 1 1) ¦b....¤§¤¤³Q¦ô­p§PÂ_ (#ªL«á 10:12|) 2) ¼f®Ö¬Y¤H¥[¤J¬Y¶¥¯Åªº¸ê®æ

1469 egkrino {eng-kree'-no} from 1722 and 2919; TDNT - 3:951,469; v AV - make of the number 1; 1 1) to reckon among, judge among 2) to judge one worthy of being admitted to a certain class
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1470 ekgrupto {eng-kroop'-to} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2928;; °Êµü AV - hide in 2; 2 1) ÁôÂæb¬YªF¦è¤§¤º 2) ¨Ï¨â¼ËªF¦è²VÂø¦b¤@°_ (#¤Ó 13:33; ¸ô 13:21|)

1470 ekgrupto {eng-kroop'-to} from 1722 and 2928;; v AV - hide in 2; 2 1) to conceal in something 2) to mingle one thing with another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1471 egkuos {eng'-koo-os} ·½¦Û 1722 and the base of 2949;; §Î®eµü AV - great with child 1; 1 1) Ãh­Lªº, ¦³¨­¥¥ (#¸ô 2:5|)

1471 egkuos {eng'-koo-os} from 1722 and the base of 2949;; adj AV - great with child 1; 1 1) big with child, pregnant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1472 egchrio {eng-khree'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 5548;; °Êµü AV - anoint 1; 1 1) À¿©Ù, ¶î©Ùªo¡K, ·g©ó¡K 2) ¦Û¤v¶î©Ùªo (#±Ò 3:18|)

1472 egchrio {eng-khree'-o} from 1722 and 5548;; v AV - anoint 1; 1 1) to rub in, besmirch, anoint 2) to anoint one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1473 ego {eg-o'} ³æ¼Æ¥D®æ (±j½Õ®É¥Î); TDNT - 2:343,196; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - I 365, my 2, me 2, not tr 1; 370 1) §Ú

1473 ego {eg-o'} a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic); TDNT - 2:343,196; pron AV - I 365, my 2, me 2, not tr 1; 370 1) I, me, my
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1474 edaphizo {ed-af-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1475;; °Êµü AV - lay even with the ground 1; 1 1) ¥áÂY¨ì¦a¤W 1a) «ü«°¥«©M«Ø¿vª«, ³Q©î·´²¾¥­ 1b) Áô³ë. ¤HÃþ (#¸ô 19:44|)

1474 edaphizo {ed-af-id'-zo} from 1475;; v AV - lay even with the ground 1; 1 1) to throw to the ground 1a) both of cities and buildings, to raze, level with the earth 1b) metaph. of men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1475 edaphos {ed'-af-os} ·½¦Û the base of 1476;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ground 1; 1 1) ©³¼h, °ò¦, ¦a

1475 edaphos {ed'-af-os} from the base of 1476;; n n AV - ground 1; 1 1) bottom, base, ground
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1476 hedraios {hed-rah'-yos} ·½¦Û a derivative of hezomai (to sit); TDNT - 2:362,200; §Î®eµü AV - steadfast 2, settled 1; 3 1) ¤J®y, §¤µÛªº 2) í©Tªº, °í©T¤£·nªº, ©T©w¤£Åܱo (#ªL«e 7:37, 15:58; ¦è 1:23|)

1476 hedraios {hed-rah'-yos} from a derivative of hezomai (to sit); TDNT - 2:362,200; adj AV - steadfast 2, settled 1; 3 1) sitting, sedentary 2) firm, immovable, steadfast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1477 hedraioma {hed-rah'-yo-mah} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1476; TDNT - 2:362,200; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ground 1; 1 1)¤ä¬W,¤ä¼µª«,®Ú°ò

1477 hedraioma {hed-rah'-yo-mah} from a derivative of 1476; TDNT - 2:362,200; n n AV - ground 1; 1 1) a stay, prop, support
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1478 Ezekias {ed-zek-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 02396;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Ezekias 2; 2 §Æ¦è®a = "­C©MµØªº¤O¶q" 1) µS¤jªº²Ä¤Q¤G­Ó¤ý

1478 Ezekias {ed-zek-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 02396;; n pr m AV - Ezekias 2; 2 Hezekiah = "the might of Jehovah" 1) the twelfth king of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1479 ethelothreskeia {eth-el-oth-race-ki'-ah} ·½¦Û 2309 »P 2356; TDNT - 3:155,337; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - will worship 1; 1 1) ¤H¬°©v±Ð,¦Û¤O©v±Ð,©Ç²§ªº©v±Ð (#¦è 2:23|)

1479 ethelothreskeia {eth-el-oth-race-ki'-ah} from 2309 and 2356; TDNT - 3:155,337; n f AV - will worship 1; 1 1) voluntary, arbitrary worship 1a) worship which one prescribes and devises for himself, contrary to the contents and nature of faith which ought to be directed to Christ 1b) said of the misdirected zeal and the practice of ascetics
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1480 ethizo {eth-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1485;; °Êµü AV - custom 1; 1 1) ¿í´`²ß«U, ºD¨Ò (#¸ô2:27|)

1480 ethizo {eth-id'-zo} from 1485;; v AV - custom 1; 1 1) to accustomed, usage, custom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1481 ethnarches {eth-nar'-khace} ·½¦Û 1484 »P 746;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - governor 1; 1 1) ¤@­ÓºØ±Úªº­º»â,»â³S (#ªL«á 11:32|)

1481 ethnarches {eth-nar'-khace} from 1484 and 746;; n m AV - governor 1; 1 1) an ethnarch, one set over a people as ruler, but without the authority and name of a king
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1482 ethnikos {eth-nee-kos'} ·½¦Û 1484; TDNT - 2:372,201;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2 1) ¤£«Hªº,ÄÝ¥@ªº,¦h¯«±Ðªº¥~±Ú¤H (#¤Ó 6:7,18:17)

1482 ethnikos {eth-nee-kos'} from 1484; TDNT - 2:372,201; n m AV - heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2 1) adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a people, national 2) suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign 3) in the NT savouring of the nature of pagans, alien to the worship of the true God, heathenish 3a) of the pagan, the Gentile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1483 ethnikos {eth-nee-koce'} ·½¦Û 1482;; °Æµü AV - after the manner of Gentiles 1; 1 1) ¦p¦P¥~¨¹¤H(«ü«DµS¤Ó¤H) (#¥[ 2:14|)

1483 ethnikos {eth-nee-koce'} from 1482;; adv AV - after the manner of Gentiles 1; 1 1) like the Gentiles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1484 ethnos {eth'-nos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1486; TDNT - 2:364,201; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164 1) ¤@¸s©¼¦¹¦³Ãö«Y©Î¦í¦b¤@°_ªº¤H©ÎÃ~Ãþ 1a) ¹ÎÅé, ¶¤¥î, ¸Á¾Öªº¸s²³ 2) ¥Ñ¬Û¦P¥»½è©ÎºØÃþªº­ÓÅé©Ò²Õ¦¨ªº¹ÎÅé 2a) ¤HÃþªº®a®x 3) ³¡±Ú, ºØ±Ú, ¥Á±Ú 4) ¦b¬ù¤¤, ¥Î¥H«ü¤£·q«ô¯u¯«ªº¥~¨¹¤H, ²§±Ð®{, ¥~¨¹¤H 5) «Où¥Î¦¹¦r«H°ò·þªº¥~¨¹¤H

1484 ethnos {eth'-nos} probably from 1486; TDNT - 2:364,201; n n AV - Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164 1) a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or living together 1a) a company, troop, swarm 2) a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus 2a) the human family 3) a tribe, nation, people group 4) in the OT, foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans, Gentiles 5) Paul uses the term for Gentile Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1485 ethos {eth'-os} ·½¦Û 1486; TDNT - 2:372,202; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - custom 7, manner 4, be wont 1; 12 1) ²ß«U 2) «ßªk³W©wªº¿ìªk, ³W«h, ªk³W, ºD¨Ò

1485 ethos {eth'-os} from 1486; TDNT - 2:372,202; n n AV - custom 7, manner 4, be wont 1; 12 1) custom 2) usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1486 etho {eth'-o} ¤@­Ó°ò¦¦r;; °Êµü AV - be wont 2, - as his custom was + 2596 + 3588 1, as his manner was + 2596 + 3588 1; 4 1) ²ßºD¤F, ºD©ó 2) ºD¨Ò, ­·«U

1486 etho {eth'-o} a root word;; v AV - be wont 2, - as his custom was + 2596 + 3588 1, as his manner was + 2596 + 3588 1; 4 1) to be accustomed, used, wont 2) that which is wont 3) usage, custom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1487 ei {i} ±ø¥ó¥y¥Îªº³s±µµü ;; ³s±µµü AV - if 242, whether 20, that 6, not tr 19, misc 3; 290 1) ¦pªG, ­Õ­Y, ­n¬O; ¬O§_, ¬O¤£¬O; ¥u­n, ¦ýÄ@, ¤Ú¤£±o; ´N¬O...(#®{ 26:23| ; «á±µ¦Wµü¤l¥y, ¦³®É¤£¥²Ä¶¥X) ¬JµM (ù¤Q¤­27); ÁöµM (# ¸ô11:13| );

1487 ei {i} a primary particle of conditionality;; conj AV - if 242, whether 20, that 6, not tr 19, misc 3; 290 1) if, whether
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1488 ei {i} 1510 ªº²Ä¤G¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ²{¦bª½»¡;; °Êµü AV - thou art 81, be 11; 92 1) §A¬O, ¦¼¬O

1488 ei {i} second person singular present of 1510;; v AV - thou art 81, be 11; 92 1) you are, thou art
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1489 eige {i'-gheh} ·½¦Û 1487 and 1065;; conj AV - if so be that 2, if 2, if yet 1; 5 1) ­Y¬O, ½T¹êªº, ¦]¬°, ¥Ñ©ó, ¦p¦P, ¦Û±q

1489 eige {i'-gheh} from 1487 and 1065;; conj AV - if so be that 2, if 2, if yet 1; 5 1) if, indeed, inasmuch, as, since
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1490 ei de me(ge) {i deh may'-(gheh)} ·½¦Û 1487, 1161, ©M 3361 (¦³®É¤S¥[¤W 1065);; ³s±µµü AV - or else 3, else 4, if not 2, if otherwise 2, if not 1, or else 1, otherwise 1; 14 1) §_«h, ­Y¬O¤£¯à

1490 ei de me(ge) {i deh may'-(gheh)} from 1487, 1161, and 3361 (sometimes with 1065 added);; conj AV - or else 3, else 4, if not 2, if otherwise 2, if not 1, or else 1, otherwise 1; 14 1) otherwise, but if not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1491 eidos {i'-dos} ·½©ó 1492; TDNT - 2:373,202; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - shape 2, fashion 1, sight 1, appearance 1; 5 1) ¥~ªí©Î¥~¦bªº§Î¹³, §Îª¬, ¥~»ª 2) §Î¦¡, ºØÃþ

1491 eidos {i'-dos} from 1492; TDNT - 2:373,202; n n AV - shape 2, fashion 1, sight 1, appearance 1; 5 1) the external or outward appearance, form figure, shape 2) form, kind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1492 eido {i'-do} ©Î oida {oy'-da} ¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:116, 673; °Êµü AV - know 282, cannot tell + 3756 8, know how 7, wist 6, misc 19, see 314, behold 16, look 5, perceive 5, vr see 3, vr know 1; 666 1) ¬Ý 1a) ¥Î²´·ú¬Ý¨£ 1b) «ü¥Î¥ô¦ó·P©x¤è¦¡©Ò·P¨ü¨ì 1c) ·Pª¾, ª`·N¨ì, ¹îı, µoı 1d) ª`·N 1d1) ¥ç§Y ¯S§O¥Î²´Æ[¹î©Î¬O±N¤ß«ä, ª`·N¤O©ñ¦b¬Y¨Æ¤W 1d2) ¯d¤ßª`·N, Æ[¹î 1d3) ¹îÅç¤F¸Ñ¬Y¨Æ 1d31) ¥ç§Y §Ë²M·¡¥²¶·­n°µªº¨Æ 1d4) À˵ø, ¬dÅç 1d5) ª`µø, ¬Ý§o 1e) «ü¹ï¥ô¦óª¬ºA©Î±¡ªpªºÅéÅç 1f) ·|­±, ¥ç§Y ¨£­±·|½Í, «ô³X 2) ª¾¹D, ©ú¥Õ 2a) ª¾¾å¨Æ±¡ 2b) ¤F¸Ñ, ¥ç§Y ¼ô±x³q¾å, ©ú¥Õ, ¹îı 2b1) «ü¥ô¦ó¨Æ±¡ªº¯u¬Û 2b2) ¯S©w¨Æ±¡ªº®Ä¤O¤Î·N¸q 2b3) ª¾¨ä©Ò¥HµM, ¼ô±x¼ô½m©ó 2c) ·q­«, ¬Ã·R, ­«µø (#©««e 5:12|) ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5825

1492 eido {i'-do} or oida {oy'-da} a root word; TDNT - 5:116, 673; v AV - know 282, cannot tell + 3756 8, know how 7, wist 6, misc 19, see 314, behold 16, look 5, perceive 5, vr see 3, vr know 1; 666 1) to see 1a) to perceive with the eyes 1b) to perceive by any of the senses 1c) to perceive, notice, discern, discover 1d) to see 1d1) i.e. to turn the eyes, the mind, the attention to anything 1d2) to pay attention, observe 1d3) to see about something 1d31) i.e. to ascertain what must be done about it 1d4) to inspect, examine 1d5) to look at, behold 1e) to experience any state or condition 1f) to see i.e. have an interview with, to visit 2) to know 2a) to know of anything 2b) to know, i.e. get knowledge of, understand, perceive 2b1) of any fact 2b2) the force and meaning of something which has definite meaning 2b3) to know how, to be skilled in 2c) to have regard for one, cherish, pay attention to (1Th. 5:12) For Synonyms see entry 5825
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1493 eidoleion {i-do-li'-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 1497; TDNT - 2:379,202; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - idol's temple 1; 1 1) °¸¹³¼q, ²½«ô°¸¹³ªº¼q¦t (#ªL«e 8:10|)

1493 eidoleion {i-do-li'-on} from a presumed derivative of 1497; TDNT - 2:379,202; n n AV - idol's temple 1; 1 1) an idol's temple, temple consecrated to idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1494 eidolothuton {i-do-loth'-oo-ton} TDNT - 2:378,202; §Î®eµü AV - things offered unto idols 4, things offered in sacrifice to idols 3, things sacrificed unto idols 2, meats offered to idols 1; 10 1) Ämµ¹°¸¹³ªº,«ü¦×Ãþ.³¡¤À¦b¯«·µ¸Ì­¹¥Î,³¡¤À®³¨ì¥«³õ³c½æ

1494 eidolothuton {i-do-loth'-oo-ton} neuter of a compound of 1497 and a presumed derivative of 2380; TDNT - 2:378,202; adj AV - things offered unto idols 4, things offered in sacrifice to idols 3, things sacrificed unto idols 2, meats offered to idols 1; 10 1) sacrificed to idols, the flesh left over from the heathen sacrifices 1a) it was either eaten at the feasts or sold (by the poor and the miserly) in the market
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1495 eidololatreia {i-do-lol-at-ri'-ah} TDNT - 2:379,202; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - idolatry 4; 4 1) °¸¹³·q«ô(#ªL«e 10:14; ¥[ 5:20; ¦è 3:5; ©¼«e 4:3|)

1495 eidololatreia {i-do-lol-at-ri'-ah} from 1497 and 2999; TDNT - 2:379,202; n f AV - idolatry 4; 4 1) the worship of false gods, idolatry 1a) of the formal sacrificial feats held in honour of false gods 1b) of avarice, as a worship of Mammon 2) in the plural, the vices springing from idolatry and peculiar to it
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1496 eidololatres {i-do-lol-at'-race} TDNT - 2:379,202;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - idolater 7; 7 1) ·q«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H

1496 eidololatres {i-do-lol-at'-race} from 1497 and the base of 3000; TDNT - 2:379,202; n m AV - idolater 7; 7 1) a worshipper of false gods, a idolater 1a) used of any one even Christian, participant in any way in the worship of the heathen, esp. one who attends their sacrificial feasts and eats of the remains of offered victims 2) a covetous man as a worshipper of Mammon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1497 eidolon {i'-do-lon} ·½¦Û1491; °¸¶H (¥ç§Y»P«ô¦³Ãö); TDNT - 2:375,202; n n AV - idol 11; 11 1) ¤@­Ó§Î¶H¡A¨v¹³ 1a) ¥ç§Y¥ô¦ó¥NªíµÛ¤@­Óª«¥óªº§Îª¬¡AµL½×¬O¹êÅé©ÎªÌ¬O·Q¹³ªº 1b) ¨Ï¥Î¤v¦º¥hªº¤H¡A«ÕÆF¡A°­©Ç¡A¤ß¤¤ªº¤Û¼v¡Aµ¥ªº³±¼v¡D 2) °²¯«ªº°¸¹³ 3) °²¯«

1497 eidolon {i'-do-lon} from 1491; an image (i.e. for worship); TDNT - 2:375,202; n n AV - idol 11; 11 1) an image, likeness 1a) i.e. whatever represents the form of an object, either real or imaginary 1b) used of the shades of the departed, apparitions, spectres, phantoms of the mind, etc. 2) the image of an heathen god 3) a false god
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1498 eien {i'-ane} optative (¥ç§Y English °²³]»y®ð) ²{¦b¦¡of 1510 (including the other person);; °Êµü AV - should be 3, be 3, meant 2, might be 1, should mean 1, wert 1, not tr 1; 12 1) ¬O, ¦¨¬°, ¦s¦b, µo¥Í, ¦b³õ

1498 eien {i'-ane} optative (i.e. English subjunctive) present of 1510 (including the other person);; v AV - should be 3, be 3, meant 2, might be 1, should mean 1, wert 1, not tr 1; 12 1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1499 ei kai {i kahee} ·½©ó 1487 ©M 2532;; ³s±µµü AV - though 14, if 4, and if 2, if that 1, if also 1; 22 1) §Y¨Ï, ­Y¬O, ÁöµM

1499 ei kai {i kahee} from 1487 and 2532;; conj AV - though 14, if 4, and if 2, if that 1, if also 1; 22 1) even, if, although
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1500 eike {i-kay'} TDNT - 2:380,203; °Æµü AV - in vain 5, without a cause 1, vainly 1; 7 1) µL½t¥Ñ¦a (#¤Ó 5:21; ¦è 2:18|) 2) ®{µM¦a (#¥[ 3:4, 4:11) 3) ²@µL¥Ø¼Ð¦a (#ù 13:4|) 4) ÀH·N²Ê¤ß¦a (#ªL«e 15:2|)

1500 eike {i-kay'} probably from 1502 (through the idea of failure); TDNT - 2:380,203; adv AV - in vain 5, without a cause 1, vainly 1; 7 1) inconsiderably, without purpose, without just cause 2) in vain 2a) without success or effort
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1501 eikosi {i'-kos-ee} Äݤ£½T©w±K¤ÁÃö«Y;; n indecl AV - twenty 12; 12 1) ¤G¤Q

1501 eikosi {i'-kos-ee} of uncertain affinity;; n indecl AV - twenty 12; 12 1) twenty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1502 eiko {i'-ko} apparently a root word;; °Êµü AV - give place 1; 1 1) Åý¨B

1502 eiko {i'-ko} apparently a root word;; v AV - give place 1; 1 1) to yield
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1503 eiko {i'-ko} apparently a root word [perhaps ªñ¦ü to 1502 through the idea of faintness as a copy];; °Êµü AV - be like 2; 2 1) ¦p¦P, ¬Û¹³ (#¶® 1:6,23|)

1503 eiko {i'-ko} apparently a root word [perhaps akin to 1502 through the idea of faintness as a copy];; v AV - be like 2; 2 1) to be like
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1504 eikon {i-kone'} ·½©ó 1503; TDNT - 2:381,203; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - image 23; 23 1) ¹³, ¥~§Î, ¥~ªí 1a) ¨Æª«ªº§Î¹³(«ü¤Ñ°ê¤¤ªº¨Æª«) 1a1) ¥Î¥H«ü·s³yªº¤H¦b¼w¦æ¤W©M¯«ªº¬Û¦ü 1a2) ¯«¤lªº§Î¶H, «ü¯u°ò·þ®{©Ò³Q§ï³y¦¨ªº¼Ë¤l, ¤£¥u¬O©M¤Ñ°ê¤¤ªºÆFª«¬Û¦ü, ¦@¥B¬O¹F¨ì¤@ºØ¤ß´¼¤Wªºµ´¹ï¸t¼ä, ´N¹³¬O°ò·þªº¼Ë¤l 1b) ¤@­Ó¤Hªº¥~»ª, §Î¶H 1b1) «ü©M©Ò¨£¹Lªº¬Y¤H«Ü¹³ 1b2) ¥Î©ó«ü¦³«ü´§Åv¬`, ¦³¦a¦ìªº¤H 1b3) ¥Î¥H«ü°ò·þ°ò¼äªº¥»½è©M¦Ü°ªªº¼w¦æ

1504 eikon {i-kone'} from 1503; TDNT - 2:381,203; n f AV - image 23; 23 1) an image, figure, likeness 1a) an image of the things (the heavenly things) 1a1) used of the moral likeness of renewed men to God 1a2) the image of the Son of God, into which true Christians are transformed, is likeness not only to the heavenly body, but also to the most holy and blessed state of mind, which Christ possesses 1b) the image of one 1b1) one in whom the likeness of any one is seen 1b2) applied to man on account of his power of command 1b3) to Christ on account of his divine nature and absolute moral excellence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1505 heilikrineia {i-lik-ree'-ni-ah} ·½¦Û 1506; TDNT - 2:397,206; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sincerity 3; 3 1) ¯Â²b,¯Â¥¿, ¸Û¹ê,²vª½ ,¥¿ª½

1505 heilikrineia {i-lik-ree'-ni-ah} from 1506; TDNT - 2:397,206; n f AV - sincerity 3; 3 1) purity, sincerity, ingenuousness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1506 heilikrines {i-lik-ree-nace'} ·½©ó heile (¤Ó¶§¤§¥ú) ©M 2919; TDNT - 2:397,206; §Î®eµü AV - sincere 1, pure 1; 2 1) ¥¿ª½ªº, ¯u¼°ªº, ¯Â²bªº, µL¦¾ÂIªº 2) Åu¦b¶§¥ú¤U¨Ó¤½¶}À˵ø¤´¬O¯Â¼äµL¦Ãªº ¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5840

1506 heilikrines {i-lik-ree-nace'} from heile (the sun's ray) and 2919; TDNT - 2:397,206; adj AV - sincere 1, pure 1; 2 1) pure, sincere, unsullied 2) found pure when unfolded and examined by the sun's light For Synonyms see entry 5840
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1507 heilisso {hi-lis'-so} a prolonged form of a primary but defective°Êµüheilo (of the same meaning);; °Êµü AV - roll together 1; 1 1) ±²°_¨Ó, ¦X°_¨Ó (#±Ò 6:14|)

1507 heilisso {hi-lis'-so} a prolonged form of a primary but defective verb heilo (of the same meaning);; v AV - roll together 1; 1 1) to roll up or together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1508 ei me {i may} 1487 + 3361;; ³s±µµü AV - but 53, save 16, except 6, if not 5, not tr 1, misc 1; 91 1) °£«D

1508 ei me {i may} from 1487 and 3361;; conj AV - but 53, save 16, except 6, if not 5, not tr 1, misc 1; 91 1) if not, except, but
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1509 ei me ti {i may tee} ·½¦Û 1508 and the ¤¤©Ê of 5100;; conj AV - except 3; 3 1) ­Y¤£, °£«D, ­Y¤£¤]³\ (#¸ô 9:13; ªL«e 7:5; ªL«á 13:5|)

1509 ei me ti {i may tee} from 1508 and the neuter of 5100;; conj AV - except 3; 3 1) unless indeed, except, unless perhaps
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1510 eimi {i-mee'} ²Ä¤@¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ²{¦bª½»¡; TDNT - 2:398,206; °Êµü AV - I am + 1473 74, am 55, it is I + 1473 6, be 2, I was + 1473 1, have been 1, not tr 7; 146 1) ¬O; ¦b, ¦s¦b, µo¥Í, ¥Í¬¡, ¦í, ¯d¦b, ¦³,

1510 eimi {i-mee'} the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; TDNT - 2:398,206; v AV - I am + 1473 74, am 55, it is I + 1473 6, be 2, I was + 1473 1, have been 1, not tr 7; 146 1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1511 einai {i'-nahee} 1510 ªº²{¦b¦¡¤£©wµü;; °Êµü AV - to be 33, be 28, was 15, is 14, am 7, are 6, were 4, not tr 11, misc 8; 126 1) ¬O, ¦s¦b, µo¥Í, ¥X²{

1511 einai {i'-nahee} present infinitive from 1510;; v AV - to be 33, be 28, was 15, is 14, am 7, are 6, were 4, not tr 11, misc 8; 126 1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1512 ei per {i per} ³s±µµü AV - if so be that 3, though 1, seeing 1, if so be 1; 6 1) ­YªG¯u, ¬JµM

1512 ei per {i per} from 1487 and 4007;; conj AV - if so be that 3, though 1, seeing 1, if so be 1; 6 1) if indeed, since, if after all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1513 ei pos {i poce} ³s±µµü AV - if by any means 4; 4 1) ­YªG¯u, ¬JµM

1513 ei pos {i poce} from 1487 and 4458;; conj AV - if by any means 4; 4 1) if indeed, since, if after all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1514 eireneuo {i-rane-yoo'-o} ·½©ó 1515; TDNT - 2:417,207; °Êµü AV - have peace 1, live peaceably 1, live in peace 1, be at peace 1; 4 1) ¹F¦¨©M¥­ 2) ©¼¦¹¬Û¥æ«O«ù©M¥­, ©M¿Ó 3) ¨S¦³¯Éª§, ¤Ó¥­®É¥N

1514 eireneuo {i-rane-yoo'-o} from 1515; TDNT - 2:417,207; v AV - have peace 1, live peaceably 1, live in peace 1, be at peace 1; 4 1) to make peace 2) to cultivate or keep peace, harmony 3) to be at peace, live in peace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1515 eirene {i-ray'-nay} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@­Ó°ò¥»°Êµü eiro (³sµ²); TDNT - 2:400,207; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92 1) °ê®a¦w©wªºª¬ºA 1a) §K°£¾Ôª§ªº¸v­h©M¯E§T 2) ­ÓÅ餧¶¡ªº©M¥­, ¥ç§Y¿Ä¬¢, ©M·ü 3) ¦w¥þ·P, ¦w¥þ, ¿³©ô, ©¯ºÖ, (¦]¬°©M¥­¿Ä¬¢¨Ï±o¨Æª««O«ù¦w¥þ¿³©ô) 4) «üÀ±ÁɨȪº¥­¦w 4a) ¾É­P¥­¦wªº¹D(±ÏÅ«) 5) «ü°ò·þ±Ð¸q, ¤@­Ó¤HÂǥѰò·þ¦Ó½T«H¨ä±ÏÅ«ªº¥­Ã­ª¬ºA, ¨Ã¥B¤£Äß©È ±q¯«¨Óªº¨Æª«, ¤]º¡¨¬©ó¥L¦b¤H¶¡ªº©R¹B, ¤£ºÞ¨º©R¹B¦p¦ó 6) ·q°@¥B¥¿ª½ªº¤H¦º«á¨ü¯¬ºÖªºª¬ºA

1515 eirene {i-ray'-nay} probably from a primary verb eiro (to join); TDNT - 2:400,207; n f AV - peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92 1) a state of national tranquillity 1a) exemption from the rage and havoc of war 2) peace between individuals, i.e. harmony, concord 3) security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous) 4) of the Messiah's peace 4a) the way that leads to peace (salvation) 5) of Christianity, the tranquil state of a soul assured of its salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and content with its earthly lot, of whatsoever sort that is 6) the blessed state of devout and upright men after death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1516 eirenikos {i-ray-nee-kos'} ·½©ó 1515; TDNT - 2:418,207; §Î®eµü AV - peaceable 2 1) ©M¥­¦w, ©M¥­¦³Ãöªº 2) ©M¥­ªº, ¤Ó¥­ªº, ·R¦n©M¥­ªº 3) ±a¨Ó©M¥­ªº, ·R¦n©M¥­ªº, ¦³¯qªº

1516 eirenikos {i-ray-nee-kos'} from 1515; TDNT - 2:418,207; adj AV - peaceable 2 1) relating to peace 2) peaceable, pacific, loving peace 3) bring peace with it, peaceful, salutary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1517 eirenopoieo {i-ray-nop-oy-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1518; TDNT - 2:419,207; °Êµü AV - make peace 1; 1 1) «P¨Ï©M¥­, «Ø¥ß©M¿Ó (#¦è 1:20|)

1517 eirenopoieo {i-ray-nop-oy-eh'-o} from 1518; TDNT - 2:419,207; v AV - make peace 1; 1 1) to make peace, establish harmony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1518 eirenopoios {i-ray-nop-oy-os'} ·½¦Û 1518 and 4160; TDNT - 2:419,207; §Î®eµü AV - peacemakers 1; 1 1) ©M¨Æ¦Ñ 2) ©M¥­ªº, ·R¦n©M·üªº (#¤Ó 5:6|)

1518 eirenopoios {i-ray-nop-oy-os'} from 1518 and 4160; TDNT - 2:419,207; adj AV - peacemakers 1; 1 1) a peacemaker 2) pacific, loving peace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1519 eis {ice} °ò¥»«¬¤¶Ã´µü; TDNT - 2:420,211; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - into 573, to 281, unto 207, for 140, in 138, on 58, toward 29, against 26, misc 321; 1773 1) «á¥[ª½±µ¨ü®æ ¶i¥h, ¥h, ´Â¦V, ¬°, ¦b....¸Ì, ¦b...¦a¤è, ¦b...¤§¤W, ¦b®ÇÃä ¦bªþªñ, ¦b...·í¤¤, ¹ï©ó, °f©ó, ¤Ï¹ï, Ãö©ó, 2) eis to + ¤£©wµü ªí¥Øªº, ¦³®É¥ç«üµ²ªG Wigram ­pºâªº¦¸¼Æ¬O 1770, ¦Ó«D 1773.

1519 eis {ice} a primary preposition; TDNT - 2:420,211; prep AV - into 573, to 281, unto 207, for 140, in 138, on 58, toward 29, against 26, misc 321; 1773 1) into, unto, to, towards, for, among Wigram's frequency count is 1770 not 1773.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1520 heis {hice} (¥]¬A¤¤©Êµ¥µ¥µü©Êªº hen); TDNT - 2:434,214; ¼Æ¦r AV - one 229, a 9, other 6, some 6, not tr 4, misc 17; 271 1) ¤@

1520 heis {hice} (including the neuter [etc.] hen); TDNT - 2:434,214; numeral AV - one 229, a 9, other 6, some 6, not tr 4, misc 17; 271 1) one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1521 eisago {ice-ag'-o} ·½©ó 1519 and 71;; °Êµü AV - bring in 5, bring 4, lead 1; 10 1) ±a»â 2) ¤Þ¶i, ±aµÛ¶i¤J¬Y­Ó¥¼©ú½T»¡©úªº¦a¤è

1521 eisago {ice-ag'-o} from 1519 and 71;; v AV - bring in 5, bring 4, lead 1; 10 1) to lead in 2) to bring in, the place into which not being expressly stated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1522 eisakouo {ice-ak-oo'-o} ·½©ó 1519 ©M 191; TDNT - 1:222,34; °Êµü AV - hear 5; 5 1) ª`·N, äê¿ô¿í¦u, ¿í±q 2) Å¥±q, ÃÙ¦P¤@­Ó½Ð¨D; Å¥¨ì, À³¤¹¨ä­n¨D 2a) «ü¦V¯«Ã«§iªº¤H 2b) «ü¬è¨DªºÃ«§i

1522 eisakouo {ice-ak-oo'-o} from 1519 and 191; TDNT - 1:222,34; v AV - hear 5; 5 1) to give heed to, comply with admonition, to obey 2) to listen to, assent to, a request, to be heard, have request granted 2a) of persons offering prayers to God 2b) of prayers offered up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1523 eisdechomai {ice-dekh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1519 and 1209; TDNT - 2:57,146; °Êµü AV - receive 1; 1 1) ¿Ë¤Áªº±µ«Ý, ¥H®¦´f¬Û«Ý (#ªL«á 6:17|)

1523 eisdechomai {ice-dekh'-om-ahee} from 1519 and 1209; TDNT - 2:57,146; v AV - receive 1; 1 1) to receive kindly, to treat with favour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1524 eiseimi {ice'-i-mee} ·½©ó 1519 ©M eimi (¥Xµo, «e¶i);; °Êµü AV - go 2, go in 1, enter 1; 4 1) ¶i¤J, ¶i¥h

1524 eiseimi {ice'-i-mee} from 1519 and eimi (to go);; v AV - go 2, go in 1, enter 1; 4 1) to go into, enter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1525 eiserchomai {ice-er'-khom-ahee} ·½©ó 1519 ©M 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; °Êµü AV - enter 107, go 22, come in 19, go in 18, enter in 17, come 14, arise 1; 198 1) ¥X¥h©Î¶i¨Ó: ¶i¤J 1a) «ü¤H©Î°Êª«, ¶i¤J¤@­Ó«Î¤l©Î«°¥« 1b) «ü¼»¥¹´x±±¤@­Ó¤Hªº¦×Åé 1c) «ü¨Æª«: ¤ñ¦p­¹ª«³Q¦Y¤J¤f¤¤ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) «ü¶i¤J¥ô¦ó¤@ºØª¬ªp, ª¬ºA, ªÀ·|, ©Î¾·~ 2a1) ¿³°_, ¥X¥Í, ¦¨¬° 2a2) «ü¤H¨Ó¨ì¸s²³­±«e 2a3) «ü¶i¤J¥Í©R¤§¤¤(¦³¤F¥Í©R) 2b) ¶i¤J¤ß¤¤ªº·N©À©Î·Qªk

1525 eiserchomai {ice-er'-khom-ahee} from 1519 and 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; v AV - enter 107, go 22, come in 19, go in 18, enter in 17, come 14, arise 1; 198 1) to go out or come in: to enter 1a) of men or animals, as into a house or a city 1b) of Satan taking possession of the body of a person 1c) of things: as food, that enters into the eater's mouth 2) metaph. 2a) of entrance into any condition, state of things, society, employment 2a1) to arise, come into existence, begin to be 2a2) of men, to come before the public 2a3) to come into life 2b) of thoughts that come into the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1526 eisi {i-see'} 1510 ªº²Ä¤T¤HºÙ½Æ¼Æ²{¦b¦¡ª½»¡ªk°Êµü;; °Êµü AV - are 135, be 14, were 7, have 2, not tr 1, misc 4; 163 1) ¬O

1526 eisi {i-see'} third person plural present indicative of 1510;; v AV - are 135, be 14, were 7, have 2, not tr 1, misc 4; 163 1) are, be, were, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1527 heis kath heis {hice kath hice} ·½¦Û 1520 repeated with 2596 inserted; ; idiom AV - one by one 2; 2 1) ¤@­Ó±µµÛ¤@­Ó

1527 heis kath heis {hice kath hice} from 1520 repeated with 2596 inserted; ; idiom AV - one by one 2; 2 1) one after another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1528 eiskaleo {ice-kal-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1519 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; °Êµü AV - call in 1; 1 1) ½Ð¨ì¦Û¤vªº¦a¤è, ÁܽШ쩲§@«È (#®{ 10:23|)

1528 eiskaleo {ice-kal-eh'-o} from 1519 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v AV - call in 1; 1 1) to call into one's self, to invite in to one's house
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1529 eisodos {ice'-od-os} ·½¦Û1519©M3598; TDNT - 5:103,666; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - coming 1, entering in 1, entrance in 1, to enter into + 1519 1, entrance 1; 5 1) ¤J¤f 1a) ¶i¤J¤@­Ó¦a¤èªº¦a¤è¡A©ÎªÌ¹D¸ô¡]¨Ò¡G¤@®°ªù¡^ 1b) ¶i¤J¡A¨ÓÁ{

1529 eisodos {ice'-od-os} from 1519 and 3598; TDNT - 5:103,666; n f AV - coming 1, entering in 1, entrance in 1, to enter into + 1519 1, entrance 1; 5 1) an entrance 1a) the place or way leading into a place (as a gate) 1b) the act of entering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1530 eispedao {ice-pay-dah'-o} ·½¦Û 1519 ©M pedao (¸õÅD);; °Êµü AV - run in 1, spring in 1; 2 1) ¸õ¶i, «æ«PªºÂô¤J (#®{ 14:14;16:29|)

1530 eispedao {ice-pay-dah'-o} from 1519 and pedao (to leap);; v AV - run in 1, spring in 1; 2 1) to spring in, to rush in impetuously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1531 eisporeuomai {ice-por-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1519 and 4198; TDNT - 6:578,915; °Êµü AV - enter 9, enter in 4, come in 3, go 1; 17 1) ¶i¤J...ª¬ºA, ¶i¤J 1a) «ü¤H 1b) «ü¨Æª« 1b1) ³Q¸Ë¸ü¦Ü...©Î©ñ¤J.... 1b2) ¦p­¹ª«¤J¤f 2) Áô³ë. ²`¤J¤ßÆFªº¼vÅT

1531 eisporeuomai {ice-por-yoo'-om-ahee} from 1519 and 4198; TDNT - 6:578,915; v AV - enter 9, enter in 4, come in 3, go 1; 17 1) to go into, enter 1a) of persons 1b) of things 1b1) to be carried into or put into 1b2) as food into a mouth 2) metaph. of affections entering the soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1532 eistrecho {ice-trekh'-o} ·½¦Û 1519 and 5143;; °Êµü AV - run in 1; 1 1) ¶]¶i¥h

1532 eistrecho {ice-trekh'-o} from 1519 and 5143;; v AV - run in 1; 1 1) to run in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1533 eisphero {ice-fer'-o} ·½¦Û 1519 »P 5342; TDNT - 9:64,1252; °Êµü AV - bring 3, bring in 2, lead 2; 7 1) ±a¤J¡B±a¥h¡B±a©¹ 2) ¨Ï¤§¡B¤Þ¾É¤§

1533 eisphero {ice-fer'-o} from 1519 and 5342; TDNT - 9:64,1252; v AV - bring 3, bring in 2, lead 2; 7 1) to bring into, in or to 2) to lead into
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1534 eita {i'-tah} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; °Æµü AV - then 11, after that 3, afterward 1, furthermore 1; 16 1) µM«á 2) ±µµÛ, ¤U¤@­Ó, ¤§«á

1534 eita {i'-tah} of uncertain affinity;; adv AV - then 11, after that 3, afterward 1, furthermore 1; 16 1) then 2) next, after that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1535 eite {i'-teh} ·½©ó 1487 ©M 5037;; ³s±µµü AV - or 33, whether 28, or whether 3, if 1; 65 1) ©Î¬O³o...©Î¬O¨º... 2) ¤£½×¬O³o­Ó...©Î¨º­Ó...

1535 eite {i'-teh} from 1487 and 5037;; conj AV - or 33, whether 28, or whether 3, if 1; 65 1) if ... if 2) whether ... or
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1536 ei tis {i tis} ·½©ó 1487 ©M 5100;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - if any man 35, if any 19, if a man 8, if any thing 6, if ought 3, whosoever 2, misc 6; 79 1) ¥ô¦ó¤@¦ì, ¤£½×¤°»ò

1536 ei tis {i tis} from 1487 and 5100;; pron AV - if any man 35, if any 19, if a man 8, if any thing 6, if ought 3, whosoever 2, misc 6; 79 1) whoever, whatever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1537 ek {ek} ©Î ¥À­µ«e¥Î ex {ex} °ò¥»«¬ªº¤¶Ã´µü, ªí¥Ü°_·½ (¤@­Ó°Ê§@ªº±Ò©l³B), ·½¦Û, ¥X¦Û (¬Y­Ó¦aÂI, ¬Y®É¶¡), ¥X©ó¤°»ò­ì¦], ½t¥Ñ; µL½×«ö¦r­±ªº·N«ä, ©Î¤ñ³ë;; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - of 367, from 181, out of 162, by 55, on 34, with 25, misc 97; 921 1) ±µ©Ò¦³®æ: ±q....¥X¨Ó, ¥X©ó, Á×¶}, ²æÂ÷ (¬ù¤Q39; ¤Q¤G27), ÂǵÛ, ¥Ñ©ó, ¦]¬°, ¬°, ¦b...¤§¤W, ..., ...ªº, ±q...(®É­Ô)´N (¥i¤E21)

1537 ek {ek} or ex {ex} a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative;; prep AV - of 367, from 181, out of 162, by 55, on 34, with 25, misc 97; 921 1) out of, from, by, away from
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1538 hekastos {hek'-as-tos} ¥i¯à¬O hekas (afar) ªº³Ì°ª¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - every man 39, every one 20, every 17, misc 7; 83 1) ¦U­Ó, ¨C¤@­Ó

1538 hekastos {hek'-as-tos} as if a superlative of hekas (afar);; adj AV - every man 39, every one 20, every 17, misc 7; 83 1) each, every
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1539 hekastote {hek-as'-tot-eh} as if from 1538 and 5119;; °Æµü AV - always 1; 1 1) ¨C¦¸³£³o¼Ë, Á`¬O

1539 hekastote {hek-as'-tot-eh} as if from 1538 and 5119;; adv AV - always 1; 1 1) at every time, always
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1540 hekaton {hek-at-on'} n indecl AV - hundred 15, hundredfold 2; 17 1) ¤@¦Ê

1540 hekaton {hek-at-on'} of uncertain affinity;; n indecl AV - hundred 15, hundredfold 2; 17 1) a hundred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1541 hekatontaetes {hek-at-on-tah-et'-ace} ·½¦Û 1540 and 2094;; §Î®eµü AV - hundred years old 1; 1 1) ¤@¦Ê·³¥H¤Wªº¤H, ¤@¦Ê·³ªº¤H (#ù 4:19|)

1541 hekatontaetes {hek-at-on-tah-et'-ace} from 1540 and 2094;; adj AV - hundred years old 1; 1 1) centenarian, a hundred years old
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1542 hekatontaplasion {hek-at-on-ta-plah-sec'-own} ·½¦Û 1540 and a presumed derivative of 4111;; §Î®eµü AV - hundredfold 3; 3 1) ¦Ê­¿ªº, ¦P¦Ê­¿¤@¼Ë¦hªº (#¤Ó 19:29|)

1542 hekatontaplasion {hek-at-on-ta-plah-sec'-own} from 1540 and a presumed derivative of 4111;; adj AV - hundredfold 3; 3 1) hundredfold, a hundred times as much
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1543 hekatontarches {hek-at-on-tar'-khace} or hekatontarchos {hek-at-on'-tar-khos} ·½¦Û 1540 and 757;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - centurion 21; 21 1) ù°¨­x¶¤ªºªø©x(¦Ê¤Òªø)

1543 hekatontarches {hek-at-on-tar'-khace} or hekatontarchos {hek-at-on'-tar-khos} from 1540 and 757;; n m AV - centurion 21; 21 1) an officer in the Roman army
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1544 ekballo {ek-bal'-lo} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 906; TDNT - 1:527,91; °Êµü AV - cast out 45, cast 11, bring forth 3, pull out 3, send forth 3, misc 17; 82 1) ÂY¥X, ³v¥X, °e¥X, »°¥X 1a) ¥H±Ä¨ú¼É¤Oªº·N¸q¤W 1a1) ³v¥X, ½û¥X (»°¥X¥h) 1a2) ±Æ¥X, »°¥X, ½ð¥X¥h 1a2a) ³Q»°¥X³o¥@¬É, ¥ç§Y ­é¹Ü¤F¨ä¦b³o¥@¤W©Ò¦³ªºÅv¤O©M¼vÅT¤O 1a2b) «üª«: ¦p¸¡¤¤¤§ª«±Æªn¨ìÁT¦À¤¤ 1a3) ±N¬Y¤H³v¥X©Ò¦bªºªÀ¸s¤¤, ©ñ³v: »°¥X®aªù 1a4) ­¢¨Ï¬Y¤HÂ÷¥h; ¥HÄYµÂ§N»Å(ÁöµM¤£¨£±o«Ü¤õ¼É®£À~)ªº¨¥»y©R¥O¬Y¤HÂ÷¶} 1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is transferred to the one sending forth (?) 1a51) ¥H©R¥O©Î¨ä¥¦¤è¦¡¨Ï¬Y¤H¥^¥^Â÷¶} 1a6) ¬I¤O¨ú¥X, ­é°£¥~¥Ö¦Ó±o¨ì, «õ¥X¨Ó 1a7) §t¦³¥HªZ¤OÀ£¨î¼Ä¹ï¤@¤èªº·N«ä 1a7a) «P¨Ï¨Æ±¡ª½±µ¹F¨ì©Ò·N±ýªºª¬ªp 1a8) »Àµø©Ú¥¸¤§, Â÷±ó©Î¥á±ó 1b) «D¼É¤Oªº·N¸q¤W 1b1) ±N§t¦b¥t¤@ª«¤¤ªº¬YªF¦è¨ú¥X, ©Ô¥X, ©Þ¥X¨Ó 1b2) ±a¥X¨Ó, ¨Ïµo¥Í, ¨Ï²£¥Í 1b3) ±Æ°£, °£¥~, ¬Ù²¤, ¥ç§Y ¤£±µ¨ü, ¤£±Ä¯Ç, ¤£¦C¤J¦Ò¼{ 1b4) ¥H¬Y¤H¤£¥i§Ü©Ú¤§¤O¨Ï¨ä¥h¨ì©ÎÂ÷¶}¬Y¦a

1544 ekballo {ek-bal'-lo} from 1537 and 906; TDNT - 1:527,91; v AV - cast out 45, cast 11, bring forth 3, pull out 3, send forth 3, misc 17; 82 1) to cast out, drive out, to send out 1a) with notion of violence 1a1) to drive out (cast out) 1a2) to cast out 1a2a) of the world, i.e. be deprived of the power and influence he exercises in the world 1a2b) a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink 1a3) to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family 1a4) to compel one to depart; to bid one depart, in stern though not violent language 1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is transferred to the one sending forth 1a51) to command or cause one to depart in haste 1a6) to draw out with force, tear out 1a7) with implication of force overcoming opposite force 1a7a) to cause a thing to move straight on its intended goal 1a8) to reject with contempt, to cast off or away 1b) without the notion of violence 1b1) to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another 1b2) to bring out of, to draw or bring forth 1b3) to except, to leave out, i.e. not receive 1b4) to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he cannot resist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1545 ekbasis {ek'-bas-is} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 939 ªº¦r·½(·N¬° ¨«¥X)ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - way of escape 1, end 1; 2 1) ±Æ¥X¤f, ¥X¸ô, ¥X¤f 1a) ¥Î¥H¶H¼x¥i¥H¾D¨ì»¤´b¸Õ±´®Éªº¥X¸ô 2) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤H¥Í©Rªºµ²§ô»¡ªº 2a) #¨Ó 13:7|¤¤¤£¶È«üµÛ¦×Åé¥Í©Rªºµ²§ô¦Ó»¡, ¤]¥Î¨Ó«ü¦bÁ{¦º¤`®ÉªºÄÝÆFªí²{©ÒÅã¥Ü ªº¥Í©R¬ü¦nªºµ²§ô

1545 ekbasis {ek'-bas-is} from a compound of 1537 and the base of 939 (meaning to go out);; n f AV - way of escape 1, end 1; 2 1) an egress, way out, exit 1a) applied figuratively to the way of escape from temptation 2) the issue referring to the end of one's life 2a) Heb 13:7 refers not only to end of physical life, but the manner in which they closed a well spent life as exhibited by their spirit in dying
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1546 ekbole {ek-bol-ay'} ·½¦Û 1544;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lighten the ship + 4060 1; 1 1) ³v¥X, ¶}°£ 2) ²î­û±N¸Ë¸üªº°Ó«~³fª«¦Û²î¤W©ß¥X, ¥H§K²î°¦¦b¼É­·«B¤¤Â½ÂÐ (#®{ 27:18|)

1546 ekbole {ek-bol-ay'} from 1544;; n f AV - lighten the ship + 4060 1; 1 1) a casting out 2) the throwing overboard of goods and lading whereby sailors lighten a ship in a storm to keep her from sinking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1547 ekgamizo {ek-gam-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1537 and ...¤§¤@«¬ 1061 [cf 1548];; °Êµü AV - give in marriage 5; 5 1) ¦A±B§¤W±N¤k¨à¥æµ¹¨k¤è 2) ¥X¶ù, µªÀ³±B¬ù

1547 ekgamizo {ek-gam-id'-zo} from 1537 and a form of 1061 [cf 1548];; v AV - give in marriage 5; 5 1) to give away in marriage: a daughter 2) to marry, to be given in marriage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1548 ekgamisko {ek-gam-is'-ko} ·½¦Û 1537 and 1061;; °Êµü AV - give in marriage 2; 2 1) ¦b±B§¤W§â·s®Q¥æµ¹·s­¦ 2) µ²±B, µ¹©ó¶ù°ù (#¸ô 20:34-35|)

1548 ekgamisko {ek-gam-is'-ko} from 1537 and 1061;; v AV - give in marriage 2; 2 1) to give away in marriage: a daughter 2) to marry, to be given in marriage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1549 ekgonon {ek'-gon-on} ¤¤©Ê of a derivative of a compound of 1537 and 1096;; §Î®eµü AV - nephew 1; 1 1) ·½©ó¬Y¤H, ¥Í©ó, ¥Ñ...¦Ó¥Í¥X 2) ¨à¤l, ¤k¨à, ¤l®]«á¥N, «Ä¤l­Ì, «á¸Ç 3) ®]¤l¤k (#´£«e 5:4|)

1549 ekgonon {ek'-gon-on} neuter of a derivative of a compound of 1537 and 1096;; adj AV - nephew 1; 1 1) sprung from one, born, begotten 2) a son, daughter, offspring, children, descendants 3) grandchildren
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1550 ekdapanao {ek-dap-an-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 1159;; °Êµü AV - spend 1; 1 1) ¨Ïºë¯h¤OºÜ, ¯ÓºÉ, ¥ÎºÉ, 2) ºÜºÉ©Ò¯à (#ªL«á 12:15|)

1550 ekdapanao {ek-dap-an-ah'-o} from 1537 and 1159;; v AV - spend 1; 1 1) to exhaust by expending, to spend wholly, use up, 2) to spend one's self wholly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1551 ekdechomai {ek-dekh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 1209; TDNT - 2:56,146; °Êµü AV - wait for 3, look for 2, tarry for 1, expect 1, wait 1; 8 1) ±µ¨ì, ±µ¨ü 2) «ü±æ, ´Á«Ý, µ¥­Ô, µ¥«Ý

1551 ekdechomai {ek-dekh'-om-ahee} from 1537 and 1209; TDNT - 2:56,146; v AV - wait for 3, look for 2, tarry for 1, expect 1, wait 1; 8 1) to receive, accept 2) to look for, expect, wait for, await
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1552 ekdelos {ek'-day-los} ·½¦Û 1537 and 1212;; §Î®eµü AV - manifest 1; 1 1) ©úÅ㪺, ²M´·ªº, ÅãÅSªº (#´£«á 3:9|)

1552 ekdelos {ek'-day-los} from 1537 and 1212;; adj AV - manifest 1; 1 1) evident, clear, conspicuous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1553 ekdemeo {ek-day-meh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 1537 and 1218; TDNT - 2:63,149; °Êµü AV - be absent 3; 3 1) ¥X°ê 2) ²¾©~, ±Òµ{Â÷¶} 3) ¨­¦b°ê¥~©Î¦í¦b°ê¥~

1553 ekdemeo {ek-day-meh'-o} from a compound of 1537 and 1218; TDNT - 2:63,149; v AV - be absent 3; 3 1) to go abroad 2) emigrate, depart 3) to be or live abroad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1554 ekdidomi {ek-did-o'-mee} ·½¦Û 1537 and 1325;; °Êµü AV - let out 3, let forth 1; 4 1) ¥æ¥X¦Û®aªº©Ð¤l, Åv¤O, ¤ä°t, Àx»W µ¥ 2) ¥ÎºÉ, §ë­°, ¥æÉì 3) µ¹©ó¥X­É 4) ¥]µ¹§O¤H 5) µ¹¥L¤H¤è«K

1554 ekdidomi {ek-did-o'-mee} from 1537 and 1325;; v AV - let out 3, let forth 1; 4 1) to give out of one's house, power, hand, stores 2) to give out, give up, give over 3) to let out for hire 4) to farm out 5) to let out for one's advantage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1555 ekdiegeomai {ek-dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1537 and a compound of 1223 and 2233;; °Êµü AV - declare 2; 2 1) ¥þ³¡¨Ñ¥X, ©P¥þªº±Ô­z 2) Á¿­z, §i¶D, «ÅÁ¿ (#®{ 13:41|)

1555 ekdiegeomai {ek-dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee} from 1537 and a compound of 1223 and 2233;; v AV - declare 2; 2 1) to narrate in full or wholly 2) to relate, tell, declare
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1556 ekdikeo {ek-dik-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1558; TDNT - 2:442,215; °Êµü AV - avenge 5, revenge 1; 6 1) ¦ù±i¤½¸q 2) Ãg»@, ³ø´_

1556 ekdikeo {ek-dik-eh'-o} from 1558; TDNT - 2:442,215; v AV - avenge 5, revenge 1; 6 1) to vindicate one's right, do one justice 1a) to protect, defend, one person from another 2) to avenge a thing 2a) to punish a person for a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1557 ekdikesis {ek-dik'-ay-sis} ·½©ó 1556; TDNT - 2:445,215; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vengeance 4, avenge + 4060 3, revenge 1, punishment 1, 9 1) ³ø´_, ´_¤³, Ãg»@

1557 ekdikesis {ek-dik'-ay-sis} from 1556; TDNT - 2:445,215; n f AV - vengeance 4, avenge + 4060 3, revenge 1, punishment 1, 9 1) a revenging, vengeance, punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1558 ekdikos {ek'-dik-os} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 1349; TDNT - 2:444,215; §Î®eµü AV - avenger 1, revenger 1; 2 1) µLªkµL¤Ñ, ¨S¦³¤½²zªº 2) ­n¨DÃg³Bªº¤H 2a) ³ø¤³ªÌ, ¬I»@ªÌ

1558 ekdikos {ek'-dik-os} from 1537 and 1349; TDNT - 2:444,215; adj AV - avenger 1, revenger 1; 2 1) without law and justice 2) exacting penalty from one 2a) an avenger, punisher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1559 ekdioko {ek-dee-o'-ko} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 1377;; °Êµü AV - persecute 2; 2 1) ³v¥X, ©ñ³v 2) °l®·, °l³v 2a) ­¢®`, À£­¢, ­¢®`

1559 ekdioko {ek-dee-o'-ko} from 1537 and 1377;; v AV - persecute 2; 2 1) to drive out, banish 2) to pursue 2a) to persecute, oppress with calamities
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1560 ekdotos {ek'-dot-os} ·½¦Û 1537 and a derivative of 1325;; §Î®eµü AV - be delivered 1; 1 1) ´£¥æ, ©ã¶Ç 1a) ¦Ü¼Ä¤H¤â¤¤, ©Î´xÅvªÌ, «ö¬Y¤Hªº­n¨D (#®{ 2:23|)

1560 ekdotos {ek'-dot-os} from 1537 and a derivative of 1325;; adj AV - be delivered 1; 1 1) given over, delivered up 1a) to enemies, or to the power, the will, of some one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1561 ekdoche {ek-dokh-ay'} ·½©ó 1551;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - look for 1; 1 1) ¦]¦b¤U¦Cª¬ªp®É©Òªí²{¥Xªº¦æ¬°©ÎºA«×(?) 1a) ¦¬®e, ±µ¨ü 1b) Ä~©Ó 1c) §PÂ_, ¸ÑÄÀ 1d) ´Á«Ý, µ¥­Ô

1561 ekdoche {ek-dokh-ay'} from 1551;; n f AV - look for 1; 1 1) the act or manner of receiving from 1a) reception 1b) succession 1c) interpretation 1d) expectation, waiting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1562 ekduo {ek-doo'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 ©M 1416 ªº°ò¦; TDNT - 2:318,192; °Êµü AV - strip 2, take off from 2, unclothe 1; 5 1) ²æ¥h 1a) ²æ¥h¤@¥ó¦çªA 2) ¥Ñ¦Û¤v¨­Ãä²¾¶}, ²æ¥h¬Y¤Hªº¦çªA 3) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ²æ¤U¨­Åé(ÆF»îªº¦çªA)

1562 ekduo {ek-doo'-o} from 1537 and the base of 1416; TDNT - 2:318,192; v AV - strip 2, take off from 2, unclothe 1; 5 1) to take off 1a) to strip one of his garments 2) to take off from one's self, to put off the one's raiments 3) fig., to put off the body, the clothing of the soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1563 ekei {ek-i'} ¨Ó·½¤£¸Ô;; °Æµü AV - there 86, thither 7, not tr 3, misc 3; 98 1)¨º¸Ì¡A¦b¨º³B©Î¥h¨º³B

1563 ekei {ek-i'} of uncertain affinity;; adv AV - there 86, thither 7, not tr 3, misc 3; 98 1) there, in or to that place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1564 ekeithen {ek-i'-then} ·½¦Û 1563;; °Æµü AV - thence 16, from thence 9, from that place 1, there 1; 27 1) ¦Û©¼®É, ±q¨º®É°_, ±q¨º¸Ì

1564 ekeithen {ek-i'-then} from 1563;; adv AV - thence 16, from thence 9, from that place 1, there 1; 27 1) thence, from that place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1565 ekeinos {ek-i'-nos} ·½©ó 1563;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - that 99, those 40, he 40, the same 20, they 14, misc 38; 251 1) ¥L, ¦o, ¥¦, µ¥µ¥

1565 ekeinos {ek-i'-nos} from 1563;; pron AV - that 99, those 40, he 40, the same 20, they 14, misc 38; 251 1) he, she it, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1566 ekeise {ek-i'-seh} ·½¦Û 1563;; °Æµü AV - there 2; 2 1) ¨º¸Ì, ¦b¨º­Ó¦a¤è

1566 ekeise {ek-i'-seh} from 1563;; adv AV - there 2; 2 1) there, at that place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1567 ekzeteo {ek-zay-teh'-o} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 2212; TDNT - 2:894,300; °Êµü AV - require 2, seek after 2, diligently 1, seek carefully 1, enquire 1; 7 1) ´M¨D, ´M¨D 2) ½Õ¬d, ¥ç§Y ²Ó¹î미Ô, ¸Ô²Ó¼f¹î 3) ½Ð¨D, Àµ½Ð, ´÷±æ 4) ­n¨D¦^À³, ¸ß°Ý, ­n¨D

1567 ekzeteo {ek-zay-teh'-o} from 1537 and 2212; TDNT - 2:894,300; v AV - require 2, seek after 2, diligently 1, seek carefully 1, enquire 1; 7 1) to seek out, search for 2) to seek out, i.e. investigate, scrutinise 3) to seek out for one's self, beg, crave 4) to demand back, require
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1568 ekthambeo {ek-tham-beh'-o} ·½¦Û 1569; TDNT - 3:4,*; °Êµü AV - be affrighted 2, sore amazed 1, greatly amazed 1; 4 1) §ë¤J¦b®£Äß©ÎÅå³Y¤§¤¤ 1a) ©ºÊݤ£¦w, ®£©Æ®`©È 2) ¸Ò²§¾_Åå 2a) ·¥¨ä¦YÅ媺, ¨üÅåÀbªº 2b) ³Q®£©Æ©ÒÀ~

1568 ekthambeo {ek-tham-beh'-o} from 1569; TDNT - 3:4,*; v AV - be affrighted 2, sore amazed 1, greatly amazed 1; 4 1) to throw into terror or amazement 1a) to alarm thoroughly, to terrify 2) to be struck with amazement 2a) to be thoroughly amazed, astounded 2b) to be struck with terror
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1569 ekthambos {ek'-tham-bos} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2285; TDNT - 3:4,312; §Î®eµü AV - greatly wondering 1; 1 1) ÆZ³Y²§ªº, Åå³Yªº 2) ¥i©Èªº, °Q¹½ªº 3) ¤£¥i«äijªº©Î·¥«×¥O¤HÅå¹Äªº (#®{ 3:11|)

1569 ekthambos {ek'-tham-bos} from 1537 and 2285; TDNT - 3:4,312; adj AV - greatly wondering 1; 1 1) quite astonished, amazed 2) terrifying, dreadful 3) wonder or marvel greatly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1570 ekthetos {ek'-thet-os} ·½¦Û 1537 and a derivative of 5087;; §Î®eµü AV - cast out 1; 1 1) ÅX³v, ³v¥X, ¿ò±ó (#®{ 7:19|)

1570 ekthetos {ek'-thet-os} from 1537 and a derivative of 5087;; adj AV - cast out 1; 1 1) cast out, exposed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1571 ekkathairo {ek-kath-ah'-ee-ro} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2508; TDNT - 3:430,381; °Êµü AV - purge out 1, purge 1; 2 1) ¬~²b, ¹ý©³²M¼ä (#ªL«e 5:7; ´£«á 2:21|)

1571 ekkathairo {ek-kath-ah'-ee-ro} from 1537 and 2508; TDNT - 3:430,381; v AV - purge out 1, purge 1; 2 1) to cleanse out, clean thoroughly, to cleanse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1572 ekkaio {ek-kah'-yo} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2545;; °Êµü AV - burn 1; 1 1) ¯ÓºÉ 2) ÂI¿U¤õ 3) ³Q¿E°_, ¿U¿N (#ù 1:27|)

1572 ekkaio {ek-kah'-yo} from 1537 and 2545;; v AV - burn 1; 1 1) to burn out 2) to set on fire 3) to be kindled, to burn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1573 ekkakeo {ek-kak-eh'-o} or egkakeo {eng-kak-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2556; TDNT 3:486,*; °Êµü AV - faint 4, be weary 2; 6 1) §¹¥þ¨S¦³ºë¯«, ºë¤O¯ÓºÉ, ºë¯h¤OºÜ

1573 ekkakeo {ek-kak-eh'-o} or egkakeo {eng-kak-eh'-o} from 1537 and 2556; TDNT 3:486,*; v AV - faint 4, be weary 2; 6 1) to be utterly spiritless, to be wearied out, exhausted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1574 ekkenteo {ek-ken-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and the base of 2759; TDNT - 2:446,216; °Êµü AV - pierce 2; 2 1) ¦ù¥X, «õ±¸¥X 2) ¤ã¤J, ÂW¬ï, ¨ë¤J (#¬ù 19:37; ±Ò 1:7|)

1574 ekkenteo {ek-ken-teh'-o} from 1537 and the base of 2759; TDNT - 2:446,216; v AV - pierce 2; 2 1) to put out, dig out 2) to dig through, transfix, pierce
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1575 ekklao {ek-klah'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2806;; °Êµü AV - break off 3; 3 1) §éÂ_, ¤¤¤î (#ù 11:17, 19-20|)

1575 ekklao {ek-klah'-o} from 1537 and 2806;; v AV - break off 3; 3 1) to break off, to cut off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1576 ekkleio {ek-kli'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 ©M 2808;; °Êµü AV - exclude 2; 2 1) §â...Ãö¦b¥~­±, ²¾¨ì¤á¥~ 2) ¹w¨¾¤@­Ó¤Hªº±µªñ

1576 ekkleio {ek-kli'-o} from 1537 and 2808;; v AV - exclude 2; 2 1) to shut out, to turn out of doors 2) to prevent the approach of one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1577 ekklesia {ek-klay-see'-ah} ·½©ó 1537 ªº½Æ¦X¦r©M 2564 ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 3:501,394; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - church 115, assembly 3; 118 1) ¥Á²³¥Ñ®a¤¤¥X¨Ó¦b¤½¦@³õ©Òªº¦a¤è»E¶°, »E·| 1a) «ü¤H¬°¤F°Óij¨Æ©Ê¦Ó»E¶°¦b¤½¦@ªº·|ij³õ©Ò 1b) «ü¥H¦â¦C¥Á²³ 1c) «D¦³µ¥©w¥Øªºªº, °¸µo©Êªº¸s²³»E¶°, ³ÙÄÛªº 1d) ¦b°ò·þ±Ðªº·N¸q¤W 1d1) °ò·þ®{»E¶°¦b©v±Ð©Êªº³õ¦X¨Ó·q«ô¯« 1d2) «ü´÷±æ°ò·þ­C¿q¥Ã¥Í±Ï®¦ªº°ò·þ®{¤H, ¦b±Ð·|¦X¤@ªº­ì«hªº³W©w¤U, ¿í¦u¦U¦Û ªº©v±Ð»ö¨å, ¶i¦æ¦U¦Ûªº©v±Ð¶°·|, ©MºÞ²z¦U¦Ûªº¨Æ±¡. 1d3) «ü¥Ñ¤À§G¦b¦U¦a, ¦U«°, ¦U§ø«o³s¦X¦¨¤@Å骺¤H 1d4) «ü´²¦b¥@¤W¦U¦aªº¥D¤ºªºªÏÅé 1d5) «ü¤w¥h¥@¥B³Q±µ¤J¤Ñ®aªº¦]«HºÙ¸qªº²³°ò·þ®{

1577 ekklesia {ek-klay-see'-ah} from a compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2564; TDNT - 3:501,394; n f AV - church 115, assembly 3; 118 1) a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some public place, an assembly 1a) an assembly of the people convened at the public place of the council for the purpose of deliberating 1b) the assembly of the Israelites 1c) any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance, tumultuously 1d) in a Christian sense 1d1) an assembly of Christians gathered for worship in a religious meeting 1d2) a company of Christian, or of those who, hoping for eternal salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and manage their own affairs, according to regulations prescribed for the body for order's sake 1d3) those who anywhere, in a city, village, constitute such a company and are united into one body 1d4) the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth 1d5) the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and received into heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1578 ekklino {ek-klee'-no} °Êµü AV - eschew 1, avoid 1, go out of the way 1; 3 1) Á×¶}, »·Â÷ (#ù 3:12|) 2) ²×¤î (#©¼«e 3:11|)

1578 ekklino {ek-klee'-no} from 1537 and 2827;; v AV - eschew 1, avoid 1, go out of the way 1; 3 1) to turn aside, deviate (from the right way and course) 2) to turn (one's self) away, to turn away from, keep aloof from one's society 3) to shun one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1579 ekkolumbao {ek-kol-oom-bah'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 2860;; °Êµü AV - swim out 1; 1 1) ´å¥X, ´åªaÂ÷¶} (#®{ 27:42|)

1579 ekkolumbao {ek-kol-oom-bah'-o} from 1537 and 2860;; v AV - swim out 1; 1 1) to swim out of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1580 ekkomizo {ek-kom-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2865;; °Êµü AV - carry out 1; 1 1) ©ï¥X¨Ó; §¹¦¨, ¹ê½î 1a) §â©¹¥Íªº¤H©ï¥X¥h®I¸® (#¸ô 7:12|)

1580 ekkomizo {ek-kom-id'-zo} from 1537 and 2865;; v AV - carry out 1; 1 1) to carry out 1a) a dead man for burial
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1581 ekkopto {ek-kop'-to} TDNT - 3:857,453; °Êµü AV - cut off 4, hewn down 3, cut down 2, cut out 1, be hindered 1; 11 1) ¤ÁÂ_,¤Á¤U¨Ó 2) ®ø°£ (#ªL«á 11:12|)

1581 ekkopto {ek-kop'-to} from 1537 and 2875; TDNT - 3:857,453; v AV - cut off 4, hewn down 3, cut down 2, cut out 1, be hindered 1; 11 1) to cut out, cut off 1a) of a tree 2) metaph. to cut off occasion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1582 ekkremamai {ek-krem'-am-ahee} TDNT - 3:915,468; °Êµü AV - be very attentive 1; 1 1) ±Mª` (#¸ô 19:48|)

1582 ekkremamai {ek-krem'-am-ahee} middle voice from 1537 and 2910; TDNT - 3:915,468; v AV - be very attentive 1; 1 1) to hang from
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1583 eklaleo {ek-lal-eh'-o} °Êµü AV - tell 1; 1 1) §i¶D, Á¿»¡ (#®{ 23:22|)

1583 eklaleo {ek-lal-eh'-o} from 1537 and 2980;; v AV - tell 1; 1 1) to speak out, divulge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1584 eklampo {ek-lam'-po} TDNT - 4:16,497; °Êµü AV - shine forth 1; 1 1) ´²µo¥ú½÷ (#¤Ó 13:43|)

1584 eklampo {ek-lam'-po} from 1537 and 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; v AV - shine forth 1; 1 1) to shine forth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1585 eklanthanomai {ek-lan-than'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 2990 ªºÃö¨­»yºA;; °Êµü AV - forget 1; 1 1) ¨Ï§Ñ°O 2) §Ñ°O

1585 eklanthanomai {ek-lan-than'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1537 and 2990;; v AV - forget 1; 1 1) to cause to forget 2) to forget
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1586 eklegomai {ek-leg'-om-ahee} TDNT - 4:144,505; °Êµü AV - choose 19, choose out 1, make choice 1; 21 1) ´À¦Û¤v¿ï¾Ü 2) («öµÛ­«­nªºÀu¥ý¦¸§Ç)´À¦Û¤v¬D´z

1586 eklegomai {ek-leg'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1537 and 3004 (in its primary sense); TDNT - 4:144,505; v AV - choose 19, choose out 1, make choice 1; 21 1) to pick out, choose, to pick or choose out for one's self 1a) choosing one out of many, i.e. Jesus choosing his disciples 1b) choosing one for an office 1c) of God choosing whom he judged fit to receive his favours and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight 1c1) i.e. the Israelites 1d) of God the Father choosing Christians, as those whom he set apart from the irreligious multitude as dear unto himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ, citizens in the Messianic kingdom: (James 2:5) so that the ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits only
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1587 ekleipo {ek-li'-po} ·½¦Û 1537 ©M 3007;; °Êµü AV - fail 3; 3 1) ±Ë±ó 1a) ¤£±Ä¥Î, ¬Ù²¤, ©¿²¤ 1b) Â÷¶}, Â÷¥h 2) °±¤î 2a) °±¤î, ²×µ², ²×¤î 2b) «ü¤Ó¶§©Î¤ë«Gªº¥ú¤£¯à¹F¨ì¦a²y(»k)

1587 ekleipo {ek-li'-po} from 1537 and 3007;; v AV - fail 3; 3 1) fail 1a) to leave out, omit, pass by 1b) to leave, quit 2) to fail 2a) to leave off, cease, stop 2b) of the failing or eclipse of the light of the sun and the moon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1588 eklektos {ek-lek-tos'} ·½©ó 1586; TDNT - 4:181,505; §Î®eµü AV - elect 16, chosen 7; 23 1) ³Q¬D¥X¨Óªº, ³Q¿ï¤Wªº 1a) ³Q¯«¾ß¿ïªº 1a1) ¥H¥Ñ°ò·þ±o¬@±Ïªº¤H 1a1a) °ò·þ®{³QºÙ¬°¬O¯«©Ò"´z¿ïªº" 1a2) À±ÁɨȳQºÙ¬°¬O"´z¿ïªº", «ü¨ä³Q¯««ü¬£¤F³Ì±R°ªªºÂ¾¤À (#©¼«e 2:6|) 1a3) ¤W¿ïªº, ¯S§O¬D¥X¨Óªº, ¥ç§Y ¦PÃþ¤¤³Ì¦nªº, ³Ì³Ç¥Xªº: ¥Î¥H«ü¬Y¨Ç¯S§O ªº°ò·þ®{

1588 eklektos {ek-lek-tos'} from 1586; TDNT - 4:181,505; adj AV - elect 16, chosen 7; 23 1) picked out, chosen 1a) chosen by God, 1a1) to obtain salvation through Christ 1a1a) Christians are called "chosen or elect" of God 1a2) the Messiah in called "elect", as appointed by God to the most exalted office conceivable 1a3) choice, select, i.e. the best of its kind or class, excellence preeminent: applied to certain individual Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1589 ekloge {ek-log-ay'} ·½¦Û1586; TDNT - 4:176,505; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - election 6, chosen 1; 7 1) ´z¿ï¡A¿ï¾Ü 1a) ¯««öµÛÍ¢¦Û¤vªº·N«ä¡A¦b¥@¬É³þ°ò¥H¥ý¡A¤w©R©w­n½çºÖµ¹¬Y¨Ç¤H¡D 1b) ¯«©w·N´z¿ï¬Y¨Ç¤H¡A°ß¾a°ò·þªº®¦¨å¡A±oµÛ¯«©Ò½çªººÖ¡D 2)¡@©Ò´z¿ïªº¤H©Î¨Æ 2a) ©Ò´z¿ïªº¤H¡G»X¯«´z¿ï

1589 ekloge {ek-log-ay'} from 1586; TDNT - 4:176,505; n f AV - election 6, chosen 1; 7 1) the act of picking out, choosing 1a) of the act of God's free will by which before the foundation of the world he decreed his blessings to certain persons 1b) the decree made from choice by which he determined to bless certain persons through Christ by grace alone 2) a thing or person chosen 2a) of persons: God's elect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1590 ekluo {ek-loo'-o} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 3089;; °Êµü AV - faint 5, faint + 2258 1; 6 1) ¨ø¤U¾á¤l, ¨Ï©ñÃP, ¨Ï±o¦Û¥Ñ 2) ¨Ï±Y¸Ñ, Áô³ë., ¨Ï«d®z, ÃP¾Ó, ¯h¥F¯ÓºÉ 2a) «d®z¬Y¤H¤§¤O¶q, ¨Ï¯ÓºÉºë¤O¦Óµê®z, ¨Ï°I®z, ¨Ï¯h¾Î, ¨Ï§x­Â 2b) ªq³à, ¨Ï¤ß¦Ç·N§N, ³à¥¢°«§Ó

1590 ekluo {ek-loo'-o} from 1537 and 3089;; v AV - faint 5, faint + 2258 1; 6 1) to loose, unloose, to set free 2) to dissolve, metaph., to weaken, relax, exhaust 2a) to have one's strength relaxed, to be enfeebled through exhaustion, to grow weak, grow weary, be tired out 2b) to despond, become faint hearted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1591 ekmasso {ek-mas'-so} ·½¦Û 1537 and the base of 3145;; °Êµü AV - wipe 5; 5 1) ¥h±¼, À¿¥h

1591 ekmasso {ek-mas'-so} from 1537 and the base of 3145;; v AV - wipe 5; 5 1) to wipe off, to wipe away
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1592 ekmukterizo {ek-mook-ter-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3456; TDNT - 4:796,614; °Êµü AV - deride 2; 2 1) ¶á¤§¥H»ó, »´½°¼J¯º, ¼J§Ë (#¸ô 16:14, 23:35|)

1592 ekmukterizo {ek-mook-ter-id'-zo} from 1537 and 3456; TDNT - 4:796,614; v AV - deride 2; 2 1) to deride by turning up the nose, to sneer at, to scoff at
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1593 ekneuo {ek-nyoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3506;; °Êµü AV - convey away 1; 1 1) °¼Ås 2) ±N¦Û¤v©âÂ÷¶}¨Ó, ½Âà, Á×¶}¬Y¨Æ 3) ´åªa, ´åªa°k²æ 4) °k²æ, °½°½¶}·È (#¬ù 5:13|)

1593 ekneuo {ek-nyoo'-o} from 1537 and 3506;; v AV - convey away 1; 1 1) to bend to one side 2) to take one's self away, to turn one's self, to avoid a thing 3) to swim away, escape by swimming 4) to escape, slip away secretly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1594 eknepho {ek-nay'-fo} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3525; TDNT - 4:941,633; °Êµü AV - awake 1; 1 1) ¥Ñ¾K°s¤¤¬Ùı, ªð¦^²M¿ô 2) Áô³ë. ¸£³Uªð¦^²M¿ô (#ªL«e15:34|)

1594 eknepho {ek-nay'-fo} from 1537 and 3525; TDNT - 4:941,633; v AV - awake 1; 1 1) to return to one's self from drunkenness, become sober 2) metaph. to return to soberness of mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1595 hekousion {hek-oo'-see-on} ­l¥Í©ó 1635 ªº¤¤©Êµü; TDNT - 2:470,*; §Î®eµü AV - willingly + 2596 1; 1 1) ¤ß¥Ì±¡Ä@

1595 hekousion {hek-oo'-see-on} neuter of a derivative from 1635; TDNT - 2:470,*; adj AV - willingly + 2596 1; 1 1) voluntary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1596 hekousios {hek-oo-see'-ose} »P 1595 ¦P·½; TDNT - *,221; °Æµü AV - wilfully 1, willingly 1; 2 1) ¦Û°Ê¦Ûµo¦a, ¦³·NÄ@¦a, ­Ó¤H¦Û¤v§@¥D¦a 1a) ¥ô©Ê¦Ó¥h¥Ç¸o, ¤£¦P©ó¦]¥¼¸g¼ô¼{, ²¨©¿, ©Î³n®z©Ò¥Çªº¸o

1596 hekousios {hek-oo-see'-ose} from the same as 1595; TDNT - *,221; adv AV - wilfully 1, willingly 1; 2 1) voluntarily, willingly, of one's own accord 1a) to sin wilfully as opposed to sins committed inconsiderately, and from ignorance or from weakness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1597 ekpalai {eh'-pal-ahee} from 1537 and 3819;; °Æµü AV - of a long time 1, of old 1; 2 1) ¦Û¥j¥H¨Ó 2) ªø¤[¥H¨Ó

1597 ekpalai {eh'-pal-ahee} from 1537 and 3819;; adv AV - of a long time 1, of old 1; 2 1) from of old 2) of a long time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1598 ekpeirazo {ek-pi-rad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822; °Êµü AV - tempt 4; 4 1) ¥J²Ó¹ý©³ªºÃÒ¹ê, ¸ÕÅç, 2) ¬°¤FÅçÃÒ¯«ªºÄݩʻP¯à¤O

1598 ekpeirazo {ek-pi-rad'-zo} from 1537 and 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822; v AV - tempt 4; 4 1) to prove, test, thoroughly 2) to put to proof God's character and power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1599 ekpempo {ek-pem'-po} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3992;; °Êµü AV - send forth 1, send away 1; 2 1) ¥´µo, ®t»º¤H (#®{ 13:4; 17:10|)

1599 ekpempo {ek-pem'-po} from 1537 and 3992;; v AV - send forth 1, send away 1; 2 1) to send away, send forth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1600 ekpetannumi {ek-pet-an'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 1537 and ...¤§¤@«¬ 4072;; °Êµü AV - stretch forth 1; 1 1) ¦ù®i¶}¨Ó, ¦V«e¤è¦ù®i (#ù 10:21|)

1600 ekpetannumi {ek-pet-an'-noo-mee} from 1537 and a form of 4072;; v AV - stretch forth 1; 1 1) to spread out, stretch forth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1601 ekpipto {ek-pip'-to} TDNT - 6:167,846; °Êµü AV - fall 7, fall off 2, be cast 1, take none effect 1, fall away 1, fail 1, vr fallen 1; 14 1) ±¼¤U¨Ó, ±¼¥X¨Ó 2) ÀÁ²L, ÄÆ¬y 3) (¥Ñ¦nÅÜÃa) ³à¥¢ (#¥[ 5:4|) 4) (¤£¾A¦X,¤£¨¬) ¤£ÆF¥ú, ®z¤Æ (#ù 9:6; ªL«e 13:8|)

1601 ekpipto {ek-pip'-to} from 1537 and 4098; TDNT - 6:167,846; v AV - fall 7, fall off 2, be cast 1, take none effect 1, fall away 1, fail 1, vr fallen 1; 14 1) to fall out of, to fall down from, to fall off 2) metaph. 2a) to fall from a thing, to lose it 2b) to perish, to fall 2b1) to fall from a place from which one cannot keep 2b2) fall from a position 2b3) to fall powerless, to fall to the ground, be without effect 2b3a) of the divine promise of salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1602 ekpleo {ek-pleh'-o} °Êµü AV - sail 1, sail thence 1, sail away 1; 3 1) ±Ò¯è (#®{ 15:39, 18:18|)

1602 ekpleo {ek-pleh'-o} from 1537 and 4126;; v AV - sail 1, sail thence 1, sail away 1; 3 1) to sail from, sail away, depart by ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1603 ekpleroo {ek-play-ro'-o} TDNT - 6:307,867; °Êµü AV - fulfil 1; 1 1) À³Åç, ¹ê²{ (#®{ 13:33|)

1603 ekpleroo {ek-play-ro'-o} from 1537 and 4137; TDNT - 6:307,867; v AV - fulfil 1; 1 1) to fill full, to fill up completely 2) metaph. to fulfil, make good
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1604 ekplerosis {ek-play'-ro-sis} ·½¦Û 1603; TDNT - 6:308,867; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - accomplishment 1; 1 1) ¹ê½î; ¹ê²{, ¹F¦¨, §¹¦¨ (#®{ 21:26|)

1604 ekplerosis {ek-play'-ro-sis} from 1603; TDNT - 6:308,867; n f AV - accomplishment 1; 1 1) a completing, fulfilment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1605 ekplesso {ek-place'-so} °Êµü AV - be astonished 10, be amazed 3; 13 1) Åå³Y, §Æ©_ ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5841

1605 ekplesso {ek-place'-so} from 1537 and 4141;; v AV - be astonished 10, be amazed 3; 13 1) to strike out, expel by a blow, drive out or away 2) to cast off by a blow, to drive out 2a) commonly, to strike one out of self-possession, to strike with panic, shock, astonish 3) to be struck with amazement, astonished, amazed For Synonyms see entry 5841
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1606 ekpneo {ek-pneh'-o} TDNT - 6:452,876; °Êµü AV - give up the ghost 3; 3 1) (§l¥X¦Û¤vªº¥Í©R©ÎÆF»î) ®ðµ´ (#¥i 15:37, 39; ¸ô 23:46|)

1606 ekpneo {ek-pneh'-o} from 1537 and 4154; TDNT - 6:452,876; v AV - give up the ghost 3; 3 1) to breathe out, breathe out one's life, breathe one's last, expire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1607 ekporeuomai {ek-por-yoo'-om-ahee} TDNT - 6:578,915; °Êµü AV - proceed 10, go out 6, go 5, come 4, de¤Àµü3, go forth 2, misc 4, vr go forth 1; 35 1) (±q¤@³B¨ì¥t¤@³B) ¥h 1a) ©â¶Hªº 1b) ´£¨ì¦aÂI 1c) ´£¨ì¥Ø¼Ð 2) ¨Ó, ¥X¥h, ¶i¦æ

1607 ekporeuomai {ek-por-yoo'-om-ahee} from 1537 and 4198; TDNT - 6:578,915; v AV - proceed 10, go out 6, go 5, come 4, depart 3, go forth 2, misc 4, vr go forth 1; 35 1) to go forth, go out, depart 2) metaph. 2a) to come forth, to issue, to proceed 2a1) of feelings, affections, deeds, sayings 2b) to flow forth 2b1) of a river 2c) to project, from the mouth of one 2d) to spread abroad, of a rumour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1608 ekporneuo {ek-porn-yoo'-o} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 4203; TDNT - 6:579,918; °Êµü AV - give (one's) self over to fornication 1; 1 1) ½æ²], "¤@¨ýªº¦æ²]" (#µS 1:7|)

1608 ekporneuo {ek-porn-yoo'-o} from 1537 and 4203; TDNT - 6:579,918; v AV - give (one's) self over to fornication 1; 1 1) to go a whoring, "give one's self over to fornication"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1609 ekptuo {ek-ptoo'-o} TDNT - 2:448,216; °Êµü AV - reject 1; 1 1) ¹½´c (#¥[ 4:14|)

1609 ekptuo {ek-ptoo'-o} from 1537 and 4429; TDNT - 2:448,216; v AV - reject 1; 1 1) to spit out 2) reject, spurn, loathe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1610 ekrizoo {ek-rid-zo'-o} from 1537 and 4492; TDNT - 6:991,985; °Êµü AV - root up 2, pluck up by the root 2; 4 1) ®Ú°£, ©Þ°_®Ú¨Ó

1610 ekrizoo {ek-rid-zo'-o} from 1537 and 4492; TDNT - 6:991,985; v AV - root up 2, pluck up by the root 2; 4 1) to root out, pluck up by the roots
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1611 ekstasis {ek'-stas-is} ·½¦Û 1839; TDNT - 2:449,217; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - trance 3, be amazed + 3083 2, amazement 1, astonishment 1; 7 1) §Æ©_, Åå²§ 2) ¨g«é, ¥X¯«

1611 ekstasis {ek'-stas-is} from 1839; TDNT - 2:449,217; n f AV - trance 3, be amazed + 3083 2, amazement 1, astonishment 1; 7 1) any casting down of a thing from its proper place or state, displacement 2) a throwing of the mind out of its normal state, alienation of mind, whether such as makes a lunatic or that of a man who by some sudden emotion is transported as it were out of himself, so that in this rapt condition, although he is awake, his mind is drawn off from all surrounding objects and wholly fixed on things divine that he sees nothing but the forms and images lying within, and thinks that he perceives with his bodily eyes and ears realities shown him by God. 3) amazement, the state of one who, either owing to the importance or the novelty of an event, is thrown into a state of blended fear and wonderment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1612 ekstrepho {ek-stref'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 4762;; °Êµü AV - subvert 1; 1 1) Âਭ, §áÂà, ¼¹µõ 2) ±N¤ºùئV¥~½Âà, ¥~½ 3) ´c¤Æ, »G¤Æ, ´c½è¤Æ (#¦h 3:11|)

1612 ekstrepho {ek-stref'-o} from 1537 and 4762;; v AV - subvert 1; 1 1) to turn or twist out, tear up 2) to turn inside out, invert 3) to change for the worse, pervert, corrupt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1613 ektarasso {ek-tar-as'-so} ·½¦Û 1537 and 5015;; °Êµü AV - exceedingly trouble 1; 1 1) ¹ª°Ê, ·S¨Æ, ·¥«×ªºÄÌÂZ , (#®{ 16:20|)

1613 ektarasso {ek-tar-as'-so} from 1537 and 5015;; v AV - exceedingly trouble 1; 1 1) to agitate, trouble, exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1614 ekteino {ek-ti'-no} ·½¦Û 1537 and teino (to stretch); TDNT - 2:460,219; °Êµü AV - stretch forth 10, put forth 3, stretch out 2, cast 1; 16 1) ¦ù®i, ¦V«e¦V¥~©Ô¥X 1a) ¦b...¤§¤W, ¦V..., ­±¹ïµÛ...

1614 ekteino {ek-ti'-no} from 1537 and teino (to stretch); TDNT - 2:460,219; v AV - stretch forth 10, put forth 3, stretch out 2, cast 1; 16 1) to stretch out, stretch forth 1a) over, towards, against one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1615 ekteleo {ek-tel-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 5055;; °Êµü AV - finish 2; 2 1) µ²§ô, §¹¦¨ (#¸ô 14:19-30|)

1615 ekteleo {ek-tel-eh'-o} from 1537 and 5055;; v AV - finish 2; 2 1) to finish, complete
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1616 ekteneia {ek-ten'-i-ah} ·½¦Û 1618; TDNT - 2:464,219; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - instantly + 1722 1; 1 1) ¦ù®i, ÂX¤j 2) ¼ö¤ß, ±M¤ß, (¤ß´¼) ¼ö¤ß, ¸Û¼° (#®{ 26:7|)

1616 ekteneia {ek-ten'-i-ah} from 1618; TDNT - 2:464,219; n f AV - instantly + 1722 1; 1 1) extension 2) intentness (of mind), earnestness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1617 ektenesteron {ek-ten-es'-ter-on} 1618 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å¤§¤¤©Ê ; TDNT - 2:463,219; §Î®eµü AV - more earnestly 1; 1 1) §ó¼ö¤ß¦a, §ó¼ö¤Á¦a

1617 ektenesteron {ek-ten-es'-ter-on} neuter of the comparative of 1618; TDNT - 2:463,219; adj AV - more earnestly 1; 1 1) more intently, more earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1618 ektenes {ek-ten-ace'} TDNT - 2:463,219; §Î®eµü AV - without ceasing 1, fervent 1; 2 1) (°í«ù¤£¾Ó)¼ö¯Pªº, ­¢¤Áªº (#®{ 12:5; ©¼«e4:8|)

1618 ektenes {ek-ten-ace'} from 1614; TDNT - 2:463,219; adj AV - without ceasing 1, fervent 1; 2 1) stretched out 2) metaph. intent, earnestly, assiduously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1619 ektenos {ek-ten-oce'} °Æµü AV - fervently 1; 1 1) ¼ö¤Á,«ùÄò¦a (#©¼«e 1:22|)

1619 ektenos {ek-ten-oce'} from 1618;; adv AV - fervently 1; 1 1) earnestly, fervently, intensely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1620 ektithemi {ek-tith'-ay-mee} °Êµü AV - expound 3, cast out 1; 4 1) (¨S¦³¤ä´©©Î«OÅ@) ¼ÉÅS, ©ß±ó (#®{ 7:21|) 2) (ÂÔ·V¸Ô²Ó¦a³¯­z°T®§) ¸ÑÄÀ, »¡©ú

1620 ektithemi {ek-tith'-ay-mee} from 1537 and 5087;; v AV - expound 3, cast out 1; 4 1) to place or set out, put outside, expose 2) to set up, exhibit 3) metaph. to set forth, declare, expound
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1621 ektinasso {ek-tin-as'-so} °Êµü AV - shake off 3, shake 1; 4 1) (§Ö³t²¾°£¬Yª«) §Ý¸¨ 2) (¤j¤O²r¯P¦a) §Ý¦çªA (#®{ 18:6|)

1621 ektinasso {ek-tin-as'-so} from 1537 and tinasso (to swing);; v AV - shake off 3, shake 1; 4 1) to shake off so that something adhering shall fall 1a) by this symbolic act a person, expresses extreme contempt for another and refuses to have any further dealings with him 1b) to shake off for (the cleansing of) one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1622 ektos {ek-tos'} °Æµü AV - out of 2, outside 1, other than 1, without 1, be excepted 1, except + 1508 1, unless + 1508 1, but + 1508 1; 9 1) ¥~ªí (#¤Ó 23:26|) 2) (¤£­­©ó¬Y¤@³Bªº¦ì¸m) ¥~­± (#ªL«á 12:2|) 3) °£¤F...¥H¥~

1622 ektos {ek-tos'} from 1537;; adv AV - out of 2, outside 1, other than 1, without 1, be excepted 1, except + 1508 1, unless + 1508 1, but + 1508 1; 9 1) outside, beyond 2) the outside, exterior 3) outside of 4) beyond, besides, except
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1623 hektos {hek'-tos} §Ç¼Æ·½¦Û 1803;; §Î®eµü AV - sixth 14; 14 1) ²Ä¤»

1623 hektos {hek'-tos} ordinal from 1803;; adj AV - sixth 14; 14 1) the sixth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1624 ektrepo {ek-trep'-o} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 5157 ªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - turn aside 2, avoid 1, turn 1, turn out of the way 1; 5 1) ÂàÂ÷, §á¦± 1a) ¦bÂå¾Ç¥Î»y¤W, «üªÏÅ鲿¦Ý 2) °¾²¾©Î°¾Â÷ 3) ³Q°¾²¾ 4) ¨Ï°¾Â÷ 5) Á×¶}..., °jÁ׬Y¨Æ, Á×§K©M¬Y¤H¸I­±©Î¦³Ãö«Y

1624 ektrepo {ek-trep'-o} from 1537 and the base of 5157;; v AV - turn aside 2, avoid 1, turn 1, turn out of the way 1; 5 1) to turn or twist out 1a) in a medical sense used of dislocated limbs 2) to turn off or aside 3) to be turned aside 4) to turn aside 5) to turn away from, to shun a thing, to avoid meeting or associating with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1625 ektrepho {ek-tref'-o} °Êµü AV - nourish 1, bring up 1; 2 1) Áý¾i (#¥± 5:29|) 2) ¾i¤j, ¼¾¾i (#¥± 6:4|)

1625 ektrepho {ek-tref'-o} from 1537 and 5142;; v AV - nourish 1, bring up 1; 2 1) to nourish up to maturity, to nourish 2) to nurture, bring up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1626 ektroma {ek'-tro-mah} ·½¦Û a comparative of 1537 and titrosko (to wound); TDNT - 2:465,220; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - born out of due time 1; 1 1) ¬y²£, 2) ¦­²£¨à (#ªL«e 15:8|)

1626 ektroma {ek'-tro-mah} from a comparative of 1537 and titrosko (to wound); TDNT - 2:465,220; n n AV - born out of due time 1; 1 1) an abortion, abortive birth 2) an untimely birth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1627 ekphero {ek-fer'-o} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 5342;; °Êµü AV - carry out 3, bring forth 2, carry forth 1, bear 1; 7 1) ·h¥X¥h, ©ï¥X¥h 1a) ±N¦ºÅé©ï¥X¥h®I¸® 2) ±a»â, ¥ç§Y ±a»â¥X¥h 3) ¥Í²£, ¥ç§Y »s³y 3a) ¦p¤g¦a¨ÑÀ³´Óª«¥Íªø

1627 ekphero {ek-fer'-o} from 1537 and 5342;; v AV - carry out 3, bring forth 2, carry forth 1, bear 1; 7 1) to carry out, to bear forth 1a) the dead for burial 2) to bring i.e. lead out 3) to bring forth, i.e. produce 3a) of the earth bearing plants
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1628 ekpheugo {ek-fyoo'-go} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 5343;; °Êµü AV - escape 5, flee 2; 7 1) ²æ°k, °k¶] 1a) °k¤`, °k©R 1b) ²æÂ÷

1628 ekpheugo {ek-fyoo'-go} from 1537 and 5343;; v AV - escape 5, flee 2; 7 1) to flee out of, flee away 1a) to seek safety in flight 1b) to escape
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1629 ekphobeo {ek-fob-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 5399;; °Êµü AV - terrify 1; 1 1) ¨ÏÀb©È, À~¨«, «ÂÀ~, ¨ÏÅ宣 2) §ë¤J¼@¯Pªº­¸¦æ, °k¤` (#ªL«á 10:9|)

1629 ekphobeo {ek-fob-eh'-o} from 1537 and 5399;; v AV - terrify 1; 1 1) to frighten away, to terrify 2) to throw into violent flight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1630 ekphobos {ek'-fob-os} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 5401;; §Î®eµü AV - sore afraid 1, exceedingly fear + 1510 1; 2 1) ¥Î¨ì®`©È©Î®£©Æ¥´À»ªº, ¨ü¨ì·¥«×¦aÅåÀ~ªº, ·¥ºÝ®£Äߪº, ³QÀ~¨ì±o«ÜÄY­«ªº,

1630 ekphobos {ek'-fob-os} from 1537 and 5401;; adj AV - sore afraid 1, exceedingly fear + 1510 1; 2 1) stricken with fear or terror, exceedingly, frightened, terrified
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1631 ekphuo {ek-foo'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 5453;; °Êµü AV - put forth 2; 2 1) ¥Í¨|©ÎÁc­l 2) ¤Þ°_¥Íªø

1631 ekphuo {ek-foo'-o} from 1537 and 5453;; v AV - put forth 2; 2 1) to generate or produce from 2) to cause to grow out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1632 ekcheo {ek-kheh'-o} ©Î (ÅܤƧÎ) ekchuno {ek-khoo'-no} ·½¦Û 1537; TDNT - 2:467,220; °Êµü AV - pour out 12, shed 4, shed forth 1, spill 1, run out 1, shed 5, run greedily 1, shed abroad 1, gush out 1, spill 1; 28 1) ¤£°±¦a¬yÂm, ¬y¥X 2) (Áô³ë) ¤j¶q¦a©^Äm©Î°^Äm

1632 ekcheo {ek-kheh'-o} or (by variation) ekchuno {ek-khoo'-no} from 1537; TDNT - 2:467,220; v AV - pour out 12, shed 4, shed forth 1, spill 1, run out 1, shed 5, run greedily 1, shed abroad 1, gush out 1, spill 1; 28 1) to pour out, shed forth 2) metaph. to bestow or distribute largely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1633 ekchoreo {ek-kho-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 ©M 5562;; °Êµü AV - depart out 1; 1 1) ¥Ñ....¤¤Â÷¶} (#¸ô 21:21|) 2) ¥Ñ...¤¤¾E²¾¡A¨ú¨ä¡u°kÁ×...¡v¤§·N

1633 ekchoreo {ek-kho-reh'-o} from 1537 and 5562;; v AV - depart out 1; 1 1) to depart from 2) to remove from in the sense of fleeing from
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1634 ekpsucho {ek-psoo'-kho} ·½¦Û 1537 ©M 5594;; °Êµü AV - give up the ghost 2, yield up the ghost 1, 3 1) Â_®ð, ©I¥X¬Y¤Hªº¥Í©R

1634 ekpsucho {ek-psoo'-kho} from 1537 and 5594;; v AV - give up the ghost 2, yield up the ghost 1, 3 1) to expire, to breathe out one's life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1635 hekon {hek-own'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:469,221; §Î®eµü AV - willingly 2; 2 1) ¥D°Êªº, ¥¼¨ü¹G­¢ªº, ¼Ö·Nªº 2) ¦ÛÄ@¥Ì¤ßªº 3) ¦Û°Ê¦Ûµoªº (#ù 8:20; ªL«e 9:17|)

1635 hekon {hek-own'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:469,221; adj AV - willingly 2; 2 1) unforced, voluntary, willing 2) of one's own will 3) of one's own accord
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1636 elaia {el-ah'-yah} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - olives 11, olive tree 3, olive berries 1; 15 1) ¾ñÆV¾ð 2) ¾ñÆV, ¾ñÆV¾ðªºªG¹ê

1636 elaia {el-ah'-yah} from a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary;; n f AV - olives 11, olive tree 3, olive berries 1; 15 1) an olive tree 2) an olive, the fruit of an olive tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1637 elaion {el'-ah-yon} »P 1636 ¦P·½; TDNT - 2:470,221; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - oil 11; 11 1) ¾ñÆVªo 1a) §@¿Oªo¥Î 1b) §@Àø¶Ë¥Î 1c) ¦b©v±Ð¸`¼y¤¤¶î©Ù¦bÀY¤Î¨­Åé¤W¤§¥Î 1d) ¦b°Ó¶T¥æ©ö©Î«´¬ùªºª««~¤¤¦³³Q´£¤Î(#¸ô 16:6;±Ò 6:6|)

1637 elaion {el'-ah-yon} from the same as 1636; TDNT - 2:470,221; n n AV - oil 11; 11 1) olive oil 1a) for fuel for lamps 1b) for healing the sick 1c) for anointing the head and body at feasts 1d) mentioned among articles of commerce
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1638 elaion {el-ah-yone'} ·½¦Û 1636;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Olivet 1; 1 1) ¾ñÆV¶é, ºØº¡¾ñÆV¾ðªº¦a¤è 1a) ¾ñÆV¤s (#®{ 1:12)

1638 elaion {el-ah-yone'} from 1636;; n m AV - Olivet 1; 1 1) an olive orchard, a place planted with olive trees 1a) Mount of Olives
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1639 Elamites {el-am-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å05867; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Elamites 1; 1 1) ¥HÄd¤H, ¥ç§Y¦b¥HÄd¬Ùªº©~¥Á, ¥HÄd¬Ù¦bªi´µÆW¥H«n¤@±a, ¦ý¨ä¹ê»ÚÃä¬É«h²³»¡¯É¯Æ (#®{ 2:9|)

1639 Elamites {el-am-ee'-tace} of Hebrew origin 05867;; n m AV - Elamites 1; 1 1) an Elamite, i.e. an inhabitant of the province of Elymais, a region stretching southwards to the Persian Gulf, but boundaries of which are variously given
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1640 elasson {el-as'-sone} ©M elatton (el-at-tone'} »P 1646 ¦P¸qªº¤ñ¸û¯Å; TDNT - 4:648,593; °Êµü AV - worse 1, younger 1, under 1, less 1; 4 1) ¸û¤pªº 1a) ¦b¦~ÄÖ¤W (¸û¦~»´ªº) 1b) ¦bµ¥¯Å¤W 1c) ¦b¯Sªø¤W¸û®tªº

1640 elasson {el-as'-sone} or elatton (el-at-tone'} comparative of the same as 1646; TDNT - 4:648,593; v AV - worse 1, younger 1, under 1, less 1; 4 1) less 1a) in age (younger) 1b) in rank 1c) in excellence, worse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1641 elattoneo {el-at-ton-eh-o} ·½¦Û 1640;; °Êµü AV - have lack 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°¸û¤Öªº, ©~©ó¦¸µ¥ªº, (°]²£, ©Ò¦³ª«¤W) 2) ´î¥h¦©°£, ´î¤Ö (#ªL«á 8:15|)

1641 elattoneo {el-at-ton-eh-o} from 1640;; v AV - have lack 1; 1 1) to be less, inferior, (in possessions) 2) to make less, diminish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1642 elattoo {el-at-to'-o} ·½©ó 1640;; °Êµü AV - make lower 2, decrease 1; 3 1) ¨Ï©~¤U¦ì, ¯w§C: «ü¦b´LÄY¤W 2) «K¯w©~¤U¦ì, ³Q­°§C: «ü¦b´LÄY¤W 3) ­°§CÅv¤O©Î¦W±æ

1642 elattoo {el-at-to'-o} from 1640;; v AV - make lower 2, decrease 1; 3 1) to make less or inferior: in dignity 2) to be made less or inferior: in dignity 3) to decrease in authority or popularity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1643 elauno {el-ow'-no} °Êµü AV - row 2, drive 2, carry 1; 5 1) ÅX°Ê 1a) (­·)§j°Ê¶³±m (#©¼«á 2:17|) 1b) (­·)§j°Ê²î°¦ (#¶® 3:4|) 1c) ÆFÅXµ¦³Qªþ¨­ªº¤H (#¸ô 8:29|) 1d) ·n¼Õ (#¥i 6:48; ¬ù 6:19|)

1643 elauno {el-ow'-no} a prolonged form of a primary verb (obsolete except in certain tenses as an altern. of this) of uncertain affin;; v AV - row 2, drive 2, carry 1; 5 1) to drive 1a) of the wind driving ships or clouds 1b) of sailors propelling a vessel by oars, to row 1c) to be carried in a ship, to sail 1d) of demons driving to some place the men whom they possess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1644 elaphria {el-af-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 1645;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lightness 1; 1 1) »´,©ú«G 1a) ¥Î©ó¤ß¹Òªº»´¯B,¯Bļ,ÅܤƵL±`

1644 elaphria {el-af-ree'-ah} from 1645;; n f AV - lightness 1; 1 1) lightness 1a) used of levity and fickleness of mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1645 elaphros {el-af-ros'} probably ªñ¦ü to 1643 and the base of 1640;; §Î®eµü AV - light 2; 2 1) ¦b­«¶q¤W»´ªº, ¨³³tªº, ±Ó±¶ªº

1645 elaphros {el-af-ros'} probably akin to 1643 and the base of 1640;; adj AV - light 2; 2 1) light in weight, quick, agile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1646 elachistos {el-akh'-is-tos} elachus (µu¤p)ªº³Ì°ª¯Å; »P3398¥Î·N¬Û¦P; TDNT - 4:648,593; §Î®eµü AV - least 9, very small 2, smallest 1, very little 1; 13 1)(¦a¦ì)³Ì§C·Lªº 2) ·¥¨äµu¤pªº (#¶® 3:4|) 3) µLÃöºò­nªº

1646 elachistos {el-akh'-is-tos} superlative of elachus (short); used as equivalent to 3398; TDNT - 4:648,593; adj AV - least 9, very small 2, smallest 1, very little 1; 13 1) smallest least 1a) in size 1b) in amount: of management of affairs 1c) in importance: what is the least moment 1d) in authority: of commandments 1e) in the estimation of men: of persons 1f) in rank and excellence: of persons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1647 elachistoteros {el-akh-is-tot'-er-os} 1646 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - less than the least 1; 1 1) ¤p©ó³Ì¤pªº, §C©ó³Ì§Cªº(#¥± 3:8|)

1647 elachistoteros {el-akh-is-tot'-er-os} comparative of 1646;; adj AV - less than the least 1; 1 1) less than the least, lower the lowest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1648 Eleazar {el-eh-ad'-zar} of Hebrew origin 0499;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eleazar 2; 2 ¥H§Q¨È¼» = "¤W«ÒªºÀ°§U" 1)­C¿q°ò·þ¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

1648 Eleazar {el-eh-ad'-zar} of Hebrew origin 0499;; n pr m AV - Eleazar 2; 2 Eleazar = "help of God" 1) one of the ancestors of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1649 elegxis {el'-eng-xis} ©Î elegmos {el-eg-mos'} ·½©ó 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rebuke + 2192 1; 1 1) »é¥¸, Äþ³d

1649 elegxis {el'-eng-xis} or elegmos {el-eg-mos'} from 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221; n f AV - rebuke + 2192 1; 1 1) refutation, rebuke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1650 elegchos {el'-eng-khos} ·½©ó 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reproof 1, evidence 1; 2 1) ÃÒ¾Ú, ¥Î¥HÃÒ©ú©ÎÅçÃÒ¬Y¨Æªº 2) »¡ªA; «HªA

1650 elegchos {el'-eng-khos} from 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221; n m AV - reproof 1, evidence 1; 2 1) a proof, that by which a thing is proved or tested 2) conviction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1651 elegcho {el-eng'-kho} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 2:473,221; °Êµü AV - reprove 6, rebuke 5, convince 4, tell (one's) fault 1, convict 1; 17 1) §P©w¦³¸o, ¥¸³d, »é¥¸ 1a) ³q±`«üµÛ¬Y¤H©Ò°µªº¥i²Û®¢ªº¨Æ 1b) ¦ñÀHµÛ»¡ªA¨Ï¦^¨ì¥ú©ú¤¤, ¨ÏÃn¥ú, ´¦µo 2) ¥H...¤è¦¡«ü¥X¿ù»~, ªÈ¥¿ 2a) ¥Î»y¨¥ 2a1) ÄY¼F¦a¥w³d, ¥¸³d, °V»|, §i»|, ³d³Æ 2a2) ¨Ï¨äÅG¥Õ, ³¯­z¨ä¦]¥Ñ, «ü©ú¨ä¿ù»~, ­n¨D´£¥X¸ÑÄÀ 2b) ¥Î¦æ°Ê 2b1) Ãg»@, Ãg§Ù

1651 elegcho {el-eng'-kho} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:473,221; v AV - reprove 6, rebuke 5, convince 4, tell (one's) fault 1, convict 1; 17 1) to convict, refute, confute 1a) generally with a suggestion of shame of the person convicted 1b) by conviction to bring to the light, to expose 2) to find fault with, correct 2a) by word 2a1) to reprehend severely, chide, admonish, reprove 2a2) to call to account, show one his fault, demand an explanation 2b) by deed 2b1) to chasten, to punish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1652 eleeinos {el-eh-i-nos'} ·½¦Û 1656;; §Î®eµü AV - miserable 2; 2 1) ¥i¼¦ªº, ¤£©¯ªº, ´dºGªº (#ªL«e 15:19; ±Ò 3:17|)

1652 eleeinos {el-eh-i-nos'} from 1656;; adj AV - miserable 2; 2 1) to be pitied, miserable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1653 eleeo {el-eh-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1656; TDNT - 2:477,222; °Êµü AV - have mercy on 14, obtain mercy 8, show mercy 2, have compassion 1, have compassion on 1, have pity on 1, have mercy 1, have mercy upon 1, receive mercy 1; 31 1) ¬I¼¦«ò 2) À°§U¨ü­Wµh©Î´M¨D¨ó§Uªº¤H 3) À°§U¾D¨ü­WÃøªº, ¤ä§U´dºG¤£©¯ªº¤H 4) »X¼¦¼§ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5842

1653 eleeo {el-eh-eh'-o} from 1656; TDNT - 2:477,222; v AV - have mercy on 14, obtain mercy 8, show mercy 2, have compassion 1, have compassion on 1, have pity on 1, have mercy 1, have mercy upon 1, receive mercy 1; 31 1) to have mercy on 2) to help one afflicted or seeking aid 3) to help the afflicted, to bring help to the wretched 4) to experience mercy For Synonyms see entry 5842
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1654 eleemosune {el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay} ·½¦Û 1656; TDNT - 2:485,222; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - alms 13, almsdeeds 1; 14 1) ·O´d, ¼¦¼§ 1a) ¯S§O¬O§e²{¦bµ¹¤©±ÏÀÙª÷, »¬ÀÙ«~¤W 2) µ½¦æ¥»¨­, ¹ï½a¤HªºçêÀÙ, ±ÏÀÙª÷

1654 eleemosune {el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay} from 1656; TDNT - 2:485,222; n f AV - alms 13, almsdeeds 1; 14 1) mercy, pity 1a) esp. as exhibited in giving alms, charity 2) the benefaction itself, a donation to the poor, alms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1655 eleemon {el-eh-ay'-mone} ·½©ó 1653; TDNT - 2:485,222; §Î®eµü AV - merciful 2; 2 1) ·O´d¼¦¼§ªº

1655 eleemon {el-eh-ay'-mone} from 1653; TDNT - 2:485,222; adj AV - merciful 2; 2 1) merciful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1656 eleos {el'-eh-os} ¤£©ú½TªºÃö«Y¦r; TDNT - 2:477,222; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mercy 28; 28 1) ¼¦«ò: ¹ï¨ü­WÃø©M¤£©¯ªº¤H©Òªí¹F¥Xªº©Mħ©Îµ½·N, ¦ñÀHµÛµ¹¤©À°§Uªº­¢¤Á¤ßÄ@ 1a) «ü¤H»P¤H¤§¶¡: ¾Þ½m¼¦«òªº¼w¦æ, ªí²{·O´d 1b) «ü¯«¹ï¤H: ¦b¯«ªº¤@­Ó°ò¥»¦®·N¤W; «ü¯«Âǵ۰ò·þ©Òµ¹¤H±Ï®¦ªº¼¦«ò»P¼e«p 1c) «ü°ò·þªº¼¦«ò, ¨ä¦A¨Ó®Éªº¼f§P¦Óµ¹¤©¯u°ò·þ®{¥Ã¥Íªº¯¬ºÖ

1656 eleos {el'-eh-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:477,222; n n AV - mercy 28; 28 1) mercy: kindness or good will towards the miserable and the afflicted, joined with a desire to help them 1a) of men towards men: to exercise the virtue of mercy, show one's self merciful 1b) of God towards men: in general providence; the mercy and clemency of God in providing and offering to men salvation by Christ 1c) the mercy of Christ, whereby at his return to judgment he will bless true Christians with eternal life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1657 eleutheria {el-yoo-ther-ee'-ah} ·½ 1658; TDNT - 2:487,224; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - liberty 11; 11 1) ¹ï»P±Ï®¦µLÃöªº¨Æ¦³¿ï¾Ü§@»P¤£§@ªº¦Û¥Ñ 2) ³ßÅwªº¦Û¥Ñ 2a) ³\¥i, §@¨ä©Ò¿ï¾Üªº¨Æªº¦Û¥Ñ 3) ¯u¦Û¥Ñ¬O¯à¦b³ßÅw§@ªº¨Æ©M¤£¸Ó§@ªº¨Æ¤W³£¦³¦P¼Ëªº¦Û¥Ñ, «ü¯à¤£¥h§@©Ò¤£¸Ó§@ªº¨Æ.

1657 eleutheria {el-yoo-ther-ee'-ah} from 1658; TDNT - 2:487,224; n f AV - liberty 11; 11 1) liberty to do or to omit things having no relationship to salvation 2) fancied liberty 2a) licence, the liberty to do as one pleases 3) true liberty is living as we should not as we please
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1658 eleutheros {el-yoo'-ther-os} TDNT - 2:487,224; §Î®eµü AV - free 18, free woman 3, at liberty 1, free man 1; 23 1) (ªÀ·|»P¬Fªv¤è­±) ¦Û¥Ñ 2) (§K©ó±±¨î©Î¸q°È) ¦Û¥D, ¤£¨ü§ô¿£ªº

1658 eleutheros {el-yoo'-ther-os} probably from the alternate of 2064; TDNT - 2:487,224; adj AV - free 18, free woman 3, at liberty 1, free man 1; 23 1) freeborn 1a) in a civil sense, one who is not a slave 1b) of one who ceases to be a slave, freed, manumitted 2) free, exempt, unrestrained, not bound by an obligation 3) in an ethical sense: free from the yoke of the Mosaic Law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1659 eleutheroo {el-yoo-ther-o'-o} TDNT - 2:487,224; °Êµü AV - make free 6, deliver 1; 7 1) ¨Ï¦Û¥Ñ, ÄÀ©ñ

1659 eleutheroo {el-yoo-ther-o'-o} from 1658; TDNT - 2:487,224; v AV - make free 6, deliver 1; 7 1) to make free 2) set at liberty: from the dominion of sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1660 eleusis {el'-yoo-sis} ·½¦Û the alternate of 2064; TDNT - 2:675,257; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - coming 1; 1 1) ¨Ó¨ì, ¥X²{

1660 eleusis {el'-yoo-sis} from the alternate of 2064; TDNT - 2:675,257; n f AV - coming 1; 1 1) a coming, advent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1661 elephantinos {el-ef-an'-tee-nos} §Î®eµü AV - ivory 1; 1 1) ¶H¤úªº (#±Ò 18:12|)

1661 elephantinos {el-ef-an'-tee-nos} from elephas (an "elephant");; adj AV - ivory 1; 1 1) of ivory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1662 Eliakeim {el-ee-ak-ime'} of Hebrew origin 0471;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eliakim 3; 3 ¥H§Q¨È·q = "¯«©Ò³]¥ß" 1)¨È¤ñ¥É¡]©ÎµS¤j¡^ªºªø¤l ,¬ù·æªº¥S§Ì,¨È©Òªº¤÷¿Ë. ¨£°¨¤ÓºÖ­µ. 1:13 2)¦Ì§Q¨Èªº¨à¤l, ¬ù«nªº¤÷¿Ë ¨£¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ 3:30,31

1662 Eliakeim {el-ee-ak-ime'} of Hebrew origin 0471;; n pr m AV - Eliakim 3; 3 Eliakim = "raising up by God" 1) the eldest son of Abiud or Judah, bother of Joseph, and father of Azor Mt. 1:13 2) son of Melea, and father of Jonan Lk 3:30,31
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1663 Eliezer {el-ee-ed'-zer} of Hebrew origin 0461;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eliezer 1; 1 ¥H§Q¥HÁ = "¤W«Ò¬O¥LªºÀ°§U" 1)¬ù¥Oªº¨à¤l,­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ.¨£¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ. 3:29

1663 Eliezer {el-ee-ed'-zer} of Hebrew origin 0461;; n pr m AV - Eliezer 1; 1 Eliezer = "God is his help" 1) the son of Jorim, in the genealogy of Christ. Lk. 3:29
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1664 Elioud {el-ee-ood'} of Hebrew origin 0410 and 01935;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eliud 2; 2 ¥H«ß= "¤W«ÒªºÆg¬ü" 1) °ò·þªº®aÃÐùØ, ¨Èª÷ªº¨à¤l (#¤Ó 1:14-15|)

1664 Elioud {el-ee-ood'} of Hebrew origin 0410 and 01935;; n pr m AV - Eliud 2; 2 Eliud = "God his Praise" 1) the son of Achim in the genealogy of Christ. Mt. 1:15
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1665 Elisabet {el-ee-sab'-et} of Hebrew origin 0472;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elisabeth 9; 9 ¥H§Q¨F§B= "¯«ªº»}¨¥" 1) ¼»­{§Q¨Èªº©d¤l, ¬I¬~¬ù¿«ªº¥À¿Ë, ¨Ó¦Û²½®v®a±Ú, º¿ÄR¨Èªº¿Ë±­, (#¸ô 1:36|)

1665 Elisabet {el-ee-sab'-et} of Hebrew origin 0472;; n pr f AV - Elisabeth 9; 9 Elisabeth = "oath of God" 1) the wife of Zacharias and mother of John the Baptist, of the priestly family, and a relative of Mary, Lk. 1:36
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1666 Elissaios {el-is-sah'-yos} of Hebrew origin 0477;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Eliseus 1; 1 ¥H§Q¨F = "¯«¬O¥Lªº±ÏÅ«" 1)¤@¦ì¬ù¥X¦Wªº¥ýª¾,¥H§Q¨Èªºªù®{¡B¦P¤u¡BÄ~©ÓªÌ

1666 Elissaios {el-is-sah'-yos} of Hebrew origin 0477;; n pr m AV - Eliseus 1; 1 Eliseus or Elisha = "God his salvation" 1) a distinguished OT prophet, the disciple, companion, and successor of Elijah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1667 helisso {hel-is'-so} 1507¤§¤@«¬;; °Êµü AV - fold them up 1; 1 1) ±²°_, ºPÅ|°_¨Ó

1667 helisso {hel-is'-so} a form of 1507;; v AV - fold them up 1; 1 1) to roll up, fold together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1668 helkos {hel'-kos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1670;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sore 3; 3 1) ¶Ë¤f, ½H (#¸ô 16:21; ±Ò 16:2,11|)

1668 helkos {hel'-kos} probably from 1670;; n n AV - sore 3; 3 1) a wound, esp. a wound producing a discharge pus 2) a sore, an ulcer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1669 helkoo {hel-ko'-o} ·½¦Û 1668; °Êµü AV - full of sores 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¤§¥Í½H (#¸ô 16:20|)

1669 helkoo {hel-ko'-o} from 1668;; v AV - full of sores 1; 1 1) to make sore, cause to ulcerate 2) to be ulcerated 3) full of sores
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1670 helkuo {hel-koo'-o} or helko {hel'-ko} TDNT - 2:503,227; °Êµü AV - draw 8; 8 1) ©Ô 2) §l¤Þ, ²o¤Þ (#¬ù 6:44, 12:32|)

1670 helkuo {hel-koo'-o} or helko {hel'-ko} probably akin to 138; TDNT - 2:503,227; v AV - draw 8; 8 1) to draw, drag off 2) metaph., to draw by inward power, lead, impel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1671 Hellas {hel-las'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:504,227; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Greece 1; 1 §ÆÃ¾= "¤£¨c©Tªº: ªd¹çªº" 1) ¤@­Ó¦ì©ó«n¼Úªº°ê®a (#®{ 20:2|)

1671 Hellas {hel-las'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:504,227; n pr loc AV - Greece 1; 1 Greece = "unstable: the miry one" 1) a country in southern Europe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1672 Hellen {hel'-lane} ·½¦Û 1671; TDNT - 2:504,227;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Greek 20, Gentile 7; 27 1) §ÆÃ¾ªº (¤H¥Á, »y¨¥, ¤å¤Æ) 2) ¥~¨¹¤H, ²§±Ð®{, «DµS¤Ó¤H

1672 Hellen {hel'-lane} from 1671; TDNT - 2:504,227; n m AV - Greek 20, Gentile 7; 27 1) a Greek either by nationality, whether a native of the main land or of the Greek islands or colonies 2) in a wider sense the name embraces all nations not Jews that made the language, customs, and learning of the Greeks their own; the primary reference is to a difference of religion and worship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1673 Hellenikos {hel-lay-nee-kos'} ·½¦Û 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; §Î®eµü AV - Greek 2; 2 1) §ÆÃ¾ªº (#¸ô 23:38; ±Ò 9:11|)

1673 Hellenikos {hel-lay-nee-kos'} from 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; adj AV - Greek 2; 2 1) a Grecian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1674 Hellenis {hel-lay-nis'} 1672ªº³±©Ê; TDNT - 2:504,227; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Greek 2; 2 1) §ÆÃ¾°ü¤k (#¥i 7:26; ®{ 17:12|)

1674 Hellenis {hel-lay-nis'} feminine of 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; n f AV - Greek 2; 2 1) a Greek women 2) a Gentile women, not a Jewess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1675 Hellenistes {hel-lay-nis-tace'} ·½¦Û1672; TDNT - 2:504,227;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Grecians 3; 3 1) ¾Þ§ÆÃ¾»yªº (#®{ 6:1, 11:20|)

1675 Hellenistes {hel-lay-nis-tace'} from a derivative of 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; n m AV - Grecians 3; 3 1) a Hellenist 1a) one who imitates the manners and customs or the worship of the Greeks, and use the Greek tongue 1b) used in the NT of Jews born in foreign lands and speaking Greek
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1676 Hellenisti {hel-lay-nis-tee'} ·½1675¦P·½; TDNT - 2:504,227; °Æµü AV - Greek 2; 2 1) «ö·Ó§ÆÃ¾¤å (#¬ù 19:20; ®{ 21:37|)

1676 Hellenisti {hel-lay-nis-tee'} from the same as 1675; TDNT - 2:504,227; adv AV - Greek 2; 2 1) in Greek, the Greek language
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1677 ellogeo {el-log-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 »P 3056 (¨ú¨ä"°O¿ý"¤§·N); TDNT - 2:516,229; °Êµü AV - impute 1, put on (one's) ac¦¸¼Æ1; 2 1) °O¨ì¬Y¤H±b¤W (#ù 5:13; ªù1:18|)

1677 ellogeo {el-log-eh'-o} from 1722 and 3056 (in the sense of account); TDNT - 2:516,229; v AV - impute 1, put on (one's) account 1; 2 1) to reckon in, set to one's account, lay to one's charge, impute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1678 Elmodam {el-mo-dam'} of Hebrew origin, perhaps for 0486;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elmodam 1; 1 ¥H¼¯·í = "¶q¾¹" 1)Ò­ªº¨à¤l,­C¿qªº©vÃФ¤ªº¤@¦ì¯ª¥ý, ¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ 3:28

1678 Elmodam {el-mo-dam'} of Hebrew origin, perhaps for 0486;; n pr m AV - Elmodam 1; 1 Elmodam = "measure" 1) son of Er, in the genealogy of Joseph, Lk. 3:28
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1679 elpizo {el-pid'-zo} ·½©ó 1680; TDNT - 2:517,229; °Êµü AV - trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32 1) §Æ±æ 1a) ¦b©v±Ðªº·N¸q¤W, «ü¥H¥þ³Æªº«H¤ßÅw³ßµ¥«Ý±Ï®¦ªº¨ì¨Ó 2) ¬ß±æ¥õ¿à©ó...

1679 elpizo {el-pid'-zo} from 1680; TDNT - 2:517,229; v AV - trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32 1) to hope 1a) in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and full confidence 2) hopefully to trust in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1680 elpis {el-pece'} ·½©ó¦r®Ú elpo (´Á«Ýªº·N«ä, ³q±`¬O«ü¥H³ß®®ÅwªYªº¤ß±¡; TDNT - 2:517,229; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hope 53, faith 1; 54 1) ´Á¬ß·|¾D³{Ãa¨Æ, Äß©È 2) ´Á¬ß·|¹J¨ì¦n¨Æ, §Æ±æ 2a) ¹ï°ò·þ±Ð¦Ó¨¥ 2a1) «ü´Á±æ¥Ã¥Íªº±Ï®¦¦ÓÅw³ß¤Î¥Rº¡«H¤ß 3) §Æ±æ, ´Á±æ, ¦³«ü±æ 3a) ¬ß±æªº¥D, ©Î¬ß±æ¨¬¥H¬°°ò¥Ûªº¨º¤@¦ì 3b) ¬ß±æªº¨Æ

1680 elpis {el-pece'} from a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); TDNT - 2:517,229; n f AV - hope 53, faith 1; 54 1) expectation of evil, fear 2) expectation of good, hope 2a) in the Christian sense 2a1) joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation 3) on hope, in hope, having hope 3a) the author of hope, or he who is its foundation 3b) the thing hoped for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1681 Elumas {el-oo'-mas} of foreign origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Elymas 1; 1 ¥H§f°¨ = "¤@­Ó´¼ªÌ" 1)¤@­Óªü©Ô§B»yªº¦W¦r¡AµS¤Ó¤H¡A¬O¦ì§Å®v¡C¤S¦W¤Ú­C¿q¡C¨£¨Ï®{¦æ¶Ç 13:6

1681 Elumas {el-oo'-mas} of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Elymas 1; 1 Elymas = "a wise man" 1) the Arabic name of the Jewish magnus or sorcerer Barjesus, Act 13:6
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1682 eloi {el-o-ee'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin, 0426 with pronominal stuff.;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Eloi 2; 2 ¥Hù¥ì= "§Úªº¯«" 1) ¨ÈÄõ¤å "§Úªº¯«" (#¥i 15:34|)

1682 eloi {el-o-ee'} of Aramaic origin, 0426 with pronominal stuff.;; n m AV - Eloi 2; 2 Eloi = "my God" 1) Aramaic for the phrase "my God"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1683 emautou {em-ow-too'} ¥Ñ 1700 ©M 846 ½Æ¦X¦Ó¦¨ªº©Ò¦³®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - myself 29, me 4, mine own self 2, mine own 1, I myself 1; 37 1) §Ú, §^¤H, §Ú¦Û¤v, µ¥µ¥

1683 emautou {em-ow-too'} genitive case compound of 1700 and 846;; pron AV - myself 29, me 4, mine own self 2, mine own 1, I myself 1; 37 1) I, me, myself etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1684 embaino {em-ba'-hee-no} ·½¦Û 1722 and the base of 939;; °Êµü AV - enter 8, come 2, get 2, go 2, take + 1519 2, go up 1, step in 1; 18 1) ±q¨Æ, ¶i¤J, ¨B¤J,

1684 embaino {em-ba'-hee-no} from 1722 and the base of 939;; v AV - enter 8, come 2, get 2, go 2, take + 1519 2, go up 1, step in 1; 18 1) to go into, step into
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1685 emballo {em-bal'-lo} ·½¦Û 1722 »P 906;; °Êµü AV - cast 1; 1 1) ¥áÂY

1685 emballo {em-bal'-lo} from 1722 and 906;; v AV - cast 1; 1 1) to throw in, cast into
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1686 embapto {em-bap'-to} ·½¦Û 1722 and 911;; °Êµü AV - dip 3; 3 1) ®û; ªw, ÅÙ (¤Ó 26:23; ¥i 14:20; ¬ù 13:26|)

1686 embapto {em-bap'-to} from 1722 and 911;; v AV - dip 3; 3 1) to dip in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1687 embateuo {em-bat-yoo'-o} TDNT - 2:535,232; °Êµü AV - intrude into 1; 1 ¸Ó¦r¥X²{©ó#¦è 2:18|,¦³¥H¤U¤£¦P¸ÑÄÀ 1) ¶i¤J,«ô³X 2) ¨ú±o 3) ²`¤J,¸Ô²Ó¦Ò¬d

1687 embateuo {em-bat-yoo'-o} from 1722 and a presumed derivative of the base of 939; TDNT - 2:535,232; v AV - intrude into 1; 1 1) to enter, to frequent, haunt 1a) often of the gods frequenting favourite sports 1b) often to come into possession of a thing 1c) to invade, make hostile incursion into 2) to enter 2a) to go into details in narrating 2b) to investigate, search into, scrutinise minutely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1688 embibazo {em-bib-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1722 and bibazo (to mount, causative of 1684);; °Êµü AV - put 1; 1 1) ¥[¤J, ¸m¤J, ¤Þ¶i, ¨Ï¶i¤J (#®{ 27;6|)

1688 embibazo {em-bib-ad'-zo} from 1722 and bibazo (to mount, causative of 1684);; v AV - put 1; 1 1) to put in or on, lead in, cause to enter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1689 emblepo {em-blep'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 ©M 991;; °Êµü AV - behold 5, look upon 4, see 1, gaze up 1, can see 1; 12 1) Âà(¬Y¤Hªº)²´¥õ±æ...... 2) ¬Ý...... 3) Áô³ë. ¥Î¤ß¬Ý......, ¦Ò¼{

1689 emblepo {em-blep'-o} from 1722 and 991;; v AV - behold 5, look upon 4, see 1, gaze up 1, can see 1; 12 1) to turn one's eyes on 2) look at 3) metaph. to look at with the mind, to consider
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1690 embrimaomai {em-brim-ah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1722 and brimaomai (to snort with anger);; °Êµü AV - straitly charge 2, groan 2, murmur against 1; 5 1) ÄYµÂ»{¯uªºÄU§Ù, ÄY¼FªºÄþ³d, ¹w¥Ü¤¿¥üªºÅñ©J

1690 embrimaomai {em-brim-ah'-om-ahee} from 1722 and brimaomai (to snort with anger);; v AV - straitly charge 2, groan 2, murmur against 1; 5 1) to charge with earnest admonition, sternly to charge, threatened to enjoin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1691 eme {em-eh'} 3165 "§Ú"ªº³æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ¥[±j«¬;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - me 83, I 2, my 2, myself 1; 88 1) §Ú

1691 eme {em-eh'} a prolonged form of 3165;; pron acc AV - me 83, I 2, my 2, myself 1; 88 1) I, me, myself, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1692 emeo {em-eh'-o} of uncertain affinity;; °Êµü AV - spue 1; 1 1) ¦R¥X, ¹Ã¥X, ©ß°_ (#±Ò 3:16|)

1692 emeo {em-eh'-o} of uncertain affinity;; v AV - spue 1; 1 1) to vomit, vomit forth, throw up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1693 emmainomai {em-mah'-ee-nom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1722 and 3105;; °Êµü AV - mad against 1; 1 1) ¹ï¬Y¤Hµo«ã, ´o«ë (#®{ 26:11|)

1693 emmainomai {em-mah'-ee-nom-ahee} from 1722 and 3105;; v AV - mad against 1; 1 1) to rage against one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1694 Emmanouel {em-man-oo-ale'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Emmanuel 1; 1 ¥H°¨¤º§Q = "¯«»P¤H¦P¦b" 1) ³o¬O¥Ñµ£­s¤k©Ò¥Í, À±ÁɨȪººÙ¸¹, (#¤Ó 1:23|) (°Ñ#ÁÉ 7:14|), ¦]¬°­C¿q¬J¬O¤H, ¤S¬O¯«, ³o´NÅã¥X¯«¦í¦b¤H¤¤¶¡

1694 Emmanouel {em-man-oo-ale'} of Hebrew origin 06005;; n pr m AV - Emmanuel 1; 1 Emmanuel = "God with us" 1) the title applied to the Messiah, born of the virgin, Mt 1:23, Is. 7:14, because Jesus was God united with man, and showed that God was dwelling with man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1695 Emmaous {em-mah-ooce'} probably of Hebrew origin, cf 03222;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Emmaus 1; 1 ¥H°¨ÊÞ´µ = "·Å¬u" 1)­C¿q´_¬¡¨º¤é¡Aªù®{¤¤¦³¨â¤H«e©¹¥H°¨ÊÞ´µ³o­Ó§ø²ø¡A­C¿qÅã²{©M¥L­Ì¦P¦æ ¡­¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ 24:13. Â÷­C¸ô¼»§N¬ù¦³¤G¤Q¤­¨½¡C ¬ù·æ¤Ò´£¨ì¡y¦³­ÓºÙ°µ¥H°¨ÊÞ´µªº§ø²ø¡z¦b¦P¼Ëªº¶ZÂ÷¦ì¸m¤W. ¥H°¨ÊÞ´µªº¦aÂI remains yetµø¬°¦P¤@

1695 Emmaous {em-mah-ooce'} probably of Hebrew origin, cf 03222;; n pr loc AV - Emmaus 1; 1 Emmaus = "warm baths" 1) the village to which the two disciples were going when our Lord appeared to them on the way, on the day of resurrection. Lk. 24:13. Luke makes its distance from Jerusalem, sixty stadia, or 7.5 miles (12 km); and Josephus mentions "a village called Emmaus" at the same distance. The site of Emmaus remains yet to be identified.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1696 emmeno {em-men'-o} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 3306; TDNT - 4:576,581; °Êµü AV - continue 3; 3 1) «O«ù¦b..., Ä~Äò 2) «O¦u«ù¦³¬Yª«, ¤ß§Ó µ¥µ¥ 3) ºò´¤, ©¾­s, °í«ù, «ù¦u

1696 emmeno {em-men'-o} from 1722 and 3306; TDNT - 4:576,581; v AV - continue 3; 3 1) to remain in, continue 2) to persevere in anything, a state of mind etc. 3) to hold fast, to be true to, abide by, keep
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1697 Emmor {em-mor'} of Hebrew origin 02544;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Emmor 1; 1 «¢©Ù = "Æj¤l" 1) Sychemªº¤÷¿Ë, #®{ 7:16|

1697 Emmor {em-mor'} of Hebrew origin 02544;; n pr m AV - Emmor 1; 1 Emmor = "an ass" 1) the father of Sychem, Act. 7:16
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1698 emoi {em-oy'} 3427 "§Ú"ªº³æ¼Æ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ¥[±j»y¶Õ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - me 86, I 6, mine 2, my 1, 95 1) §Ú, ¬°§Ú, µ¹§Ú

1698 emoi {em-oy'} a prolonged form of 3427;; pron dat AV - me 86, I 6, mine 2, my 1, 95 1) I, me, myself, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1699 emos {em-os'} ·½©ó 1473 ªº±×®æ«¬ (1698, 1700, 1691);; ¥N¦Wµü AV - my 50, mine 12, mine own 11, of me 4, I 1; 78 1) §Úªº, §ÚªºªF¦è, µ¥µ¥

1699 emos {em-os'} from the oblique cases of 1473 (1698, 1700, 1691);; pron AV - my 50, mine 12, mine own 11, of me 4, I 1; 78 1) my, mine, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1700 emou {em-oo'} 1473 "§Ú"ªº³æ¼Æ©Ò¦³®æ¥[±j»y¶Õ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - me 97, my 11, mine 1; 109 1) §Úªº

1700 emou {em-oo'} a prolonged form of 1473;; pron genn/abl AV - me 97, my 11, mine 1; 109 1) me, my, mine, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1701 empaigmos {emp-aheeg-mos'} ·½©ó 1702; TDNT - 5:635,758;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mocking 1; 1 1) ¼J¯º, ·M§Ë

1701 empaigmos {emp-aheeg-mos'} from 1702; TDNT - 5:635,758; n m AV - mocking 1; 1 1) a mocking, scoffing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1702 empaizo {emp-aheed'-zo} ·½¦Û 1722 and 3815; TDNT - 5:630,758; °Êµü AV - mock 13; 13 1) À¸§Ë, ¼J§Ë 1a) ¼J¯º 1b) ´ÛÄF, ¶BÄF

1702 empaizo {emp-aheed'-zo} from 1722 and 3815; TDNT - 5:630,758; v AV - mock 13; 13 1) to play with, trifle with 1a) to mock 1b) to delude, deceive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1703 empaiktes {emp-aheek-tace'} ·½¦Û 1702; TDNT - 5:635,758; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mockers 1, scoffers 1; 2 1) ¼J§ËªÌ, ¼J¯ºªÌ

1703 empaiktes {emp-aheek-tace'} from 1702; TDNT - 5:635,758; n m AV - mockers 1, scoffers 1; 2 1) a mocker, a scoffer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1704 emperipateo {em-per-ee-pat-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 4043; TDNT - 5:940,804; °Êµü AV - walk in 1; 1 1) ¦b...¤¤¶¡¨Ó©¹, ¦æ¨«©ó (#ªL«á 6:16|)

1704 emperipateo {em-per-ee-pat-eh'-o} from 1722 and 4043; TDNT - 5:940,804; v AV - walk in 1; 1 1) to go about in, walk in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1705 empiplemi {em-pip'-lay-mee} or empletho {em-play'-tho} ·½¦Û 1722 ©M 4118ªº°ò¦ ; TDNT - 6:128,840; °Êµü AV - fill 4, be full 1; 5 1) ¨Ï¥Rº¡, §¹¥þ¥Rº¡ 2) Åý¬Y­Ó¤H¹¡¨¬ , º¡¨¬¬Y¤Hªº´÷±æ, ¨Ïº¡¨¬ , ¨Ï¹¡¨¬

1705 empiplemi {em-pip'-lay-mee} or empletho {em-play'-tho} from 1722 and the base of 4118; TDNT - 6:128,840; v AV - fill 4, be full 1; 5 1) to fill up, fill full 2) to take one's fill of, glut one's desire for, satisfy, satiate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1706 empipto {em-pip'-to} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 4098;; °Êµü AV - fall 7; 7 1) ¸¨¤J 1a) ¸¨¦bµs¸éªº¤â¤¤ 1b) ³´¦b¬Y¤HªºÅv¶Õ¤U

1706 empipto {em-pip'-to} from 1722 and 4098;; v AV - fall 7; 7 1) to fall into 1a) to fall among robbers 1b) fall into one's power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1707 empleko {em-plek'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 4120;; °Êµü AV - entangle (one's) self with 1, entangle therein + 5125 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¥æÂ´ 1) «ü¨Æ±¡ªÈµ², ³Q²o¯A³s²Ö (#´£«á 2:4; ©¼«á 2:20|)

1707 empleko {em-plek'-o} from 1722 and 4120;; v AV - entangle (one's) self with 1, entangle therein + 5125 1; 2 1) to inweave 1) of a thing: to entangle, involve in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1708 emploke {em-plok-ay'} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - plaiting 1; 1 1) ¾vÄ| (#©¼«e 3:3|)

1708 emploke {em-plok-ay'} from 1707;; n f AV - plaiting 1; 1 1) an interweaving, braiding, a knot 2) an elaborate gathering of one's hair into knots
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1709 empneo {emp-neh'-o} ·½¦Û1722 and 4154; TDNT - 6:452,876; °Êµü AV - breathe out 1; 1 1)©I§l 2) §l¤J (ªÅ®ðµ¥) 2a) ®£À~, «Â¯Ù,±O®_ªÌÀHµÛ¥L­Ìªº©I§l¤f¦R¤@¨Ç¸Ü

1709 empneo {emp-neh'-o} from 1722 and 4154; TDNT - 6:452,876; v AV - breathe out 1; 1 1) to breathe in or on 2) to inhale 2a) threatenings and slaughter were so to speak the element from which he drew his breath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1710 emporeuomai {em-por-yoo'-om-ahee} °Êµü AV - buy and sell 1, make merchandise 1, vr buy and sell 1; 3 1) §@¶R½æ (#¶® 4:13|) 2) ¶R½æ, ¥æ©ö (#©¼«á 2:3|)

1710 emporeuomai {em-por-yoo'-om-ahee} from 1722 and 4198;; v AV - buy and sell 1, make merchandise 1, vr buy and sell 1; 3 1) to go a trading, to travel for business, to traffic, trade 2) of a thing, to import for sale 3) to deal in 4) to use a person or a thing for gain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1711 emporia {em-por-ee'-ah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - merchandise 1; 1 1) ¥Í·N, ¥æ©ö (#¤Ó 22:5|)

1711 emporia {em-por-ee'-ah} from 1713;; n f AV - merchandise 1; 1 1) trade, merchandise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1712 emporion {em-por'-ee-on} ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - merchandise 1; 1 1) ¥«³õ (#¬ù 2:16|)

1712 emporion {em-por'-ee-on} from 1713;; n n AV - merchandise 1; 1 1) a place were trade is carried on, esp. a seaport 1a) a mart, an emporium
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1713 emporos {em'-por-os} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - merchant 5; 5 1) ¶T©ö°Ó¤H

1713 emporos {em'-por-os} from 1722 and the base of 4198;; n m AV - merchant 5; 5 1) one on a journey, whether by sea or by land, esp. for trade 2) a merchant as opposed to a retailer or petty tradesman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1714 empretho {em-pray'-tho} °Êµü AV - burn up 1; 1 1) ¿N·´ (#¤Ó 22:7|)

1714 empretho {em-pray'-tho} from 1722 and pretho (to blow a flame);; v AV - burn up 1; 1 1) to burn 2) destroy by fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1715 emprosthen {em'-pros-then} ·½¦Û1722©M4314;; °Æµü AV - before 41, in (one's) sight 2, of 1, against 1, in the sight of 1, in the presence of 1, at 1; 48 1) ¦b...¤§«e¡A¦b«e­± 1a) ¦b«e­±¡A¥ç§Y¡A¬Y­Ó¯S©wªº¦a¤è¬O¦b¤@­Ó¤H©Îª«¤§«e 1b) ¦b...¤§«e¡A¦b¬Y¤Hªº­±«e¡A¥ç§Y¯¸¦b¥Lªº¹ï­±¡A¯¸¦b¨º¤Hªº«e­± 1c) ¦b...¤§«e¡A¥X²{¦b²´«e 1d) ¦b...¤§«e¡A«ü¥X¼h¯Å©Î¦a¦ì

1715 emprosthen {em'-pros-then} from 1722 and 4314;; adv AV - before 41, in (one's) sight 2, of 1, against 1, in the sight of 1, in the presence of 1, at 1; 48 1) in front, before 1a) before, i.e. in that local region which is in front of a person or thing 1b) before, in the presence of, i.e. opposite to, over against one 1c) before, in the sight of 1d) before, denoting rank
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1716 emptuo {emp-too'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 ©M 4429;; °Êµü AV - spit upon 2, spit on 2, spit 2; 6 1) ¦R(³è²Gµ¥)¦b...¤§¤W

1716 emptuo {emp-too'-o} from 1722 and 4429;; v AV - spit upon 2, spit on 2, spit 2; 6 1) to spit upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1717 emphanes {em-fan-ace'} ·½¦Û a compound of 1722 and 5316;; §Î®eµü AV - show openly + 1325 + 1096 1, manifest 1; 2 1) Åã©úªº 1a) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk: «ü¤W«Ò¨£ÃÒÍ¢±ÏÅ«ªº®¦¨å¬G¦Ó¹üÅã¦Û¤v (#®{ 10:40; ù 10:20|)

1717 emphanes {em-fan-ace'} from a compound of 1722 and 5316;; adj AV - show openly + 1325 + 1096 1, manifest 1; 2 1) manifest 1a) fig. of God giving proofs of his saving grace and thus manifesting himself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1718 emphanizo {em-fan-id'-zo} ·½©ó 1717; TDNT - 9:7,1244; °Êµü AV - inform 3, be manifest 2, appear 2, signify 1, show 1, declare plainly 1; 10 1) Åã¥Ü, Åã¥X¨Ï¥i¨£ 2) §â¦Û¤vªí©ú¥X¨Ó, ¨Ï¥i¨£, ¥X²{, Åã©úªº 3) «ü¥Ü, ´¦ÅS, Á¿©ú¥Õ, ¨Ï³Qª¾¾å ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5831

1718 emphanizo {em-fan-id'-zo} from 1717; TDNT - 9:7,1244; v AV - inform 3, be manifest 2, appear 2, signify 1, show 1, declare plainly 1; 10 1) to manifest, exhibit to view 2) to show one's self, come to view, appear, be manifest 3) to indicate, disclose, declare, make known For Synonyms see entry 5831
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1719 emphobos {em'-fob-os} ·½¦Û 1722 and 5401;; §Î®eµü AV - afraid 3, affrighted 2, tremble + 1096 1; 6 1) ³´¤JÅ宣ªº, ®£§Gªº, ÅåÀ~ªº

1719 emphobos {em'-fob-os} from 1722 and 5401;; adj AV - afraid 3, affrighted 2, tremble + 1096 1; 6 1) thrown into fear, terrified, affrighted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1720 emphusao {em-foo-sah'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and phusao (to puff) [cf 5453]; TDNT - 2:536,232; °Êµü AV - breathe on 1; 1 1) §j®ð©Î¦b...¤§¤W§j®ð, ¦V...§j®ð (#¬ù 20:22|)

1720 emphusao {em-foo-sah'-o} from 1722 and phusao (to puff) [cf 5453]; TDNT - 2:536,232; v AV - breathe on 1; 1 1) to blow or breathe upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1721 emphutos {em'-foo-tos} ·½¦Û 1722 and a derivative of 5453;; §Î®eµü AV - engrafted 1; 1 1) ¤Ñ½áªº, ¥H¥Í­Ñ¨Óªº, ¦ÛµM®âºØªº, ¸g¥L¤H¤H«ü¥Ü¦Ó´Ó¤Jªº (#¶® 1:21|)

1721 emphutos {em'-foo-tos} from 1722 and a derivative of 5453;; adj AV - engrafted 1; 1 1) inborn, implanted by nature, implanted by others instruction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1722 en {en} °ò¥»«¬¤¶Ã´µü, ªí(©T©wªº) ¦ì¸m (¦b¬Y­Ó¦aÂI, ®É¶¡, ©Îª¬ºA), ©M (Áô³ë) ¾ÌÂǥΪk (¤¤¶¡ªº©Îµ²ºc©Êªº), ¥ç§Y¡G»P¨ä¾lªº¤@ºØÃö«Y (¤¶©ó1519 ©M1537¤§¶¡); TDNT - 2:537,233; ¤¶Ã´µü ´Ü©w¥»- in 1874, by 141, with 134, among 117, at 112, on 46, through 37, misc 321; 2782 1) ±µ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ: ¦b...¸Ì¡AÂǵÛ, ¾a (¤Ó¤Q¤G24), ¥Î, ¦b...¤§¤W, ¦b... ªþªñ, ®ÇÃä, ¦b...«e, ¦b...·í¤¤, ¦b...¸Ì­±, ¶i¤J(=eis), ¦V...(¨u¥Î), ¬ï (¤Ó¤Q¤@8) , «üµÛ (¤Ó¤G¤Q¤T16), ©^ (¤Ó¤G¤Q¤T39) 2) en tw ±µ¤£©wµü: ¦b...´Á¶¡, ·í...®É (¤Ó¤Q¤@24), «ö®É (¤Ó¤G¤Q¤@41) Wigram's ¥X²{¦¸¼Æ¡G 2798 not 2782.

1722 en {en} a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between 1519 and 1537); TDNT - 2:537,233; prep AV - in 1874, by 141, with 134, among 117, at 112, on 46, through 37, misc 321; 2782 1) in, by, with etc. Wigram's frequency count is 2798 not 2782.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1723 enagkalizomai {en-ang-kal-id'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1722 and a derivative of 43;; °Êµü AV - take in (one's) arms 1, take up in (one's) arms 1; 2 1) ÂùÁuÀô¶©ê°_, ¾Ö©ê (#¥i 9:36, 10:16|)

1723 enagkalizomai {en-ang-kal-id'-zom-ahee} from 1722 and a derivative of 43;; v AV - take in (one's) arms 1, take up in (one's) arms 1; 2 1) to take into one's arms, embrace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1724 enalios {en-al'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 1722 »P 251;; §Î®eµü AV - things in the sea 1; 1 1) ®ü¤¤ªº, ®ü¤Wªº #¶® 3:7|

1724 enalios {en-al'-ee-os} from 1722 and 251;; adj AV - things in the sea 1; 1 1) that which is in the sea, marine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1725 enanti {en'-an-tee} ·½¦Û 1722 ©M 473;; °Æµü AV - before 1; 1 1) ¦b¡B¡B¡B¤§«e

1725 enanti {en'-an-tee} from 1722 and 473;; adv AV - before 1; 1 1) before
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1726 enantion {en-an-tee'-on} ·½¦Û 1727;; ¤¶«Yµü AV - before 4, in the sight of 1; 5 1) ¦b...¹ï­±, ¹ï¥ßªº 1a) «ü¦a¤è, ¹ï¥ßªº, ¬Û¤Ïªº(«ü­·) 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¹³¼Ä¤H¤@¼Ë¹ï¥ß, ¤£¤Íµ½ªº©M¼Ä¹ïªº·Pı©Î¦æ°Ê 2b) ¹ï¤â

1726 enantion {en-an-tee'-on} from 1727;; prep AV - before 4, in the sight of 1; 5 1) over against, opposite 1a) of place, opposite, contrary (of the wind) 2) metaph. 2a) opposed as an adversary, hostile, antagonistic in feeling or act 2b) an opponent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1727 enantios {en-an-tee'-os} ·½©ó 1725;; §Î®eµü AV - contrary 6, against 2; 8 1) ¬Û¹ï©ó, ©M...¬Û¹ï 1a) «ü¦a¤è, ¬Û¹ïªº¦aÂI, ¬Û°fªº¤è¦V(°f­·) 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¦¨¬°¼Ä¹ïªÌ, ¼Ä¹ïªº, ¦b·P¨ü©Î¦æ°Ê¤W»P¤§¬Û¹ï¥ßªº 2b) ¤Ï¹ïªÌ, ¹ï¤â

1727 enantios {en-an-tee'-os} from 1725;; adj AV - contrary 6, against 2; 8 1) over against, opposite 1a) of place, opposite, contrary (of the wind) 2) metaph. 2a) opposed as an adversary, hostile, antagonistic in feeling or act 2b) an opponent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1728 enarchomai {en-ar'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1722 and 756;; °Êµü AV - begin 2; 2 1) ¶}©l, °_ÀY (#¥[ 3:3; µÌ 1:6|)

1728 enarchomai {en-ar'-khom-ahee} from 1722 and 756;; v AV - begin 2; 2 1) to begin, to make a beginning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1729 endees {en-deh-ace'} ·½¦Û a compound of 1722 and 1210 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N lacking);; §Î®eµü AV - lack 1; 1 1) ³h½aªº, ¹¼¥F³h§xªº (#®{ 4:34|)

1729 endees {en-deh-ace'} from a compound of 1722 and 1210 (in the sense of lacking);; adj AV - lack 1; 1 1) needy, destitute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1730 endeigma {en'-dighe-mah} ·½¦Û 1731;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - manifest token 1; 1 1) ¶H¼x, ÃÒ¾Ú, ÃÒ©ú

1730 endeigma {en'-dighe-mah} from 1731;; n n AV - manifest token 1; 1 1) token, evidence, proof
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1731 endeiknumi {en-dike'-noo-mee} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 1166;; °Êµü AV - show 9, show forth 1, do 1, vr show 1; 12 1) ÂI©ú¥X¨Ó 1a) ¥Î½×­z©Î¦æ¬°ªº¤è¦¡ Åã¥X, ®i¥Ü, ÃÒ©ú 2) Åã¥Ü, ®i¥Ü, ´£¥X

1731 endeiknumi {en-dike'-noo-mee} from 1722 and 1166;; v AV - show 9, show forth 1, do 1, vr show 1; 12 1) to point out 1a) to show, demonstrate, prove, whether by arguments or by acts 2) to manifest, display, put forth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1732 endeixis {en'-dike-sis} ·½¦Û 1731;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4 1) ¥Ü½d, ÃÒ©ú 1a) ¥H¦æ°ÊÅã©ú 1b) «H¸¹, ÃÒ¾Ú

1732 endeixis {en'-dike-sis} from 1731;; n f AV - to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4 1) demonstration, proof 1a) manifestation made by act 1b) sign, evidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1733 hendeka {hen'-dek-ah} ·½¦Û (the ¤¤©Ê of) 1520 and 1176;; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƦWµü AV - eleven 6; 6 1) ¤Q¤@ 1a) µS¤j¦º«á, ©Ò³Ñ¤Uªº¤Q¤@¦ìªù®{

1733 hendeka {hen'-dek-ah} from (the neuter of) 1520 and 1176;; n indecl AV - eleven 6; 6 1) eleven 1a) of the eleven disciples alive after the death of Judas
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1734 hendekatos {hen-dek'-at-os} §Î®eµü AV - eleventh 3; 3 1) ²Ä¤Q¤@ (#¤Ó 20:6,9; ±Ò 21:20|)

1734 hendekatos {hen-dek'-at-os} ordinal from 1733;; adj AV - eleventh 3; 3 1) eleventh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1735 endechetai {en-dekh'-et-ahee} °Êµü AV - it can be 1; 1 1) ±o¥H(#¸ô 13:33|)

1735 endechetai {en-dekh'-et-ahee} third person singular present of a compound of 1722 and 1209;; v AV - it can be 1; 1 1) to receive, admit, approve, allow 2) it can be allowed, is possible, may be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1736 endemeo {en-day-meh'-o} ·½¦Û1722»P1218ªº½Æ¦X«¬; TDNT - 2:63,149; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - be at home 1, be present 1, present 1; 3 1)³B©ó¦Û¤vªº¦Ê©m¤¤, ©~©ó¦Û¤vªº°ê®a¸Ì,¦b®a

1736 endemeo {en-day-meh'-o} from a compound of 1722 and 1218; TDNT - 2:63,149; v AV - be at home 1, be present 1, present 1; 3 1) to be among one's own people, dwell in one's own country, stay at home
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1737 endidusko {en-did-oos'-ko} a prolonged form of 1746;; °Êµü AV - wear 1, clothe with 1; 2 1) ©Ü¤W, ¬ï¤W, ¦Û¤v©ÜÀ¹¤W, ¬ïÀ¹¤W (#¸ô 8:27, 16:19|)

1737 endidusko {en-did-oos'-ko} a prolonged form of 1746;; v AV - wear 1, clothe with 1; 2 1) to put on, clothe, to put on one's self, be clothed in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1738 endikos {en'-dee-kos} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 1349;; §Î®eµü AV - just 2; 2 1) ¦X²zªº, À³¸Óªº, ¤½¸qªº, ¤½¥¿ªº

1738 endikos {en'-dee-kos} from 1722 and 1349;; adj AV - just 2; 2 1) according to right, righteous, just
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1739 endomesis {en-dom'-ay-sis} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - building 1; 1 1) «Ø¿v (#±Ò 21:18|)

1739 endomesis {en-dom'-ay-sis} from a compound of 1722 and a derivative of the base of 1218;; n f AV - building 1; 1 1) that which is build in 1a) the material built into a wall, i.e. of which the wall is composed 1b) a mole built into the sea to form a breakwater, and so construct a harbour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1740 edoxazo {en-dox-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1741; TDNT - 2:254,178; °Êµü AV - glorify 2; 2 1) Æg¬ü, ¥Hºa¬ü¬°¸Ë¹¢ (#©««á 1:10,12|)

1740 edoxazo {en-dox-ad'-zo} from 1741; TDNT - 2:254,178; v AV - glorify 2; 2 1) glorify, adorn with glory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1741 endoxos {en'-dox-os} ·½¦Û 1722 and 1391; TDNT - 2:254,178; §Î®eµü AV - glorious 2, gorgeously 1, honourable 1; 4 1) ¼w°ª±æ­«ªº, ¦³Án±æªº 1a) ³Ç¥Xªº, ºaÅAªº, ¨ü´L·qªº, 1b) ÅãµÛªº, ¥úºaªº 1c) ¦³¥ú±mªº 1c1) «ü¦ç»n 1c2) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, µL¸o¦Û¥Ñªº

1741 endoxos {en'-dox-os} from 1722 and 1391; TDNT - 2:254,178; adj AV - glorious 2, gorgeously 1, honourable 1; 4 1) held in good or in great esteem, of high repute 1a) illustrious, honourable, esteemed 1b) notable, glorious 1c) splendid 1c1) of clothing 1c2) fig., free from sins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1742 enduma {en'-doo-mah} ·½¦Û 1746;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - raiment 5, garment 2, clothing 1; 8 1) ¦çªA, ¦ç»n, ¤æÁO, ¥~¦ç

1742 enduma {en'-doo-mah} from 1746;; n n AV - raiment 5, garment 2, clothing 1; 8 1) garment, raiment, cloak, an outer garment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1743 endunamoo {en-doo-nam-o'-o} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 1412; TDNT - 2:284,186; °Êµü AV - be strong 3, strengthen 2, increase in strength 1, enable 1, be made strong 1; 8 1) ±j§§, °í§Ô, ¨Ï°í©T 2) ±o¨ì¤O¶q, ³Q°í©T, ³Q¥[±j 3) ¦b­t­±ªº·N¸q¤W 3a) ¾|²õ, ¹x©T

1743 endunamoo {en-doo-nam-o'-o} from 1722 and 1412; TDNT - 2:284,186; v AV - be strong 3, strengthen 2, increase in strength 1, enable 1, be made strong 1; 8 1) to be strong, endue with strength, strengthen 2) to receive strength, be strengthened, increase in strength 3) in a bad sense 3a) be bold, headstrong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1744 enduno {en-doo'-no} ·½¦Û 1772 and 1416;; °Êµü AV - creep 1; 1 1) ¬ï¤W, ¥]»q¦b, ÁôÂæb 1a) ¦r¸q¤W: À¹¤W, ¬ïÀ¹¦çªA 1b) Áô³ë À¹¤W²¯¥Ò 2) Æ\¤âÆ\¸}ªº¶i¤J, ¨Ï¦Û¤v¨±°j¦a¶i¤J, ¶i¤J (#´£«á 3:6|)

1744 enduno {en-doo'-no} from 1772 and 1416;; v AV - creep 1; 1 1) to put on, to envelop in, to hide in 1a) literally: to put on, clothe with a garment 1b) metaph. put on armour 2) to creep into, insinuate one's self into, to enter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1745 endusis {en'-doo-sis} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - put on 1; 1 1) ¬ï (#©¼«e 3:3|)

1745 endusis {en'-doo-sis} from 1746;; n f AV - put on 1; 1 1) a putting on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1746 enduo {en-doo'-o} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 1416 (¨ú¨ä º¯¤J¦çªA ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 2:319,192; °Êµü AV - put on 18, clothed with 2, clothed in 2, have on 2, clothe with 1, be endued 1, arrayed in 1, be clothed 1, vr put on 1; 29 1) ¬ï¤J(¦çªA¤¤), ¬ï¦ç, µÛ¸Ë

1746 enduo {en-doo'-o} from 1722 and 1416 (in the sense of sinking into a garment); TDNT - 2:319,192; v AV - put on 18, clothed with 2, clothed in 2, have on 2, clothe with 1, be endued 1, arrayed in 1, be clothed 1, vr put on 1; 29 1) to sink into (clothing), put on, clothe one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1747 enedra {en-ed'-rah} ·½¦Û 1722 and the base of 1476;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - laying with + 4160 1; 1 1) ¾îª×µ¥«Ý, ®I¥ñ

1747 enedra {en-ed'-rah} from 1722 and the base of 1476;; n f AV - laying with + 4160 1; 1 1) a lying in wait, an ambush
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1748 enedreuo {en-ed-ryoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1747;; °Êµü AV - lie in wait for 1, lay wait for 1; 2 1) ®I¥ñ¥H«Ý, ³]³´¨À°é®M (#¸ô 11:54; ®{ 23:21|)

1748 enedreuo {en-ed-ryoo'-o} from 1747;; v AV - lie in wait for 1, lay wait for 1; 2 1) to lie in wait for, to lay wait for, prepare a trap for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1749 enedron {en'-ed-ron} ·½¦Û »P 1747 ¦P ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lying in wait 1; 1 1) ®I¥ñ¥H«Ý, ®I¥ñ

1749 enedron {en'-ed-ron} from the same as 1747;; n n AV - lying in wait 1; 1 1) a lying in wait for, an ambush
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1750 eneileo {en-i-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 1772 and the base of 1507;; °Êµü AV - wrap in 1; 1 1) ±²¶i¥h, ¥]»q°_¨Ó(#¥i 15:46|)

1750 eneileo {en-i-leh'-o} from 1772 and the base of 1507;; v AV - wrap in 1; 1 1) to roll in, wind up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1751 eneimi {en'-i-mee} ·½¦Û 1772 and 1510;; °Êµü AV - such things as (one) has + 3588 1; 1 1) ¦b...¸Ì­±, ¦b¤ºùتº, ¥ç§YÆF»î (#¸ô 11:41|)

1751 eneimi {en'-i-mee} from 1772 and 1510;; v AV - such things as (one) has + 3588 1; 1 1) to be in, what is within, i.e. the soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1752 heneka {hen'-ek-ah} or heneken {hen'-ek-en} or heineken {hi'-nek-en} of uncertain affinity;; prep AV - for ... sake 14, for ... cause 5, for 2, because + 3739 1, wherefore + 5101 1, by reason of 1, that ... might 1; 25 1) ¦]¬°, ¥Ñ©ó, ¬°¤F, ¬°... 2) ¦]¦¹, ¦]¦Ó, ©Ò¥H

1752 heneka {hen'-ek-ah} or heneken {hen'-ek-en} or heineken {hi'-nek-en} of uncertain affinity;; prep AV - for ... sake 14, for ... cause 5, for 2, because + 3739 1, wherefore + 5101 1, by reason of 1, that ... might 1; 25 1) on account of, for the sake of, for 2) for this cause, therefore
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1753 energeia {en-erg'-i-ah} ·½¦Û 1756; TDNT - 2:652,251; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - working 4, effectual working 2, operation 1, strong 1; 8 1) ¤u§@, ¦æ°Ê, ¹B§@(¦b·s¬ù¸t¸g³£¬O«ü¶W¦ÛµMªº) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5820

1753 energeia {en-erg'-i-ah} from 1756; TDNT - 2:652,251; n f AV - working 4, effectual working 2, operation 1, strong 1; 8 1) working, efficiency 1a) in the NT used only of superhuman power, whether of God or of the Devil For Synonyms see entry 5820
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1754 energeo {en-erg-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1756; TDNT - 2:652,251; °Êµü AV - work 12, show forth (one's) self 2, wrought 1, be effectual 1, effectually work 1, effectual fervent 1, work effectually in 1, be might in 1, to do 1; 21 1) ¦³®Äªº, ¦³§@¥Îªº, ¦³®Ä¤Oªº 1a) ¹ï¬Y¤H¦³¥¿­±§@¥Î, ¨ó§U¬Y¤H 2) ¼vÅT, §@¥Î 3) ®i¥Ü¬Y¤Hªº¦æ°Ê, Åã¥Ü¬Y¤H¬O·|°_§@¥Îªº

1754 energeo {en-erg-eh'-o} from 1756; TDNT - 2:652,251; v AV - work 12, show forth (one's) self 2, wrought 1, be effectual 1, effectually work 1, effectual fervent 1, work effectually in 1, be might in 1, to do 1; 21 1) to be operative, be at work, put forth power 1a) to work for one, aid one 2) to effect 3) to display one's activity, show one's self operative
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1755 energema {en-erg'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û 1754; TDNT - 2:652,251; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - operation 1, working 1; 2 1) ¨Æ¥ó²Õ¦X 2) ®Ä¥Î¹B§@

1755 energema {en-erg'-ay-mah} from 1754; TDNT - 2:652,251; n n AV - operation 1, working 1; 2 1) thing wrought 2) effect operation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1756 energes {en-er-gace'} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 2041; TDNT - 2:652,251; §Î®eµü AV - effectual 2, powerful 1; 3 1) ¦³®Ä¤Oªº

1756 energes {en-er-gace'} from 1722 and 2041; TDNT - 2:652,251; adj AV - effectual 2, powerful 1; 3 1) active
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1757 eneulogeo {en-yoo-log-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2127; TDNT - 2:765,275; °Êµü AV - bless 2; 2 1) ±Â»P®¦´f¯q³B, ¯¬ºÖ (#®{ 3:25; ¥[ 3:8|)

1757 eneulogeo {en-yoo-log-eh'-o} from 1722 and 2127; TDNT - 2:765,275; v AV - bless 2; 2 1) to confer benefits on, to bless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1758 enecho {en-ekh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 ©M 2192; TDNT - 2:828,286; °Êµü AV - have a quarrel with 1, urge 1, entangle with 1; 3 1) ¦³¸Ì­±ªº, À£§í 1a) ³Q¦©¯d, ªÈÄñ, ³´¤J¤Þ»¤ 1b) ¥æ¾Ô, ¨Ï¦Û¨­¤Ï§Ü©ó..., ¹ï¬Y¤H¦³«è«ë

1758 enecho {en-ekh'-o} from 1722 and 2192; TDNT - 2:828,286; v AV - have a quarrel with 1, urge 1, entangle with 1; 3 1) to have within, to hold in 1a) to be held, entangled, be held ensnared 1b) to be engaged with, set one's self against, hold a grudge against someone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1759 enthade {en-thad'-eh} ·½¦Û a prolonged form of 1722;; °Æµü AV - hither 4, here 3, there 1; 8 1) ³o¸Ì 2) ©¹³o¸Ì

1759 enthade {en-thad'-eh} from a prolonged form of 1722;; adv AV - hither 4, here 3, there 1; 8 1) here 2) hither
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1760 enthumeomai {en-thoo-meh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û a compound of 1722 and 2372; TDNT - 3:172,339; °Êµü AV - think 3; 3 1) ·Q°_, ¾Ð°_, ¿Å¶q 2) «ä¯Á, ²`«ä¼ô¼{ (#¤Ó 1:20, 9:4; ®{ 10:19|)

1760 enthumeomai {en-thoo-meh'-om-ahee} from a compound of 1722 and 2372; TDNT - 3:172,339; v AV - think 3; 3 1) to bring to mind, revolve in mind, ponder 2) to think, to deliberate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1761 enthumesis {en-thoo'-may-sis} ·½©ó 1760; TDNT - 3:172,339; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - thought 3, device 1; 4 1) ¤@­Ó·Qªk, «ä¼{ 2) ¤ß«ä·N©À

1761 enthumesis {en-thoo'-may-sis} from 1760; TDNT - 3:172,339; n f AV - thought 3, device 1; 4 1) a thinking, consideration 2) thoughts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1762 eni {en'-ee} contraction for the third¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ ²{¦b¦¡ª½»¡»y®ð of 1751;; °Êµü AV - there is 4, is 1; 5 1) ¦b, ¦b...¤§¶¡, ¦w±Æ©ó..., ¦s©ó 2) ¥i¯à¬O, ¦³¥i¯àªº, ¦Xªk¥¿·íªº (#¥[ 3:28; ¦è 3:11; ¶® 1:17|)

1762 eni {en'-ee} contraction for the third person singular present indicative of 1751;; v AV - there is 4, is 1; 5 1) is in, is among, has place, is present 2) it can be, is possible, is lawful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1763 eniautos {en-ee-ow-tos'} ¦r®Ú enos (¦~)ªºÂX±i«¬;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - year 14; 14 1) ¬Y¤@­Ó¦~¥÷, ¦b¼s¸q¤W¤]¥i«ü¬Y¤@¬q©ú½T©w¸qªº®É¶¡ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5843

1763 eniautos {en-ee-ow-tos'} prolongation from a primary enos (a year);; n m AV - year 14; 14 1) a year, in a wider sense, for some fixed definite period of time For Synonyms see entry 5843
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1764 eni¦r·Fi {en-is'-tay-mee} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 2476; TDNT - 2:543,234; °Êµü AV - present 3, things present 2, be at hand 1, come 1; 7 1) ¸m¤J, ©ñ¤J 2) ®É¶¡¤W­¢ªñ¨ì¨ã«Â¯Ù©Ê 3) ´N¦b¤âÃä 4) ²{¦b

1764 enistemi {en-is'-tay-mee} from 1722 and 2476; TDNT - 2:543,234; v AV - present 3, things present 2, be at hand 1, come 1; 7 1) to place in or among, to put in 2) to be upon, impend, threaten 3) close at hand 4) present
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1765 enischuo {en-is-khoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 2480;; °Êµü AV - strengthen 2; 2 1) ­_§§, ±oµÛ¯à¤O 2) ¨Ï±j§§, ¼W±j¾d©T (#¸ô 22:43; ®{ 9:19|)

1765 enischuo {en-is-khoo'-o} from 1722 and 2480;; v AV - strengthen 2; 2 1) to grow strong, to receive strength 2) to make strong, to strengthen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1766 ennatos {en'-nat-os} §Î®eµü AV - ninth 10; 10 1) ²Ä¤E

1766 ennatos {en'-nat-os} ordinal from 1767;; adj AV - ninth 10; 10 1) ninth 1a) the ninth hour corresponds to our 3 o'clock in the afternoon for the sixth hour of the Jews coincides with the twelfth of the day as divided by our method, and the first hour of the day is 6 A.M. to us
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1767 ennea {en-neh'-ah} °ò¼Æ;; µL»y§ÀÅܤƪº¦Wµü AV - nine 1; 1 1) ¤E

1767 ennea {en-neh'-ah} a primary number;; n indecl AV - nine 1; 1 1) nine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1768 ennenekontaennea {en-nen-ay-kon-tah-en-neh'-ah} ·½¦Û a (tenth) multiple of 1767 and 1767 itself;; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƦWµü AV - ninety nine 4; 4 1) ¤E¤Q¤E

1768 ennenekontaennea {en-nen-ay-kon-tah-en-neh'-ah} from a (tenth) multiple of 1767 and 1767 itself;; n indecl AV - ninety nine 4; 4 1) ninety nine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1769 enneos {en-neh-os'} ·½¦Û 1770;; §Î®eµü AV - speechless 1; 1 1) ¤£¯à»¡¸Ü, °×¤Ú, ®ø­µ, ¥¢¥h»y¨¥¯à¤O 2) ÅåÀ~¹L«×¦ÓµLªk¨¥»y, ¥ØÀü¤f§b, ³QÅåÀ~ªº (#®{ 9:7|)

1769 enneos {en-neh-os'} from 1770;; adj AV - speechless 1; 1 1) dumb, mute, destitute of power of speech 2) unable to speak for terror, struck dumb, astounded
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1770 enneuo {en-nyoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 3506;; °Êµü AV - make signs 1; 1 1) ÂIÀY, ¥HÂIÀY©Î¤â¶Õ¥Ü·Nªí¹F (#¸ô 1:62|)

1770 enneuo {en-nyoo'-o} from 1722 and 3506;; v AV - make signs 1; 1 1) to nod to, signify or express by a nod or a sign
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1771 ennoia {en'-noy-ah} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 3563 ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 4:968,636; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - intent 1, mind 1; 2 1) «ä¦Ò, ¦Ò¼{, ¼ô¼{ 2) ·Qªk, ©ÀÀY, ·§©À 3) ¤ß«ä, ¨£¸Ñ, ·N§Ó, «ä¦Ò»P·P¨üªº¼Ò¦¡

1771 ennoia {en'-noy-ah} from a compound of 1722 and 3563; TDNT - 4:968,636; n f AV - intent 1, mind 1; 2 1) the act of thinking, consideration, meditation 2) a thought, notion, conception 3) mind, understanding, will, manner of feeling, and thinking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1772 ennomos {en'-nom-os} ·½¦Û1722 and 3551; TDNT - 4:1087,646; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥»- lawful 1, under law 1; 2 1) ¦b«ßªkªº½d³ò¤§¤º¡C 2) ¨ü«ßªkªº¬ù§ô¡Aªk«ß¤Wªº¡C 3) ¦Xªkªº¡A¦X±`³Wªº¡C

1772 ennomos {en'-nom-os} from 1722 and 3551; TDNT - 4:1087,646; adj AV - lawful 1, under law 1; 2 1) bound to the law 2) bound by the law, lawful 3) lawful, regular
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1773 ennuchon {en'-noo-khon} ¤¤©Ê of a compound of 1722 and 3571;; §Î®eµü AV - a great while before day + 3129 1; 1 1) ©]¸Ìªº, ©]¶¡µo¥Íªº (#¥i 1:35|)

1773 ennuchon {en'-noo-khon} neuter of a compound of 1722 and 3571;; adj AV - a great while before day + 3129 1; 1 1) nightly, nocturnal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1774 enoikeo {en-oy-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 3611;; °Êµü AV - dwell in 5, vr dwell in 1; 6 1) ©~¦í¦b 2) Áô³ë. ¦í¦b¤H¸Ì­±¨Ãµo´§¼vÅT (¥¿­±ªº¼vÅT)

1774 enoikeo {en-oy-keh'-o} from 1722 and 3611;; v AV - dwell in 5, vr dwell in 1; 6 1) to dwell in 2) metaph. to dwell in one and influence him (for good)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1775 henotes {hen-ot-ace'} ·½¦Û 1520;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - unity 2; 2 1) ¦X¤@ 2) ¤@­P¦P·N, ·N¨£(·P±¡,¥Øªº)ªº¤@­P

1775 henotes {hen-ot-ace'} from 1520;; n f AV - unity 2; 2 1) unity 2) unanimity, agreement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1776 enochleo {en-okh-leh'-o} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 3791;; °Êµü AV - trouble 1; 1 1) ¨ë¿E, ÂZ¶Ã, ¨Ï§xÂZ, ·ÐÂZ

1776 enochleo {en-okh-leh'-o} from 1722 and 3791;; v AV - trouble 1; 1 1) to excite, disturbance, to trouble, annoy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1777 enochos {en'-okh-os} ·½©ó 1758; TDNT - 2:828,286; §Î®eµü AV - in danger of 5, guilty of 4, subject to 1; 10 1) ¦³¸q°Èªº, ¨ü(©Ó¿Õ, ¦X¬ù, ªk«ß, ¹D¼w)¬ù§ôªº, ªA±q©ó, ¦³³d¥ôªº 1a) «üÀ³³Q·R¨R©üÀY¦ÓµÛ°g¼ö±¡©ó¬Y¨Æªº¤H(?) 1b) ¦bªk®x¤¤ªº¥Îªk, «ü¬Y¤H©M¨ä©Ò¥Çªº¸o, ©Î¨äÃg»@, ¼f°Ý, ©Î¨ä©Ò«_¥Çªº¤H, ¹H¤Ï ªºªk«ß¤§¶¡ªºÃö³s 1b1) ¦³¸oªº, ·í¨üÃg³Bªº 1b2) «ü¥ô¦óªº¸o´c 1b3) ¥Ç¸o 1b4) Ãg»@ 1b5) µô¨Mªº³d¥ô, ¥ç§Y«üªk®x©ÒÀ³§P©w°õ¦æªºÃg»@ 1b6) «ü¹ê¦æÃg»@ªº¦a¤è

1777 enochos {en'-okh-os} from 1758; TDNT - 2:828,286; adj AV - in danger of 5, guilty of 4, subject to 1; 10 1) bound, under obligation, subject to, liable 1a) used of one who is held by, possessed with love, and zeal for anything 1b) in a forensic sense, denoting the connection of a person either with his crime, or with the penalty or trial, or with that against whom or which he has offended 1b1) guilty, worthy of punishment 1b2) guilty of anything 1b3) of the crime 1b4) of the penalty 1b5) liable to this or that tribunal i.e. the punishment to by imposed by this or that tribunal 1b6) of the place where punishment is to be suffered
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1778 entalma {en'-tal-mah} ·½¦Û 1781;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - commandment 3; 3 1) °V¾É

1778 entalma {en'-tal-mah} from 1781;; n n AV - commandment 3; 3 1) a precept
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1779 entaphiazo {en-taf-ee-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1722 »P 5028 ªº²Õ¦X;; °Êµü AV - burial 1, bury 1; 2 1) ¬°¸®Â§¦Ó·Ç³Æ¨­Åé, Âǵ۲ӿ°ªº¨Ï¥Î¨C¤@¨B¹w³Æ»P¸®Â§±R«ô, ¤]´N¬O, ¨N¯D, ¦çµÛ, §ªá, ªá°é, ªá­», ³þ°s... µ¥µ¥ 2) ¦w¸m«ÍÅé

1779 entaphiazo {en-taf-ee-ad'-zo} from a compound of 1722 and 5028;; v AV - burial 1, bury 1; 2 1) to prepare a body for burial, by the use of every requisite provision and funeral adornment, that is, baths, vestments, flowers, wreathes, perfumes, libations, etc. 2) to lay out a corpse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1780 entaphiasmos {en-taf-ee-as-mos'} ·½¦Û 1779;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - burying 2; 2 1) «ÍÅé¦w¸®ªº·Ç³Æ¤u§@ #¥i 14:8;¬ù 12:7|

1780 entaphiasmos {en-taf-ee-as-mos'} from 1779;; n m AV - burying 2; 2 1) preparation of a body for burial
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1781 entellomai {en-tel'-lom-ahee} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 5056 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 2:544,234; °Êµü AV - command 10, give commandment 3, give charge 2, enjoin 1, charge 1; 17 1) «ü¥Ü, ­n§¹¦¨ªº©R¥O, §h©J ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5844

1781 entellomai {en-tel'-lom-ahee} from 1722 and the base of 5056; TDNT - 2:544,234; v AV - command 10, give commandment 3, give charge 2, enjoin 1, charge 1; 17 1) to order, command to be done, enjoin For Synonyms see entry 5844
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1782 enteuthen {ent-yoo'-then} ·½¦Û »P 1759 ¦P ;; °Æµü AV - hence 6, on either side + 2534 4, from hence 3; 13 1) ±q³o­Ó¦a¤è¶}©l, ¥Ñ¦¹ 2) ¦b¤@Ãä¤Î¥t¥~¤@Ãä, ¦b¦UÃä

1782 enteuthen {ent-yoo'-then} from the same as 1759;; adv AV - hence 6, on either side + 2534 4, from hence 3; 13 1) from this place, hence 2) on the one side and on the other, on each side
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1783 enteuxis {ent'-yook-sis} ·½¦Û 1793; TDNT - 8:244,1191; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - intercession 1, prayer 1; 2 1) ë§i 1a)¥N¨D (#´£«e 2:1|) 1b)·PÁªºÃ«§i (#´£«e 4:5|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5828

1783 enteuxis {ent'-yook-sis} from 1793; TDNT - 8:244,1191; n f AV - intercession 1, prayer 1; 2 1) a falling in with, meeting with 1a) an interview 1a1) a coming together 1a2) to visit 1a3) converse or for any other cause 1b) that for which an interview is held 1b1) a conference or conversation 1b2) a petition, supplication For Synonyms see entry 5828
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1784 entimos {en'-tee-mos} §Î®eµü AV - precious 2, dear 1, more honourable 1, in reputation 1; 5 1) ´L¶Qªº, ¨ü´L­«ªº 2) ¦³»ù­Èªº, ¬Ã¶Qªº

1784 entimos {en'-tee-mos} from 1722 and 5092;; adj AV - precious 2, dear 1, more honourable 1, in reputation 1; 5 1) held in honour, prized, precious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1785 entole {en-tol-ay'} ·½©ó 1781; TDNT - 2:545,234; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - commandment 69, precept 2; 71 1) ¤@­Ó«ü¥Ü, ©R¥O, §i»|, §Ù«ß, °V¿Ù 1a) ¦]¾¤Àªº­ì¦]¦Ó¨î©wªºªk³W©w«h 2) ±Õ¥O 2a) ¨Ì¤w©wªº¨Æ©Ò¥ß¤Uªºªk³W·Ç«h 2a1) ¥Ñ®a¥@¦Ó¨Óªº»|«ß, «ü¼¯¦è¹ï²½¥q¾¤À©Ò©wªº«ßªk 2a2) «ü¼¯¦èªº«ßªk©ÎµS¤Ó¤H¶Ç²Î¤Wªº¹D¼w«ß

1785 entole {en-tol-ay'} from 1781; TDNT - 2:545,234; n f AV - commandment 69, precept 2; 71 1) an order, command, charge, precept, injunction 1a) that which is prescribed to one by reason of his office 2) a commandment 2a) a prescribed rule in accordance with which a thing is done 2a1) a precept relating to lineage, of the Mosaic precept concerning the priesthood 2a2) ethically used of the commandments in the Mosaic law or Jewish tradition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1786 entopios {en-top'-ee-os} §Î®eµü AV - of that place 1; 1 1) ·í¦aªº (#®{ 21:12|)

1786 entopios {en-top'-ee-os} from 1722 and 5117;; adj AV - of that place 1; 1 1) a dweller in a place 2) a resident or native of a place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1787 entos {en-tos'} ·½¦Û 1722; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - within 2; 2 1) ¦b...¸Ì­±, ¦b...¤§¤º (#¸ô 17:21; ¤Ó 23:26|)

1787 entos {en-tos'} from 1722;; prep AV - within 2; 2 1) within, inside 1a) within you i.e. in the midst of you 1b) within you i.e. your soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1788 entrepo {en-trep'-o} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 5157 ªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - reverence 4, regard 2, be ashamed 2, shame 1; 9 1) ¨Ï¤H»X²Û 2) ı±o²Û®¢ 3) ´L·q¬Y¤H 4) to turn about (?)

1788 entrepo {en-trep'-o} from 1722 and the base of 5157;; v AV - reverence 4, regard 2, be ashamed 2, shame 1; 9 1) to shame one 2) to be ashamed 3) to reverence a person 4) to turn about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1789 entrepho {en-tref'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 5142; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - nourish up in 1; 1 1) °ö¨|: ¤H©Îª« 2) Áô³ë. ±Ð¨|, ºc¦¨¤ß«ä

1789 entrepho {en-tref'-o} from 1722 and 5142;; v AV - nourish up in 1; 1 1) to nourish in: a person or a thing 2) metaph. to educate, form the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1790 entromos {en'-trom-os} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 5156;; §Î®eµü AV - tremble + 1096 1, trembling 1, quake 1; 3 1) ¾Ô·X, ®£Äß, À~¨ìµo§Ý©ÎÀ~¨ì¤£´±¶Ã°Ê

1790 entromos {en'-trom-os} from 1722 and 5156;; adj AV - tremble + 1096 1, trembling 1, quake 1; 3 1) trembling, terrified
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1791 entrope {en-trop-ay'} ·½¦Û 1788;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - shame 2; 2 1) ²Û·\ 2) ´L·q, ·q·N

1791 entrope {en-trop-ay'} from 1788;; n f AV - shame 2; 2 1) shame 2) respect, reverence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1792 entruphao {en-troo-fah'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and 5171;; °Êµü AV - sport (one's) self 1; 1 1) °øµØªº¥Í¬¡, ºë½o»¨µØªº¥Í¬¡, ¨I°g©ó 2) ¥H...¬°¼Ö (#©¼«á 2:13|)

1792 entruphao {en-troo-fah'-o} from 1722 and 5171;; v AV - sport (one's) self 1; 1 1) to live in luxury, live delicately or luxuriously, to revel in 2) to take delight in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1793 entugchano {en-toong-khan'-o} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 5177; TDNT - 8:242,1191; °Êµü AV - make intercession 4, deal 1; 5 1) µL·N¤¤¸I¨ì¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æ, ¹J¨£, ¥¿¥©¹J¤W ¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æ 2) ©M¬Y¤H¬Û¹J, ¤×¨ä«ü¬°¤F©M¨ä¹ï¸Ü, °Q±Ð, ©ÎÀµ¨D¨Æ±¡ 3) ë§i, ¤^¨D 4) ¬°¤H¥Në

1793 entugchano {en-toong-khan'-o} from 1722 and 5177; TDNT - 8:242,1191; v AV - make intercession 4, deal 1; 5 1) to light upon a person or a thing, fall in with, hit upon, a person or a thing 2) to go to or meet a person, esp. for the purpose of conversation, consultation, or supplication 3) to pray, entreat 4) make intercession for any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1794 entulisso {en-too-lis'-so} ·½¦Û 1722 and tulisso (to twist, probably ªñ¦ü to 1507);; °Êµü AV - wrap in 2, wrap together 1; 3 1) ±²°_¨Ó, ¥]»q¦b¤@°_

1794 entulisso {en-too-lis'-so} from 1722 and tulisso (to twist, probably akin to 1507);; v AV - wrap in 2, wrap together 1; 3 1) to roll up, wrap together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1795 entupoo {en-too-po'-o} ·½¦Û 1722 and a derivative of 5179;; °Êµü AV - en§í­µ²Å 1; 1 1) ÀJ¨è, ¨èµe (§Î¶H) (#ªL«á 3:7|)

1795 entupoo {en-too-po'-o} from 1722 and a derivative of 5179;; v AV - engrave 1; 1 1) to engrave, imprint (a figure)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1796 enubrizo {en-oo-brid'-zo} ·½©ó 1722 ©M 5195; TDNT - 8:295,1200; °Êµü AV - do despite unto 1; 1 1) Á¶Âp, «V°d

1796 enubrizo {en-oo-brid'-zo} from 1722 and 5195; TDNT - 8:295,1200; v AV - do despite unto 1; 1 1) to insult
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1797 enupniazomai {en-oop-nee-ad'-zom-ahee} 1798 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 8:545,1233; °Êµü AV - dream 1, filthy dreamer 1; 2 1) §@¹Ú («ü¨ü¯«±Ò¥Üªº¹Ú) (#®{ 2:17|) 2) Áô³ë., «ü¨H®û©ó¦×¼¤ªº«ä©À¤¤¦Ó°¾Â÷°@·qªº¥Í¬¡

1797 enupniazomai {en-oop-nee-ad'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 1798; TDNT - 8:545,1233; v AV - dream 1, filthy dreamer 1; 2 1) to dream (divinely suggested) dreams 2) metaph., to be beguiled with sensual images and carried away to an impious course of conduct
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1798 enupnion {en-oop'-nee-on} ·½¦Û 1722 ¤Î 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - dream 1; 1 1) ¹Ú #®{ 2:17|

1798 enupnion {en-oop'-nee-on} from 1722 and 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; n n AV - dream 1; 1 1) a dream
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1799 enopion {en-o'-pee-on} ¥Ñ 1722 ©M­l¥Í©ó 3700 ªº¦r©Ò²Õ¦¨ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¦X¦r;; prep AV - before 64, in the sight of 16, in the presence of 7, in (one's) sight 5, in (one's) presence 2, to 1, not tr 2; 97 1) ·íµÛ...ªº­±, ...¤§«e 1a) «ü©Ò¯¸ªº¦ì¸m: ·íµÛ¬Y¤H­±«e©Î©M¨ä¬Û¹ï¥ßªº¦ì¸m, ¦ÓÂ಴´Â¦VµÛ¨ä¥Lªº¤H

1799 enopion {en-o'-pee-on} neuter of a compound of 1722 and a derivative of 3700;; prep AV - before 64, in the sight of 16, in the presence of 7, in (one's) sight 5, in (one's) presence 2, to 1, not tr 2; 97 1) in the presence of, before 1a) of occupied place: in that place which is before, or over against, opposite, any one and towards which another turns his eyes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1800 Enos. {en-oce'} of Hebrew origin 0583;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Enos 1; 1 ¥H®¿¤h = "¤£§K¤@¦ºªº¤H" 1)¶ë¯Sªº¨à¤l

1800 Enos. {en-oce'} of Hebrew origin 0583;; n pr m AV - Enos 1; 1 Enos = "mortal man" 1) the son of Seth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1801 enotizomai {en-o-tid'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from a compound of 1722 and 3775; TDNT - 5:559,744; °Êµü AV - hearken to 1; 1 1) °¼¦Õ¦ÓÅ¥, ¶ÉÅ¥, ¯d¤ßÅ¥ (#®{ 2:14|)

1801 enotizomai {en-o-tid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from a compound of 1722 and 3775; TDNT - 5:559,744; v AV - hearken to 1; 1 1) to receive into the ear, to give ear to, listen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1802 Enoch {en-oche'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 02585; TDNT - 2:556,237;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Enoch 3; 3 ¥H¿Õ = "Äm¨­ªº" 1) ¶®¦Cªº¨à¤l, º¿¤g¼»©Ôªº¤÷¿Ë

1802 Enoch {en-oche'} of Hebrew origin 02585; TDNT - 2:556,237; n pr m AV - Enoch 3; 3 Enoch = "dedicated" 1) the son of Jared and father of Methuselah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1803 hex {hex} ¤@­Ó¥D­nªº¼Æ¦r;; µLÅܤƪº¦Wµü AV - six 13; 13 1) ¤»

1803 hex {hex} a primary numeral;; n indecl AV - six 13; 13 1) six
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1804 exaggello {ex-ang-el'-lo} TDNT - 1:69,10; °Êµü AV - show forth 1; 1 1) «Å´­, ³ø§i (#©¼«e 2:9|)

1804 exaggello {ex-ang-el'-lo} from 1537 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:69,10; v AV - show forth 1; 1 1) to tell out or forth 2) to declare abroad, divulge, publish 3) to make known by praising or proclaiming, to celebrate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1805 exagorazo {ex-ag-or-ad'-zo} TDNT - 1:124,19; °Êµü AV - redeem 4; 4 1) ¬@±Ï, ¸Ñ±Ï (#¥[ 3:13, 4:5|) 2) µ½¥[§Q¥Î (#¥± 5:16; ¦è 4:5|)

1805 exagorazo {ex-ag-or-ad'-zo} from 1537 and 59; TDNT - 1:124,19; v AV - redeem 4; 4 1) to redeem 1a) by payment of a price to recover from the power of another, to ransom, buy off 1b) metaph. of Christ freeing the elect from the dominion of the Mosaic Law at the price of his vicarious death 2) to buy up, to buy up for one's self, for one's use 2a) to make wise and sacred use of every opportunity for doing good, so that zeal and well doing are as it were the purchase money by which we make the time our own
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1806 exago {ex-ag'-o} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 71;; °Êµü AV - lead out 6, bring out 5, bring forth 1, fetch out 1; 13 1) ±a»â¥X¥h

1806 exago {ex-ag'-o} from 1537 and 71;; v AV - lead out 6, bring out 5, bring forth 1, fetch out 1; 13 1) to lead out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1807 exaireo {ex-ahee-reh'-o} °Êµü AV - deliver 5, pluck out 2, rescue 1; 8 1) ¨ú¥X¨Ó, ¼¹§è¤U¨Ó (#¤Ó 5:29, 18:9|) 2) ¬@±Ï, ÄÀ©ñ

1807 exaireo {ex-ahee-reh'-o} from 1537 and 138;; v AV - deliver 5, pluck out 2, rescue 1; 8 1) to pluck out, draw out, i.e. root out 2) to choose out (for one's self), select, one person from many 3) to rescue, deliver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1808 exairo {ex-ah'-ee-ro} ·½¦Û 1537 and 142;; °Êµü AV - take away 1, put away 1; 2 1) Á|°_©Î±NªF¦è±q¬Y³B®¿²¾¶} 2) ²¾°£ (#ªL«e 5:2,13|)

1808 exairo {ex-ah'-ee-ro} from 1537 and 142;; v AV - take away 1, put away 1; 2 1) to lift up or take away out of a place 2) to remove
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1809 exaiteomai {ex-ahee-teh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û1537 »P 154; TDNT - 1:194,*; °Êµü AV - desire 1; 1 1) ­n¨D,¯Á¨ú(Áô²[µÛ¦³Åv§Q¦p¦¹°µªº·N«ä) (#¸ô 22:31|)

1809 exaiteomai {ex-ahee-teh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1537 and 154; TDNT - 1:194,*; v AV - desire 1; 1 1) to ask from, demand of 1a) to ask or beg for one's self, to ask that one be given up to one from the power of another 1b) in a good sense, 1b1) to beg one from another 1b2) ask for the pardon 1b3) the safety of some one 1c) in a bad sense 1c1) for torture 1c2) for punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1810 exaiphnes {ex-ah'-eef-nace} ·½¦Û 1537 and the base of 160;; °Æµü AV - suddenly 5; 5 1) ¬ðµM¤§¶¡, ¬ðµM¦a, ·N¥~¦a

1810 exaiphnes {ex-ah'-eef-nace} from 1537 and the base of 160;; adv AV - suddenly 5; 5 1) of a sudden, suddenly, unexpectedly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1811 exakoloutheo {ex-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - follow 3; 3 1) ¸ò¥X¥h©Î¸ò¤W¥h, ½òµÛ¦Û¤vªº¨B¥ï 1a) Áô³ë, ¥é®Ä¦Û¤vªº¦æ¬°¼Ò¦¡ (???) 1b) ¸òÀH¦Û¤vªº¤W¥q 1c) ¶¶±q, ©}ªA©ó

1811 exakoloutheo {ex-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} from 1537 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; v AV - follow 3; 3 1) to follow out or up, tread in one's steps 1a) metaph., to imitate one's ways of acting 1b) to follow one's authority 1c) to comply with, yield to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1812 hexakosioi {hex-ak-os'-ee-oy} ½Æ¼Æ ordinal from 1803 and 1540;; §Î®eµü AV - six hundred 2; 2 1) ¤»¦Ê (#±Ò 14:20|)

1812 hexakosioi {hex-ak-os'-ee-oy} plural ordinal from 1803 and 1540;; adj AV - six hundred 2; 2 1) six hundred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1813 exaleipho {ex-al-i'-fo} ·½¦Û1537»P218; °Êµü AV - blot out 3, wipe away 2; 5 1) À¿¥h (#±Ò 7:17, 21:4|) 2) ®ø°£ (#±Ò 3:5|) 3) ®ø·À, ·´·À, °£¥h (#®{ 3:19; ¦è 2:14|)

1813 exaleipho {ex-al-i'-fo} from 1537 and 218;; v AV - blot out 3, wipe away 2; 5 1) to anoint or wash in every part 1a) to besmear: i.e. cover with lime (to whitewash or plaster) 2) to wipe off, wipe away 2a) to obliterate, erase, wipe out, blot out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1814 exallomai {ex-al'-lom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 242; °Êµü AV - leap up 1; 1 1) ¸õ°_¨Ó (#®{ 3:8|)

1814 exallomai {ex-al'-lom-ahee} from 1537 and 242;; v AV - leap up 1; 1 1) to leap up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1815 exanastasis {ex-an-as'-tas-is} ·½¦Û 1817; TDNT - 1:371,60; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - resurrection 1; 1 1) ´_¬¡ (#µÌ 3:11|)

1815 exanastasis {ex-an-as'-tas-is} from 1817; TDNT - 1:371,60; n f AV - resurrection 1; 1 1) a rising up, a rising again 2) resurrection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1816 exanatello {ex-an-at-el'-lo} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 393; °Êµü AV - spring up 2; 2 1) «_¥X (#¤Ó 13:5; ¥i 4:5|)

1816 exanatello {ex-an-at-el'-lo} from 1537 and 393;; v AV - spring up 2; 2 1) to make spring up, cause to shoot forth 2) to spring up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1817 exanistemi {ex-an-is'-tay-mee} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 450; TDNT - 1:368,60; °Êµü AV - raise up 2, rise up 1; 3 1) ¾i¨|«á¥N (#¥i 12:19; ¸ô 20:28|) 2) ¯¸°_¨Ó (#®{ 15:5|)

1817 exanistemi {ex-an-is'-tay-mee} from 1537 and 450; TDNT - 1:368,60; v AV - raise up 2, rise up 1; 3 1) to make to rise up, to rise up, to produce 2) to rise (in an assembly to speak)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1818 exapatao {ex-ap-at-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 538; TDNT - 1:384,65; °Êµü AV - deceive 4, beguile 1; 5 1) ´ÛÄF

1818 exapatao {ex-ap-at-ah'-o} from 1537 and 538; TDNT - 1:384,65; v AV - deceive 4, beguile 1; 5 1) to deceive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1819 exapina {ex-ap'-ee-nah} °Æµü AV - suddenly 1; 1 1) ¬ðµM (#¥i 9:8|)

1819 exapina {ex-ap'-ee-nah} from 1537 and a derivative of the same as 160;; adv AV - suddenly 1; 1 1) suddenly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1820 exaporeomai {ex-ap-or-eh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 639; °Êµü AV - despair 1, in despair 1; 2 1) ¸¨¤JÁ}§x, ºÃ´b, µ~­¢ªº±¡ªp (#ªL«á 1:8, 4:8|)

1820 exaporeomai {ex-ap-or-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1537 and 639;; v AV - despair 1, in despair 1; 2 1) to be utterly at loss, be utterly destitute of measures or resources, to renounce all hope, be in despair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1821 exapostello {ex-ap-os-tel'-lo} from 1537 and 649; TDNT - 1:406,67; °Êµü AV - send away 4, send forth 4, send 2, send out 1; 11 1) ¥´µo«e¥h 2) ¥´µoÂ÷¶}¡B°e¨«

1821 exapostello {ex-ap-os-tel'-lo} from 1537 and 649; TDNT - 1:406,67; v AV - send away 4, send forth 4, send 2, send out 1; 11 1) to send forth 2) to send away
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1822 exartizo {ex-ar-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1537 ©M 739 ªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r; TDNT - 1:475,80; °Êµü AV - accomplish + 1096 1, thoroughly furnish 1; 2 1) §¹¦¨, µ²§ô 1a) ¥þµM§G¸m¦n¤F 1b) µ²§ô, ¹F¦¨, (¥¿¦p­ì¼Ë, ¶O¨Ç®É¤é§¹¦¨¤F)

1822 exartizo {ex-ar-tid'-zo} from 1537 and a derivative of 739; TDNT - 1:475,80; v AV - accomplish + 1096 1, thoroughly furnish 1; 2 1) to complete, finish 1a) to furnish perfectly 1b) to finish, accomplish, (as it were, to render the days complete)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1823 exastrapto {ex-as-trap'-to} ·½¦Û 1537 and 797;; °Êµü AV - glistening 1; 1 1) µo¥ú, ·Ó«G 2) °{¹q¯ëªº°{Ã{, µo«G·ÓÄ£, ¥ú¨~¥|®g 2a) «ü¦çª« (#¸ô 9:29|)

1823 exastrapto {ex-as-trap'-to} from 1537 and 797;; v AV - glistening 1; 1 1) to send forth lightning, to lighten 2) to flash out like lightning, to shine, be radiant 2a) of garments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1824 exautes {ex-ow'-tace} ·½¦Û 1537 »P 846 (³Q¤F¸Ñ¬° 5610) ªº©Ò¦³®æ³æ¼Æ³±©Ê;; °Æµü AV - immediately 3, by and by 1, straightway 1, presently 1; 6 1) °¨¤W, ¥ß¨è

1824 exautes {ex-ow'-tace} from 1537 and the genitive case singular feminine of 846 (5610 being understood);; adv AV - immediately 3, by and by 1, straightway 1, presently 1; 6 1) on the instant, forthwith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1825 exegeiro {ex-eg-i'-ro} ·½¦Û 1537 and 1453; TDNT - 2:338,195; °Êµü AV - raise up 2; 2 1) µd¿ô, °_§É (±qºÎ¹Ú¤¤) 2) ¿ô¨Ó, ¿E°_, ¨ë¿E (#ù 9:17; ªL«e 6:14|)

1825 exegeiro {ex-eg-i'-ro} from 1537 and 1453; TDNT - 2:338,195; v AV - raise up 2; 2 1) to arouse, raise up (from sleep) 2) to rouse up, stir up, incite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1826 exeimi {ex'-i-mee} ·½¦Û 1537 and eimi (to go);; °Êµü AV - de¤Àµü2, go out 1, get 1; 4 1) Â÷¶}, ¨«¥X¥h

1826 exeimi {ex'-i-mee} from 1537 and eimi (to go);; v AV - depart 2, go out 1, get 1; 4 1) to go forth, go out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1827 exelegcho {ex-el-eng'-kho} from 1537 and 1651;; °Êµü AV - convince 1; 1 1) ÃÒ©ú¦³¸o, ©w¸o

1827 exelegcho {ex-el-eng'-kho} from 1537 and 1651;; v AV - convince 1; 1 1) to prove to be in the wrong, convict
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1828 exelko {ex-el'-ko} ·½¦Û 1537 and 1670;; °Êµü AV - draw away 1; 1 1) ¨ú¥X 2) Áô³ë. ¤Þ»¤¥X¨Ó: ¦p¦b¬¼Ây©M³¨³½¤¤§â°Êª«¥ÑÁôÂ꺦a¤è³Q¤Þ¥X¨Ó, ¤H¥ÑÂÔ·V¦Û¦u³Q¤Þ»¤, ¥H¦Ü¥Ç¸o¡C¦b¶®1:14, §@ªÌ­É¥Î¬¼Âyªº¥Î»y ¨Óªí¹F§²¤kªº¤Þ»¤¡C(#¶®1:14|)

1828 exelko {ex-el'-ko} from 1537 and 1670;; v AV - draw away 1; 1 1) to draw out 2) metaph. lure forth: in hunting and fishing as game is lured from its hiding place, so man by lure is allured from the safety of self-restraint to sin. In Jas 1:14, the language of the hunting is transferred to the seduction of a harlot.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1829 exerama {ex-er'-am-ah} ·½©ó 1537 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å©M erao (¹Ã¦R);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - vomit 1; 1 1) ¹Ã¦R 2) ¹Ã¦R¥X¨ÓªºªF¦è

1829 exerama {ex-er'-am-ah} from a comparative of 1537 and a presumed erao (to spue);; n n AV - vomit 1; 1 1) vomit 2) what is cast out by vomiting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1830 exereunao {ex-er-yoo-nah'-o} TDNT - 2:655,255; °Êµü AV - search diligently 1; 1 1) (¥J²Ó¬d¸ß) ¥ø¹Ï´M§ä (#©¼«e 1:10|)

1830 exereunao {ex-er-yoo-nah'-o} from 1537 and 2045; TDNT - 2:655,255; v AV - search diligently 1; 1 1) to search out, search anxiously and diligently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1831 exerchomai {ex-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û1537©M2064; TDNT - 2:678,257; °Êµü AV - go out 60, come 34, de¤Àµü28, go 25, go forth 25, come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222 1) ¥X¨Ó¡A¥X¥h 1a) ¦ñÀHµÛ¤@­Ó¤H´£¤Î­n¥hªº¦a¤è¡A©ÎªÌÂ÷¶}ªº©Ò¦b 1a1) ¤@­Ó¤H¦Û°Ê¦aÂ÷¶}¤@­Ó¦a¤è 1a2) ¤@­Ó¤H³Q»°¥X¥h¡A©ÎªÌ³Q³v¥X¥h 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¥Ñ¤@­Ó»E·|ªº¦a¤è¥X¥h¡A¥ç§Y©ß±ó¥¦ 2b) ¥Í²z¤Wªº¥X¥h¡A·½¦Û¡A¥Í²£ 2c) Â÷¶}¤@­Ó¤HªºÅv¶Õ¡A¥­¦wªº°kÂ÷¶} 2d) ±N­ì¬O¨p¤U¡AÁô±KªºªF¦è¡A¦V¥@¤H¤½¶}¡]¬Y¤H¥H·s©_ªº·N¨£¡A§l¤Þ¥L¤Hªºª`·N¡^ 2e) Ãö©óªF¦è 2e1) ¦³Ãö³ø§i¡AÁÁ¨¥¡A«H®§¡A±Ð°V 2e2) §â¨Æ±¡Åý¤Hª¾¹D¡A¤½§i¡A«Å§G 2e3) ¬y¶Ç¡A«Å¥¬ 2e4) ¥X¥h 2e4a) ¥Ñ¤ß¤¤©Î¤f¤¤¥XÁn 2e4b) ¥Ñ¨­Å餤¦Ó¥X 2e4c) ©ñ®g¡Aµo¥X¡A¦RÅS¤@¨Ç¨Æ 2e4c1) ¥Î¥H§Î®eÀþ¶¡ªº°{¹q 2e4c2) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤@­ÓªF¦è®ø¥¢¤F 2e4c3) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤@­Ó§Æ±æ¸¨ªÅ¤F

1831 exerchomai {ex-er'-khom-ahee} from 1537 and 2064; TDNT - 2:678,257; v AV - go out 60, come 34, depart 28, go 25, go forth 25, come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222 1) to go or come forth of 1a) with mention of the place out of which one goes, or the point from which he departs 1a1) of those who leave a place of their own accord 1a2) of those who are expelled or cast out 2) metaph. 2a) to go out of an assembly, i.e. forsake it 2b) to come forth from physically, arise from, to be born of 2c) to go forth from one's power, escape from it in safety 2d) to come forth (from privacy) into the world, before the public, (of those who by novelty of opinion attract attention) 2e) of things 2e1) of reports, rumours, messages, precepts 2e2) to be made known, declared 2e3) to be spread, to be proclaimed 2e4) to come forth 2e4a) emitted as from the heart or the mouth 2e4b) to flow forth from the body 2e4c) to emanate, issue 2e4c1) used of a sudden flash of lightning 2e4c2) used of a thing vanishing 2e4c3) used of a hope which has disappeared
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1832 exesti {ex'-es-tee} TDNT - 2:560,238; °Êµü AV - be lawful 29, may 2, let 1; 32 1) ...¬O¦Xªkªº 2) ...¬O¥i¯àªº (#®{ 2:29|)

1832 exesti {ex'-es-tee} third person singular present indicative of a compound of 1537 and 1510; TDNT - 2:560,238; v AV - be lawful 29, may 2, let 1; 32 1) it is lawful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1833 exetazo {ex-et-ad'-zo} °Êµü AV - search 1, enquire 1, ask 1; 3 1) ÀËÅç, ¬d¸ß, ²Ó¬d (#¤Ó 2:8, 10:11|) 2) ½è°Ý, ÀËÅç (#¬ù 21:12|)

1833 exetazo {ex-et-ad'-zo} from 1537 and etazo (to examine);; v AV - search 1, enquire 1, ask 1; 3 1) to search out 1a) to examine strictly, enquire 1b) enquire of someone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1834 exegeomai {ex-ayg-eh'-om-ahee} TDNT - 2:908,303; °Êµü AV - declare 5, tell 1; 6 1) (¸Ô²Ó¦a) ¶D»¡, ³ø§i, ´y­z 2) (¹d²ÓÃû¿ò¦a) ¸Ñ»¡ (#¬ù 1:18|)

1834 exegeomai {ex-ayg-eh'-om-ahee} from 1537 and 2233; TDNT - 2:908,303; v AV - declare 5, tell 1; 6 1) to lead out, be leader, go before 2) metaph., to draw out in narrative, unfold a teaching 2a) to recount, rehearse 2b) to unfold, declare 2b1) the things relating to God 2b2) used in Greek writing of the interpretation of things sacred and divine, oracles, dreams, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1835 hexekonta {hex-ay'-kon-tah} AV - threescore 5, sixty 3, sixtyfold 1; 9 1) ¤»¤Q

1835 hexekonta {hex-ay'-kon-tah} the tenth multiple of 1803;; n indecl AV - threescore 5, sixty 3, sixtyfold 1; 9 1) sixty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1836 hexes {hex-ace'} ·½¦Û 2192 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N tªñ¦üg hold of, ¥ç§Y adjoining);; °Æµü AV - next 1, next day 1, day after 1, day following 1, morrow 1; 5 1) ¨Ì¦¸¬ÛÄ~ªº 2) ¤U¤@­Ó, ¤U¤@¦ì, ±µÄòªº

1836 hexes {hex-ace'} from 2192 (in the sense of taking hold of, i.e. adjoining);; adv AV - next 1, next day 1, day after 1, day following 1, morrow 1; 5 1) successively in order 2) the next following, the next in succession
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1837 execheomai {ex-ay-kheh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA¡A·½¦Û1537©M2278;; °Êµü AV - sound out 1; 1 1) to sound forth, emit, sound, resound

1837 execheomai {ex-ay-kheh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1537 and 2278;; v AV - sound out 1; 1 1) to sound forth, emit, sound, resound
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1838 hexis {hex'-is} ·½©ó 2192;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - use 1; 1 1) ¨­Åé©Î¤ß²zªº¤@ºØ²ß©Ê 2) ¦]­·, ½m²ß, ¹B¥Î¦Ó±o¨ìªº¯à¤O

1838 hexis {hex'-is} from 2192;; n f AV - use 1; 1 1) a habit whether of body or mind 2) a power acquired by custom, practice, use
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1839 exi¦r·Fi {ex-is'-tay-mee} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2476; TDNT - 2:459,217; °Êµü AV - be amazed 6, be astonished 5, bewitch 2, be beside (one's) self 2, make astonished 1, wonder 1; 17 1) ³Q©ß¦ÜÂ÷¶}­ì¦ì, ²¾¸m 1a) Åå©_, Åå³Y, Åå¹Ä 1b) Åܦ¨Åå©_, Åܦ¨¤j¦Y¤@Åå 1c) ¥¢¥h±`©Ê, §Ñ§Î, ºÆ¨g

1839 existemi {ex-is'-tay-mee} from 1537 and 2476; TDNT - 2:459,217; v AV - be amazed 6, be astonished 5, bewitch 2, be beside (one's) self 2, make astonished 1, wonder 1; 17 1) to throw out of position, displace 1a) to amaze, to astonish, throw into wonderment 1b) to be amazed, astounded 1c) to be out of one's mind, besides one's self, insane
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1840 exischuo {ex-is-khoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 2480;; °Êµü AV - be able 1; 1 1) ¦³ÅãµÛ¯à¤O, ¯à°÷, ¦³¨¬°÷§¹¥þªº¤O¶q (#¥± 3:18|)

1840 exischuo {ex-is-khoo'-o} from 1537 and 2480;; v AV - be able 1; 1 1) to be eminently able, able, to have full strength
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1841 exodos {ex'-od-os} ·½©ó 1537 ©M 3598; TDNT - 5:103,666;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - decease 2, departing 1; 3 1) Â÷¶}, ¥ç§Y Â÷¥h 2) µ²§ô¤@­Ó¤Hªº¨Æ·~, ¤@­Ó¤Hªºµ²§½ 3) Â÷¥@, ¦º¤`

1841 exodos {ex'-od-os} from 1537 and 3598; TDNT - 5:103,666; n m AV - decease 2, departing 1; 3 1) exit i.e. departure 2) the close of one's career, one's final fate 3) departure from life, decease
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1842 exolothreuo {ex-ol-oth-ryoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3645; TDNT - 5:170,681; °Êµü AV - destroy 1; 1 1) ·Àµ´, ±Ù¯ó°£®Ú, ¥þ³¡·À°£, ºK°£ (#®{ 3:23|)

1842 exolothreuo {ex-ol-oth-ryoo'-o} from 1537 and 3645; TDNT - 5:170,681; v AV - destroy 1; 1 1) to destroy out of its place, destroy utterly, to extirpate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1843 exomologeo {ex-om-ol-og-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; °Êµü AV - confess 8, thank 2, promise 1; 11 1) ©Z¥Õ, ©Ó»{ 2) ¤½¶}«ÅºÙ 2a) ¤½¶}³ß®®ªºªí¥Ü 2b) ¦V...ªí¹F·q·N: ¼y¯¬, ºq¹|Æg´­ 2c) ¤½¶}ªí¥Ü¶i¦æ¬Y¨Æ, «OÃÒ, ©Ó¿Õ, ¦P·N, ­q±B

1843 exomologeo {ex-om-ol-og-eh'-o} from 1537 and 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; v AV - confess 8, thank 2, promise 1; 11 1) to confess 2) to profess 2a) acknowledge openly and joyfully 2b) to one's honour: to celebrate, give praise to 2c) to profess that one will do something, to promise, agree, engage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1844 exorkizo {ex-or-kid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3726; TDNT - 5:464,729; °Êµü AV - adjure 1; 1 1) ¤Þ¥Î»}¨¥, ­¢©ó»}¬ù 2) ÄY¥O (#¤Ó 26:63|)

1844 exorkizo {ex-or-kid'-zo} from 1537 and 3726; TDNT - 5:464,729; v AV - adjure 1; 1 1) to extract an oath, to force to an oath 2) to adjure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1845 exorkistes {ex-or-kis-tace'} ·½¦Û 1844; TDNT - 5:464,729;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - exorcist 1; 1 1) ¸Ñ¶}©G»yªº¤H 2) ÅX¨¸ªºªk®v 2a) ¬I¦æªk³N¥HÅX°­Å] (#®{ 19:13|)

1845 exorkistes {ex-or-kis-tace'} from 1844; TDNT - 5:464,729; n m AV - exorcist 1; 1 1) he who extracts an oath of one 2) an exorcist 2a) one who employs a formula of conjuration for expelling demons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1846 exorusso {ex-or-oos'-so} ·½¦Û 1537 and 3736;; °Êµü AV - break up 1, pluck down 1; 2 1) ­æ¥X¨Ó, «õ±¸¥X¨Ó (²´·ú) 2) «õ±¸¥X¸ô; ¾ã²z (#¥i 2:4; ¥[ 4:15|)

1846 exorusso {ex-or-oos'-so} from 1537 and 3736;; v AV - break up 1, pluck down 1; 2 1) to dig out, to pluck out (the eyes) 2) to dig through
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1847 exoudenoo {ex-oo-den-o'-o} ·½¦Û 1537 and a derivative of the ¤¤©Ê of 3762;; °Êµü AV - be set at nought 1; 1 1) ¤£®h, ÂÆµø, ¬Ý»´ 2) ¨Ï³´¤J®¢°d¤¤, »´½°, »Àµø(#¥i 9:12|)

1847 exoudenoo {ex-oo-den-o'-o} from 1537 and a derivative of the neuter of 3762;; v AV - be set at nought 1; 1 1) to hold and treat as of no account, utterly to despise 2) to set at nought, treat with contempt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1848 exoutheneo {ex-oo-then-eh'-o} 1847 ªºÅܲ§«¬;; °Êµü AV - despise 6, set at nought 3, esteem lease 1, contemptible 1; 11 1) ¬Ý¤£°_, Á@¤£¤W²´, ¤£©ñ¦b²´¸Ì, §¹¥þ¦aÂÆµø

1848 exoutheneo {ex-oo-then-eh'-o} a variation of 1847;; v AV - despise 6, set at nought 3, esteem lease 1, contemptible 1; 11 1) to make of no account, despise utterly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1849 exousia {ex-oo-see'-ah} from 1832 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N ability); TDNT - 2:562,238; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - power 69, authority 29, right 2, liberty 1, jurisdiction 1, strength 1; 103 1) ¿ï¾Üªº¯à¤O, ¦³ÀH¤v·N¦Ó¦æªº¦Û¥Ñ 1a) ³\¥i©Î¤¹³\ 2) ¦×Åé©M¤ßÆF¤O¶q 2a) ¤@­Ó¤H³Q½á¤©¥i¾Ö¦³©Î¹B¥Îªº¯à¤O©ÎÅé¤O 3) ¦³Åv«Âªº¯à¤O(¼vÅT)©M¦³Åv§Qªº¯à¤O(¯SÅv) 4) ¦³ºÞ²z©Mªv²zªº¯à¤O (¥L¦³Åv¤O¨Ï¥Lªº·N§Ó©M©R¥O ¥²¶·³Q¨ä¥L¤H©Ò¶¶ªA©M¿í¦u) 4a) ´¶¹M¦a 4a1) ¶W¹L¤HÃþªºÅv«Â 4b) ¯S§O¦a 4b1) ¦³§@¥X©úÂ_¤½¥¿¨M©wªº¯à¤O 4b2) ¦³ºÞ²z¤º¬FªºÅv«Â 4c) ¥i´«¤ñ³ë¦a 4c1) ¤@¥ó¨üÅv«Â©Î³W±ø¬ù§ôªº¨Æ 4c1a) ¥qªkÅv 4c2) ¤@­Ó¾Ö¦³Åv«Âªº¤H 4c2a) ¤@­Ó²ÎªvªÌ, ¤@­Ó¤HÃþªºªø©x 4c2b) ¦b¤ñ¤HÃþ°ªµ¥ªº³Q³yª«¤¤¬°»â¾É¦Ó¥B¸û±j¤jªºÆF¬É²ÎªvªÌ 4d) ¤V¤ÒÅv«Â¶W¹L©d¤lªº¶H¼x 4d1) §»ö©Ò­n¨D¤k¤H¾B»\¦Û¤vªº­±¸n 4e) °ê¤ýÅv«Âªº¶H¼x, ¤@­Ó¬Ó«a For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5820

1849 exousia {ex-oo-see'-ah} from 1832 (in the sense of ability); TDNT - 2:562,238; n f AV - power 69, authority 29, right 2, liberty 1, jurisdiction 1, strength 1; 103 1) power of choice, liberty of doing as one pleases 1a) leave or permission 2) physical and mental power 2a) the ability or strength with which one is endued, which he either possesses or exercises 3) the power of authority (influence) and of right (privilege) 4) the power of rule or government (the power of him whose will and commands must be submitted to by others and obeyed) 4a) universally 4a1) authority over mankind 4b) specifically 4b1) the power of judicial decisions 4b2) of authority to manage domestic affairs 4c) metonymically 4c1) a thing subject to authority or rule 4c1a) jurisdiction 4c2) one who possesses authority 4c2a) a ruler, a human magistrate 4c2b) the leading and more powerful among created beings superior to man, spiritual potentates 4d) a sign of the husband's authority over his wife 4d1) the veil with which propriety required a women to cover herself 4e) the sign of regal authority, a crown For Synonyms see entry 5820
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1850 exousiazo {ex-oo-see-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1849; TDNT - 2:574,238; °Êµü AV - have power of 2, exercise authority upon 1, bring under power 1; 4 1) ¾Ö¦³¶Õ¤O©ÎÅv¬`, ¦æ¨ÏÅv¤O (#¸ô22:25|) 1a) ¥D¤H, ¦b¬Y¤H¤§¤W¦æ¨ÏÅv¤O 1b) §@¨­Å骺¥D¤H (#ªL«e7:4|) 1b1) §¹¥þ¦a±±¨î¨­Åé 1b2) §â¨­Åé¥ñ¦b·N§Ó¤§¤U 1c) ¥ñ¦b¬Y¤HªºÅv¤O¤§¤U (#ªL«e6:12|)

1850 exousiazo {ex-oo-see-ad'-zo} from 1849; TDNT - 2:574,238; v AV - have power of 2, exercise authority upon 1, bring under power 1; 4 1) to have power or authority, use power 1a) to be master of any one, exercise authority over one 1b) to be master of the body 1b1) to have full and entire authority over the body 1b2) to hold the body subject to one's will 1c) to be brought under the power of anyone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1851 exoche {ex-okh-ay'} ·½¦Û a compound of 1537 and 2192 (·N¬° stand out);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - principal + 2596 1; 1 1) ¥ô¦ó°ª°_©Î¬ð°_ª«, ¦p¤s³», ¤s®p 1a) Âå¾Ç¥Î»y: µ²¸`, ¸~µÈ, ¬ð¬Ð, µ¥. 2) Áô³ë. ¨ô¶V, Àu¨q, Àu¶Õ (#®{ 25:23|)

1851 exoche {ex-okh-ay'} from a compound of 1537 and 2192 (meaning to stand out);; n f AV - principal + 2596 1; 1 1) any prominence or projection, as a peak or summit of a mountain 1a) in medical writing a proturbance, swelling, wart, etc. 2) metaph. eminence, excellence, superiority
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1852 exupnizo {ex-oop-nid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1853; TDNT - 8:545,1233; °Êµü AV - awake out of sleep 1; 1 1) ¥s¿ô¡A¨Ï¤H±qºÎ¹Ú¤¤¿ô¨Ó

1852 exupnizo {ex-oop-nid'-zo} from 1853; TDNT - 8:545,1233; v AV - awake out of sleep 1; 1 1) to wake up, awaken out of a sleep
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1853 exupnos {ex'-oop-nos} ·½¦Û 1537 and 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; §Î®eµü AV - awake out of sleep + 1096 1; 1 1) ±qºÎ¯v¤¤³Q³ê¿ô (#®{ 16:27|)

1853 exupnos {ex'-oop-nos} from 1537 and 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; adj AV - awake out of sleep + 1096 1; 1 1) roused out of a sleep
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1854 exo {ex'-o} ·½©ó 1537; TDNT - 2:575,240; °Æµü AV - without 23, out 16, out of 15, forth 8, outward 1, strange 1, away 1; 65 1) ¨S¦³; ¤á¥~

1854 exo {ex'-o} from 1537; TDNT - 2:575,240; adv AV - without 23, out 16, out of 15, forth 8, outward 1, strange 1, away 1; 65 1) without, out of doors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1855 exothen {ex'-o-then} °Æµü AV - without 4, outside 2, from without 2, outward 2, outwardly 1; 11 1) ±q¥~­± (#¥i 7:18|) 2) (¦ì¸mªº) ¥~­± 3) (ªí­±ªº) ¥~­±, ¥~¦b 4) (¦a°Ï©Î§½­­ªº) ¥~­± (#±Ò 11:2|) 5) (¤£ÄÝ©ó¤@­Ó¸sÅ骺) ¥~³ò (#´£«e 3:7|)

1855 exothen {ex'-o-then} from 1854;; adv AV - without 4, outside 2, from without 2, outward 2, outwardly 1; 11 1) from without, outward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1856 exotheo {ex-o-theh'-o} or exotho {ex-o'-tho} °Êµü AV - drive out 1, thrust in 1, 2 1) (±j­¢)±À¥X¥h (#®{ 7:45|) 2) »°¦V©¤Ãä (#®{ 27:39|)

1856 exotheo {ex-o-theh'-o} or exotho {ex-o'-tho} from 1537 and otheo (to push);; v AV - drive out 1, thrust in 1, 2 1) to thrust out 2) expel from one's abode 3) to propel, drive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1857 exoteros {ex-o'-ter-os} comparative of 1854;; §Î®eµü AV - outer 3; 3 1) ¥~Ã䪺, ¥~­±ªº (#¤Ó 1:39, 22:13, 25;30|)

1857 exoteros {ex-o'-ter-os} comparative of 1854;; adj AV - outer 3; 3 1) outer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1858 heortazo {heh-or-tad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1859;; °Êµü AV - keep the feast 1; 1 1) ¿í¦u¸`¼y, ¼y¯¬¸`¼y (#ªL«e 5:8|)

1858 heortazo {heh-or-tad'-zo} from 1859;; v AV - keep the feast 1; 1 1) to keep a feast day, celebrate a feast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1859 heorte {heh-or-tay'} ¨Ó·½¤£½T©w;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - feast 26, holy day 1; 27 1) ¸`´Á, ¸`¤é

1859 heorte {heh-or-tay'} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - feast 26, holy day 1; 27 1) a feast day, festival
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1860 epaggelia {ep-ang-el-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 1861; TDNT - 2:576,240; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - promise 52, message 1; 53 1) «Å§i 2) ¤¹¿Õ 2a) ©Ó¿Õ, µ¹»P©Ó¿Õ©Î±o¨ì§O¤Hªº©Ó¿Õ 2b) À³³\ªº¯q³B©Î¯¬ºÖ

1860 epaggelia {ep-ang-el-ee'-ah} from 1861; TDNT - 2:576,240; n f AV - promise 52, message 1; 53 1) announcement 2) promise 2a) the act of promising, a promise given or to be given 2b) a promised good or blessing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1861 epaggello {ep-ang-el'-lo} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 32 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 2:576,240; °Êµü AV - promise 11, profess 2, make promise 2; 15 1) «Å§i¬Y¤H±N­n°µªº©Î¨Ñµ¹ªº¨Æª« 1a) ¤@­Ó¤H¨Ì¦Û¤vªº·NÄ@¦ÓµªÀ³©Î©Ó¿Õ¥h°µ¬Y¨Æ 2) ¥H...¬°·~ 2a) ¤@ºØ§ÞÃÀ, ©ó¬Y¤è­±ªº±Mªø

1861 epaggello {ep-ang-el'-lo} from 1909 and the base of 32; TDNT - 2:576,240; v AV - promise 11, profess 2, make promise 2; 15 1) to announce that one is about to do or furnish something 1a) to promise (of one's own accord) to engage voluntarily 2) to profess 2a) an art, to profess one's skill in something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1862 epaggelma {ep-ang'-el-mah} ·½©ó 1861; TDNT - 2:585,240; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - promise 2; 2 1) ©Ó¿Õ, À³³\.

1862 epaggelma {ep-ang'-el-mah} from 1861; TDNT - 2:585,240; n n AV - promise 2; 2 1) a promise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1863 epago {ep-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 71;; °Êµü AV - bring 1, bring upon 1, bring in upon 1; 3 1) ¤Þ¾É©Î¤Þ¦Ü... 2) ±N....¥[½Ñ¦b...¨­¤W 2a) «P¨Ï....­°Á{¦b¬Y¤H¨­¤W, ±`¬O¨¸´c¤£¦nªº¨Æ (#®{ 5:28; ©¼«á 2:1,5|)

1863 epago {ep-ag'-o} from 1909 and 71;; v AV - bring 1, bring upon 1, bring in upon 1; 3 1) to lead or bring upon 2) to bring a thing on one 2a) to cause something to befall one, usually something evil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1864 epagonizomai {ep-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee} from 1909 and 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; °Êµü AV - earnestly contend for 1; 1 1) ¤OÅG

1864 epagonizomai {ep-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee} from 1909 and 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; v AV - earnestly contend for 1; 1 1) to contend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1865 epathroizo {ep-ath-roid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 and athroizo (to assemble);; °Êµü AV - gather thick together 1; 1 1) ©Û»E¦b¤@°_ (¦V¤w¸g»E¶°ªº¤H¶°¦X) (#¸ô 11:29|)

1865 epathroizo {ep-ath-roid'-zo} from 1909 and athroizo (to assemble);; v AV - gather thick together 1; 1 1) to gather together (to others already present)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1866 Epainetos {ep-a'-hee-net-os} ·½¦Û 1867;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Epaenetus 1; 1 ¥H«ô¥§¤g= "­È±oºÙÆgªº" 1) ¤@¦ìù°¨ªº°ò·þ®{, «Où¦V¥L°Ý¦w(#ù16:5|)

1866 Epainetos {ep-a'-hee-net-os} from 1867;; n pr m AV - Epaenetus 1; 1 Epaenetus = "praiseworthy" 1) a Christian at Rome, greeted by the Paul in Rom. 16:5
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1867 epaineo {ep-ahee-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 134;; °Êµü AV - praise 4, laud 1, commend 1; 6 1) ÃÙ³\, Æg½à

1867 epaineo {ep-ahee-neh'-o} from 1909 and 134;; v AV - praise 4, laud 1, commend 1; 6 1) to approve, to praise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1868 epainos {ep'-ahee-nos} ·½¦Û 1909 and the base of 134; TDNT - 2:586,242 AV - praise 11; 11 1) ºÙÆg, ±À±R, ¹|´­

1868 epainos {ep'-ahee-nos} from 1909 and the base of 134; TDNT - 2:586,242 AV - praise 11; 11 1) approbation, commendation, praise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1869 epairo {ep-ahee'-ro} ·½¦Û 1909 and 142; TDNT - 1:186,28; °Êµü AV - lift up 15, exalt (one's) self 2, take up 1, hoisted up 1; 19 1) °ª©ï, °ªÁ|, Á|¦Ü°ª³B 2) Áô³ë. ź¶Æªº©ï°ª, Æg´­¦Û¤v

1869 epairo {ep-ahee'-ro} from 1909 and 142; TDNT - 1:186,28; v AV - lift up 15, exalt (one's) self 2, take up 1, hoisted up 1; 19 1) to lift up, raise up, raise on high 2) metaph. to be lifted up with pride, to exalt one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1870 epaischunomai {ep-ahee-skhoo'-nom-ahee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 153; TDNT - 1:189,*; °Êµü AV - be ashamed 11; 11 1) ·P¨ì²Û®¢ªº, ¥i®¢ªº

1870 epaischunomai {ep-ahee-skhoo'-nom-ahee} from 1909 and 153; TDNT - 1:189,*; v AV - be ashamed 11; 11 1) to be ashamed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1871 epaiteo {ep-ahee-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 154;; °Êµü AV - to beg 1; 1 1) ­n¨D§ó¦h, ¬è¨D§ó¦h 2) ¤£¯v¤£¥ðªº­W­W«s¨D 3) ¤^¨D, ¤^¨D¬I±Ë (#¸ô 16:3|)

1871 epaiteo {ep-ahee-teh'-o} from 1909 and 154;; v AV - to beg 1; 1 1) to ask besides, ask for more 2) to ask again and again, importunately 3) to beg, to ask alms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1872 epakoloutheo {ep-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; °Êµü AV - follow 3, follow after 1; 4 1) ºòºò¸òÀHµÛ..., ¦b«á­±¸òÀH 2) ¨B¤J¬Y¤Hªº«á¹Ð ¥ç§Y ¥é®Ä¬Y¤Hªº¥Ü½d

1872 epakoloutheo {ep-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} from 1909 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; v AV - follow 3, follow after 1; 4 1) to follow (close) upon, follow after 2) to tread in one's footsteps i.e. to imitate his example
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1873 epakouo {ep-ak-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 191; TDNT - 1:222,34; °Êµü AV - hear 1; 1 1) °¼¦Õ¶ÉÅ¥, ±M¤ßªºÅ¥ 1a) ¥Ñťı±µ¦¬ 2) Å¥±q 2a) Å¥¨£¨ÃÃÙ¦P, ¦P·N¬Y¤Hªº½Ð¨D (#ªL«á 6:2|)

1873 epakouo {ep-ak-oo'-o} from 1909 and 191; TDNT - 1:222,34; v AV - hear 1; 1 1) to give ear to, listen to 1a) to perceive by the ear 2) to listen to 2a) to hear with favour, grant one's request
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1874 epakroaomai {ep-ak-ro-ah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 and the base of 202;; °Êµü AV - hear 1; 1 1) ¶ÉÅ¥(#®{ 16:25|)

1874 epakroaomai {ep-ak-ro-ah'-om-ahee} from 1909 and the base of 202;; v AV - hear 1; 1 1) to listen to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1875 epan {ep-an'} ·½¦Û 1909 and 302;; conj AV - when 3; 3 1) ¦b...¤§«á, ·í...ªº®É­Ô

1875 epan {ep-an'} from 1909 and 302;; conj AV - when 3; 3 1) after, when
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1876 epanagkes {ep-an'-ang-kes} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 1909 and 318;; §Î®eµün AV - necessary 1; 1 1) ¥²¶·ªº (#®{15:28|)

1876 epanagkes {ep-an'-ang-kes} from a presumed compound of 1909 and 318;; adj n AV - necessary 1; 1 1) necessarily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1877 epanago {ep-an-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 321;; °Êµü AV - return 1, thrust out 1, launch out 1; 3 1) ¤Þ»â¨ì 1a) ±N²î¤Þ¦Ü²`³B 2) »â¦^ 3) ªð¦^ (#¤Ó 21:18; ¸ô 5:3-4|)

1877 epanago {ep-an-ag'-o} from 1909 and 321;; v AV - return 1, thrust out 1, launch out 1; 3 1) to lead up upon 1a) a ship upon the deep, to put out 2) to lead back 3) to return
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1878 epanamimnesko {ep-an-ah-mim-nace'-ko} ·½¦Û 1909 and 363;; °Êµü AV - put in mind 1; 1 1) ¤S¦^¨ì¸£®ü¤¤ 2) ´£¿ô¥L¤H (#ù 15:15|)

1878 epanamimnesko {ep-an-ah-mim-nace'-ko} from 1909 and 363;; v AV - put in mind 1; 1 1) to recall to mind again 2) reminding one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1879 epanapauomai {ep-an-ah-pow'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1909 and 373; TDNT - 1:351,*; °Êµü AV - rest 1, rest in 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¦w·²¦b... 2) ­Ê¦b...¤W¥ð®§ 3) ¦w¹y¦b..., ±N¦í©Ò©w©ó...(#¸ô 10:6, 2:17)

1879 epanapauomai {ep-an-ah-pow'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 373; TDNT - 1:351,*; v AV - rest 1, rest in 1; 2 1) to cause to rest upon anything 2) to rest upon anything 3) to settle upon, fix its abode upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1880 epanerchomai {ep-an-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 and 424;; °Êµü AV - come again 1, return 1; 2 1) ªð¦^, ¦A¦¸¦^¨ì (#¸ô 10:35; 19:15|)

1880 epanerchomai {ep-an-er'-khom-ahee} from 1909 and 424;; v AV - come again 1, return 1; 2 1) to return, come back again
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1881 epanistamai {ep-an-is'-tam-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1909 and 450;; °Êµü AV - rise up against 2; 2 1) °_¨Ó¹ï§Ü¤§

1881 epanistamai {ep-an-is'-tam-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 450;; v AV - rise up against 2; 2 1) to cause to rise up against, to raise up against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1882 epanorthosis {ep-an-or'-tho-sis} ·½¦Û a compound of 1909 and 461; TDNT - 5:450,727; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - correction 1; 1 1) «ì´_¥¿ª½©Î¥¿½TµL»~ªºª¬ºA 2) ­q¥¿, §ï¥¿, ­Ó©Ê©Î¬O¥Í©Rªº´£ª@ (#´£«á 3:16|)

1882 epanorthosis {ep-an-or'-tho-sis} from a compound of 1909 and 461; TDNT - 5:450,727; n f AV - correction 1; 1 1) restoration to an upright or right state 2) correction, improvement of life or character
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1883 epano {ep-an'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 507;; °Æµü AV - over 6, on 4, thereon + 846 3, upon 3, above 3, more than 1; 20 1) ¦b...¤§¤W 2) ¦h©ó 3) ³Ó©ó (¦a¦ìÀu¶V)

1883 epano {ep-an'-o} from 1909 and 507;; adv AV - over 6, on 4, thereon + 846 3, upon 3, above 3, more than 1; 20 1) above 1a) of place 1b) of number: more than
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1884 eparkeo {ep-ar-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 714;; °Êµü AV - relieve 3; 3 1) ¦³®Ä©Î¥i¥H³Ó¥ô 1a) ¬°§O¤Hªº¦n³B¤À´²©ÎÅX»°¬Yª«¥ó 1a1) ¨Ïª«¥óÂ÷¶}©Ò¦³¤H, ¨¾Å@ 1b) À°§U, ´©§U, ±ÏÀÙ 1b1) ¥Î¦Û¨­ªº¸ê·½¥h´©§U (#´£«e5:10,16|)

1884 eparkeo {ep-ar-keh'-o} from 1909 and 714;; v AV - relieve 3; 3 1) to avail or be strong enough for 1a) to ward off or drive away, a thing for another's advantage 1a1) a thing from anyone, to defend 1b) to aid, give assistance, relieve 1b1) to give aid from one's own resources
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1885 eparchia {ep-ar-khee'-ah} ·½¦Û1909 »P 757ªº½Æ¦X«¬ (·N¿×¤@­Ó¦a°Ïªº­ºªø"eparch"); ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - province 2; 2 1) ¬Ù¥÷ (#®{ 23:34,25:1|)

1885 eparchia {ep-ar-khee'-ah} from a compound of 1909 and 757 (meaning a governor of a district, "eparch");; n f AV - province 2; 2 1) the office of a governor or prefect 2) the region subject to a prefect 2a) a province of the Roman empire, either a larger province, or an appendage to a larger province, as Palestine was to that of Syria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1886 epaulis {ep'-ow-lis} ·½¦Û 1909 and an equivalent of 833;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - habitation 1; 1 1) ¹A³õ 2) ¦í©Ò

1886 epaulis {ep'-ow-lis} from 1909 and an equivalent of 833;; n f AV - habitation 1; 1 1) a farm 2) a dwelling
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1887 epaurion {ep-ow'-ree-on} ·½¦Û 1909 and 839;; °Æµü AV - morrow 7, next day 6, day following 2, next day after 1, morrow after 1; 17 1) ²Ý¤é, ¹j¤Ñ,

1887 epaurion {ep-ow'-ree-on} from 1909 and 839;; adv AV - morrow 7, next day 6, day following 2, next day after 1, morrow after 1; 17 1) on the morrow, the next day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1888 epautophoro {ep-ow-tof-o'-ro} ·½¦Û 1909 »P [846 ©M phor (¤p°½)ªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r(ªº¶¡±µ¨ü®æ®æ³æ¼Æ)] ;; °Æµü AV - in the very act (thief) 1; 1 1) ¦æ°Ê¤¤ 2) ¦b¦æÅѤ¤³Q¸É 3) ¦b¥Ç¸o·í¤¤³Q¸É(²{¦æ¥Ç)

1888 epautophoro {ep-ow-tof-o'-ro} from 1909 and 846 and (the dative case singular of) a derivative of phor (a thief);; adv AV - in the very act (thief) 1; 1 1) in the act 2) caught in the act of theft 3) caught in the act of perpetuating any other crime
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1889 Epaphras {ep-af-ras'} ªu¥Î 1891;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Epaphras 3; 3 ¥H¤Ú¥± = "¥i·Rªº" 1) ¦b«Où®Ñ«H¤¤©Ò´£¨ìªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{

1889 Epaphras {ep-af-ras'} contracted from 1891;; n pr m AV - Epaphras 3; 3 Epaphras = "lovely" 1) a Christian man mentioned in Paul's epistles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1890 epaphrizo {ep-af-rid'-zo} from 1909 and 875;; °Êµü AV - foam out 1; 1 1) ´é¥Xªwªj 2) ¦p¦Pªwªj³v¥X, ·¸¥Xªwªj

1890 epaphrizo {ep-af-rid'-zo} from 1909 and 875;; v AV - foam out 1; 1 1) to foam up 2) to cast out as foam, foam out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1891 Epaphroditos {ep-af-rod'-ee-tos} from 1909 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N devoted to) and Aphrodite (Venus);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Epaphroditus 3; 3 ¥H¤Ú¥±´£ = "¥i·Rªº" 1)»P«Où¤@°_§G¹D

1891 Epaphroditos {ep-af-rod'-ee-tos} from 1909 (in the sense of devoted to) and Aphrodite (Venus);; n pr m AV - Epaphroditus 3; 3 Epaphroditus = "lovely" 1) an associate with Paul in the ministry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1892 epegeiro {ep-eg-i'-ro} ·½¦Û 1909 and 1453;; °Êµü AV - raise 1, stir up 1; 2 1) ¶°µ²¤Ï§Ü,Áq°Ê (#®{ 13:50, 14:2|)

1892 epegeiro {ep-eg-i'-ro} from 1909 and 1453;; v AV - raise 1, stir up 1; 2 1) to raise or excite against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1893 epei {ep-i'} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1487;; ³s±µµü AV - because 7, otherwise 4, for then 3, else 3, seeing 3, forasmuch as 2, for that 1, misc 4; 27 1) ·í...®É, ¬JµM 1a) «ü®É¶¡: ¤§«á 1b) «ü­ì¦]: ¬JµM, ¦]µÛ³o¼Ë, ¦]¬°

1893 epei {ep-i'} from 1909 and 1487;; conj AV - because 7, otherwise 4, for then 3, else 3, seeing 3, forasmuch as 2, for that 1, misc 4; 27 1) when, since 1a) of time: after 1b) of cause: since, seeing that, because
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1894 epeide {ep-i-day'} ·½¦Û 1893 and 1211;; conj AV - for 3, because 2, seeing 2, forasmuch as 1, after that 1, since 1, for that 1; 11 1) ·í¤U, ¥Ñ²{¦b¶}©l 1a) ¯A«ü®É¶¡: ·í¤U, ¥H«á 1b) ¯A«ü¦]ªG: ¥Ñ©ó, ¦³¨£¤Î¦¹, ¦]¬°

1894 epeide {ep-i-day'} from 1893 and 1211;; conj AV - for 3, because 2, seeing 2, forasmuch as 1, after that 1, since 1, for that 1; 11 1) when now, since now 1a) of time: when now, after that 1b) of cause: since, seeing that, forasmuch as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1895 epeideper {ep-i-day'-per} from 1894 and 4007;; conj AV - forasmuch as 1; 1 1) ¦]¬°¡B¡B¡B, ¦³Å²©ó¡B¡B¡B

1895 epeideper {ep-i-day'-per} from 1894 and 4007;; conj AV - forasmuch as 1; 1 1) seeing that, forasmuch as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1896 epeidon {ep-i'-don} ¨ä¥L¬Û¦P®ÉºAªº»y®ð¤Î¤Hª«, ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 1492;; °Êµü AV - look on 1, behold 1; 2 1) »{¬°, µø¬°

1896 epeidon {ep-i'-don} and other moods and persons of the same tense, from 1909 and 1492;; v AV - look on 1, behold 1; 2 1) to look upon, to regard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1897 epeiper {ep-i'-per} ·½¦Û 1893 ©M 4007;; ³s±µµü AV - seeing 1; 1 1) ¬JµM¬Æ¦Ü, ¬JµMµL½×¦p¦ó(#ù 3:30|)

1897 epeiper {ep-i'-per} from 1893 and 4007;; conj AV - seeing 1; 1 1) since indeed, since at all events
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1898 epeisagoge {ep-ice-ag-o-gay'} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1521 ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bringing in 1; 1 1) ¦b­ì¤w¦³ªº¤§¥~, ¥t¥~¦A±a¶i©Î¤Þ¤J... 1a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¹ï¤wÂ÷±Bªº¤H¤¶²Ð·sªº©d¤l 1b) ªþ¦b©Î¥[¤J¤@¤w¦s¦bªº¤H¸s©Î¹ÎÅé 1b1) ¦b...¤§«á¥[¤J 1c) ¶i¤J, «I¤J 1c1) «I¤J(?)

1898 epeisagoge {ep-ice-ag-o-gay'} from a compound of 1909 and 1521;; n f AV - bringing in 1; 1 1) a bringing in besides or in addition to what is or has been brought in 1a) used of the introduction of a new wife in the place of one repudiated 1b) to come in besides or to those who are already within 1b1) to enter afterwards 1c) to come in upon, come upon by entering 1c1) to enter against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1899 epeita {ep'-i-tah} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1534;; °Æµü AV - then 9, after that 4, afterward(s) 3; 16 1) ©ó¬O, ¦¹«á, µM«á, ¤§«á

1899 epeita {ep'-i-tah} from 1909 and 1534;; adv AV - then 9, after that 4, afterward(s) 3; 16 1) thereupon, thereafter, then, afterwards
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1900 epekeina {ep-ek'-i-nah} ·½¦Û 1909 and (the ª½±µ¨ü®æ®æ½Æ¼Æ ¤¤©Ê of) 1565;; °Æµü AV - beyond 1; 1 1) ¦b§ó»·³B (#®{ 7:43|)

1900 epekeina {ep-ek'-i-nah} from 1909 and (the accusative case plural neuter of) 1565;; adv AV - beyond 1; 1 1) beyond
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1901 epekteinomai {ep-ek-ti'-nom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1909 and 1614;; °Êµü AV - reach forth unto 1; 1 1) ¦VµÛ....¦ù®i 2) ¦VµÛ«e­±§V¤O (#µÌ 3:13|)

1901 epekteinomai {ep-ek-ti'-nom-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 1614;; v AV - reach forth unto 1; 1 1) to stretch out to or towards 2) to stretch (one's self) forward to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1902 ependuomai {ep-en-doo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA¡C·½¦Û1909 »P 1746; TDNT - 2:320,*; °Êµü AV - be clothed upon 2; 2 1) ¬ï¤W¡B©Ü¤W

1902 ependuomai {ep-en-doo'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 1746; TDNT - 2:320,*; v AV - be clothed upon 2; 2 1) to put on over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1903 ependutes {ep-en-doo'-tace} ·½¦Û 1902;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fisher's coat 1; 1 1) ¥~¦ç (#¬ù 12:7|) 1a) ¬ù¿«ºÖ­µ21:7¦ü¥G¬O«üº®¤Ò¤u§@®É©Ò¬ïªº¤@ºØ¨È³Â»s¤u§@¦ç©Î¸n­m

1903 ependutes {ep-en-doo'-tace} from 1902;; n m AV - fisher's coat 1; 1 1) an upper garment 1a) John 21:7 seems to denote a kind of linen blouse or frock which fishermen used to wear at their work
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1904 eperchomai {ep-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 2064; TDNT - 2:680,257; °Êµü AV - come 6, come upon 2, come on 1, come thither 1; 10 1) ²¾¦V,²¾¦Ü 1a)¨Ó,©è¹F (#®{ 14:9|) 1b)(¸tÆF)­°Á{ (#¸ô 1:35; ®{ 1:8|) 2) µo¥Í,¨ÓÁ{ 2a)¤@¬q®É´Á (#¥± 2:7|) 2b)¹Lµ{¤¤µo¥Íªº,¦b·s¬ù³æ«ü¤£¦nªº¨Æ 2b1)Á{ªñ,¨Ó¨ì (#¸ô 21:26; ¶® 5:1|) 2b2)©â¶H©Êªº 3)§ðÀ» (#¸ô 11:22|)

1904 eperchomai {ep-er'-khom-ahee} from 1909 and 2064; TDNT - 2:680,257; v AV - come 6, come upon 2, come on 1, come thither 1; 10 1) to come to arrive 1a) of time, come on, be at hand, be future 2) to come upon, overtake, one 2a) of sleep 2b) of disease 2c) of calamities 2d) of the Holy Spirit, descending and operating in one 2e) of an enemy attacking one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1905 eperotao {ep-er-o-tah'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 2065; TDNT - 2:687,262; °Êµü AV - ask 53, demand 2, desire 1, ask question 1, question 1, ask after 1; 59 1) ¥H´£°Ý¨Ó·f°S, ´£°Ý, ¬d¸ß, ¸ß°Ý, ¼f°Ý 2) ¥H½Ð¨D©Î­n¨D¥h¸ò¬Y¤H®i¶}»¡¸Ü 2a) ¹ï¬Y¤Hµo¥X¸ß°Ý©Î­n¨D

1905 eperotao {ep-er-o-tah'-o} from 1909 and 2065; TDNT - 2:687,262; v AV - ask 53, demand 2, desire 1, ask question 1, question 1, ask after 1; 59 1) to accost one with an enquiry, put a question to, enquiry of, ask, interrogate 2) to address one with a request or demand 2a) to ask of or demand of one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1906 eperotema {ep-er-o'-tay-mah} ·½¦Û 1905; TDNT - 2:688,262; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - answer 1; 1 1) ¸ß°Ý, °ÝÃD (#©¼«e 3:21|) 2) ­n¨D 3) ¸Û¼°ªº´M¨D 3a) ´÷±æ, ±j¯Pªº¬ß±æ

1906 eperotema {ep-er-o'-tay-mah} from 1905; TDNT - 2:688,262; n n AV - answer 1; 1 1) an enquiry, a question 2) a demand 3) earnestly seeking 3a) craving, an intense desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1907 epecho {ep-ekh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 2192;; °Êµü AV - mark 1, give heed unto 1, stay 1, hold forth 1, take heed unto 1; 5 1) ¾Ö¦³©Î§ì¦í, À³¥Î, Æ[¹î, °Ñ»P 1a) ª`·N 2) µ¹¤©, ´£Ä³, §e²{ 3) Àˬd 3a) ©µ¿ð, °±¤î, °±¯d

1907 epecho {ep-ekh'-o} from 1909 and 2192;; v AV - mark 1, give heed unto 1, stay 1, hold forth 1, take heed unto 1; 5 1) to have or hold upon, apply, to observe, attend to 1a) to give attention to 2) to hold towards, hold forth, present 3) to check 3a) delay, stop, stay
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1908 epereazo {ep-ay-reh-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å ©M (¥i¯à¬O) areia (¹ï«Ý);; °Êµü AV - despitefully use 2, falsely accuse 1; 3 1) «V°d 2) ­h«Ý, ÀݥΠ3) ´c¨¥¬Û¦V 4) ¦³ÅG½×·N¨ý, ¤£¯u¦a±±¶D 5) «Â¯Ù

1908 epereazo {ep-ay-reh-ad'-zo} from a comparative of 1909 and (probably) areia (threats);; v AV - despitefully use 2, falsely accuse 1; 3 1) to insult 2) to treat abusively, use despitefully 3) to revile 4) in a forensic sense, to accuse falsely 5) to threaten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1909 epi {ep-ee'} ¦r®Ú«¬;; ¤¶¨tµü AV - on 196, in 120, upon 159, unto 41, to 41, misc 338; 895 1) ¤§©ó, ¦b..¤W, ¦b, ÂÇ¥Ñ, ¤§«e 2) ¦b...¦ì¸m, ¦b...¤§¤W, ¦b, ¸g¥Ñ, ¦b¨ä¤W, ¬Û¹ï©ó 3) ¹F¨ì, ¤§¥~, ¦b..¤§¤W, ¦b, ¶W¶V, ¬Û¹ï

1909 epi {ep-ee'} a root;; prep AV - on 196, in 120, upon 159, unto 41, to 41, misc 338; 895 1) upon, on, at, by, before 2) of position, on, at, by, over, against 3) to, over, on, at, across, against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1910 epibaino {ep-ee-bah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 1909 and the base of 939;; °Êµü AV - sit 1, come 1, go aboard 1, take + 1519 1, come into 1, enter into 1; 6 1) ¤W¨ì..., µn¤W, ÃM¤W 1a) ¤W²î©Î·f¾÷ 1b) ¨ì¥~¦a (²î°¦) 2) ¨ì¹F, ¶i¤J

1910 epibaino {ep-ee-bah'-ee-no} from 1909 and the base of 939;; v AV - sit 1, come 1, go aboard 1, take + 1519 1, come into 1, enter into 1; 6 1) to get upon, mount 1a) to embark in 1b) to go aboard (a ship) 2) to set foot in, enter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1911 epiballo {ep-ee-bal'-lo} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 906; TDNT - 1:528,91; °Êµü AV - lay 8, put 3, lay on 1, beat 1, cast on 1, think thereon 1, fall 1, stretch forth 1, cast upon 1; 18 1) ¬ï¤W 1a)(±N¬Yª«¥ó)¸m©ó(¬Y¤H)¤§¤W 1b)¬ï¤W,©ñ¤W 2) ´ÂµÛ 2a)¨R¦V,©ç¥´ (#¥i 4:37|) 2b)¶}©l (#¥i 14:72|) 3) ¸¨©ó,ÄÝ©ó (#¸ô 15:12|)

1911 epiballo {ep-ee-bal'-lo} from 1909 and 906; TDNT - 1:528,91; v AV - lay 8, put 3, lay on 1, beat 1, cast on 1, think thereon 1, fall 1, stretch forth 1, cast upon 1; 18 1) to cast upon, to lay upon 1a) used of seizing one to lead him off as a prisoner 1b) to put (i.e. sew) on 2) to throw one's self upon, rush in 2a) used of waves rushing into a ship 2b) to put one's mind upon a thing 2c) attend to 3) it belongs to me, falls to my share
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1912 epibareo {ep-ee-bar-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 916;; °Êµü AV - overcharge 1, be chargeable unto 1, be chargeable to 1; 3 1) ¥[­t¾á©ó..., ¨Ï­I­t 2) ²ÖÂØªº, ¨H­«ªº

1912 epibareo {ep-ee-bar-eh'-o} from 1909 and 916;; v AV - overcharge 1, be chargeable unto 1, be chargeable to 1; 3 1) to put a burden upon, to load 2) to be burdensome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1913 epibibazo {ep-ee-bee-bad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 and a redupl. deriv. of the base of 939 [cf 307];; °Êµü AV - set on 2, set thereon 1; 3 1) µn¤W, µnÃM¤W°¨ 2) ¸m©ñ¦b (#¸ô 10:34, 19:35; ®{ 23:24| )

1913 epibibazo {ep-ee-bee-bad'-zo} from 1909 and a redupl. deriv. of the base of 939 [cf 307];; v AV - set on 2, set thereon 1; 3 1) to cause to mount 2) to place upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1914 epiblepo {ep-ee-blep'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 991;; °Êµü AV - regard 1, look 1, have respect to 1; 3 1) ¨Ï²´¥ØÂà¦V, ±Mª`©ó, ¨nµÛ.... 2) ´L·q, ´L±R 3) Ãö·Ó, ·Ó®Æ (#¸ô 1:48, 9:38; ¶® 2:3|)

1914 epiblepo {ep-ee-blep'-o} from 1909 and 991;; v AV - regard 1, look 1, have respect to 1; 3 1) to turn the eyes upon, to look upon, gaze upon 2) to look up to, regard 3) to have regard for, to regard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1915 epiblema {ep-ib'-lay-mah} ·½¦Û 1911;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - piece 4; 4 1) ©Ü¤W, ©ñ¤W©Î²K¥[¤WªºªF¦è 1a) °l¥[, ¼W²Kªº 1b) Á_¸ÉµõÁ_,¯}¬}©Ò§@ªº¸Éºó (#¤Ó 9:16; ¥i 2:21; ¸ô 5:36|)

1915 epiblema {ep-ib'-lay-mah} from 1911;; n n AV - piece 4; 4 1) that which is thrown or put upon a thing, or that which is added to it 1a) an addition 1b) that which is sewed on to cover a rent, a patch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1916 epiboao {ep-ee-bo-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 994;; °Êµü AV - cry 1; 1 1) ©I¥s #®{ 25:24|

1916 epiboao {ep-ee-bo-ah'-o} from 1909 and 994;; v AV - cry 1; 1 1) to cry out to, cry out
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1917 epiboule {ep-ee-boo-lay'} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 1909 and 1014;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lying in wait 1, lay wait for + 1096 1, lay wait + 3195 + 2071 1, - laying await 1; 4 1) ³´®`¥L¤Hªº­p¿Ñ, µ¦¹º

1917 epiboule {ep-ee-boo-lay'} from a presumed compound of 1909 and 1014;; n f AV - lying in wait 1, lay wait for + 1096 1, lay wait + 3195 + 2071 1, - laying await 1; 4 1) a plan formed against one, a plot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1918 epigambreuo {ep-ee-gam-bryoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 ¤Î 1062ªº©µ¥Ó¦r;; °Êµü AV - marry 1; 1 1) «Ã¿Ë(¦]±B«Ã¦Ó¦³¿Ë±­Ãö«Y), ¶i¤J¿Ë±KÃö«Y 1a) ¦¨¬°¬Y¤Hªº©¨¤÷©Î¬O¤k´B 1b) °ù¤F¦º¥h¤§¥S§Ì¥BµL¤l¶àªº©d¤l

1918 epigambreuo {ep-ee-gam-bryoo'-o} from 1909 and a derivative of 1062;; v AV - marry 1; 1 1) to be related to by marriage, enter into affinity with 1a) become any one's father-in-law or son-in-law 1b) to marry the widow of a brother who has died childless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1919 epigeios {ep-ig'-i-os} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1093; TDNT - 1:680,116; §Î®eµü AV - earthly 4, terrestrial 2, in earth 1; 7 1) ¦a¤Wªº¨Æ, ÄÝ¥@ªº, ¤H¶¡ªº

1919 epigeios {ep-ig'-i-os} from 1909 and 1093; TDNT - 1:680,116; adj AV - earthly 4, terrestrial 2, in earth 1; 7 1) existing upon the earth, earthly, terrestrial
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1920 epiginomai {ep-ig-in'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 1096;; °Êµü AV - blow 1; 1 1) «á¨ÓÅܦ¨...©Îµo¥Í... 1a) «á¨Ó¥X¥Í 2) ¨Ó¨ì, ¨ì¹F: «ü®É¶¡ 3) ¤É°_, ¥X²{, ¸òµÛ¨Ó

1920 epiginomai {ep-ig-in'-om-ahee} from 1909 and 1096;; v AV - blow 1; 1 1) to become or happen afterwards 1a) to be born after 2) to come to, arrive: of time 3) to arise, spring up, come on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1921 epiginosko {ep-ig-in-oce'-ko} from 1909 and 1097; TDNT - 1:689,119; °Êµü AV - know 30, acknowledge 5, perceive 3, take knowledge of 2, have knowledge of 1, know well 1; 42 1) Åܦ¨¹ý©³ªº»{ÃѬY¨Æª«, ³z¹ý¦a»{ÃÑ 1a) ºë½T¦aª¾¹D, «D±`²á¸Ñl 2) ª¾¹D 2a) »{ÃÑ¡B»{ª¾ 2a1) ¥Îµø¤O¡BÅ¥¤O¾a¬Y¨Ç°O¸¹ ¥h¹îı¬Y¤H¬O½Ö 2b) ª¾¹D ¥ç§Y ¹îı 2c) ª¾¹D ¥ç§Y §ä¥X §Ë²M·¡ 2d) ª¾¹D ¥ç§Y ²z¸Ñ

1921 epiginosko {ep-ig-in-oce'-ko} from 1909 and 1097; TDNT - 1:689,119; v AV - know 30, acknowledge 5, perceive 3, take knowledge of 2, have knowledge of 1, know well 1; 42 1) to become thoroughly acquainted with, to know thoroughly 1a) to know accurately, know well 2) to know 2a) to recognise 2a1) by sight, hearing, of certain signs, to perceive who a person is 2b) to know i.e. to perceive 2c) to know i.e. to find out, ascertain 2d) to know i.e. to understand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1922 epignosis {ep-ig'-no-sis} ·½©ó 1921; TDNT - 1:689,119; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - knowledge 16, acknowledging 3, acknowledgement 1; 20 1) ·Ç½T¨S¦³°¾®tªº»{ª¾ 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«üÃö©ó¹D¼w©v±Ð¤è­±ªºª¾ÃÑ

1922 epignosis {ep-ig'-no-sis} from 1921; TDNT - 1:689,119; n f AV - knowledge 16, acknowledging 3, acknowledgement 1; 20 1) precise and correct knowledge 1a) used in the NT of the knowledge of things ethical and divine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1923 epigraphe {ep-ig-raf-ay'} ·½¦Û 1924;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - superscription 5; 5 1) »Ê¨è, ¸O¤å, ÀY»Î 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, «ü¨è¦L©ó¥ÕªO¤Wªº¶Â¦r 1b) µw¹ô¤Wªº¨è¦L

1923 epigraphe {ep-ig-raf-ay'} from 1924;; n f AV - superscription 5; 5 1) an inscription, title 1a) in the NT of an inscription in black letters upon a whitened tablet 1b) of the inscription on a coin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1924 epigrapho {ep-ee-graf'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1125;; °Êµü AV - write 2, write over 1, write thereon 1, with this inscription + 1722 + 3639 1; 5 1) ¼g¤U°O¤U, »Ê¨è 2) Áô³ë. »Ê°O©ó¤ß

1924 epigrapho {ep-ee-graf'-o} from 1909 and 1125;; v AV - write 2, write over 1, write thereon 1, with this inscription + 1722 + 3639 1; 5 1) to write upon, inscribe 2) metaph. to write upon the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1925 epideiknumi {ep-ee-dike'-noo-mee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1166;; °Êµü AV - show 9; 9 1) ®i¥Ü, ÅãÅS 1a) ¨Ï³QÅãÅS¥X¨Ó, ®i¥Ü 1a1) ´£¨Ñµ¹¤H¬Ý, »s³yµ¹¤H¬Ýªº 1a2) ±NÄÝ©ó¬Y¤H¦Û¤vªºªF¦è¹ï¤H®i¶} 1b) ÃÒ©ú, ¸Ñ»¡, ¨Ï³Qª¾¹D¥B¸Ñ©ú

1925 epideiknumi {ep-ee-dike'-noo-mee} from 1909 and 1166;; v AV - show 9; 9 1) to exhibit, show 1a) to bring forth to view, to show 1a1) furnish to be looked at, produce what may looked at 1a2) to display something belonging to one's self 1b) to prove, demonstrate, set forth to be known and acknowledged
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1926 epidechomai {ep-ee-dekh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 1209;; °Êµü AV - receive 2; 2 1) ¼ö¤ß±µ«Ý 2) ©Ó»{, ¥ç§Y ¤£¤Ï¹ï, ¤£±Æ¥¸

1926 epidechomai {ep-ee-dekh'-om-ahee} from 1909 and 1209;; v AV - receive 2; 2 1) to receive hospitality 2) to admit, i.e. not to reject
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1927 epidemeo {ep-ee-day-meh'-o} ·½¦Û1909 ©M 1218 ªº²Õ¦X;; °Êµü AV - be there 1, stranger 1; 2 1) ¥X²{¦b¥Lªº¥Á±Ú¤¤, ¦b¥Lªº«°É]©Î¥Lªº°ê¤g 2) «È®È 2a) ÄÝ¥~¨Ó©~¥Á, ¦b¥ô¦ó¥Á±Ú¤¤, ¦b¥ô¤@°ê®a

1927 epidemeo {ep-ee-day-meh'-o} from a compound of 1909 and 1218;; v AV - be there 1, stranger 1; 2 1) to be present among one's people, in one's city or one's native land 2) to be a sojourner 2a) of a foreign resident, among any people, in any country
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1928 epidiatassomai {ep-ee-dee-ah-tas'-som-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 1299;; °Êµü AV - add thereto 1; 1 1) ÃB¥~¹{¥¬, ¦b¤w¸g¥ß©wªº¨Æ±¡¤W¼W¥[¤@¨ÇªF¦è (#¥[ 3:15|) ªk«ß³N»y¡A¼W¥[±ø´Ú¡C

1928 epidiatassomai {ep-ee-dee-ah-tas'-som-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 1299;; v AV - add thereto 1; 1 1) to ordain besides, to add something to what has been ordained
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1929 epididomi {ep-ee-did'-o-mee} ·½¦Û 1909 and 1325;; °Êµü AV - give 7, deliver 1, offer 1, let drive + 5342 1, deliver unto 1; 11 1) µ¹, ¥Î¤â»¼¥X 2) °±¤î; ¥æÉì 2a) ¦ÚªA©ó¥L¤HªºÅv¶Õ©Î¼¤±æ¤§¤U

1929 epididomi {ep-ee-did'-o-mee} from 1909 and 1325;; v AV - give 7, deliver 1, offer 1, let drive + 5342 1, deliver unto 1; 11 1) to hand, give by hand 2) to give over 2a) give up to the power or will of one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1930 epidiorthoo {ep-ee-dee-or-tho'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 3717 ªº¤@­Ó­l¥Í;; °Êµü AV - set in order 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¾ã»ô, ¨Ï¥¿½T (#¦h 1:5|)

1930 epidiorthoo {ep-ee-dee-or-tho'-o} from 1909 and a derivative of 3717;; v AV - set in order 1; 1 1) to set in order besides or further
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1931 epiduo {ep-ee-doo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 1416;; °Êµü AV - go down 1; 1 1) ¸¨¤U, ¤é¸¨ (#¥± 4:26|)

1931 epiduo {ep-ee-doo'-o} from 1909 and 1416;; v AV - go down 1; 1 1) to go down, set (of the sun)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1932 epieikeia {ep-ee-i'-ki-ah} ·½¦Û 1933; TDNT - 2:588,243; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - clemency 1, gentleness 1; 2 1) ·Å©M,·Å«p,©Mµ½, ¤½¥­, ¤½¹D

1932 epieikeia {ep-ee-i'-ki-ah} from 1933; TDNT - 2:588,243; n f AV - clemency 1, gentleness 1; 2 1) mildness, gentleness, fairness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1933 epieikes {ep-ee-i-kace'} ·½¦Û 1909 and 1503; TDNT - 2:588,243; §Î®eµü AV - gentle 3, patient 1, moderation 1; 5 1) ¦ü¥G¬O, ¾A©yªº 2) ¤½¥¿ªº, ¤½¥­ªº, ·Å©Mªº, ¦³Â§ªº

1933 epieikes {ep-ee-i-kace'} from 1909 and 1503; TDNT - 2:588,243; adj AV - gentle 3, patient 1, moderation 1; 5 1) seemingly, suitable 2) equitable, fair, mild, gentle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1934 epizeteo {ep-eed-zay-teh'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2212; TDNT - 2:895,300; °Êµü AV - seek after 5, seek 3, desire 3, seek for 2, enquire 1; 14 1) ©Ò»Ý¨D, ´M¨D, ´M§ä, ®ï¶Ô´M³V 2) §Æ±æ, ´÷±æ 3) ­n¨D, §nµÛ­nªº

1934 epizeteo {ep-eed-zay-teh'-o} from 1909 and 2212; TDNT - 2:895,300; v AV - seek after 5, seek 3, desire 3, seek for 2, enquire 1; 14 1) to enquire for, seek for, search for, seek diligently 2) to wish for, crave 3) to demand, clamour for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1935 epithanatios {ep-ee-than-at'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 1909 and 2288;; §Î®eµü AV - appoint to death 1; 1 1) §P¦º, ©w¦º¸o, ¥²¦ºªº, (#ªL«e 4:9|)

1935 epithanatios {ep-ee-than-at'-ee-os} from 1909 and 2288;; adj AV - appoint to death 1; 1 1) doomed to death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1936 epithesis {ep-ith'-es-is} ·½©ó 2007; TDNT - 8:159,1176; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - laying on 3, putting on 1; 4 1) ¦w©ñ, ±j¥[©ó °ò·þ±Ðªº«ö¤â¤§Â§¬O©ÓŧµS¤Ó¤H¦Ó¨Ó, ¥Î©ó¦b¬°¤H¥Në©Mµ¹¤H¯«¸tªº¯¬ºÖ®É, ¤×¨ä¬O¨­Å骺°·±d©Î¸tÆFªº¦P¦b(¦b¬°¤H¦æ¬~§©Î¬°±Ð·|ªºªª®vµ¥¦æ«öªªÂ§®É)

1936 epithesis {ep-ith'-es-is} from 2007; TDNT - 8:159,1176; n f AV - laying on 3, putting on 1; 4 1) a laying on, imposition The imposition of hands was a sacred rite transmitted by the Jews to the Christians, and employed in praying for another, or in conferring upon him divine blessings, especially bodily health, or the Holy Spirit (at the administration of baptism and the inauguration to their office of the teachers and ministers of the church).
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1937 epithumeo {ep-ee-thoo-meh'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2372; TDNT - 3:168,339; °Êµü AV - desire 8, covet 3, lust 3, lust after 1, fain 1; 16 1) ¤ß«äÂà¨ì¬Y¨Æ¤W 2) ±j¯P´Á±æ, ´÷±æ, ¦³±ý¨D 3) ¼¤©À, ³g¨D 3a) «ü¤H¹ï³Q¸T¤îªº¨Æªº°l¨D

1937 epithumeo {ep-ee-thoo-meh'-o} from 1909 and 2372; TDNT - 3:168,339; v AV - desire 8, covet 3, lust 3, lust after 1, fain 1; 16 1) to turn upon a thing 2) to have a desire for, long for, to desire 3) to lust after, covet 3a) of those who seek things forbidden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1938 epithumetes {ep-ee-thoo-may-tace'} ·½¦Û 1937; TDNT - 3:172,339;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lust after + 1510 1; 1 1) ªø¤[´÷¼}, ´÷±æ, ±¡¤H, ¤Á¤Á¬ß±æªº¤H (#ªL«e 10:6|)

1938 epithumetes {ep-ee-thoo-may-tace'} from 1937; TDNT - 3:172,339; n m AV - lust after + 1510 1; 1 1) one who longs for, a craver, lover, one eager for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1939 epithumia {ep-ee-thoo-mee'-ah} ·½©ó 1937; TDNT - 3:168,339; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lust 31, concupiscence 3, desire 3, lust after 1; 38 1) ¼¤±æ, ´÷±æ, ´Á¬ß, ¹ï³Q¸T¤îªº¨Æªº¼¤©À, ¯Â¦×Å骺±¡¼¤ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5845

1939 epithumia {ep-ee-thoo-mee'-ah} from 1937; TDNT - 3:168,339; n f AV - lust 31, concupiscence 3, desire 3, lust after 1; 38 1) desire, craving, longing, desire for what is forbidden, lust For Synonyms see entry 5845
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1940 epikathizo {ep-ee-kath-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 and 2523;; °Êµü AV - set 1, vr set 1; 2 1) ¨Ï´N®y, ¦w¸m¦b 2) §¤¦b (#¤Ó 21:7|)

1940 epikathizo {ep-ee-kath-id'-zo} from 1909 and 2523;; v AV - set 1, vr set 1; 2 1) to cause to sit upon, to set upon 2) to sit upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1941 epikaleomai {ep-ee-kal-eh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2564 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 3:496,*; °Êµü AV - call on 7, be (one's) surname 6, be surnamed 5, call upon 4, appeal unto 4, call 4, appeal to 1, appeal 1; 32 1) µ¹¤©¦W¦r, ©R¦W 1a) ±µ¨ü«Ê¸¹, ¦W¦r 2) ±µ¨ü¬Y¤Hªº¦W¸¹ 3) ±N¬Y(¸o)¦W¥[¨ì¬Y¤H¨­¤W 3a) ¥¸½|©Îªí¹ï¤Ï¹ï 3b) ¦]¬Y¨Æ¦Ó«ü³d¬Y¤H¬°¸o¥Ç©Î®¢°d 3c) ¦]«ü±±¦Ó¶Ç³ê¬Y¤H, ±±¶D¬Y¤Hªº¸o¦æ 3d) «ü³d¬Y¤H, «ü±±... 4) ¬è¨D, Àµ¨D 4a) ¬°¦Û¤v¤^¨D, Àµ¨D 4a1) Àµ¨D¥ô¦ó¤HªºÀ°§U 4a2) ¬°§Ú¨£ÃҨƱ¡ 4a3) ¬°§ÚÂ_²z¨Æ±¡ 4a4) ¨D§U, ­É§U¨ä¤O 5) ©^­C©MµØªº¦WÀµ¨D 5a) an expression finding its explanation in the f¥D°Êthat prayers addressed to God ordinarily began with an invocation of the divine name

1941 epikaleomai {ep-ee-kal-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,*; v AV - call on 7, be (one's) surname 6, be surnamed 5, call upon 4, appeal unto 4, call 4, appeal to 1, appeal 1; 32 1) to put a name upon, to surname 1a) to permit one's self to be surnamed 2) to be named after someone 3) to call something to one 3a) to cry out upon or against one 3b) to charge something to one as a crime or reproach 3c) to summon one on any charge, prosecute one for a crime 3d) to blame one for, accuse one of 4) to invoke 4a) to call upon for one's self, in one's behalf 4a1) any one as a helper 4a2) as my witness 4a3) as my judge 4a4) to appeal unto 5) to call upon by pronouncing the name of Jehovah 5a) an expression finding its explanation in the fact that prayers addressed to God ordinarily began with an invocation of the divine name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1942 epikaluma {ep-ee-kal'-oo-mah} ·½¦Û 1943;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cloke 1; 1 1) Âл\ª«, ­±¯½ 2) Áô³ë. ÂǤf, ©Ü­·

1942 epikaluma {ep-ee-kal'-oo-mah} from 1943;; n n AV - cloke 1; 1 1) a covering, veil 2) metaph. a pretext, cloak
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1943 epikalupto {ep-ee-kal-oop'-to} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 2572;; °Êµü AV - cover 1; 1 1) ¾B»\ #ù 4:7|

1943 epikalupto {ep-ee-kal-oop'-to} from 1909 and 2572;; v AV - cover 1; 1 1) to cover over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1944 epikataratos {ep-ee-kat-ar'-at-os} ·½¦Û 1909 and a derivative of 2672; TDNT - 1:451,75; §Î®eµü AV - cursed 3; 3 1) À³¸Ó©G¶Aªº, ¸Ó©G, ¼ÉÅS¦b¯«¸tªº³ø¤³¤§¤U, ³B©ó¯«ªº©G¶A (#¬ù 7:49; ¥[ 3:10,13)

1944 epikataratos {ep-ee-kat-ar'-at-os} from 1909 and a derivative of 2672; TDNT - 1:451,75; adj AV - cursed 3; 3 1) accursed, execrable, exposed to divine vengeance, lying under God's curse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1945 epikeimai {ep-ik'-i-mahee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; °Êµü AV - press upon 1, be instant 1, lie 1, be laid thereon 1, lie on 1, be laid upon 1, be imposed on 1; 7 1) ©ñ¦b...¤§¤W, ³Q©ñ¸m¦b...¤§¤W 1a) ¦b¿U¿NµÛªº·Ñ¬´¤W 2) Áô³ë. (¿U¬Ü¤§«æ, ¤õ¿N§¾ªÑ¤F) 2a) «ü¨Æ±¡, ¦p¦³­P©Rªº¤j­·¼É¯ëªº¶Ê¹G 2b) «ü¤H, ¬I¥[À£¤O, ºò«æªº

1945 epikeimai {ep-ik'-i-mahee} from 1909 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; v AV - press upon 1, be instant 1, lie 1, be laid thereon 1, lie on 1, be laid upon 1, be imposed on 1; 7 1) to lie upon or over, rest upon, be laid or placed upon 1a) on the burning coals 2) metaph. 2a) of things, of the pressure of a violent tempest 2b) of men, to press upon, to be urgent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1946 Epikoureios {ep-ee-koo'-ri-os} ·½¦Û Epikouros [cf 1947] (a noted philosopher);; §Î®eµü AV - Epicurean 1; 1 ©¼¥jù = "§U¤â: «OÅ@ªÌ" 1) ¥ì¤ñ¹§¾|¬£ªº¤H(¨É¼Ö¥D¸q), ­õ¾Ç®a(#®{ 17:18|)

1946 Epikoureios {ep-ee-koo'-ri-os} from Epikouros [cf 1947] (a noted philosopher);; adj AV - Epicurean 1; 1 Epicurean = "a helper: defender" 1) belonging to the sect of Epicurius, the philosopher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1947 epikouria {ep-ee-koo-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 1909 and a (prolonged) form of the base of 2877 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N servant);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - help 1; 1 1) ¤ä´©, ±Ï§U, À°§U (#®{ 26:22|)

1947 epikouria {ep-ee-koo-ree'-ah} from a compound of 1909 and a (prolonged) form of the base of 2877 (in the sense of servant);; n f AV - help 1; 1 1) aid, succour, help
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1948 epikrino {ep-ee-kree'-no} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 2919;; °Êµü AV - give sentence 1; 1 1) «Å§P, ¾a¤@­Ó¤Hªº§PÂ_¨Ó»{¥i, µô©w, ©w§P¨M(#¸ô 23:24|)

1948 epikrino {ep-ee-kree'-no} from 1909 and 2919;; v AV - give sentence 1; 1 1) to adjudge, approve by one's decision, decree, give sentence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1949 epilambanomai {ep-ee-lam-ban'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2983 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 4:9,*; °Êµü AV - take 7, take by 3, catch 2, take on 2, lay hold on 2, take hold of 2, lay hold upon 1; 19 1) to take in addition(?), §ì¦í, ¾Ö¦³, °l¤W»°¤W, ¹F¦¨, ¹F¨ì 1a) ¥Î¤â´¤¦í©Î§ì¦í¬Yª«, ºòºò´¤¦í, ´ª¦í 1b) Áô³ë. ±Ï¤H©ó¦MÃø¤§¤¤, À°§U, ±Ï§U

1949 epilambanomai {ep-ee-lam-ban'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 2983; TDNT - 4:9,*; v AV - take 7, take by 3, catch 2, take on 2, lay hold on 2, take hold of 2, lay hold upon 1; 19 1) to take in addition, to lay hold of, take possession of, overtake, attain, attain to 1a) to lay hold of or to seize upon anything with the hands, to take hold of, lay hold of 1b) metaph. to rescue one from peril, to help, succour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1950 epilanthanomai {ep-ee-lan-than'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2990 Ãö¨­ºA;; °Êµü AV - forget 7, be forgetful 1; 8 1) §Ñ°O 2) ©¿µø, ¤£¦A¦b·N 2) ³Q¿ò§Ñ, ³Q§Ñ«o, ¥ç§Y ¤£¨üª`·N, ¤£³QÃö¤ß

1950 epilanthanomai {ep-ee-lan-than'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 2990;; v AV - forget 7, be forgetful 1; 8 1) to forget 2) neglecting, no longer caring for 2) forgotten, given over to oblivion, i.e. uncared for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1951 epilegomai {ep-ee-leg'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1909 and 3004;; °Êµü AV - be called 1, choose 1; 2 1) ¦h¨¥ 2) ¤w©m¤óºÙ©I 3) ¬°...¬D¿ï 4) ¬°¦Û¤v¬D¿ï (#®{ 15:40|)

1951 epilegomai {ep-ee-leg'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and 3004;; v AV - be called 1, choose 1; 2 1) to say besides 2) to surname 3) to choose for 4) to choose for one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1952 epileipo {ep-ee-li'-po} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 3007;; °Êµü AV - fail 1; 1 1) ¥¢±Ñ, ¤£¤¹³\, ¤£¤Î§¹¦¨...(¥ô¦ó­ì¦], ¦p®É¶¡¨ì¤F)

1952 epileipo {ep-ee-li'-po} from 1909 and 3007;; v AV - fail 1; 1 1) to fail, not to suffer for (any purpose, for the attainment of an end)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1953 epilesmone {ep-ee-lace-mon-ay'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1950;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - forgetful 1; 1 1) ¿ò§Ñ, §Ñ«o(#¶® 1:25|)

1953 epilesmone {ep-ee-lace-mon-ay'} from a derivative of 1950;; n f AV - forgetful 1; 1 1) forgetfulness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1954 epiloipos {ep-il'-oy-pos} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 3062;; §Î®eµü AV - rest 1; 1 1) ³Ñ¤Uªº, ³Ñ¾lªº(#©¼«e 4:2|)

1954 epiloipos {ep-il'-oy-pos} from 1909 and 3062;; adj AV - rest 1; 1 1) remaining besides, left over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1955 epilusis {ep-il'-oo-sis} ·½©ó 1956; TDNT - 4:337,543; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - interpretation 1; 1 1) ¸Ñ¶}, ÄÀ©ñ 2) Áô³ë. ¸Ñ»¡, ÄÄ­z, ¸Ñ©ú

1955 epilusis {ep-il'-oo-sis} from 1956; TDNT - 4:337,543; n f AV - interpretation 1; 1 1) a loosening, unloosing 2) metaph. interpretation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1956 epiluo {ep-ee-loo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 3089; TDNT - 4:337,543; °Êµü AV - expound 1, determine 1; 2 1) ¸Ñ¶}, ÃP¶} 2) Âç²M (½×ª§), µô¨M, ¸Ñ¨M (#®{ 19:39|) 3) ¸ÑÄÀ, »¡©ú (¨º¨ÇÃø¥H²z¸Ñªº) (#¥i 4:34|)

1956 epiluo {ep-ee-loo'-o} from 1909 and 3089; TDNT - 4:337,543; v AV - expound 1, determine 1; 2 1) to unloose, untie 2) to clear (a controversy), decide, settle 3) to explain (what is obscure and hard to understand)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1957 epimartureo {ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; °Êµü AV - testify 1; 1 1) ÃÒ©ú, §@ÃÒ (#©¼«e 5:12|)

1957 epimartureo {ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o} from 1909 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; v AV - testify 1; 1 1) to bear witness to, establish by testimony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1958 epimeleia {ep-ee-mel'-i-ah} ·½¦Û 1959;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - refresh (one's) self + 5177 1; 1 1) ·ÓÅU, ·ÓÀ³, Åé½Ì, Ãö·Ó(#®{ 27:3|)

1958 epimeleia {ep-ee-mel'-i-ah} from 1959;; n f AV - refresh (one's) self + 5177 1; 1 1) care, attention
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1959 epimeleomai {ep-ee-mel-eh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 1909 and »P...¦P 3199;; °Êµü AV - take care of 3; 3 1) ·Ó®Æ, ¬ÝºÞ (¤H¨Æª«) (#¸ô 10:34-35, ´£«e 3:5|)

1959 epimeleomai {ep-ee-mel-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and the same as 3199;; v AV - take care of 3; 3 1) to take care of a person or thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1960 epimelos {ep-ee-mel-oce'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1959;; °Æµü AV - diligently 1; 1 1) ¶Ô¾Äªº, ÂÔ·Vªº (#¸ô 15:8|)

1960 epimelos {ep-ee-mel-oce'} from a derivative of 1959;; adv AV - diligently 1; 1 1) diligently, carefully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1961 epimeno {ep-ee-men'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 3306; °Êµü AV - tarry 7, continue in 5, continue 2, abide 2, abide in 1, abide still 1; 18 1) °±¯d,¯d¤U 2) Ä~Äò,«ùÄò,°í«ù

1961 epimeno {ep-ee-men'-o} from 1909 and 3306;; v AV - tarry 7, continue in 5, continue 2, abide 2, abide in 1, abide still 1; 18 1) to stay at or with, to tarry still, still to abide, to continue, remain 1a) of tarrying in a place 1b) to persevere, continue 1b1) of the thing continued in 1b2) in the work of teaching 1b3) of the blessing for which one keeps himself fit 1b4) denoting the action persisted in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1962 epineuo {ep-een-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 3506;; °Êµü AV - consent 1; 1 1) ÂIÀY 2) ªí¹F»{¦P, ÃÙ¦¨ (#®{ 18:20|)

1962 epineuo {ep-een-yoo'-o} from 1909 and 3506;; v AV - consent 1; 1 1) to nod to 2) to express approval, to assent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1963 epinoia {ep-in'-oy-ah} ·½¦Û 1909 and 3563;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - thought 1; 1 1) «ä·Q, ¥Øªº

1963 epinoia {ep-in'-oy-ah} from 1909 and 3563;; n f AV - thought 1; 1 1) thought, purpose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1964 epiorkeo {ep-ee-or-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 1965; TDNT - 5:466,729; °Êµü AV - forswear (one's) self 1; 1 1) µo°²»}, ¦Û¤v­I»} (#¤Ó 5:33|)

1964 epiorkeo {ep-ee-or-keh'-o} from 1965; TDNT - 5:466,729; v AV - forswear (one's) self 1; 1 1) to swear falsely, forswear one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1965 epiorkos {ep-ee'-or-kos} ·½¦Û 1909 and 3727; TDNT - 5:466,729; §Î®eµü AV - perjured¤HºÙ1; 1 1) µê°°ªº«Å»}ªÌ, §@°°ÃÒªº¤H (#´£«e 1:10|)

1965 epiorkos {ep-ee'-or-kos} from 1909 and 3727; TDNT - 5:466,729; adj AV - perjured person 1; 1 1) a false swearer, a perjurer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1966 epiousa {ep-ee-oo'-sah} ³±©Ê ³æ¼Æ ¤Àµü of a comparative of 1909 and heimi (to go);; ¤Àµü AV - next day 2, following 2, next 1; 5 1) ¥X²{, ±µªñ 1a) «ü®É¶¡, ¦b...¥H«á, ¤£¤[ªº±N¨Ó, ¬Û¾Fªº, ¤U¤@­Ó, ¹j¤Ñ

1966 epiousa {ep-ee-oo'-sah} feminine singular participle of a comparative of 1909 and heimi (to go);; participle AV - next day 2, following 2, next 1; 5 1) to come upon, approach 1a) of time, to come on, be at hand, next, following, on the following day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1967 epiousios {ep-ee-oo'-see-os} ¥i¯à»P 1966 ¦P·½; TDNT - 2:590,243; §Î®eµü AV - daily 2; 2 1) ¥H¤U¤ù»y¤¤ªº¦r 1a) §Ú­Ì¥²¶·ªº­¹ª« (#¤Ó 6:11;¸ô 11:3|) 1b) º¡¨¬¨C¤@¤Ñªº­¹ª«

1967 epiousios {ep-ee-oo'-see-os} perhaps from the same as 1966; TDNT - 2:590,243; adj AV - daily 2; 2 1) word found in the phrase 1a) the bread of our necessity 1b) the bread that suffices for each day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1968 epipipto {ep-ee-pip'-to} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4098;; °Êµü AV - fall 10, fall on 1, press 1, lie 1; 13 1) °¸µM¨Ó¨ì, ¥^«P¦æ¨Æ©ÎÀ£­¢ 1a) ¥O¤H­W´o 1b) ¶^¶i¬Y¤HªºÃh©ê¤¤ 1c) ¨Ì¾a 2) Áô³ë. 2a) °¸µM¨Ó¨ì¬Y¤H¨­¤W, ¥ç§Y¦û»â, ¤W¨­ 2a1) ¸tÆFªº¥ú·Ó¤ÎÅX¨Ï 2a2) ¹ïµÛ¨º¤Hªº³d³Æ

1968 epipipto {ep-ee-pip'-to} from 1909 and 4098;; v AV - fall 10, fall on 1, press 1, lie 1; 13 1) to fall upon, to rush or press upon 1a) to lie upon one 1b) to fall into one's embrace 1c) to fall back upon 2) metaph. 2a) to fall upon one i.e. to seize, take possession of him 2a1) of the Holy Spirit, in his inspiration and impulse 2a2) of reproaches cast upon one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1969 epiplesso {ep-ee-place'-so} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4141;; °Êµü AV - rebuke 1; 1 1) ¥´À», §ðÀ» 2) ¥H¨¥»y³dÃø, «ü³d, °V¥¸, «DÃø (#´£«e 5:1|)

1969 epiplesso {ep-ee-place'-so} from 1909 and 4141;; v AV - rebuke 1; 1 1) to strike upon, beat upon 2) to chastise with words, to chide, upbraid, rebuke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1970 epipnigo {ep-ee-pnee'-go} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4155;; °Êµü AV - choke 1; 1 1) ¨Ï²¿®§, Âø¯ó¹L«×½¯©µ, ªý¶ë (#¸ô 8:7|)

1970 epipnigo {ep-ee-pnee'-go} from 1909 and 4155;; v AV - choke 1; 1 1) to throttle upon, to overgrow, to choke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1971 epipotheo {ep-ee-poth-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M potheo (´÷±æ);; °Êµü AV - greatly desire 2, long 1, earnestly desire 1, long after 1, greatly long after 1, lust 1, desire 1, longed after + 2258 1; 9 1) ´Á¬ß, ´÷±æ 2) ·R¼}°l¨D, ´÷¼} 3) ¼¤¨D, ¤ßÃh¤£¸Ó¦³ªº·N©À

1971 epipotheo {ep-ee-poth-eh'-o} from 1909 and potheo (to yearn);; v AV - greatly desire 2, long 1, earnestly desire 1, long after 1, greatly long after 1, lust 1, desire 1, longed after + 2258 1; 9 1) to long for, desire 2) to pursue with love, to long after 3) to lust, harbour forbidden desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1972 epipothesis {ep-ee-poth'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û 1971;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - earnestly desire 1, vehemently desire 1; 2 1) ´÷±æ

1972 epipothesis {ep-ee-poth'-ay-sis} from 1971;; n f AV - earnestly desire 1, vehemently desire 1; 2 1) longing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1973 epipothetos {ep-ee-poth'-ay-tos} ·½¦Û 1909 and a derivative of the latter ¤Àµüof 1971;; §Î®eµü AV - longed for 1; 1 1) ´÷±æ, «ä©À (#µÌ 4:1|)

1973 epipothetos {ep-ee-poth'-ay-tos} from 1909 and a derivative of the latter part of 1971;; adj AV - longed for 1; 1 1) longed for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1974 epipothia {ep-ee-poth-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 1971;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - great desire 1; 1 1) ´÷¨D

1974 epipothia {ep-ee-poth-ee'-ah} from 1971;; n f AV - great desire 1; 1 1) longing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1975 epiporeuomai {ep-ee-por-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 4198;; °Êµü AV - come 1; 1 1) ¥h¨ì©Î®È¦æ¨ì (#¸ô 8:4|) 2) ¥h¨ì, ¸g¹L 2a) °Ï°ì, «°¥« 3) Ãh¼Ä·Nªº¤J«I, ¿äÆn, ¦æ­x¸g¹L

1975 epiporeuomai {ep-ee-por-yoo'-om-ahee} from 1909 and 4198;; v AV - come 1; 1 1) to go or journey to 2) to go to, traverse 2a) regions, cities 3) to make a hostile inroad, overrun, march over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1976 epirrhapto {ep-ir-hrap'-to} ·½¦Û 1909 and the base of 4476;; °Êµü AV - sew 1; 1 1) Á_¤W, Á_¦X(#¥i 2:21|)

1976 epirrhapto {ep-ir-hrap'-to} from 1909 and the base of 4476;; v AV - sew 1; 1 1) to sew upon, sew to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1977 epirrhipto {ep-ir-hrip'-to} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4496; TDNT - 6:991,987; °Êµü AV - cast 2; 2 1) ©¹¤W¥áÂY, ©ñ¸m¦b...¤W (#¸ô 19:35; ©¼«e 5:7|)

1977 epirrhipto {ep-ir-hrip'-to} from 1909 and 4496; TDNT - 6:991,987; v AV - cast 2; 2 1) to throw upon, place upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1978 episemos {ep-is'-ay-mos} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 4591°ò¦«¬¤§¬YºØ§Î¦¡; TDNT - 7:267,1015; §Î®eµü AV - notable 1, of note 1; 2 1) ¦³°O¸¹¦b¤W­±, §@°O¸¹, »\¦L, ű 2) §@°O¸¹ 2a) ¦b¦nªº·N«ä¤è­± 2a1) µù¸Ñ, ÄÄ­z 2b) ¦bÃaªº·N«ä¤è­± 2b1) Án¦W¯TÄyªº, ¤£¦WÅAªº

1978 episemos {ep-is'-ay-mos} from 1909 and some form of the base of 4591; TDNT - 7:267,1015; adj AV - notable 1, of note 1; 2 1) having a mark on it, marked, stamped, coined 2) marked 2a) in a good sense 2a1) of note, illustrious 2b) in a bad sense 2b1) notorious, infamous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1979 episitismos {ep-ee-sit-is-mos'} ·½¦Û a compound of 1909 and a derivative of 4621;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - victuals 1; 1 1) ·j´M³¯ó, ´£¨Ñ­¹ª« 2) ¨ÑÀ³«~, ¨ÑÀ³Â³­¹, ¥²»Ý«~ (#¸ô 9:12|)

1979 episitismos {ep-ee-sit-is-mos'} from a compound of 1909 and a derivative of 4621;; n m AV - victuals 1; 1 1) foraging, providing food 2) supplies, provisions, food
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1980 episkeptomai {ep-ee-skep'-tom-ahee} ·½©ó 1909 ªºÃö¨­»yºA ©M 4649 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 2:599,244; °Êµü AV - visit 10, look out 1; 11 1) ·ÓÅU, À˾\, ¥H¥ØÀ˵ø 1a) ¥H¤F¸Ñ¬Y¤Hªº±¡ªp, ¥ç§Y ¥h«ô³X, ¥h±´µø¥L 1a1) ½a§x·T­W©Î¥Í¯fªº¤H 1b) ¬Ý±æ¥H«K´£¨ÑÀ°§U©Î§Q¯q 1b1) ¯«ªº²²ÅU, ÃöÃh, ¨ÑÀ³ 1c) ´M§ä, ´M¨D(¤@­Ó¤H¿ï, ÅU¥Î¤H­û, µ¥µ¥..)

1980 episkeptomai {ep-ee-skep'-tom-ahee} middle voice from 1909 and the base of 4649; TDNT - 2:599,244; v AV - visit 10, look out 1; 11 1) to look upon or after, to inspect, examine with the eyes 1a) in order to see how he is, i.e. to visit, go to see one 1a1) the poor and afflicted, the sick 1b) to look upon in order to help or to benefit 1b1) to look after, have care for, provide for: of God 1c) to look (about) for, look out (one to choose, employ, etc.)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1981 episkenoo {ep-ee-skay-no'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4637; TDNT - 7:386,1040; °Êµü AV - rest 1; 1 1) ±N±b¹õ©T©w©ó 1a) ¾Ö¦³¦í¦vªº©Ò¦³Åv¨Ã¦í¦b¨ä¤¤ 1a1) «ü¤½¥Áªº 1a2) «ü°ò·þªº¯à¤O­°Á{¦b¤H¨­¤W, ¦b¤H¸Ì­±ÀJ¶ì¤u§@¨Ã¦¨¬°¨äÀ°§U (#ªL«á 1:29|)

1981 episkenoo {ep-ee-skay-no'-o} from 1909 and 4637; TDNT - 7:386,1040; v AV - rest 1; 1 1) to fix a tent or habitation on 1a) to take possession of and live in the houses 1a1) of the citizens 1a2) of the power of Christ descending upon one, working within him and giving him help
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1982 episkiazo {ep-ee-skee-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 »P4639ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 7:399,1044; °Êµü AV - overshadow 5; 5 1) §ë¼v 2) ¾B»\ (¦b·s¬ù¤¤¦h«ü¯«ªº§@¬°,½Ñ¦p¶³±m¶H¼x¯«ªº¦P¦b)

1982 episkiazo {ep-ee-skee-ad'-zo} from 1909 and a derivative of 4639; TDNT - 7:399,1044; v AV - overshadow 5; 5 1) to throw a shadow upon, to envelop in a shadow, to overshadow From a vaporous cloud that casts a shadow the word is transferred to a shining cloud surrounding and enveloping persons with brightness. Used of the Holy Spirit exerting creative energy upon the womb of the virgin Mary and impregnating it (a use of the word which seems to have been drawn from the familiar OT idea of a cloud as symbolising the immediate presence and power of God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1983 episkopeo {ep-ee-skop-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 4648; TDNT - 2:599,244; °Êµü AV - look diligently 1, take the oversight 1; 2 1) ¬Ý§@¬O..., ¸Ô¬d, ºÊ·þ, ·ÓÅU, ¤p¤ß 1a) «ü¹ï±Ð·|ªº¬ÝÅ@¥õ¿à¦bªøªÌ¨­¤W 1b) ¤p¤ßÂÔ·V, ¯d¤ßª`·N

1983 episkopeo {ep-ee-skop-eh'-o} from 1909 and 4648; TDNT - 2:599,244; v AV - look diligently 1, take the oversight 1; 2 1) to look upon, inspect, oversee, look after, care for 1a) of the care of the church which rested upon the elders 1b) to look carefully, beware
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1984 episkope {ep-is-kop-ay'} ·½¦Û 1980; TDNT - 2:606,244; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - visitation 2, bishoprick 1, office of a bishop 1; 4 1) ¬ÝÅU,¬ÝºÞ (#¸ô 19:44; ©¼«e 2:12) 2) ¦ì¥÷,¥ô°È (#®{ 1:20|) 3) ºÊ·þ (#´£«e 3:1|)

1984 episkope {ep-is-kop-ay'} from 1980; TDNT - 2:606,244; n f AV - visitation 2, bishoprick 1, office of a bishop 1; 4 1) investigation, inspection, visitation 1a) that act by which God looks into and searches out the ways, deeds character, of men, in order to adjudge them their lot accordingly, whether joyous or sad 1b) oversight 1b1) overseership, office, charge, the office of an elder 1b2) the overseer or presiding officers of a Christian church
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1985 episkopos {ep-is'-kop-os} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 4649 (¨ú1983¤§·N); TDNT - 2:608,244;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bishop 6, overseer 1; 7 1) ºÊÅ@¤H (#©¼«e 2:25|) 2) ºÊ·þ

1985 episkopos {ep-is'-kop-os} from 1909 and 4649 (in the sense of 1983); TDNT - 2:608,244; n m AV - bishop 6, overseer 1; 7 1) an overseer 1a) a man charged with the duty of seeing that things to be done by others are done rightly, any curator, guardian or superintendent 1b) the superintendent, elder, or overseer of a Christian church
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1986 epispaomai {ep-ee-spah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 4685;; °Êµü AV - become circumcised 1; 1 1) ©Ô¤U¥]¥Ö(±»¹¢³Î§) (#ªL«e 7:18|) ¦Û¦w´£ªü­ô¥H©¼ªâ¥§(Antiochus Epiphanes [B.C. 175-164])¥H­°, ¦³¨ÇµS¤Ó¤H¬°¤F§K¨ü²§±Ð®{­¢®`©Î¬O§K©ó¦]µÛ¦Û¤v¨­Åé¤Wªº°êÄy°O¸¹¨ü ¤HÃÕ¯º,¦]¦¹¥Î¤H¤u¤âªk±N³Î§³Ñ¾lªº¥]¥Ö©Ô¤U,¥H§@±»¹¢.

1986 epispaomai {ep-ee-spah'-om-ahee} from 1909 and 4685;; v AV - become circumcised 1; 1 1) to draw on (let him not draw on his foreskin) From the days of Antiochus Epiphanes [B.C. 175-164] down, there had been Jews who, in order to conceal from heathen persecutors or scoffers the external sign of their nationality, circumcision, sought artificially to compel nature to reproduce the prepuce, by extending or drawing forward with an iron instrument the remnant of it still left, so as to cover the glands.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1987 epistamai {ep-is'-tam-ahee} ÅãµM¬O 2186(±a¦³3563ªº·N«ä) ªºÃö¨­»yºA;; °Êµü AV - know 13, understand 1; 14 1) ¨Ï¬Y¤H¤§ª`·N¤O¶°¤¤¦b..., ¨Ï¬Y¤H¤§¤ß«ä¦b..., ¨Ï¬Y¤H·Qªº³£¬O..., ¨Ï¬Y¤H¦n¦n«ä¦Ò... 1a) ¨Ï¼ô±x.., ¨Ï¤F¸Ñ... 1b) ¥H¾å±o... ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5825

1987 epistamai {ep-is'-tam-ahee} apparently a middle voice of 2186 (with 3563 implied);; v AV - know 13, understand 1; 14 1) to put one's attention on, fix one's thoughts on, to turn one's self or one's mind to, put one's thought upon a thing 1a) to be acquainted with, to understand 1b) to know For Synonyms see entry 5825
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1988 epistates {ep-is-tat'-ace} ·½¦Û 1909 and a presumed derivative of 2476; TDNT - 2:622,248;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Master 7; 7 1) ¥ô¦ó©Ê½èªº·þ¾É, ªø©x, ©Î¬OºÊ·þªÌ, ºÞ²zªÌ

1988 epistates {ep-is-tat'-ace} from 1909 and a presumed derivative of 2476; TDNT - 2:622,248; n m AV - Master 7; 7 1) any sort of superintendent or overseer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1989 epistello {ep-ee-stel'-lo} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 4724; TDNT - 7:593,1074; °Êµü AV - write 1, write unto 1, write a letter unto 1; 3 1) µo°e¤@­Ó«H®§µ¹¬Y¤H, ©R¥O, «ü´§ 2) ¼g«H 3) ¥H«H¥ó«ü¥Ü, ¼g«ü¾É§h©Jµ¹...

1989 epistello {ep-ee-stel'-lo} from 1909 and 4724; TDNT - 7:593,1074; v AV - write 1, write unto 1, write a letter unto 1; 3 1) to send one a message, command 2) to write a letter 3) to enjoin by letter, to write instructions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1990 epi¦r·Fon {ep-ee-stay'-mone} ·½¦Û 1987;; §Î®eµü AV - endued with knowledge 1; 1 1) Áo©úªº, ¦³¸gÅ窺, ¦³±M·~ª¾ÃѪº (#¶® 3:13|)

1990 epistemon {ep-ee-stay'-mone} from 1987;; adj AV - endued with knowledge 1; 1 1) intelligent, experienced, one having the knowledge of an expert
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1991 episterizo {ep-ee-stay-rid'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085; °Êµü AV - confirm 3, strengthen 1; 4 1) §ó¥[«Ø¥ß, ¨Ï§ó¾d©T 2) «P¨Ï§ó°í±j, °í©w

1991 episterizo {ep-ee-stay-rid'-zo} from 1909 and 4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085; v AV - confirm 3, strengthen 1; 4 1) to establish besides, strengthen more 2) to render more firm, confirm
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1992 epistole {ep-is-tol-ay'} ·½©ó 1989; TDNT - 7:593,1074; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - epistle 15, letter 9; 24 1) ®Ñ«H, «H¨ç

1992 epistole {ep-is-tol-ay'} from 1989; TDNT - 7:593,1074; n f AV - epistle 15, letter 9; 24 1) a letter, epistle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1993 epistomizo {ep-ee-stom-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4750;; °Êµü AV - stop the mouth 1; 1 1) ¬ù§ô¨¥»y, ¦í¼L 2) Áô³ë. ¦í¤f, ½pÀq (#¦h 1:11|)

1993 epistomizo {ep-ee-stom-id'-zo} from 1909 and 4750;; v AV - stop the mouth 1; 1 1) to bridle or stop up the mouth 2) metaph. to stop the mouth, reduce to silence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1994 epistrepho {ep-ee-stref'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 4762; TDNT - 7:722,1093; °Êµü AV - turn 16, be converted 6, return 6, turn about 4, turn again 3, misc 4; 39 1) §@¤Îª«°Êµü¥Î 1a) Âà¦V 1a1) Âà¦V¹ï¯u¯«ªº·q«ô 1b) ¨ÏÂà¦V, ¨ÏÂà¦^ 1b1) Âà¦^·R¼}¶¶ªA¤W«Ò 1b2) ¦V«Ä¤lªº·O·R 1b3) Âà¦V·R´¼¼z»P¤½¸q 2) §@¤£¤Îª«°Êµü¥Î 2a) Âà¦V¦Û¤v 2b) Âਭ 2c) ¦^¥h, ¦^Âà, ¦^¨Ó

1994 epistrepho {ep-ee-stref'-o} from 1909 and 4762; TDNT - 7:722,1093; v AV - turn 16, be converted 6, return 6, turn about 4, turn again 3, misc 4; 39 1) transitively 1a) to turn to 1a1) to the worship of the true God 1b) to cause to return, to bring back 1b1) to the love and obedience of God 1b2) to the love for the children 1b3) to love wisdom and righteousness 2) intransitively 2a) to turn to one's self 2b) to turn one's self about, turn back 2c) to return, turn back, come back
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1995 epistrophe {ep-is-trof-ay'} ·½¦Û 1994; TDNT - 7:722,1093; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - conversion 1; 1 1) ²§±Ð®{Â÷±ó«ô°¸¹³, ÂàÂk«H¯u¯«¤W«Ò (#®{ 15:3|)

1995 epistrophe {ep-is-trof-ay'} from 1994; TDNT - 7:722,1093; n f AV - conversion 1; 1 1) conversion (of the Gentiles from idolatry to the true God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1996 episunago {ep-ee-soon-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 4863; °Êµü AV - gather together 5, gather 2; 7 1) »E¶°, ¥l»E

1996 episunago {ep-ee-soon-ag'-o} from 1909 and 4863;; v AV - gather together 5, gather 2; 7 1) to gather together besides, to bring together to others already assembled 2) to gather together against 3) to gather together in one place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1997 episunagoge {ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay'} ·½©ó 1996; TDNT - 7:841,1107; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - gathering together 1, assembling together 1; 2 1) »E¶°¦b¤@³B 2) °ò·þ®{©Ò»E¦b¤@°_ªº©v±Ð»E·|

1997 episunagoge {ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay'} from 1996; TDNT - 7:841,1107; n f AV - gathering together 1, assembling together 1; 2 1) a gathering together in one place 2) the (religious) assembly (of Christians)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1998 episuntrecho {ep-ee-soon-trekh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4936;; °Êµü AV - come running together 1; 1 1) ÁÙ¦³¤@°_¦V...¶]¥h 1a) ¦V¤w»E¶°ªº¸s²³¶]¥h (#¥i 9:25|)

1998 episuntrecho {ep-ee-soon-trekh'-o} from 1909 and 4936;; v AV - come running together 1; 1 1) to run together besides 1a) to others already gathered
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
1999 episustasis {ep-ee-soo'-stas-is} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - that which comes upon 1, a raising up + 4160 1; 2 1) ¼É°Ê, Ä̶Ã, ¤Ï§Ü (#®{ 24:12; ªL«á 11:28|)

1999 episustasis {ep-ee-soo'-stas-is} from the middle voice of a compound of 1909 and 4921;; n f AV - that which comes upon 1, a raising up + 4160 1; 2 1) a hostile banding together or concourse 1a) to excite to a riotous gathering of the people to make a mob 1b) a troublesome throng of persons seeking help, counsel, comfort 1c) throng to one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2000 episphales {ep-ee-sfal-ace'} ·½¦Û a compound of 1909 and sphallo (to trip);; §Î®eµü AV - dangerous 1; 1 1) ©ö©ó¨I¸¨, ¶É¦V¶^¸¨ (#®{ 27:9|)

2000 episphales {ep-ee-sfal-ace'} from a compound of 1909 and sphallo (to trip);; adj AV - dangerous 1; 1 1) prone to fall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2001 epischo {ep-is-khoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 2480;; °Êµü AV - be more fierce 1; 1 1) µ¹©óÃB¥~ªº¤O¶q, ¨Ï§ó°í±j 2) ±o¨ì§ó¤jªº¤ä«ù¤O¶q, Åܱo§ó±j°· (#¸ô 2:35|)

2001 epischo {ep-is-khoo'-o} from 1909 and 2480;; v AV - be more fierce 1; 1 1) to give additional strength, to make stronger 2) to receive greater strength, grow stronger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2002 episoreuo {ep-ee-so-ryoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 4987; TDNT - 7:1094,1150; °Êµü AV - heap 1; 1 1) ²Ö¿n, °ï°_, Å|°_ (#´£«á 4:3|)

2002 episoreuo {ep-ee-so-ryoo'-o} from 1909 and 4987; TDNT - 7:1094,1150; v AV - heap 1; 1 1) to heap up, accumulate in piles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2003 epitage {ep-ee-tag-ay'} ·½¦Û 2004; TDNT - 8:36,1156; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - commandment 6, authority 1; 7 1) °V¿Ù,©R¥O; «ü¥O,

2003 epitage {ep-ee-tag-ay'} from 2004; TDNT - 8:36,1156; n f AV - commandment 6, authority 1; 7 1) an injunction, mandate, command
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2004 epitasso {ep-ee-tas'-so} ·½¦Û 1909 and 5021;; °Êµü AV - command 8, charge 1, enjoin 1; 10 1) ¦V...Åñ©J, ©R¥O, «ü´§, §h©J

2004 epitasso {ep-ee-tas'-so} from 1909 and 5021;; v AV - command 8, charge 1, enjoin 1; 10 1) to enjoin upon, order, command, charge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2005 epiteleo {ep-ee-tel-eh'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 5055; TDNT - 8:61,1161; °Êµü AV - perform 3, perfect 2, accomplish 2, finish 1, performance 1, make 1, do 1; 11 1) ¨Ï§¹µ², ¹ê²{§¹¦¨, ¨Ï§¹¬ü, ¼i¦æ¹ê¦æ, §¹¦¨ 1a) ¿Ë¦Û¥h¹ê¦æ, ¾á­t 1b) ¿Ë¦Û¨Ï¨ä§¹¦¨ 1b1) ²×¤î 2) «ü©wµ¹..., ±j¥[©ó...

2005 epiteleo {ep-ee-tel-eh'-o} from 1909 and 5055; TDNT - 8:61,1161; v AV - perform 3, perfect 2, accomplish 2, finish 1, performance 1, make 1, do 1; 11 1) to bring to an end, accomplish, perfect, execute, complete 1a) to take upon one's self 1b) to make an end for one's self 1b1) to leave off 2) to appoint to, impose upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2006 epitedeios {ep-ee-tay'-di-os} ·½¦Û epitedes (enough);; §Î®eµü AV - things which are needful 1; 1 1) ¦X¾A, ¾A©yªº, ¤è«K¦³§Qªº 2) ¦³»Ý­nªº, ¯S«ü¤é±`©Ò»Ý (#¶® 2:16|)

2006 epitedeios {ep-ee-tay'-di-os} from epitedes (enough);; adj AV - things which are needful 1; 1 1) fit, suitable, convenient, advantageous 2) needful, esp. of the necessities of life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2007 epitithemi {ep-ee-tith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 5087; TDNT - 8:159,1176; °Êµü AV - lay on 10, lay 7, put 6, lay upon 4, put on 3, put upon 2, set 2, not tr 1, misc 7; 42 1) ©ñ¦b, ¸m©ó 1a) (¦r¸qªº)¸g¬Yª«¸m©ó¬Yª«,©Î¬Y¤H¨­¤W 1b) (³ë·Nªº)­°¨a, ¬I¤© 1c) °eµ¹ (#®{ 28:10|) 2) §ðÀ», ´¡¤â (#®{ 18:10|)

2007 epitithemi {ep-ee-tith'-ay-mee} from 1909 and 5087; TDNT - 8:159,1176; v AV - lay on 10, lay 7, put 6, lay upon 4, put on 3, put upon 2, set 2, not tr 1, misc 7; 42 1) in the active voice 1a) to put or lay upon 1b) to add to 2) in the middle voice 2a) to have put on, bid to be laid on 2b) to lay or throw one's self upon 2c) to attack one, to make an assault on one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2008 epitimao {ep-ee-tee-mah'-o} ·½¦Û1909 »P 5091; TDNT - 2:623,249; °Êµü AV - rebuke 24, charge 4, straightly charge 1; 29 1) §h©J, ³d³Æ, ¥¸³d, ÄYµüĵ»|

2008 epitimao {ep-ee-tee-mah'-o} from 1909 and 5091; TDNT - 2:623,249; v AV - rebuke 24, charge 4, straightly charge 1; 29 1) to show honour to, to honour 2) to raise the price of 3) to adjudge, award, in the sense of merited penalty 4) to tax with fault, rate, chide, rebuke, reprove, censure severely 4a) to admonish or charge sharply
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2009 epitimia {ep-ee-tee-mee'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 1909 and 5092; TDNT - 2:627,249; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - punishment 1; 1 1) ³B»@,¦D»@,Ãg»@

2009 epitimia {ep-ee-tee-mee'-ah} from a compound of 1909 and 5092; TDNT - 2:627,249; n f AV - punishment 1; 1 1) punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2010 epitrepo {ep-ee-trep'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 5157 ªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - suffer 10, permit 4, give leave 2, give liberty 1, give license 1, let 1; 19 1) Âà¦V..., Â൹..., ©e°U, «ü¾É 2) ¤¹³\, ®e³\, ­ã³\(­ã°², ­ã©óÂ÷¶})

2010 epitrepo {ep-ee-trep'-o} from 1909 and the base of 5157;; v AV - suffer 10, permit 4, give leave 2, give liberty 1, give license 1, let 1; 19 1) to turn to, transfer, commit, instruct 2) to permit, allow, give leave
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2011 epitrope {ep-ee-trop-ay'} ·½¦Û 2010;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - commission 1; 1 1) ­ã³\µý, Åv¤O, ©e¥ôª¬ #®{ 26:12|

2011 epitrope {ep-ee-trop-ay'} from 2010;; n f AV - commission 1; 1 1) permission, power, commission
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2012 epitropos {ep-it'-rop-os} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 5158 (¨ú2011¤§·N); ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - steward 2, tutor 1; 3 1) Á`ºÞ,ºÞ®a,»â¯Z 2) ºÊÅ@¤H (#¥[ 4:2|)

2012 epitropos {ep-it'-rop-os} from 1909 and 5158 (in the sense of 2011);; n m AV - steward 2, tutor 1; 3 1) one to whose care or honour anything has been instructed 1a) a curator, a guardian 1b) a steward or manager of a household, or of lands 1b1) overseer 1c) one who has the care and tutelage of children, either where the father is dead (a guardian of minors), or where the father is still alive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2013 epitugchano {ep-ee-toong-khan'-o} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 5177;; °Êµü AV - obtain 5; 5 1) («D¨è·N¦a)µo²{©Î§ä¨ì¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª« 2) ¹F¦¨, ±o¨ì

2013 epitugchano {ep-ee-toong-khan'-o} from 1909 and 5177;; v AV - obtain 5; 5 1) to light or hit upon any person or thing 2) to attain to, obtain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2014 epiphaino {ep-ee-fah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 1909 and 5316; TDNT - 9:7,1244; °Êµü AV - appear 3, give light 1; 4 1) ÅãÅS¦b 1a) ¤Þ¨ì¥ú©ú³B 2) ¥X²{, ¨Ï¬°¥i¨£ªº 2a) ¬P¨° 3) Åܬ°²M´·¥iª¾ªº, Åã²{¦Û¤v

2014 epiphaino {ep-ee-fah'-ee-no} from 1909 and 5316; TDNT - 9:7,1244; v AV - appear 3, give light 1; 4 1) to show to or upon 1a) to bring to light 2) to appear, become visible 2a) of stars 3) to become clearly known, to show one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2015 epiphaneia {ep-if-an'-i-ah} ·½¦Û 2016; TDNT - 9:7,1244; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - appearing 5, brightness 1; 6 1) ¥X²{, Åã²{

2015 epiphaneia {ep-if-an'-i-ah} from 2016; TDNT - 9:7,1244; n f AV - appearing 5, brightness 1; 6 1) an appearing, appearance Often used of the glorious manifestation of the gods, and esp. of their advent to help; in the NT the advent of Christ, -- not only that which has already taken place and by which his presence and power appear in the saving light he has shed upon mankind, but also that illustrious return from heaven to earth to occur in the future.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2016 epiphanes {ep-if-an-ace'} ·½¦Û 2014; TDNT - 9:7,1244; §Î®eµü AV - notable 1; 1 1) ©úÅ㪺, ÅãµÛªº, ³Ç¥X¨ô¶Vªº (#®{ 2:20|)

2016 epiphanes {ep-if-an-ace'} from 2014; TDNT - 9:7,1244; adj AV - notable 1; 1 1) conspicuous, manifest, illustrious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2017 epiphausko {ep-ee-fows'-ko} ...¤§¤@«¬ 2014; TDNT - 9:310,*; °Êµü AV - give light 1; 1 1) ·Ó«G¦b 1a) °ò·þ¯«¸tªº¯u²z¶É­Ë¦b§A­Ì¨­¤W¦p¦P¶§¥ú³ê¿ôºÎ¹Ú¤¤ªº¤H (#¥± 5:14|)

2017 epiphausko {ep-ee-fows'-ko} a form of 2014; TDNT - 9:310,*; v AV - give light 1; 1 1) to shine upon 1a) Christ will pour upon you the divine truth as the sun gives light to men aroused from sleep
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2018 epiphero {ep-ee-fer'-o} ·½¦Û1909 »P 5342; °Êµü AV - bring 2, take 1, add 1, bring against 1; 5 1) ­°«ã, Ãg¸o 2) ¬I¥[, ¼W¥[ 4) ¬I¤©, ¥[¦b....¨­¤W,

2018 epiphero {ep-ee-fer'-o} from 1909 and 5342;; v AV - bring 2, take 1, add 1, bring against 1; 5 1) to bring upon, bring forward 1a) used of accusers 2) to lay upon, to inflict 3) to bring upon, i.e. in addition, to add, increase 4) to put upon, cast upon, impose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2019 epiphoneo {ep-ee-fo-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 5455;; °Êµü AV - cry 1, give a shout 1, cry against 1; 3 1) ¥s¥XÁn, ³Û¥s, §q¥s (#¸ô 23:21; ®{ 12:22,24|)

2019 epiphoneo {ep-ee-fo-neh'-o} from 1909 and 5455;; v AV - cry 1, give a shout 1, cry against 1; 3 1) to call out to, shout
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2020 epiphosko {ep-ee-foce'-ko} ...¤§¤@«¬ 2017; TDNT - 9:310,1293; °Êµü AV - begin to dawn 1, draw on 1; 2 1) ¶}©l¦³¥ú, ¯}¾å

2020 epiphosko {ep-ee-foce'-ko} a form of 2017; TDNT - 9:310,1293; v AV - begin to dawn 1, draw on 1; 2 1) to grow light, to dawn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2021 epicheireo {ep-ee-khi-reh'-o} from 1909 and 5495;; °Êµü AV - take in hand 1, go about 1, take upon 1; 3 ±q¨Æ, ¥ø¹Ï, ·Q

2021 epicheireo {ep-ee-khi-reh'-o} from 1909 and 5495;; v AV - take in hand 1, go about 1, take upon 1; 3 1) to put the hand to 2) to take in hand, undertake, attempt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2022 epicheo {ep-ee-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and cheo (to pour);; °Êµü AV - pour in 1; 1 1) ­Ë¦b, Äé¤J (#¸ô 10:34|)

2022 epicheo {ep-ee-kheh'-o} from 1909 and cheo (to pour);; v AV - pour in 1; 1 1) to pour upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2023 epichoregeo {ep-ee-khor-ayg-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 5524;; °Êµü AV - minister 2, minister nourishment 1, add 1, minister unto 1; 5 1) ¨ÑÀ³, ´£¨Ñ¸Ë³Æ, µ¹¤©¼ú½à 2) ³Q¨ÑÀ³ªº, ³Q±a»â¬ÝºÞªª¾iªº, ³Q¨ó§Uªº

2023 epichoregeo {ep-ee-khor-ayg-eh'-o} from 1909 and 5524;; v AV - minister 2, minister nourishment 1, add 1, minister unto 1; 5 1) to supply, furnish, present 2) to be supplied, ministered to, assisted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2024 epichoregia {ep-ee-khor-ayg-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2023;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - supply 2; 2 1) ¨Ñµ¹, ¨ÑÀ³

2024 epichoregia {ep-ee-khor-ayg-ee'-ah} from 2023;; n f AV - supply 2; 2 1) a supplying, supply
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2025 epichrio {ep-ee-khree'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and 5548;; °Êµü AV - anoint 1, anoint + 1909 1; 2 1) ¶î¼Å, ©Ù¤W, ¶î©Ù...¦b...¤W (#¬ù 9:6,11|)

2025 epichrio {ep-ee-khree'-o} from 1909 and 5548;; v AV - anoint 1, anoint + 1909 1; 2 1) to spread on, anoint anything upon anything
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2026 epoikodomeo {ep-oy-kod-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 3618; TDNT - 5:147,674; °Êµü AV - build up 3, build thereupon 2, build 2, build thereon 1; 8 1) «Ø³y, «Ø¥ß ¦b­ì¥»¤w¸g¥´¦nªº°ò¦¤WÄ~Äò§¹¦¨¨ä«Ø³] ¨Ï°ò·þªº¯u²z©M¥Í¬¡ªºÀ³¥Î¯à¤@¦P¼Wªø.

2026 epoikodomeo {ep-oy-kod-om-eh'-o} from 1909 and 3618; TDNT - 5:147,674; v AV - build up 3, build thereupon 2, build 2, build thereon 1; 8 1) to build upon, build up To finish the structure of which the foundation has already been laid, to give constant increase in Christian knowledge and in a life conformed thereto.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2027 epokello {ep-ok-el'-lo} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M okello (ÅXµ¦); °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - run aground 1; 1 1) ¶}¤W¥h, ¼²¤W¥h 1a) ¨Ï²îÀÁ²L

2027 epokello {ep-ok-el'-lo} from 1909 and okello (to urge);; v AV - run aground 1; 1 1) to drive upon, strike against 1a) to run a ship aground
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2028 eponomazo {ep-on-om-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 1909 »P 3687; TDNT - 5:282,694; °Êµü AV - call 1; 1 1) ©R¦W¤§, ¨ú¦W¤§ 2) ³QºÙ¬°

2028 eponomazo {ep-on-om-ad'-zo} from 1909 and 3687; TDNT - 5:282,694; v AV - call 1; 1 1) to put a name upon, name 2) to be named
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2029 epopteuo {ep-opt-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 1909 and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706; °Êµü AV - behold 2; 2 1) ¦¨¬°¦u±æªÌ 2) ¯d·N©ó..., ª`·N¬d¬Ý 3) Æ[¬Ý¦u±æ (#©¼«e 2:12, 3:2|)

2029 epopteuo {ep-opt-yoo'-o} from 1909 and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706; v AV - behold 2; 2 1) to be an overseer 2) to look upon, view attentively 3) to watch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2030 epoptes {ep-op'-tace} from 1909 and a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - eyewitness 1; 1 1) ºÊ·þ, À˵ø­û 2) ®ÇÆ[ªÌ, ¥ô¦ó¨Æ±¡ªº¥ØÀ»ÃÒ¤H (#©¼«á 1:16|) ³o¦r¬O¥Î¥H«ü´¿°Ñ¥[²Ä¤T¯Å(§Y³Ì°ª¼h¦¸)ªºEleusinian¶ø¯µ¼y¨å»ö¦¡ªº¤H¦Ó¨¥; ¦b¥j§ÆÃ¾®É, ³o¬O¦bEleusis©MAthens¨C¦~¤@«×ªº¤j¨Æ, ¥Î¥H¬ö©À­ß©²¤k¤ý(Persephone,Hades¤§©d)ªº ³Q»¤©ä©MÂk¦^, ¨ÃºaÄ£Demeter¤k¯«(¥q¹A·~,Â×ÄÇ,µ²±B)©MBacchus(°s¯«)ªº¨ÆÂÝ. §ÆÃ¾¯«¸Ü¤¤, Persephone¬O¤k¯«Demeterªº¤k¨à, ·íPersephone¦³¤@¦¸¦b³¥¥~±Ä¶°ªá¥c®É, ³QHades±j¾Û¦Ü¦a©². Demeter¦b¶Ë¤ß¤§¾l¦ÛÄ@­°¦Ü¤Z¶¡, ¨ìEleusisªº¤@¤á¤H®a§@½È¥À, ·í¨ä ¨­¤À·N¥~³Qµo²{«á, ¦o­n¨D·í¦a¤H¬°¦o»\¤@®y¯«¼q. ¦]¨ä«sºE, ©Úµ´¦^¨ì¶øªL¤Ç¨È¤s¤W²³¯«¨º¸Ì, ¨Ã ¥B©Úµ´Åý¤g¦a¯à¦³¥Í²£, ³Ì«á¥Ñ©z´µ¬£¯«¦Ü¦a©²¦VHades°Q¦^¤F¦oªº¤k¨àPersephone.

2030 epoptes {ep-op'-tace} from 1909 and a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706; n m AV - eyewitness 1; 1 1) an overseer, inspector 2) spectator, eye witness of anything This was the name given to those who had attained to the third, i.e the highest grade of the Eleusinian mysteries; these were celebrated annually at Eleusis and Athens in ancient times, in memory of the abduction and return of Persephone and in honour of Demeter and Bacchus.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2031 epos {ep'-os} ·½©ó 2036;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - say + 2036 1; 1 1) ¤@¥y¸Ü

2031 epos {ep'-os} from 2036;; n n AV - say + 2036 1; 1 1) a word
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2032 epouranios {ep-oo-ran'-ee-os} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 3772; TDNT - 5:538,736; §Î®eµü AV - heavenly 16, celestial 2, in heaven 1, high 1; 20 1) ¨ä¦b¤Ñ°ê¤¤ªº 1a) ¦b¤Ñ°ê¤¤©Òµo¥Íªº¨Æ 1b) «ü¤Ñ°êªº»â°ì 1b1) «ü¤Ñ°ê¥»¨­, ¯«»P¤Ñ¨Ï©Ò¦íªº¦a¤è 1b2) §C¤@¼hªº¤Ñ, «ü¤Ñ¤WªºÁc¬P, ¥~¤ÓªÅ¦t©z 1b3) ¤ÑªÅ, «ü¤Ñ¤Wªº¶³®ðµ¥ 1c) «ü¯«ªº·µ©Î¸t©Ò 2) «ü¤Ñ°êªº¥»·½¤Î¥»½è

2032 epouranios {ep-oo-ran'-ee-os} from 1909 and 3772; TDNT - 5:538,736; adj AV - heavenly 16, celestial 2, in heaven 1, high 1; 20 1) existing in heaven 1a) things that take place in heaven 1b) the heavenly regions 1b1) heaven itself, the abode of God and angels 1b2) the lower heavens, of the stars 1b3) the heavens, of the clouds 1c) the heavenly temple or sanctuary 2) of heavenly origin or nature
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2033 hepta {hep-tah'} ¤@­Ó°ò¼Æ; TDNT - 2:627,249; ¤Q¶i¦ìªº¼Æ, ¦Wµü AV - seven 86, seventh 1; 87 1) ¤C

2033 hepta {hep-tah'} a primary number; TDNT - 2:627,249; n indecl AV - seven 86, seventh 1; 87 1) seven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2034 heptakis {hep-tak-is'} ·½¦Û 2033; TDNT - 2:627,249; °Æµü AV - seven times 4; 4 1) ¤C¦¸ (#¤Ó 18:21-22; ¸ô 17:4|)

2034 heptakis {hep-tak-is'} from 2033; TDNT - 2:627,249; adv AV - seven times 4; 4 1) seven times
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2035 heptakischilioi {hep-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û 2034 and 5507; TDNT - 2:627,249; n AV - seven thousand 1; 1 1) ¤C¤d (#ù 11:4|)

2035 heptakischilioi {hep-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy} from 2034 and 5507; TDNT - 2:627,249; n AV - seven thousand 1; 1 1) seven thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2036 epo {ep'-o} °ò¥»«¬°Êµü (¥u¥Î©ó¯S©wªº²{¦b¦¡, ¨ä¥¦­n­É¥Î 2046, 4483, ©M 5346);; °Êµü AV - say 859, speak 57, tell 41, command 8, bid 5, misc 6, vr say 1; 977 1) §i¶D, »¡

2036 epo {ep'-o} a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from 2046, 4483, and 5346);; v AV - say 859, speak 57, tell 41, command 8, bid 5, misc 6, vr say 1; 977 1) to speak, say
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2037 Erastos {er'-as-tos} ·½¦Û erao (to love);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Erastus 3; 3 ¥H©Ô³£ = "¤ß·Rªº" 1) ¨Ï®{«Oùªº¦P¦ñ 2) ¶Q±Úªº¤º¨Í©Î§ó½T¤Áªº»¡¬O­ôªL¦hªº¬F©²¥X¯Ç­û

2037 Erastos {er'-as-tos} from erao (to love);; n pr m AV - Erastus 3; 3 Erastus = "beloved" 1) a companion of the apostle Paul 2) the chamberlain or rather the public treasurer, of Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2038 ergazomai {er-gad'-zom-ahee} 2041 Ãö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 2:635,251; °Êµü AV - work 22, wrought 7, do 3, minister about 1, forbear working + 3361 1, labour for 1, labour 1, commit 1, trade by 1, trade 1; 39 1) ¤u§@, ³Ò°Ê, ·F¬¡, §@¤u 2) ¥æ©ö, ¸g¥æ©ö¦ÓÀò§Q, "§@¥Í·N" 3) °µ, §@¥X 3a) °õ¦æ, ¶i¦æ, §@ 3b) ¨Ï¦s¦b, ¥Í²£, §@¥X¨Ó 4) ¬°...¦Ó·F, ±Ã±o, Àò±o

2038 ergazomai {er-gad'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 2041; TDNT - 2:635,251; v AV - work 22, wrought 7, do 3, minister about 1, forbear working + 3361 1, labour for 1, labour 1, commit 1, trade by 1, trade 1; 39 1) to work, labour, do work 2) to trade, to make gains by trading, "do business" 3) to do, work out 3a) exercise, perform, commit 3b) to cause to exist, produce 4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2039 ergasia {er-gas-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2040; TDNT - 2:635,251; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - gain 3, craft 1, diligence 1, work 1; 6 1) ¤u§@, °õ¦æ 2) ¤u§@, ¥Í·N 3) ¥Ñ¤u§@¦Ó±oªºÀò§Q, §Q¼í 4) ºÉ¤O, ¹Ã¤ßÃw¦å

2039 ergasia {er-gas-ee'-ah} from 2040; TDNT - 2:635,251; n f AV - gain 3, craft 1, diligence 1, work 1; 6 1) a working, performing 2) work, business 3) gain got by work, profit 4) endeavour, pains
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2040 ergates {er-gat'-ace} ·½¦Û 2041; TDNT - 2:635,251;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - labourer 10, workman 3, worker 3; 16 1) ³Ò°ÊªÌ, ³Ò¤u 1a) ³Q¹µ¥Îªº±q¨Æ¹Aª«ªº¤u¤H, ¹A¤H 2) °µ¨Æªº¤H, ¤u¤H, °µÃa¨Æªº¤H, ¥Ç¸oªÌ

2040 ergates {er-gat'-ace} from 2041; TDNT - 2:635,251; n m AV - labourer 10, workman 3, worker 3; 16 1) a workman, a labourer 1a) usually one who works for hire esp. an agricultural worker 2) one who does, a worker, perpetrator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2041 ergon {er'-gon} ·½¦Û¤w¼o±ó¤£¥Îªºergo (¤u§@); TDNT - 2:635,251; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - work 152, deed 22, doing 1, labour 1; 176 1) ¨Æ·~,¤u§@,«ü¾·~ 1a) ¬Y¤H©Ò±q¨Æªº¨Æ±¡,¸gÀ窺¨Æ·~¡B¥ø·~ 2) ¥ô¦ó¥Ñ¤â¤u¡B§ÞÃÀ¡B¤u·~¡B¤ß«ä©Ò§¹¦¨ªº¤u§@ 3) ¤@­Ó¦æ¬°¡B¦æ°Ê, ¹ê»Ú§¹¦¨¤@­Ó¤u§@: ¯S§O±j½Õ¬Û¹ï©ó¤u§@¡A«oºâ¤£¤W¬O¤u§@ªº¡C

2041 ergon {er'-gon} from a primary (but obsolete) ergo (to work); TDNT - 2:635,251; n n AV - work 152, deed 22, doing 1, labour 1; 176 1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied 1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking 2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art, industry, or mind 3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in opp. to that which is less than work
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2042 erethizo {er-eth-id'-zo} ·½¦Û a presumed prolonged form of 2054;; °Êµü AV - provoke 2; 2 1) ÅͰÊ, ¿E°Ê, ¨ë¿E, º´°Ê, ¿E«ã (#ªL«á 9:2; ¦è 3:21|)

2042 erethizo {er-eth-id'-zo} from a presumed prolonged form of 2054;; v AV - provoke 2; 2 1) to stir up, excite, stimulate, to provoke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2043 ereido {er-i'-do} of obscure affinity;; °Êµü AV - stick fast 1; 1 1) ¨Ï©T©w, í©T¦a¤ä¼µ¦í (#®{ 27:41|)

2043 ereido {er-i'-do} of obscure affinity;; v AV - stick fast 1; 1 1) to fix, prop firmly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2044 ereugomai {er-yoog'-om-ahee} §ä¤£¨ì¬Û¦üªº¦r;; °Êµü AV - utter 1; 1 1) ¦R©Î¹Ã¦R¥X¨Ó 2) ÅܪÅ, ±Æ¥X¥¦¦Û¤v, ¨Ï¥Î·Ë¬y 2a) ­ËªÅ, ±Æ¥X, ¦V«e§ëÂY, ¨Ï¥Î¦¿ªe©M´ò®ü 3) ¶D»¡¨¥Ãã, ³¯­z¥X·N¨£¨Ó, Á¿»¡

2044 ereugomai {er-yoog'-om-ahee} of uncertain affinity;; v AV - utter 1; 1 1) to spit or spew out 2) to be emptied, discharge itself, used of streams 2a) to empty, discharge, cast forth, used of rivers and waters 3) to pour forth words, to speak out, utter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2045 ereunao {er-yoo-nah'-o} ÅãµM·½¦Û 2046 (¥¦ªºÆ[©À¨Ó·½©ó¸ß°Ý); TDNT - 2:655,255; °Êµü AV - search 6; 6 1) ¬}¹î, ²Ó¹î, ¬}±x, ¬ã¨s, ¬d¦Ò±´¨s

2045 ereunao {er-yoo-nah'-o} apparently from 2046 (through the idea of enquiry); TDNT - 2:655,255; v AV - search 6; 6 1) to search, examine into
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2046 ereo {er-eh'-o} ¥i¯à¬O 4483 §ó§¹¾ãªº«¬¦¡, ¦b¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA¤W¬O¥i¥Î¥H´À¥N 2036 ªº;; °Êµü AV - say 57, speak 7, tell 4, speak of 2, call 1; 71 1) µo¨¥, ºt»¡, »¡¸Ü

2046 ereo {er-eh'-o} probably a fuller form of 4483, an alternate for 2036 in cert. tenses;; v AV - say 57, speak 7, tell 4, speak of 2, call 1; 71 1) to utter, speak, say
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2047 eremia {er-ay-mee'-ah} ·½©ó 2048; TDNT - 2:657,255; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wilderness 3, desert 1; 4 1) ¯î³¥, µL¤H©~¦í¤§¦a, ¯î¦a

2047 eremia {er-ay-mee'-ah} from 2048; TDNT - 2:657,255; n f AV - wilderness 3, desert 1; 4 1) a solitude, an uninhabited region, a waste
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2048 eremos {er'-ay-mos} ¤@ºØ¤£½T©wªº¬Û¦ü; TDNT - 2:657,255; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - wilderness 32, desert 13, desolate 4, solitary 1; 50 1)¿W©~,©t¿Wªº,¯î²Dªº,µL¤H©~¦íªº 1a) ¥Î©ó¦a¤è 1a1)¨Fºz¡B¯î³¥ 1a2) ¨Fºz¦a±a, ¤H¸ñ¨u¦Üªº¦a¤è 1a3)¥¼¶}µoªº¦a¤è 1b)¥Î©ó¤H 1b1)³Q¨ä¥L¤H±Æ¥¸ 1b2) ³Q¨ä¥L¤H­é¹Ü«OÅ@»PÀ°§U¡A¯S§O«üªB¤Í¡B¼ôÃѪ̡B¦P¦å½tªÌ 1b3)³Q­é¹Üªº,³à¥¢ªº,¥¢¥h¿Ë¤Hªº 1b3a) ¥¢¥hªª¦Ï¤H«OÅ@ªº¯b¸s 1b3b) ³Q¤V¤Ò©¿²¤ªº¤k¤H¡A¨ä¥ý¥Í¤£Ä@ºÉ¨ä¬°¤H¤Òªº¸q°Èªº¤k¤H

2048 eremos {er'-ay-mos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:657,255; adjective AV - wilderness 32, desert 13, desolate 4, solitary 1; 50 1) solitary, lonely, desolate, uninhabited 1a) used of places 1a1) a desert, wilderness 1a2) deserted places, lonely regions 1a3) an uncultivated region fit for pasturage 1b) used of persons 1b1) deserted by others 1b2) deprived of the aid and protection of others, especially of friends, acquaintances, kindred 1b3) bereft 1b3a) of a flock deserted by the shepherd 1b3b) of a women neglected by her husband, from whom the husband withholds himself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2049 eremoo {er-ay-mo'-o} ·½¦Û 2048; TDNT - 2:657,255; °Êµü AV - bring to desolation 2, desolate 1, come to nought 1, make desolate 1; 5 1) ¨Ï¯î¼o, ¿äÆn 2) ·´·À, ¨Ï¦¨¬°¯î¦a 3) ±°¹Ü¤@­Ó¤H, ­é¹Ü¦oªº°]²£

2049 eremoo {er-ay-mo'-o} from 2048; TDNT - 2:657,255; v AV - bring to desolation 2, desolate 1, come to nought 1, make desolate 1; 5 1) to make desolate, lay waste 2) to ruin, bring to desolation 3) to despoil one, strip her of her treasures
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2050 eremosis {er-ay'-mo-sis} ·½¦Û 2049; TDNT - 2:660,255; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - desolation 3; 3 1) ¨Ï±o¯î¿¾, ¯î¿¾

2050 eremosis {er-ay'-mo-sis} from 2049; TDNT - 2:660,255; n f AV - desolation 3; 3 1) a making desolate, desolation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2051 erizo {er-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2054;; °Êµü AV - strive 1; 1 1) ª§½×, »P¤H¦³ªÈ¯É 1a) ¥Î¨Ó¹ï¤ñ­C¿q¨HµÛªºµÊ®ð©MµS¤Ó¯«¾Ç®a¬°¤F±Ð¸q©M¹ê½î¦Óª§§nªº¼É¯P (#¤Ó 12:19|)

2051 erizo {er-id'-zo} from 2054;; v AV - strive 1; 1 1) to wrangle, engage in strife 1a) used to describe the calm temper of Jesus in contrast with the vehemence of the Jewish doctors wrangling together about tenets and practices
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2052 eritheia {er-ith-i'-ah} ¤j·§»P 2941 ¦P; TDNT - 2:660,256; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - strife 5, contention 1, contentious + 1537 1; 7 1) ¬°¤F¾¦ì¦Ó±q¨Æ¬¡°Ê©Î¬O¹Ï¿Ñ 1a) ÅãµM¦a¡A¦b·s¬ù¸Ì¬O«ü¤@ºØ°l¨D¤Wªº®t²§¡A¤@ºØ§â¦Û¤v©ñ¦b«e­±ªº´÷±æ¡A ¤@ºØÄÒ¬£©Êªº©M¥ô©Êªº¡A¤£»À±ó§C«U¸Þ­pªºÆF 1b) ÄÒ¬£·NÃÑ, ¨Ä»÷¥ô©Ê

2052 eritheia {er-ith-i'-ah} perhaps as the same as 2042; TDNT - 2:660,256; n f AV - strife 5, contention 1, contentious + 1537 1; 7 1) electioneering or intriguing for office 1a) apparently, in the NT a courting distinction, a desire to put one's self forward, a partisan and fractious spirit which does not disdain low arts 1b) partisanship, fractiousness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2053 erion {er'-ee-on} §ä¤£¨ì©úÅã©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - wool 2; 2 1) ¦Ï¤ò

2053 erion {er'-ee-on} of obscure affinity;; n n AV - wool 2; 2 1) wool
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2054 eris {er'-is} of uncertain affinity;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - strife 4, debate 2, contention 2, variance 1; 9 1) ª§Äv, ª§°«, ªÈ¯É,ª§½×

2054 eris {er'-is} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - strife 4, debate 2, contention 2, variance 1; 9 1) contention, strife, wrangling
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2055 eriphion {er-if'-ee-on} ·½¦Û 2056;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - goat 1; 1 1) ¤p«Ä, ¤p¤s¦Ï

2055 eriphion {er-if'-ee-on} from 2056;; n n AV - goat 1; 1 1) a kid, a young goat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2056 eriphos {er'-if-os} ¤]³\»P2053¦P·½ (¦³¦h¤ò¡B¤ò¾vª¬ªºÆ[©À);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - goat 1, kid 1; 2 1) ¤p¤s¦Ï,¤s¦Ï¯Ì

2056 eriphos {er'-if-os} perhaps from the same as 2053 (through the idea of hairiness);; n m AV - goat 1, kid 1; 2 1) a kid, a young goat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2057 Hermas {her-mas'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2060;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Hermas 1; 1 ¶Â°¨= "¤ô»È, ¨E, ù°¨¯«¸Ü²ö¥C¨½" 1) ¦b(#ù 16:14|)³Q´£¤Îªº°ò·þ®{, ®Ú¾Ú¶Ç²Î, ¥L¬O¤C¤Qªù®{¤§¤@, ¤§«á¬°Dalmatia ªº¥D±Ð (A.D. 55)

2057 Hermas {her-mas'} probably from 2060;; n pr m AV - Hermas 1; 1 Hermas = "Mercury" 1) a Christian mentioned in Rom. 16:14. According to tradition, he was one of the seventy disciples, and afterwards bishop of Dalmatia. (A.D. 55)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2058 hermeneia {her-may-ni'-ah} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2059; TDNT - 2:661,256; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - interpretation 2; 2 1) ½Ķ, ÄÄ©ú 1a) µù¸Ñ©ÎÄÄ©ú¥L¤H¼Ò½k¤£²Mªº¨¥»y (#ªL«e 12:10, 14:26|)

2058 hermeneia {her-may-ni'-ah} from the same as 2059; TDNT - 2:661,256; n f AV - interpretation 2; 2 1) interpretation 1a) of what has been spoken more or less obscurely by others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2059 hermeneuo {her-mayn-yoo'-o} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 2060 (»y¨¥¤§¯«) ªº¦r; TDNT - 2:661,256; °Êµü AV - by interpretation 3, being interpreted 1; 4 1) ¸ÑÄÀ¥X¨Ó, »¡©ú 2) ÄÄ­z»¡©ú 2a) ±N¥Ñ¥~¤å©Ò»¡©Î¼g¥XªºªF¦è½Ķ¦¨·í¦aªº»y¨¥

2059 hermeneuo {her-mayn-yoo'-o} from a presumed derivative of 2060 (as the god of language); TDNT - 2:661,256; v AV - by interpretation 3, being interpreted 1; 4 1) to explain in words, expound 2) to interpret 2a) to translate what has been spoken or written in a foreign tongue into the vernacular
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2060 Hermes {her-mace'} perhaps from 2046;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mercurius 1, Hermes a Christian 1; 2 ²ö¥C¨½, §Æ¦Õ¦Ì©Î¶Â¦Ì = "²³¯«ªº¨ÏªÌ" 1) §ÆÃ¾¤k¯«, ù°¨¤Hªº²ö¥C¨½¯« 2) ¬Y¦ì°ò·þ®{ (#®{ 14:12; ù 16:14|)

2060 Hermes {her-mace'} perhaps from 2046;; n pr m AV - Mercurius 1, Hermes a Christian 1; 2 Mercurius or Hermes = "herald of the gods" 1) a Greek deity called by the Romans Mercurius (Mercury) 2) a certain Christian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2061 Hermogenes {her-mog-en'-ace} ·½¦Û 2060 and 1096;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Hermogenes 1; 1 ¶Â¼¯¨ä¥§= "©¯¹Bªº¥X¥Í©Îù°¨¯«¸Ü²ö¥C¨½©Ò¥Í" 1) ´£«á 1:15 ©Ò´£¨ìªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{ (#´£«á 1:15|)

2061 Hermogenes {her-mog-en'-ace} from 2060 and 1096;; n pr m AV - Hermogenes 1; 1 Hermogenes = "lucky born or born of Mercury" 1) a certain Christian mentioned in 2 Ti. 1:15
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2062 herpeton {her-pet-on'} ¤¤©Ê of a derivative of herpo (to creep);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - creeping thing 3, serpent 1; 4 1) ª¦¦æªº°Êª«, ª¦ÂÎÃþ 1a) ³q±`«ü³DÃþ 2) ¥ô¦óºØÃþªº°Êª« 2a) «ü¥|ªÏ°Êª«©Î³¾Ãþ 2b) «ü®ü¬v°Êª«

2062 herpeton {her-pet-on'} neuter of a derivative of herpo (to creep);; n n AV - creeping thing 3, serpent 1; 4 1) a creeping animal, reptile 1a) used chiefly of snakes 2) an animal of any sort 2a) four-legged animals and birds 2b) marine animals
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2063 eruthros {er-oo-thros'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; §Î®eµü AV - Red 2; 2 1) ¬õ®ü 1a) ¦L«×¬v¨RÀ»ªü©Ô§B©Mªi´µ®ü©¤, ³y¦¨¨â­Ó®üÆW, ¦bªF¤èªº¥s§@ªi´µÆW, ¥t¤@­Ó¦bªü©Ô§B¥b ®qªº¥t¤@Ãä. ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, ¦¹¦r¥Î¥H«üªü©Ô§BÆWªº¤W(¥_)­±ªº³¡¤À(Heropolitie ÆW, §Y©Ò¿×ªºÄ¬¥ì¤hÆW), ¥H¦â¦Cªº¯ª¥ý´N¬O¥Ñ®J¤Î¸g¦¹³B¦Ó¶i¤Jªü©Ô§B¥b®qªu©¤.

2063 eruthros {er-oo-thros'} of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - Red 2; 2 1) the Red Sea 1a) the Indian Ocean washing the shores of Arabia and Persia, with its two gulfs, of which the one on the east is called the Persian Gulf, the other on the opposite side the Arabian. In the NT the phrase denotes the upper part of the Arabian Gulf (the Heropolitie Gulf, so called [i.e. the Gulf of Suez]), through which the Israelites made their passage out of Egypt to the shore of Arabia.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2064 erchomai {er'-khom-ahee} °Êµü¥D­n¥HÃö¨­»yºA§Î¦¡¥X²{¡]¥u¦³²{¦b¦¡©M¤£§¹¦¨¦¡¡D¨ä¥L»yºAªºÃö¨­§Î¡A«h¥Heleuthomai {el-yoo'-thom-ahee}¡A©Î¥D°Ê§Îeltho {el'-tho}¥X²{¡Awhich do not otherwise occur); TDNT - 2:666,257; °Êµü AV - come 616, go 13, misc 13, vr come 1; 643 1) ¨Ó 1a) »P¤H¦³Ãö®É¡G 1a1) ¬Y¤H¥Ñ¤@­Ó¦a¤è¨ì¥t¤@­Ó¦a¤è¡A¨â¤H³£¨ì¹F¡A¨£¤F­± 1a2) ¥X²{¡AÅã²{¡A¦b¤½¶}ªºÔ·¦X¥X²{ 2) Áô³ë 2a) to come into being, ¥X²{¡A §ä¨ì¦ì¸m¡A²£¥Í¼vÅT¤O 2b) ³Q½T¥ß¡A¬°¤H©Òª¾¡A¶i¤J 3) ¥h¡A¸òÀH¬Y¤H ¦P¸qµü¨£5818

2064 erchomai {er'-khom-ahee} middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [middle voice] eleuthomai {el-yoo'-thom-ahee}, or [active] eltho {el'-tho}, which do not otherwise occur); TDNT - 2:666,257; v AV - come 616, go 13, misc 13, vr come 1; 643 1) to come 1a) of persons 1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of persons arriving 1a2) to appear, make one's appearance, come before the public 2) metaph. 2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find place or influence 2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto 3) to go, to follow one For Synonyms see entry 5818
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2065 erotao {er-o-tah'-o} ÅãµM·½¦Û 2046 °Ñ 2045; TDNT - 2:685,262; °Êµü AV - ask 23, beseech 14, pray 14, desire 6, intreat 1; 58 1) °Ý 2) ½Ð¨D 2a) ­n¨D, Àµ¨D, ¤^¨D, ¤Á¨D ¨£¦P¸qµü 5802

2065 erotao {er-o-tah'-o} apparently from 2046 cf 2045; TDNT - 2:685,262; v AV - ask 23, beseech 14, pray 14, desire 6, intreat 1; 58 1) to question 2) to ask 2a) to request, entreat, beg, beseech For Synonyms see entry 5802
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2066 esthes {es-thace'} ·½¦Û hennumi (to clothe);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - apparel 3, clothing 2, robe 1, raiment 1; 7 1) ¦çªA, °t¥ó, ¸Ë¹¢

2066 esthes {es-thace'} from hennumi (to clothe);; n f AV - apparel 3, clothing 2, robe 1, raiment 1; 7 1) clothing, raiment, apparel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2067 esthesis {es'-thay-sis} ·½¦Û 2066 ªº­l¥Í;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - garment 1; 1 1) ¦çªA #¸ô 24:4|

2067 esthesis {es'-thay-sis} from a derivative of 2066;; n f AV - garment 1; 1 1) clothing, apparel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2068 esthio {es-thee'-o} ¦r®Ú edo (¦Y)ªº¥[±j«¬; ¥u¥Î©ó¯S©wªº®ÉºA¤¤, ¨ä¥¦ªº±¡ªp«h¥Î 5315; TDNT - 2:689,262; °Êµü AV - eat 63, live 1, devour 1; 65 1) ¦Y 2) ¦Y±¼(Äá¨ú)¬YªF¦è 2a) ¦YªF¦è, ¶iÀ\ 3) Áô³ë. §]­¹, ¯ÓºÉ

2068 esthio {es-thee'-o} strengthened for a primary edo (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by 5315; TDNT - 2:689,262; v AV - eat 63, live 1, devour 1; 65 1) to eat 2) to eat (consume) a thing 2a) to take food, eat a meal 3) metaph. to devour, consume
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2069 Esli {es-lee'} of Hebrew origin, probably for 0454;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Esli 1; 1 ¥H´µ§Q = "­C©MµØªº«O¯d¡]¹w³Æ¡^" 1)®³¸Óªº¨à¤l¡A­C¿qªº©vÃФ¤¤@¦ì¯ª¥ý.¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ 3:25.

2069 Esli {es-lee'} of Hebrew origin, probably for 0454;; n pr m AV - Esli 1; 1 Esli = "reserved of Jehovah" 1) the son of Nagge or Naggai in the genealogy of Christ. Lk. 3:25.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2070 esmen {es-men'} ·½©ó 1510;; °Êµü AV - are 49, have hope + 1679 1, was 1, be 1, have our being 1; 53 1) "to be"ªº²Ä¤@¤HºÙ½Æ¼Æ

2070 esmen {es-men'} from 1510;; v AV - are 49, have hope + 1679 1, was 1, be 1, have our being 1; 53 1) first person plural of "to be"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2071 esomai {es'-om-ahee} 1510 ªº¥¼¨Ó¦¡;; °Êµü AV - shall be 151, will be 9, be 6, shall have 6, shall come to ³Q°Ê4, shall 4, not tr 1, misc 7; 188 1) "to be"ªº²Ä¤@¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ¥¼¨Ó¦¡

2071 esomai {es'-om-ahee} future of 1510;; v AV - shall be 151, will be 9, be 6, shall have 6, shall come to pass 4, shall 4, not tr 1, misc 7; 188 1) future first person singular of "to be"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2072 esoptron {es'-op-tron} ·½¦Û 1519 and a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 2:696,27/264; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - glass 2; 2 1) Ãè¤l 1a) ¥j¤H«D¥Î¬Á¼þ¦Ó¬O¥H¿ûÅK»s³yªºÃè¤l

2072 esoptron {es'-op-tron} from 1519 and a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 2:696,27/264; n n AV - glass 2; 2 1) a mirror 1a) the mirrors of the ancients were made, not of glass, but steel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2073 hespera {hes-per'-ah} ·½¦Û an adjective hesperos (evening);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - evening 2, eventide 1; 3 1) ¶À©ü, ³Ä±ß, ¤é¼Ç (#¸ô 24:29; ®{ 4:3; 28:23|)

2073 hespera {hes-per'-ah} from an adjective hesperos (evening);; n f AV - evening 2, eventide 1; 3 1) evening, eventide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2074 Esrom {es-rome} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 02696;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Esrom 3; 3 §Æ´µ±[ = "³Q³ò¶ªº" 1) ¬y«Kªº¨à¤l, §Æ´µ±[¤Hªº¯ª¥ý

2074 Esrom {es-rome} of Hebrew origin 02696;; n pr m AV - Esrom 3; 3 Esrom or Hezron or Hesron = "enclosed" 1) the son of Reuben, and ancestor of the Hezronites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2075 este {es-teh'} 1510 ªº²Ä¤G¤HºÙ½Æ¼Æ ²{¦b¦¡ª½»¡»y®ð;; °Êµü AV - are 82, be 5, is 2, belong to 1, have been 1, not tr 1; 92 1) "¬O"(to be)ªº²Ä¤G¤HºÙ½Æ¼Æ

2075 este {es-teh'} second person plural present indicative of 1510;; v AV - are 82, be 5, is 2, belong to 1, have been 1, not tr 1; 92 1) second person plural of "to be"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2076 esti {es-tee'} 1510 ªº²Ä¤T¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ²{¦b¦¡ª½±Ôªk;; °Êµü AV - is 752, are 51, was 29, be 25, have 11, not tr 15, misc 27, vr is 1; 910 1) "to be"(¬O)ªº²Ä¤T¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ

2076 esti {es-tee'} third person singular present indicative of 1510;; v AV - is 752, are 51, was 29, be 25, have 11, not tr 15, misc 27, vr is 1; 910 1) third person singular of "to be"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2077 esto {es'-to} second¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ ²{¦b¦¡©R¥O»y®ð of 1510, estosan {es'-to-san} third¤HºÙof the same;; °Êµü AV - let be 10, be 5, not tr 1; 16 1) ²Ä¤T¤HºÙ ³æ¼Æ ©R¥O»y®ð "¦¨¬°, ·í, Ä@, "

2077 esto {es'-to} second person singular present imperative of 1510, estosan {es'-to-san} third person of the same;; v AV - let be 10, be 5, not tr 1; 16 1) third persons singular imperative of "to be"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2078 eschatos {es'-khat-os} ¥i¯à¬O 2192 ªº³Ì°ª¯Å (¨ú¨ä ±µªñ ¤§·N); TDNT - 2:697,264; §Î®eµü AV - last 46, lowest 2, uttermost 2, last state 2, ends 1, latter end 1; 54 1) ²×·¥ªº 1a) ¦t©z¥@¬ÉªººÉÀY 1b) ¤@¦ê¦aÂIªº³Ì«á¤@­Ó 1c) ¤@¬q³sÄò®É¶¡ªºµ²§À 2) ³Ì«áªº 2a) «ü®É¶¡, ³Ì²×®É 2b) «üªÅ¶¡, ¤Ñ¥~¤Ñ, ¦a²yªººÉÀY 2c) »ù­Èªºµ¥·¥©ÎÀɦ¸, ¤U¤U¿ï, ¥ç§Y ³Ì§Cµ¥ªº

2078 eschatos {es'-khat-os} a superlative probably from 2192 (in the sense of contiguity); TDNT - 2:697,264; adj AV - last 46, lowest 2, uttermost 2, last state 2, ends 1, latter end 1; 54 1) extreme 1a) last in time or in place 1b) last in a series of places 1c) last in a temporal succession 2) the last 2a) last, referring to time 2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth 2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2079 eschatos {es-khat'-oce} ·½¦Û 2078;; °Æµü AV - lie at the point of death + 2292 1; 1 1) ·¥ÂI, ´Ý¿O´_©ú, °j¥úªð·Ó, ÃxÁ{¦º¤` (#¥i 5:23|)

2079 eschatos {es-khat'-oce} from 2078;; adv AV - lie at the point of death + 2292 1; 1 1) extreme, to be in the last gasp, at the point of death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2080 eso {es'-o} ·½¦Û1519; TDNT - 2:698,265; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥»- within 3, in 1, into 1, inward 1, inner 1, not tr 1; 8 1) ¦b¸Ì­±¡A¶i¤J¨ì 2) ¦b¸Ì­±ªº 2a) ¦b¤º¤ß¸Ìªº¤º¦b¤H©Ê 2b) »î,µ½´c¤ß

2080 eso {es'-o} from 1519; TDNT - 2:698,265; adv AV - within 3, in 1, into 1, inward 1, inner 1, not tr 1; 8 1) to within, into 2) within 2a) the internal inner man 2b) the soul, conscience
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2081 esothen {es'-o-then} ·½¦Û 2080; °Æµü AV - within 7, from within 3, inward ¤Àµü1, inwardly 1, inward man 1, without 1; 14 1) ±q¸Ì­± 2) ¸Ì­±, ¤º³¡

2081 esothen {es'-o-then} from 2080;; adv AV - within 7, from within 3, inward part 1, inwardly 1, inward man 1, without 1; 14 1) from within 2) within, that which is within, the inside 2a) your soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2082 esoteros {es-o'-ter-os} 2080 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - inner 1, within 1; 2 1) ¤º¸Ìªº 1a) ¦b¾B»\ªº­±¯½©Î¸n¤l¤§¤ºªº 1b) ¸t¦a, ¦Ü¸t©Ò, ¥Ñ¦a¤Wªº±Ð°ó©Òªí¼xªºÄݤѪº¦a¤è

2082 esoteros {es-o'-ter-os} comparative of 2080;; adj AV - inner 1, within 1; 2 1) inner 1a) the inner space which is behind the veil 1b) the shrine, the Holy of Holies, said of heaven by a figure drawn from earthly temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2083 hetairos {het-ah'-ee-ros} ·½¦Û etes (a clansman); TDNT - 2:699,265;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - friend 3, fellow 1; 4 1) ¦P¨Æ, ¦P¦ñ, ©çÀÉ 2) ¥Î©ó¿Ë¤ÁªººÙ©I 2a) ªB¤Í, (§Úªº¼°¤Í)

2083 hetairos {het-ah'-ee-ros} from etes (a clansman); TDNT - 2:699,265; n m AV - friend 3, fellow 1; 4 1) a comrade, mate, partner 2) in kindly address 2a) friend, (my good friend)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2084 heteroglossos {het-er-og'-loce-sos} ·½¦Û 2087 and 1100; TDNT - 1:726,123; §Î®eµü AV - other tongue 1; 1 1) »¡¥~»yªº¤H (#ªL«e 14:21|)

2084 heteroglossos {het-er-og'-loce-sos} from 2087 and 1100; TDNT - 1:726,123; adj AV - other tongue 1; 1 1) one who speaks a foreign language
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2085 heterodidaskaleo {het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2087 and 1320; TDNT - 2:163,161; °Êµü AV - teach other doctrine 1, teach otherwise 1; 2 1) ±Ð¾É¥L¤H¤£¦Pªº±Ð¸q 1a) ¤Þ¤H¨«¤W¯u²zªºª[³~ (#´£«e 1:3, 6:3|)

2085 heterodidaskaleo {het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh'-o} from 2087 and 1320; TDNT - 2:163,161; v AV - teach other doctrine 1, teach otherwise 1; 2 1) to teach other or different doctrine 1a) deviating from the truth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2086 heterozugeo {het-er-od-zoog-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2087»P2218ªº½Æ¦X«¬; TDNT - 2:901,301; °Êµü AV - be unequally yoked together with 1; 1 1) (°Êª«ºØÃþ¤£¦P,³m¤]¤£¦P)­t³m¤£¥­§¡,°t¿ù¹ï (#ªL«á 6:14|)

2086 heterozugeo {het-er-od-zoog-eh'-o} from a compound of 2087 and 2218; TDNT - 2:901,301; v AV - be unequally yoked together with 1; 1 1) to come under an unequal or different yoke, to be unequally yoked 1a) to have fellowship with one who is not an equal: 2Cor 6:14, where the apostle is forbidding Christians to have intercourse with idolaters
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2087 heteros {het'-er-os}, a, on ¤£½T©w©M¨ä¬Û¦üªº¦r; TDNT - 2:702,265; §Î®eµü AV - another 43, other 42, other thing 3, some 2, next day 2, misc 7; 99 1) ¥t¥~, ¥t¤@­Ó, ¨ä¥Lªº 1a) «ü¼Æ¶q¤W 1a1) «ü¬Û¹ï©ó«e­±¤w´£¨ì, ¼Æºâ¹Lªº¤H©Î¨Æ¤§¥~¤@¨Ç¤H©Î¨Æ 1a2) «ü¨âªÌ¤¤ªº¥t¤@­Ó 1b) «ü½è¶q¤W 1b1) ¥t¤@ºØ: ¥ç§Y«ü©M«e­±©Ò´£ªº¨ã¦³¤£¦Pªº¥»½è, «¬¦¡, ºØÃþ; ¤£¦Pªº ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5806

2087 heteros {het'-er-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:702,265; adj AV - another 43, other 42, other thing 3, some 2, next day 2, misc 7; 99 1) the other, another, other 1a) to number 1a1) to number as opposed to some former person or thing 1a2) the other of two 1b) to quality 1b1) another: i.e. one not of the same nature, form, class, kind, different For Synonyms see entry 5806
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2088 heteros {het-er'-oce} ·½¦Û 2087;; °Æµü AV - otherwise 1; 1 1) §O¼Ëªº, ¤£¦Pªº (#µÌ 3:15|)

2088 heteros {het-er'-oce} from 2087;; adv AV - otherwise 1; 1 1) otherwise, differently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2089 eti {et'-ee} ¥i¯à©M 2094 ªº·N¸q¬Ûªñ;; °Æµü AV - yet 52, more 34, any more 5, still 4, further 4, longer 3, misc 15; 117 1) ©|¥¼, ¤´µM 1a) «ü®É¶¡¤W 1a1) «ü¤@¨Æ¥H«e¦s¦b, µM¦Ó²{¦b·sªº±¡ªp§Y±N©Î¤w¸g¥X²{ 1a2) «ü¤´«ùÄò¨ì²{¦bªº¨Æ 1a2a) ¦AªÌ, §Y¨Ï¦¹¨è 1a3) ©M§_©wµü¤@°_¥Î 1a3a) ¤£¦A¬O¤F, °÷¤F 1b) «ü¦bµ{«×¤W¼W¥[ 1b1) ¬Æ¦Ü, §ó¥[ 1b2) °£¤F..., ¦¹¥~..., §ó¶i¤@¨B...

2089 eti {et'-ee} perhaps akin to 2094;; adv AV - yet 52, more 34, any more 5, still 4, further 4, longer 3, misc 15; 117 1) yet, still 1a) of time 1a1) of a thing which went on formerly, whereas now a different state of things exists or has begun to exist 1a2) of a thing which continues at present 1a2a) even, now 1a3) with negatives 1a3a) no longer, no more 1b) of degree and increase 1b1) even, yet 1b2) besides, more, further
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2090 hetoimazo {het-oy-mad'-zo} ·½©ó 2092; TDNT - 2:704,266; °Êµü AV - prepare 29, make ready 10, provide 1; 40 1) ¨Ï·Ç³Æ¦n, ¹w³Æ 1a) §¹¦¨¥²¶·ªº·Ç³Æ, ±N¨C¤@¥ó¨Æ³£·Ç³Æ¦n 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ·½©óªF¤èªº²ß«U, ¦b¤ýªº¦æµ{¤¤, ·|¬£¤H¦b¨ä«e¤è­×¥­¹D¸ô¨Ï¥i¨Ñ³q¦æ 2b) ·Ç³Æ¤Hªº¤ß§Ó, ¥H±µ¨ü¨Ã«O¦³À±ÁɨȪº«O¦u¯¬ºÖ

2090 hetoimazo {het-oy-mad'-zo} from 2092; TDNT - 2:704,266; v AV - prepare 29, make ready 10, provide 1; 40 1) to make ready, prepare 1a) to make the necessary preparations, get everything ready 2) metaph. 2a) drawn from the oriental custom of sending on before kings on their journeys persons to level the roads and make them passable 2b) to prepare the minds of men to give the Messiah a fit reception and secure his blessings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2091 hetoimasia {het-oy-mas-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2090; TDNT - 2:704,266; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - preparation 1; 1 1) ¹w³Æªº°Ê§@ 2) ·Ç³Æ´Nºüªº¤H¨Æª«, ³Æ¾Ôª¬ºA, »W¶Õ«Ýµo (#¥± 6:15|)

2091 hetoimasia {het-oy-mas-ee'-ah} from 2090; TDNT - 2:704,266; n f AV - preparation 1; 1 1) the act of preparing 2) the condition of a person or thing so far forth as prepared, preparedness, readiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2092 hetoimos {het-oy'-mos} ·½¦Û¤@­Ó¦Ñ¦Wµü heteos (°·®Ô); TDNT - 2:704,266; §Î®eµü AV - ready 14, prepared 1, readiness 1, make ready to (one's) hand 1; 17 1) ·Ç³Æ¦n 1a)¨Æ±¡,¬°­n¦¨´N¤@­Ó¥Øªº 1b)¤H

2092 hetoimos {het-oy'-mos} from an old noun heteos (fitness); TDNT - 2:704,266; adj AV - ready 14, prepared 1, readiness 1, make ready to (one's) hand 1; 17 1) prepare ready 1a) of things 1a1) ready at hand 1a2) opportune, seasonable 1b) of persons 1b1) ready prepared 1b1a) to do something 1b1b) to receive one coming
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2093 hetoimos {het'-oy-moce} ·½¦Û 2092;; °Æµü AV - ready 3; 3 1) ¤£¿ðºÃ¦a, ·Ç³Æ¦n¦a, Ä@·N

2093 hetoimos {het'-oy-moce} from 2092;; adv AV - ready 3; 3 1) readily, to be ready
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2094 etos {et'-os} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó°ò¥»«¬¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - year 49; 49 1) ¦~ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r½Ð°Ñ¨£ 5843

2094 etos {et'-os} apparently a primary word;; n n AV - year 49; 49 1) year For Synonyms see entry 5843
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2095 eu {yoo} ¤¤©Ê of a primary eus (good);; °Æµü AV - well 3, well done 2, good 1; 6 1) ¬°´I¸Îªº, ¾D¹J¦n, ©÷²± 2) °µ±o¦n

2095 eu {yoo} neuter of a primary eus (good);; adv AV - well 3, well done 2, good 1; 6 1) to be well off, fare well, prosper 2) acting well
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2096 Eua {yoo'-ah} of Hebrew origin 02332;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eve 2; 2 ®L«½ = "¥Í©R" 1) ¸t¸g©Ò°O¸üªº²Ä¤@­Ó¤k¤H, ¥þ¤HÃþªº¥À¿Ë (#ªL«á 11:3; ´£«e 2:13|)

2096 Eua {yoo'-ah} of Hebrew origin 02332;; n pr f AV - Eve 2; 2 Eve meaning "life" 1) first woman in the scriptures, mother of the entire human family
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2097 euaggelizo {yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zo} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 32; TDNT - 2:707,*; °Êµü AV - preach 23, preach the Gospel 22, bring good tidings 2, show glad tidings 2, bring glad tidings 1, declare 1, declare glad tidings 1, misc 3; 55 1) ±a¨Ó¦n®ø®§, «Å§i¥O¤HÅw³ßªº°T®§ 1a) ¦b¬ù¤¤¥Î¥H«ü¥ô¦ó«¬¦¡ªº¦n®ø®§ 1a1) «ü¥Ñ¯«ªº¤¯·O¦Ó¨Óªº¥O¤H³ß®®ªº°T®§, ¤×¨ä¬O¦³Ãö«üÀ±ÁɨȪº¯¬ºÖ 1b) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤¯S§O¥Î¥H«ü¯«°ê±N­°Á{ªº¦n®ø®§, ©M¥Ñ°ò·þ©Ò±oªº¬@±Ï, ¤Î¨ä¥¦ ¦³Ãö±Ï®¦ªº¨Æ 1c) «ü¦n®ø®§Á{¨ì¬Y­Ó¤H, ¦³Ãö©ó¥Lªº¦n®ø®§ 1d) «Å´­¦n®ø®§ 1d1) «ü±Ð(¤H)¦³Ãö°ò·þ±Ï®¦ªº¨Æ

2097 euaggelizo {yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zo} from 2095 and 32; TDNT - 2:707,*; v AV - preach 23, preach the Gospel 22, bring good tidings 2, show glad tidings 2, bring glad tidings 1, declare 1, declare glad tidings 1, misc 3; 55 1) to bring good news, to announce glad tidings 1a) used in the OT of any kind of good news 1a1) of the joyful tidings of God's kindness, in particular, of the Messianic blessings 1b) in the NT used especially of the glad tidings of the coming kingdom of God, and of the salvation to be obtained in it through Christ, and of what relates to this salvation 1c) glad tidings are brought to one, one has glad tidings proclaimed to him 1d) to proclaim glad tidings 1d1) instruct (men) concerning the things that pertain to Christian salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2098 euaggelion {yoo-ang-ghel'-ee-on} »P 2097 ¦P·½; TDNT - 2:721,267; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77 1) ¦n®ø®§ªº¤º®e 2) ¦n®ø®§ 2a) ³ß«H, ´N¬O¯«ªº°ê«×§Y±N³Q«Ø¥ß, ¨ä«á¥D­C¿q°ò·þªº°ê«×¤] ­n³Q«Ø¥ß, Í¢¬O³o°ê«×ªº³þ°òªÌ¡C­C¿q°ò·þ¦º«á, ³o­Óµüªº §t¸q¤]¥]¬A¶ÇÁ¿¦³Ãö©ó­C¿q°ò·þ¦b¤Q¦r¬[¤W¨ü­W¨ü, ±aµ¹¥@ ¤H¥Ã«íªº±Ï®¦. ±q¦º¸Ì´_¬¡, §¤¦b¤W«Òªº¥kÃä, ±N¨Ó­n±aµÛ ºaÄ£¦A²{, «Ø¥ß¥Ã»·ªº°ê«×. 2b) ÂǵۭC¿q°ò·þ±oµÛ±Ï®¦ªº¦n®ø®§ 2c) «Å¥¬¤W«Òªº®¦¨å¤w¦b­C¿q°ò·þ¸ÌÅã©ú, «HªÌ±o¨É¦b°ò·þ¸Ì 2d) ºÖ­µ 2e) ­C¿q°ò·þ©Ò¨¥, ©Ò¦æ, ¤Î¨ä¨ü¦ºÃÒ©úÍ¢¬OÀ±ÁɨÈ, Í¢ªº ¡@¡@¡@ ¨¥¦æ¡B¨ü¦ºªº¬G¨Æ³QºÙ¬°ºÖ­µ©Î³ß«H.

2098 euaggelion {yoo-ang-ghel'-ee-on} from the same as 2097; TDNT - 2:721,267; n n AV - gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77 1) a reward for good tidings 2) good tidings 2a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to consummate the kingdom of God 2b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ 2c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ 2d) the gospel 2e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2099 euaggelistes {yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace'} ·½¦Û 2097; TDNT - 2:736,267;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - evangelist 3; 3 1) ³ø¦n®ø®§ªº¤H, ¶Ç¹D¤H 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤ºÙ©I¶ÇÁ¿°ò·þ±ÏÅ«¤j¦n®ø®§,«D¨Ï®{¨­¥÷ªº¤H (#®{ 21:8; ¥± 4:11; ´£«á 4:5|)

2099 euaggelistes {yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace'} from 2097; TDNT - 2:736,267; n m AV - evangelist 3; 3 1) a bringer of good tidings, an evangelist 2) the name given to the NT heralds of salvation through Christ who are not apostles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2100 euaresteo {yoo-ar-es-teh'-o} ·½©ó 2101; TDNT - 1:456,77; °Êµü AV - please 2, be well pleased 1; 3 1) ³Q¨ú®®, °ª¿³©ó... 2) ¦]¬Y¨Æ¦Ó³Q¨ú®®, ¦ÓÅw³ß

2100 euaresteo {yoo-ar-es-teh'-o} from 2101; TDNT - 1:456,77; v AV - please 2, be well pleased 1; 3 1) to be well pleasing 2) to be well pleased with a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2101 euarestos {yoo-ar'-es-tos} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 701; TDNT - 1:456,77; §Î®eµü AV - acceptably 4, well pleasing 3, please well + 1510 1, accepted 1; 9 1) ³ß©ó¨£¨ìªº, ¥i±µ¨üªº

2101 euarestos {yoo-ar'-es-tos} from 2095 and 701; TDNT - 1:456,77; adj AV - acceptably 4, well pleasing 3, please well + 1510 1, accepted 1; 9 1) well pleasing, acceptable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2102 euarestos {yoo-ar-es'-toce} ·½©ó 2101;; °Æµü AV - acceptable 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¬Y¤H³ß®®ªº¤è¦¡, ¥O¨äº¡·Nªº

2102 euarestos {yoo-ar-es'-toce} from 2101;; adv AV - acceptable 1; 1 1) in a manner well pleasing to one, acceptable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2103 Euboulos {yoo'-boo-los} ·½¦Û 2095 and 1014;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eubulus 1; 1 ¤Í¥¬Ã¹ = "ÂÔ·V, ¼f·Vªº" 1) ¦bù°¨ªº°ò·þ®{

2103 Euboulos {yoo'-boo-los} from 2095 and 1014;; n pr m AV - Eubulus 1; 1 Eubulus = "prudent" 1) a Christian at Rome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2104 eugenes {yoog-en'-ace} ·½¦Û 2095 and 1096;; §Î®eµü AV - nobleman + 444 1, more noble 1, noble 1; 3 1) ¥X¥@¨}¦n, ¶Q±Ú¥@®a 2) ´L¶Qªº¤ßÆF (#¸ô 19:12; ®{ 17:11; ªL«e 1:26|)

2104 eugenes {yoog-en'-ace} from 2095 and 1096;; adj AV - nobleman + 444 1, more noble 1, noble 1; 3 1) well born, of a noble family 2) noble minded
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2105 eudia {yoo-dee'-ah} ³±©Ê from 2095 and the alternate of 2203 (as the¯«of the weather);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fair weather 1; 1 1) ´¸®Ôªº¤ÑªÅ, ©y¤Hªº®ð­Ô (#¤Ó 16:2|)

2105 eudia {yoo-dee'-ah} feminine from 2095 and the alternate of 2203 (as the god of the weather);; n f AV - fair weather 1; 1 1) a serene sky, fair weather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2106 eudokeo {yoo-dok-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 1380; TDNT - 2:738,273; °Êµü AV - be well pleased 7, please 5, have pleasure 4, be willing 2, be (one's) good pleasure 1, take pleasure 1, think good 1; 21 1) ¦ü¥G¬O¹ï¬Y¤H¦nªº, ±o¬Y¤H³ß®® 1a) »{¬°¬O¦nªº, ¿ï¾Ü, ½T¥ß, ¨M©w 1b) Ä@·N¥h°µªº 1c) ¼Ö·N, §ó³ß·R, ¹ç¥i­n 2) ¦]...¦Ó³ß®®, ³ßÅw..., °¾¦V©ó...

2106 eudokeo {yoo-dok-eh'-o} from 2095 and 1380; TDNT - 2:738,273; v AV - be well pleased 7, please 5, have pleasure 4, be willing 2, be (one's) good pleasure 1, take pleasure 1, think good 1; 21 1) it seems good to one, is one's good pleasure 1a) think it good, choose, determine, decide 1b) to do willingly 1c) to be ready to, to prefer, choose rather 2) to be well pleased with, take pleasure in, to be favourably inclined towards one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2107 eudokia {yoo-dok-ee'-ah} TDNT - 2:742,273; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - good pleasure 4, good will 2, seem good + 1096 2, desire 1; 9 1) ¬ü·N 2) ³ß·R

2107 eudokia {yoo-dok-ee'-ah} from a presumed compound of 2095 and the base of 1380; TDNT - 2:742,273; n f AV - good pleasure 4, good will 2, seem good + 1096 2, desire 1; 9 1) will, choice 1a) good will, kindly intent, benevolence 2) delight, pleasure, satisfaction 3) desire 3a) for delight in any absent thing easily produces longing for it
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2108 euergesia {yoo-erg-es-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2110; TDNT - 2:654,251; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - good deed done 1, benefit 1; 2 1) ¦n¦æ¬°, §Q¯q(#®{ 4:9;´£«e 6:2|)

2108 euergesia {yoo-erg-es-ee'-ah} from 2110; TDNT - 2:654,251; n f AV - good deed done 1, benefit 1; 2 1) a good deed, benefit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2109 euergeteo {yoo-erg-et-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2110; TDNT - 2:654,251; °Êµü AV - doing good 1; 1 1) °µµ½¨Æ, ¿nºÖ (#®{10:38|)

2109 euergeteo {yoo-erg-et-eh'-o} from 2110; TDNT - 2:654,251; v AV - doing good 1; 1 1) to do good, bestow benefits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2110 euergetes {yoo-erg-et'-ace} ·½¦Û 2095 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 2:654,251;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - benefactor 1; 1 1) ¬I¥D, ®¦¤H, ¦æµ½ªÌ (#¸ô 22:25|) 2) a title of honour, conferred on such as had done their country service, and upon princes, equivalent to Soter, Pater Patriae

2110 euergetes {yoo-erg-et'-ace} from 2095 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 2:654,251; n m AV - benefactor 1; 1 1) benefactor 2) a title of honour, conferred on such as had done their country service, and upon princes, equivalent to Soter, Pater Patriae
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2111 euthetos {yoo'-thet-os} ·½©ó 2095 ©M­l¥Í©ó 5087 ªº¦r;; §Î®eµü AV - fit 2, meet 1; 3 1) ¾A±o¨ä©Òªº 1a) ¾A¦Xªº 1b) ¦³¥Îªº

2111 euthetos {yoo'-thet-os} from 2095 and a derivative of 5087;; adj AV - fit 2, meet 1; 3 1) well placed 1a) fit 1b) useful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2112 eutheos {yoo-theh'-oce} ·½©ó 2117;; °Æµü AV - immediately 35, straightway 32, forthwith 7, misc 6; 80 1) °¨¤W, ¥ß§Y¦a, ¥ß¨è

2112 eutheos {yoo-theh'-oce} from 2117;; adv AV - immediately 35, straightway 32, forthwith 7, misc 6; 80 1) straightway, immediately, forthwith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2113 euthudromeo {yoo-thoo-drom-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2117 and 1408;; °Êµü AV - come with a straight course 2; 2 1) §Î¦¨µ§ª½ªº¸ôµ{, ªuµÛª½ªº¸ô½u¦æ, ª½¦æ (#®{ 16:11, 21:1|)

2113 euthudromeo {yoo-thoo-drom-eh'-o} from 2117 and 1408;; v AV - come with a straight course 2; 2 1) to make a straight course, run a straight course
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2114 euthumeo {yoo-thoo-meh'-o} ·½¦Û 2115;; °Êµü AV - be of good cheer 2, be merry 1; 3 1) ¨Ï®e¥ú·Øµo¦³¦nºë¯«, ¨ÏÅw³ß, ¨Ï°ª¿³³ß®® 1a) ®¶§@¹ª»R¦n¤ß±¡, ¿³°ª±m¯Pªº 2) ¥Rº¡³ß®®ªº, ¦n¤ß±¡, ¥Rº¡Áx¶q (#®{ 27:22, 25; ¶® 5:13|)

2114 euthumeo {yoo-thoo-meh'-o} from 2115;; v AV - be of good cheer 2, be merry 1; 3 1) to put in good spirits, gladden, make cheerful 1a) to be of good spirits, to be cheerful 2) to be joyful, be of good cheer, of good courage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2115 euthumos {yoo'-thoo-mos} ·½¦Û 2095 and 2372;; §Î®eµü AV - of good cheer 1, more cheerfully 1; 2 1) ¼Ö©ó§U¤H, ©Ê±¡·Å©M, ©Mħ¥i¿Ë 2) ·Å¤åº¸¶®, µ½¸Ñ¤H·N (#®{ 24:10, 27;36|)

2115 euthumos {yoo'-thoo-mos} from 2095 and 2372;; adj AV - of good cheer 1, more cheerfully 1; 2 1) well disposed, kind 2) of good cheer, of good courage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2116 euthuno {yoo-thoo'-no} ·½¦Û 2117; °Æµü ´Ü©w¥» - make straight 1, governor + 3588 1; 2 1) ¨ÏÅܬ°ª½, §Ë¥­, ¥­©Z 2) ¤Þ¾É¨«ª½ªº¤è¦V, «O«ùµ§ª½ 2a) «ü²î¤Wªº´x²ë­û©Î²ë¤â 2b) «ü¾Ô¨®ªº¾r¶¿ªÌ

2116 euthuno {yoo-thoo'-no} from 2117;; adv AV - make straight 1, governor + 3588 1; 2 1) to make straight, level, plain 2) to lead or guide straight, to keep straight or direct 2a) of the steersman or helmsman of a ship 2b) of a charioteer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2117 euthus {yoo-thoos'} perhaps from 2095 and 5087;; §Î®eµü AV - straight 5, right 3, immediately 3, straightway 2, anon 1, by and by 1, forthwith 1; 16 1) ª½ªº, ¥­©Zªº 2) ²z©ÒÀ³·íªº, ¦X²zªº, ¯u¹êªº, »{¯uªº 3) ª½±µ, ¥ß¨è, §Y¨è

2117 euthus {yoo-thoos'} perhaps from 2095 and 5087;; adj AV - straight 5, right 3, immediately 3, straightway 2, anon 1, by and by 1, forthwith 1; 16 1) straight, level 2) straight forward, upright, true, sincere 3) straightway, immediately, forthwith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2118 euthutes {yoo-thoo'-tace} ·½©ó 2117;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - righteousness 1; 1 1) ¥¿ª½, ¤½¸q

2118 euthutes {yoo-thoo'-tace} from 2117;; n f AV - righteousness 1; 1 1) rectitude, unrighteousness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2119 eukaireo {yoo-kahee-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 2121;; °Êµü AV - have leisure 1, spend time 1, have convenient time 1; 3 1) ¦³¾÷·| 2) ¦³ªÅ¶¢·v¤§®É 3) °õ¦æ¨Æ±¡, °µ¨Ç¨Æ±¡ 4) µ¹©ó¬Y¤H®É¶¡¥h°õ¦æ¬Y¨Æ (#¥i 6:31; ®{ 17:21; ªL«e 16:12|)

2119 eukaireo {yoo-kahee-reh'-o} from 2121;; v AV - have leisure 1, spend time 1, have convenient time 1; 3 1) to have opportunity 2) to have leisure 3) to do something 4) to give one's time to a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2120 eukairia {yoo-kahee-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 2121; TDNT - 3:462,389; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - opportunity 2; 2 1) ¦X©yªº®É¶¡, ¾÷·|(#¤Ó 26:16;¸ô 22:6|)

2120 eukairia {yoo-kahee-ree'-ah} from 2121; TDNT - 3:462,389; n f AV - opportunity 2; 2 1) seasonable time, opportunity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2121 eukairos {yoo'-kahee-ros} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 2540; TDNT - 3:462,389; §Î®eµü AV - convenient 1, in time of need 1; 2 1) ¤Î®Éªº, ¾A®Éªº, ¥¿¦nµo¥Íªº

2121 eukairos {yoo'-kahee-ros} from 2095 and 2540; TDNT - 3:462,389; adj AV - convenient 1, in time of need 1; 2 1) seasonable, timely, opportune
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2122 eukairos {yoo-kah'-ee-roce} ·½¦Û 2121;; °Æµü AV - conveniently 1, in season 1; 2 1) ¦X®É¥Oªº, ±o®É¦a 2) ¨}¾÷µo¥Í®É, ·í¾÷·|§e²{®É (#¥i14:11; ´£«á 4:2|)

2122 eukairos {yoo-kah'-ee-roce} from 2121;; adv AV - conveniently 1, in season 1; 2 1) seasonably, opportunely 2) when the opportunity occurs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2123 eukopoteros {yoo-kop-o'-ter-os} comparative of a compound of 2095 and 2873;; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - easier 7; 7 1) ¤u§@®e©ö 2) ®e©öªº

2123 eukopoteros {yoo-kop-o'-ter-os} comparative of a compound of 2095 and 2873;; adj AV - easier 7; 7 1) with easy labour 2) easy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2124 eulabeia {yoo-lab'-i-ah} ·½©ó 2126; TDNT - 2:751,275; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - godly fear 1, fear 1; 2 1) ÂÔ·V, ·V­«, ©P¸Ô 1a) ÂÔ·VÁ×§K 1b) ¦X²zªº°jÁ× 2) ´L·q, ±R«ô 2a) ¹ï¯«ªº±R«ô, ¹ï¯«ªº·q¬È, °@¸Û 3) ¼~¼{, ¬ÈÄß ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5835

2124 eulabeia {yoo-lab'-i-ah} from 2126; TDNT - 2:751,275; n f AV - godly fear 1, fear 1; 2 1) caution, circumspection, discretion 1a) avoidance 1b) a reasonable shunning 2) reverence, veneration 2a) reverence toward God, godly fear, piety 3) fear anxiety, dread For Synonyms see entry 5835
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2125 eulabeomai {yoo-lab-eh'-om-ahee} 2126 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 2:751,*; °Êµü AV - fearing 1, moved with fear 1; 2 1) ÂÔ·V¤p¤ß¦a¦æ¨Æ 2) ·í¤ß, ÂÔ¨¾, ÅU¼{ 3) ·q­«, ·q¬È

2125 eulabeomai {yoo-lab-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 2126; TDNT - 2:751,*; v AV - fearing 1, moved with fear 1; 2 1) to act cautiously, circumspectly 2) to beware, fear 3) to reverence, stand in awe of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2126 eulabes {yoo-lab-ace'} ·½¦Û 2095 and 2983; TDNT - 2:751,275; §Î®eµü AV - devout 3; 3 1) ¦³§â´¤ªº 1a) ¤p¤ßÂÔ·V, ½T¤Áªº 1b) ¤p¤ßÁlÁlªº 2) ·q¬È¯«ªº, ·q¯«ªº, °@¸Ûªº (#¸ô 2:25; ®{ 2:5: 8:2|)

2126 eulabes {yoo-lab-ace'} from 2095 and 2983; TDNT - 2:751,275; adj AV - devout 3; 3 1) taking hold well 1a) carefully and surely 1b) cautiously 2) reverencing God, pious, religious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2127 eulogeo {yoo-log-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 3056 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; TDNT - 2:754,275; °Êµü AV - bless 43, praise 1; 44 1) ºÙ¹|, Åw©I¹|Æg 2) ¬èºÖ 3) ¥H·V­«ªº¬èë±N¬Y¨ÆÄm©ó¯«(¥æ¦b¯«¤â¤¤) 3a) ¬°¬Y¨Æ¦Ó¬è¨D¯«ªº¯¬ºÖ 3b) ¬è믫¨Ï¬Y¨Æ¤§¦æ¬°©Î¨Ï¥ÎºÙ¬°¯«¸t 3c) «Å§i©^Ämªº¬èºÖ 4) «ü¯« 4a) ¨Ï¿³²±, ¨Ï§Ö¼Ö, µ¹»P¯¬ºÖ 4b) ¬°¯«©Ò³ß®®ªº, ¨ü¯¬ºÖªº

2127 eulogeo {yoo-log-eh'-o} from a compound of 2095 and 3056; TDNT - 2:754,275; v AV - bless 43, praise 1; 44 1) to praise, celebrate with praises 2) to invoke blessings 3) to consecrate a thing with solemn prayers 3a) to ask God's blessing on a thing 3b) pray God to bless it to one's use 3c) pronounce a consecratory blessing on 4) of God 4a) to cause to prosper, to make happy, to bestow blessings on 4b) favoured of God, blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2128 eulogetos {yoo-log-ay-tos'} ·½¦Û 2127; TDNT - 2:764,275; §Î®eµü AV - blessed (said of God) 8; 8 1) ¨ü¯¬ºÖªº, ¨üÆg¬üªº

2128 eulogetos {yoo-log-ay-tos'} from 2127; TDNT - 2:764,275; adj AV - blessed (said of God) 8; 8 1) blessed, praised
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2129 eulogia {yoo-log-ee'-ah} »P 2127 ¦P·½; TDNT - 2:754,275; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - blessing 11, bounty 2, bountifully + 1909 2, fair speech 1; 16 1) ºÙ¹|, Æg¬ü, ±À±R³Æ¦Ü : ¹ï°ò·þ©Î¤W«Ò 2) ¥©§®ªººt»¡, Àu¬üªº¨¥»y 2a) ¦bÃaªº¤è­±¦Ó¨¥, «ü°g´bÅ¥ªÌªºªá¨¥¥©»y: °Q¦n¤Hªº¨¥µü¡A ²¢¨¥»e»y 3) ¬èºÖ, ¯¬ºÖ 4) ©^Äm»P¯« 5) (¨ãÅ骺)®¦½ç, ¦n³B

2129 eulogia {yoo-log-ee'-ah} from the same as 2127; TDNT - 2:754,275; n f AV - blessing 11, bounty 2, bountifully + 1909 2, fair speech 1; 16 1) praise, laudation, panegyric: of Christ or God 2) fine discourse, polished language 2a) in a bad sense, language artfully adapted to captivate the hearer: fair speaking, fine speeches 3) an invocation of blessing, benediction 4) consecration 5) a (concrete) blessing, benefit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2130 eumetadotos {yoo-met-ad'-ot-os} ·½¦Û 2095 and a presumed derivative of 3330;; §Î®eµü AV - ready to distribute 1; 1 1) Ä@·Nªº©ÎµL±ø¥óªºµ¹»P 2) ºB´nªº (#´£«e 6:18|)

2130 eumetadotos {yoo-met-ad'-ot-os} from 2095 and a presumed derivative of 3330;; adj AV - ready to distribute 1; 1 1) ready or free to impart 2) liberal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2131 Eunike {yoo-nee'-kay} ·½¦Û 2095 and 3529;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eunice 1; 1 ¤Í¥§°ò = "«D±`³Ó§Q" 1) ´£¼¯¤Óªº¥À¿Ë(#´£«á 1:5|)

2131 Eunike {yoo-nee'-kay} from 2095 and 3529;; n pr f AV - Eunice 1; 1 Eunice = "good victory" 1) the mother of Timothy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2132 eunoeo {yoo-no-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 2095 and 3563; TDNT - 4:971,636; °Êµü AV - agree 1; 1 1) ¯¬(¥L¤H)¦n 2) Á|¤î­·«×°ª¶®©Mµ½, ¥­©MªººA«× (#¤Ó 5:25|)

2132 eunoeo {yoo-no-eh'-o} from a compound of 2095 and 3563; TDNT - 4:971,636; v AV - agree 1; 1 1) to wish (one) well 2) to be well disposed, of a peaceable spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2133 eunoia {yoo'-noy-ah} »P 2132 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:971,636; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - benevolence 1, good will 1; 2 1) µ½·N, ¤¯·O

2133 eunoia {yoo'-noy-ah} from the same as 2132; TDNT - 4:971,636; n f AV - benevolence 1, good will 1; 2 1) good will, kindness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2134 eunouchizo {yoo-noo-khid'-zo} ·½¦Û 2135; TDNT - 2:765,277; °Êµü AV - make eunuchs 2; 2 1) ³Î¥h¸A¤Y©Î§Z±_, ¨Ï¨k¤H¨üìI³ÎÅÜ©Ê 2) Áô³ë. ¦Û®c ¥ç§Y §Ù¦â (¦ÛìI¤£±B) (#¤Ó 19:12|)

2134 eunouchizo {yoo-noo-khid'-zo} from 2135; TDNT - 2:765,277; v AV - make eunuchs 2; 2 1) to castrate, to neuter a man 2) metaph. to make one's self a eunuch i.e. by abstaining (like a eunuch from marriage)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2135 eunouchos {yoo-noo'-khos} ·½¦Û eune (§É) »P 2192; TDNT - 2:765,277;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - eunuch 8; 8 1) ¤ÓºÊ 2) ¤Ñ¥Í¨S¦³¥Í¨|¤Oªº¨k©Ê (#¤Ó 19:12a|) 3) ¦³¥Í¨|¯à¤O,¦ý¤£±Bªº¨k©Ê (#¤Ó 19:12c|)

2135 eunouchos {yoo-noo'-khos} from eune (a bed) and 2192; TDNT - 2:765,277; n m AV - eunuch 8; 8 1) a bed keeper, bed guard, superintendent of the bedchamber, chamberlain 1a) in the palace of oriental monarchs who support numerous wives the superintendent of the women's apartment or harem, an office held by eunuchs 1b) an emasculated man, a eunuch 1b1) eunuchs in oriental courts held by other offices of greater, held by the Ethiopian eunuch mentioned in Ac. 8:27-39. 1c) one naturally incapacitated 1c1) for marriage 1c2) begetting children 1d) one who voluntarily abstains from marriage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2136 Euodia {yoo-od-ee'-ah} »P 2137 ¦P·½ ;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Euodias 1; 1 ¤Íªü¯R = "ªÚ­»ªº" 1) ¦bµÌ§Q¤ñªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{°ü¤k(#µÌ 4:2|)

2136 Euodia {yoo-od-ee'-ah} from the same as 2137;; n pr f AV - Euodias 1; 1 Euodias = "fragrant" 1) a Christian woman at Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2137 euodoo {yoo-od-o'-o} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 3598 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; TDNT - 5:109,666; °Êµü AV - prosper 3, have a prosperous journey 1; 4 1) ¤¹³\¤@­Ó¨³³t¦ÓÂ×´Iªº®Èµ{, ¸g¥Ñª½±µ¦Ó®e©öªº¹D¸ô(¥­©Zªº±d²ø¤j¹D) 2) »{³\¦¨¥\ªº¨Æ, ¨Ï¿³²± 3) ¿³²±, ¦¨¥\

2137 euodoo {yoo-od-o'-o} from a compound of 2095 and 3598; TDNT - 5:109,666; v AV - prosper 3, have a prosperous journey 1; 4 1) to grant a prosperous and expeditious journey, to lead by a direct and easy way 2) to grant a successful issue, to cause to prosper 3) to prosper, be successful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2138 eupeithes {yoo-pi-thace'} ·½¦Û 2095 »P 3982;; §Î®eµü AV - easy to be intreated 1; 1 1) ¶¶±qªº #¶® 3:17|

2138 eupeithes {yoo-pi-thace'} from 2095 and 3982;; adj AV - easy to be intreated 1; 1 1) easily obeying, compliant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2139 euperistatos {yoo-per-is'-tat-os} ·½©ó 2095 ©M¤@³Q»{¬°¬O¥Ñ 4012 ©M 2476 ©Ò²Õ¦¨ªº½Æ¦X¦rªº­l¥Í¦r;; §Î®eµü AV - which doth so easily beset 1; 1 1) «Ü»´©ö´N¥i¥H¨Ï³ò¶°_¨Óªº, ¥ç§Y ªÈÄñ, §xÂZ

2139 euperistatos {yoo-per-is'-tat-os} from 2095 and a derivative of a presumed compound of 4012 and 2476;; adj AV - which doth so easily beset 1; 1 1) skilfully surrounding i.e. besetting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2140 eupoiia {yoo-poy-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 4160 ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to do good 1; 1 1) ³ßµ½ªº, µ½¦æ

2140 eupoiia {yoo-poy-ee'-ah} from a compound of 2095 and 4160;; n f AV - to do good 1; 1 1) adoring good, beneficence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2141 euporeo {yoo-por-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2090 ©M 4197 °ò¦ªº²Õ¦X;; °Êµü AV - his ability + 5100 1; 1 1) ´I¸Î, °]¤O, ¸gÀÙ¤O¶q (#®{ 11:29|)

2141 euporeo {yoo-por-eh'-o} from a compound of 2090 and the base of 4197;; v AV - his ability + 5100 1; 1 1) to be well off, have means
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2142 euporia {yoo-por-ee'-ah} »P2141¦P·½; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wealth 1; 1 1) °]´I, °]²£ (#®{ 19:25|)

2142 euporia {yoo-por-ee'-ah} from the same as 2141;; n f AV - wealth 1; 1 1) riches, means, wealth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2143 euprepeia {yoo-prep'-i-ah} ·½¦Û2095 »P 4241½Æ¦X;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - grace 1; 1 1) ¦n¥~»ª, ®e¬ü, ¬ü, ²M¨q,¬üÄR,¦X©y

2143 euprepeia {yoo-prep'-i-ah} from a compound of 2095 and 4241;; n f AV - grace 1; 1 1) goodly appearance, shapeliness, beauty, comeliness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2144 euprosdektos {yoo-pros'-dek-tos} TDNT - 2:58,146; §Î®eµü AV - accepted 3, acceptable 2; 5 1) ¥i±µ¯Çªº 2) ¨ü³ß·Rªº (#ªL«á 6:2|)

2144 euprosdektos {yoo-pros'-dek-tos} from 2095 and a derivative of 4327; TDNT - 2:58,146; adj AV - accepted 3, acceptable 2; 5 1) well received, accepted, acceptable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2145 euprosedros {yoo-pros'-ed-ros} §Î®eµü AV - that (one) may attend upon + 4314 + 3588 1; 1 1) ¤£¦íªA¨Æªº (#ªL«e 7:35|)

2145 euprosedros {yoo-pros'-ed-ros} from 2095 and the same as 4332;; adj AV - that (one) may attend upon + 4314 + 3588 1; 1 1) sitting constantly by, devoted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2146 euprosopeo {yoo-pros-o-peh'-o} TDNT - 6:779,950; °Êµü AV - make a fair show 1; 1 1) ¦n¦nªí²{ (#¥[ 6:12|)

2146 euprosopeo {yoo-pros-o-peh'-o} from a compound of 2095 and 4383; TDNT - 6:779,950; v AV - make a fair show 1; 1 1) to make a fair show 2) to please
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2147 heurisko {hyoo-ris'-ko} ¦r®Ú heuro {hyoo'-ro} ªºÂX±i«¬, ¨ä(©M¦P¥X©ó heureo {hyoo-reh'-o} ªº¥t¤@«¬) ¥Î¦b°£¤F²{¦b¦¡©M¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡¥~¤§©Ò¦³®ÉºA¤¤; TDNT - 2:769,*; °Êµü AV - find 174, misc 4; 178 1) °¸¹J, ¥©¹J, ¤£¥©¼²¤W, ¹J¨ì 1a) ´X¸g´M§ä, ²×©ó§ä¨ì 1b) ½ñ¯}ÅK¾cµL¸c³B, ±o¨Ó¥þ¤£¼o¥\¤Ò; ½M¿ß¸I¤W¦º¯Ó¤l; ¯u¬Oé¨ìªº 1c) «ü¨º¨Ç¨Ó¨ì©Î¦^¨ì¬Y¦aªº¤H(?) 2) ¸g¸ß°Ý, «ä¦Ò, ¸ÕÅç, À˵ø, Æ[¹î¦Ó±oª¾, ¥Ñ½m²ß©M¸gÅ礤¾Ç¨ì 2a) ¨£¨ì, ¾Ç¨ì, µo²{, ©ú¥Õ 2b) ³Qµo²{, ¥ç§Y ³Q¬Ý¨ì, Åã²{¥X¨Ó 2c) ³Qµo²{, ³Q»{ÃѨì, ³Q·Pª¾¨ì, ±N¦Û¤vªí²{¥X¨Ó, «ü¬Y¤Hªº¯S½è©Îª¬ºA³Q¥LªÌ (¤H, ¯«, ©Î¨âªÌ³£¦³)µo²{©Îµo±¸¥X¨Ó 2d) Àò±o, ±o¨ì¦³Ãö¯«ªºª¾ÃÑ 3) ¦Û¤v§ä¨ì©Î±o¨ì, Àò¨ú, ±o¨ì, Àò±o, ¨ú±o

2147 heurisko {hyoo-ris'-ko} a prolonged form of a primary heuro {hyoo'-ro}, which (together with another cognate form heureo {hyoo-reh'-o}) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; TDNT - 2:769,*; v AV - find 174, misc 4; 178 1) to come upon, hit upon, to meet with 1a) after searching, to find a thing sought 1b) without previous search, to find (by chance), to fall in with 1c) those who come or return to a place 2) to find by enquiry, thought, examination, scrutiny, observation, to find out by practice and experience 2a) to see, learn, discover, understand 2b) to be found i.e. to be seen, be present 2c) to be discovered, recognised, detected, to show one's self out, of one's character or state as found out by others (men, God, or both) 2d) to get knowledge of, come to know, God 3) to find out for one's self, to acquire, get, obtain, procure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2148 Eurokludon {yoo-rok-loo'-dohn} ·½¦Û Euros (the east wind) and 2830;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Euroclydon 1; 1 ¤Í©Ô­²Ã¹= "¼@¯Pªº¾_°Ê" 1) ¥ÑªF«n­·©Ò´­°_ªº¥¨¤j®ü®ö 2) ¤Þ°_¤j®öªº­· (#®{ 27:14|)

2148 Eurokludon {yoo-rok-loo'-dohn} from Euros (the east wind) and 2830;; n m AV - Euroclydon 1; 1 Euroclydon = "a violent agitation" 1) south east wind raising mighty waves 2) a wind causing broad waves
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2149 euruchoros {yoo-roo'-kho-ros} §Î®eµü AV - broad 1; 1 1) ¼eÁ諸 (#¤Ó 7:13|)

2149 euruchoros {yoo-roo'-kho-ros} from eurus (wide) and 5561;; adj AV - broad 1; 1 1) spacious, broad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2150 eusebeia {yoo-seb'-i-ah} from 2152; TDNT - 7:175,1010; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - godliness 14, holiness 1; 15 1) ·q¬È, ´L­« 2) ¹ï¯«°@¸Û, ·q¥õ¯«

2150 eusebeia {yoo-seb'-i-ah} from 2152; TDNT - 7:175,1010; n f AV - godliness 14, holiness 1; 15 1) reverence, respect 2) piety towards God, godliness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2151 eusebeo {yoo-seb-eh'-o} TDNT - 7:175,1010; °Êµü AV - worship 1, show piety 1; 2 1) ¹ï¬Y¤HÅã¥X·¥¤jªº±R·q 1a) ¹ï¯« (#®{ 17:23|) 1b) ¹ï¤H (#´£«e 5:4|)

2151 eusebeo {yoo-seb-eh'-o} from 2152; TDNT - 7:175,1010; v AV - worship 1, show piety 1; 2 1) to act piously or reverently 1a) towards God, one's country, magistrates, relations, and all to whom dutiful regard or reverence is due
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2152 eusebes {yoo-seb-ace'} from 2095 and 4576; TDNT - 7:175,1010; §Î®eµü AV - devout 3, godly 1; 4 1) °@¸Ûªº, ©¾¹êªº, ¶¶±qªº

2152 eusebes {yoo-seb-ace'} from 2095 and 4576; TDNT - 7:175,1010; adj AV - devout 3, godly 1; 4 1) pious, dutiful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2153 eusebos {yoo-seb-oce'} °Æµü AV - godly 2; 2 1) (¹ï¯«) ·q°@¦a (#´£«á 3:12; ¦h 2:12|)

2153 eusebos {yoo-seb-oce'} from 2152;; adv AV - godly 2; 2 1) piously, godly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2154 eusemos {yoo'-say-mos} TDNT - 2:770,278; §Î®eµü AV - easy to understood 1; 1 1) ²M´·, ©ú½T (#ªL«e 14:9|)

2154 eusemos {yoo'-say-mos} from 2095 and the base of 4591; TDNT - 2:770,278; adj AV - easy to understood 1; 1 1) well marked, clear and definite, distinct
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2155 eusplagchnos {yoo'-splangkh-nos} ·½¦Û 2095 and 4698; TDNT - 7:548,1067; §Î®eµü AV - tenderhearted 1, pitiful 1; 2 1) °í§Ôªº¤ß¸z 2) ¦³¼¦¼§ªº, ¬X³nªº¤ß (#¥± 4:32; ©¼«e 3:8|)

2155 eusplagchnos {yoo'-splangkh-nos} from 2095 and 4698; TDNT - 7:548,1067; adj AV - tenderhearted 1, pitiful 1; 2 1) having strong bowels 2) compassionate, tender hearted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2156 euschemonos {yoo-skhay-mon'-ose} ·½©ó 2158;; °Æµü AV - honestly 2, decently 1; 3 1) ¦X©yªº¦æ¬°Á|¤î, ºÝ²ø¦a

2156 euschemonos {yoo-skhay-mon'-ose} from 2158;; adv AV - honestly 2, decently 1; 3 1) in a seemly manner, decently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2157 eushemosune {yoo-skhay-mos-oo'-nay} ·½¦Û 2158;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - comeliness 1; 1 1) ¨­§÷ªº¾y¤O»PÀu¶®, ¥~¦b¬ü, ºÝ²ø,í­«, ¤å¶® 1a) «ü¥~¦b¾y¤O, ®®¥Ø

2157 eushemosune {yoo-skhay-mos-oo'-nay} from 2158;; n f AV - comeliness 1; 1 1) charm or elegance of figure, external beauty, decorum, modesty, seemliness 1a) of external charm, comeliness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2158 euschemon {yoo-skhay'-mone} ·½¦Û 2095 ¤Î 4976; TDNT - 2:770,278; §Î®eµü AV - honourable 3, comely 2; 5 1) ´L¶Q¥~»ª 1a) (¥~Æ[)¬ü¦nªº, ¼_¶®ªº, ®®¥Øªº, ¦bºtÁ¿©Î¦æ¬°¤è­±,Á|¤î¾A©y 2) ¬ü¦n³Ç¥X 2a) ¥i´Lºaªº, ¦³¼vÅT¤Oªº, ¦³°]´Iªº, ¥O¤H´L·qªº

2158 euschemon {yoo-skhay'-mone} from 2095 and 4976; TDNT - 2:770,278; adj AV - honourable 3, comely 2; 5 1) of elegant figure 1a) shapely, graceful, comely, bearing one's self becomingly in speech or behaviour 2) of good standing 2a) honourable, influential, wealthy, respectable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2159 eutonos {yoo-ton'-oce} ·½¦Û a compound of 2095 and a derivative of teino (to stretch);; °Æµü AV - vehemently 1, mightily 1; 2 1) ·¥¤O¦a, ²r¯P¦a

2159 eutonos {yoo-ton'-oce} from a compound of 2095 and a derivative of teino (to stretch);; adv AV - vehemently 1, mightily 1; 2 1) vehemently, forcibly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2160 eutrapelia {yoo-trap-el-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 2095 and a derivative of the base of 5157 (meaning well-turned, ¥ç§Y ready at repartee, jocose);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - jesting 1; 1 1) »´ÃP¦³½ì, «ÕÀq, ¸Ù¿Ó 2) ­t­±ªº·N¸q: 2a) ¨èÁ¡ªº¸Ü»y, ¤U¬y²Ê»Àªº, ¤U¬yªºª±¯º (#¥± 5:4|)

2160 eutrapelia {yoo-trap-el-ee'-ah} from a compound of 2095 and a derivative of the base of 5157 (meaning well-turned, i.e. ready at repartee, jocose);; n f AV - jesting 1; 1 1) pleasantry, humour, facetiousness 2) in a bad sense 2a) scurrility, ribaldry, low jesting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2161 Eutuchos {yoo'-too-khos} ·½¦Û 2095 and a derivative of 5177;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eutychus 1; 1 µS±À¥j = "©¯¹B¨à" 1) ³Q«Où±Ï°_, «ì´_¥Í©R¦~»´¤H (#®{ 20:9|)

2161 Eutuchos {yoo'-too-khos} from 2095 and a derivative of 5177;; n pr m AV - Eutychus 1; 1 Eutychus = "fortunate" 1) a youth restored to life by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2162 euphemia {yoo-fay-mee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2163;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - good report 1; 1 1)ªí¹F¦n¸Ü¡B¦N²»¸Ü 2)¦nµû, Æg¬ü

2162 euphemia {yoo-fay-mee'-ah} from 2163;; n f AV - good report 1; 1 1) the utterance of good or auspicious words 2) good report, praise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2163 euphemos {yoo'-fay-mos} ·½¦Û 2095 ©M 5345;; §Î®eµü AV - of good report 1; 1 1) Å¥¨Ó¤£¿ù 2) µo¥X¦N§Q¸Ü»y, »¡¥X¦n¹w¥ü

2163 euphemos {yoo'-fay-mos} from 2095 and 5345;; adj AV - of good report 1; 1 1) sounding well 2) uttering words of good omen, speaking auspiciously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2164 euphoreo {yoo-for-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2095 and 5409;; °Êµü AV - bring forth plentifully 1; 1 1) Âײ£, ±a¥XÁc²± (#¸ô 12:16|)

2164 euphoreo {yoo-for-eh'-o} from 2095 and 5409;; v AV - bring forth plentifully 1; 1 1) to be fertile, bring forth plentifully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2165 euphraino {yoo-frah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 2095 ©M 5424; TDNT - 2:772,278; °Êµü AV - rejoice 6, be merry 3, make merry 3, fare 1, make glad 1; 14 1) ®¶¾Ä, ¨ÏÅw¼Ö 1a) °ª¿³, ³ß®®, ³ß¼Ö 1b) ¥H...¦Ó³ß¼Ö, ¦](¬Y¨Æ)¦Ó´r§Ö

2165 euphraino {yoo-frah'-ee-no} from 2095 and 5424; TDNT - 2:772,278; v AV - rejoice 6, be merry 3, make merry 3, fare 1, make glad 1; 14 1) to gladden, make joyful 1a) to be glad, to be merry, to rejoice 1b) to rejoice in, be delighted with a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2166 Euphrates {yoo-frat'-ace} ·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y, °Ñ 06578; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Euphrates 2; 2 ¥®µo©Ô©³(©M¦X¥»Ä¶¬°"§B©Ô") = "¬ü¦nÂ×ÄǪºªe" 1) ¥®µo©Ô©³ªe (#±Ò 9:14,16:12|)

2166 Euphrates {yoo-frat'-ace} of foreign origin, cf 06578;; n pr loc AV - Euphrates 2; 2 Euphrates = "the good and abounding river" 1) a large, famous river which rises in the mountains of Armenia Major, flows through Assyria, Syria, Mesopotamia and the city of Babylon, and empties into the Gulf of Persia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2167 euphrosune {yoo-fros-oo'-nay} »P 2165 ¦P·½ ; TDNT - 2:772,278; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - joy 1, gladness 1; 2 1) ¥R¤ÀªºÅw©I, ³ß¼Ö, °ª¿³(#®{ 2:28;®{ 14:17|)

2167 euphrosune {yoo-fros-oo'-nay} from the same as 2165; TDNT - 2:772,278; n f AV - joy 1, gladness 1; 2 1) good cheer, joy, gladness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2168 eucharisteo {yoo-khar-is-teh'-o} ·½¦Û2170; TDNT - 9:407,1298; °Êµü AV - give thanks 26, thank 12, be thankful 1; 39 1) ·PÁÂ¥L¤Hªº¦n·N¡A·P®¦ 2) ·PÁÂ

2168 eucharisteo {yoo-khar-is-teh'-o} from 2170; TDNT - 9:407,1298; v AV - give thanks 26, thank 12, be thankful 1; 39 1) to be grateful, feel thankful 2) give thanks
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2169 eucharistia {yoo-khar-is-tee'-ah} ·½©ó 2170; TDNT - 9:407,1298; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - thanksgiving 9, giving of thanks 3, thanks 2, thankfulness 1; 15 1) ·P¿E 2) ªí¹FÁ·N

2169 eucharistia {yoo-khar-is-tee'-ah} from 2170; TDNT - 9:407,1298; n f AV - thanksgiving 9, giving of thanks 3, thanks 2, thankfulness 1; 15 1) thankfulness 2) the giving of thanks
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2170 eucharistos {yoo-khar'-is-tos} ·½¦Û 2095 and a derivative of 5483; TDNT - 9:407,1298; §Î®eµü AV - thankful 1; 1 1) ¬°®¦´f¦Ó¤ß¦s·P¿E, ·P®¦ªº, ªY¼¢ªº 2) °Q¤H³ßÅwªº, ¥O¤H´r§Öªº, 3) ³Q±µ¯Çªº, ±o³Óªº, ¤ß¯Ý¼eÁ諸, ¦æµ½ªº (#¦è 3:15|)

2170 eucharistos {yoo-khar'-is-tos} from 2095 and a derivative of 5483; TDNT - 9:407,1298; adj AV - thankful 1; 1 1) mindful of favours, grateful, thankful 2) pleasing, agreeable 3) acceptable to others, winning, liberal, beneficent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2171 euche {yoo-khay'} ·½¦Û 2172; TDNT - 2:775,279; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vow 2, prayer 1; 3 1) ¦V¯«ªºÃ«§i, ³\Ä@ 2) »}¬ù, »}¨¥(#®{ 18:18, 21:23; ¶® 5:15| )

2171 euche {yoo-khay'} from 2172; TDNT - 2:775,279; n f AV - vow 2, prayer 1; 3 1) a prayer to God 2) a vow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2172 euchomai {yoo'-khom-ahee} ¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬°ÊµüªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 2:775,279; °Êµü AV - wish 3, pray 2, can wish 1, I would 1; 7 1) ¦V¯«Ã«§i 2) ¬èÄ@, ¬è¨D, ë§i¤^¨D

2172 euchomai {yoo'-khom-ahee} middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 2:775,279; v AV - wish 3, pray 2, can wish 1, I would 1; 7 1) to pray to God 2) to wish, to pray, to pray for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2173 euchrestos {yoo'-khrays-tos} ·½©ó 2095 ©M 5543;; §Î®eµü AV - profitable 2, meet for use 1; 3 1) «Ü®e©ö¨Ï¥Îªº, ¦³¥Îªº

2173 euchrestos {yoo'-khrays-tos} from 2095 and 5543;; adj AV - profitable 2, meet for use 1; 3 1) easy to make use of, useful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2174 eupsucheo {yoo-psoo-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 2095 and 5590;; °Êµü AV - be of good comfort 1; 1 1) ¦³¦nªº¹ªÀy, ¦³´r§Öªººë¯« (#µÌ 2:19|)

2174 eupsucheo {yoo-psoo-kheh'-o} from a compound of 2095 and 5590;; v AV - be of good comfort 1; 1 1) to be of good courage, to be of a cheerful spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2175 euodia {yoo-o-dee'-ah} ·½¦Û2095ªº½Æ¦X«¬»P3605ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 2:808,285; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sweet savour 1, sweet smelling 1, sweet smell 1; 3 1) ­»¨ý, ªâªÚ

2175 euodia {yoo-o-dee'-ah} from a compound of 2095 and a derivative of 3605; TDNT - 2:808,285; n f AV - sweet savour 1, sweet smelling 1, sweet smell 1; 3 1) a sweet smell, fragrance 2) a fragrant or sweet smelling thing, incense, on odour or something sweet smelling 2a) an odour of acquiescence, satisfaction 2b) a sweet odour, spoken of the smell of sacrifices and obligations, agreeably to the ancient notion that God smells and is pleased with the odour of sacrifices 3) metaph. a thing well pleasing to God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2176 euonumos {yoo-o'-noo-mos} ·½¦Û 2095 »P 3686; §Î®eµü AV - left 5, on the left hand 4, left foot 1; 10 1) ¥ªÃ䪺

2176 euonumos {yoo-o'-noo-mos} from 2095 and 3686;; adj AV - left 5, on the left hand 4, left foot 1; 10 1) of good name and of good omen 1a) in the latter sense used in taking auguries; but those omens were euphemistically called "euonumos" which in fact were regarded as unlucky, i.e. which came from the left, sinister omens, (for which a good name was desired) 2) left, on the left hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2177 ephallomai {ef-al'-lom-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 and 242;; °Êµü AV - leap 1; 1 1) ¸õÅD, ¼u¸õ (#®{ 19:16|)

2177 ephallomai {ef-al'-lom-ahee} from 1909 and 242;; v AV - leap 1; 1 1) to leap upon, spring upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2178 ephapax {ef-ap'-ax} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 530; TDNT - 1:383,64; °Æµü AV - once 5; 5 1) ¤@¦¸¦a, ¦P®É¦a 1a) ¥þ³¡³£¦P®É¦a 1b) ¤@¦¸´N°÷¥þ³¡ªº¤F, ¤@¦¸¦ÓºÉ¥þ¥\.

2178 ephapax {ef-ap'-ax} from 1909 and 530; TDNT - 1:383,64; adv AV - once 5; 5 1) once, at once 1a) all at once 1b) once for all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2179 Ephesinos {ef-es-ee'-nos} ·½¦Û 2181;; §Î®eµü AV - of Ephesus 1; 1 1) ¥H¥±©Ò¥X¥Íªº¤H©Î©~¥Á (#±Ò 2:1|)

2179 Ephesinos {ef-es-ee'-nos} from 2181;; adj AV - of Ephesus 1; 1 1) a native or inhabitant of Ephesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2180 Ephesios {ef-es'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 2181;; §Î®eµü AV - Ephesian 6, of Ephesus 1; 7 1) ¥H¥±©Ò¥X¥Íªº©Î©~¥Á, ¥H¥±©Ò¤H

2180 Ephesios {ef-es'-ee-os} from 2181;; adj AV - Ephesian 6, of Ephesus 1; 7 1) a native or inhabitant of Ephesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2181 Ephesos {ef'-es-os} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó»y;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Ephesus 15; 15 ¥H¥±©Ò = "¤¹³\ªº" 1)¤@­Ó¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªu®üªº³£¥«, ·R¶ø¥§¨Èªº­º³£, ¨üù°¨¤Hªº¨È¬w¦a°Ï©xªøªv²z, ¦ì©ó¤h¨C®³©M¦Ì§Q³£¤§¶¡ªºIcarian®ü

2181 Ephesos {ef'-es-os} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Ephesus 15; 15 Ephesus = "permitted" 1) a maritime city of Asia Minor, capital of Ionia and under the Romans, of proconsular Asia, situated on the Icarian Sea between Smyrna and Miletus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2182 epheuretes {ef-yoo-ret'-ace} ·½¦Û a compound of 1909 and 2147;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - inventor 1; 1 1) µo©úªÌ, ³]­pªÌ, Äw¿ÑªÌ (#ù 1:30|)

2182 epheuretes {ef-yoo-ret'-ace} from a compound of 1909 and 2147;; n m AV - inventor 1; 1 1) an inventor, contriver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2183 ephemeria {ef-ay-mer-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2184;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - course 2; 2 1) (²½¥q¨C¤Ñ¦b¸t·µ©T©wªA¨Æªº)¯Z¦¸ (#¸ô 1:5,8|)

2183 ephemeria {ef-ay-mer-ee'-ah} from 2184;; n f AV - course 2; 2 1) a service limited to a stated series of days 2) the class or course itself of priests who for a week at a time performed the duties of the priestly office. David divided the priests into twenty four classes, each of which in its turn discharged the duties of the office for an entire week, from sabbath to sabbath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2184 ephemeros {ef-ay'-mer-os} ·½¦Û 1909 and 2250;; §Î®eµü AV - daily 1; 1 1) «ùÄò¤@¤Ñ 2) ¨C¤éªº (#¶® 2:15|)

2184 ephemeros {ef-ay'-mer-os} from 1909 and 2250;; adj AV - daily 1; 1 1) lasting for a day 2) daily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2185 ephikneomai {ef-ik-neh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 1909 ©M 2240 ªº¦P®Ú¦r;; °Êµü AV - reach 2; 2 1) ¨Ó¨ì(#ªL«á 10:13-14|)

2185 ephikneomai {ef-ik-neh'-om-ahee} from 1909 and a cognate of 2240;; v AV - reach 2; 2 1) to come to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2186 ephistemi {ef-is'-tay-mee} ·½©ó 1909 ©M 2476;; °Êµü AV - come upon 6, come 4, stand 3, stand by 3, misc 5; 21 1) ¸m©ó, ©ñ¦b, ¸m©ñ 1a) ¦b³õ, ¦s¦b 1b) ¥ß©ó¤H«e, Á{¾r¬Y¤H¤§¤W 1b1) ¤×¨ä¥Î¥H«ü¬ðµM¥X²{©ó¤H«eªº 1b1a) ¤Ñ¨Ï, ´_¬¡¤éªº¤Ñ¨Ï 1b1b) «ü¹Ú 1b2) «ü¨aº×Á{ÀY(#©««e 5:3|) 1c) ´N¦b¤âÃä 1c1) ÀH¤â¥i±o, ·Ç³Æ¦n¤F 1d) «ü®É¶¡ 1d1) §Y±N¨ÓÁ{ 1d1a) «ü¤U«B(#®{ 28:2|)

2186 ephistemi {ef-is'-tay-mee} from 1909 and 2476;; v AV - come upon 6, come 4, stand 3, stand by 3, misc 5; 21 1) to place at, place upon, place over 1a) to stand by, be present 1b) to stand over one, place one's self above 1b1) used esp. of persons coming upon one suddenly 1b1a) an angel, of the advent of angels 1b1b) of dreams 1b2) of evils coming upon one 1c) to be at hand 1c1) be ready, 1d) of time 1d1) to come upon 1d1a) of rain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2187 Ephraim {ef-rah-im'} of Hebrew origin, 0669 or better 06085;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ephraim 1; 1 ¥Hªk½¬= "¥[­¿ªºÂצ¬" 1) Â÷­C¸ô¼»§N¶È´X¤Ñ¸ôµ{ªº¬Y­Ó«°¥« (#¬ù 11:54|)

2187 Ephraim {ef-rah-im'} of Hebrew origin, 0669 or better 06085;; n pr m AV - Ephraim 1; 1 Ephraim = "double fruitfulness" 1) a city about a short day's journey from Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2188 ephphatha {ef-fath-ah'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin 06606;; ©R¥O»y®ð AV - ephphatha 1; 1 1) §A¥´¶}§a! 1a) ±o¨ìÅ¥¤O; ¦ÕŤªº¦Õ¦·¤Î½M²´ªº²´·ú³QÀÀ¤H¤Æ·í§@¬OÃö³¬ªº (#¥i 7:34|)

2188 ephphatha {ef-fath-ah'} of Aramaic origin 06606;; imperative AV - ephphatha 1; 1 1) be thou opened 1a) receive the power of hearing, the ears of the deaf and the eyes of the blind being considered as closed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2189 echthra {ekh'-thrah} ·½¦Û 2190; TDNT - 2:815,285; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - enmity 5, hatred 1; 6 1) ¼Ä·N 2) ¼Ä·Nªº°_¦]

2189 echthra {ekh'-thrah} from 2190; TDNT - 2:815,285; n f AV - enmity 5, hatred 1; 6 1) enmity 2) cause of enmity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2190 echthros {ech-thros'} ·½©ó°ò¥»«¬ªº echtho (¤³«ë); ¥i´cªº (³Q°Ê¤W·N¸q, «ü¥O¤H¼¨«ëªº; ©Î ¥D°Ê¤Wªº·N¸q, «ü¼Äµøªº); TDNT - 2:811,285; §Î®eµü AV - enemy 30, foe 2; 32 1) ¥i«ëªº, ¥O¤H¹½´cªº, ¥i´cªº 2) ¼Ä¹ïªº, ¤³«ë, ¤Ï¹ï§O¤H 2a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤H¦]¬°¸o¦Ó©M¯«¹ï¥ß 2a1) ¦b¤ß¤¤¤Ï¹ïÊï¾×(¯«) 2a2) ¬Û¼Ä¹ïªº¤H 2a3) ¯S©wªº¼Ä¤H 2a4) ¼Ä¤èªº¤H 2a5) ¼»¥¹, ©v±Ð¤WÄݯ«¤@¤èªº¦º¹ïÀY

2190 echthros {ech-thros'} from a primary echtho (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); TDNT - 2:811,285; adj AV - enemy 30, foe 2; 32 1) hated, odious, hateful 2) hostile, hating, and opposing another 2a) used of men as at enmity with God by their sin 2a1) opposing (God) in the mind 2a2) a man that is hostile 2a3) a certain enemy 2a4) the hostile one 2a5) the devil who is the most bitter enemy of the divine government
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2191 echidna {ekh'-id-nah} TDNT - 2:815,286; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - viper 5; 5 1) ³D

2191 echidna {ekh'-id-nah} of uncertain origin; TDNT - 2:815,286; n f AV - viper 5; 5 1) a viper, offspring of vipers 1a) addressed to cunning, malignant, wicked men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2192 echo {ekh'-o} ¥]¬A¨ä¥t¤@«¬ scheo {skheh'-o}, (¥u¥Î©ó¯S©wªº®ÉºA) ¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 2:816,286; °Êµü AV - have 613, be 22, need + 5532 12, misc 63, vr have 2; 712 1) ¾Ö¦³, ¥ç§Y «ù¦u¦í 1a) ´¤¦b¤â¤¤, ¨ú¨ä ¬ïµÛ ¤§·N; ¤ß¤¤¦³...·Qªk(«ü ĵ®£, ¾á¼~ªº±¡ºüµ¥); to hold fast keep, ¦³¤À©Î¬O²Õ¦¨¤§¤@³¡¤À, ¬°µø§@¬O... 2) ¦³, ¥ç§Y ¾Ö¦³, ¨ã³Æ 2a) «ü¥~¦b¨ãÅ骺¨Æª«, ¦p¦³Ãö©ó°]ª«©Î°]´I, ®aÍï, ®a®x¥Î«~, ª«¥ó©Î­¹ª«µ¥µ¥ 2b) ¥Î¥H«ü¦]¦å·½, ±B«Ã, ¤Í½Ë, ©Îªk«ß¤Wªº³d¥ô¦Ó¨ÓªºÀHÅ@©Î¤Í½Ë 3) °í¦u©Îµo²{¬Y¤H¬O¦p¦ó¦p¦ó, ¦b¦p¦¹¦p¦¹ªºª¬ªp¤U 4) ºò´¤¬Yª«, ´¤¦í¬Yª«, ÂHªþ©Îºò±K¨Ì°¹ 4a) ©M¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª«ºò±K¬Û³s

2192 echo {ekh'-o} including an alternate form scheo {skheh'-o}, used in certain tenses only), a primary verb; TDNT - 2:816,286; v AV - have 613, be 22, need + 5532 12, misc 63, vr have 2; 712 1) to have, i.e. to hold 1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or involve, to regard or consider or hold as 2) to have i.e. own, possess 2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or furniture or utensils or goods or food etc. 2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or companionship 3) to hold one's self or find one's self so and so, to be in such or such a condition 4) to hold one's self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere or cling to 4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2193 heos {heh'-oce} ¨Ó·½¤£©úªºÃö«Y¦r;; ³sµ²µü AV - till 28, unto 27, until 25, to 16, till + 3739 11, misc 41; 148 1) ¨ì...®É­Ô, ª½¨ì...®É­Ô

2193 heos {heh'-oce} of uncertain affinity;; conj AV - till 28, unto 27, until 25, to 16, till + 3739 11, misc 41; 148 1) till, until
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2194 Zaboulon {dzab-oo-lone'} of Hebrew origin 02074;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zabulon 3; 3 ¦è¥¬­Û ·N«ü"©~©Ò, ©Ð¶¡" 1) ¶®¦Uªº²Ä¤Q¥N¤l®] 2) ¦è¥¬­Û±Ú (#¤Ó 4:13, 4:15; ±Ò 7:8|)

2194 Zaboulon {dzab-oo-lone'} of Hebrew origin 02074;; n pr m AV - Zabulon 3; 3 Zebulun meaning "a habitation" 1) the tenth of the sons of Jacob 2) the tribe of Zebulun
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2195 Zakchaios {dzak-chah'-ee-yos} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å, cf 02140;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zacchaeus 3; 3 ¼»¸Ó = "¯Â²b" 1) ¤@­Óµ|¦Oªø

2195 Zakchaios {dzak-chah'-ee-yos} of Hebrew origin, cf 02140;; n pr m AV - Zacchaeus 3; 3 Zacchaeus = "pure" 1) a chief tax collector
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2196 Zara {dzar-ah'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 02226;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zara 1; 1 ÁÂ©Ô = "¦p¤éªF¤É" 1) µS¤jªº¨à¤l, °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@(#¤Ó 1:3|)

2196 Zara {dzar-ah'} of Hebrew origin 02226;; n pr m AV - Zara 1; 1 Zara = "a rising (as the sun)" 1) the son of Judah, ancestor of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2197 Zacharias {dzakh-ar-ee'-as} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å02148; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zacharias 11; 11 ¼»­{§Q¨È = "³Q­C©MµØ¬ö©À" 1) ¬I¬~¬ù¿«ªº¤÷¿Ë 2) ¤Ú©Ô¥[ªº¨à¤l

2197 Zacharias {dzakh-ar-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 02148;; n pr m AV - Zacharias 11; 11 Zacharias meaning "remembered of Jehovah" 1) the father of John the Baptist 2) son of Barachias, who was slain by the Jews between the altar and the temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2198 zao {dzah'-o} ¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 2:832,290; °Êµü AV - live 117, be alive 9, alive 6, quick 4, lively 3, not tr 1, misc 2, vr live 1; 143 1) ¬¡µÛ, ©I§l®ð®§, ¦b¬¡ª«¤¤ («DµL¥Íª«, «D¦ºªº) 2) ¨É¨ü¯u¹êªº¥Í©R 2a) «ü­È±o¥h¾Ö¦³ªº¯u¥Í©R 2b) «ü¦b¯«ªº°ê¤¤¦p¬¡¬uªº, ¨ü¯¬ºÖªº¥Ã¥Í 3) ¬¡µÛ, ¥ç§Y ¤@¥Íªº¥Í¦s»P¬¡°Ê 3a) «ü·|¦º¤`ªº¤Hªº¥Í©R 4) ¬¡¤ô, ¨ä¥»¨­¦³¥Í©Rªº¤O¶q¨Ã¯à¨Ñµ¹ÆF»îªº¬¡¤O 5) Áô³ë. ¥Rº¡¬¡¤Oªº 5a) ¦~»´ªº, ±j§§ªº, ¦³®Ä²vªº 5b) §@§Î®eµü, ¦³¬¡¤Oªº, ¦³¤O¶qªº, ¦³®Ä¥Îªº

2198 zao {dzah'-o} a primary verb; TDNT - 2:832,290; v AV - live 117, be alive 9, alive 6, quick 4, lively 3, not tr 1, misc 2, vr live 1; 143 1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead) 2) to enjoy real life 2a) to have true life and worthy of the name 2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God 3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting 3a) of mortals or character 4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the same upon the soul 5) metaph. to be in full vigour 5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient, 5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2199 Zebedaios {dzeb-ed-ah'-yos} of Hebrew origin, cf 02067;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zebedee 12; 12 ¦è§È¤Ó= "§ÚªºÂ§ª«" 1) ¥[§Q§Qªºº®¤Ò, ¨Ï®{¶®¦U©M¶®¦U¥S§Ì¬ù¿«ªº¤÷¿Ë¡A¼»Ã¹¦Ìªº©d¤l

2199 Zebedaios {dzeb-ed-ah'-yos} of Hebrew origin, cf 02067;; n pr m AV - Zebedee 12; 12 Zebedee = "my gift" 1) a fisherman of Galilee, the father of the apostles James the Great and John, and the husband of Salome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2200 zestos {dzes-tos'} ·½¦Û 2204; TDNT - 2:876,296; §Î®eµü AV - hot 3; 3 1) ¥[¼ö¨ÏªmÄË, °ª·Åµo¿S 2) Áô³ë¼ö±¡, ¼ö¤ß (#±Ò 3:15-16|)

2200 zestos {dzes-tos'} from 2204; TDNT - 2:876,296; adj AV - hot 3; 3 1) boiling hot, hot 2) metaph. of fervour of mind an zeal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2201 zeugos {dzyoo'-gos} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2218;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - pair 1, yoke 1; 2 1) ¥H³m³sµ²¤@°_¹¤­«ª«ªº¨â°¦¬¹¤f (°¨©ÎÅ[©Î¤û), ¤@¹ï¥Î³m³sµ²ªº°Êª« 2) ¤@Âù, ¤@¹ï (#¸ô 2:24; 14:19|)

2201 zeugos {dzyoo'-gos} from the same as 2218;; n n AV - pair 1, yoke 1; 2 1) two draught cattle (horses or mules or oxen) yoked together, a pair or yoke of beasts 2) a pair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2202 zeukteria {dzook-tay-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û a derivative (at the second stage) »P...¦P·½ 2218;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - band 1; 1 1) ÷¯Á, ºò¦©¥ó (#®{ 27:40|)

2202 zeukteria {dzook-tay-ree'-ah} from a derivative (at the second stage) from the same as 2218;; n f AV - band 1; 1 1) a band, fastening
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2203 Zeus {dzyooce} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jupiter 2; 2 ¦¶©¼¯S©Î¥á´µ = "À°§Uªº¤÷" 1) §ÆÃ¾°êªº©z´µ¯«, ¬Û·í©óù°¨¯«¸Üªº¦¶©¼¯S¯« (#®{ 14:12-13|)

2203 Zeus {dzyooce} of uncertain affinity;; n pr m AV - Jupiter 2; 2 Jupiter or Zeus = "a father of helps" 1) the national god of the Greeks and corresponds to the Roman Jupiter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2204 zeo {dzeh'-o} TDNT - 2:875,296; °Êµü AV - be fervent 1, fervent 1; 2 1) «æ©ó¦æµ½©Î§@´cªº«ã®ð©Î·R¤ßµ¥±¡·P 2) ¼ö°J,ªY¾Ä,¤õ¼ö©ó (#®{ 18:25; ù12:11|)

2204 zeo {dzeh'-o} a primary verb; TDNT - 2:875,296; v AV - be fervent 1, fervent 1; 2 1) to boil with heat, be hot 1a) used of water 1b) metaph. 1b1) used of boiling anger, love, zeal, for what is good or bad etc. 1b2) fervent in spirit, said of zeal for what is good
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2205 zelos {dzay'-los} ·½©ó 2204; TDNT - 2:877,297; ¶§/³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - zeal 6, envying 5, indignation 2, envy 1, fervent mind 1, jealousy 1, emulation 1; 17 1) ¤ß¤¤¿E°Ê, ¼ö¤ß, ÆF¸Ì³ß®® 1a) ¼ö±¡, ¼ö¤Á¦a¾Ö©ê, °l¨D¬Y¨Æ, ©Î¬°¨äÅGÅ@ 1a1) ¼ö¤ß¦a¬°¤F¹ï¤@­Ó¤H©Î¨Æ¦³§Qªº 1a2) ·¥ºÝªº¼««ã, «ë¤§¤J°© 1b) ÃhµÛ¶ú¤õªºª§Äv, §ª¶ú

2205 zelos {dzay'-los} from 2204; TDNT - 2:877,297; n m/n AV - zeal 6, envying 5, indignation 2, envy 1, fervent mind 1, jealousy 1, emulation 1; 17 1) excitement of mind, ardour, fervour of spirit 1a) zeal, ardour in embracing, pursuing, defending anything 1a1) zeal in behalf of, for a person or thing 1a2) the fierceness of indignation, punitive zeal 1b) an envious and contentious rivalry, jealousy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2206 zeloo {dzay-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 2205; TDNT - 2:882,297; °Êµü AV - zealously affect 2, more with envy 2, envy 1, be zealous 1, affect 1, desire 1, covet 1, covet earnestly 1, misc 2; 12 1) §V¤O,´÷±æ,¼ö¤ß,§ë¤J 2) ¥Rº¡¶ú§ª

2206 zeloo {dzay-lo'-o} from 2205; TDNT - 2:882,297; v AV - zealously affect 2, more with envy 2, envy 1, be zealous 1, affect 1, desire 1, covet 1, covet earnestly 1, misc 2; 12 1) to burn with zeal 1a) to be heated or to boil with envy, hatred, anger 1a1) in a good sense, to be zealous in the pursuit of good 1b) to desire earnestly, pursue 1b1) to desire one earnestly, to strive after, busy one's self about him 1b2) to exert one's self for one (that he may not be torn from me) 1b3) to be the object of the zeal of others, to be zealously sought after 1c) to envy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2207 zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'} ·½¦Û 2206; TDNT - 2:882,297;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - zealous 5; 5 1) ¼ö¤ß,©¾¸Û,°í­sªº¤H 2) ·R°ê,¨g¼ö¥÷¤l (#¸ô 6:15; ®{ 1:13|)

2207 zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'} from 2206; TDNT - 2:882,297; n m AV - zealous 5; 5 1) one burning with zeal, a zealot 2) used of God as jealous of any rival and sternly vindicating his control 3) most eagerly desirous of, zealous for, a thing 3a) to acquire a thing, (zealous of) 3b) to defend and uphold a thing, vehemently contending for a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2208 Zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'} »P2207¦P; TDNT - 2:882,297;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Zelotes 2; 2 1) ¾Ä¾UÄÒ (#¸ô 6:15; ®{ 1:13|) ¦Ûº¿§J¤ñ®É¥N°_,¦³¤@¸sµS¤Ó¤HºÙ¬°¾Ä¾UÄÒ,ÄY¦u¼¯¦è«ßªk,¬Æ¦Ü¤£±¤¶D½Ñ¼É¤O ¥H§K¦Û¤vªº©v±Ð«H¥õ³Q«I¥Ç.

2208 Zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'} the same as 2207; TDNT - 2:882,297; n m AV - Zelotes 2; 2 1) one burning with zeal, a zealot 2) used of God as jealous of any rival and sternly vindicating his control 3) most eagerly desirous of, zealous for, a thing 3a) to acquire a thing, (zealous of) 3b) to defend and uphold a thing, vehemently contending for a thing From the time of the Maccabees there existed among the Jews a class of men, called Zealots, who vigorously adhered to the Mosaic law and endeavouring even by a resort to violence, after the example of Phinehas, to prevent religion from being violated by others; but in the latter days of the Jewish commonwealth they used their holy zeal as a pretext for the basest crimes.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2209 zemia {dzay-mee'-ah} probably ªñ¦ü to the base of 1150 (through the idea of violence); TDNT - 2:888,299; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - loss 3, damage 1; 4 1) ¶Ë®`, ¯}Ãa, ·l¥¢

2209 zemia {dzay-mee'-ah} probably akin to the base of 1150 (through the idea of violence); TDNT - 2:888,299; n f AV - loss 3, damage 1; 4 1) damage, loss
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2210 zemioo {dzay-mee-o'-o} ·½¦Û 2209; TDNT - 2:888,299; °Êµü AV - lose 2, suffer loss 2, be cast away 1, receive damage 1; 6 1) ·l¥¢, ¨ü·l 2) ©Ó¾á·l®`, ¾D¨ü¶Ë®`, ¸g¾úÁ«·l

2210 zemioo {dzay-mee-o'-o} from 2209; TDNT - 2:888,299; v AV - lose 2, suffer loss 2, be cast away 1, receive damage 1; 6 1) to affect with damage, do damage to 2) to sustain damage, to receive injury, suffer loss
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2211 Zenas {dzay-nas'} ¥i¯à¬Oªu¥Î 2203 ¤Î 1435 ªº¸ÖÅé§Î¦¡;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zenas 1; 1 ¦è¯Ç = "¤ì¬P¡]©Î ¦¶¤ñ¯S¡^" 1) ¤@­ÓµS¤Ó«ßªkªº±Ð®v¡A«á¨Ó¦¨¬°°ò·þ®{ #¦h 3:13|

2211 Zenas {dzay-nas'} probably contracted from a poetic form of 2203 and 1435;; n pr m AV - Zenas 1; 1 Zenas = "Jupiter" 1) a teacher of the Jewish law and afterwards a Christian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2212 zeteo {dzay-teh'-o} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä·N«ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 2:892,300; °Êµü AV - seek 100, seek for 5, go about 4, desire 3, misc 7; 119 1) ´M¨D´M§ä 1a) ´M§ä¬Yª« 1b) ¥H«ä¦Ò¤ÀªR, ¨I«ä, ±À²z, ¸ß¬dªº¤è¦¡¥H¨Dµo±¸¥X... 1c) ´M¨D, ´M§ä, ³]¥ß¥Ø¼Ð, ¾Ä¤O¥H¨DÀò±o 2) ½Ð¨D, ¥ç§Y ­n¨D, «æ­¢ªº»Ý¨D 2a) ´÷±æ, «æ»Ý, ¦V¬Y¤H´£¥X­n¨D

2212 zeteo {dzay-teh'-o} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:892,300; v AV - seek 100, seek for 5, go about 4, desire 3, misc 7; 119 1) to seek in order to find 1a) to seek a thing 1b) to seek [in order to find out] by thinking, meditating, reasoning, to enquire into 1c) to seek after, seek for, aim at, strive after 2) to seek i.e. require, demand 2a) to crave, demand something from someone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2213 zetema {dzay'-tay-mah} ·½¦Û 2212;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - question 5; 5 1) ºÃ°Ý, ÃøÃD, ÅG½× 1a) Ãö©ó(¸t¸g¤¤©Ò´¦¥Üªº) °V»|

2213 zetema {dzay'-tay-mah} from 2212;; n n AV - question 5; 5 1) a question, debate 1a) about the law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2214 zetesis {dzay'-tay-sis} ·½¦Û 2212; TDNT - 2:893,300; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - question 6; 6 1) ´M§ä 2) ¥´Å¥ 3) ¸ß°Ý, ÅG½× 4) ¸ß°Ý©ÎÅG½×ªº¥DÃD, ª§½×ªº¨Æ¥ó

2214 zetesis {dzay'-tay-sis} from 2212; TDNT - 2:893,300; n f AV - question 6; 6 1) a seeking 2) enquiry 3) a questioning, debate 4) a subject of questioning or debate, matter of controversy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2215 zizanion {dziz-an'-ee-on} of uncertain origin;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - tares 8; 8 1) ¤@ºØ¬r³Á, Ãþ¦ü¤p³Á, ¥u¬OºØ²É§e¶Â¦â (Þû¤l)

2215 zizanion {dziz-an'-ee-on} of uncertain origin;; n n AV - tares 8; 8 1) a kind of darnel, resembling wheat except the grains are black
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2216 Zorobabel {dzor-ob-ab'-el} of Hebrew origin 02216;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Zorobabel 3; 3 ©Òù¤Ú§B= "¥Í©ó¤Ú¤ñ­Û" 1) ©óªi´µ¤ý¶ë¾|¤h¤¸¦~, ±a»â²Ä¤@§åµS¤j¦Ê©m±q¤Ú¤ñ­ÛÂk¦^¥H¦â¦Cªº»â³S (#¤Ó 1:12-13; ¸ô 3:27|)

2216 Zorobabel {dzor-ob-ab'-el} of Hebrew origin 02216;; n pr m AV - Zorobabel 3; 3 Zerubbabel = "born at Babel, i.e. Babylon" 1) the head of the tribe of Judah at the time of the return from Babylonish captivity in the first year of Cyrus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2217 zophos {dzof'-os} ªñ¦ü to the base of 3509;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - darkness 2, mist 1, blackness 1; 4 1) ·t, ¶Â 1a) «ü¦aº»¥@¬Éªº¶Â·t

2217 zophos {dzof'-os} akin to the base of 3509;; n m AV - darkness 2, mist 1, blackness 1; 4 1) darkness, blackness 1a) used of the darkness of the nether world
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2218 zugos {dzoo-gos'} ·½¦Ûzeugnumi (³s±µ,¯S§O¬O¥Î³m³s°_¨Óªº·N«ä)ªº¦r®Ú; TDNT - 2:896,301;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - yoke 5, pair of balances 1; 6 1)³m 2)¯¯ (#±Ò 6:5|)

2218 zugos {dzoo-gos'} from the root of zeugnumi (to join, especially by a "yoke"); TDNT - 2:896,301; n m AV - yoke 5, pair of balances 1; 6 1) a yoke 1a) a yoke that is put on draught cattle 1b) metaph., used of any burden or bondage 1b1) as that of slavery 1b2) of troublesome laws imposed on one, esp. of the Mosaic law, hence the name is so transferred to the commands of Christ as to contrast them with the commands of the Pharisees which were a veritable 'yoke'; yet even Christ's commands must be submitted to, though easier to be kept 2) a balance, pair of scales
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2219 zume {dzoo'-may} TDNT - 2:902,302; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - leaven 13; 13 1) (µoÄѥΪº) »Ã 2) (¹ï¤HªººA«×»P¦æ¬°¦³­t­±¼vÅTªº) »Ã

2219 zume {dzoo'-may} probably from 2204; TDNT - 2:902,302; n f AV - leaven 13; 13 1) leaven 2) metaph. of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others Leaven is applied to that which, though small in quantity, yet by its influence thoroughly pervades a thing; either in a good sense as in the parable Mat. 13:33; or in a bad sense, of a pernicious influence, "a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2220 zumoo {dzoo-mo'-o} TDNT - 2:902,302; °Êµü AV - leaven 4; 4 1) µo»Ã

2220 zumoo {dzoo-mo'-o} from 2219; TDNT - 2:902,302; v AV - leaven 4; 4 1) to leaven 2) to mix leaven with dough so as to make it ferment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2221 zogreo {dzogue-reh'-o} »P2226 ©M 64 ¦P·½ ;; °Êµü AV - catch 1, take captive 1; 2 1) ¬¡®» 2) ®»®³,®·®» , ¾ÛÀò

2221 zogreo {dzogue-reh'-o} from the same as 2226 and 64;; v AV - catch 1, take captive 1; 2 1) to take alive 2) to take, catch, capture
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2222 zoe {dzo-ay'} ·½¦Û2198; TDNT - 2:832,290; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - life 133, lifetime 1; 134 1) ¥Í©Rªº®ð®§ 1a) ¤@­Ó¨ã¦³¬¡°Ê¯à¤Oªº¤Hªº¨ººØª¬ºA¤H¡A¦³¥Í®ðªº¨ººØª¬ºA 1b) ¨C¤@­Ó¬¡ªº»î 2) ¥Ã¦sªº¥Í©R 2a) ¬O«ü¥Í©Rªº¨º¤@ºØµ´¹ïªºÂ׺¡¡A¥]¬AÂkÄݩ󯫪º¨ººØ¹ê½è¤W©M¹D¼w¤WªºÂ׺¡, ¨Ã¥B³oºØÂ׺¡¬OÂÇµÛ Í¢¦Ó¦s¦b©ó¡§¯«ªº¸Ü¡¨ªº¥»½è¤¤©M°ò·þªº¸Ì­±,¨Ã¥B¦b°ò·þ ªº¸Ì­±¡A¯«§â³oºØÂ׺¡Âǵۡ§¯«ªº¸Ü¡¨¬ï¦b¤Hªº¥»©Ê¤W¡C 2b) ¯u¹ê©M¯Â¥¿ªº¥Í©R¡A¤@ºØ¿n·¥ªº©M¦³¬¡¤Oªº¥Í©R¡AÄm¨­©ó ¯«¡A»X¯«¯¬ºÖ¡A´N¬O ¨º¨Ç«H¾a°ò·þªº¤Hªº¥Í©R¡A¬Æ¦Ü±q¤µ¥@´N±oµÛ¡A¨ì´_¬¡¥H«áÂǥѷsªº±oµÛ(¥]¬A¤@ ­Ó§ó§¹¬üªº¨­Åé)¦Ó§¹¥þªº¥Í©R¡A¨Ã¥B¬Oªø¦s¨ì¥Ã«íªº¥Í©R¡C ¦P¸q¦r¥i°Ñ¦Ò 5821

2222 zoe {dzo-ay'} from 2198; TDNT - 2:832,290; n f AV - life 133, lifetime 1; 134 1) life 1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate 1b) every living soul 2) life 2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the hypostatic "logos" and to Christ in whom the "logos" put on human nature 2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect body), and to last for ever. For Synonyms see entry 5821
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2223 zone {dzo'-nay} probably ªñ¦ü to the base of 2218; TDNT - 5:302,702; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - girdle 6, purse 2; 8 1) ¸y±a, ¥Ö±a, ¤£¥u¬O¥Î¨Ó§ôºò««±¾ªº¦çªA, ¦]¬°¬O¤¤ªÅªº, ¤]¥Î¨Ó¸Ë¿ú

2223 zone {dzo'-nay} probably akin to the base of 2218; TDNT - 5:302,702; n f AV - girdle 6, purse 2; 8 1) a girdle, belt, serving not only to gird on flowing garments but also, since it was hollow, to carry money in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2224 zonnumi {dzone'-noo-mi} or zonnuo {dzone-noo'-o} ·½¦Û 2223; TDNT - 5:302,702; °Êµü AV - gird 2; 2 1) ¥H±a§ôºò 2) ¥Î±a§â¦Û¤v§ôºò (#¬ù 21:18|)

2224 zonnumi {dzone'-noo-mi} or zonnuo {dzone-noo'-o} from 2223; TDNT - 5:302,702; v AV - gird 2; 2 1) to gird 2) to gird one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2225 zoogoneo {dzo-og-on-eh'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2226 and a derivative of 1096; TDNT - 2:873,290; °Êµü AV - preserve 1, live 1; 2 1) ±Ï¬¡ 2) ªþ©ó¥Í©R 3) ¨Ï¦s¬¡ (#¸ô 17:33; ®{ 7:19|)

2225 zoogoneo {dzo-og-on-eh'-o} from the same as 2226 and a derivative of 1096; TDNT - 2:873,290; v AV - preserve 1, live 1; 2 1) to bring forth alive 2) to give life 3) to preserve alive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2226 zoon {dzo'-on} ­l¥Í©ó 2198; TDNT - 2:873,290; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - beast 23; 23 1) ¬¡ª« 2) Ã~Ãþ, ³¥Ã~, ¬¹¯b ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5846

2226 zoon {dzo'-on} of a derivative of 2198; TDNT - 2:873,290; n n AV - beast 23; 23 1) a living being 2) an animal, brute, beast For Synonyms see entry 5846
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2227 zoopoieo {dzo-op-oy-eh'-o} »P2226¥H¤Î4160¦P·½; TDNT - 2:874,290; °Êµü AV - quicken 9, give life 2, make alive 1; 12 1) ¨Ï¬¡µÛ,½ç¥Í©R 1a)¥Dµü¬°¯«,­C¿q,©Î¸tÆF 1b)¥Dµü¬°¨Æª« (#ªL«e15:5; ¥[ 3:21|) 2) ºûô¥Í©R (¸g¥~·N¸q)

2227 zoopoieo {dzo-op-oy-eh'-o} from the same as 2226 and 4160; TDNT - 2:874,290; v AV - quicken 9, give life 2, make alive 1; 12 1) to produce alive, begat or bear living young 2) to cause to live, make alive, give life 2a) by spiritual power to arouse and invigorate 2b) to restore to life 2c) to give increase of life: thus of physical life 2d) of the spirit, quickening as respects the spirit, endued with new and greater powers of life 3) metaph., of seeds quickened into life, i.e. germinating, springing up, growing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2228 e {ay} ¦r®Ú«¬, ¥Î©ó±µ³sªº¨â¦r¶¡¥H¥[¥H°Ï§Oªº ½èµü/»y§Uµü;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - or 259, than 38, either 8, or else 5, nor 5, not tr 22, misc 20; 357 1) ©Î«h, ©Î, ¤ñ...

2228 e {ay} a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms;; particle AV - or 259, than 38, either 8, or else 5, nor 5, not tr 22, misc 20; 357 1) either, or, than
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2229 e {ay} ¤@ªíªÖ©wªº°Æµü, ¥i¯à¬O 2228 ªº¥[±j«¬;; °Æµü AV - surely + 3375 1; 1 1) µLºÃ¦a, ªÖ©w¦a, ¸UµL¤@¥¢¦a

2229 e {ay} an adverb of confirmation, perhaps intensive of 2228;; adv AV - surely + 3375 1; 1 1) assuredly, most certainly, full surely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2230 hegemoneuo {hayg-em-on-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2232;; °Êµü AV - be governor 2; 2 1) ¦¨¬°»â³SÂQ¾É, ¤Þ»â¹D¸ô 2) ²Î»â, §h©J©R¥O 2a) «ü¬Y¬Ù©Î¬Y¦{ªº¬Ùªø©Î¦{ªø 2b) «ü¥jù°¨¦a¤èªø©x, ¦æ¬F©x©Î¥N¶D¤H (#¸ô 2:2, 3:1|)

2230 hegemoneuo {hayg-em-on-yoo'-o} from 2232;; v AV - be governor 2; 2 1) to be leader, to lead the way 2) to rule, command 2a) of a province, to be governor of a province 2b) said of a proconsul, of a procurator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2231 hegemonia {hayg-em-on-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2232;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - reign 1; 1 1) ¥D­nªº»â¾É,²Îªv, ¥DÅv,¿W¥ß°ê 1a)ù°¨¬Ó«Ò°õ¬Fªº

2231 hegemonia {hayg-em-on-ee'-ah} from 2232;; n f AV - reign 1; 1 1) chief command, rule, sovereignty 1a) of the reign of a Roman emperor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2232 hegemon {hayg-em-ohn'} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - governor 19, ruler 2, prince 1; 22 1) ²ÎªvªÌ 2) ¬Ùªø

2232 hegemon {hayg-em-ohn'} from 2233;; n m AV - governor 19, ruler 2, prince 1; 22 1) a leader of any kind, a guide, ruler, prefect, president, chief, general, commander, sovereign 1a) a "legatus Caesaris", an officer administering a province in the name and with the authority of the Roman emperor 1a1) the governor of a province 1b) a procurator, an officer who was attached to a proconsul or a proprietor and had charge of the imperial revenues 1b1) in causes relating to these revenues he administered justice. In the smaller provinces also, which were so to speak appendages of the greater, he discharged the functions of governor of the province; and such was the relation of the procurator of Judaea to the governor of Syria. 1c) first, leading, chief 1c) of a principal town as the capital of the region
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2233 hegeomai {hayg-eh'-om-ahee} 71 ªº(³Q»{§@¬O)¥[±j«¬ªºÃö¨­»yºA;TDNT - 2:907,303; °Êµü AV - count 10, think 4, esteem 3, have rule over 3, be governor 2, misc 6; 28 1) ±a»â 1a) ¨«¦b«e­± 1b) §@¬°»â¾ÉªÌ 1b1) ºÞ²z, ¤U©R¥Oªº¤H 1b2) ¾Ö¦³Åv¬`ªº 1b3) ¶Q±Ú, ¦³«Ò¤ýªºÅv¬`ªº, ¬F©²­ºªø, Á`·þ, ­º»â, ¦³»â¾É§@¥Îªº, ij·|¤¤¯à°_±±¨î§@¥Îªº, ±Ð·|¤¤ªººÊ·þ©Î»â³S 1b4) ¥Î¥H«ü¥ô¦ó«¬¦¡ªº»â¾É¤H, ­º»â, µo¸¹¥q¥OªÌ 1b5) ¦bµo¨¥¤Wªº¥Nªí¤H, ­º»â, µo¨¥¤H 2) ¥H¬°»{¬°, µø§@¬°, ºâ§@¬O, »{§@¬O ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5837

2233 hegeomai {hayg-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71;TDNT - 2:907,303; v AV - count 10, think 4, esteem 3, have rule over 3, be governor 2, misc 6; 28 1) to lead 1a) to go before 1b) to be a leader 1b1) to rule, command 1b2) to have authority over 1b3) a prince, of regal power, governor, viceroy, chief, leading as respects influence, controlling in counsel, overseers or leaders of the churches 1b4) used of any kind of leader, chief, commander 1b5) the leader in speech, chief, spokesman 2) to consider, deem, account, think For Synonyms see entry 5837
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2234 hedeos {hay-deh'-oce} °Æµü AV - gladly 3; 3 1) ªY³ß¦a (#¥i 6:20, 12:37; ªL«á 11:19|)

2234 hedeos {hay-deh'-oce} from a derivative of the base of 2237;; adv AV - gladly 3; 3 1) with pleasure, gladly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2235 ede {ay'-day} ÅãµM¬O·½©ó 2228 (©Î¤]¥i¯à¬O 2229) and 1211;; °Æµü AV - now 37, already 17, yet 2, even now 1, by this time 1, now already 1; 59 1) ²{¦b, ¤w¸g ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5815

2235 ede {ay'-day} apparently from 2228 (or possibly 2229) and 1211;; adv AV - now 37, already 17, yet 2, even now 1, by this time 1, now already 1; 59 1) now, already For Synonyms see entry 5815
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2236 hedista {hay'-dis-tah} °Æµü AV - most gladly 1, very gladly 1; 2 1) ·¥¨ä°ª¿³¦a (#ªL«á 12:9,15|)

2236 hedista {hay'-dis-tah} plural of the superlative of the same as 2234;; adv n AV - most gladly 1, very gladly 1; 2 1) most gladly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2237 hedone {hay-don-ay'} from handano (to please); TDNT - 2:909,303; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pleasure 3, lust 2; 5 1) ³ß¼Ö, ´r§Ö, ²n 2) ¦n®b¼Ö¤§±ý±æ

2237 hedone {hay-don-ay'} from handano (to please); TDNT - 2:909,303; n f AV - pleasure 3, lust 2; 5 1) pleasure 2) desires for pleasure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2238 heduosmon {hay-doo'-os-mon} ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mint 2; 2 1) Á¡²ü (#¤Ó 23:23; ¸ô 11:42|)

2238 heduosmon {hay-doo'-os-mon} from the compound of the same as 2234 and 3744;; n n AV - mint 2; 2 1) sweet smelling, garden mint 1a) a kind of small odoriferous herb, with which the Jews used to scatter on the floors of their houses and synagogues
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2239 ethos {ay'-thos} ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - manners 1; 1 1) ­·«U, ²ßºD (#ªL«e 15:33|)

2239 ethos {ay'-thos} a strengthened form of 1485;; n n AV - manners 1; 1 1) a customary abode, dwelling place, haunt, customary state 2) custom, usage, morals, character
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2240 heko {hay'-ko} ¥D­n°Êµü; TDNT - 2:926,306; °Êµü AV - come 27; 27 1) ¨Ó, ©è¹F, ¦b³õ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¨Ó¨ì¤@­Ó¤H«e,¥ç§Y»P¹ï¤è«Ø¥ß¿Ë±KÃö«Y,¦¨¬°¹ï¤èªº«H®{; (²@µL¹w´Á¦a)Á{¨ì 2b) Á{¨ì, ¸g¨üªº¨Æ±¡

2240 heko {hay'-ko} a primary verb; TDNT - 2:926,306; v AV - come 27; 27 1) to have come, have arrived, be present 2) metaph. 2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly) 2b) to come upon one, of things endured
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2241 eli {ay-lee'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Eli 2; 2 1) §Æ§B¨Ó¤å"§Úªº¯«"¤§­µÄ¶ (#¤Ó 27:46|)

2241 eli {ay-lee'} of Hebrew origin, 0410 with pronominal suffix;; n pr m AV - Eli 2; 2 1) Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani. The Hebrew form, as Elio, Elio, etc., is the Syro-Chaldaic (the common language in use by the Jews in the time of Christ) of the first words of the twenty second Psalm; they mean "My God, My God, why hast thou forsaken me?"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2242 Heli {hay-lee'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 05941;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Heli 1; 1 §Æ¨½ = "¤W¤É" 1) °¨§Q¨Èªº¤V¤Ò¬ù¦âªº¤÷¿Ë(#¸ô 3:23|)

2242 Heli {hay-lee'} of Hebrew origin 05941;; n pr m AV - Heli 1; 1 Heli = "ascending" 1) the father of Joseph, the husband of Mary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2243 Helias {hay-lee'-as} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å0452; TDNT - 2:928,306; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Elias 30; 30 ¥H§Q¨È = "§Úªº¯«¬O­C©MµØ"

2243 Helias {hay-lee'-as} of Hebrew origin 0452; TDNT - 2:928,306; n pr m AV - Elias 30; 30 Elijah = "my God is Jehovah" 1) a prophet born at Thisbe, the unflinching champion of the theocracy in the reigns of the idolatrous kings Ahab and Ahaziah. He was taken up to heaven without dying, whence the Jews expected he would return just before the advent of the Messiah, whom he would prepare the minds of the Israelites to receive.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2244 helikia {hay-lik-ee'-ah} »P 2245 ¦P·½; TDNT - 2:941,308; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - stature 5, age 3; 8 1) ¦~·³, ¤@¥Íªº®É¶¡ 1a) ¦~·³, ¤@¥Íªº¤é¤l 1b) ¦¨¦~ªº¤é¤l, §§¦~´Á 1c) ¾A©ó°µ¥ô¦ó¨Æªº¦~¬ö 1d) Áô³ë. ¹F¨ì¾A©ó°µ¬Y¨Æªºª¬ºA 2) ¨­§÷, ¥ç§Y ¨­°ª©M®e»ª

2244 helikia {hay-lik-ee'-ah} from the same as 2245; TDNT - 2:941,308; n f AV - stature 5, age 3; 8 1) age, time of life 1a) age, term or length of life 1b) adult age, maturity 1c) suitable age for anything 1d) metaph. of an attained state fit for a thing 2) stature, i.e in height and comeliness of stature
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2245 helikos {hay-lee'-kos} ·½¦Û helix (a comrade, ¥ç§Y one of the same age);; §Î®eµü AV - what great 1, how great 1; 2 1) ¤@¼Ëªº¥j¦Ñ, ¤@¼Ë¦~¬ö, ¤@¼Ëªº°ª¤j 1a) ¦óµ¥¤j 1b) ¦óµ¥¤p (#¦è 2:1; ¶® 3:5|)

2245 helikos {hay-lee'-kos} from helix (a comrade, i.e. one of the same age);; adj AV - what great 1, how great 1; 2 1) as old as, as tall as 1a) how great 1b) how small
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2246 helios {hay'-lee-os} ·½¦Û hele (a ray, perhaps ªñ¦ü to the alternate of 138);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sun 30, east 2; 32 1) ¤Ó¶§ 2) ¤Ó¶§ªº¥ú¨~ 3) ¤é¥ú

2246 helios {hay'-lee-os} from hele (a ray, perhaps akin to the alternate of 138);; n m AV - sun 30, east 2; 32 1) the sun 2) the rays of the sun 3) the light of day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2247 helos {hay'-los} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - nail 2; 2 1) °v¤l

2247 helos {hay'-los} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - nail 2; 2 1) a nail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2248 hemas {hay-mas'} 1473 "§Ú"ªº½Æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - us 148, we 25, our 2, us-ward + 1519 2, not tr 1; 178 1) §Ú­Ì

2248 hemas {hay-mas'} accusative case plural of 1473;; pron AV - us 148, we 25, our 2, us-ward + 1519 2, not tr 1; 178 1) us, we, our etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2249 hemeis {hay-mice'} 1473 "§Ú"ªº½Æ¼Æ¥D®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - we 123, us 3, we ourselves 1; 127 1) §Ú­Ì

2249 hemeis {hay-mice'} nom. plural of 1473;; pron AV - we 123, us 3, we ourselves 1; 127 1) us, we etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2250 hemera {hay-mer'-ah} ·½©ó(¥[¤W 5610 ªº·N¸q)¤@­Óhemai (§¤¤U,ªñ¦ü©ó 1476 ªº¦r·½) ªº­l¥Í¦r, ¨ä·N¬°·Å¹¥ªº, ¥ç§Y ¬X©Mªº; TDNT - 2:943,309; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - day 355, daily + 2596 15, time 3, not tr 2, misc 14; 389 1) ¥Õ¤Ñ, ¥Î¥H«ü¤@­Ó¦ÛµM¤é, ©Î¤é¥X¦Ü¤é¸¨ªº®É¶¡, ¥Î¥H°Ï§O«ü±ß¤Wªº®É¶¡ 1a) ¥Õ¤Ñªº®É­Ô 1b) Áô³ë., "¥ú¤Ñ¤Æ¤é¤U"³Q»{¬°¬O¤£·|¦³ ©ñÁa, ¼Z¸¨, ¥Ç¸oµ¥¨Æªº®É­Ô, ¦]¬°¨ºÃþ¨Æ³q±`³£¬O¦b±ß¤W·t¤¤¶i¦æªº. 2) ¥Î¥H«ü¾äªk¤Wªº¤@¤é, ©Î«ü¤Ü¥|¤p®É(§Y¥]¬A±ß¤Wªº®É¶¡) 2a) ªF¤è¹ï¦¹¦rªº¥Îªk©M¦è¤è¤£¦P. §Y¨Ï¥u¬O¤@¤Ñ³¡¤Àªº®É¶¡, ¤]¥i³Qµø§@¬O "¤@¤é", ©Ò¥H"¤T¤Ñ"¦³®É¤£¬O«ü¤å¦r¤W¾ã¾ã"¤T¤Ñ¤T©]"ªº·N«ä, ¦Ó«ü¦Ü¤Ö ¤@­Ó¾ã¤Ñ¥[¤W¥t¥~¤G¤Ñ³¡¤Àªº®É¶¡ 3) ³o­Ó®É¥Nªº³Ì«á¤@¤Ñ, ¨º¤é°ò·þ­n¥Ñ¤Ñ¤W¦A¨Ó, ¨Ï¦º¤H´_¬¡, ¶i¦æ¼f§P, ¨Ã¨Ï ¥Lªº°ê±o¥H¦¨¥þ 4) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤@¯ë©Ê¹ï¤é¤lªº»¡ªk, ¥ç§Y¦p ¥L³o¤@¥Íªº¤é¤l

2250 hemera {hay-mer'-ah} from (with 5610 implied) of a derivative of hemai (to sit, akin to the base of 1476) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; TDNT - 2:943,309; n f AV - day 355, daily + 2596 15, time 3, not tr 2, misc 14; 389 1) the day, used of the natural day, or the interval between sunrise and sunset, as distinguished from and contrasted with the night 1a) in the daytime 1b) metaph., "the day" is regarded as the time for abstaining from indulgence, vice, crime, because acts of the sort are perpetrated at night and in darkness 2) of the civil day, or the space of twenty four hours (thus including the night) 2a) Eastern usage of this term differs from our western usage. Any part of a day is counted as a whole day, hence the expression "three days and three nights" does not mean literally three whole days, but at least one whole day plus part of two other days. 3) of the last day of this present age, the day Christ will return from heaven, raise the dead, hold the final judgment, and perfect his kingdom 4) used of time in general, i.e. the days of his life.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2251 hemeteros {hay-met'-er-os} ·½©ó 2349;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - our 8, your 1; 9 1) §Ú­Ìªº, §A­Ìªº

2251 hemeteros {hay-met'-er-os} from 2349;; pron AV - our 8, your 1; 9 1) our, your
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2252 emen {ay'-mane} a prolonged form of 2258;; °Æµü AV - was 13, I imprisoned + 1473 + 5439 1, I was + 1473 1, should be 1; 16 1) ¯u¥¿ªº, ½T¹ê¦a

2252 emen {ay'-mane} a prolonged form of 2258;; adv AV - was 13, I imprisoned + 1473 + 5439 1, I was + 1473 1, should be 1; 16 1) truly, assuredly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2253 hemithanes {hay-mee-than-ace'} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of the base of 2255 and 2348;; §Î®eµü AV - half dead 1; 1 1) ¥b¦º¤£¬¡ (#¸ô 10:30|)

2253 hemithanes {hay-mee-than-ace'} from a presumed compound of the base of 2255 and 2348;; adj AV - half dead 1; 1 1) half dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2254 hemin {hay-meen'} 1473 "§Ú"ªº½Æ¼Æ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - us 161, we 13, our 2, for us 1; 177 1) §Ú­Ì, ¬°§Ú­Ì, µ¹§Ú­Ì

2254 hemin {hay-meen'} dative case plural of 1473;; pron AV - us 161, we 13, our 2, for us 1; 177 1) us, we, our
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2255 hemisu {hay'-mee-soo} ¤¤©Ê of a derivative from an inseparable pref. ªñ¦ü to 260 (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and meaning semi-;; §Î®eµü AV - half 5; 5 1) ¤@¥bªº

2255 hemisu {hay'-mee-soo} neuter of a derivative from an inseparable pref. akin to 260 (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and meaning semi-;; adj AV - half 5; 5 1) half
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2256 hemiorion {hay-mee-o'-ree-on} ·½¦Û the base of 2255 and 5610;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - half an hour 1; 1 1) ¥b¤p®É

2256 hemiorion {hay-mee-o'-ree-on} from the base of 2255 and 5610;; n n AV - half an hour 1; 1 1) half an hour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2257 hemon {hay-mone'} 1473 "§Ú"ªº½Æ¼Æ©Ò¦³®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - our 313, us 82, we 12, not tr 1, misc 2; 410 1) §Ú­Ìªº,

2257 hemon {hay-mone'} genitive case plural of 1473;; pron AV - our 313, us 82, we 12, not tr 1, misc 2; 410 1) our, we, us
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2258 en {ane} 1510 ªº¹L¥h¥¼§¹¦¨¦¡;; °Êµü AV - was 266, were 115, had been 12, had 11, taught + 1321 4, stood + 2476 4, misc 41, vr was 1; 455 1) §Ú´¿¬O µ¥µ¥

2258 en {ane} imperfect of 1510;; v AV - was 266, were 115, had been 12, had 11, taught + 1321 4, stood + 2476 4, misc 41, vr was 1; 455 1) I was, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2259 henika {hay-nee'-kah} of uncertain affinity;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - when 2; 2 1) ¦b¬Y­Ó®É¶¡, ·í...ªº®É­Ô 2) µL½×¦ó®É, ²×©ó·í...ªº®É­Ô

2259 henika {hay-nee'-kah} of uncertain affinity;; particle AV - when 2; 2 1) at which time, when 2) whenever, at length when
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2260 eper {ay'-per} ·½¦Û 2228 and 4007;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - than 1; 1 1) ¤ñ, ¸û, (#¬ù 12:43|)

2260 eper {ay'-per} from 2228 and 4007;; particle AV - than 1; 1 1) than
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2261 epios {ay'-pee-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2031;; §Î®eµü AV - gentle 2; 2 1) ¿Ë¤Á©Mħªº 2) ·Å¬Xªº, ¤Íµ½ªº

2261 epios {ay'-pee-os} probably from 2031;; adj AV - gentle 2; 2 1) affable 2) mild, gentle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2262 Er {ayr} of Hebrew origin 06147;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Er 1; 1 Ò­ = "ª`·Nªº,ĵ§Ùªº,ĵ¿ôªº " 1)¬ù²Óªº¨à¤l,¥H¼¯·íªº¤÷¿Ë

2262 Er {ayr} of Hebrew origin 06147;; n pr m AV - Er 1; 1 Er = "watchful" 1) the son of Jose and the father of Elmodam
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2263 eremos {ay'-rem-os} ¤]³\¬O¦]¬°¨Ó¦Û2048ªº²¾¦ì (through the idea of stillness);; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - quiet 1; 1 1)¦wÀR,ÀRÁĪº

2263 eremos {ay'-rem-os} perhaps by transposition from 2048 (through the idea of stillness);; adj AV - quiet 1; 1 1) quiet, tranquil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2264 Herodes {hay-ro'-dace} heros("­^¶¯")»P1491ªº½Æ¦X«¬; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Herod, Antipas 27, Herod, the Great 11, Herod Agrippa 6; 44 §Æ«ß = "­^«iªº" 1)§Æ«ß¤j«Ò (§Æ«ß¤@¥@) ¬ö¤¸«e¥|¤Q¦~,³Qù°¨Ä³·|¥U«Ê¬°µS¤j¤ý.¥L¥Í©Ê¥û´Ý¦hºÃ,¬Æ¦Ü±þ®`¦Û¤vªº©d¨à, ¨Ã¥B¦]¬°³ß¦n¼Ò¥éù°¨­·«U,½Òµ|¨I­«,¦]¦¹§Y¨Ï¥L¤j¤O­«­×¸t·µ,¥ç¤£±oµS¤Ó¤H ¥Á¤ß.¦b¥L°õ¬F³Ì«á¤@¬q®É´Á,­C¿q»P¬I¬~¬ù¿«½Ï¥Í,¤]¬O¥L¤U¥O±O±þ§B§Q«í«°¨â ·³¥H¤Uªº¨kÀ¦. 2)§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬´µ §Æ«ß¤j«Ò¤§¤l.¤D¤÷¹L¥@«á,³Qù°¨¥U«Ê¬°¥[§Q§Q»PPeraeaªº¤À«Ê¤ý.Herod surnamed "Antipas", was the son of Herod the Great and Malthace, a Samaritan woman. After the death of his father he was appointed by the Romans tetrarch of Galilee and Peraea. His first wife was the daughter of Aretas, king of Arabia; but he subsequently repudiated her and took to himself Herodias, the wife of his brother Herod Philip; and in consequence Aretas, his father-in-law, made war against him and conquered him. He cast John the Baptist into prison because John had rebuked him for this unlawful connection; and afterwards, at the instigation of Herodias, he ordered him to be beheaded. Induced by her, too, he went to Rome to obtain from the emperor the title of king. But in consequence of the accusations brought against him by Herod Agrippa I, Caligula banished him (A.D. 39) to Lugdunum in Gaul, where he seems to have died. He was light minded, sensual and vicious. 3) Herod Agrippa I was the son of Aristobulus and Berenice, and grandson of Herod the Great. After various changes in fortune, he gained the favour of Caligula and Claudius to such a degree that he graÂù¼Æ«¬ly obtained the government of all of Palestine, with the title of king. He died at Caesarea, A.D. 44, at the age of 54, in the seventh [or the 4th, reckoning from the extension of his dominions by Claudius] year of his reign, just after having ordered James the apostle, son of Zebedee, to be slain, and Peter to be cast into prison: Acts 12:21 4) (Herod) Agrippa II, son of Herod Agrippa I. When his father died he was a youth of seventeen. In A.D. 48 he received from Claudius Caesar the government of Chalcis, with the right of appointing the Jewish high priests, together with the care and oversight of the temple at Jerusalem. Four years later Claudius took from him Chalcis and gave him instead a larger domain, of Batanaea, Trachonitis, and Gaulanitis, with the title of king. To those reigns Nero, in A.D. 53, added Tiberias and Taricheae and Peraean Julias, with fourteen neighbouring villages. He is mentioned in Acts 25 and 26. In the Jewish war, although he strove in vain to restrain the fury of the seditious and bellicose populace, he did not desert to the Roman side. After the fall of Jerusalem, he was vested with praetorian rank and kept the kingdom entire until his death, which took place in the third year of the emperor Trajan, [the 73rd year of his life, and the 52nd of his reign] He was the last representative of the Herodian dynasty.

2264 Herodes {hay-ro'-dace} compound of heros (a "hero") and 1491;; n pr m AV - Herod, Antipas 27, Herod, the Great 11, Herod Agrippa 6; 44 Herod = "heroic" 1) the name of a royal family that flourished among the Jews in the times of Christ and the Apostles. Herod the Great was the son of Antipater of Idumaea. Appointed king of Judaea B.C. 40 by the Roman Senate at the suggestion of Antony and with the consent of Octavian, he at length overcame the great opposition which the country made to him and took possession of the kingdom B.C. 37; and after the battle of Actium, he was confirmed by Octavian, whose favour he ever enjoyed. He was brave and skilled in war, learned and sagacious; but also extremely suspicious and cruel. Hence he destroyed the entire royal family of Hasmonaeans, put to death many of the Jews that opposed his government, and proceeded to kill even his dearly beloved wife Mariamne of the Hasmonaean line and his two sons she had borne him. By these acts of bloodshed, and especially by his love and imitation of Roman customs and institutions and by the burdensome taxes imposed upon his subjects, he so alienated the Jews that he was unable to regain their favour by his splendid restoration of the temple and other acts of munificence. He died in the 70th year of his age, the 37th year of his reign, the 4th before the Dionysian era. In his closing years John the Baptist and Christ were born; Matthew narrates that he commanded all the male children under two years old in Bethlehem to be slain. 2) Herod surnamed "Antipas", was the son of Herod the Great and Malthace, a Samaritan woman. After the death of his father he was appointed by the Romans tetrarch of Galilee and Peraea. His first wife was the daughter of Aretas, king of Arabia; but he subsequently repudiated her and took to himself Herodias, the wife of his brother Herod Philip; and in consequence Aretas, his father-in-law, made war against him and conquered him. He cast John the Baptist into prison because John had rebuked him for this unlawful connection; and afterwards, at the instigation of Herodias, he ordered him to be beheaded. Induced by her, too, he went to Rome to obtain from the emperor the title of king. But in consequence of the accusations brought against him by Herod Agrippa I, Caligula banished him (A.D. 39) to Lugdunum in Gaul, where he seems to have died. He was light minded, sensual and vicious. 3) Herod Agrippa I was the son of Aristobulus and Berenice, and grandson of Herod the Great. After various changes in fortune, he gained the favour of Caligula and Claudius to such a degree that he gradually obtained the government of all of Palestine, with the title of king. He died at Caesarea, A.D. 44, at the age of 54, in the seventh [or the 4th, reckoning from the extension of his dominions by Claudius] year of his reign, just after having ordered James the apostle, son of Zebedee, to be slain, and Peter to be cast into prison: Acts 12:21 4) (Herod) Agrippa II, son of Herod Agrippa I. When his father died he was a youth of seventeen. In A.D. 48 he received from Claudius Caesar the government of Chalcis, with the right of appointing the Jewish high priests, together with the care and oversight of the temple at Jerusalem. Four years later Claudius took from him Chalcis and gave him instead a larger domain, of Batanaea, Trachonitis, and Gaulanitis, with the title of king. To those reigns Nero, in A.D. 53, added Tiberias and Taricheae and Peraean Julias, with fourteen neighbouring villages. He is mentioned in Acts 25 and 26. In the Jewish war, although he strove in vain to restrain the fury of the seditious and bellicose populace, he did not desert to the Roman side. After the fall of Jerusalem, he was vested with praetorian rank and kept the kingdom entire until his death, which took place in the third year of the emperor Trajan, [the 73rd year of his life, and the 52nd of his reign] He was the last representative of the Herodian dynasty.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2265 Herodianoi {hay-ro-dee-an-oy'} ½Æ¼Æ of a derivative of 2264;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Herodians 3; 3 1) §Æ«ßÄÒ¬£, ¥ç§Y §Æ«ß¤ýªº¤ä«ùªÌ. °Ñ¨£ 2264 ªºª`ÄÀ.(#¤Ó 22:16; ¥i 3:6; ¥i 12:13|)

2265 Herodianoi {hay-ro-dee-an-oy'} plural of a derivative of 2264;; n m AV - Herodians 3; 3 1) Herodians, i.e. Herod's partisans. See note on 2264.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2266 Herodias {hay-ro-dee-as'} ·½¦Û 2264;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Herodias 6; 6 §ÆÃ¹©³ = "­^«iªº" 1)¨È§Q¦h¥¬ªº¤k¨à¡B¤j§Æ«ßªº®]¤k.¥ý¬O¶ùµ¹§Æ«ßµÌ¤O¤@¥@, ¤j§Æ«ßªº¨à¤l ;«á¨Ó¸ò§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬¦³¤£¦XªkªºÃö«Y, ¡A¦o»¤¨Ï§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬±þ®`¬I¬~¬ù¿« ¡A¨Ã¥B¨ìù°¨¥h±þ¥L; ³Ì«á¦o¸òµÛ§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬©ñ³v©ó°ª¿c;.

2266 Herodias {hay-ro-dee-as'} from 2264;; n pr f AV - Herodias 6; 6 Herodias = "heroic" 1) daughter of Aristobulus and granddaughter of Herod the Great. She was first married to Herod Philip I, son of Herod the Great, a man in private life; but afterwards formed an unlawful union with Herod Antipas, whom she induced not only to slay John the Baptist but also to make the journey to Rome which ruined him; at last she followed him to exile in Gaul.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2267 Herodion {hay-ro-dee'-ohn} ·½¦Û 2264;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Herodian 1; 1 §ÆÃ¹¤Ñ = "­^«iªº" 1)¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{

2267 Herodion {hay-ro-dee'-ohn} from 2264;; n pr m AV - Herodian 1; 1 Herodian = "heroic" 1) a certain Christian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2268 Hesaias {hay-sah-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 03470;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Esaias 21; 21 ¥HÁÉ¨È = "­C©MµØªº±Ï®¦" 1) ¤@¦ì¥X¦Wªº§Æ§B¨Ó¥ýª¾¡A¥L¶ÇÁ¿¯«ªº¸Ü,¦bµS¤Ó¤ý¯Q¦è¶®¡B¬ù©Z¡B¨È«¢´µ©M§Æ¦è®a´Á¶¡

2268 Hesaias {hay-sah-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 03470;; n pr m AV - Esaias 21; 21 Isaiah = "Jehovah's help" 1) a famous Hebrew prophet who prophesied in the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2269 Esau {ay-sow'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 06215; TDNT - 2:953,311;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Esau 3; 3 ¥H±½ = "¦h¤òªº" 1) ­ì¬°¥H¼»ªºªø¤l, ¶®¦UªºÂù­M­L¥Sªø

2269 Esau {ay-sow'} of Hebrew origin 06215; TDNT - 2:953,311; n pr m AV - Esau 3; 3 Esau = "hairy" 1) was the eldest son of Isaac and twin brother of Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2270 hesuchazo {hay-soo-khad'-zo} »P 2272 ¦P·½;; °Êµü AV - hold (one's) peace 2, rest 1, cease 1, be quiet 1; 5 1) «O«ù¦wÀR 1a) ¥ð®§, °±¤î³Ò°Ê 1b) ¹L¦w¤À¦u¤v¥Í¬¡ªº¤H, ¥Î¥H«ü¨º¨Ç¤£¤@¤Ñ¨ì±ß«n¥_©bªi¦£ªF¦£¦è, ¦Ó«Ý¦b®a¤¤°µ¦Û¤vªº¨Æªº¤H 1c) ÀRÀq, ¥ç§Y ¤£»¡¸Ü, «O«ù¨HÀR ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5847

2270 hesuchazo {hay-soo-khad'-zo} from the same as 2272;; v AV - hold (one's) peace 2, rest 1, cease 1, be quiet 1; 5 1) to keep quiet 1a) to rest, cease from labour 1b) to lead a quiet life, said of those who are not running hither and thither, but stay at home and mind their business 1c) to be silent, i.e. to say nothing, hold one's peace For Synonyms see entry 5847
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2271 hesuchia {hay-soo-khee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2272;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - silent 3, quietness 1; 4 1) ¨IÀR 1a) ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¤@ºØ¤£¤z¹w¥@¨Æ, ¦wÀR¥­Ã­ªº®a©~¥Í¬¡. 2) ¦wÀR

2271 hesuchia {hay-soo-khee'-ah} from 2272;; n f AV - silent 3, quietness 1; 4 1) quietness 1a) description of the life of one who stays at home doing his own work, and does not officiously meddle with the affairs of others 2) silence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2272 hesuchios {hay-soo'-khee-os} a prolonged form of a compound probably of a derivative of the base of 1476 and perhaps 2192;; §Î®eµü AV - quiet 1, peaceable 1; 2 1) ¦wÀR, ¥­ÀR (#´£«e2:2;©¼«e3:4|)

2272 hesuchios {hay-soo'-khee-os} a prolonged form of a compound probably of a derivative of the base of 1476 and perhaps 2192;; adj AV - quiet 1, peaceable 1; 2 1) quiet, tranquil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2273 etoi {ay'-toy} ·½¦Û 2228 and 5104;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - whether 1; 1 1) ¥ô¤@, ©ÎµÛ (#ù 6:16|)

2273 etoi {ay'-toy} from 2228 and 5104;; particle AV - whether 1; 1 1) whether, either
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2274 hettao {hayt-tah'-o} ·½¦Û »P 2276 ¦P ;; °Êµü AV - overcome 2, be inferior 1; 3 1) ¨Ï¦¸µ¥©Î§C¦H, ³Ó¹L 1a) ³Q§@¦¨¦Hµ¥ªº 1b) ³Ó¹L, ³Q¥´±Ñ, ±Ñ©ó¬Y¬Y¤§¤U, ³Q­¢¸¨©ó¤H«á 1c) ¦³ªº¬O¦¸µ¥ªºªF¦è, ³]¬°§C¤U

2274 hettao {hayt-tah'-o} from the same as 2276;; v AV - overcome 2, be inferior 1; 3 1) to make less, inferior, to overcome 1a) to be made inferior 1b) to overcome, worsted, to be conquered by one, forced to yield to one 1c) to hold a thing inferior, set below
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2275 hettema {hayt'-tay-mah} ·½¦Û 2274;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - diminishing 1, fault 1; 2 1) ÁY¤p, ­°§C, ¥ç§Y®À±Ñ 2) ³à¥¢±Ï®¦ (#ù 11:12; ªL«e 6:7|)

2275 hettema {hayt'-tay-mah} from 2274;; n n AV - diminishing 1, fault 1; 2 1) a diminution, decrease: i.e. defeat 2) loss, as respects to salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2276 hetton {hate'-ton} ¤¤©Ê of comparative of heka (slightly) used for that of 2556;; §Î®eµü AV - worse 1, less 1; 2 1) ¸û®tªº 2) ¸û¤Öªº

2276 hetton {hate'-ton} neuter of comparative of heka (slightly) used for that of 2556;; adj AV - worse 1, less 1; 2 1) inferior 2) less
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2277 eto {ay'-to} 1510ªº²Ä¤T¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ ©R¥O»y®ð;; °Êµü AV - be 2; 2 1) Åý¥L(¥¦)......(#ªL«e 16:22;¶® 5:12|)

2277 eto {ay'-to} third person singular imperative of 1510;; v AV - be 2; 2 1) let him (it) be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2278 echeo {ay-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û 2279; TDNT - 2:954,311; °Êµü AV - roaring 1, sounding 1; 2 1) µo¥XÁnÅT 1a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤j®üªº©H­ý

2278 echeo {ay-kheh'-o} from 2279; TDNT - 2:954,311; v AV - roaring 1, sounding 1; 2 1) to sound 1a) used of the roaring of the sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2279 echos {ay'-khos} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sound 2, fame 1; 3 1) ÅTÁn, Âø­µ 1a) «ü¤j®üªiÀܬ¤´éªºÁn­µ 2) ¶Ç»D, Án±æ, ­·µû

2279 echos {ay'-khos} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - sound 2, fame 1; 3 1) a sound, noise 1a) spoken of the roar of the sea waves 2) rumour, report
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2280 Thaddaios {thad-dah'-yos} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Thaddaeus 2; 2 ¹F¤Ó = "¤ß¯Ý¼e¼s,«i´±" 1) ¤Q¤G¨Ï®{¤§¤@(#¤Ó 10:3; ¥i 3:18|).¤ñ·Ó#¸ô 6:16|»P#®{ 1:13|ªº ¨Ï®{¦W³æ:¹F¤Ó»P¶®¦Uªº¨à¤lµS¤j¦ü¥G¬O¦P¤@¤H

2280 Thaddaios {thad-dah'-yos} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Thaddaeus 2; 2 Thaddaeus = "large hearted, courageous" 1) one of the twelve apostles. From a comparison with the catalogue of apostles in Lk 6:16, and Acts 1:13, is seems that Judas, Lebbaeus and Thaddaeus were the same person, and the writer of the book of Jude.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2281 thalassa {thal'-as-sah} ¥i¯à¥Ñ 251 ©µ¦ù¦Ó¨Ó;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sea 92; 92 1) ®ü 1a) ¥Î©ó«ü¤@¯ëªº®ü 1b) ¯S§O¥Î©ó«ü¦a¤¤®ü©Î¬õ®ü

2281 thalassa {thal'-as-sah} probably prolonged from 251;; n f AV - sea 92; 92 1) the sea 1a) used of the sea in general 1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2282 thalpo {thal'-po} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü©ó thallo (¨Ï·Å·x);; °Êµü AV - cherish 2; 2 1) ¨Ï·Å·x, «O«ù·Å·x 2) ·Å¬X¨þÅ@, ¥H·Å¬Xªº¤ß¼¾¨|

2282 thalpo {thal'-po} probably akin to thallo (to warm);; v AV - cherish 2; 2 1) to warm, keep warm 2) to cherish with tender love, to foster with tender care
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2283 Thamar {tham'-ar} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 08559; TDNT - 3:1,311; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Thamar 1; 1 ¥Lº¿ = "´ÄÃq¾ð" 1) µS¤jªº¨à¤lÒ­©M«X«nªº©d¤l(#³Ð 38:6,8|)

2283 Thamar {tham'-ar} of Hebrew origin 08559; TDNT - 3:1,311; n f AV - Thamar 1; 1 Tamar = "palm tree" 1) the wife of the two sons of Judah, Er and Onan.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2284 thambeo {tham-beh'-o} ·½¦Û 2285; TDNT - 3:4,312; °Êµü AV - be amazed 2, be astonished 2; 4 1) Åå´j 2) ÅåÀ~, ®`©È 2a) ¦YÅ媺 2b) ¨üÅåÀ~ªº

2284 thambeo {tham-beh'-o} from 2285; TDNT - 3:4,312; v AV - be amazed 2, be astonished 2; 4 1) to be astonished 2) to astonish, terrify 2a) to be amazed 2b) to be frightened
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2285 thambos {tham'-bos} ªñ¦ü to an obsolete tapho (to dumbfound); TDNT - 3:4,312; n m/n AV - be amazed + 1096 1, be astonished + 4023 1, wonder 1; 3 1) ¨Ï±oÀR¤î, ¤£°Ê·n 2) Åå³Y, ¸Ò²§ (#¸ô 4:36, 5:9; ®{ 3:10|)

2285 thambos {tham'-bos} akin to an obsolete tapho (to dumbfound); TDNT - 3:4,312; n m/n AV - be amazed + 1096 1, be astonished + 4023 1, wonder 1; 3 1) to render immovable 2) amazement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2286 thanasimos {than-as'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 2288;; §Î®eµü AV - deadly 1; 1 1) ­P¦ºªº, ¬r©Êªº, ¹³¦º¤@¯ëªº (#¥i 16:18|)

2286 thanasimos {than-as'-ee-mos} from 2288;; adj AV - deadly 1; 1 1) deadly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2287 thanatephoros {than-at-ay'-for-os} ·½¦Û (the ³±©Ê form of) 2288 and 5342;; §Î®eµü AV - deadly 1; 1 1) ©Û­P¦º¤`ªº, ­P©Rªº (#¶® 3:8|)

2287 thanatephoros {than-at-ay'-for-os} from (the feminine form of) 2288 and 5342;; adj AV - deadly 1; 1 1) death bringing, deadly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2288 thanatos {than'-at-os} ·½¦Û2348; TDNT - 3:7,312; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - death 117, deadly 2; 119 1) ¨­Å骺¦º¤` 1a) ÆF»î»P¨­Åé¤ÀÂ÷(¦ÛµM©Î¼É¤O©Ò¾É­P),¦a¤Wªº¥Í©R¦Ü¦¹µ²§ô 1b) Áô«ü¥¼¨Ó¦b¦aº»ªº´dºG 1b1) ¦º¤`ªºÅv¶Õ 1c) ¤@¯ë»{¬°¦ºªÌªº¥h³B·¥¨ä¶Â·t,since the nether world, the abode of the dead, was conceived as being very dark, it is equivalent to the region of thickest darkness ¥ç§Y figuratively, a region enveloped in the darkness of ignorance and sin 2) Áô³ë., the loss of that life which alone is worthy of the name, 2a) the misery of the soul arising from sin, which begins on earth but lasts and increases after the death of the body in hell 3) the miserable state of the wicked dead in hell 4) in the widest sense, death comprising all the miseries arising from sin, as well physical death as the loss of a life consecrated to God and blessed in him on earth, to be followed by wretchedness in hell

2288 thanatos {than'-at-os} from 2348; TDNT - 3:7,312; n m AV - death 117, deadly 2; 119 1) the death of the body 1a) that separation (whether natural or violent) of the soul and the body by which the life on earth is ended 1b) with the implied idea of future misery in hell 1b1) the power of death 1c) since the nether world, the abode of the dead, was conceived as being very dark, it is equivalent to the region of thickest darkness i.e. figuratively, a region enveloped in the darkness of ignorance and sin 2) metaph., the loss of that life which alone is worthy of the name, 2a) the misery of the soul arising from sin, which begins on earth but lasts and increases after the death of the body in hell 3) the miserable state of the wicked dead in hell 4) in the widest sense, death comprising all the miseries arising from sin, as well physical death as the loss of a life consecrated to God and blessed in him on earth, to be followed by wretchedness in hell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2289 thanatoo {than-at-o'-o} TDNT - 3:21,312; °Êµü AV - put to death 4, cause to be put to death 3, kill 2, become dead 1, mortify 1; 11 1) ªv¦º 2) (¨Ï¤@­Ó¦æ°Ê§¹¥þ°±¤î) ªv¦º, ®ø·À (#ù 8:13|)

2289 thanatoo {than-at-o'-o} from 2288; TDNT - 3:21,312; v AV - put to death 4, cause to be put to death 3, kill 2, become dead 1, mortify 1; 11 1) to put to death 2) metaph. 2a) to make to die i.e. destroy, render extinct 2b) by death to be liberated from the bond of anything, literally to be made dead in relation to (something)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2290 thapto {thap'-to} °Êµü AV - bury 11; 11 1) ®I¸®

2290 thapto {thap'-to} a root;; v AV - bury 11; 11 1) to bury, inter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2291 Thara {thar'-ah} of Hebrew origin 08646;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Thara 1; 1 ¥L©Ô = "¨®¯¸" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº¤÷¿Ë

2291 Thara {thar'-ah} of Hebrew origin 08646;; n pr m AV - Thara 1; 1 Terah = "station" 1) the father of Abraham
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2292 tharrheo {thar-hreh'-o} 2293 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TDNT - 3:25,315; °Êµü AV - be bold 2, be confident 1, confident 1, have confidence 1, boldly 1; 6 1) ¦³Áx¶q, Áx¤j, ¿³½o°ª©ù, «D±`®¶§@ 2) ©ñÁx¤£Äß©È

2292 tharrheo {thar-hreh'-o} another form for 2293; TDNT - 3:25,315; v AV - be bold 2, be confident 1, confident 1, have confidence 1, boldly 1; 6 1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer 2) to be bold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2293 tharseo {thar-seh'-o} ·½©ó 2294; TDNT - 3:25,315; °Êµü AV - be of good cheer 5, be of good comfort 3; 8 1) Áx¤jµLÄß, ¿³½o°ª©ù

2293 tharseo {thar-seh'-o} from 2294; TDNT - 3:25,315; v AV - be of good cheer 5, be of good comfort 3; 8 1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2294 tharsos {thar'-sos} ªñ¦ü©ó(«÷ªk§ïÅÜ) thrasos (Áx´±);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - courage 1; 1 1) Áx¤l, «H¤ß, ¦Û«H, §â´¤

2294 tharsos {thar'-sos} akin (by transp.) to thrasos (daring);; n n AV - courage 1; 1 1) courage, confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2295 thauma {thos'-mah} TDNT - 3:27,316; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - admiration 1; 1 1) Åå¹Ä, §Æ©_ (#±Ò 17:6|)

2295 thauma {thos'-mah} apparently from a form of 2300; TDNT - 3:27,316; n n AV - admiration 1; 1 1) a wonderful thing, a marvel 2) wonder 2a) to wonder [with great wonder i.e.] exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2296 thaumazo {thou-mad'-zo} from 2295; TDNT - 3:27,316; °Êµü AV - marvel 29, wonder 14, have in admiration 1, admire 1, marvelled + 2258 1, vr wonder 1; 47 1) Åå³Y, ¸Ò²§, Åå©_ 2) ³Q¸Ò²§, ³Q¼ÛÆg

2296 thaumazo {thou-mad'-zo} from 2295; TDNT - 3:27,316; v AV - marvel 29, wonder 14, have in admiration 1, admire 1, marvelled + 2258 1, vr wonder 1; 47 1) to wonder, wonder at, marvel 2) to be wondered at, to be had in admiration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2297 thaumasios {thow-mas'-ee-os} TDNT - 3:27,316; §Î®eµü AV - wonderful 1; 1 1) ©_§®ªº, «D¤Zªº (#¤Ó 21:15|)

2297 thaumasios {thow-mas'-ee-os} from 2295; TDNT - 3:27,316; adj AV - wonderful 1; 1 1) wonderful, marvellous 2) wonderful deeds, wonders
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2298 thaumastos {thow-mas-tos'} TDNT - 3:27,316; §Î®eµü AV - marvellous 5, marvel 1, marvellous thing 1; 7 1) ©_§®ªº, «D¤Zªº, ©_¯Sªº

2298 thaumastos {thow-mas-tos'} from 2296; TDNT - 3:27,316; adj AV - marvellous 5, marvel 1, marvellous thing 1; 7 1) wonderful, marvellous 1a) worthy of pious admiration, admirable, excellent 1b) passing human comprehension 1c) causing amazement joined with terror 1d) marvellous 1d1) extraordinary, striking, surprising
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2299 thea {theh-ah'} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - goddess 3; 3 1) ¤k¯«

2299 thea {theh-ah'} from of 2316;; n f AV - goddess 3; 3 1) a goddess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2300 theaomai {theh-ah'-om-ahee} TDNT - 5:315,706; °Êµü AV - see 20, behold 2, look 1, look upon 1; 24 1) ±M¤ß¬Ý, ¬Ý¦b²´¸Ì(¦³¦L¹³²`¨è¤§§t¸q) 1a) ³Q°Ê¦¡¦³"³Q¬Ý¨ì"(#¥i 16:11|)©Î"³Qª`·N¨ì"(#¤Ó6:1, 23:5|)ªº·N«ä 2) ±´±æ, «ô³X (#ù 15:24|) 3) ¬Ý¨£¶W¥G¦×²´©Ò¨£ªº (#¬ù³ü 4:12|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£5848

2300 theaomai {theh-ah'-om-ahee} a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT - 5:315,706; v AV - see 20, behold 2, look 1, look upon 1; 24 1) to behold, look upon, view attentively, contemplate (often used of public shows) 1a) of important persons that are looked on with admiration 2) to view, take a view of 2a) in the sense of visiting, meeting with a person 3) to learn by looking, to see with the eyes, to perceive For Synonyms see entry 5848
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2301 theatrizo {theh-at-rid'-zo} ·½©ó 2302; TDNT - 3:42,*; °Êµü AV - make a gazing stock 1; 1 1) ±a¨ì¥x­±¤W 2) ¨Ï¥X¬v¬Û, ¨ü¨ì¤½²³»´½°

2301 theatrizo {theh-at-rid'-zo} from 2302; TDNT - 3:42,*; v AV - make a gazing stock 1; 1 1) to bring upon the stage 2) to set forth as a spectacle, expose to contempt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2302 theatron {theh'-at-ron} TDNT - 3:42,318; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - theatre 2, spectacle 1; 3 1) ¼@°| (#®{ 19:29,31|) 2) À¸¼@, ´ºÆ[ (#ªL«e 4:9|)

2302 theatron {theh'-at-ron} from 2300; TDNT - 3:42,318; n n AV - theatre 2, spectacle 1; 3 1) a theatre, a place in which games and dramatic spectacles are exhibited, and public assemblies held (for the Greeks used the theatre also as a forum) 2) a public show 2a) metaph., a man who is exhibited to be gazed at and made sport of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2303 theion {thi'-on} TDNT - 3:122,*; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - brimstone 7; 7 1) ²¸ÁD

2303 theion {thi'-on} probably of 2304 (in its original sense of flashing); TDNT - 3:122,*; n n AV - brimstone 7; 7 1) brimstone 1a) divine incense, because burning brimstone was regarded as having power to purify, and to ward off disease
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2304 theios {thi'-os} from 2316; TDNT - 3:122,322; §Î®eµü AV - divine 2, Godhead 1; 3 1) §ÆÃ¾¤H¥Î¥H¹ï¯«©úªºªxºÙ 2) ¥Î¥H«ü°ß¤@¯u¯«, ¤T¦ì¤@Å骺¯«, §Y 2a) °ò·þ 2b) ¸tÆF 2c) ¦b¤Ñ¤Wªº¤÷

2304 theios {thi'-os} from 2316; TDNT - 3:122,322; adj AV - divine 2, Godhead 1; 3 1) a general name of deities or divinities as used by the Greeks 2) spoken of the only and true God, trinity 2a) of Christ 2b) Holy Spirit 2c) the Father
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2305 theiotes {thi-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 2304; TDNT - 3:123,322; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Godhead 1; 1 1) ¯«©Ê, ¯«©Êªº¥»½è(#ù 1:20|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5849

2305 theiotes {thi-ot'-ace} from 2304; TDNT - 3:123,322; n f AV - Godhead 1; 1 1) divinity, divine nature For Synonyms see entry 5849
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2306 theiodes {thi-o'-dace} ·½¦Û 2303 and 1491;; §Î®eµü AV - brimstone 1; 1 1) ²¸ÁD, §t²¸ÁDªº(#±Ò 9:17|)

2306 theiodes {thi-o'-dace} from 2303 and 1491;; adj AV - brimstone 1; 1 1) of brimstone, sulphurous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2307 thelema {thel'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û 2309 ªºÂX®i«¬; TDNT - 3:52,318; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - will 62, desire 1, pleasure 1; 64 1) §Æ±æ©Î½T©w±N­n¦¨´Nªº¨Æ 1a) «ü¤W«ÒÂǥѰò·þ¨Ó¯¬ºÖ¤HÃþªº¨M¤ß 1b) «ü¤W«Ò§Æ±æÂǥѧڭ̦¨´Nªº¨Æ 1b1) ©R¥O, §Ù«ß 2) ¦®·N, §à¾Ü, ·N¦V, ´÷±æ, ·NÄ@

2307 thelema {thel'-ay-mah} from the prolonged form of 2309; TDNT - 3:52,318; n n AV - will 62, desire 1, pleasure 1; 64 1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done 1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ 1b) of what God wishes to be done by us 1b1) commands, precepts 2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2308 thelesis {thel'-ay-sis} ·½©ó 2309; TDNT - 3:62,318; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - will 1; 1 1) ¦ÛÄ@ªº·N§Ó

2308 thelesis {thel'-ay-sis} from 2309; TDNT - 3:62,318; n f AV - will 1; 1 1) a willing will
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2309 thelo {thel'-o} ©Î ethelo {eth-el'-o} (¦b¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA¤¤¥Î) theleo {thel-eh'-o} ©M etheleo {eth-el-eh'-o} ¤w¤£¦A¨Ï¥Î otherwise obsolete ÅãµM¬O 138 ªº´À¥N¦rªº¥[±j«¬; TDNT - 3:44,318; °Êµü AV - will/would 159, will/would have 16, desire 13, desirous 3, list 3, to will 2, misc 4; 210 1) Ä@·N, ¦³·N«ä­n..., ·Q­n 1a) ¨M©w, ¤U¨M¤ß 1b) ·N±ý, Ä@±æ 1c) ³ßÅw, Ä@·N 1c1) ¼Ö·N¥h§@¬Y¨Æ, ³ßÅw°µ... 1d) ´r§Ö, ¼Ö©ó³ß·R, ¨É¨ü©ó...

2309 thelo {thel'-o} or ethelo {eth-el'-o} in certain tenses theleo {thel-eh'-o} and etheleo {eth-el-eh'-o} which are otherwise obsolete apparently strengthened from the alternate form of 138; TDNT - 3:44,318; v AV - will/would 159, will/would have 16, desire 13, desirous 3, list 3, to will 2, misc 4; 210 1) to will, have in mind, intend 1a) to be resolved or determined, to purpose 1b) to desire, to wish 1c) to love 1c1) to like to do a thing, be fond of doing 1d) to take delight in, have pleasure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2310 themelios {them-el'-ee-os} ©Î themelion {them-el'-ee-on} ·½©ó¤@­l¥Í©ó 5087 ªº¦r; TDNT - 3:63,322; §Î®eµü AV - foundation 16; 16 1) ¥ß¤U§@¬°®Ú°ò, (©Ð«Î, «°Àð, «°¥«ªº)¦a°ò 2) Áô³ë. ®Ú¥», ®Ú·½, °ò¥»­ì²z 2a) «ü¨î«×¶Ç²Î©Î¯u²zªº®Ú°ò

2310 themelios {them-el'-ee-os} or themelion {them-el'-ee-on} from a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 3:63,322; adj AV - foundation 16; 16 1) laid down as a foundation, the foundation (of a building, wall, city) 2) metaph. the foundations, beginnings, first principals 2a) of institution or system of truth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2311 themelioo {them-el-ee-o'-o} ·½©ó 2310; TDNT - 3:63,322; °Êµü AV - found 2, ground 2, lay the foundation 1, settle 1; 6 1) «Ø¥ß®Ú°ò, ´Ó°ò 2) ¨Ïí©T, «Ø¥ß

2311 themelioo {them-el-ee-o'-o} from 2310; TDNT - 3:63,322; v AV - found 2, ground 2, lay the foundation 1, settle 1; 6 1) to lay the foundation, to found 2) to make stable, establish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2312 theodidaktos {theh-od-id'-ak-tos} ·½©ó 2316 ©M 1321; TDNT - 3:121,322; §Î®eµü AV - taught of God 1; 1 1) ¯«ªº±Ð°V

2312 theodidaktos {theh-od-id'-ak-tos} from 2316 and 1321; TDNT - 3:121,322; adj AV - taught of God 1; 1 1) taught of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2313 theomacheo {theh-o-makh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2314; TDNT - 4:528,573; °Êµü AV - fight against God 1; 1 1) »P¯«ª§½× (#®{ 23:9|)

2313 theomacheo {theh-o-makh-eh'-o} from 2314; TDNT - 4:528,573; v AV - fight against God 1; 1 1) to fight against God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2314 theomachos {theh-om'-akh-os} ·½¦Û 2316 and 3164; TDNT - 4:528,573; §Î®eµü AV - to fight against God 1; 1 1) §ðÀ»¼Ä¹ï¯«, ¤Ï§Ü©Úµ´¯« (#®{ 5:39|)

2314 theomachos {theh-om'-akh-os} from 2316 and 3164; TDNT - 4:528,573; adj AV - to fight against God 1; 1 1) fighting against God, resisting God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2315 theopneustos {theh-op'-nyoo-stos} ·½¦Û 2316 »P 4154 ªº¤@­Ó¥i¯à­l¥Í; TDNT - 6:453,876; §Î®eµü AV - given by inspiration of God 1; 1 1) ¯«©Òµ¹¤©ÆF·Pªº (#´£«á 3:16|) 1a) ¸t¸gªº¤º®e

2315 theopneustos {theh-op'-nyoo-stos} from 2316 and a presumed derivative of 4154; TDNT - 6:453,876; adj AV - given by inspiration of God 1; 1 1) inspired by God 1a) the contents of the scriptures
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2316 theos {theh'-os} ¤£½T©w¬Û¦üªº¦r·½; ¯«, (»P 3588 ¤@°_) ¯S§O¬O¦Ü°ªµL¤Wªº¯«; TDNT - 3:65,322; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - God 1320, God 13, godly 3, God-ward + 4214 2, misc 5; 1343 1) ¯«©Î¤k¯«, ¯«©Î¯«®æªº²ÎºÙ 2) ¯«©Ê, ¤T¦ì¤@Åé 2a) ¤W«Ò¤Ñ¤÷, ¤T¦ì¤@Å骺²Ä¤@¦ì 2b) °ò·þ, ¤T¦ì¤@Å骺²Ä¤G¦ì 2c) ¸tÆF, ¤T¦ì¤@Å骺²Ä¤T¦ì 3) ½×¤Î°ß¤@¯u¯« 3a) »P¤W«Ò¦³Ãöªº¨Æ 3b) Í¢ªºÄU§i, Ãöª`, ¦]Í¢¦Ó²£¥Íªº¨Æ 4) ¥ô¦ó¥i¥HÃö³s©ó¯«ªº, ©Î¤ñÀÀ©ó¯«ªº 4a) ¤W«Òªº¥Nªí©Î°Æ¤â 4a1) ¦a¤è¦æ¬F©x»P¤h®v¡þ¼f§P©x

2316 theos {theh'-os} of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with 3588) the supreme Divinity; TDNT - 3:65,322; n m AV - God 1320, god 13, godly 3, God-ward + 4214 2, misc 5; 1343 1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities 2) the Godhead, trinity 2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity 2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity 2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity 3) spoken of the only and true God 3a) refers to the things of God 3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him 4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in any way 4a) God's representative or viceregent 4a1) of magistrates and judges
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2317 theosebeia {theh-os-eb'-i-ah} ·½¦Û 2318; TDNT - 3:123,331; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - godliness 1; 1 1)¦V¤W«Òªº®¦·O±R·q

2317 theosebeia {theh-os-eb'-i-ah} from 2318; TDNT - 3:123,331; n f AV - godliness 1; 1 1) reverence towards God's goodness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2318 theosebes {theh-os-eb-ace'} ·½¦Û 2316 and 4576; TDNT - 3:123,331; §Î®eµü AV - worshipper of God 1; 1 1) Æg¬ü±R«ô¯«, °@¸Ûªº, ¿w«Hªº

2318 theosebes {theh-os-eb-ace'} from 2316 and 4576; TDNT - 3:123,331; adj AV - worshipper of God 1; 1 1) worshipping God, pious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2319 theostuges {theh-os-too-gace'} ·½¦Û 2316 and the base of 4767;; §Î®eµü AV - hater of God 1; 1 1) ¹ï¯«¥Rº¡«è«ëªº, «D±`¤£«H¯«ªº©M¨¸´cªº (#ù 1:30|)

2319 theostuges {theh-os-too-gace'} from 2316 and the base of 4767;; adj AV - hater of God 1; 1 1) hateful to God, exceptionally impious and wicked
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2320 theotes {theh-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 2316; TDNT - 3:119,322; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Godhead 1; 1 1) ¯«©Ê (#¦è 2:9|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5849

2320 theotes {theh-ot'-ace} from 2316; TDNT - 3:119,322; n f AV - Godhead 1; 1 1) deity 1a) the state of being God, Godhead For Synonyms see entry 5849
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2321 Theophilos {theh-of'-il-os} from 2316 and 5384;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Theophilus 2; 2 ´£ªü«Dù = "¯«ªºªB¤Í" 1) ¸ô¥[©Ò¼gªº¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ»P¨Ï®{¦æ¶Çªº¨ü«HªÌ ( #¸ô1:3| ; # ®{1:1| )

2321 Theophilos {theh-of'-il-os} from 2316 and 5384;; n pr m AV - Theophilus 2; 2 Theophilus = "friend of God" 1) the person to whom Luke addressed his Gospel and the book of Acts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2322 therapeia {ther-ap-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 2323; TDNT - 3:131,331; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - household 2, healing 2; 4 1) ¬°¬Y¤H®Ä³Ò 2) ¯S§O«üÂåÀøªA°È 3) ®a¨Æ¤è­±ªºªA°È 3a) Å@²z¤H­û, ¹²¤H, ¦þ¤H

2322 therapeia {ther-ap-i'-ah} from 2323; TDNT - 3:131,331; n f AV - household 2, healing 2; 4 1) service rendered by one to another 2) spec. medical service: curing, healing 3) household service 3a) body of attendants, servants, domestics
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2323 therapeuo {ther-ap-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2324; TDNT - 3:128,331; °Êµü AV - heal 38, cure 5, worship 1; 44 1) ªA°ÈÀ°¦þ 2) Âåªv, ²¬Â¡, «ì´_«Ø±d

2323 therapeuo {ther-ap-yoo'-o} from the same as 2324; TDNT - 3:128,331; v AV - heal 38, cure 5, worship 1; 44 1) to serve, do service 2) to heal, cure, restore to health
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2324 therapon {ther-ap'-ohn} ÅãµM¤@­Ó¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº2330­l¥Í¦rªº¤Àµü; TDNT - 3:132,331; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - servant 1; 1 1) «ü¯«ªºÀH±q, ¹²¤H 1a) «ü¼¯¦è¨­¬°¯«ªº¹²¤H, ©¾¤ß©ó¯«©Ò¥æ¥I»P¥Lªº³d¥ô (#¨Ó 3:5|) ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5834

2324 therapon {ther-ap'-ohn} apparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of the base of 2330; TDNT - 3:132,331; n m AV - servant 1; 1 1) an attendant, servant: of God 1a) spoken of Moses discharging the duties committed to him by God For Synonyms see entry 5834
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2325 therizo {ther-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2330 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N the crop); TDNT - 3:132,332; °Êµü AV - reap 21; 21 1) ¦¬¦¨, ¦¬³Î²ø½[ 2) ¿Î»y:¼»ºØ»P¦¬³Î 3) ¤Á°£, ¯}Ãa 3a) ¦p²ø½[³QÅI¤M¤Á³Î¤U¨Ó

2325 therizo {ther-id'-zo} from 2330 (in the sense of the crop); TDNT - 3:132,332; v AV - reap 21; 21 1) to reap, harvest 2) proverbial expression for sowing and reaping 3) cut off, destroy 3a) as crops are cut down with a sickle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2326 therismos {ther-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 2325; TDNT - 3:133,332;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - harvest 13; 13 1) ¦¬³Î (¹Lµ{) 2) ¦¬¦¨ 2a)­nŨúªºÆF»î 2b)­n¨Óªº¼f§P (#±Ò 14:15|)

2326 therismos {ther-is-mos'} from 2325; TDNT - 3:133,332; n m AV - harvest 13; 13 1) harvest, the act of reaping 1a) fig. of the gathering of men into the kingdom of God 1b) referring to time of reaping, the final judgment, when the righteous are gathered into the kingdom of God and the wicked are cast into hell for ever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2327 theristes {ther-is-tace'} ·½¦Û 2325;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reaper 2; 2 1) ¦¬³ÎªÌ

2327 theristes {ther-is-tace'} from 2325;; n m AV - reaper 2; 2 1) a reaper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2328 thermaino {ther-mah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 2329;; °Êµü AV - warm (one's) self 5, be warmed 1; 6 1) ¨Ï·Å·x, ¥[¼ö 2) ¨Ï¦Û¤v·Å·x

2328 thermaino {ther-mah'-ee-no} from 2329;; v AV - warm (one's) self 5, be warmed 1; 6 1) to make warm, to heat 2) to warm one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2329 therme {ther'-may} ·½¦Û the base of 2330;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - heat 1; 1 1) ¼ö

2329 therme {ther'-may} from the base of 2330;; n f AV - heat 1; 1 1) heat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2330 theros {ther'-os} ·½¦Û a primary thero (to heat);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - summer 3; 3 1) ®L¤Ñ

2330 theros {ther'-os} from a primary thero (to heat);; n n AV - summer 3; 3 1) summer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2331 Thessalonikeus {thes-sal-on-ik-yoos'} ·½¦Û2332;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Thessalonians 5, of Thessalonica 1; 6 1) ©«¼»Ã¹¥§­{¤Ha Thessalonians

2331 Thessalonikeus {thes-sal-on-ik-yoos'} from 2332;; n m AV - Thessalonians 5, of Thessalonica 1; 6 1) a Thessalonians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2332 Thessalonike {thes-sal-on-ee'-kay} ·½¦ÛThessalos (©«¼»Ã¹¥§­{¤H)©M3529;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Thessalonica 5; 5 ©«¼»Ã¹¥§­{ªº·N«ä¬O¡¨³Ó¹Lµê°°¡¨ 1) ¦ì©ó©«³Â®üÆWªº¤@­ÓµÛ¦Wªº«°É]¡A°¨¨ä¹yªº­«­n«°É]¤§¤@¡D¬Où°¨¬F©²©x­û©~¦íªº¦a¤è¡D

2332 Thessalonike {thes-sal-on-ee'-kay} from Thessalos (a Thessalian) and 3529;; n pr loc AV - Thessalonica 5; 5 Thessalonica = "victory of falsity" 1) a famous and populous city, situated on the Thermaic Gulf, the capital of the second division of Macedonia and the residence of a Roman governor and quaestor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2333 Theudas {thyoo-das'} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Theudas 1; 1 ¥á¤j = "¯«½çªº" 1) ­{º¿¦Cºt»¡¤¤´£¨ìªº¤@¦W°_¸qªº¤H (#®{5:36|)

2333 Theudas {thyoo-das'} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Theudas 1; 1 Theudas = "God-given" 1) the name of an insurgent mentioned in Gamaliel's speech before the Jewish council, Acts 5:35-39, at the time of the arraignment of the apostles. He appeared, according to Luke's account, at the head of about four hundred men. He was probably one of the insurrectionary chiefs or fanatics by whom the land was overrun in the last year of Herod's reign. Josephus speaks of a Theudas who played a similar part at the time of Claudius, about A.D. 44; but the Theudas mentioned by Luke must be a different person from the one spoken of by Josephus.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2334 theoreo {theh-o-reh'-o} ·½©ó¤@­l¥Í©ó 2300(©Î³\¦P®É©M 3708)ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:315,706; °Êµü AV - see 40, behold 11, perceive 4, consider 1, look on 1; 57 1) Æ[¹îªÌ, ª`µø, ¬Ý°Ú 1a) ª`¥Ø¦Óµø, Æ[¬Ý, ²Ó¹î 1a1) «ä¼{, ¦Ò¼{ 2) ¬Ý¨£ 2a) ¥Î¦×²´¹î¬Ý, ¬dª¾¨ä¦s¦b 2b) ¹îı, µo²{ 2c) §Ë²M·¡, ²´¨£¬°¹ê ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5848

2334 theoreo {theh-o-reh'-o} from a derivative of 2300 (perhaps by add. of 3708); TDNT - 5:315,706; v AV - see 40, behold 11, perceive 4, consider 1, look on 1; 57 1) to be a spectator, look at, behold 1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey 1a1) to view mentally, consider 2) to see 2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one 2b) to discern, descry 2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing For Synonyms see entry 5848
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2335 theoria {theh-o-ree'-ah} »P2334¦P;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sight 1; 1 1) ²·±æ, Æ[¬Ý 2) ³Q²·±æªº´º­P, ­È±o¬ÝªºªF¦è, ³õ­±

2335 theoria {theh-o-ree'-ah} from the same as 2334;; n f AV - sight 1; 1 1) a viewing, beholding 2) that which is viewed, a spectacle, sight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2336 theke {thay'-kay} ·½¦Û 5087;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sheath 1; 1 1) ¦s©ñª««~¤§³B, Àx¦s³B, ½c¤l, ²°¤l 1a) ¤MÀT©Î¼C¼ (#¬ù 18:11|)

2336 theke {thay'-kay} from 5087;; n f AV - sheath 1; 1 1) that which a thing is put or laid away, a receptacle, repository, chest, box 1a) used of the sheath of a sword
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2337 thelazo {thay-lad'-zo} ·½¦Û thele (the nipple);; °Êµü AV - give suck 4, suck 1, suckling 1; 6 1) µ¹©ó­÷¨Å, §l¨Å, µ¹...Áý¥¤ 2) §l¤¹

2337 thelazo {thay-lad'-zo} from thele (the nipple);; v AV - give suck 4, suck 1, suckling 1; 6 1) to give the breast, give suck, to suckle 2) to suck
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2338 thelus {thay'-loos} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2337;; §Î®eµü AV - woman 2, female 3; 5 1) ³±©Ê 2) ¤k©Ê, ¤k©Êªº

2338 thelus {thay'-loos} from the same as 2337;; adj AV - woman 2, female 3; 5 1) of the female sex 2) a woman, a female
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2339 thera {thay'-rah} ·½©ó ther (³Q§@¬°Âyª«ªº³¥Ã~);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - trap 1; 1 1) °l³v³¥Ã~¨ÃÀ»±þ 2) Áô³ë. «ü­n±N¤H·´·Àªº³]­p©Î°é®Mµ¥

2339 thera {thay'-rah} from ther (a wild animal, as game);; n f AV - trap 1; 1 1) a hunting of wild beasts to destroy them 2) metaph. of preparing destruction for men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2340 thereuo {thay-ryoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2339;; °Êµü AV - catch 1; 1 1) ¬¼Ây, Ây¨ú, Ây¸É (#¸ô 11:54|) 2) Áô³ë. ®I¥ñ, §V¤O»¤®·, ¥©§®ªº®·®»

2340 thereuo {thay-ryoo'-o} from 2339;; v AV - catch 1; 1 1) to go a hunting, to hunt, to catch in hunting 2) metaph. to lay wait for, strive to ensnare, catch artfully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2341 theriomacheo {thay-ree-om-akh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 2342 and 3164;; °Êµü AV - fight with beasts 1; 1 1) »P³¥¥Í°Êª«·i°« (#ªL«e 15:32|)

2341 theriomacheo {thay-ree-om-akh-eh'-o} from a compound of 2342 and 3164;; v AV - fight with beasts 1; 1 1) to fight with wild beasts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2342 therion {thay-ree'-on} »P 2339 ¦P·½, ¥[¤Wªí¥Ü"¤p"ªº¦r§À; TDNT - 3:133,333; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - beast 42, wild beast 3, venomous beast 1; 46 1) «ü°Êª« 2) ³¥¥Í°Êª«, ³¥Ã~, ©ÇÃ~ 3) Áô³ë. «ü³¥ÆZ´Ý¼Éªº, ¥û¼É¤U¬yªº¤H, ³¥ÆZ¤H, ²Ê¾|ªº¤H ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5846

2342 therion {thay-ree'-on} diminutive from the same as 2339; TDNT - 3:133,333; n n AV - beast 42, wild beast 3, venomous beast 1; 46 1) an animal 2) a wild animal, wild beast, beast 3) metaph. a brutal, bestial man, savage, ferocious For Synonyms see entry 5846
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2343 thesaurizo {thay-sow-rid'-zo} ·½¦Û 2344; TDNT - 3:138,333; °Êµü AV - lay up 3, in store 1, lay up treasure 1, treasure up 1, heap treasure together 1, keep in store 1; 8 1) ÀxÂÃ,«O¦s,¤Ù¿n(ªF¦è) 2) "¿n¦s"ªº©µ¦ù·N¸q:°µ¤@¥ó¨Æ¬°­n±a¥X±N¨Óªº¬YºØ±¡¹Ò©Î¨Æ¥ó 2a)¿n°]Ä_©ó¤Ñ¤W (#¤Ó 6:20|) 2b)²Ö¿n«ã®ð (#ù 2:5|) 2c)«O¯d (#©¼«á 3:7|)

2343 thesaurizo {thay-sow-rid'-zo} from 2344; TDNT - 3:138,333; v AV - lay up 3, in store 1, lay up treasure 1, treasure up 1, heap treasure together 1, keep in store 1; 8 1) to gather and lay up, to heap up, store up 1a) to accumulate riches 1b) to keep in store, store up, reserve 2) metaph. so to live from day to day as to increase either the bitterness or the happiness of one's consequent lot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2344 thesauros {thay-sow-ros'} ·½©ó 5087; TDNT - 3:136,333;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - treasure 18; 18 1) ¥Î¥H¦¬¦s°]ª«©M¬ÃÄ_ªº¦a¤è 1a) ¦s©ñ¦³»ù­ÈªºªF¦èªº­º¹¢²°, «OÀI½c, ©Î¨ä¥¦ªº®e¾¹ 1b) Ä_Âà 1c) ®w©Ð, Ä_®w, ­Ü®w 2) ¦s©ñ¦bÄ_®w¤¤ªºªF¦è, ¦¬¶°ªºÄ_ª«

2344 thesauros {thay-sow-ros'} from 5087; TDNT - 3:136,333; n m AV - treasure 18; 18 1) the place in which good and precious things are collected and laid up 1a) a casket, coffer, or other receptacle, in which valuables are kept 1b) a treasury 1c) storehouse, repository, magazine 2) the things laid up in a treasury, collected treasures
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2345 thiggano {thing-gan'-o} a prolonged form of an obsolete primary thigo (to finger);; °Êµü AV - touch 2, handle 1; 3 1) to touch, handle 1a) to do violence to, injury

2345 thiggano {thing-gan'-o} a prolonged form of an obsolete primary thigo (to finger);; v AV - touch 2, handle 1; 3 1) to touch, handle 1a) to do violence to, injury
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2346 thlibo {thlee'-bo} ªñ¦ü 5147 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 3:139,334; °Êµü AV - trouble 4, afflict 3, narrow 1, throng 1, suffer tribulation 1; 10 1) À£º^(¦pÀ£¸²µå), ¥Î¥H±ÀÀ£ 2) ¯U¯¶ªº¸ô 2a) ¥Î¨ì­­¨îªº, À£ÁY¤Fªº 3) Áô³ë. §xÂZ, §é¿i, ­WÃø

2346 thlibo {thlee'-bo} akin to the base of 5147; TDNT - 3:139,334; v AV - trouble 4, afflict 3, narrow 1, throng 1, suffer tribulation 1; 10 1) to press (as grapes), press hard upon 2) a compressed way 2a) narrow straitened, contracted 3) metaph. to trouble, afflict, distress
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2347 thlipsis {thlip'-sis} ·½¦Û2346; TDNT - 3:139,334; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tribulation 21, affliction 17, trouble 3, anguish 1, persecution 1, burdened 1, to be afflicted + 1519 1; 45 1) À£, À£¦b¤@°_, À£¤O 2) Áô³ë. «üÀ£¨î, ¨ü­W, ¨aÃø, ¼~±w, §x¤Ì

2347 thlipsis {thlip'-sis} from 2346; TDNT - 3:139,334; n f AV - tribulation 21, affliction 17, trouble 3, anguish 1, persecution 1, burdened 1, to be afflicted + 1519 1; 45 1) a pressing, pressing together, pressure 2) metaph. oppression, affliction, tribulation, distress, straits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2348 thnesko {thnay'-sko} a strengthened form of a simpler primary thano {than'-o} (which is used for it only in certain tenses); TDNT - 3:7,312; °Êµü AV - be dead 10, die 1, dead man 1, dead 1; 13 1) ¦º, ¦º¤` 2) Áô³ë. ÆF©Êªº¦º¤`

2348 thnesko {thnay'-sko} a strengthened form of a simpler primary thano {than'-o} (which is used for it only in certain tenses); TDNT - 3:7,312; v AV - be dead 10, die 1, dead man 1, dead 1; 13 1) to die, to be dead 2) metaph. to be spiritually dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2349 thnetos {thnay-tos'} ·½¦Û 2348; TDNT - 3:21,312; §Î®eµü AV - mortal 5, mortality + 3588 1; 6 1) ©ö¤Ô§é¦º¤`ªº, Á{¦ºªº

2349 thnetos {thnay-tos'} from 2348; TDNT - 3:21,312; adj AV - mortal 5, mortality + 3588 1; 6 1) liable to death, mortal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2350 thorubeo {thor-oo-beh'-o} ·½¦Û 2351;; °Êµü AV - make ado 1, make a noise 1, set on an uproar 1, trouble (one's) self 1; 4 1) µo¥X¾¸­µ©Î³ÙÄÛ, ÄÌ°Ê 2) ÂZ¶Ã, §x´b (°Å¤£Â_,²zÁÙ¶Ã) 2a) ¤ß·Ð 2b) ¿E°Ê¦a­úª_

2350 thorubeo {thor-oo-beh'-o} from 2351;; v AV - make ado 1, make a noise 1, set on an uproar 1, trouble (one's) self 1; 4 1) to make a noise or uproar, be turbulent 2) to disturb, throw into confusion 2a) to be troubled in mind 2b) to wail tumultuously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2351 thorubos {thor'-oo-bos} ·½¦Û the base of 2360;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tumult 4, uproar 3; 7 1) §nÂøÁn, ³Ù¼M, ÄÌ°Ê 1a) ¤HªºÀz­úÁn 1b) §n¾x¿E°Êªº¤H¸s 1c) »E²³¾x¨Æªº³Ù¼MÁn 2) ¹H¤Ï¤½¦@¯´§Ç¤Þ°_ªº§nÄW

2351 thorubos {thor'-oo-bos} from the base of 2360;; n m AV - tumult 4, uproar 3; 7 1) a noise, tumult, uproar 1a) of persons wailing 1b) of a clamorous and excited multitude 1c) of riotous persons 2) a tumult, as a breach of public order
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2352 thrauo {throw'-o} ¦r®Ú¦r;; °Êµü AV - bruise 1; 1 1) ¯}¸H, ¯}¦¨¸H¤ù, ¯{¸H, ­«À»¬ï¹L(#¸ô 4:18|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5850

2352 thrauo {throw'-o} a root word;; v AV - bruise 1; 1 1) to break, break in pieces, shatter, smite through For Synonyms see entry 5850
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2353 thremma {threm'-mah} ·½¦Û 5142;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cattle 1; 1 1) ¤Z¬O³QÁý¾iªº©Î·ÓÅ@ªº 1a) ¯f©Ð, ¦Y¥¤ªºÀ¦«Ä, ¥®µ£ 2) ¦Ï¸s, ¬¹¤f, ®a¯b, ¯S§O«üºø¦Ï©Î¬O¯Ì¦Ï (#¬ù 4:12|)

2353 thremma {threm'-mah} from 5142;; n n AV - cattle 1; 1 1) whatever is fed or nursed 1a) a ward, nursling, child 2) a flock, cattle, esp. sheep and goats
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2354 threneo {thray-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 2355; TDNT - 3:148,335; °Êµü AV - mourn 2, lament 2; 4 1) «s±¥, «s­ú´d·[ 1a) »µºq, °e¸®¦±, [Àz°ÞºE­ú] 2) ªí¹F´dµh, ¹ï...²`ªí¿ò¾Ñ ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5804

2354 threneo {thray-neh'-o} from 2355; TDNT - 3:148,335; v AV - mourn 2, lament 2; 4 1) to mourn, to lament 1a) of singers of dirges, [to wail] 2) to bewail, deplore For Synonyms see entry 5804
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2355 threnos {thray'-nos} ·½¦Û 2360ªº°ò¦; TDNT - 3:148,335;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lamentation 1; 1 1) ´d¹Ä, «s±¥ #¤Ó 2:18|

2355 threnos {thray'-nos} from the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:148,335; n m AV - lamentation 1; 1 1) a lamentation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2356 threskeia {thrace-ki'-ah} ·½¦Û a derivative of 2357; TDNT - 3:155,337; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - religion 3, worshipping 1; 4 1) «H¥õ¤Wªº·q«ô 1a) ¯S§O«ü¥~¦b§Î¦¡, §»ö¤Wªº±R«ô 1a1) ±Ð³W, ±Ð±ø, ©v±Ð

2356 threskeia {thrace-ki'-ah} from a derivative of 2357; TDNT - 3:155,337; n f AV - religion 3, worshipping 1; 4 1) religious worship 1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies 1a1) religious discipline, religion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2357 threskos {thrace'-kos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:155,337; §Î®eµü AV - religious 1; 1 1) ¬ÈÄߩηq«ô¯« 2) Ÿ§Ý 2a) ®£Äߟ¹¸ªº (#¶® 1:26|)

2357 threskos {thrace'-kos} probably from the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:155,337; adj AV - religious 1; 1 1) fearing or worshipping God 2) to tremble 2a) trembling, fearful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2358 thriambeuo {three-am-byoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2360 °ò¦«¬ªº©µªø²Õ¦X; TDNT - 3:159,337; °Êµü AV - cause to triumph 1, triumph over 1; 2 1) ¨g³ß, ¼y¶P³Ó§Q 2) ¨Ï¤H¦¨¥\ ±q¦r®Ú¦r¤§·N¬°, ¦b¸`´Á¹Lµ{¥H´Lºa Bacchus ¯«¦Ó§u°Û¸Ö

2358 thriambeuo {three-am-byoo'-o} from a prolonged compound of the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:159,337; v AV - cause to triumph 1, triumph over 1; 2 1) to triumph, to celebrate a triumph 2) cause one to triumph From the root word meaning a hymn sung in festal processions in honour of the god Bacchus.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2359 thrix {threeks} genitive case trichos, etc., of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - hair 15; 15 1) ¤HÃþÀY¤Wªº¤ò¾v 2) °Êª«ªº¤ò¾v ¦P¸qµü¨£5851

2359 thrix {threeks} genitive case trichos, etc., of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - hair 15; 15 1) the hair of the head 2) the hair of animals For Synonyms see entry 5851
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2360 throeo {thro-eh'-o} ·½¦Û threomai {to wail};; °Êµü AV - trouble 3; 3 1) ¤jÁn³Û¥s, ¬°¤Þ¤Hª`·N¦Ó¤jÁn§o³Û 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, ¨Ï·Ð´o, ®`©È 1b) ¤ß²zÀu·Ð, ·Pı®`©È, ¨üÅ媺 (#¤Ó 24:6; ¥i 13:7; ©««á 2:2|)

2360 throeo {thro-eh'-o} from threomai {to wail};; v AV - trouble 3; 3 1) to cry aloud, make a noise by outcry 1a) in the NT, to trouble, frighten 1b) to be troubled in mind, to be frightened, alarmed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2361 thrombos {throm'-bos} ¤]³\·½¦Û 5142 (¨ú¨ä¡uÅÜ«p¡v¤§·N);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - great drop 1; 1 1) ¤j¦Ó¿@¸Yªº²Gºw, ¯S§O¥Î¨Ó«ü¾®µ²ªº¦åºw #¸ô 22:44|

2361 thrombos {throm'-bos} perhaps from 5142 (in the sense of thickening);; n m AV - great drop 1; 1 1) a large thick drop, esp. of clotted blood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2362 thronos {thron'-os} ·½©ó thrao (§¤¤U), ¤@­Ó«ÂÄYªº¦a¦ì ("¤ý¦ì"); TDNT - 3:160,338; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - throne 54, seat 7; 61 1) ¤ý¦ì, ¤ý®y 1a) ¤@­Ó¦³½ñ¸}¹Ôªº§¤¦ì 1b) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤¥Î¥H«ü²ÎªvªÌ, ¥ç§Y¤ýÅv©Î¤ý¦ì 1b1) Áô³ë. «ü¯«, ³o¥@¬Éªº´xºÞªÌ 1b2) «üÀ±ÁɨÈ, °ò·þ¦b¯«ªº¤u¤Wªº¦P¤u©Î§U²z 1b2a) ¥ç§Y«ü°ò·þ¯«¸tªºÅv¬` 1b3) «üªk©x, ¥ç§Y ªk©x®u©Îªk©xªºÂ¾¦ì 1b4) «üªøªÌ, ªø¦Ñ

2362 thronos {thron'-os} from thrao (to sit), a stately seat ("throne"); TDNT - 3:160,338; n m AV - throne 54, seat 7; 61 1) a throne seat 1a) a chair of state having a footstool 1b) assigned in the NT to kings, hence, kingly power or royalty 1b1) metaph. to God, the governor of the world 1b2) to the Messiah, Christ, the partner and assistant in the divine administration 1b2a) hence divine power belonging to Christ 1b3) to judges i.e. tribunal or bench 1b4) to elders
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2363 Thuateira {thoo-at'-i-rah} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; ±M¦³¦Wµü¦a¦W AV - Thyatira 4; 4 ±À¶®±À³â = "¨a­Wªº®ð¨ý" 1) °¨¨ä¹y§ÆÃ¾¤Hªº´Þ¥Á¦a, ®y¸¨©óµÜ¬ì´µªe(Lycus)ªº¼»¨f»P§O­{¼¯¤§¶¡. ©~¥Á¥H»s§@¥æ©öµµ¦â¬V®Æ¬°¥Í

2363 Thuateira {thoo-at'-i-rah} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Thyatira 4; 4 Thyatira = "odour of affliction" 1) a colony of Macedonia Greeks, situated between Sardis and Pergamos on the river Lycus; its inhabitants gained their living by traffic and the art of dyeing in purple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2364 thugater {thoo-gat'-air} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú [°Ñ¨£ ¤k¨à(daughter)];; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - daughter 29; 29 1) ¤k¨à 1a) ¯«ªº¤k¨à 1a1) ¦X©ó¯«ªº, Åw³ß»â¨ü¯«ªºÁé·R©M«O¦uªº 1b) ¥Î¥H«ü¬Y­Ó¦a¤è, «°¥«, ©Î¦a°Ïªº¦WºÙ 1b1) ¦P®Éªx«ü¸Ó¦a©Ò¦³ªº©~¥Á©M¤½¥Á 1c) ¤k©Ê«á¸Ç

2364 thugater {thoo-gat'-air} apparently a root word [cf "daughter"];; n f AV - daughter 29; 29 1) a daughter 1a) a daughter of God 1a1) acceptable to God, rejoicing in God's peculiar care and protection 1b) with the name of a place, city, or region 1b1) denotes collectively all its inhabitants and citizens 1c) a female descendant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2365 thugatrion {thoo-gat'-ree-on} ·½¦Û 2364;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - little daughter 1, young daughter 1; 2 1) ¤p¤k¨à

2365 thugatrion {thoo-gat'-ree-on} from 2364;; n n AV - little daughter 1, young daughter 1; 2 1) a little daughter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2366 thuella {thoo'-el-lah} ·½©ó 2380 (¨ú¨ä §jŧ ªº·N«ä);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tempest 1; 1 1) ¼É­·, ¼É­·«B, ¼É­·³·, ±Û­·

2366 thuella {thoo'-el-lah} from 2380 (in the sense of blowing);; n f AV - tempest 1; 1 1) a sudden storm, tempest, whirlwind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2367 thuinos {thoo'-ee-nos} ·½¦Û a derivative of 2380 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N blowing, denoting a certain fragrant tree);; §Î®eµü AV - thyine 1; 1 1) ¬a¾ïÄݪº´Óª« (citrus), ²£©ó¥_«DªºªÚ­»¾ð¤ì, ¥Î©óµI­». ¨ä¤ì§÷¥Î©ó½Ñ¦h¸Ë¹¢ª««~, ¼s¨ü¥j§ÆÃ¾Ã¹°¨¤Hªº³ß·R (#±Ò 18:12|)

2367 thuinos {thoo'-ee-nos} from a derivative of 2380 (in the sense of blowing, denoting a certain fragrant tree);; adj AV - thyine 1; 1 1) the citrus, an odoriferous North African tree used as incense, prized by the ancient Greeks and Romans on account of the beauty of its wood for various ornamental purposes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2368 thumiama {thoo-mee'-am-ah} ·½¦Û2370; ¦Wµü AV - incense 4, odour 2; 6 1) ¥Î¨ÓÂI¿U´²µo­»®ðªºª«½è, ­»

2368 thumiama {thoo-mee'-am-ah} from 2370;; n n AV - incense 4, odour 2; 6 1) an aromatic substance burnt, incense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2369 thumiasterion {thoo-mee-as-tay'-ree-on} ·½©ó 2370 ªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - censer 1; 1 1) ¥Î¨Ó¿N­»¥Îªº¾¹¥× 2) µI­»¥Îªº²½¾Â

2369 thumiasterion {thoo-mee-as-tay'-ree-on} from a derivative of 2370;; n n AV - censer 1; 1 1) a utensil for fumigating or burning incense 2) an altar of incense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2370 thumiao {thoo-mee-ah'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of 2380 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N smoking);; °Êµü AV - burn incense 1; 1 1) ¿N­», µI¿N­»®Æ (#¸ô1;9|)

2370 thumiao {thoo-mee-ah'-o} from a derivative of 2380 (in the sense of smoking);; v AV - burn incense 1; 1 1) to burn incense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2371 thumomacheo {thoo-mom-akh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 2372 and 3164;; °Êµü AV - highly displeased 1; 1 1) ·¥¤j¤³«ëªº¾Ôª§ 2) «D±`´o«ã, ¿E«ãªº (#®{ 12:20|)

2371 thumomacheo {thoo-mom-akh-eh'-o} from a presumed compound of 2372 and 3164;; v AV - highly displeased 1; 1 1) to carry on war with great animosity 2) to be very angry, be exasperated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2372 thumos {thoo-mos'} ·½©ó 2380; TDNT - 3:167,339;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wrath 15, fierceness 2, indignation 1; 18 1) ¿E¯Pªº±¡ºü, ¥Í®ð, ¤õ¤j, ¼Éµo¥ß§Y¦Óµu®Éªº«ã®ð 2) º¦¬õ¤FÁy, ¼ö¦åªmÄË, ©Á«ã¤§°s, ¦p¤õ¤§¯P°s(¨ä©Î¨Ï¶¼ªÌºÆ¨g, ©Î­P¨ä©ó¦º¦a)

2372 thumos {thoo-mos'} from 2380; TDNT - 3:167,339; n m AV - wrath 15, fierceness 2, indignation 1; 18 1) passion, angry, heat, anger forthwith boiling up and soon subsiding again 2) glow, ardour, the wine of passion, inflaming wine (which either drives the drinker mad or kills him with its strength)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2373 thumoo {tho-mo'-o} ·½¦Û 2372;; °Êµü AV - be wroth 1; 1 1) ¤Þ°_¬Y¤H«ã®ðµI¿N, ¬D°_¼««ã 2) ¼É«ã (#¤Ó 2:16|)

2373 thumoo {tho-mo'-o} from 2372;; v AV - be wroth 1; 1 1) to cause one to become incensed, to provoke to anger 2) to be wroth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2374 thura {thoo'-rah} ¦r®Ú¦r; TDNT - 3:173,340; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - door 38, gate 1; 39 1) ªù 1a) ªùÆU 1b) «üªù,¤J¤f,©Î³q¹Dµ¥ 1c) ¥Î©ó¤ñ³ë©ÎÁô³ë 1c1) ¦Ï¸s¶i¥Xªºªù,¬O«ü±N¬@±Ï½çµ¹¸òÀHªÌªº¨º¤@¦ìªº¦W¦r 1c2) "´¯¶}ªºªù"¥Î¨Ó«ü¦¨¨Æªº¾÷·| 1c3) ¤Ñ°êªºªù,«ü­n¶i¤J¯«°êªº¤@¨Ç­n¿í¦uªº±ø¥ó

2374 thura {thoo'-rah} apparently a root word [cf "door"]; TDNT - 3:173,340; n f AV - door 38, gate 1; 39 1) a door 1a) the vestibule 1b) used of any opening like a door, an entrance, way or passage into 1c) in a parable or metaphor 1c1) the door through which sheep go in and out, the name of him who brings salvation to those who follow his guidance 1c2) "an open door" is used of the opportunity of doing something 1c3) the door of the kingdom of heaven (likened to a palace) denotes the conditions which must be complied with in order to be received into the kingdom of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2375 thureos {thoo-reh-os'} ·½¦Û 2374; TDNT - 5:312,702;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - shield 1; 1 1) ¬Þ, ¤j¯x§Î, ¥|¨¤¬Þ(#¥± 6:16|)

2375 thureos {thoo-reh-os'} from 2374; TDNT - 5:312,702; n m AV - shield 1; 1 1) a shield, a large oblong, four cornered shield
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2376 thuris {thoo-rece'} ·½¦Û 2374;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - window 2; 2 1) µ¡¤á #®{ 20:9;ªL«á 11:33|

2376 thuris {thoo-rece'} from 2374;; n f AV - window 2; 2 1) a window
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2377 thuroros {thoo-ro-ros'} ·½¦Û 2374 and ouros (a watcher);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - porter 2, that keeps the door + 3588 2; 4 1) ¬ÝªùªÌ, ªù©Ð 1a) ¤k©Î¨kªº¬Ýªù¤H

2377 thuroros {thoo-ro-ros'} from 2374 and ouros (a watcher);; n m AV - porter 2, that keeps the door + 3588 2; 4 1) a doorkeeper, porter 1a) a male or female janitor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2378 thusia {thoo-see'-ah} ·½©ó 2380; TDNT - 3:180,342; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sacrifice 29; 29 1) Ä묹«~, ¨ü®`ªÌ

2378 thusia {thoo-see'-ah} from 2380; TDNT - 3:180,342; n f AV - sacrifice 29; 29 1) a sacrifice, victim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2379 thusiasterion {thoo-see-as-tay'-ree-on} ­l¥Í©ó 2378; TDNT - 3:180,342; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - altar 23; 23 1) ¥Î¨Ó®_±þ©MµI¿N²½ª«ªº²½¾Â 1a) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N²½¥q¥Î¥H¤õ¤Æ²½ª«ªº²½¾Â 1b) ¦b¸t©Ò©Î¸t·µ¦æÂ§®ÉµI­»ªº¦a¤è 1c) ¥ô¦ó¨ä¥¦ªº²½¾Â 1c1) Áô³ë°ò·þÄm¤WÅ«¸o²½ªº¤Q¦r¬[: ¤H­°ªA©ó³o­Ó²½¾Â§Y¶H¼x°ò·þ´À¸o¦º¤`©Òµ²ªºªG¤l

2379 thusiasterion {thoo-see-as-tay'-ree-on} from a derivative of 2378; TDNT - 3:180,342; n n AV - altar 23; 23 1) the altar for slaying and burning of victims used of 1a) the altar of whole burnt offerings which stood in the court of the priests in the temple at Jerusalem 1b) the altar of incense which stood in the sanctuary or the Holy Place 1c) any other altar 1c1) metaph., the cross on which Christ suffered an expiatory death: to eat of this altar i.e. to appropriate to one's self the fruits of Christ's expiatory death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2380 thuo {thoo'-o} a root word; TDNT - 3:180,342; °Êµü AV - kill 8, sacrifice 3, do sacrifice 2, slay 1; 14 1) Äm²½, ®_±þ...§@²½«~ 2) ±þ¦º, ®_±þ 2a) ¹O¶V¸`ªº¦Ï¯Ì 3) ±O®_

2380 thuo {thoo'-o} a root word; TDNT - 3:180,342; v AV - kill 8, sacrifice 3, do sacrifice 2, slay 1; 14 1) to sacrifice, immolate 2) to slay, kill 2a) of the paschal lamb 3) slaughter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2381 Thomas {tho-mas'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin, cf 08380;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Thomas 12; 12 ¦h°¨ = "Åp¥Í¤l¤§¤@" 1) ¨Ï®{¤§¤@

2381 Thomas {tho-mas'} of Aramaic origin, cf 08380;; n pr m AV - Thomas 12; 12 Thomas = "a twin" 1) one of the apostles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2382 thorax {tho'-rax} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 5:308,702;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - breastplate 5; 5 1) ¯Ý³¡, ¨­Å饿­±¥ÑÀV¨ì¨{ÂÀ¤§¶¡ªº³¡¤À, ¦³±Æ°©ªº¦a¤è 2) ¨â¥ó¦¡¯ÝµP©Î§ô¸y, ¥Î¥H¨Ó«OÅ@¨­Åé«e«á¨â°¼, ¥ÑÀV¤l¨ì¨­Å餤¥¡(¨{ÂÀ?)ªº³¡¤À

2382 thorax {tho'-rax} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:308,702; n m AV - breastplate 5; 5 1) the breast, the part of the body from the neck to the navel, where the ribs end 2) a breastplate or corset consisting of two parts and protecting the body on both sides from the neck to the middle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2383 Iaeiros {ee-ah'-i-ros} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 02971;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jairus 2; 2 Þݾ| = "¤W«Ò±Òµoªº¤H" 1) µS¤Ó·|°óªººÞ²zªÌ, ¸Ó·|°ó¥i¯à¾aªñ¥[§Q§Q®üªº¦è©¤

2383 Iaeiros {ee-ah'-i-ros} of Hebrew origin 02971;; n pr m AV - Jairus 2; 2 Jairus = "whom God enlightens" 1) a ruler of a synagogue, probably near the western shore of the Sea of Galilee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2384 Iakob {ee-ak-obe'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03290; TDNT - *,344;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jacob 27; 27 ¶®¦U = "§ì¦í¸}«á¸òªº¤H" ©Î "¨ú¥NªÌ" 1) ­ì¬°¥H¼»ªº¦¸¤l 2) °¨§Q¨Èªº¤V¤Ò¬ù·æªº¤÷¿Ë(#¤Ó 1:16|)

2384 Iakob {ee-ak-obe'} of Hebrew origin 03290; TDNT - *,344; n pr m AV - Jacob 27; 27 Jacob = "heel-catcher or supplanter" 1) was the second son of Isaac 2) the father of Joseph, the husband of Mary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2385 Iakobos {ee-ak'-o-bos} »P2384¦P; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - James (son of Zebedee) 21, James (son of Alphaeus) 16, James (half-brother of Jesus) 5; 42 ¶®¦U = "¨ú¥NªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ì¨Ï®{, ¬O¦è§È¤Óªº¨à¤l, ¨Ï®{¬ù¿«ªº¥S§Ì ¤@¯ëºÙ¬°"¤j¶®¦U",³Q§Æ«ß±þ®` (¨Ï®{¦æ¶Ç12³¹) 2) ¤@¦ì¨Ï®{, ¬O¨È°ÇµÌªº¨à¤l,¤S³QºÙ¬°"¤p¶®¦U" 3) ­C¿qªº¥S§Ì 4) ¨Ï®{µS¤jªº¤÷¿Ë

2385 Iakobos {ee-ak'-o-bos} the same as 2384 Graecised;; n pr m AV - James (son of Zebedee) 21, James (son of Alphaeus) 16, James (half-brother of Jesus) 5; 42 James = "supplanter" 1) son of Zebedee, an apostle and brother of the apostle John, commonly called James the greater or elder, slain by Herod, Acts 12 2) an apostle, son of Alphaeus, called the less 3) James the half-brother of Christ 4) an unknown James, father of the apostle Judas (?)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2386 iama {ee'-am-ah} ·½¦Û 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - healing 3; 3 1) Âå¯f, ªvÀø, ÃĪ«ªº¤è¦¡ 2) Âå¯f

2386 iama {ee'-am-ah} from 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; n n AV - healing 3; 3 1) a means of healing, remedy, medicine 2) a healing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2387 Iambres {ee-am-brace'} ·½¦Û®J¤Î¤å; TDNT - 3:192,344; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jambres 1; 1 ¨Ë§È = "¤f¦R¥Õªjªº§ÅÂå" 1) ¯L§È»P¶®¥§¬O¨â¦W®J¤Îªk®v,¦bªk¦Ñ­±«e¼Ò¥é¨È­Û ©Ò¦æªº¯«ÂÝ (#´£«á 3:8|)

2387 Iambres {ee-am-brace'} of Egyptian origin; TDNT - 3:192,344; n pr m AV - Jambres 1; 1 Jambres = "foamy healer" 1) he and Jannes, were two Egyptian magicians who in the presence of Pharaoh imitated the miracles of Aaron in order to destroy his influence with the king. The author of the epistle derived their names from the tradition of the Talmudists and the Rabbins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2388 Ianna {ee-an-nah'} probably of Hebrew origin, cf 03238;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Janna 1; 1 ¶®®³= "­Z²±, Ác­Z" 1) °ò·þ®aÃФ¤, ¬ù·æªº¨à¤l, ³Á°òªº¤÷¿Ë (#¸ô 3:24|)

2388 Ianna {ee-an-nah'} probably of Hebrew origin, cf 03238;; n pr m AV - Janna 1; 1 Janna = "flourishing" 1) son of Joseph and the father of Melchi, in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2389 Iannes {ee-an-nace'} ·½¦Û®J¤Î¤å; TDNT - 3:192,344; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jannes 1; 1 ¶®¥§ = "·Ð´oªº¥L" 1) »P¨Ë§È¦@¦P¬°®J¤Îªk®v,¦bªk¦Ñ«e¼Ò¥é¨È­Ûªº¯«ÂÝ (#´£«á 3:8|)

2389 Iannes {ee-an-nace'} of Egyptian origin; TDNT - 3:192,344; n pr m AV - Jannes 1; 1 Janna = "he vexed" 1) he and Jambres, were two Egyptian magicians who in the presence of Pharaoh imitated the miracles of Aaron in order to destroy his influence with the king. The author of the epistle derived their names from the tradition of the Talmudists and the Rabbins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2390 iaomai {ee-ah'-om-ahee} ¤@ÅãµM¬O¦r®Ú«¬°Êµüªº Ãö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 3:194,344; °Êµü AV - heal 26, make whole 2; 28 1) ªvÀø, Âåªv, ¨Ï²¬·U 2) ¨Ï§¹¥þ 2a) §K©ó¹L¥Ç»P¸o, ±a¨Ó(­Ó¤Hªº)¬@±Ï

2390 iaomai {ee-ah'-om-ahee} middle voice of apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:194,344; v AV - heal 26, make whole 2; 28 1) to cure, heal 2) to make whole 2a) to free from errors and sins, to bring about (one's) salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2391 Iared {ee-ar'-ed} ·½¦Û 03382§Æ§B¨Ó»y;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jared 1; 1 ¶®¦C = "®a¨t,¦å²Î " 1) ¤W¥j®É¥N¤¸¦Ñ¤§¤@, ¥H¿Õªº¤÷¿Ë

2391 Iared {ee-ar'-ed} of Hebrew origin 03382;; n pr m AV - Jared 1; 1 Jared = "descent" 1) one of the antediluvian patriarchs, the father of Enoch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2392 iasis {ee'-as-is} ·½¦Û 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cure 1, to heal + 1519 1, healing 1; 3 1) Âåªv, ²¬Â¡, «ì´_°·±d (#¸ô 13:32; ®{ 4:22, 4:29|)

2392 iasis {ee'-as-is} from 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; n f AV - cure 1, to heal + 1519 1, healing 1; 3 1) a healing, cure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2393 iaspis {ee'-as-pis} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y, ¨£03471; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - jasper 4; 4 1) ¤ô»a¥É,¬O¤@ºØ¨ã¤£¦PÃC¦âªºÄ_¥Û(¦³µµ¦â,ÂŦâ,ºñ¦â,©Î»É¦â)

2393 iaspis {ee'-as-pis} probably of foreign origin, see 03471;; n f AV - jasper 4; 4 1) jasper, a precious stone of various colours (for some are purple, others blue, others green, and others the colour of brass)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2394 Iason {ee-as'-oan} ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¥D°Ê»yºA ¤Àµü ¶§©Ê of 2390;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jason 5; 5 ­C®]= "§Y±Nªv¡ªº¤H" 1) ¤@¦ì¼ö±¡´Ú«Ý«Où»P¦è©Ôªº©«¼»Ã¹¥§­{¤H,¥i¯à¬O«Oùªº°óªí¥S§Ì (#ù 16:21|)

2394 Iason {ee-as'-oan} future active participle masculine of 2390;; n pr m AV - Jason 5; 5 Jason = "one who will heal" 1) a Thessalonians who entertained Paul and Silas, and maybe a cousin of Paul (Ro. 16:21)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2395 iatros {ee-at-ros'} ·½¦Û 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - physician 7; 7 1) Âå¥Í

2395 iatros {ee-at-ros'} from 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; n m AV - physician 7; 7 1) a physician
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2396 ide {id'-eh} ²Ä¤G¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ¦r®Ú imperative active of 1492;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü ´Ü©w¥» - behold 22, lo 3, look 1, see 1; 27 1)ª`µø, ¬Ý

2396 ide {id'-eh} second person singular imperative active of 1492;; particle AV - behold 22, lo 3, look 1, see 1; 27 1) behold, see
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2397 idea {id-eh'-ah} ·½¦Û 1492; TDNT - 2:373,202; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - countenance 1; 1 1) §Îª¬, ¥~Æ[ 2) ¤è­±, ¥~ªí

2397 idea {id-eh'-ah} from 1492; TDNT - 2:373,202; n f AV - countenance 1; 1 1) form, external appearance 2) aspect, look
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2398 idios {id'-ee-os} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Û¦üªº¦r;; §Î®eµü AV - his own 48, their own 13, privately 8, apart 7, your own 6, his 5, own 5, not tr 1, misc 20; 113 1) ¨p¤Uªº, ¿W¦Ûªº, ­Ó¤Hªº

2398 idios {id'-ee-os} of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - his own 48, their own 13, privately 8, apart 7, your own 6, his 5, own 5, not tr 1, misc 20; 113 1) pertaining to one's self, one's own, belonging to one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2399 idiotes {id-ee-o'-tace} ·½¦Û 2398; TDNT - 3:215,348;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - unlearned 3, ignorant 1, rude 1; 5 1) ¨S¦³¨ü¹L°V½m©Î¬O¨S¦³¸gÅ窺¤H (#®{ 4:13; ªL«á 11:6|) 2) ¤£ª¾±¡ªº¤H,§½¥~¤H (#ªL«e 14:16,23|)

2399 idiotes {id-ee-o'-tace} from 2398; TDNT - 3:215,348; n m AV - unlearned 3, ignorant 1, rude 1; 5 1) a private person as opposed to a magistrate, ruler, king 2) a common soldier, as opposed to a military officer 3) a writer of prose as opposed to a poet 4) in the NT, an unlearned, illiterate, man as opposed to the learned and educated: one who is unskilled in any art
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2400 idou {id-oo'} 1492 ªº²Ä¤G¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ©R¥O¥yÃö¨­»yºA;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - behold 181, lo 29, see 3; 213 1) ¬Ý°Ú, ¬Ý, Á@

2400 idou {id-oo'} second person singular imperative middle voice of 1492;; particle AV - behold 181, lo 29, see 3; 213 1) behold, see, lo
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2401 Idoumaia {id-oo-mah'-yah} of Hebrew origin 0123;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Idumaea 1; 1 1)¥H¤g¶R, ¤@­Ó¦a°Ïªº¦WºÙ,¦ì©ó¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z©Mªü©Ô§B Petraeaªº«n¤è. ¥HªF©Î¥H±½¤Î¨ä¤l®]«á¸Ç©Ò¦íªº¦a¤è

2401 Idoumaia {id-oo-mah'-yah} of Hebrew origin 0123;; n pr loc AV - Idumaea 1; 1 1) Idumaea, the name of a region between southern Palestine and the Arabian Petraea inhabited by Edom or Esau and his posterity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2402 hidros {hid-roce'} a strengthened form of a primary idos (sweat);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sweat 1; 1 1) ¦½¯](#¸ô 22:44|)

2402 hidros {hid-roce'} a strengthened form of a primary idos (sweat);; n m AV - sweat 1; 1 1) sweat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2403 Iezabel {ee-ed-zab-ale'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å0348; TDNT - 3:217,348; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jezebel 1; 1 ­C¬~§O = "°l»°" 1) ¨È«¢¤ýªº©d¤l, ¬O­Ó´Ý§Ô,¤£·q«ô¯u¯«ªº¤ý¦Z,«OÅ@°¸¹³±R«ô,¨Ã­¢®`¥ýª¾ 2) ¤@¦W°ü¤kªº¶H¼x©Ê¦W¦r.¦o¦ÛºÙ¬°¤k¥ýª¾,¨I·Ä©ó°ß«H¥õ½×(antinomianism),¥D±i °ò·þ®{¥i¥ô·N¦YÄmµ¹°¸¹³ªº²½«~ (#±Ò 2:20|)

2403 Iezabel {ee-ed-zab-ale'} of Hebrew origin 0348; TDNT - 3:217,348; n pr f AV - Jezebel 1; 1 Jezebel = "chaste" 1) wife of Ahab, an impious and cruel queen who protected idolatry and persecuted the prophets 2) the symbolic name of a woman who pretended to be a prophetess, and who, addicted to antinomianism, claimed Christian liberty of eating things sacrificed to idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2404 Hierapolis {hee-er-ap'-ol-is} ·½¦Û 2413 and 4172;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Hierapolis 1; 1 §Æ©Ôªi¥ß= "¸t«°" 1) ¥±§f®a(Phrygia)ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¦ì©óµÜ¬ì´µªe(Lycus)»P¦Ì¦w¤jªe(Maeander)¥æ±µ³B, ¾aªñºqù¦è(Colosse)»P¦Ñ©³¹Å(Laodicea) (#¦è 4:13|)

2404 Hierapolis {hee-er-ap'-ol-is} from 2413 and 4172;; n pr loc AV - Hierapolis 1; 1 Hierapolis = "holy city" 1) a city of Phrygia, situated above the junction of the rivers Lycus and Maeander, near Colosse and Laodicea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2405 hierateia {hee-er-at-i'-ah} ·½©ó 2407; TDNT - 3:251,349; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - priest's office 1, office of the priesthood 1; 2 1) ²½¥q¤§Â¾, ²½¥qªºÂ¾¤À

2405 hierateia {hee-er-at-i'-ah} from 2407; TDNT - 3:251,349; n f AV - priest's office 1, office of the priesthood 1; 2 1) the priesthood, the office of a priest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2406 hierateuma {hee-er-at'-yoo-mah} TDNT - 3:249,349; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - priesthood 2; 2 1) ²½¥q¾¥÷ (#©¼«e 2:5,9|)

2406 hierateuma {hee-er-at'-yoo-mah} from 2407; TDNT - 3:249,349; n n AV - priesthood 2; 2 1) the office of a priest 2) the order or body of priests
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2407 hierateuo {hee-er-at-yoo'-o} TDNT - 3:248,349; °Êµü AV - execute the priest's office 1; 1 1) ¾á¥ô²½¥q,©Î°õ¦æ²½¥q§»ö (#¸ô 1:8|)

2407 hierateuo {hee-er-at-yoo'-o} prolongation from 2409; TDNT - 3:248,349; v AV - execute the priest's office 1; 1 1) to be a priest, discharge the office of a priest, to be busied in sacred duties
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2408 Ieremias {hee-er-em-ee'-as} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03414; TDNT - 3:218,*;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jeremias 1, Jeremy 2; 3 ­C§Q¦Ì = "­C©MµØ©e¬£ªº" 1) ¬ù¥ýª¾ (#¤Ó 2:17, 16:14, 27:9|)

2408 Ieremias {hee-er-em-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 03414; TDNT - 3:218,*; n pr m AV - Jeremias 1, Jeremy 2; 3 Jeremiah = "whom Jehovah has appointed" 1) the son of Hilkiah of the priests that were in Anathoth. He was called very young (B.C. 626) to the prophetic office, and prophesied 42 years. He probably died in Egypt.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2409 hiereus {hee-er-yooce'} ·½¦Û2413; TDNT - 3:257,349; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - priest 31, high priest 1; 32 1) ²½¥q--°õ¦æÄm²½¥H¤Î¨ä¥L§»öªº¤H 1a) «ü¥~¨¹¤H©ÎµS¤Ó¤Hªº²½¥q 2) Áô³ë--«ü°ò·þ®{,¦]¬°¥L­Ì³Q°ò·þªº¦å©Ò¼ä²b,»P¯«¦³¤F¿Ë±Kªº¬Û¥æ,±N¥Í©R ³æ³æÄm»P°ò·þ

2409 hiereus {hee-er-yooce'} from 2413; TDNT - 3:257,349; n m AV - priest 31, high priest 1; 32 1) a priest, one who offers sacrifices and in general in busied with sacred rites 1a) referring to priests of Gentiles or the Jews, 2) metaph. of Christians, because, purified by the blood of Christ and brought into close intercourse with God, they devote their life to him alone and to Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2410 Hiericho {hee-er-ee-kho'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03405;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Jericho 7; 7 ­C§Q­ô = "ÄÉ­»¤§¦a" 1) ¤@­ÓµÛ¦Wªº«°¥«, ²±²£­»¯×, ¸Á»e, cyprus, myrobalanus, ª´ºÀ, ©M¨ä¥¦ªº­»®Æ²£«~. ªñ©ó¦º®ü¥_©¤, ¦ì©ó«K¶®¼§¤ä¬£ªºÄݦa¤º, ¤¶©ó­C¸ô¼»§N©M¬ù¥¹ªe¤§¶¡

2410 Hiericho {hee-er-ee-kho'} of Hebrew origin 03405;; n pr loc AV - Jericho 7; 7 Jericho = "place of fragrance" 1) a noted city, abounding in balsam, honey, cyprus, myrobalanus, roses and other fragrant products. It was near the north shore of the Dead Sea in the tribe of Benjamin, between Jerusalem and the Jordan River
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2411 hieron {hee-er-on'} ·½¦Û 2413; TDNT - 3:230,349; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - temple 71; 71 1) ¸t©Ò,¸t·µ,¯«·µ 1a)§ÆÃ¹¯«·µ (#®{ 19:27|) 1b)­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¸t·µ 1c)ªxªxªººÙ©I (#ªL«e 9:13|)

2411 hieron {hee-er-on'} from 2413; TDNT - 3:230,349; n n AV - temple 71; 71 1) a sacred place, temple 1a) used of the temple of Artemis at Ephesus 1b) used of the temple at Jerusalem The temple of Jerusalem consisted of the whole of the sacred enclosure, embracing the entire aggregate of buildings, balconies, porticos, courts (that is that of the men of Israel, that of the women, and that of the priests), belonging to the temple; the latter designates the sacred edifice properly so called, consisting of two parts, the "sanctuary" or "Holy Place" (which no one except the priests was allowed to enter), and the "Holy of Holies" or "the most holy place" (which was entered only on the great day of atonement by the high priest alone). Also there were the courts where Jesus or the apostles taught or encountered adversaries, and the like, "in the temple"; also the courts of the temple, of the Gentiles, out of which Jesus drove the buyers and sellers and the money changers, court of the women.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2412 hieroprepes {hee-er-op-rep-ace'} ·½¦Û 2413 and »P...¦P 4241; TDNT - 3:253,349; §Î®eµü AV - as becometh holiness 1; 1 1) ¹ï¤W«Ò¾A·íªº¤H, ¦aÂI, ¦æ¬°©Î¯«¸tªº¨Æª« 2) ®¥·q°@¸Ûªº (#¦h 2:3|)

2412 hieroprepes {hee-er-op-rep-ace'} from 2413 and the same as 4241; TDNT - 3:253,349; adj AV - as becometh holiness 1; 1 1) befitting men, places, actions or sacred things to God 2) reverent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2413 hieros {hee-er-os'} §ä¤£¨ì¬Û¦üªº¦r; TDNT - 3:221,349; §Î®eµü AV - holy 2; 2 1) ¯«¸tªº, ¯«©Êªº¯«¸t, ¦³Ãö¤W«Ò 1a) ¯«¸tªº¸t¸g, ¦]¬°¥Ñ¯«©ÒÀq¥Ü, ½×­z¯«¸tªº¨Æª«, ©Ò¥H¨ü°@·q´L±R

2413 hieros {hee-er-os'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:221,349; adj AV - holy 2; 2 1) sacred, consecrated to the deity, pertaining to God 1a) sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine things and therefore to be devoutly revered
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2414 Hierosoluma {hee-er-os-ol'-oo-mah} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03389; TDNT - 7:292,1028; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Jerusalem 59; 59 ­C¸ô¼»§N = "½ç§A¥[­¿ªº¥­¦w" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§N«° 2) «ü¨ä¥þÅé©~¥Á 3) ¤Ñ¤Wªº­C¸ô¼»§N

2414 Hierosoluma {hee-er-os-ol'-oo-mah} of Hebrew origin 03389; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n pr loc AV - Jerusalem 59; 59 Jerusalem = "set ye double peace" 1) denotes either the city itself or the inhabitants 2) "the Jerusalem that now is", with its present religious institutions, i.e. the Mosaic system, so designated from its primary external location 3) "Jerusalem that is above", that is existing in heaven, according to the pattern of which the earthly Jerusalem was supposed to be built 3a) metaph. "the City of God founded by Christ", now wearing the form of the church, but after Christ's return to put on the form of the perfected Messianic kingdom 4) "the heavenly Jerusalem", that is the heavenly abode of God, Christ, the angels, saints of the Old and New Testament periods and those Christians that are alive at Christ's return 5) "the New Jerusalem", a splendid visible city to be let down from heaven after the renovation of the world, the future abode of the blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2415 Hierosolumites {hee-er-os-ol-oo-mee'-tace} ·½¦Û 2414; TDNT - 7:292,1028;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - of Jerusalem 2; 2 1)­C¸ô¼»§N«°Âíªº¥«¥Á©Î¬O©~¥Á

2415 Hierosolumites {hee-er-os-ol-oo-mee'-tace} from 2414; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n m AV - of Jerusalem 2; 2 1) a citizen or inhabitant of Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2416 hierosuleo {hee-er-os-ool-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2417; TDNT - 3:255,349; °Êµü AV - commit sacrilege 1; 1 1) Á¶Âp¸tª«, µs¨ú¦x¼q¸t°ó 1a) ¦b¸g¤å #ù 2:22|,ªº·N«ä¬O, "§A³o¹½´c°¸¹³©M¨äªg¦Ã¤§ª«, ¤£¤]µsÅÑ¥L­Ìªº¸t¾Â"

2416 hierosuleo {hee-er-os-ool-eh'-o} from 2417; TDNT - 3:255,349; v AV - commit sacrilege 1; 1 1) to commit sacrilege, to rob a temple 1a) in Rom. 2:22, where the meaning is, "thou who abhorrest idols and their contamination, doest yet not hesitate to plunder their shrines"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2417 hierosulos {hee-er-os'-oo-los} ·½¦Û 2411 »P 4813; TDNT - 3:256,349;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - robber of the churches 1; 1 1) Á¶Âp¯«¸tªº¸o

2417 hierosulos {hee-er-os'-oo-los} from 2411 and 4813; TDNT - 3:256,349; n m AV - robber of the churches 1; 1 1) guilty of sacrilege
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2418 hierourgeo {hee-er-oorg-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 2411 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 3:251,349; °Êµü AV - minister 1; 1 1) °õ¦æªª®vªª¾iªºÂ¾¤À, °õ¦æ²½®vªºÂ¾¤À 1a) ¬°ºûÅ@¯«¸t±R°ªªº«ßªk¦Ó®î¦º, (¬°ºÖ­µªº½t¬G¦Ó¦º) 1b) ¶ÇÁ¿ºÖ­µ (#ù 15:16|)

2418 hierourgeo {hee-er-oorg-eh'-o} from a compound of 2411 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 3:251,349; v AV - minister 1; 1 1) to minister in the manner of a priest, minister in priestly service 1a) of those who defend the sanctity of the law by undergoing a violent death 1b) of the preaching of the gospel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2419 Hierousalem {hee-er-oo-sal-ame'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03389; TDNT - 7:292,1028; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Jerusalem 83; 83 ­C¸ô¼»§N = "½ç§A¥[­¿ªº¥­¦w" 1) «ü¸Ó«°©Î¨ä¤¤ªº©~¥Á 2) "²{¤µªº­C¸ô¼»§N", «ü·í¤Uªº©v±ÐÅé¨î,¥ç§Y¼¯¦è«ßªkªºÅé¨î,©ó¦¹"­C¸ô¼»§N"¬O«ü ¥~¦bªº³õ©Ò 3) "¤W­±ªº­C¸ô¼»§N", ¦s¦b©ó¤Ñ¤W,¦a¤Wªº­C¸ô¼»§N§Y¾Ú¦¹¦Ó«Ø³y 3a) Áô³ë. "°ò·þ«Ø³yªº¯«¤§«°", ¦p¤µ¨ú¤F±Ð·|ªº­±»ª,¤£¹L°ò·þ¦A¨Ó«á,´N·|¦¨¬° §¹¬üªºÀ±ÁɨȰê«× 4) "¤Ñ¤Wªº­C¸ô¼»§N", ¬O¯«,°ò·þ,¤Ñ¨Ï,·s¬ùªº²³¸t®{,¥H¤Î°ò·þ¦A¨Ó®É¨ÌµM¦b¥@ªº °ò·þ®{¦b¤Ñ¤Wªº©~©Ò 5) "·s­C¸ô¼»§N", ¥@¬É§ó·s«á,±q¤Ñ¦Ó­°ªººaÄ£,¥i¨£ªº«°¥«;¬O»XºÖ¤§¤H¥¼¨Óªº©~©Ò

2419 Hierousalem {hee-er-oo-sal-ame'} of Hebrew origin 03389; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n pr loc AV - Jerusalem 83; 83 Jerusalem = "set ye double peace" 1) denotes either the city itself or the inhabitants 2) "the Jerusalem that now is", with its present religious institutions, i.e. the Mosaic system, so designated from its primary external location 3) "Jerusalem that is above", that is existing in heaven, according to the pattern of which the earthly Jerusalem was supposed to be built 3a) metaph. "the City of God founded by Christ", now wearing the form of the church, but after Christ's return to put on the form of the perfected Messianic kingdom 4) "the heavenly Jerusalem", that is the heavenly abode of God, Christ, the angels, saints of the Old and New Testament periods and those Christians that are alive at Christ's return 5) "the New Jerusalem", a splendid visible city to be let down from heaven after the renovation of the world, the future abode of the blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2420 hierosune {hee-er-o-soo'-nay} ·½©ó 2413; TDNT - 3:247,349; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - priesthood 4; 4 1) ²½¥qªºÂ¾¦ì, ²½¥qªºÂ¾¤À

2420 hierosune {hee-er-o-soo'-nay} from 2413; TDNT - 3:247,349; n f AV - priesthood 4; 4 1) priesthood, the priestly office
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2421 Iessai {es-es-sah'-ee} of Hebrew origin 03448;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jesse 5; 5 ­C¦è = "´I¦³ªº,Â׸Ϊº" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¤÷¿Ë

2421 Iessai {es-es-sah'-ee} of Hebrew origin 03448;; n pr m AV - Jesse 5; 5 Jesse = "wealthy" 1) the father of David the king
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2422 Iephthae {ee-ef-thah'-eh} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03316;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jephthae 1; 1 ­C¥±¥L = "¯«©ÒÄÀ©ñªº" 1) °ò¦Cªº¨à¤l, ¥H¦â¦Cªº¤h®v¤§¤@

2422 Iephthae {ee-ef-thah'-eh} of Hebrew origin 03316;; n pr m AV - Jephthae 1; 1 Jephthah = "whom God sets free" 1) son of Gilead, and a judge in Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2423 Iechonias {ee-ekh-on-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 03204;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jechonias 2; 2 ­C­ô¥§¶®= "³Q­C©MµØ©Ò°í¥ßªº¤H" 1) ¬ù¶®·q(Jehoiakim)¤§¤l, ´¿¬°µS¤j¤ý¤T­Ó¤ë¹s¤Q¤Ñ, ¤§«á³Q¥§¥¬¥Ò¥§¼»¤ý©Ò¾Û (597 BC) (#¤Ó 1:11-12|)

2423 Iechonias {ee-ekh-on-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 03204;; n pr m AV - Jechonias 2; 2 Jeconiah or Jehoiachin = "whom Jehovah establishes" 1) was the son of Jehoiakim, and for three months and ten days king of Judah until Nebuchadnezzar carried him into captivity (597 BC)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2424 Iesous {ee-ay-sooce'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03091; TDNT - 3:284,360; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Jesus 972, Jesus (Joshua) 2, Jesus (Justus) 1; 975 ­C¿q = ¡u­C©MµØ¬O¬@±Ï¡v 1) ­C¿q, ¤W«Òªº¨à¤l, ¤HÃþªº±Ï¥D, ¤W«Ò¹D¦¨¦×¨­ 2) ­C¿q¤Ú©Ô¤Ú¬O³Q®·ªº±jµs, µS¤Ó¤H¨D©¼©Ô¦hÄÀ©ñ ¤Ú©Ô¤Ú, ¦Ó¤£¬O°ò·þ 3) ¬ù®Ñ¨È¬O¥H¦â¦C¤HµÛ¦Wªº»â³S, ¤]¬O¼¯¦èªºÄ~©Ó¤H (#®{ 7:45; ¨Ó 4:8|) 4) ¬ù²Ó, ¥H§Q¥HÁªº¨à¤l, °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý (#¸ô 3:29|) 5) ­C¼Æ, ©mµS¤h³£, ¬°µS¤Ó¸Ç°ò·þ®{, ¬O«Où¶ÇºÖ­µ ªº¦P¤u (#¦è 4:11|)

2424 Iesous {ee-ay-sooce'} of Hebrew origin 03091; TDNT - 3:284,360; n pr m AV - Jesus 972, Jesus (Joshua) 2, Jesus (Justus) 1; 975 Jesus = "Jehovah is salvation" 1) Jesus, the Son of God, the Saviour of mankind, God incarnate 2) Jesus Barabbas was the captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate to release instead of Christ 3) Joshua was the famous captain of the Israelites, Moses' successor (Ac. 7:45, Heb. 4:8) 4) Jesus, son of Eliezer, one of the ancestors of Christ (Lu. 3:29) 5) Jesus, surnamed Justus, a Jewish Christian, an associate with Paul in the preaching of the gospel (Col. 4:11)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2425 hikanos {hik-an-os'} ·½¦Û hiko [hikano or hikneomai, ªñ¦ü to 2240] (to arrive); TDNT - 3:293,361; §Î®eµü AV - many 11, much 6, worthy 5, long 4, sufficient 3, misc 12; 41 1) ¥R¤Àªº 1a) «D±`¨¬°÷, ¨¬°÷ 1b) ¦³¥R¤À¯à¤Oªº, ¥ç§Y ¶°·|, ¾A¦X

2425 hikanos {hik-an-os'} from hiko [hikano or hikneomai, akin to 2240] (to arrive); TDNT - 3:293,361; adj AV - many 11, much 6, worthy 5, long 4, sufficient 3, misc 12; 41 1) sufficient 1a) many enough, enough 1b) sufficient in ability, i.e. meet, fit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2426 hikanotes {hik-an-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 2425; TDNT - 3:293,361; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sufficiency 1; 1 1) ¦³¸ê®æ, ¦³¯à¤O, ¯à³Ó¥ô©Ò§@ªº¨Æ±¡ (#ªL«á 3:5|)

2426 hikanotes {hik-an-ot'-ace} from 2425; TDNT - 3:293,361; n f AV - sufficiency 1; 1 1) sufficient, ability or competency to do a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2427 hikanoo {hik-an-o'-o} ·½¦Û 2425; TDNT - 3:293,361; °Êµü AV - make able 1, make meet 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¥R¨¬¯à³Ó¥ô, ¨Ï¾A¦X 1a) ¸Ë³Æ¬Y¤H¨¬°÷ªº¤O¶q¥H¨Ï¤§¯à§¹¦¨¨ä¾³d

2427 hikanoo {hik-an-o'-o} from 2425; TDNT - 3:293,361; v AV - make able 1, make meet 1; 2 1) to make sufficient, render fit 1a) to equip one with adequate power to perform duties of one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2428 hiketeria {hik-et-ay-ree'-ah} ·½©ó­l¥Í©ó 2425 ªº¦r(¨ú¨ä Àµ¨D ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 3:296,362; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - supplication 1; 1 1) ¤@­Ó¾ñÆV¾ðªK 1a) ·í¦V¤H½Ð¨DÀ°§U®É, ·|«ùµÛ¤@ªK¾ñÆVªK, ÄñµÛ¦Ï¤ò©M(§ô¾vªº)±a¤l, ¥Hªí¥Ü¥L­Ì ¬O¨Ó¦³©ÒÀµ¨Dªº 2) Àµ¨D, «s¨D

2428 hiketeria {hik-et-ay-ree'-ah} from a derivative of the base of 2425 (through the idea of approaching for a favour); TDNT - 3:296,362; n f AV - supplication 1; 1 1) an olive branch 1a) for suppliants approached the one whose aid they would implore holding an olive branch entwined with white wool and fillets, to signify that they came as suppliants 2) supplication
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2429 hikmas {hik-mas'} of uncertain affinity;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - moisture 1; 1 1) ´þ¼í

2429 hikmas {hik-mas'} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - moisture 1; 1 1) moisture
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2430 Ikonion {ee-kon'-ee-on} perhaps from 1504;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Iconium 6; 6 ¥H­ô©À = "¤pªº¼v¹³" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨È¤@­Ó¥X¦Wªº«°¥«, §f°ª¥§¬Ùªº¬Ù·|

2430 Ikonion {ee-kon'-ee-on} perhaps from 1504;; n pr loc AV - Iconium 6; 6 Iconium = "little image" 1) a famous city of Asia Minor, which was the capital of Lycaonia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2431 hilaros {hil-ar-os'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2436; TDNT - 3:297,362; §Î®eµü AV - cheerful 1; 1 1) ¿³°ªªö¯Pªº, Åw³ßªº, ¼Ö©ó°µ...¨Æ (#ªL«á 9:7|)

2431 hilaros {hil-ar-os'} from the same as 2436; TDNT - 3:297,362; adj AV - cheerful 1; 1 1) cheerful, joyous, prompt to do anything
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2432 hilarotes {hil-ar-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 2431; TDNT - 3:297,362; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cheerfulness 1; 1 1) Åw¼Ö, ¤ß¯«·Ç³Æ´Nºü(#ù 12:8|)

2432 hilarotes {hil-ar-ot'-ace} from 2431; TDNT - 3:297,362; n f AV - cheerfulness 1; 1 1) cheerfulness, readiness of mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2433 hilaskomai {hil-as'-kom-ahee} »P 2436 ¦P·½ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 3:301,362; °Êµü AV - be merciful 1, make reconciliation 1; 2 1) to render one's self, ¼¾¼¢, ¨ú®®¦Û¤v 1a) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¤¯·Oªº, ¦w¼¾©Î¼¾¼¢ 1b) ¦¨¬°¤¯·Oªº, ¦³·O·Rªº, ¦³®¦¨åªº 2) ¸ÉÀv, ¥NÅ«

2433 hilaskomai {hil-as'-kom-ahee} middle voice from the same as 2436; TDNT - 3:301,362; v AV - be merciful 1, make reconciliation 1; 2 1) to render one's self, to appease, conciliate to one's self 1a) to become propitious, be placated or appeased 1b) to be propitious, be gracious, be merciful 2) to expiate, make propitiation for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2434 hilasmos {hil-as-mos'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 3:301,362;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - propitiation 2; 2 1) ¥­®§«ã¤õ, ¦w¼¾, ¼¾¼¢ 2) ¥­®§«ã®ðªº¤èªk, Å«¸o

2434 hilasmos {hil-as-mos'} a root word; TDNT - 3:301,362; n m AV - propitiation 2; 2 1) an appeasing, propitiating 2) the means of appeasing, a propitiation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2435 hilasterion {hil-as-tay'-ree-on} ·½©ó2433 ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 3:318,362; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - propitiation 1, mercyseat 1; 2 1) relating to an appeasing or expiating, having placating or expiating force, expiatory; a means of appeasing or expiating, a propitiation 1a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¦b¦Ü¸t©Ò¤¤¬ùÂdªº»\¤l, ¦b¨C¦~ªºÅ«¸o²½ªº¤é¤l, Å«¸o²½ªº²½¬¹ªº¦å³QÅx¦b³o»\¤W, ³o­Ó»ö¦¡¥Nªí¤H¦]¸o©Ò·í¥¢³àªº¥Í©R, ¤wÂdzoÄ묹ªº¦å¦ÓÀvµ¹¤F¤W«Ò, ¯«ªº©Á®¤¦]¦¹»ö¦¡¦Ó ±o¤F®¾¦^¦Ó¤Hªº¸o¤]±o¨ìÀvÅ«; ©Ò¥H³o¸Ì«ü³oÅ«¸oªºÄ_®y, ¦³Å«¸o©M¸Ñªº·N«ä 1b) Å«¸oªº²½ 1c) ¥Î¨ÓÅ«¸oªºÄ묹«~

2435 hilasterion {hil-as-tay'-ree-on} from a derivative of 2433; TDNT - 3:318,362; n n AV - propitiation 1, mercyseat 1; 2 1) relating to an appeasing or expiating, having placating or expiating force, expiatory; a means of appeasing or expiating, a propitiation 1a) used of the cover of the ark of the covenant in the Holy of Holies, which was sprinkled with the blood of the expiatory victim on the annual day of atonement (this rite signifying that the life of the people, the loss of which they had merited by their sins, was offered to God in the blood as the life of the victim, and that God by this ceremony was appeased and their sins expiated); hence the lid of expiation, the propitiatory 1b) an expiatory sacrifice 1c) a expiatory victim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2436 hileos {hil'-eh-oce} ¥i¯à¬O·½©ó 138 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TDNT - 3:300,362; §Î®eµü AV - be it far 1, merciful 1; 2 1) ¤¯·Oªº, ·O´dªº

2436 hileos {hil'-eh-oce} perhaps from the alternate form of 138; TDNT - 3:300,362; adj AV - be it far 1, merciful 1; 2 1) propitious, merciful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2437 Illurikon {il-loo-ree-kon'} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Illyricum 1; 1 ¥H§Q­ù¥j = "¸Ö¤§¦æ¥î" 1) ¨È±o¨½¨È®ü¹ï­±,¤¶©ó¸q¤j§Q,¼w°ê,°¨¨ä¹y¤§¶¡ªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï (#ù 15:19|)

2437 Illurikon {il-loo-ree-kon'} from an adjective from a name of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Illyricum 1; 1 Illyricum = "the lyric band" 1) a region lying between Italy, Germany, Macedonia and Thrice, having on one side the Adriatic Sea, and on the other the Danube
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2438 himas {hee-mas'} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - latchet 3, thong 1; 4 1) ±a¤l 1a)¥ÖÃ@ 1b)¾c±a

2438 himas {hee-mas'} perhaps from the same as 260;; n m AV - latchet 3, thong 1; 4 1) a thong of leather, a strap 1a) in the NT of the thongs with which captives or criminals were either bound or beaten 1b) of the thongs or ties by which sandals were fastened to the feet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2439 himatizo {him-at-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2440;; °Êµü AV - clothe 2; 2 1) Âл\, ¨Ï©Ü¤W, ¬ï¦ç (#¥i 5:15; ¸ô 8:35|)

2439 himatizo {him-at-id'-zo} from 2440;; v AV - clothe 2; 2 1) to clothe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2440 himation {him-at'-ee-on} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó ennumi(¬ï¤W)ªº¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - garment 30, raiment 12, clothes 12, cloke 2, robe 2, vesture 2, apparel 1; 61 1) (¥ô¦ó«¬¦¡ªº)ªA¹¢ 1a) ¥~¦ç, ¥ç§Y ¸n³T, ©Ü­·, ©Î¥j§ÆÃ¾¡Bù°¨¤H ©Ò¬ïªºªø¤Î½¥»\ªºÃþ¦üŨ­mªº¥~¦ç 2) ¤W¨­ªº¥~¦ç, ¸n³T, ©Ü­·

2440 himation {him-at'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on);; n n AV - garment 30, raiment 12, clothes 12, cloke 2, robe 2, vesture 2, apparel 1; 61 1) a garment (of any sort) 1a) garments, i.e. the cloak or mantle and the tunic 2) the upper garment, the cloak or mantle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2441 himatismos {him-at-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 2439;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - vesture 2, apparel 2, raiment 1, array 1; 6 1) ¦ç»n, ªA¹¢, µØªA, ¥~Æ[

2441 himatismos {him-at-is-mos'} from 2439;; n m AV - vesture 2, apparel 2, raiment 1, array 1; 6 1) clothing, apparel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2442 himeiromai {him-i'-rom-ahee} ©Î homeiromai {hom-i'rom-ahee} himeros (´÷±æ, §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r)ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 5:176,*; °Êµü AV - be affectionately desirous 1; 1 1) ´÷±æ, ´Á¬ß, ¤×¨ä«ü¹ï·Rªº´÷±æ

2442 himeiromai {him-i'-rom-ahee} or homeiromai {hom-i'rom-ahee} middle voice from himeros (a yearning, of uncertain affinity); TDNT - 5:176,*; v AV - be affectionately desirous 1; 1 1) to desire, long for, esp. the longing of love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2443 hina {hin'-ah} ¥i¯à»P 1438 ªº«e¥b³¡¤À¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä«ü¥Üªº ·§©À, °Ñ¨£ 3588); TDNT - 3:323,366; ³s±µµü AV - that 536, to 69, for to 8, not translated 1, misc 7; 621 1) «h..., ¥H­P©ó, ¦]¦Ó

2443 hina {hin'-ah} probably from the same as the former part of 1438 (through the demonstrative idea, cf 3588); TDNT - 3:323,366; conj AV - that 536, to 69, for to 8, not translated 1, misc 7; 621 1) that, in order that, so that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2444 hinati {hin-at-ee'} ·½¦Û 2443 and 5101;; conj AV - why 5, wherefore 1; 6 1) ¬°¤F¤°»ò¥Ø¼Ð, ¬°¦ó, ¬°¤°»ò

2444 hinati {hin-at-ee'} from 2443 and 5101;; conj AV - why 5, wherefore 1; 6 1) for what purpose, wherefore, why
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2445 Ioppe {ee-op'-pay} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03305; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Joppa 10; 10 ¬ù©¬ = "¬üÄR" 1) ¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¦a¤¤®üªu©¤ªº¤@®y«°¥«.²{¤µºÙ§@¶®ªk(Jaffa)

2445 Ioppe {ee-op'-pay} of Hebrew origin 03305;; n pr loc AV - Joppa 10; 10 Joppa or Japho = "beautiful" 1) a city of Palestine on the Mediterranean, lying on the border of the tribes of Dan and Ephraim. It was subject to the Jews from the times of the Maccabees. It had a famous but dangerous port and carried on a flourishing trade. It is now called Jaffa.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2446 Iordanes {ee-or-dan'-ace} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03383; TDNT - 6:608,921; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Jordan 15; 15 ¬ù¦ý = "¤U­°ªÌ" 1) ¤Ú°Ç´µ©Zªº¥D­nªe¬y,¦Û¶Âªù¤s¸},¬y¸g¥[§Q§Q®ü,¶i¤J¦º®ü.

2446 Iordanes {ee-or-dan'-ace} of Hebrew origin 03383; TDNT - 6:608,921; n pr loc AV - Jordan 15; 15 Jordan = "the descender" 1) the one river of Palestine, has its course of little more than 200 miles (300 km), from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the head of the Dead Sea.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2447 ios {ee-os'} perhaps from eimi (to go) or hiemi (to send); TDNT - 3:334,368;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - poison 2, rust 1; 3 1) ¬r¯À («ü°Êª«ªº) 1a) ¬r³Dªº¬r¦b¥L­Ìªº®B¤U 1b) «ü¨º¨Ç¦s¤ß·´Á½°d½|¶Ë¤Hªº¤H 2) ÅKù×

2447 ios {ee-os'} perhaps from eimi (to go) or hiemi (to send); TDNT - 3:334,368; n m AV - poison 2, rust 1; 3 1) poison (of animals) 1a) poison of asps is under their lips, 1b) spoken of men given to reviling and calumniating and thereby injuring others 2) rust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2448 Iouda {ee-oo-dah'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03063 ©Î¥i¯à¬O 03194; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Juda 1; 1 µS¤j = "¥L±N¨üÆg¬ü" 1) ±Úªø¶®¦Uªº²Ä¥|¤l 2) µS¤j¤ä¬£ 3) µS¤j¤ä¬£©~¦íªºªº°Ï 4) µS¤j¤ä¬£ªº¤@®y«°

2448 Iouda {ee-oo-dah'} of Hebrew origin 03063 or perhaps 03194;; n pr loc AV - Juda 1; 1 Judah = "he shall be praised" 1) the fourth son of the patriarch Jacob 2) the tribe that were the offspring of Judah 3) the region occupied by the tribe 4) a city of the tribe of Judah, conjectured to be Hebron, which was a city assigned to the priests and located in the hill country, and the native place of John the Baptist according to Jewish tradition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2449 Ioudaia {ee-oo-dah'-yah} 2453ªº³±©Ê¦Wµü (with 1093 implied); TDNT - 3:356,372; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Judaea 42, Jewry 2; 44 µS¤j = "¥LÀ³·í³QÆg¬ü" 1) ¯U¸q¨Ó»¡, «ü¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z«n¤è, ¦ì©ó¬ù¥¹ªe©M¦º®üªº¦èÃ䪺¦a°Ï ¥¦©M¼»º¿§Q¨È¡B¥[§Q§Q¡B©¼§Q¨È¡B¥H¤g¶Rµ¥¦a¬O¤£¦Pªº 2) ¼s¸q¨Ó»¡, «ü¥þ³¡ªº¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z 2453 1) µS¤Óªº 2) µS¤Ó¤Hªº, µS¤Ó¦aªº ( #®{ 10:28)

2449 Ioudaia {ee-oo-dah'-yah} feminine of 2453 (with 1093 implied); TDNT - 3:356,372; n pr loc AV - Judaea 42, Jewry 2; 44 Judaea = "he shall be praised" 1) in a narrower sense, to the southern portion of Palestine lying on this side of the Jordan and the Dead Sea, to distinguish it from Samaria, Galilee, Peraea, and Idumaea 2) in a broader sense, referring to all Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2450 Ioudaizo {ee-oo-dah-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2453; TDNT - 3:356,372; °Êµü AV - to live as do the Jews 1; 1 1) §l¨ú±Ä¯ÇµS¤Ó¤Hªº¶Ç²Î²ßºD©Î§»ö, ¼Ò¥éµS¤Ó¤H, µS¤Ó¤Æ 1a) ¿í¦u©^¦æµS¤Ó¤Hªº©v±ÐºD¨Ò (#¥[ 2:14|)

2450 Ioudaizo {ee-oo-dah-id'-zo} from 2453; TDNT - 3:356,372; v AV - to live as do the Jews 1; 1 1) to adopt Jewish customs and rites, imitate the Jews, Judaise 1a) one who observes the ritual law of the Jews
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2451 Ioudaikos {ee-oo-dah-ee-kos'} ·½¦Û 2453; TDNT - 3:356,372; §Î®eµü AV - Jewish 1; 1 1) µS¤Ó¤H(#¦h 1:14|)

2451 Ioudaikos {ee-oo-dah-ee-kos'} from 2453; TDNT - 3:356,372; adj AV - Jewish 1; 1 1) Jewish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2452 Ioudaikos {ee-oo-dah-ee-koce'} ·½¦Û 2451;; °Æµü AV - as do the Jews 1; 1 1) µS¤Ó¦¡ªº, ÀH±qµS¤Ó¤Hªº¼Ë¦¡ (#¥[ 2:14|)

2452 Ioudaikos {ee-oo-dah-ee-koce'} from 2451;; adv AV - as do the Jews 1; 1 1) Jewishly, after the manner of the Jews
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2453 Ioudaios {ee-oo-dah'-yos} ·½¦Û2448 (¨ú2455"°ê®a"¤§·N); TDNT - 3:356,372; ¦Wµü©Î§Î®eµü AV - Jew 193, of Judea 3, Jewess 2; 198 1) µS¤Óªº 2) µS¤Ó¤Hªº, µS¤Ó¦aªº ( #®{ 10:28)

2453 Ioudaios {ee-oo-dah'-yos} from 2448 (in the sense of 2455 as a country); TDNT - 3:356,372; adj AV - Jew 193, of Judea 3, Jewess 2; 198 1) Jewish, belonging to the Jewish nation 2) Jewish as respects to birth, origin, religion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2454 Ioudaismos {ee-oo-dah-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 2450; TDNT - 3:356,372;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Jews' religion 2; 2 1) µS¤Ó¤Hªº«H¤ß»P·q«ôÆg¬ü, µS¤Ó±Ð, µS¤Ó±Ð±Ð¸q (#¥[ 1:13-14|)

2454 Ioudaismos {ee-oo-dah-is-mos'} from 2450; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m AV - Jews' religion 2; 2 1) the Jewish faith and worship, religion of the Jews, Judaism
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2455 Ioudas {ee-oo-das'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03063; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Judas (Iscariot) 22, Juda (Son of Jacob) 7, Judah (Son of Jacob) 1, Judas (Son of Jacob) 2, Judas (Brother of James) 3, Jude (Brother of James) 1, Judas Barsabas 3, Juda (Ancestors of Jesus 2, misc 4; 45 µS¤j = "¥L­n¨üÆg¬ü" 1) ¶®¦Uªº²Ä¥|­Ó¨à¤l 2) °ò·þªº¤@¦W¯ª¥ý 3) ¤@¦W¥[§Q§Q¤H,¦b¤@¦¸¤H¤f½Õ¬dªº®É­Ô,¦b¥[§Q§Qµo°_¼É°Ê (#®{ 5:37|) 4) ¤j°¨¦âªº¬Y­ÓµS¤Ó¤H (#®{ 9:11|) 5) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|ªº¤@¦ì¨Ó¦Û¤Ú¼»¤Úªº¥ýª¾ (#®{ 15:22,27,32|) 6) ¨Ï®{,¤S¦W§Q«ô¯Q©Î¹F¤Ó (#¬ù 14:22|),¦³¤H»{¬°¬O¥L¼g¤FµS¤j®Ñ 7) ­C¿qªº¥S§Ì (#¤Ó 13:55|) 8) ¥[²¤¤HµS¤j--¥X½æ­C¿qªº¨Ï®{

2455 Ioudas {ee-oo-das'} of Hebrew origin 03063;; n m AV - Judas (Iscariot) 22, Juda (Son of Jacob) 7, Judah (Son of Jacob) 1, Judas (Son of Jacob) 2, Judas (Brother of James) 3, Jude (Brother of James) 1, Judas Barsabas 3, Juda (Ancestors of Jesus 2, misc 4; 45 Judah or Judas = "he shall be praised" 1) the fourth son of Jacob 2) an unknown ancestor of Christ 3) a man surnamed the Galilean, who at the time of the census of Quirinus, excited the revolt in Galilee, Acts 5:37 4) a certain Jew of Damascus, Acts 9:11 5) a prophet surnamed Barsabas, of the church at Jerusalem, Acts 15:22,27,32 6) the apostle, Jn 14:22, who was surnamed Lebbaeus or Thaddaeus, and according to opinion wrote the Epistle of Jude. 7) the half-brother of Jesus, Mt. 13:55 8) Judas Iscariot, the apostle who betrayed Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2456 Ioulia {ee-oo-lee'-ah} ³±©Ê of »P...¦P 2457;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Julia 1; 1 µS§Q¨È= "¬X³nÀY¾vªº" 1) ¤@­Ó¤k©Ê°ò·þ®{

2456 Ioulia {ee-oo-lee'-ah} feminine of the same as 2457;; n pr f AV - Julia 1; 1 Julia = "soft haired" 1) a Christian woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2457 Ioulios {ee-oo'-lee-os} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Julius 2; 2 µS¬y= "¬X¤ò¾vµ·ªº" 1) ¶ø¥j´µ³£¬£(Augustus Band)¤d¤Òªø, ¨ü©R±N«Où¤U¥}±q¸Ó¼»§Q¨È ©ã°e¦Üù°¨ (#®{ 27:1|)

2457 Ioulios {ee-oo'-lee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Julius 2; 2 Julius = "soft-haired" 1) the centurion of "Augustus Band", to whose charge Paul was delivered when he was sent prisoner from Caesarea to Rome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2458 Iounias {ee-oo-nee'-as} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Junia 1; 1 µS¥§¨È = "¦~»´ªº" 1) ù°¨ªº¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{¤k©Ê, «Où´£¨ì¦o¬O«Oùªº¿ËÄݨåB»P«Où¦P§¤ºÊ #ù 16:7|

2458 Iounias {ee-oo-nee'-as} of Latin origin;; n pr f AV - Junia 1; 1 Junia = "youthful" 1) a Christian woman at Rome, mentioned by Paul as one of his kinsfolk and fellow prisoners
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2459 Ioustos {ee-ooce'-tos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å ("¤½¥¿ªº"); ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Justus (of Corinth) 1, Justus (surnamed Barabbas) 1, Justus (Jesus, a fellow worker of Paul) 1; 3 µS¤h³£ = "¤½¥¿ªº" 1) ¤Ú¼»¤Ú¬ù·æªº¥t¤@¦W¦r (#®{ 1:23|) 2) ´£¦hµS¤h³£:­ôªL¦hªº¤@¦W«H®{ (#®{ 18:7|) 3) «OùªºªB¤Í­C¼Æªº¦W¦r (#¦è 4:11|)

2459 Ioustos {ee-ooce'-tos} of Latin origin ("just");; n pr m AV - Justus (of Corinth) 1, Justus (surnamed Barabbas) 1, Justus (Jesus, a fellow worker of Paul) 1; 3 Justus = "just" 1) a surname of Joseph, called Barsabas. Acts 1:23 2) of Titus, a Christian at Corinth, with whom Paul lodged. Acts 18:7 3) a surname of Jesus, a friend of Paul. Col. 4:11
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2460 hippeus {hip-yooce'} ·½¦Û 2462;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - horseman 2; 2 1) ÃM°¨ªÌ

2460 hippeus {hip-yooce'} from 2462;; n m AV - horseman 2; 2 1) a horseman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2461 hippikon {hip-pee-kon'} ¤¤©Ê of a derivative of 2462;; §Î®eµü AV - horseman 1; 1 1) ÃM³N®a, ÃM§L(¨kªº), ÃM¤h (#±Ò 9:16|)

2461 hippikon {hip-pee-kon'} neuter of a derivative of 2462;; adj AV - horseman 1; 1 1) equestrian, the horse(men), cavalry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2462 hippos {hip'-pos} ¤£½T©w¬Û¦P©Ê?????; TDNT - 3:336,369;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - horse 16; 16 1) ¤@¤Ç°¨

2462 hippos {hip'-pos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:336,369; n m AV - horse 16; 16 1) a horse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2463 iris {ee'-ris} ¥i¯à·½¦Û2046 (²§±Ð¯«¬é¤¤¤k©Ê¨ÏªÌªº¶H¼x); TDNT - 3:339,369; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rainbow 2; 2 1) ±m­i (#±Ò 4:3,10:1|)

2463 iris {ee'-ris} perhaps from 2046 (as a symbol of the female messenger of the pagan deities); TDNT - 3:339,369; n f AV - rainbow 2; 2 1) a rainbow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2464 Isaak {ee-sah-ak'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03327; TDNT 3:191,*;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Isaac 20; 20 ¥H¼» = "¯º" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨u»P©d¤l¼»©Ô©Ò¥Íªº¨à¤l

2464 Isaak {ee-sah-ak'} of Hebrew origin 03327; TDNT 3:191,*; n pr m AV - Isaac 20; 20 Isaac = "to laugh" 1) the son of Abraham and Sarah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2465 isaggelos {ee-sang'-el-los} ·½¦Û 2470 and 32; TDNT - 1:87,12; §Î®eµü AV - equal to the angels 1; 1 1) ¤Ñ¨Ï¯ëªº (#¸ô 20:36|)

2465 isaggelos {ee-sang'-el-los} from 2470 and 32; TDNT - 1:87,12; adj AV - equal to the angels 1; 1 1) like the angels
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2466 Isachar {ee-sakh-ar'} of Hebrew origin 03485;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Issachar 1; 1 ¥HÂÄ­{ = "¼ú½à¡B»ù­È" 1)¶®¦Uªº²Ä¤E­Ó¨à¤l¡A§Q¨Èªº²Ä¤­­Ó¨à¤l

2466 Isachar {ee-sakh-ar'} of Hebrew origin 03485;; n pr m AV - Issachar 1; 1 Issachar = "reward" 1) the ninth son of Jacob and the fifth of Leah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2467 isemi {is'-ay-mee} ³¡¤À¾ÇªÌ»{¬°¬O·½©ó 1942 ªº¬Y¤£³W«h©wªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - know 2; 2 1) ª¾¹D

2467 isemi {is'-ay-mee} assumed by some as the base of cert. irregular forms of 1942;; v AV - know 2; 2 1) to know
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2468 isthi {is'-thee} second person imperative present of 1510;; °Êµü AV - be thou 1, be 1, agree + 2132 1, give thyself wholly to + 1722 1, not tr 1; 5 1) ¥¿¬O§A

2468 isthi {is'-thee} second person imperative present of 1510;; v AV - be thou 1, be 1, agree + 2132 1, give thyself wholly to + 1722 1, not tr 1; 5 1) be thou
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2469 Iskariotes {is-kar-ee-o'-tace} of Hebrew origi±M¦³¦Wµüobably 0377 and 07149;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Iscariot 11; 11 ¥[²¤ = "«°¥«ªº¤H" 1) ¥X½æ­C¿qªºªù®{

2469 Iskariotes {is-kar-ee-o'-tace} of Hebrew origin probably 0377 and 07149;; n pr m AV - Iscariot 11; 11 Iscariot = "men of Kerioth" 1) the apostle who betrayed Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2470 isos {ee'-sos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 1492 (through the idea of seeming); TDNT - 3:343,370; §Î®eµü AV - equal 4, agree together + 2258 2, as much 1, like 1; 8 1) ¬Ûµ¥ªº, ¦b½è»P¶q¤W§¡µ¥ªº

2470 isos {ee'-sos} probably from 1492 (through the idea of seeming); TDNT - 3:343,370; adj AV - equal 4, agree together + 2258 2, as much 1, like 1; 8 1) equal, in quantity or quality
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2471 isotes {ee-sot'-ace} likeness (in condition or proportion); TDNT - 3:343,370; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - equality 2, equal 1; 3 1) ¥­µ¥ 2) ¤½¥¿, ¤½¥­, ¤½¥­ªº¨Æ±¡ (#ªL«á 8:14; ¦è 4:1|)

2471 isotes {ee-sot'-ace} likeness (in condition or proportion); TDNT - 3:343,370; n f AV - equality 2, equal 1; 3 1) equality 2) equity, fairness, what is equitable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2472 isotimos {ee-sot'-ee-mos} from 2470 and 5092; TDNT - 3:343,370; §Î®eµü AV - like precious 1; 1 1) ¦Pµ¥Ä_¶Qªº 2) ¦³¦Pµ¥ºaÄ£ªº, ¨ü¨ì¦Pµ¥´L±Rªº

2472 isotimos {ee-sot'-ee-mos} from 2470 and 5092; TDNT - 3:343,370; adj AV - like precious 1; 1 1) equally precious 2) equally honoured, to be esteemed equal to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2473 isopsuchos {ee-sop'-soo-khos} ·½¦Û 2470 and 5590;; §Î®eµü AV - likeminded 1; 1 1) ¦P¤ß (#µÌ 2:20|)

2473 isopsuchos {ee-sop'-soo-khos} from 2470 and 5590;; adj AV - likeminded 1; 1 1) equal in soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2474 Israel {is-rah-ale'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03478; TDNT - 3:356,372; §Î®eµü AV - Israel 70; 70 ¥H¦â¦C "¥L±N¦¨¬°¯«ªº¤ý¤l" 1) µ¹±Úªø¶®¦Uªº¦W¦r(°£¤F¥ý«eªº¦W¦r,¥t¤@¨Ï¥Îªº¦W¦r) 2) ¥H¦â¦C®a©Î«á¸Ç,¥H¦â¦C°ê 3) °ò·þ®{--¯«ªº¥H¦â¦C (#¥[ 6:16|), ¦]¬°¦å½t¤Wªº¥H¦â¦C¤H¥¼¥²¬O¯u¥¿ ªº¥H¦â¦C¤H.¯u¥H¦â¦C¤H¬O¯«©Ò«ÅºÙ,¨Ã´z¿ï¬@±Ïªº¤H.

2474 Israel {is-rah-ale'} of Hebrew origin 03478; TDNT - 3:356,372; adj AV - Israel 70; 70 Israel = "he shall be a prince of God" 1) the name given to the patriarch Jacob (and borne by him in addition to his former name) 2) the family or descendants of Israel, the nation of Israel 3) Christians, the Israel of God (Gal 6:16), for not all those who draw their bodily descent from Israel are true Israelites, i.e. are those whom God pronounces to be Israelites and has chosen to salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2475 Israelites {is-rah-ale-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û 2474; TDNT - 3:356,372;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Israel 5, Israelite 4; 9 1) ¥H¦â¦C¤H; ¥H¦â¦C¤§¤@¤ä¬£; ¦³ºaÄ£, ÁnÅAªº¦W¦r

2475 Israelites {is-rah-ale-ee'-tace} from 2474; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m AV - Israel 5, Israelite 4; 9 1) an Israelite, one of the nation of Israel, a name to be held in honour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2476 histemi {his'-tay-mee} TDNT - 7:638,1082; °Êµü AV - stand 116, set 11, establish 5, stand still 4, stand by 3, misc 17, vr stand 2; 158 1) ¨Ï¤§¯¸¥ß, ©ñ¸m, «Ø¥ß 1a) ¥s...¯¸¦b 1a1) ¥L¤H·í«e, ²³¤H¤¤¶¡, ªk©x«e, ¤½·|«e 1a2) ©ñ¸m 1b) ¨Ï°í©w, í©T 1c) «O«ù¥­¿Å, ºÙ­«, ºâ¿ú 2) ¯¸¥ß 2a) 2a1) ¯¸¦b.....®Ç 2a2) ¯¸¥ß, ÀR¥ß, 2b) 2b1) ¦wµM¤£°Ê, 2b2) ÀH®É·Ç³Æ¦n 2b3) ¤ß§Ó°í©w 2b4) ¤£µSºÃ,¤£°Ê·nªº¯S½è

2476 histemi {his'-tay-mee} a prolonged form of a primary stao {stah'-o} (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); TDNT - 7:638,1082; v AV - stand 116, set 11, establish 5, stand still 4, stand by 3, misc 17, vr stand 2; 158 1) to cause or make to stand, to place, put, set 1a) to bid to stand by, [set up] 1a1) in the presence of others, in the midst, before judges, before members of the Sanhedrin; 1a2) to place 1b) to make firm, fix establish 1b1) to cause a person or a thing to keep his or its place 1b2) to stand, be kept intact (of family, a kingdom), to escape in safety 1b3) to establish a thing, cause it to stand 1b31) to uphold or sustain the authority or force of anything 1c) to set or place in a balance 1c1) to weigh: money to one (because in very early times before the introduction of coinage, the metals used to be weighed) 2) to stand 2a) to stand by or near 2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm 2a1a) of the foundation of a building 2b) to stand 2b1) continue safe and sound, stand unharmed, to stand ready or prepared 2b2) to be of a steadfast mind 2b3) of quality, one who does not hesitate, does not waiver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2477 historeo {his-tor-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of 1492; TDNT - 3:391,377; °Êµü AV - see 1; 1 1) ¸ß°Ý¥´Å¥, ¹î³X, ¬ã¨s 2) ¥H´M³X¥´Å¥¦Óµo²{, ¾Ç²ß 3) °ÑÆ[«ô³X¦Ó²ß±oªºª¾ÃÑ 3a) ¿Ë¦Û»{ÃѬY¼w°ª±æ­«ªº¤Hª«, ­±¹ï­±ªºª¾¹D (#¥[ 1:18|)

2477 historeo {his-tor-eh'-o} from a derivative of 1492; TDNT - 3:391,377; v AV - see 1; 1 1) to enquire into, examine, investigate 2) to find out, learn, by enquiry 3) to gain knowledge of by visiting 3a) of some distinguished person, to become personally acquainted with, know face to face
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2478 ischuros {is-khoo-ros'} ·½©ó 2479; TDNT - 3:397,378; §Î®eµü AV - mighty 10, strong 9, strong man 5, boisterous 1, powerful 1, valiant 1; 27 1) ±j§§ªº, ¤j¦³¯à¤O 1a) «ü¥Íª«Åé 1a1) ¦b¦×Åé©Î¤ß´¼¤Wªº±j°· 1a2) «ü¤H¦bÄÝÆF¥Í©Rªº°í±j¨ì¥i¥H©Ó¨ü¦í¼»¥¹ªº§ðÀ», ±j°·¦Ó¦³³\¦hÀu¨qªºªí²{ 1b) «üµL¥Íª« 1b1) ±j§§ªº, ²r¯Pªº, ¨g¼ÉªºÁn­µ, µ²¹ê¨c©Tªº, ¥²µMªº

2478 ischuros {is-khoo-ros'} from 2479; TDNT - 3:397,378; adj AV - mighty 10, strong 9, strong man 5, boisterous 1, powerful 1, valiant 1; 27 1) strong, mighty 1a) of living beings 1a1) strong either in body or in mind 1a2) of one who has strength of soul to sustain the attacks of Satan, strong and therefore exhibiting many excellences 1b) on inanimate things 1b1) strong, violent, forcibly uttered, firm, sure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2479 ischus {is-khoos'} from a derivative of is (force, cf eschon, ...¤§¤@«¬ 2192); TDNT - 3:397,378; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - strength 4, power 2, might 2, ability 1, mightily + 1722 1, mighty 1; 11 1) ¯à¤O, ¤O¶q, ±j§§µ{«×, ¤O®ð ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5820

2479 ischus {is-khoos'} from a derivative of is (force, cf eschon, a form of 2192); TDNT - 3:397,378; n f AV - strength 4, power 2, might 2, ability 1, mightily + 1722 1, mighty 1; 11 1) ability, force, strength, might For Synonyms see entry 5820
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2480 ischuo {is-khoo'-o} ·½©ó 2479; TDNT - 3:397,378; °Êµü AV - can (could) 9, be able 6, avail 3, prevail 3, be whole 2, cannot + 3756 1, can do 1, may 1, misc 3; 29 1) ±j°·¦³¤O 1a) ¨­Åé±j§§, ¦³¬¡¤O, °·±dª¬ªp¨}¦n 2) ¦³¯à¤O 2a) ¥H¯S®íªºªí²{¹üÅã©Ò¨ã¦³ªº¯à¤O 2a1) ¨Ï¤O, ¹B¥ÎÅv¯à, ¦³¯à¤O³Ó¹L 2b) ¦¨¬°±À°Ê¤O, ¦³À°§U 2c) ¥i¨Ï¥Îªº 2d) ¦³¯à¤O§@..., ¯à°÷

2480 ischuo {is-khoo'-o} from 2479; TDNT - 3:397,378; v AV - can (could) 9, be able 6, avail 3, prevail 3, be whole 2, cannot + 3756 1, can do 1, may 1, misc 3; 29 1) to be strong 1a) to be strong in body, to be robust, to be in sound health 2) to have power 2a) to have power as shown by extraordinary deeds 2a1) to exert, wield power, to have strength to overcome 2b) to be a force, avail 2c) to be serviceable 2d) to be able, can
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2481 isos {ee'-soce} ·½¦Û 2470;; °Æµü AV - it may be 1; 1 1) ¤@¼Ë¦a, ¬Û¦Pªº¼Ë¦¡, 2) »P¹w´Á¤@¦Üªº, ¥ç§Y¤]³\, ¥i¯à, ¤j·§ (#¸ô 20:13|)

2481 isos {ee'-soce} from 2470;; adv AV - it may be 1; 1 1) equally, in like manner 2) agreeably to expectation, i.e. it may be, probably
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2482 Italia {ee-tal-ee'-ah} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¥~¨Ó¦r;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Italy 5; 5 ¸q¤j§Q = "¹³¤p¤ûªº" 1) ¤¶©óªüº¸¨õ´µ¤s©M¾¥¦è®³®ü®l¶¡ªº¾ã­Ó¥b®q°Ï (¾¥¦è®³¬O¦è¦è¨½®qªF¥_¤èªº¤@­Ó®ü´ä, ¾¥¦è®³®ü®l¤¶¦b¸q¤j§Q¥b®q©M¦è¦è¨½®q¤§¶¡)

2482 Italia {ee-tal-ee'-ah} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Italy 5; 5 Italy = "calf like" 1) the whole peninsula between the Alps and the Straits of Messina
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2483 Italikos {ee-tal-ee-kos'} ·½¦Û 2482;; §Î®eµü AV - Italian 1; 1 1) ¸q¤j§Qªº (#®{ 10:1|)

2483 Italikos {ee-tal-ee-kos'} from 2482;; adj AV - Italian 1; 1 1) Italian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2484 Itouraia {ee-too-rah'-yah} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03195; §Î®eµü AV - Ituraea 1; 1 ¥H¤g§Q¨È = "¶W¶V­­¨î" ©Î "¥L­n¦w±Æ" 1) ¦b¤Ú°Ç´µ©ZªF¥_³¡,¤j°¨¦â¦èÃ䪺¤s°Ï.¬I¬~¬ù¿«¤½¶}¶Ç¹D¤§»Ú, ¸Ó°Ï¬°¤À«Ê¤ýµÌ¤OºÞÁÒ. ¸Ó°Ï©~¥Á¥H·m§T»Pµ½¥Î¤}½b»D¦W (#¸ô 3:1|)

2484 Itouraia {ee-too-rah'-yah} of Hebrew origin 03195;; adj AV - Ituraea 1; 1 Ituraea = "past the limits" or "he will arrange" 1) a mountainous region, lying northeast of Palestine and west of Damascus. At the time when John the Baptist made his public appearance it was subject to Philip the tetrarch, son of Herod the Great, among the regions assigned to this prince after his father's death. It was brought under Jewish control by king Aristobulus around 100 B.C. Its inhabitants had been noted for robbery and skilful use of the bow.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2485 ichthudion {ikh-thoo'-dee-on} diminutive from 2486;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - little fish 1, small fish 1; 2 1) ¤p³½

2485 ichthudion {ikh-thoo'-dee-on} diminutive from 2486;; n n AV - little fish 1, small fish 1; 2 1) a little fish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2486 ichthus {ikh-thoos'} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fish 20; 20 1) ³½

2486 ichthus {ikh-thoos'} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - fish 20; 20 1) a fish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2487 ichnos {ikh'-nos} TDNT - 3:402,379; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - step 3; 3 1) ¨¬¸ñ (#ù 4:12; ªL«á 12:18; ©¼«e 2:21|)

2487 ichnos {ikh'-nos} from ikneomai (to arrive, cf 2240); TDNT - 3:402,379; n n AV - step 3; 3 1) a footprint, track, footstep 2) in the NT, metaph. of imitating the example of any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2488 Ioatham {ee-o-ath'-am} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03147; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Joatham 2; 2 ¬ù©Z = "­C©MµØ¬O¥¿ª½ªº" 1) ¯Q¦è¶®»P­C¸ô¨Fªº¨à¤l (#¤Ó 1:9|)

2488 Ioatham {ee-o-ath'-am} of Hebrew origin 03147;; n pr m AV - Joatham 2; 2 Jotham = "Jehovah is upright" 1) the son of King Uzziah or Azariah and Jerusha
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2489 Ioanna {ee-o-an'-nah} of »P...¦P 2491;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Joanna 2; 2 ¬ù¨È®³= "­C©MµØ¬O¦³®¦¨åªº¨Ñµ¹ªÌ" 1) ­W¼»ªº©d¤l, §Æ«ß¤ýªººÞ®a¨Ã­C¿qªº¸òÀHªÌ (#¸ô 8:3, 24:10| )

2489 Ioanna {ee-o-an'-nah} of the same as 2491;; n pr f AV - Joanna 2; 2 Joanna = "Jehovah is a gracious giver" 1) the wife of Chuza, Herod's steward, and a follower of Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2490 Ioannas {ee-o-an-nas'} ...¤§¤@«¬ 2491;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Joanna 1; 1 ¬ù¨È®³ = "¤W«Òªº®¦¨å" 1)­C¿q°ò·þªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

2490 Ioannas {ee-o-an-nas'} a form of 2491;; n pr m AV - Joanna 1; 1 Joanna = "grace or gift of God" 1) one of the ancestors of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2491 Ioannes {ee-o-an'-nace} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03110; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - John (the Baptist) 92, John (the apostle) 36, John (Mark) 4, John (the chief priest) 1; 133 ¬ù¿« = "­C©MµØ¬O®¦·Oªºµ¹¤©ªÌ" 1) ¬I¬~¬ù¿« 2) ¨Ï®{¬ù¿« 3) ¦W¬°°¨¥iªº¬ù¿«,¬O«Où»P¤Ú®³¤Úªº¶Ç¹D¦P¦ñ(#®{ 12:12|) 4) ¤½·|¸Ìªº¤@­û(#®{ 4:6|)

2491 Ioannes {ee-o-an'-nace} of Hebrew origin 03110;; n pr m AV - John (the Baptist) 92, John (the apostle) 36, John (Mark) 4, John (the chief priest) 1; 133 John = "Jehovah is a gracious giver" 1) John the Baptist was the son of Zacharias and Elisabeth, the forerunner of Christ. By order of Herod Antipas he was cast into prison and afterwards beheaded. 2) John the apostle, the writer of the Fourth Gospel, son of Zebedee and Salome, brother of James the elder. He is that disciple who (without mention by name) is spoken of in the Fourth Gospel as especially dear to Jesus and according to the traditional opinion is the author of the book of Revelation. 3) John surnamed Mark, the companion of Barnabas and Paul. Acts 12:12 4) John a certain man, a member of the Sanhedrin Acts 5:6
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2492 Iob {ee-obe'} of Hebrew origin 0347;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Job 1; 1 ¬ù§B= "´dµhªº­ú³Û, «u³é" ©Î "§Ú­n¤jÁn¯e©I" 1) ¤@¦ì·q¯«ªº¤H, ¦b¸ÕÅç·í¤¤°í§Ô­è¼Ý, º¡¦³§Ô­@. ¥H¨ä¦W©R¦W¬ùªº¤@®Ñ¨÷, °O¸üµÛ¥Lªº¬G¨Æ. (#¶® 5:11|)

2492 Iob {ee-obe'} of Hebrew origin 0347;; n pr m AV - Job 1; 1 Job = "the cry of woe" or "I will exclaim" 1) a man known for his piety and, consistency and fortitude in the endurance of trials. His experiences are related in the OT book bearing his name.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2493 Ioel {ee-o-ale'} of Hebrew origin 03100;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Joel 1; 1 ¬ùÒ­= "­C©MµØ¬O¤W«Ò" 1) ¤Q¤G¤p¥ýª¾¤¤ªº²Ä¤G¦ì, Ïi¤gÒ­ªº¨à¤l, «Ü¥i¯à¦b¯Q¦è¨È¤ý°õ¬F®É, ¦bµS¤j§@¥ýª¾«ÅÁ¿°T®§ (#®{ 2:16)

2493 Ioel {ee-o-ale'} of Hebrew origin 03100;; n pr m AV - Joel 1; 1 Joel = "to whom Jehovah is God" 1) the second of the twelve minor prophets, the son of Pethuel, probably prophesied in Judah in the reign of Uzziah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2494 Ionan {ee-o-nan'} probably for 2491 or 2495;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Jonan 1; 1 ¬ù«n = "­C©MµØ¬O¿Ë¤Áªºµ¹¤©ªÌ" 1)­C¿qªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

2494 Ionan {ee-o-nan'} probably for 2491 or 2495;; n pr m AV - Jonan 1; 1 Jonan = "Jehovah is a gracious giver" 1) one of the ancestors of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2495 Ionas {ee-o-nas'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03124; TDNT - 3:406,380; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Jonas (the prophet) 9, Jona (father of Peter) 4; 13 ¬ù®³ = "ÂF¤l" 1) ¬ù¥ýª¾ 2) ¦èªù©¼±o¨ú¦w¼w¯Pªº¤÷¿Ë

2495 Ionas {ee-o-nas'} of Hebrew origin 03124; TDNT - 3:406,380; n pr m AV - Jonas (the prophet) 9, Jona (father of Peter) 4; 13 Jonah or Jonas = "dove" 1) the fifth minor prophet, the son of Amittai, and a native of Gath-hepher and lived during the reign of Jeroboam II, king of Israel 2) Jonas, the father of Peter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2496 Ioram {ee-o-ram'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03141;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Joram 2; 2 ¬ùÄõ = "­C©MµØ¥H°ªÁ|ªÌ" 1) µS¤j¤ý¬ù¨Fªkªº¨à¤l, Ä~©Ó¨ä¤÷¿Ë¤§µS¤j¤ý¦ì

2496 Ioram {ee-o-ram'} of Hebrew origin 03141;; n pr m AV - Joram 2; 2 Jehoram = "whom Jehovah has exalted" 1) the son of Jehoshaphat, king of Judah, succeeded his father on the throne of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2497 Ioreim {ee-o-rime'} perhaps for 2496;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Jorim 1; 1 ¬ù¥O = "­C©MµØ©Ò°ªÁ|ªº¤H" 1)º¿¶ðªº¨à¤l, ­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ

2497 Ioreim {ee-o-rime'} perhaps for 2496;; n pr m AV - Jorim 1; 1 Jorim = "whom Jehovah has exalted" 1) the son of Matthat, in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2498 Iosaphat {ee-o-saf-at'} of Hebrew origin 03092;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Josaphat 2; 2 ¬ù¨Fªk = "³Q­C©MµØ¼f§Pªº¤H" 1) µS¤j¤ý, ¨È¼»ªº¨à¤l (#¤Ó 1:8|)

2498 Iosaphat {ee-o-saf-at'} of Hebrew origin 03092;; n pr m AV - Josaphat 2; 2 Jehoshaphat = "whom Jehovah judges" 1) the king of Judah, son of Asa
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2499 Iose {ee-o-say'} genitive case of 2500;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Jose (son of Eliezer) 1; 1 ¬ù²Ó = "¥L±N¬O­C©MµØ©Ò´©Å@ªº" 1)¥H§Q¥HÁªº¨à¤l,­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ

2499 Iose {ee-o-say'} genitive case of 2500;; n pr m AV - Jose (son of Eliezer) 1; 1 Jose = "he will be sustained of Jehovah" 1) the son of Eliezer, in the genealogy of Jesus Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2500 Ioses {ee-o-sace'} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Joses (brother of James) 3, Joses (Brother of Jesus) 2, Joses (Barnabas) 1; 6 ¬ù¦è = "³Q´L±R" 1) °ò·þªº¥ý¯ª (#¸ô 3:29|) 2) ­C¿qªº¥S§Ì (#¥i 6:3|) 3) ­C¿qªº«¼¶ý¤]¥s°¨§Q¨È,¦³­Ó¨à¤l¥s¬ù¦è (#¤Ó27:56; ¥i 15:40,47|) 4) ¦­´Á±Ð·|¦¨­û¤§¤@, ¦ý¬O¥H¤Ú®³¤Ú¬°¤H©Òª¾ (#®{ 4:36, ©M¦X¥»¦¹³Bͧ@"¬ù·æ"|)

2500 Ioses {ee-o-sace'} perhaps for 2501;; n pr m AV - Joses (brother of James) 3, Joses (Brother of Jesus) 2, Joses (Barnabas) 1; 6 Joses = "exalted" 1) one of the ancestors of Christ, Lk 3:29 2) Joses, the brother of Jesus, Mk 6:3 3) Joses, the son of Mary, the sister of the mother of Jesus, Mt. 27:56 4) Joses, a Levite, Acts 4:36
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2501 Ioseph {ee-o-safe'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03130;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Joseph (husband of Mary) 16, Joseph (son of Jacob) 9, Joseph of Arimathaea 6, Joseph (son of Judas) 1, Joseph of Barsabas 1, Joseph son of Jonan 1, Joseph (son of Mattathias) 1; 35 ¬ù·æ = "¥ô¥L¼W²K" 1) ±Úªø¤§¤@, ¶®¦Uªº²Ä¤Q¤@­Ó¨à¤l 2) ¬ù«nªº¨à¤l, °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@(#¸ô 3:30|) 3) µS¤jªº¨à¤l, ­C¿qªº¥t¤@­Ó¯ª¥ý(#¸ô 3:26|) 4) º¿¥L´£¨Èªº¨à¤l, ¥t¤@¦ì°ò·þªº¯ª¥ý(#¸ô 3:25|) 5) ­C¿qªº¥À¿Ë°¨§Q¨Èªº¤V¤Ò (#¤Ó 1:16|) 6) ­C¿qªº¥S§Ì¬ù¦è (#¤Ó 13:55|) 7) ¨È§Q°¨¤Óªº¬ù·æ, ¤½·|¤¤ªº¤H, ¬O¤ä«ù­C¿qªº¤H (#¤Ó 27:57,59;¥i 15:43,45|) 8) ³QºÙ§@¤Ú®³¤Úªº¬ù·æ (#®{ 4:36|) 9) ºÙ¬°¤Ú¼»¤Úªº¬ù·æ, ¤S¥s§@µS¤C³£ (#®{ 1:23|)

2501 Ioseph {ee-o-safe'} of Hebrew origin 03130;; n pr m AV - Joseph (husband of Mary) 16, Joseph (son of Jacob) 9, Joseph of Arimathaea 6, Joseph (son of Judas) 1, Joseph of Barsabas 1, Joseph son of Jonan 1, Joseph (son of Mattathias) 1; 35 Joseph = "let him add" 1) the patriarch, the eleventh son of Jacob 2) the son of Jonan or Jonam, one of the ancestors of Christ, Lk 3:30 3) the son of Judah [or Judas; better Joda] another ancestor of Jesus, Lk 3:26 4) the son of Mattathias, another ancestor of Christ, Lk 3:24 5) the husband of Mary, the mother of Jesus 6) a half-brother of Jesus Mat. 13:55 7) Joseph of Arimathaea, a member of the Sanhedrin, who favoured Jesus. Mt. 27:57,59; Mk 15:43,45 8) Joseph surnamed Barnabas Acts 4:36 9) Joseph call Barsabas and surnamed Justus, Acts 1:23
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2502 Iosias {ee-o-see'-as} of Hebrew origin 02977;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Josias 2; 2 ¬ù¦è¨È= "­C©MµØ©ÒÂåªvªº" 1) µS¤j¤ý, ¦bµS¤Ó¤H¤¤«ì´_¯u¯«ªº·q«ô, ²Îªv31¦~, ¬ù¥D«e611¦~, ¦º©ó¾Ô³õ (#¤Ó 1:10-11|)

2502 Iosias {ee-o-see'-as} of Hebrew origin 02977;; n pr m AV - Josias 2; 2 Josiah = "whom Jehovah heals" 1) king of Judah, who restored among the Jews the worship of the true God, and after a reign of thirty one years was slain in battle about 611 BC
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2503 iota {ee-o'-tah} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å [§Æ§B¨Ó¦r¥À¨t²Î¤§²Ä¤Q­Ó¦r¥À];; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - jot 1; 1 1) §Æ§B¨Ó¦r¥À `, ³Ì¤pªº¦r¥À 1a) ¦]¦¹µ¥¦P©ó³Ì¤pªº¤@³¡¥÷(#¤Ó 5:18|)

2503 iota {ee-o'-tah} of Hebrew origin [the tenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet];; n n AV - jot 1; 1 1) the Hebrew letter `, the smallest of them all 1a) hence equivalent to the minutest part
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2504 kago {kag-o'} from 2532 and 1473 (so also the dative case kamoi {kam-oy'}, and accusative case kame {kam-eh'};; conj AV - and I 34, I also 17, so I 4, I 4, even I 3, me also 3, misc 7; 72 1) ¥H¤Î§Ú 2) §Ú¤]¬O, §Ú¤]¬O¦p¦¹ ,§Ú·Ó¼Ëªº , §Ú¥Î¬Û¦üªº¤è¦¡ 3)¬Æ¦Ü§Ú, §Ú¤]¤@¼Ë

2504 kago {kag-o'} from 2532 and 1473 (so also the dative case kamoi {kam-oy'}, and accusative case kame {kam-eh'};; conj AV - and I 34, I also 17, so I 4, I 4, even I 3, me also 3, misc 7; 72 1) and I 2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I 3) even I, this selfsame I
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2505 katha {kath-ah'} ·½¦Û 2596 and the ¤¤©Ê ½Æ¼Æ of 3739;; conj/°Æµü AV - as 1; 1 1) ®Ú¾Ú, ·ÓµÛ (#¤Ó 27:10|)

2505 katha {kath-ah'} from 2596 and the neuter plural of 3739;; conj/adv AV - as 1; 1 1) according as, just as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2506 kathairesis {kath-ah'-ee-res-is} ·½¦Û 2507; TDNT - 3:412,381; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - destruction 2, pulling down 1; 3 1) ©î·´, ¯}Ãa, ·´·À (#ªL«á 10:4, 10:8, 13;10|)

2506 kathairesis {kath-ah'-ee-res-is} from 2507; TDNT - 3:412,381; n f AV - destruction 2, pulling down 1; 3 1) a pulling down, destruction, demolition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2507 kathaireo {kath-ahee-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 138; TDNT - 3:411,380; °Êµü AV - take down 4, destroy 2, put down 1, pull down 1, cast down 1; 9 1) ­°§C,®³¤U,¨ú¤U 2) ©î·´,¯}Ãa,¨îªA

2507 kathaireo {kath-ahee-reh'-o} from 2596 and 138 (including its alternate); TDNT - 3:411,380; v AV - take down 4, destroy 2, put down 1, pull down 1, cast down 1; 9 1) to take down 1a) without the notion of violence: to detach from the cross, one crucified 1b) with the use of force: to throw down, cast down 2) to pull down, demolish 2a) the subtle reasonings (of opponents) likened to a fortress, i.e. to refute, to destroy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2508 kathairo {kath-ah'-ee-ro} ·½©ó 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; °Êµü AV - purge 2; 2 1) ¬~²M, °£¥h¦Ã©¤£¼ä¤§ª«µ¥µ¥ 1a) ±NµL¥Îªº¾ðªK©Î¸²µåÃÃ¥[¥H­×°Å 1b) Áô³ë. ¤ß¥Í·\¨s, Å«¸o¸ÉÀv

2508 kathairo {kath-ah'-ee-ro} from 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; v AV - purge 2; 2 1) to cleanse, of filth impurity, etc 1a) to prune trees and vines from useless shoots 1b) metaph. from guilt, to expiate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2509 kathaper {kath-ap'-er} ·½©ó 2505 ©M 4007;; °Æµü/³s±µµü AV - as 7, even as 5, as well as 1; 13 1) ¦p¦P..., ¥¿¦p..., §Y¨Ï¬O¹³...

2509 kathaper {kath-ap'-er} from 2505 and 4007;; adv/conj AV - as 7, even as 5, as well as 1; 13 1) according as, just as, even as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2510 kathapto {kath-ap'-to} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 680;; °Êµü AV - fasten on 1; 1 1) ²Å¦X©Î²Ï¨c, ¸j¦b...¤W­± 2) ´¤¦í..., ²Ï¦b...¤W­±(Ãh¦³¼Ä·Nªº)

2510 kathapto {kath-ap'-to} from 2596 and 680;; v AV - fasten on 1; 1 1) to fit or fasten to, bind on 2) to lay hold of, fasten on (hostilely)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2511 katharizo {kath-ar-id'-zo} ·½©ó 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; °Êµü AV - cleanse 16, make clean 5, be clean 3, purge 3, purify 3; 30 1) ¨Ï¼ä²b, º°²M 1a) «ü¦³§Îªº¦ÃÂI©Î©ª« 1a1) ¦b¾¹¥×, ­¹ª«¤è­± 1a2) ·÷ºÆ¯f±wªÌ, ¦]Âåªv¦Ó±o¼ä²b 1a3) ¥Î²M¬~¨Ó°£¥hªºªF¦è 1b) ¦b¹D¼w¼h¦¸¤W¦Ó¨¥ 1b1) °£¥h¸o´c¹L¥Ç¦Ó±o¼ä²b 1b2) »·Â÷¨¸´c¦Ó«O²M¼ä 1b3) §K¥h¦]¸o¦Ó¨üªº¼f§P, ²M¼äµL¸o 1b4) ¦]²M²b¯Â¼ä¦Ó¦¨¸t 1b5) ©^Äm, ­P¤OÄm¨­©ó... 2) «Å§i¦X©ó§Q¥¼¤H¼Ð·Çªº¼ä²b

2511 katharizo {kath-ar-id'-zo} from 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; v AV - cleanse 16, make clean 5, be clean 3, purge 3, purify 3; 30 1) to make clean, cleanse 1a) from physical stains and dirt 1a1) utensils, food 1a2) a leper, to cleanse by curing 1a3) to remove by cleansing 1b) in a moral sense 1b1) to free from defilement of sin and from faults 1b2) to purify from wickedness 1b3) to free from guilt of sin, to purify 1b4) to consecrate by cleansing or purifying 1b5) to consecrate, dedicate 2) to pronounce clean in a levitical sense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2512 katharismos {kath-ar-is-mos'} ·½©ó 2511; TDNT - 3:429,381; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - cleansing 2, purifying 2, be purged 1, purge + 4060 1, purification 1; 7 1) ²M¼ä, ²b¤Æ, ©v±Ð»ö¦¡¤Wªº¬~¸o©Î¼ä²b§ 1a) «üµS¤Ó¤H©ó¥ÎÀ\«e«áªº²M¬~ 1b) «ü¤k¤H¥Í²£«á¨Ì§Q¥¼«ßªk©Ò¦æªº¼ä²M§ 1c) «ü°ò·þÄ묹ªºÅ«¸o¬~²b¤F¤Hªº¸o

2512 katharismos {kath-ar-is-mos'} from 2511; TDNT - 3:429,381; n m AV - cleansing 2, purifying 2, be purged 1, purge + 4060 1, purification 1; 7 1) a cleansing, purification, a ritual purgation or washing 1a) of the washing of the Jews before and after their meals 1b) of levitical purification of women after childbirth 1c) a cleansing from the guilt of sins wrought by the expiatory sacrifice of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2513 katharos {kath-ar-os'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 3:413,381; §Î®eµü AV - pure 17, clean 10, clear 1; 28 1) °®²b, ¯Â²b 1a) ¦×Åé¤W 1a1) ¨ü¨ì¤õªº·Ò²b 1a2) §Î®e¦p¦P¸²µå¾ð¨ü¨ì­×²z¦Ó§ó¯àµ²ªG¤l 1b) ¦b§Q¥¼¤HªºÆ[ÂI¤W 1b1) ¼ä²b, ¥¼³Q¸T¤îªº¨Æªº¹B¥Î(?), ¤£¶ÇÁ¿¦Ã©ªºªF¦è 1c) ­Û²z¤W 1c1) ¨S¦³±Ñ¼wªº¼¤©À, ¨S¦³¸o´c¤§¦æ 1c2) ¨S¦³¥ô¦óµê°°´Û¶Bªº, ¦Wªþ¨ä¹êªº¥¿ª½¯Â²b, ¹ê¹ê¦b¦bªº¦n¤H 1c3) µL¥i«ü³dªº, ²M¥Õªº 1c4) ¤£¨ü¸o´c¤Î¨ä¥¦¨Æ¦Ã¬Vªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5840

2513 katharos {kath-ar-os'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:413,381; adj AV - pure 17, clean 10, clear 1; 28 1) clean, pure 1a) physically 1a1) purified by fire 1a2) in a similitude, like a vine cleansed by pruning and so fitted to bear fruit 1b) in a levitical sense 1b1) clean, the use of which is not forbidden, imparts no uncleanness 1c) ethically 1c1) free from corrupt desire, from sin and guilt 1c2) free from every admixture of what is false, sincere genuine 1c3) blameless, innocent 1c4) unstained with the guilt of anything For Synonyms see entry 5840
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2514 katharotes {kath-ar-ot'-ace} ·½©ó 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - purifying 1; 1 1) °®²b, ¯Â¼ä 1a) «ü¦X©ó§Q¥¼¤H¹ï¼ä²bªº¼Ð·Ç

2514 katharotes {kath-ar-ot'-ace} from 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; n f AV - purifying 1; 1 1) cleanness, purity 1a) in a Levitical sense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2515 kathedra {kath-ed'-rah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - seat 3; 3 1) ´È¤l, ®y¦ì (#¤Ó 21:12, 23:2; ¥i 11:15|)

2515 kathedra {kath-ed'-rah} from 2596 and the same as 1476;; n f AV - seat 3; 3 1) a chair, a seat 1a) used of the exalted seat occupied by men of eminent rank or influence, as teachers and judges
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2516 kathezomai {kath-ed'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 2596 1476ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 3:440,386; °Êµü AV - sit 6; 6 1) §¤¤U

2516 kathezomai {kath-ed'-zom-ahee} from 2596 and the base of 1476; TDNT - 3:440,386; v AV - sit 6; 6 1) to sit down, seat one's self, sit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2517 kathexes {kath-ex-ace'} from 2596 and 1836;; °Æµü AV - in order 2, afterward 1, after 1, by order 1; 5 1) ¤@­Ó¸òµÛ¤@­Ó,¨Ì¦¸¦a, ·Ó¦¸§Ç¦a

2517 kathexes {kath-ex-ace'} from 2596 and 1836;; adv AV - in order 2, afterward 1, after 1, by order 1; 5 1) one after another, successively, in order
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2518 katheudo {kath-yoo'-do} ·½©ó 2596 ©M heudo (ºÎı); TDNT - 3:431,384; °Êµü AV - sleep 22; 22 1) ¤JºÎ, ºÎµÛ¤F 2) ºÎ¯v 2a) ¤@¯ë©Ò«üªººÎ¯v 2b) ªí¥Ü¦º¥hªº°ûÂ໡ªk 2c) Áô³ë. 2c1) ¹ï«å´k©M¸oªº©}ªA 2c2) ¹ï±Ï®¦ºz¤£Ãö¤ß, µL°Ê©ó°J

2518 katheudo {kath-yoo'-do} from 2596 and heudo (to sleep); TDNT - 3:431,384; v AV - sleep 22; 22 1) to fall asleep, drop off to sleep 2) to sleep 2a) to sleep normally 2b) euphemistically, to be dead 2c) metaph. 2c1) to yield to sloth and sin 2c2) to be indifferent to one's salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2519 kathegetes {kath-ayg-ay-tace'} ·½¦Û2596»P2233; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - master 3; 3 1) ¦Ñ®v (#¤Ó 23:8,10|)

2519 kathegetes {kath-ayg-ay-tace'} from a compound of 2596 and 2233;; n m AV - master 3; 3 1) a guide 2) a master, teacher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2520 katheko {kath-ay'-ko} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2240; TDNT - 3:437,385; °Êµü AV - fit 1, convenient 1; 2 1) ¹F¨ì, ¾A©ó (#®{ 22:22; ù 1:28|)

2520 katheko {kath-ay'-ko} from 2596 and 2240}; TDNT - 3:437,385; v AV - fit 1, convenient 1; 2 1) to come down 2) to come to, reach to 2a) it is becoming 2b) it is fit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2521 kathemai {kath'-ay-mahee} ·½©ó 2596, ©M hemai (§¤, ªñ¦ü 1476 ªº¦r·½); TDNT - 3:440,386; °Êµü AV - sit 82, sit down 3, sit by 2, be set down 1, dwell 1; 89 1) §¤¤U, ½L»L¦Ó§¤ 2) §¤, ½Ð§¤, ©~©ó...³B 2a) ¦³©T©wªº©~©Ò, ©w©~

2521 kathemai {kath'-ay-mahee} from 2596, and hemai (to sit, akin to the base of 1476); TDNT - 3:440,386; v AV - sit 82, sit down 3, sit by 2, be set down 1, dwell 1; 89 1) to sit down, seat one's self 2) to sit, be seated, of a place occupied 2a) to have a fixed abode, to dwell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2522 kathemerinos {kath-ay-mer-ee-nos'} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2250;; §Î®eµü AV - daily 1; 1 1) ¨C¤Ñªº (#®{ 61|)

2522 kathemerinos {kath-ay-mer-ee-nos'} from 2596 and 2250;; adj AV - daily 1; 1 1) daily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2523 kathizo {kath-id'-zo} 2516 ªº¥t¤@«¬(¥D°ÊºA); TDNT - 3:440,386; °Êµü AV - sit 26, sit down 14, set 2, be set 2, be set down 2, continue 1, tarry 1; 48 1) ¨Ï§¤¤U, ¨Ï§¤¦b.... 1a) ³]©w, «ü©w, ±N°êÅv¥æ¥I¬Y¤H 2) (¤£¤Îª«°Êµüªº¥Îªk) 2a) §¤¤U 2b) ´Ï®§ 2b1) ©T©w¦w´Ï¤§¦a 2b2) ³r¯d, ©w©~, ¦w¹y¤U¨Ó

2523 kathizo {kath-id'-zo} another (active) form for 2516; TDNT - 3:440,386; v AV - sit 26, sit down 14, set 2, be set 2, be set down 2, continue 1, tarry 1; 48 1) to make to sit down 1a) to set, appoint, to confer a kingdom on one 2) intransitively 2a) to sit down 2b) to sit 2b1) to have fixed one's abode 2b2) to sojourn, to settle, settle down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2524 kathiemi {kath-ee'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 2596, and hiemi (to send);; °Êµü AV - let down 4; 4 1) ¦V¤Uµo°e, êØ¤U

2524 kathiemi {kath-ee'-ay-mee} from 2596, and hiemi (to send);; v AV - let down 4; 4 1) to send down, to let down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2525 kathi¦r·Fi {kath-is'-tay-mee} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 2476; TDNT - 3:444,387; °Êµü AV - make 8, make ruler 6, ordain 3, be 2, appoint 1, conduct 1, set 1; 22 1) «ü¬£, ³]¥ß, ¦w¸m 1a) «ü¬£¬Y¤H­t³d¬Y¨Æ 1b) «ü©w¬Y¤H±q¨Æ¬Y¶µÂ¾°È 1c) ¨M©w, ³]¸m, «Å§i, Åã©ú¨ä¬°... 1d) ¨î©w, ´£¥X«Å§i, ¨Ï¦¨¬° 1e) «ü¾É©Î¤Þ»â¦Ü¬Y­Ó¯S©wªº¦a¤è 1f) Åã¥Ü¦Û¤v, ¦Û§i¾Ä«i 1f1) ®¼¨­¦Ó¥X

2525 kathistemi {kath-is'-tay-mee} from 2596 and 2476; TDNT - 3:444,387; v AV - make 8, make ruler 6, ordain 3, be 2, appoint 1, conduct 1, set 1; 22 1) to set, place, put 1a) to set one over a thing (in charge of it) 1b) to appoint one to administer an office 1c) to set down as, constitute, to declare, show to be 1d) to constitute, to render, make, cause to be 1e) to conduct or bring to a certain place 1f) to show or exhibit one's self 1f1) come forward as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2526 katho {kath-o'} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3739;; °Æµü AV - according to 2, as 1, inasmuch as 1; 4 1) ®Ú¾Ú 1a) ¨Ì·Ó 1b) ¨ú¨M©ó, ¦b...½d³ò¤º, ¥Ø«e¬°¤î (#ù 8:26; ªL«e 8:12; ©¼«e 4:13|)

2526 katho {kath-o'} from 2596 and 3739;; adv AV - according to 2, as 1, inasmuch as 1; 4 1) according to what 1a) as 1b) according as, in so far as, so far forth as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2527 katholou {kath-ol'-oo} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3650;; °Æµü AV - at all 1; 1 1) ¥þ³¡ªº, ¥þµMªº, ©Ò¦³ªº (#®{ 4:18|)

2527 katholou {kath-ol'-oo} from 2596 and 3650;; adv AV - at all 1; 1 1) wholly, entirely, at all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2528 kathoplizo {kath-op-lid'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 3695;; °Êµü AV - arm 1; 1 1) ¥HªZ¾¹¸Ë³Æ #¸ô 11:21|

2528 kathoplizo {kath-op-lid'-zo} from 2596, and 3695;; v AV - arm 1; 1 1) furnish with arms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2529 kathorao {kath-or-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3708; TDNT - 5:379,706; °Êµü AV - clearly see 1; 1 1) ©¹¤U¬Ý, ±q¤W¦V¤U¬Ý, ±q°ª³BÆ[¬Ý 2) ¤@¥Ø¤FµM, ²M´·ªº¹îı, ©ú¥Õ (#ù 1:20|)

2529 kathorao {kath-or-ah'-o} from 2596 and 3708; TDNT - 5:379,706; v AV - clearly see 1; 1 1) to look down, see from above, view from on high 2) to see thoroughly, perceive clearly, understand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2530 kathoti {kath-ot'-ee} ·½¦Û 2596, and 3739 and 5100;; °Æµü AV - because 2, forsomuch as 1, as 1, according as 1; 5 1) ®Ú¾Ú... 1a) ºÉ..., ¨ú¨M©ó..., ­Õ­Y... 1b) ¦]¬°.... 1c) ¥¿¦p¬O...

2530 kathoti {kath-ot'-ee} from 2596, and 3739 and 5100;; adv AV - because 2, forsomuch as 1, as 1, according as 1; 5 1) according to what 1a) as far as, according as 1b) because that, because 1c) as just as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2531 kathos {kath-oce'} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 5613;; °Æµü AV - as 138, even as 36, according as 4, when 1, according to 1, how 1, as well as + 2532 1; 182 1) ·ÓµÛ 1a) ¥¿¦p, ´N¦b...¤§®É 1b) ¦p¦P, ´N¹³¬O... 2) ¬JµM, ų©ó..., ±q...ªº¨Æ¹ê¨Ó»¡ 3) ·í...®É, ¨ÌµÛ...

2531 kathos {kath-oce'} from 2596 and 5613;; adv AV - as 138, even as 36, according as 4, when 1, according to 1, how 1, as well as + 2532 1; 182 1) according as 1a) just as, even as 1b) in proportion as, in the degree that 2) since, seeing that, agreeably to the fact that 3) when, after that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2532 kai {kahee} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó°ò¥»½èµü/»y§Uµü, ¦³³sô(©Î¦³®É¬O³sÄò)ªº§@¥Î;; ³s±µµü AV - and 8182, also 515, even 108, both 43, then 20, so 18, likewise 13, not tr. 354, misc 46, vr and 1; 9280 1) ©M, ¨Ã¥B, §Y¨Ï, ¨Æ¹ê¤W, ¦ý¬O, ¤], ¬Æ¦Ü©ó,

2532 kai {kahee} apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force;; conj AV - and 8182, also 515, even 108, both 43, then 20, so 18, likewise 13, not tr. 354, misc 46, vr and 1; 9280 1) and, also, even, indeed, but
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2533 Kaiaphas {kah-ee-af'-as} ·½¦Û¨ÈÄõ¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Caiaphas 9; 9 ¸Ó¨Èªk = "¦X©y±oÅé" 1) µS¤Ó¤Hªº¤j²½¥q,¦b©w¸o­C¿q¤@®×¬OÃöÁ䨤¦â.

2533 Kaiaphas {kah-ee-af'-as} of Aramaic origin;; n pr m AV - Caiaphas 9; 9 Caiaphas = "as comely" 1) a high priest of the Jews appointed to that office by Valerius Gratus, governor of Judaea, after removal of Simon, son of Camith, A.D. 18, and was removed A.D. 36 by Vitellius, governor of Syria, who appointed Jonathan, son of Ananus (Annus, father-in-law of Caiaphas), his successor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2534 kaige {kah'-ee-gheh} ·½¦Û 2532 ©M 1065;; ³s±µµü AV - at least 1; 1 1) ¨Ã¥B¦Ü¤Ö, ¬Æ¦Ü(#¸ô 19:42;®{ 11:18|)

2534 kaige {kah'-ee-gheh} from 2532 and 1065;; conj AV - at least 1; 1 1) and at least, indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2535 Kain {kah'-in} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 07014; TDNT - 1:6,*;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cain 3; 3 ¸ÓÁô = "¥Í²£ªÌ:¡@»s³yªÌ¡]¦r­±¤Wªº·N«ä¬O ÅK¦K)" 1) ¨È·íªºªø¤l, ¬°¨ä¥S§Ì¨È§B©Ò±þ

2535 Kain {kah'-in} of Hebrew origin 07014; TDNT - 1:6,*; n pr m AV - Cain 3; 3 Cain = "maker: fabricator (literally smith)" 1) the first born of Adam, and slew his brother, Abel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2536 Kainan {kah-ee-nan'} of Hebrew origin 07018;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cainan 2; 2 ¸Ó«n= "¥L­ÌªºÅK¦K" 1) ¸Ó«n¬O¥H®¿¤hªº¨à¤l (#³Ð 5:9; ¸ô 3:37|) 2) ¸Ó«n¬O¨Èªk¼»ªº¨à¤l, °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý (#¸ô 3:36|)

2536 Kainan {kah-ee-nan'} of Hebrew origin 07018;; n pr m AV - Cainan 2; 2 Cainan = "their smith" 1) the son of Enos, Gen. 5:9 2) son of Arphaxad and ancestor of Christ, Lk 3:36
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2537 kainos {kahee-nos'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä·N«ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 3:447,388; §Î®eµü AV - new 44; 44 1) ·sªº 1a) «ü¦b¥~§Î¤W 1a1) ³Ì·s§@ªº, ·sÂAªº, ³Ìªñªº, ©|¥¼¥Î¹Lªº, ¥þ·sªº 1b) «ü¨ä¥»½è¤W 1b1) ·s«¬ªº, µL«e¨Òªº, ·s¿oªº, µ}¤Öªº, ¥¼´¿Å¥»Dªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5852

2537 kainos {kahee-nos'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:447,388; adj AV - new 44; 44 1) new 1a) as respects form 1a1) recently made, fresh, recent, unused, unworn 1b) as respects substance 1b1) of a new kind, unprecedented, novel, uncommon, unheard of For Synonyms see entry 5852
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2538 kainotes {kahee-not'-ace} ·½¦Û2537; TDNT - 3:450,388; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- newness 2; 2 1) ·sªº 1a) ¬O«ü¸tÆF§â§Ú­Ì©ñ¸m¨ä¤¤ªº¨º¤@­Ó¥Í©Rªº·sª¬ºA¡A¥H­P©ó¯à°÷²£¥Í¤@ºØ ·sªº¤ßºA´N¬O¥Ã¥Í¡C

2538 kainotes {kahee-not'-ace} from 2537; TDNT - 3:450,388; n f AV - newness 2; 2 1) newness 1a) in the new state of life in which the Holy Spirit places us so as to produce a new state which is eternal life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2539 kaiper {kah'-ee-per} ·½©ó 2532 ©M 4007;; ³s±µµü AV - though 5, and yet 1; 6 1) ÁöµM

2539 kaiper {kah'-ee-per} from 2532 and 4007;; conj AV - though 5, and yet 1; 6 1) although
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2540 kairos {kahee-ros'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä·N¸q¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 3:455,389;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - time 64, season 13, opportunity 2, due time 2, always + 1722 + 3956 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 87 1) ®É­Ô¨ì¤F 2) ¤@ºØ¹ï®É¶¡ªº¶q´ú¦ôºâªºªí¹F, ¸ûªø©Î¸ûµuªº®É¶¡³£¥i¨Ï¥Î, ¦]¦Ó¥i¥H«ü: 2a) ©T©w½T¤Áªº®É¨è, ¦p¨Æ±¡µo®i¨ì¤F¤@­«­nªºÃöÀY, ¬YÃöÁä©Êªº®É¨è 2b) ¾A®Éªº, ¤Î®Éªº 2c) ´N¬O³o®É­Ô¤F 2d) ¦³­­ªº®É¶¡ 2e) ÀHµÛ®É¶¡¦Ó¨Óªº, ¥Ø«e¬y¦æªºÁͶÕ, ¾A·í®É¾÷©Òµo¥Íªº¨Æ±¡©Î¨Æ¥ó ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5853

2540 kairos {kahee-ros'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:455,389; n m AV - time 64, season 13, opportunity 2, due time 2, always + 1722 + 3956 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 87 1) due measure 2) a measure of time, a larger or smaller portion of time, hence: 2a) a fixed and definite time, the time when things are brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for 2b) opportune or seasonable time 2c) the right time 2d) a limited period of time 2e) to what time brings, the state of the times, the things and events of time For Synonyms see entry 5853
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2541 Kaisar {kah'-ee-sar} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Caesar 30; 30 ¸Ó¼» = "severed" 1) ¥»¬O³Í¼»¤j«Òªº¦W¦r,«á¨Ó¦¨¬°Ã¹°¨¬Ó«ÒªºÀY»Î

2541 Kaisar {kah'-ee-sar} of Latin origin;; n m AV - Caesar 30; 30 Caesar = "severed" 1) the surname of Julius Caesar, which adopted by Octavius Augustus and his successors afterwards became a title, and was appropriated by the Roman emperors as part of their title
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2542 Kaisereia {kahee-sar'-i-a} ·½¦Û 2541;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Caesarea (of Palestine) 15, Caesarea (Philippi) 2; 17 ¸Ó¼»§Q¨È = "¤ÁÂ_ªº" 1) ¦ì©ó¶Âªù¤s¸}¤Uªº¤@®y«°,­ì¥ýºÙ¬°Paneas;«á¨Ó¥Ñ¤À«Ê¤ýµÌ¥ß¤ñ­««Ø, °_¦W¬°¸Ó¼»§Q¨È,¬ö©À¸Ó¼»´£¤ñ¯d´µ(Tiberias Caesar) (#¤Ó16:13; ¥i 8:27|) 2) ¦ì©ó­{±K¤s«n¤èªº«°¥«,¥Ñ§Æ«ß¤j«Ò©Ò«Ø,¬ö©À¸Ó¼»¶ø¥j´µ·þ,«á¨Ó¦¨¬° ù°¨Á`·þ©Ò¦b¦a.

2542 Kaisereia {kahee-sar'-i-a} from 2541;; n pr loc AV - Caesarea (of Palestine) 15, Caesarea (Philippi) 2; 17 Caesarea = "severed" 1) Caesarea of Philippi was situated at the foot of Lebanon near the sources of the Jordan in Gaulanitis, and formerly called Paneas; but afterward being rebuilt by Philip the tetrarch, it was called by him Caesarea, in honour of Tiberias Caesar; subsequently called Neronias by Agrippa II, in honour of Nero. 2) Caesarea of Palestine was built near the Mediterranean by Herod the Great on the site of Strabo's Tower, between Joppa and Dora. It was provided with a magnificent harbour and had conferred upon it the name of Caesarea, in honour of Augustus. It was the residence of Roman procurators, and the majority of its inhabitants were Greeks.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2543 kaitoi {kah'-ee-toy} ·½©ó 2532 ©M 5104;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - although 1; 1 1) µM¦Ó, ÁöµM

2543 kaitoi {kah'-ee-toy} from 2532 and 5104;; particle AV - although 1; 1 1) and yet, although
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2544 kaitoige {kah'-ee-toyg-eh} ·½¦Û 2543 and 1065;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - though 2, nevertheless 1; 3 1) µM¦Ó, «o (#¬ù 4:2; ®{ 14;17, 17:27|)

2544 kaitoige {kah'-ee-toyg-eh} from 2543 and 1065;; particle AV - though 2, nevertheless 1; 3 1) and yet, thought
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2545 kaio {kah'-yo} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 3:464,390; °Êµü AV - burn 10, did burn + 2258 1, light 1; 12 1) ÂI¤õ, ÂI¿O, ¿N 2) µI¿N, ¥Î¤õ¤ÆÂu

2545 kaio {kah'-yo} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:464,390; v AV - burn 10, did burn + 2258 1, light 1; 12 1) to set on fire, light, burning 2) to burn, consume with fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2546 kakei {kak-i'} ·½¦Û 2532 ©M 1563;; °Æµü AV - and there 9, there also 1, thither also 1; 11 1) ¥B¦b¨º¸Ì 2) ¨º¸Ì¤]

2546 kakei {kak-i'} from 2532 and 1563;; adv AV - and there 9, there also 1, thither also 1; 11 1) and there 2) there also
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2547 kakeithen {kak-i'-then} ·½¦Û 2532 and 1564;; °Æµü AV - and from thence 5, and thence 2, and afterward 1, thence also 1; 9 1) «ü¦a¤è 1a) ±q¨º¸Ì, ¨º¸Ì 2) «ü®É¶¡ 2a) ±q¦¹¥H«á, «á¨Ó

2547 kakeithen {kak-i'-then} from 2532 and 1564;; adv AV - and from thence 5, and thence 2, and afterward 1, thence also 1; 9 1) of place 1a) and from thence, and thence 2) of time 2a) and thereafter, and afterward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2548 kakeinos {kak-i'-nos} ·½©ó 2532 ©M 1565;; ¬Ù²¤¦r(?) AV - and he 4, and they 3, he also 3, and them 2, and the other 2, and him 2, they also 2, him also 1, misc 4; 23 1) ¥H¤Î¥L..., ¥L¤]¤@¼Ë...

2548 kakeinos {kak-i'-nos} from 2532 and 1565;; contr AV - and he 4, and they 3, he also 3, and them 2, and the other 2, and him 2, they also 2, him also 1, misc 4; 23 1) and he, he also
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2549 kakia {kak-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2556; TDNT - 3:482,391; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - malice 6, maliciousness 2, evil 1, wickedness 1, naughtiness 1; 11 1) ´c©À, ¤ï·N 2) ¨¸´c, ¨õ¦H 3) ¤Ì¹B, ÃøÃö (#¤Ó 6:34|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5855

2549 kakia {kak-ee'-ah} from 2556; TDNT - 3:482,391; n f AV - malice 6, maliciousness 2, evil 1, wickedness 1, naughtiness 1; 11 1) malignity, malice, ill-will, desire to injure 2) wickedness, depravity 2a) wickedness that is not ashamed to break laws 3) evil, trouble For Synonyms see entry 5855
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2550 kakoetheia {kak-o-ay'-thi-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 2556 and 2239; TDNT - 3:485,391; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - malignity 1; 1 1) ¤£¦nªº­Ó©Ê, ¤ßÆF»P¥Í¬¡ªº¼Z¸¨ (#ù 1:29|) 2) ¤ßÃh´c·Nªº¬¾·â, ´c¬rªº¸Þ¶B

2550 kakoetheia {kak-o-ay'-thi-ah} from a compound of 2556 and 2239; TDNT - 3:485,391; n f AV - malignity 1; 1 1) bad character, depravity of heart and life 2) malignant subtlety, malicious craftiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2551 kakologeo {kak-ol-og-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 2556 and 3056; TDNT - 3:468,391; °Êµü AV - curse 2, speak evil of 2; 4 1) »¡¨¸´cªº¨¥»y, °d½|, ·´Á½¤H 2) ©G¶A

2551 kakologeo {kak-ol-og-eh'-o} from a compound of 2556 and 3056; TDNT - 3:468,391; v AV - curse 2, speak evil of 2; 4 1) to speak evil of, revile, abuse, one 2) to curse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2552 kakopatheia {kak-op-ath'-i-ah} ·½¦Û 2556 ©M 3806 ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 5:936,798; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - suffering affliction 1; 1 1) ¤£©¯ªº­WÃø, ¥ç§Y: ¦MÃø, µh­W, §é¿i #¶® 5:10|

2552 kakopatheia {kak-op-ath'-i-ah} from a compound of 2556 and 3806; TDNT - 5:936,798; n f AV - suffering affliction 1; 1 1) the suffering of evil, i.e. trouble, distress, afflicted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2553 kakopatheo {kak-op-ath-eh'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2552; TDNT - 5:936,798; °Êµü AV - endure hardness 1, suffer trouble 1, endure affliction 1, be afflicted 1; 4 1) §Ô¨ü§é¿iÃg»@ (Á}Ãø§x­W) 2) ¨ü­W´o§é¿i

2553 kakopatheo {kak-op-ath-eh'-o} from the same as 2552; TDNT - 5:936,798; v AV - endure hardness 1, suffer trouble 1, endure affliction 1, be afflicted 1; 4 1) to suffer (endure) evils (hardships, troubles) 2) to be afflicted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2554 kakopoieo {kak-op-oy-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2555; TDNT - 3:485,391; °Êµü AV - do evil 3, evil doing 1; 4 1) ¶Ë®` 2) §@´c¨Æ, ¥Ç¿ù

2554 kakopoieo {kak-op-oy-eh'-o} from 2555; TDNT - 3:485,391; v AV - do evil 3, evil doing 1; 4 1) to do harm 2) to do evil, do wrong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2555 kakopoios {kak-op-oy-os'} ·½¦Û 2556 and 4160; TDNT - 3:485,391; §Î®eµü AV - evildoer 4, malefactor 1; 5 1) ¦æ¬°¨¸´cªº, §@´cªº

2555 kakopoios {kak-op-oy-os'} from 2556 and 4160; TDNT - 3:485,391; adj AV - evildoer 4, malefactor 1; 5 1) an evil doer, malefactor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2556 kakos {kak-os'} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 3:469,391; §Î®eµü AV - evil 40, evil things 3, harm 2, that which is evil + 3458 2, wicked 1, ill 1, bad 1, noisome 1; 51 1) «ü¤£¦nªº¥»½è 1a) ¤£¹³¨äÀ³µM¬Oªº¨º¼Ë 2) «ü¤@ºØ«ä¦Ò, ·Pı, ¦æ¬°ªº¤è¦¡ 2a) ¨õ¦Hªº, ¿ù»~ªº, ¨¸´cªº 3) ¥O¤H­W´oªº, ¶Ë®`ªº, ­P©Rªº, ¦³®`ªº

2556 kakos {kak-os'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:469,391; adj AV - evil 40, evil things 3, harm 2, that which is evil + 3458 2, wicked 1, ill 1, bad 1, noisome 1; 51 1) of a bad nature 1a) not such as it ought to be 2) of a mode of thinking, feeling, acting 2a) base, wrong, wicked 3) troublesome, injurious, pernicious, destructive, baneful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2557 kakourgos {kak-oor'-gos} ·½¦Û 2556 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 3:484,391; §Î®eµü AV - malefactor 3, evil doer 1; 4 1) ´cªÌ, §@´c¦hºÝªº, ¥Ç¤H

2557 kakourgos {kak-oor'-gos} from 2556 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 3:484,391; adj AV - malefactor 3, evil doer 1; 4 1) a malefactor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2558 kakoucheo {kak-oo-kheh'-o} ·½©ó 2556 ©M 2192 ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; °Êµü AV - torment 1, suffer adversity 1; 2 1) ´c«Ý, ­W«Ý, À£­¢, ¨Ï¾D¬o

2558 kakoucheo {kak-oo-kheh'-o} from a presumed compound of 2556 and 2192;; v AV - torment 1, suffer adversity 1; 2 1) to treat ill, oppress, plague
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2559 kakoo {kak-o'-o} ·½¦Û 2556; TDNT - 3:484,391; °Êµü AV - entreat evil 2, make evil affected 1, vex 1, hurt 1, harm 1; 6 1) À£­¢, §é¿i, ¶Ë®`, ­h¥N 2) ¨Ï¤HÃø¨ü, ¥H´c¬Û«Ý

2559 kakoo {kak-o'-o} from 2556; TDNT - 3:484,391; v AV - entreat evil 2, make evil affected 1, vex 1, hurt 1, harm 1; 6 1) to oppress, afflict, harm, maltreat 2) to embitter, render evil affected
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2560 kakos {kak-oce'} ·½¦Û 2556; TDNT - 4:1091,*; °Æµü AV - be sick + 2192 7, be diseased + 2192 2, evil 2, grievously 1, sore 1, miserable 1, amiss 1, sick people + 2192 1; 16 1) µh­Wªº, ¦³¯fªº 2) ¤£¾A·í¦a, ¿ù»~¦a 3) Á¿....ªºÃa¸Ü, °d½|, ·´Á½

2560 kakos {kak-oce'} from 2556; TDNT - 4:1091,*; adv AV - be sick + 2192 7, be diseased + 2192 2, evil 2, grievously 1, sore 1, miserable 1, amiss 1, sick people + 2192 1; 16 1) miserable, to be ill 2) improperly, wrongly 3) to speak ill of, revile, one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2561 kakosis {kak'-o-sis} ·½¦Û 2559;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - affliction 1; 1 1) ¤£©¯ªº«Ý¹J, ¤£·íªº¨Ï¥Î

2561 kakosis {kak'-o-sis} from 2559;; n f AV - affliction 1; 1 1) ill treatment, ill usage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2562 kalame {kal-am'-ay} ·½¦Û 2563;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - stubble 1; 1 1) ¥ÝÖÅ,Ώ«,Ī²Ãªº²ô±ì,Â_®è, 1a) ½\ÁJ³Q¬å°£³Ñ¤Uªº²ô±ì

2562 kalame {kal-am'-ay} from 2563;; n f AV - stubble 1; 1 1) a stalk of grain or a reed, stubble, 1a) the stalk left after the ears are cut off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2563 kalamos {kal'-am-os} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reed 11, pen 1; 12 1) Ώ« 2) ¥ÑΏ«§@ªº±ì¤l, άñ 3) ´ú¶q¥ÎªºÄª¬ñ©Î±ì¤l 4) ¥Îάñ§@ªºµ§, µ§

2563 kalamos {kal'-am-os} or uncertain affinity;; n m AV - reed 11, pen 1; 12 1) a reed 2) a staff made of a reed, a reed staff 3) a measuring reed or rod 4) a writer's reed, a pen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2564 kaleo {kal-eh'-o} ªñ¦ü©ó 2753 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 3:487,394; °Êµü AV - call 125, bid 16, be so named 1, named + 3686 1, misc 3; 146 1) ¥s³Û, ¥l³ê 1a) ¤jÁn©I¥s, ¤jÁn³Û¥s 1b) ÁܽР2) ºÙ©I, ¥ç§Y ©R¦W, ¨ú¦W¦r 2a) ©R¦W 2a1) ³Q©R¦W¬°..., ±µ¨ü¤@­Ó¦W¦r 2a2) µ¹¬Y¤H¨ú¦W¦r, ºÙ©I¥Lªº¦W¦r 2b) ³QºÙ¬°..., ¥ç§Y ©Ó¨ü¤@­Ó¦W¸¹©ÎÀY»Î(¦b¤H¸s¤¤) 2c) ¥H¬Y¤Hªº¦Wªí¥Ü¹ï¨äªº·q·N ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5823

2564 kaleo {kal-eh'-o} akin to the base of 2753; TDNT - 3:487,394; v AV - call 125, bid 16, be so named 1, named + 3686 1, misc 3; 146 1) to call 1a) to call aloud, utter in a loud voice 1b) to invite 2) to call i.e. to name, by name 2a) to give a name to 2a1) to receive the name of, receive as a name 2a2) to give some name to one, call his name 2b) to be called i.e. to bear a name or title (among men) 2c) to salute one by name For Synonyms see entry 5823
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2565 kallielaios {kal-le-el'-ah-yos} ·½¦Û the base of 2566 »P1636;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - good olive tree 1; 1 1) ¶é¤¤ªº¾ñÆV¡A¬Û¹ï©ó³¥¥Íªº¾ñÆV

2565 kallielaios {kal-le-el'-ah-yos} from the base of 2566 and 1636;; n f AV - good olive tree 1; 1 1) the garden olive as opposed to the wild olive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2566 kallion {kal-lee'-on} ¤¤©Ê of the (irregular) comparative of 2570;; comparative AV - very well 1; 1 1) §ó¦n,§ó¾A·í (#®{ 25:10|)

2566 kallion {kal-lee'-on} neuter of the (irregular) comparative of 2570;; comparative AV - very well 1; 1 1) better
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2567 kalodidaskalos {kal-od-id-as'-kal-os} ·½¦Û 2570 and 1320; TDNT - 2:159,161; §Î®eµü AV - teacher of good things 1; 1 1) ±Ð¾É¦³¯q³B¥¿­±ªº¨Æ±¡, ¨}µ½ªº±Ð®v (#¦h 2:3|)

2567 kalodidaskalos {kal-od-id-as'-kal-os} from 2570 and 1320; TDNT - 2:159,161; adj AV - teacher of good things 1; 1 1) teaching that which is good, a teacher of goodness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2568 Kaloi Limenes {kal-oy' lee-men'-es} 2570 ©M 3040ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Fair Havens 1; 1 ¨Î¿D = "¦n´ä" 1) §J¨½¯S®q¤Wªº¤@­Ó¿DÆW, ¦bLasaea¥«ªþªñ, ¦]¦³¦n´ä¦Ó±o¦¹¦W(#®{ 27:8|)

2568 Kaloi Limenes {kal-oy' lee-men'-es} plural of 2570 and 3040;; n pr loc AV - Fair Havens 1; 1 Fair Havens = "goodly ports" 1) a bay of Crete, near the city Lasaea, so called because it had a good harbour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2569 kalopoieo {kal-op-oy-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2570 and 4160;; °Êµü AV - well doing 1; 1 1) ¦æµ½¨Æ, ¦æ°Ê¥¿ª½ (#©««á 3:13|)

2569 kalopoieo {kal-op-oy-eh'-o} from 2570 and 4160;; v AV - well doing 1; 1 1) to do well, act uprightly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2570 kalos {kal-os'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Û¦üªº¦r; TDNT - 3:536,402; §Î®eµü AV - good 83, better 7, honest 5, meet 2, goodly 2, misc 3; 102 1) º}«Gªº, ¬ü»ªªº, ¨ô¶Vªº, ³Ç¥Xªº, ¤W¿ïªº, «D¤Zªº, ¬Ã¶Qªº, ¦³¥Îªº, ¾A¦Xªº, ­È±o±ÀÂ˪º, ¨Ø±oºÙÆgªº 1a) ¦n¬Ýªº, «ººAÀu¬üªº, ¶¯°¶§§Æ[ªº 1b) «ü¥»½è¤Î¯S©Ê¤WªºÀu¶V, ¦]¦Ó¦b¦U¤è­±³£Åã±o¦X©y 1b1) ¦W²Å¨ä¹êªº, ³Q»{¥iªº 1b2) ¨ü­«µøªº 1b3) ¨Ï¯à³Ó¥ô¨ä©Ò³Q«ü¬£ªº¥ô°Èªº¤H, ¦³¯à¤Oªº, ¯à·Fªº, ¥¿¾A©ó¨ä¤Àªº 1b4) ¨Ø±o¹|Ægªº, ´L¶Qªº 1c) «ü¥Ñ¤º¤ß¤Î¥Í©R¤§¯Â²b¦ÓÅã¥XªºÀu¬ü, ¦]¦Ó­È±o¹|Æg 1c1) «~¼w¤Wªº¨}¦n, ´L¶Q 1d) ¦³´Lºa¦W±æªº, µ¹»PºaÄ£ 1e) ¤ß¤¤ÅwªY·P¨üªº, µ¹»P¦w¼¢ªº©M°í±j·N§Óªº

2570 kalos {kal-os'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:536,402; adj AV - good 83, better 7, honest 5, meet 2, goodly 2, misc 3; 102 1) beautiful, handsome, excellent, eminent, choice, surpassing, precious, useful, suitable, commendable, admirable 1a) beautiful to look at, shapely, magnificent 1b) good, excellent in its nature and characteristics, and therefore well adapted to its ends 1b1) genuine, approved 1b2) precious 1b3) joined to names of men designated by their office, competent, able, such as one ought to be 1b4) praiseworthy, noble 1c) beautiful by reason of purity of heart and life, and hence praiseworthy 1c1) morally good, noble 1d) honourable, conferring honour 1e) affecting the mind agreeably, comforting and confirming
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2571 kaluma {kal'-oo-mah} ·½¦Û 2572; TDNT - 3:558,405; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - vail 4; 4 1) ­±¯½, ¥~¸n

2571 kaluma {kal'-oo-mah} from 2572; TDNT - 3:558,405; n n AV - vail 4; 4 1) a veil, covering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2572 kalupto {kal-oop'-to} ªñ¦ü to 2813 and 2928; TDNT - 3:536,405; °Êµü AV - cover 5, hide 3; 8 1) ±»»\, ¾B½ª 1a) »X½ª, ªýÂZ¹ï¨Æ°Èªº»{ª¾

2572 kalupto {kal-oop'-to} akin to 2813 and 2928; TDNT - 3:536,405; v AV - cover 5, hide 3; 8 1) to hide, veil 1a) to hinder the knowledge of a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2573 kalos {kal-oce'} ·½©ó 2570;; °Æµü AV - well 30, good 2, full well 1, very well 1, misc. 3; 37 1) ¬üÄR¦a, ºë½o¦a, ¯S¯Åªº, «Ü¦nªº 1a) ¤½¸qªº, µL¥i«ü³d©Î¥i²Û®¢ªº, ¬ü¦nªº, ¯u¸Ûªº 1b) ³Ç¥Xªº, °ª¶Qªº, ­È±oºÙÆgªº, ¥O¤H´Ü¨Øªº 1c) Åé­±ªº, ¦³¨­¤À¦a¦ì 1c1) ¥Í¬¡¦b¦w¾A, ¥O¤H´r§Öªº¦a¤è 1d) »¡¤Hªº¦n¸Ü, ¦n¦æ¬° 1e) ¨­Åé°·±d («ü¥Ñ¯f¤¤«ì´_°·±d)

2573 kalos {kal-oce'} from 2570;; adv AV - well 30, good 2, full well 1, very well 1, misc. 3; 37 1) beautifully, finely, excellently, well 1a) rightly, so that there shall be no room for blame, well, truly 1b) excellently, nobly, commendably 1c) honourably, in honour 1c1) in a good place, comfortable 1d) to speak well of one, to do good 1e) to be well (of those recovering health)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2574 kamelos {kam'-ay-los} of Hebrew origin 01581; TDNT - 3:592,413; n m/f AV - camel 6; 6 1) Àd¾m

2574 kamelos {kam'-ay-los} of Hebrew origin 01581; TDNT - 3:592,413; n m/f AV - camel 6; 6 1) camel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2575 kaminos {kam'-ee-nos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2545;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - furnace 4; 4 1) ¤õÄl, º²Äl 1a) ¥Î©óº²·Ò 1b) ¥Î©ó¿Nº²³³¾¹ 1c) ¥Î©ó¯M¯NÄÑ¥]

2575 kaminos {kam'-ee-nos} probably from 2545;; n f AV - furnace 4; 4 1) a furnace 1a) for smelting 1b) for burning earthen ware 1c) for baking bread
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2576 kammuo {kam-moo'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 2596 and the base of 3466;; °Êµü AV - close 2; 2 1) ³¬²´, ±N²´·ú³¬Âó (#¤Ó 13:15; ®{ 28:27|)

2576 kammuo {kam-moo'-o} from a compound of 2596 and the base of 3466;; v AV - close 2; 2 1) to shut the eyes, close the eyes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2577 kamno {kam'-no} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü;; °Êµü AV - be wearied 1, sick 1, faint 1; 3 1) ¯ÓºÉºë¤O, ¥F­Â, ¯h§x 2) ¥Í¯f

2577 kamno {kam'-no} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - be wearied 1, sick 1, faint 1; 3 1) to grow weary, be weary 2) to be sick
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2578 kampto {kamp'-to} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:594,413; °Êµü AV - bow 4; 4 1) Ås¦±, ©}½¥, ½¥»\ (Âù¸}½¥»\) 1a) ¦VµÛ¤@­Ó¤H 1a1) ¦b¤@­Ó¤HªººaÄ£¤¤ 1a2) ¦b©v±Ðªº±R«ô¤¤ 1b) ¬°·q«ôªÌ©Ò¨Ï¥Î 2) ¦V¦Û¤v¸÷«ô­P·q

2578 kampto {kamp'-to} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:594,413; v AV - bow 4; 4 1) to bend, bow, the knee (the knees) 1a) to one 1a1) in honour of one 1a2) in religious veneration 1b) used of worshippers 2) to bow one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2579 kan {kan} ·½©ó 2532 ©M 1437;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - though 4, and if 3, if but 2, also if 1, at the least 1, and if so much as 1, yet 1; 13 1) ¦Ó­Y¬O, ¦pªG, ©Î¬O 2) ¤]¬O ©Î §Y¨Ï¬O 2a) ¥u¦³, ¶È¶È, ¦Ü¤Ö 2b) §Y¨Ï, §Y«K

2579 kan {kan} from 2532 and 1437;; particle AV - though 4, and if 3, if but 2, also if 1, at the least 1, and if so much as 1, yet 1; 13 1) and if 2) also or even if 2a) of only, at least 2b) even if
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2580 Kana {kan-ah'} of Hebrew origin, cf 07071;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Cana 4; 4 ­{®³= "Ώ«ÂO¥Í¤§³B" 1)¥[§Q§Qªº¤@­Ó§ø²ø¡A®³¼»°Ç¦è¥_¤è 5 miles (8 km)

2580 Kana {kan-ah'} of Hebrew origin, cf 07071;; n pr loc AV - Cana 4; 4 Cana = "place of reeds" 1) a village in Galilee about 5 miles (8 km) NW from Nazareth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2581 Kananites {kan-an-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û¨ÈÄõ¤å, cf 07067;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Canaanite 2; 2 ­{®³¤H

2581 Kananites {kan-an-ee'-tace} of Aramaic origin, cf 07067;; n pr m AV - Canaanite 2; 2 Canaanite = "zealous" 1) the surname of apostle Simon, otherwise known as "Simon Zelotes"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2582 Kandake {kan-dak'-ay} of foreign origin;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Candace 1; 1 ¤z¤j°ò 1) #®{ 8:27| ©Ò´£¤Î¤@¦ì®J´£ªü§B (¦ç¯Á¤Ç¨È) ¬Ó¤Ó¦Zªº¶Ç²Î»Î¸¹, ­t³d¬°°õ¬Fªº°ê¤ý³B²z«U¨Æ, ³o¬O¦]¬°°ê¤ý³Qµø¬°·¥¯«¸t, ¤£À³ ³B²z«U¨Æ¤§¬G.

2582 Kandake {kan-dak'-ay} of foreign origin;; n pr f AV - Candace 1; 1 Candace = "prince of servants" 1) a queen of Ethiopia mentioned in Acts 8:27. (A.D. 38) The name was not a proper name of an individual, but that of a dynasty of Ethiopian queens.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2583 kanon {kan-ohn'} ·½¦Û kane (µ§ª½ªº¸«¤l, ¥ç§Y"§ú"); TDNT - 3:596,414;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - rule 4, line 1; 5 1) ³W«h,¼Ð·Ç (#¥[ 6:16; µÌ 3:16|) 2) (¬¡°Êªº¤è¦V»P³W¹º) «ü¬£,³W¹º (#ªL«á 10:13,15,16|)

2583 kanon {kan-ohn'} from kane (a straight reed, i.e. rod); TDNT - 3:596,414; n m AV - rule 4, line 1; 5 1) a rod or straight piece of rounded wood to which any thing is fastened to keep it straight 1a) used for various purposes 1a1) a measuring rod, rule 1a2) a carpenter's line or measuring tape 1a3) the measure of a leap, as in the Olympic games 2) a definitely bounded or fixed space within the limits of which one's power of influence is confined 2a) the province assigned one 2b) one's sphere of activity 3) metaph. any rule or standard, a principle or law of investigating, judging, living, acting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2584 Kapernaoum {cap-er-nah-oom'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Capernaum 16; 16 ­{¦Ê¹A = "¦w¼¢¤§§ø" 1) ¥[§Q§Q®üÃ䪺¤@®y«°,¥¿½T¦aÂI¤£©ú

2584 Kapernaoum {cap-er-nah-oom'} of Hebrew origin, probably 03723 and 05151;; n pr loc AV - Capernaum 16; 16 Capernaum = "village of comfort" 1) a flourishing city of Galilee situated on the western shore of the Sea of Galilee or Lake of Gennesaret, near the place where the Jordan flows into the lake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2585 kapeleuo {kap-ale-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û kapelos (¤p³c); TDNT - 3:603,415; °Êµü AV - corrupt 1; 1 1) ¥æ©ö,³c½æ,¥s½æ.¦]µÛ¤p³cªº¸Þ¶B¦æ®|, ³o­Ó¦r´X¥G´N¬O"ºUÂø"ªº·N«ä (#ªL«á 2:17|)

2585 kapeleuo {kap-ale-yoo'-o} from kapelos (a huckster); TDNT - 3:603,415; v AV - corrupt 1; 1 1) to be a retailer, to peddle 2) to make money by selling anything 2a) to get sordid gain by dealing in anything, to do a thing for base gain 2b) to trade in the word of God 2b1) to try to get base gain by teaching divine truth 2c) to corrupt, to adulterate 2c1) peddlers were in the habit of adulterating their commodities for the sake of gain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2586 kapnos {kap-nos'} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - smoke 13; 13 1) ·Ï

2586 kapnos {kap-nos'} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - smoke 13; 13 1) smoke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2587 Kappadokia {kap-pad-ok-ee'-ah} of foreign origin;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Cappadocia 2; 2 ¥[©¬¦h¥[ = "¨}¾s¤À§Gªº¦a°Ï" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Ó°Ï°ì,ù°¨«Ò°êªºÃä¬É,½´¶ð´µªº¥_¤è, ¤p¨È¬ü¥§¨ÈªºªF¤è, ¦è¨½¦è¨È©MCommageneªº«n¤è, ¤O¥d¶ø¥§¨È©M¥[©Ô¤Óªº¦è¤è

2587 Kappadokia {kap-pad-ok-ee'-ah} of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Cappadocia 2; 2 Cappadocia = "province of good horses" 1) a region in Asia Minor, bounded under the Roman empire on the north by Pontus, on the east by Armenia Minor, on the south by Cilicia and Commagene, on the west by Lycaonia and Galatia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2588 kardia {kar-dee'-ah} ©µªø¦Û¡G­ì¦r kar (©Ô¤B¤å, cor, "¤ß"); TDNT - 3:605,415; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- heart 159, broken hearted + 4937 1; 160 1) ¤ß 1a) °Êª«¨­Å骺¾¹©x;¦å²G´`Àôªº¤¤¤ß, ¦]¦¹³Q¬Ý°µ ¬Oª«½è¦×Åé¥Í©Rªº¬¡°Ê¤¤¤ß¦ì¸m¡C 1b) ¶H¼x¦×Åé¥Í©R©MÄÝÆF¥Í©Rªº¤¤¤ß¡C 2a) ¦×Åé¥Í©Rªº¬¡¤O©M·Pı¤O¡C 2b) ÄÝÆF¥Í©Rªº¤¤¤ß©M¬¡°Ê©Ò¦b¦a¡C 2b1) »î©Î¤ß«ä, ´N¬O«ä·Q,±¡·P,¼¤±æ, ³ß¦n, ·R¼}, ¥Ø ªº, ¸Õ¹Ïªº®Ú·½©M¬¡°Ê¤¤¤ß©Ò¦b¦a¡C 2b2) »P²z¸Ñ¤O¦³Ãöªº, ´N¬O´¼¼zªº¾÷¯à©M¤¤¤ß¦ì¸m¡C 2b3) ·N§Ó©M©Ê®æªº¤¤¤ß©M©Ò¦b¦a¡C 2b4) ·í»î³Q¦nªº©Î¬O¤£¦nªº¤è¦¡¿E°Ê®É, ¨ä©Ò¦bªº ¤¤¤ß¦ì¸m©M¬¡°Ê¤¤¤ß¡C©Î¬O»îªº¤¤¤ß¡A´N¬O ·Pı¡A±¡·P¡A±¡ºü¡A¼¤±æ¡A³ß¦n¡A¼ö·Rªº¤¤ ¤ß©Ò¦b¡C 1c) ¥ô¦ó¨Æª«ªº¤¤¶¡³¡¦ì©Î¤¤¤ß¦ì¸m¡A©Î¬O¤º³¡³Ì ²`³B¡FµL½×¬O¦³¥Í©R»P§_¡C

2588 kardia {kar-dee'-ah} prolonged from a primary kar (Latin, cor, "heart"); TDNT - 3:605,415; n f AV - heart 159, broken hearted + 4937 1; 160 1) the heart 1a) that organ in the animal body which is the centre of the circulation of the blood, and hence was regarded as the seat of physical life 1b) denotes the centre of all physical and spiritual life 2a) the vigour and sense of physical life 2b) the centre and seat of spiritual life 2b1) the soul or mind, as it is the fountain and seat of the thoughts, passions, desires, appetites, affections, purposes, endeavours 2b2) of the understanding, the faculty and seat of the intelligence 2b3) of the will and character 2b4) of the soul so far as it is affected and stirred in a bad way or good, or of the soul as the seat of the sensibilities, affections, emotions, desires, appetites, passions 1c) of the middle or central or inmost part of anything, even though inanimate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2589 kardiognostes {kar-dee-og-noce'-tace} ·½¦Û 2588 »P 1097; TDNT - 3:613,415;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - which knows the hearts 2; 2 1) ª¾¹DÁA¸Ñ¤H¤ßªÌ

2589 kardiognostes {kar-dee-og-noce'-tace} from 2588 and 1097; TDNT - 3:613,415; n m AV - which knows the hearts 2; 2 1) knower of the hearts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2590 karpos {kar-pos'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 726 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 3:614,416;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fruit 66; 66 1) ¤ôªG, ªG¤l 1a) ¾ð¤W, ¸²µåÄð¤W, ©Î¥Ð³¥¤¤©Òµ²ªºªG¤l 1b) ¤H©Ò¥Íªº, ¥ç§Y ¥Lªº¤l®], «á¸Ç 2) «ü·½©ó©Î¥X¦Û©ó¨ä¥¦¨Æª«ªºªF¦è, §@¥Î, ¼vÅT, µ²ªG 2a) ¤u§@, ¦æ°Ê, ¦æ¬° 2b) §Q¯q, ¦n³B, ¥\®Ä 2c) ¹|Æg, ¥Î¥Hªí¹F¹ï¯«¨ÑÀ³ªº·PÁ 2d) ¦¬ªG¤l(¥ç§Y ¦¬³Î)¨ì¥Ã¥Í(¦p½\­Ü)¤¤, ¥Î¨Ó¤ñ³ë ¨¯­W¤u§@ªº¤H¤w·Ç³Æ¦n±o¥H©Ó¨ü¥Ã¥Í

2590 karpos {kar-pos'} probably from the base of 726; TDNT - 3:614,416; n m AV - fruit 66; 66 1) fruit 1a) the fruit of the trees, vines, of the fields 1b) the fruit of one's loins, i.e. his progeny, his posterity 2) that which originates or comes from something, an effect, result 2a) work, act, deed 2b) advantage, profit, utility 2c) praises, which are presented to God as a thank offering 2d) to gather fruit (i.e. a reaped harvest) into life eternal (as into a granary), is used in fig. discourse of those who by their labours have fitted souls to obtain eternal life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2591 Karpos {kar'-pos} perhaps for 2590;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Carpus 1; 1 ¥[¥¬ = "ªG¹ê" 1)¯Sù¨Èªº°ò·þ®{, #´£«á 4:13

2591 Karpos {kar'-pos} perhaps for 2590;; n pr m AV - Carpus 1; 1 Carpus = "fruit" 1) a Christian at Troas 2 Ti. 4:13
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2592 karpophoreo {kar-pof-or-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2593; TDNT - 3:616,416; °Êµü AV - bring forth fruit 6, bear fruit 1, be fruitful 1; 8 1) µ²ªG¤l 2) µ²¥X, ²£¥Í, ¹ê¦æ 3) µ²¥X¦Û¤vªºªG¤l

2592 karpophoreo {kar-pof-or-eh'-o} from 2593; TDNT - 3:616,416; v AV - bring forth fruit 6, bear fruit 1, be fruitful 1; 8 1) to bear fruit 2) to bear, bring forth, deeds 3) to bear fruit of one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2593 karpophoros {kar-pof-or'-os} ·½¦Û 2590 »P 5342;; §Î®eµü AV - fruitful 1; 1 1) µ²ªG¤lªº, ²£¶q¦hªº, ¦h²£ªº #®{ 14:17|

2593 karpophoros {kar-pof-or'-os} from 2590 and 5342;; adj AV - fruitful 1; 1 1) fruit bearing, fruitful, productive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2594 kartereo {kar-ter-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2904 (¦r¥À©ö¦ì) ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 3:617,417; °Êµü AV - endure 1; 1 1) ©¾­s¤£²¾

2594 kartereo {kar-ter-eh'-o} from a derivative of 2904 (transp.); TDNT - 3:617,417; v AV - endure 1; 1 1) to be steadfast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2595 karphos {kar'-fos} ·½¦Û karpho (¬\µä);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mote 6; 6 1) °®ªº¤pªK, ½_¯ó, ³ÁºÞ 2) ½\´ß, ÁR

2595 karphos {kar'-fos} from karpho (to wither);; n n AV - mote 6; 6 1) a dry stalk or twig, a straw 2) chaff
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2596 kata {kat-ah'} ¤¶Ã´µü ;; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - according to 107, after 61, against 58, in 36, by 27, daily + 2250 15, as 11, misc 165; 480 1. ±µª½±µ¨üµü: ®Ú¾Ú, «ö·Ó, ¦X¥G, Ãö©ó, ¥¿¦p, 2. »P¼Æ¥Ø¦r©Î¦a¤è³s¥Î®É: ¦b...¸Ì; ¬°¤F; ¬°¤F...¥Øªº; ¦b, ¤j¬ù(®É¶¡); ¦b...¤W, ªuµÛ, ¹M¤Î, ¦V; Â÷, ­±¹ï; 3. ±µ©Ò¦³®æ: ¤Ï¹ï, ¼Ä¹ï; ¤U, ±q...¤U; (¶Ç)¹M; «üµÛ... (µo»}); ±±§i; (¦³Åv) ¿ì (¤H).

2596 kata {kat-ah'} a primary particle;; prep AV - according to 107, after 61, against 58, in 36, by 27, daily + 2250 15, as 11, misc 165; 480 1) down from, through out 2) according to, toward, along
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2597 katabaino {kat-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 939 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 1:522,90; °Êµü AV - come down 41, descend 18, go down 17, fall down 1, step down 1, get down 1, fall 1, vr come down 1; 81 1) ¤U¥h, ¤U¨Ó, ­°¤U 1a) «ü©Ò¥Ñ¤U¨Óªº¦a¤è 1b) ¤U¨Ó 1b1) ¤ñ¦p¥Ñ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¸t·µ¤U¨Ó, ¥Ñ­C¸ô¼»§N«°¤U¨Ó 1b2) «ü¥Ñ¤Ñ¤W­°¨ì¦a¤Wªº¬¡ª« 1c) ¥á¤U, ÂY¤U, §ë¤U, ­°¤U 2) «üªF¦è 2a) ¥Ñ¤W¦Ó¤U¨Ó (¥ç§Y ³Q°e¤U¨Ó, ³Q¬£¤U¨Ó) 2b) ¥Ñ¤W¸¨¤U 2b1) ¥Ñ¤ÑªÅªº¤W¼h¨Óªº 3) Áô³ë. ³QºL¨ì(¥h¨ì)³Ì»À·L¥i®¢ªººG¹Ò

2597 katabaino {kat-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 2596 and the base of 939; TDNT - 1:522,90; v AV - come down 41, descend 18, go down 17, fall down 1, step down 1, get down 1, fall 1, vr come down 1; 81 1) to go down, come down, descend 1a) the place from which one has come down from 1b) to come down 1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem 1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth 1c) to be cast down 2) of things 2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down 2b) to come (i.e. fall) down 2b1) from the upper regions of the air 3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of wretchedness and shame
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2598 kataballo {kat-ab-al'-lo} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 906;; °Êµü AV - cast down 2, lay 1; 3 1) ºL¤U¥h 1a) ºL¨ì¦a¤W, ¥­©ñ, ©ºªA(prostrate?) 2) ©ñ¨ì¸û§Cªº¦ì¸m 2a) ¥ß¤U¤@­Ó®Ú°ò

2598 kataballo {kat-ab-al'-lo} from 2596 and 906;; v AV - cast down 2, lay 1; 3 1) to cast down 1a) to throw to the ground, prostate 2) to put in a lower place 2a) to lay (down) a foundation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2599 katabareo {kat-ab-ar-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 916;; °Êµü AV - burden 1; 1 1) ³Q¥[½Ñªº­«¾á©ÒÀ£«± 2) ¨IÀ£ 3) Áô³ë.­«¾á, ­«³d (#ªL«á 12:16|)

2599 katabareo {kat-ab-ar-eh'-o} from 2596 and 916;; v AV - burden 1; 1 1) to press down by an imposing weight 2) to weigh down 3) metaph. to burden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2600 katabasis {kat-ab'-as-is} ·½¦Û 2597;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - descent 1; 1 1) ¤U¦æ 1a) ¤U¦æªº°Ê§@ 1b) ¤U¦æªº¦a¤è 1b1) ¤s¸Ì¤U¦æªº³¡¤À

2600 katabasis {kat-ab'-as-is} from 2597;; n f AV - descent 1; 1 1) descent 1a) the act of descending 1b) the place of descent 1b1) that part of the mountain where the descent is made
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2601 katabibazo {kat-ab-ib-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of the base of 939;; °Êµü AV - bring down 1, thrust down 1; 2 1) ¾É­P¸¨¤U 2) ®³¤U¨Ó 3) ©ß¤U, ±À¤U

2601 katabibazo {kat-ab-ib-ad'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of the base of 939;; v AV - bring down 1, thrust down 1; 2 1) to cause to go down 2) to bring down 3) to cast down, thrust down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2602 katabole {kat-ab-ol-ay'} ·½©ó 2598; TDNT - 3:620,418; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - foundation 10, to conceive + 1519 1; 11 1) ®g¥X©ÎºØ¤U 1a) «ü±N¶¯©Êªººë¤lª`¤J¤l®c¤¤ 1b) «ü´Óª«©Î°Êª«ªº¨üºë§Z 2) ³]¥ß(«Ø¥ß®Ú°ò)

2602 katabole {kat-ab-ol-ay'} from 2598; TDNT - 3:620,418; n f AV - foundation 10, to conceive + 1519 1; 11 1) a throwing or laying down 1a) the injection or depositing of the virile semen in the womb 1b) of the seed of plants and animals 2) a founding (laying down a foundation)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2603 katabrabeuo {kat-ab-rab-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 1018 (in its original sense);; °Êµü AV - beguile of (one's) reward 1; 1 1) ¥H¥òµôªÌªº¨­¤À¨Ó¨M©w¤Ï¹ï¬Y¤H 2) ÄF¨ú©Î¥H¶B´Û¤â¬q¦Ó±o¨ì³Ó§Qªº¼ú½à 3) Áô³ë. ³à¥¢±Ï®¦ (#¦è 2:18|)

2603 katabrabeuo {kat-ab-rab-yoo'-o} from 2596 and 1018 (in its original sense);; v AV - beguile of (one's) reward 1; 1 1) to decide as umpire against someone 2) to defraud or beguile of the prize of victory 3) metaph. to deprive of salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2604 kataggeleus {kat-ang-gel-yooce'} ·½¦Û 2605; TDNT - 1:70,10;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - setter forth 1; 1 1) «Å§iªÌ, «Å§i

2604 kataggeleus {kat-ang-gel-yooce'} from 2605; TDNT - 1:70,10; n m AV - setter forth 1; 1 1) announcer, proclaimer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2605 kataggello {kat-ang-gel'-lo} ·½¦Û 2596 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:70,10; °Êµü AV - preach 10, show 3, declare 2, teach 1, speak of 1; 17 1) «Å§i, «ÅºÙ, ¶Ç¼½, ¨ÏµÛ¦W 2) ¤½¶}«Å¥Ü, ¥Xª© 3) ·í²³´¦µo, «Å´­, ­I«q

2605 kataggello {kat-ang-gel'-lo} from 2596 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:70,10; v AV - preach 10, show 3, declare 2, teach 1, speak of 1; 17 1) to announce, declare, promulgate, make known 2) to proclaim publicly, publish 3) to denounce, report, betray
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2606 katagelao {kat-ag-el-ah'-o} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 1:658,113; °Êµü AV - laugh to scorn 3; 3 1) ¼J§Ë, ¶á¯º (#¤Ó 9:24; ¥i5:40; ¸ô 8:53|)

2606 katagelao {kat-ag-el-ah'-o} a primitive root; TDNT - 1:658,113; v AV - laugh to scorn 3; 3 1) to deride
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2607 kataginosko {kat-ag-in-o'-sko} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 1097; TDNT - 1:714,119; °Êµü AV - condemn 2, blame 1; 3 1) Äþ³d, §P¸o (#¥[2:11; ¬ù³ü3:20,21|)

2607 kataginosko {kat-ag-in-o'-sko} from 2596 and 1097; TDNT - 1:714,119; v AV - condemn 2, blame 1; 3 1) to find fault with, blame 2) to accuse, condemn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2608 katagnumi {kat-ag'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 2596 and the base of 4486;; °Êµü AV - break 4; 4 1) §éÂ_, ¥´¯}, À»¸H ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5850

2608 katagnumi {kat-ag'-noo-mee} from 2596 and the base of 4486;; v AV - break 4; 4 1) to break For Synonyms see entry 5850
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2609 katago {kat-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 71;; °Êµü AV - bring down 5, land 2, bring 1, bring forth 1, touch 1; 10 1) ¤Þ»â¤U¨Ó, Äâ±a¤U¨Ó 2) ±N²î°¦¥Ñ²`®ü¤Þ¯è¾a©¤ 3) ³Q±a¤U¨Ó¤W²î, ¨ì©¤, ±µÄ²¨ì

2609 katago {kat-ag'-o} from 2596 and 71;; v AV - bring down 5, land 2, bring 1, bring forth 1, touch 1; 10 1) to lead down, bring down 2) to bring the vessel from deep water to the land 3) to be brought (down) in a ship, to land, touch at
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2610 katagonizomai {kat-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; °Êµü AV - subdue 1; 1 1) ±Ã¤ã, ©M...ª§°« 2) ¨î¥ñ

2610 katagonizomai {kat-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee} from 2596 and 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; v AV - subdue 1; 1 1) to struggle against 2) to overcome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2611 katadeo {kat-ad-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 1210;; °Êµü AV - bind up 1; 1 1) ¸i¸j°_¨Ó, ¥]»q°_¨Ó (#¸ô 10:34|)

2611 katadeo {kat-ad-eh'-o} from 2596 and 1210;; v AV - bind up 1; 1 1) to bind up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2612 katadelos {kat-ad'-ay-los} ·½©ó 2596 ªº¥[±j«¬©M 1212;; §Î®eµü AV - evident 1; 1 1) «D±`²M·¡ªº, ©ú¥Õ©úÅ㪺, ÅãµMªº

2612 katadelos {kat-ad'-ay-los} from 2596 intensive and 1212;; adj AV - evident 1; 1 1) thoroughly clear, plain, evident
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2613 katadikazo {kat-ad-ik-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of 1349; TDNT - 3:621,418; °Êµü AV - condemn 5; 5 1) ©w¸o, §P¨M, «Å§P¦³¸o 2) Äþ³d§P¦D

2613 katadikazo {kat-ad-ik-ad'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of 1349; TDNT - 3:621,418; v AV - condemn 5; 5 1) to give judgment against (one), to pronounce guilty 2) to condemn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2614 katadioko {kat-ad-ee-o'-ko} ·½¦Û 2596 and 1377;; °Êµü AV - follow after 1; 1 1) ÀH«á, ¸òÀH (#¥i 1:36|)

2614 katadioko {kat-ad-ee-o'-ko} from 2596 and 1377;; v AV - follow after 1; 1 1) to follow after, follow up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2615 katadouloo {kat-ad-oo-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 1402; TDNT - 2:279,182; °Êµü AV - bring into bondage 2; 2 1) ¨Ï¸i¸j¬°¥£, ¥£§Ð 2) ¨Ï¦Û¤v³Q¥£§Ð (#ªL«á 11:20; ¥[ 2:4|)

2615 katadouloo {kat-ad-oo-lo'-o} from 2596 and 1402; TDNT - 2:279,182; v AV - bring into bondage 2; 2 1) to bring into bondage, enslave 2) to enslave to one's self, bring into bondage to one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2616 katadunasteuo {kat-ad-oo-nas-tyoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of 1413;; °Êµü AV - oppress 2; 2 1) ²Ê¼Éªº¤ä°t¥L¤H, ÀÝ¥ÎÅv¤O¼Ä¹ï¤H 2) À£¨î¤H (#®{ 10:38; ¶® 2:6|)

2616 katadunasteuo {kat-ad-oo-nas-tyoo'-o} from 2596 and a derivative of 1413;; v AV - oppress 2; 2 1) to exercise harsh control over one, to use one's power against one 2) to oppress one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2617 kataischuno {kat-ahee-skhoo'-no} ·½¦Û 2596 and 153; TDNT - 1:189,29; °Êµü AV - ashamed 7, confound 3, dishonour 2, shame 1; 13 1) ¨Ï»X²Û¥áÁy, ®¢°d 2) ¨Ï»X²Û¨ü®¢°d, ¨ÏÃø¬°±¡ 2a) ¦]²Û·\¦ÓÁy¬õ 2b) ¦]¨ü±ÆÀ½©Úµ´©Î©Ò¬ß¸¨ªÅ¦Óı±oÃø¬°±¡

2617 kataischuno {kat-ahee-skhoo'-no} from 2596 and 153; TDNT - 1:189,29; v AV - ashamed 7, confound 3, dishonour 2, shame 1; 13 1) to dishonour, disgrace 2) to put to shame, make ashamed 2a) to be ashamed, blush with shame 2b) one is said to be put to shame who suffers a repulse, or whom some hope has deceived
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2618 katakaio {kat-ak-ah'-ee-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 2545;; °Êµü AV - burn 7, burn up 4, burn utterly 1; 12 1) µI¿N, ¥H¤õ¿N¤Æ

2618 katakaio {kat-ak-ah'-ee-o} from 2596 and 2545;; v AV - burn 7, burn up 4, burn utterly 1; 12 1) to burn up, consume by fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2619 katakalupto {kat-ak-al-oop'-to} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2572; TDNT - 3:561,405; °Êµü AV - cover 3; 3 1) ¾B»\, »X¦í 2) À¹­±¯½, ±N¦Û¤v¾B±» (#ªL«e 11:6-7|)

2619 katakalupto {kat-ak-al-oop'-to} from 2596 and 2572; TDNT - 3:561,405; v AV - cover 3; 3 1) to cover up 2) to veil or cover one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2620 katakauchaomai {kat-ak-ow-khah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 2744; TDNT - 3:653,423; °Êµü AV - boast against 1, rejoice against 1, glory 1, boast 1; 4 1) ¦V....¦Û¸Ø, ¹ï....©¯¨a¼Öº×, ¹ï¨ü¶Ëªº¤H©Î¨Æª«¸ØÄ£¦Û¤v

2620 katakauchaomai {kat-ak-ow-khah'-om-ahee} from 2596 and 2744; TDNT - 3:653,423; v AV - boast against 1, rejoice against 1, glory 1, boast 1; 4 1) to glory against, to exult over, to boast one's self to the injury (of a person or thing)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2621 katakeimai {kat-ak'-i-mahee} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; °Êµü AV - lie 6, sit at meat 3, keep 1, sat down + 2258 1; 11 1) ª×¤U, ¥ç§Y­Áª×­Ë¤U 1a) ¦]¥Í¯f 1b) ©Î¥ÎÀ\®É, ±×­ÊµÛ

2621 katakeimai {kat-ak'-i-mahee} from 2596 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; v AV - lie 6, sit at meat 3, keep 1, sat down + 2258 1; 11 1) to have lain down, i.e. to lie prostrate 1a) of the sick 1b) of those at meals, to recline
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2622 kataklao {kat-ak-lah'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2806;; °Êµü AV - break 2; 2 1) À¼¶}, ­é¦¨¤ù¶ô (#¥i 6:41; ¸ô 9:16|)

2622 kataklao {kat-ak-lah'-o} from 2596 and 2806;; v AV - break 2; 2 1) to break in pieces
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2623 katakleio {kat-ak-li'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2808;; °Êµü AV - shut up 2; 2 1) ºÊ¸T, ¸T³¬ (#¸ô 3:20;¡@®{ 26:10|)

2623 katakleio {kat-ak-li'-o} from 2596 and 2808;; v AV - shut up 2; 2 1) to shut up, confine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2624 kataklerodoteo {kat-ak-lay-rod-ot-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of a compound of 2819 and 1325;; °Êµü AV - divide by lot 1; 1 1) ¥H©âÅÒ¤À°t 2) ¤À°t¿ò²£

2624 kataklerodoteo {kat-ak-lay-rod-ot-eh'-o} from 2596 and a derivative of a compound of 2819 and 1325;; v AV - divide by lot 1; 1 1) to distribute by lot 2) to distribute as an inheritance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2625 kataklino {kat-ak-lee'-no} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2827;; °Êµü AV - sit down 1, sit at meat 1, make sit down 1; 3 1) ¦b·s¬ù¸t¸g¤¤»P¦Y¦³ÃöÁp, ¨Ï±×­Ê 2) ±×­Ê(¾aÀ\®à)

2625 kataklino {kat-ak-lee'-no} from 2596 and 2827;; v AV - sit down 1, sit at meat 1, make sit down 1; 3 1) in the NT in reference to eating, to make to recline 2) to recline (at a table)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2626 katakluzo {kat-ak-lood'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and the base of 2830;; °Êµü AV - overflow 1; 1 1) ³Q¤ô©Ò²T¨S, ¨H¨ì¤ô­±¤U, ¬x¤ô¥ÆÀÝ (#©¼«á 3:6|)

2626 katakluzo {kat-ak-lood'-zo} from 2596 and the base of 2830;; v AV - overflow 1; 1 1) to overwhelm with water, to submerge, deluge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2627 kataklusmos {kat-ak-looce-mos'} ·½©ó 2626;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - flood 4; 4 1) ¬x¤ô, ¬x¤ôªxÀÝ 1a) «ü¿Õ¨È®Éªº¤j¬x¤ô

2627 kataklusmos {kat-ak-looce-mos'} from 2626;; n m AV - flood 4; 4 1) inundation, deluge 1a) of Noah's deluge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2628 katakoloutheo {kat-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 190;; °Êµü AV - follow after 1, follow 1; 2 1) ¸òÀH¦b«á (#¸ô 23:55; ®{ 16:17|)

2628 katakoloutheo {kat-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} from 2596 and 190;; v AV - follow after 1, follow 1; 2 1) to follow after
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2629 katakopto {kat-ak-op'-to} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2875;; °Êµü AV - cut 1; 1 1) ¤Á³Î¬°¶ô 2) ±þ®` 3) À»¥´, ²£¥Í²J«C 4) ¤Á³Î, ¬å¶Ë, ¼¹µõ (#¥i 5:5|)

2629 katakopto {kat-ak-op'-to} from 2596 and 2875;; v AV - cut 1; 1 1) to cut up in pieces 2) to slay 3) to beat, bruise 4) to cut, gash, mangle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2630 katakremnizo {kat-ak-rame-nid'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of 2911;; °Êµü AV - cast down headlong 1; 1 1) ±À¤UÄa±V 2) ÀY¦V¤U®â¦a(#¸ô 4:29|)

2630 katakremnizo {kat-ak-rame-nid'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of 2911;; v AV - cast down headlong 1; 1 1) to cast down a precipice 2) to through down headlong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2631 katakrima {kat-ak'-ree-mah} ·½¦Û 2632; TDNT - 3:951,469; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - condemnation 3; 3 1)³Q«ü³dªº§P¨M, ¸oªº«Å§i

2631 katakrima {kat-ak'-ree-mah} from 2632; TDNT - 3:951,469; n n AV - condemnation 3; 3 1) damnatory sentence, condemnation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2632 katakrino {kat-ak-ree'-no} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 2919; TDNT - 3:951,469; °Êµü AV - condemn 17, damn 2; 19 1) §@¥X¹ï...¤£§Qªº§P¨M, §P©w·í¨üÃg³B 1a) §P¸o; §P¦D 1b) ¥H¹ï·Ó¤@­Ó¦nªº¼Ò½d¦Ó«Å§P¥t¤@¤H´c·N©Î«Dªk¦æ¬°¬O©úÅã¦Ó·í¨üÄþ³dªº

2632 katakrino {kat-ak-ree'-no} from 2596 and 2919; TDNT - 3:951,469; v AV - condemn 17, damn 2; 19 1) to give judgment against, to judge worthy of punishment 1a) to condemn 1b) by one's good example to render another's wickedness the more evident and censurable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2633 katakrisis {kat-ak'-ree-sis} ·½¦Û 2632; TDNT - 3:951,469; °Êµü AV - condemnation 1, condemn 1; 2 1) ©w¸o

2633 katakrisis {kat-ak'-ree-sis} from 2632; TDNT - 3:951,469; v AV - condemnation 1, condemn 1; 2 1) condemnation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2634 katakurieuo {kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2961; TDNT - 3:1098,486; °Êµü AV - exercise dominion over 1, overcome 1, be lord over 1, exercise lordship over 1; 4 1) ¨ÏªA©ó¬Y¤HªºÅv¬`¤§¤U, ©}±q©ó...., ¨îªA, °µ...¥D¤H 2) ¨ÏÁõÄÝ©ó...., °µ....¥D, ¦æ¨Ï²ÎÅv¦b...¤W

2634 katakurieuo {kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo'-o} from 2596 and 2961; TDNT - 3:1098,486; v AV - exercise dominion over 1, overcome 1, be lord over 1, exercise lordship over 1; 4 1) to bring under one's power, to subject one's self, to subdue, master 2) to hold in subjection, to be master of, exercise lordship over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2635 katalaleo {kat-al-al-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2637; TDNT - 4:3,495; °Êµü AV - speak evil of 4, speak against 1; 5 1) ¶C½Ú, §iµo, ½ÚÁ½

2635 katalaleo {kat-al-al-eh'-o} from 2637; TDNT - 4:3,495; v AV - speak evil of 4, speak against 1; 5 1) to speak against one, to criminate, traduce
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2636 katalalia {kat-al-al-ee'-ah} TDNT - 4:3,495; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - backbiting 1, evil speªñ¦üg 1; 2 1) ´c¨¥, §ð°P, ·´Á½ (#ªL«á 12:20; ©¼«e 2:1|)

2636 katalalia {kat-al-al-ee'-ah} from 2637; TDNT - 4:3,495; n f AV - backbiting 1, evil speaking 1; 2 1) defamation, evil speaking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2637 katalalos {kat-al'-al-os} TDNT - 4:3,495; §Î®eµü AV - backbiter 1; 1 1) ·´Á½¤¤¶Ëªº (#ù 1:30|)

2637 katalalos {kat-al'-al-os} from 2596 and the base of 2980; TDNT - 4:3,495; adj AV - backbiter 1; 1 1) a defamer, evil speaker
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2638 katalambano {kat-al-am-ban'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 2983; TDNT - 4:9,495; °Êµü AV - take 3, apprehend 3, comprehend 2, come upon 1, attain 1, find 1, overtake 1, obtain 1; 15 1) §ì¦í, ±±¨î, ´x±± 1a) ÀH¤v·N´x±±, Àò±o, ¹F¨ì, ¹Ü¬°¤v¦³, ¨Ï¦¨¬°¦Û¤vªº, µs¥Î 1b) ¹Ü¨ú, ¦û¦³ 1b1) «üÅ]°­±±¨î¤H, ¦b¥½¤é·´·ÀÁ{¨ì´cªÌ, «ü´cÅ]«Iŧ¨Ï¤H¨ü­Wµh 1b2) ¦b¦nªº¤è­±¨Ó»¡, «ü°ò·þ¥H¨ä¸t¼äªº¯à¤OÁ{¨ì¤H, ¿EÀy¨ÃºÞ²z¤Hªº¤ß§Ó·N©À 1c) µo²{, ·Pª¾, ´x´¤¦í 1d) ¥Î¤ß»â®© 1d1) ©ú¥Õ, ¹îı, ¾Ç¨ì, ¤F¸Ñ»â®©

2638 katalambano {kat-al-am-ban'-o} from 2596 and 2983; TDNT - 4:9,495; v AV - take 3, apprehend 3, comprehend 2, come upon 1, attain 1, find 1, overtake 1, obtain 1; 15 1) to lay hold of 1a) to lay hold of so as to make one's own, to obtain, attain to, to make one's own, to take into one's self, appropriate 1b) to seize upon, take possession of 1b1) of evils overtaking one, of the last day overtaking the wicked with destruction, of a demon about to torment one 1b2) in a good sense, of Christ by his holy power and influence laying hold of the human mind and will, in order to prompt and govern it 1c) to detect, catch 1d) to lay hold of with the mind 1d1) to understand, perceive, learn, comprehend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2639 katalego {kat-al-eg'-o} °Êµü AV - take into the ¼Æ 1; 1 1) ¿ï¾Ü¦¨­û, µn°O (#´£«e 5:9|)

2639 katalego {kat-al-eg'-o} from 2596 and 3004 (in its orig. meaning);; v AV - take into the number 1; 1 1) to lay down, to lie down 2) to narrate at length, recount, set forth 3) to set down in a list or register, to enrol 3a) of soldiers 3b) of those widows who held a prominent place in the church and exercised a certain superintendence over the rest of the women, and had charge of the widows and orphans supported at the public expense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2640 kataleimma {kat-al'-ime-mah} TDNT - 4:194,523; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - remnant 1; 1 1) ¾l¤Uªº¤H (#ù 9:27|)

2640 kataleimma {kat-al'-ime-mah} from 2641; TDNT - 4:194,523; n n AV - remnant 1; 1 1) remnant, remains
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2641 kataleipo {kat-al-i'-po} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 3007; TDNT - 4:194,523; °Êµü AV - leave 22, forsake 2, reserve 1; 25 1) ºJ¤U¨ä¥L¦ÓÂ÷¥h 1a) ¤À¶}, Â÷¶} 1a1) ³Q¿ò¯d¤U 1b) ©R¥O, ª§¨ú(¤@¤H)«Ý¤U 1c) ©ñ±ó, ¤£¦AÃö¤ß¬Y¤H¦Ó§â¥Lªº¨Æ¯dµ¹¥L¦Û¤v¥h³B²z, ¿ò±ó, ¦b¨ä¦M«æ®É±ó¤§¤£ÅU 1c1) ³Q¿ò±ó, ³Q©ñ±ó 1d) ¨Ï³Q¯d¤U, «O¯d, «O¦s 1e) ´N¹³§Ú­Ì»¡"©ß¤U, ¿ò¯d", ¥Î¥H«ü¬Y¤H­nÂ÷¶}¬Y¦a¦Ó¤£¯à±a¥L¤H¦P¦æ 1e1) ¤×¨ä«ü¥h¥@ (¯d¤U¨­«áªº¤@¤Á¦Ó¥h¤F) 1f) ´N¦p§Ú­Ì»¡ªº"¤£²z¨¼", ¤£¤zÂZ, ©¿µø 1f1) «ü¬Y¨Ç¤H¸g¹L¬Y¦a¦Ó¤£°±¯d

2641 kataleipo {kat-al-i'-po} from 2596 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,523; v AV - leave 22, forsake 2, reserve 1; 25 1) to leave behind 1a) to depart from, leave 1a1) to be left 1b) to bid (one) to remain 1c) to forsake, leave to one's self a person or thing by ceasing to care for it, to abandon, leave in the lurch 1c1) to be abandoned, forsaken 1d) to cause to be left over, to reserve, to leave remaining 1e) like our "leave behind", it is used of one who on being called away cannot take another with him 1e1) especially of the dying (to leave behind) 1f) like our "leave", leave alone, disregard 1f1) of those who sail past a place without stopping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2642 katalithazo {kat-al-ith-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3034; TDNT - 4:267,533; °Êµü AV - stone 1; 1 1) ³Q¥ÛÀY²T¨S, ¦V...ÂY¥ÛÀY (#¸ô 20:6|)

2642 katalithazo {kat-al-ith-ad'-zo} from 2596 and 3034; TDNT - 4:267,533; v AV - stone 1; 1 1) to overwhelm with stones, to stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2643 katallage {kat-al-lag-ay'} ·½¦Û 2644; TDNT - 1:258,40; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - reconciliation 2, atonement 1, reconciling 1; 4 1) ©M¦n

2643 katallage {kat-al-lag-ay'} from 2644; TDNT - 1:258,40; n f AV - reconciliation 2, atonement 1, reconciling 1; 4 1) exchange 1a) of the business of money changers, exchanging equivalent values 2) adjustment of a difference, reconciliation, restoration to favour 2a) in the NT of the restoration of the favour of God to sinners that repent and put their trust in the expiatory death of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2644 katallasso {kat-al-las'-so} ·½¦Û 2596 and 236; TDNT - 1:254,40; °Êµü AV - reconcile 6; 6 1) §ïÅÜ, ¥æ´«, ¦p¿ú¹ô©Îµ¥»ùª««~ªº§I´« 1a) ©M¸Ñ, ©M¦n («ü¤¬¬°¹ï¥ßª§½×ªº¤H) 1b) Âà¦Ó¤ä«ù, »P¤H©M¸Ñ¤@­P 1c) «Ý¥H®¦´f·ÓÅU

2644 katallasso {kat-al-las'-so} from 2596 and 236; TDNT - 1:254,40; v AV - reconcile 6; 6 1) to change, exchange, as coins for others of equivalent value 1a) to reconcile (those who are at variance) 1b) return to favour with, be reconciled to one 1c) to receive one into favour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2645 kataloipos {kat-al'-oy-pos} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 3062;; §Î®eµü AV - residue 1; 1 1) ¾l³Ñªº #®{ 15:17|

2645 kataloipos {kat-al'-oy-pos} from 2596 and 3062;; adj AV - residue 1; 1 1) left remaining
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2646 kataluma {kat-al'-oo-mah} ·½¦Û 2647; TDNT - 4:338,543; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - guest chamber 2, inn 1; 3 1) «È´Ì, ­É±Jªº¦a¤èªº 2) ¶ºÀ], À\ÆU (#¥i 14:14; ¸ô 2:7, 22:11|)

2646 kataluma {kat-al'-oo-mah} from 2647; TDNT - 4:338,543; n n AV - guest chamber 2, inn 1; 3 1) an inn, lodging place 2) an eating room, dining room
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2647 kataluo {kat-al-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3089; TDNT - 4:338,543; °Êµü AV - destroy 9, throw down 3, lodge 1, guest 1, come to nought 1, overthrow 1, dissolve 1; 17 1) (±q«Ø¿vª«)©î¤U,®³¶}(¥ÛÀY) 2) ·´Ãa,©î·´,©î´² 2a)«Ø¿vª« 2b)³ë·N 3) ²×¤î 3a)¼o±ó,¨Ï¤§µL®Ä 3b)¯}Ãa (#®{ 5:38,39|) 4) ¤¤¤î(¥¿¦b°µªº¨Æ)(¦r·N¬°"¨ø¤U°Êª«ªºÅ·"),¥ð®§,§ë±J (#¤Ó 6:28|)

2647 kataluo {kat-al-oo'-o} from 2596 and 3089; TDNT - 4:338,543; v AV - destroy 9, throw down 3, lodge 1, guest 1, come to nought 1, overthrow 1, dissolve 1; 17 1) to dissolve, disunite 1a) (what has been joined together), to destroy, demolish 1b) metaph. to overthrow i.e. render vain, deprive of success, bring to naught 1b1) to subvert, overthrow 1b1a) of institutions, forms of government, laws, etc., to deprive of force, annul, abrogate, discard 1c) of travellers, to halt on a journey, to put up, lodge (the figurative expression originating in the circumstance that, to put up for the night, the straps and packs of the beasts of burden are unbound and taken off; or, more correctly from the fact that the traveller's garments, tied up when he is on the journey, are unloosed at it end)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2648 katamanthano {kat-am-an-than'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3129; TDNT - 4:414,552; °Êµü AV - consider 1; 1 1) ¥J²Ó»{¯uªº¾Ç²ß, ÄYÂÔªº¬d¬Ý (#¤Ó 6:28|) 2) ²Ó²Óªº«ä·Q

2648 katamanthano {kat-am-an-than'-o} from 2596 and 3129; TDNT - 4:414,552; v AV - consider 1; 1 1) to learn thoroughly, examine carefully 2) to consider well
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2649 katamartureo {kat-am-ar-too-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; °Êµü AV - witness against 4; 4 1) §@¤ÏÃÒ, ¹ï¬Y¤H§@¤£§QªºÃÒ©ú

2649 katamartureo {kat-am-ar-too-reh'-o} from 2596 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; v AV - witness against 4; 4 1) to bear witness against, to testify against one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2650 katameno {kat-am-en'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3306;; °Êµü AV - abode + 2258 1; 1 1) «ùÄòºû«ù, ªø´Á°±¯d, ³r¯d (#®{ 1:13|)

2650 katameno {kat-am-en'-o} from 2596 and 3306;; v AV - abode + 2258 1; 1 1) to remain permanently, to abide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2651 katamonas {kat-am-on'-as} ·½¦Û 2596 and ª½±µ¨ü®æ®æ½Æ¼Æ ³±©Ê of 3441 (with 5561 implied);; §Î®eµü AV - alone 2; 2 1) ¤À¶}ªº, ³æ¿Wªº (#¥i 4:10, ¸ô 9:18|)

2651 katamonas {kat-am-on'-as} from 2596 and accusative case plural feminine of 3441 (with 5561 implied);; adj AV - alone 2; 2 1) apart, alone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2652 katanathema {kat-an-ath'-em-ah} ·½¦Û 2596 (intensive) and 331; TDNT - 1:354,*; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - curse 1; 1 1) ©G¶A

2652 katanathema {kat-an-ath'-em-ah} from 2596 (intensive) and 331; TDNT - 1:354,*; n n AV - curse 1; 1 1) curse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2653 katanathematizo {kat-an-ath-em-at-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 (¥[±jªº) ©M 332; TDNT - 1:355,*; °Êµü AV - curse 1; 1 1) ¶A©G #¤Ó 26:74|

2653 katanathematizo {kat-an-ath-em-at-id'-zo} from 2596 (intensive) and 332; TDNT - 1:355,*; v AV - curse 1; 1 1) to curse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2654 katanalisko {kat-an-al-is'-ko} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 355;; °Êµü AV - consume 1; 1 1) ¤ÆºÉ, ®ø·À 1a) «ü¤õ

2654 katanalisko {kat-an-al-is'-ko} from 2596 and 355;; v AV - consume 1; 1 1) to consume 1a) of fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2655 katanarkao {kat-an-ar-kah'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and narkao (to be numb);; °Êµü AV - be burdensome 2, be chargeable 1; 3 1) ¤Þ¦Ü¥¢¥hª¾Ä±©Î¿ð¶w 2) Åܱo¿ð¶w, °±¤î¬¡°Ê, °µ¦¨¦Û¨­ªº·l®` 3) ­«À£, ­t²Ö (#ªL«á11:9;ªL«á12:13,14|)

2655 katanarkao {kat-an-ar-kah'-o} from 2596 and narkao (to be numb);; v AV - be burdensome 2, be chargeable 1; 3 1) to cause to grow numb or torpid 2) to be torpid, inactive, to be to the detriment of one 3) to weigh heavily upon, be burdensome to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2656 kataneuo {kat-an-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3506;; °Êµü AV - beckon 1; 1 1) ÂIÀY, °µ¤â¶Õ 2) ¥H¤â¶Õ¥Ü·N©Ò±ý¥L¤H¦æªº (#¸ô 5:7|)

2656 kataneuo {kat-an-yoo'-o} from 2596 and 3506;; v AV - beckon 1; 1 1) to nod to, make a sign 2) to indicate to another by a nod or sign what one wishes him to do
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2657 katanoeo {kat-an-o-eh'-o} ·½¦Û2596 and 3539; TDNT - 4:973,636; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- consider 7, behold 4, perceive 2, discover 1; 14 1) «ä·Q, ª`·N, Æ[¬Ý, ¤F¸Ñ¡C 2) »Eºë·|¯«¦a²Ó·Q, §âª`·N¤O©M¤ß«ä±Mª`¦b¡ã¤§¤W¡C

2657 katanoeo {kat-an-o-eh'-o} from 2596 and 3539; TDNT - 4:973,636; v AV - consider 7, behold 4, perceive 2, discover 1; 14 1) to perceive, remark, observe, understand 2) to consider attentively, fix one's eyes or mind upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2658 katantao {kat-an-tah'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 473 ªº­l¥Í; TDNT - 3:623,419; °Êµü AV - come 11, attain 2; 13 1) ¨Ó¨ì, ¨ì¹F 1a) ¨Ó¨ì¹ï­±ªº¦a¤è, ¦b¥t¤@¤Hªº¹ï­± 1b) Áô³ë. Àò±o¬Yª«

2658 katantao {kat-an-tah'-o} from 2596 and a derivative of 473; TDNT - 3:623,419; v AV - come 11, attain 2; 13 1) to come to, arrive 1a) to come to a place over against, opposite another 1b) metaph. to attain to a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2659 katanuxis {kat-an'-oox-is} ·½¦Û 2660; TDNT - 3:626,419; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - slumber 1; 1 1) ³Â¤ì, ©ü°g (#ù 11:8|)

2659 katanuxis {kat-an'-oox-is} from 2660; TDNT - 3:626,419; n f AV - slumber 1; 1 1) a pricking, piercing 2) severe sorrow, extreme grief 3) insensibility or torpor of mind, such as extreme grief easily produces 3a) hence a "spirit of stupor", which renders their souls torpid so insensible that they are not affected at all by the offer made them of salvation through the Messiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2660 katanusso {kat-an-oos'-so} ·½¦Û 2596 and 3572; TDNT - 3:626,419; °Êµü AV - prick 1; 1 1) ¨ë, ¥¾, ³z¤J 2) Áô³ë. ¤Þ°_À@¤ß¤§µh, ºë¯«¤Wªº­·¼É 2a) ¯S«ü±¡·P¤Wªº¼~¤ß¾Ò´o (#®{ 2:37|)

2660 katanusso {kat-an-oos'-so} from 2596 and 3572; TDNT - 3:626,419; v AV - prick 1; 1 1) to prick, pierce 2) metaph. to pain the mind sharply, agitate it vehemently 2a) esp. of the emotion of sorrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2661 kataxioo {kat-ax-ee-o'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 515; TDNT - 1:380,63; °Êµü AV - count worthy 2, account worthy 2; 4 1) ³Qºâ¬°¦³¯qªº, °t±o, §P¬°¦³»ù­È¦a

2661 kataxioo {kat-ax-ee-o'-o} from 2596 and 515; TDNT - 1:380,63; v AV - count worthy 2, account worthy 2; 4 1) to account worthy, judge worthy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2662 katapateo {kat-ap-at-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 3961; TDNT - 5:940,804; °Êµü AV - tread underfoot 2, trample 1, tread down 1, tread 1; 5 1) À£­Ë, ½ò¦b¸}©³¤U, ½î½ñ¿äÆn 2) Áô³ë. ²Ê¼ÉµL§ªº¹ï«Ý¤§ 2a) »´½°, ´c·N©¿µø

2662 katapateo {kat-ap-at-eh'-o} from 2596 and 3961; TDNT - 5:940,804; v AV - tread underfoot 2, trample 1, tread down 1, tread 1; 5 1) to tread down, trample under foot, to trample on 2) metaph. to treat with rudeness and insult 2a) to spurn, treat with insulting neglect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2663 katapausis {kat-ap'-ow-sis} ·½©ó 2664; TDNT - 3:628,419; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rest 9; 9 1) ÀR¤î¦w®§ 1a) ­·ÀR®ð¤î 2) ¥i¦w¾Íªº¦a¤è 2a) Áô³ë. »P¯«¦P¦bªº¦w®§, ¬OÍ¢À³³\°ò·þªº°í«HªÌ¦bÃã¤F¦b¤W¥@ªº³Ò­W­«¾á«á©Ò ¯à¤À¨Éªº

2663 katapausis {kat-ap'-ow-sis} from 2664; TDNT - 3:628,419; n f AV - rest 9; 9 1) a putting to rest 1a) calming of the winds 2) a resting place 2a) metaph. the heavenly blessedness in which God dwells, and of which he has promised to make persevering believers in Christ partakers after the toils and trials of life on earth are ended
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2664 katapauo {kat-ap-ow'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 3973; TDNT - 3:627,419; °Êµü AV - restrain 1, rest 1, give rest 1, cease 1; 4 1) ¨Ï¦wÀR, ¨Ï¦w·², ­ã³\¥ð®§ 1a) ¨ì¤@­Ó¦wÀRªº¦í©Ò 1b) ¨Ï¥­ÀR, §í¨î, ­P¨Ï(¾Ä¤O­n¥h°µ¬Y¨Æªº¤H)¥´®ø©ÀÀY 2) ¦w®§, ¥ð®§

2664 katapauo {kat-ap-ow'-o} from 2596 and 3973; TDNT - 3:627,419; v AV - restrain 1, rest 1, give rest 1, cease 1; 4 1) to make quiet, to cause to be at rest, to grant rest 1a) to lead to a quiet abode 1b) to still, restrain, to cause (one striving to do something) to desist 2) to rest, take rest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2665 katapetasma {kat-ap-et'-as-mah} ·½©ó 2596 ªº½Æ¦X¦r©M 4072 ªº¦PÃþµü; TDNT - 3:628,420; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - veil 6; 6 1) ¾B½ª¥Îªº­±¯½, ¹÷¤l 1a) ³o­Ó¦Wµü¥Î¨Ó«ü¦b­C¸ô¼»§N¸t·µ¤¤ªº¨â­Ó¹÷¤l, ¤@­Ó¬O¤À¶}¸t©Ò©M¥~°|ªº, ¥t¤@­Ó «h¬O±N¦Ü¸t©Ò©M¸t©Ò¤À§O¶}¨Ó

2665 katapetasma {kat-ap-et'-as-mah} from a compound of 2596 and a congener of 4072; TDNT - 3:628,420; n n AV - veil 6; 6 1) a veil spread out, a curtain 1a) the name given to the two curtains in the temple at Jerusalem, one of them at the entrance to the temple separated the Holy Place from the outer court, the other veiled the Holy of Holies from the Holy Place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2666 katapino {kat-ap-ee'-no} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 4095; TDNT - 6:158,841; °Êµü AV - swallow 4, swallow 1, drown 1, devour 1; 7 1) ³Ü¤U, §]¾½ 2) §]¦Y, §]¨S, ¯T§]ªêÃ`¦a¦Y 3) §]·À, ·´Ãa

2666 katapino {kat-ap-ee'-no} from 2596 and 4095; TDNT - 6:158,841; v AV - swallow 4, swallow 1, drown 1, devour 1; 7 1) to drink down, swallow down 2) to devour 3) to swallow up, destroy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2667 katapipto {kat-ap-ip'-to} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 4098; TDNT - 6:169,846; °Êµü AV - fall 1, fall down 1; 2 1) ¶^­Ë, ­Ë¤U

2667 katapipto {kat-ap-ip'-to} from 2596 and 4098; TDNT - 6:169,846; v AV - fall 1, fall down 1; 2 1) to fall down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2668 katapleo {kat-ap-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 4126;; °Êµü AV - arrive 1; 1 1) ¯è¦æ¡A±q²`®ü¨ì³°¦a 2) ¨Ï³B©ó¡B¦w¸m©ó

2668 katapleo {kat-ap-leh'-o} from 2596 and 4126;; v AV - arrive 1; 1 1) to sail down from the deep sea to the land 2) to put in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2669 kataponeo {kat-ap-on-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 4192 ªº­l¥Í;; °Êµü AV - oppress 1, vex 1; 2 1) ¦]¬°¨¯­W¤u§@¦Óºë¯h¤OºÉ, ¦]³Ò°Ê¦Ó¯ÓºÉ¤ß¤O (#©¼«á 2:7|) 1a) ¥Î¨¸´c§é¿i©ÎÀ£­¢ 1b) »s³y³Â·Ð 1c) ²Ê¼Éªº¹ï«Ý (#®{ 7:24|)

2669 kataponeo {kat-ap-on-eh'-o} from 2596 and a derivative of 4192;; v AV - oppress 1, vex 1; 2 1) to tire down with toil, exhaust with labour 1a) to afflict or oppress with evils 1b) to make trouble for 1c) to treat roughly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2670 katapontizo {kat-ap-on-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of »P...¦P 4195;; °Êµü AV - sink 1, drown 1; 2 1) §ë¤J¤j®ü 1a) ¨I¤J, ¤U¨I 1b) ·N¹Ï¬Y®`¥L¤HªºÄY­«¸o¥Ç, ·Ä¦º (#¤Ó 14:30; 18:6|)

2670 katapontizo {kat-ap-on-tid'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of the same as 4195;; v AV - sink 1, drown 1; 2 1) to plunge or sink into the sea 1a) to sink, to go down 1b) a grievous offender for the purpose of killing him, to drown
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2671 katara {kat-ar'-ah} ·½©ó 2596 (¥[±j«¬) ©M 685; TDNT - 1:449,75; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - curse 3, cursing 2, cursed 1; 6 1) ©À©G, ¶A©G, ©G½|

2671 katara {kat-ar'-ah} from 2596 (intensive) and 685; TDNT - 1:449,75; n f AV - curse 3, cursing 2, cursed 1; 6 1) an execration, imprecation, curse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2672 kataraomai {kat-ar-ah'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 2671; TDNT - 1:448,75; °Êµü AV - curse 6; 6 1) ¶A©G, §P¨M¦º¦D, ¬è¨D¨aº×­°Á{

2672 kataraomai {kat-ar-ah'-om-ahee} middle voice from 2671; TDNT - 1:448,75; v AV - curse 6; 6 1) to curse, doom, imprecate evil upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2673 katargeo {kat-arg-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 691; TDNT - 1:452,76; °Êµü AV - destroy 5, do away 3, abolish 3, cumber 1, loose 1, cease 1, fall 1, deliver 1, misc 11; 27 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°µL¥Îªº, ¸Ñ°£Â¾°È, ¨S§@¥Îªº, µL®Ä¤Oªº 1a) ¨Ï¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª«¤£¦A¦³®Ä¥Î 1b) ­é¥h¤O¶q, ¼vÅT¤O, ©ÎÅv¤O 2) ¨Ï°±®§, ¨Ï²×¤î, ¨Ï®ø¥¢, ¼o¥h, ¼o°£ 2a) µ²§ô, ²×¤î, ³Q°±¤î 2b) ³Q¤ÀÂ÷, ¥Ñ...¤À¶}, ¸Ñ°£...¾°È, ²æÂ÷©M§O¤HªºÃöÁp 2c) ²×µ²©M¬Y¤H¶¡ªº©Ò¦³©¹¨Ó

2673 katargeo {kat-arg-eh'-o} from 2596 and 691; TDNT - 1:452,76; v AV - destroy 5, do away 3, abolish 3, cumber 1, loose 1, cease 1, fall 1, deliver 1, misc 11; 27 1) to render idle, unemployed, inactivate, inoperative 1a) to cause a person or thing to have no further efficiency 1b) to deprive of force, influence, power 2) to cause to cease, put an end to, do away with, annul, abolish 2a) to cease, to pass away, be done away 2b) to be severed from, separated from, discharged from, loosed from any one 2c) to terminate all intercourse with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2674 katarithmeo {kat-ar-ith-meh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 705;; °Êµü AV - number 1; 1 1) ¼Æ¦b¤º #®{ 1:17|

2674 katarithmeo {kat-ar-ith-meh'-o} from 2596 and 705;; v AV - number 1; 1 1) to number with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2675 katartizo {kat-ar-tid'-zo} ·½©ó 2596 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 739 ªº¦r; TDNT - 1:475,80; °Êµü AV - perfect 2, make perfect 2, mend 2, be perfect 2, fit 1, frame 1, prepare 1, restore 1, perfectly joined together 1; 13 1) «P¦¨, ¥ç§Y ¨Ï¦X¾A, §¹¦n, §¹¥þ 1a) ¨Ï´_­ì (³Q¥´¯}©Î¼¹µõªº), ­×²z 1a1) ¨Ï§¹¾ã§¹¥þ 1b) ¸Ë³Æ, ¨Ï¨ã³Æ, ¾ã¹y, ¦w±Æ, ½Õ¾ã 1b1) ¸Ë³Æ¦Û¤v, ·Ç³Æ, ¹w³Æ, ¾ã³Æ 1c) ­Û²z¤W¨Ó»¡: ¨Ï°í±j, ¨Ï§¹¬ü, ¨Ï¦Ñ½m, ¨Ï¨ä¦¨¬°¨ä©ÒÀ³µM¬Oªº

2675 katartizo {kat-ar-tid'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of 739; TDNT - 1:475,80; v AV - perfect 2, make perfect 2, mend 2, be perfect 2, fit 1, frame 1, prepare 1, restore 1, perfectly joined together 1; 13 1) to render, i.e. to fit, sound, complete 1a) to mend (what has been broken or rent), to repair 1a1) to complete 1b) to fit out, equip, put in order, arrange, adjust 1b1) to fit or frame for one's self, prepare 1c) ethically: to strengthen, perfect, complete, make one what he ought to be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2676 katartisis {kat-ar'-tis-is} ·½¦Û 2675; TDNT - 1:475,80; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ion 1; 1 1) ¨Ï±j§§, ¨Ï¾d©T, ¨Ï¤ßÆFÁͩ󧹬ü 1a) °ö¾i, °V½m, ±Ð¾É, ¨Ï¦³¬ö«ß (#ªL«á 13:9|)

2676 katartisis {kat-ar'-tis-is} from 2675; TDNT - 1:475,80; n f AV - perfection 1; 1 1) a strengthening, perfecting of the soul 1a) a training, disciplining, instructing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2677 katartismos {kat-ar-tis-mos'} ·½¦Û 2675; TDNT - 1:475,80;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - perfecting 1; 1 1) ¥þ³¡§¹¦¨, ¸Ë³Æ(#¥± 4:12|)

2677 katartismos {kat-ar-tis-mos'} from 2675; TDNT - 1:475,80; n m AV - perfecting 1; 1 1) complete furnishing, equipping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2678 kataseio {kat-as-i'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4579;; °Êµü AV - beckon 4; 4 1) ¾AÀ³·sÀô¹Ò, ¹ý©³·j¬d, ¥µ¤U 2) ·nÂ\ 2a) °µ¤â¶Õ, ¦V¬Y¤HÂ\¤â

2678 kataseio {kat-as-i'-o} from 2596 and 4579;; v AV - beckon 4; 4 1) to shake down, throw down 2) to shake 2a) to make a sign, to signal with the hand to one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2679 kataskapto {kat-as-kap'-to} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4626;; °Êµü AV - ruin 1, dig down 1; 2 1) «õ±¸, ©î°£, ¯}Ãa (#®{ 15:16; ù 11:3|)

2679 kataskapto {kat-as-kap'-to} from 2596 and 4626;; v AV - ruin 1, dig down 1; 2 1) to dig under, dig down, demolish, destroy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2680 kataskeuazo {kat-ask-yoo-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û2596 and a derivative of 4632;; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- prepare 6, build 3, make 1, ordain 1; 11 1) ¸Ë¸m¡A¸Ë³Æ¡AÄw³Æ¡A¹w³Æ 1a) ¬°¤H©Î¨Æª«§@¤@¤Áªº·Ç³Æ 1b) «Ø³yªÌ¡A¬°¤F«Ø³y¦w¸Ë¡F«öµÛ¨º­Ó¸Ë°tªººc·Q¡A ¨Ã¦w¸Ë¤@¤Á©Ò»ÝªºªF¦è¡C

2680 kataskeuazo {kat-ask-yoo-ad'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of 4632;; v AV - prepare 6, build 3, make 1, ordain 1; 11 1) to furnish, equip, prepare, make ready 1a) of one who makes anything ready for a person or thing 1b) of builders, to construct, erect, with the included idea of adorning and equipping with all things necessary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2681 kataskenoo {kat-as-kay-no'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4637; TDNT - 7:387,1040; °Êµü AV - lodge 3, rest 1; 4 1) ·f±b´×, ¤ãÀç, ¤Uºf©~¦í

2681 kataskenoo {kat-as-kay-no'-o} from 2596 and 4637; TDNT - 7:387,1040; v AV - lodge 3, rest 1; 4 1) to pitch one's tent, to fix one's abode, to dwell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2682 kataskenosis {kat-as-kay'-no-sis} ·½¦Û 2681;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - nest 2; 2 1) ·f±bÁO, ²ÏÀç 2) ¾n¯dªº¦a¤è, ²ÏÀç, ©~¦í 2a) ³¾¿v±_´Ï®§¤§¦a (#¤Ó 8:20; 9:58|)

2682 kataskenosis {kat-as-kay'-no-sis} from 2681;; n n AV - nest 2; 2 1) the pitching of tents, encamping 2) place of tarrying, encampment, abode 2a) of the nest of birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2683 kataskiazo {kat-as-kee-ad'-zo} ·½©ó 2596 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 4639 ªº¦r;; °Êµü AV - shadow 1; 1 1) «OÅ@, ¥H½®¼v¾B»\, §È½®

2683 kataskiazo {kat-as-kee-ad'-zo} from 2596 and a derivative of 4639;; v AV - shadow 1; 1 1) to overshadow, cover with shade
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2684 kataskopeo {kat-as-kop-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2685; TDNT - 7:416,1047; °Êµü AV - spy out 1; 1 1) ºÊµø, ±K¤Áª`·N, ¬°­n¯µ±K¿Ñ¤Ï

2684 kataskopeo {kat-as-kop-eh'-o} from 2685; TDNT - 7:416,1047; v AV - spy out 1; 1 1) to inspect, view closely, in order to spy out and plot against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2685 kataskopos {kat-as'-kop-os} ·½©ó 2596 (±j»y®ðµü) ©M 4649 (¨ú¨ä Æ[¹îªÌ ¤§·N); TDNT - 7:417,1047;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - spy 1; 1 1) ½Õ¬dªÌ, ±´¤l, ¶¡¿Ò

2685 kataskopos {kat-as'-kop-os} from 2596 (intensive) and 4649 (in the sense of a watcher); TDNT - 7:417,1047; n m AV - spy 1; 1 1) an inspector, a spy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2686 katasophizomai {kat-as-of-id'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 2596 and 4679;; °Êµü AV - deal subtilly with 1; 1 1) ¥H¦l­p©Î°é®M³´®`¤§, ¥H·L§®ªº¤â¬q¨ú³Ó 2) ¥H´¼¨ú³Ó 3) ¦ù®i¹L«×¹L»· 4) ¸Þ¶Bªº¹ï«Ý (#®{ 7:19|)

2686 katasophizomai {kat-as-of-id'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 2596 and 4679;; v AV - deal subtilly with 1; 1 1) to circumvent by artifice or fraud, conquer by subtle devices 2) to outwit 3) overreach 4) to deal craftily with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2687 katastello {kat-as-tel'-lo} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 4724; TDNT - 7:595,1074; °Êµü AV - appease 1, quiet 1; 2 1) ¨Ï­°¤U¨Ó, ´î§C 2) ¨Ï®¶¾Ä©Îµo«ãªº¤H§NÀR¤U¨Ó, À£¨î, §í¨î, ¦w¼¾, ½w©M, ¥­®§ (#®{ 19:35-36|)

2687 katastello {kat-as-tel'-lo} from 2596 and 4724; TDNT - 7:595,1074; v AV - appease 1, quiet 1; 2 1) to send or put down, to lower 2) to put or keep down one who is roused or incensed, to repress, restrain, appease, quiet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2688 kata¦r·Fa {kat-as'-tay-mah} ·½¦Û 2525;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - behaviour 1; 1 1) Á|¤î, ºA«×, ªí±¡, ¼Ë¤l(#¦h 2:3|)

2688 katastema {kat-as'-tay-mah} from 2525;; n n AV - behaviour 1; 1 1) demeanour, deportment, bearing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2689 katastole {kat-as-tol-ay'} ·½¦Û 2687; TDNT - 7:595,1074; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - apparel 1; 1 1) ³±¨Iªº, ¨Ï¥¢±æ 2) ¦ç»n, ¥´§ê, ªA¸Ë, ¦çµÛ (#´£«e 2:9|)

2689 katastole {kat-as-tol-ay'} from 2687; TDNT - 7:595,1074; n f AV - apparel 1; 1 1) a lowering, letting down 2) a garment let down, dress, attire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2690 katastrepho {kat-as-tref'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4762; TDNT - 7:715,1093; °Êµü AV - overthrow 2; 2 1) ½­Ë, Âà­Ë 1a) ¥Î²p(½)¤g 2) ½Âà, ±À½, ¥µ¤U

2690 katastrepho {kat-as-tref'-o} from 2596 and 4762; TDNT - 7:715,1093; v AV - overthrow 2; 2 1) to turn over, turn under 1a) the soil with a plough 2) to overturn, overthrow, throw down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2691 katastreniao {kat-as-tray-nee-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4763; TDNT - 3:631,420; °Êµü AV - begin to wax wanton against 1; 1 1) ·Pı¦³©Ê¼¤ªº½Ä°Ê (#´£«e 5:11|)

2691 katastreniao {kat-as-tray-nee-ah'-o} from 2596 and 4763; TDNT - 3:631,420; v AV - begin to wax wanton against 1; 1 1) to feel the impulses of sexual desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2692 katastrophe {kat-as-trof-ay'} from 2690; TDNT - 7:715,1093; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - subverting 1, overthrow 1; 2 1) ¶ÉÂÐ, ·´·À 1a) «ü«°¥« 2) Áô³ë. «ü°l¨D¦¨¸tªºÆF©Êªºº¶·À

2692 katastrophe {kat-as-trof-ay'} from 2690; TDNT - 7:715,1093; n f AV - subverting 1, overthrow 1; 2 1) overthrow, destruction 1a) of cities 2) metaph. of the extinction of a spirit of consecration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2693 katastronnumi {kat-as-trone'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4766;; °Êµü AV - overthrow 1; 1 1) ¼», ¼½, (¨ì¦a­±) 2) §Ë­Ë, ¨Ï½öª×, ±þ¦º, ­ËÀÅ (#ªL«e 10:5|)

2693 katastronnumi {kat-as-trone'-noo-mee} from 2596 and 4766;; v AV - overthrow 1; 1 1) to strew over (the ground) 2) to prostrate, slay, (cf to lay low)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2694 katasuro {kat-as-oo'-ro} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4951;; °Êµü AV - hale 1; 1 1) ©Ô¤U,«û¤U 2)©ÔµÛ,¥Î¤O©ì

2694 katasuro {kat-as-oo'-ro} from 2596 and 4951;; v AV - hale 1; 1 1) to draw down, pull down 2) to draw along, drag forcibly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2695 katasphatto {kat-as-fat'-to} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 4969;; °Êµü AV - slay 1; 1 1) ±þ¥ú, ±O®_(#¸ô 19:27|)

2695 katasphatto {kat-as-fat'-to} from 2596 and 4969;; v AV - slay 1; 1 1) to kill off, to slaughter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2696 katasphragizo {kat-as-frag-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and 4972; TDNT - 7:939,1127; °Êµü AV - seal 1; 1 1) ±K«Ê, «Ê³¬, ¥H¹Ï³¹±K«Ê (#±Ò 5:1|)

2696 katasphragizo {kat-as-frag-id'-zo} from 2596 and 4972; TDNT - 7:939,1127; v AV - seal 1; 1 1) to cover with a seal, to close up, close with a seal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2697 kataschesis {kat-as'-khes-is} ·½¦Û 2722;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - possession 2; 2 1) §«Ãª«e¶i, ªýê 2) ¨c¨cªº«O«ùµÛ, ¦û¦³

2697 kataschesis {kat-as'-khes-is} from 2722;; n f AV - possession 2; 2 1) a holding back, hindering 2) a holding fast, possession
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2698 katatithemi {kat-at-ith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 5087;; °Êµü AV - lay 1, show 1, do 1; 3 1) ÂÃ, ¦s¤J, Àx¦s 2) §â¦Û¤vÂð_¨Ó, ¨Ñ¥¼¨Ó¦¡¨Ï¥Î 3) ¥Î¥ô¦ó¤èªk¬°¤w±N³Ì·RÂð_¨Ó, ±o¨ì³ß·R(¬°Ä¹±o³ß·R¦Ó°µ¬Y¨Æ)

2698 katatithemi {kat-at-ith'-ay-mee} from 2596 and 5087;; v AV - lay 1, show 1, do 1; 3 1) to lay down, deposit, lay up 2) to lay by or up for one's self, for future use 3) to lay up favour for one's self with any one, to gain favour with (to do something for one which may win favour)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2699 katatome {kat-at-om-ay'} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M temno (³Î)ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 8:109,1169; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - concision 1; 1 1) ¤Á¸H, ¤ÁÂ_ #µÌ 3:2|

2699 katatome {kat-at-om-ay'} from a compound of 2596 and temno (to cut); TDNT - 8:109,1169; n f AV - concision 1; 1 1) to cut up, mutilation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2700 katatoxeuo {kat-at-ox-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of 5115;; °Êµü AV - thrust through 1; 1 1) ³Q½b¨ëÀ»¸¨

2700 katatoxeuo {kat-at-ox-yoo'-o} from 2596 and a derivative of 5115;; v AV - thrust through 1; 1 1) to shoot down or thrust through with an arrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2701 katatrecho {kat-at-rekh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 5143;; °Êµü AV - run down 1; 1 1) ¶]¤U¥h, ¥[ºò, ¥[³t (#®{ 21:32|)

2701 katatrecho {kat-at-rekh'-o} from 2596 and 5143;; v AV - run down 1; 1 1) to run down, hasten down
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2702 kataphero {kat-af-er'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 »P 5342; °Êµü AV - fall 1, sink down 1, give 1; 3 1) ¸g¥~·N¸q:±a¤U¨Ó 2) §ë²¼¤Ï¹ï,§ë²¼©w¤Hªº¸o (#®{ 26:10|) 3) ¸¨¤J(¤@ºØª¬ºA) (#®{ 20:9|)

2702 kataphero {kat-af-er'-o} from 2596 and 5342 (including its alternate);; v AV - fall 1, sink down 1, give 1; 3 1) to bear down, bring down, cast down 1a) to cast a pebble or calculus into the urn 1a1) to give one's vote, to approve 1b) to be born down, to sink, (from the window to the pavement) 1c) metaph. 1c1) to be weighted down by, overcome, carried away 1c2) to sink into sleep, drop asleep
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2703 katapheugo {kat-af-yoo'-go} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 5343;; °Êµü AV - flee 2; 2 1) °k¶], °k¦ÜÁ×Ãøªº¦a¤è

2703 katapheugo {kat-af-yoo'-go} from 2596 and 5343;; v AV - flee 2; 2 1) to flee away, flee for refuge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2704 katphtheiro {kat-af-thi'-ro} ·½¦Û 2596 and 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; °Êµü AV - corrupt 1, utterly perish 1; 2 1) »G±Ñ, ¼Z¸¨ 1a) ª{·À¤H¤ß 2) ·´Ãa 2a) ³Q·´ªº, ®ø·À, ¨ò¦º (#´£«á 3:8; ©¼«á 2:12|)

2704 katphtheiro {kat-af-thi'-ro} from 2596 and 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; v AV - corrupt 1, utterly perish 1; 2 1) to corrupt, deprave 1a) corrupted in mind 2) to destroy 2a) to be destroyed, to perish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2705 kataphileo {kat-af-ee-leh'-o}} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; TDNT - 9:114,1262; °Êµü AV - kiss 6; 6 1) ¦h¦¸¿Ë§k, ³s³s¿Ë§k, ·Å¬Xªº¿Ë§k

2705 kataphileo {kat-af-ee-leh'-o}} of Latin origin; TDNT - 9:114,1262; v AV - kiss 6; 6 1) to kiss much, kiss again and again, kiss tenderly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2706 kataphroneo {kat-af-ron-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 5426; TDNT - 3:631,421; °Êµü AV - despise 9; 9 1) ½°µø, »´µø, »´½°,»À±ó, »´¬Ý©Î¤£©ñ¦b²´¸Ì

2706 kataphroneo {kat-af-ron-eh'-o} from 2596 and 5426; TDNT - 3:631,421; v AV - despise 9; 9 1) to contemn, despise, disdain, think little or nothing of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2707 kataphrontes {kat-af-ron-tace'} ·½¦Û 2706; TDNT - 3:632,421;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - despiser 1; 1 1) »´ºCªº¤H #®{ 13:41|

2707 kataphrontes {kat-af-ron-tace'} from 2706; TDNT - 3:632,421; n m AV - despiser 1; 1 1) despiser
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2708 katacheo {kat-akh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and cheo (to pour);; °Êµü AV - pour 2; 2 1) ¼åÄé¤U¨Ó 2) ¶É­Ë, ¼åÄé

2708 katacheo {kat-akh-eh'-o} from 2596 and cheo (to pour);; v AV - pour 2; 2 1) to pour down upon 2) pour over, pour upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2709 katachthonios {kat-akh-thon'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 2596 and chthon (the ground); TDNT - 3:633,421; §Î®eµü AV - under the earth 1; 1 1) ¦a¤Uªº 1a) «ü¦í¦b¦a©³¤Uªº, ¹L¥@ªºÆF»î (#µÌ 2:10|)

2709 katachthonios {kat-akh-thon'-ee-os} from 2596 and chthon (the ground); TDNT - 3:633,421; adj AV - under the earth 1; 1 1) subterranean 1a) refers to those who dwell in the world below, departed souls
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2710 katachraomai {kat-akh-rah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 2596 and 5530;; °Êµü AV - abuse 2; 2 1) ¹L«×¨Ï¥Î©ÎÀݥΠ2) ¥ÎºÉ¤F, ®ø¯Ó 3) §¹¥þ¨Ï¥Î (#ªL«e 7:31; 9:18|)

2710 katachraomai {kat-akh-rah'-om-ahee} from 2596 and 5530;; v AV - abuse 2; 2 1) to use much or excessively or ill 2) to use up, consume by use 3) to use fully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2711 katapsucho {kat-ap-soo'-kho} ·½¦Û 2596 and 5594;; °Êµü AV - cool 1; 1 1) §N«o¤U¨Ó, ¨Ï²D§Ö (#¸ô 16:24|)

2711 katapsucho {kat-ap-soo'-kho} from 2596 and 5594;; v AV - cool 1; 1 1) to cool off, make cool
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2712 kateidolos {kat-i'-do-los} ·½¦Û 2596 (intensive) and 1497; TDNT - 2:379,202; §Î®eµü AV - wholly give to idolatry 1; 1 1) °¸¹³ªL¥ß, º¡¤F°¸¹³ (#®{ 17:16|)

2712 kateidolos {kat-i'-do-los} from 2596 (intensive) and 1497; TDNT - 2:379,202; adj AV - wholly give to idolatry 1; 1 1) full of idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2713 katenanti {kat-en'-an-tee} ·½¦Û 2596 and 1725;; °Æµü AV - over against 4, before 1; 5 1) ¦b...¹ï­±, 2) Áô³ë. ¦b¬Y¤H¸ò«e ¥ç§Y ³Q¼f§P

2713 katenanti {kat-en'-an-tee} from 2596 and 1725;; adv AV - over against 4, before 1; 5 1) over against, opposite before 2) metaph. before one i.e. he being judge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2714 katenopion {kat-en-o'-pee-on} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 1799;; °Æµü AV - before 2, in sight of 1, in (one's) sight 1, before the presence of 1; 5 1) ­±¹ïµÛ, ·í­±, ·í³õ, ¬Ý¨£, ¦b...¤§«e 1a) »P¦a¤è¦³Ãö 1b) Áô³ë. 1b1) ¦b¬Y¤H²´«e, ¦bÃÒ¤H­±«e 1b2) ­±¹ï¯«ªº¼f§P

2714 katenopion {kat-en-o'-pee-on} from 2596 and 1799;; adv AV - before 2, in sight of 1, in (one's) sight 1, before the presence of 1; 5 1) over against, before the face of, before the presence of, in the sight of, before 1a) referring to places 1b) metaph. 1b1) having one as it were before the eyes, before one as witness 1b2) before God as judge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2715 katexousiazo {kat-ex-oo-see-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 2596 and 1850; TDNT - 2:575,238; °Êµü AV - exercise authority upon 2; 2 1) ¦æ¨ÏÅv¤O, ¬I®i¬FÅv (#¤Ó 20:25; ¥i 10:42|)

2715 katexousiazo {kat-ex-oo-see-ad'-zo} from 2596 and 1850; TDNT - 2:575,238; v AV - exercise authority upon 2; 2 1) to exercise authority, wield power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2716 katergazomai {kat-er-gad'-zom-ahee} TDNT - 3:634,421; °Êµü AV - work 15, do 5, do deed 1, to perform 1, cause 1, work out 1; 24 1) ¹F¦¨, §¹¦¨, °µ 2) ­P¨Ï, ²£¥Í, ³Ð³y 3) ¨Ï·Ç³Æ©P¥þ (#ªL«á 5:5|) 4) §JªA, ¨îªA, ©ºªA (#¥± 6:13|)

2716 katergazomai {kat-er-gad'-zom-ahee} from 2596 and 2038; TDNT - 3:634,421; v AV - work 15, do 5, do deed 1, to perform 1, cause 1, work out 1; 24 1) to perform, accomplish, achieve 2) to work out i.e. to do that from which something results 2a) of things: bring about, result in 3) to fashion i.e. render one fit for a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2717 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

2717 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2718 katerchomai {kat-er'-khom-ahee} °Êµü AV - come down 5, come 3, go down 2, de¤Àµü1, descend 1, land 1; 13 1) ¤U¨Ó 2) ©è¹F, °±¾a (#®{ 18:22, 21:3, 27:5|)

2718 katerchomai {kat-er'-khom-ahee} from 2596 and 2064 (including its alternate);; v AV - come down 5, come 3, go down 2, depart 1, descend 1, land 1; 13 1) to come down, go down 1a) of one who goes from a higher to a lower locality 1b) of those who come to a place by a ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2719 katesthio {kat-es-thee'-o} or kataphago {kat-aph-ag'-o} °Êµü AV - devour 10, eat up 3, devour up 2; 15 1) (¯T§]ªêÃ`¦a) §]¦Y, ¦Y­Óºë¥ú, §]¤U 2) ­l¥Í¥Xªº§t·N 2a) §¹¥þ·´·À (#±Ò11:5, 20:9|) 2b) ®öÂY (#¸ô 15:30|) 2c) ±°¹Ü (#¥i 12:40µ¥|) 2d) ª§¾x¤Àª[ (#¥[ 5:15|) 2e) ­é«d (#ªL«á 11:20|)

2719 katesthio {kat-es-thee'-o} or kataphago {kat-aph-ag'-o} from 2596 and 2068 (including its alternate);; v AV - devour 10, eat up 3, devour up 2; 15 1) to consume by eating, to eat up, devour 1a) of birds 1b) of a dragon 1c) of a man eating up the little book 2) metaph. 2a) to devour i.e. squander, waste: substance 2b) to devour i.e. forcibly appropriate: widows' property 2c) to strip one of his goods 1c1) to ruin (by the infliction of injuries) 2d) by fire, to devour i.e. to utterly consume, destroy 2e) of the consumption of the strength of body and mind by strong emotions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2720 kateuthuno {kat-yoo-thoo'-no} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 2116;; °Êµü AV - direct 2, guide 1; 3 1) ¾ã²z¨Ï¦³¨t²Î¯ßµ¸¥i´`, ­×ª½«e­±ªº¸ô, ¤Þ¾É, «ü¾É 1a) ¬°¬Y¤H°£¥h¦b¨ä«e­±ªºªýê

2720 kateuthuno {kat-yoo-thoo'-no} from 2596 and 2116;; v AV - direct 2, guide 1; 3 1) to make straight, guide, direct 1a) of the removal of the hindrances to coming to one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2721 katephistemi {kat-ef-is'-tay-mee} °Êµü AV - make insurrection against 1; 1 1) °_¦Ó§ðÀ» (#®{ 18:12|)

2721 katephistemi {kat-ef-is'-tay-mee} from 2596 and 2186;; v AV - make insurrection against 1; 1 1) to set up against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2722 katecho {kat-ekh'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 2192; TDNT - 2:829,286; °Êµü AV - hold 3, hold fast 3, keep 2, possess 2, stay 1, take 1, have 1, make 1, misc 5; 19 1) «O«ù±±¨î, «O¦³, «ù¦u 1a) ¤£Åý¥¢¥h 1b) ¨¾¤î, ªýê(¤è¦V©Î¶iµ{) 1b1) «üÄdªý¼Ä°ò·þªºÅã²{ 1b2) ªý¤î²î°¦ªº«e¶i, ¥ç§Y ªýê©Î¾ÞÁa²îªº¯è¦æ 1c) ¨c¨c´¤¦í, °í¦u, °í©w«ù¦u 2) ¾Ö¦³, ¦û¨ú 2b) ¾Ö¦³

2722 katecho {kat-ekh'-o} from 2596 and 2192; TDNT - 2:829,286; v AV - hold 3, hold fast 3, keep 2, possess 2, stay 1, take 1, have 1, make 1, misc 5; 19 1) to hold back, detain, retain 1a) from going away 1b) to restrain, hinder (the course or progress of) 1b1) that which hinders, Antichrist from making his appearance 1b2) to check a ship's headway i.e. to hold or head the ship 1c) to hold fast, keep secure, keep firm possession of 2) to get possession of, take 2b) to possess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2723 kategoreo {kat-ay-gor-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 2725; TDNT - 3:637,422; °Êµü AV - accuse 21, object 1; 22 1) ±±§i 1a) ¦b¼f§P©x¤§«e: ±±¶D 1b) ÃB¥~ªºªk®x±±¶D ¨£¦P¸qµü 5803

2723 kategoreo {kat-ay-gor-eh'-o} from 2725; TDNT - 3:637,422; v AV - accuse 21, object 1; 22 1) to accuse 1a) before a judge: to make an accusation 1b) of an extra-judicial accusation For Synonyms see entry 5803
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2724 kategoria {kat-ay-gor-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2725; TDNT - 3:637,422; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - accusation 3, accused 1; 4 1) «ü±±, ¶O¥Î

2724 kategoria {kat-ay-gor-ee'-ah} from 2725; TDNT - 3:637,422; n f AV - accusation 3, accused 1; 4 1) accusation, charge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2725 kategoros {kat-ay'-gor-os} or ketegor {kat-ay'-gohr} from 2596 and 58; TDNT - 3:636,422;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - accuser 7; 7 1) ±±§iªº¤H 1a) ©Ô¤ñµ¹¤©Å]°­ªº¦W¦r

2725 kategoros {kat-ay'-gor-os} or ketegor {kat-ay'-gohr} from 2596 and 58; TDNT - 3:636,422; n m AV - accuser 7; 7 1) an accuser 1a) a name given to the devil by the rabbis
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2726 katepheia {kat-ay'-fi-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 2596 and perhaps a derivative of the base of 5316 (meaning downcast in look);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - heaviness 1; 1 1) ¦]´d¶Ë¦ÓÅã¥X§C««ªº¥Ø¥ú 2) ²Û®¢, ªq³à, ·T­W (#¶® 4:9|)

2726 katepheia {kat-ay'-fi-ah} from a compound of 2596 and perhaps a derivative of the base of 5316 (meaning downcast in look);; n f AV - heaviness 1; 1 1) a downcast look expressive of sorrow 2) shame, dejection, gloom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2727 katecheo {kat-ay-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 ©M 2279; TDNT - 3:638,422; °Êµü AV - instruct 3, teach 3, inform 2; 8 1) µoÁn, ¦^ÅT, ¤ÏÅT 1a) ¥HÁn­µ¨Ï¤HµÛ°g, °g¤H 2) ¨¥±Ð, «ü¾É 3) ¤f»y³qª¾ 3a) ³Q¤fÀY¤W§iª¾

2727 katecheo {kat-ay-kheh'-o} from 2596 and 2279; TDNT - 3:638,422; v AV - instruct 3, teach 3, inform 2; 8 1) to sound towards, sound down upon, resound 1a) to charm with resounding sound, to fascinate 2) to teach orally, to instruct 3) to inform by word of mouth 3a) to be orally informed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2728 katioo {kat-ee-o'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and a derivative of 2447; TDNT - 3:334,*; °Êµü AV - canker 1; 1 1) ¥ÍÄÃ, §Gº¡¤FÅKù× (#¶® 5:3|)

2728 katioo {kat-ee-o'-o} from 2596 and a derivative of 2447; TDNT - 3:334,*; v AV - canker 1; 1 1) to rust over, cover with rust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2729 katischuo {kat-is-khoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2596 and 2480; TDNT - 3:397,378; °Êµü AV - prevail against 1, prevail 1; 2 1) ¯à°í¶´ªº¹ï«Ý§O¤Hªº¶Ë®`, ¥eÀu¶Õ 2) ¯à¦³¤£¬°©Ò°Êªº¶´«× 3) ©ºªA 4) Àò³Ó

2729 katischuo {kat-is-khoo'-o} from 2596 and 2480; TDNT - 3:397,378; v AV - prevail against 1, prevail 1; 2 1) to be strong to another's detriment, to prevail against 2) to be superior in strength 3) to overcome 4) to prevail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2730 katoikeo {kat-oy-keh'-o} ·½©ó 2596 ©M 3611; TDNT - 5:153,674; °Êµü AV - dwell 42, dweller 2, inhabitor 2, inhabitant 1; 47 1) ¦w©~, ¦w©w 1a) Áô³ë. ©v±Ð©ÊÄÝÆFªº¤O¶q, ¼vÅT¤O µ¥, ³Q»{¬°¬O¦í¦b¤HªºÆF»î¤¤, ÂX®i, ¿EÀy, ©MºÞ²z¥L 2) ¸¨¸}, ©w©~ 2a) ¯«³Q»¡¬O¦í¦b¸t·µ¤¤, ¥ç§YÁ`¬O¦b¨º¨à¥i±µ¨ü·q«ô ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5854

2730 katoikeo {kat-oy-keh'-o} from 2596 and 3611; TDNT - 5:153,674; v AV - dwell 42, dweller 2, inhabitor 2, inhabitant 1; 47 1) to dwell, settle 1a) metaph. divine powers, influences, etc., are said to dwell in his soul, to pervade, prompt, govern it 2) to dwell in, inhabit 2a) God is said to dwell in the temple, i.e. to be always present for worshippers For Synonyms see entry 5854
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2731 katoikesis {kat-oy'-kay-sis} ·½¦Û 2730;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dwelling 1; 1 1) ©~¦í, ¦í©Ò

2731 katoikesis {kat-oy'-kay-sis} from 2730;; n f AV - dwelling 1; 1 1) dwelling, abode
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2732 katoiketerion {kat-oy-kay-tay'-ree-on} ·½¦Û a derivative of 2730; TDNT - 5:155,674; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - habitation 2; 2 1) ¦í³B, ©~©Ò, ©~¦í (#¥± 2:22; ±Ò 18:2|)

2732 katoiketerion {kat-oy-kay-tay'-ree-on} from a derivative of 2730; TDNT - 5:155,674; n n AV - habitation 2; 2 1) an abode, a habitation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2733 katoikia {kat-oy-kee'-ah} ¦r®Ú«¬;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - habitation 1; 1 1) ©Ð¤l, ©Ð¶¡, ¦í©Ò 2) ¨Ï©~¦í, ³Q¥´µo©Î¦w±Æ¨ì¥ð®§¦í©Ò 3) µ¹©ó©~¦í, ¹w³Æ¦í©Ò (#®{ 17:26|)

2733 katoikia {kat-oy-kee'-ah} a primitive root;; n f AV - habitation 1; 1 1) dwelling, habitation 2) to cause to dwell, to send or bring into an abode 3) to give a dwelling to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2734 katoptrizomai {kat-op-trid'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA·½¦Û2596 ©M 3700 ªº©µ¥Ó¦r ¤§²Õ¦X [cf 2072]; TDNT - 2:696,264; °Êµü AV - behold as a glass 1; 1 1) ®gÃè, ¤Ï®g, ¤Ï¬M 2) ·ÓÃè¤l 3) ¬ÝÃ褤¼v

2734 katoptrizomai {kat-op-trid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from a compound of 2596 and a derivative of 3700 [cf 2072]; TDNT - 2:696,264; v AV - behold as a glass 1; 1 1) to show in a mirror, to make to reflect, to mirror 2) to look at one's self in a mirror 3) to behold one's self in a mirror
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2735 katorthoma {kat-or'-tho-mah} ·½¦Û a compound of 2596 and a derivative of 3717 [cf 1357];; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - very worthy deed 1; 1 1) ¥¿½TªºÁ|°Ê, ¦¨¥\ªº¦¨´N 1a) ¹ï¦³¯q¤½²³¨­¤ß°·±dªº¼Ð·Ç©Î¨î«×¨Ó»¡

2735 katorthoma {kat-or'-tho-mah} from a compound of 2596 and a derivative of 3717 [cf 1357];; n n AV - very worthy deed 1; 1 1) a right action, a successful achievement 1a) of wholesome public measures or institutions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2736 kato {kat'-o} also (cf) katotero {kat-o-ter'-o} [cf 2737] from 2596; TDNT - 3:640,422; °Æµü AV - down 5, beneath 3, bottom 2, under 1; 11 1) ©¹¤U, ¦V¤Uªº 2) ¦b¤U­±, ¦b...¤§¤U 2a) «ü¦a¤è, ¦b¤U¤èªº 2b) «ü®É¶¡¤Wªº³sÄò

2736 kato {kat'-o} also (cf) katotero {kat-o-ter'-o} [cf 2737] from 2596; TDNT - 3:640,422; adv AV - down 5, beneath 3, bottom 2, under 1; 11 1) down, downwards 2) below, beneath 2a) of place, below 2b) of temporal succession
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2737 katoteros {kat-o'-ter-os} comparative from 2736; TDNT - 3:640,422; §Î®eµü AV - lower 1; 1 1) ¸û§Cªº, §C¤Uªº (#¥± 4:9|)

2737 katoteros {kat-o'-ter-os} comparative from 2736; TDNT - 3:640,422; adj AV - lower 1; 1 1) lower
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2738 kauma {kow'-mah} ·½¦Û 2545; TDNT - 3:642,423; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - heat 2; 2 1) ¼ö 1a) «üµh­Wªºª¥¼ö

2738 kauma {kow'-mah} from 2545; TDNT - 3:642,423; n n AV - heat 2; 2 1) heat 1a) of painful and burning heat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2739 kaumatizo {kow-mat-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2738; TDNT - 3:643,423; °Êµü AV - scorch 4; 4 1) ¯MµJ, ¯NµJ 2) ¥H±j¤õ¯N°Ý

2739 kaumatizo {kow-mat-id'-zo} from 2738; TDNT - 3:643,423; v AV - scorch 4; 4 1) to burn with heat, to scorch 2) to be tortured with intense heat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2740 kausis {kow'-sis} ·½©ó 2545; TDNT - 3:643,423; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to be burned + 1519 1; 1 1) µI¿N, ¿NºÉ

2740 kausis {kow'-sis} from 2545; TDNT - 3:643,423; n f AV - to be burned + 1519 1; 1 1) burning, burning up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2741 kausoo {kow-so'-o} ·½¦Û 2740; TDNT - 3:644,*; °Êµü AV - with fervent heat 2; 2 1) µI¿N, Áa¤õ¿N 2) ¦b¿U¿N²r¯Pªº¤õùطμõ¨ü­Wto suffer with feverish burning, ³Q¼ö¿N¯N (#©¼«á 3:10,12|)

2741 kausoo {kow-so'-o} from 2740; TDNT - 3:644,*; v AV - with fervent heat 2; 2 1) to burn up, set fire to 2) to suffer with feverish burning, be parched with fever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2742 kauson {kow'-sone} ·½¦Û 2741; TDNT - 3:644,423;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - heat 2, burning heat 1; 3 1) ª¥¼ö 1a) ¤Ó¶§ªº(ª¥¼ö) 2) §ÆÃ¾ªF­·¯«(Eurus), «D±`Àê¼ö, ªF­·, ±N¨C­ÓªF¦è¯NµJ¨Ï¤§°®²U

2742 kauson {kow'-sone} from 2741; TDNT - 3:644,423; n m AV - heat 2, burning heat 1; 3 1) burning heat 1a) of the sun 2) Eurus, a very dry hot, east wind, scorching and drying up everything
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2743 kauteriazo {kow-tay-ree-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative of 2545; TDNT - 3:644,*; °Êµü AV - sear with a hot iron 1; 1 1) ¥H¯O¦L¼Ð°O, ¤W°Ó¼Ð, ³Q¦Û¤vªº¨}¤ß¯O¦L 1a) «ü¤ßÆF³Q¥[¥H¦Ã¦Wº¡¤F¸oªº°O¸¹ 1b) «ü¨}¤ß¥Ã¤[­I­t¸oªºÄþ³d 2) ¿N¯N¯O¦L 3) Âå¾Ç¥Î»y, ¿N¯O, ¿N¨`, ¥H¿N¨`¾¹­ç°£ (#´£«e 4:2|)

2743 kauteriazo {kow-tay-ree-ad'-zo} from a derivative of 2545; TDNT - 3:644,*; v AV - sear with a hot iron 1; 1 1) to mark by branding, to brand, branded with their own consciences 1a) whose souls are branded with the marks of sin 1b) who carry about with them the perpetual consciousness of sin 2) seared 3) in a medical sense, to cauterise, remover by cautery
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2744 kauchaomai {kow-khah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û some (obsolete) base ªñ¦ü to that of aucheo (to boast) and 2172; TDNT - 3:645,423; °Êµü AV - glory 23, boast 8, rejoice 4, make boast 2, joy 1; 38 1) Æg¬ü, ¸ØÄ£(¦³­ì¦]ªº©Î²ö©úªº) 2) ¥Ñ©ó...¦Óªgªg¦Û³ß 3) ¬°...¦Û»¨

2744 kauchaomai {kow-khah'-om-ahee} from some (obsolete) base akin to that of aucheo (to boast) and 2172; TDNT - 3:645,423; v AV - glory 23, boast 8, rejoice 4, make boast 2, joy 1; 38 1) to glory (whether with reason or without) 2) to glory on account of a thing 3) to glory in a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2745 kauchema {kow'-khay-mah} ·½©ó 2744; TDNT - 3:645,423; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - rejoicing 4, to glory 3, glorying 2, boasting 1, rejoice 1; 11 1) ¥úºa©Î¥iºÙ¸Øªº¨Æ, ºaÄ£ªº¨Æ©Î¨Ì¾Ú 2) ´­´­±o·N©Î¦Û¸Ø

2745 kauchema {kow'-khay-mah} from 2744; TDNT - 3:645,423; n n AV - rejoicing 4, to glory 3, glorying 2, boasting 1, rejoice 1; 11 1) that of which one glories or can glory, matter or ground of glorying 2) a glorying or boasting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2746 kauchesis {kow'-khay-sis} ·½©ó 2744; TDNT - 3:645,423; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - boasting 6, rejoicing 4, glorying 1, whereof I may glory 1; 12 1) ¨Ï±oºaÄ£, ¸ØÆg

2746 kauchesis {kow'-khay-sis} from 2744; TDNT - 3:645,423; n f AV - boasting 6, rejoicing 4, glorying 1, whereof I may glory 1; 12 1) the act of glorying
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2747 Kegchreai {keng-khreh-a'-hee} ¥i¯à·½¦Û kegchros (¤p¦Ì); ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Cenchrea 3; 3 °í­²­ù = "¤p¦Ì" 1) ­ôªL¦hªº®ü´ä (#®{ 18:18; ù 16:1,27|)

2747 Kegchreai {keng-khreh-a'-hee} probably from kegchros (millet);; n pr loc AV - Cenchrea 3; 3 Cenchrea = "millet" 1) the eastern harbour of Corinth (i.e. its harbour on the Saronic Gulf) and the emporium of its trade with the Asiatic shores of the Mediterranean, as Lechaeum on the Corinthian Gulf connected it with Italy and the west
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2748 Kedron {ked-rone'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 06939; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Cedron 1; 1 ¨V²_ = "²V¿Bªº" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§N¥HªFªº¤@±ø¤ô¹D(°£¤F«B©u,¬Ò¬°°®²U),¬y¤J¦º®ü (#¬ù 18:1|)

2748 Kedron {ked-rone'} of Hebrew origin 06939;; n pr loc AV - Cedron 1; 1 Cedron or Kidron = "turbid" 1) the name of a winter torrent, rising near Jerusalem and flowing down through a valley of Kidron, having the Mount of Olives on the east, into the Dead Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2749 keimai {ki'-mahee} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬°Êµüªº Ãö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 3:654,425; °Êµü AV - lie 9, be laid 6, be set 6, be appointed 1, be 1, be made 1, laid up 1, there 1; 26 1) ©ñ¸m 1a) «üÀ¦¨à³Q©ñ¦b... (#¸ô 2:12,16|) 1b) «ü±N¦ºªÌ¤U¸® 1c) «üªF¦èí©T¦a¥ß¦b¬Y­Ó¦aÂI 1c1) «ü®y¸¨¦b¤s¥C¤Wªº«°¥« 1d) «ü³Q©ñ¸m©Î³]¥ß¦b¥ô¦ó¦a¤èªºªF¦è, ´N¦p§Ú­Ì¤@¯ë©Ò»¡ªº"¥ß"¦b¬Y­Ó¦a¤è 1d1) «ü¾¹¥×, ¤ý¦ì, «°¥«¥«°Ï, °ï°_¨Óªº½\ª«©Î¨ä¥¦ªF¦è, ¦a°ò 2) Áô³ë. 2a) (¥Ñ¯«ªº·NÄ@)©Ò¦w±Æ³]¥ßªº, ¥ç§Y©R©wªº, ª`©wªº, ³Q«ü©wªº 2b) «üªk«ß, ¬O³Q³]¥ßªº, ³Q¨î­qªº (#´£«e 1:9|) 2c) ªA¦b¨¸´cÅv¶Õ¤§¤Uªº, ¥ç§Y ³Q¨¸´c¶Õ¤O©Ò±±¨îªº (#¬ù¤@ 5:19|)

2749 keimai {ki'-mahee} middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 3:654,425; v AV - lie 9, be laid 6, be set 6, be appointed 1, be 1, be made 1, laid up 1, there 1; 26 1) to lie 1a) of an infant 1b) of one buried 1c) of things that quietly cover some spot 1c1) of a city situated on a hill 1d) of things put or set in any place, in ref. to which we often use "to stand" 1d1) of vessels, of a throne, of the site of a city, of grain and other things laid up together, of a foundation 2) metaph. 2a) to be (by God's intent) set, i.e. destined, appointed 2b) of laws, to be made, laid down 2c) lies in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2750 keiria {ki-ree'-ah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - §í­µ²Åclothes 1; 1 1) (®I¸®) Äñ»q¥Îªº§÷®Æ (#¬ù 11:44|)

2750 keiria {ki-ree'-ah} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - graveclothes 1; 1 1) a band, either for bed-girth, or for tying up a corpse after it has been swathed in linen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2751 keiro {ki'-ro} a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - shear 3, shearer 1; 4 1) °Å¦Ï¤ò 2) ¨Ï­×°Å¤ò¾v 3) °ÅµuÀY¾v (#®{ 8:32, 18:18; ªL«e 11:6|)

2751 keiro {ki'-ro} a primary verb;; v AV - shear 3, shearer 1; 4 1) to sheer: a sheep 2) to get or let be shorn 3) of shearing or cutting short the hair of the head
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2752 keleuma {kel'-yoo-mah} ·½©ó 2753; TDNT - 3:656,*; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - shout 1; 1 1) ¤@­Ó«ü¥O, ©R¥O, §ó½T©w¦a»¡, «ü¥H¤@ºØ§q¥s, ©I³Ûªº¤è¦¡©Òµo¥X, ¥H¶Ê¹G±Ä¨ú¦æ°Êªº. ¤£½×¬O°Êª«³Q¤H¥s³êÅXµ¦, ¦p°¨³Q¾r¾Ô¨®ªº¤h§L¶Ê«P, Ây¤ü³QÂy¤H©I¥sµ¥µ¥; ©Î¬Oµ¹»P¤Hªº ¤@­Ó«H¸¹, ¦p²î¥Dµ¹¦E²î¤âªº¤f¥O, «ü´§©x¹ï¤h§L¤U¹Fªº©R¥O(¥H¤f¥O©Î¸¹¨¤¶Ç¹F)µ¥µ¥

2752 keleuma {kel'-yoo-mah} from 2753; TDNT - 3:656,*; n n AV - shout 1; 1 1) an order, command, spec. a stimulating cry, either that by which animals are roused and urged on by man, as horses by charioteers, hounds by hunters, etc., or that by which a signal is given to men, e.g. to rowers by the master of a ship, to soldiers by a commander (with a loud summons, a trumpet call)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2753 keleuo {kel-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û a primary kello (to urge on);; °Êµü AV - command 24, at (one's) command 1, give commandment 1, bid 1; 27 1) ©R¥O, §h©J ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5844

2753 keleuo {kel-yoo'-o} from a primary kello (to urge on);; v AV - command 24, at (one's) command 1, give commandment 1, bid 1; 27 1) to command, to order For Synonyms see entry 5844
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2754 kenodoxia {ken-od-ox-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2755; TDNT - 3:662,426; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vainglory 1; 1 1) µê¯BªººaÄ£, µL°ò¦ªº¦Û´L, µêªÅªºÅº¶Æ 2) µL¯qªºªº¨£¸Ñ, ¿ù»~ (#µÌ 2:3|)

2754 kenodoxia {ken-od-ox-ee'-ah} from 2755; TDNT - 3:662,426; n f AV - vainglory 1; 1 1) vain glory, groundless, self esteem, empty pride 2) a vain opinion, error
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2755 kenodoxos {ken-od'-ox-os} ·½¦Û 2756 and 1391; TDNT - 3:662,426; §Î®eµü AV - desirous of vain glory 1; 1 1) µL·N¸qªº¬ü¦W, ź¶Æ¦Û¸Øªº, ·R¼}µêºaªº, ³g¹Ïµê¦W (#¥[ 5:26|)

2755 kenodoxos {ken-od'-ox-os} from 2756 and 1391; TDNT - 3:662,426; adj AV - desirous of vain glory 1; 1 1) glorying without reason, conceited, vain glorious, eager for empty glory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2756 kenos {ken-os'} «ÜÅãµMªº¬O­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 3:659,426; §Î®eµü AV - vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18 1) ªÅªº,®{³Òªº, ¯Ê¥F¯u²zªº 1a) ¹ï¦a¤è©Î¬O²îµ¥µ¥ªº¨Ó»¡¡A¨º¸Ì¨S¦³¥ô¦óªF¦è 1b) ¹ï¤H¨Ó»¡ 1b1) ªÅ¤â 1b2) ¨S¦³±a§ª« 1c) Áô³ë. ¯Ê¥F¤ßÆFªº°]´I, ¤@­Ó¤H¦Û§j¦Û¾Ý¥Lªº«H¤ß¦n¹³«D±`¨ô¶Vªº°]²£, ¦ý¬O«o¨S¦³«H¤ßªºªG¤l 1d) Áô³ë. §V¤O¡B³Ò°Ê¡B¬¡°Ê¦ý¬O«o¾É­P¨S¦³¥ô¦óªG®Ä,®{³ÒµL¥\ ,µL®Äªº ,¨S¦³¥ô¦óµ²ªG 1d1) ¨S¦³¥Øªºªº®{³Ò

2756 kenos {ken-os'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:659,426; adj AV - vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18 1) empty, vain, devoid of truth 1a) of places, vessels, etc. which contain nothing 1b) of men 1b1) empty handed 1b2) without a gift 1c) metaph. destitute of spiritual wealth, of one who boasts of his faith as a transcendent possession, yet is without the fruits of faith 1d) metaph. of endeavours, labours, acts, which result in nothing, vain, fruitless, without effect 1d1) vain of no purpose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2757 kenophonia {ken-of-o-nee'-ah} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 2756 ©M 5456;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vain babblings 2; 2 1) ªÅ¬}ªºµû½×, ¦bµL»ù­È©MµL·N¸qªº¨Æ¤Wªº°Q½×

2757 kenophonia {ken-of-o-nee'-ah} from a presumed compound of 2756 and 5456;; n f AV - vain babblings 2; 2 1) empty discussion, discussion of vain and useless matters
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2758 kenoo {ken-o'-o} ·½¦Û 2756; TDNT - 3:661,426; °Êµü AV - make void 2, make of none effect 1, make of no reputation 1, be in vain 1; 5 1) ¨ÏªÅ 1)°ò·þ©ñ±ó¦Û¤vªº¦ì¤À»PÅv§Q (#µÌ 2:7|) 2) ¯}Ãa,¨Ï¤§ªÅµL©ÎµL®Ä

2758 kenoo {ken-o'-o} from 2756; TDNT - 3:661,426; v AV - make void 2, make of none effect 1, make of no reputation 1, be in vain 1; 5 1) to empty, make empty 1a) of Christ, he laid aside equality with or the form of God 2) to make void 2a) deprive of force, render vain, useless, of no effect 3) to make void 3b) cause a thing to be seen to be empty, hollow, false
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2759 kentron {ken'-tron} ·½¦Û kenteo (¨ë,ÂW); TDNT - 3:663,427; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sting 3, prick 2; 5 1) (°Êª«ªº)¨ë 2) ¨ë´Î

2759 kentron {ken'-tron} from kenteo (to prick); TDNT - 3:663,427; n n AV - sting 3, prick 2; 5 1) a sting, as that of bees, scorpions, locusts. Since animals wound by their sting and even cause death, Paul attributes death, personified as a sting, i.e. a deadly weapon 2) an iron goad, for urging on oxen, horses and other beasts of burden 2a) hence the proverb, "to kick against the goad", i.e. to offer vain and perilous or ruinous resistance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2760 kenturion {ken-too-ree'-ohn} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - centurion 3; 3 1) ¦Ê¤Òªø, ¥jù°¨«ü´§¦Ê¦W¤h§Lªº­x©x (# ¥i 15:39, 15:44-45|)

2760 kenturion {ken-too-ree'-ohn} of Latin origin;; n m AV - centurion 3; 3 1) centurion, an officer in the Roman army
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2761 kenos {ken-oce'} ·½¦Û 2756;; °Æµü AV - in vain 1; 1 1) ®{³Òªº (#¶® 4:5|)

2761 kenos {ken-oce'} from 2756;; adv AV - in vain 1; 1 1) vainly, in vain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2762 keraia {ker-ah'-yah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tittle 2; 2 1) ¦r­±·N«ä¬°"¨¤",¦]¦¹­l¥Í¬°¬ð¥Xª«,©Î¦rªº¤@¤Ä (#¤Ó 5:18; ¸ô 16:17|)

2762 keraia {ker-ah'-yah} from a presumed derivative of the base of 2768;; n f AV - tittle 2; 2 1) a little horn 2) extremity, apex, point 2a) used by grammarians of the accents and diacritical points. Jesus used it of the little lines or projections, by which the Hebrew letters in other respects similar differ from one another; the meaning is, "not even the minutest part of the law shall perish".
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2763 kerameus {ker-am-yooce'} ·½¦Û 2766;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - potter 3; 3 1) »s³³¤u¤H

2763 kerameus {ker-am-yooce'} from 2766;; n m AV - potter 3; 3 1) a potter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2764 keramikos {ker-am-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 2766;; §Î®eµü AV - of a potter 1; 1 1) Äݩ󳳦Kªº 2) ÂH¤g³³¤g»sªº (#±Ò 2:27|)

2764 keramikos {ker-am-ik-os'} from 2766;; adj AV - of a potter 1; 1 1) of or belonging to a potter 2) made of clay, earthen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2765 keramion {ker-am'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 2766;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - pitcher 2; 2 1) ³³¤g»sªº®e¾¹, ³ý, » 2) ¤ô³ý, ¤ôÅø 3) ¤j¤ôÅø (#¥i 14:13; ¸ô 22:10|)

2765 keramion {ker-am'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 2766;; n n AV - pitcher 2; 2 1) an earthen vessel, a pot, jar 2) a jug or pitcher 3) a water pitcher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2766 keramos {ker'-am-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û767ªº°ò¦«¬ (¨ú¨äªd¤g²V¤ô¤§·N); ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tiling 1; 1 1) «Î¥Ë (#¸ô 5:19|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5858

2766 keramos {ker'-am-os} probably from the base of 2767 (through the idea of mixing clay and water);; n m AV - tiling 1; 1 1) clay, potter's earth 2) anything made of clay, earthen ware 3) a roofing tile 3a) the roof itself 3b) the phrase "through the roof", means through the door in the roof to which a ladder or stairway led up from the street (according to the Rabbis distinguish two ways of entering a house, "the way through the door" and "the way through the roof" For Synonyms see entry 5858
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2767 kerannumi {ker-an'-noo-mee} a prolonged form of a more primary kerao {ker-ah'-o} (which is used in certain tenses);; °Êµü AV - fill 2, pour out 1; 3 1) ²V¦X, §¨Âø 2) ½Õ°s, ½Õ¤ô 3) ­Ë¶¼®Æ, ©^¯ù¤ô (#±Ò 14:10; 18:6|)

2767 kerannumi {ker-an'-noo-mee} a prolonged form of a more primary kerao {ker-ah'-o} (which is used in certain tenses);; v AV - fill 2, pour out 1; 3 1) to mix, mingle 2) to mix wine, water 3) to pour out for drinking.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2768 keras {ker'-as} ·½¦Ûkar (ÀY¾v); TDNT - 3:669,428; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - horn 11; 11 1) °Êª«ªº¨¤ 2) ¨¤¸¨,ºÉÀY (#±Ò 9:13|) 3) (¤£¤Zªº¯à¤O)¨¤ (#¸ô1:69|)

2768 keras {ker'-as} from a primary kar (the hair of the head); TDNT - 3:669,428; n n AV - horn 11; 11 1) a horn 1a) of animals 1b) since animals (esp. bulls) defend themselves with their horns, the horn with the Hebrews (and other nations) is a symbol of strength and courage, and used as such in a variety of phrases 1b1) a mighty and valiant helper, the author of deliverance, of the Messiah 1c) a projecting extremity in a shape like a horn, a point, apex: as of an altar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2769 keration {ker-at'-ee-on} ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - husk 1; 1 1) ¨¤¨§²ó ¨¤¨§¾ðªº²ó§Îª¬¦p¨¤,¦³²¢¨ý,¥Î¨Óµ¹½Þ²KªÎ,¦ý¬O§C¶¥¼h¤Hªº­¹ª«. (#¸ô 15:16|)

2769 keration {ker-at'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 2768;; n n AV - husk 1; 1 1) a little horn 2) the name of the fruit, Ceratonia silqua or carobtree (called also John's Bread [from the notion that its pods, which resemble those of the "locust", constituted the food of the Baptist]. This fruit was shaped like a horn and has a sweet taste; it was and is used not only for fattening swine, but as an article of food by the lower classes.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2770 kerdaino {ker-dah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 2771; TDNT - 3:672,428; °Êµü AV - gain 13, win 2, get gain 1, vr gain 1; 17 1) (§V¤O©Î§ë¸ê)±o¨ì 1a)¦r·Nªº 1b)³ë·Nªº:¬°¯«ªº°ê«×űo¤H. 2) §K©ó,¸úÁ× (#®{ 27:21|)

2770 kerdaino {ker-dah'-ee-no} from 2771; TDNT - 3:672,428; v AV - gain 13, win 2, get gain 1, vr gain 1; 17 1) to gain, acquire, to get gain 2) metaph. 2a) of gain arising from shunning or escaping from evil (where we say "to spare one's self", "be spared") 2b) to gain any one i.e. to win him over to the kingdom of God, to gain one to faith in Christ 2c) to gain Christ's favour and fellowship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2771 kerdos {ker'-dos} ¨Ó·½¤£½T©w; TDNT - 3:672,428; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gain 2, lucre 1; 3 1) §Q¼í, §Q¯q #µÌ 1:21; 3:7|

2771 kerdos {ker'-dos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:672,428; n n AV - gain 2, lucre 1; 3 1) gain, advantage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2772 kerma {ker'-mah} ·½¦Û 2751;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - money 1; 1 1) ¤pÃB¿ú¹ô, µw¹ô, ³f¹ô, ¹s¿ú, ª÷¿ú(#¬ù 2:15|)

2772 kerma {ker'-mah} from 2751;; n n AV - money 1; 1 1) small pieces of money, small coin, change, money
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2773 kermatistes {ker-mat-is-tace'} ·½¦Û2772ªº­l¥Í¦r; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - changer of money 1; 1 1) §I´«¿úªº¤H (#¬ù 2:14|) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N¸t·µ¥~¨¹¤Hªº°|¸Ì,¦³¤H³c½æÄm²½¥Îªº°Êª«,­»ªo.³oµ§¤j¥Í·N §l¤Þ¤£§ä¿ú²øªº¤H«e¨Ó¥æ©ö.

2773 kermatistes {ker-mat-is-tace'} from a derivative of 2772;; n m AV - changer of money 1; 1 1) a money changer, money broker In the court of the Gentiles in the temple of Jerusalem were the seats of those who sold such animals for sacrifice as had been selected, examined, and approved, together with incense, oil, and other things needed in making offerings and in worship; and the magnitude of this traffic had introduced the banker's or broker's business.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2774 kephalaion {kef-al'-ah-yon} ·½©ó 2776 ªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sum 2; 2 1) ¥D­nªº­«ÂI, ³Ì¥D­nªº¨Æ 2) °]°È¤è­±ªºµ²ºâÁ`­p, Á`©M 2a) ¸ê¥», ¸êª÷ (¦³§O©ó©Ò±oªº§Q¼íªº³¡¤À) 2b) (ª÷¿ú)¦@­p, Á`©M

2774 kephalaion {kef-al'-ah-yon} from a derivative of 2776;; n n AV - sum 2; 2 1) the chief or main point, the principal thing 2) the pecuniary sum total of a reckoning, amount 2a) the principal, capital, as distinguished from the interest 2b) a sum of money, sum
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2775 kephalaioo {kef-al-ahee-o'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2774;; °Êµü AV - wound in the head 1; 1 1) ¤Uµ²½×, ©w¤UÃD¥Ø, Á`µ², Á`½× 2) ¥´¶ËÀY³¡, ÁyÀU¾D¨ü­«À» (#¥i 12:4|)

2775 kephalaioo {kef-al-ahee-o'-o} from the same as 2774;; v AV - wound in the head 1; 1 1) to bring under headings, to sum up, to summarise 2) to smite or wound in the head, to smite on the cheek
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2776 kephale {kef-al-ay'} ·½¦Ûkapto (¨ú¨ä§ì¦í¤§·N); TDNT - 3:673,429; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - head 76; 76 1) ÀY 1a)¦r·Nªº 1b)³ë·Nªº 2) ­º¦ì 2a)(¤H)°ª¦ì 2b)(¨Æª«)³Ì°ªÂI,ºÉÀY,¦yºÝ

2776 kephale {kef-al-ay'} from the primary kapto (in the sense of seizing); TDNT - 3:673,429; n f AV - head 76; 76 1) the head, both of men and often of animals. Since the loss of the head destroys life, this word is used in the phrases relating to capital and extreme punishment. 2) metaph. anything supreme, chief, prominent 2a) of persons, master lord: of a husband in relation to his wife 2b) of Christ: the Lord of the husband and of the Church 2c) of things: the corner stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2777 kephalis {kef-al-is'} ·½©ó 2776;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - volume 1; 1 1) ¤pªºÀY¬q 2) ³Ì°ªªº³¡¤À, ¥ô¦ó¨Æªº³Ì·¥­P 2a) ´Y¬Wªº¬WÀY 2b) ¥Î¨Ó¨÷¦Ï¥Ö¨÷ªº¤ì´ÎºÝªº¶ê§ÎºÝÀY, ¦]¬°¥¦­Ì´N¹³¬O¤pªº¼Ù¬Wªº¬WÀY 3) ¨È¾ú¥X¤jªº¤å¤h±N¦¹¦rͦ¨¬O«ü¸g¨÷©Î®Ñ¨÷¥»¨­ 3a) ¸g¨÷

2777 kephalis {kef-al-is'} from 2776;; n f AV - volume 1; 1 1) a little head 2) the highest part, extremity of anything 2a) as the capital of a column 2b) the tips or knobs of the wooden rod around which parchments were rolled were called by this word, because they resembled little heads 3) the Alexandrian writers transferred the name to the roll or volume itself 3a) in the roll of the book
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2778 kensos {kane'-sos} (8cb9)(8ea9)(9d66)(929a)(95b6); (977a)(90ab)(96bc)(8e8c) AV - tribute 4; 4 1) (90c5)(8be0), (906c)(93aa)(90c5)

2778 kensos {kane'-sos} of Latin origin;; n m AV - tribute 4; 4 1) census (among the Romans, denoting a register and valuation of property in accordance with which taxes were paid), in the NT the tax or tribute levied on individuals and to be paid yearly. (our capitation or poll tax) 2) the coin with which the tax is paid, tribute money
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2779 kepos {kay'-pos} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - garden 5; 5 1) ªá¶é

2779 kepos {kay'-pos} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - garden 5; 5 1) a garden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2780 kepouros {kay-poo-ros'} ·½¦Û 2779 and ouros (a warden);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gardener 1; 1 1) ªá¶éºÞ²zªÌ, ¶é¤B

2780 kepouros {kay-poo-ros'} from 2779 and ouros (a warden);; n m AV - gardener 1; 1 1) a keeper of a garden, a gardener
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2781 kerion {kay-ree'-on} diminutive from keos (wax);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - honeycomb + 3193 1; 1 1) ¸Á±_(#¸ô 24:42|)

2781 kerion {kay-ree'-on} diminutive from keos (wax);; n n AV - honeycomb + 3193 1; 1 1) honeycomb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2782 kerugma {kay'-roog-mah} ·½¦Û 2784; TDNT - 3:714,430; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - preaching 8; 8 1) ¶Ç³ê©x©Òµo§Gªº¤½¥Ü, 2) ·s¬ù¤¤¶Ç»¼¤W«Ò¸Ü»yªº¨ÏªÌ©Î«ÅÁ¿¨Ó¦Û°ò·þªº«H®§ªº¤H

2782 kerugma {kay'-roog-mah} from 2784; TDNT - 3:714,430; n n AV - preaching 8; 8 1) that which is proclaimed by a herald or public crier, a proclamation by herald 2) in the NT the message or proclamation of the heralds of God or Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2783 kerux {kay'-roox} ·½©ó 2784; TDNT - 3:683,430;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - preacher 3; 3 1) ³Q±Â¤©¦V¥Á²³¶Ç»¼©Î«Å§i«H®§ªºÅv¤Oªº¤H, ­t³d¶Ç¹F°ê¤ý, ªø©x, ¦U¦aªº²ÎªvªÌªº«H®§, ©M­x¶¤ªº©R¥Oªº¤H, ©Î¬O¥l³ê¥Á²³µ¹»P«ü¥Ü, ¤Î¦æ¨Ï¨ä¥¦ºØºØ³d¥ôªº¤H. ¦b·s¤¤«ü¯«ªº ¨ÏªÌ, ©M¶Ç»¼©Î«Å´­¯«ªº¸Ü»yªº¤H.

2783 kerux {kay'-roox} from 2784; TDNT - 3:683,430; n m AV - preacher 3; 3 1) a herald or messenger vested with public authority, who conveyed the official messages of kings, magistrates, princes, military commanders, or who gave a public summons or demand, and performed various other duties. In the NT God's ambassador, and the herald or proclaimer of the divine word.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2784 kerusso {kay-roos'-so} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 3:697,430; °Êµü AV - preach 51, publish 5, proclaim 2, preached + 2258 2, preacher 1; 61 1) ¨ÏªÌ, ¶Ç¥O©x 1a) ­t³d¶Ç°e©R¥O©Î°T®§ªº 1b) Á`¬O¥Nªí¦³¥¿¦¡, ¦³­«­n©Êªº, ¤Î¥²¶·­n¥J²ÓÅ¥¥²¿í¦uªºªºÅv¬`ªº 2) ¤½¥¬, ¤½¶}«ÅÁ¿: «ü¬Y¤w¸g³Q§¹¦¨ªº¨Æ 3) «ü¤½¶}«ÅÁ¿ºÖ­µ¤Î©M¨ä¬ÛÃöªº¨Æ, ¦p¬I¬~¬ù¿«, ­C¿q, ¨Ï®{¤Î¨ä¥L±Ð¾É°ò·þ¹D²zªº¤H

2784 kerusso {kay-roos'-so} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:697,430; v AV - preach 51, publish 5, proclaim 2, preached + 2258 2, preacher 1; 61 1) to be a herald, to officiate as a herald 1a) to proclaim after the manner of a herald 1b) always with the suggestion of formality, gravity and an authority which must be listened to and obeyed 2) to publish, proclaim openly: something which has been done 3) used of the public proclamation of the gospel and matters pertaining to it, made by John the Baptist, by Jesus, by the apostles and other Christian teachers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2785 ketos {kay'-tos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 5490ªº°ò¦;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - whale 1; 1 1) ®ü©Ç, ÄH, ¤j³½ #¤Ó 12:40|

2785 ketos {kay'-tos} probably from the base of 5490;; n n AV - whale 1; 1 1) a sea monster, whale, huge fish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2786 Kephas {kay-fas'} ·½¦Û¨ÈÄõ¤å03710; TDNT - 6:100,835;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cephas 6; 6 ÁFªk = "¥Û" 1) ¨Ï®{«Où¥t¤@­Ó¦W¦r

2786 Kephas {kay-fas'} of Aramaic origin cf 03710; TDNT - 6:100,835; n pr m AV - Cephas 6; 6 Cephas = "stone" 1) another name for the apostle Peter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2787 kibotos {kib-o-tos'} ­l¥Í¦r¤£©ú;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- ark 6; 6 1) ¤ìÀYªºÂd¤l©Î²°¤l 2) ·s¬ù¸Ì¬O«ü¦b­C¸ô¼»§N¸t·µ¤¤ªº¨º¤@­Ó¬ùÂd 3) ¬O«ü¹³¤@­ÓÂd¤l§Îª¬ªº®¿¨Èªº¤è¦à

2787 kibotos {kib-o-tos'} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - ark 6; 6 1) a wooden chest or box 2) in the NT the ark of the covenant, in the temple at Jerusalem 3) of Noah's vessel built in the form of an ark
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2788 kithara {kith-ar'-ah} of uncertain affinity;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - harp 4; 4 1) ¦b¤Ñ¤Wºq¹|µÛÆg¬ü¤W«Òªº½Ýµ^

2788 kithara {kith-ar'-ah} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - harp 4; 4 1) a harp to which praises of God are sung in heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2789 kitharizo {kith-ar-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2788;; °Êµü AV - to harp 2; 2 1) ¼u«µ½Ýµ^ (#ªL«e 14:7; ±Ò 14:2|)

2789 kitharizo {kith-ar-id'-zo} from 2788;; v AV - to harp 2; 2 1) to play upon the harp
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2790 kitharodos {kith-ar-o'-dos} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - harper 2; 2 1) ½Ýµ^¼Ö¤â (#±Ò 14:2, 18:22|)

2790 kitharodos {kith-ar-o'-dos} from 2788 and a derivative of the same as 5603;; n m AV - harper 2; 2 1) a harper, one who plays the harp and accompanies it with his voice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2791 Kilikia {kil-ik-ee'-ah} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Cilicia 8; 8 °ò§Q®a = "°ò§Q(Celix)¤§¦a" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨ÈªF«n¨¤ªº¤@­Ó¬Ù¥÷,­º©²¬°¤j¼Æ--«Oùªº®a¶m.

2791 Kilikia {kil-ik-ee'-ah} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Cilicia 8; 8 Cilicia = "the land of Celix" 1) a maritime province in the southeast of Asia Minor, boarding on Pamphylia in the west, Lycaonia and Cappadocia in the north and Syria in the east. Its capital, Tarsus, was the birth place of Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2792 kinamomon {kin-am'-o-mon} of foreign origin cf 7076;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cinnamon 1; 1 1) ¦×®Û, ¼s¶Çªº­»®Æ, "Laurus cinnamonum"©Ò­é¤Uªº¥Ö¦b¿üÄõ(²{¬°´µ¨½Äõ¥d)ºÙ¬° "Korunda-gauhah" (#±Ò 18:13|)

2792 kinamomon {kin-am'-o-mon} of foreign origin cf 7076;; n n AV - cinnamon 1; 1 1) cinnamon was a well known aromatic substance, the rind of "Laurus cinnamonum" called "Korunda-gauhah" in Ceylon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2793 kinduneuo {kin-doon-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2794;; °Êµü AV - be in danger 2, be in jeopardy 1, stand in jeopardy 1; 4 1) ³B©ó¦MÀI¤§¤¤, «_ÀI, ¨ÏÁ{ÀI¹Ò

2793 kinduneuo {kin-doon-yoo'-o} from 2794;; v AV - be in danger 2, be in jeopardy 1, stand in jeopardy 1; 4 1) to be in jeopardy, to be in danger, to put in peril
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2794 kindunos {kin'-doo-nos} ¤£½T©wªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - peril 9; 9 1) (¥¼ª¾ªº)¦MÀI, (¥i¯àªº)¦MÀI

2794 kindunos {kin'-doo-nos} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - peril 9; 9 1) a danger, a peril
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2795 kineo {kin-eh'-o} ·½¦Û kio (eimi[¨«]ªº¸ÖÅé§Î¦¡); TDNT - 3:718,435; °Êµü AV - move 4, wag 2, remove 1, mover 1; 8 1)(±q¼ô±x,¬J¦³ªº¦a¤è)¾E²¾,®¿¥h 2) ²¾°Ê,°Ê°_¨Ó 2a)·n°Ê 2b)¤Þ°_Ä̶à (#®{ 21:30|) 3) °Ê¨Ó°Ê¥h(ªí¹F¬¡µÛ) (#®{ 17:28|) 4) ¨Ïµo¥Í 4a)¥~¦bªºÀô¹Ò (#®{ 24:5|) 4b)¤º¦bªº±¡ªp:¸g¥~·N¸q

2795 kineo {kin-eh'-o} from kio (poetic for eimi, to go); TDNT - 3:718,435; v AV - move 4, wag 2, remove 1, mover 1; 8 1) to cause to go, i.e. to move, set in motion 1a) to be moved, move: of that motion which is evident in life 1b) to move from a place, to remove 2) metaph. 2a) to move excite 2b) a riot, disturbance 2c) to throw into commotion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2796 kinesis {kin'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û 2795;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - moving 1; 1 1) ²¾°Ê, ¾_°Ê

2796 kinesis {kin'-ay-sis} from 2795;; n f AV - moving 1; 1 1) a moving, agitation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2797 Kis {kis} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó»y 07027;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cis 1; 1 °ò¤h= "³´¨À" 1) ±½Ã¹¡]¥H¦â¦C²Ä¤@­Ó¤ý¡^ªº¤÷¿Ë

2797 Kis {kis} of Hebrew origin 07027;; n pr m AV - Cis 1; 1 Kish = "a snare" 1) the father of Saul, the first king of Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2798 klados {klad'-os} ·½¦Û 2806; TDNT - 3:720,*;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - branch 11; 11 1) ¬°¶ù±µ¦Ó§é¤Uªº¹àªÞªìªK 2) ¤ä±Ú, ¾ðªK, ¤À¤ä 2a) ¦pµS¤Ó±Úªø³Q³ë¬°®Ú, ¨ä«á¥N¤l®]³ë¬°¤ä¬£, ¤ä±Ú

2798 klados {klad'-os} from 2806; TDNT - 3:720,*; n m AV - branch 11; 11 1) a young tender shoot, broken off for grafting 2) a branch 2a) as the Jewish patriarchs are likened to a root, so their posterity are likened to branches
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2799 klaio {klah'-yo} TDNT - 3:722,436; °Êµü AV - weep 39, bewail 1; 40 1) ­úª_ 2) ¬°(¬Y¤H)­úª_,«sºE ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5804

2799 klaio {klah'-yo} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:722,436; v AV - weep 39, bewail 1; 40 1) to mourn, weep, lament 1a) weeping as the sign of pain and grief for the thing signified (i.e. for the pain and grief) 1b) of those who mourn for the dead 2) to weep for, mourn for, bewail, one For Synonyms see entry 5804
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2800 klasis {klas'-is} ·½¦Û 2806; TDNT - 3:726,437; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - breªñ¦üg 2; 2 1) ¯}Ãa

2800 klasis {klas'-is} from 2806; TDNT - 3:726,437; n f AV - breaking 2; 2 1) a breaking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2801 klasma {klas'-mah} ·½¦Û 2806; TDNT - 3:726,437; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fragment 7, broken meat 2; 9 1)¸H¤ù,¯}¤ù,Â_¤ù 1a) ­¹ª«ªº´Ý¾l

2801 klasma {klas'-mah} from 2806; TDNT - 3:726,437; n n AV - fragment 7, broken meat 2; 9 1) a fragment, broken piece 1a) remnants of food
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2802 Klaude {klow'-day} of uncertain derivation;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Clauda 1; 1 °ª¤j = "¶_¸}ªº" 1) ¦ì©ó°¨º¸¥L(Malta )¦è¤è, µÌ¥§°ò(Phoenice)¥¿«n¤èªº¤@­Ó¤p®q (#®{ 27:16|)

2802 Klaude {klow'-day} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Clauda 1; 1 Clauda = "lame" 1) a small island nearly due west of Cape Malta on the south coast of Crete, and nearly due south of Phoenice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2803 Klaudia {klow-dee'-ah} ·½¦Û 2804;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Claudia 1; 1 ­²¦Ñ©³¨È 1)¤@¦W°ò·þ®{°ü¤k (#´£«á 4:21|)

2803 Klaudia {klow-dee'-ah} from 2804;; n pr f AV - Claudia 1; 1 Claudia = "lame" 1) a Christian woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2804 Klaudios {klow'-dee-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Claudius (Caesar) 2, Claudius (Lysias) 1; 3 ­²¦Ñ¥á = "´Ý¼oªº" 1) ù°¨²Ä¥|¥ô¬Ó«Ò,¥D«á41¦~µn°ò,³Ì«á³Q©d¤l¬r¦º (#®{ 11:28,18:2|) 2) ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¤@¦Wù°¨©x­û (#®{ 23:26|)

2804 Klaudios {klow'-dee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Claudius (Caesar) 2, Claudius (Lysias) 1; 3 Claudius = "lame" 1) C. Caesar the name of the fourth Roman emperor, who came to power in 41 A.D. and was poisoned by his wife Agrippina, in 54 A.D. 2) C. Lysias a tribune of the Roman cohort who rescued Paul from the hands of the mob at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2805 klauthmos {klowth-mos'} ·½¦Û 2799; TDNT - 3:725,436;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - weeping 6, wailing 2, weep 1; 9 1) ­úª_, ºE­ú

2805 klauthmos {klowth-mos'} from 2799; TDNT - 3:725,436; n m AV - weeping 6, wailing 2, weep 1; 9 1) weeping, lamentation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2806 klao {klah'-o} a primary verb; TDNT - 3:726,437; °Êµü AV - break 15; 15 1) À»¸H, À¼¶}, ¥´¯} 1a) ·s¬ù¤¤«üÀ¼»æ»â¸tÀ\

2806 klao {klah'-o} a primary verb; TDNT - 3:726,437; v AV - break 15; 15 1) to break 1a) used in the NT of the breaking of bread or communion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2807 kleis {klice} ·½¦Û 2808; TDNT - 3:744,439; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - key 6; 6 1) Æ_°Í 1a) ¬JµMÆ_°Í«OºÞ¤H¦³¶}ÃöªºÅv¤O 1b) Áô³ë. ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«ü¦UºØªºÅv¤O©MÅv«Â

2807 kleis {klice} from 2808; TDNT - 3:744,439; n f AV - key 6; 6 1) a key 1a) since the keeper of the keys has the power to open and to shut 1b) metaph. in the NT to denote power and authority of various kinds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2808 kleio {kli'-o} °Êµü AV - shut 12, shut up 4; 16 1) (ªý¾×³q¸ô) Ãö³¬, Âê¦í, Ädªý 1a) ¦r·N 2a) ³ë·N (#¤Ó 23:13; ¸ô 4:25; ±Ò11:6|) 2) ºò³¬¤ßªù, µwµÛ¤ß (#¬ù³ü 3:17|)

2808 kleio {kli'-o} a primary verb;; v AV - shut 12, shut up 4; 16 1) to shut, shut up 2) metaph. 2a) to cause the heavens to withhold rain 2b) to shut up compassion so that it is like a thing inaccessible to one, to be devoid of pity towards one 2c) to obstruct the entrance into the kingdom of heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2809 klemma {klem'-mah} ·½¦Û 2813;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - theft 1; 1 1) ³Q°½ªºªF¦è 2) °½ÅѪº°Ê§@

2809 klemma {klem'-mah} from 2813;; n n AV - theft 1; 1 1) thing stolen 2) the act of theft
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2810 Kleopas {kleh-op'-as} probably ªu¥Î Kleopatros (compound of 2811 and 3962);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cleopas 1; 1 ­²¬y¤Ú= "¦³¦W±æªº¤÷" 1) ­C¿q´_¬¡¨º¤Ñ, ©¹¥H°¨ÊÞ´µ¸ô¤Wªº¤G­Óªù®{¤§¤@ (#¸ô 24:18|)

2810 Kleopas {kleh-op'-as} probably contracted from Kleopatros (compound of 2811 and 3962);; n pr m AV - Cleopas 1; 1 Cleopas = "of a renowned father" 1) one of the two disciples who were going to Emmaus on the day of the resurrection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2811 kleos {kleh'-os} ·½¦Û a shorter form of 2564;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - glory 1; 1 1) ¶Ç»D, ­·Án, ³ø¾É, ³ø§i 2) Æg¬ü, ºaÄ£, ¸ØÆg, ºÙÆg, Æg½à (#©¼«e 2:20|)

2811 kleos {kleh'-os} from a shorter form of 2564;; n n AV - glory 1; 1 1) rumour, report 2) glory, praise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2812 kleptes {klep'-tace} ·½©ó 2813; TDNT - 3:754,441;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thief 16; 16 1) µs¥ÎªÌ, ¤ò¸é 1a) ³o­Ó¦WºÙ³Q­É¥Î¨Ó«ü°²±Ð®v­Ì, ¥L­Ì¨Ã¤£¯uÃö¤ß±Ð¾É¤Hªº¨Æ, ¤Ï¦ÓÀݥΤHªº«H¤ß¥HÀò¨ú§Q¯q ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5856

2812 kleptes {klep'-tace} from 2813; TDNT - 3:754,441; n m AV - thief 16; 16 1) an embezzler, pilferer 1a) the name is transferred to false teachers, who do not care to instruct men, but abuse their confidence for their own gain For Synonyms see entry 5856
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2813 klepto {klep'-to} a primary verb; TDNT - 3:754,441; °Êµü AV - steal 13; 13 1) µsÅÑ 1a) ¥Ç°½ÅÑ 1b) ÅѨú

2813 klepto {klep'-to} a primary verb; TDNT - 3:754,441; v AV - steal 13; 13 1) to steal 1a) to commit a theft 1b) take away by theft i.e take away by stealth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2814 klema {kaly'-mah} ·½¦Û 2806; TDNT - 3:757,441; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - branch 4; 4 1) ¬X³n©öÅs¦±ªº¹àªK 2) ¯S§O«ü¸²µå¾ðªº·sªÞ¹àªK (#¬ù 15:2; 15:6|)

2814 klema {kaly'-mah} from 2806; TDNT - 3:757,441; n n AV - branch 4; 4 1) a tender and flexible branch 2) spec. the shoot or branch of a vine, a vine sprout
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2815 Klemes {klay'-mace} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Clement 1; 1 ­²§Q§K = "·Å©M,¤¯·O" 1) «Oùªº¦P¤u,À³¸Ó¬OµÌ¥ß¤ñ±Ð·|¤@­û(#µÌ 4:3|).®Ú¾Ú¶Ç²Î»¡ªk, ¥L´N¬Oªì¥@¬ö¥½ªºÃ¹°¨¥D¸û­²§Q§K

2815 Klemes {klay'-mace} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Clement 1; 1 Clement = "mild, merciful" 1) a companion of Paul and apparently a member of the church of Philippi. According to tradition, he is identical with that Clement who was bishop of Rome towards the close of the first century.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2816 kleronomeo {klay-ron-om-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2818; TDNT - 3:767,442; °Êµü AV - inherit 15, be heir 2, obtain by inheritance 1; 18 1) ±µ¨ü©R©wªº, ¦]©R¹B¨­¤À¦Ó±oÄ~©Ó 1a) ¤×¨ä«ü¦bÄ~©Ó, ©ÓÄ~²£·~, Ä~©ÓÅvµ¥¤è­± 1b) Ä~©ÓªÌ, Ä~©Ó 2) ©Ó¨üÀ³±oªº¤À, ©Ó¨ü©Ò¤Àµ¹ªº³¡¤À, ±µ¨ü¦¨¬°¦Û¤v©Ò¾Ö¦³ªº 3) ¦¨¬°°Ñ»P¤À¾áªÌ, Àò±o

2816 kleronomeo {klay-ron-om-eh'-o} from 2818; TDNT - 3:767,442; v AV - inherit 15, be heir 2, obtain by inheritance 1; 18 1) to receive a lot, receive by lot 1a) esp. to receive a part of an inheritance, receive as an inheritance, obtain by right of inheritance 1b) to be an heir, to inherit 2) to receive the portion assigned to one, receive an allotted portion, receive as one's own or as a possession 3) to become partaker of, to obtain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2817 kleronomia {klay-ron-om-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 2818; TDNT - 3:767,442; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - inheritance 14; 14 1) Ä~©Óª«, ¦]Ä~©Ó©Ò±o(©Î±N±o)ªº²£·~ 2) µ¹»P¦¨¬°¨ä©Ò¦³ªºªF¦è 2a) ´Á«Ý¦b°ò·þ¦A¨Ó«á©Ò·|¦³ªº§¹¬üªº¯«°ê¤¤ªº¥Ã«í¯¬ºÖ, 2b) ­Ó¤H¦b¨º¥Ã«í¯¬ºÖ¤¤©Ò¯à¦³ªº¤À

2817 kleronomia {klay-ron-om-ee'-ah} from 2818; TDNT - 3:767,442; n f AV - inheritance 14; 14 1) an inheritance, property received (or to be received) by inheritance 2) what is given to one as a possession 2a) the eternal blessedness of the consummated kingdom of God which is to be expected after the visible return of Christ 2b) the share which an individual will have in that eternal blessedness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2818 kleronomos {klay-ron-om'-os} ·½©ó 2819 ©M 3551 ªº¦r·½(¨ú¨ä µe¤À ªº¥»¸q, ¥ç§Y[¤Ï¨­ªº·N¸q] ¸g¤À°t¦ÓÀò±o); TDNT - 3:767,442; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - heir 15; 15 1) ¦]©R¹B©ÒÀòªºÄ~©Ó, Ä~©ÓªÌ 1a) Ä~©ÓªÌ 1b) ¦b±Ï¥@ªºÆ[ÂI, ¦]¤H¦]¨à¤lªº¦W¤À©ÒÀòªºÄ~©Ó 2) «üÀò±o©Î±o¨ì©Ò¤À°tªº³¡¤Àªº¤H

2818 kleronomos {klay-ron-om'-os} from 2819 and the base of 3551 (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. [reflexively] getting by apportionment); TDNT - 3:767,442; n m AV - heir 15; 15 1) one who receives by lot, an heir 1a) an heir 1b) in Messianic usage, one who receives his allotted possession by right of sonship 2) one who has acquired or obtained the portion allotted to him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2819 kleros {klay'-ros} TDNT - 3:758,442;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lot 8, ¤Àµü2, inheritance 2, heritage 1; 13 1) ÅÒ, ùÄ 2) (¤Àµo,¤À½çªº) ¤@¥÷

2819 kleros {klay'-ros} probably from 2806 (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose); TDNT - 3:758,442; n m AV - lot 8, part 2, inheritance 2, heritage 1; 13 1) an object used in casting or drawing lots, which was either a pebble, or a potsherd, or a bit of wood 1a) the lots of several persons concerned, inscribed with their names, were thrown together into a vase, which was then shaken, and he whose lot fell out first upon the ground was the one chosen 2) what is obtained by lot, allotted portion 2a) a portion of the ministry common to the apostles 2b) used of the part which one will have in eternal salvation 2b1) of salvation itself 2b2) the eternal salvation which God has assigned to the saints 2c) of persons 2c1) those whose care and oversight has been assigned to one [allotted charge], used of Christian churches, the administration of which falls to the lot of presbyters
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2820 kleroo {klay-ro-o} ·½¦Û 2819; TDNT - 3:764,442; °Êµü AV - obtain an inheritance 1; 1 1) ÂYÅÒ, ¥H¹B®ðµô©w 2) ¥H©âÅÒ¹º¤À 3) ¤À°t; ¹º¤À¤g¦a 3a) ¾Ö¦³¥L¤Hªº²£·~ 4) ·s¬ù¤¤: ¥´³y°]²£¤g¦a, ¥ç§Y»s³y¿ò²£, ­Ó¤H²£·~ (#¥± 1:11|)

2820 kleroo {klay-ro-o} from 2819; TDNT - 3:764,442; v AV - obtain an inheritance 1; 1 1) to cast lots, determine by lot 2) to choose by lot 3) to allot, assign by lot 3a) on to another as a possession 4) in NT: to make a lot, i.e. a heritage, private possession
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2821 klesis {klay'-sis} 2564 ªºÁY¼g«¬; TDNT - 3:491,394; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - calling 10, vocation 1; 11 1) ©I¥s, ¥l³ê 2) ¥l³ê, ÁܽР2a) °Ñ¥[ÅW®b 2b) «ü¾Ö©ê¯«ªº¬@±ÏªºÁܽÐ

2821 klesis {klay'-sis} from a shorter form of 2564; TDNT - 3:491,394; n f AV - calling 10, vocation 1; 11 1) a calling, calling to 2) a call, invitation 2a) to a feast 2b) of the divine invitation to embrace salvation of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2822 kletos {klay-tos'} »P 2821 ¦P·½; TDNT - 3:494,394; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - called 11; 11 1) ¨ü©I¥l, ¨üÁܽР(°Ñ¥[²±®b) 1a) (Å¥»DºÖ­µ) ¨ü (¤W«Ò) ÁܽÐ, ¾aµÛ°ò·þ ¦Ó±o¨ì¤Ñ°ê¥Ã«íªº±Ï®¦ 1b) ¨ü¨ì©I¥l, ±µ¨ü (Â÷¶}) ¬Y­Ó¾¤À 1b1) »X¤W«Ò´z¿ï¨Ã¨ü»I

2822 kletos {klay-tos'} from the same as 2821; TDNT - 3:494,394; adj AV - called 11; 11 1) called, invited (to a banquet) 1a) invited (by God in the proclamation of the Gospel) to obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom through Christ 1b) called to (the discharge of) some office 1b1) divinely selected and appointed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2823 klibanos {klib'-an-os} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - oven 2; 2 1) (ªd¤g»sªº)¯NÄl (#¤Ó 6:30; ¸ô 12:28|)

2823 klibanos {klib'-an-os} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - oven 2; 2 1) a clibanus, a earthen vessel for baking bread. It was broader at the bottom than above at the orifice, and when sufficiently heated by a fire kindled within, the dough was baked by being spread upon the outside. [but according to others, the dough was baked by being placed inside and the fire or coals outside, the vessel being perforated with small holes that the heat might better penetrate. 2) a furnace, oven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2824 klima {klee'-mah} ·½¦Û 2827;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - region 2, ¤Àµü1; 3 1) ±×©Y, ¶É«×, ¦V¤Uªº±×©Y 2) ¦a²y±q¨ª¹D¦Ü«n¥_·¥°²·Qªº±×«×; ¦a±a©Î¦a°Ï(®É°Ï) 3) ¼sÁ諸¤g¦a, ¦æ¬F°Ï°ì (#ù 15:23; ªL«á 11:10; ¥[ 1:21|)

2824 klima {klee'-mah} from 2827;; n n AV - region 2, part 1; 3 1) an inclination, slope, declivity 2) the [supposed] sloping of the earth from the equator towards the poles, a zone 3) a tract of land, a region
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2825 kline {klee'-nay} ·½¦Û 2827;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - bed 9, table 1; 10 1) ¤p§É, ªø¨Fµo, ºÎ´È 2) ¶º«á¥i¨Ñ±×­Ê¥ð®§ªººÎ´È 3) ¥i¥H±À°Ê¯f¤Hªº¯f§É

2825 kline {klee'-nay} from 2827;; n n AV - bed 9, table 1; 10 1) a small bed, a couch 2) a couch to recline on at meals 3) a couch on which a sick man is carried
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2826 klinidion {klin-id'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 2825;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - couch 2; 2 1) ¤p§É, ª×ÁÏ

2826 klinidion {klin-id'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 2825;; n n AV - couch 2; 2 1) a small bed, a couch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2827 klino {klee'-no} ¦r®Ú«¬;; °Êµü AV - lay 2, bow 1, bow down 1, be far spent 1, turn to fight 1, wear away 1; 7 1) §@¤Îª«°Êµü 1a) ­Á­º; Ås¨­ 1b) ¨Ï°h¦^ 1c) ±×­Ê, ¥­ª×, ½ö¤U 1c1) ¦b¤@¥i¨Ñ¥ð®§ªº¦a¤è 2) ¥Î¤£¤Îª«°Êµü 2a) ­Á¤U¨­¨Ó, ½ö¥­¨­¤l 2a1) ¤éÀY¦è¨H, ¤@¤é¤§¥½

2827 klino {klee'-no} a root word;; v AV - lay 2, bow 1, bow down 1, be far spent 1, turn to fight 1, wear away 1; 7 1) transitively 1a) to incline, bow 1b) to cause to fall back 1c) to recline 1c1) in a place for repose 2) intransitively 2a) to incline one's self 2a1) of the declining of the day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2828 klisia {klee-see'-ah} ·½¦Û2827ªº­l¥Í¦r; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - company 1; 1 1) ¤@°_¦Y¶ºªº¤@¸s¤H (#¸ô 9:14|)

2828 klisia {klee-see'-ah} from a derivative of 2827;; n f AV - company 1; 1 1) a hut erected to pass the night in 2) a tent 3) anything to recline on 3a) a chair in which to lean back the head 3b) a reclining chair 4) a company reclining 4a) a row or party of persons reclining at meal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2829 klope {klop-ay'} ·½¦Û 2813;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - theft 2; 2 1) °½ÅÑ #¤Ó 15:19;¥i 7:22|

2829 klope {klop-ay'} from 2813;; n f AV - theft 2; 2 1) theft
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2830 kludon {kloo'-dohn} ·½¦Û kluzo (to billow or dash over);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - raging 1, wave 1; 2 1) ½Ä«l¤Q¨¬©Î¬¤´éªºªi®ö, ¤j®ö, ®üªº²r¯PÅÍ°Ê ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5857

2830 kludon {kloo'-dohn} from kluzo (to billow or dash over);; n m AV - raging 1, wave 1; 2 1) a dashing or surging wave, a surge, a violent agitation of the sea For Synonyms see entry 5857
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2831 kludonizomai {kloo-do-nid'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA·½¦Û 2830;; °Êµü AV - toss to and fro 1; 1 1) ³Qªi®ö·n°Ê (#¥± 4:14|) 2) Áô³ë. ¤ß²z¤W¦p¦Pªi®ö°_¥ñ

2831 kludonizomai {kloo-do-nid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 2830;; v AV - toss to and fro 1; 1 1) to be tossed by the waves 2) metaph. to be agitated (like the waves) mentally
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2832 Klopas {klo-pas'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin (corresponding to 0256);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cleophas 1; 1 ­²Ã¹½}= "§Úªº¥æ©ö" 1) ¤p¶®¦Uªº¤÷¿Ë, §Y­C¿q¥À¿Ëªº©f¤Ò (­C¿q¥À¿Ëªº©f©f°¨§Q¨Èªº¤V¤Ò) (#¬ù 19:25|)

2832 Klopas {klo-pas'} of Aramaic origin (corresponding to 0256);; n pr m AV - Cleophas 1; 1 Cleophas = "my exchanges" 1) the father of James the less, the husband of Mary the sister of the mother of Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2833 knetho {knay'-tho} ·½¦Û a primary knao (to scrape);; °Êµü AV - have itching 1; 1 1) §ì, ·k, ·kÄo, ¨þÄo, 2) µoÄo 3) ·QÅ¥¨ì´r®®ªº¨Æ±¡ (#´£«á 4:3|)

2833 knetho {knay'-tho} from a primary knao (to scrape);; v AV - have itching 1; 1 1) to scratch, tickle, make to itch 2) to itch 3) desirous of hearing something pleasant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2834 Knidos {knee'-dos} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Cnidus 1; 1 ­²¥§¤h = "´o°Êªº" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Ó¥b®q¥H¤Î¦P¦Wªº«°¥« (#®{ 27:7|)

2834 Knidos {knee'-dos} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Cnidus 1; 1 Cnidus or Gnidus = "nettled" 1) a peninsula [now Cape Crio] and a city by the same name, situated at the extreme south west of the peninsula of Asia Minor, on a promontory now called Cape Crio, which projects between the islands of Cos and Rhodes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2835 kodrantes {kod-ran'-tace} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - farthing 2; 2 1) ¤@­Ó quadrans (¤j¬ù¬O¤@­Ó"as"ªº¥|¤À¤§¤@); ¦b·s¬ù®É¥N¡A¤@ªT¿ú¹ô ¬Û·í©ó¶®¨å¿ú¹ôchalcusªº¤@¥b¡A»ù­È¤j¬ù3/8¬ü¤À(#¤Ó 5:26;¥i 12:42|)

2835 kodrantes {kod-ran'-tace} of Latin origin;; n m AV - farthing 2; 2 1) a quadrans (about the fourth part of an "as"); in the NT a coin equal to one half the Attic chalcus worth about 3/8 of a cent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2836 koilia {koy-lee'-ah} ·½¦Û koilos ("¤¤ªÅ"); TDNT - 3:786,446; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - womb 12, belly 11; 23 1) ¨{¸¡ 2) ¤l®c 3) (·Pı»P´÷±æ©Ò©~¤§³B)¸¡¤¤

2836 koilia {koy-lee'-ah} from koilos ("hollow"); TDNT - 3:786,446; n f AV - womb 12, belly 11; 23 1) the whole belly, the entire cavity 1a) the upper [i.e. stomach] and the lower belly are distinguished 2) the lower belly, the lower region, the receptacle of the excrement 3) the gullet 3a) to be given up to the pleasures of the palate, to gluttony 4) the womb, the place where the foetus is conceived and nourished until birth 4a) of the uterus of animals 5) the innermost part of a man, the soul, heart as the seat of thought, feeling, choice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2837 koimao {koy-mah'-o} ·½©ó 2749;; °Êµü AV - sleep 10, fall asleep 4, be asleep 2, fall on sleep 1, be dead 1; 18 1) ¨Ï¤JºÎ, ¨ÏºÎµÛ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¨Ï½w©M, ¨ÏÀR¤î, ¨Ï¥­ÀR, ¨Ï¨HÀq 2b) ¤JºÎ, ºÎı, ºÎµÛ 2c) ¥h¥@

2837 koimao {koy-mah'-o} from 2749;; v AV - sleep 10, fall asleep 4, be asleep 2, fall on sleep 1, be dead 1; 18 1) to cause to sleep, put to sleep 2) metaph. 2a) to still, calm, quiet 2b) to fall asleep, to sleep 2c) to die
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2838 koimesis {koy'-may-sis} ·½¦Û 2837;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - taking of rest 1; 1 1) ¥ð®§, ©ñÃP 2) ½öª×, ¾î­Ê, ¥­ª× (#¬ù 11:13|)

2838 koimesis {koy'-may-sis} from 2837;; n f AV - taking of rest 1; 1 1) a reposing, taking rest 2) a lying, reclining
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2839 koinos {koy-nos'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4862; TDNT - 3:789,447; §Î®eµü AV - common 7, unclean 3, defiled 1, unholy 1; 12 1) ´¶³qªº, ³q«Uªº 2) ¤@¯ëªº, ¥ç§Y ¥­±`ªº, ÄÝ©ó´¶Ã¹¤j²³ªº 2a) ¹ïµS¤Ó¤H¦Ó¨¥, ³o¨Ç¬O¤£¯«¸tªº, ¦Ã©ªº, ¤£¦X©ó§Q¥¼¤H¼ä²b¤§­n¨Dªº

2839 koinos {koy-nos'} probably from 4862; TDNT - 3:789,447; adj AV - common 7, unclean 3, defiled 1, unholy 1; 12 1) common 2) common i.e. ordinary, belonging to generality 2a) by the Jews, unhallowed, profane, Levitically unclean
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2840 koinoo {koy-no'-o} ·½©ó 2839; TDNT - 3:809,447; °Êµü AV - defile 11, call common 2, pollute 1, unclean 1; 15 1) ¨Ï²Ê³¥¤U¬y 1a) ¨Ï¦¨¬°§Q¥¼¤H¼Ð·Ç¤W¦Ó¨¥ªº¤£¼ä²b, Á¶Âp, ªg¦Ã, ¤£·q 1b) «Å§i©Î±N¨äµø¬°¤£¼ä²bªº

2840 koinoo {koy-no'-o} from 2839; TDNT - 3:809,447; v AV - defile 11, call common 2, pollute 1, unclean 1; 15 1) to make common 1a) to make (Levitically) unclean, render unhallowed, defile, profane 1b) to declare or count unclean
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2841 koinoneo {koy-no-neh'-o} ·½©ó 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; °Êµü AV - be partaker 5, communicate 2, distribute 1; 8 1) °Ñ»P¨ì±Ð·|©Î¹Î«´¤¤, »P¥L¤H¤À¨É¤À¾á, ¦¨¬°¹Ù¦ñ 2) ¦¨¬°¦X¹ÙªºÃö«Y, ¥[¤J¦¨¬°¬Y·|·|­û, ¦¨¬°¦X¹Ùªº©Î¦P¦ñ

2841 koinoneo {koy-no-neh'-o} from 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; v AV - be partaker 5, communicate 2, distribute 1; 8 1) to come into communion or fellowship with, to become a sharer, be made a partner 2) to enter into fellowship, join one's self to an associate, make one's self a sharer or partner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2842 koinonia {koy-nohn-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowship 12, communion 4, communication 1, distribution 1, contribution 1, to communicate 1; 20 1) ¹Î«´, ¥æ»Ú, ¥æ©¹, ¦@¦P¥Í¬¡, ¤À¨É·¾³q, ©¼¦¹¤À¨É, ¥æ³q 1a) ¦b¥ô¦ó¨Æ¤Wªº¤À¨É, °Ñ»P 1b) ©¼¦¹·¾³q, «P¶i±¡½Ë, ¿Ë±K¥æ³q 1b1) ¥H¥k¤â§@¬°¦@¦P¹Î«´ªºªí¥Ü©M©Ó¿Õ(«ü¦b§¹¦¨¨Ï®{ªºÂ¾¤À¤W) (?) 1c) ¦@¦P°^ÄmªºÂ§ª«, ¦¬»E, °^Äm, ¹ï©¼¦¹¥æ³qªº¨ãÅ骺ªí²{

2842 koinonia {koy-nohn-ee'-ah} from 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; n f AV - fellowship 12, communion 4, communication 1, distribution 1, contribution 1, to communicate 1; 20 1) fellowship, association, community, communion, joint participation, intercourse 1a) the share which one has in anything, participation 1b) intercourse, fellowship, intimacy 1b1) the right hand as a sign and pledge of fellowship (in fulfilling the apostolic office) 1c) a gift jointly contributed, a collection, a contribution, as exhibiting an embodiment and proof of fellowship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2843 koinonikos {koy-no-nee-kos'} ·½¦Û 2844; TDNT - 3:809,447; §Î®eµü AV - willing to communicate 1; 1 1) ªÀ¥æªº, ¦n¥æ»Úªº, ¶É¦V©ó§Î¦¨»Pºû«ùÁp½Ë¤Î¤Í±¡ 2) ¶É¦V©ó¨Ï¤H¤À¨É¥Lªº°]²£, ¶É¦V©ó¤Àµ¹, ¥Õ¥Õ¦aµ¹¤©, ¤j¤èªº

2843 koinonikos {koy-no-nee-kos'} from 2844; TDNT - 3:809,447; adj AV - willing to communicate 1; 1 1) social, sociable, ready and apt to form and maintain communion and fellowship 2) inclined to make others sharers in one's possessions, inclined to impart, free in giving, liberal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2844 koinonos {koy-no-nos'} ·½©ó 2839; TDNT - 3:797,447;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - partaker 5, partner 3, fellowship 1, companion 1; 10 1) ¦P¦ñ, ¦P¹±, ¦P§Ó, ¹Ù¦ñ 2) «ü¦b¥ô¦ó¨Æ¤Wªº¦P¦ñ, ¦X¹ÙªÌ 2a) «ü¥Î¨ÓÄm²½ªº­C¸ô¼»§Nªº²½¾Â 2a1) «ü¨ä¦bµS¤Ó¤Hªº·q«ô¤W¦³¤À(#ªL«e 10:18|) 2b) «ü»PÅ]°­¬Û¥æªº©Î¨ä¦P¸ô¤H 2b1) ³Q¤Þ¥h©M¥L­Ì¬Û¥æ, ¦Ó¥L­Ì(´cÅ]¨¸¯«)¬O²§±Ðªº¨Ó·½(#ªL«e 10:20|)

2844 koinonos {koy-no-nos'} from 2839; TDNT - 3:797,447; n m AV - partaker 5, partner 3, fellowship 1, companion 1; 10 1) a partner, associate, comrade, companion 2) a partner, sharer, in anything 2a) of the altar in Jerusalem on which the sacrifices are offered 2a1) sharing in the worship of the Jews 2b) partakers of (or with) demons 2b1) brought into fellowship with them, because they are the authors of heathen worship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2845 koite {koy'-tay} ·½©ó 2749;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bed 2, conceive 1, chambering 1; 4 1) ¥i¨Ñ½ö¤U, ¥ð®§, ºÎıªº¦a¤è 1a) §É, ªø´È, ºÎ´È 2) ÀpÀm§É, ¤Ò©d¦XºÎªº§É 2a) «ü³q«Á 3) ¦P©~, ¤£½×¬O¦Xªkªº©Î¤£¦Xªkªº 3a) ©Ê±µÄ²ªº¦æ¬°

2845 koite {koy'-tay} from 2749;; n f AV - bed 2, conceive 1, chambering 1; 4 1) a place for laying down, resting, sleeping in 1a) a bed, couch 2) the marriage bed 2a) of adultery 3) cohabitation, whether lawful or unlawful 3a) sexual intercourse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2846 koiton {koy-tone'} ·½¦Û 2845;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - chamberlain + 1909 1; 1 1) ª×«Ç 1a) ºÞ²zª×«Çªº©x­û, ºÞ®a #®{ 12:20|

2846 koiton {koy-tone'} from 2845;; n m AV - chamberlain + 1909 1; 1 1) a sleeping room, bed chamber 1a) the officer who is over the bed chamber, the chamberlain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2847 kokkinos {kok'-kee-nos} ·½©ó 2848 (¨ú¦¹©øÂΪº½\²É§Îª¬¤§·N); TDNT - 3:812,450; §Î®eµü AV - scarlet 4, scarlet colour 1, scarlet coloured 1; 6 1) ²`¬õ¦âªº, ÂA¬õ¦âªº. ¤@ºØ¥Ñ"ilex coccifera"(¥V«C, ¯Ú¯×ÂÎ?)ªº§Z©Ò»E¦¨, ¨ä§Îª¬¹³¬O¤@¹Î½\²É©Î²ù¤l. ¥i¦¬¶°¿i¸H«á§@¬õ¦âªº¬V®Æ¨Ï¥Î (»ZªL¥§, AD. 23-79, ù°¨¾ÇªÌ, ©Ô¤B¦W Gaius Plinius Secundus) 2) ²`¬õ¦âªº¦çªA©Î¥¬®Æ

2847 kokkinos {kok'-kee-nos} from 2848 (from the kernel-shape of the insect); TDNT - 3:812,450; adj AV - scarlet 4, scarlet colour 1, scarlet coloured 1; 6 1) crimson, scarlet coloured. A kernel, the grain or berry of the "ilex coccifera"; these berries are the clusters of the eggs of a female insect, the "kermes" (resembling the cochineal), and when collected and pulverised produces a red which was used in dyeing (Pliny) 2) scarlet cloth or clothing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2848 kokkos {kok'-kos} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:810,450;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - grain 6, corn 1; 7 1) ½\²É

2848 kokkos {kok'-kos} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:810,450; n m AV - grain 6, corn 1; 7 1) a grain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2849 kolazo {kol-ad'-zo} from kolos (dwarf); TDNT - 3:814,451; °Êµü AV - punish 2; 2 ³B»@; Ãg»@

2849 kolazo {kol-ad'-zo} from kolos (dwarf); TDNT - 3:814,451; v AV - punish 2; 2 1) to lop or prune, as trees and wings 2) to curb, check, restrain 3) to chastise, correct, punishment 4) to cause to be punished
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2850 kolakeia {kol-ak-i'-ah} ·½©ó­l¥Í©ó kolax (©^©ÓªÌ) ªº¦r; TDNT - 3:817,451; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - flattering 1; 1 1) ¤Úµ², ²¢¨¥»e»y, ½Ô´Aªº¸Ü

2850 kolakeia {kol-ak-i'-ah} from a derivative of kolax (a fawner); TDNT - 3:817,451; n f AV - flattering 1; 1 1) flattery, flattering discourse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2851 kolasis {kol'-as-is} ·½©ó 2849; TDNT - 3:816,451; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - punishment 1, torment 1; 2 1) ªÈ¥¿, Ãg»@, ³B»@ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5859

2851 kolasis {kol'-as-is} from 2849; TDNT - 3:816,451; n f AV - punishment 1, torment 1; 2 1) correction, punishment, penalty For Synonyms see entry 5859
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2852 kolaphizo {kol-af-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 2849 °ò¦ªº­l¥Í; TDNT - 3:818,451; °Êµü AV - buffet 5; 5 1) ¥Î®±ÀY¥´, ¥´....¤@®± 2) ­h«Ý, ¥H¼É¤O©M«V°d¹ï«Ý

2852 kolaphizo {kol-af-id'-zo} from a derivative of the base of 2849; TDNT - 3:818,451; v AV - buffet 5; 5 1) to strike with the fist, give one a blow with the fist 2) to maltreat, treat with violence and contumely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2853 kollao {kol-lah'-o} ·½¦Û kolla ("glue"); TDNT - 3:822,452; °Êµü AV - join (one's) self 4, cleave 3, be joined 2, keep company 1, vr reach 1; 11 1) ¥H½¦ÂHµÛ, ÂH¦b¤@°_, ±µ¦X½¦, ô¨c¦b¤@°_ 2) ºòºòªº³s±µ©Î¬Oô¦b¤@°_ 3) ±N¦Û¤v»P...¿Ëªñ, ¨c¨c¦aÂH¦í

2853 kollao {kol-lah'-o} from kolla ("glue"); TDNT - 3:822,452; v AV - join (one's) self 4, cleave 3, be joined 2, keep company 1, vr reach 1; 11 1) to glue, to glue together, cement, fasten together 2) to join or fasten firmly together 3) to join one's self to, cleave to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2854 kollourion {kol-loo'-ree-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of kollura (a cake - prob ªñ¦ü to the base of 2853);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ²´ÃÄ 1; 1 1) ¤@ºØ¥Ñ¦hºØ­ì®Æ¦X¦¨ªºÃĪ«, ¥iªvµL¤Oªº²´Ã® (#±Ò3:18|)

2854 kollourion {kol-loo'-ree-on} from a presumed derivative of kollura (a cake - prob akin to the base of 2853);; n n AV - eyesalve 1; 1 1) a preparation composed of various materials and used as a remedy for tender eyelids
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2855 kollubistes {kol-loo-bis-tace'} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of kollubos (a small coin - probably ªñ¦ü to 2854);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - moneychanger 2, charger 1; 3 1) §I´«»È¿ú¤§¤H, »È¦æ®a (#¤Ó 21:12; ¥i 11:15; ¬ù 2:15|)

2855 kollubistes {kol-loo-bis-tace'} from a presumed derivative of kollubos (a small coin - probably akin to 2854);; n m AV - moneychanger 2, charger 1; 3 1) a money-changer, banker
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2856 koloboo {kol-ob-o'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of the base of 2849; TDNT - 3:823,452; °Êµü AV - shorten 4; 4 1) ¤ÁÂ_, ´Ý¯Ê 2) ·s¬ù¤¤: ÁY´î, ÁYµu, ¬Ù²¤ (#¤Ó 24:22; ¥i 13:20|)

2856 koloboo {kol-ob-o'-o} from a derivative of the base of 2849; TDNT - 3:823,452; v AV - shorten 4; 4 1) to mutilate 2) in NT: to shorten, abridge, curtail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2857 Kolossai {kol-os-sah'-ee} kolossos ("¥¨ºÓ")ªº³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Colosse 1; 1 ºqù¦è = "ÃeµM¥¨ª«" 1) ¥±§f®aªº¤@®y«°,´¿¸gÁcµØ,«á¨Ó¨S¸¨ (#¦è 1:2|)

2857 Kolossai {kol-os-sah'-ee} apparently feminine plural of kolossos ("colossal");; n pr loc AV - Colosse 1; 1 Colosse = "monstrosities" 1) anciently a large and flourishing city, but in Strabo's time a small town of Phrygia Major situated on the Lycus not far from its junction with the Maeander and in the neighbourhood of Laodicea and Hierapolis
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2858 Kolossaeus {kol-os-sayoos'} ·½¦Û 2857;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Colossian 1; 1 1) ºqù¦è¤H

2858 Kolossaeus {kol-os-sayoos'} from 2857;; n pr m AV - Colossian 1; 1 1) a Colossian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2859 kolpos {kol'-pos} TDNT - 3:824,452;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bosom 5, creek 1; 6 1) ¯Ý³¡ 2) ¦çºP (#¸ô 6:38|) 3) ®üÆW (#®{ 27:39|)

2859 kolpos {kol'-pos} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:824,452; n m AV - bosom 5, creek 1; 6 1) the front of the body between the arms 2) the bosom of a garment, i.e. the hollow formed by the upper forepart of a rather loose garment bound by a girdle or sash, used for keeping and carrying things (the fold or pocket) 3) a bay of the sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2860 kolumbao {kol-oom-bah'-o} ·½¦Û kolumbos (a diver);; °Êµü AV - swim 1; 1 1) ¼ç¤ô, ´åªa (#®{ 27:43|)

2860 kolumbao {kol-oom-bah'-o} from kolumbos (a diver);; v AV - swim 1; 1 1) to dive, to swim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2861 kolumbethra {kol-oom-bay'-thrah} ·½¦Û 2860;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pool 5; 5 1) ¼ç¤ôªº¦a¤è, ´åªa¦À, »W¤ô¦À©Îªw¾þªº¦À¤l

2861 kolumbethra {kol-oom-bay'-thrah} from 2860;; n f AV - pool 5; 5 1) a place for diving, a swimming hole, a reservoir or pool for bathing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2862 kolonia {kol-o-nee'-ah} of Latin origin;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - colony 1; 1 1) ´Þ¥Á¦a, ¾n¨¾«° 1a) ·í¶ø®õºû´µ«Ø¥ß¤Fù°¨´Þ¥Á¦a®É, ¹ïµÌ¥ß¤ñ«°ªººÙ©I (#®{ 16:12|)

2862 kolonia {kol-o-nee'-ah} of Latin origin;; n f AV - colony 1; 1 1) a colony 1a) the city of Philippi is so called, where Octavius had planted a Roman colony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2863 komao {kom-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 2864;; °Êµü AV - have long hair 2; 2 1) ÅýÀY¾v¥Íªø, ªø¾v (#ªL«e 11:14-15|)

2863 komao {kom-ah'-o} from 2864;; v AV - have long hair 2; 2 1) to let the hair grow, have long hair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2864 kome {kom'-ay} ÅãµM»P 2865¦P·½;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hair 1; 1 1)ÀY¾v, ÀY¾vªº«e­±³¡¤À ¦P¸qµü 5851

2864 kome {kom'-ay} apparently from the same as 2865;; n f AV - hair 1; 1 1) hair, head of hair For Synonyms see entry 5851
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2865 komizo {kom-id'-zo} ·½©ó¦r®Ú komeo (¬ÝÅU, ¥ç§Y ·ÓÅU);; °Êµü AV - receive 10, bring 1; 11 1) ·ÓÅU, ¬ÝÅU, ¨ÑÀ³ 2) ¨ú¨«¥H«K¬ÝÅ@»P«O¦u 3) ±a¨«, ­I­t°_ 4) ­t¸ü, ¾á°_, ¤Þ»â¦Ü, to carry away for one's self, ±o¦^ÄÝ©ó¦Û¤vªº, ±a¦^ 4a) ¦¬¨ì, Àò±o: À³³\ªº¯¬ºÖ 4b) ¦¬¦^­ì¥ý©Ò¾Ö¦³ªº, ±o¦^, ¦¬¦^, «ì´_

2865 komizo {kom-id'-zo} from a primary komeo (to tend, i.e. take care of);; v AV - receive 10, bring 1; 11 1) to care for, take care of, provide for 2) to take up or carry away in order to care for and preserve 3) to carry away, bear off 4) to carry, bear, bring to, to carry away for one's self, to carry off what is one's own, to bring back 4a) to receive, obtain: the promised blessing 4b) to receive what was previously one's own, to get back, receive back, recover
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2866 kompsoteron {komp-sot'-er-on} ¤¤©Ê comparative of a derivative of the base of 2865 (meaning ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, well dressed, ¥ç§Y nice);; °Æµü AV - bring to amend + 2192 1; 1 1) §ó²Ó½oªº, ¸û¨Îªº (#¬ù4:52|)

2866 kompsoteron {komp-sot'-er-on} neuter comparative of a derivative of the base of 2865 (meaning properly, well dressed, i.e. nice);; adv AV - bring to amend + 2192 1; 1 1) more finely, better
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2867 koniao {kon-ee-ah'-o} ·½¦Û konia (¹Ð¤g,¥H¦¹Ãþ¤ñ:¥Û¦Ç); TDNT - 3:827,453; °Êµü AV - whited 2; 2 1) ¯»¨ê 1a)¯»¨êªºÀð (#®{ 23:3|) 1b)¯»¹¢ªº¼X¹Ó (#¤Ó 23:27|),·t¿Øªk§QÁɤH¤£ª¾¤£Ä±¶¡¦¨¤F¤£¼äªº°_·½

2867 koniao {kon-ee-ah'-o} from konia (dust, by analogy, lime); TDNT - 3:827,453; v AV - whited 2; 2 1) to cover with lime, plaster over, whitewash 1a) the Jews were accustomed to whitewash the entrances to their sepulchres, as a warning against defilement by touching them 1b) term applied to a hypocrite who conceals his malice under an outward assumption of piety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2868 koniortos {kon-ee-or-tos'} ·½¦Û the base of 2867 and ornumi (to "rouse");;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - dust 5; 5 1) ´­°_ªº¹Ð¤g, ­¸´­ªº¹Ð¤g 2) ¹Ð¤g

2868 koniortos {kon-ee-or-tos'} from the base of 2867 and ornumi (to "rouse");; n m AV - dust 5; 5 1) raised dust, flying dust 2) dust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2869 kopazo {kop-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 2873;; °Êµü AV - cease 3; 3 1) º¥º¥¯h¥F, ©l¯h­Â 2) ¤î®§, ¤î«ã

2869 kopazo {kop-ad'-zo} from 2873;; v AV - cease 3; 3 1) to grow weary or tired 2) to cease from violence, cease raging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2870 kopetos {kop-et-os'} ·½¦Û 2875; TDNT - 3:830,453;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lamentation 1; 1 1) ´d¹Ä©Î«s±¥¡A¦ñÀHµÛ´¨¯Ýªº°Ê§@¥Hªí¹F¨äµh­W #®{ 8:2|

2870 kopetos {kop-et-os'} from 2875; TDNT - 3:830,453; n m AV - lamentation 1; 1 1) lamentation with beating of the breast as a sign of grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2871 kope {kop-ay'} ·½©ó 2875;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - slaughter 1; 1 1) ¤Á³Îªº°Ê§@, ¤Á³Î 2) ¤Á¦¨¸H¤ù, ±O®_

2871 kope {kop-ay'} from 2875;; n f AV - slaughter 1; 1 1) the act of cutting, a cut 2) a cutting in pieces, slaughter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2872 kopiao {kop-ee-ah'-o} ·½©ó­l¥Í©ó 2873 ªº¦r; TDNT - 3:827,453; °Êµü AV - labour 16, bestow labour 3, toil 3, be wearied 1; 23 1) (¦]¨¯³Ò, ­«¾á, ©Î«sµh)¯h¥F, §x­Â, ºë¯h¤OºÜ 2) ±q¨Æ«D±`®ø¯ÓÅé¤Oªº¤u§@, Á}¨¯³Ò­W 2a) «ü¦×Å骺³Ò¤O

2872 kopiao {kop-ee-ah'-o} from a derivative of 2873; TDNT - 3:827,453; v AV - labour 16, bestow labour 3, toil 3, be wearied 1; 23 1) to grow weary, tired, exhausted (with toil or burdens or grief) 2) to labour with wearisome effort, to toil 2a) of bodily labour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2873 kopos {kop'-os} ·½¦Û2875; TDNT - 3:827,453;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - labour 13, trouble + 3830 5, weariness 1; 19 1) ¥´À» 2) ´dµh 3) ³Ò­W 3a) ·ÐÂZ 3a1) ¤Þ°_·ÐÂZ¡Aµ¹¤H¥[²K³Â·Ð 3b) ¥[­¿³Ò­W¡A¥B¬O§xÃø©M¨¯­Wªº ¦P¸qµü¨£ 5860

2873 kopos {kop'-os} from 2875; TDNT - 3:827,453; n m AV - labour 13, trouble + 3830 5, weariness 1; 19 1) a beating 2) a beating of the breast with grief, sorrow 3) labour 3a) trouble 3a1) to cause one trouble, make work for him 3b) intense labour united with trouble and toil For Synonyms see entry 5860
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2874 kopria {kop-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û kopros (ordure, perhaps ªñ¦ü to 2875);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dunghill 1, dung + 906 1; 2 1) ¬IÁTªÎ©ó, ¬IªÎ®Æ©ó

2874 kopria {kop-ree'-ah} from kopros (ordure, perhaps akin to 2875);; n f AV - dunghill 1, dung + 906 1; 2 1) dung, manure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2875 kopto {kop'-to} a root word; TDNT - 3:830,453; °Êµü AV - bewail 2, lament 2, cut down 2, wail 1, mourn 1; 8 1) ¤Á³Î, ¥´À», ­«À» 2) ±q...¬å°Å, °Å°£ 3) Ý´¯Ý¹y¨¬

2875 kopto {kop'-to} a root word; TDNT - 3:830,453; v AV - bewail 2, lament 2, cut down 2, wail 1, mourn 1; 8 1) to cut, strike, smite 2) to cut from, cut off 3) to beat one's breast for grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2876 korax {kor'-ax} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2880;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - raven 1; 1 1) ¯Q¾~

2876 korax {kor'-ax} perhaps from 2880;; n m AV - raven 1; 1 1) a raven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2877 korasion {kor-as'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of kore (a maiden);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - damsel 6, maid 2; 8 1) ¤k«Ä, »Ó¤k, ¤Ö¤k

2877 korasion {kor-as'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of kore (a maiden);; n n AV - damsel 6, maid 2; 8 1) a girl, damsel, maiden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2878 korban {kor-ban'} and korbanas {kor-ban-as'} of Hebrew and ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin respectively 07133; TDNT - 3:860,459;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - treasury 1, corban 1; 2 1) Ämµ¹¯«©Î±NÄmµ¹¯«ªº²½ª« 2) ¯«ªº(©v±Ð¥Îªº)ª÷®w (#¤Ó 27:6; ¥i 7;11|)

2878 korban {kor-ban'} and korbanas {kor-ban-as'} of Hebrew and Aramaic origin respectively 07133; TDNT - 3:860,459; n m AV - treasury 1, corban 1; 2 1) a gift offered (or to be offered) to God 2) the sacred treasury
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2879 Kore {kor-eh'} of Hebrew origin 07141;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Core 1; 1 ¥i©Ô = "ÅS°©" 1) ¤@­Ó»P¨ä¥L¤H¤@°_¤Ï«q¼¯¦èªº¤H

2879 Kore {kor-eh'} of Hebrew origin 07141;; n pr m AV - Core 1; 1 Korah = "baldness" 1) a man who, with others, rebelled against Moses
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2880 korennumi {kor-en'-noo-mee} a root word;; °Êµü AV - eat enough 1, full 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¹¡¨¬, ¥O¤Hº¡¨¬ (#®{ 27:38; ªL«e 4:8|)

2880 korennumi {kor-en'-noo-mee} a root word;; v AV - eat enough 1, full 1; 2 1) to satiate, sate, satisfy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2881 Korinthios {kor-in'-thee-os} ·½¦Û 2882;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Corinthian 4; 4 1) ­ôªL¦h¤H, ­ôªL¦hªº©~¥Á

2881 Korinthios {kor-in'-thee-os} from 2882;; n pr m AV - Corinthian 4; 4 1) a Corinthian, and inhabitant of Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2882 Korinthos {kor'-in-thos} of uncertain derivation;;±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Corinth 7; 7 ­ôªL¦h= "¹¡¨¬ªº" 1) §ÆÃ¾¥j¦ÑµÛ¦Wªº«°¥«, ¦ì©ó­ôªL¦h¦a®l, ¶Z¶®¨å¦è¤è¬ù²ö40­ù (65¤½¨½)

2882 Korinthos {kor'-in-thos} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Corinth 7; 7 Corinth = "satiated" 1) an ancient and famous city of Greece, on the Isthmus of Corinth, and about 40 miles (65 km) west of Athens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2883 Kornelios {kor-nay'-lee-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cornelius 10; 10 ­ô¥§¬y = "of a horn" 1) ¸q¤j§QÀ窺¤@­Óù°¨¦Ê¤Òªø¡A¾n²Ï¦b¸Ó¼»§Q¨È¡C³o¤H«á¨Ó«K¦¨°ò·þ®{

2883 Kornelios {kor-nay'-lee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Cornelius 10; 10 Cornelius = "of a horn" 1) a Roman centurion of the Italian cohort stationed in Caesarea who converted to Christianity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2884 koros {kor'-os} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å03734; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - measure 1; 1 1) ¤@¥Û (#¸ô 16:7|) §Æ§B¨Ó¤Hªº°®¶q³æ¦ì,¬ù¤T¦Ê¤­¤Q¤½¤É

2884 koros {kor'-os} of Hebrew origin 03734;; n m AV - measure 1; 1 1) a corus or cor, the largest Hebrew dry measure (i.e, for wheat, meal etc.) about 10 to 11 bushels (350 to 400 l)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2885 kosmeo {kos-meh'-o} ·½¦Û 2889; TDNT - 3:867,459; °Êµü AV - adorn 5, garnish 4, trim 1; 10 1) ±Æ¦C¾ã»ô, ¾ã²z§G¸m, ·Ç³Æ¦n, ¹w³Æ¦n 2) ¸Ë¹¢¬ü¤Æ; ±R«ô, ·q·R, ±R·q 3) Áô³ë. ¥Hºa¬ü¬°¸Ë¹¢, űoºaÅA

2885 kosmeo {kos-meh'-o} from 2889; TDNT - 3:867,459; v AV - adorn 5, garnish 4, trim 1; 10 1) to put in order, arrange, make ready, prepare 2) to ornament, adore 3) metaph. to embellish with honour, gain honour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2886 kosmikos {kos-mee-kos'} ·½©ó 2889 (¨ú¨ä¸û¦¸­nªº·N¸q); TDNT - 3:897,459; §Î®eµü AV - worldly 2; 2 1) ÄÝ¥@ªº 1a) ©M³o¥@¬É¦³Ãöªº 1b) ¥@«Uªº 1c) Äݳo¥@¬Éªº, ¥ç§Y ¨ã¦³³o±ÑÃaªº¦~¥Nªº¯S¼xªº

2886 kosmikos {kos-mee-kos'} from 2889 (in its secondary sense); TDNT - 3:897,459; adj AV - worldly 2; 2 1) of or belonging to the world 1a) relating to the universe 1b) earthly 1c) worldly, i.e. having the character of this present corrupt age
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2887 kosmios {kos'-mee-os} ·½¦Û 2889 (¦b¥¦ªº­ì·N); TDNT - 3:895,459; §Î®eµü AV - modest 1, of good behaviour 1; 2 1) ¾A¤Á¦w±Æ, ¾A©yªº, ¾A«×ªº

2887 kosmios {kos'-mee-os} from 2889 (in its primary sense); TDNT - 3:895,459; adj AV - modest 1, of good behaviour 1; 2 1) well arranged, seemly, modest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2888 kosmokrator {kos-mok-rat'-ore} ·½¦Û 2889 ©M 2902; TDNT - 3:913,466;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ruler 1; 1 1) ¥@¬É¤§¥D, ³o¥@¥Nªº§g¤ý (#¥± 6:12|) 1a) Å]¤ý©M¥Lªº´cÅ]

2888 kosmokrator {kos-mok-rat'-ore} from 2889 and 2902; TDNT - 3:913,466; n m AV - ruler 1; 1 1) lord of the world, prince of this age 1a) the devil and his demons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2889 kosmos {kos'-mos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2865 ªº°ò¥»³¡¤À; TDNT - 3:868,459; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- world 186, adorning 1; 187 1) ¤@ºØ«ê·í©M©M¨óªº¦w±Æ©Î²Õ¦X¡A¯´§Ç¡AÅé¨î¡C 2) ­×¹¢¡A§©¹¢¡A¬ü¹¢, ¥ç§Y ¸s¬Pªº§G¸m¡C '¤Ñ­x', ´N¬O¤Ñ¤Wªº§©¹¢¡C ©¼«e3:3 3) ¥@¬É, ¦t©z¡C 4) ¦a²yªº©P³ò, ¦a²y¡C 5) ¦a²y¤Wªº©~¥Á,¤H, ¤HÃþ 6) ¤£·q¬È¯«ªº²³¤H; ©Ò¦³¨º¨ÇÂ÷¶}¯«ªº¤H, ¦]¦¹¤]´N¬O¹ï°ò·þªº¨Æ¦³¼Ä·Nªº¤H¡C 7) ¦a¤Wªº¨Æ°È, Äݦa¨Æª«ªº¶°¦X¡C 7a) ¤@¤ÁÄݦa¨Æª«ªº½d³ò, °]´I,Àu¶Õ,¼Ö½ì¡Aµ¥µ¥ Áö¬OªÅµê¡A®e©ö¯}¸H¡A©Mµu¼Èªº¡F«o·|¬D°Ê¼¤±æ¡A ³Q¤Þ»¤Â÷¶}¯«¡A¨Ã¥B·|¦¨¬°°ò·þ¥Ø¼Ðªºªýê¡C 8) ¥ô¦ó¤@ºØ¯S©w¨Æª«ªº¶°¦X©M·J¶° 8a) ¥~¨¹¤H¡A»P¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¹ï·Ó (ù. 11:12 µ¥) 8b) ±M«ü«H®{, ¬ù 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 ªL«e. 4:9; ªL«á. 5:19

2889 kosmos {kos'-mos} probably from the base of 2865; TDNT - 3:868,459; n m AV - world 186, adorning 1; 187 1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order, government 2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars, 'the heavenly hosts', as the ornament of the heavens. 1 Pet. 3:3 3) the world, the universe 4) the circle of the earth, the earth 5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family 6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God, and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ 7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly 7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages, pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting, stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause of Christ 8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort 8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews (Rom. 11:12 etc) 8b) of believers only, John 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 1 Cor. 4:9; 2 Cor. 5:19
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2890 Kouartos {koo'-ar-tos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å (²Ä¥|); ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Quartus 1; 1 ¬A¤h = "²Ä¥|" 1) ¤@¦W«H®{ (#ù 16:23|)

2890 Kouartos {koo'-ar-tos} of Latin origin (fourth);; n pr m AV - Quartus 1; 1 Quartus = "fourth" 1) a Roman; probably before he lived at Rome, and therefore sends his salutations to the Christians there: he is mentioned among the seventy disciples, and said to be bishop of Berytus. (Gill)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2891 koumi {koo'-mee} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin 06966;; °Êµü AV - cumi 1; 1 1) °_¨Ó, ¤É°_, ´_¬¡ (#¥i 5:41|)

2891 koumi {koo'-mee} of Aramaic origin 06966;; v AV - cumi 1; 1 1) arise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2892 koustodia {koos-to-dee'-ah} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - watch 3; 3 1) ¦u½Ã­x (#¤Ó 27:65,66,28:11|)

2892 koustodia {koos-to-dee'-ah} of Latin origin;; n f AV - watch 3; 3 1) guard: used of Roman soldiers guarding the sepulchre of Christ A Roman guard was made up of four to sixteen solders. In combat, they would form a square, and were able to hold off a much larger force.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2893 kouphizo {koo-fid'-zo} ·½¦Û kouphos (light in weight);; °Êµü AV - lighten 1; 1 1) ¨Ï´î»´ 2) ÅÜ»´ 2a) ±N²î³f¥á¥X²î¿µ¨Ï²î´î­« (#®{ 27:38|)

2893 kouphizo {koo-fid'-zo} from kouphos (light in weight);; v AV - lighten 1; 1 1) to be light 2) to lighten 2a) a ship by throwing the cargo overboard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2894 kophinos {kof'-ee-nos} of uncertain derivation;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - basket 6; 6 1) Äx¤l, ¬h±ø½s´ªºÄx¤l

2894 kophinos {kof'-ee-nos} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - basket 6; 6 1) a basket, wicker basket
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2895 krabbatos {krab'-bat-os} probably of foreign origin;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bed 11, couch 1; 12 1) ¿È¤l, ¦æ­x§É (¥u¯à©Ó­«¤@¤HªºÂ²³æ§É³Q)

2895 krabbatos {krab'-bat-os} probably of foreign origin;; n m AV - bed 11, couch 1; 12 1) a pallet, camp bed (a rather simple bed holding only one person)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2896 krazo {krad'-zo} TDNT - 3:898,465; °Êµü AV - cry 40, cry out 19; 59 1) ¤jÁn©I³Û,¦y¥s,¼R³Û 2) (¤jÁn)©I¥s ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5823

2896 krazo {krad'-zo} a primary word; TDNT - 3:898,465; v AV - cry 40, cry out 19; 59 1) to croak 1a) of the cry of a raven 1b) hence, to cry out, cry aloud, vociferate 1c) to cry or pray for vengeance 2) to cry 2a) cry out aloud, speak with a loud voice For Synonyms see entry 5823
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2897 kraipale {krahee-pal'-ay} probably »P...¦P·½ 726;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - surfeiting 1; 1 1) ¹L¶¼¾K°s©Ò²£¥Íªº·w¯t»PÀYµh(#¸ô 21:30|)

2897 kraipale {krahee-pal'-ay} probably from the same as 726;; n f AV - surfeiting 1; 1 1) the giddiness and headache caused by drinking wine to excess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2898 kranion {kran-ee'-on} diminutive of a derivative of the base of 2768;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - skull 3, cavalry 1; 4 1) ÅêÅ\ÀY, ÀYÆ`

2898 kranion {kran-ee'-on} diminutive of a derivative of the base of 2768;; n n AV - skull 3, cavalry 1; 4 1) a skull
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2899 kraspedon {kras'-ped-on} TDNT - 3:904,466; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - border 3, hem 2; 5 1) (¦çªAªº)Ãä½t,ºPÁ_ 2) ÁJ¤l (#¤Ó 23:5|)

2899 kraspedon {kras'-ped-on} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 3:904,466; n n AV - border 3, hem 2; 5 1) the extremity or prominent part of a thing, edge, skirt, margin 1a) the fringe of a garment 1b) in the NT a little appendage hanging down from the edge of the mantle or cloak, made of twisted wool 1c) a tassel, tuft: the Jews had such appendages attached to their mantles to remind them of the law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2900 krataios {krat-ah-yos'} ·½¦Û 2904; TDNT - 3:912,466; §Î®eµü AV - mighty 1; 1 1) ±j¦³¤Oªº 1a) ¤W«Ò±j¦³¤Oªº¤j¯à (#©¼«e 5:6|)

2900 krataios {krat-ah-yos'} from 2904; TDNT - 3:912,466; adj AV - mighty 1; 1 1) mighty 1a) of the mighty power of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2901 krataioo {krat-ah-yo'-o} ·½¦Û 2900; TDNT - 3:912,466; °Êµü AV - wax strong 2, strengthen 1, be strong 1; 4 1) Åܱj§§, ¨Ï±j§§ 2) Åܱj§§, ¼W¥[±j§§¡B¤O®ð , ªø¤j±j§§

2901 krataioo {krat-ah-yo'-o} from 2900; TDNT - 3:912,466; v AV - wax strong 2, strengthen 1, be strong 1; 4 1) to strengthen, make strong 2) to be made strong, to increase in strength, to grow strong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2902 krateo {krat-eh'-o} ·½©ó 2904; TDNT - 3:910,466; °Êµü AV - hold 12, take 9, lay hold on 8, hold fast 5, take by 4, lay hold upon 2, lay hand on 2, misc 5; 47 1) ´x´¤Åv¤O, ¦³±±¨î¯à¤Oªº 1a) ¦¨¬°¥D®_, ´xºÞªÌ, ºÞÁÒ 2) ´x¦³, ¾Ö¦³ 2a) ¦¨¬°ºÞ²zªÌ, ±o¨ì 2b) ¾Ö¦³ 2c) ´x±±, Àò¨ú, ¹Ü¨ú 2c1) ¨Ï¤HÂk©ó¦Û¤vªº´xºÞ±±¨î½d³ò¤§¤U 3) ´¤¦í 3a) ´¤¦b¤â¤¤ 3b) ºò´¤, ¥ç§Y ¤£©ñ±ó©Î¥á¥¢ 3b1) ¤p¤ß©¾¹ê¦a«OºÞµÛ 3c) «ùÄò´x´¤, «O¦³ 3c1) «ü¦º¤`¤@ª½´x´¤µÛ¤Hªº©R¹B 3c2) ´x±±, ±±¨î

2902 krateo {krat-eh'-o} from 2904; TDNT - 3:910,466; v AV - hold 12, take 9, lay hold on 8, hold fast 5, take by 4, lay hold upon 2, lay hand on 2, misc 5; 47 1) to have power, be powerful 1a) to be chief, be master of, to rule 2) to get possession of 2a) to become master of, to obtain 2b) to take hold of 2c) to take hold of, take, seize 2c1) to lay hands on one in order to get him into one's power 3) to hold 3a) to hold in the hand 3b) to hold fast, i.e. not discard or let go 3b1) to keep carefully and faithfully 3c) to continue to hold, to retain 3c1) of death continuing to hold one 3c2) to hold in check, restrain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2903 kratistos {krat'-is-tos} superlative of a derivative of 2904;; §Î®eµü AV - most excellent 2, most noble 2; 4 1) »Õ¤U; ¤j¤H (·qÃã, ¥Î©ó´LºÙ¨­¥÷°ª¶Qªº¤H)

2903 kratistos {krat'-is-tos} superlative of a derivative of 2904;; adj AV - most excellent 2, most noble 2; 4 1) mightiest, strongest, noblest, most illustrious, best, most excellent 1a) used in addressing men of prominent rank or office
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2904 kratos {krat'-os} ¥i¯à¬O¤@¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 3:905,466; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - power 6, dominion 4, strength 1, mighty + 2596 1; 12 1) ¤O¶q, ±j«× 2) ¯à¤O, Åv¤O, ¤~·F: ¤j¯àªº¤O¶q 2a) ¤jªº¥\ÂÝ, ¤j¯àªº§@¬° 3) ¥DÅv ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5820

2904 kratos {krat'-os} perhaps a primary word; TDNT - 3:905,466; n n AV - power 6, dominion 4, strength 1, mighty + 2596 1; 12 1) force, strength 2) power, might: mighty with great power 2a) a mighty deed, a work of power 3) dominion For Synonyms see entry 5820
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2905 kraugazo {krow-gad'-zo} ·½¦Û 2906; TDNT - 3:898,465; °Êµü AV - cry 4, cry out 3; 7 1) ­ú¥X, ¤jÁn«ÅÄW, ³Û¥s, ¦V¬Y¤H­ú¶D ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5823

2905 kraugazo {krow-gad'-zo} from 2906; TDNT - 3:898,465; v AV - cry 4, cry out 3; 7 1) to cry out, cry aloud, to shout, to cry out to one For Synonyms see entry 5823
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2906 krauge {krow-gay'} ·½©ó 2896; TDNT - 3:898,465; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cry 3, crying 2, clamour 1; 6 1) ¤j³Û, ¤j¥s, ¥s³Û

2906 krauge {krow-gay'} from 2896; TDNT - 3:898,465; n f AV - cry 3, crying 2, clamour 1; 6 1) a crying, outcry, clamour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2907 kreas {kreh'-as} perhaps a primary word;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - flesh 2; 2 1) ¦×(Äm²½¬¹¯bªº¦×)(#ù 14:21; ªL«e 8:13|)

2907 kreas {kreh'-as} perhaps a primary word;; n n AV - flesh 2; 2 1) (the) flesh (of a sacrificed animal)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2908 kreisson {krice'-son} ¤¤©Ê of an alternate form of 2909;; °Æµü AV - better 1; 1 1) §ó¦n (#ªL«e 7:38; µÌ 1:23|)

2908 kreisson {krice'-son} neuter of an alternate form of 2909;; adv AV - better 1; 1 1) better
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2909 kreitton {krite'-tohn} ¤@­Ó 2904 ªº­l¥Í¦rªº¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - better 18, best 1; 19 1) §ó¦³¥Îªº, §ó³ô¥Îªº, §ó¦³§Qªº 2) §ó¨ô¶Vªº

2909 kreitton {krite'-tohn} comparative of a derivative of 2904;; adj AV - better 18, best 1; 19 1) more useful, more serviceable, more advantageous 2) more excellent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2910 kremannumi {krem-an'-noo-mee} ­ì°Êµüªº©µªø«¬ºA; TDNT - 3:915,468; °Êµü AV - hang 7; 7 1) ©ì©µ, ©µ½w 2) ³QÄa±¾, ¦Q 2a) ¬Y¤H±¾¦b¤Q¬[ªº¥Îªk 2b) «ßªk®Ñ»P¥ýª¾®Ñªº¨Ï¥Î, Á`Âk©Î­Ê«î©ó¨âºØ±Ð°V

2910 kremannumi {krem-an'-noo-mee} a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT - 3:915,468; v AV - hang 7; 7 1) to hang up, suspend 2) to be suspended, to hang 2a) used of one hanging on a cross 2b) used of the Law and the Prophets, they is summed up or hanging on two precepts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2911 kremnos {krame-nos'} ·½¦Û 2910;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - steep place 3; 3 1) °~®kªº¦a¤è, Äa±V

2911 kremnos {krame-nos'} from 2910;; n m AV - steep place 3; 3 1) a steep place, a precipice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2912 Kres {krace} ·½¦Û 2914;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cretians 2, Cretes 1; 3 1) ­²­ù©³¤H, ­²­ù©³®qªº©~¥Á

2912 Kres {krace} from 2914;; n pr m AV - Cretians 2, Cretes 1; 3 1) a Cretan, an inhabitant of the island of Crete
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2913 Kreskes {krace'-kace} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Crescens 1; 1 ­²°Ç¤h= "¥Íªø, µo¨|" 1) «Oùªº§U¤â, ¾Ú»¡¬O¤C¤Q­Ó­Ì®{¤§¤@ (#´£«á 4:10|)

2913 Kreskes {krace'-kace} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Crescens 1; 1 Crescens = "growing" 1) an assistant of Paul, said to be one of the seventy disciples
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2914 Krete {kray'-tay} of uncertain derivation;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Crete 5; 5 ­²­ù©³= "ªÎ­Dªº, ¦h¦×ªº" 1) ¦ì©ó¦a¤¤®ü¸s®q»P·Rµ^®ü³Ì¤j³ÌªÎ¨U´IÄǪº®qÀ¬, ²{¤µ§J¨½¯S®q.

2914 Krete {kray'-tay} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Crete 5; 5 Crete = "fleshy" 1) the largest and most fertile island of the Mediterranean archipelago or Aegean Sea, now the modern Candia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2915 krithe {kree-thay'} f uncertain derivation;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - barley 1; 1 1) ¤j³Á

2915 krithe {kree-thay'} f uncertain derivation;; n f AV - barley 1; 1 1) barley
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2916 krithinos {kree'-thee-nos} ·½¦Û 2915;; §Î®eµü AV - barley 2; 2 1) ¤j³Áªº, ¤j³Á»s«~ #¬ù 6:9,13|

2916 krithinos {kree'-thee-nos} from 2915;; adj AV - barley 2; 2 1) of barley, made of barley
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2917 krima {kree'-mah} ·½©ó 2919; TDNT - 3:942,469; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - judgment 13, damnation 7, condemnation 5, be condemned 1, go to law + 2192 1, avenge + 2919 1; 28 1) ªk³W, ¼f§P, µô¨M 2) §P¨M 2a) ¹ï¿ù»~ªº§P¸o, ¤@¤H¹ï¥L¤Hªº¹L¥¢©Ò§@ªº(ÄY¼F©Î¾A¤¤ªº)§P¨M 2b) ¥Î©óªk®x¤¤ªº±¡ªp 2b1) ªk©x©Ò§@ªº§P¨M 2b2) ³Q§P©wªºÃg»@ 2b3) Ãg³B³B¤À, Ãg»@©Êªº§P¨M, §P¨M 3) «Ý¼f§Pªº¨Æ±¡, ¶D³^®×¥ó, ªk«ß®×¥ó

2917 krima {kree'-mah} from 2919; TDNT - 3:942,469; n n AV - judgment 13, damnation 7, condemnation 5, be condemned 1, go to law + 2192 1, avenge + 2919 1; 28 1) a decree, judgments 2) judgment 2a) condemnation of wrong, the decision (whether severe or mild) which one passes on the faults of others 2b) in a forensic sense 2b1) the sentence of a judge 2b2) the punishment with which one is sentenced 2b3) condemnatory sentence, penal judgment, sentence 3) a matter to be judicially decided, a lawsuit, a case in court
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2918 krinon {kree'-non} ¥i¯à¬O°ò¥»¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lily 2; 2 1) ªá, ¦Ê¦Xªá

2918 krinon {kree'-non} perhaps a primitive word;; n n AV - lily 2; 2 1) a flower, the lily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2919 krino {kree'-no} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó°ò¥»¦r; TDNT - 3:921,469; °Êµü AV - judge 88, determine 7, condemn 5, go to law 2, call in question 2, esteem 2, misc 8; 114 1) ¤À§O, ¤À¶}, ¨ú¥X, ¿ï¨ú, ¿ï¾Ü 2) ÃÙ³\, ´L±R, ¹çÄ@ 3) ¦³·N¨£, »{¬°, »{§@¬O 4) ¨MÂ_, ¨M©w, §P¨M, ¹{§G©R¥O 5) ¼f§P 5a) ¹ï¬O«Dµoªí·N¨£ 5a1) ³Q¼f§P, ¥ç§Y ³Q¶Ç³ê¨ü¼f, ¨ä­Ó®×¥i¯à­n³Q¼f²z¨Ã±µ¨ü§P¨M 5b) §P¨M, «ü³d 5b1) «ü°Ñ»P¼f§P¤§¤H, ©Î¦³Ãö¤é±`¥Í¬¡¨Æ¥óªº¥òµôªÌ, ©Î¹ï¥L¤Hªº¨¥¦æ§@¼f§PªÌ 6) ºÞ²z, ²Îªv 6a) ¥D«ùªk«ß¤Wªº¨M©w, ¼f¨ÆÂ_²z¬O°ê¤ý©Î²ÎªvªÌªº¯SÅv 7) «üªZ¤h©M¾Ô¤hµ¥ªºª§°«Ävª§ 7a) ª§°õ, ª§°« 7b) ¦bªk«ß¤W¦Ó¨¥ 7b1) ¶D½Ñªk«ß, ¿³³^

2919 krino {kree'-no} perhaps a primitive word; TDNT - 3:921,469; v AV - judge 88, determine 7, condemn 5, go to law 2, call in question 2, esteem 2, misc 8; 114 1) to separate, put asunder, to pick out, select, choose 2) to approve, esteem, to prefer 3) to be of opinion, deem, think, to be of opinion 4) to determine, resolve, decree 5) to judge 5a) to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong 5a1) to be judged, i.e. summoned to trial that one's case may be examined and judgment passed upon it 5b) to pronounce judgment, to subject to censure 5b1) of those who act the part of judges or arbiters in matters of common life, or pass judgment on the deeds and words of others 6) to rule, govern 6a) to preside over with the power of giving judicial decisions, because it was the prerogative of kings and rulers to pass judgment 7) to contend together, of warriors and combatants 7a) to dispute 7b) in a forensic sense 7b1) to go to law, have suit at law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2920 krisis {kree'-sis} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 3:941,469; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - judgment 41, damnation 3, accusation 2, condemnation 2; 48 1) ¤À§O, °Ï¹j, ¤À¶} 1a) ¹wÁÉ, ÄvÁÉ (¿z¿ï¥X°÷¸ê®æªº) 2) ¿ï¾Ü 3) ¼f§P, §PÂ_ 3a) «ü¦³Ãö¥ô¦ó¤@¥ó¨Æªº·N¨£©Î¨M©w 3a1) ¤×¨ä«ü¦³Ãö¨Æ±¡ªº¤½¤£¤½¸q©M¹ï¿ù 3b) §P¨M¦³¸o, §P¦D, §P¸o¤ÎÃg³B 4) µô§P¹Î (¥Ñ¤Ú°Ç´µ¼Æ­Ó«°¥«¤¤ªº¤C­Ó¤H©Ò²Õ¦¨ªº¼f§P¹Î; ¦³§O©óµS¤Ó±Ðªº³Ì°ªµûij·|, ¦b¼»¸ô¼»§Nªº¤½·|¤¤¦³¨ä¤@®u¤§¦ì) 5) ¤½¥¿, ¤½²z

2920 krisis {kree'-sis} perhaps a primitive word; TDNT - 3:941,469; n f AV - judgment 41, damnation 3, accusation 2, condemnation 2; 48 1) a separating, sundering, separation 1a) a trial, contest 2) selection 3) judgment 3a) opinion or decision given concerning anything 3a1) esp. concerning justice and injustice, right or wrong 3b) sentence of condemnation, damnatory judgment, condemnation and punishment 4) the college of judges (a tribunal of seven men in the several cities of Palestine; as distinguished from the Sanhedrin, which had its seat at Jerusalem) 5) right, justice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2921 Krispos {kris'-pos} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Crispus 2; 2 °ò§Q¥q¥¬= "±²¾vªº" 1) ­ôªL¦hµS¤Ó±Ð·|ªººÞ²zªÌ, ¸g¥Ñ«Où¬I¬~ (#®{ 18:8; ªL«e 1:14|)

2921 Krispos {kris'-pos} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Crispus 2; 2 Crispus = "curled" 1) the ruler of the Jewish synagogue in Corinth, baptised by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2922 kriterion {kree-tay'-ree-on} TDNT - 3:943,469; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - to judge 1, judgment 1, judgment seat 1; 3 1) ªk°| (#ªL«e 6:2,4; ¶® 2:6|)

2922 kriterion {kree-tay'-ree-on} from a presumed derivative of 2923; TDNT - 3:943,469; n n AV - to judge 1, judgment 1, judgment seat 1; 3 1) the instrument or means of trying or judging anything 1a) the rule by which one judges 2) the place where judgment is given 2a) the tribunal of a judge 2b) a bench of judges 3) the matter judged, thing to be decided, suit, case
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2923 krites {kree-tace'} ·½©ó 2919; TDNT - 3:942,469;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - judge 15, Judge 2; 17 1) one who passes or arrogates to himself, ¹ï¥ô¦ó¨Æªº¼fÂ_ 1a) ¥òµô¤H,µô¨MªÌ,¤½Â_¤H 1b) «ü¾¥q¥qªk¼f§PªºÃ¹°¨¦æ¬F©x 1c) «ü·|¹ï¤H¬I¦æ¼f§Pªº¯« 1d) «ü¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº»â³S©ÎºÞ²zªÌ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5838

2923 krites {kree-tace'} from 2919; TDNT - 3:942,469; n m AV - judge 15, Judge 2; 17 1) one who passes or arrogates to himself, judgment on anything 1a) an arbiter 1b) of a Roman procurator administering justice 1c) of God passing judgment on men 1d) of the leaders or rulers of the Israelites For Synonyms see entry 5838
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2924 kritikos {krit-ee-kos'} ·½©ó 2923; TDNT - 3:943,469; §Î®eµü AV - discerner 1; 1 1) ¯àÃѧO¹îıªº, ¯à§@§PÂ_ªº, ¦³©ú¿ë¯à¤Oªº

2924 kritikos {krit-ee-kos'} from 2923; TDNT - 3:943,469; adj AV - discerner 1; 1 1) relating to judging, fit for judging, skilled in judging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2925 krouo {kroo'-o} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:954,475; °Êµü AV - knock 9; 9 1) ¦bªù¤W¥nªù

2925 krouo {kroo'-o} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:954,475; v AV - knock 9; 9 1) to knock: at the door
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2926 krupte {kroop-tay'} ·½¦Û 2927; TDNT - 3:957,476; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - secret place 1; 1 1) ¦a¤U«Ç, Áô½ªªº¹D¸ô, ¦a¤UÀxÂëÇ, ¦aµ¢(#¸ô 11:33|)

2926 krupte {kroop-tay'} from 2927; TDNT - 3:957,476; n f AV - secret place 1; 1 1) crypt, a covered way, vault, cellar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2927 kruptos {kroop-tos'} or kruphaios {kroof-ay'-os} ·½¦Û 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; §Î®eµü AV - secret 12, hid 3, hidden 3, inwardly 1; 19 1) Áô±Kªº, ·t¤¤ªº, ¯µ±Kªº

2927 kruptos {kroop-tos'} or kruphaios {kroof-ay'-os} from 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; adj AV - secret 12, hid 3, hidden 3, inwardly 1; 19 1) hidden, concealed, secret
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2928 krupto {kroop'-to} ¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 3:957,476; °Êµü AV - hide 11, hide (one's) self 2, keep secret 1, secretly 1, hidden 1; 16 1) ÁôÂÃ, Áô°Î, ³Q¾B½ª 2) ¤£Åý¥L¤Hµo²{ 3) Áô³ë. Áô¿f (¤£¨Ï¤Hª¾)

2928 krupto {kroop'-to} a primary verb; TDNT - 3:957,476; v AV - hide 11, hide (one's) self 2, keep secret 1, secretly 1, hidden 1; 16 1) to hide, conceal, to be hid 2) escape notice 3) metaph. to conceal (that it may not become known)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2929 krustallizo {kroos-tal-lid'-zo} ·½¦Û 2930;; °Êµü AV - clear as crystal 1; 1 1) ¹³¤ô´¹¤@¼Ë°{«G (#±Ò 21:11|)

2929 krustallizo {kroos-tal-lid'-zo} from 2930;; v AV - clear as crystal 1; 1 1) to be of crystalline brightness and transparency 2) to shine like crystal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2930 krustallos {kroos'-tal-los} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - crystal 2; 2 1) ¤ô´¹ (#±Ò 4:6; 22:1|)

2930 krustallos {kroos'-tal-los} from a derivative of kruos (frost);; n m AV - crystal 2; 2 1) crystal, a kind of precious stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2931 kruphe {kroo-fay'} ·½¦Û 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; °Æµü AV - in secret 1; 1 1) ¯µ±K¦a (#¥± 5:12|)

2931 kruphe {kroo-fay'} from 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; adv AV - in secret 1; 1 1) secretly, in secret
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2932 ktaomai {ktah'-om-ahee} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü;; °Êµü AV - possess 3, purchase 2, provide 1, obtain 1; 7 1) Àò±o, ±o¨ì, ©ÎÀò¨ú¬Yª«¦Ó¦¨¬°¦Û¤vªº, ¾Ö¦³ 1a) °ù¤@­Ó©d¤l, °Q¨ì¤@­Ó¦Ñ±C

2932 ktaomai {ktah'-om-ahee} a primary verb;; v AV - possess 3, purchase 2, provide 1, obtain 1; 7 1) to acquire, get, or procure a thing for one's self, to possess 1a) to marry a wife
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2933 ktema {ktay'-mah} ·½¦Û 2932;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - possession 4; 4 1) °]²£, ²£·~ 1a) ¦a²£, ¤g¦a, ¤£°Ê²£

2933 ktema {ktay'-mah} from 2932;; n n AV - possession 4; 4 1) a possession 1a) of property, lands, estates
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2934 ktenos {ktay'-nos} ·½¦Û 2932;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - beast 4; 4 1) ®a¯b, ¹¤¯b, ¥Î¨ÓÃMªº°Êª«, Ãdª«

2934 ktenos {ktay'-nos} from 2932;; n n AV - beast 4; 4 1) a beast 1a) esp. a beast of burden 1b) used for four legged animals as opposed to fishes and birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2935 ktetor {ktay'-tore} ·½¦Û 2932; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - possessor 1; 1 1) «ù¦³¤H (®{ 4:34|)

2935 ktetor {ktay'-tore} from 2932;; n m AV - possessor 1; 1 1) a possessor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2936 ktizo {ktid'-zo} TDNT - 3:1000,481; °Êµü AV - create 12, Creator 1, make 1; 14 1) ³Ð³y

2936 ktizo {ktid'-zo} probably akin to 2932 (through the idea of proprietor-ship of the manufacturer); TDNT - 3:1000,481; v AV - create 12, Creator 1, make 1; 14 1) to make habitable, to people, a place, region, island 1a) to found a city, colony, state 2) to create 2a) of God creating the worlds 2b) to form, shape, i.e. to completely change or transform
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2937 ktisis {ktis'-is} ·½©ó 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19 1) ³]¥ß, «Ø¥ß, «Ø³y µ¥µ¥ 1a) ³Ð³y, ¶}³Ð 1b) ³Ð³y, ¥ç§Y ¦³¨Æª«³Q³Ð³y 1b1) «ü¨C¤@­Ó¨Æª«, ¤H, ¥Íª«, ³Ð³yª« 1b1a) ¥ô¦ó³Q³y¤§ª« 1b1b) ©Ô¤ñªº¥Îªk(«ü­ì¨Ó«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H§ï«HµS¤Ó±Ðªº¤H) 1b1c) ©Ò¦³¨ü³yª«ªº¶°¦X©ÎÁ`ºÙ 1c) ¨î«×, ªk³W

2937 ktisis {ktis'-is} from 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n f AV - creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19 1) the act of founding, establishing, building etc 1a) the act of creating, creation 1b) creation i.e. thing created 1b1) of individual things, beings, a creature, a creation 1b1a) anything created 1b1b) after a rabbinical usage (by which a man converted from idolatry to Judaism was called) 1b1c) the sum or aggregate of things created 1c) institution, ordinance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2938 ktisma {ktis'-mah} ·½¦Û 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - creature 4; 4 1) ³Q«Ø¥ß¤§ª« 2) ³Q³yª«

2938 ktisma {ktis'-mah} from 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n n AV - creature 4; 4 1) thing founded 2) created thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2939 ktistes {ktis-tace'} ·½¦Û 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Creator 1; 1 1) ³Ð¿ìªÌ, ³]¥ßªÌ 2) ³Ð³y¥D(#©¼«e 4:19|)

2939 ktistes {ktis-tace'} from 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n m AV - Creator 1; 1 1) a founder 2) a creator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2940 kubeia {koo-bi'-ah} ·½¦Û kubos; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sleight 1; 1 1) ¸Þ­p, §Þ­Ç (#¥± 4:14|)

2940 kubeia {koo-bi'-ah} from kubos (a "cube", i.e. die for playing);; n f AV - sleight 1; 1 1) dice playing 2) metaph. the deception of men, because dice players sometimes cheated and defrauded their fellow players
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2941 kubernesis {koo-ber'-nay-sis} ·½¦Û kubernao (©Ô¤B¤å¦r·½, ·N¿×"¾r¶¿"); TDNT - 3:1035,486; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - government 1; 1 1) ªv²z (#ªL«e 12:28|)

2941 kubernesis {koo-ber'-nay-sis} from kubernao (of Latin origin, to steer); TDNT - 3:1035,486; n f AV - government 1; 1 1) a governing, government
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2942 kubernetes {koo-ber-nay'-tace} »P2941¦P·½; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - master 1, shipmaster 1; 2 1) ²î¥D (#®{ 27:11; ±Ò 18:17|)

2942 kubernetes {koo-ber-nay'-tace} from the same as 2941;; n m AV - master 1, shipmaster 1; 2 1) steersman, helmsman, sailing master
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2943 kuklothen {koo-kloth'-en} »P2945¦P·½; °Æµü AV - round about 3, about 1; 4 1) ¦b....¥|³ò (#±Ò 4:8|) 2) ³ò¶¦¨°é

2943 kuklothen {koo-kloth'-en} from the same as 2945;; adv AV - round about 3, about 1; 4 1) round about, from all sides, all around
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2944 kukloo {koo-klo'-o} »P 2945 ¦P·½;; °Êµü AV - compass about 2, compass 1, come round about 1, stand round about 1; 5 1) ¶¹L, ¨±°j¦Ó¹L 2) ¥]³ò, Àô¶, ³ò¶ 2a) «ü³Q¤H¸s³ò¶ 2b) «ü³Q¤H³ò§ð, ³Q¼Ä­x¥]³ò

2944 kukloo {koo-klo'-o} from the same as 2945;; v AV - compass about 2, compass 1, come round about 1, stand round about 1; 5 1) to go around, lead around 2) to surround, encircle, encompass 2a) of persons standing around 2b) of besiegers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2945 kuklo {koo'-klo} as if ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ®æof kuklos (a ring, "cycle" - ªñ¦ü to 2947);; °Æµü AV - round about 6, round 1; 7 1) ³ò¦¨¤@­Ó¶ê, ©P³ò, Àô¶¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ¥|©P

2945 kuklo {koo'-klo} as if dative case of kuklos (a ring, "cycle" - akin to 2947);; adv AV - round about 6, round 1; 7 1) in a circle, around, round about, on all sides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2946 kulisma {koo'-lis-mah} ·½©ó 2947;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - wallowing 1; 1 1) ³Qºu°ÊªºªF¦è, ¦bªdªhªdÀפ¤¥´ºu

2946 kulisma {koo'-lis-mah} from 2947;; n n AV - wallowing 1; 1 1) thing rolled, rolled (wallowed) mud or mire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2947 kulioo {koo-lee-o'-o} ·½¦Û base of 2949 (through the idea of circularity, cf 2945, 1507);; °Êµü AV - wallow 1; 1 1) ½¨ÓÂÐ¥h, ¥´ºu 2) ¦bªd¼ß¤¤¥´ºu½Âà 3) ³´¤Jªd§|¤¤¥´ºu (#¥i 9:20|)

2947 kulioo {koo-lee-o'-o} from base of 2949 (through the idea of circularity, cf 2945, 1507);; v AV - wallow 1; 1 1) a rolling, wallowing 2) to roll itself in mud 3) to wallowing in the mire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2948 kullos {kool-los'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2947;; §Î®eµü AV - maimed 4; 4 1) ¬n¦±ªº 1a) «ü¨­Åé¤Wªº¤@³¡¤À 1b) ¨ü¶Ëªº, ¦³´Ý¯eªº 2) ¥|ªÏ¤£¥þªº, ¨­Åé´Ý¯Êªº

2948 kullos {kool-los'} from the same as 2947;; adj AV - maimed 4; 4 1) crooked 1a) of the members of the body 1b) injured, disabled 2) maimed, mutilated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2949 kuma {koo'-mah} from kuo (to swell [with young], i.e bend, curve);; n n AV - wave 5; 5 1) ªi°Ê°_¥ñ(º¦°_) ¯S§O¬O«ü®üªº¡M©Î´òªº 1a) ½Ä°Ê¤£¦wªº¤Hªºªi°Ê°_¥ñ¡M ³Q¥L­Ì¨g³¥ªº±¡·P¥ª¥k For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5857

2949 kuma {koo'-mah} from kuo (to swell [with young], i.e bend, curve);; n n AV - wave 5; 5 1) a wave (swell) esp. of the sea or of a lake 1a) of impulse and restless men, tossed to and fro by their raging passions For Synonyms see entry 5857
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2950 kumbalon {koom'-bal-on} ·½¦Û a derivative of the base of 2949; TDNT - 3:1037,486; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cymbal 1; 1 1) »É¹Y, ¥ç§Y¶À»É°µªºªÅ¤ß¬Ö, ·í¤¬¬ÛºVÀ»®É·|²£¥Í­µ¼Ö (#ªL«e 13:1|)

2950 kumbalon {koom'-bal-on} from a derivative of the base of 2949; TDNT - 3:1037,486; n n AV - cymbal 1; 1 1) a cymbal, i.e. a hollow basin of brass, producing when struck together a musical sound
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2951 kuminon {koo'-min-on} ·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y, °Ñ 03646; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cummin 1; 1 1) ãÂÅÚ, ¤g¯õ­» (#¤Ó 23:23|)

2951 kuminon {koo'-min-on} of foreign origin, cf 03646;; n n AV - cummin 1; 1 1) cummin is a cultivated plant in Palestine with seeds that have a bitter warm taste and an aromatic flavour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2952 kunarion {koo-nar'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 2965; TDNT - 3:1104,494; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - dog 4; 4 1) ¤pª¯

2952 kunarion {koo-nar'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 2965; TDNT - 3:1104,494; n n AV - dog 4; 4 1) a little dog
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2953 Kuprios {koo'-pree-os} ·½¦Û 2954;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cyprus 3; 3 1) ©~¤ñ¸ô¤H©Î©~¤ñ¸ô, ¥ç§Y©~¤ñ¸ôªº¤H¥Á

2953 Kuprios {koo'-pree-os} from 2954;; n pr m AV - Cyprus 3; 3 1) a Cyprian or Cypriote, i.e. a native of Cyprus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2954 Kupros {koo'-pros} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Cyprus 5; 5 ©~¤ñ¸ô = "·R: ¤@¦·ªá" 1) ¦b¦a¤¤®ü¤W¤@®y«D±`´IÄÇ¥B¥i·Rªº®qÀ¬, ¦b°ò§Q®a»P±Ô§Q¨È¤§¶¡

2954 Kupros {koo'-pros} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Cyprus 5; 5 Cyprus = "love: a blossom" 1) a very fertile and delightful island of the Mediterranean, lying between Cilicia and Syria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2955 kupto {koop'-to} ¥i¯à·½¦Û the base of 2949;; °Êµü AV - stoop 2, stoop down 1; 3 1) ©}¨­, ¦V«eÅs¦±, Áù°` (#¥i 1:7; ¬ù 8:6,8|)

2955 kupto {koop'-to} probably from the base of 2949;; v AV - stoop 2, stoop down 1; 3 1) to stoop down, bend forward, to bow the head
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2956 Kurenaios {koo-ray-nah'-yos} ·½¦Û 2957;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Cyrene 3, Cyrenian 3; 6 1)¥j§Q©`ªº·í¦a¤H

2956 Kurenaios {koo-ray-nah'-yos} from 2957;; n pr m AV - Cyrene 3, Cyrenian 3; 6 1) a native of Cyrene
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2957 Kurene {koo-ray'-nay} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Cyrene 1; 1 ¥j§Q©` = "°¨ÀsÀY¤§¨ô¶V" 1) ¦ì©ó¥_«DLibya Cyrenaica©ÎPentapolisªº­º©²,«á»P§J²z¯S¦X¨Ö¬°¤@¬Ù, ¥ÑÁ`·þºÞÁÒ,¦³³\¦hµS¤Ó©~¥Á (#®{ 2:10|)

2957 Kurene {koo-ray'-nay} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Cyrene 1; 1 Cyrene = "supremacy of the bridle" 1) a large and very flourishing city of Libya Cyrenaica or Pentapolitana, about 11 miles (17 km) from the sea. Among its inhabitants were a great number of Jews, whom Ptolemy I. had brought there, and invested with the right of citizens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2958 Kurenios {koo-ray'-nee-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Cyrenius 1; 1 ©~¨½§á = "«i¤h" 1) ±Ô§Q¨ÈªºÁ`·þ, »P·s¬ù¸t¸g¸Ì°O¸üªº¤H¤f´¶¬d¦³Ãö (#¸ô 2:2|)

2958 Kurenios {koo-ray'-nee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Cyrenius 1; 1 Cyrenius = "warrior" 1) the Greek form of the Roman name Quirinus. His full name is Publius Sulpicius Quirinus. He was consul B.C. 12., and was made governor of Syria after the banishment of Archelaus in A.D. 6. He was probably twice governor of Syria; his first governorship extended from B.C. 4 (the year of Christ's birth) to B.C. 1. It was during this time that he was sent to make enrolment which caused Joseph and Mary to visit Bethlehem. Luke 2:2. The second enrolment is mentioned in Acts 5:37.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2959 Kuria {koo-ree'-ah} ·½©ó 2962; TDNT - 3:1095,486; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lady 2; 2 1) ¦b¬ù¿«¤G®Ñ¤¤©Ò´£ªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{°ü¤k (#¬ù¤G 1:1,5|)

2959 Kuria {koo-ree'-ah} from 2962; TDNT - 3:1095,486; n f AV - lady 2; 2 1) a Christian woman to whom the second Epistle of John is addressed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2960 kuriakos {koo-ree-ak-os'} ·½¦Û 2962; TDNT - 3:1095,486; §Î®eµü AV - Lord's 2; 2 1) ÄݤW«Òªº 2) ¸ò¤W«Ò¦³Ãöªº (#ªL«e 11:20; ±Ò 1:10|)

2960 kuriakos {koo-ree-ak-os'} from 2962; TDNT - 3:1095,486; adj AV - Lord's 2; 2 1) belonging to the Lord 2) related to the Lord
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2961 kurieuo {ko-ree-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 2962; TDNT - 3:1097,486; °Êµü AV - have dominion over 4, exercise lordship over 1, be Lord of 1, lords 1; 7 1) ¦³¥DÅv, ºÞ²z, ´xÅv 2) ÄݨƲz»P¤O¶q 2a) ©ó...¤§¤W²£¥Í¼vÅT¤O, ¦b...¤§¤W¦³¯à¤O

2961 kurieuo {ko-ree-yoo'-o} from 2962; TDNT - 3:1097,486; v AV - have dominion over 4, exercise lordship over 1, be Lord of 1, lords 1; 7 1) to be lord of, to rule, have dominion over 2) of things and forces 2a) to exercise influence upon, to have power over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2962 kurios {koo'-ree-os} ·½©ó kuros (¦Ü°ªÅv¤O); TDNT - 3:1039,486; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Lord 667, lord 54, master 11, sir 6, Sir 6, misc 4; 748 1) ¤H©Î¨Æ©ÒÄݩ󪺥D, ¦³Åv¨M©wªÌ; ¥D¤H, ·íÅvªÌ 1a) ¨Æª«ªº¾Ö¦³¤Î¦³Åv³B¤À¤§¤H 1a1) ©Ò¦³¤H; ¦³Åv´xºÞ¥L¤Hªº¤H, ¥D¤H 1a2) ¨­¤À¦a¦ì: §g¥D, ¶Q±Ú, ¥D©x, ù°¨¬Ó«Ò 1b) ±a¦³¤@ÂIªí¥Ü´L·q·RÀ¹ªº´L±Rªº·N«ä, ¦p¹²¤H¥Î¥H¨Ó¹ï¨ä¥D¤Hªº­P·q 1c) ³oÀY»Î¬O¯S¥Î¨Ó«ü:¯«, À±ÁÉ¨È ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, °Ñ¨£ 5830

2962 kurios {koo'-ree-os} from kuros (supremacy); TDNT - 3:1039,486; n m AV - Lord 667, lord 54, master 11, sir 6, Sir 6, misc 4; 748 1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has power of deciding; master, lord 1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing 1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master 1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor 1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence, with which servants greet their master 1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah For Synonyms see entry 5830
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2963 kuriotes {koo-ree-ot'-ace} from 2962; TDNT - 3:1096,486; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dominion 3, government 1; 4 1) ²ÎªvÅv, Åv¤O, ¥DÅv 2) ¦b·s¬ù¸Ì«ü¾Ö¦³²ÎªvÅvªº¤H

2963 kuriotes {koo-ree-ot'-ace} from 2962; TDNT - 3:1096,486; n f AV - dominion 3, government 1; 4 1) dominion, power, lordship 2) in the NT: one who possesses dominion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2964 kuroo {koo-ro'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 2962; TDNT - 3:1098,486; °Êµü AV - confirm 2; 2 1) ¨Ï¥Í®Ä 2) ¤½¶}¦a©Î¾G­«ªºÃÒ¹ê, ©Ó»{

2964 kuroo {koo-ro'-o} from the same as 2962; TDNT - 3:1098,486; v AV - confirm 2; 2 1) to make valid 2) to confirm publicly or solemnly, to ratify
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2965 kuon {koo'-ohn} ¦r®Ú; TDNT - 3:1101,;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - dog 5; 5 1) ª¯ª¯ 2) Áô³ë. ¦s¤£¼ä¤§¤ßªº¤H, ¾|²õ¨õ»À¤§¤H

2965 kuon {koo'-ohn} a root word; TDNT - 3:1101,; n m AV - dog 5; 5 1) a dog 2) metaph. a man of impure mind, an impudent man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2966 kolon {ko'-lon} ·½©ó 2849 ªº¦r·½;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - carcase 1; 1 1) ¨­Å骺¤@³¡¤À, ±M«üÅé¥~¦ù¥Xªº³¡¤À, ¤×¨ä«ü ¸} 2) «Í­º, «ÍÅé, ¤×¨ä«ü«Í¨­¤W¤wªÏ¸Ñ¤À´²ªº³¡¤À

2966 kolon {ko'-lon} from the base of 2849;; n n AV - carcase 1; 1 1) a member of a body, particularly the more external and prominent members esp. the feet 2) a dead body, corpse, inasmuch as the members of a corpse are loose and fall apart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2967 koluo {ko-loo'-o} ·½©ó 2849 ; °Êµü AV - forbid 17, hinder 2, withstand 1, keep from 1, let 1, not suffer 1; 23 1) ªý¤î, ¨¾¤î, ¸T¤î 2) ­­¨î¥L¤H§@¬Y¨Æ 3) §_«h©Î©Úµ´¬Y¨Æ

2967 koluo {ko-loo'-o} from the base of 2849;; v AV - forbid 17, hinder 2, withstand 1, keep from 1, let 1, not suffer 1; 23 1) to hinder, prevent forbid 2) to withhold a thing from anyone 3) to deny or refuse one a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2968 kome {ko'-may} ·½¦Û 2749;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - village 17, town 11; 28 1) ¶m§ø, ¤pÂí 2) ¶m§ø©~¥Á (#®{ 8:25|)

2968 kome {ko'-may} from 2749;; n f AV - village 17, town 11; 28 1) the common sleeping place to which labourers in the field return, a village 2) the name of the city near which the villages lie and to whose municipality they belong 3) the inhabitants of villages
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2969 komopolis {ko-mop'-ol-is} ·½¦Û 2968 and 4172;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - town 1; 1 1) ©~¥Á¤H¼Æ»P¤g¦a¤j¤p¹Gªñ¤@­Ó«°¥«³W¼Òªº¤p§ø¸¨, ¶m§ø«°¥«, ¶mÂí (#¥i 1:38|)

2969 komopolis {ko-mop'-ol-is} from 2968 and 4172;; n f AV - town 1; 1 1) a village approximating in size and number of inhabitants to a city, a village city, a town
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2970 komos {ko'-mos} ·½¦Û 2749;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - revelling 2, rioting 1; 3 1) ¹L«×ªº®b¼Ö (#ù 13:13; ¥[ 5:21; ©¼«e 4:3|)

2970 komos {ko'-mos} from 2749;; n m AV - revelling 2, rioting 1; 3 1) a revel, carousal 1a) a nocturnal and riotous procession of half drunken and frolicsome fellows who after supper parade through the streets with torches and music in honour of Bacchus or some other deity, and sing and play before houses of male and female friends; hence used generally of feasts and drinking parties that are protracted till late at night and indulge in revelry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2971 konops {ko'-nopes} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gnat 1; 1 1) ôÈÂÎ, °AÓ (#¤Ó 23:24|)

2971 konops {ko'-nopes} apparently a derivative of the base of 2759 and a derivative of 3700;; n m AV - gnat 1; 1 1) a wine gnat or midge that is bred in fermenting and evaporating wine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2972 Kos {koce} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Coos 1; 1 ­ô¤h = "¤½¦@ºÊº»" 1) ·Rµ^®üªº¤@®y®qÀ¬(#®{ 21:1|)

2972 Kos {koce} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Coos 1; 1 Coos = "a public prison" 1) a small island of the Aegean Sea, over against the cities of Cnidus and Halicarnassus, celebrated for its fertility and esp. for its abundance of wine and corn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2973 Kosam {ko-sam'} of Hebrew origin cf 07081;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Cosam 1; 1 ­ô®á = "¥e¤R" 1) ­C¿qªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

2973 Kosam {ko-sam'} of Hebrew origin cf 07081;; n pr m AV - Cosam 1; 1 Cosam = "divining" 1) ancestor of Christ's
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2974 kophos {ko-fos'} ·½¦Û 2875;; §Î®eµü AV - dumb 8, deaf 5, speechless 1; 14 1) ¿ð¶wªº, ¶wªº 1a) µ²¤Ú, °×ªº 1b) ­«Å¥(Å¥¤O¿ð¶w) 1c) Ťªº

2974 kophos {ko-fos'} from 2875;; adj AV - dumb 8, deaf 5, speechless 1; 14 1) blunted, dull 1a) blunted (or lamed) in tongue, dumb 1b) blunted, dull in hearing 1c) deaf
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2975 lagchano {lang-khan'-o} ¥D­n°Êµüªº©µªø®æ¦¡, ¥u³Q¥Î¦b¬YºØ°Êµü§Î¦¡¤¤ªº¥æ´À«¬ ; TDNT - 4:1,495; °Êµü AV - obtain 2, be (one's) lot 1, cast lots 1; 4 1) ¥Î©âÅÒ¨ú±o¤½»{ 1a) ¥H¯«©Êªº¥e¤Rªº¤À¬£¤è¦¡±o¨ì , Àò±o 2) ©âÅÒ, ¥H©âÅÒ¨M©w

2975 lagchano {lang-khan'-o} a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 4:1,495; v AV - obtain 2, be (one's) lot 1, cast lots 1; 4 1) to obtain by lot 1a) to receive by divine allotment, obtain 2) to cast lots, determine by lot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2976 Lazaros {lad'-zar-os} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lazarus 11, Lazarus (the poor man) 4; 15 ©Ô¼»¸ô = "¯«©ÒÀ°§Uªº¤H" (§Æ§B¨Ó¤H¦WEleazarªº¤@ºØ¼gªk) 1) ¦í¦b§B¤j¥§,­C¿q³ß·Rªº¤@­Ó¤H,¤]¨Ï¥L±q¦º¸Ì´_¬¡ 2) ­C¿q¦b#¸ô 16:20-25|´£¨ìªº¤@­Ó½a¤H

2976 Lazaros {lad'-zar-os} probably of Hebrew origin 0499;; n pr m AV - Lazarus 11, Lazarus (the poor man) 4; 15 Lazarus = "whom God helps" (a form of the Hebrew name Eleazar) 1) an inhabitant of Bethany, beloved by Christ and raised from the dead by him 2) a very poor and wretched person to whom Jesus referred to in Luke 16:20-25
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2977 lathra {lath'-rah} from 2990;; °Æµü AV - privily 3, secretly 1; 4 1) Áô±K¦a

2977 lathra {lath'-rah} from 2990;; adv AV - privily 3, secretly 1; 4 1) secretly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2978 lailaps {lah'-ee-laps} of uncertain derivation;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - storm 2, tempest 1; 3 1) ±Û­·, ¨g­·, ¼É­· 2) ¨g­·«Iŧ, ¨g­·, ¼É­· 2a) ¤£¬O«ü³æ¿W¤@°}­·©Î¬Oí©w§jªº­·(¤£½×¨ä¬O¦h»ò±j¯P), ¦Ó¬O«üº¡¤Ñ¯Q¶³ªº¨g­·¼É«B, ­·¦VÅܨÓÅÜ¥h, §â©Ò¦³ªºªF¦è³£§j±o¤C¹s¤K¸¨ªº±¡ªp.

2978 lailaps {lah'-ee-laps} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - storm 2, tempest 1; 3 1) a whirlwind, a tempestuous wind 2) a violent attack of wind, a squall 2a) never a single gust nor a steady blowing wind, however violent, but a storm breaking forth from black thunder clouds in furious gusts, with floods of rain, and throwing everything topsy-turvy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2979 laktizo {lak-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û °Æµü lax (heelwise); TDNT - 4:3,495; °Êµü AV - kick 2; 2 1) ½ð, ¥H¸}®Ú§ðÀ»½ð¥´ (#®{ 9:5, 26:14|)

2979 laktizo {lak-tid'-zo} from adverb lax (heelwise); TDNT - 4:3,495; v AV - kick 2; 2 1) to kick, strike with the heel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2980 laleo {lal-eh'-o} ¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº°ÊµüªºÂX®i«¬; TDNT - 4:69,505; °Êµü AV - speak 244, say 15, tell 12, talk 11, preach 6, utter 4, misc 3, vr speak 1; 296 1) µo¥XÁn­µ 2) »¡¸Ü 2a) ¥Î¦Þ©Î»¡¸Üªº§Þ¯à 2b) ¦r¥¿µÄ¶ê, «r¦r²M·¡ 3) ½Í½× 4) µoÁn, ¶D»¡ 5) ±N¤ß¤¤ªº«ä©À©M·Qªk¥Î»y¥yªí¹F¥X¨Ó 5a) ºt»¡

2980 laleo {lal-eh'-o} a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; TDNT - 4:69,505; v AV - speak 244, say 15, tell 12, talk 11, preach 6, utter 4, misc 3, vr speak 1; 296 1) to utter a voice or emit a sound 2) to speak 2a) to use the tongue or the faculty of speech 2b) to utter articulate sounds 3) to talk 4) to utter, tell 5) to use words in order to declare one's mind and disclose one's thoughts 5a) to speak
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2981 lalia {lal-ee-ah'} ·½¦Û 2980;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - speech 3, saying 1; 4 1) »¡¸Ü, ¥ç§Y¬G¨Æ 2) ¤è¨¥, »¡¸Üªº»y®ð, µo­µ 2a) ÅãÅS¥X»¡¸ÜªÌªº®a¶mªº»¡¸Ü¤è¦¡

2981 lalia {lal-ee-ah'} from 2980;; n f AV - speech 3, saying 1; 4 1) speech, i.e a story 2) dialect, mode of speech, pronunciation 2a) speech which discloses the speaker's native country
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2982 lama {lam-ah'} ©Î lamma {lam-mah'} Ķ¦Û¨ÈÄõ¤å; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - lama 2; 2 1) ¬°¤°»ò

2982 lama {lam-ah'} or lamma {lam-mah'} transliterated from Aramaic;; pron AV - lama 2; 2 1) why
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2983 lambano {lam-ban'-o} ¤@°ò¥»°ÊµüªºÂX®i«¬, ¦b´X­Ó®ÉºA¤¤¶È¶È¥Î¨Ó§@¥N´Àªº¦r; TDNT - 4:5,495; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - receive 133, take 106, have 3, catch 3, not tr 1, misc 17; 263 1) ®³ 1a) ¥Î¤â´¤, §ì¦í¥ô¦ó¤H¡Bª«, ¬°¤F¥[¥H¨Ï¥Î 1a1) ®³°_¤@¼ËªF¦è±aµÛ¨« 1a2) §ì¦í¦Û¤v 1b) ¬°¤F±a¨«¦Ó®³ 1b1) ¨S¦³¼É¤Oªº·§©À, ¥ç§Y²¾°Ê, ±a¨« 1c) ®³¦Û¤vªºªF¦è, ®³µ¹¦Û¤v, ¾Ú¬°¤v¦³ 1c1) ¯Á¨ú, ¨ú¬°¤v¥Î 1c1a) »P¤H¬°¥î, §@¬°ªB¤Í¡B³­±q 1c2) of that which when taken is not let go, to seize, to lay hold of, apprehend 1c3) to take by craft (our catch, used of hunters, fisherman, etc.), to circumvent one by fraud 1c4) ®³µ¹¦Û¤v, ´¤¦í, ¦û¦³, ¥ç§Y¾Ú¬°¤v¦³ 1c5) ©é©R§ì, ¦ù¤â¥h®³, §V¤O¨ú±o 1c6) to take a thing due, to collect, gather (tribute) 1d) ®³ 1d1) ©Ó»{, ±µ¨ü 1d2) ±µ¨ü¤H®a´£¨ÑªºªF¦è 1d3) ¤£©Úµ´©Î±Æ¥¸ 1d4) ±µ¯Ç¤@­Ó¤H, Åý¥L¯à±µªñ¦Û¤v 1d41) ª`·N¥ô¦ó¤Hªº¯à¤O¡B¦a¦ì¡B¥~¦bÀô¹Ò, , ¾Ú¦¹­J§@«D¬°©Î©¿²¤¬Y¨Æ 1e) ®³, ¿ï¾Ü, ¬D¿ï 1f) ¶}©l, ÃÒ¹ê¥ô¦ó¨Æ, ¦ÒÅç, ¸g¾ú 2) ±µ¨ü (µ¹¤©ªºªF¦è), ±o¨ì, űo, Àò±o, ±o¦^ ¦P¸q¦r½Ð°Ñ¨£ 5877

2983 lambano {lam-ban'-o} a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 4:5,495; v AV - receive 133, take 106, have 3, catch 3, not tr 1, misc 17; 263 1) to take 1a) to take with the hand, lay hold of, any person or thing in order to use it 1a1) to take up a thing to be carried 1a2) to take upon one's self 1b) to take in order to carry away 1b1) without the notion of violence, i,e to remove, take away 1c) to take what is one's own, to take to one's self, to make one's own 1c1) to claim, procure, for one's self 1c1a) to associate with one's self as companion, attendant 1c2) of that which when taken is not let go, to seize, to lay hold of, apprehend 1c3) to take by craft (our catch, used of hunters, fisherman, etc.), to circumvent one by fraud 1c4) to take to one's self, lay hold upon, take possession of, i.e. to appropriate to one's self 1c5) catch at, reach after, strive to obtain 1c6) to take a thing due, to collect, gather (tribute) 1d) to take 1d1) to admit, receive 1d2) to receive what is offered 1d3) not to refuse or reject 1d4) to receive a person, give him access to one's self, 1d41) to regard any one's power, rank, external circumstances, and on that account to do some injustice or neglect something 1e) to take, to choose, select 1f) to take beginning, to prove anything, to make a trial of, to experience 2) to receive (what is given), to gain, get, obtain, to get back For Synonyms see entry 5877
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2984 Lamech {lam'-ekh} ·½¦Û 03929ªº§Æ§B¨Ó»y;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lamech 1; 1 ©Ô³Á = "¬°¦ó³o¼Ë»P§A?:¦]¦ÓÅÜ®t" 1) ®¿¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë

2984 Lamech {lam'-ekh} of Hebrew origin 03929;; n pr m AV - Lamech 1; 1 Lamech = "why thus with thee?: unto bringing low" 1) the father of Noah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2985 lampas {lam-pas'} ·½¦Û 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lamp 7, torch 1, light 1; 9 1)¤õ§â 2)¿O,ºûô¤õ­]¾a¿Nªo

2985 lampas {lam-pas'} from 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; n f AV - lamp 7, torch 1, light 1; 9 1) a torch 2) a lamp, the flame of which is fed with oil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2986 lampros {lam-pros'} ·½¦Û »P 2985 ¦P ; TDNT - 4:16,497; §Î®eµü AV - bright 2, goodly 2, white 2, gorgeous 1, gay 1, clear 1; 9 1) °{«Gªº 1a) ÀéÄꪺ 1b) ²M·¡ªº, ³z©úªº 2) ½÷·×ªº, §§ÄRªº 2a) ½÷·×¨Æª« ¥ç§Y µØÄR©Î´L¶Qªº¬ïµÛ©Î¼Ë¦¡

2986 lampros {lam-pros'} from the same as 2985; TDNT - 4:16,497; adj AV - bright 2, goodly 2, white 2, gorgeous 1, gay 1, clear 1; 9 1) shining 1a) brilliant 1b) clear, transparent 2) splendid, magnificent 2a) splendid things i.e. luxuries or elegancies in dress or style
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2987 lamprotes {lam-prot'-ace} ·½¦Û 2986;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - brightness 1; 1 1) ©ú«G, ¥úÄ£

2987 lamprotes {lam-prot'-ace} from 2986;; n f AV - brightness 1; 1 1) brightness, brilliancy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2988 lampros {lam-proce'} ·½¦Û 2986;; °Æµü AV - sumptuously 1; 1 1) »¨µØ§§ÄRªº, §»°¶§§Æ[ªº 1a) °ø¨×©ù¶Qªº¥Í¬¡ (#¸ô 16:19|)

2988 lampros {lam-proce'} from 2986;; adv AV - sumptuously 1; 1 1) splendidly, magnificently 1a) of sumptuous living
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2989 lampo {lam'-po} °ò¥»°Êµü; TDNT - 4:16,497; °Êµü AV - shine 6, give light 1; 7 1) µo¥ú·ÓÄ£

2989 lampo {lam'-po} a primary verb; TDNT - 4:16,497; v AV - shine 6, give light 1; 7 1) to shine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2990 lanthano {lan-than'-o} ¤@­Ó°ò¥»°ÊµüªºÂX±i«¬, ¥u¦b¯S©w®ÉºA¤¤§@¨ä´À¥N¦r¨Ï¥Î;; °Êµü AV - be hid 3, be ignorant of 2, unawares 1; 6 1) ³QíÂð_¨Ó, ¸úÁ׬Y¤H, ¯µ±Kªº, ¥¼¹îı, ¤£ª¾¹D

2990 lanthano {lan-than'-o} a prolonged form of a primitive verb, which is used only as an alt. in certain tenses;; v AV - be hid 3, be ignorant of 2, unawares 1; 6 1) to be hidden, to be hidden from one, secretly, unawares, without knowing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2991 laxeutos {lax-yoo-tos'} ·½¦Û a compound of las (a stone) and the base of 3584 (in its original sense of scraping);; §Î®eµü AV - hewn in stone 1; 1 1) ¥ÛÀYÆw¦¨ªº (#¸ô 23:53|)

2991 laxeutos {lax-yoo-tos'} from a compound of las (a stone) and the base of 3584 (in its original sense of scraping);; adj AV - hewn in stone 1; 1 1) cut out of stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2992 laos {lah-os'} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 4:29,499; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - people 143; 143 1) ¤@­Ó¥Á±Ú, ¤H¸s, ºØ±Ú, °ê®a, ¾Ö¦³¬Û¦P¦å²Î©M»y¨¥ªº±Ú¸s 2) «ü»E¶°¦b¤@³Bªº¤j§å¤H¸s ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5832

2992 laos {lah-os'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:29,499; n m AV - people 143; 143 1) a people, people group, tribe, nation, all those who are of the same stock and language 2) of a great part of the population gathered together anywhere For Synonyms see entry 5832
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2993 Laodikeia {lah-od-ik'-i-ah} ·½¦Û2992 »P 1349ªº½Æ¦X«¬; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Laodicea 6; 6 ¦Ñ©³¹Å = "¤H¥Áªº¥¿¸q" 1) ¥±§f¥[ªº¤@®y«°,¦ì©~Lycusªe,Â÷ºqù¦è¤£»·.¦³¤j§åµS¤Ó¤H©w©~©ó¦¹. .

2993 Laodikeia {lah-od-ik'-i-ah} from a compound of 2992 and 1349;; n pr loc AV - Laodicea 6; 6 Laodicea = "justice of the people" 1) a city of Phrygia, situated on the river Lycus not far from Colosse. It was destroyed by an earthquake in 66 A.D. and rebuilt by Marcus Aurelius. It was the seat of the Christian church.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2994 Laodikeus {lah-od-ik-yooce'} ·½¦Û 2993;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Laodiceans 2; 2 1) ¦Ñ©³¹Å¤H, ¦Ñ©³¹Åªº©~¥Á

2994 Laodikeus {lah-od-ik-yooce'} from 2993;; n pr m AV - Laodiceans 2; 2 1) a Laodicean, an inhabitant of Laodicea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2995 larugx {lar'-oongks} ¨Ó·½¤£¸Ô; TDNT - 4:57,503;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - throat 1; 1 1) ³ïÄV 1a) Á¿¸Üªº¾¹©x©Î²Õ´

2995 larugx {lar'-oongks} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 4:57,503; n m AV - throat 1; 1 1) the throat 1a) of the instrument or organ of speech
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2996 Lasaia {las-ah'-yah} ¨Ó·½¤£½T©w;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Lasea 1; 1 ©Ô¦è¨È = "ªí­±²ÊÁWªº" 1) ¤@­Ó§J§Q¯S®q¤Wªº«°¥«¡A¦ì©ó±µªñ¨Î¿Dªº®ü©¤Ãä #®{ 27:8|

2996 Lasaia {las-ah'-yah} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Lasea 1; 1 Lasea = "shaggy" 1) a city in Crete on the coast near Fair Havens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2997 lascho {las'-kho} a strengthened form of a primary verb, which only occurs in this and another prolonged form as alternate in certain tenses; ; °Êµü AV - burst asunder 1; 1 1) µõ¶}¡Bµo¥X¹Í°Ôªº²Ó¸HÅTÁn¡BÀ£Äê 2) ¥ÑµõÁ_Ãz¶}¤Æ¬°¸H¤ù (#®{1:18|)

2997 lascho {las'-kho} a strengthened form of a primary verb, which only occurs in this and another prolonged form as alternate in certain tenses; ; v AV - burst asunder 1; 1 1) to crack, crackle, crash 2) to burst asunder with a crack, crack open
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2998 latomeo {lat-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P the first ¤Àµüof 2991 and the base of 5114;; °Êµü AV - hew 2; 2 1) ¤Á³Î¥ÛÀY, ¶}±Ä¬â¥Û (#¤Ó 27:60; ¥i 15:46|)

2998 latomeo {lat-om-eh'-o} from the same as the first part of 2991 and the base of 5114;; v AV - hew 2; 2 1) to cut stones, to hew out stones
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
2999 latreia {lat-ri'-ah} ·½©ó 3000; TDNT - 4:58,503; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - service 4, divine service 1; 5 1) ³Q¶±¥Î©Ò§@ªºªA¨Æ 1a) ¨Æ©^¯«ªºÂ¾°È 2) ¨Ì¾Ú§Q¥¼¤H«ß¨Òªº­n¨D¹ï¯«·q«ôªºÂ§»ö 3) ¶i¦æ¯«¸tªº¨Æ©^

2999 latreia {lat-ri'-ah} from 3000; TDNT - 4:58,503; n f AV - service 4, divine service 1; 5 1) service rendered for hire 1a) any service or ministration: the service of God 2) the service and worship of God according to the requirements of the Levitical law 3) to perform sacred services
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3000 latreuo {lat-ryoo'-o} ·½©ó latris (¶±¥Îªº¥£¹²); TDNT - 4:58,503; °Êµü AV - serve 16, worship 3, do the service 1, worshipper 1; 21 1) ¨ü¶±§@ªA°È 2) ªA¨Æ, ¨Í­Ô·Ó®Æ (¹ï¶H¥i¥H¬O¯«©Î¤H, ¦Ó¥B¬O¥£¹²©Î¦Û¥Ñ¤H¦b¨Ï¥Î¤W¤]¬Û¦P) 2a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, ¥Î¥H«ü¶i¦æ©v±Ð¤Wªº¨Æ©^¤u§@©Îªí¥Ü´L±R, ·q«ô 2b) °õ¦æ©v±Ð¤WªºªA¨Æ, °^Äm§ª«, ¥H¶i¦æ¦X©yªº©v±Ð»ö¦¡ªí¹F¹ï¯«ªº±R«ô 2b1) «ü¯«Â¾¤H­ûªº¤u§@, ¾á¥ô¥q·|, ¼i¦æ©v±Ð¤WªºÂ¾¤À

3000 latreuo {lat-ryoo'-o} from latris (a hired menial); TDNT - 4:58,503; v AV - serve 16, worship 3, do the service 1, worshipper 1; 21 1) to serve for hire 2) to serve, minister to, either to the gods or men and used alike of slaves and freemen 2a) in the NT, to render religious service or homage, to worship 2b) to perform sacred services, to offer gifts, to worship God in the observance of the rites instituted for his worship 2b1) of priests, to officiate, to discharge the sacred office
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3001 lachanon {lakh'-an-on} ·½¦Û lachaino (to dig); TDNT - 4:65,504; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - herb 4; 4 1) ­Y¤zÅøªºªÚ¯ó, ½­µæ

3001 lachanon {lakh'-an-on} from lachaino (to dig); TDNT - 4:65,504; n n AV - herb 4; 4 1) any pot herb, vegetables
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3002 Lebbaios {leb-bah'-yos} of uncertain origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lebbaeus 1; 1 §Q«ô¯Q= "¦³«i®ðªº¨k¤l" 1) µS¤jªº¥t¤@¦W¦r, ¤Q¤G¨Ï®{¤§¤@ (#¤Ó 10:3|)

3002 Lebbaios {leb-bah'-yos} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Lebbaeus 1; 1 Lebbaeus = "a man of heart" 1) one name of Jude, who was one of the twelve apostles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3003 legeon {leg-eh-ohn'} of Latin origin; TDNT - 4:68,505; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - legion 4; 4 1) ­x¹Î, ¤@¶¤­x¤H, ­x¤Hªº½s¨î¦b¤£¦P®É´Á¦³©Ò®t§O, ¦b¶ø¥j´µ³£®É¬ù¦³6826¤H(¥ç§Y6100¨B§L©M726ÃM§L) (#¤Ó26:53;¥i5:9,15;¸ô8:30|)

3003 legeon {leg-eh-ohn'} of Latin origin; TDNT - 4:68,505; n f AV - legion 4; 4 1) a legion, a body of soldiers whose number differed at different times, and in the time of Augustus seems to have consisted of 6826 men (i.e. 6100 foot soldiers, and 726 horsemen)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3004 lego {leg'-o} ¦r®Ú¦r; TDNT - 4:69,505; °Êµü AV - say 1184, speak 61, call 48, tell 33, misc 17; 1343 1) »¡, Á¿¸Ü 1a) Â_¨¥, °í«ù 1b) ±Ð¾É 1c) «jÀy, ÄU§i, ©R¥O, ¤Þ¾É 1d) ¥Î¨¥»y«ü¥X, ­pµe, ·N¨ýµÛ, ¶Ç¹Fªº·N«ä 1e) ºÙ©I¦W¦r, ©I¥s, ºÙ©I 1f) ¦Û¦b¦a»¡¸Ü, ­È±o¤@´£, ´£¤Î

3004 lego {leg'-o} a root word; TDNT - 4:69,505; v AV - say 1184, speak 61, call 48, tell 33, misc 17; 1343 1) to say, to speak 1a) affirm over, maintain 1b) to teach 1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct 1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say 1e) to call by name, to call, name 1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3005 leimma {lime'-mah} ·½¦Û 3007; TDNT - 4:194,523; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - remnant 1; 1 1) ´Ý¾lª«

3005 leimma {lime'-mah} from 3007; TDNT - 4:194,523; n n AV - remnant 1; 1 1) a remnant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3006 leios {li'-os} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:193,523; §Î®eµü AV - smooth 1; 1 1) ¥­©Z, ¤ô¥­ªº (#¸ô 3:5|)

3006 leios {li'-os} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:193,523; adj AV - smooth 1; 1 1) smooth, level
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3007 leipo {li'-po} a root word;; °Êµü AV - lack 2, be wanting 2, want + 1722 1, be destitute 1; 6 1) Â÷¶}, ¯d¤U, ­I±ó, ³Q¿ò¯d¤U¨Ó 1a) º¢¯d, ¨õ·Lªº 1b) ³Q±Ë±óªº, ¤í¯Ê 2) ¯Ê¥F, ¥¢±Ñ

3007 leipo {li'-po} a root word;; v AV - lack 2, be wanting 2, want + 1722 1, be destitute 1; 6 1) to leave, leave behind, forsake, to be left behind 1a) to lag, be inferior 1b) to be destitute of, to lack 2) to be wanting, to fail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3008 leitourgeo {li-toorg-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3011; TDNT - 4:215,526; °Êµü AV - minister 3; 3 1) ¦Û¦æ¤ä¥I¨Ó±q¨Æ¤½Â¾ 1a) ¾á¥I¥²¶·­n¦Û¦æ¤ä¥I©Ò»ÝªºÂ¾°È 1b) ±q¨Æ­n¦Û¤vªá¶Oªº¤½Â¾ 1c) ³B²z¤½²³ªº¨Æ(?) 2) ¶i¦æªA¨Æ, §¹¦¨¤u§@ 2a) «ü²½¥q©M§Q¥¼¤H, ¥L­Ì¦b¸t¹õ©Î¸t·µ¤¤­t³dÃö©ó¯«ªº»ö§ 2b) «ü°ò·þ®{¹ï°ò·þªºªA¨Æ, ¤£½×¬Oë§i, ±Ð¾É§O¤H¦³Ãö±Ï®¦ªº¹D²z, ©Î¬O¨ä¥¦ªº¤èªk 2c) «ü¨º¨Ç¹B¥Î¦Û¤vªº¸ê·½¨ÓÀ°§U§O¤H, ´î»´§O¤Hªº¹¼¥Fªº¤H

3008 leitourgeo {li-toorg-eh'-o} from 3011; TDNT - 4:215,526; v AV - minister 3; 3 1) to serve the state at one's own cost 1a) to assume an office which must be administered at one's own expense 1b) to discharge a public office at one's own cost 1c) to render public service to the state 2) to do a service, perform a work 2a) of priests and Levites who were busied with the sacred rites in the tabernacle or the temple 2b) of Christians serving Christ, whether by prayer, or by instructing others concerning the way of salvation, or in some other way 2c) of those who aid others with their resources, and relieve their poverty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3009 leitourgia {li-toorg-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 3008; TDNT - 4:215,526; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - service 3, ministry 2, ministration 1; 6 1) ¤@­ÓÄݤ½¦@¨Æ°ÈªºÂ¾°È, ¤½¥Á¦æ¨Ï¾á­t¦¹¤u§@®É¥Ñ¨ä¦Û¤v¤ä¥I©Ò»Ý 2) ¥ô¦óªº¤@ºØªA°È, ªA¶Ô 2a) ¦b­x¶¤¤¤ªA¶Ô 2b) ³Ò¤uªº¤u§@ 2c) «ü¨k¤H©M¤@°_©~¦íªº¤k¤H©Ò¦ÛµM­n§@ªº¨Æ 3) ¦b¸t¸g¤Wªº¥Îªk 3a) «ü²½¥q©Ò­t³dªº¦³Ãö©óë§i©MÄm²½ªº¨Æ©^©Î¾¤À 3b) ±Ï§U³h§x¤HªºÂ§ª«©Î®½Äm

3009 leitourgia {li-toorg-ee'-ah} from 3008; TDNT - 4:215,526; n f AV - service 3, ministry 2, ministration 1; 6 1) a public office which a citizen undertakes to administer at his own expense 2) any service 2a) of military service 2b) of the service of workmen 2c) of that done to nature in the cohabitation of man and wife 3) biblical usage 3a) a service or ministry of the priests relative to the prayers and sacrifices offered to God 3b) a gift or benefaction for the relief of the needy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3010 leitourgikos {li-toorg-ik-os'} »P 3008 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:231,526; §Î®eµü AV - ministering 1; 1 1) ©M¨Æ©^¦³Ãöªº, ¨ü¶±©óªA¨Æªº¤u§@ªº

3010 leitourgikos {li-toorg-ik-os'} from the same as 3008; TDNT - 4:231,526; adj AV - ministering 1; 1 1) relating to the performance of service, employed in ministering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3011 leitourgos {li-toorg-os'} ·½©ó 2992 ©M 2041 ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 4:229,526; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - minister 4, he that ministers 1; 5 1) ¯«Â¾¤H­û, ¨ü®t»ºªº¤H 2) ³¡ªø»Õ­û, ¹²§Ð 2a) ¦b­x¶¤ªA§Ðªº 2b) ¦b¸t·µ¤¤ 2b1) ¬°¸t¨Æ¦Ó¦£ªº¤H 2b2) ²½¥q 2c) ¤ýªº¹²¤H

3011 leitourgos {li-toorg-os'} from a derivative of 2992 and 2041; TDNT - 4:229,526; n m AV - minister 4, he that ministers 1; 5 1) a public minister, a servant of the state 2) a minister, servant 2a) so of military labourers 2b) of the temple 2b1) of one busied with holy things 2b2) of a priest 2c) of the servants of a king
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3012 lention {len'-tee-on} of Latin origin;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - towel 2; 2 1) ¨È³Â»s¦¨ªº¦çªA, ¤ò¤y 1a) ¹²¤H¤u§@®É, ô©ó¨­¤Wªº³ò¸È©Î¤ò¤y (#¬ù 13:4, 13:5|)

3012 lention {len'-tee-on} of Latin origin;; n n AV - towel 2; 2 1) a linen cloth, towel 1a) of the towel or apron with which servants put on when about to work
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3013 lepis {lep-is'} ·½¦Û lepo (to peel); TDNT - 4:232,529; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - scale 1; 1 1) (´Óª«ªº)Åì¤ù

3013 lepis {lep-is'} from lepo (to peel); TDNT - 4:232,529; n f AV - scale 1; 1 1) a scale
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3014 lepra {lep'-rah} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3013; TDNT - 4:233,529; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - leprosy 4; 4 1) ·òºÆ 2) ÄY­««Iŧ©Êªº¥Ö½§¯f, ¯f¬r³q±`«Iŧ½¯©µ¥þ¨­, ´¶¹M¨£©ó¦b®J¤Î¦a»PªF¤è

3014 lepra {lep'-rah} from the same as 3013; TDNT - 4:233,529; n f AV - leprosy 4; 4 1) leprosy 2) a most offensive, annoying, dangerous, cutaneous disease, the virus of which generally pervades the whole body, common in Egypt and the East
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3015 lepros {lep-ros'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3014; TDNT - 4:233,529; §Î®eµü AV - leper 9; 9 1) ¦³Åì¤ùªº, ²Ê³y¦a 2) ·òºÆ¯fªº, ·P¬V·òºÆ¯f

3015 lepros {lep-ros'} from the same as 3014; TDNT - 4:233,529; adj AV - leper 9; 9 1) scaly, rough 2) leprous, affected with leprosy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3016 lepton {lep-ton'} ¤¤©Ê of a derivative of »P...¦P 3013; TDNT - 4:233,*; §Î®eµü AV - mite 3; 3 1) ²ÓÁ¡ªº, ·L¤pªº 2) ¤@­Ó¤p»É¹ô«íµ¥©óan "as"ªº¤K¤À¤§¤@, »ù­È¬ù¬°¬üª÷¤@¤À¿úªº¤­¤À¤§¤@ (#¥i 12:42; ¸ô 12:59, 21:2|)

3016 lepton {lep-ton'} neuter of a derivative of the same as 3013; TDNT - 4:233,*; adj AV - mite 3; 3 1) thin, small 2) a small brass coin, equivalent to the eighth part of an "as", worth about a 1/5 of a cent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3017 Leui {lyoo'-ee} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03878; TDNT - 4:234,529;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Levi 5; 5 §Q¥¼ = "³sµ²ªº" 1) ±Úªø¶®¦U©M¨ä©d§Q¨È©Ò¥Íªº²Ä¤T­Ó¨à¤l, ¬O¥H¦â¦C¤H§Q¥¼¤ä¬£ªº©l¯ª 2) ³Á°òªº¨à¤l, ­C¿qªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@ (#¸ô 3:24|) 3) ¦è½qªº¨à¤l, ­C¿qªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@ (#¸ô 3:30|)

3017 Leui {lyoo'-ee} of Hebrew origin 03878; TDNT - 4:234,529; n pr m AV - Levi 5; 5 Levi = "joined" 1) the third son of the patriarch Jacob by his wife Leah, the founder of the tribe of Israelites which bears his name 2) the son of Melchi, one of Christ's ancestors 3) the son of Simeon, an ancestor of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3018 Leuis {lyoo-is'} ...¤§¤@«¬ 3017; TDNT - 4:234,529;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Levi 3; 3 §Q¥¼= "³sµ²ªº" 1) ¨È°ÇµÌ¨à¤l, ¦¬µ|­û (#¥i 2:14; ¸ô 5:27, 5:29|)

3018 Leuis {lyoo-is'} a form of 3017; TDNT - 4:234,529; n pr m AV - Levi 3; 3 Levi = "joined" 1) the son of Alphaeus, a collector of customs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3019 Leuites {lyoo-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û 3017; TDNT - 4:239,530;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Levite 3; 3 1) §Q¥¼¤H (#¸ô 10:32; ¬ù 1:19; ®{ 4:36|) §Q¥¼¤ä¬£ªº¤@­û,¯S§O«ü¨º¨Ç¤£Äݨȭۮa±Ú,¾á¥ô¸t§¤¤¸û§C¼h¦¸ªºÂ¾°È.

3019 Leuites {lyoo-ee'-tace} from 3017; TDNT - 4:239,530; n pr m AV - Levite 3; 3 1) one of the tribe of Levi 2) in a narrower sense those were called Levites who, not being of the family of Aaron, for whom alone the priesthood was reserved, served as assistants to the priests. It was their duty to keep the sacred utensils and the temple clean, to provide the sacred loaves, to open and shut the gates of the temple, to sing the sacred hymns in the temple, and to do many other things.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3020 Leuitikos {lyoo-it'-ee-kos} ·½©ó 3019;; §Î®eµü AV - Levitical 1; 1 1) §Q¥¼¤Hªº, ¦³Ãö©ó§Q¥¼¤Hªº

3020 Leuitikos {lyoo-it'-ee-kos} from 3019;; adj AV - Levitical 1; 1 1) Levitical, pertaining to the Levites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3021 leukaino {lyoo-kah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 3022; TDNT - 4:241,530; °Êµü AV - white 1, make white 1; 2 1) ¨Ïº}¥Õ, ¨ÏÅÜ¥Õ (#¥i 9:3; ±Ò 7:14|)

3021 leukaino {lyoo-kah'-ee-no} from 3022; TDNT - 4:241,530; v AV - white 1, make white 1; 2 1) to whiten, make white
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3022 leukos {lyoo-kos'} ·½¦Û luke ("¥ú"); TDNT - 4:241,530; §Î®eµü AV - white 25; 25 1) ©ú«G, µo¥ú, °{Ä£ªº (#¤Ó 17:2|) 2) ¥Õ¦âªº

3022 leukos {lyoo-kos'} from luke ("light"); TDNT - 4:241,530; adj AV - white 25; 25 1) light, bright, brilliant 1a) brilliant from whiteness, (dazzling) white 1a1) of the garments of angels, and of those exalted to the splendour of the heavenly state 1a2) shining or white garments worn on festive or state occasions 1a3) of white garments as the sign of innocence and purity of the soul 1b) dead white 1b1) of the whitening colour of ripening grain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3023 leon {leh-ohn'} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 4:251,531;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lion 9; 9 1) ·à¤l 2) «i´±¤j¯àªº­^¶¯

3023 leon {leh-ohn'} a root word; TDNT - 4:251,531; n m AV - lion 9; 9 1) a lion 2) a brave and mighty hero
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3024 lethe {lay'-thay} ·½©ó 2990;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - forget + 3083 1; 1 1) °·§Ñ (#©¼«á 1:9|)

3024 lethe {lay'-thay} from 2990;; n f AV - forget + 3083 1; 1 1) forgetfulness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3025 lenos {lay-nos'} TDNT - 4:254,531; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - winepress 4, winepress + 3631 1; 5 1) °sîÊ

3025 lenos {lay-nos'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:254,531; n f AV - winepress 4, winepress + 3631 1; 5 1) a tub or trough shaped receptacle, vat, in which grapes are trodden 2) the lower vat, dug in the ground, into which the must or new wine flowed from the press
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3026 leros {lay'-ros} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - idle tales 1; 1 1) ¼o¸Ü, µL·N¸qªº¸Ü (#¸ô 24:11|)

3026 leros {lay'-ros} apparently a root word;; n m AV - idle tales 1; 1 1) idle talk, nonsense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3027 lestes {lace-tace'} ·½¦Û leizomai (§T±°); TDNT - 4:257,532;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thief 11, robber 4; 15 1) ±jµs 2) ­²©R¥÷¤l, ´åÀ»¶¤ ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5856

3027 lestes {lace-tace'} from leizomai (to plunder); TDNT - 4:257,532; n m AV - thief 11, robber 4; 15 1) a robber, plunderer, freebooter, brigand For Synonyms see entry 5856
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3028 lepsis {lape'-sis} ·½¦Û 2983;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - receiving 1; 1 1) ±µ¨ü (#µÌ 4:15|)

3028 lepsis {lape'-sis} from 2983;; n f AV - receiving 1; 1 1) a receiving
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3029 lian {lee'-an} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; °Æµü AV - exceeding 5, greatly 4, very chiefest + 5228 2, great 1, sore 1, very 1; 14 1) ·¥¤j¦a, ·¥«×¦a, µL¥i«×¶q¦a

3029 lian {lee'-an} of uncertain affinity;; adv AV - exceeding 5, greatly 4, very chiefest + 5228 2, great 1, sore 1, very 1; 14 1) greatly, exceedingly, exceedingly beyond measure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3030 libanos {lib'-an-os} TDNT - 4:263,533;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - frankincense 2; 2 1) ¨Å­» (#¤Ó 2:11; ±Ò 18:13|)

3030 libanos {lib'-an-os} of foreign origin 03828; TDNT - 4:263,533; n m AV - frankincense 2; 2 1) the frankincense tree 2) the perfume, frankincense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3031 libanotos {lib-an-o-tos'} ·½¦Û 3030; TDNT - 4:263,533;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - censer 2; 2 1) ­»Äl (#±Ò 8:3,5|)

3031 libanotos {lib-an-o-tos'} from 3030; TDNT - 4:263,533; n m AV - censer 2; 2 1) the gum exuding from a frankincense tree 2) a censer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3032 Libertinos {lib-er-tee'-nos} ·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y; TDNT - 4:265,533;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Libertine 1; 1 1) §Q¦Ê©³®³ (#®{ 6:9|) ·N¿× "¦Û¥Ñªº¤H",«üªº¬O³Qù°¨«R¸¸,¤SÀòÄÀ,¨Ã¥B ¦b­C¸ô¼»§N«Ø¥ß¦Û¤v·|°óªº¥H¦â¦C¤H,¦³§O©ó¨º¨Ç¥Í¨Ó¬O¦Û¥Ñ¨­ªº¥H¦â¦C¤H.

3032 Libertinos {lib-er-tee'-nos} of Latin origin; TDNT - 4:265,533; n m AV - Libertine 1; 1 1) one who has been liberated from slavery, a freedman, or the son of a freed man 2) Libertine, denotes Jews (according to Philo) who had been made captives of the Romans under Pompey but were afterwards set free; and who although they had fixed their abode in Rome, had built at their own expense a synagogue at Jerusalem which they frequented when in that city, The name Libertines adhered to them to distinguish them from free born Jews who had subsequently taken up their residence at Rome. Evidence seems to have been discovered of the existence of a "synagogue of the Libertines" at Pompeii.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3033 Libue {lib-oo'-ay} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3047;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Libya 1; 1 §f©¼¨È= "­úª_¨ü§é¿iªº" 1) ¦ì©ó¥_«D¨Ã³ò¶®J¤Î¼e¤jªº¤@¦a. ¨ä­º³£¬°¶ë§Q¥§(Cyrene), ¦]¦¹ºÙ¬°¶ë§Q¥§ªº§f¤ñ¨È(Libya Cyrenaica) (#®{ 2:10|)

3033 Libue {lib-oo'-ay} probably from 3047;; n pr loc AV - Libya 1; 1 Libya = "afflicted or weeping" 1) a large region of northern Africa, bordering Egypt. In that portion of it which had Cyrene for its capital and was thence called Libya Cyrenaica.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3034 lithazo {lith-ad'-zo} ·½©ó 3037; TDNT - 4:267,533; °Êµü AV - stone 8; 8 1) ³Q¶Ã¥ÛÀ»¥´, ¥Û¦p«B¸¨ªºÀ»¥´ 1a) «ü¥Û¦D, ¤@ºØµS¤Ó¤Hªº¦D»@ 2) ®³¥ÛÀY¥áÂY¬Y¤H, ¥H¨Ï¨ü¶Ë©Î¥ø¹Ï±N¨ä¥´¦º

3034 lithazo {lith-ad'-zo} from 3037; TDNT - 4:267,533; v AV - stone 8; 8 1) to overwhelm or pelt with stones 1a) of stoning, a Jewish mode of punishment 2) to pelt one with stones, in order either to wound or kill him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3035 lithinos {lith-ee'-nos} ·½¦Û 3037; TDNT - 4:268,534; §Î®eµü AV - of stone 3; 3 1) ¥ÛÀY³yªº (#¬ù 2:6; ù 9:20; ªL«e 3:3|)

3035 lithinos {lith-ee'-nos} from 3037; TDNT - 4:268,534; adj AV - of stone 3; 3 1) of stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3036 lithoboleo {lith-ob-ol-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3037 ©M 906 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; TDNT - 4:267,533; °Êµü AV - stone 8, cast stone 1; 9 1) ¥Î¥ÛÀY¥´¦º, ¥Û¦D 2) ¥H¥ÛÂY¤§, ¥Î¥ÛÀY¥á

3036 lithoboleo {lith-ob-ol-eh'-o} from a compound of 3037 and 906; TDNT - 4:267,533; v AV - stone 8, cast stone 1; 9 1) to kill by stoning, to stone 2) to pelt one with stones
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3037 lithos {lee'-thos} TDNT - 4:268,534;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stone 49, one stone 4, another 4, stumbling stone + 4348 2, mill stone + 3457 1; 60 1) (¤@¯ëªº)¥ÛÀY 2) (¯S§Oªº)¥ÛÀY 2a) «Ø¿v¥Îªº¥ÛÀY 2b) ¬Ã¶Qªº; Ä_¥Û 2c) ¿i¥Û 2d) «Ê¹Ó¥Þªº¥¨¥Û 2e) ¥Û¨èªº¯«¹³ (#®{ 17:29|) 2f) ·N«ü¯«ªº¤l¥Á; °ò·þ

3037 lithos {lee'-thos} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:268,534; n m AV - stone 49, one stone 4, another 4, stumbling stone + 4348 2, mill stone + 3457 1; 60 1) a stone 1a) of small stones 1b) of building stones 1c) metaph. of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3038 lithostrotos {lith-os'-tro-tos} §Î®eµü AV - Pavement 1; 1 1) ¥ÛÀY¸ô (#¬ù 19:13|)

3038 lithostrotos {lith-os'-tro-tos} from 3037 and a derivative of 4766;; adj AV - Pavement 1; 1 1) spread (paved with stones) 2) a mosaic or tessellated pavement 2a) of a place near the praetorium or palace of Jerusalem 2b) an apartment whose pavement consists of tessellated work 2c) of places in the outer courts of temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3039 likmao {lik-mah'-o} ·½¦Û likmos, »Pliknon ( ¿z½\¥ÎªºÃ°ºß©ÎÄx¤l); TDNT - 4:280,535; °Êµü AV - grind to powder 2; 2 1) ¯»¸H (#¤Ó21:44; ¸ô 20:18|)

3039 likmao {lik-mah'-o} from likmos, the equivalent of liknon (a winnowing fan or basket); TDNT - 4:280,535; v AV - grind to powder 2; 2 1) to winnow, cleanse away the chaff from the grain by winnowing 2) to scatter 3) to crush to pieces, grind to powder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3040 limen {lee-mane'} ÅãµM¬°¦r®Ú;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - haven 2, the fair havens + 2570 1; 3 1) ´äÆW, Á×­·´ä(#®{ 27:8,12|)

3040 limen {lee-mane'} apparently a root word;; n m AV - haven 2, the fair havens + 2570 1; 3 1) a harbour, haven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3041 limne {lim'-nay} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3040 (¨ú¨äªñ©¤Ã䤧·N); ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lake 10; 10 1) ´ò

3041 limne {lim'-nay} probably from 3040 (through the idea of nearness of shore);; n f AV - lake 10; 10 1) a lake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3042 limos {lee-mos'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3007 (¨ú¨ä¹¼¥F¤§·N);TDNT - 6:12,820;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - famine 7, hunger 3, dearth 2; 12 1) ÄȾj 2) Äȯî

3042 limos {lee-mos'} probably from 3007 (through the idea of destitution);TDNT - 6:12,820; n m AV - famine 7, hunger 3, dearth 2; 12 1) scarcity of harvest, famine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3043 linon {lee'-non} ¥i¯à¬O¦r®Ú;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - flax 1, linen 1; 2 1) ¥Î¨È³Â°µªº³Â¥¬¦ç

3043 linon {lee'-non} probably a root word;; n n AV - flax 1, linen 1; 2 1) linen clothing made from flax
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3044 Linos {lee'-nos} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Linus 1; 1 §Q¥£ = "ºô¤l" 1) «Où»P´£¼¯¤Ó»{ÃѪº¤@¦ì¦í¦bù°¨ªº«H®{ (#´£«á 4:21|)

3044 Linos {lee'-nos} perhaps from 3043;; n pr m AV - Linus 1; 1 Linus = "a net" 1) a Christian at Rome, known to Paul and to Timothy, 2 Ti. 4:21, who was the first bishop of Rome after the apostles (A.D. 64)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3045 liparos {lip-ar-os'} ·½¦Û lipos (ªo¯×); §Î®eµü AV - dainty 1; 1 1) ©ú«G, ©ù¶Q, »¨µØ (#±Ò 18:14|)

3045 liparos {lip-ar-os'} from lipos (grease);; adj AV - dainty 1; 1 1) things which pertain to a sumptuous and delicate style of living
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3046 litra {lee'-trah} of Latin origin [libra];; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pound 2; 2 1) ¤@½S, 12¯s¥qªº­«¶q(340 ¤½§J)

3046 litra {lee'-trah} of Latin origin [libra];; n f AV - pound 2; 2 1) a pound, a weight of 12 ounces (340 gm)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3047 lips {leeps} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - south west 1; 1 1) ¦è«n¤è (#®{ 27:12|)

3047 lips {leeps} probably from leibo (to pour a "libation");; n m AV - south west 1; 1 1) the south west wind 2) the quarter of the heavens whence the south west wind blows
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3048 logia {log-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3056 (°Ó·~²[¸q); TDNT - 4:282,*; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - collection 1, gatherings 1; 2 1) Äw´Ú, ¶Ò®½ (#ªL«e 16:1,2|)

3048 logia {log-ee'-ah} from 3056 (in the commercial sense); TDNT - 4:282,*; n f AV - collection 1, gatherings 1; 2 1) a collection 1a) of money gathered for the relief of the poor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3049 logizomai {log-id'-zom-ahee} 3056 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 4:284,536; °Êµü AV - think 9, impute 8, reckon 6, count 5, account 4, suppose 2, reason 1, number 1, misc 5; 41 1) ¦Ò¼{, ¼Æºâ, ­pºâ, ºâ­p, ¼Æ¼Æ¥Ø 1a) ¦C¤J¦Ò¼{, ¦Ò¼{, ­p¤Î 1a1) Áô³ë. ºâ¨ì¥L¤HÀY¤W, Âk¸o, ¶ùº× 1a2) §â¬Y¨Æª«ºâ§@¬O¥t¤@­Ó, ¥ç§Y ¦³¬Û¦P©Î¬Ûµ¥ªº¥\®Ä, ¤ñ¦pÃþ¦üªº¤O¶q©Î­«¶qµ¥ 1b) ¦b...¼Æºâ, ­pºâ... 1c) ¦Ò¼{, »{¬° 2) ²q·Q¦Ò¼{, µûÂ_¦UºØ­ì¦], ²`«ä¼ô¼{, ¦n¦n·Q·Q 3) §â©Ò¦³ªº¦]¯À¦C¤J¦Ò¼{, ±À´ú©Î±ÀÂ_ 3a) ¦Ò¼{, ¦C¤J¦Ò¼{, µû¦ô, «ä¦Ò­p¹º 3b) ±À´ú, ¬Û«H, §PÂ_ 3c) ¨MÂ_, ¤U¨M¤ß, ¨M©w

3049 logizomai {log-id'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 3056; TDNT - 4:284,536; v AV - think 9, impute 8, reckon 6, count 5, account 4, suppose 2, reason 1, number 1, misc 5; 41 1) to reckon, count, compute, calculate, count over 1a) to take into account, to make an account of 1a1) metaph. to pass to one's account, to impute 1a2) a thing is reckoned as or to be something, i.e. as availing for or equivalent to something, as having the like force and weight 1b) to number among, reckon with 1c) to reckon or account 2) to reckon inward, count up or weigh the reasons, to deliberate 3) by reckoning up all the reasons, to gather or infer 3a) to consider, take into account, weigh, meditate on 3b) to suppose, deem, judge 3c) to determine, purpose, decide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3050 logikos {log-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 3056; TDNT - 4:142,505; §Î®eµü AV - reasonable 1, of the word 1; 2 1) ¦³Ãö¨¥»y©Î»¡¸Ü¯à¤O 2) ¦³Ãö±À²z©ÎÅÞ¿è 2a) ºë¯«¤ßÆF¤Wªº 2b) »P±À²z¤@­Pªº, «äºü±µÄò²M´·, ©ú´¼¦³²zªº, ¦X¥GÅ޿誺 (#ù 12:1; ©¼«e 2:2|)

3050 logikos {log-ik-os'} from 3056; TDNT - 4:142,505; adj AV - reasonable 1, of the word 1; 2 1) pertaining to speech or speaking 2) pertaining to the reason or logic 2a) spiritual, pertaining to the soul 2b) agreeable to reason, following reason, reasonable, logical
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3051 logion {log'-ee-on} ·½©ó 3052; TDNT - 4:137,505; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - oracle 4; 4 1) ²µuªº³¯­z, ¯«ªº±Ò¥Ü(¤@¯ë¯«ªº±Ò¥Ü©Î¥Ñ¯«¨Óªº¹w¨¥³£¬O²µuªº) 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, «ü¯«ªº¸Ü»y 1b) «ü¼¯¦è«ßªkªº¤º®e

3051 logion {log'-ee-on} from 3052; TDNT - 4:137,505; n n AV - oracle 4; 4 1) a brief utterance, a divine oracle (doubtless because oracles were generally brief) 1a) in the NT, the words or utterances of God 1b) of the contents of the Mosaic law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3052 logios {log'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 3056; TDNT - 4:136,505; §Î®eµü AV - eloquent 1; 1 1) ¾Ç°Ý²W³Õªº, ¤å¤H, ³q¾å¤å¾ÇÃÀ³N, ¯S§Oª¾¾å¾ú¥v¥jÂÝ, ¤Ñ¤å¦a²z 2) ¯à¨¥µ½¹D, »¡ªA¤Oªº 3) ª¾®Ñ¹F§, ¦³´¼¼z (#®{ 18:24|)

3052 logios {log'-ee-os} from 3056; TDNT - 4:136,505; adj AV - eloquent 1; 1 1) learned, a man of letters, skilled in literature and the arts, esp. versed in history and the antiquities 2) skilled in speech, eloquent 3) rational, wise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3053 logismos {log-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 3049; TDNT - 4:284,536;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thought 1, imagination 1; 2 1) ­pºâ, ±À´ú 2) ¤ñ¦p»P°ò·þ®{ªº«H¤ß¬Û¬»Ä²ªº²z´¼, ±À²z 3) ·í¨}¤ß§@¥Î®Éªº§PÂ_, ¨M¾Ü (#ù 21:5; ªL«á 10:5|)

3053 logismos {log-is-mos'} from 3049; TDNT - 4:284,536; n m AV - thought 1, imagination 1; 2 1) a reckoning, computation 2) a reasoning: such as is hostile to the Christian faith 3) a judgment, decision: such as conscience passes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3054 logomacheo {log-om-akh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 3056 ©M 3164; TDNT - 4:143,505; °Êµü AV - strive about words 1; 1 1) ¨¥»yª§½× 2) ª§§nªÅ¬}ªº©Î¤£­«­nªº¨Æ

3054 logomacheo {log-om-akh-eh'-o} from a compound of 3056 and 3164; TDNT - 4:143,505; v AV - strive about words 1; 1 1) to contend about words 2) to wrangle about empty and trifling matters
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3055 logomachia {log-om-akh-ee'-ah} »P 3054 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:143,505; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - strife of words 1; 1 1) ¬°¨¥µüª§°« #´£«e 6:4| 2) ¬°µê¤Û·L¤pªº¨Æ±¡ª§½×

3055 logomachia {log-om-akh-ee'-ah} from the same as 3054; TDNT - 4:143,505; n f AV - strife of words 1; 1 1) to contend about words 2) to wrangle about empty and trifling matters
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3056 logos {log'-os} ·½¦Û3004; TDNT - 4:69,505; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- word 218, saying 50, account 8, speech 8, Word (Christ) 7, thing 5, not tr 2, misc 32; 330 1) »¡¸Ü 1a) ¤@­Ó¦r, ±q¬¡ªºÁn­µµo¥X¨Ó, ¥]§tµÛ¤@­Ó·§©À©Î·Qªk 1b) ¬Y¤H´¿»¡¹Lªº 1b1) ¤@­Ó¦r 1b2) ¯«ªº¸Ü 1b3) ©R¥O, «ü¥O©Î«ü¥Ü 1b4) ¯«©Ò½ç¤Uªº°V»| 1b5) ¥ýª¾­Ì¦b¬ù¤¤©Ò»¡ªº¹w¨¥ 1b6) ©Ò³¯­zªº, «ä·Q, «Å¨¥, ĵ¥y, ¦³¤Oªº®æ¨¥¡Aª÷¥y¡A®y¥k»Ê 1c) ½×­z 1c1) »¡¸Üªº¦æ¬°, ºt»¡ 1c2) ºt»¡ªº¾÷¯à, ½×­zªº§Þ¥©©M¾Þ½m 1c3) ºt»¡ªººØÃþ©Î¤è¦¡ 1c4) ³sÄòªººt»¡½Í½×¡Ð±Ð¾É 1d) ¾Ç»¡, ±Ð¾Ç 1e) ¥ô¦ó»¡¸Ü¦¡ªº³ø§i; ¤@­Ó±Ô­z, ¸Ñ»¡ 1f) °Q½×ªº¨Æ¶µ,©Ò½×­zªº¨Æ¡A¨Æ¥ó¡A©Òª§½×ªº¨Æ±¡¡A ªk«ß¤Wªº¶D³^¡A®×¤l 1g) ©Ò»¡©Î©ÒÁ¿ªº¨Æ±¡; ¨Æ¥ó, ¦æ¬° 2) ¥u¥Î¦b»P¤ß«ä¦³Ãöªº¤è­± 2a) ²z´¼, «ä¦Òªº¤ß²z¾÷¯à, Àq·Q ±À½×ªº, ·V«äªº 2b) ²z¥Ñ, ¥ç§Y¡G¦Ò¶q, ¦Ò¼{ 2c) ­ì¦], ¥ç§Y ­pºâ, ®Ú¾Ú 2d) ³¯­z, ¥ç§Y¡GÃö©ó¼f§P¦Ó´£¥XªºµªÅG©Î¸ÑÄÀ 2e) ÃöÁp, ¥ç§Y¡G¥H§Ú­Ì»P¨äªºÃö«Y¨Ó§PÂ_ 2e1) ±À½×¦p¦¹ 2f) ²z¥Ñ, °Ê¾÷, ®Ú¾Ú 3) ¦b¬ù¿«ºÖ­µ¤¤, ¬O«ü¯«ªº¸Ü¡F°ò·þ­C¿q»P¯«Áp¦Xªº´¼¼z©M¯à¤O¡F Í¢¦b¦t©z¤¤³Ð³y©Mªv²zªºÂ¾¨Æ¡F¬O¥@¤Wª«½è©M¹D¼w¥Í©R¤Oªº°_¦]¡F ¬O¬°¤F¤HÃþªº±Ï®¦¦Ó¬ï¤W¤HÃþ¥»©Ê¡A¦b­C¿qªº§ÎÅé¸ÌªºÀ±ÁɨȡF ¬O¯«©Ê¤¤ªº²Ä¤G¦ì®æ,¨Ã±qÍ¢ªº¸Ü©M¦æ¬°¤¤ÅãµÛ¦aªºªí©ú¥X¨Ó¡C

3056 logos {log'-os} from 3004; TDNT - 4:69,505; n m AV - word 218, saying 50, account 8, speech 8, Word (Christ) 7, thing 5, not tr 2, misc 32; 330 1) of speech 1a) a word, uttered by a living voice, embodies a conception or idea 1b) what someone has said 1b1) a word 1b2) the sayings of God 1b3) decree, mandate or order 1b4) of the moral precepts given by God 1b5) Old Testament prophecy given by the prophets 1b6) what is declared, a thought, declaration, aphorism, a weighty saying, a dictum, a maxim 1c) discourse 1c1) the act of speaking, speech 1c2) the faculty of speech, skill and practice in speaking 1c3) a kind or style of speaking 1c4) a continuous speaking discourse - instruction 1d) doctrine, teaching 1e) anything reported in speech; a narration, narrative 1f) matter under discussion, thing spoken of, affair, a matter in dispute, case, suit at law 1g) the thing spoken of or talked about; event, deed 2) its use as respect to the MIND alone 2a) reason, the mental faculty of thinking, meditating, reasoning, calculating 2b) account, i.e. regard, consideration 2c) account, i.e. reckoning, score 2d) account, i.e. answer or explanation in reference to judgment 2e) relation, i.e. with whom as judge we stand in relation 2e1) reason would 2f) reason, cause, ground 3) In John, denotes the essential Word of God, Jesus Christ, the personal wisdom and power in union with God, his minister in creation and government of the universe, the cause of all the world's life both physical and ethical, which for the procurement of man's salvation put on human nature in the person of Jesus the Messiah, the second person in the Godhead, and shone forth conspicuously from His words and deeds.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3057 logche {long'-khay} perhaps a root word;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - spear 1; 1 1) ÅK»sªº¦yºÝ©Î¬O¥Ù¨ëªºÀYºÝ 2) ªø¥Ù, ¥Ù¨ë (¸Ë¤SÅK¤ùªº¥Ù¬`) (#¬ù 16:34|)

3057 logche {long'-khay} perhaps a root word;; n f AV - spear 1; 1 1) the iron point or head of a spear 2) a lance, spear (a shaft armed with iron)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3058 loidoreo {loy-dor-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3060; TDNT - 4:293,538; °Êµü AV - revile 4; 4 1) ¦Ã°d, ©G½|, º©½|, ©¹¨­¤W°ï¿n«V°d

3058 loidoreo {loy-dor-eh'-o} from 3060; TDNT - 4:293,538; v AV - revile 4; 4 1) to reproach, rail at, revile, heap abuse upon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3059 loidoria {loy-dor-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3060; TDNT - 4:293,538; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - railing 2, to speak reproachfully + 5484 1; 3 1) ³d½|, ¼J½|, ©G½| (#´£«e 5:14; ©¼«e 3:9|)

3059 loidoria {loy-dor-ee'-ah} from 3060; TDNT - 4:293,538; n f AV - railing 2, to speak reproachfully + 5484 1; 3 1) railing, reviling
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3060 loidoros {loy'-dor-os} ·½¦Û loidos (mischief); TDNT - 4:293,538;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - railer 1, reviler 1; 2 1) ¥¸³dªÌ, ðã½|ªÌ(#ªL«e 5:11;ªL«e 6:10|)

3060 loidoros {loy'-dor-os} from loidos (mischief); TDNT - 4:293,538; n m AV - railer 1, reviler 1; 2 1) a railer, reviler
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3061 loimos {loy'-mos} ¤£½T©w affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pestilence 2, pestilent 1; 3 1) ½E¬Ì, ¶Ç¬V¯f 2) ¶Ç¬V¯f¤§Ãþ, ½E¬Ì; ¬Ì¯f

3061 loimos {loy'-mos} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - pestilence 2, pestilent 1; 3 1) pestilence 2) a pestilent fellow, pest, plague
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3062 loipoy {loy-poy'} ¤@­l¥Í©ó 3003 ªº¦rªº¶§©Ê½Æ¼Æ;; °Æµü AV - other 15, rest 12, others 7, remnant 4, residue 1, which remains 1, other things 1; 41 1) ³Ñ¤Uªº, ¨ä¾lªº 1a) ¦b¦Ò¼{¤§¥~ªº©Ò¦³¤@¤Á¤ÎºØÃþ 1b) ¦³¬Û·íªº°Ï¤À©M¹ï¤ñªº, ¦¹¥~ªº, ¬Y¤@¯S©w¶¥¼h©ÎºØÃþªº¤H¤§¥~ªº 1c) ©Ò¦s¯dªº³¡¤À¤§¥~ªº

3062 loipoy {loy-poy'} masculine plural of a derivative of 3007;; adv AV - other 15, rest 12, others 7, remnant 4, residue 1, which remains 1, other things 1; 41 1) remaining, the rest 1a) the rest of any number or class under consideration 1b) with a certain distinction and contrast, the rest, who are not of a specific class or number 1c) the rest of the things that remain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3063 loipon {loy-pon'} 3062 ¬Û¦P, ¤¤©Ê³æ¼Æ;; °Æµü AV - finally 5, now 2, then 1, besides 1, moreover + 1161 + 3739 1, it remains + 2076 1, furthermore 1, henceforth 1, from henceforth 1; 14 1) ¨ä¥¦ªº, ¦¹¥~ 1a) ±q¦¹¥H«á, ±N¨Ó, ±q²{¦b°_, ¤µ«á 1b) ²×©ó, ¦Ü²×, ³Ì«á¦a, ¤w¸g (#ªL«á 13:11;¥± 6:10|) 1c) ¨ä¥¦ªº..., °£...¤§¥~, ¦AªÌ, ¦¹¥~

3063 loipon {loy-pon'} neuter singular of the same as 3062;; adv n AV - finally 5, now 2, then 1, besides 1, moreover + 1161 + 3739 1, it remains + 2076 1, furthermore 1, henceforth 1, from henceforth 1; 14 1) remaining, the rest 1a) hereafter, for the future, henceforth 1b) at last, already 1c) for the rest, besides, moreover
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3064 loipou {loy-poo'} ©Ò¦³®æ®æ³æ¼Æ of »P...¦P 3062;; §Î®eµü AV - from henceforth 1; 1 1) ¥¼¨Ó, ±N¨Ó, ±q¤µ¥H«á (#¥[ 6:17|)

3064 loipou {loy-poo'} genitive case singular of the same as 3062;; adj AV - from henceforth 1; 1 1) hereafter, for the future, henceforth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3065 Loukas {loo-kas'} ªu¥Î©Ô¤B¤å Lucanus;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Luke 2, Lucas 2; 4 ¸ô¥[ = "µo¥úªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ì¥~¨¹¤H°ò·þ®{, ©M«Où¤@¦P¶ÇºÖ­µªº¤H, ¤]¦b«Oùªº¦h¦¸®Èµ{¤¤»P¨ä¦P¦æ; ¥L¬O¤@¦ìÂå¥Í©M ·s¬ù¤¤¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ¤Î¨Ï®{¦æ¶Çªº§@ªÌ

3065 Loukas {loo-kas'} contracted from Latin Lucanus;; n pr m AV - Luke 2, Lucas 2; 4 Luke or Lucus = "light-giving" 1) a Gentile Christian, the companion of Paul in preaching the gospel and on his many journeys; he was a physician and author of the book of Luke and Acts in the NT
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3066 Loukios {loo'-kee-os} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lucius 2; 2 ¸ô¨D= "¥ú½u: ©ú«Gªº: ¥Õ¦âªº" 1) ¥j§Q©`¤H, ¦w´£ªü±Ð·|ªº¥ýª¾¨Ã±Ð®v (#®{ 13:1|), ¥i¯à»P (ù 16:21|) ©Ò´£¤Îªº¬O¦P¤@¤H

3066 Loukios {loo'-kee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Lucius 2; 2 Lucius = "light: bright: white" 1) a man from Cyrene who was a prophet and a teacher of the church in Antioch (Acts 13:1), perhaps the same one as mentioned in Ro. 16:21
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3067 loutron {loo-tron'} ·½¦Û 3068; TDNT - 4:295,538; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - washing 2; 2 1) ¨N¯D, ¯D¬û, ¨N¯Dªº°Ê§@

3067 loutron {loo-tron'} from 3068; TDNT - 4:295,538; n n AV - washing 2; 2 1) bathing, bath, the act of bathing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3068 louo {loo'-o} ¦r®Ú°Êµü; TDNT - 4:295,538; °Êµü AV - wash 6; 6 1) ¨N¯D, ¬~º° 1a) ¦º¤H 1b) ²M¬~¶Ë¤fªº¦å

3068 louo {loo'-o} a root verb; TDNT - 4:295,538; v AV - wash 6; 6 1) to bathe, wash 1a) of a dead person 1b) washing to cleanse blood out of wounds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3069 Ludda {lud'-dah} of Hebrew origin 03850;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Lydda 3; 3 §f¤j = "½Ä¬ð, ª§°«" 1) ¶Z¬ù©¬ (Joppa)9­^¨½ (15¤½¨½)ªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¦ì©ó¬ù©È»P­C¸ô¼»§N¤§¶¡³Ì¥_¤è,¨â±ø¤½¸ô¤Wªº²Ä¤@­Ó«°¥« (#®{ 9:32, 9:35, 9:38|)

3069 Ludda {lud'-dah} of Hebrew origin 03850;; n pr loc AV - Lydda 3; 3 Lydda = "strife" 1) a town is 9 miles (15 km) from Joppa, and is the first town on the northernmost of the two roads between that place and Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3070 Ludia {loo-dee'-ah} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, ³±©Ê of Ludios [of foreign origin] (a Lydian, in Asia Minor);;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lydia 2; 2 §f©³¨È= "¨¯¶Ô³Ò°Ê" 1) ±À¶®±À³â¦a°Ïªº¤@­Ó¤k¤H, ³c½æµµ¦â¬V®Æ, ¬°²Ä¤@­Ó³Q«Où¶ÇºÖ­µÂà«H°ò·þ±Ðªº¼Ú¬w¤H, ¨Ã±µ«Ý«Où©ó²Ä¤@¦¸µÌ§Q¤ñ¤§¦æ (#®{ 16:14,40|)

3070 Ludia {loo-dee'-ah} properly, feminine of Ludios [of foreign origin] (a Lydian, in Asia Minor);; n pr f AV - Lydia 2; 2 Lydia = "travail" 1) a woman of Thyatira, a seller of purple, the first European convert of Paul, and afterward his hostess during his first stay at Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3071 Lukaonia {loo-kah-on-ee'-ah} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Lycaonia 1; 1 §f°ª¥§ = "¯T¤§¶m" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨È¤º³°ªº¤@­Ó¬Ù¥÷,¦ì©ó©¼¦è©³,°ò§Q®a,¥[©¬¦h®a,¥[©Ô¤Ó, ¥±§f®a¤§¶¡,¨ä¥D­n«°¥«¬°«Où«ô³X¹Lªº¯S§È,¸ô¥q±o,¥H­ô©À(#®{ 14:6|)

3071 Lukaonia {loo-kah-on-ee'-ah} perhaps remotely from 3074;; n pr loc AV - Lycaonia 1; 1 Lycaonia = "wolf land" 1) a region in Asia Minor, situated between Pisidia, Cilicia, Cappadocia, Galatia and Phrygia, whose chief towns were Derbe, Lystra and Iconium
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3072 Lukaonisti {loo-kah-on-is-tee'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 3071;; °Æµü AV - speech of Lycaonia 1; 1 1) ¥H§f°ª¥§ªº¤è¨¥©Î¤f»y....(#®{ 14:11|)

3072 Lukaonisti {loo-kah-on-is-tee'} from a derivative of 3071;; adv AV - speech of Lycaonia 1; 1 1) in the speech or tongue of the Lycaonia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3073 Lukia {loo-kee'-ah} probably remotely from 3074;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Lycia 1; 1 §f®a= "¹³¯Tªº" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨È¦h¤sªº¦a°Ï, ¥H®Ç«D§Q¨È,©¼¦è©³, ¥[°Ç©³¨Ã¦a¤¤®ü¬°¬É (#®{ 27:5|)

3073 Lukia {loo-kee'-ah} probably remotely from 3074;; n pr loc AV - Lycia 1; 1 Lycia = "wolfish" 1) a mountainous region in Asia Minor, bounded by Pamphylia, Phrygia, Caria, and the Mediterranean Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3074 lukos {loo'-kos} perhaps ªñ¦ü to the base of 3022 (from the whitish hair); TDNT - 4:308,540;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wolf 6; 6 1) ¯T 2) Áô³ë´Ý§Ô, ³g°ý, ±°¹Ü, ¯}Ãaªº¤H

3074 lukos {loo'-kos} perhaps akin to the base of 3022 (from the whitish hair); TDNT - 4:308,540; n m AV - wolf 6; 6 1) a wolf 2) metaph. of cruel, greedy, rapacious, destructive men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3075 lumainomai {loo-mah'-ee-nom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from a probably derivative of 3089 (meaning filth); TDNT - 4:312,540; °Êµü AV - make havoc 1; 1 1) ¶K¤W¦WÁn±ÑÃaªº¼ÐÅÒ, ·´Á½, ¤H®æ©Î¦WÅA¤Wªº¦ÃÂI, ªg¦Ã 2) ¥Î¤£Åé­±ªº©Î«V°dªº¤è¦¡¹ï«Ý, ±°¹Ü, ¯}Ãa, ·´·À (#®{ 8:3|)

3075 lumainomai {loo-mah'-ee-nom-ahee} middle voice from a probably derivative of 3089 (meaning filth); TDNT - 4:312,540; v AV - make havoc 1; 1 1) to affix a stigma to, to dishonour, spot, defile 2) to treat shamefully or with injury, to ravage, devastate, ruin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3076 lupeo {loo-peh'-o} from 3077; TDNT - 4:313,540; °Êµü AV - be sorrowful 6, grieve 6, make sorry 6, be sorry 3, sorrow 3, cause grief 1, be in heaviness 1; 26 1) ¨Ï¼~·T 2) ¨Ï´d¶Ë, ³y¦¨´dµh, ¨Ï³´¤J«sµh¤¤ 3) ¨Ï´dµhªq³à, ¾É­P¤£´r§Ö 4) ¨Ï¬Y¤H¤£¥­¦w, ¤Þ°_¥LªºÅU¼{

3076 lupeo {loo-peh'-o} from 3077; TDNT - 4:313,540; v AV - be sorrowful 6, grieve 6, make sorry 6, be sorry 3, sorrow 3, cause grief 1, be in heaviness 1; 26 1) to make sorrowful 2) to affect with sadness, cause grief, to throw into sorrow 3) to grieve, offend 4) to make one uneasy, cause him a scruple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3077 lupe {loo'-pay} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:313,540; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorrow 11, heaviness 2, grievous 1, grudging + 1537 1, grief 1 16 1) «s¶Ë, µh­W, ´d«s, ·ÐÂZ, ¼~¶Ë, ¤£©¯ 1a) §Î®e¤Hªº«sµh, «s±¥

3077 lupe {loo'-pay} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:313,540; n f AV - sorrow 11, heaviness 2, grievous 1, grudging + 1537 1, grief 1 16 1) sorrow, pain, grief, annoyance, affliction 1a) of persons mourning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3078 Lusanias {loo-san-ee'-as} ·½¦Û 3080 »P ania (·Ð¼~); ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lysanias 1; 1 §f¼»Â¿ = "ÅX¨«·Ð¼~ªº" 1) ´£¤ñ¯d¤Q¤T¦~(¥D«á29¦~),¦b¨È¤ñ§Q¥§¾á¥ô¤À«Ê¤ý (#¸ô 3:1|)

3078 Lusanias {loo-san-ee'-as} from 3080 and ania (trouble);; n pr m AV - Lysanias 1; 1 Lysanias = "that drives away sorrow" 1) a tetrarch of Abilene (i.e. the district around Abila) in the thirteenth year of Tiberias (A.D. 29), at the time when Herod Antipas was tetrarch of Galilee and when Herod Philip was tetrarch of Ituraea and Trachonitis
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3079 Lusias {loo-see'-as} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lysias 3; 3 §f¦è¨È= "ÄÀ©ñªÌ" 1) ¥jù°¨Å@¥Á©x, ¥jù°¨¤d¤H­x¶¤¥q¥O©x, ¤d¤Òªø (#®{ 23:26, 24:27, 24:22|)

3079 Lusias {loo-see'-as} of uncertain affinity;; n pr m AV - Lysias 3; 3 Lysias = "releaser" 1) a tribune or chiliarch of the Roman cohort
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3080 lusis {loo'-sis} ·½¦Û 3089;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to be loosed 1; 1 1) ÃP¸j, ÄÀ©ñ±o¦Û¥Ñ 1a) ¹ï¥}¥Ç¨Ó»¡ 1b) ¹ï±B«Ãªº§ô¿£¨Ó»¡, Â÷±B 2) ¸Ñ©ñ, Å«ª÷, ±Ï¥X 2a) ¹ï²MÀv¶Å°È¨Ó»¡ 3) ¸Ñ©ñ©ÎÃP¸jªº¤è¦¡©ÎÅv¤O (#ªL«e 7:27|)

3080 lusis {loo'-sis} from 3089;; n f AV - to be loosed 1; 1 1) a loosing, setting free 1a) of a prisoner 1b) of the bond of marriage, divorce 2) release, ransoming, deliverance 2a) of liquidating a debt 3) means or power of releasing or loosing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3081 lusitelei {loo-sit-el-i'} third¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ ²{¦b¦¡ª½»¡»y®ð ¥D°Ê»yºA of a derivative of a compound of 3080 and 5056;; °Êµü AV - it is better 1; 1 1) úµ| 2) ÂkÁÙ¤ä¥X¶O¥Î 3) ¦³¬°ªº, ¦³®Äªº, ¦³§Q¯qªº (#¸ô 17:2|)

3081 lusitelei {loo-sit-el-i'} third person singular present indicative active of a derivative of a compound of 3080 and 5056;; v AV - it is better 1; 1 1) to pay the taxes 2) to return expenses 3) to be useful, advantageous, it profits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3082 Lustra {loos'-trah} of uncertain origin;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Lystra 6; 6 ¸ô¥q±o= "Å«¦^" 1) ¤@­Ó¦ì©ó§f°ª¥§Ãm³¥ªFÃ䪺«°¥«

3082 Lustra {loos'-trah} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Lystra 6; 6 Lystra = "ransoming" 1) a city in the eastern part of the great plain of Lycaonia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3083 lutron {loo'-tron} ·½¦Û 3089; TDNT - 4:328 & 4:340,543; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ransom 2; 2 1) Å«»ù 1a) ¬°¥£Áõ, «R¸¸©Ò¥I¥Xªº¥N»ù 1b) ¥Í©RªºÅ«¦^ 2) ÄÀ©ñ³\¦h¤H¦]¸oªº©Ò¸Ó¨üªº¦D»@»Pµh­W (#¤Ó 20:28; ¥i 10:45|)

3083 lutron {loo'-tron} from 3089; TDNT - 4:328 & 4:340,543; n n AV - ransom 2; 2 1) the price for redeeming, ransom 1a) paid for slaves, captives 1b) for the ransom of life 2) to liberate many from misery and the penalty of their sins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3084 lutroo {loo-tro'-o} ·½¦Û 3083; TDNT - 4:349,543; °Êµü AV - redeem 3; 3 1) ¦¬¨ìÅ«ª÷¦ÓÄÀ©ñ 2) ¶R¦^, ¤ä¥IÅ«ª÷¦Ó¨ÏÀòªº¦Û¥Ñ 2a) ÄÀ©ñ 2b) ¤ä¥IÅ«ª÷, ¬°¤vÅ«¦^©ÒÄÀ©ñªº 2c) Å«¦^ 2d) ¸Ñ±Ï: ±q¦UÃþ¥~¦b©Î¤º¦bªº´c¦æ¤¤±o¸Ñ©ñ (#¸ô 24:21; ¦h 2:14; ©¼«e 1:18|)

3084 lutroo {loo-tro'-o} from 3083; TDNT - 4:349,543; v AV - redeem 3; 3 1) to release on receipt of ransom 2) to redeem, liberate by payment of ransom 2a) to liberate 2b) to cause to be released to one's self by payment of a ransom 2c) to redeem 2d) to deliver: from evils of every kind, internal and external
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3085 lutrosis {loo'-tro-sis} ·½¦Û 3084; TDNT - 4:351,543; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - redemption 2, redeem + 4160 1; 3 1) Å«ª÷, ¶RÅ« 2) ¸Ñ±Ï, ¯S§O¬O±q¸oªº³B»@¤§¤¤¸Ñ±Ï¥X¨Ó

3085 lutrosis {loo'-tro-sis} from 3084; TDNT - 4:351,543; n f AV - redemption 2, redeem + 4160 1; 3 1) a ransoming, redemption 2) deliverance, esp. from the penalty of sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3086 lutrotes {loo-tro-tace'} ·½¦Û 3084; TDNT - 4:351,543;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - deliverer 1; 1 1) Å«¸oªÌ, ±ÏÅ«ªÌ 2) ÄÀ©ñªÌ, ¸Ñ©ñªÌ (#®{ 7:35|)

3086 lutrotes {loo-tro-tace'} from 3084; TDNT - 4:351,543; n m AV - deliverer 1; 1 1) redeemer 2) deliverer, liberator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3087 luchnia {lookh-nee'-ah} ·½¦Û3088; TDNT - 4:324,542; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - candlestick 12; 12 1) Àë¥x, ¿O¥x

3087 luchnia {lookh-nee'-ah} from 3088; TDNT - 4:324,542; n f AV - candlestick 12; 12 1) a (candlestick) lamp stand, candelabrum
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3088 luchnos {lookh'-nos} from the base of 3022; TDNT - 4:324,542;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - candle 8, light 6; 14 1) ¿O, ÄúÀë, ©ñ¦b¿O¥x©ÎÀë¥x¤W§@·Ó©ú¤§¥Î ²´·ú´N¦n¹³¬O¿O, ¥Î¨Ó«ü©ú¨­Åé¥i¥H²¾°Êªº¤è¦V¤¤; ¦]¦¹¦b¬ù¹w¨¥¤¤, ³Q¥Î¨Ó¤ñ³ë­C¿qªº¥úºa¦A¨Ó

3088 luchnos {lookh'-nos} from the base of 3022; TDNT - 4:324,542; n m AV - candle 8, light 6; 14 1) a lamp, candle, that is placed on a stand or candlestick To a lamp are likened an eye, i.e. which shows the body which way to move and turn; the prophecies of the OT, inasmuch as they afforded at least some knowledge relative to the glorious return of Jesus from heaven.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3089 luo {loo'-o} ¦r®Ú¦r; TDNT - 2:60 & 4:328,543; °Êµü AV - loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy 2, dissolve 2, put off 1, melt 1, break up 1, break down 1; 43 1) (¸Ñ¶}­ì¥ý¸j°_¨ÓªºªF¦è) ¸Ñ¶}, ÃP¸j 2) ¨Ï¨ä¦Û¥Ñ, ©ñ¶}, ÃPº] 2a) (¦r·N) ³Q¸jªº¤H©Î°Êª«©Î¥}¥Ç³Q¸Ñ¶} 2b) (³ë·N) ±o¦Û¥Ñ, ¸Ñ²æ 3) (¥H¼É¤O)ºR·´ (#¬ù 2:19; ®{ 27:41; ¥± 2:14; ©¼«á 3:10~12|) 4) ·´·À, ²×µ², ¼o¤î (#¬ù³ü 3:8|)

3089 luo {loo'-o} a root word; TDNT - 2:60 & 4:328,543; v AV - loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy 2, dissolve 2, put off 1, melt 1, break up 1, break down 1; 43 1) to loose any person (or thing) tied or fastened 1a) bandages of the feet, the shoes, 1b) of a husband and wife joined together by the bond of matrimony 1c) of a single man, whether he has already had a wife or has not yet married 2) to loose one bound, i.e. to unbind, release from bonds, set free 2a) of one bound up (swathed in bandages) 2b) bound with chains (a prisoner), discharge from prison, let go 3) to loosen, undo, dissolve, anything bound, tied, or compacted together 3a) an assembly, i.e. to dismiss, break up 3b) laws, as having a binding force, are likened to bonds 3c) to annul, subvert 3d) to do away with, to deprive of authority, whether by precept or act 3e) to declare unlawful 3f) to loose what is compacted or built together, to break up, demolish, destroy 3g) to dissolve something coherent into parts, to destroy 3h) metaph., to overthrow, to do away with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3090 Lois {lo-ece'} of uncertain origin;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lois 1; 1 ù¥H = "¥O¤H´r§Öªº" 1) ´£¼¯¤Óªº¥~¯ª¥À

3090 Lois {lo-ece'} of uncertain origin;; n pr f AV - Lois 1; 1 Lois = "agreeable" 1) the grandmother of Timothy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3091 Lot {lote} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03876;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Lot 4; 4 ù±o = "­±¯½©Î¾B»\\\" 1) «¢Äõ¤§¤l, ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº«¿¤l

3091 Lot {lote} of Hebrew origin 03876;; n pr m AV - Lot 4; 4 Lot = "veil or covering" 1) the son of Haran and nephew to Abraham
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3092 Maath {mah-ath'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó»y;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Maath 1; 1 º¿©ã = "¤p" 1) º¿¥L´£¨Èªº¨à¤l¡A¦b­C¿q­C¿qªº®aÃФ¤

3092 Maath {mah-ath'} probably of Hebrew origin;; n pr m AV - Maath 1; 1 Maath = "small" 1) the son of Mattathias in the genealogy of Jesus Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3093 Magdala {mag-dal-ah'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin cf 04026;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Magdala 1; 1 °¨¥[¤¦= "¶ð" 1) ¥[§Q§Q®ü¦è©¤ªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ¶Z´£¤ñ­ù¨È«n¤è¬ù¤T¨½(5¤½¨½) (#¤Ó 15:39|)

3093 Magdala {mag-dal-ah'} of Aramaic origin cf 04026;; n pr loc AV - Magdala 1; 1 Magdala = "a tower" 1) a place on the western shore of the Lake of Galilee, about 3 miles (5 km) south of Tiberias
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3094 Magdalene {mag-dal-ay-nay'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 3093;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Magdalene 12; 12 ©Ù¤j©Ô= "°ª¶ð" 1) ¨Ó¦Û©Ù¤j©Ôªºº¿ÄR¨È, ¥Î¨Ó°Ï§O¦oº¿ÄR¨Èªº¦W¦r

3094 Magdalene {mag-dal-ay-nay'} from a derivative of 3093;; n pr f AV - Magdalene 12; 12 Magdalene = "a tower" 1) a name given to Mary Magdalene, identifying her as from Magdala
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3095 mageia {mag-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 3096; TDNT - 4:359,547; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorcery 1; 1 1) Å]ªk, ¯«¯µµ¦³N, §Å³N(#®{ 8:11|)

3095 mageia {mag-i'-ah} from 3096; TDNT - 4:359,547; n f AV - sorcery 1; 1 1) magic, magic arts, sorceries
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3096 mageuo {mag-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3097; TDNT - 4:359,547; °Êµü AV - use sorcery 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°§Å³N®v, ­AÀ¸ªk, ¦æ¨¸³N (#®{ 8:9|)

3096 mageuo {mag-yoo'-o} from 3097; TDNT - 4:359,547; v AV - use sorcery 1; 1 1) to be a magician, to practise magical arts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3097 magos {mag'-os} ·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y 07248; TDNT - 4:356,547; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wise man 4, sorcerer 2; 6 1) (ºë³q¥e¬P¾Ç,¸Ñ¹Úµ¥) ¬P¶H®a 2) ªk®v,§Å®v (#®{ 13:6,8|)

3097 magos {mag'-os} of foreign origin 07248; TDNT - 4:356,547; n m AV - wise man 4, sorcerer 2; 6 1) a magus 1a) the name given by the Babylonians (Chaldeans), Medes, Persians, and others, to the wise men, teachers, priests, physicians, astrologers, seers, interpreters of dreams, augers, soothsayers, sorcerers etc. 1b) the oriental wise men (astrologers) who, having discovered by the rising of a remarkable star that the Messiah had just been born, came to Jerusalem to worship him 1c) a false prophet and sorcerer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3098 Magog {mag-ogue'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å04031; TDNT - 1:789,*; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Magog 1; 1 º¿¦U = "¶W¹L, ±»»\\\" 1) ¦b¥H¦â¦C¥_¤èªº¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ºq­²¤ý±N­n±q¨º¸Ì¥X¨Ó§ðÀ»¥H¦â¦C (#±Ò 20:8|)

3098 Magog {mag-ogue'} of Hebrew origin 04031; TDNT - 1:789,*; n pr loc AV - Magog 1; 1 Magog = "overtopping: covering" 1) a land north of Israel from which the King of Gog will come to attack Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3099 Madian {mad-ee-on'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å04080; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Madian 1 ¦Ì¨l = "ª§ÅG:ª§¾x " 1) ¾aªñ¬õ®üªº¤@­Ó¦a¦W,¨ú¦Û¨È§B©Ô¨u»P°ò¤g©Ô¥Íªº¤@­Ó¨à¤lªº¦W¦r(#®{ 7:29)

3099 Madian {mad-ee-on'} of Hebrew origin 04080;; n pr loc AV - Madian 1 Madian or Midian = "contention: strife" 1) a land near the Red Sea, and took its name from one of the sons of Abraham by Keturah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3100 matheteuo {math-ayt-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3101; TDNT - 4:461,552; °Êµü AV - teach 2, instruct 1, be disciple 1; 4 1) ¦¨¬°¬Y¤Hªº«H®{, ªù®{, °lÀHªÌ 1a) ¸òÀH¨ä°V»|»P±Ð»£ 2) ²£¥Í«H®{, ªù®{, °lÀHªÌ 2a) ±Ð¾É, «ü¥Ü

3100 matheteuo {math-ayt-yoo'-o} from 3101; TDNT - 4:461,552; v AV - teach 2, instruct 1, be disciple 1; 4 1) to be a disciple of one 1a) to follow his precepts and instructions 2) to make a disciple 2a) to teach, instruct
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3101 mathetes {math-ay-tes'} ·½¦Û 3129; TDNT - 4:415,552;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - disciple 268, vr disciple 1; 269 1) ¾Ç²ßªÌ, §Ì¤l, °lÀHªÌ

3101 mathetes {math-ay-tes'} from 3129; TDNT - 4:415,552; n m AV - disciple 268, vr disciple 1; 269 1) a learner, pupil, disciple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3102 mathetria {math-ay'-tree-ah} ·½¦Û 3101; TDNT - 4:460,552; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - disciple 1; 1 1) ¤k¨Ï®{ 2) ¤k°ò·þ®{ (#®{ 9:36|)

3102 mathetria {math-ay'-tree-ah} from 3101; TDNT - 4:460,552; n f AV - disciple 1; 1 1) a female disciple 2) a Christian woman Ac. 9:36
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3103 Mathousala {math-oo-sal'-ah} of Hebrew origin 04968;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mathusala 1; 1 º¿¤g¼»©Ô= "when he dies, there shall be an emission" 1) ¥H¿Õªº¨à¤l, ¿Õ¨Èªº¯ª¤÷, ¬¡¨ì969·³, ¤ñ¥ô¦ó¤HÁÙªø¹Ø (#¸ô 3:37|)

3103 Mathousala {math-oo-sal'-ah} of Hebrew origin 04968;; n pr m AV - Mathusala 1; 1 Methuselah = "when he dies, there shall be an emission" 1) the son of Enoch, grandfather of Noah, lived longer than anyone else to 969 years
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3104 Mainan {mahee-nan'} probably of Hebrew origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Menan 1; 1 ¶R«n= "¹w¨¥ªÌ: µÛÅ]ªº, ¤J¤F°gªº" 1) ¦b­C¿q°ò·þ±ÚÃФ¤, ¬ù·æªº¤@¦ì²Õ¥ý (#¸ô 3:31|)

3104 Mainan {mahee-nan'} probably of Hebrew origin;; n pr m AV - Menan 1; 1 Menan = "soothsayer: enchanted" 1) one of the ancestors of Joseph in the genealogy of Jesus Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3105 mainomai {mah'-ee-nom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from a primary mao (to long for, through the idea of insensate craving); TDNT - 4:360,548; °Êµü AV - be mad 4, be beside (one's) self 1; 5 1) ¿E«ãµo¨g, ©H­ý, ­J¨¥¶Ã»y 1a) «ü¤£¦b¥¿±`²z´¼½dÃ¥¤Uªº¨g¶Ã¨¥»y

3105 mainomai {mah'-ee-nom-ahee} middle voice from a primary mao (to long for, through the idea of insensate craving); TDNT - 4:360,548; v AV - be mad 4, be beside (one's) self 1; 5 1) to be mad, to rave 1a) of one who so speaks that he seems not to be in his right mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3106 makarizo {mak-ar-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 3107; TDNT - 4:362,548; °Êµü AV - call blessed 1, count happy 1; 2 1) ³QºÙ¬°¦³ºÖªº (#¸ô 1:48; ¶® 5:11|)

3106 makarizo {mak-ar-id'-zo} from 3107; TDNT - 4:362,548; v AV - call blessed 1, count happy 1; 2 1) to pronounce blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3107 makarios {mak-ar'-ee-os} a prolonged form of the poetical makar (meaning the same); TDNT - 4:362,548; §Î®eµü AV - blessed 44, happy 5, happier 1; 50 1) ³Q¯¬ºÖªº, ¦³ºÖ¤Àªº, §Ö¼Öº¡¨¬ªº

3107 makarios {mak-ar'-ee-os} a prolonged form of the poetical makar (meaning the same); TDNT - 4:362,548; adj AV - blessed 44, happy 5, happier 1; 50 1) blessed, happy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3108 makarismos {mak-ar-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 3106; TDNT - 4:362,548;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - blessedness 3; 3 1) ¯¬ºÖªº«Å§i 2) ¹ï¬Y¤HÁ¿»¡¯¬ºÖªº«Å§i 3) «ÅºÙ¬Y¤H¨ü¯¬ºÖ

3108 makarismos {mak-ar-is-mos'} from 3106; TDNT - 4:362,548; n m AV - blessedness 3; 3 1) declaration of blessedness 2) to utter a declaration of blessedness upon one 3) to pronounce one blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3109 Makedonia {mak-ed-on-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3110;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Macedonia 24; 24 °¨¨ä¹y = ¡¨©µ¦ù¤§¦a¡¨ 1) ¦ì©ó©«¼»Ã¹­{a country bounded on the south by Thessaly and Epirus, on the east by Thrace and the Aegean Sea, on the west by Illyria, and on the North by Dardania and Moesia

3109 Makedonia {mak-ed-on-ee'-ah} from 3110;; n pr loc AV - Macedonia 24; 24 Macedonia = "extended land" 1) a country bounded on the south by Thessaly and Epirus, on the east by Thrace and the Aegean Sea, on the west by Illyria, and on the North by Dardania and Moesia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3110 Makedon {mak-ed'-ohn} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - of Macedonia 4, Macedonian 1; 5 1) ¤@¦ì°¨¨ä¹y¤H

3110 Makedon {mak-ed'-ohn} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - of Macedonia 4, Macedonian 1; 5 1) a Macedonian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3111 makellon {mak'-el-lon} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å [macellum]; TDNT - 4:370,549; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - shambles 1; 1 1) ½æ¦×©M¨ä¥¦­¹ª«¥Î«~ªº¦a¤è, ¦×¥«³õ (#ªL«e 10:25|)

3111 makellon {mak'-el-lon} of Latin origin [macellum]; TDNT - 4:370,549; n n AV - shambles 1; 1 1) a place where meat and other articles of food are sold, meat market
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3112 makran {mak-ran'} ³±©Ê ª½±µ¨ü®æ®æ³æ¼Æ of 3117 (3598 being implied); TDNT - 4:372,549; °Æµü AV - far 4, afar off 2, good way off 1, far hence 1, great way off 1, far off 1; 10 1) »»»·ªº, »·¶ZÂ÷ªº 2) Â÷¦¹³B¬Û»·ªº

3112 makran {mak-ran'} feminine accusative case singular of 3117 (3598 being implied); TDNT - 4:372,549; adv AV - far 4, afar off 2, good way off 1, far hence 1, great way off 1, far off 1; 10 1) far, a great way 2) far hence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3113 makrothen {mak-roth'-en} ·½¦Û 3117; TDNT - 4:372,549; °Æµü AV - afar off 13, from far 1; 14 1) »»»·¦a

3113 makrothen {mak-roth'-en} from 3117; TDNT - 4:372,549; adv AV - afar off 13, from far 1; 14 1) from afar, afar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3114 makrothumeo {mak-roth-oo-meh'-o} »P 3116 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:374,550; °Êµü AV - be patient 3, have patience 2, have long patience 1, bear long 1, suffer long 1, be longsuffering 1, patiently endure 1; 10 1) «ù¦uªººë¯«, ¤£³à¥¢¤ßÃh·N©À 1a) ¦b¤£©¯©M§xÃø¤¤¤´«i´±«í¤ß«ù¦uµÛ.. 1b) §Ô­@©Ó¨ü¥L¤Hªº«_¥Ç¤Î¶Ë®` 1b1) ¦b³ø´_¤W¾A¤¤¤Î©M½w 1b2) «í¤[§Ô­@, ºCºC¦a°Ê®ð, ©M½w¦aÃg³B

3114 makrothumeo {mak-roth-oo-meh'-o} from the same as 3116; TDNT - 4:374,550; v AV - be patient 3, have patience 2, have long patience 1, bear long 1, suffer long 1, be longsuffering 1, patiently endure 1; 10 1) to be of a long spirit, not to lose heart 1a) to persevere patiently and bravely in enduring misfortunes and troubles 1b) to be patient in bearing the offenses and injuries of others 1b1) to be mild and slow in avenging 1b2) to be longsuffering, slow to anger, slow to punish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3115 makrothumia {mak-roth-oo-mee'-ah} »P 3116 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:374,550; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - longsuffering 12, patience 2; 14 1) ­@¤ß, §Ô­@¤O, «í¤[¤£ÅÜ, °í©w, °í§Ô, ¤£©}¤£¼¸ 2) §Ô­@, §Ô¨ü§J¨î, ¹ïªø´Áµh­W»P§é¿iªº§Ô¨ü, ¦b³ø´_¤W©M½w ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5861

3115 makrothumia {mak-roth-oo-mee'-ah} from the same as 3116; TDNT - 4:374,550; n f AV - longsuffering 12, patience 2; 14 1) patience, endurance, constancy, steadfastness, perseverance 2) patience, forbearance, longsuffering, slowness in avenging wrongs For Synonyms see entry 5861
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3116 makrothumos {mak-roth-oo-moce'} ·½¦Û a compound of 3117 and 2372; TDNT - 4:387,550; °Æµü AV - patiently 1; 1 1) ³B¤§®õµM, ¦³­@¤ßªº (#®{ 26:3|)

3116 makrothumos {mak-roth-oo-moce'} from a compound of 3117 and 2372; TDNT - 4:387,550; adv AV - patiently 1; 1 1) with longanimity, i.e. patiently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3117 makros {mak-ros'} ·½¦Û 3372;; §Î®eµü AV - long 3, far 2; 5 1) ªøªº 1a) «ü¦a¤è: »»»·ªº, ¦³¶ZÂ÷ªº, ¬Û¹j»·ªº 1b) «ü®É¶¡: ªø¤[ªº, «ù¤[ªº

3117 makros {mak-ros'} from 3372;; adj AV - long 3, far 2; 5 1) long 1a) of place: remote, distant, far off 1b) of time: long, long lasting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3118 makrochronios {mak-rokh-ron'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 3117 and 5550;; §Î®eµü AV - live long 1; 1 1) ªø¹Ø (#¥± 6:2|)

3118 makrochronios {mak-rokh-ron'-ee-os} from 3117 and 5550;; adj AV - live long 1; 1 1) long lived
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3119 malakia {mal-ak-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3120; TDNT - 4:1091,655; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - disease 3; 3 1) ¬X³n, ¬X®z 2) ¦b·s¬ùªí¥Ü¬X®z, ¯ÊÂI, ¨­Åéµê®z, ¯fµh (#¤Ó 4:23, 9:35, 10:1|)

3119 malakia {mal-ak-ee'-ah} from 3120; TDNT - 4:1091,655; n f AV - disease 3; 3 1) softness 2) in the NT infirmity, debility, bodily weakness, sickness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3120 malakos {mal-ak-os'} of uncertain affinity;; §Î®eµü AV - soft 3, effeminate 1; 4 1) ¬X³nªº, IJ·P»´¬X 2) Áô³ë. ­t­±·N¸q: 2a) ¬X®zµL¨k¤l®ð·§ªº 2a1) «ü¥j®É¨Ñ¤Hª±§Ëªº¨kµ£ 2a2) «ü»P¨k¤Hºû«ù¦P©Ê©ÊÃö«Yªº¨k«Ä 2a3) «ü¨k©Ê±N¨­Åé¨Ï¥Î©ó¹H¤Ï¦ÛµM©Ê±¡ªº²]¿º¦æ¬° 2a4) «ü¨k§² (#¤Ó 11:8; ¸ô 7:28|)

3120 malakos {mal-ak-os'} of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - soft 3, effeminate 1; 4 1) soft, soft to the touch 2) metaph. in a bad sense 2a) effeminate 2a1) of a catamite 2a2) of a boy kept for homosexual relations with a man 2a3) of a male who submits his body to unnatural lewdness 2a4) of a male prostitute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3121 Maleleel {mal-el-eh-ale'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å4111;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Maleleel 1; 1 º¿°Ç¦C = "Æg¬ü¯«" 1) ¸Ó«nªº¨à¤l, ¨È·íªº²Ä¥|¥N¤l®] (#¸ô 3:27|)

3121 Maleleel {mal-el-eh-ale'} of Hebrew origin 04111;; n pr m AV - Maleleel 1; 1 Maleleel or Mahalaleel = "praise of God" 1) the fourth in descent from Adam, son of Cainan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3122 malista {mal'-is-tah} °ò¥»°Æµü mala («D±`)ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ³Ì°ª¯Å;; °Æµü³Ì°ª¯Å AV - specially 5, especially 4, chiefly 2, most of all 1; 12 1) ¤×¨ä¬O, ¥D­n¬O, ³Ì­«­nªº, ­º­nªº

3122 malista {mal'-is-tah} neuter plural of the superlative of an apparently primary adverb mala (very);; adv superlative AV - specially 5, especially 4, chiefly 2, most of all 1; 12 1) especially, chiefly, most of all, above all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3123 mallon {mal'-lon} »P 3122 ¬Û¦Pªº¤¤©Ê¤ñ¸û¯Å;; °Æµü ¤ñ¸û¯Å AV - more 34, rather 33, the more 12, better + 2570 2, misc 4; 85 1) §ó¥[¦a, §ó¤j¼h¦¸ªº, ¹çÄ@ 1a) ¦h, ¬Æ 1b) ¹çÄ@, ¹ç¥i 1c) §ó¼Ö·N¦a, §ó²n§Ö¦a, ªYµM¦a

3123 mallon {mal'-lon} neuter of the comparative of the same as 3122;; adv comparative AV - more 34, rather 33, the more 12, better + 2570 2, misc 4; 85 1) more, to a greater degree, rather 1a) much, by far 1b) rather, sooner 1c) more willingly, more readily, sooner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3124 Malchos {mal'-khos} of Hebrew origin 04429;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Malchus 1; 1 °¨°Ç¥j = "°ê«×©Î§g¤ý" 1) ¬°¤j²½®vªº¹²¤H, ·í°ò·þ¸ü«È¦è°¨¥§¶é³Q®·®É, ¦¹¤H³Q¦èªù©¼±o¤Á¤U¥k¦Õ (#¬ù 18:10|)

3124 Malchos {mal'-khos} of Hebrew origin 04429;; n pr m AV - Malchus 1; 1 Malchus = "king or kingdom" 1) was the name of the servant of the high priest whose right ear Peter cut off at the time of Christ's arrest in the garden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3125 mamme {mam'-may} of natural origin ["mammy"];; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - grandmother 1; 1 1) ¥À¿Ë, ¶ý¶ý, ¶ý«} (¥®¨à¥s¨ä¥À¿ËªººÙ©I) 2) ¯ª¥À (#´£«á 1:5|)

3125 mamme {mam'-may} of natural origin ["mammy"];; n f AV - grandmother 1; 1 1) mother (the name infants use in addressing their mother) 2) grandmother
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3126 mammonas {mam-mo-nas'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin (confidence, ¥ç§Y wealth, personified); TDNT - 4:388,552;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mammon 4; 4 1) °]´I 2) °]²£ 3) °]Ä_ (¦b±N¤§½á»P¤H©Ê¨Ã»P¯«¹ï¥ßªº±¡ªp¤U)

3126 mammonas {mam-mo-nas'} of Aramaic origin (confidence, i.e. wealth, personified); TDNT - 4:388,552; n m AV - mammon 4; 4 1) mammon 2) treasure 3) riches (where it is personified and opposed to God)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3127 Manaen {man-ah-ane'} ¦r·½¤£©ú; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Manaen 1; 1 °¨©À = "¦w¼¢ªÌ" 1) ¦w´£ªü±Ð·|ªº¤@¦ì±Ð®v­Ý¥ýª¾ (#®{ 13:1|)

3127 Manaen {man-ah-ane'} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Manaen 1; 1 Manaen = "comforter" 1) one of the teachers and prophets in the church at Antioch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3128 Manasses {man-as-sace'} of Hebrew origin 04519;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Manasses 3; 3 º¿®³¦è= "§Ñ°O, ¿ò§Ñ" 1) ¬ù·æªº¤j¨à¤l 2) §Æ¦è®aªº¨à¤l, µS¤j¤ý (#¤Ó 1:10; ±Ò 7:6| )

3128 Manasses {man-as-sace'} of Hebrew origin 04519;; n pr m AV - Manasses 3; 3 Manasseh = "forgetting" 1) the first born son of Joseph 2) the son of Hezekiah, king of Judah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3129 manthano {man-than'-o} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬°ÊµüªºÂX®i«¬, ¨ä¥t¤@«¬ (matheo) ¥u¥Î¦b¯S©wªº®ÉºA®É; TDNT - 4:390,552; °Êµü AV - learn 24, understand 1; 25 1) ¤F¸Ñ, µû¦ô 1a) ¥H¼W¥[¬Y¤Hªºª¾ÃÑ, ³Q¥[¼Wª¾ÃÑ 1b) Å¥¨ì, ³Q§iª¾ 1c) ¥Ñ¹ê§@©M½m²ß¤¤¾Ç²ß 1c1) ²ßºD©ó, ¾i¦¨²ßºD

3129 manthano {man-than'-o} prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, matheo, is used as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 4:390,552; v AV - learn 24, understand 1; 25 1) to learn, be appraised 1a) to increase one's knowledge, to be increased in knowledge 1b) to hear, be informed 1c) to learn by use and practice 1c1) to be in the habit of, accustomed to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3130 mania {man-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3105;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mad 1; 1 1) ºÆ¨g, µo¨g

3130 mania {man-ee'-ah} from 3105;; n f AV - mad 1; 1 1) madness, frenzy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3131 manna {man'-nah} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤åªº 04478; TDNT - 4:462,563; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - manna 5; 5 ¶Ü­þ = "¨º¬O¤°»ò?" 1) ¦bÃm³¥¨Ñ§@¥H¦â¦C¤H­¹ª«¥|¤Q¦~ªºªF¦è 2) «ü³Q©ñ¸m¦b¬ùÂd¤¤ªº¶Ü­þ 3) ¶H¼x©Ê¦a, «ü¦b¤Ñ°ó¤¤§@¬°¤Ñ¨Ï¤Î»X¥DÃd¥l¶i¤Ñ°êªº¤Hªº­¹ª«

3131 manna {man'-nah} of Hebrew origin 04478; TDNT - 4:462,563; n n AV - manna 5; 5 manna = "what is it" 1) the food that nourished the Israelites for forty years in the wilderness 2) of the manna was kept in the ark of the covenant 3) symbolically, that which is kept in the heavenly temple for the food of angels and the blessed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3132 manteuomai {mant-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û a derivative of 3105 (meaning a prophet, as supposed to rave through inspiration);; °Êµü AV - by soothsaying 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°Æ[¥ü¹w¨¥ªÌ 1a) ¶Ç»¼¯«¿Ù, ¹w¨¥, ©Î¥e¤R (#®{ 16:16; µÌ 1:23|)

3132 manteuomai {mant-yoo'-om-ahee} from a derivative of 3105 (meaning a prophet, as supposed to rave through inspiration);; v AV - by soothsaying 1; 1 1) to act as a seer 1a) deliver an oracle, prophesy, divine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3133 maraino {mar-ah'-ee-no} of uncertain affinity;; °Êµü AV - fade away 1; 1 1) ·À®§ (¤õµK, ¤õ¦Þ, ¿O¥ú, µ¥) 2) ³ø¥H°®§ò, ¨Ï®ø½G¤ÆºÉ, ·ÀºÉ, °I·´ 3) ¤@­Ó¤£©¯´dºGªºµ²§½ (#¶® 1:11|)

3133 maraino {mar-ah'-ee-no} of uncertain affinity;; v AV - fade away 1; 1 1) to extinguish (a flame, fire, light, etc.) 2) to render arid, make to waste away, consume away, perish 3) to have a miserable end
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3134 maran atha {mar'-an ath'-ah} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin (meaning our Lord has come); TDNT - 4:466,563; ·P¹Äµü AV - Maranatha 1; 1 1) §Ú­Ìªº±Ï¥D¥²¨ì¨Ó (#ªL«e 16:22|)

3134 maran atha {mar'-an ath'-ah} of Aramaic origin (meaning our Lord has come); TDNT - 4:466,563; interj AV - Maranatha 1; 1 1) our Lord cometh or will come
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3135 margarites {mar-gar-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û margaros (a pearl-oyster); TDNT - 4:472,564;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pearl 9; 9 1) ¬Ã¯] 2) ¿Î»y, ¥ç§YÄ_¶Qªº¨¥»y

3135 margarites {mar-gar-ee'-tace} from margaros (a pearl-oyster); TDNT - 4:472,564; n m AV - pearl 9; 9 1) a pearl 2) a proverb, i.e. a word of great value
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3136 Martha {mar'-thah} probably of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin (meaning mistress);;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Martha 13; 13 °¨¤j= "¦o´¿¬O«q°fªº" 1) ©Ô¼»¸ô©M§B¤j¥§°¨§Q¨Èªº©n©f

3136 Martha {mar'-thah} probably of Aramaic origin (meaning mistress);; n pr f AV - Martha 13; 13 Martha = "she was rebellious" 1) was the sister of Lazarus and Mary of Bethany
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3137 Maria {mar-ee'-ah} ©Î Mariam {mar-ee-am'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 04813;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mary the mother of Jesus 19, Mary Magdalene 13, Mary the sister of Martha 11, Mary the mother of James 9, Mary the mother of John Mark 1, Mary of Rome 1; 54 °¨§Q¨È(Mary ©Î Miriam) = "¥L­Ìªº­I«q" 1) ­C¿qªº¥À¿Ë°¨§Q¨È 2) ©Ù¤j©Ôªº°¨§Q¨È, ¤@¦ì¨Ó¦Û©Ù¤j©Ôªº¤k©Ê 3) ©Ô¼»¸ô©M°¨¤jªº©j©f°¨§Q¨È 4) ­²Ã¹½}ªº©d¤l°¨§Q¨È, ¬O¶®¦U¤Î¬ù¦è(#¬ù 19:25;¤Ó 27:56;¥i 15:40-41; 16:1;¸ô 24:10|) 5) ¬ù¿«°¨¥iªº¥À¿Ë°¨§Q¨È, ¤Ú®³¤Úªº©j©f(#®{ 12:12|) 6) ¤@¦ìù°¨ªº°ò·þ®{°¨§Q¨È, «Où¦b#ù 16:6|´¿¯S§O°Ý¦oªº¦w.

3137 Maria {mar-ee'-ah} or Mariam {mar-ee-am'} of Hebrew origin 04813;; n pr f AV - Mary the mother of Jesus 19, Mary Magdalene 13, Mary the sister of Martha 11, Mary the mother of James 9, Mary the mother of John Mark 1, Mary of Rome 1; 54 Mary or Miriam = "their rebellion" 1) Mary the mother of Jesus 2) Mary Magdalene, a women from Magdala 3) Mary, the sister of Lazarus and Martha 4) Mary of Cleophas the mother of James the less 5) Mary the mother of John Mark, a sister of Barnabas 6) Mary, a Roman Christian who is greeted by Paul in Rom. 16:6
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3138 Markos {mar'-kos} ·½©ó©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mark 5, Marcus 3; 8 °¨¥i = "µªÅG" 1) ¤@¦ì«Å¹DªÌ, °¨¥iºÖ­µªº§@ªÌ, "°¨¥i"¬O¥Lªº©Ô¤B¤åªº©m, ¬ù¿«¬O¥LªºµS¤Ó¦W¦r. ¥L¬O¤Ú®³¤Úªºªí¿Ë, ¥L´¿¦ñÀH«Où¦b¨ä³¡¤Àªº¶Ç±Ð®Èµ{¤¤

3138 Markos {mar'-kos} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Mark 5, Marcus 3; 8 Mark = "a defense" 1) an evangelist, the author of the Gospel of Mark. Marcus was his Latin surname, his Jewish name was John. He was a cousin of Barnabas and a companion of Paul in some of his missionary journeys
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3139 marmaros {mar'-mar-os} ·½¦Û marmairo (to glisten);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - marble 1; 1 1) ¥ÛÀY, ©¥¥Û, ¥É¥Û 2) ¤j²z¥Û¶ô(#±Ò 18:12|)

3139 marmaros {mar'-mar-os} from marmairo (to glisten);; n m AV - marble 1; 1 1) a stone, a rock 2) marble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3140 martureo {mar-too-reh'-o} ·½©ó 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; °Êµü AV - bear witness 25, testify 19, bear record 13, witness 5, be a witness 2, give testimony 2, have a good report 2, misc 11; 79 1) ¨£ÃÒ¤H, §@ÃÒ©ú, ¥ç§Y Ãҹ괿¬Ý¨ì, Å¥¨ì, ©Î¸g¾ú¹L¬Y¨Æ, ©Î¦]¨ü¯«ªº±Ò¥Ü¦Óª¾¹D¬Y¨Æ 1a) §@(¦Ó¤£Ã­ÂÃ)¨£ÃÒ 1b) ¾ÌºaÅA©Ò§@ªºÃÒ©ú, §@¥¿½Tªº³ø§i 1c) ¬è¨D, Àµ¨D

3140 martureo {mar-too-reh'-o} from 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; v AV - bear witness 25, testify 19, bear record 13, witness 5, be a witness 2, give testimony 2, have a good report 2, misc 11; 79 1) to be a witness, to bear witness, i.e. to affirm that one has seen or heard or experienced something, or that he knows it because taught by divine revelation or inspiration 1a) to give (not to keep back) testimony 1b) to utter honourable testimony, give a good report 1c) conjure, implore
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3141 marturia {mar-too-ree'-ah} ·½©ó 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - witness 15, testimony 14, record 7, report 1; 37 1) ¨£ÃÒ, §@ÃÒ 1a) ¥æ¥I©ó¥ýª¾ªºÂ¾¤À, ¥H¬°¥¼¨Óªº¨Æ§@¨£ÃÒ 2) ©Ò¨£ÃÒªº¨Æ, ÃÒ¨¥, ¥ç§Y ¦bªk©x«e©Ò§@ªºÃÒ¨¥

3141 marturia {mar-too-ree'-ah} from 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; n f AV - witness 15, testimony 14, record 7, report 1; 37 1) a testifying 1a) the office committed to the prophets of testifying concerning future events 2) what one testifies, testimony, i.e. before a judge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3142 marturion {mar-too'-ree-on} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 3144 ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:474,564; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - testimony 15, witness 4, to be testified 1; 20 1) ¨£ÃÒ, ÃÒ¨¥, ¤f¨Ñ

3142 marturion {mar-too'-ree-on} from a presumed derivative of 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; n n AV - testimony 15, witness 4, to be testified 1; 20 1) testimony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3143 marturomai {mar-too'-rom-ahee} ·½¦Û 3144 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 4:510,564; °Êµü AV - testify 2, take to record 1; 3 1) ¼g¤U¨£ÃÒ, ±a¥X¨£ÃÒ, ¥l¨Ó§@¨£ÃÒ 1a) ½T©w³Q§l¤Þ¨ì¯«­±«e, ¾G­««Å§i, ¾G­«Án©ú 2) Àµ¨D, ¥H¯«¤§¦WÀµ¨D, ¾G­«ÄU»|

3143 marturomai {mar-too'-rom-ahee} middle voice from 3144; TDNT - 4:510,564; v AV - testify 2, take to record 1; 3 1) to cite a witness, bring forward a witness, call to witness 1a) to affirm be appeal to God, to declare solemnly, protest 2) to conjure, beseech as in God's name, exhort solemnly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3144 martus {mar'-toos} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 4:474,564;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34 1) ¨£ÃÒ, ÃÒ¤H 1a) «ü¦bªk«ß¤WªºÃÒ¤H 1b) «ü¾ú¥v¨Æ¥ó¤W 1b1) ¬Y­Ó¨Æ¥óµo¥Í®Éªº®ÇÆ[ªÌ, ¤ñ¦p, ¬Y­ÓÄvÁɤ¤ªºÆ[²³ 1c) «ü¹D¼w­Û²z¤è­± 1c1) «ü¨º¨Ç®î¹D¦Ó¹üÅã¤F¥L­Ì¹ï°ò·þ«H¥õªº°í­s¯u¸Ûªº¤H

3144 martus {mar'-toos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:474,564; n m AV - witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34 1) a witness 1a) in a legal sense 1b) an historical sense 1b1) one who is a spectator of anything, e.g. of a contest 1c) in an ethical sense 1c1) those who after his example have proved the strength and genuineness of their faith in Christ by undergoing a violent death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3145 massaomai {mas-sah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û a primary masso (to handle or squeeze); TDNT - 4:514,570; °Êµü AV - gnaw 1; 1 1) ©CÄZ, ®ø¯Ó, ­¹¥Î, §]­¹ (#±Ò 16:10|)

3145 massaomai {mas-sah'-om-ahee} from a primary masso (to handle or squeeze); TDNT - 4:514,570; v AV - gnaw 1; 1 1) to chew, consume, eat, devour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3146 mastigoo {mas-tig-o'-o} ·½©ó 3148; TDNT - 4:515,571; °Êµü AV - scourge 7; 7 1) Ã@¥´

3146 mastigoo {mas-tig-o'-o} from 3148; TDNT - 4:515,571; v AV - scourge 7; 7 1) to scourge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3147 mastizo {mas-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û 3149; TDNT - 4:515,571; °Êµü AV - to scourge 1; 1 1) ©â¥´, Ã@¥´, Ãä²Ç(#®{ 22:25|)

3147 mastizo {mas-tid'-zo} from 3149; TDNT - 4:515,571; v AV - to scourge 1; 1 1) to whip, flog, scourge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3148 mastix {mas'-tix} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3145 ªº¦r·½ (¨ú¨ä ±µÄ² ªº·N«ä);TDNT - 4:518,571; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - plague 4, scourging 2; 6 1) Ã@¤l, Ã@¥´ 2) Áô³ë. ¨aº×(¬Ì¯f¡B¾Ôª§µ¥), ¶Ç¬V¯f 2a) ¨aÃø, ¤£©¯, ¤×¨ä«ü¥Ñ¯«¨ÓªººÞ±Ð©ÎÃg»@

3148 mastix {mas'-tix} probably from the base of 3145 (through the idea of contact); TDNT - 4:518,571; n f AV - plague 4, scourging 2; 6 1) a whip, scourge 2) metaph. a scourge, plague 2a) a calamity, misfortune, esp. sent by God to discipline or punish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3149 mastos {mas-tos'} ·½¦Û the base of 3145;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pap 3; 3 1) ¯Ý³¡, ¨Å©Ð 2) ¨k¤Hªº¯Ý³¡(¨ÅÀY) 3) ¤k¤Hªº¨Å©Ð(#¸ô 11:27, 23:29|)

3149 mastos {mas-tos'} from the base of 3145;; n m AV - pap 3; 3 1) the breasts 2) the breasts (nipples) of a man 3) breasts of a women
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3150 mataiologia {mat-ah-yol-og-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3151; TDNT - 4:524,571; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vain jangling 1; 1 1) µê¯Bªº¸Ü, ¤£¹ê¦bªº¸Ü

3150 mataiologia {mat-ah-yol-og-ee'-ah} from 3151; TDNT - 4:524,571; n f AV - vain jangling 1; 1 1) vain talking, empty talk
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3151 mataiologos {mat-ah-yol-og'-os} ·½¦Û 3152 and 3004; TDNT - 4:524,571;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - vain talker 1; 1 1) ªÅ½Í®a, µo¥XªÅ¬}µL·N¸qªº¸Ü»y (#¦h 1:10|)

3151 mataiologos {mat-ah-yol-og'-os} from 3152 and 3004; TDNT - 4:524,571; n m AV - vain talker 1; 1 1) an idle talker, one who utters empty senseless things
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3152 mataios {mat'-ah-yos} ·½¦Û the base of 3155; TDNT - 4:519,571; §Î®eµü AV - vain 5, vanities 1; 6 1) ¨S¦³¤O¶qªº, ¯Ê¥F¯u¹êªº, ¥¢±Ñªº, ¨S¦³ªG®Äªº 2) ¨S¥Î, µê¦kªº

3152 mataios {mat'-ah-yos} from the base of 3155; TDNT - 4:519,571; adj AV - vain 5, vanities 1; 6 1) devoid of force, truth, success, result 2) useless, of no purpose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3153 mataiotes {mat-ah-yot'-ace} ·½©ó 3152; TDNT - 4:523,571; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vanity 3; 3 1) ¤£¯u¹ê¤S¤£¾A·íªº¨Æ 2) ¨Ä±i, ¼Z¸¨, ¨¸´c 3) µê®z, ¯Ê¥F¥Í®ðªº

3153 mataiotes {mat-ah-yot'-ace} from 3152; TDNT - 4:523,571; n f AV - vanity 3; 3 1) what is devoid of truth and appropriateness 2) perverseness, depravity 3) frailty, want of vigour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3154 mataioo {mat-ah-yo'-o} ·½¦Û 3152; TDNT - 4:523,571; °Êµü AV - become vain 1; 1 1) Åܦ¨µêªÅªº, µL·N¸qªº, ·MÄøªº (#ù 1:21|)

3154 mataioo {mat-ah-yo'-o} from 3152; TDNT - 4:523,571; v AV - become vain 1; 1 1) to make empty, vain, foolish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3155 maten {mat'-ane} accus. of a derivative of the base of 3145 (through the idea of tentative manipulation, ¥ç§Y unsuccessful search, or else of punishment); TDNT - 4:523,571; °Æµü AV - in vain 2; 2 1) ®{³Ò, µLªG®Äªº, ¤£µ²ªGªº (#¤Ó 15:9; ¥i 7:7|)

3155 maten {mat'-ane} accus. of a derivative of the base of 3145 (through the idea of tentative manipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of punishment); TDNT - 4:523,571; adv AV - in vain 2; 2 1) in vain, fruitlessly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3156 Matthaios {mat-thah'-yos} a shorter form of 3164;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Matthew 5; 5 °¨¤Ó = "­C©MµØªºÂ§ª«" 1) ¨È°ÇµÌªº¨à¤l, ¤Q¤Gªù®{¤§¤@

3156 Matthaios {mat-thah'-yos} a shorter form of 3164;; n pr m AV - Matthew 5; 5 Matthew = "gift of Jehovah" 1) son of Alphaeus, one of the 12 disciples
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3157 Matthan {mat-than'} of Hebrew origin 04977;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Matthan 2; 2 °¨¦ý = "§ª«" 1) ­C¿qªº¤@¦ì¯ª¥ý

3157 Matthan {mat-than'} of Hebrew origin 04977;; n m AV - Matthan 2; 2 Matthan = "gift" 1) one of Christ's ancestors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3158 Matthat {mat-that'} probably a ÁY¼g«¬ of 3161;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Matthat 2; 2 º¿¶ð = "¤W«Òªº®¦½ç" 1§Q¥¼ªº¨à¤l, ­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ 2)°¨§Q¨Èªº¯ª¤÷

3158 Matthat {mat-that'} probably a shortened form of 3161;; n pr m AV - Matthat 2; 2 Matthat = "gift of God" 1) a son of Levi, in the genealogy of Christ 2) grandfather of the Mary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3159 Matthias {mat-thee'-as} ¦ü¥G¬O 3161ªºÁY¼g«¬;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Matthias 2; 2 °¨´£¨È = "¯«ªºÂ§ª«" 1) ³Q¿ï¨Ó¸É½æ¥DªºµS¤j©Ò¿ò¯dªº¨Ï®{¾¤Àªº¤H #®{ 1:23;1:26|

3159 Matthias {mat-thee'-as} apparently a shortened form of 3161;; n pr m AV - Matthias 2; 2 Matthias = "gift of God" 1) the apostle elected to fill the place of the traitor Judas
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3160 Mattatha {mat-tath-ah'} probably a ÁY¼g«¬ of 3161 cf 04992;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Mattatha 1; 1 º¿¹F¥L = "©Ò½à½çªº" 1)­C¿q°ò·þªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

3160 Mattatha {mat-tath-ah'} probably a shortened form of 3161 cf 04992;; n pr m AV - Mattatha 1; 1 Mattatha = "givingness" 1) an ancestor of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3161 Mattathias {mat-tath-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 04993;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mattathias 2; 2 º¿¥L´£¨È= "­C©MµØªºÂ§ª«" 1) °ò·þªº®aÃФ¤, ¨È¼¯´µªº¨à¤l (#¸ô 3:25|) 2) º¿¥L´£¨È¬O°ò·þ®aÃФ¤, ¦è¬üªº¨à¤l (#¸ô 3:26|)

3161 Mattathias {mat-tath-ee'-as} of Hebrew origin 04993;; n pr m AV - Mattathias 2; 2 Mattathias = "gift of Jehovah" 1) the son of Amos, in the genealogy of Christ 2) Mattathias was the son of Semei in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3162 machaira {makh'-ahee-rah} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 3163 ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:524,572; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sword 29; 29 1) ¤@ºØ¤jªº¤M¤l, ¥Î¨Ó¬å±þ¤Î¤Á³Î°Êª« 2) ¤@ºØµu¼C(¥i©úÅã©Mªø¼C¤À§O¥X¨Óªº) 2a) Ås¤M, ¤Á³Î¤§¥Î 2b) ª½¼C, À»¨ë¤§¥Î

3162 machaira {makh'-ahee-rah} from a presumed derivative of 3163; TDNT - 4:524,572; n f AV - sword 29; 29 1) a large knife, used for killing animals and cutting up flesh 2) a small sword, as distinguished from a large sword 2a) curved sword, for a cutting stroke 2b) a straight sword, for thrusting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3163 mache {makh'-ay} ·½¦Û 3164; TDNT - 4:527,573; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fighting 2, strife 1, striving 1; 4 1) ¾Ô°«, ¥´¥M 1a) ¨Ï¥Î­x¨ÆªZ¾¹ªº¾Ô§Ð 1b) ¤H¤§¶¡ªº¹ï¥ß, ª§½×, ½Ä¬ðµ¥ 1c) ª§§n

3163 mache {makh'-ay} from 3164; TDNT - 4:527,573; n f AV - fighting 2, strife 1, striving 1; 4 1) a fight or combat 1a) of those in arms, a battle 1b) of persons at variance, disputants etc., strife, contention 1c) a quarrel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3164 machomai {makh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA of an apparently root word; TDNT - 4:527,573; °Êµü AV - strive 3, fight 1; 4 1) °«ª§ 1a) ¸Ë³Æ¦nªº¾Ô¤h, ¨º¨ÇÄâ¤â§ë¨­©ó§Üª§¾Ä°« 1b) ¬y©ó¤f¦Þ¤§¾Ô, ª§§n, ¤f¨¤, ª§ÅG 1c) ³z¹Lªk«ß¤â¬q, Å@½Ã­Ó¤H°]²£©ÎÅv¤O

3164 machomai {makh'-om-ahee} middle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT - 4:527,573; v AV - strive 3, fight 1; 4 1) to fight 1a) of armed combatants, or those who engage in a hand to hand struggle 1b) of those who engage in a war of words, to quarrel, wrangle, dispute 1c) of those who contend at law for property and privileges
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3165 me {meh} 1691 "§Ú"ªº³æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ´¶³q«¬ ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - me 262, I 37, my 1, not tr 1; 301 1) §Ú

3165 me {meh} a shorter (and probably originally) from of 1691;;pron AV - me 262, I 37, my 1, not tr 1; 301 1) I, me, my, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3166 megalaucheo {meg-al-ow-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 3173 and aucheo (to boast, ªñ¦ü to 837 and 2744);; °Êµü AV - boast great things 1; 1 1) ¤j¨¥¤£ºFªº, ¸Ø±iªº 2) ¦Û§j¦Û¾Ý, §j¼N, ¿±µÈ¦Û¤v, ¨¥»y©Î¦æ¬°¸Ø¤j¤£¹ê (#¶® 3:5|)

3166 megalaucheo {meg-al-ow-kheh'-o} from a compound of 3173 and aucheo (to boast, akin to 837 and 2744);; v AV - boast great things 1; 1 1) to be grandiloquent 2) to boast great things, to bear one's self loftily in speech or action
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3167 megaleios {meg-al-i'-os} ·½¦Û 3173; TDNT - 4:541,573; §Î®eµü AV - great thing 1, wonderful work 1; 2 1) §§ÄR§»°¶ªº, ¥X¦â³Ç¥Xªº, ºëªöÀuµ¥ªº, (#¸ô 14:9; ®{ 2:11|)

3167 megaleios {meg-al-i'-os} from 3173; TDNT - 4:541,573; adj AV - great thing 1, wonderful work 1; 2 1) magnificent, excellent, splendid, wonderful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3168 megaleiotes {meg-al-i-ot'-ace} ·½©ó 3167; TDNT - 4:541,573; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mighty power 1, magnificence 1, majesty 1; 3 1) ¤j, °¶¤j, §»¤j 1a) «ü¯«ªºÅv«ÂÅv¬` 1b) «ü¸g¥Ñ°ò·þ©ÒÅã¥Xªº¯«ªºÅv¬`ªººaÄ£¥ú½÷

3168 megaleiotes {meg-al-i-ot'-ace} from 3167; TDNT - 4:541,573; n f AV - mighty power 1, magnificence 1, majesty 1; 3 1) greatness, magnificence 1a) of the majesty of God 1b) of the visible splendour of the divine majesty as it appeared in the transfiguration of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3169 megaloprepes {meg-al-op-rep-ace'} from 3173 and 4241; TDNT - 4:542,573; §Î®eµü AV - excellent 1; 1 1) ¥Î¥H§Î®e°¶¤jªº¤H, µØÄRªº, §§ÄR, Åã»® 2) º¡¦³«ÂÄYªº, ²øÄYªº

3169 megaloprepes {meg-al-op-rep-ace'} from 3173 and 4241; TDNT - 4:542,573; adj AV - excellent 1; 1 1) befitting a great man, magnificent, splendid 2) full of majesty, majestic
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3170 megaluno {meg-al-oo'-no} from 3173; TDNT - 4:543,573; °Êµü AV - magnify 5, enlarge 2, show great 1; 8 1) ¨Ï¤§¤j, ÂX¤j 1a) Áô³ë. ¨Ï©úÅã 2) »{¬°©Î¬O«ÅºÙ¡B¡B¡B°¶¤j 2a) °ª«×ªº´L­«, Æg¬ü, Æg¬ü, ¼y¯¬ 3) ±o¨ì¥úºa©Î¬OÆg¬ü

3170 megaluno {meg-al-oo'-no} from 3173; TDNT - 4:543,573; v AV - magnify 5, enlarge 2, show great 1; 8 1) to make great, magnify 1a) metaph. to make conspicuous 2) to deem or declare great 2a) to esteem highly, to extol, laud, celebrate 3) to get glory and praise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3171 megalos {meg-al'-oce} ·½¦Û 3173;; °Æµü AV - greatly 1; 1 1) ·¥¤j, «D±` (#µÌ 4:10|)

3171 megalos {meg-al'-oce} from 3173;; adv AV - greatly 1; 1 1) greatly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3172 megalosune {meg-al-o-soo'-nay} ·½©ó 3173; TDNT - 4:544,573; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Majesty 2, majesty 1; 3 1) ¥DÅv, «ÂÄY 1a) ¯«ªº¥DÅv

3172 megalosune {meg-al-o-soo'-nay} from 3173; TDNT - 4:544,573; n f AV - Majesty 2, majesty 1; 3 1) majesty 1a) of the majesty of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3173 megas {meg'-as} [including the prolonged forms, ³±©Ê megale, ½Æ¼Æ megaloi, etc., cf also 3176, 3187]; TDNT - 4:529,573; §Î®eµü AV - great 150, loud 33, misc 12; 195 1) ¤j 1a) ­¹ª«(©Î¤H)ªº¥~«¬©Î¥i·Pª¾ªº¥~Æ[ 1a1) ¦b¤@¨Ç¤è­±¤W¯S§O¬OªÅ¶¡ªº¡M¤Ø¤oªº 1a1a) ½è¶q©Î­«¶q: ¤j 1a1b) °Ï°ì©M½d³ò: ¤j, ¼s¤j 1a1c) ´ú¶q©M°ª«×: ªø 1a1d) ª¬ªp©M¦~ÄÖ: ¤j, ¦Ñ 1b) ¼Æ¥Ø©M¼Æ¶qªº¡R¦h¼Æ, ¤j, ¥R¨¬ 1c) ¦~ÄÖ¤Wªº: ªø¦Ñ 1d) ±j«×©Mµ{«×¤Wªº: §V¤Oªº, ¤ßÆF·P±¡©M±¡ºüªº ±j¯P·|¼vÅT·Pıªº¦ÛµM¨Æ¥óªº¡R¨g¼Éªº, ±j¦³¤O, ±j§§ªº 2) predicated of rank, ¥Î°µÄݤ_ 2a) ¤H®É«ü ¯à¤OªºÅãµÛ, ¬ü¼w, Åv¬`, Åv¤O 2b) «ü¦]­«­n©Ê¦Ó³Q°ª«×­«µøªº¨Æª«:·¥­«¤jªº®É¨è¡M·¥¤jªº­«µø¡M­«­n©Ê 2c) «ü¦]¨ô¶V¦Ó³Q°ª«×­«µøªº¨Æª«: ·¥¦n 3) µØÄR, ¤j³W¼Ò¦a³Q¹w³Æ, ²øÄY 4) ¦nªº¨Æª« 4a) ¯«¨ô¶V¯¬ºÖªº 4b) ¨Æª«¶W¥X³Q³yª«ªº½d³ò, ¦Û¶Æ(¶ÆºC)ªº¨Æª«, ¦Û¤j¶ÆºC, ¹ï¤W«Ò«Â»öªº·´·l

3173 megas {meg'-as} [including the prolonged forms, feminine megale, plural megaloi, etc., cf also 3176, 3187]; TDNT - 4:529,573; adj AV - great 150, loud 33, misc 12; 195 1) great 1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or of persons) 1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects 1a1a) mass and weight: great 1a1b) compass and extent: large, spacious 1a1c) measure and height: long 1a1d) stature and age: great, old 1b) of number and quantity: numerous, large, abundant 1c) of age: the elder 1d) used of intensity and its degrees: with great effort, of the affections and emotions of the mind, of natural events powerfully affecting the senses: violent, mighty, strong 2) predicated of rank, as belonging to 2a) persons, eminent for ability, virtue, authority, power 2b) things esteemed highly for their importance: of great moment, of great weight, importance 2c) a thing to be highly esteemed for its excellence: excellent 3) splendid, prepared on a grand scale, stately 4) great things 4a) of God's preeminent blessings 4b) of things which overstep the province of a created being, proud (presumptuous) things, full of arrogance, derogatory to the majesty of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3174 megethos {meg'-eth-os} ·½¦Û 3173; TDNT - 4:544,573; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - greatness 1; 1 1) °¶¤j

3174 megethos {meg'-eth-os} from 3173; TDNT - 4:544,573; n n AV - greatness 1; 1 1) greatness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3175 megistanes {meg-is-tan'-es} ½Æ¼Æ from 3176;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - great men 2, lords 1; 3 1) ­n¤H, °ª©x¶Q±Ú, ¬°­ºªø©x 1a) ¤H¥Á©Î¬Y«°¥«ªºªø©x, ¥«ªø 1b) §g¤ýªº»²¨ô, ´Â¦Ú (#¥i 6:21; ±Ò 6:15, 18:23|)

3175 megistanes {meg-is-tan'-es} plural from 3176;; n m AV - great men 2, lords 1; 3 1) the grandees, magnates, nobles, chief men 1a) of a city or a people 1b) of the associates or courtiers of a king
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3176 megistos {meg'-is-tos} 3173 ªº³Ì°ª¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - exceeding great 1; 1 1) ³Ì¤jªº, ·¥¤jªº

3176 megistos {meg'-is-tos} superlative of 3173;; adj AV - exceeding great 1; 1 1) greatest, very great
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3177 methermeneuo {meth-er-mane-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 and 2059;; °Êµü AV - being interpreted 6, be by interpretation 1; 7 1) ±N¬Y»y¨¥Â½Ä¶¦¨©Ò±ý»P·¾³qªÌªº»y¨¥, ¤fĶ

3177 methermeneuo {meth-er-mane-yoo'-o} from 3326 and 2059;; v AV - being interpreted 6, be by interpretation 1; 7 1) to translate into the language of one with whom I wish to communicate, to interpret
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3178 methe {meth'-ay} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:545,576; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - drunkenness 3; 3 1) ¾K 2) °s¾K

3178 methe {meth'-ay} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:545,576; n f AV - drunkenness 3; 3 1) intoxication 2) drunkenness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3179 methistemi {meth-is'-tay-mee} ©Î (#ªL«e 13:2|) methistano {meth-is-tan'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 and 2476; °Êµü AV - remove 2, put out 1, turn away 1, translate 1; 5 1) ²¾°Ê 1a)¨Æª« (#ªL«e 13:2; ¦è 1:15|) 1b)¤H (#¸ô 16:4|) 2) °¾Â÷,»~¾É (#®{ 19:26|)

3179 methistemi {meth-is'-tay-mee} or (1 Cor. 13:2) methistano {meth-is-tan'-o} from 3326 and 2476;; v AV - remove 2, put out 1, turn away 1, translate 1; 5 1) to transpose, transfer, remove from one place to another 1a) of change of situation or place 1b) to remove from the office of a steward 1c) to depart from life, to die
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3180 methodeia {meth-od-i'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 3326 and 3593 [cf "method"]; TDNT - 5:102,666; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lie in wait 1, wile 1; 2 1) ¸Þ­p, ´ÛÄF, ÁÀ¨¥, §Þ¥©, ¤â¬q, ¦l­p (# ¥± 4:14, 6:11|)

3180 methodeia {meth-od-i'-ah} from a compound of 3326 and 3593 [cf "method"]; TDNT - 5:102,666; n f AV - lie in wait 1, wile 1; 2 1) cunning arts, deceit, craft, trickery
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3181 methorios {meth-or'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 3326 ©M 3725;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - border 1; 1 1) Ãä¹Ò, Ãä¬É

3181 methorios {meth-or'-ee-os} from 3326 and 3725;; n n AV - border 1; 1 1) a border, frontier
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3182 methusko {meth-oos'-ko} 3184 ªºÂX±i«¬(§@¤Îª«°Êµü); TDNT - 4:545,*; °Êµü AV - be drunken 2, be drunk 1; 3 1) ¦O¤J°g©ó..., ¨Ï¾K°s 2) °s¾K, ¤J°g, ¤¤¬r, è°g

3182 methusko {meth-oos'-ko} a prolonged (transitive) form of 3184; TDNT - 4:545,*; v AV - be drunken 2, be drunk 1; 3 1) to intoxicate, make drunk 2) to get drunk, become intoxicated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3183 methusos {meth'-oo-sos} ·½¦Û 3184; TDNT - 4:545,576;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - drunkard 2; 2 1) °s¾Kªº, ³Ü¾Kªº

3183 methusos {meth'-oo-sos} from 3184; TDNT - 4:545,576; n m AV - drunkard 2; 2 1) drunken, intoxicated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3184 methuo {meth-oo'-o} ·½©ó 3178 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TDNT - 4:545,576; °Êµü AV - be drunken 5, have well drunk 1, be made drunk 1; 7 1) ³Ü¾K¤F 2) Áô³ë. «ü¬Y¤H³Q¿Ñ®`¤F

3184 methuo {meth-oo'-o} from another form of 3178; TDNT - 4:545,576; v AV - be drunken 5, have well drunk 1, be made drunk 1; 7 1) to be drunken 2) metaph. of one who has shed blood or murdered profusely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3185 meizon {mide'-zon} ¤¤©Ê of 3187;; °Æµü AV - the more 1; 1 1) §ó¶i¤@¨B, §ó¥[ (#¤Ó 20:31|)

3185 meizon {mide'-zon} neuter of 3187;; adv AV - the more 1; 1 1) of greater degree, even more
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3186 meizoteros {mide-zot'-er-os} 3187 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü ¤ñ¸û¯Å AV - greater 1; 1 1) ¸û¤jªº

3186 meizoteros {mide-zot'-er-os} continued comparative of 3187;; adj comparative AV - greater 1; 1 1) greater
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3187 meizon {mide'-zone} 3173 ªº¤£³W«h¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü¤ñ¸û¯Å AV - greater 34, greatest 9, elder 1, more 1; 45 1) ¸û°¶¤jªº, ¸û¤jªº, ¸û¦~ªøªº, ¸û±j§§ªº

3187 meizon {mide'-zone} irregular comparative of 3173;; adj comparative AV - greater 34, greatest 9, elder 1, more 1; 45 1) greater, larger, elder, stronger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3188 melan {mel'-an} ·½©ó 3189, §@¦Wµü¥Î;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ink 3; 3 1) ¾¥¤ô

3188 melan {mel'-an} from 3189 as noun;; n n AV - ink 3; 3 1) ink
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3189 melas {mel'-as} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:549,577; §Î®eµü AV - black 3; 3 1) ¶Â¦âªº, º£¶Âªº 2) ¾¥¶Â¦â (#¤Ó 5:36; ±Ò 6:5,12|)

3189 melas {mel'-as} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:549,577; adj AV - black 3; 3 1) black 2) black ink
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3190 Meleas {mel-eh-as'} of uncertain origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Melea 1; 1 ¦Ì§Q¨È = "§Ú¿Ë·RªºªB¤Í: Ãö·Rªº¹ï¶H" 1)¶R«nªº¨à¤l¡A¦b­C¿qªº®aÃиÌ

3190 Meleas {mel-eh-as'} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Melea 1; 1 Melea = "my dear friend: object of care" 1) the son of Joseph in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3191 meletao {mel-et-ah'-o} ·½¦Û³Q»{©w¬°¬O 3199 ªº­l¥Í¦r; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - premeditate 1, imagine 1, meditate 1; 3 1) ·ÓÅU, ±x¤ß³B²z, ¸g±`°µ 2) ²`«ä¼ô¼{, ¥ç§Y·Q¥X, µ¦¹º 2a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü§ÆÃ¾¤Hªº¨I«äÀq·Q, »P¶¯ÅG®a ©M­×Ãã¾Ç®a±`°µªº¨Æ

3191 meletao {mel-et-ah'-o} from a presumed derivative of 3199;; v AV - premeditate 1, imagine 1, meditate 1; 3 1) to care for, attend to carefully, practise 2) to meditate i.e. to devise, contrive 2a) used of the Greeks of the meditative pondering and the practice of orators and rhetoricians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3192 meli {mel'-ee} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:552,577; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - honey 4; 4 1) ¸Á»e

3192 meli {mel'-ee} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:552,577; n n AV - honey 4; 4 1) honey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3193 melissios {mel-is'-see-os} ·½¦Û 3192;; §Î®eµü AV - honeycomb + 2781 1; 1 1) »e¸Áªº, ¥Î»e¸Á°µªº(#¸ô 24:42|)

3193 melissios {mel-is'-see-os} from 3192;; adj AV - honeycomb + 2781 1; 1 1) of bees, made by bees
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3194 Melite {mel-ee'-tay} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Melita 1; 1 ¦Ì§Q¤j = "¸Á»e" 1) ¦a¤¤®ü¤¤ªº¤@­Ó®q¦W, ¦b«D¬w»P¦è¦è¨½®q¤§¶¡, ²{³ê§@°¨º¸¥L(#®{ 28:1|)

3194 Melite {mel-ee'-tay} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Melita 1; 1 Melita = "honey" 1) the name of an island in the Mediterranean, lying between Africa and Sicily, now called Malta
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3195 mello {mel'-lo} 3199 ªº¥[±j«¬ (¨ú¨ä ´Á«Ý ªº·N«ä);; °Êµü AV - shall 25, should 20, would 9, to come 9, will 7, things to come 4, not tr 3, misc 33; 110 1) ±N­n, ±N·| 1a) ±N­n°µ©Î©Ó¨ü¬Y¨Æ 1b) ·N±ý, ¤ß¤¤¥´ºâ­n..., ·Q­n...

3195 mello {mel'-lo} a strengthened form of 3199 (through the idea of expectation);; v AV - shall 25, should 20, would 9, to come 9, will 7, things to come 4, not tr 3, misc 33; 110 1) to be about 1a) to be on the point of doing or suffering something 1b) to intend, have in mind, think to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3196 melos {mel'-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:555,577; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- member 34; 34 1) ¤@­Óºc¥ó, ªÏ: ¤HÅ骺¤@³¡¥÷ 1a) ¬O«ü­°ªA©ó¸oªº¥æ¶üªº¨º¨Ç¨­Åé,¦]¬°¨e­Ì´N¹³ ¬OÄݩ󧲤kªº¨º¨ÇªÏÅé

3196 melos {mel'-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:555,577; n n AV - member 34; 34 1) a member, limb: a member of the human body 1a) of bodies given up to criminal intercourse, because they are as it were members belonging to the harlot's body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3197 Melchi {mel-khee'} of Hebrew or 04428 with pronominal suf., my king;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Melchi 2; 2 ³Á°ò·N¿×¡u§Ú¤ý¡B§Ú°Ñ¿Ñ¡v"my king, my counsel" 1) ¦b°ò·þªº®aÃФ¤, ³Á°ò¬O¶®®³ªº¨à¤l (#¸ô3:24|) 2) ¦b°ò·þªº®aÃФ¤, ³Á°ò¬O¨È©³ªº¨à¤l (#¸ô3:28|)

3197 Melchi {mel-khee'} of Hebrew or 04428 with pronominal suf., my king;; n pr m AV - Melchi 2; 2 Melchi meaning "my king, my counsel" 1) the son of Janna in the genealogy of Christ 2) Melchi was the son of Addi in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3198 Melchisedek {mel-khis-ed-ek'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 04442; TDNT - 4:568,*;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Melchisedec 9; 9 ³Á°ò¬~¼w = "¤½¸q¤§¤ý" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨u®É¥Nªº¤H, ¬O¼»§Nªº¤ý¤Î¦Ü°ª¯«ªº²½¥q

3198 Melchisedek {mel-khis-ed-ek'} of Hebrew origin 04442; TDNT - 4:568,*; n pr m AV - Melchisedec 9; 9 Melchizedek = "king of righteousness" 1) the king of Salem and priest of the most high God, who lived in the days of Abraham
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3199 melo {mel'-o} a root word;; °Êµü AV - care 9, take care 1; 10 1) Ãö¤ß, ¤¶·N, ±¾©À

3199 melo {mel'-o} a root word;; v AV - care 9, take care 1; 10 1) to care about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3200 membrana {mem-bran'-ah} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å("membrane"); ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - parchment 1; 1 1) ¥Ö¯È (#´£«á 4:13|)

3200 membrana {mem-bran'-ah} of Latin origin ("membrane");; n f AV - parchment 1; 1 1) parchment, made first of dressed skins at Pergamos, hence its name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3201 memphomai {mem'-fom-ahee} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Úªº¦rªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 4:571,580; °Êµü AV - find fault 3; 3 1) «ü³d, ¬D¥X¤ò¯f

3201 memphomai {mem'-fom-ahee} middle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT - 4:571,580; v AV - find fault 3; 3 1) to blame, find fault
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3202 mempsimoiros {mem-psim'-oy-ros} from a presumed derivative of 3201 and moira (fate, ªñ¦ü to the base of 3313); TDNT - 4:571,580; §Î®eµü AV - complainer 1; 1 1) ©ê«è©R¹B, ·Rµo¨cÄÌ, ¤£ª¾¨¬

3202 mempsimoiros {mem-psim'-oy-ros} from a presumed derivative of 3201 and moira (fate, akin to the base of 3313); TDNT - 4:571,580; adj AV - complainer 1; 1 1) complaining of one's lot, querulous, discontented
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3203 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3203 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3204 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3204 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3205 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3205 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3206 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3206 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3207 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3207 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3208 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3208 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3209 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3209 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3210 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3210 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3211 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3211 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3212 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3212 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3213 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3213 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3214 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3214 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3215 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3215 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3216 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3216 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3217 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3217 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3218 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3218 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3219 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3219 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3220 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3220 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3221 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3221 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3222 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3222 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3223 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3223 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3224 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3224 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3225 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3225 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3226 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3226 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3227 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3227 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3228 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3228 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3229 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3229 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3230 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3230 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3231 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3231 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3232 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3232 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3233 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3233 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3234 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3234 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3235 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3235 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3236 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3236 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3237 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3237 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3238 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3238 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3239 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3239 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3240 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3240 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3241 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3241 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3242 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3242 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3243 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3243 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3244 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3244 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3245 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3245 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3246 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3246 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3247 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3247 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3248 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3248 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3249 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3249 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3250 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3250 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3251 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3251 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3252 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3252 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3253 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3253 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3254 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3254 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3255 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3255 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3256 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3256 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3257 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3257 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3258 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3258 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3259 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3259 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3260 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3260 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3261 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3261 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3262 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3262 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3263 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3263 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3264 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3264 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3265 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3265 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3266 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3266 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3267 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3267 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3268 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3268 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3269 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3269 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3270 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3270 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3271 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3271 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3272 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3272 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3273 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3273 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3274 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3274 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3275 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3275 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3276 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3276 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3277 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3277 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3278 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3278 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3279 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3279 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3280 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3280 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3281 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3281 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3282 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3282 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3283 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3283 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3284 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3284 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3285 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3285 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3286 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3286 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3287 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3287 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3288 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3288 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3289 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3289 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3290 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3290 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3291 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3291 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3292 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3292 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3293 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3293 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3294 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3294 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3295 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3295 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3296 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3296 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3297 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3297 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3298 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3298 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3299 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3299 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3300 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3300 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3301 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3301 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3302 ¥¼´¿¨Ï¥Î¹L

3302 Not Used
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3303 men {men} °ò¥» ½èµü/»y§Uµü;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - indeed 22, verily 14, truly 12, not tr 142, misc 4; 194 1) ¯uªº, ½T©w¦a, ·íµM¦a, ¨Æ¹ê¤W

3303 men {men} a primary particle;; particle AV - indeed 22, verily 14, truly 12, not tr 142, misc 4; 194 1) truly, certainly, surely, indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3304 menounge {men-oon'-geh} ·½¦Û 3203 and 3767 and 1065;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - yea rather 1, nay but 1, yea verily 1, yea doubtless 1; 4 1) µLºÃ¦a, ­Ë¤£¦p

3304 menounge {men-oon'-geh} from 3203 and 3767 and 1065;; particle AV - yea rather 1, nay but 1, yea verily 1, yea doubtless 1; 4 1) nay surely, nay rather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3305 mentoi {men'-toy} from 3203 and 5104;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - yet 2, nevertheless 2, howbeit 1, but 1, not tr 2; 8 1) ¦ý¬O, ÁöµM¦p¦¹, µM¦Ó

3305 mentoi {men'-toy} from 3203 and 5104;; particle AV - yet 2, nevertheless 2, howbeit 1, but 1, not tr 2; 8 1) but yet, nevertheless, howbeit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3306 meno {men'-o} ®Ú§Î¦r; TDNT - 4:574,581; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- abide 61, remain 16, dwell 15, continue 11, tarry 9, endure 3, misc 5; 120 1) °±¯d, ©~¦í 1a) »P¦aÂI¦³Ãö 1a1) ³r¯d, µ¥«Ý 1a2) ¤£Â÷¶} 1a2a) «ùÄòªº¥X²{ 1a2b) «ùÄò¦a´¤¦í,«O«ù, 1b) »P®É¶¡¦³Ãö 1b1) «ùÄò¦s¦b, ¤£®ø·À, «ù¤[, §Ô­@ 1b1a) ¤Hªº¥Í¦s¡A¬¡©R 1c) »P§Î¶Õ©Îª¬ªp¦³Ãö 1c1) «O«ù¦X¤@to, ¤£¦¨¬°¥t¥~ªº©Î¤£¦Pªº 2) µ¥­Ô¡Aµ¥«Ý¤@­Ó¤H

3306 meno {men'-o} a root word; TDNT - 4:574,581; v AV - abide 61, remain 16, dwell 15, continue 11, tarry 9, endure 3, misc 5; 120 1) to remain, abide 1a) in reference to place 1a1) to sojourn, tarry 1a2) not to depart 1a2a) to continue to be present 1a2b) to be held, kept, continually 1b) in reference to time 1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure 1b1a) of persons, to survive, live 1c) in reference to state or condition 1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different 2) to wait for, await one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3307 merizo {mer-id'-zo} ·½©ó 3313;; °Êµü AV - divide 9, distribute 2, deal 1, be difference between 1, give ¤Àµü1; 14 1) ¤À¶} 1a) ¤À¦¨³\¦h³¡¤À, ¤Á¦¨¸H¶ô 1a1) ¤À¶}¦¨¤£¦Pªºªº¬£§O, ¥ç§Y ¤À¦¨¬£¨t, °_¤ºÀi 1b) ¤À§G, ¤À´² 1b1) ¤À§G¨ì¤H¸s¤¤ 1b2) ±Â¤©, ¶Çª¾

3307 merizo {mer-id'-zo} from 3313;; v AV - divide 9, distribute 2, deal 1, be difference between 1, give part 1; 14 1) to divide 1a) to separate into parts, cut into pieces 1a1) to divide into parties, i.e. be split into factions 1b) to distribute 1b1) a thing among people 1b2) bestow, impart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3308 merimna {mer'-im-nah} ·½¦Û 3307 (through the idea of distraction); TDNT - 4:589,584; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - care 6; 6 1)Ãöª`, ´÷±æ,¼ö±æ

3308 merimna {mer'-im-nah} from 3307 (through the idea of distraction); TDNT - 4:589,584; n f AV - care 6; 6 1) care, anxiety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3309 merimnao {mer-im-nah'-o} ·½¦Û 3308; TDNT - 4:589,584; °Êµü AV - take thought 11, care 5, be careful 2, have care 1; 19 1) ±¾©ÀµJ¼{ªº 1a) ¼~¼{·Ð·T 2) ¦b¥G­p¸û, ³]ªk±o¨ì (¬Yª«©Î¬Y¨Æ) 2a) ±´¯Á©Îµo´­­Ó¤Hªº¿³½ì³ß¦n 2b) ¦b·N, ¬°...°µ¹w³Æ

3309 merimnao {mer-im-nah'-o} from 3308; TDNT - 4:589,584; v AV - take thought 11, care 5, be careful 2, have care 1; 19 1) to be anxious 1a) to be troubled with cares 2) to care for, look out for (a thing) 2a) to seek to promote one's interests 2b) caring or providing for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3310 meris {mer-ece'} ·½¦Û 3313;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - part 4, to be partaker + 1519 1; 5 1) ²§©ó¾ãÅ骺¤@³¡¥÷ 2) ³Q«ü©wªº¤@³¡¥÷, ­t¾á, ¨¤¦â

3310 meris {mer-ece'} from 3313;; n f AV - part 4, to be partaker + 1519 1; 5 1) a part as distinct from the whole 2) an assigned part, a portion, share
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3311 merismos {mer-is-mos'} ·½©ó 3307;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 1, dividing asunder 1; 2 1) ¹º¤À, ¤À³Î¶} 1a) ´²§G¤À¶}(¤£¦PªººØÃþ) 2) ¤ÀÂ÷, ¤À¶} 2a) ¦p¦P­å¶}ªÏ¸Ñ©Î¤ÀÂ÷ (#¨Ó 4:12|)

3311 merismos {mer-is-mos'} from 3307;; n m AV - gift 1, dividing asunder 1; 2 1) a division, partition 1a) distribution (of various kinds) 2) a separation 2a) so far as to cleave asunder or separate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3312 meristes {mer-is-tace'} ·½¦Û 3307;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - divider 1; 1 1) ¹º¤ÀªÌ 1a) ¤À¿ò²£ªº¤H #¸ô 12:14|

3312 meristes {mer-is-tace'} from 3307;; n m AV - divider 1; 1 1) a divider 1a) of an inheritance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3313 meros {mer'-os} ·½©ó meiromai(±o¨ì¤@­Ó³¡¤À©Î¤À°tªºªF¦è) ¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº§ó°ò¥»ªº«¬¦¡; TDNT - 4:594,585; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - part 24, portion 3, coast 3, behalf 2, respect 2, misc 9; 43 1) ¤@³¡¤À 1a) ¤w¨ì´Á©Î­n¤Àµ¹¬Y¤Hªº¤@³¡¤À 1b) ©R¹B, ±J©R 2) ²Õ¦¨¾ãÅ骺¤@³¡¤À 2a) ³¡¤À, ³¡¤Àªº, ¬Y­Óµ{«×, ¬Y­Ó¦a¨B, ³o¤@³¡¤À, ­Ó§O¦a, ¿W¦Û¦a 2b) ¥ô¤@¯S§Oªº¦a¤è, Á¿¨ì³o­Ó³¡¤Àªº¸Ü..., ´N¦¹¦Ó¨¥

3313 meros {mer'-os} from an obsolete but more primary form of meiromai (to get as a section or allotment); TDNT - 4:594,585; n n AV - part 24, portion 3, coast 3, behalf 2, respect 2, misc 9; 43 1) a part 1a) a part due or assigned to one 1b) lot, destiny 2) one of the constituent parts of a whole 2a) in part, partly, in a measure, to some degree, as respects a part, severally, individually 2b) any particular, in regard to this, in this respect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3314 mesembria {mes-ame-bree'-ah} ·½¦Û 3319 and 2250;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - south 1, noon 1; 2 1) Ãö©ó®É¨è: ¥¿¤È, ¤¤¤È 2) Ãö©ó¦aÂI 2a) «n¤è (#®{ 8:26, 22:6|)

3314 mesembria {mes-ame-bree'-ah} from 3319 and 2250;; n f AV - south 1, noon 1; 2 1) as respects to time: noon 2) as respects to locality 2a) the south
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3315 mesiteuo {mes-it-yoo'-o} ·½©ó 3316; TDNT - 4:598,585; °Êµü AV - confirm 1; 1 1) ¦bªk«ß¶D¹|©Î«´¬ù¨ó©w¤§¦U¤è¶¡¾á¥ô¥òµôºW±ÛªÌ 1a) ¤¶¤J¦b¨â¤è¤§¶¡¦Ó¹F¦¨¨óij 1b) ©~¤¤ºW±Û 2) ¾á¥ô¾á«O¤H©Î«OÃÒ¤H 2a) ¬°¦Û¤v°_»}¾á«O, ¬°¤H§@«O

3315 mesiteuo {mes-it-yoo'-o} from 3316; TDNT - 4:598,585; v AV - confirm 1; 1 1) to act as a mediator between litigating or covenanting parties 1a) to accomplish something by interposing between two parties 1b) to mediate 2) act as a sponsor or surety 2a) to pledge one's self, give surety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3316 mesites {mes-ee'-tace} ·½©ó 3319; TDNT - 4:598,585;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mediator 6; 6 1) ¤¶¦b¨â³yÂù¤è¤§¶¡ªº¤H, ¬°¤F¹F¦¨©Î¦^´_¨â¤èªº¤Í½Ë, ©Î¹F¦¨¨ó¬ù, ©Îñ©w¦X¦P 2) ·¾³qªººÞ¹D, ¥òµôªÌ, ½Õ°±ªÌ

3316 mesites {mes-ee'-tace} from 3319; TDNT - 4:598,585; n m AV - mediator 6; 6 1) one who intervenes between two, either in order to make or restore peace and friendship, or form a compact, or for ratifying a covenant 2) a medium of communication, arbitrator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3317 mesonuktion {mes-on-ook'-tee-on} ¥Ñ 3319 ¤Î 3571²Õ¦Xªº¤¤©Ê¦Wµü;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - midnight 4; 4 1) ¥b©]

3317 mesonuktion {mes-on-ook'-tee-on} neuter of compound of 3319 and 3571;; n n AV - midnight 4; 4 1) midnight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3318 Mesopotamia {mes-op-ot-am-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3319 and 4215;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Mesopotamia 2; 2 Mesopotamia = "¦b¨âªe¤§¶¡" 1) ¦b©³®æ¨½´µªe©M¥®µo©Ô©³ªe¤§¶¡ªº¾ã­Ó°ê¤g

3318 Mesopotamia {mes-op-ot-am-ee'-ah} from 3319 and 4215;; n pr loc AV - Mesopotamia 2; 2 Mesopotamia = "between two rivers" 1) the entire country between the two rivers, the Tigris and the Euphrates
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3319 mesos {mes'-os} ·½©ó 3326;; §Î®eµü AV - midst 41, among 6, from among + 1537 5, midnight + 3571 2, misc 5; 61 1) ¤¤¶¡ 2) ...·í¤¤ 3) ¦b...·í¤¤, ¦b...¤§¤¤(³Q¨ä©ÒÀô¶)

3319 mesos {mes'-os} from 3326;; adj AV - midst 41, among 6, from among + 1537 5, midnight + 3571 2, misc 5; 61 1) middle 2) the midst 3) in the midst of, amongst
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3320 mesotoichon {mes-ot'-oy-khon} ·½¦Û 3319»P5109; TDNT - 4:625,589; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - Ãö¨­»yºA wall between 1; 1 1) ¶¡¹jÀð

3320 mesotoichon {mes-ot'-oy-khon} from 3319 and 5109; TDNT - 4:625,589; n n AV - middle wall between 1; 1 1) a partition wall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3321 mesouranema {mes-oo-ran'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 3319 and 3772;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - midst of heaven 3; 3 1) ªÅ¤¤ 2) ¤ÑªÅªº³Ì³»ÂI, ¤é¥¿·í¤¤, ©Ò¦³¹L¥h©Ò¦æªºµL©Ò¹P§Î (#±Ò 8:13, 14:6, 19:17|)

3321 mesouranema {mes-oo-ran'-ay-mah} from a presumed compound of 3319 and 3772;; n n AV - midst of heaven 3; 3 1) mid-heaven 2) the highest point in the heavens, which the sun occupies at noon, where what is done can be seen and heard by all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3322 mesoo {mes-o'-o} ·½¦Û 3319;; °Êµü AV - about the midst 1; 1 1) ¦b¤¤¶¡, ³~¤¤ (#¬ù 7:14|)

3322 mesoo {mes-o'-o} from 3319;; v AV - about the midst 1; 1 1) to be in the middle, be midway
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3323 Messias {mes-see'-as} of Hebrew origin 04899; see 5547 Christos, TDNT 9:493, 1322;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Messias 2; 2 À±ÁɨÈ= "¨ü»IªÌ" 1) §ÆÃ¾¦WªºÀ±ÁÉ¨È 2) °ò·þªº¦W¦r (#¬ù 1:41, 4:25|)

3323 Messias {mes-see'-as} of Hebrew origin 04899; see 5547 Christos, TDNT 9:493, 1322; n m AV - Messias 2; 2 Messias = "anointed" 1) the Greek form of Messiah 2) a name of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3324 mestos {mes-tos'} of uncertain derivation;; §Î®eµü AV - full 8; 8 1) º¡¤Fªº 1a) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤H®É, «ü¤ß¤¤¥Rº¡¤F¤ß«ä©M±¡ºü(¤£½×¬O¦nªº©ÎÃaªº)

3324 mestos {mes-tos'} of uncertain derivation;; adj AV - full 8; 8 1) full 1a) in reference to persons, whose minds are as it were filled with thoughts and emotions, either good or bad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3325 mestoo {mes-to'-o} ·½¦Û 3324;; °Êµü AV - fill 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¥Rº¡, ¨Ï¸Ëº¡ (#®{ 2:13|)

3325 mestoo {mes-to'-o} from 3324;; v AV - fill 1; 1 1) to fill, be full
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3326 meta {met-ah'} ¤¶Ã´µü¡]³q±`§@°Æµü¨Ï¥Î¡^; TDNT - 7:766,1102; prep AV - with 345, after 88, among 5, hereafter + 5023 4, afterward + 5023 4, against 4, not tr 1, misc 32; 473 1) »P¡A¦b«á­±¡A¦b...¤§«á

3326 meta {met-ah'} a primary preposition (often used adverbially); TDNT - 7:766,1102; prep AV - with 345, after 88, among 5, hereafter + 5023 4, afterward + 5023 4, against 4, not tr 1, misc 32; 473 1) with, after, behind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3327 metabaino {met-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û3326 »P939ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 1:523,90; °Êµü AV - de¤Àµü7, remove 2, ³Q°Ê2, go 1; 12 1) (±q¤@­Ó¦a¤è¨ì¥t¤@¦a¤è) ¥h, ¶V¹L 2) (±q¤@ºØª¬ºAÂಾ¨ì¥t¤@ºØª¬ºA) ¬ï¹L, ¶V¹L (#¬ù 5:24; ¬ù³ü 3:14|)

3327 metabaino {met-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 3326 and the base of 939; TDNT - 1:523,90; v AV - depart 7, remove 2, pass 2, go 1; 12 1) to pass over from one place to another, to remove, depart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3328 metaballo {met-ab-al'-lo} ·½¦Û 3326 ©M 906;; °Êµü AV - change (one's) mind 1; 1 1) Âਭ, Âà°Ê¨­Åé 2) Âà°Ê¦Û¤vªº¨­Åé, ©ÎÂà¤Æ¦Û§Ú 3) §ïÅܬY¤Hªº·N¨£

3328 metaballo {met-ab-al'-lo} from 3326 and 906;; v AV - change (one's) mind 1; 1 1) to turn around, to turn about 2) to turn one's self about, or transform one's self 3) to change one's opinion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3329 metago {met-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 and 718;; °Êµü AV - turn about 2; 2 1) Âà°Ê, ½Õ°Ê 2) «ü´§(#¶® 3:3-4|)

3329 metago {met-ag'-o} from 3326 and 718;; v AV - turn about 2; 2 1) to transfer, lead over 2) to direct
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3330 metadidomi {met-ad-id'-o-mee} ·½©ó 3326 ©M 1325;; °Êµü AV - im¤Àµü3, give 2; 5 1) ¤Àµ¹; ±Â»P

3330 metadidomi {met-ad-id'-o-mee} from 3326 and 1325;; v AV - impart 3, give 2; 5 1) to impart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3331 metathesis {met-ath'-es-is} ·½¦Û3346; TDNT - 8:161,1176; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - change 1, translation 1, removing 1; 3 1) ²¾°Ê: ¥Ñ¤@­Ó¦a¤è²¾¨ì¥t¤@­Ó¦a¤è 2) §ïÅÜ 2a) ¤w³Q³Ð¥ß©Î«Ø¥ßªº¨Æ±¡

3331 metathesis {met-ath'-es-is} from 3346; TDNT - 8:161,1176; n f AV - change 1, translation 1, removing 1; 3 1) transfer: from one place to another 2) to change 2a) of things instituted or established
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3332 metairo {met-ah'-ee-ro} ·½¦Û 3326 ©M 142;; °Êµü AV - de¤Àµü2; 2 1) ®Ê¤É, ²¾Âà 2) ¨«¶}, Â÷¥h

3332 metairo {met-ah'-ee-ro} from 3326 and 142;; v AV - depart 2; 2 1) to lift up and remove from one place to another, to transfer 2) to go away, depart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3333 metakaleo {met-ak-al-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 »P 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; °Êµü AV - call 1, call for 1, call hither 1, call to (one's) self 1; 4 1) ¥h½Ð..±q¬Y¦a¨ì¬Y¦a,¥h¥l¶° 2) ¥h½Ð¬Y¤H¡B¥h¥s¬Y¤H

3333 metakaleo {met-ak-al-eh'-o} from 3326 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v AV - call 1, call for 1, call hither 1, call to (one's) self 1; 4 1) to call from one place to another, to summon 2) to call one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3334 metªñ¦üeo {met-ak-ee-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 »P 2795; TDNT - 3:720,435; °Êµü AV - move away 1; 1 1) ±q¤@³BÂ÷¶}, Â÷¶}

3334 metakineo {met-ak-ee-neh'-o} from 3326 and 2795; TDNT - 3:720,435; v AV - move away 1; 1 1) to move from a place, to move away
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3335 metalambano {met-al-am-ban'-o} ·½¦Û3326 »P 2983; TDNT - 4:10,495; °Êµü AV - be partaker 2, eat 1, have 1, take 1, receive 1; 6 1) ¦¨¬°¤@¥÷¤l 2) t³­¦P¦Y, ¦@¶i¡]­¹ª«¡^ 3)Ãö©óª«¥ó¡A¥hÀò±o¡B¥h±o¨ì

3335 metalambano {met-al-am-ban'-o} from 3326 and 2983; TDNT - 4:10,495; v AV - be partaker 2, eat 1, have 1, take 1, receive 1; 6 1) to be or to be made a partner 2) to partake of, take [some] food 3) of a thing, to get, find (a whole)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3336 metalepsis {met-al'-ape-sis} ·½¦Û 3335; TDNT - 4:10,495; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to be received + 1519 1; 1 1)±o¨ì, °Ñ¥[; °Ñ»P

3336 metalepsis {met-al'-ape-sis} from 3335; TDNT - 4:10,495; n f AV - to be received + 1519 1; 1 1) a taking, participation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3337 metallasso {met-al-las'-so} ·½¦Û 3326 »P 236; TDNT - 1:259,40; °Êµü AV - change 2; 2 1) §ïÅÜ¡BÂàÅÜ

3337 metallasso {met-al-las'-so} from 3326 and 236; TDNT - 1:259,40; v AV - change 2; 2 1) to exchange, change
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3338 metamellomai {met-am-el'-lom-ahee} ·½©ó 3326 ©M 3199 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 4:626,589; °Êµü AV - repent 5, repent (one's) self 1; 6 1) ¨Æ«á¤~¦³ªºª`·N©ÎÃö¤ß 1a) ¨Ï¤H¾Ò®¬, ¦Û¤v«á®¬ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5862

3338 metamellomai {met-am-el'-lom-ahee} from 3326 and the middle voice of 3199; TDNT - 4:626,589; v AV - repent 5, repent (one's) self 1; 6 1) it is a care to one afterwards 1a) it repents one, to repent one's self For Synonyms see entry 5862
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3339 metamorphoo {met-am-or-fo'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 and 3445; TDNT - 4:755,607; °Êµü AV - transfigure 2, transform 1, change 1; 4 1) Åܦ¨¥t¤@ºØ§Îª¬, §ïÆ[, §ÎÅé§ïÅÜ 1a) °ò·þ¦bÅܧΤs¤W§ïÅÜ¥~»ª§Î¶H¨Ã´²µo¥X¯«¸tÀéÄꪺ¥ú½÷ ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5863

3339 metamorphoo {met-am-or-fo'-o} from 3326 and 3445; TDNT - 4:755,607; v AV - transfigure 2, transform 1, change 1; 4 1) to change into another form, to transform, to transfigure 1a) Christ appearance was changed and was resplendent with divine brightness on the mount of transfiguration For Synonyms see entry 5863
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3340 metanoeo {met-an-o-eh'-o} ·½¦Û3326 and 3539; TDNT - 4:975,636; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- repent 34; 34 1) §ïÅܤ@­Ó¤Hªº¤ß«ä,¥ç§Y ®¬§ï 2) ¨Ï¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤ß«ä§ïÅܱo§ó¦n,¹½´c¦Û¤v¥H©¹ªº¸o¦Ó°J¤ß¦a§ï¹L¦Û·s ¦P¸q¦r½Ð¬d¬Ý5862

3340 metanoeo {met-an-o-eh'-o} from 3326 and 3539; TDNT - 4:975,636; v AV - repent 34; 34 1) to change one's mind, i.e. to repent 2) to change one's mind for better, heartily to amend with abhorrence of one's past sins For Synonyms see entry 5862
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3341 metanoia {met-an'-oy-ah} ·½©ó 3340; TDNT - 4:975,636; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - repentance 24; 24 1) §ïÅܤ߷N, ¦p¤H¹ï¨ä¥ý«eªº¥ø¹Ï©Î´¿°µ¹Lªº¨Æ·P¨ì¾Ò®¬

3341 metanoia {met-an'-oy-ah} from 3340; TDNT - 4:975,636; n f AV - repentance 24; 24 1) a change of mind, as it appears to one who repents, of a purpose he has formed or of something he has done
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3342 metaxu {met-ax-oo'} ·½¦Û 3326 and ...¤§¤@«¬ 4862;; °Êµü AV - between 6, meanwhile 2, next 1; 9 1) ¤¶¥G¨âªÌ¤§¶¡ 1a) ¶XµÛ¦P®É, ¦P¤@®É¨è 2) ¤§«á, «á¨Ó

3342 metaxu {met-ax-oo'} from 3326 and a form of 4862;; v AV - between 6, meanwhile 2, next 1; 9 1) between 1a) meanwhile, in the mean time 2) after, afterwards
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3343 metapempo {met-ap-emp'-o} ·½¦Û 3326 and 3992;; °Êµü AV - send for 6, call for 2; 8 1) ¬£»º¬Y¤H¸ò¦b...¤§«á 2) ¬£¤H©µ½Ð, ¥l³ê, ¥ç§Y¬£¤H¥h¥s 3) ¬°¤v¬£»º, ¨Ï³Q®t»º

3343 metapempo {met-ap-emp'-o} from 3326 and 3992;; v AV - send for 6, call for 2; 8 1) to send one after another 2) like our send after i.e. to send for 3) to send after for one's self, cause to be sent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3344 metastrepho {met-as-tref'-o} ·½¦Û 3326»P 4762; TDNT - 7:729,1093; °Êµü AV - turn 2, pervert 1; 3 1)§ó§ï, Åܬ°

3344 metastrepho {met-as-tref'-o} from 3326 and 4762; TDNT - 7:729,1093; v AV - turn 2, pervert 1; 3 1) to turn around, turn around
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3345 metaschematizo {met-askh-ay-mat-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 3326 ©M 4976 ªº©µ¥Ó¦r; TDNT - 7:957,1129; °Êµü AV - transform 2, transfer in a figure 1, transform (one's) self 1, change 1; 5 1) §ïÅÜ¥~«¬, Åܦ¨ §ä¦P¸qµü°Ñ¬Ý 5863

3345 metaschematizo {met-askh-ay-mat-id'-zo} from 3326 and a derivative of 4976; TDNT - 7:957,1129; v AV - transform 2, transfer in a figure 1, transform (one's) self 1, change 1; 5 1) to change the figure of, to transform For Synonyms see entry 5863
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3346 metatithemi {met-at-ith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 3326 ©M 5087; TDNT - 8:161,1176; °Êµü AV - translate 2, carry over 1, remove 1, change 1, turn 1; 6 1) ½Õ´«(¨â¥ó¨Æª«¶¶§Ç½Õ´«) 1a) Âಾ 1b) §ïÅÜ 1c) §ïÅܦۤv©Î¨Ï¦Û¤v¸g¾ú­WÃø¦Ó³Q§ïÅÜ 1c1) ¶V¹L©Î¶W¶V 1c2) Â÷¶}©Î°k¶]±¼, ±q¤@­Ó¤H©Î¤@¥ó¨Æ¤¤Âಾ¨ì¥t¤@­Ó¥h

3346 metatithemi {met-at-ith'-ay-mee} from 3326 and 5087; TDNT - 8:161,1176; v AV - translate 2, carry over 1, remove 1, change 1, turn 1; 6 1) to transpose (two things, one of which is put in place of the other) 1a) to transfer 1b) to change 1c) to transfer one's self or suffer one's self to be transferred 1c1) to go or pass over 1c2) to fall away or desert from one person or thing to another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3347 metepeita {met-ep'-i-tah} ·½©ó 3326 ©M 1899;; °Æµü AV - afterward 1; 1 1) ¤§«á, «á¨Ó, ¦b¨º¥H«á

3347 metepeita {met-ep'-i-tah} from 3326 and 1899;; adv AV - afterward 1; 1 1) afterwards, after that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3348 metecho {met-ekh'-o} ·½©ó 3326 ©M 2192; TDNT - 2:830,286; °Êµü AV - be partaker 5, take part 1, use 1, pertain 1; 8 1) ¦¨¬°¤@¦P¨É¥Î­¹ª«ªº¤H, ¦¨¬°¤À¨ÉªÌ, °Ñ»PªÌ 2) °Ñ»P; ¤À¾á; ³­¦P¤@°_­¹¥Î

3348 metecho {met-ekh'-o} from 3326 and 2192; TDNT - 2:830,286; v AV - be partaker 5, take part 1, use 1, pertain 1; 8 1) to be or become partaker 2) to partake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3349 meteorizo {met-eh-o-rid'-zo} TDNT - 4:630,*; °Êµü AV - be of a doubtful mind 1; 1 1) ¦³"³QÁ|°_,³Q©ï°ª"ªº·N«ä,¦b¸t¸g¤¤¥u¥X²{¤@¦¸,¬OÁô³ë¥Îªk ·N¬°"¾á¼~" (#¸ô 12:29|)

3349 meteorizo {met-eh-o-rid'-zo} from a compound of 3326 and a collateral form of 142 or perhaps rather 109 (cf "meteor"); TDNT - 4:630,*; v AV - be of a doubtful mind 1; 1 1) to rise up on high 1a) to put a ship [out to sea] up upon the deep 1b) to raise up fortifications 2) metaph. 2a) to lift up one's soul, raise his spirits 2a1) to buoy up with hope 2a2) to inflate with pride 2a3) to be elated 2a4) to take one airs, be puffed up with pride 2b) by a metaphor taken from ships that are tossed about on the deep by winds and waves 2b1) to cause one to waver or fluctuate in the mind 2b2) to agitate or harass with cares 2b3) to make anxious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3350 metoikesia {met-oy-kes-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a derivative of a compound of 3326 and 3624;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - carrying away into 2, carried away to 1, be brought to 1; 4 1) ±q¤@­Ó©~©Ò¨ì¥t¤@©~©Òªº¾E²¾, ¯S§O¬O«ü³Q±j¨îªº¾E²¾

3350 metoikesia {met-oy-kes-ee'-ah} from a derivative of a compound of 3326 and 3624;; n f AV - carrying away into 2, carried away to 1, be brought to 1; 4 1) removal from one abode to another, esp. a forced removal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3351 metoikizo {met-oy-kid'-zo} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3350;; °Êµü AV - remove into 1, carry away 1; 2 1) ±N©~¥Á·h¾E 2) ­¢¨Ï¾E²¾¦Ü¥t¤@¦a¤g (#®{ 7:4, 43|)

3351 metoikizo {met-oy-kid'-zo} from the same as 3350;; v AV - remove into 1, carry away 1; 2 1) to transfer settlers 2) to cause to remove into another land
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3352 metoche {met-okh-ay'} ·½¦Û 3348; TDNT - 2:830,286; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowship 1; 1 1) ¤À¨É, ¦X¤@, ¹Î«´ (#ªL«á 6:14|)

3352 metoche {met-okh-ay'} from 3348; TDNT - 2:830,286; n f AV - fellowship 1; 1 1) a sharing, communion, fellowship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3353 metochos {met'-okh-os} ·½©ó 3348; TDNT - 2:830,286; §Î®eµü AV - partaker 4, partner 1, fellow 1; 6 1) °Ñ»P¦³¤À, ¤À¾á 2) ¦P¦ñ (¦b¤u§@, ¾°È, ©Î«~®æ­×¦æ¤W)

3353 metochos {met'-okh-os} from 3348; TDNT - 2:830,286; adj AV - partaker 4, partner 1, fellow 1; 6 1) sharing in, partaking 2) a partner (in a work, office, dignity)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3354 metreo {met-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 3358; TDNT - 4:632,590; °Êµü AV - measure 7, mete 3; 10 1) ´ú¶q, ­p¶q 1a) ¥H«×¶q¾¹©Î«×¶q³W«h©Ò´ú±oªºªÅ¶¡©Î¶ZÂ÷ 1b) Áô³ë. ®Ú¾Ú¬Y·Ç«h¨ÓÂ_©w§P¨M, ¦ô¶q 2) ¤À°t, µ¹¤©(½à»@), ¤À°tµ¹..., «×¶qµ¹¤©

3354 metreo {met-reh'-o} from 3358; TDNT - 4:632,590; v AV - measure 7, mete 3; 10 1) to measure, to measure out or off 1a) any space or distance with a measurer's reed or rule 1b) metaph. to judge according to any rule or standard, to estimate 2) to measure out, mete out to, i.e. to give by measure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3355 metretes {met-ray-tace'} ·½¦Û 3354;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - firkin 1; 1 1) ´ú¶q­p, Âù¦Õ²ÓÀV²~(¥j§ÆÃ¾Ã¹°¨ªºªoÅø/°sÅø), ¥Î¨Ó«×¶q²GÅé©Î®e¶q, ¬ùµ¥©ó©Î¤Ö©ó9¥[¨Ú(#¬ù 2:6|)

3355 metretes {met-ray-tace'} from 3354;; n m AV - firkin 1; 1 1) a measurer, the name of a utensil known as a amphora, which is a species of measure used for liquids and containing somewhat less the nine English gallons or about (40 l)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3356 metriopatheo {met-ree-op-ath-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3357 ªº¦r·½©M 3806 ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 5:938,798; °Êµü AV - have compassion on 1; 1 1) ¨ü¨ìªº¼vÅTµ{«×¬O¾A¤¤ªº 2) «O«ù¾A©yªº±¡ºü¤ÏÀ³, ¤×¨ä«ü¦b¼««ã¤Î«s¶Ë®É 2a) «ü¤H¤£¦]¥L¤Hªº¿ù»~, ¹L¥Ç, ©M¸o¦Ó³QÅͶÃ, ¤Ï¯à·Å¬Xªº©Ó¨ü

3356 metriopatheo {met-ree-op-ath-eh'-o} from a compound of the base of 3357 and 3806; TDNT - 5:938,798; v AV - have compassion on 1; 1 1) to be affected moderately or in due measure 2) to preserve moderation in the passions, esp. anger or grief 2a) of one who is not unduly disturbed by the errors, faults, sins of others, but bears them gently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3357 metrios {met-ree'-oce} ·½¦Û a derivative of 3358;; °Æµü AV - a little 1; 1 1) ¾A·íªº­p¶q 2) ¾A«×ªº, ·¥«×ªº (#®{ 20:12|)

3357 metrios {met-ree'-oce} from a derivative of 3358;; adv AV - a little 1; 1 1) in due measure 2) moderately, exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3358 metron {met'-ron} TDNT - 4:632,590; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - measure 13; 13 1) ¶q¾¹ 2) ¼Æ¥Ø, ¼Æ¶q

3358 metron {met'-ron} an apparently primary word; TDNT - 4:632,590; n n AV - measure 13; 13 1) measure, an instrument for measuring 1a) a vessel for receiving and determining the quantity of things, whether dry or liquid 1b) a graduated staff for measuring, a measuring rod 1c) proverbially, the rule or standard of judgment 2) determined extent, portion measured off, measure or limit 2a) the required measure, the due, fit, measure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3359 metopon {met'-o-pon } ·½¦Û 3326 »P ops (Áy); TDNT - 4:635,591; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - forehead 8; 8 1) ¨â²´¤§¶¡ªº°Ï°ì, «eÃB

3359 metopon {met'-o-pon } from 3326 and ops (the face); TDNT - 4:635,591; n n AV - forehead 8; 8 1) the space between the eyes, the forehead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3360 mechri {mekh'-ree} ©Î mechris {mekh-ris'} ·½©ó 3372;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - unto 7, until 7, till 1, to 1, till + 3739 1; 17 1) ºÉ¥i¯à..., ª½¨ì...

3360 mechri {mekh'-ree} or mechris {mekh-ris'} from 3372;; particle AV - unto 7, until 7, till 1, to 1, till + 3739 1; 17 1) as far as, until
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3361 me {may} §_©w°Æµü AV - not 487, no 44, that not 21, God forbid + 1096 15, lest 14, neither 7, no man + 5100 6, but 3, none 3, not translated 51, misc 23; 674 1) ¤£ (³q±`»Pª½»¡»y®ð¥H¥~ªº°Êµü, ¤Î¤£©wµü»P¤Àµü³s¥Î, ¦b´Á«Ý§_©wµª®×ªº°Ý¥y¤¤¨Ï¥Î; »Pou³s¥Î, ªí¥Ü±j½Õ©Î¾G­«¨ä¨Æ)

3361 me {may} a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas 3756 expresses an absolute denial);; particle AV - not 487, no 44, that not 21, God forbid + 1096 15, lest 14, neither 7, no man + 5100 6, but 3, none 3, not translated 51, misc 23; 674 1) no, not lest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3362 ean me {eh-an' may} ·½©ó 1437 ©M 3361;; ³s±µµü ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - except 33, if not 16, whosoever not + 3739 5, but 3, if no 1, not 1, before 1; 60 1) ­Y«D, °£«D, ¥ô¤@­Ó(¤H)...¤£...

3362 ean me {eh-an' may} from 1437 and 3361;; conj particle AV - except 33, if not 16, whosoever not + 3739 5, but 3, if no 1, not 1, before 1; 60 1) if not, unless, whoever ... not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3363 hina me {hin'-ah may} ·½©ó 2443 ©M 3361;; ³s±µµü ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - that not 45, lest 43, that ... no 6, that nothing + 5100 1, albeit not 1, so that not 1; 97 1) °ß®£, §K±o

3363 hina me {hin'-ah may} from 2443 and 3361;; conj particle AV - that not 45, lest 43, that ... no 6, that nothing + 5100 1, albeit not 1, so that not 1; 97 1) lest, that ... not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3364 ou me {oo may} ·½©ó 3756 ©M 3361;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - not 56, in no wise 6, no 6, never + 1519 + 165 + 3588 6, no more at all + 2089 5, not tr 1, misc 14; 94 1) µ´¤£, ¥²©w¤£.., ¤@ÂI¤]¤£..., ·Q³£¤£­n·Q, µ´¤£¥i¯à

3364 ou me {oo may} from 3756 and 3361;; particle AV - not 56, in no wise 6, no 6, never + 1519 + 165 + 3588 6, no more at all + 2089 5, not tr 1, misc 14; 94 1) never, certainly not, not at all, by no means
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3365 medamos {may-dam-oce'} ·½¦Û a compound of 3361 and amos (somebody);; °Æµü AV - not so 2; 2 1) ¨M¤£ (#®{ 10:14, 11:8|)

3365 medamos {may-dam-oce'} from a compound of 3361 and amos (somebody);; adv AV - not so 2; 2 1) by no means
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3366 mede {may-deh'} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 1161;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - neither 32, nor 18, not 3, nor yet 1, not once 1, no not 1, not so much as 1; 57 1) ¤£­n, ¦ý¤£.., ¥ç«D, ¤£

3366 mede {may-deh'} from 3361 and 1161;; particle AV - neither 32, nor 18, not 3, nor yet 1, not once 1, no not 1, not so much as 1; 57 1) and not, but not, nor, not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3367 medeis {may-dice'} ¥]¬A¤£³W«hÅܤƪº³±©Ê medemia {may-dem-ee'-ah}, ©M¤¤©Ê meden {may-den'} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 1520;; §Î®eµü AV - no man 32, nothing 27, no 16, none 6, not 1, anything 2, misc 7; 91 1) ¨S¦³¥ô¦ó¤@¤H, ¤@­Ó¤]¨S¦³, ¤°»ò¤]¨S¦³

3367 medeis {may-dice'} including the irregular feminine medemia {may-dem-ee'-ah}, and the neuter meden {may-den'} from 3361 and 1520;; adj AV - no man 32, nothing 27, no 16, none 6, not 1, anything 2, misc 7; 91 1) nobody, no one, nothing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3368 medepote {may-dep'-ot-eh} ·½¦Û 3366 and 4218;; °Æµü AV - never 1; 1 1) ±q¤£, ¥Ã¤£ (#´£«á 3:7|)

3368 medepote {may-dep'-ot-eh} from 3366 and 4218;; adv AV - never 1; 1 1) never
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3369 medepo {may-dep'-o} ·½©ó 3366 ©M 4452;; °Æµü AV - not as yet 1; 1 1) ©|¥¼

3369 medepo {may-dep'-o} from 3366 and 4452;; adv AV - not as yet 1; 1 1) not yet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3370 Medos {may'-dos} of foreign origin cf 04074;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mede 1; 1 º¿¥N¤H(Mede ©Î Media) = "¤¤¶¡¤g¦a" 1) º¿¥N¤H, ¦í¦bº¿¥Nªº¥»¦a¤H©Î©~¥Á, º¿¥N¬O¨È¬wµÛ¦Wªº¤@¦a°Ï, ¨ä­º³£¬°¨È°¨¥L(#®{ 2:9|)

3370 Medos {may'-dos} of foreign origin cf 04074;; n pr m AV - Mede 1; 1 Mede or Media = "middle land" 1) a Mede, a native or inhabitant of Media, a well known region of Asia whose chief city was Ecbatana
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3371 meketi {may-ket'-ee} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 2089;; °Æµü AV - no more 7, no longer 4, henceforth not 2, no 1, no ... henceforward 1, hereafter 1, misc 5; 21 1) ¤£¦A¬O, ¨ì¦¹¬°¤î, ±q¦¹¥H«á¤£¦A...

3371 meketi {may-ket'-ee} from 3361 and 2089;; adv AV - no more 7, no longer 4, henceforth not 2, no 1, no ... henceforward 1, hereafter 1, misc 5; 21 1) no longer, no more, not hereafter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3372 mekos {may'-kos} probably ªñ¦ü to 3173;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - length 3; 3 1) ªø«×

3372 mekos {may'-kos} probably akin to 3173;; n n AV - length 3; 3 1) length
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3373 mekuno {may-koo'-no} ·½¦Û 3372;; °Êµü AV - grow up 1; 1 1) ¨Ï©Ôªø, ¨Ï©µªø 2) ¸t¸g¤¤, ¤G¦¸®âºØ, ¨Ï¦¨ªø­¿¼W (#¥i 4:27|)

3373 mekuno {may-koo'-no} from 3372;; v AV - grow up 1; 1 1) to make long, to lengthen 2) in the Bible twice of plants, to cause to grow, increase
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3374 melote {may-lo-tay'} ·½©ó melon (ºø¦Ï); TDNT - 4:637,591; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sheepskin 1; 1 1) ¦Ï¥Ö 2) ¥~³T©Î©Ü­·(¤j³¡¤À¬O¥ÑÃ~¥Ö»s¦¨)

3374 melote {may-lo-tay'} from melon (a sheep); TDNT - 4:637,591; n f AV - sheepskin 1; 1 1) a sheepskin 2) an outer robe or mantle since most mantles were made of skins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3375 men {mane} 3303 ªº¥[±j«¬;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - surely + 2229 1; 1 1) ½T«H¦a, ªÖ©w¦a, ¤d¯u¸U½T¦a

3375 men {mane} a stronger form of 3303;; particle AV - surely + 2229 1; 1 1) verily, certainly, truly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3376 men {mane} ¥D­nªº¦r®Ú; TDNT - 4:638,591;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - month 18; 18 1) ¤@­Ó¤ë 2) ·s¤ëªº®É¶¡, ·s¤ë (¨C­Ó¤ëªº²Ä¤@¤Ñ, ·í·s¤ë¥X²{®É¬O§Æ§B¨Ó¤Hªº¼y¨å®É´Á)

3376 men {mane} a primary word; TDNT - 4:638,591; n m AV - month 18; 18 1) a month 2) the time of the new moon, new moon (the first day of each month, when the new moon appeared was a festival among the Hebrews)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3377 menuo {may-noo'-o} ¥i¯à·½¦Û the same base as 3145 and 3415 (¥ç§Y mao, to strive);; °Êµü AV - show 3, tell 1; 4 1) ´¦ÅSÁôÂ䣬°¤H©Òª¾ªº¨Æ±¡ 1a) ªk®x¥Îµü, §iµo, ´¦µo 2) «Å§G, Á¿­z, ¤½§i 3) «ü¥Ü, ·t¥Ü «Å¥¬; 3a) ¬°¤H®vªº±Ð°V

3377 menuo {may-noo'-o} probably from the same base as 3145 and 3415 (i.e. mao, to strive);; v AV - show 3, tell 1; 4 1) to disclose or make known something secret 1a) in a forensic sense, to inform, report 2) to declare, tell, make known 3) to indicate, intimate 3a) of a teacher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3378 me ouk {may ook} ·½¦Û 3361 and 3756;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - not 6; 6 1) ¤£, ¨S¦³, ±q¤£

3378 me ouk {may ook} from 3361 and 3756;; particle AV - not 6; 6 1) not, not ever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3379 mepote {may'-pot-eh} or me pote {may pot'-eh} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 4218;; ³s±µµü AV - lest 12, lest at any time 7, whether or not 1, lest haply + 2443 1, if peradventure 1, no ... not at all 1, not tr 1; 25 1) ¥H­P...¤£..., °ß®£, ©ÎªÌ, ¤£½×¬O§_, ¥H§K, ¤]³\

3379 mepote {may'-pot-eh} or me pote {may pot'-eh} from 3361 and 4218;; conj AV - lest 12, lest at any time 7, whether or not 1, lest haply + 2443 1, if peradventure 1, no ... not at all 1, not tr 1; 25 1) that ... not, lest, whether perhaps, whether or not, in no way, perhaps
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3380 mepo {may'-po} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 4452;; °Æµü AV - not yet 2; 2 1) ©|¥¼

3380 mepo {may'-po} from 3361 and 4452;; adv AV - not yet 2; 2 1) not yet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3381 mepos {may'-pos} ©Î me pos {may poce} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 4458;; ³s±µµü AV - lest 5, lest by any means 3, lest perhaps 1, lest haply 1, lest by some means 1, lest that by any means 1; 12 1) °ß®£, ¸U¤@, ¥i¯à, ®£©È·|...

3381 mepos {may'-pos} or me pos {may poce} from 3361 and 4458;; conj AV - lest 5, lest by any means 3, lest perhaps 1, lest haply 1, lest by some means 1, lest that by any means 1; 12 1) lest, lest somehow, that perhaps
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3382 meros {may-ros'} perhaps a primary word;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thigh 1; 1 1) ¤j»L

3382 meros {may-ros'} perhaps a primary word;; n m AV - thigh 1; 1 1) thigh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3383 mete {may'-teh} ·½©ó 3361 ©M 5037;; ³sµ²µü AV - neither 20, nor 15, so much as 1, or 1; 37 1) ¤]¤£..., §Y¤£¬O....¤]¤£¬O..., ¤£¬O¦p¦¹

3383 mete {may'-teh} from 3361 and 5037;; conj AV - neither 20, nor 15, so much as 1, or 1; 37 1) and not, neither ... nor, not so
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3384 meter {may'-tare} ÅãµM¥¦¬O³Ì­ì©lªº¦r«¬; TDNT - 4:642,592; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mother 85; 85 1) ¥À¿Ë 2) Áô³ë¡A¬Y¶µªF¦èªº¨Ó·½¡A¯ª°ê

3384 meter {may'-tare} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:642,592; n f AV - mother 85; 85 1) a mother 2) metaph. the source of something, the motherland
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3385 meti {may'-tee} ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - not 2, not tr 13; 15 1) ¥Î©ó°Ý¥y¤¤, ´Á«Ý§_©wªºµª®×

3385 meti {may'-tee} from 3361 and the neuter of 5100;; particle AV - not 2, not tr 13; 15 1) whether, at all, perchance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3386 metige {may'-tig-eh} ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - how much more 1; 1 1) §ó¦óªp (#ªL«e 6:3|)

3386 metige {may'-tig-eh} from 3385 and 1065;; particle AV - how much more 1; 1 1) to say nothing of, not to mention 1a) much less 1b) much more, much rather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3387 metis {may'-tis} or me tis {may tis} ·½¦Û 3361 and 5100;; pron AV - any 2, any man 1, not tr 1; 4 1) µL¤H¯d¤U 2) ¨S¦³¥ô¦ó¤H

3387 metis {may'-tis} or me tis {may tis} from 3361 and 5100;; pron AV - any 2, any man 1, not tr 1; 4 1) let no one 2) hath any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3388 metra {may'-trah} ·½¦Û3384;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - womb 2; 2 1) ¤l®c

3388 metra {may'-trah} from 3384;; n f AV - womb 2; 2 1) the womb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3389 metraloas {may-tral-o'-as} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - murderer of a mother 1; 1 1) ±þ®`¥À¿Ëªº¤H (#´£«e 1:9|)

3389 metraloas {may-tral-o'-as} from 3384 and the base of 257;; n m AV - murderer of a mother 1; 1 1) matricide, the murderer of a mother
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3390 metropolis {may-trop'-ol-is} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - chiefest city 1; 1 1) ­º«° (#´£«e 6:21|)

3390 metropolis {may-trop'-ol-is} from 3384 and 4172;; n f AV - chiefest city 1; 1 1) a metropolis, a chief city
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3391 mia {mee'-ah} 1520 ªº¤£³W«hÅܤƪº³±©Êµü;; §Î®eµü AV - one 62, first 8, a certain 4, a 3, the other 1, agree + 4160 + 1106 1; 79 1) °ß¤@ªº, ¬Y¤@­Ó

3391 mia {mee'-ah} irregular feminine of 1520;; adj AV - one 62, first 8, a certain 4, a 3, the other 1, agree + 4160 + 1106 1; 79 1) only one, someone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3392 miaino {me-ah'-ee-no} perhaps a primary verb; TDNT - 4:644,593; °Êµü AV - defile 5; 5 1) ¥Î§OªºÃC¦â¥h¬V, ¥h¬V¦Ã 2) §Ëż, ¦Ã¬V, ¬¿¦Ã, ¬r®`, Åܦà 2a) ¦]¸o§Ëż For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5864

3392 miaino {me-ah'-ee-no} perhaps a primary verb; TDNT - 4:644,593; v AV - defile 5; 5 1) to dye with another colour, to stain 2) to defile, pollute, sully, contaminate, soil 2a) to defile with sins For Synonyms see entry 5864
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3393 miasma {mee'-as-mah} ·½©ó 3392 ("miasma"); TDNT - 4:646,593; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - pollution 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¤H¦Ã©ªº, ¦¾Â© 2) Áô³ë., «ü¤H¦b©M¤£·q¯«ªº¤H¥æ©¹¤¤©Ò¨ü¨ìªº´c¦æªº¦Ã¬V

3393 miasma {mee'-as-mah} from 3392 ("miasma"); TDNT - 4:646,593; n n AV - pollution 1; 1 1) that which defiles, defilement 2) metaph., vices the foulness of which contaminates one in his intercourse with the ungodly mass of mankind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3394 miasmos {mee-as-mos'} ·½©ó 3392; TDNT - 4:647,593;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - uncleanness 1; 1 1) ¦Ã©ªº¦æ¬°, ±ÑÃa, ¦Ã·l

3394 miasmos {mee-as-mos'} from 3392; TDNT - 4:647,593; n m AV - uncleanness 1; 1 1) the act of defiling, defilement, pollution
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3395 migma {mig'-mah} ·½¦Û 3396;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mixture 1; 1 1) ¥Î²V¦Xªº¤è¦¡»s¦¨ªºªF¦è, ²V¦Xª« #¬ù 19:39|

3395 migma {mig'-mah} from 3396;; n n AV - mixture 1; 1 1) that which has been produced by a mixing, a mixture
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3396 mignumi {mig'-noo-mee} ®Ú¥»¦r;; °Êµü AV - mingle 4; 4 1) ²V¦X, ²V¤J ¦P¸qµü°Ñ¨£ 5858

3396 mignumi {mig'-noo-mee} a root word;; v AV - mingle 4; 4 1) to mix, mingle For Synonyms see entry 5858
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3397 mikron {mik-ron'} 3398 (§@¦Wµü)ªº¶§©Ê©Î¤¤©Ê³æ¼Æ;; §Î®eµü AV - a little while 9, a little 6, a while 1; 16 1) ¤pªº, ¤Öªº 1a) «ü¤j¤p: ¨­°ª, ªø«× 1b) «üªÅ¶¡ 1c) «ü¦~·³: ¦~¥®ªº, ¦~»´ªº 1d) «ü®É¶¡: µu®É¶¡ªº, µu¼Èªº, ¤@·|¨à, ¦n§Ö°Ú! 1e) «ü¼Æ¶q: ¥ç§Y ¼Æ, ¶q 1f) «ü¶¥¯Å©ÎÅv¶Õ¼vÅT¤O

3397 mikron {mik-ron'} masculine or neuter singular of 3398 (as noun);; adj AV - a little while 9, a little 6, a while 1; 16 1) small, little 1a) of size: of stature, of length 1b) of space 1c) of age: less by birth, younger 1d) of time: short, brief, a little while, how little! 1e) of quantity: i.e. number, amount 1f) of rank or influence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3398 mikros {mik-ros'} ¥]¬A¨ä¤ñ¸û¯Å mikroteros {mik-rot'-er-os} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 4:648,593; §Î®eµü AV - little 14, least 6, small 6, less 2; 30 1) ¤pªº, ¤Öªº 1a) «ü¤Ø¤o¤W: «ü¨­§÷, ªø«× 1b) «üªÅ¶¡¤W 1c) «ü¦~·³¤W: ¦~¤Öªº, ¦~»´ªº 1d) «ü®É¶¡¤W: µu®É¶¡ªº, µu¼Èªº, ¤@·|¨à, ³o»ò§Ö! 1e) «ü¼Æ¶q¤W: ¥ç§Y ¼Æ¥Ø, ¼Æ¶q 1f) «üµ¥¯Å, ¦a¦ì, Åv¤O, ©Î¼vÅT¤O

3398 mikros {mik-ros'} including the comparative mikroteros {mik-rot'-er-os} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:648,593; adj AV - little 14, least 6, small 6, less 2; 30 1) small, little 1a) of size: hence of stature, of length 1b) of space 1c) of age: less by birth, younger 1d) of time: short, brief, a little while, how little! 1e) of quantity: i.e. number, amount 1f) of rank or influence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3399 Miletos {mil'-ay-tos} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Miletus 2, Miletum 1; 3 ¦Ì§Q³£ = "¯Â¥Õ²Ó¦Ï¤ò" 1) ®ü´ä«°¥«,Â÷¥H¥±©Ò¬ù60¤½¨½ (#®{ 20:15,17; ´£«á 4:2|)

3399 Miletos {mil'-ay-tos} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Miletus 2, Miletum 1; 3 Miletus = "pure white fine wool" 1) a maritime city, now nearly 10 miles (16 km), from the coast of Caria or Ionia, near the mouth of the Maeander and 35 miles (55 km) from Ephesus. It was the mother of about eighty colonies, the the birth place of Thales, Anaximander, and other famous men.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3400 milion {mil'-ee-on} of Latin origin;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mile 1; 1 1) ¤@¨½, ¥jù°¨¤Hªø«×ªº³æ¦ì, µ¥©ó¤d¨B©Î¬O¤K­Óstadia, ¬ù1.5 ¤½¨½ [¤Ö©ó¤@­^¨½] (#¤Ó 5:41|)

3400 milion {mil'-ee-on} of Latin origin;; n n AV - mile 1; 1 1) a mile, among the Romans the distance of a thousand paces or eight stadia, about 1.5 km [somewhat less than our mile]
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3401 mimeomai {mim-eh'-om-ahee} mimosªºÃö¨­»yºA (a "mimic"); TDNT - 4:659,594; °Êµü AV - follow 4; 4 1) ¼Ò¥é¡G¥ô¦ó¤H

3401 mimeomai {mim-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from mimos (a "mimic"); TDNT - 4:659,594; v AV - follow 4; 4 1) to imitate: any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3402 mimetes {mim-ay-tace'} ·½¦Û3401; TDNT - 4:659,594;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - follower 7; 7 1) ®ÄªkªÌ

3402 mimetes {mim-ay-tace'} from 3401; TDNT - 4:659,594; n m AV - follower 7; 7 1) an imitator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3403 mimnesko {mim-nace'-ko} 3415 ªºÂX±i«¬ (­É¥Î©ó¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA®É);; °Êµü AV - be mindful 1, remember 1; 2 1) ´£¿ô, ¨Ï·Q°_¨Ó 1a) ¦^·Q°_, ¦^¾Ð°_, ´£¿ô°_, °O¦í 1b) ³Q·Q°_, ³Q°O¦í, °O©À¦í 1c) °O¦í¬Y¨Æ 1d) ¯d¤ß, ª`·N

3403 mimnesko {mim-nace'-ko} a prolonged form of 3415 (from which some of the tenses are borrowed);; v AV - be mindful 1, remember 1; 2 1) to remind 1a) to be recalled or to return to one's mind, to remind one's self of, to remember 1b) to be recalled to mind, to be remembered, had in remembrance 1c) to remember a thing 1d) be mindful of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3404 miseo {mis-eh'-o} ·½©ó°ò¥»¦r misos(¤³µø); TDNT - 4:683,597; °Êµü AV - hate 41, hateful 1; 42 1) ¼¨«ë, ®µ«è¦Ó¦æ, µh«ë 2) ³Q¼¨«ë, ³Q¹½´c

3404 miseo {mis-eh'-o} from a primary misos (hatred); TDNT - 4:683,597; v AV - hate 41, hateful 1; 42 1) to hate, pursue with hatred, detest 2) to be hated, detested
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3405 misthapodosia {mis-thap-od-os-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 3406; TDNT - 4:695,599; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - recompence of reward 3; 3 1) ·í±oªº³øÀv©Î³øÀ³, ³ø¹S

3405 misthapodosia {mis-thap-od-os-ee'-ah} from 3406; TDNT - 4:695,599; n f AV - recompence of reward 3; 3 1) payment of wages due, recompence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3406 misthapodotes {mis-thap-od-ot'-ace} ·½©ó 3409 ©M 591; TDNT - 4:695,599;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - rewarder 1; 1 1) µoÁ~¤ôªº¤H, ³ø¹SªÌ

3406 misthapodotes {mis-thap-od-ot'-ace} from 3409 and 591; TDNT - 4:695,599; n m AV - rewarder 1; 1 1) one who pays wages, a rewarder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3407 misthios {mis'-thee-os} ·½¦Û 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; §Î®eµü AV - hired servant 2; 2 1) ¼È®Éªº¨ü¶±, ¶±¥Î

3407 misthios {mis'-thee-os} from 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; adj AV - hired servant 2; 2 1) employed for hire, hired
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3408 misthos {mis-thos'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:695,599;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reward 24, hire 3, wages 2; 29 1) ¤u§@ªº³ø¹S 1a) ¤u¿ú, ¤u¸ê 2) ¼ú½à: ªG¹ê¦ÛµMµ²¥X¦]¬°¨¯³Ò©M§V¤O 2a) ¤GºØ·N¨ý¬Ò§t, ¼ú½à©M³øÀ³ 2b) ¤W«Ò½çªº¼ú½à, ©Î±N½çªº¼ú½à, ¦]µÛ¦n¦æ¬°©M§V¤O 2c) ³øÀ³

3408 misthos {mis-thos'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:695,599; n m AV - reward 24, hire 3, wages 2; 29 1) dues paid for work 1a) wages, hire 2) reward: used of the fruit naturally resulting from toils and endeavours 2a) in both senses, rewards and punishments 2b) of the rewards which God bestows, or will bestow, upon good deeds and endeavours 2c) of punishments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3409 misthoo {mis-tho'-o} ·½¦Û 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; °Êµü AV - hire 2; 2 1) ¥O¥~¥X³Q¸u¥Î 2) ¹µ¥Î (#¤Ó 20:1,7|)

3409 misthoo {mis-tho'-o} from 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; v AV - hire 2; 2 1) to let out for hire 2) to hire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3410 misthoma {mis'-tho-mah} ·½¦Û 3409;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - hired house 1; 1 1) ¥ô¦ó¨Æª«¯²­É©Î¹µ¥Îªº¤u»ù 1a) «üº}§²ªº»ù®æ 2) ¤ñ¦p¯²­É©Ð¤l(©Ð¯²), ±JªÙ, «È´Ì¤Uºfªº»ù¿ú (#®{ 28:30|)

3410 misthoma {mis'-tho-mah} from 3409;; n n AV - hired house 1; 1 1) the price for which anything is either let or hired 1a) of a harlots hire 2) that which is either let or hired for a price, as of a house, dwelling, lodging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3411 misthotos {mis-tho-tos'} ·½¦Û 3409; TDNT - 4:695,599; §Î®eµü AV - hireling 3, hired servant 1; 4 1) ¨ü¶±ªº, ¬°ª÷¿ú¦Ó¤u§@ªº (#¥i 1:20; ¬ù 10:12-13|)

3411 misthotos {mis-tho-tos'} from 3409; TDNT - 4:695,599; adj AV - hireling 3, hired servant 1; 4 1) one hired, a hireling
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3412 Mitulene {mit-oo-lay'-nay} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Mitylene 1; 1 ¦Ì±À§Q¥§ = "¤ÁÂ_ªº" 1) ¦ì©ó·Rµ^®üªºLsbos®q, ¬O¸Ó®q¥D­n«°¥« (#®{ 20:14|)

3412 Mitulene {mit-oo-lay'-nay} for mutilene (abounding in shellfish);; n pr loc AV - Mitylene 1; 1 Mitylene = "mutilated" 1) the chief maritime town of the island of Lesbos in the Aegean
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3413 Michael {mikh-ah-ale'} of Hebrew origin 04317;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Michael 2; 2 ¦Ì­{°Ç = "¹³¯«ªº¨º¤@¦ì" 1) ¤j§g©Î¤Ñ¨Ïªøªº²Ä¤@¦ì¡MÀ³¬°¥H¦â¦Cªº¦uÅ@¤Ñ¨Ï

3413 Michael {mikh-ah-ale'} of Hebrew origin 04317;; n pr m AV - Michael 2; 2 Michael = "who is like God" 1) the first of the chief princes or archangels who is supposed to be the guardian angel of the Israelites
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3414 mna {mnah} of Latin origin;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pound 9; 9 1) ¦b¬ù: 300ªÙ«È°Çªº­«¶qµ¥©ó¤@½S 2) ¦b·s¬ù, µ¥©ó100¼w©Ô§J°¨(drachmae)¿ú¹ôªº­«¶q, ¤@¥L³s(talent)µ¥©ó 100 ½S, ¤@½Sµ¥©ó 10 1/3 ¯s´µ (300 ¤½§J)

3414 mna {mnah} of Latin origin;; n f AV - pound 9; 9 1) in the OT, a weight of 300 shekels was one pound 2) In the NT, a weight and sum of money equal to 100 drachmae, one talent was 100 pounds, a pound equalled 10 1/3 oz. (300 gm)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3415 mnaomai {mnah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û3306ªºÃö¨­»yºA¡A©ÎªÌ¬Oor3145ªº°ò¦(Âǥѡ¨¤ß§Ó©T©w¡¨¡A©ÎªÌ¡¨§ìºò¤ß·N¡¨ªº·§©À¦Ó¨Ó¡^; °Êµü AV - remember 16, be mindful 2, be had in remembrance 1, in remembrance 1, come in remembrance 1; 21 1) ·Q°_ 1a) ¦^¾Ð°_¡A©Î·Q°_¡A¤ß·N¦^Âà¡A´£¿ô¡A°O©À 1b) ³Q·Q°_¡A³Q°O©À¡A³Q·Q°_ 1c) ·Q°_¤@¥ó¨Æ 1d) ¤£§Ñ°O

3415 mnaomai {mnah'-om-ahee} middle voice of a derivative of 3306 or perhaps of the base of 3145 (through the idea of fixture in the mind or of mental grasp);; v AV - remember 16, be mindful 2, be had in remembrance 1, in remembrance 1, come in remembrance 1; 21 1) to remind 1a) to be recalled or to return to one's mind, to remind one's self of, to remember 1b) to be recalled to mind, to be remembered, had in remembrance 1c) to remember a thing 1d) be mindful of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3416 Mnason {mnah'-sohn} ¨Ó·½¤£¸Ô;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Mnason 1; 1 ®³®] = "¦sÀx¡B°O¾Ð" 1)¤@­Ó¨Ó¦Û©~¤ñ¸ôªº°ò·þ®{, ¤@­Ó±`¨£ªº§ÆÃ¾¦W¦r

3416 Mnason {mnah'-sohn} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Mnason 1; 1 Mnason = "remembering" 1) a Christian from Cyprus, a common Greek name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3417 mneia {mni'-ah} ·½¦Û3415©ÎªÌ3403; TDNT - 4:678,596; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mention 4, remembrance 3; 7 1) ·Q©À¡A°O©À¡A´£¨ì

3417 mneia {mni'-ah} from 3415 or 3403; TDNT - 4:678,596; n f AV - mention 4, remembrance 3; 7 1) remembrance, memory, mention
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3418 mnema {mnay'-mah} ·½¦Û 3415; TDNT - 4:679,596; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sepulchre 4, tomb 2, §í­µ²Å 1; 7 1) ¬°¤F¥Ã»·¬ö©À¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æªº¬ö©À¸O©Î¬ö©À¬¡°Ê 2) ¼X¹Ó¤Wªº¬ö©ÀµP¸O 3) ¼X¹Ó©Î¹Ó¸O

3418 mnema {mnay'-mah} from 3415; TDNT - 4:679,596; n n AV - sepulchre 4, tomb 2, grave 1; 7 1) a monument or memorial to perpetuate the memory of any person or thing 2) a sepulchral monument 3) a sepulchre or tomb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3419 mnemeion {mnay-mi'-on} ·½¦Û 3420; TDNT - 4:680,596; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sepulchre 29, §í­µ²Å 8, tomb 5; 42 1) ¬ö©À¸O (#¸ô 11:47|) 2) ¼X¹Ó

3419 mnemeion {mnay-mi'-on} from 3420; TDNT - 4:680,596; n n AV - sepulchre 29, grave 8, tomb 5; 42 1) any visible object for preserving or recalling the memory of any person or thing 1a) a memorial, monument, specifically, a sepulchral monument 2) a sepulchre, a tomb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3420 mneme {mnay'-may} ·½©ó 3403; TDNT - 4:679,596; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - remembrance 1; 1 1) °O¦í, °O©À 2) ³Æ§Ñ, ´£°_...: °O¦í¤@¥ó¨Æ, ¨Ï°O¦í

3420 mneme {mnay'-may} from 3403; TDNT - 4:679,596; n f AV - remembrance 1; 1 1) memory, remembrance 2) mention: to remember a thing, call to remembrance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3421 mnemoneuo {mnay-mon-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û3420; TDNT - 4:682,596; °Êµü AV - remember 19, be mindful 1, make mention 1; 21 1) ¯d·N¡A¤£§Ñ°O¡A°O±o 1a) ·Q°_¬Y¤H¡A©Î·Pı¨ì¬Y¨Æ 1b) °O±o¡A°O¦í 2) ´£°_¡]¨Ó¤Q¤@22)

3421 mnemoneuo {mnay-mon-yoo'-o} from a derivative of 3420; TDNT - 4:682,596; v AV - remember 19, be mindful 1, make mention 1; 21 1) to be mindful of, to remember, to call to mind 1a) to think of and feel for a person or thing 1b) to hold in memory, keep in mind 2) to make mention of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3422 mnemosunon {mnay-mos'-oo-non} ·½¦Û 3421;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - memorial 3; 3 1) ¬ö©À¬¡°Ê (¹ï¥ô¦ó¤H©Î¨Æ±¡ªº°l¾Ð»P°O©À); ¦^¾Ð, ¬ö©À (#¤Ó 26:13; ¥i 14:9; ®{ 10:4|)

3422 mnemosunon {mnay-mos'-oo-non} from 3421;; n n AV - memorial 3; 3 1) a memorial (that by which the memory of any person or thing is preserved), a remembrance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3423 mnesteuo {mnace-tyoo'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of 3415;; °Êµü AV - espouse 3; 3 1) ¨D±B 2) ¦³±B¬ù¦b¨­ªº, ©w¹L±Bªº (#¤Ó 1:18; ¸ô 1:27, 2:5|)

3423 mnesteuo {mnace-tyoo'-o} from a derivative of 3415;; v AV - espouse 3; 3 1) to woo her and ask her in marriage 2) to be promised in marriage, be betrothed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3424 mogilalos {mog-il-al'-os} ·½¦Û 3425 and 2980;; §Î®eµü AV - having an impediment in (one's) speech 1; 1 1) Á¿¸Ü¦³§xÃøªº (#¥i 7:32|)

3424 mogilalos {mog-il-al'-os} from 3425 and 2980;; adj AV - having an impediment in (one's) speech 1; 1 1) speaking with difficulty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3425 mogis {mog'-is} ·½¦Û°ò¥»¦r mogos (toil); TDNT - 4:735,606; °Æµü AV - hardly 1; 1 1) «ÜÃø¦a, §xÃø¦a #¸ô 9:39|

3425 mogis {mog'-is} from a primary mogos (toil); TDNT - 4:735,606; adv AV - hardly 1; 1 1) hardly, with difficulty,
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3426 modios {mod'-ee-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bushel 3; 3 1) ¤@­Ó®e¶q¡A¤j¬ù¬O8.75¤½¤É

3426 modios {mod'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; n m AV - bushel 3; 3 1) a dry measure holding 16 sextarii (or 1/6 of the Attic medimnus), about a peck (9 litres)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3427 moi {moy} 1698 "§Ú"ªº³æ¼Æ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ´¶³q«¬;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - me 218, my 11, I 10, mine 1; 240 1) §Ú, ¬°§Ú, µ¹§Ú

3427 moi {moy} the simpler form of 1698;; pron AV - me 218, my 11, I 10, mine 1; 240 1) I, me, my
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3428 moichalis {moy-khal-is'} a prolonged form of the ³±©Ê of 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7 1) ²]°ü 2) ¯«»P¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¿Ë±KÃö«Y´N¦n¤ñ±B«Ã, ©Ò¥H¨º¨Ç¤S­«¦^±R«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H, ´N¦n¤ñ¥Ç¤F«Á²]©Î ´N¬O¦p²]°ü¤@¯ë 2a) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ¬Û·í©ó»¡¤£«H¯«ªº, ¤£¼ä²bªº, ¥~¨¹¤H

3428 moichalis {moy-khal-is'} a prolonged form of the feminine of 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; n f AV - adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7 1) an adulteress 2) as the intimate alliance of God with the people of Israel was likened to a marriage, those who relapse into idolatry are said to commit adultery or play the harlot 2a) fig. equiv. to faithless to God, unclean, apostate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3429 moichao {moy-khah'-o} ·½¦Û 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; °Êµü AV - commit adultery 6; 6 1) »P§O¤Hªº©d¤l¦æ²], «Á²]

3429 moichao {moy-khah'-o} from 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; v AV - commit adultery 6; 6 1) to have unlawful intercourse with another's wife, to commit adultery with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3430 moicheia {moy-khi'-ah} ·½¦Û 3431; TDNT - 4:729,605; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - adultery 4; 4 1) ³q«Á

3430 moicheia {moy-khi'-ah} from 3431; TDNT - 4:729,605; n f AV - adultery 4; 4 1) adultery
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3431 moicheuo {moy-khyoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; °Êµü AV - commit adultery 13, in adultery 1; 14 1) ¥Ç«Á²] 1a)«ü¨â©Ê 1b)³æ«ü¨k©Ê 1b1)Æ[©Àªº (#¸ô 16:18; ù 2:22|) 1b2)»P¤Hµo¥Í¹ê½èªº²]¶ÃÃö«Y

3431 moicheuo {moy-khyoo'-o} from 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; v AV - commit adultery 13, in adultery 1; 14 1) to commit adultery 1a) to be an adulterer 1b) to commit adultery with, have unlawful intercourse with another's wife 1c) of the wife: to suffer adultery, be debauched 1d) A Hebrew idiom, the word is used of those who at a woman's solicitation are drawn away to idolatry, i.e. to the eating of things sacrificed to idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3432 moichos {moy-khos'} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:729,605;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - adulterer 4; 4 1) «Á¤Ò, «¹ÀY 2) Áô³ë. «ü¤£«H¯«ªº¤H, ¤£Äݯ«ªº¤H

3432 moichos {moy-khos'} perhaps a primary word; TDNT - 4:729,605; n m AV - adulterer 4; 4 1) an adulterer 2) metaph. one who is faithless toward God, ungodly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3433 molis {mol'-is} probably by var. for 3425; TDNT - 4:735,606; °Æµü AV - scarce 2, scarcely 2, hardly 1, have much work + 2480 1; 6 1) ¦³§xÃøªº, Á}Ãø¤£©öªº 2) ¤£Â²³æªº, ¥ç§Y ´X¥G¨S¦³ªº, «D±`¤Ö¨£ªº

3433 molis {mol'-is} probably by var. for 3425; TDNT - 4:735,606; adv AV - scarce 2, scarcely 2, hardly 1, have much work + 2480 1; 6 1) with difficulty, hardly 2) not easily, i.e. scarcely, very rarely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3434 Moloch {mol-okh'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å4432; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Moloch 1; 1 ¼¯¬¥ = "¤ý" 1) ¨È­Ì¤Hªº¯«¬é,¥H¤H,¯S§O¬O¤p«Ä¤l¬°¨ä²½«~.(#®{ 7:43|)

3434 Moloch {mol-okh'} of Hebrew origin 04432;; n pr m AV - Moloch 1; 1 Molech = "king" 1) the name of the idol god of the Ammonites, to which human victims, particularly young children were offered in sacrifice. Its image was a hollow brazen figure, with the head of an ox, and outstretched human arms. It was heated red hot by a fire from within, and the little ones placed in its arms to be slowly burned, while to prevent the parents from hearing the dying cries, the sacrificing priests beat drums
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3435 moluno {mol-oo'-no} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3189; TDNT - 4:736,606; °Êµü AV - defile 3; 3 1) §Ëż, ªg¦Ã, ¦Ã¬V¬r®`, ¦Ã·l, ¥¢¥h¥ú¿A 1a) ·s¬ù¤¤«ü¨º¨Ç¤£«O¦u¦Û¤v²M²b¼ä¥Õ, §K©ó¸oªº¦Ã¬V, Åý¦Û¨­¼ÉÅS©ó«Á²]ªº·Å§É¤¤ (#ªL«e 8:7; ±Ò 3:4, 14:4|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5864

3435 moluno {mol-oo'-no} probably from 3189; TDNT - 4:736,606; v AV - defile 3; 3 1) to pollute, stain, contaminate, defile 1a) used in NT of those who have not kept themselves pure from the defilements of sin, who have soiled themselves by fornication and adultery For Synonyms see entry 5864
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3436 molusmos {mol-oos-mos'} ·½¦Û 3435; TDNT - 4:737,606;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - filthiness 1; 1 1) §Ëż, ¦Ã¬V, ¥ô¦ó¨Ï¨Æª«¾D¨ü·lÃa©Îªg¦Ãªº¦æ¬° (#ªL«á 7:1|)

3436 molusmos {mol-oos-mos'} from 3435; TDNT - 4:737,606; n m AV - filthiness 1; 1 1) defilement, an action by which anything is defiled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3437 momphe {mom-fay'} ·½¦Û 3201; TDNT - 4:571,580; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - quarrel 1; 1 1) ³d³Æ 2) ¹ï¤H¦³©ê«è

3437 momphe {mom-fay'} from 3201; TDNT - 4:571,580; n f AV - quarrel 1; 1 1) blame 2) to have a complaint against any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3438 mone {mon-ay'} ·½¦Û 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mansion 1, abode 1; 2 1) °±¯d¤§³B, ©~©Ò, ¦í©Ò 2) ¨Ï©~¦í, °±¯d 3) Áô³ë. ¸tÆF©~¦í¦b¤Z«Hªº¤H¨­¤W (#¬ù 14:23|)

3438 mone {mon-ay'} from 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; n f AV - mansion 1, abode 1; 2 1) a staying, abiding, dwelling, abode 2) to make an (one's) abode 3) metaph. of the God the Holy Spirit indwelling believers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3439 monogenes {mon-og-en-ace'} ·½©ó 3441 ©M 1096; TDNT - 4:737,606; §Î®eµü AV - only begotten 6, only 2, only child 1; 9 1) ¿W¤@µL¤Gªº, °ß¤@ªº 1a) ¥Î¥H«ü¿W¤l©Î¿W¤k(¹ï¨ä¤÷¥À¦Ó¨¥) 1b) ¥Î¥H«ü°ò·þ, «ü¯«ªº¿W¥Í¤l

3439 monogenes {mon-og-en-ace'} from 3441 and 1096; TDNT - 4:737,606; adj AV - only begotten 6, only 2, only child 1; 9 1) single of its kind, only 1a) used of only sons or daughters (viewed in relation to their parents) 1b) used of Christ, denotes the only begotten son of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3440 monon {mon'-on} ·½¦Û3441;; °Æµün AV - only 62, alone 3, but 1; 66 1) °ß¦³¡A³æ¿W¡A¥u¬O

3440 monon {mon'-on} from 3441;; adv n AV - only 62, alone 3, but 1; 66 1) only, alone, but
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3441 monos {mon'-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3306;; §Î®eµü AV - only 24, alone 21, by (one's) self 2; 47 1) ©t¿Wªº (¨S¦³ªB¤Í), ³Q¿ò±óªº, ¯Ê¥FÀ°§Uªº, ³æ¿Wªº, ¥u¦³, ¶È

3441 monos {mon'-os} probably from 3306;; adj AV - only 24, alone 21, by (one's) self 2; 47 1) alone (without a companion), forsaken, destitute of help, alone, only, merely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3442 monophthalmos {mon-of'-thal-mos} ·½¦Û 3441 and 3788;; §Î®eµü AV - with one eye 2; 2 1) ³à¥¢¤@°¦²´·ú, ¦³¤@°¦²´·ú

3442 monophthalmos {mon-of'-thal-mos} from 3441 and 3788;; adj AV - with one eye 2; 2 1) deprived of one eye, having one eye
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3443 monoo {mon-o'-o} ·½¦Û 3441;; °Êµü AV - be desolate 1; 1 1) ¿W©~, µL¨ÌµL¾a 2) ¨Ï©t³æ, ©ß±ó (#´£«e 5:5|)

3443 monoo {mon-o'-o} from 3441;; v AV - be desolate 1; 1 1) to make single or solitary 2) leave alone, forsake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3444 morphe {mor-fay'} perhaps from the base of 3313 (through the idea of adjustment of parts); TDNT - 4:742,607; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - form 3; 3 1) ¤H©Îª«ªºµøÄ±¼v¹³ 2) ¥~«¬, ¥~ªí, §Î¶H (#¥i 16:12; µÌ 2:6-7|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5865

3444 morphe {mor-fay'} perhaps from the base of 3313 (through the idea of adjustment of parts); TDNT - 4:742,607; n f AV - form 3; 3 1) the form by which a person or thing strikes the vision 2) external appearance For Synonyms see entry 5865
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3445 morphoo {mor-fo'-o} »P 3444 ¦P ; TDNT - 4:752,607; °Êµü AV - form 1; 1 1) §Î¦¨, ²Õ¦¨ #¥[ 4:19|

3445 morphoo {mor-fo'-o} from the same as 3444; TDNT - 4:752,607; v AV - form 1; 1 1) to form
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3446 morphosis {mor'-fo-sis} ·½¦Û 3445; TDNT - 4:754,607; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - form 2; 2 1) §Î¦¨, ¶ì³y 2) ºc¦¨ 2a) ¥~Æ[, §Îª¬ 2b) ¾A·íªº¥é®Ä¬Yª«©Î¯u¹êªº¤ÏÀ³¬Y¨Æ¹ê, ½T¹êªº§ÎºA (#ù 2:20; ´£«á 3:5|)

3446 morphosis {mor'-fo-sis} from 3445; TDNT - 4:754,607; n f AV - form 2; 2 1) a forming, shaping 2) form 2a) the mere form, semblance 2b) the form befitting a thing or truly expressing the fact, the very form
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3447 moschopoieo {mos-khop-oy-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3448 and 4160;; °Êµü AV - make a calf 1; 1 1) °µ¤@°¦¤ûÃ} (¤ûÃ}ªº¹³) (#®{ 7:41|)

3447 moschopoieo {mos-khop-oy-eh'-o} from 3448 and 4160;; v AV - make a calf 1; 1 1) to make (an image of) a calf
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3448 moschos {mos'-khos} ¥i¯à¬O oschos (¥®ªK) ªº¥[±j«¬; TDNT - 4:760,610;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - calf 6; 6 1) «C¹à¦ÓªYªY¦Vºaªº¥®­] 1a) ´Óª«©Î¾ð¥»ªº¥®®è 2) «á¸Ç¤l¶à 2a) «ü¤H: ¨k«Ä©Î¤k«Ä, ¤×¨ä«ü¦~¥®¬X®zªº 2b) «ü°Êª«: ¥®Ã~ 3) ¤p¤ûÃ}, ¤p¤½¤û, ¤p¥À¤û

3448 moschos {mos'-khos} probably strengthened for oschos (a shoot); TDNT - 4:760,610; n m AV - calf 6; 6 1) a tender juicy shoot 1a) a sprout, of a plant or tree 2) offspring 2a) of men: a boy or a girl, esp. if fresh and delicate 2b) of animals: a young one 3) a calf, a bullock, a heifer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3449 mochthos {mokh'-thos} ·½©ó 3425 ªº¦r·½;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - travail 2, painfulness 1; 3 1) §xÃø¶O¤Oªº¤u§@, ¨¯³Ò, ­WÃø, Á}Ãø, §x¹Ò, ¦MÃø ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5860

3449 mochthos {mokh'-thos} from the base of 3425;; n m AV - travail 2, painfulness 1; 3 1) a hard and difficult labour, toil, travail, hardship, distress For Synonyms see entry 5860
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3450 mou {moo} 1700 "§Ú"ªº³æ¼Æ©Ò¦³®æ´¶³q§Î;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - my 501, me 52, mine 19, I 11, mine own 4; 587 1) §Úªº

3450 mou {moo} the simpler form of 1700;; pron AV - my 501, me 52, mine 19, I 11, mine own 4; 587 1) I, me, my, of me
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3451 mousikos {moo-sik-os'} ·½¦Û Mousa (a Muse);; ¹ê¦Wµü¡]§@¦Wµü¥Î¡^ AV - musician 1; 1 1) ©^Ämµ¹Á[¥q(¬°¥q¤åÃÀ, ­µ¼Ö¤Î¬ü³Nªº¤k¯«) 2) ¦b¤å¬ì¤W¦³¤Ñ½á, ¦³³y¸Ú 3) ¯S«ü¦³­µ¼Ö¤Ñ¥÷ 4) ¼u«µ¼Ö¾¹ (#18:22|)

3451 mousikos {moo-sik-os'} from Mousa (a Muse);; subst AV - musician 1; 1 1) devoted to and skilled in the arts sacred to the muses 2) accomplished in the liberal arts 3) specifically, skilled in music 4) playing on musical instruments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3452 muelos {moo-el-os'} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - marrow 1; 1 1) °©Åè

3452 muelos {moo-el-os'} perhaps a root word;; n m AV - marrow 1; 1 1) marrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3453 mueo {moo-eh'-o} ·½¦Û the base of 3466; TDNT - 4:828,615; °Êµü AV - instruct 1; 1 1) ¶}©l¨ä¨ÆÂÝ 2) ¹ý©³ªº±Ð¾É, §h©J 2a) ¨Ï¤H²ßºD©ó¬Y¨Æ 2b) ¨Ï¤H¯à¹ï¬Y¨Æºë³q´x´¤ (#µÌ 4:12|)

3453 mueo {moo-eh'-o} from the base of 3466; TDNT - 4:828,615; v AV - instruct 1; 1 1) to initiate into the mysteries 2) to teach fully, instruct 2a) to accustom one to a thing 2b) to give one an intimate acquaintance with a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3454 muthos {moo'-thos} perhaps »P...¦P·½ 3453 (through the idea of tuition); TDNT - 4:762,610;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fable 5; 5 1) ºt»¡, ¸Ü»¡, ©Ò»¡ªº¸Ü 2) ±Ô­z, ¬G¨Æ 2a) ¯u¹êªº±Ô­z 2b) µêºcªº¬G¨Æ, ´J¨¥, ¯«¸Ü, ÁÀ¨¥µêºc, 2b1) ®º³yªº, ¤£¹êªº, µêÁÀªº

3454 muthos {moo'-thos} perhaps from the same as 3453 (through the idea of tuition); TDNT - 4:762,610; n m AV - fable 5; 5 1) a speech, word, saying 2) a narrative, story 2a) a true narrative 2b) a fiction, a fable 2b1) an invention, a falsehood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3455 mukaomai {moo-kah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of muzo ( to "moo");; °Êµü AV - roar 1; 1 1) ¤û»ï¥s, §q¥s, ½T¤Á¦a»¡¬O ¦³¨¤ªº¤û©Òµo¥XªºÁn­µ 2) ·à¤lªº§q¥s (#±Ò 10:3|)

3455 mukaomai {moo-kah'-om-ahee} from a presumed derivative of muzo ( to "moo");; v AV - roar 1; 1 1) to low, bellow, properly of horned cattle 2) to roar, of a lion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3456 mukterizo {mook-tay-rid'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative of the base of 3455 (meaning snout, as that whence lowing proceeds); TDNT - 4:796,614; °Êµü AV - mock 1; 1 1) ÃÕ»¦, »´½° 2) «V§Ë, ¼J§Ë

3456 mukterizo {mook-tay-rid'-zo} from a derivative of the base of 3455 (meaning snout, as that whence lowing proceeds); TDNT - 4:796,614; v AV - mock 1; 1 1) to turn up the nose or sneer at 2) to mock, deride
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3457 mulikos {moo-lee-kos'} ·½¦Û 3458;; §Î®eµü AV - millstone + 3037 1; 1 1) ÄÝ©ó¿i§{ªº 2) ¥H¿i¥Û»s³yªº

3457 mulikos {moo-lee-kos'} from 3458;; adj AV - millstone + 3037 1; 1 1) belonging to a mill 2) made of millstone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3458 mulos {moo'-los} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - millstone + 3684 2, millstone 2; 4 1) ¿i§{ (#±Ò 18:22|) 2) ¿i¥Û

3458 mulos {moo'-los} probably ultimately from the base of 3433 (through the idea of hardship);; n m AV - millstone + 3684 2, millstone 2; 4 1) a mill stone 1a) a large mill consisted of two stones, an upper and an under one 1b) the "nether" stone was stationary, but the upper one was turned by an ass 2) a mill, the noise made by a mill
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3459 mulon {moo'-lone} ·½¦Û 3458;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mill 1; 1 1) ¬ã¿i¾÷¹BÂ઺¦a¤è 2) ¿i§{

3459 mulon {moo'-lone} from 3458;; n m AV - mill 1; 1 1) place where a mill runs 2) mill house
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3460 Mura {moo'-rah} of uncertain derivation;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Myra 1; 1 ¨C©Ô= "¨SÃÄ: ¨SÃÄ¥Ä" 1) ¦ì©ó¤p¨È²Ó¨È¦è«n³B, §f®a¦a¤@­Ó­«­nªº«°Âí, ¶Zriver Andriacusªe¤f 2.5 ­^¨½(4 ¤½¨½) (#®{ 27:5|)

3460 Mura {moo'-rah} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Myra 1; 1 Myra = "myrrh: myrtle juice" 1) an important town in Lycia, on the southwest coast of Asia Minor, on the river Andriacus, 2.5 miles (4 km) from the mouth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3461 murias {moo-ree'-as} from 3463;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ten thousand times ten thousand 2, two hundred thousand thousand + 1417 2, innumerable multitude 1, ten thousand 1, innumerable company 1, fifty thousand + 3902 1, thousands 1; 9 1) ¤@¸U 2) µL¼Æ¡M¼Æ¤£ºÉªº¸s¶q,¤@­Ó¨S¦³½d³ò¼Æ¥Ø 3) µL¼Æªº¤Ñ¨Ï

3461 murias {moo-ree'-as} from 3463;; n f AV - ten thousand times ten thousand 2, two hundred thousand thousand + 1417 2, innumerable multitude 1, ten thousand 1, innumerable company 1, fifty thousand + 3902 1, thousands 1; 9 1) ten thousand 2) an innumerable multitude, an unlimited number 3) innumerable hosts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3462 murizo {moo-rid'-zo} ·½¦Û 3464; TDNT - 4:800,615; °Êµü AV - anoint 1; 1 1) ¶î©Ùªo, (#¥i 14:8|)

3462 murizo {moo-rid'-zo} from 3464; TDNT - 4:800,615; v AV - anoint 1; 1 1) to anoint
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3463 murioi {moo'-ree-oi} ½Æ¼Æ of an apparently primary word (¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, meaning very many);; §Î®eµü AV - ten thousand 3; 3 1) ¼Æ¤£²Mªº, µL¼Æªº 2) ¤@¸U (#¤Ó 18:24; ªL«e 4:15, 14:19|)

3463 murioi {moo'-ree-oi} plural of an apparently primary word (properly, meaning very many);; adj AV - ten thousand 3; 3 1) innumerable, countless 2) ten thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3464 muron {moo'-ron} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y [cf 04753, 04666]; TDNT - 4:800,615; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ointment 14; 14 1) ªo»I

3464 muron {moo'-ron} probably of foreign origin [cf 04753, 04666]; TDNT - 4:800,615; n n AV - ointment 14; 14 1) ointment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3465 Musia {moo-see'-ah} of uncertain origin;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Mysia 2; 2 ¨C¦è¨È= "¼é¶¡±a´Óª«¤§¦a" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Ó¬Ù, ¦ì©ó·Rµ^®ü©¤Ã䪺, ¦b§f©³¨È(Lydia)»P Popontis ¤§¶¡; ¥]¬A§O­{¼¯(Pergamos), ¯Sù¨È(Troas), ©MAssos µ¥«°¥« (#®{ 16:7-8|)

3465 Musia {moo-see'-ah} of uncertain origin;; n pr loc AV - Mysia 2; 2 Mysia = "land of beach trees" 1) a province of Asia Minor on the shore of the Aegean Sea, between Lydia and Popontis; it included the cities of Pergamos, Troas, and Assos
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3466 musterion {moos-tay'-ree-on} ·½¦Û»Pmuo(³¬¼L)¬ÛÃöªº¦r; TDNT - 4:802,615; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mystery 27; 27 1)(¯«ªº)¯µ±K 2)(¶W¥G¥¿±`²z¸Ñªº)¶WµM¹ê±¡©Î¯µ±K

3466 musterion {moos-tay'-ree-on} from a derivative of muo (to shut the mouth); TDNT - 4:802,615; n n AV - mystery 27; 27 1) hidden thing, secret, mystery 1a) generally mysteries, religious secrets, confided only to the initiated and not to ordinary mortals 1b) a hidden or secret thing, not obvious to the understanding 1c) a hidden purpose or counsel 1c1) secret will 1c1a) of men 1c1b) of God: the secret counsels which govern God in dealing with the righteous, which are hidden from ungodly and wicked men but plain to the godly 2) in rabbinic writings, it denotes the mystic or hidden sense 2a) of an OT saying 2b) of an image or form seen in a vision 2c) of a dream
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3467 muopazo {moo-ope-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û a compound of the base of 3466 and ops (the face, from 3700);; °Êµü AV - cannot see afar off 1; 1 1) ÂaÄg¦a¬Ý¨£, ¥u¨£ªñ³B¤§ª« (#©¼«á 1:9|)

3467 muopazo {moo-ope-ad'-zo} from a compound of the base of 3466 and ops (the face, from 3700);; v AV - cannot see afar off 1; 1 1) to see dimly, see only what is near
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3468 molops {mo'-lopes} ·½¦Û molos ("moil", probably ªñ¦ü to the base of 3433) and probably ops (the face, from 3700); TDNT - 4:829,619;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stripe 1; 1 1) «C¸~, ¶Ë²ª, Ã@²ª, ¤´µM·¸¦åªº¶Ë¤f (#©¼«e 2:24|)

3468 molops {mo'-lopes} from molos ("moil", probably akin to the base of 3433) and probably ops (the face, from 3700); TDNT - 4:829,619; n m AV - stripe 1; 1 1) a bruise, wale, wound that trickles with blood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3469 momaomai {mo-mah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 3470;; °Êµü AV - blame 2; 2 1) ³d³Æ, ¬D­ç, ¼J§Ë(#ªL«á 6:3;8:20|)

3469 momaomai {mo-mah'-om-ahee} from 3470;; v AV - blame 2; 2 1) to blame, find fault with, mock at
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3470 momos {mo'-mos} perhaps from 3201; TDNT - 4:829,619;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - blemish 1; 1 1) ¯ÊÂI, ¦ÃÂI, ¾¥º{, ®¢°d, ¤£¦WÅA 1a) ³dÃø, «ü³d 1b) «V°d 1b1) «ü¨ä¬O³QªÀ·|©Ò¤£®¢ªº¤H

3470 momos {mo'-mos} perhaps from 3201; TDNT - 4:829,619; n m AV - blemish 1; 1 1) blemish, blot, disgrace 1a) censure 1b) insult 1b1) of men who are a disgrace to society
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3471 moraino {mo-rah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 3474; TDNT - 4:832,620; °Êµü AV - lose savour 2, become a fool 1, make foolish 1; 4 1) ¦¨¬°·M²Âªº¤H, ¦æ¬°·MÄø¥i¯º 2a) °µ¥X¶Ì¼Ëªº... 2a1) ÃÒ©ú¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æ¯îÂÕ·M©å 2b) ¨Ï¥­©ZµL¨ýªº 2b1) «üÆQ¥¢¥h¨ä¨ý¹D©M®ÄªG

3471 moraino {mo-rah'-ee-no} from 3474; TDNT - 4:832,620; v AV - lose savour 2, become a fool 1, make foolish 1; 4 1) to be foolish, to act foolishly 2a) to make foolish 2a1) to prove a person or a thing foolish 2b) to make flat and tasteless 2b1) of salt that has lost its strength and flavour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3472 moria {mo-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 3474; TDNT - 4:832,620; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - foolishness 5; 5 1) ·MÄø

3472 moria {mo-ree'-ah} from 3474; TDNT - 4:832,620; n f AV - foolishness 5; 5 1) foolishness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3473 morologia {mo-rol-og-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3474 »P 3004 ªº½Æ©M; TDNT - 4:832,620; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - foolish talking 1; 1 1) Äø¸Ü¡B¦k»y

3473 morologia {mo-rol-og-ee'-ah} from a compound of 3474 and 3004; TDNT - 4:832,620; n f AV - foolish talking 1; 1 1) foolish talking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3474 moros {mo-ros'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3466 ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 4:832,620; §Î®eµü AV - foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13 1) ·MÄøªº 2) ¤£«Hªº, µL¯«ªº

3474 moros {mo-ros'} probably from the base of 3466; TDNT - 4:832,620; adj AV - foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13 1) foolish 2) impious, godless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3475 Moseus {moce-yoos'} ©Î Moses {mo-sace'} ©Î Mouses {mo-oo-sace'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r Hebrew 04872; TDNT - 4:848,622;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Moses 80; 80 ¼¯¦è = "±a¥X¨Ó" 1) ¹{§G«ßªkµ¹µS¤Ó¤Hªº¤H, ¦b¬YºØµ{«×¤W¨Ó»¡, ¥L¥i»¡¬OµS¤Ó¤H©v±Ðªº³Ð©lªÌ. ¬ù¸t¸gªº«e¤­¥»®Ñ ³£¬O¥L¼gªº, ¤@¯ë³QºÙ§@¬°¼¯¦è¤­¸g.

3475 Moseus {moce-yoos'} or Moses {mo-sace'} or Mouses {mo-oo-sace'} of Hebrew origin 04872; TDNT - 4:848,622; n pr m AV - Moses 80; 80 Moses = "drawing out" 1) the legislator of the Jewish people and in a certain sense the founder of the Jewish religion. He wrote the first five books of the Bible, commonly referred to as the Books of Moses.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3476 Naasson {nah-as-sone'} of Hebrew origin 05177;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Naasson 3; 3 ®³¶¶ = "ªk®v" 1) °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý

3476 Naasson {nah-as-sone'} of Hebrew origin 05177;; n pr m AV - Naasson 3; 3 Nahshon = "enchanter" 1) an ancestor of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3477 Naggai {nang-gah'-ee} ¥i¯à¬O·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å cf 05052;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nagge 1; 1 ®³¸Ó = "·ÓÄ£ªº, ·Ó«Gªº" 1) °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý

3477 Naggai {nang-gah'-ee} probably of Hebrew origin cf 05052;; n pr m AV - Nagge 1; 1 Nagge = "illuminating" 1) an ancestor of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3478 Nazareth {nad-zar-eth'} ©Î Nazaret {nad-zar-et'} of uncertain derivation;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Nazareth 12; 12 ®³¼»°Ç = "ÂÔ·Vªº¤H" 1) °ò·þªº®a¶m¤Î³q±`ªº©~¦í¦a

3478 Nazareth {nad-zar-eth'} or Nazaret {nad-zar-et'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Nazareth 12; 12 Nazareth = "the guarded one" 1) the ordinary residence and home town of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3479 Nazarenos {nad-zar-ay-nos'} ·½¦Û 3478; TDNT - 4:874,625; §Î®eµü AV - of Nazareth 4; 4 1) ®³¼»°Çªº©~¥Á

3479 Nazarenos {nad-zar-ay-nos'} from 3478; TDNT - 4:874,625; adj AV - of Nazareth 4; 4 1) a resident of Nazareth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3480 Nazoraios {nad-zo-rah'-yos} ·½¦Û 3478; TDNT - 4:874,625;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - of Nazareth 13, Nazarene 2; 15 ®³¼»°Ç¤H= "¤À¶}ªº¤H" 1) ®³¼»°Ç¦aªº©~¥Á 2) ¦b·s¬ù¥Î¨ÓºÙ©I­C¿qªº¦W¦r(ÀY»Î) 3) ³QµS¤Ó¤H¨Ï¥Î¨ÓºÙ©I°ò·þ®{ªº¦W¦r, ¦p(#®{ 24:5|)

3480 Nazoraios {nad-zo-rah'-yos} from 3478; TDNT - 4:874,625; n pr m AV - of Nazareth 13, Nazarene 2; 15 Nazarite = "one separated" 1) an inhabitant of Nazareth 2) a title given to Jesus in the NT 3) a name given to Christians by the Jews, Ac. 24:5
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3481 Nathan {nath-an'} of Hebrew origin 05416;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Nathan 1; 1 ®³³æ = "µ¹¤©ªÌ" 1)¤j½Ã²Ä¥|­Ó¨à¤l,¨È¦Ì§Qªº¤k¨à©Þ®Ñ¨È©Ò¥Í¡C

3481 Nathan {nath-an'} of Hebrew origin 05416;; n pr m AV - Nathan 1; 1 Nathan = "a giver" 1) one of the four sons of David who were born to him by Bathshua
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3482 Nathanael {nath-an-ah-ale'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 05417;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nathanael 6; 6 ®³¦ý·~ = "¤W«ÒªºÂ§ª«" 1) ­C¿q°ò·þªº¤@­Ó¿Ë±Kªºªù®{, ¥L³q±`³Q»{¬°»P¤Ú¦hù¶R¬O¦P¤@¤H

3482 Nathanael {nath-an-ah-ale'} of Hebrew origin 05417;; n pr m AV - Nathanael 6; 6 Nathanael = "gift of God" 1) an intimate disciple of Jesus Christ, he is commonly thought to be the same person as Bartholomew
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3483 nai {nahee} ªí±j¯P ¥D±i, Â_¨¥ ªº°ò¥»½èµü/»y§Uµü;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - yea 23, even so 5, yes 3, truth 1, verily 1, surely 1; 34 1) ªÖ©w, ¹ê¦b, ¯uªº, ½T«HµLºÃ¦a, ½T¹ê¦p¦¹

3483 nai {nahee} a primary particle of strong affirmation;; particle AV - yea 23, even so 5, yes 3, truth 1, verily 1, surely 1; 34 1) yea, verily, truly, assuredly, even so
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3484 Nain {nah-in'} probably of Hebrew origin cf 04999];; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Nain 1; 1 ®³¦]= "¬üÄR" 1) ¥[§Q§Qªº¤@­Ó§ø²ø, ¦ì©ó¤p«¢»Xªº¥_°¼ (#¸ô 7:11|)

3484 Nain {nah-in'} probably of Hebrew origin cf 04999];; n pr loc AV - Nain 1; 1 Nain =meaning "beauty" 1) a village in Galilee located at the north base of Little Hermon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3485 naos {nah-os'} ·½¦Ûnaio (©~¦í); TDNT - 4:880,625;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - temple 45, a shrine 1; 46 1) ¸t·µ 1a)¤@¯ëªº 1b)­C¸ô¼»§Nªº 1c)¤Ñ¤Wªº 1d)¤Hªº¨­Åé(³ë·N) 1e)­C¿qªº¨­Åé (#¬ù 2:19,20,21|)

3485 naos {nah-os'} from a primary naio (to dwell); TDNT - 4:880,625; n m AV - temple 45, a shrine 1; 46 1) used of the temple at Jerusalem, but only of the sacred edifice (or sanctuary) itself, consisting of the Holy place and the Holy of Holies (in classical Greek it is used of the sanctuary or cell of the temple, where the image of gold was placed which is distinguished from the whole enclosure) 2) any heathen temple or shrine 3) metaph. the spiritual temple consisting of the saints of all ages joined together by and in Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3486 Naoum {nah-oom'} of Hebrew origin 05151;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Naum 1; 1 ®³ÂE = "¦w¼¢, ¼¢ÂÇ" 1) ¥H´µ§Qªº¨à¤l¨Ã¨È¼¯´µªº¤÷¿Ë, °ò·þªº¯ªÃÐ (#¸ô 3:25|)

3486 Naoum {nah-oom'} of Hebrew origin 05151;; n pr m AV - Naum 1; 1 Naum = "consolation" 1) son of Esli and father of Amos, in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3487 nardos {nar'dos} ·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y °Ñ 05373; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - spikenard + 4101 2; 2 1) ¥ÌªQ­»,¬O¤@ºØªâªÚªº°w¸­´Óª«,¥j¤H¥Î¨Ó§@ªo»I (#¥i 14:3; ¬ù 12:3|)

3487 nardos {nar'dos} of foreign origin cf 05373;; n f AV - spikenard + 4101 2; 2 1) nard, the head or spike of a fragrant East Indian plant belonging to the genus Valerianna, which yields a juice of delicious odour which the ancients used (either pure or mixed) in the preparation of a most precious ointment 2) nard oil or ointment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3488 Narkissos {nar'-kis-sos} a flower of the same name, from narke (stupefaction, as a "narcotic");;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Narcissus 1; 1 ®³¨ä¼Æ= "·MÄø" 1) ¦bù°¨®Ñ 16:11 ³Q«Où©Ò´£°_ªº¤@¦ìù°¨©~¥Á (#ù 16:11|)

3488 Narkissos {nar'-kis-sos} a flower of the same name, from narke (stupefaction, as a "narcotic");; n pr m AV - Narcissus 1; 1 Narcissus = "stupidity" 1) a dweller at Rome mentioned by Paul in Rom. 16:11
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3489 nauageo {now-ag-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 3491 and 71; TDNT - 4:891,627; °Êµü AV - suffer shipwreck 1, make shipwreck 1; 2 1) ¸g¾ú²îÃø (#ªL«á 11:25; ´£«e 1:19|)

3489 nauageo {now-ag-eh'-o} from a compound of 3491 and 71; TDNT - 4:891,627; v AV - suffer shipwreck 1, make shipwreck 1; 2 1) to suffer shipwreck
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3490 naukleros {now'-klay-ros} ·½¦Û 3491 and 2819 ("clerk");;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - owner of a ship 1; 1 1) ²î¥D, 1a) ¬°¹B¿é¦Ó±N²îÄ¥©Î¨ä³¡¤À¥X¯²ªº²îªF (#®{ 27:11|)

3490 naukleros {now'-klay-ros} from 3491 and 2819 ("clerk");; n m AV - owner of a ship 1; 1 1) a ship owner, ship master 1a) one who hires out his vessel, or a portion of it, for purposes of transportation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3491 naus {nowce} ·½¦Û nao or neo (to float);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ship 1; 1 1) ²î, ¬Û·í¤jªº²îÄ¥

3491 naus {nowce} from nao or neo (to float);; n f AV - ship 1; 1 1) a ship, vessel of considerable size
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3492 nautes {now'-tace} ·½¦Û 3491;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - shipman 2, sailor 1; 3 1) ¤ô¤â, ®ü­û, ²î­û

3492 nautes {now'-tace} from 3491;; n m AV - shipman 2, sailor 1; 3 1) a sailor, seaman, mariner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3493 Nachor {nakh-ore'} of Hebrew origin 05152;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nachor 1; 1 ®³Åb= "¼Q»ó®§" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨u®a±Ú¤¤¤G­Ó¦¨­ûªº¦W¦r, °ò·þªº²Õ¥ý (#¸ô 3:34|)

3493 Nachor {nakh-ore'} of Hebrew origin 05152;; n pr m AV - Nachor 1; 1 Nahor = "snorting" 1) was the name of two persons in the family of Abraham, an ancestor of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3494 neanias {neh-an-ee'-as} ·½¦Û 3501 ¤§¤Þ¥Ó¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - young man 5; 5 1) ¦~»´¤H

3494 neanias {neh-an-ee'-as} from a derivative of 3501;; n m AV - young man 5; 5 1) a young man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3495 neaniskos {neh-an-is'-kos} »P 3494 ¦P·½;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - young man 10; 10 1) ¦~»´¤H, ¤Ö¦~ 1a) ¥Î¥H«ü¦~»´ªºÀH±q©Î¹²¤H

3495 neaniskos {neh-an-is'-kos} from the same as 3494;; n m AV - young man 10; 10 1) a young man, youth 1a) used of a young attendant or servant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3496 Neapolis {neh-ap'-ol-is} ·½¦Û 3501©M 4172;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Neapolis 1; 1 ¥§¨Èªi§Q = "·s¥«Âí" 1)°¨¨ä¹y¤ý°êªºªu®ü¥«Âí, ®üÆW Syrymon, having a ´ä¤f and ´Þ¥Á¦a by Chalcidians

3496 Neapolis {neh-ap'-ol-is} from 3501 and 4172;; n pr loc AV - Neapolis 1; 1 Neapolis = "new city" 1) a maritime city of Macedonia, on the gulf of Syrymon, having a port and colonised by Chalcidians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3497 Neeman {neh-eh-man'} of Hebrew origin 05283;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Naaman 1; 1 ±Ô§Q¨È¤H¤DÁg = "´r§Ö;µÎ¾A" 1) ±Ô§Q¨È­x¨Æªº­º»â

3497 Neeman {neh-eh-man'} of Hebrew origin 05283;; n pr m AV - Naaman 1; 1 Naaman the Syrian = "pleasantness" 1) commander-in-chief of the army of Syria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3498 nekros {nek-ros'} ÅãµM·½¦Û°ò¥»ªº nekus (¤@¨ã«ÍÅé); TDNT - 4:892,627; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - dead 132; 132 1) ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O 1a) ¤w¸gÂ_®ðªº¤H, µL¥Í©R 1b) ¤w¬Gªº¤H, ¦ºªÌ, ÆF»î¦b¤Ñ°ó©Î¦aº»ªº¤H 1c) ¥¢¥h¥Í©R, ¨S¦³¥Í©R¸ñ¶H, µL¥Í©Rªº 2) Áô³ë 2a) ÆF©Ê¦º¤` 2a1) ¯Ê¥F»{ÃѤW«Ò¡B²`·R¤W«Òªº¥Í©R, ¦] ¬°©}ªA©ó¹L¥Ç»P¸o 2a2) ¤£°µ¥¿·íªº¨Æ 2b) ¯Ê¥F¤O®ð©Î¤O¶q, ¤£¬¡ÅDªº, ¤£¬¡°Êªº

3498 nekros {nek-ros'} from an apparently primary nekus (a corpse); TDNT - 4:892,627; adj AV - dead 132; 132 1) properly 1a) one that has breathed his last, lifeless 1b) deceased, departed, one whose soul is in heaven or hell 1c) destitute of life, without life, inanimate 2) metaph. 2a) spiritually dead 2a1) destitute of a life that recognises and is devoted to God, because given up to trespasses and sins 2a2) inactive as respects doing right 2b) destitute of force or power, inactive, inoperative
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3499 nekroo {nek-ro'-o} ·½©ó 3498; TDNT - 4:894,627; °Êµü AV - be dead 2, mortify 1; 3 1) µ¹¥L¦º, ­P©ó¦º¦a, ±þÂW 2) ºë¯h¤OºÜ¦ÓºÉ 2a) «üµê®zªº¦Ñ¤H 3) ­é¹ÜÅv¶Õ, ·´¥h¨ä¤O¶q

3499 nekroo {nek-ro'-o} from 3498; TDNT - 4:894,627; v AV - be dead 2, mortify 1; 3 1) to make dead, to put to death, slay 2) worn out 2a) of an impotent old man 3) to deprive of power, destroy the strength of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3500 nekrosis {nek'-ro-sis} ·½¦Û 3499; TDNT - 4:895,627; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - deadness 1, dying 1; 2 1) ³B¦º, ­P¦º 2) «Ý³Q³B¦º 3) À±¯dª¬ºA, µoÁn¿ð½w, »y²j¤£¸Ô 3a) ¨­Å骺¾¹©x©Î¥ô¤@³¡¦ì°Ê§@¿ð½w (#ªL«á 4:10; ù 4:19|)

3500 nekrosis {nek'-ro-sis} from 3499; TDNT - 4:895,627; n f AV - deadness 1, dying 1; 2 1) putting to death, killing 2) being put to death 3) the dead state, utter sluggishness 3a) of bodily members and organs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3501 neos {neh'-os} ©M¨ä¤ñ¸û¯Å neoteros {neh-o'-ter-os} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 4:896,628; §Î®eµü AV - new 11, younger 7, young man 2, new man 1, young women 1, younger man 1, young 1; 24 1) ­è¥X¥Íªº, ¦~»´ªº, ¦~¥®ªº 2) ·sªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5852

3501 neos {neh'-os} including the comparative neoteros {neh-o'-ter-os} a primary word; TDNT - 4:896,628; adj AV - new 11, younger 7, young man 2, new man 1, young women 1, younger man 1, young 1; 24 1) recently born, young, youthful 2) new For Synonyms see entry 5852
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3502 neossos {neh-os-sos'} ·½¦Û 3501;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - young 1; 1 1) ¦~»´ªº (¥Íª«), Âú³¾

3502 neossos {neh-os-sos'} from 3501;; n m AV - young 1; 1 1) a young (creature), young bird
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3503 neotes {neh-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 3501;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - youth 5; 5 1) ¦~»´¤H, «C¬K®É´Á

3503 neotes {neh-ot'-ace} from 3501;; n f AV - youth 5; 5 1) youth, youthful age
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3504 neophutos {neh-of'-oo-tos} ·½¦Û 3501 and a derivative of 5453;; §Î®eµü AV - novice 1; 1 1) ­è®âºØ¤Þ¶iªº 1a) ·s¬Ô¨ÌªÌ, ·s«H®{ (ªì«Hªº°ò·þ®{) (#´£«e 3:6|)

3504 neophutos {neh-of'-oo-tos} from 3501 and a derivative of 5453;; adj AV - novice 1; 1 1) newly planted 1a) a new convert, neophyte (one who has recently become a Christian)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3505 Neron {ner'-ohn} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nero 1; 1 ¥§¿ý = "«i´±ªº" 1) ¥D«e 54 ¨ì 68 ¦~¶¡¡Aù°¨¤@­Ó¦³¦Wªº´Ý»Å§g¥D

3505 Neron {ner'-ohn} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Nero 1; 1 Nero = "brave" 1) a famous but cruel emperor or Rome from 54 to 68 A.D.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3506 neuo {nyoo'-o} apparently a root word;; °Êµü AV - beckon 2; 2 1) µ¹¤©¦P·N, ÂIÀYµªÀ³ 2) ÂIÀY¥Ü·N (ªí¹F©Ò±ý¥L¤H°µªº¨Æ) (#¬ù 13:24; ®{ 24:10|)

3506 neuo {nyoo'-o} apparently a root word;; v AV - beckon 2; 2 1) to give a nod 2) to signify by a nod (of what one wishes to be done)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3507 nephele {nef-el'-ay} ·½©ó 3509; TDNT - 4:902,628; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cloud 26; 26 1) ¶³ 1a) ¥Î¥H«ü¦bÃm³¥¤Þ»â¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¶³±m ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5866

3507 nephele {nef-el'-ay} from 3509; TDNT - 4:902,628; n f AV - cloud 26; 26 1) a cloud 1a) used of the cloud which led the Israelites in the wilderness For Synonyms see entry 5866
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3508 Nephthaleim {nef-thal-ime'} of Hebrew origin 05321;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nephthalim 3; 3 ®³¥±¥L§Q= "§á¥´, ºL¸ø" 1) ¶®¦Uªº²Ä¤»­Ó¨à¤l, »P©Ôµ²ªº¨Ï¤k¹@©Ô©Ò¥Íªº²Ä¤G­Ó¨à¤l. ¨ä¤l®]§Î¦¨®³¥±¥L§Q¤ä¬£. (#¤Ó 4:13, 4:15, ±Ò 7:6|)

3508 Nephthaleim {nef-thal-ime'} of Hebrew origin 05321;; n pr m AV - Nephthalim 3; 3 Naphtali = "wrestling" 1) was the sixth son of Jacob, the second child borne to him by Bilhah, Rachel's slave. His posterity form the tribe of Naphtali.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3509 nephos {nef'-os} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 4:902,628; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cloud 1; 1 1) ¶³, ¦p¶³®ü¯ë¦hªº, ¤H¤s¤H®ü, ¸s²³ 1a) ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤j¤ùµL©T©w§ÎÅ骺¶³Ãú¤§®ð, ¨Ï¤ÑªÅ¦p¦b·ÏÃú°gÀÛ¤§¤¤, ¬Û·í©ó¦³¯S©w¥i¨£ §Îª¬ªº¶³®ð 1b) ¤ÑªÅ¤¤ªº¶³ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5866

3509 nephos {nef'-os} apparently a root word; TDNT - 4:902,628; n n AV - cloud 1; 1 1) a cloud, a large dense multitude, a throng 1a) used to denote a great shapeless collection of vapour obscuring the heavens as opposed to a particular and definite masses of vapour with some form or shape 1b) a cloud in the sky For Synonyms see entry 5866
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3510 nephros {nef-ros'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:911,630;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reins 1; 1 1) µÇŦ 2) µÇŦ, ¸y³¡ 2a) ¤ßÆF³Ì²`³Bªº·Qªk, ·Pı»P·N¹Ï; ªÍµÆ¤ß¸z (#±Ò 2:23|)

3510 nephros {nef-ros'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:911,630; n m AV - reins 1; 1 1) a kidney 2) kidneys, loins 2a) used of the inmost thoughts, feelings, purposes, of the soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3511 neokoros {neh-o-kor'-os} ·½¦Û3485¤§¤@«¬»Pkoreo (²M±½); ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - worshipper 1; 1 1) ¬Ý¦u¸t·µªº¤H (#®{ 19:35|)

3511 neokoros {neh-o-kor'-os} from a form of 3485 and koreo (to sweep);; n m AV - worshipper 1; 1 1) one who sweeps and cleans a temple 2) one who has charge of a temple, to keep and adorn it, a sacristan 3) the worshipper of a deity 3a) word appears from coins still extant, it was an honourary title [temple-keeper or temple-warden] of certain cities, esp. in Asia Minor, or in which some special worship of some deity or even some deified human ruler had been established; used of Ephesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3512 neoterikos {neh-o-ter'-ik-os} ·½¦Û the comparative of 3501;; §Î®eµü AV - youthful 1; 1 1) ¯S§O«ü¦~ÄÖ, ¦~»´¡B¦³«C¦~ªº¯S½è¡B¤ñ¸û¦~»´ 1a) ¤ñ¸û¦~»´(¹ï¤ñ²{¦b¦Ó¨¥) 1b) ¦~»´¡B¦³«C¦~ªº¯S½è 1c) ¤ñ¸û¦~»´(¹ï¤ñ¥X¥Í¦Ó¨¥) (#´£«á2:22|) 1d) ¸ò¯Z, ¹²¤H, ¾¦ì§C·L

3512 neoterikos {neh-o-ter'-ik-os} from the comparative of 3501;; adj AV - youthful 1; 1 1) peculiar to an age, of youth, youthful, younger 1a) younger (than now) 1b) young, youthful 1c) younger (by birth) 1d) an attendant, servant, inferiority in rank
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3513 ne {nay} probably an intensive form of 3483;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - I protest by 1; 1 1) ¥H...¤§¦W 1a) ¥Î¦b¹ï©ó©Ó¿Õªº«OÃÒ (#ªL«e 15:31|)

3513 ne {nay} probably an intensive form of 3483;; particle AV - I protest by 1; 1 1) by 1a) used in the affirmations of oaths
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3514 netho {nay'-tho} ·½¦Û neo (of like meaning);; °Êµü AV - spin 2; 2 1) ¯¼¯½, (#¤Ó 6:8; 13:8; 16:3|)

3514 netho {nay'-tho} from neo (of like meaning);; v AV - spin 2; 2 1) to spin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3515 nepiazo {nay-pee-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 3516; TDNT - 4:912,631; °Êµü AV - be a child 1; 1 1) À¦¨à(«Äµ£) (#ªL«e 14:20|)

3515 nepiazo {nay-pee-ad'-zo} from 3516; TDNT - 4:912,631; v AV - be a child 1; 1 1) to be a babe (infant)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3516 nepios {nay'-pee-os} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº ½èµü/»y§Uµü ne- (ªí­t­±ªº§t¸q) ©M 2031; TDNT - 4:912,631; §Î®eµü AV - child 7, babe 6, childish 1; 14 1) À¦¨à, ¤p«Ä¤l 2) ¦~¤Öªº, ¥¼¦¨¦~ªº 3) Áô³ë. ¥®¸X, ¨S¦³±Ð¾iªº, ¤£¼ô½mªº

3516 nepios {nay'-pee-os} from an obsolete particle ne- (implying negation) and 2031; TDNT - 4:912,631; adj AV - child 7, babe 6, childish 1; 14 1) an infant, little child 2) a minor, not of age 3) metaph. childish, untaught, unskilled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3517 Nereus {nare-yoos'} apparently from a derivative of the base of 3491 (meaning wet);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Nereus 1; 1 ¥§§Q¨È = "¶ô,½F" 1)¤@­Óù°¨ªº°ò·þ®{³Q«Où°Ý¦w

3517 Nereus {nare-yoos'} apparently from a derivative of the base of 3491 (meaning wet);; n pr m AV - Nereus 1; 1 Nereus = "lump" 1) a Christian at Rome saluted by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3518 Neri {nay-ree'} of Hebrew origin 05374;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Neri 1; 1 ¥§§Q = "­C©MµØ¬O§Úªº¿O" 1) ©Òù¤Ú§Bªº¯ª¤÷,³Á°òªº¨à¤l

3518 Neri {nay-ree'} of Hebrew origin 05374;; n pr m AV - Neri 1; 1 Neri = "Jehovah is my lamp" 1) the grandfather of Zerubbabel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3519 nesion {nay-see'-on} dimin. of 3520;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - island 1; 1 1) ¤p®q

3519 nesion {nay-see'-on} dimin. of 3520;; n n AV - island 1; 1 1) a small island
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3520 nesos {nay'-sos} ¥i¯à·½ 3491 ªº°ò¦«¬;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - island 6, isle 3; 9 1) ¤@­Ó®qÀ¬

3520 nesos {nay'-sos} probably from the base of 3491;; n f AV - island 6, isle 3; 9 1) an island
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3521 nesteia {nace-ti'-ah} ·½¦Û 3522; TDNT - 4:924,632; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fasting 7, feast 1; 8 1) ±º¾j (#ªL«á 6:5, 11:27|) 2) ¸T­¹

3521 nesteia {nace-ti'-ah} from 3522; TDNT - 4:924,632; n f AV - fasting 7, feast 1; 8 1) a fasting, fast 1a) a voluntary, as a religious exercise 1a1) of private fasting 1a2) the public fast as prescribed by the Mosaic Law and kept yearly on the great day of atonement, the tenth of the month of Tisri (the month Tisri comprises a part of our September and October); the fast accordingly, occurred in the autumn when navigation was usually dangerous on account of storms 1b) a fasting caused by want or poverty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3522 nesteuo {nace-tyoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3523; TDNT - 4:924,632; °Êµü AV - fast 21; 21 1) ¦p¤@­Ó©v±Ð»ö¦¡ªº¸T§Ù­¹ª«©M¶¼®Æ: ­Y¸T­¹«ùÄò¤@¾ã¤Ñ¬O¥þµM¤£¦Y¤£³Ü, ©ÎªÌ, ­Y³sÄò´X¤Ñ¸T­¹,¤£¦Y¥­¤éªº¶¼­¹¦Ó¿ï¾ÜÀç¾i«~

3522 nesteuo {nace-tyoo'-o} from 3523; TDNT - 4:924,632; v AV - fast 21; 21 1) to abstain as a religious exercise from food and drink: either entirely, if the fast lasted but a single day, or from customary and choice nourishment, if it continued several days
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3523 nestis {nace'-tis} ·½¦Û the insep. §_©wµü ½èµü/»y§Uµü ne- (not) and 2068; TDNT - 4:924,632; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fasting 2; 2 1) ªÅ¸¡, ¸T­¹, ©|¥¼¶i­¹ (#¤Ó 15:32; ¥i 8:3|)

3523 nestis {nace'-tis} from the insep. negative particle ne- (not) and 2068; TDNT - 4:924,632; n f AV - fasting 2; 2 1) fasting, not having eaten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3524 nephaleos {nay-fal'-eh-os} or nephalios {nay-fal'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 3525; TDNT - 4:939,633; §Î®eµü AV - sober 2, vigilant 1; 3 1) ¤£¹L¶¼, ¦³¸`¨î¤£·¥ºÝªº 1a) §¹¥þ§Ù°sªº©Î¤£¹L¤ÀÀݥΰsºëªº, 1b) »·Â÷°sªº, ¤ñ¦p®e¾¹, ²½«~ (#´£«e 3:2, 3:11; ¦h 2:2|)

3524 nephaleos {nay-fal'-eh-os} or nephalios {nay-fal'-ee-os} from 3525; TDNT - 4:939,633; adj AV - sober 2, vigilant 1; 3 1) sober, temperate 1a) abstaining from wine, either entirely or at least from its immoderate use 1b) of things free from all wine, as vessels, offerings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3525 nepho {nay'-fo} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 4:936,633; °Êµü AV - be sober 4, watch 2; 6 1) ÂÔ·V, ¦³¸`¨î, ¦bÆF¤WÂÔ·V¦Û¦u 2) ·Å©M¾A«×, §NÀR, ·V­«¤p¤ß, ¦Ò¼{©P¸Ô

3525 nepho {nay'-fo} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:936,633; v AV - be sober 4, watch 2; 6 1) to be sober, to be calm and collected in spirit 2) to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3526 Niger {neeg'-er} of Latin origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Niger 1; 1 ¥§µ² = "¶Â" 1)¥ýª¾¦è­±¥t¤@­Ó¦W¦r

3526 Niger {neeg'-er} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Niger 1; 1 Niger = "black" 1) surname of the prophet Simeon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3527 Nikanor {nik-an'-ore} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3528;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nicanor 1; 1 ¥§­{®¿= "©ºªAªÌ" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|¤¤¤C­Ó°õ¨Æ¤§¤@ (#®{ 6:5|)

3527 Nikanor {nik-an'-ore} probably from 3528;; n pr m AV - Nicanor 1; 1 Nicanor = "conqueror" 1) one of the seven deacons in the church at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3528 nikao {nik-ah'-o} ·½¦Û3529; TDNT - 4:942,634; °Êµü AV - overcome 24, conquer 2, prevail 1, get the victory 1; 28 1) ­±Á{½Ñ¯ëªýê¦Ó³Ó§Q, §J³Ó, ©ºªA, ±o³Ó 1a) ¦b¾Ôª§©ÎÄvÁÉ 1b) ¦bªk«ß¦æ°Ê¤W (#ù 3:4|) 2) ¨î³Ó¬Y¤H,©ºªA,À»±Ñ

3528 nikao {nik-ah'-o} from 3529; TDNT - 4:942,634; v AV - overcome 24, conquer 2, prevail 1, get the victory 1; 28 1) to conquer 1a) to carry off the victory, come off victorious 1a1) of Christ, victorious over all His foes 1a2) of Christians, that hold fast their faith even unto death against the power of their foes, and temptations and persecutions 1a3) when one is arraigned or goes to law, to win the case, maintain one's cause
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3529 nike {nee'-kay} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 4:942,634; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - victory 1; 1 1) ³Ó§Q

3529 nike {nee'-kay} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:942,634; n f AV - victory 1; 1 1) victory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3530 Nikodemos {nik-od'-ay-mos} ·½¦Û 3534 and 1218;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nicodemus 5; 5 ¥§­ô©³¥À= "©ºªAªÌ" 1) µS¤Ó±Ðªº³Ì°ªµûij·|ªº¤@­û, »P­C¿q¦P¹Ù.

3530 Nikodemos {nik-od'-ay-mos} from 3534 and 1218;; n pr m AV - Nicodemus 5; 5 Nicodemus = "conqueror" 1) a member of the Sanhedrin who took the part of Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3531 Nikolaites {nik-ol-ah-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û 3532;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nicolaitans 2; 2 Nicolaitans = "destruction of people" 1) a sect mentioned in Rev. 2:6,15, who were charged with holding the error of Balaam, casting a stumbling block before the church of God by upholding the liberty of eating things sacrificed to idols as well as committing fornication

3531 Nikolaites {nik-ol-ah-ee'-tace} from 3532;; n pr m AV - Nicolaitans 2; 2 Nicolaitans = "destruction of people" 1) a sect mentioned in Rev. 2:6,15, who were charged with holding the error of Balaam, casting a stumbling block before the church of God by upholding the liberty of eating things sacrificed to idols as well as committing fornication
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3532 Nikolaos {nik-ol'-ah-os} ·½¦Û 3534 ©M 2994;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nicolas 1; 1 ¥§­ô©Ô = "¤H¥Áªº³Ó§Q" 1) ¦w´£ªüªº§ï«H¥õªÌ, ­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|ªº¤C¦ì°õ¨Æ¤§¤@

3532 Nikolaos {nik-ol'-ah-os} from 3534 and 2994;; n pr m AV - Nicolas 1; 1 Nicolas = "victor of the people" 1) was a proselyte of Antioch and one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3533 Nikopolis {nik-op'-ol-is} ·½¦Û 3534 »P 4172;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Nicopolis 2; 2 ¥§­ôªi¥ß = "³Ó§Q¤§«°" 1) ¤£¤Ö«°¥«¥H¦¹¬°¦W (#¦h 3:12,15|)

3533 Nikopolis {nik-op'-ol-is} from 3534 and 4172;; n pr loc AV - Nicopolis 2; 2 Nicopolis meaning "city of victory" 1) There were many cities by this name, -- in Armenia, Pontus, Cilicia, Epirus, Thrace -- which were generally built or had there name changed, by some conqueror to commemorate a victory. The one in Titus 3:12 seems to refer to the city was built by Augustus in memory of the battle of Actium on a promontory of Epirius. The one in the subscription of Titus seems to refer to Thracian Nicopolis, founded by Trojan on the river Nestus, since he calls it the city of Macedonia.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3534 nikos {nee'-kos} ·½¦Û 3529; TDNT - 4:942,634; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - victory 4; 4 1) ³Ó§Q 2) ¥þµM¦a¾Ô³Ó

3534 nikos {nee'-kos} from 3529; TDNT - 4:942,634; n n AV - victory 4; 4 1) victory 2) to utterly vanquish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3535 Nineui {nin-yoo-ee'} of Hebrew origin 05210;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Nineve 1; 1 ¥§¥§·L = "¦w¶hªº«á¸Ç:¥Ã¤[ªº«á¸Ç" 1)¥j¥N¨È­z«Ò°êªº­º³£

3535 Nineui {nin-yoo-ee'} of Hebrew origin 05210;; n pr loc AV - Nineve 1; 1 Nineveh = "offspring of ease: offspring abiding" 1) the capital of the ancient kingdom of Assyria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3536 Nineuites {nin-yoo-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û 3535;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nineveh 1, Ninevites 1; 2 1) ¥§¥§·L¤H,¥§¥§·L«°©~¥Á

3536 Nineuites {nin-yoo-ee'-tace} from 3535;; n pr m AV - Nineveh 1, Ninevites 1; 2 1) a Ninevite, an inhabitant of Nineveh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3537 nipter {nip-tare'} ·½¦Û 3538;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bason 1; 1 1) ¬~¤â¸}ªº¾¹¥×, Áy¬Ö

3537 nipter {nip-tare'} from 3538;; n m AV - bason 1; 1 1) a vessel for washing the hands and the feet, a basin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3538 nipto {nip'-to} to cleanse (especially the hands or the feet or the face); TDNT - 4:946,635; °Êµü AV - wash 17; 17 1) ²M¬~ 2) À°¦Û¤v²M¬~

3538 nipto {nip'-to} to cleanse (especially the hands or the feet or the face); TDNT - 4:946,635; v AV - wash 17; 17 1) to wash 2) to wash one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3539 noeo {no-eh'-o} ·½¦Û3563; TDNT - 4:948,636; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- understand 10, perceive 2, consider 1, think 1; 14 1) ¥Î²z´¼¨Ó¹îı, ²z¸Ñ, »â·| 2) «ä·Q,¯d¤ß,¥J²Ó¦Ò¼{, ²Ó·Q

3539 noeo {no-eh'-o} from 3563; TDNT - 4:948,636; v AV - understand 10, perceive 2, consider 1, think 1; 14 1) to perceive with the mind, to understand, to have understanding 2) to think upon, heed, ponder, consider
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3540 noema {no'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û3539; TDNT - 4:960,636; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- mind 4, device 1, thought 1; 6 1) ¤º¤ßªº¹îı·Pª¾¯à¤O,«ä·Q 2) ¤@ºØ¨¸´cªº·N¹Ï 3) ¨º¤@­Ó·|«ä·Qªº¡A²z©Ê¡A¨£¸Ñ©Î·N¹Ï

3540 noema {no'-ay-mah} from 3539; TDNT - 4:960,636; n n AV - mind 4, device 1, thought 1; 6 1) a mental perception, thought 2) an evil purpose 3) that which thinks, the mind, thoughts or purposes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3541 nothos {noth'-os} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; §Î®eµü AV - bastard 1; 1 1) ¨p¥Íªº, ÂøºØªº 2) «D¦Xªk±B¥Íªº, ¥Ñ«¹°ü, «¼¤Ó¤Ó, ¤p¦Ñ±C, ¤k¥£, ©Î¤k¹²µ¥¤¸°t¥H¥~ªº¤k¤H©Ò¥Íªº

3541 nothos {noth'-os} of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - bastard 1; 1 1) illegitimate, bastard 2) one born, not in lawful wedlock, but of a concubine or female slave
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3542 nome {nom-ay'} »P3551¦P·½; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pasture 1, eat + 2192 1; 2 1) ªª¯ó (#¬ù 10:9|) 2) ½¯©µ (#´£«á 2:17|)

3542 nome {nom-ay'} from the same as 3551;; n f AV - pasture 1, eat + 2192 1; 2 1) pasturage, fodder, food 1a) fig. he shall not want the needful supplies for the true life 2) growth, increase 2a) of evils spreading like a gangrene 2b) of ulcers 2c) of a conflagration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3543 nomizo {nom-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 3551;; °Êµü AV - suppose 9, think 5, be wont 1; 15 1) ¬°²ß«U©ÎºD¨Ò©Ò¦u, ¥H²ß«U©ÎºD¨Ò©Ò¦³, ¸ò±q²ß«U©ÎºD¨Ò 1a) ´N¬O²ß«U, ´N¬O¤w±µ¯ÇªººD¨Ò 2) µø¬°, »{¬°, °²©w §ä¦P¸qµü°Ñ¬Ý 5837

3543 nomizo {nom-id'-zo} from 3551;; v AV - suppose 9, think 5, be wont 1; 15 1) to hold by custom or usage, own as a custom or usage, to follow a custom or usage 1a) it is the custom, it is the received usage 2) to deem, think, suppose For Synonyms see entry 5837
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3544 nomikos {nom-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 3551; TDNT - 4:1088,646; §Î®eµü AV - lawyer 8, about the law 1; 9 1) ÄÝ©ó«ßªkªº, ¦b«ßªk¤¤¾Ç²ßªº 2) ·s¬ù¤¤«ü¼¯¦è«ßªkªº¸ÑÄÀªÌ©M±Ð¾É®v

3544 nomikos {nom-ik-os'} from 3551; TDNT - 4:1088,646; adj AV - lawyer 8, about the law 1; 9 1) pertaining to the law, one learned in the law 2) in the NT an interpreter and teacher of the Mosaic law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3545 nomimos {nom-im'-oce} °Æµü·½¦Û 3551ªº­l¥Í; TDNT - 4:1088,646;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lawfully 2; 2 1) ¦Xªk¦a, ¥¿·í¦a, ¾A·í¦a #´£«e 1:8;´£«á 2:5|

3545 nomimos {nom-im'-oce} adverb from a derivative of 3551; TDNT - 4:1088,646; n m AV - lawfully 2; 2 1) lawfully, agreeable to the law, properly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3546 nomisma {nom'-is-mah} ·½¦Û 3543;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - money 1; 1 1) ¥ô¦ó³Qªk«ß»{©w³\¥iªº¨Æª« 2) ³f¹ô, (³q¦æªº) ¿ú¹ô, ªk©w³f¹ô (#¤Ó 22:19|)

3546 nomisma {nom'-is-mah} from 3543;; n n AV - money 1; 1 1) anything received and sanctioned by usage or law 2) money, (current) coin, legal tender
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3547 nomodidaskalos {nom-od-id-as'-kal-os} ·½¦Û 3551 »P 1320; TDNT - 2:159,161; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - doctor of the law 2, teacher of the law 1; 3 1) «ßªk±Ð®v (#¸ô 5:17; ®{ 5:34; ´£«e 1:7|)

3547 nomodidaskalos {nom-od-id-as'-kal-os} from 3551 and 1320; TDNT - 2:159,161; n m AV - doctor of the law 2, teacher of the law 1; 3 1) a teacher and interpreter of the law: among the Jews 1a) of those who among Christians went about as champions and interpreters of the Mosaic law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3548 nomothesia {nom-oth-es-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3550; TDNT - 4:1089,646; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - giving of the law 1; 1 1) ¥ßªk,ªk«ß

3548 nomothesia {nom-oth-es-ee'-ah} from 3550; TDNT - 4:1089,646; n f AV - giving of the law 1; 1 1) law giving, legislation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3549 nomotheteo {nom-oth-et-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3550; TDNT - 4:1090,646; °Êµü AV - receive the law 1, establish 1; 2 1) ¨î©w¹{§G«ßªk 1a) ¹{§G©Î¨î­qªk«ß, ³Q©w¦¨«ßªk, ¨üªk«ßªººÞÁÒ 2) ¨üªk«ß¬ù§ô, ©w«ßªk

3549 nomotheteo {nom-oth-et-eh'-o} from 3550; TDNT - 4:1090,646; v AV - receive the law 1, establish 1; 2 1) to enact laws 1a) laws are enacted or prescribed for one, to be legislated for, furnished with laws 2) to sanction by law, enact
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3550 nomothetes {nom-oth-et'-ace} ·½¦Û 3551 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 4:1089,646;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lawgiver 1; 1 1) ³]¥ß«ßªkªÌ

3550 nomothetes {nom-oth-et'-ace} from 3551 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 4:1089,646; n m AV - lawgiver 1; 1 1) a lawgiver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3551 nomos {nom'-os} from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); TDNT - 4:1022,646;¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- law 197; 197 1) ¥ô¦ó³Q¨î©wªº¨Æª«¡A¥ô¦ó¦]µÛ¨Ï¥Î¦Ó³Q©Ó»{ªº¨Æª«¡A¤@ºØ²ß«U¡A¤@­Óªk«h¡A¤@±ø»|©R 1a) «ü¥ô¦ó¤@ºØªk«ß¦Ó¨¥ 1a1) ¤@ºØ«ßªk©Î³W©w¡A²£¥Í¥X³Q©Ò»{¥iªº¤@ºØ¤ßºA 1a1a) Âǥѫߪkªº¿í¦u¦Ó³Q¯«©Ò»{¥i 1a2) ¤@ºØ»{ª¾©Î³d§Ù 1a3) ¦]±¡²z¦Ó©w¤Uªº¦æ¬°·Ç«h 1b) «ü¼¯¦èªº«ßªk¡A©M»P¨ä¦³Ãöªº¡A¹ï¨ä­I´ºªº¸ÑÄÀ¡A¥]¬A¹ï«ßªkªº®Ñ¨÷©Î¬O«ßªk¤º®eªº¸ÑÄÀ 1c) «ü°ò·þ®{ªº«H¥õ¡G¨º­Ó¹ï«H¤ß¦³­n¨Dªº«ßªk¡A¨º­Ó°ò·þ©Ò¶ÇÁ¿ªº¦³Ãö¹D¼wªº±Ð¾É¡A¯S§O¬O ¦³Ãö©ó·Rªº¨ººØ»{ª¾ 1d) «ü¨º­Ó¸û¬°­«­n³¡¥÷ªº¦WºÙ(¼¯¦è¤­¸g),³Q¥Î¨Óªí¥Ü¬ù©Ò¦³¯«¸t®Ñ¨÷ªºÁ`¶°

3551 nomos {nom'-os} from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); TDNT - 4:1022,646; n m AV - law 197; 197 1) anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, a law, a command 1a) of any law whatsoever 1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God 1a1a) by the observance of which is approved of God 1a2) a precept or injunction 1a3) the rule of action prescribed by reason 1b) of the Mosaic law, and referring, acc. to the context. either to the volume of the law or to its contents 1c) the Christian religion: the law demanding faith, the moral instruction given by Christ, esp. the precept concerning love 1d) the name of the more important part (the Pentateuch), is put for the entire collection of the sacred books of the OT
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3552 noseo {nos-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3554; TDNT - 4:1091,655; °Êµü AV - dote 1; 1 1) ¥Í¯f, 2) Áô³ë. ¥ô¦ó¤ß¯«¤Wªº¯fÅÜ, 2a) ¹L©ó°¾¦n©ó¬Y¨Æ, ¹³¬OÅܺA©Î¦³¯fºA¶É¦Vªº (#´£«e 6:4|)

3552 noseo {nos-eh'-o} from 3554; TDNT - 4:1091,655; v AV - dote 1; 1 1) to be sick 2) metaph. of any ailment of the mind 2a) to be taken with such an interest in a thing as amounts to a disease, to have a morbid fondness for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3553 nosema {nos'-ay-ma} ·½¦Û 3552; TDNT - 4:1091,655; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - disease 1; 1 1) ¯e¯f, ¥Í¯f

3553 nosema {nos'-ay-ma} from 3552; TDNT - 4:1091,655; n n AV - disease 1; 1 1) disease, sickness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3554 nosos {nos'-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:1091,655; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - disease 6, sickness 5, infirmity 1; 12 1) ¯e¯f, ±w¯f

3554 nosos {nos'-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:1091,655; n f AV - disease 6, sickness 5, infirmity 1; 12 1) disease, sickness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3555 nossia {nos-see-ah'} ·½¦Û 3502;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - brood 1; 1 1) ¤@¸^¤p³¾ 2) ¤@ºÛ¤p³¾

3555 nossia {nos-see-ah'} from 3502;; n f AV - brood 1; 1 1) a nest of birds 2) a brood of birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3556 nossion {nos-see'-on} dimin. of 3502;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - chicken 1; 1 1) ¤@ºÛÂú³¾

3556 nossion {nos-see'-on} dimin. of 3502;; n n AV - chicken 1; 1 1) a brood of birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3557 nosphizomai {nos-fid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely);; °Êµü AV - keep back 2, purloin 1; 3 1) ¼·¥X, ¤À³Î, ¤À¶} 2) ¼·¥X©Î¬°¬Y¤H¦Û¤v¦Ó¤À³Î 3) µs¨ú, µs¥Î, °½°½¦aºMÂ÷¨Ã¥B¼·¥X´Ú¶µµ¹¦Û¤v¥Î

3557 nosphizomai {nos-fid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely);; v AV - keep back 2, purloin 1; 3 1) to set apart, separate, divide 2) to set apart or separate for one's self 3) to purloin, embezzle, withdraw covertly and appropriate to one's own use
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3558 notos {not'-os} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - south 4, south wind 3; 7 1) «n­· 2) «n¤è, «n°Ï

3558 notos {not'-os} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - south 4, south wind 3; 7 1) the south wind 2) the south, the southern quarter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3559 nouthesia {noo-thes-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3563 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 4:1019,636; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - admonition 3; 3 1) ĵ§i, §i»|, ³WÄU (#ªL«e 10:11; ¥± 6:4; ¦h 3:10|)

3559 nouthesia {noo-thes-ee'-ah} from 3563 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 4:1019,636; n f AV - admonition 3; 3 1) admonition, exhortation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3560 noutheteo {noo-thet-eh'-o} »P 3559 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:1019,636; °Êµü AV - warn 4, admonish 4; 8 1) §i»|, ĵ§i, ÄU§i, ÄU«j

3560 noutheteo {noo-thet-eh'-o} from the same as 3559; TDNT - 4:1019,636; v AV - warn 4, admonish 4; 8 1) to admonish, warn, exhort
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3561 noumenia {noo-may-nee'-ah} or neomenia {ne-o-may-nee'-a} ·½¦Û of a compound of 3501 and 3376 (as¦Wµüby implication of 2250); TDNT - 4:638,*; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - new moon 1; 1 1) ¤ë®Ò 1a) µS¤Ó¤Hªº¤ë®Ò¸`´Á (#¦è2:16|)

3561 noumenia {noo-may-nee'-ah} or neomenia {ne-o-may-nee'-a} from of a compound of 3501 and 3376 (as noun by implication of 2250); TDNT - 4:638,*; n f AV - new moon 1; 1 1) new moon 1a) of the Jewish festival of the new moon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3562 nounechos {noon-ekh-oce'} ·½¦Û a comparative of the ª½±µ¨ü®æ®æof 3563 and 2192; TDNT - 2:816,*; °Æµü AV - discreetly 1; 1 1) ©ú´¼¦a, ÂÔ·V¦a, ²`¿Ñ»·¼{¦a (#¥i 12:34|)

3562 nounechos {noon-ekh-oce'} from a comparative of the accusative case of 3563 and 2192; TDNT - 2:816,*; adv AV - discreetly 1; 1 1) wisely, discreetly, prudently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3563 nous {nooce} ¥i¯à·½¦Û©ó 1097 ªº¦r®Ú; TDNT - 4:951,636; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- mind 21, understanding 3; 24 1) ¤ß«ä, ¥]¬A¹³²z¸Ñ©M¹îıªº¥\¯à¡A¥H¤Î±¡ºüªº¥\¯à¡A§PÂ_¤O¡A¨M©w¤O 1a) ´¼©Êªº¥\¯à, ®©©Ê 1b) ²z´¼ªº¸û¯U¤p§t·N, «ü¹ïÄÝÆF¯u²zªº±µ¨ü¤O¡AÄݻ¸û°ªªº¯à¤O¡A ²z¸Ñ¯«¸t¨Æª«ªº¥\¯à¡A»{ÃѨ}µ½©M¼¨«ë¨¸´cªº¥\¯à 1c) ¨HµÛ¡A¨S¦³°¾¨£¡AÂÔ·Vªº¦Ò¶q©Mµô©wªº¯à¤O, 2) ¤@ºØ¯S©wªº«ä¦Ò©M§P©wªº¯à¤O, ¥ç§Y¡G«ä·Q,±¡·P¡A¨M¤ß¡A´÷±æ

3563 nous {nooce} probably from the base of 1097; TDNT - 4:951,636; n m AV - mind 21, understanding 3; 24 1) the mind, comprising alike the faculties of perceiving and understanding and those of feeling, judging, determining 1a) the intellectual faculty, the understanding 1b) reason in the narrower sense, as the capacity for spiritual truth, the higher powers of the soul, the faculty of perceiving divine things, of recognising goodness and of hating evil 1c) the power of considering and judging soberly, calmly and impartially 2) a particular mode of thinking and judging, i.e thoughts, feelings, purposes, desires
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3564 Numphas {noom-fas'} ¥i¯à¬O¥Ñ 3565 ¤Î 1435 ªº²Õ¦X²¤Æ¦Ó¨Ó;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Nymphas 1; 1 ¹çªk = "·s­¦" 1) ¤@­Ó´I¦³¥B¼ö¤ßªº¦Ñ©³¹Å°ò·þ®{ #¦è 4:15|

3564 Numphas {noom-fas'} probably contracted for a compound of 3565 and 1435;; n pr m AV - Nymphas 1; 1 Nymphas = "bridegroom" 1) a wealthy and zealous Christian in Laodicea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3565 numphe {noom-fay'} TDNT - 4:1099,657; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bride 5, daughter in law 3; 8 1) ·s®Q 2) ·@°ü

3565 numphe {noom-fay'} from a primary but obsolete verb nupto (to veil as a bride, cf Latin "nupto," to marry); TDNT - 4:1099,657; n f AV - bride 5, daughter in law 3; 8 1) a betrothed woman, a bride 2) a recently married woman, young wife 3) a young woman 4) a daughter-in-law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3566 numphios {noom-fee'-os} ·½¦Û 3565; TDNT - 4:1099,657;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bridegroom 16; 16 1) ·s­¦

3566 numphios {noom-fee'-os} from 3565; TDNT - 4:1099,657; n m AV - bridegroom 16; 16 1) a bridegroom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3567 numphon {noom-fohn'} ·½¦Û 3565; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bridechamber 3; 3 1) ·s®Q©Ð ¦b·s­¦¨­®Ç,¦b±B²z¤¤¾á¥ô­n¨¤ªº¤H (#¤Ó 9:15; ¥i 2:19; ¸ô 5:34|)

3567 numphon {noom-fohn'} from 3565;; n m AV - bridechamber 3; 3 1) the chamber containing the bridal bed, the bridal chamber 1a) of the friends of the bridegroom whose duty it was to provide and care for whatever pertained to the bridal chamber, i.e. whatever was needed for the due celebration of the nuptials 1b) the room in which the marriage ceremonies are held
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3568 nun {noon} ²{¦b¦¡ªº¦r®Ú«¬½èµü/»y§Uµü; TDNT - 4:1106,658; °Æµü AV - now 121, present 4, henceforth 4, this + 3588 3, this time 2, misc 5; 139 1) ¦b³o¤@¨è, ²{¦b, ²{¤µ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5815

3568 nun {noon} a primary particle of present time; TDNT - 4:1106,658; adv AV - now 121, present 4, henceforth 4, this + 3588 3, this time 2, misc 5; 139 1) at this time, the present, now For Synonyms see entry 5815
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3569 tanun {tan-oon'} or ta nun {tah noon} ·½¦Û3588»P 3568ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ;; °Æµü AV - now 4, but now 1; 5 1) ²{¦b, ¦¹¨è

3569 tanun {tan-oon'} or ta nun {tah noon} from neuter plural of 3588 and 3568;; adv AV - now 4, but now 1; 5 1) now, the present
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3570 nuni {noo-nee'} 3568 ªºÂX±i«¬, §@±j½Õ®É¥Î;; °Æµü AV - now 20; 20 1) °¨¤W, ¥ß¨è, ´N¬O²{¦b

3570 nuni {noo-nee'} a prolonged form of 3568 for emphasis;; adv AV - now 20; 20 1) now, at this very moment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3571 nux {noox} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 4:1123,661; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - night 63, midnight + 3319 2; 65 1) ©] 2) Áô³ë. °±¤î°µ¤uªº®É­Ô 2a) ¦º¤`¥H«á 2b) °µ¥i²Û®¢ªº¸o¨Æ®É 2c) °µ¤£¹D¼w©M¨£¤£±o¤Hªº¨Æªº®É­Ô 2d) ¯h³Òµt­Â©M°s¾K¦ÓµLªk«O«ù²M¿ô®É

3571 nux {noox} a primary word; TDNT - 4:1123,661; n f AV - night 63, midnight + 3319 2; 65 1) night 2) metaph. the time when work ceases 2a) the time of death 2b) the time for deeds of sin and shame 2c) the time of moral stupidity and darkness 2d) the time when the weary and also the drunken give themselves up to slumber
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3572 nusso {noos'-so} apparently a primary word;; °Êµü AV - pierce 1; 1 1) ¨ë¤J 2) ¬ï¨ë, ÂW¬ï 2a) «üÄY­«ªº¬Æ©Î­P¦ºªº¤ã¨ë (#¬ù 19:34|)

3572 nusso {noos'-so} apparently a primary word;; v AV - pierce 1; 1 1) pierce 2) to pierce through, transfix 2a) often of severe or even deadly wounds given one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3573 nustazo {noos-tad'-zo} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 3506;; °Êµü AV - slumber 2; 2 1) ¥´¬Ú, ºÎı 1a) ÄY­«¨ü¨ìºÎ¯vªº¼vÅT©ÎÀ£­¢ 1b) ºÎµÛ 2) ¦¨¬°ÀH·Nªº, ¤£¦b¥Gªº 2a) «ü¤@¼ËªF¦è, ¥ç§Y©ì©µ, ¯ÔÀÁ

3573 nustazo {noos-tad'-zo} from a presumed derivative of 3506;; v AV - slumber 2; 2 1) to nod in sleep, to sleep 1a) to be overcome or oppressed with sleep 1b) to fall asleep, drop off to sleep 2) to be negligent, careless 2a) of a thing i.e. to linger, delay
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3574 nuchthemeron {nookh-thay'-mer-on} ·½¦Û 3571 »P 2250;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - a night and a day 1; 1 1) ¤@±Þ¤@©], ¤G¤Q­Ó¤p®Éªº¶¡¹j

3574 nuchthemeron {nookh-thay'-mer-on} from 3571 and 2250;; n n AV - a night and a day 1; 1 1) a night and a day, the space of twenty four hours
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3575 Noe {no'-eh} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 05146;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Noe 5, Noah 3; 8 ®¿¨È = "¥ð®§" 1) ¨È·íªº²Ä¤Q¥N¤l®], ²{¦b¤HÃþ®a±Úªº²Ä¤G­Ó¦@¦Pªº¥ý¯ª

3575 Noe {no'-eh} of Hebrew origin 05146;; n pr m AV - Noe 5, Noah 3; 8 Noah = "rest" 1) the tenth in descent from Adam, second father of the human family
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3576 nothros {no-thros'} ·½©ó¤@­l¥Í©ó 3541 ªº¦r; TDNT - 4:1126,661; §Î®eµü AV - dull 1, slothful 1; 2 1) ºCªº, Ãi´²ªº, «å´kªº, ¤ÏÀ³¿ð¶wªº, µLºë¥´ªöªº ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5814

3576 nothros {no-thros'} from a derivative of 3541; TDNT - 4:1126,661; adj AV - dull 1, slothful 1; 2 1) slow, sluggish, indolent, dull, languid For Synonyms see entry 5814
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3577 notos {no'-tos} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - back 1; 1 1) ­I³¡

3577 notos {no'-tos} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - back 1; 1 1) the back
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3578 xenia {xen-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lodging 2; 2 1) ®ï¶Ô´Ú«Ý, ¼ö±¡±µ«Ý 2) ¸¨¸}¤§³B, ±H±J

3578 xenia {xen-ee'-ah} from 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; n f AV - lodging 2; 2 1) hospitality, hospitable reception 2) a lodging place, lodgings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3579 xenizo {xen-id'-zo} ·½©ó 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; °Êµü AV - lodge 6, think it strange 2, strange 1, entertain 1; 10 1) ·í§@«È¤H¯ë±µ«Ý, ´Ú«Ý, ¼ö§Õ±µ¯Ç 1a) ³Q¼ö§Õ¦a±µ«Ý 1b) §@«È, ¯d±J, Á{®É±H©~ 1c) ³Q¯d±J 2) ¦]©_©Ç©Î·sÂAªº¨Æ¦Ó·P¨ìÅå³ß©ÎÅå³Y 2b) ·P¨ì©Ç©Çªº, ³QÀ~¨ì, Åå´j

3579 xenizo {xen-id'-zo} from 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; v AV - lodge 6, think it strange 2, strange 1, entertain 1; 10 1) to receive as a guest, to entertain, hospitably 1a) to be received hospitably 1b) to stay as a guest, to lodge 1c) be lodged 2) to surprise or astonish by the strangeness and novelty of a thing 2b) to think strange, be shocked
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3580 xenodocheo {xen-od-okh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 3581 and 1209; TDNT - 5:1,661; °Êµü AV - lodge strangers 1; 1 1) ©Û«Ý©P¨ìºÉ¤ßªº, ¦n«Èªº (#´£«e 5:10|)

3580 xenodocheo {xen-od-okh-eh'-o} from a compound of 3581 and 1209; TDNT - 5:1,661; v AV - lodge strangers 1; 1 1) to receive and entertain hospitably, to be hospitable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3581 xenos {xen'-os} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 5:1,661; §Î®eµü AV - stranger 10, strange 3, host 1; 14 1) ¥~°ê¤H, ¥~¦a¤H, ­¯¥Í¤H 1a) ¥~°ê¤H (from a person or a thing) 1b) ¤£»{ÃѪº, ¨S¦³¹L¥æ©¹ªº, ¤¬¬ÛµLÃöªº 1c) ·sªº, ¥¼Å¥»D¹Lªº 2) «ü¤@¤H¼ö§Õ±µ«Ý¥L¤H 2a) ±µ«Ý¥L¤H¯d±Jªº¤H, ¥D¤H

3581 xenos {xen'-os} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 5:1,661; adj AV - stranger 10, strange 3, host 1; 14 1) a foreigner, a stranger 1a) alien (from a person or a thing) 1b) without the knowledge of, without a share in 1c) new, unheard of 2) one who receives and entertains another hospitably 2a) with whom he stays or lodges, a host
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3582 xestes {xes'-tace} ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pot 2; 2 1) ²~¤l, Åø¤l (#¥i 7:4,8|)

3582 xestes {xes'-tace} as if from xeo (properly, to smooth, by implication [of friction] to boil or heat);; n m AV - pot 2; 2 1) a sextarius 1a) a vessel for measuring liquids, holding about a pint (.5 litre) 2) a wooden pitcher or ewer from which water or wine is poured, whether holding a sextarius or not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3583 xeraino {xay-rah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 3584;; °Êµü AV - wither away 6, wither 5, dry up 3, pine away 1, be ripe 1; 16 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°°®Àê, ¬\µä 2) ¨ÏÅܬ°°®Àê, ¨ÏÅܬ°¬\µä 2a) «ü´Óª« 2b) «ü±N¼ô¤§½\ª« 2c) «ü¬y½è 2d) «ü¨­Å骺¬Y³¡¤À 3) ·l¥h, ®ø½G, ¥ç§Y¤@°¦¬\µäªº¤â

3583 xeraino {xay-rah'-ee-no} from 3584;; v AV - wither away 6, wither 5, dry up 3, pine away 1, be ripe 1; 16 1) to make dry, dry up, wither 2) to become dry, to be dry, be withered 2a) of plants 2b) of the ripening of crops 2c) of fluids 2d) of the members of the body 3) to waste away, pine away, i.e. a withered hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3584 xeros {xay-ros'} ·½©ó 3582 (¨ú¨ä »Å¼öªº ªº·N«ä) ªº¦r·½;; §Î®eµü AV - withered 4, dry 1, dry land 1, land 1; 7 1) °®¬\ 1a) «ü¥þÅ餤¥¢¥h¨ä¦ÛµM´þ¾iªº³¡¤À, ©eÁY, ¯î¼o, ¬\µä, ­äÁ 1b) ¯Ê¤ôªº¤g¦a

3584 xeros {xay-ros'} from the base of 3582 (through the idea of scorching);; adj AV - withered 4, dry 1, dry land 1, land 1; 7 1) dry 1a) of members of the body deprived of their natural juices, shrunk, wasted, withered 1b) of the land in distinction from the water
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3585 xulinos {xoo'-lin-os} ·½¦Û 3586;; §Î®eµü AV - of wood 2; 2 1) ¤ì»sªº, ¤ìÀYªº #´£«á 2:20;±Ò 9:20|

3585 xulinos {xoo'-lin-os} from 3586;; adj AV - of wood 2; 2 1) wooden, made of wood
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3586 xulon {xoo'-lon} ·½¦Û another form of the base of 3582; TDNT - 5:37,665; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - tree 10, staff 5, wood 3, stocks 1; 19 1) ¤ìÀY 2) ¤ì»sªºª«¥ó 2a)´Ò´Î 2b)¤ìª¯ (#®{ 16:24|) 2c)¤Q¬[ 3) ¾ð¤ì

3586 xulon {xoo'-lon} from another form of the base of 3582; TDNT - 5:37,665; n n AV - tree 10, staff 5, wood 3, stocks 1; 19 1) wood 1a) that which is made of wood 1a1) as a beam from which any one is suspended, a gibbet, a cross 1a2) a log or timber with holes in which the feet, hands, neck of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs 1a3) a fetter, or shackle for the feet 1a4) a cudgel, stick, staff 2) a tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3587 xurao {xoo-rah'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of »P...¦P 3586 (meaning a razor);; °Êµü AV - shave 3; 3 1) °Å¤ò, «c¥h¤ò¾v 2) ´À¦Û¤v¨íÁy«c¤ò (#®{ 21:24; ªL«e 11:5-6|)

3587 xurao {xoo-rah'-o} from a derivative of the same as 3586 (meaning a razor);; v AV - shave 3; 3 1) to shear, shave 2) to get one's self shaved
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3588 ho {ho} ¥]¬A³±©Êªº he {hay}, ©M¤¤©Êªº to {to} ¦b©Ò¦³¦±§é§Î¦¡¤¤ªº©w«aµü; «aµü ´Ü©w¥» - which 413, who 79, the things 11, the son 8, misc 32; 543 1) ³o, ¨º, ³o¨Çµ¥µ¥ °£¤F­pºâ¦b¤ºªº "the", ¬O¨ä¦¸­«­nªºÄ¶¤å

3588 ho {ho} including the feminine he {hay}, and the neuter to {to} in all their inflections, the definite article;; article AV - which 413, who 79, the things 11, the son 8, misc 32; 543 1) this, that, these, etc. Only significant renderings other than "the" counted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3589 ogdoekonta {og-do-ay'-kon-tah} ·½¦Û 3590;; n indecl AV - fourscore 2; 2 1) ¤K¤Q

3589 ogdoekonta {og-do-ay'-kon-tah} from 3590;; n indecl AV - fourscore 2; 2 1) eighty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3590 ogdoos {og'-do-os} from 3638;; §Î®eµü AV - eighth 5; 5 1)²Ä¤K

3590 ogdoos {og'-do-os} from 3638;; adj AV - eighth 5; 5 1) the eighth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3591 ogkos {ong'-kos} ¥i¯à»P 43 ¦P·½; TDNT - 5:41,666;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - weight 1; 1 1) ¥ô¦ó©úÅ㪺, ¥Y°_ªº, ¶©°_¤§ª«, ¦¨°ïªºªF¦è 1a) ¥Î¥H«ü­t¾á, ­«¾á, ²ÖÂØµ¥ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5819

3591 ogkos {ong'-kos} probably from the same as 43; TDNT - 5:41,666; n m AV - weight 1; 1 1) whatever is prominent, protuberance, bulk, mass 1a) hence a burden, weight, encumbrance For Synonyms see entry 5819
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3592 hode {hod'-eh} including the ³±©Ê hede {hay'-deh} and the ¤¤©Ê tode {tod'-e} ·½¦Û 3588 and 1161;; pron AV - these things 7, thus 1, after this manner 1, he 1, she 1, such 1; 12 1) ³o¤@­Ó, ³o¨ÇªF¦è, ¦p¤U, ©Ò¥H

3592 hode {hod'-eh} including the feminine hede {hay'-deh} and the neuter tode {tod'-e} from 3588 and 1161;; pron AV - these things 7, thus 1, after this manner 1, he 1, she 1, such 1; 12 1) this one here, these things, as follows, thus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3593 hodeuo {hod-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3598;; °Êµü AV - journey 1; 1 1) ®È¦æ, ¦æµ{ (#¸ô 10:33|)

3593 hodeuo {hod-yoo'-o} from 3598;; v AV - journey 1; 1 1) to travel, journey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3594 hodegeo {hod-ayg-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3595; TDNT - 5:97,666; °Êµü AV - lead 3, guide 2; 5 1) §@ÅT¾É, »â¬Y¤Hªº¸ô, ±a»â 2) §@«ü¾ÉªÌ©Î±Ð®v 2a) «ü¾É(¬Y¤H)

3594 hodegeo {hod-ayg-eh'-o} from 3595; TDNT - 5:97,666; v AV - lead 3, guide 2; 5 1) to be a guide, lead on one's way, to guide 2) to be a guide or a teacher 2a) to give guidance to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3595 hodegos {hod-ayg-os'} ·½¦Û 3598 »P 2233; TDNT - 5:97,666;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - guide 4, leader 1; 5 1) (±a»â¤H©è¹F¥Ø¼Ðªº)ÂQ¾É, »â³S (#®{ 1:16|) 2) (À°§U¤H¿í·Ó¸ô½uªº)«ü¾É, »â³S

3595 hodegos {hod-ayg-os'} from 3598 and 2233; TDNT - 5:97,666; n m AV - guide 4, leader 1; 5 1) a leader of the way, a guide 2) a teacher of the ignorant and inexperienced
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3596 hodoiporeo {hod-oy-por-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3598 ©M 4198ªº²Õ¦X;; °Êµü AV - go on (one's) journey 1; 1 1) ¶i¦æ, ®È¦æ #®{ 10:9|

3596 hodoiporeo {hod-oy-por-eh'-o} from a compound of 3598 and 4198;; v AV - go on (one's) journey 1; 1 1) to travel, journey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3597 hodoiporia {hod-oy-por-ee'-ah} »P 3596 ¦P·½ ;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - journey 1, journeyings 1; 2 1) ®Èµ{, ®È¦æ(#¬ù 4:6;ªL«á 11:26|)

3597 hodoiporia {hod-oy-por-ee'-ah} from the same as 3596;; n f AV - journey 1, journeyings 1; 2 1) a journey, journeying
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3598 hodos {hod-os'} ÅãµM¬O­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:42,666; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - way 83, way side 8, journey 6, highway 3, misc 2; 102 1) ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O 1a) ¹D¸ô 1a1) ¥æ³q¦æ®Èªº¹D¸ô, °¨¸ô 1b) ®Èµ{, ®È¹C, ®È¦æ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¦æ¬°ªº¤è¦V 2b) «ä¦Ò, ·Pı, ¨MÂ_ªº¤è¦¡(¼Ò¦¡)

3598 hodos {hod-os'} apparently a root word; TDNT - 5:42,666; n f AV - way 83, way side 8, journey 6, highway 3, misc 2; 102 1) properly 1a) a way 1a1) a travelled way, road 1b) a travellers way, journey, travelling 2) metaph. 2a) a course of conduct 2b) a way (i.e. manner) of thinking, feeling, deciding
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3599 odous {od-ooce} ©Î³\·½¦Û 2068 ªº°ò¦«¬;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tooth 12; 12 1) ¤@Áû¤ú¾¦

3599 odous {od-ooce} perhaps from the base of 2068;; n m AV - tooth 12; 12 1) a tooth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3600 odunao {od-oo-nah'-o} ·½¦Û 3601; TDNT - 5:115,*; °Êµü AV - sorrow 2, torment 2; 4 1) ¤Þ°_¼@¯P¯kµh 2) ·¥´dµhªº, ­W´oªº 3) ¨Ï¼~¶Ë´dµh

3600 odunao {od-oo-nah'-o} from 3601; TDNT - 5:115,*; v AV - sorrow 2, torment 2; 4 1) to cause intense pain 2) to be in anguish, be tormented 3) to torment or distress one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3601 odune {od-oo'-nay} ·½¦Û 1416; TDNT - 5:115,673; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorrow 2; 2 1) ·¥«×´d«s, ¶Ëµh, ´d¶Ë(#ù 9:2; #´£«e 6:10|)

3601 odune {od-oo'-nay} from 1416; TDNT - 5:115,673; n f AV - sorrow 2; 2 1) consuming grief, pain, sorrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3602 odurmos {od-oor-mos'} ·½¦Û a derivative of the base of 1416; TDNT - 5:116,673;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mourning 2; 2 1) ­úª_, «s¸¹, ´d¼Û; ´d¶Ë; ¿ò¾Ñ (#¤Ó 2:18; ªL«á 7:7|) ¦P¸qµü °Ñ¨£ 5804

3602 odurmos {od-oor-mos'} from a derivative of the base of 1416; TDNT - 5:116,673; n m AV - mourning 2; 2 1) wailing, lamentation, mourning For Synonyms see entry 5804
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3603 ho esti {ho es-tee'} ·½©ó 3739 ªº¤¤©Ê©M 1510 ªº²Ä¤T¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ²{¦b¦¡ª½­zµü;; °Êµü AV - which is 5, that is 3, that is to say 1, which make 1, called 1; 11 1) ´N¬O, ¥ç§Y¬O

3603 ho esti {ho es-tee'} from the neuter of 3739 and the third person singular present ind. of 1510;; v AV - which is 5, that is 3, that is to say 1, which make 1, called 1; 11 1) which is, that is
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3604 Ozias {od-zee'-as} of Hebrew origin 05818;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ozias 2; 2 ¯Q¦è¨È= "­C©MµØªº¯à¤O" 1) ¨Èº¿Áªº¨à¤l, ¤½¤¸«e 810 - 758 §@µS¤j¤ý (#¤Ó 1:8-9|)

3604 Ozias {od-zee'-as} of Hebrew origin 05818;; n pr m AV - Ozias 2; 2 Uzziah = "strength of Jehovah" 1) son of Amaziah, king of Judah from B.C. 810 - 758
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3605 ozo {od'-zo} a root word (in a strengthened form);; °Êµü AV - stink 1; 1 1) ÅX°£¨ý¹D (­»¨ý©Î¯ä¨ý), »D, ¶å, µo¥X®ð¨ý 1a) «ü»G¤Æ¤¤ªº«ÍÅé (#¬ù 11:39|)

3605 ozo {od'-zo} a root word (in a strengthened form);; v AV - stink 1; 1 1) to give out an odour (either good or bad), to smell, emit a smell 1a) of a decaying corpse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3606 hothen {hoth'-en} ·½©ó 3739, ©Mªí¥Ü¨Ó·½ªºª½±µªþÄݦr¤@¦P¨Ï¥Î;; °Æµü AV - wherefore 4, from whence 3, whereupon 3, where 2, whence 1, from thence 1, whereby 1; 15 1) ·½©ó, ¦]¦Ó 1a) «ü©Ò°_·½ªº¦a¤è 1b) «ü¬Y¨Æª«ªº°_·½, ÂÇ¥H, ¬G¦¹ 1c) «ü¦]¥Ñ, ­ì¦], ¦ó¥H, ¦]¬°

3606 hothen {hoth'-en} from 3739 with the directive enclitic of source;; adv AV - wherefore 4, from whence 3, whereupon 3, where 2, whence 1, from thence 1, whereby 1; 15 1) from which, whence 1a) of the place from which 1b) of the source from which a thing is known, from which, whereby 1c) of the cause from which, for which reason, wherefore, on which account
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3607 othone {oth-on'-ay} of uncertain affinity;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sheet 2; 2 1) ¨È³Â¥¬ (¥ç§YÅÖ²Óªº¥Õ¦â¨È³Â¥Î§@¤k¤Hªº¦çª«) 2) ¨È³Â¥¬ªº¦ç»n (§É³æ©Î¦|ª¬ª«) (#®{ 10:11; 11:5|)

3607 othone {oth-on'-ay} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - sheet 2; 2 1) linen (i.e. fine white linen for women's clothing) 2) linen clothes (sheet or sail)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3608 othonion {oth-on'-ee-on} ¤j·§·½¦Û 3607 ªº­l¥Í;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - linen clothes 5; 5 1) ¤@¤ù¨È³Â¥¬, ¤p¤ùªº¨È³Â¥¬®Æ 2) ¥Î¨ÓÄñ«ÍÅ骺¨È³Â±a¤l

3608 othonion {oth-on'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 3607;; n n AV - linen clothes 5; 5 1) a piece of linen, small linen cloth 2) strips of linen cloth for swathing the dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3609 oikeios {oy-ki'-os} ·½¦Û 3624; TDNT - 5:134,674; §Î®eµü AV - of the household 2, of (one's) own house 1; 3 1) ÄÝ©ó¬Y©Ð©Î®a®xªº, ®a°Èªº, ¦Ü¿Ëªº 1a) ÄÝ­Ó¤H®a²²ªº, ¦³¦å½tªº, ¿ËÄÝÃö«Yªº 1b) Äݩ󯫮aªº 1c) ÁõÄݪº, Äm©ó...©Î­P¤O©ó, ªþµÛ©ó¬Yª« (#¥[ 6:10; ¥± 2:19; ´£«e 5:8|)

3609 oikeios {oy-ki'-os} from 3624; TDNT - 5:134,674; adj AV - of the household 2, of (one's) own house 1; 3 1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate 1a) belonging to one's household, related by blood, kindred 1b) belonging to the household of God 1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3610 oiketes {oy-ket'-ace} ·½©ó 3611;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - servant 4, household servant 1; 5 1) ©M¨ä¥L¤H¦@¦P©~¦í¦b¤@°_ªº¤H, ¥Î¥H«ü¦P¤@¤á¤¤¦b¤@¥DºÞ¤Uªº©Ò¦³¤H 1a) ®a¹², ¦þ¤H

3610 oiketes {oy-ket'-ace} from 3611;; n m AV - servant 4, household servant 1; 5 1) one who lives in the same house as another, spoken of all who are under the authority of one and the same householder 1a) a servant, a domestic
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3611 oikeo {oy-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 3624; TDNT - 5:135,674; °Êµü AV - dwell 9; 9 1) ©~¦í¦b

3611 oikeo {oy-keh'-o} from 3624; TDNT - 5:135,674; v AV - dwell 9; 9 1) to dwell in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3612 oikema {oy'-kay-mah} ·½¦Û 3611;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - prison 1; 1 1) ¦í¦v, ´J©Ò, ¦í³B 2) °ûÂ઺»¡ªk:ºÊº» (#®{ 12:7|)

3612 oikema {oy'-kay-mah} from 3611;; n n AV - prison 1; 1 1) a dwelling place, habitation 2) euphemistically a prison
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3613 oiketerion {oy-kay-tay'-ree-on} ·½¦Û 3611 ªº°²³]­l¥Í¦r (µ¥¦P©ó 3612); TDNT - 5:155,674; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - house 1, habitation 1; 2 1) ©~¦íªº¦a¤è, ¦í©Ò 1a) ¥Î©ó«ü¨­Åé¬OÆF»îªº©~©Ò

3613 oiketerion {oy-kay-tay'-ree-on} from a presumed derivative of 3611 (equivalent to 3612); TDNT - 5:155,674; n n AV - house 1, habitation 1; 2 1) a dwelling place, habitation 1a) of the body as a dwelling place for the spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3614 oikia {oy-kee'-ah} ·½©ó 3624; TDNT - 5:131,674; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - house 92, at home 1, household 1, from the house 1; 95 1) ©Ð¤l 1a) ¨Ñ©~¦íªº«Ø¿vª«, ©~©Ò 1b) ©~¦í¦b¤@­Ó«Î¤l¤¤ªº¤H, ®a®x 1c) °]²£, °]´I, ©Ò¦³ª« ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5867

3614 oikia {oy-kee'-ah} from 3624; TDNT - 5:131,674; n f AV - house 92, at home 1, household 1, from the house 1; 95 1) a house 1a) an inhabited edifice, a dwelling 1b) the inmates of a house, the family 1c) property, wealth, goods For Synonyms see entry 5867
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3615 oikiakos {oy-kee-ak-os'} ·½¦Û 3614;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - of (one's) household 2; 2 1) ÄÝ©ó®aùتº¤H 2) ³Q¤@®a¤§¥D©ÒºÞ²zªº¤H, ¬O¨à¤l©Î¬O¹²¤H (#¤Ó 10:25, 10:36|)

3615 oikiakos {oy-kee-ak-os'} from 3614;; n m AV - of (one's) household 2; 2 1) one belonging to the house 2) one under control of the master of a house, whether a son or a servant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3616 oikodespoteo {oy-kod-es-pot-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3617; TDNT - 2:49,145; °Êµü AV - guide the house 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°¤@­Ó®aªº¥D¤H(©Î»â¾ÉªÌ) 2) ²ÎºÞ¤@­Ó®a±Ú, ºÞ²z®a®x¨Æ°È (#´£«e 5:14|)

3616 oikodespoteo {oy-kod-es-pot-eh'-o} from 3617; TDNT - 2:49,145; v AV - guide the house 1; 1 1) to be master (or head) of a house 2) to rule a household, manage family affairs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3617 oikodespotes {oy-kod-es-pot'-ace} ·½¦Û 3624 »P 1203; TDNT - 2:49,145;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - householder 4, goodman of the house 4, master of the house 3, goodman 1; 12 1) «Î¤lªº¥D¤H, ®aªø

3617 oikodespotes {oy-kod-es-pot'-ace} from 3624 and 1203; TDNT - 2:49,145; n m AV - householder 4, goodman of the house 4, master of the house 3, goodman 1; 12 1) master of the house, householder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3618 oikodomeo {oy-kod-om-eh'-o} ©M oikodomos {oy-kod-om'-os} #®{ 4:11| »P 3619 ¦P·½; TDNT - 5:136,674; °Êµü AV - build 24, edify 7, builder 5, build up 1, be in building 1, embolden 1; 39 1) »\©Ð¤l, «Ø³y«Ø¿vª« 1a) «Ø³y(¥Ñ°ò¦¶}©l) 1b) ´_«Ø, ­««Ø, ­×´_ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ³]¥ß, «Ø¥ß 2b) «P¨Ï¦b°ò·þ´¼¼z¤¤ªº¦¨ªø, ¥]¬A¹ï¥Dªº·R¼}, ·O´d¼e®¤ªº¤ß, ¨}µ½ªº¼w¦æ, ¸t¼ä, ºÖ¤À 2c) ¦b´¼¼z»P·q°@¤¤¦¨ªø

3618 oikodomeo {oy-kod-om-eh'-o} also oikodomos {oy-kod-om'-os} Ac 4:11 from the same as 3619; TDNT - 5:136,674; v AV - build 24, edify 7, builder 5, build up 1, be in building 1, embolden 1; 39 1) to build a house, erect a building 1a) to build (up from the foundation) 1b) to restore by building, to rebuild, repair 2) metaph. 2a) to found, establish 2b) to promote growth in Christian wisdom, affection, grace, virtue, holiness, blessedness 2c) to grow in wisdom and piety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3619 oikodome {oy-kod-om-ay'} ³±©Ê (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; TDNT - 5:144,674; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ³y´N 7, «Ø³] 6, ³y´N 4, (¬Y¤H)¦]¦Ó±o³y´N 1; 18 1) (¥D°Ê) «Ø³], «Ø¥ß 2) Áô³ë. ³y´N 2a) ¬Y¤H¥D°ÊÀ°§U¥t¤@¦ì«H®{¦b´¼¼z¡B·q°@¡B³ß¼Ö©M¸t¼äµ¥¤è­±ªº¦¨ªø 3) ¤@®y«Ø¿vª« (¥ç§Y ³Q«Ø¤§ª«, ³Qºc«ä¤§ª«)

3619 oikodome {oy-kod-om-ay'} feminine (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; TDNT - 5:144,674; n f AV - edifying 7, building 6, edification 4, wherewith (one) may edify 1; 18 1) (the act of) building, building up 2) metaph. edifying, edification 2a) the act of one who promotes another's growth in Christian wisdom, piety, happiness, holiness 3) a building (i.e. the thing built, edifice)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3620 oikodomia {oy-kod-om-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û »P 3619 ¦P ;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - edifying 1; 1 1) «Ø¿v (ªº¦æ¬°) , ½Ý¥ß

3620 oikodomia {oy-kod-om-ee'-ah} from the same as 3619;; n f AV - edifying 1; 1 1) (the act of) building, erection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3621 oikonomeo {oy-kon-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3623;; °Êµü AV - be steward 1; 1 1) §@¬°ºÞ²z¤H (#¸ô 16:2|) 2) ºÞ²z®a±Úªº¨Æ°È 3) ºÞ²z, ¤À°t, ©R¥O, ½Õ¸`

3621 oikonomeo {oy-kon-om-eh'-o} from 3623;; v AV - be steward 1; 1 1) to be a steward 2) to manage the affairs of a household 3) to manage, dispense, order, regulate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3622 oikonomia {oy-kon-om-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3623; TDNT - 5:151,674; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dispensation 4, stewardship 3; 7 1) ºÞ²z 2) ¦w±Æ, ¦¸§Ç, ­p¹º 2a)¯«ªº¿W¯S±ÏÅ«­p¹º

3622 oikonomia {oy-kon-om-ee'-ah} from 3623; TDNT - 5:151,674; n f AV - dispensation 4, stewardship 3; 7 1) the management of a household or of household affairs 1a) specifically, the management, oversight, administration, of other's property 1b) the office of a manager or overseer, stewardship 1c) administration, dispensation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3623 oikonomos {oy-kon-om'-os} ·½¦Û 3624 »P3551ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 5:149,674; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - steward 8, chamberlain 1, governor 1; 10 1) ºÞ®a 2) ¥q±b (#ù 16:23|)

3623 oikonomos {oy-kon-om'-os} from 3624 and the base of 3551; TDNT - 5:149,674; n m AV - steward 8, chamberlain 1, governor 1; 10 1) the manager of household or of household affairs 1a) esp. a steward, manager, superintendent (whether free-born or as was usually the case, a freed-man or a slave) to whom the head of the house or proprietor has intrusted the management of his affairs, the care of receipts and expenditures, and the duty of dealing out the proper portion to every servant and even to the children not yet of age 1b) the manager of a farm or landed estate, an overseer 1c) the superintendent of the city's finances, the treasurer of a city (or of treasurers or quaestors of kings) 2) metaph. the apostles and other Christian teachers and bishops and overseers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3624 oikos {oy'-kos} ¤£©ú½TªºÃö«Yµü; TDNT - 5:119,674;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - house 104, household 3, home + 1519 2, at home + 1722 2, misc 3; 114 1) ©Ð¤l 1a) ¨Ñ©~¦íªº«Î¤l, ®a 1b) ªx«ü¥ô¦óªº«Ø¿v 1b1) «ü¬Ó®c 1b2) «ü¯«ªº·µ, ·|¹õ 1c) «ü¥ô¦ó¨Ñ©~¦íªº³B©Ò 1c1) «ü¤Hªº¦×Å馨¤F±±¨î¥Lªº¨¸Å]ªº©~©Ò 1c2) «ü±bÁO, ­T«Î, ¤Î°Êª«ªº±_, ¯bªÙ, Ã~¥Þµ¥ 1c3) «ü¤Hªº©T©wªº©~©Ò, ¤H©Ò©w©~ªº¦a¤è, ¦w®a©w©~¤§©Ò¦b 2) «ü«Î¤º©Ò©~¦íªº¤H, ²Õ¦¨¤@­Ó®a®xªº©Ò¦³¤À¤l, ®a®x®a±Ú 2a) ¯«ªº®a, «ü°ò·þªº±Ð·|(¥þÅé°ò·þ®{), ¦]¬ù©M·s¬ù©Ò«Ø¥ßªº±Ð·| 3) ¬Y¤Hªº«á¸Ç, ®a®x, ©Ò¦³ªº¬¹¤f ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5867

3624 oikos {oy'-kos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:119,674; n m AV - house 104, household 3, home + 1519 2, at home + 1722 2, misc 3; 114 1) a house 1a) an inhabited house, home 1b) any building whatever 1b1) of a palace 1b2) the house of God, the tabernacle 1c) any dwelling place 1c1) of the human body as the abode of demons that possess it 1c2) of tents, and huts, and later, of the nests, stalls, lairs, of animals 1c3) the place where one has fixed his residence, one's settled abode, domicile 2) the inmates of a house, all the persons forming one family, a household 2a) the family of God, of the Christian Church, of the church of the Old and New Testaments 3) stock, family, descendants of one For Synonyms see entry 5867
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3625 oikoumene {oy-kou-men'-ay} 3611 ªº³±©Ê²{¦b³Q°Ê¤Àµü(§@¦Wµü¥Î, Áô³ë 1093 ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 5:157,674; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - world 14, earth 1; 15 1) ´Ï®§ªº¦a²y 1a) «ü§ÆÃ¾¤H©Ò©~¦íªº¦a¤è, ¥H§O©óÆZ¦i¤§¨¹©Ò¦íªº¦a°Ï 1b) «üù°¨«Ò°ê, ¦Ó©Ò¦³¦ÚªA©ó¦¹«Ò°êªº¦a°Ï 1c) ¥@¬É, ¤HÃþ©Ò©~¦íªº³o¦a²y 1d) ©~¦í¦b³o¥@¤Wªº, ¤HÃþ 2) ¦t©z, ¥@¬É

3625 oikoumene {oy-kou-men'-ay} feminine participle present passive of 3611 (as noun, by implication of 1093); TDNT - 5:157,674; n f AV - world 14, earth 1; 15 1) the inhabited earth 1a) the portion of the earth inhabited by the Greeks, in distinction from the lands of the barbarians 1b) the Roman empire, all the subjects of the empire 1c) the whole inhabited earth, the world 1d) the inhabitants of the earth, men 2) the universe, the world
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3626 oikouros {oy-koo-ros'} ·½¦Û 3624 ©M ouros (¦u½ÃªÌ, ¯d¤ß);; §Î®eµü AV - keeper at home 1; 1 1) Ãö¤ß®a®x, ­P¤O©ó®a®x (#¦h 2:5|) 1a) ®a®xªº¬Ý¦uªÌ 1b) °í«ù¤£¾Ó¦aÃöª`®a°È 1c) ®a®xªº

3626 oikouros {oy-koo-ros'} from 3624 and ouros (a guard, be "ware");; adj AV - keeper at home 1; 1 1) caring for the house, working at home 1a) the (watch or) keeper of the house 1b) keeping at home and taking care of household affairs 1c) a domestic
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3627 oikteiro {oyk-ti'-ro} also (in certain tenses) prolonged oiktereo {oyk-ter-eh'-o} ·½¦Û oiktos (¼¦¼§); TDNT - 5:159,*; °Êµü AV - have compassion on 1, have compassion 1; 2 1) ¼¦¼§, ¦P±¡ (#ù 9:15|)

3627 oikteiro {oyk-ti'-ro} also (in certain tenses) prolonged oiktereo {oyk-ter-eh'-o} from oiktos (pity); TDNT - 5:159,*; v AV - have compassion on 1, have compassion 1; 2 1) to pity, have compassion on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3628 oiktirmos {oyk-tir-mos'} ·½©ó 3627; TDNT - 5:159,680;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mercy 5; 5 1) ¦P±¡, ¼¦¼§, ·O´d 1a) ´lÁô¤§¤ß, ¦P±¡¤ß 1b) ·P°Ê, ´÷±æ, ·O·R¤§¤ßªºªíÅS ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5842

3628 oiktirmos {oyk-tir-mos'} from 3627; TDNT - 5:159,680; n m AV - mercy 5; 5 1) compassion, pity, mercy 1a) bowels in which compassion resides, a heart of compassion 1b) emotions, longings, manifestations of pity For Synonyms see entry 5842
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3629 oiktirmon {oyk-tir'-mone} ·½¦Û 3627; TDNT - 5:159,680; §Î®eµü AV - merciful 2, of tender mercy 1; 3 1) ¤¯·O¼e®eªº (#¸ô 6:36; ¶® 5:11|)

3629 oiktirmon {oyk-tir'-mone} from 3627; TDNT - 5:159,680; adj AV - merciful 2, of tender mercy 1; 3 1) merciful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3630 oinopotes {oy-nop-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 3631 and a derivative of the alternate of 4095;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - winebibber 2; 2 1) °s¥P, ¦n°s, °s°­ (#¤Ó 11:19; ¸ô 7:34|)

3630 oinopotes {oy-nop-ot'-ace} from 3631 and a derivative of the alternate of 4095;; n m AV - winebibber 2; 2 1) a winebibber, given to wine, a wino
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3631 oinos {oy'-nos} ¤@­Ó¥D­nªº³æ¦r (¤j·§¬O·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03196); TDNT - 5:162,680;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wine 32, winepress + 3125 1; 33 1) °s 2) Áô³ë. ¤W«Ò¼««ãªº±j¯Pªº°s

3631 oinos {oy'-nos} a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin 03196); TDNT - 5:162,680; n m AV - wine 32, winepress + 3125 1; 33 1) wine 2) metaph. fiery wine of God's wrath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3632 oinophlugia {oy-nof-loog-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3631 and ...¤§¤@«¬ the base of 5397;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - excess of wine 1; 1 1)¹U­ª;¾KºA

3632 oinophlugia {oy-nof-loog-ee'-ah} from 3631 and a form of the base of 5397;; n f AV - excess of wine 1; 1 1) drunkenness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3633 oiomai {oy'-om-ahee} or (shorter) oimai {oy'-mahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA apparently from 3634;; °Êµü AV - suppose 2, think 1; 3 1) °²³], «ä¯Á (#¬ù 12:25; µÌ 1:17; ¶® 1:7|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5837

3633 oiomai {oy'-om-ahee} or (shorter) oimai {oy'-mahee} middle voice apparently from 3634;; v AV - suppose 2, think 1; 3 1) to suppose, think For Synonyms see entry 5837
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3634 hoios {hoy'-os} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü©ó3588, 3739, ©M3745;; Ãö«Y¥N¦Wµü AV - such as 6, as 3, which 2, what manner 1, so as 1, what manner of man 1, what 1; 15 1) ¨º¤@ºØ¡A¨º¤@ºØ¤è¦¡¡A¦p...

3634 hoios {hoy'-os} probably akin to 3588, 3739, and 3745;; pron AV - such as 6, as 3, which 2, what manner 1, so as 1, what manner of man 1, what 1; 15 1) what sort of, what manner of, such as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3635 okneo {ok-neh'-o} ·½¦Û oknos (hesitation);; °Êµü AV - delay 1; 1 1) ·P¨ì¹½´c, ©ñºC 2) ©µ¿ð, ÅCÃÜ (#®{ 9:38|)

3635 okneo {ok-neh'-o} from oknos (hesitation);; v AV - delay 1; 1 1) to feel loath, to be slow 2) to delay, hesitate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3636 okneros {ok-nay-ros'} ·½¦Û 3635; TDNT - 5:166,681; §Î®eµü AV - slothful 2, grievous 1; 3 1) Ãi´²ªº, «å´kªº, °h¨Bªº (#¤Ó 25:26; ù 12:11; µÌ 3:1|)

3636 okneros {ok-nay-ros'} from 3635; TDNT - 5:166,681; adj AV - slothful 2, grievous 1; 3 1) sluggish, slothful, backward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3637 oktaemeros {ok-tah-ay'-mer-os} ·½¦Û 3638 and 2250;; §Î®eµü AV - the eighth day 1; 1 1) ¤K¤Ñ¤jªº 2) ³q¹L²Ä¤K¤Ñ (#µÌ 3:5|)

3637 oktaemeros {ok-tah-ay'-mer-os} from 3638 and 2250;; adj AV - the eighth day 1; 1 1) eight days old 2) passing the eighth day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3638 okto {ok-to'} a primary numeral;; n indecl AV - eight 6, eighteen + 1176 + 2532 3; 9 1) ¤K

3638 okto {ok-to'} a primary numeral;; n indecl AV - eight 6, eighteen + 1176 + 2532 3; 9 1) eight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3639 olethros {ol'-eth-ros} ·½©ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº ollumi (ªí ·´Ãa ªº·N«ä, ÂX±i«¬); TDNT - 5:168,681;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - destruction 4; 4 1) ¯}Ãa, ·´Ãa, ¦º¤` 1a) «ü¦×Å骺·´Ãa, «ü¥~¨Óªº¯e¯f©M¦]¨îªA¦×Å骺±¡¼¤©Ò¤Þ°_ªº§x­W

3639 olethros {ol'-eth-ros} from a primary ollumi (to destroy, a prolonged form); TDNT - 5:168,681; n m AV - destruction 4; 4 1) ruin, destroy, death 1a) for the destruction of the flesh, said of the external ills and troubles by which the lusts of the flesh are subdued and destroyed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3640 oligopistos {ol-ig-op'-is-tos} ·½¦Û 3641 ¤Î 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - of little faith 5; 5 1) ¤p«H, «H¤ß¤Ó¤Ö

3640 oligopistos {ol-ig-op'-is-tos} from 3641 and 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f AV - of little faith 5; 5 1) of little faith, trusting too little
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3641 oligos {ol-ee'-gos} §ä¤£¨ì¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 5:171,682; §Î®eµü AV - few 14, (a) little 7, small 5, few things 4, almost + 1722 2, a while 2, misc 9; 43 1) ¨Ç³\, ¤Öªº, ¤Ö¼Æªº 1a) «ü¼Æ­È: ¤j¶q, ¼Æ¶q, ¤Ø¤o 1b) «ü®É¶¡: µu¼Èªº 1c) «üµ{«×©Î±j«×: »´ªº, ·L¤£¨¬¹Dªº

3641 oligos {ol-ee'-gos} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:171,682; adj AV - few 14, (a) little 7, small 5, few things 4, almost + 1722 2, a while 2, misc 9; 43 1) little, small, few 1a) of number: multitude, quantity, or size 1b) of time: short 1c) of degree or intensity: light, slight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3642 oligopsuchos {ol-ig-op'-soo-khos} ·½©ó 3641 ©M 6590; TDNT - 9:665,1342; §Î®eµü AV - feebleminded 1; 1 1) ©ÄÀ¶Áx¤pªº, ·N§ÓÁ¡®zªº

3642 oligopsuchos {ol-ig-op'-soo-khos} from 3641 and 6590; TDNT - 9:665,1342; adj AV - feebleminded 1; 1 1) fainthearted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3643 oligoreo {ol-ig-o-reh'-o} ·½©ó 3641 ©M ora ("¤¶·N, ¦b¥G") ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; °Êµü AV - despise 1; 1 1) ¤£¬O«Ü¦b¥G, »´¬Ý, »´©¿, ¤£¤Ó¦b·N

3643 oligoreo {ol-ig-o-reh'-o} from a compound of 3641 and ora ("care");; v AV - despise 1; 1 1) to care little for, regard lightly, make small account
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3644 olothreutes {ol-oth-ryoo-tace'} ·½¦Û 3645; TDNT - 5:169,681;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - destroyer 1; 1 1) ¯}ÃaªÌ

3644 olothreutes {ol-oth-ryoo-tace'} from 3645; TDNT - 5:169,681; n m AV - destroyer 1; 1 1) a destroyer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3645 olothreuo {ol-oth-ryoo'-o} ·½©ó 3639; TDNT - 5:167,*; °Êµü AV - destroy 1; 1 1) ·´Ãa

3645 olothreuo {ol-oth-ryoo'-o} from 3639; TDNT - 5:167,*; v AV - destroy 1; 1 1) to destroy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3646 holokautoma {hol-ok-ow'-to-mah} ·½©ó¤@ 3650 ­l¥Í¦rªº²Õ¦X¤Î¤@ 2545 ªº­l¥Í¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - burnt offering 3; 3 1) ¾ã°¦µI¤Æªº²½¬¹ 1a) ¾ã­Ó¨­Åé(¤£¹³¨ä¥¦¦³¨Ç¥u¬O¤@³¡¤À)§¹¥þ³QµI¿Nªº²½¬¹

3646 holokautoma {hol-ok-ow'-to-mah} from a derivative of a compound of 3650 and a derivative of 2545;; n n AV - burnt offering 3; 3 1) a whole burnt offering 1a) a victim the whole (and not like other victims only a part) of which was burned
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3647 holokleria {hol-ok-lay-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 3648; TDNT - 3:767,442; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ soundness 1; 1 1) ¨­Å饼¨ü·lªºª¬ºA, ©Ò¦³ªºªÏÅé¾¹©x°·±d¨Ãµo´§À³¦³ªº¥\¯à 1a) °·±dµw®Ô (#®{ 3:16|)

3647 holokleria {hol-ok-lay-ree'-ah} from 3648; TDNT - 3:767,442; n f AV - perfect soundness 1; 1 1) of an unimpaired condition of the body, in which all its members are healthy and fit for use 1a) good health
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3648 holokleros {hol'-ok'-lay-ros} ·½©ó 3650 ©M 2819; TDNT - 3:766,442; §Î®eµü AV - whole 1, entire 1; 2 1) ¦U³¡¤À³£§¹¥þ, ¨S¦³¯Ê¥F¤í¯Ê©Î¤£¨}ªº³¡¤À, §¹¥þªº, ¥þ³Æªº, ¥þ³¡ 1a) «ü¥þÅé²@µL·å²«¯Ê³´ªº, ¤£½×¬O«ü²½¥q©Î²½¬¹ 1b) ¨S¦³¸o, µL¹L¥Ç 1c) ¦U¤è­±³£º¡¨¬ªº, §¹¥þªº

3648 holokleros {hol'-ok'-lay-ros} from 3650 and 2819; TDNT - 3:766,442; adj AV - whole 1, entire 1; 2 1) complete in all its parts, in no part wanting or unsound, complete, entire, whole 1a) of a body without blemish or defect, whether of a priest or of a victim 1b) free from sin, faultless 1c) complete in all respects, consummate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3649 ololuzo {ol-ol-odd'-zo} a reduplicated primary verb; TDNT - 5:173,682; °Êµü AV - howl 1; 1 1) «s¥s, ´d¹Ä, µh­ú 1a) «ü¤£ºÞ¬O°ª¿³ªºÁÙ¬O´d¶Ëªº¤jÁn­ú³Û (#¶® 5:1|)

3649 ololuzo {ol-ol-odd'-zo} a reduplicated primary verb; TDNT - 5:173,682; v AV - howl 1; 1 1) to howl, wail, lament 1a) of a loud cry whether for joy or of grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3650 holos {hol'-os} ¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 5:174,682; §Î®eµü AV - all 65, whole 43, every whit 2, altogether 1, throughout + 1223 1; 112 1) ©Ò¦³ªº, ¥þ³¡ªº, §¹¥þªº

3650 holos {hol'-os} a primary word; TDNT - 5:174,682; adj AV - all 65, whole 43, every whit 2, altogether 1, throughout + 1223 1; 112 1) all, whole, completely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3651 holoteles {hol-ot-el-ace'} ·½©ó 3650 ©M 5056; TDNT - 5:175,682; §Î®eµü AV - wholly 1; 1 1) §¹¥þªº, ­±­±¨ã¨ìªº

3651 holoteles {hol-ot-el-ace'} from 3650 and 5056; TDNT - 5:175,682; adj AV - wholly 1; 1 1) perfect, complete in all respects
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3652 Olumpas {ol-oom-pas'} probably a contraction from Olumpiodoros (Olympian-bestowed, ¥ç§Y heaven-descended);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Olympas 1; 1 ªüªL¤Ú= "¤Ñ°óªº" 1) ¤@¦ìù°¨ªº°ò·þ®{ (#ù 16:15|)

3652 Olumpas {ol-oom-pas'} probably a contraction from Olumpiodoros (Olympian-bestowed, i.e. heaven-descended);; n pr m AV - Olympas 1; 1 Olympas = "heavenly" 1) a Christian at Rome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3653 olunthos {ol'-oon-thos} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 7:751,1100;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - untimely fig 1; 1 1) ¥Íªø©ó´H¥V¥¼¦¨¼ôªºµLªáªG¾ð, ¥¼¹F¦¨¼ô«K©ó¬K¤Ñ±¼¸¨ (#±Ò 6:13|)

3653 olunthos {ol'-oon-thos} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 7:751,1100; n m AV - untimely fig 1; 1 1) an unripe fig which grows during the winter, yet does not come to maturity but falls off in the spring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3654 holos {hol'-oce} ·½¦Û 3650;; °Æµü AV - at all 2, commonly 1, utterly 1; 4 1) §¹¥þ¦a, ¥þµM

3654 holos {hol'-oce} from 3650;; adv AV - at all 2, commonly 1, utterly 1; 4 1) wholly, altogether
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3655 ombros {om'-bros} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - shower 1; 1 1) °}«B, ÆJ«B 1a) ¨í­·, °{¹q, ¥´¹pªº¼É­·«B (#¸ô 12:54|)

3655 ombros {om'-bros} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - shower 1; 1 1) a shower 1a) a violent storm, accompanied by high wind with thunder and lightning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3656 homileo {hom-il-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3658;; °Êµü AV - talk 2, commune with 1, commune together 1; 4 1) »P...°º¦P 2) »P...µ²¥æ 3) ¦P...¦í¦b¤@°_ 4) ¥æ½Í, ½Í¸Ü, ½Í½×

3656 homileo {hom-il-eh'-o} from 3658;; v AV - talk 2, commune with 1, commune together 1; 4 1) to be in company with 2) to associate with 3) to stay with 4) to converse with, talk about: with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3657 homilia {hom-il-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3658;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - communication 1; 1 1) ¥æ½Ë, ¥æ©¹, ¥æ¬y, ¤Í¦ñ #ªL«e 15:33|

3657 homilia {hom-il-ee'-ah} from 3658;; n f AV - communication 1; 1 1) companionship, intercourse, communion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3658 homilos {hom'-il-os} ·½¦Û the base of 3674 and a derivative of the alternate of 138 (meaning a crowd);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - company 1; 1 1) ¤@¤j¸s¤H»E¶°¦b¤@°_, ¤@¸s¤H, ¤H¸s

3658 homilos {hom'-il-os} from the base of 3674 and a derivative of the alternate of 138 (meaning a crowd);; n m AV - company 1; 1 1) a multitude of men gathered together, a crowd, a throng
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3659 omma {om'-mah} ·½¦Û 3700;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - eye 1; 1 1) ²´·ú #¥i 8:23|

3659 omma {om'-mah} from 3700;; n n AV - eye 1; 1 1) an eye
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3660 omnuo {om-noo'-o} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¥Î¤§¦r®Ú omo ªºÂX±i«¬, ¨ä¥t¤@ÂX±i«¬(omoo {om-o'-o})¥u¥Î©ó¯S©wªº®ÉºA; TDNT - 5:176,683; °Êµü AV - swear 27; 27 1) °_»} 2) ¥Îµo»}¨¥©Î¶A©Gªº¤è¦¡¨Óªí¥ÜªÖ©w, «OÃÒ, ©Î®£À~ 3) ¦b°_»}¤¤¥H¬Y¤H©Îª«¬°¨£ÃÒ, ¬èÄ@, ¥õ¿à

3660 omnuo {om-noo'-o} a prolonged form of a primary but obsolete omo, for which another prolonged form (omoo {om-o'-o}) is used in certain tenses; TDNT - 5:176,683; v AV - swear 27; 27 1) to swear 2) to affirm, promise, threaten, with an oath 3) in swearing to call a person or thing as witness, to invoke, swear by
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3661 homothumadon {hom-oth-oo-mad-on'} ·½¦Û a compound of the base of 3674 and 2372; TDNT - 5:185,684; °Æµü AV - with one accord 11, with one mind 1; 12 1) ¦P¤ß¨ó¤O, ¤@­Pªº, »ô¤ß¦X¤O, ¦P§@¤@¹Ú

3661 homothumadon {hom-oth-oo-mad-on'} from a compound of the base of 3674 and 2372; TDNT - 5:185,684; adv AV - with one accord 11, with one mind 1; 12 1) with one mind, with one accord, with one passion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3662 homoiazo {hom-oy-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 3664;; °Êµü AV - agree thereto 1; 1 1) »Å¦ü, ¨Ï¬Û¦P (#¥i 14:70|)

3662 homoiazo {hom-oy-ad'-zo} from 3664;; v AV - agree thereto 1; 1 1) to be like
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3663 homoiopathes {hom-oy-op-ath-ace'} ·½¦Û 3664 and the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 5:938,798; §Î®eµü AV - of like passions 1, subject to like passions 1; 2 1) ¦P·P¨­¨ü, ¦PÁn¦VÀ³¦P®ð¬Û¨D¤§¤H (#®{ 14:15; ¶® 5:17|)

3663 homoiopathes {hom-oy-op-ath-ace'} from 3664 and the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 5:938,798; adj AV - of like passions 1, subject to like passions 1; 2 1) suffering the like with another, of like feelings or affections
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3664 homoios {hom'-oy-os} from the base of 3674; TDNT - 5:186,684; §Î®eµü AV - like 47; 47 1) ¹³, ¬Û¦ü, Ãþ¦ü 1a) ¹³: ¥ç§Y Ãþ¦ü 1b) ¹³: ¥ç§Y »P¤@¥ó¨Æª«¹ïÀ³

3664 homoios {hom'-oy-os} from the base of 3674; TDNT - 5:186,684; adj AV - like 47; 47 1) like, similar, resembling 1a) like: i.e. resembling 1b) like: i.e. corresponding to a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3665 homoiotes {hom-oy-ot'-ace} ·½©ó 3664; TDNT - 5:189,684; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - like as + 2596 1, similitude 1; 2 1) ¬Û¦ü

3665 homoiotes {hom-oy-ot'-ace} from 3664; TDNT - 5:189,684; n f AV - like as + 2596 1, similitude 1; 2 1) likeness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3666 homoioo {hom-oy-o'-o} ·½©ó 3664; TDNT - 5:188,684; °Êµü AV - liken 9, make like 2, be like 2, in the likeness of 1, resemble 1; 15 1) ¨Ï¬Û¹³ 2) ±N...¤ñ³ë¬°, »P...¤ñ¸û 2a) ¥H¤ñ¸û¹ï·Ó¨ÓÄÄ­z

3666 homoioo {hom-oy-o'-o} from 3664; TDNT - 5:188,684; v AV - liken 9, make like 2, be like 2, in the likeness of 1, resemble 1; 15 1) to be made like 2) to liken, compare 2a) illustrate by comparisons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3667 homoioma {hom-oy'-o-mah} ·½¦Û 3666; TDNT - 5:191,684; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - likeness 3, made like to 1, similitude 1, shape 1; 6 1) ¬Û¦ü 2) §Î¹³,¼Ë¦¡ 2a)§Î¹³,¥é³ËªºªF¦è (#ù 1:23|) 2b)¼Ë¦¡,¥~»ª (#±Ò 9:7|)

3667 homoioma {hom-oy'-o-mah} from 3666; TDNT - 5:191,684; n n AV - likeness 3, made like to 1, similitude 1, shape 1; 6 1) that which has been made after the likeness of something 1a) a figure, image, likeness, representation 1b) likeness i.e. resemblance, such as amounts almost to equality or identity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3668 homoios {hom-oy'-oce} ·½©ó 3664;; °Æµü AV - likewise 28, moreover + 1161 1, so 1; 30 1) ¦P¼Ë¦a, Ãþ¦ü¦a, µ¥¦P¦a, »P¦¹¤@¼Ë¦a

3668 homoios {hom-oy'-oce} from 3664;; adv AV - likewise 28, moreover + 1161 1, so 1; 30 1) likewise, equally, in the same way
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3669 homoiosis {hom-oy'-o-sis} ·½¦Û 3666; TDNT - 5:190,684; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - similitude 1; 1 1) Ãþ¦ü, ¨Ï¬Û¹³ 2) ¬Û¦ü: ¦ü¦P¯«ªº¼Ò¼Ë (#¶® 3:9|)

3669 homoiosis {hom-oy'-o-sis} from 3666; TDNT - 5:190,684; n f AV - similitude 1; 1 1) a making like 2) likeness: after the likeness of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3670 homologeo {hom-ol-og-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3674 ªº¦r·½ ©M 3056 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; TDNT - 5:199,687; °Êµü AV - confess 17, profess 3, promise 1, give thanks 1, confession is made 1, acknowledgeth 1; 24 1) ­«ÂÐ¥L¤H©Ò»¡¹Lªº, ¥ç§Y ªí¥Ü¦P·N, ÃÙ¦¨¥L©Ò»¡ªº 2) ©Ó»{, »{¦P 2a) ¤£©Úµ´, µ¹»P©Ó¿Õ 2b) ¤£§_»{ 2b1) ©Z©Ó, ©Ó»{ 2b2) «ÅºÙ, «Å§i 2b3) ©Û»{, §i¸Ñ, »{¸oÄb®¬. ¥ç§Y ©Ó»{¦Û¤v¦b³Q«ü³dªº¨Æ¤W¬O¦³¸oªº 3) ¤½¶}©Ó»{ 3a) ¤½¶}«Å§i, ¦ÛÄ@¦aªí¹F¥X¨Ó 3b) ¤½¶}©Ó»{¬O¬Y¤Hªº·q«ôªÌ 4) ¹|Æg, ºÙÆg, Æg¬ü

3670 homologeo {hom-ol-og-eh'-o} from a compound of the base of 3674 and 3056; TDNT - 5:199,687; v AV - confess 17, profess 3, promise 1, give thanks 1, confession is made 1, acknowledgeth 1; 24 1) to say the same thing as another, i.e. to agree with, assent 2) to concede 2a) not to refuse, to promise 2b) not to deny 2b1) to confess 2b2) declare 2b3) to confess, i.e. to admit or declare one's self guilty of what one is accused of 3) to profess 3a) to declare openly, speak out freely 3b) to profess one's self the worshipper of one 4) to praise, celebrate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3671 homologia {hom-ol-og-ee'-ah} »P 3670 ¦P·½; TDNT - 5:199,687; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6 1) ¤½¶}©Ó»{ 1a) ¥DÆ[©Êªº·N«ä: «ü«ÅºÙ¬Y¤H¬O©M§Ú­Ì¤@°_ªº 1b) «ÈÅé©Êªº¥Îªk: «H©À, «Å§i[§i¸Ñ, Äb®¬], ¥ç§Y «ü¹ï¸oªº©Ó»{

3671 homologia {hom-ol-og-ee'-ah} from the same as 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; n f AV - profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6 1) profession 1a) subjectively: whom we profess to be ours 1b) objectively: profession [confession] i.e. what one professes [confesses]
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3672 homologoumenos {hom-ol-og-ow-men'-oce} ·½¦Û ²{¦b¦¡³Q°Ê»yºA ¤Àµü of 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; °Æµü AV - without controversy 1; 1 1) ²³¤H¦P·Nªº, ¤½¶}©Ó»{ªº, µLª§½×ªº (#´£«e 3:16|)

3672 homologoumenos {hom-ol-og-ow-men'-oce} from present passive participle of 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; adv AV - without controversy 1; 1 1) by consent of all, confessedly, without controversy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3673 homotechnos {hom-ot'-ekh-nos} ·½¦Û the base of 3674 and 5078;; §Î®eµü AV - of the same craft 1; 1 1) ¦b¦P¼Ëªº¦æ·~©Î§Þ³N¤¤, ¦³¬Û¦Pªº¦æ·~ (#®{ 18:3|)

3673 homotechnos {hom-ot'-ekh-nos} from the base of 3674 and 5078;; adj AV - of the same craft 1; 1 1) practising the same trade or craft, of the same trade
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3674 homou {hom-oo'} ©Ò¦³®æ®æof homos (the same, ªñ¦ü to 260) as adv;; °Æµü AV - together 3; 3 1) ¤@°_: «ü±N¸s²³¶°»E°_¨Ó (#¬ù 4:36, 20:4, 21:2|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5807

3674 homou {hom-oo'} genitive case of homos (the same, akin to 260) as adv;; adv AV - together 3; 3 1) together: of persons assembled together For Synonyms see entry 5807
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3675 homophron {hom-of'-rone} ·½¦Û 3674 »P 5424 ªº°ò¦;; §Î®eµü AV - of one mind 1; 1 1) ¦P¤ß¤@·N, ¤@­Pªº #©¼«e 3:8|

3675 homophron {hom-of'-rone} from the base of 3674 and 5424;; adj AV - of one mind 1; 1 1) of one mind, concordant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3676 homos {hom'-oce} ·½¦Û the base of 3674;; °Æµü AV - nevertheless 1, and even 1, though it be but 1; 3 1) ¾¨ºÞ¦p¦¹, ¤´µM, ÁÙ¬O (#¬ù 12:42; ªL«e 14:7; ¥[ 3:15|)

3676 homos {hom'-oce} from the base of 3674;; adv AV - nevertheless 1, and even 1, though it be but 1; 3 1) nevertheless, yet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3677 onar {on'-ar} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 5:220,690; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - dream 6; 6 1) ¹Ú

3677 onar {on'-ar} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 5:220,690; n n AV - dream 6; 6 1) a dream
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3678 onarion {on-ar'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 3688; TDNT - 5:283,700; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - young ass 1; 1 1) ¤pÆj(#¬ù 12:14|)

3678 onarion {on-ar'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 3688; TDNT - 5:283,700; n n AV - young ass 1; 1 1) a little ass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3679 oneidizo {on-i-did'-zo} ·½¦Û 3681; TDNT - 5:239,693; °Êµü AV - upbraid 3, reproach 3, revile 2, cast in (one's) teeth 1, suffer reproach 1; 10 1) ³d³Æ, Äþ³d, °d½| 1a) ¸Ó¨üªº³d³Æ 1b) ¤£À³¨üªº³d³Æ, °d½| 1c) Äþ³d, ¦]¬°¦¬¨ü§Q¯q

3679 oneidizo {on-i-did'-zo} from 3681; TDNT - 5:239,693; v AV - upbraid 3, reproach 3, revile 2, cast in (one's) teeth 1, suffer reproach 1; 10 1) to reproach, upbraid, revile 1a) of deserved reproach 1b) of undeserved reproach, to revile 1c) to upbraid, cast (favours received) in one's teeth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3680 oneidismos {on-i-dis-mos'} ·½©ó 3679; TDNT - 5:241,693;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - reproach 5; 5 1) ¦Ã°d, §åµû 1a) ´N¦p°ò·þ·|¤F¯«ªº½t¬G¦Ó©Ò©Ó¨üªº¨Ó¦Û¨ä¼Ä¤Hªº­â°d©M·´Á½

3680 oneidismos {on-i-dis-mos'} from 3679; TDNT - 5:241,693; n m AV - reproach 5; 5 1) a reproach 1a) such as Christ suffered, for the cause of God, from his enemies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3681 oneidos {on'-i-dos} probably ªñ¦ü to the base of 3686; TDNT - 5:238,693; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - reproach 1; 1 1) ³d³Æ 2) ²Û®¢

3681 oneidos {on'-i-dos} probably akin to the base of 3686; TDNT - 5:238,693; n n AV - reproach 1; 1 1) reproach 2) shame
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3682 Onesimos {on-ay'-sim-os} ·½©ó 3685;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Onesimus 4; 4 ªü¥§¦è¥À = "¦³¥Îªº, ¦³§U¯qªº" 1) µÌ§Qªù®a¤¤ªº¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{¥£¹² (#ªù 1:10|)

3682 Onesimos {on-ay'-sim-os} from 3685;; n pr m AV - Onesimus 4; 4 Onesimus = "profitable or useful" 1) a Christian slave of Philemon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3683 Onesiphoros {on-ay-sif'-or-os} ·½¦Û 3685 ©M 5411 ªº­l¥Í¦r ;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Onesiphorus 2; 2 ªü¥§¦â¥± = "±a¨Ó§Q¯q" 1) ¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{ªº¦W¦r (#´£«á 1:16-18; 4:19|)

3683 Onesiphoros {on-ay-sif'-or-os} from a derivative of 3685 and 5411;; n pr m AV - Onesiphorus 2; 2 Onesiphorus = "bringing profit" 1) the name of a certain Christian in 2 Ti. 1:16-18, 4:19
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3684 onikos {on-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 3688;; §Î®eµü AV - millstone + 3458 2; 2 1) ¦]¬°Æj¤l, ¥HÆj¤l¨Ó±À°Ê 1a) ¥Î¨Ó±À°Ê¥Û¿iªº°Êª« (#¤Ó 18:6; ¸ô 17:2|)

3684 onikos {on-ik-os'} from 3688;; adj AV - millstone + 3458 2; 2 1) of or for an ass, turned by an ass 1a) these beasts were often employed to turn millstones
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3685 oninemi {on-in'-ay-mee} a prolonged form of an apparently primary°Êµü(onomai, to slur), for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an alternate in some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base of 3686 through the idea of notoriety];; °Êµü AV - have joy 1; 1 1) ¦³¯q³Bªº, ¦³¯q©ó, À°§U 2) ±µ¨ü§Q¯q©Î¦n³B, ³Q´©§Uªº [©Î±oÅwªY³ß¼Ö] (#ªù 1:20|)

3685 oninemi {on-in'-ay-mee} a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb (onomai, to slur), for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an alternate in some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base of 3686 through the idea of notoriety];; v AV - have joy 1; 1 1) to be useful, to profit, help 2) to receive profit or advantage, be helped [or have joy]
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3686 onoma {on'-om-ah} ·½©ó¤@­Ó³Q»{¬°¬O¥Ñ1097¦r®Ú­l¥Íªº¦r (°Ñ¨£ 3685); TDNT - 5:242,694; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - name 194, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 230 1) ¦W¦r : ³q«ü¥¿¦¡ªº¦WºÙ 2) «ü©M¤@¦W¦r©Ò«üªº¤@¤Á¦³Ãöªº¨Æ, «ü¦]´£¤Î, Å¥¨ì, ©Î¦^¾Ð°_¤@¦W¦Ó³s·Q¨ìªº¤@¤Á¬ÛÃö ¸Ó¦W¦rªº¨Æ. ¥ç§Y¦p¤H¤§¦a¦ì, «Â«H, ¿³½ì, ³ß¦n, Åv¤O, ÀuÂI, ¦Ó¥\Âݵ¥µ¥ 3) ¥H¦W¸¹¬°°Oªº¤H 4) ¦]¦Ó©R¦Wªº­ì¦]©Î²z¥Ñ: ¦b¦¹·N¸q¤W, «ü¨ä¦]¹³°ò·þ®{¦Ó¨ü­W, ¦]¦Ó±o³o¦W

3686 onoma {on'-om-ah} from a presumed derivative of the base of 1097 (cf 3685); TDNT - 5:242,694; n n AV - name 194, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 230 1) name: univ. of proper names 2) the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything the thought or feeling of which is aroused in the mind by mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i.e. for one's rank, authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds etc. 3) persons reckoned up by name 4) the cause or reason named: on this account, because he suffers as a Christian, for this reason
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3687 onomazo {on-om-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 3686; TDNT - 5:282,694; °Êµü AV - name 8, call 2; 10 1) ©R¦W 1a) ºÙ©I, µo¥X¨¥»y, ´£¤Î¦W¦r 1b) ¨ú¦W 1b1) µ¹¤H°_¦W 1b2) ³Q©R¦W 1b2a) ¾Ö¦³/¨Ø±a¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æª«ªº¦W¦r 1c) ©I³ê¬Y¤H¦W©Î»¡¥X¬Yª««~¤§¦WºÙ

3687 onomazo {on-om-ad'-zo} from 3686; TDNT - 5:282,694; v AV - name 8, call 2; 10 1) to name 1a) to name, to utter, to make mention of the name 1b) to name 1b1) give name to, one 1b2) be named 1b2a) to bear the name of a person or thing 1c) to utter the name of a person or thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3688 onos {on'-os} apparently a root word; TDNT - 5:283,700; ¶§©Ê/³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ass 6; 6 1) Æj

3688 onos {on'-os} apparently a root word; TDNT - 5:283,700; n m/f AV - ass 6; 6 1) an ass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3689 ontos {on'-toce} from the oblique cases of 5607;; °Æµü AV - indeed 6, certainly 1, of a truth 1, verily 1, clean 1; 10 1) ¯u¹ê¦a, ¹ê¦b¦a, ¨Æ¹ê¤W; ¤£¬O°²¸Ë, ·Q¹³, µê°², ±ÀÂ_ªº 2) ¯u¹êªº..., ¹ê»Ú¤Wªº±¡§Î... µ¥µ¥

3689 ontos {on'-toce} from the oblique cases of 5607;; adv AV - indeed 6, certainly 1, of a truth 1, verily 1, clean 1; 10 1) truly, in reality, in point of fact, as opp. to what is pretended, fictitious, false, conjectural 2) that which is truly etc., that which is indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3690 oxos {oz-os} ·½¦Û 3691; TDNT - 5:288,701; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - vinegar 7; 7 1) ¾L 1a) ù°¨¤h§L²ßºD³Üªº»Ä°s©Î¾L©M¤ô¤§²V¦Xª«

3690 oxos {oz-os} from 3691; TDNT - 5:288,701; n n AV - vinegar 7; 7 1) vinegar 1a) the mixture of sour wine or vinegar and water which the Roman soldiers were accustomed to drink
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3691 oxus {oz-oos'} probably ªñ¦ü to the base of 188 ["acid"];; §Î®eµü AV - sharp 7, swift 1; 8 1) ¦y¾Uªº, ¾W§Qªº 2) §Ö³tªº, ¨³³tªº

3691 oxus {oz-oos'} probably akin to the base of 188 ["acid"];; adj AV - sharp 7, swift 1; 8 1) sharp 2) swift, quick
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3692 ope {op-ay'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3700;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cave 1, place 1; 2 1) ²´¯à¨ä¤¤¬Ý¹L¥hªº, ¶}¤f, ¶}¤Õ 1a) «üµ¡¤á 1b) «ü¦aªºµõÁ_ 1c) ¤s¦a©¥¥Û¤¤ªº¬}¥Þ, ¦a¬}

3692 ope {op-ay'} probably from 3700;; n f AV - cave 1, place 1; 2 1) through which one can see, an opening, an aperture 1a) of a window 1b) of fissures in the earth 1c) of caves in rocks or mountains, holes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3693 opisthen {op'-is-then} ·½¦Û opis (regard, from 3700) with ¦V«e·Æ­µ¦r of source; TDNT - 5:289,702; §Î®eµü AV - behind 4, after 2, backside 1; 7 1) ±q­I«á, ¦b­I­±, ­I«á, «á­±

3693 opisthen {op'-is-then} from opis (regard, from 3700) with enclitic of source; TDNT - 5:289,702; adj AV - behind 4, after 2, backside 1; 7 1) from behind, on the back, behind, after
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3694 opiso {op-is'-o} »P...¦P·½ 3693 with ¦V«e·Æ­µ¦r of direction; TDNT - 5:289,702; °Æµü AV - after 22, behind 6, back + 1519 + 3588 5, back 1, follow 1, backward + 1519 + 3588 1; 36 1) «á­±, ­I«á, ¤§«á, ¥H«á 1a) ¹ï¦ì¸m¨Ó»¡: ¦b­I«áªº¨Æª« 1b) ¹ï®É¶¡¨Ó»¡: ¤§«á

3694 opiso {op-is'-o} from the same as 3693 with enclitic of direction; TDNT - 5:289,702; adv AV - after 22, behind 6, back + 1519 + 3588 5, back 1, follow 1, backward + 1519 + 3588 1; 36 1) back, behind, after, afterwards 1a) of place: things that are behind 1b) of time: after
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3695 hoplizo {hop-lid'-zo} ·½¦Û 3696; TDNT - 5:294,702; °Êµü AV - arm (one's) self with 1; 1 1) ªZ¸Ë, ¥ÎªZ¾¹¸Ë³Æ 2) ¸Ë³Æ 3) ¥Î¬Y¥óªF¦è¸Ë³Æ¦Û¤v¦³¦p¥ÎªZ¾¹¸Ë³Æ¤@¯ë (#©¼«e 4:1|) 4) Áô³ë. §e²{¥X¦P¼Ëªº¤ß§Ó

3695 hoplizo {hop-lid'-zo} from 3696; TDNT - 5:294,702; v AV - arm (one's) self with 1; 1 1) to arm, furnish with arms 2) to provide 3) to furnish one's self with a thing (as with arms) 4) metaph. take on the same mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3696 hoplon {hop'-lon} ¥i¯à·½¦Û hepo ªº­ì¦r (¦£©ó); TDNT - 5:292,702; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - weapon 2, instrument 2, armour 2; 6 1) ·Ç³Æ¨Æ±¡ªº¥ô¦ó¤u¨ã 1a) ¦b¾Ô¨Æ, ªZ¾¹¤¤©Ò¥ÎªºÁu»H 2) ¤@­Ó¾¹¨ã(¼Ö¾¹)

3696 hoplon {hop'-lon} probably from a primary hepo (to be busy about); TDNT - 5:292,702; n n AV - weapon 2, instrument 2, armour 2; 6 1) any tool or implement for preparing a thing 1a) arms used in warfare, weapons 2) an instrument
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3697 hopoios {hop-oy'-os} ·½©ó 3739 ©M 4169;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - what manner of 1, such as 1, of what sort 1, whatsoever + 4118 1, what manner of man 1; 5 1) ³o­Ó¼Ëªº©Î³oºØ©Ê½èªº, ³o¤@Ãþ«¬ªº

3697 hopoios {hop-oy'-os} from 3739 and 4169;; pron AV - what manner of 1, such as 1, of what sort 1, whatsoever + 4118 1, what manner of man 1; 5 1) of what sort or quality, what manner of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3698 hopote {hop-ot'-eh} ·½¦Û 3739 and 4218;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - when 1; 1 1) ·í....®É, ¦P®É, ¨º®É (#¸ô 6:3|)

3698 hopote {hop-ot'-eh} from 3739 and 4218;; particle AV - when 1; 1 1) when
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3699 hopou {hop'-oo} ·½©ó 3739 ©M 4225;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - where 58, whither 9, wheresoever + 302 3, whithersoever + 302 4, wheresoever + 1437 2, whereas 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 82 1) ¬Y³B, ¦b¨º±¡ªp¤U, µM¦Ó, ¤Ï¤§

3699 hopou {hop'-oo} from 3739 and 4225;; particle AV - where 58, whither 9, wheresoever + 302 3, whithersoever + 302 4, wheresoever + 1437 2, whereas 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 82 1) where, whereas
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3700 optanomai {op-tan'-om-ahee} ©Î optomai {op-tom-ahee} ¦r®Ú optomai {op'-tom-ahee}(Ãö¨­»yºA)ªºÂX±i«¬(¤´¬OÃö¨­»yºA), ¦b¬Y¨Ç¯S©w®ÉºA¤¤·í§@¨ä­ì«¬¨Ï¥Î, ¨âªÌ³£¥i§@ 3708 ªº´À¥N«¬; TDNT - 5:315,706; °Êµü AV - see 37, appear 17, look 2, show (one's) self 1, being seen 1; 58 1) ª`µø, ª`·N¬Ý°Ú 2) ¨Ï¦Û¤vÅã²{¬°¤H©Ò¬Ý¨£, ¥X²{, ²{¨­

3700 optanomai {op-tan'-om-ahee} or optomai {op-tom-ahee} a (middle voice) prolonged form of the primary (middle voice) optomai {op'-tom-ahee}, which is used for it in certain tenses, and both as alternate of 3708; TDNT - 5:315,706; v AV - see 37, appear 17, look 2, show (one's) self 1, being seen 1; 58 1) to look at, behold 2) to allow one's self to be seen, to appear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3701 optasia {op-tas-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3700 ªº±À´ú©µ¥Ó¦r; TDNT - 5:372,706; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vision 4; 4 1) ®i¥Üµ¹¤H¬Ýªº°Ê§@ 2) ´º¶H, µø³¥, ¥~Æ[§e²{¥X³o¤H¬OºÎµÛÁÙ¬O¿ôµÛ

3701 optasia {op-tas-ee'-ah} from a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:372,706; n f AV - vision 4; 4 1) the act of exhibiting one's self to view 2) a sight, a vision, an appearance presented to one whether asleep or awake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3702 optos {op-tos'} ·½¦Û an obsolete°Êµüªñ¦ü to hepso (to "steep");; §Î®eµü AV - broiled 1; 1 1) µN¹Lªº, ¯N¹Lªº (#¸ô 24:42|)

3702 optos {op-tos'} from an obsolete verb akin to hepso (to "steep");; adj AV - broiled 1; 1 1) cooked, broiled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3703 opora {op-o'-rah} ©úÅã¦a·½¦Û 3796 »P 5610 ªº°ò¥»«¬ ;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fruit 1; 1 1) ±µÄò®L©uªº©u¸`, ±q¤Ñ¯T¬Pªº¤W¤É¨ìªª¤Ò®y¤§¤@ªº¬P, ¥ç§Y±q®L¥½, ¦­¬î, §Ú­Ìªºª¯Áy·³¤ë 2) ¦¨¼ôªºªG¹ê(¾ðªº)

3703 opora {op-o'-rah} apparently from the base of 3796 and 5610;; n f AV - fruit 1; 1 1) the season which succeeds summer, from the rising of Sirius to that of Arcturus, i.e. from late summer, early autumn, our dog days 2) ripe fruits (of trees)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3704 hopos {hop'-oce} ·½©ó 3739 ©M 4459;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - that 45, how 4, to 4, so that 1, when 1, because 1; 56 1) ¦p¦ó, ³o

3704 hopos {hop'-oce} from 3739 and 4459;; particle AV - that 45, how 4, to 4, so that 1, when 1, because 1; 56 1) how, that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3705 horama {hor'-am-ah} ·½¦Û 3708; TDNT - 5:371,706; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - vision 11, sight 1; 12 1) ³Q¬Ý¨£ªº, ©_Æ[ 2) ¦bºÎ¹Ú¤¤©Î¬O°g¤Ûª¬ºA©Ò¬Ý¨£ªº¯«¸tÀ³¤¹, ²§¶H

3705 horama {hor'-am-ah} from 3708; TDNT - 5:371,706; n n AV - vision 11, sight 1; 12 1) that which is seen, spectacle 2) a sight divinely granted in an ecstasy or in a sleep, a vision
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3706 horasis {hor'-as-is} ·½¦Û 3708; TDNT - 5:370,706; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vision 2, in sight 1, look upon 1; 4 1) ¬Ýªº°Ê§@ 1a) µø¤O, ²´·ú 2) ¥~»ª, ¥i¨£ªº«¬¦¡ 3) ²§¶H 3a) ¦b¥X¯«ª¬ºA©Î¦b¹Ú¤¤¦Ó¦³ªº¯«¸t¥X²{

3706 horasis {hor'-as-is} from 3708; TDNT - 5:370,706; n f AV - vision 2, in sight 1, look upon 1; 4 1) the act of seeing 1a) the sense of sight, the eyes 2) appearance, visible form 3) a vision 3a) an appearance divinely granted in an ecstasy or dream
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3707 horatos {hor-at-os'} ·½¦Û 3708; TDNT - 5:368,706; §Î®eµü AV - visible 1; 1 1) ¥i¬Ý¨£ªº, ¶}±Ò¨Ï¯à¨£ªº (#¦è 1:16|)

3707 horatos {hor-at-os'} from 3708; TDNT - 5:368,706; adj AV - visible 1; 1 1) visible, open to view
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3708 horao {hor-ah'-o} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, ª`µø [°Ñ¨£ 3700]; TDNT - 5:315,706; °Êµü AV - see 51, take heed 5, behold 1, perceive 1, not tr 1; 59 1) ¥Î²´¬Ý 2) ¥Î¤ß¥h¬Ý, »â®©, ¹îı, ·Pª¾ 3) ÅéÅç, ¥ç§Y¸g¥ÑÅéÅç¦Ó¼ô±x, ¸gÅç 4) ¯d·N, ¯d¤ß 4a) ÂÔ·V, ¤p¤ß´£¨¾ 4b) ¤p¤ß, ª`·N 5) §Ú³Q¬Ý¨ì, Åã¥X¦Û¤v, ¥X²{ ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, ¨£ 5822

3708 horao {hor-ah'-o} properly, to stare at [cf 3700]; TDNT - 5:315,706; v AV - see 51, take heed 5, behold 1, perceive 1, not tr 1; 59 1) to see with the eyes 2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know 3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience 4) to see, to look to 4a) to take heed, beware 4b) to care for, pay heed to 5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared For Synonyms see entry 5822
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3709 orge {or-gay'} ·½¦Û3713; TDNT - 5:382,716; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wrath 31, anger 3, vengeance 1, indignation 1; 36 1) ¼««ã¡A¤@­Ó»P¥Í­Ñ¨Óªº©Ê±¡¡A­Åºü¡A«~®æ 2) »îªº¤@­Ó¦æ°Ê©ÎÄ̰ʡA½Ä°Ê¡A´÷±æ¡A¥ô¦ó¼@¯Pªº±¡ºü¡A¯S§O¬O¼««ã 3) ¼««ã¡A¼É«ã¡A¸q¼« 4) ¦b¼f§P®É©Ò®i²{ªº¼««ã¡A¦]¦¹¥Î¨Ó«ü¼f§P 4a) ¥Ñ©xªø©Ò°õ¦æªºÃg»@

3709 orge {or-gay'} from 3713; TDNT - 5:382,716; n f AV - wrath 31, anger 3, vengeance 1, indignation 1; 36 1) anger, the natural disposition, temper, character 2) movement or agitation of the soul, impulse, desire, any violent emotion, but esp. anger 3) anger, wrath, indignation 4) anger exhibited in punishment, hence used for punishment itself 4a) of punishments inflicted by magistrates
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3710 orgizo {or-gid'-zo} ·½¦Û 3709; TDNT - 5:382,*; °Êµü AV - be angry 5, be wroth 3; 8 1) ¬DÆ], ¿E«ã 2) ³Qº´°Êµo«ã, ¥Í®ð, «ã®ð½Ä¤Ñ

3710 orgizo {or-gid'-zo} from 3709; TDNT - 5:382,*; v AV - be angry 5, be wroth 3; 8 1) to provoke, to arouse to anger 2) to be provoked to anger, be angry, be wroth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3711 orgilos {org-ee'-los} ·½¦Û 3709; TDNT - 5:382,716; §Î®eµü AV - soon angry 1; 1 1) ©ö¥Í®ðªº, ©ö«ãªº (#¦h 1:7|)

3711 orgilos {org-ee'-los} from 3709; TDNT - 5:382,716; adj AV - soon angry 1; 1 1) prone to anger, irascible
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3712 orguia {org-wee-ah'} ·½¦Û 3713;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fathom 2; 2 1) å@ (ªø«×³æ¦ì) (¦X¤»­^§` (1.83 ¤½¤Ø)) ,¤@¯ë¥Î¨Ó´ú¶q²`«× ·í¨â¤âÁu©¹¥~¦ùª½, ¨â¤â¤¤«ü«ü¦y¶ZÂ÷©Ò´ú±oªºªø«×, 5-6­^§` (2¤½¤Ø) (#®{ 27:28|)

3712 orguia {org-wee-ah'} from 3713;; n f AV - fathom 2; 2 1) fathom, the distance across the breast from the tip of one middle finger to the tip of the other when the arms are outstretched, 5 to 6 feet (2 m)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3713 oregomai {or-eg'-om-ahee} ÅãµM¬O¥Ñ¤@­Ó¤w¸g¼o±ó¤£¥Îªº¦r¡A°Ñ3735¡A©Ò©µ¦ù¥X¨ÓªºÃö¨­»yºA°Êµü; TDNT - 5:447,727; °Êµü AV - desire 2, covet after 1; 3 1) ¦ù®i¥X¥hºN¤@­ÓªF¦è¡A©ÎªÌ¬O¥h§ì¤@­ÓªF¦è¡A°l¨D¡A©ÎªÌ§Æ¨D¡A´÷¼}¤@­ÓªF¦è 2) ¯Ô©ó³g·Rª÷¿ú

3713 oregomai {or-eg'-om-ahee} middle voice of apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary [cf 3735]; TDNT - 5:447,727; v AV - desire 2, covet after 1; 3 1) to stretch one's self out in order to touch or to grasp something, to reach after or desire something 2) to give one's self up to the love of money
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3714 oreinos {or-i-nos} ·½¦Û 3735;; §Î®eµü AV - hill 2; 2 1) °ª¤s®mÀ­, ¥C³®ªº 2) ¤s°Ï, ¥C³®¦a°ê (#¸ô 1:39, 65|)

3714 oreinos {or-i-nos} from 3735;; adj AV - hill 2; 2 1) mountainous, hilly 2) the mountain district, hill country
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3715 orexis {or'-ex-is} ·½¦Û 3713; TDNT - 5:447,727; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lust 1; 1 1) ·Q­n, ´÷±æ, ¼ö±æ 2) ¼ö¤Á´÷±æ, ¦â¼¤, ­¹¼¤ 2a) ¥Î¦b¦n©ÎÃaªº·N«ä, ¤]¥Î¦b¤ÑµMªº¤Î«ßªkªº»P¬Æ¦Ü¬O¾A·íªº´÷±æ (­¹¼¤), ¤]¦³¼Z¸¨¤Î«Dªkªº¼¤±æ

3715 orexis {or'-ex-is} from 3713; TDNT - 5:447,727; n f AV - lust 1; 1 1) desire, longing, craving for 2) eager desire, lust, appetite 2a) used both in a good and a bad sense, as well of natural and lawful and even of proper cravings (of appetite for food), also of corrupt and unlawful desires
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3716 orthopodeo {or-thop-od-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3717 ©M 4228 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; TDNT - 5:451,727; °Êµü AV - walk uprightly 1; 1 1) ¦æ¦b¥¿¸ô¤W 2) Áô³ë. ¦æ¬°¥¿ª½ (#¥[ 2:14|)

3716 orthopodeo {or-thop-od-eh'-o} from a compound of 3717 and 4228; TDNT - 5:451,727; v AV - walk uprightly 1; 1 1) to walk in a straight course 2) metaph. to act uprightly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3717 orthos {or-thos'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3735 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:449,727; §Î®eµü AV - upright 1, straight 1; 2 1) ª½¥ßªº, ®¼¥ßªº 1a) ««ª½ªº, ®¼ª½ªº 1b) ª½ªº, ¨S¦³Ås¦±ªº

3717 orthos {or-thos'} probably from the base of 3735; TDNT - 5:449,727; adj AV - upright 1, straight 1; 2 1) straight, erect 1a) upright 1b) straight, not crooked
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3718 orthotomeo {or-thot-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û3717ªº½Æ¦X«¬»P5114ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 8:111,1169; °Êµü AV - rightly divide 1; 1 1) ¶}¤@±øµ§ª½ªº¸ô,©Î¬ï¹L¶m³¥(Ãø¥H¬ï¹Lªº´ËªL)¶}¤@±ø¸ô 2) ªuµÛ¥¿½Tªº¸ô½u¤Þ¾É¯u²zªº¸Ü»y (#´£«á 2:15|)

3718 orthotomeo {or-thot-om-eh'-o} from a compound of 3717 and the base of 5114; TDNT - 8:111,1169; v AV - rightly divide 1; 1 1) to cut straight, to cut straight ways 1a) to proceed on straight paths, hold a straight course, equiv. to doing right 2) to make straight and smooth, to handle aright, to teach the truth directly and correctly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3719 orthrizo {or-thrid'-zo} ·½¦Û 3722;; °Êµü AV - come early in the morning 1; 1 1) ²M¦­°_§É (#¸ô 21:38|)

3719 orthrizo {or-thrid'-zo} from 3722;; v AV - come early in the morning 1; 1 1) to rise early in the morning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3720 orthrinos {or-thrin-os'} ·½¦Û 3722;; §Î®eµü AV - morning 1; 1 1) ¦­ªº, ´£¦­ªº (#±Ò 22:16|)

3720 orthrinos {or-thrin-os'} from 3722;; adj AV - morning 1; 1 1) early
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3721 orthrios {or'-three-os} ·½¦Û 3722;; §Î®eµü AV - early 1; 1 1) ¦­ªº 2) ¥X²{²Ä¤@§ôÀÆ¥ú©Î¬O¤@¤j²M¦­ªº®É­Ô´N°_¨Ó (#¸ô 24:22|)

3721 orthrios {or'-three-os} from 3722;; adj AV - early 1; 1 1) early 2) rising at the first dawn or very early in the morning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3722 orthros {or'-thros} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3735;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - early in the morning 3; 3 1) ¾¤©ú, ¤Ñ­è«G 2) ¾¤©ú¯}¾å, ¯}¾å®É¤À, ²M±á (#¸ô 24:1; ¬ù 8:2; ®{ 5:21|)

3722 orthros {or'-thros} from the same as 3735;; n m AV - early in the morning 3; 3 1) daybreak, dawn 2) at early dawn, at daybreak, early in the morning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3723 orthos {or-thoce'} ·½¦Û 3717;; °Æµü AV - rightly 2, plain 1, right 1; 4 1) ¥¿½TµL»~ªº¡@

3723 orthos {or-thoce'} from 3717;; adv AV - rightly 2, plain 1, right 1; 4 1) rightly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3724 horizo {hor-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 3725; TDNT - 5:452,728; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - determine 2, ordain 2, as it was determined + 2596 + 3588 1, declare 1, limit 1, determine 1; 8 1) ½T©w¬É½u 1a) ¨î©wÃä¬É©Î¬É­­ (¥ô¦ó¦a¤è©Î¥ô¦ó¨Æª«) 1b ½T©w, «ü¬£ 1b1) ¤w¸g½T©wªº¨Æ, ¥ô©R¡B©R¥Oªºª½±µ¨ü®æ 1b2) ³W©w, ½T©w, «ü¬£

3724 horizo {hor-id'-zo} from 3725; TDNT - 5:452,728; v AV - determine 2, ordain 2, as it was determined + 2596 + 3588 1, declare 1, limit 1, determine 1; 8 1) to define 1a) to mark out the boundaries or limits (of any place or thing) 1b to determine, appoint 1b1) that which has been determined, acc. to appointment, decree 1b2) to ordain, determine, appoint
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3725 horion {hor'-ee-on} ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - coast 10, border 1; 11 1) ¬É½u

3725 horion {hor'-ee-on} from a derivative of an apparently primary horos (a bound or limit);; n n AV - coast 10, border 1; 11 1) boundaries 1a) for a region, district, land, territory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3726 horkizo {hor-kid'-zo} ·½©ó 3727; TDNT - 5:462,729; °Êµü AV - adjure 2, charge 1; 3 1) ±j¦æ­n¨ä©Ó¿Õ, ¹ï...°_»} 2) Àµ¨D (¸ÛÀµ¦a½Ð¨D)

3726 horkizo {hor-kid'-zo} from 3727; TDNT - 5:462,729; v AV - adjure 2, charge 1; 3 1) to force to take an oath, to administer an oath to 2) to adjure (solemnly implore)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3727 horkos {hor'-kos} from herkos (a fence, ¥i¯à ªñ¦ü to 3725); TDNT - 5:457,729;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - oath 10; 10 1)¥H»}¬ù¨Ó«OÃҩάO©Ó¿Õ

3727 horkos {hor'-kos} from herkos (a fence, perhaps akin to 3725); TDNT - 5:457,729; n m AV - oath 10; 10 1) that which has been pledged or promised with an oath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3728 horkomosia {hor-ko-mos-ee'ah} ·½©ó 3727 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 3660 ªº¦r¤§½Æ¦X; TDNT - 5:463,729; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - oath 4; 4 1) µo»}«OÃÒªº, °_»}, »}¨¥

3728 horkomosia {hor-ko-mos-ee'ah} from a compound of 3727 and a derivative of 3660; TDNT - 5:463,729; n f AV - oath 4; 4 1) affirmation made on oath, the taking of an oath, an oath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3729 hormao {hor-mah'-o} ·½¦Û 3730; TDNT - 5:467,730; °Êµü AV - run violently 3, run 1, rush 1; 5 1) ¶}©l¨³³t²¾°Ê, ¿E°_, ¿EÀy, ¶Ê«P 2) ©Ê«æ¦a©¹«e, ½Ä

3729 hormao {hor-mah'-o} from 3730; TDNT - 5:467,730; v AV - run violently 3, run 1, rush 1; 5 1) to set in rapid motion, stir up, incite, urge on 2) to start forward impetuously, to rush
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3730 horme {hor-may'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:467,730; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - assault 1, not tr 1; 2 1) ²r¯Pªº¼²À»©Î°Ê§@, ½Ä°Ê 2) ¼Ä¹ïªº°Ê§@, §ðÀ», ©áÀ» (#®{ 14:5, ¶® 3:4|)

3730 horme {hor-may'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:467,730; n f AV - assault 1, not tr 1; 2 1) a violent motion, impulse 2) a hostile movement, onset, assault
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3731 hormema {hor'-may-mah} ·½¦Û 3730; TDNT - 5:467,730; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - violence 1; 1 1) «æ­¢, ½Ä°Ê 2) ³Q½Ä°Ê©ÒÅX¨Ï©Î¶Ê»° (#±Ò 18:21|)

3731 hormema {hor'-may-mah} from 3730; TDNT - 5:467,730; n n AV - violence 1; 1 1) a rush, impulse 2) that which is impelled or hurried away by impulse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3732 orneon {or'-neh-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 3733;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fowl 2, bird 1; 3 1) ­¸³¾(#±Ò 18:2; 19:17; 19:21|)

3732 orneon {or'-neh-on} from a presumed derivative of 3733;; n n AV - fowl 2, bird 1; 3 1) a bird
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3733 ornis {or'-nis} ¥i¯à¥H3735¬°°ò¦ªº¤@­Ó©µ¦ù§Î¦¡;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hen 2; 2 1) ³¾ 2) ¤½Âû¡A¥ÀÂû

3733 ornis {or'-nis} probably from a prolonged form of the base of 3735;; n m AV - hen 2; 2 1) a bird 2) a cock, a hen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3734 horothesia {hor-oth-es-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of the base of 3725 and a derivative of 5087;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bound 1; 1 1) ¹º©w¬É­­, ­q¤U­­«× 2) ©ú½Tªº­­«×, ¬É­­

3734 horothesia {hor-oth-es-ee'-ah} from a compound of the base of 3725 and a derivative of 5087;; n f AV - bound 1; 1 1) a setting of boundaries, laying down limits 2) a definite limit, bounds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3735 oros {or'-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@­Ó¤w¼o±ó¤£¥Îªº¦roro¡]¤W¤É©Î¡¨­I«á¡¨¥i¯àªñ¦ü142¡A°Ñ3733); TDNT - 5:475,732; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mountain 41, mount 21, hill 3; 65 1) ¤s

3735 oros {or'-os} probably from an obsolete oro (to rise or "rear", perhaps akin to 142, cf 3733); TDNT - 5:475,732; n n AV - mountain 41, mount 21, hill 3; 65 1) a mountain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3736 orusso {or-oos'-so} apparently a root word;; °Êµü AV - dig 3; 3 1) «õ±¸ (#¤Ó 21:33; ¤Ó 25:18; ¥i 12:1|)

3736 orusso {or-oos'-so} apparently a root word;; v AV - dig 3; 3 1) to dig
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3737 orphanos {or-fan-os'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:487,734; §Î®eµü AV - comfortless 1, fatherless 1; 2 1) ¥¢¥h...ªº (¥¢¥h¤÷¿Ë, Âù¿Ë) 1a) ¨º¨Ç¥¢¥h±Ð®v, «ü¾ÉªÌ©Î¦uÅ@¤Hªº 1b) ©t¨àªº (#¬ù 14:18; ¶® 1:27|)

3737 orphanos {or-fan-os'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:487,734; adj AV - comfortless 1, fatherless 1; 2 1) bereft (of a father, of parents) 1a) of those bereft of a teacher, guide, guardian 1b) orphaned
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3738 orcheomai {or-kheh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from orchos (a row or ring);; °Êµü AV - dance 4; 4 1) ¸õ»R

3738 orcheomai {or-kheh'-om-ahee} middle voice from orchos (a row or ring);; v AV - dance 4; 4 1) to dance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3739 hos {hos} ¥]¬A³±©Êªº he {hay}, ©M¤¤©Êªº ho {ho} ¥i¯à¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r (©Î¬O«aµü 3588 ¤§Ãþªº);; ¥N¦Wµü AV - which 395, whom 262, that 129, who 84, whose 53, what 42, that which 20, whereof 13, misc 430; 1393 1) ...ªº¨º¤@¦ì, ..ªº¨º¤@­Ó, ¤°»ò, ¨º­Ó.. 2) ¥L, ¦o, ¥¦

3739 hos {hos} including feminine he {hay}, and neuter ho {ho} probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article 3588);; pron AV - which 395, whom 262, that 129, who 84, whose 53, what 42, that which 20, whereof 13, misc 430; 1393 1) who, which, what, that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3740 hosakis {hos-ak'-is} multiple °Æµü from 3739;; °Æµü AV - as often as + 302 1, as often as + 1437 1, as oft as + 302 1; 3 1) ¨C³{, ÀH®ÉÀH¦a (#ªL«e 11:25-26; ±Ò 116|)

3740 hosakis {hos-ak'-is} multiple adverb from 3739;; adv AV - as often as + 302 1, as often as + 1437 1, as oft as + 302 1; 3 1) as often as, as often soever as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3741 hosios {hos'-ee-os} ¤£½T©w©M¨ä·N¸q¬Ûªñ¤§¦r; TDNT - 5:489,734; §Î®eµü AV - holy 4, Holy One 2, mercies 1, shall be 1; 8 1) ¤£³Q¸o©Ò¦Ã·lªº, ¨S¦³¨¸´cªº, °@¤ß¿í¦u¨C¤@­Ó¹D¼w¨}¤ß¤½¸qªº³d¥ôªº, ¯Â¦Ó¸t¼äªº, °@·qªº

3741 hosios {hos'-ee-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:489,734; adj AV - holy 4, Holy One 2, mercies 1, shall be 1; 8 1) undefiled by sin, free from wickedness, religiously observing every moral obligation, pure holy, pious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3742 hosiotes {hos-ee-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 3741; TDNT - 5:493,734; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - holiness 2; 2 1) ¹ï¯«ªº°@¸Û, ©¾¸Ûªº«ù¦u¹ï¤W«Òªº°@¸Û, ¸t¼äªº³d¥ô (#¸ô 1:75; ¥± 4:24|)

3742 hosiotes {hos-ee-ot'-ace} from 3741; TDNT - 5:493,734; n f AV - holiness 2; 2 1) piety towards God, fidelity in observing the obligations of piety, holiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3743 hosios {hos-ee-oce'} ·½©ó 3741; TDNT - 5:489,734; °Æµü AV - holily 1; 1 1) °@¸Ûªº, ¯«¸t¦a

3743 hosios {hos-ee-oce'} from 3741; TDNT - 5:489,734; adv AV - holily 1; 1 1) piously, holily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3744 osme {os-may'} ·½¦Û 3605; TDNT - 5:493,735; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - savour 4, odour 2; 6 1) ®ð¨ý, ­»®ð

3744 osme {os-may'} from 3605; TDNT - 5:493,735; n f AV - savour 4, odour 2; 6 1) a smell, odour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3745 hosos {hos'-os} ¥Ñ 3739 ¦r·½­«Å|¦Ó¨Ó;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - as many as 24, whatsoever 9, that 9, whatsoever things 8, whatsoever + 302 7 as long as 5, how great things 5, what 4, misc 37; 115 1) ºÉ¨ä©Ò¥H, ´N...¦Ó½×, Á|¤Z, ¤Z¨Æ, ¥ô½Ö

3745 hosos {hos'-os} by reduplication from 3739;; pron AV - as many as 24, whatsoever 9, that 9, whatsoever things 8, whatsoever + 302 7 as long as 5, how great things 5, what 4, misc 37; 115 1) as great as, as far as, how much, how many, whoever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3746 hosper {hos'-per} ·½¦Û 3739 and 4007;; pron AV - whomsoever 1; 1 1) µL½×½Ö (#¥i 15:6|)

3746 hosper {hos'-per} from 3739 and 4007;; pron AV - whomsoever 1; 1 1) whomever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3747 osteon {os-teh'-on} ©ÎÁY¼g«¬ ostoun {os-toon'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - bone 5; 5 1) °©, °©ÀY

3747 osteon {os-teh'-on} or contracted ostoun {os-toon'} of uncertain affinity;; n n AV - bone 5; 5 1) a bone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3748 hostis {hos'-tis} ¥]¬A³±©Êªº hetis {hay'-tis} ©M¤¤©Êªº ho,ti {hot'-ee} ·½©ó 3739 ©M 5100;; ¤£©wÃö«Y¥N¦Wµü AV - which 82, who 30, whosoever 12, that 8, whatsoever + 302 4, whosoever + 302 3, whatsoever + 3956 + 302 2, misc 13; 154 1) µL½×½Ö, µL½×¤°»ò¨Æ, 2) ¥ô¦ó¤@­Ó, ¬Y¤@­Ó, ¬Y¤@ 3) ¥L, ¦o, ¥¦ 4) ³o, ¨º

3748 hostis {hos'-tis} including the feminine hetis {hay'-tis} and the neuter ho,ti {hot'-ee} from 3739 and 5100;; pron AV - which 82, who 30, whosoever 12, that 8, whatsoever + 302 4, whosoever + 302 3, whatsoever + 3956 + 302 2, misc 13; 154 1) whoever, whatever, who
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3749 ostrªñ¦üos {os-tra'-kin-os} ·½¦Û ostrakon ["oyster"] (a tile, ¥ç§Y terra cotta);; §Î®eµü AV - earthen 1, of earth 1; 2 1) ¤g»sªº, »s¿j¥Ë©Î³³²¡¾¹ªºÂH¤g 1a) ¥t¥~ÁÙ¦³«ü¯Ü®zªº·N«ä

3749 ostrakinos {os-tra'-kin-os} from ostrakon ["oyster"] (a tile, i.e. terra cotta);; adj AV - earthen 1, of earth 1; 2 1) earthen, clay 1a) with the added suggestion of frailty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3750 osphresis {os'-fray-sis} ·½¦Û 3605ªº­l¥Í;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - smelling 1; 1 1) ¶åı, ©Î¶åı¾¹©x¡]»ó¤l¡^ #ªL«e 12:17|

3750 osphresis {os'-fray-sis} from a derivative of 3605;; n f AV - smelling 1; 1 1) a sense of smell, smelling
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3751 osphus {os-foos'} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä·N¸q¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 5:496,736; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - loins 8; 8 1) Áv³¡(¸y¤l) 1a) ¥H±a§ôºò¤§, §ô¸y, ¸y³¡ 2) ¸y¤l, (¨â­Ó)¸yºÛ³B 2a) §Æ§B¨Ó¤H»{¬°¥Í´Þ¤O(ºë¤l)©Ò¶J¦sªº¦a¤è

3751 osphus {os-foos'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:496,736; n f AV - loins 8; 8 1) the hip (loin) 1a) to gird, gird about, the loins 2) a loin, the (two) loins 2a) the place where the Hebrews thought the generative power (semen) resided
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3752 hotan {hot'-an} ·½©ó 3753 ©M 302;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - when 116, as soon as 2, as long as 1, that 1, whensoever 1, while 1, till + 1508 1; 123 1) ...®É­Ô, ¥ô¦ó®É­Ô, ¥u­n...®É, ¨C·í...®É

3752 hotan {hot'-an} from 3753 and 302;; particle AV - when 116, as soon as 2, as long as 1, that 1, whensoever 1, while 1, till + 1508 1; 123 1) when, whenever, as long as, as soon as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3753 hote {hot'-eh} ·½©ó 3739 ©M 5037;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - when 97, while 2, as soon as 2, after that 2, after 1, that 1; 105 1) ·í...¤§®É, ¥ô¦ó®É­Ô, ¦b...¤§®É, ¥ß§Y¥ß¨è

3753 hote {hot'-eh} from 3739 and 5037;; particle AV - when 97, while 2, as soon as 2, after that 2, after 1, that 1; 105 1) when whenever, while, as long as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3754 hoti {hot'-ee} ¤£©wÃö«Y¥N¦Wµü3748 ªº¤¤©Ê«¬; ©Î§@³s±µµü, «ü¥Ü¥Î, ©ÎªÌªí­ì¦];; ¤£©wÃö«Y¥N¦Wµü©Î³s±µµü AV - that 612, for 264, because 173, how that 21, how 11, misc 212; 1293 1) ¨º, ¦]¬°, ¬JµM 2) ·N¸q¨£3748

3754 hoti {hot'-ee} neuter of 3748 as conjunction; demonst. that (sometimes redundant);; conj AV - that 612, for 264, because 173, how that 21, how 11, misc 212; 1293 1) that, because, since
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3755 hotou {hot'-oo} for the genitive case of 3748 (as °Æµü);; pron AV - not tr 6; 6 1) ©M....¦P®É, ª½¨ì...

3755 hotou {hot'-oo} for the genitive case of 3748 (as adverb);; pron AV - not tr 6; 6 1) while, until
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3756 ou {oo} ¡A¡@¦b¥À­µ«e¥Î ouk {ook} ; ¦b¦³®ð¸¹¤§«e¥Îouch {ookh} §_©w°Æµü, ¤ñ¹ï 3361 AV - not 1214, no 136, cannot + 1410 55, misc 48; 1453 1) ¤£ (³q±`»Pª½»¡»y®ð³s¥Î; ´Á«Ý±o¨ìªÖ©wªºµª®×®É,¥Î©ó°Ý¥y¤¤)

3756 ou {oo} also (before a vowel) ouk {ook} and (before an aspirate) ouch {ookh} a primary word, the absolute negative [cf 3361] adverb;; particle AV - not 1214, no 136, cannot + 1410 55, misc 48; 1453 1) no, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer Wigram's frequency count is 1535 not 1453.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3757 hou {hoo} 3739(§@°Æµü¥Î) ªº©Ò¦³®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - where 22, whither 2, when 1, wherein 1, whithersoever + 1437 1; 27 1) ...¦a¤è

3757 hou {hoo} genitive case of 3739 as adverb;; pron AV - where 22, whither 2, when 1, wherein 1, whithersoever + 1437 1; 27 1) where
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3758 oua {oo-ah'} a primary exclamation of surprise;; ·P¹Äµü AV - ah 1; 1 1) °Ú! °Ú! ªí¥ÜÅå³YÅw¼Öªº·P¹Äµü (#¥i 15:29|)

3758 oua {oo-ah'} a primary exclamation of surprise;; interj AV - ah 1; 1 1) ah! ha! an interjection of wonder and amazement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3759 ouai {oo-ah'-ee} a primary exclamation of grief;; ·P¹Äµü AV - woe 41, alas 6; 47 1) ªü³é, «s¡M¦³º×§r

3759 ouai {oo-ah'-ee} a primary exclamation of grief;; interj AV - woe 41, alas 6; 47 1) alas, woe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3760 oudamos {oo-dam-oce'} ·½¦Û (the ³±©Ê) of 3762;; °Æµü AV - not 1; 1 1) ¨M¤£, ¨Ã¤£ (#¤Ó 2:6|)

3760 oudamos {oo-dam-oce'} from (the feminine) of 3762;; adv AV - not 1; 1 1) by no means, in no wise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3761 oude {oo-deh'} ·½©ó 3756 ©M 1161;; ³s±µµü AV - neither 69, nor 31, not 10, no not 8, not so much as 2, then not 1, not tr 1, misc 14; 137 1) ¦ý¤£·|, §Y¤£¬O, ¤]¤£¬O, ¬Æ¦Ü¤£

3761 oude {oo-deh'} from 3756 and 1161;; conj AV - neither 69, nor 31, not 10, no not 8, not so much as 2, then not 1, not tr 1, misc 14; 137 1) but not, neither, nor, not even
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3762 oudeis {oo-dice'} ¥]¬A³±©Êªº oudemia {oo-dem-ee'-ah} ©M¤¤©Êªº ouden {oo-den'} ·½©ó 3761 ©M 1520;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - no man 94, nothing 68, none 27, no 24, any man 3, any 3, man 2, neither any man 2, misc 13; 236 1) ¨S¦³¤@¤H, ¨S¦³ªº¨Æ, ¨S¦³¨Æ¬O....

3762 oudeis {oo-dice'} including feminine oudemia {oo-dem-ee'-ah} and neuter ouden {oo-den'} from 3761 and 1520;; pron AV - no man 94, nothing 68, none 27, no 24, any man 3, any 3, man 2, neither any man 2, misc 13; 236 1) no one, nothing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3763 oudepote {oo-dep'-ot-eh} ·½©ó 3761 ©M 4218;; °Æµü AV - never 14, neither at any time 1, nothing at any time + 3856 1; 16 1) ±q¥¼

3763 oudepote {oo-dep'-ot-eh} from 3761 and 4218;; adv AV - never 14, neither at any time 1, nothing at any time + 3856 1; 16 1) never
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3764 oudepo {oo-dep'-o} ·½¦Û 3761 and 4452;; °Æµü AV - never before 1, never yet 1, nothing yet 1, not yet 1, as yet not 1; 5 1) ©|¥¼, ¨´¤µÁÙ¥¼

3764 oudepo {oo-dep'-o} from 3761 and 4452;; adv AV - never before 1, never yet 1, nothing yet 1, not yet 1, as yet not 1; 5 1) not yet, not as yet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3765 ouketi {ook-et'-ee} also (separately) ouk eti {ook et'-ee) ·½©ó 3756 ©M 2089;; °Æµü AV - no more 29, any more 3, now not 2, misc 13; 47 1) ¤£¦A¬O, ²×¤î¤F, ¨ì¦¹¬°¤î

3765 ouketi {ook-et'-ee} also (separately) ouk eti {ook et'-ee) from 3756 and 2089;; adv AV - no more 29, any more 3, now not 2, misc 13; 47 1) no longer, no more, no further
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3766 oukoun {ook-oon'} ·½¦Û 3756 and 3767;; °Æµü AV - then 1; 1 1) ¤£¦]¦¹, ¤£³o¼Ë (#¬ù 18:37|)

3766 oukoun {ook-oon'} from 3756 and 3767;; adv AV - then 1; 1 1) not therefore
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3767 oun {oon} ÅãµM¬O­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - therefore 263, then 197, so 18, and 11, now 9, wherefore 8, but 5, not tr 9, misc 6; 526 1) µM«á, ¦]¦Ó, ¦]¦¹, ©Ò¥H, ¥H­P©ó

3767 oun {oon} apparently a root word;; particle AV - therefore 263, then 197, so 18, and 11, now 9, wherefore 8, but 5, not tr 9, misc 6; 526 1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3768 oupo {oo'-po} ·½©ó 3756 ©M 4452;; °Æµü AV - not yet 20, hitherto ... not 1, as yet 1, no ... as yet 1; 23 1) ©|¥¼

3768 oupo {oo'-po} from 3756 and 4452;; adv AV - not yet 20, hitherto ... not 1, as yet 1, no ... as yet 1; 23 1) not yet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3769 oura {oo-rah'} apparently a root word;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tail 5; 5 1) §À¤Ú

3769 oura {oo-rah'} apparently a root word;; n f AV - tail 5; 5 1) a tail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3770 ouranios {oo-ran'-ee-os} ·½¦Û 3772; TDNT - 5:536,736; §Î®eµü AV - heavenly 6; 6 1) ¤Ñªº, ¤ÑªÅªº 1a) ©~¦í¦b¤Ñ¤W 1b) ±q¤Ñ¦Ó­°

3770 ouranios {oo-ran'-ee-os} from 3772; TDNT - 5:536,736; adj AV - heavenly 6; 6 1) heavenly 1a) dwelling in heaven 1b) coming from heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3771 ouranothen {oo-ran-oth'-en} ·½¦Û 3772 and the ¦V«e·Æ­µ¦r of source; TDNT - 5:542,736; °Æµü AV - from heaven 2; 2 1) ±q¤Ñ¤W (#®{ 14:17, 26:13|)

3771 ouranothen {oo-ran-oth'-en} from 3772 and the enclitic of source; TDNT - 5:542,736; adv AV - from heaven 2; 2 1) from heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3772 ouranos {oo-ran-os'} ¥i¯à»P 3735 ¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä ´£ª@ ªº·N«ä); ¤Ñ¤W ; TDNT - 5:497,736; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - heaven 268, air 10, sky 5, heavenly + 1537; 284 1) ªÆ»a¤Î¨ä¤U©Ò¦³¥i¨£¤§¨Æª« 1a) ¦t©z, ¥@¬É 1b) ¤j®ð¼h¤§¤ÑªÅ, ¶³«B­·¼É»E¶°³B¤Î¹p»ï°{¹qµo¥Í¦a 1c) º¡¤Ñ¬P¨°©Ò¦bªº¥~¤ÓªÅ 2) ¦b¬P¨°º¡§G¤§¥~ªº¤Ñ¥~¤Ñ, ¤W«Ò¤Î¨ä¥L¤Ñ°ó¤ºªºÆF©Ò¦bªº¥Ã¤[¬üµ½¤§¦a

3772 ouranos {oo-ran-os'} perhaps from the same as 3735 (through the idea of elevation); the sky; TDNT - 5:497,736; n m AV - heaven 268, air 10, sky 5, heavenly + 1537; 284 1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it 1a) the universe, the world 1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are produced 1c) the sidereal or starry heavens 2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and other heavenly beings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3773 Ourbanos {oor-ban-os'} °_·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Urbane 1; 1 ¦Õ¤Ú¥£ = "«°¥«ªº; ¦³±Ð¾iªº" 1) ¬Y¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{ #ù 16:9|

3773 Ourbanos {oor-ban-os'} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Urbane 1; 1 Urbane = "of the city; polite" 1) a certain Christian in Ro. 16:9
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3774 Ourias {oo-ree'-as} of Hebrew origin 0223; TDNT - 3:1,*;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Urias 1; 1 ¯Q§Q¨È= "­C©MµØªº«G¥ú" 1) ©Þ¥Ü¤Úªº¤V¤Ò, ¤j½Ã±j¦³¯à¤Oªº¤â¤U (#¤Ó 1:6|)

3774 Ourias {oo-ree'-as} of Hebrew origin 0223; TDNT - 3:1,*; n pr m AV - Urias 1; 1 Uriah = "light of Jehovah" 1) the husband of Bathsheba, one of David's mighty men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3775 ous {ooce} TDNT - 5:543,744; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ear 37; 37 1) ¦Õ¦· 2) (¤ß´¼,ÆF©Ê¤Wªº²z¸Ñ¤O) ¦Õ¦·, Å¥

3775 ous {ooce} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 5:543,744; n n AV - ear 37; 37 1) the ear 2) metaph. the faculty of perceiving with the mind, the faculty of understanding and knowing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3776 ousia {oo-see'-ah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - goods 1, substance 1; 2 1)²£·~, °]´I (#¸ô 15:12,13|)

3776 ousia {oo-see'-ah} from the feminine of 5607;; n f AV - goods 1, substance 1; 2 1) what one has, i.e. property, possessions, estate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3777 oute {oo'-teh} ·½©ó 3756 ©M 5037;; °Æµü AV - neither 44, nor 40, nor yet 4, no not 1, not 1, yet not 1, misc 3; 94 1) §Y¤£...¤]¤£..., ¤]¤£¬O...

3777 oute {oo'-teh} from 3756 and 5037;; adv AV - neither 44, nor 40, nor yet 4, no not 1, not 1, yet not 1, misc 3; 94 1) neither, and not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3778 houtos {hoo'-tos} including nominative masculine plural houtoi {hoo'-toy}, nominative feminine ³æ¼Æ¦r®Ú haute {how'-tay} and nominative feminine plural hautai {how'-tahee} from the article 3588 and 846;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - this 157, these 59, he 31, the same 28, this man 25, she 12, they 10, misc 33; 355 1) ³o

3778 houtos {hoo'-tos} including nominative masculine plural houtoi {hoo'-toy}, nominative feminine singular haute {how'-tay} and nominative feminine plural hautai {how'-tahee} from the article 3588 and 846;; pron AV - this 157, these 59, he 31, the same 28, this man 25, she 12, they 10, misc 33; 355 1) this
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3779 houto {hoo'-to} ©Î (¥Î©ó¥À­µ«e vowel} houtos {hoo'-toce} ·½©ó 3778;; °Æµü AV - so 164, thus 17, even so 9, on this wise 6, likewise 4, after this manner 3, misc 10; 213 1) ¹³³o¼Ë¤l, ³o¼Ë, ¦p¦¹

3779 houto {hoo'-to} or (before a vowel} houtos {hoo'-toce} from 3778;; adv AV - so 164, thus 17, even so 9, on this wise 6, likewise 4, after this manner 3, misc 10; 213 1) in this manner, thus, so
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3780 ouchi {oo-khee'} 3756 ªº¥[±j«¬;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - not 46, nay 5, not 4, not so 1; 56 1) ¤£, ·Q³£¤£­n·Q, ¤@ÂI¤]¤£

3780 ouchi {oo-khee'} intensive of 3756;; particle AV - not 46, nay 5, not 4, not so 1; 56 1) not, by no means, not at all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3781 opheiletes {of-i-let'-ace} ·½¦Û 3784; TDNT - 5:565,746; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - debtor 5, sinner 1, which owed 1; 7 1) ¤í¶Åªº¤H (#¤Ó 18:24|) 2) ¦³¸q°È©Î»Ý­n¹ï¬Y¨Æ­tÅv³dªº¤H 2a)¦³¸q°È§@¬Y¨Ç¨Æªº¤H 2b)¦æ¬°¤£·í,¿ù»~,·í¨üÃgªvªº¤H 2a1)¹ï¤H (#¤Ó 6:12|) 2ab)¹ï¯« (#¸ô 13:4|)

3781 opheiletes {of-i-let'-ace} from 3784; TDNT - 5:565,746; n m AV - debtor 5, sinner 1, which owed 1; 7 1) one who owes another, a debtor 1a) one held by some obligation, bound by some duty 1b) one who has not yet made amends to whom he has injured: 1b1) one who owes God penalty or whom God can demand punishment as something due, i.e. a sinner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3782 opheile {of-i-lay'} ·½¦Û 3784; TDNT - 5:564,746; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - debt 1, dues 1; 2 1) ³Q¤í¶ÅªÌ 2) ¶Å°È, ­t¶Å 3) ¯S§OÁô³ë±B«Ã°t°¸¶¡ªº¸q°È (#¤Ó 18:21; ù 13:7|)

3782 opheile {of-i-lay'} from 3784; TDNT - 5:564,746; n f AV - debt 1, dues 1; 2 1) that which is owed 2) a debt 3) metaph. dues: specifically of conjugal duty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3783 opheilema {of-i'-lay-mah} ·½¦Û (the alternate of) 3784; TDNT - 5:565,746; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - debt 2; 2 1) ©Ò¤íªº 1a) ¤½¥¿ªº©Îªk«ß¤Wªº¤í´Ú, ¶Å 2) Áô³ë. ¥Çªk, ¸o´c

3783 opheilema {of-i'-lay-mah} from (the alternate of) 3784; TDNT - 5:565,746; n n AV - debt 2; 2 1) that which is owed 1a) that which is justly or legally due, a debt 2) metaph. offence, sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3784 opheilo {of-i'-lo} ©Î¦¹¦rªºÂX±i«¬opheileo {of-i-leh'-o}(¦b¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA); ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3786 ªº¦r·½ (¨ú¨ä ¼W§Q®§ ªº·N¸q); TDNT - 5:559,746; °Êµü AV - ought 15, owe 7, be bound 2, be (one's) duty 2, be a debtor 1, be guilty 1, be indebted 1, misc 7; 36 1) ¤í 1a) ¤í¿ú, ­t¦³¶Å°È 1a1) ¿n¤íªºªF¦è, ¶Å°È 2) Áô³ë. ©Ò·í¤ß¥Ì±¡Ä@§@ªº¨Æ

3784 opheilo {of-i'-lo} or (in certain tenses) its prolonged form opheileo {of-i-leh'-o}; probably from the base of 3786 (through the idea of accruing); TDNT - 5:559,746; v AV - ought 15, owe 7, be bound 2, be (one's) duty 2, be a debtor 1, be guilty 1, be indebted 1, misc 7; 36 1) to owe 1a) to owe money, be in debt for 1a1) that which is due, the debt 2) metaph. the goodwill due
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3785 ophelon {of'-el-on} first¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ of a past®ÉºAof 3784;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - I would 2, I would to God 1, would to God 1; 4 1) Ä@·N, ¤@­Ó¤H§Æ±æ¤@¥ó¹L¥h¨Sµo¥Íªº¨Æ±¡¯àµo¥Í ©Î¬O¤@¥ó¤]³\±N¨Ó³£¤£·|§¹¦¨ªº¨Æ±¡¯à§¹¦¨

3785 ophelon {of'-el-on} first person singular of a past tense of 3784;; particle AV - I would 2, I would to God 1, would to God 1; 4 1) would that, where one wishes that a thing had happened which has not happened or a thing be done which probably will not be done
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3786 ophelos {of'-el-os} ·½¦Û ophello (to heap up, ¥ç§Y accumulate or benefit);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - it profiteth 2, it advantageth 1; 3 1) §Q¯q, ¦n³B, ¯q³B (#ªL«e 15:32; ¶® 2:14, 2:16|)

3786 ophelos {of'-el-os} from ophello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit);; n n AV - it profiteth 2, it advantageth 1; 3 1) advantage, profit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3787 ophthalmodouleia {of-thal-mod-oo-li'-ah} ·½¦Û 3788 »P 1397; TDNT - 2:280,182; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - eyeservice 2; 2 1) ªí­±¤u¤Ò (#¥± 6:6; ¦è 3:22|)

3787 ophthalmodouleia {of-thal-mod-oo-li'-ah} from 3788 and 1397; TDNT - 2:280,182; n f AV - eyeservice 2; 2 1) service performed [only] under the master's eyes 1a) for the master's eye usually stimulates to greater diligence 1b) his absence, on the other hand, renders sluggish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3788 ophthalmos {of-thal-mos'} ·½©ó 3700; TDNT - 5:375,706;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - eye 101, sight 1; 102 1) ²´·ú 2) Áô³ë. ¤ßªº²´·ú, »{ª¾ªº¯à¤O

3788 ophthalmos {of-thal-mos'} from 3700; TDNT - 5:375,706; n m AV - eye 101, sight 1; 102 1) the eye 2) metaph. the eyes of the mind, the faculty of knowing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3789 ophis {of'-is} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3700 (³z¹L²M·¡²§¶Hªº·N©À); TDNT - 5:566,748;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - serpent 14; 14 1) ³D 2) ¦b¥j¤H¦Ó¨¥, ³D¬O¼ô½m»P´¼¼zªº¶H¼x ¨º´ÛÄF®L«½ªº³D³QµS¤Ó¤Hµø¬°´cªÌ.

3789 ophis {of'-is} probably from 3700 (through the idea of sharpness of vision); TDNT - 5:566,748; n m AV - serpent 14; 14 1) snake, serpent 2) with the ancients, the serpent was an emblem of cunning and wisdom. The serpent who deceived Eve was regarded by the Jews as the devil.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3790 ophrus {of-roos'} perhaps from 3700 (through the idea of the shading or proximity to the organ of vision);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - brow 1; 1 1) ¬Ü¤ò, ¬Ü°© 2) ¤H©M¬ð°_ª«©Î¬ð¥Xªº³¡¤À (#¸ô 4:29|)

3790 ophrus {of-roos'} perhaps from 3700 (through the idea of the shading or proximity to the organ of vision);; n f AV - brow 1; 1 1) the eyebrow 2) any prominence or projection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3791 ochleo {okh-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 3793;; °Êµü AV - vex 2; 2 1) ¿E°_¯Q¦X¤§²³¤Ï¹ï¬Y¤H 2) ¨Ï¤ß¯«¤£¹ç 3) ¨Ï¼~¼{, §«Ãª¤zÂZ 4) ¦b²V¶ÃÄ̰ʤ§»Ú 5) ³Q´cÅ]©ÒÄñªþÅÍÂZ (#¸ô 6:18; ®{ 5:16|)

3791 ochleo {okh-leh'-o} from 3793;; v AV - vex 2; 2 1) to excite a mob against one 2) to disturb, roll away 3) to trouble, molest 4) be in confusion, in an uproar 5) to be vexed, molested, troubled: by demons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3792 ochlopoieo {okh-lop-oy-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3793 and 4160;; °Êµü AV - gather a company 1; 1 1) µ²¶°¤@¤j¸s¤H, §â¤H»E¶°¦b¤@°_ (#®{ 17:5|)

3792 ochlopoieo {okh-lop-oy-eh'-o} from 3793 and 4160;; v AV - gather a company 1; 1 1) to collect a crowd, gather the people together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3793 ochlos {okh'los} ·½¦Û»P2192 (¥æ³q¤u¨ã¤§·N)¬ÛÃöªº¦r; TDNT - 5:582,750;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - people 82, multitude 79, press 5, company 7, ¼Æ of people 1, ¼Æ 1; 175 1) ¸s²³ 1a)¤@¯ë»E¶°ªº¤j¶q¤H¸s 1b)¦³¬YºØ¯SÂI,¦a¦ìªº¤H¸s 1b1)(ªÀ·|¦a¦ì¸û§Cªº)¤j²³ 1b2)(¥Øªº¬Û¦P,¦a¦ìÅãµÛªº)¸s²³ 2) ¤H¸s (¨S¦³´£¤Î»E¶°ªº­I´º©Î¸s²³ªº¦a¦ì) (#±Ò 17:15|)

3793 ochlos {okh'los} from a derivative of 2192 (meaning a vehicle); TDNT - 5:582,750; n m AV - people 82, multitude 79, press 5, company 7, number of people 1, number 1; 175 1) a crowd 1a) a casual collection of people 1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place 1a2) a throng 1b) a multitude 1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men 1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace 1c) a multitude 1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered together without order
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3794 ochuroma {okh-oo'-ro-mah} TDNT - 5:590,752; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - strong hold 1; 1 1) ¸M³ù (#ªL«á 10:4|)

3794 ochuroma {okh-oo'-ro-mah} from a remote derivative of 2192 (meaning to fortify, through the idea of holding safely); TDNT - 5:590,752; n n AV - strong hold 1; 1 1) a castle, stronghold, fortress, fastness 2) anything on which one relies 2a) of the arguments and reasonings by which a disputant endeavours to fortify his opinion and defend it against his opponent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3795 opsarion {op-sar'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of the base of 3702;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fish 4, small fish 1; 5 1) ³½

3795 opsarion {op-sar'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of the base of 3702;; n n AV - fish 4, small fish 1; 5 1) fish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3796 opse {op-seh'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3694 (through the idea of backwardness); (°Æµüially) late in the day;; °Êµü AV - in the end 1, even 1, at even 1; 3 1) ¹L¤F³\¤[, ªø¤[¤§«á, ¿ð¨ì 1a) ¤@¤Ñ±NºÉ¤§®É, ¥ç§Y ³Ä±ß 1b) ¦w®§¤é­è¹L, ¦w®§¤é¤§«á 1b1) ¤@¶g²Ä¤@¤Ñªº¯}¾å®É¨è (#¤Ó 28:1; ¥i 11:19; 13:35|)

3796 opse {op-seh'} from the same as 3694 (through the idea of backwardness); (adverbially) late in the day;; v AV - in the end 1, even 1, at even 1; 3 1) after a long time, long after, late 1a) late in the day, i.e. at evening 1b) the sabbath having just passed, after the sabbath 1b1) at the early dawn of the first day of the week
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3797 opsimos {op'-sim-os} ·½¦Û 3796;; §Î®eµü AV - latter 1; 1 1) ¿ðªº, §ó¿ðªº 1a) ¥u¥§Ã¹ªe¤ô¨I¾ýªº®É¶¡ 1b) ¬K«B©Î¤§«áªº«B¡A¥D­n¤U¦b¦¬Ã¬«e¡A¤T¤ë¡B¥|¤ë¤§¶¡

3797 opsimos {op'-sim-os} from 3796;; adj AV - latter 1; 1 1) late, later 1a) of the time of subsidence of the waters of the Nile 1b) the latter or vernal rain, which falls chiefly in the months of March and April just before the harvest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3798 opsios {op'-see-os} ·½¦Û 3796;; §Î®eµü AV - even 8, evening 4, in the evening + 1096 1, eventide + 5610 1, at even + 1096 1; 15 1) ±ßªº 2) ³Ä±ß 2a) ¥Ñ¤U¤È¤TÂI¨ì¤U¤È¤»ÂI¤¤¶¡ªº®É¶¡ 2b) ¥Ñ¤U¤È¤»ÂI¨ì¤Ñ¶Âªº®É¶¡

3798 opsios {op'-see-os} from 3796;; adj AV - even 8, evening 4, in the evening + 1096 1, eventide + 5610 1, at even + 1096 1; 15 1) late 2) evening 2a) either from three to six o'clock p.m. 2b) from six o'clock p.m. to the beginning of night
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3799 opsis {op'-sis} ·½¦Û 3700;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - appearance 1, face 1, countenance 1; 3 1) ¬Ý¨£, µø¤O 2) Áy¤Õ, Áy¦â, ªí±¡ 3) ¥~ªí, ²´¯« (#¬ù 7:24; 11:44; ±Ò 1:16|)

3799 opsis {op'-sis} from 3700;; n f AV - appearance 1, face 1, countenance 1; 3 1) seeing, sight 2) face, countenance 3) the outward appearance, look
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3800 opsonion {op-so'-nee-on} ·½¦Û »P 3795 ¬Û¦P¦r±À´ú©µ¥Ó(¦Ó¨Ó) ; TDNT - 5:591,752; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - wage 3, charges 1; 4 1) ¤h§Lªº°tµ¹, ¬z¶K 1a) µ¹¤h§Lªº³¡¥÷¸É§U¥N´À¥IÁ~[¥ç§Y³­¹] ¥L¤w¨üÁ~ 2) Áô³ë. ³ø¹S: ¹µ¥Î©ÎªÌ¬O¸oªº¥N»ù

3800 opsonion {op-so'-nee-on} from a presumed derivative of the same as 3795; TDNT - 5:591,752; n n AV - wage 3, charges 1; 4 1) a soldier's pay, allowance 1a) that part of the soldier's support given in place of pay [i.e. rations] and the money in which he is paid 2) metaph. wages: hire or pay of sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3801 ho on kai ho en kai ho erchomenos {ho own kahee ho ane kahee ho er-khom'-en-os} ¤ù»y AV - which is 2, and which was 2, and which is to come 2, which art 2, and wast 2, which was 1, and is 1, and is to come 1, and art to come 1, and shall be 1; 15 1) ©õ¦b,¤µ¦b,¥Ã¦bªº

3801 ho on kai ho en kai ho erchomenos {ho own kahee ho ane kahee ho er-khom'-en-os} a phrase combining 3588 with the present participle and imperfect of 1510 and the present participle of 2064 by means of 2532;; phrase AV - which is 2, and which was 2, and which is to come 2, which art 2, and wast 2, which was 1, and is 1, and is to come 1, and art to come 1, and shall be 1; 15 1) He who is, and was, and is coming
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3802 pagideuo {pag-id-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 3803; TDNT - 5:595,752; °Êµü AV - entangle 1; 1 1) »¤®·, ³´¤Jùºô 1a) «ü³¾¸V 2) Áô³ë. ¤Þ»¤¥L¤H³´¤J§G§½¨Ï¦³§â¬`«ü±±¥L (#¤Ó 22:15|)

3802 pagideuo {pag-id-yoo'-o} from 3803; TDNT - 5:595,752; v AV - entangle 1; 1 1) to ensnare, entrap 1a) of birds 2) metaph. of the attempt to elicit from one some remark which can be turned into an accusation against him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3803 pagis {pag-ece'} ·½¦Û 4078; TDNT - 5:593,752; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - snare 5; 5 1) (®·®»°Êª«ªº)¾÷Ãö, ³´¨À 2) (³ë·N)¾÷Ãö, ³´¨À

3803 pagis {pag-ece'} from 4078; TDNT - 5:593,752; n f AV - snare 5; 5 1) snare, trap, noose 1a) of snares in which birds are entangled and caught 1a1) implies unexpectedly, suddenly, because birds and beasts are caught unawares 1b) a snare, i.e. whatever brings peril, loss, destruction 1b1) of a sudden and unexpected deadly peril 1b2) of the allurements and seductions of sin 1b3) the allurements to sin by which the devil holds one bound 1b4) the snares of love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3804 pathema {path'-ay-mah} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°­l¥Í©ó 3806 ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:930,798; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - suffering 11, affliction 3, affection 1, motion 1; 16 1) «ü¤H©Ò¥¿¾D¨ü©Î´¿¨ü¹Lªº­WÃø 1a) «ü¥~¨Óªº, ¤@­Ó¨ü­Wªº¸g¾ú, ¤£©¯ªº¨Æ±¡, ºGº×, ¨aº×, µh­W¼~¶Ë 1a1) «ü°ò·þ©Ò´¿¨üªº­WÃø 1a2) ¥ç«ü°ò·þ®{©Ò¥²¶·¨üªº­WÃø, ¬°µÛ°ò·þ¤]´¿¦P¼Ë§Ô¨ü¹L 1b) «ü¤º¤ß©Ò¸g¾úªº, ¼~¶Ë, ½ÄÀ», Ä묹 2) ®e§Ô, ©Ó¨ü, §Ô¨ü­WÃø

3804 pathema {path'-ay-mah} from a presumed derivative of 3806; TDNT - 5:930,798; n n AV - suffering 11, affliction 3, affection 1, motion 1; 16 1) that which one suffers or has suffered 1a) externally, a suffering, misfortune, calamity, evil, affliction 1a1) of the sufferings of Christ 1a2) also the afflictions which Christians must undergo in behalf of the same cause which Christ patiently endured 1b) of an inward state, an affliction, passion 2) an enduring, undergoing, suffering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3805 pathetos {path-ay-tos'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3804; TDNT - 5:924,798; §Î®eµü AV - suffer 1; 1 1) ±Ó·Pªº, ½á¤©©Ó¨ü³dÃøªº¯à¤O, ©ö·Pªº 2) ¥²­n©Êªº¨ü­W¹ï¶H, ¹w©w­n¨ü©}°dªº (#®{ 26:23|)

3805 pathetos {path-ay-tos'} from the same as 3804; TDNT - 5:924,798; adj AV - suffer 1; 1 1) passible, endued with the capacity of suffering, capable of feeling 2) subject to the necessity of suffering, destined to suffer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3806 pathos {path'-os} ·½©ó 3958 ªº´À¥N¦r; TDNT - 5:926,798; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - inordinate affection 1, affection 1, lust 1; 3 1) ©Ò¾DÁ{ªº¨Æ(¤£½×¬O´d¶Ë©Î³ß¼Öªº) 1a) ¯S§O«ü ¤@ºØ­WÃø, ¤£©¯, ¨aº×, ¼~¶Ëµh­W 2) ¤ß²z©Ò¾D¨ü¨ìªº­Wµh 2a) ¤ß¸Ìªº´d¶Ë, ¿E°Ê, ¿E±¡ 2b) ¿E±¡ªº¦æ¬° 2c) §ÆÃ¾¤H¥Î¨Ó«ü¦nªº©ÎÃaªº¤è­±ªº°ªº¦ªº±¡ºü 2d) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤¥Î¥H«ü­t­±ªº·N«ä, ¼Z¸¨ªº±¡¼¤, ¤£¹D¼wªº¿E±¡¼¤±æ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5845

3806 pathos {path'-os} from the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 5:926,798; n n AV - inordinate affection 1, affection 1, lust 1; 3 1) whatever befalls one, whether it be sad or joyous 1a) spec. a calamity, mishap, evil, affliction 2) a feeling which the mind suffers 2a) an affliction of the mind, emotion, passion 2b) passionate deed 2c) used by the Greeks in either a good or bad sense 2d) in the NT in a bad sense, depraved passion, vile passions For Synonyms see entry 5845
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3807 paidagogos {pahee-dag-o-gos'} TDNT - 5:596,753;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - schoolmaster 2, instructor 1; 3 1) «ü¾ÉªÌ,»â³S,¦uÅ@ªÌ (#ªL«e 4:15; ¥[ 3:24,25|)

3807 paidagogos {pahee-dag-o-gos'} from 3816 and a reduplicated form of 71; TDNT - 5:596,753; n m AV - schoolmaster 2, instructor 1; 3 1) a tutor i.e. a guardian and guide of boys. Among the Greeks and the Romans the name was applied to trustworthy slaves who were charged with the duty of supervising the life and morals of boys belonging to the better class. The boys were not allowed so much as to step out of the house without them before arriving at the age of manhood.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3808 paidarion {pahee-dar'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 3816; TDNT - 5:636,759; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - child 1, lad 1; 2 1) ¤p¨k«Ä, «C¤Ö¦~ (#¤Ó 11:16; ¬ù 6:9|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5868

3808 paidarion {pahee-dar'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 3816; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n AV - child 1, lad 1; 2 1) little boy, a lad For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3809 paideia {pahee-di'-ah} ·½©ó 3811; TDNT - 5:596,753; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - chastening 3, nurture 1, instruction 1, chastisement 1; 6 1) ªx«ü«Ä¤l©Ò¨üªº¤@¤Áªº°V½m¤Î±Ð¨|(«ü¨ä¤å¤Æ¤¤±Ð¾i©M¹D¼wÆ[ªº§Î¦¨, ©ú¥Õ·í¥Nªº«ß¥O©M°V»|, ¤Î³d³ÆÃg³Bµ¥), ¥ç¥]¬A¹ï¦×Å骺°V½m©M«O¾i 2) «ü¹ï¦¨¤H´þ¾i¨äÆF©Ê¦¨ªøªº¥ô¦ó¨Æ, ¤×¨ä«ü¹ï¹L¥Çªº§ï¥¿©M¼¤±æªº¸`¨î. 2a) ¥H­×¾i¼w©Ê¬°¥Øªºªº±Ð¾É 2b) Ãg»@, Ãg§Ù («ü¯«¬°¤F¤Hªº§ïµ½¦Ó¹ï¨ä¥»©Ê¤¤¨¸´c³¡¤À©Ò±Ä¨úªº§@¬°)

3809 paideia {pahee-di'-ah} from 3811; TDNT - 5:596,753; n f AV - chastening 3, nurture 1, instruction 1, chastisement 1; 6 1) the whole training and education of children (which relates to the cultivation of mind and morals, and employs for this purpose now commands and admonitions, now reproof and punishment) It also includes the training and care of the body 2) whatever in adults also cultivates the soul, esp. by correcting mistakes and curbing passions. 2a) instruction which aims at increasing virtue 2b) chastisement, chastening, (of the evils with which God visits men for their amendment)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3810 paideutes {pahee-dyoo-tace'} ·½©ó 3811; TDNT - 5:596,753;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - instructor 1, which corrected 1; 2 1) «ü¾ÉªÌ, ±Ð°VªÌ, ¦Ñ®v, ¤Ò¤l 2) ¬I¦æÃg»@ªº¤H

3810 paideutes {pahee-dyoo-tace'} from 3811; TDNT - 5:596,753; n m AV - instructor 1, which corrected 1; 2 1) an instructor, preceptor, teacher 2) a chastiser
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3811 paideuo {pahee-dyoo'-o} ·½©ó 3816; TDNT - 5:596,753; °Êµü AV - chasten 6, chastise 2, learn 2, teach 2, instruct 1; 13 1) °V½m«Ä¤l 1a) ³Q«ü¾É, ±Ð¾É, ©Î¾Ç²ß 1b) ¨Ï¾Ç²ß 2) ³d¥´, ³d³Æ 2a) ¥H¨¥µü³d³Æ©Î¥¸³d, ®Õ¥¿ 2a1) «ü¥H³d³Æ©Îĵ§iªº¤è¦¡¨Ó¿iÁå¥L¤Hªº­Ó©Ê 2b) «ü¯« 2b1) ¥H¤£©¯ªº¨aº×©Î­WÃø¨Ó³d¥´±Ð°V¤H 2c) ¥H¼Þ¥´ªº¤è¦¡ºÞ±Ð, ³d¥´, Ã@¥´, ÄYÃg 2c1) «ü¤÷¿ËÃg»@¨à¤l 2c2) «üªk©x§P¨M¬Y¤H¨üÃgªv, Ã@¦D

3811 paideuo {pahee-dyoo'-o} from 3816; TDNT - 5:596,753; v AV - chasten 6, chastise 2, learn 2, teach 2, instruct 1; 13 1) to train children 1a) to be instructed or taught or learn 1b) to cause one to learn 2) to chastise 2a) to chastise or castigate with words, to correct 2a1) of those who are moulding the character of others by reproof and admonition 2b) of God 2b1) to chasten by the affliction of evils and calamities 2c) to chastise with blows, to scourge 2c1) of a father punishing his son 2c2) of a judge ordering one to be scourged
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3812 paidiothen {pahee-dee-oth'-en} ·½¦Û (of source) from 3813;; °Æµü AV - of a child 1; 1 1) ±q¦~¥®®É, ±q«Äµ£®É (#¥i 9:21|)

3812 paidiothen {pahee-dee-oth'-en} from (of source) from 3813;; adv AV - of a child 1; 1 1) from childhood, from a child
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3813 paidion {pahee-dee'-on} ªí¤pªº, ¦~»´ªº 3816; TDNT - 5:636,759; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - child 25, little child 12, young child 10, damsel 4; 51 1) ¤p«Ä¤l, ¤p¨k«Ä, ¤p¤k«Ä 1a) À¦«Ä­Ì 1b) «Ä¤l­Ì, ¤p³Ã¥ë­Ì 1c) À¦¨à 1c1) «ü­è¥X¥Íªº¤p(¨k)«Ä 1d) «ü¸û¤jªº«Ä¤l; ¦¨¼ôªº«Ä¤l 1e) Áô³ë. «ü«Ä¤l(©Î¦p«Ä¤l¯ë)ªº´¼¯à ¨ä¦P¸q¦r, °Ñ¨£ 5868

3813 paidion {pahee-dee'-on} from dimin. of 3816; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n AV - child 25, little child 12, young child 10, damsel 4; 51 1) a young child, a little boy, a little girl 1a) infants 1b) children, little ones 1c) an infant 1c1) of a (male) child just recently born 1d) of a more advanced child; of a mature child; 1e) metaph. children (like children) in intellect For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3814 paidiske {pahee-dis'-kay} ·½¦Û3816ªº¤pµü; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - damsel 4, bondwomen 4, maid 3, maiden 1, bondmaid 1; 13 1) ¤k¥£ ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5868

3814 paidiske {pahee-dis'-kay} from diminutive of 3816;; n f AV - damsel 4, bondwomen 4, maid 3, maiden 1, bondmaid 1; 13 1) a young girl, damsel 2) a maid-servant, a young female slave 2a) a maid servant who has charge of the door For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3815 paizo {paheed'-zo} ·½¦Û 3816; TDNT - 5:625,758; °Êµü AV - play 1; 1 1) ¦p«Äµ£¯ëª±­A 2) ¹CÀ¸, ®T¼Ö, ¨ú¯º 3) ´MÅw§@¼Ö, «üª±¯ºÅw°Ûºq»R (#ªL«e 10:7|)

3815 paizo {paheed'-zo} from 3816; TDNT - 5:625,758; v AV - play 1; 1 1) to play like a child 2) to play, sport, jest 3) to give way to hilarity, esp. by joking singing, dancing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3816 pais {paheece} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 3817; TDNT - 5:636,759; ¶§/³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - servant 10, child 7, son (Christ) 2, son 1, manservant 1, maid 1, maiden 1, young man 1; 24 1)¤p«Ä, ¨k«Ä©Î¤k«Ä 1a) À¦«Ä , ¤p«Ä 2) ¦þ¤H , ¥£Áõ 2a) ÀH±q, ¦þ¤H,¯S§O¬O°ê¤ýªºÀH±q, ¤j¦Ú For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5868

3816 pais {paheece} perhaps from 3817; TDNT - 5:636,759; n m/f AV - servant 10, child 7, son (Christ) 2, son 1, manservant 1, maid 1, maiden 1, young man 1; 24 1) a child, boy or girl 1a) infants, children 2) servant, slave 2a) an attendant, servant, spec. a king's attendant, minister For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3817 paio {pah'-yo} °ò¥»°Êµü; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than 5180);; °Êµü AV - smite 4, strike 1; 5 1) ¥´, ­«À» 2) ¨ë(¥ÎÁ±°w¨Ó¨ë©Î¶Ë®`)

3817 paio {pah'-yo} a primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than 5180);; v AV - smite 4, strike 1; 5 1) to strike, smite 2) to sting (to strike or wound with a sting)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3818 Pakatiane {pak-at-ee-an-ay'} ¨Ó·½¤£½T©wªº³±©Ê§Î®eµü;; §Î®eµü AV - Pacatiana 1; 1 ¦b¤Ú¥[©³¨È(Phrygia) = "°®, ³h½Cªº¯î¦a" (#´£«e 6:21| ©M¦X¥»¨S¦³Â½Ä¶¥X) 1) ¦è¤¸²Ä¥|¥@¬ö, ¦b¤Ú¥[©³¨È³Q¤À¬° Phrygia Salutaris ©M Phrygia Pacatiana; §f©³¨È¬O¦ì©ó«áªÌªº¤@­Ó«°¥«

3818 Pakatiane {pak-at-ee-an-ay'} feminine of an adjective of uncertain derivation;; adj AV - Pacatiana 1; 1 Phrygia = "dry, barren" 1) in the 4th century after Christ, Phrygia was divided into Phrygia Salutaris and Phrygia Pacatiana; Laodicea was a city in the latter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3819 palai {pal'-ahee} ¥i¯à¬O 3825 ªº¥t¤@«¬ (¨ú¨ä ¦^¨ì¥H«e ¤§·N); TDNT - 5:717,769; °Æµü AV - long ago 1, any while 1, a great while ago 1, old 1, in time past 1, of old 1; 6 1) ¥H«e, ¦­¥ý®É 2) ¥j¦­¥H«e

3819 palai {pal'-ahee} probably another form for 3825 (through the idea of retrocession); TDNT - 5:717,769; adv AV - long ago 1, any while 1, a great while ago 1, old 1, in time past 1, of old 1; 6 1) of old, former 2) long ago
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3820 palaios {pal-ah-yos'} ·½©ó 3819; TDNT - 5:717,769; §Î®eµü AV - old 18, old wine 1; 19 1) ¦Ñªº, ¥j¥Nªº 2) ¤£¦A·sªº, ¥Îªº, ¿i·lªº, ¯}ªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5816

3820 palaios {pal-ah-yos'} from 3819; TDNT - 5:717,769; adj AV - old 18, old wine 1; 19 1) old, ancient 2) no longer new, worn by use, the worse for wear, old For Synonyms see entry 5816
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3821 palaiotes {pal-ah-yot'-ace} ·½¦Û3820; TDNT - 5:720,769; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- oldness 1; 1 1) ªº: ¥Í©RªºÂ¤ߺA¡A¨ü¨ì¡¥¦r¥y¡¦ªºÁÒ¨î¡C

3821 palaiotes {pal-ah-yot'-ace} from 3820; TDNT - 5:720,769; n f AV - oldness 1; 1 1) oldness: the old state of life controlled by 'the letter'
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3822 palaioo {pal-ah-yo'-o} ·½©ó 3820; TDNT - 5:720,769; °Êµü AV - wax old 2, make old 1, decay 1; 4 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¥jªº, ªº 1a) Åܪº, ¯}·lªº 1b) «üªø¤[¨Ï¥Î¦Ó·l¯Óªº 2) «Å§i¤@¨Æ¹L¦ӱN¨Ó³Q¼o¤î

3822 palaioo {pal-ah-yo'-o} from 3820; TDNT - 5:720,769; v AV - wax old 2, make old 1, decay 1; 4 1) to make ancient or old 1a) to become old, to be worn out 1b) of things worn out by time and use 2) to declare a thing to be old and so about to be abrogated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3823 pale {pal'-ay} ·½¦Û pallo (®¶°Ê¤§·N, 906ªº¥t¤@«¬); TDNT - 5:721,770; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wrestle 1; 1 1) (­ì·N¬°ºL¸ø) ¾Ä¾Ô (#¥± 6:12|)

3823 pale {pal'-ay} from pallo (to vibrate, another form for 906); TDNT - 5:721,770; n f AV - wrestle 1; 1 1) wrestling (a contest between two in which each endeavours to throw the other, and which is decided when the victor is able to hold his opponent down with his hand upon his neck) 1a) the term is transferred to the Christian's struggle with the power of evil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3824 paliggenesia {pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3825 »P 1078; TDNT - 1:686,117; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - regeneration 2; 2 1) §ó·s (#¤Ó 19:28|) 2) (¥Í©Rªº§¹¥þ§ïÅÜ) ¦A¥Í (#¦h 3:5|)

3824 paliggenesia {pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah} from 3825 and 1078; TDNT - 1:686,117; n f AV - regeneration 2; 2 1) new birth, reproduction, renewal, recreation, regeneration 1a) hence renovation, regeneration, the production of a new life consecrated to God, a radical change of mind for the better. The word often used to denote the restoration of a thing to its pristine state, its renovation, as a renewal or restoration of life after death 1b) the renovation of the earth after the deluge 1c) the renewal of the world to take place after its destruction by fire, as the Stoics taught 1d) the signal and glorious change of all things (in heaven and earth) for the better, that restoration of the primal and perfect condition of things which existed before the fall of our first parents, which the Jews looked for in connection with the advent of the Messiah, and which Christians expected in connection with the visible return of Jesus from heaven. 1e) other uses 1e1) of Cicero's restoration to rank and fortune on his recall from exile 1e2) of the restoration of the Jewish nation after exile 1e3) of the recovery of knowledge by recollection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3825 palin {pal'-in} ¥i¯à»P 3823 ¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä­«ÂÐ¥X²{¤§·N);; °Æµü AV - again 142; 142 1) ­«·s, ¦A¤@¦¸ 1a) ­«·s©Î­«ÂФ@­Ó¦æ¬° 1b) ¦A¤@¦¸, ­«·s 2) ¦A¤@¦¸, ¥ç§Y ¦A¨Ó¦A¨Ó, §ó¦hªº 3) ¨Ì§Ç¦a, ¥t¤@¤è­±

3825 palin {pal'-in} probably from the same as 3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition);; adv AV - again 142; 142 1) anew, again 1a) renewal or repetition of the action 1b) again, anew 2) again, i.e. further, moreover 3) in turn, on the other hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3826 pamplethei {pam-play-thi'} ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ®æ(°Æµü) of a compound of 3956 and 4128;; °Æµü AV - all at once 1; 1 1) ¾ãÅé¸s²³ 2) ¤@»ô, ¤@¦¸ (#¸ô 23:18|)

3826 pamplethei {pam-play-thi'} dative case (adverb) of a compound of 3956 and 4128;; adv AV - all at once 1; 1 1) with the whole multitude 2) all together, one and all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3827 pampolus {pam-pol-ooce} ·½¦Û 3956 »P 4183;; §Î®eµü AV - very great 1; 1 1) «D±`¦h #¥i 8:1|

3827 pampolus {pam-pol-ooce} from 3956 and 4183;; adj AV - very great 1; 1 1) very great
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3828 Pamphulia {pam-fool-ee'-ah} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Pamphylia 5; 5 ®Ç«D§Q¨È = "¨C¤@±Ú¸s" 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Óªu¦a¤¤®ü©¤ªº¬Ù¥÷

3828 Pamphulia {pam-fool-ee'-ah} from a compound of 3956 and 4443, every-tribal, i.e. heterogeneous (5561 being implied);; n pr loc AV - Pamphylia 5; 5 Pamphylia = "of every tribe" 1) a province in Asia Minor, bounded on the east by Cilicia, on the west by Lycia and Phrygia Minor, on the north by Galatia and Cappadocia, and on the south by the Mediterranean Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3829 pandocheion {pan-dokk-i'-on} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 3956 and a derivative of 1209;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - inn 1; 1 1) «È´Ì, ¥Î¨Ó±µ«Ý²§¶m«Èªº¤½¦@©Ð«Î(#¸ô 10:30|)

3829 pandocheion {pan-dokk-i'-on} from a presumed compound of 3956 and a derivative of 1209;; n n AV - inn 1; 1 1) an inn, a public house for the reception of strangers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3830 pandocheus {pan-dokh-yoos'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3829;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - host 1; 1 1) ®ÈÀ]ºÞ²z¤H, ¥D¤H(#¸ô 10:35|)

3830 pandocheus {pan-dokh-yoos'} from the same as 3829;; n m AV - host 1; 1 1) an inn keeper, host
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3831 paneguris {pan-ay'-goo-ris} ·½©ó 3956 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 58 ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:722,770; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - general assembly 1; 1 1) ¬°¤F¤½¦@ªº¬¡°Ê©Î»ö¦¡, ¦Ó»E¶°¤F©Ò¦³ªº¤Hªº¼y¨å 2) ¤½²³¸`¼yªº»E·|

3831 paneguris {pan-ay'-goo-ris} from 3956 and a derivative of 58; TDNT - 5:722,770; n f AV - general assembly 1; 1 1) a festal gathering of the whole people to celebrate public games or other solemnities 2) a public festal assembly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3832 panoiki {pan-oy-kee'} ·½¦Û 3956 and 3624;; °Æµü AV - with all (one's) house 1; 1 1) (»P¨ä)¥þ®a¤j¤p, (»P¨ä)¾ã­Ó®a®x (#®{ 16:34|)

3832 panoiki {pan-oy-kee'} from 3956 and 3624;; adv AV - with all (one's) house 1; 1 1) with all (his) house, with (his) whole family
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3833 panoplia {pan-op-lee'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 3956 and 3696; TDNT - 5:295,702; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - whole armour 2, all ... armour 1; 3 1) §¹¾ã¥þ³ÆªºªZ¸Ë 1a) ¥]¬A¹PµP, ¤M¼C, ªø¥Ù, ÀY²¯, Å@×H»P²¯¥Ò (#¸ô 11:22; ¥± 6:11, 6:13|)

3833 panoplia {pan-op-lee'-ah} from a compound of 3956 and 3696; TDNT - 5:295,702; n f AV - whole armour 2, all ... armour 1; 3 1) full armour, complete armour 1a) includes shield, sword, lance, helmet, greaves, and breastplate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3834 panourgia {pan-oorg-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3835; TDNT - 5:722,770; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - craftiness 3, subtlety 1, cunning craftiness 1; 5 1) ¬¾·â, ¦l¶B 2) °²´¼¼z, ¸Þ¶B 3) ¥¿¦V·N¸q:¦b³B²z¨Æª«¤W, ÂÔ·VÁo¼z, ¦³§Þ¯à¬Y²¤ªº

3834 panourgia {pan-oorg-ee'-ah} from 3835; TDNT - 5:722,770; n f AV - craftiness 3, subtlety 1, cunning craftiness 1; 5 1) craftiness, cunning 2) a specious or false wisdom 3) in a good sense, prudence, skill, in undertaking and carrying on affairs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3835 panourgos {pan-oor'-gos} ·½¦Û 3956 and 2041; TDNT - 5:722,770; §Î®eµü AV - crafty 1; 1 1) ¼ô½m¦³§Þ¥©ªº, §D«WÆF¥©ªº 1a) ¥¿­±·N¸q, ¦³§ÓªÌ¨Æ³º¦¨ªº, ±Ó±¶ªº, Áo¼z³Õ¾Çªº, ºÍ´¼¦³»·¨£ªº, ¦³§Þ³Nªº 1b) ­t­±·N¸q, ¸Þ­p¦hºÝ, ¦l¶Bªº, µL¿à¬¾·âªº, ¤£¾Ü¤â¬qªº, µê°²ÄF¤Hªºl

3835 panourgos {pan-oor'-gos} from 3956 and 2041; TDNT - 5:722,770; adj AV - crafty 1; 1 1) skilful, clever 1a) in a good sense, fit to undertake and accomplish anything, dexterous, wise, sagacious, skilful 1b) in a bad sense, crafty, cunning, knavish, treacherous, deceitful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3836 pantachothen {pan-takh-oth'-en} °Æµü (of source) from 3837;; °Æµü AV - from every quarter 1; 1 1) ±q©Ò¦³¤è­±, ±q¨C¤@°Ï(#¥i 1:45|)

3836 pantachothen {pan-takh-oth'-en} adverb (of source) from 3837;; adv AV - from every quarter 1; 1 1) from all sides, from every quarter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3837 pantachou {pan-takh-oo'} ©Ò¦³®æ®æ(as °Æµü of place) of a presumed derivative of 3956;; °Æµü AV - every where 6, in all places 1; 7 1) ¨ì³B

3837 pantachou {pan-takh-oo'} genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of 3956;; adv AV - every where 6, in all places 1; 7 1) everywhere
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3838 panteles {pan-tel-ace'} °Æµü (of manner) ·½©ó 3956 ©M 5056; TDNT - 8:66,1161; §Î®eµü AV - in no wise + 1519 + 3588 1, uttermost 1; 2 1) ¥þ³¡§¹¦¨, §¹¥þ§¹¬ü 2) §¹¥þ¦a, §¹¬ü¦a, ¹ý©³¦a

3838 panteles {pan-tel-ace'} adverb (of manner) from 3956 and 5056; TDNT - 8:66,1161; adj AV - in no wise + 1519 + 3588 1, uttermost 1; 2 1) all complete, perfect 2) completely, perfectly, utterly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3839 pante {pan'-tay} °Æµü (of manner) from 3956;; °Æµü AV - always 1; 1 1) ¨ì³B, §¹¾ã¦a, ¦U­Ó¤è­±, ¦U­Ó¤èªk (#®{ 24:3|)

3839 pante {pan'-tay} adverb (of manner) from 3956;; adv AV - always 1; 1 1) everywhere, wholly, in all respects, in every way
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3840 pantothen {pan-toth'-en} ·½©ó 3956 ªº°Æµü;; °Æµü AV - on every side 1, round about 1; 2 1) ¦U¤è¦U­±, ¥|­±¤K¤è

3840 pantothen {pan-toth'-en} adverb (of source) from 3956;; adv AV - on every side 1, round about 1; 2 1) from all sides, from every quarter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3841 pantokrator {pan-tok-rat'-ore} ·½¦Û 3956 and 2904; TDNT - 3:914,466;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Almighty 9, omnipotent 1; 10 1) ´xºÞ¸U¦³ªº¤H 2) ²Îªv¸Uª« 3) ¥þ¯à¤W«Ò

3841 pantokrator {pan-tok-rat'-ore} from 3956 and 2904; TDNT - 3:914,466; n m AV - Almighty 9, omnipotent 1; 10 1) he who holds sway over all things 2) the ruler of all 3) almighty: God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3842 pantote {pan'-tot-eh} ·½¦Û3956©M3753;; °Æµü AV - always 29, ever 6, alway 5, evermore 2; 42 1) ¸g±`¡AÁ`¬O¡A®É±`¦a

3842 pantote {pan'-tot-eh} from 3956 and 3753;; adv AV - always 29, ever 6, alway 5, evermore 2; 42 1) at all times, always, ever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3843 pantos {pan'-toce} ·½¦Û 3956;; °Æµü AV - by all means 2, altogether 2, surely 1, must needs + 1163 1, no doubt 1, in no wise 1, at all 1; 9 1) ¥þµM 1a) µL½×¦p¦ó, ¥²©w 1b) µLºÃ¦a, ½T¹ê, ¥²©w 1c) ¨M¤£, ¤@ÂI¤]¤£

3843 pantos {pan'-toce} from 3956;; adv AV - by all means 2, altogether 2, surely 1, must needs + 1163 1, no doubt 1, in no wise 1, at all 1; 9 1) altogether 1a) in any and every way, by all means 1b) doubtless, surely, certainly 1c) in no wise, not at all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3844 para {par-ah'} ¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 5:727,771; ¤¶¨tµü AV - of 51, with 42, from 24, by ... side 15, at 12, than 11, misc 45; 200 1) ¨Ó¦Û.., ¦b..., ¸g..., ¦b...¤§®Ç, ¾aªñ..

3844 para {par-ah'} a root word; TDNT - 5:727,771; prep AV - of 51, with 42, from 24, by ... side 15, at 12, than 11, misc 45; 200 1) from, of at, by, besides, near
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3845 parabaino {par-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 939 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:736,772; °Êµü AV - transgression 3, fall by transgression 1; 4 1) ¥Ñ¨ä®Ç¶¹L¥h 2) ¶V¹L©Î¶¹L¤@ª«¦Ó¥¼©M¨ä¦³¥ô¦ó±µÄ² 3) ½ñ¹L..., ¹L¤À(ëÆ¤F¤À), »´©¿, ¹H¥Ç, ëÆ¶V 4) ¶V¹L¤£²z©ÎÂàÂ÷¦Ó¥h 4a) Â÷¶}, Â÷±ó, ³Q¿ò±ó 5) ©ñ±ó¹ï¥L¤Hªº«H¥ôªº¤H

3845 parabaino {par-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 3844 and the base of 939; TDNT - 5:736,772; v AV - transgression 3, fall by transgression 1; 4 1) to go by the side of 2) to go past or pass over without touching a thing 3) to overstep, neglect, violate, transgress 4) so to go past as to turn aside from 4a) to depart, leave, be turned from 5) one who abandons his trust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3846 paraballo {par-ab-al'-lo} ·½¦Û 3844 ©M 906;; °Êµü AV - compare 1, arrive 1; 2 1) ÂY¦V«e, ¥á¦V (¦n¤ñ¥á¯ó®Æµ¹°¨(¦Y)) 2) ¬°¤ñ¸ûªº½t¬G, ±N¤@¼ËªF¦è©ñ¦b¥t¤@¼Ëªº®ÇÃä, ¤ñ¸û, ¬Û¦ü 3) ³]¨­³B¦a

3846 paraballo {par-ab-al'-lo} from 3844 and 906;; v AV - compare 1, arrive 1; 2 1) to throw before, cast to (as fodder for horses) 2) to put one thing by the side of another for the sake of comparison, to compare, liken 3) to put one's self, betake one's self into a place or to a person
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3847 parabasis {par-ab'-as-is} ·½©ó 3845; TDNT - 5:739,772; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - transgression 6, breking 1; 7 1) ¶V¹L; ëÆ¯x 2) Áô³ë. »´©¿, ¹H¤Ï 2a) ¼¯¦èªº«ßªk 2b) ¹H¤Ï¸g§å­ã¤½§Gªºªk«ß­­¨î 2c) ¹Hªk¥Ç¸o, ¥ç§Y ·|¾É­P©v±Ð©Î¹D¼w¤Wªº¸oªº¦æ¬°, ¦]¦Ó¹ï¸oªº¨}ª¾(¸o´c·P)¼W¥[ ¦Ó²£¥Í·Q­nÅ«¸oªº¤ß

3847 parabasis {par-ab'-as-is} from 3845; TDNT - 5:739,772; n f AV - transgression 6, breaking 1; 7 1) a going over 2) metaph. a disregarding, violating 2a) of the Mosaic law 2b) the breach of a definite, promulgated, ratified law 2c) to create transgressions, i.e. that sins might take on the character of transgressions, and thereby the consciousness of sin be intensified and the desire for redemption be aroused
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3848 parabates {par-ab-at'-ace} ·½¦Û 3845; TDNT - 5:740,772;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - transgressor 3, breaker 1, transgress 1; 5 1) ¥Ç³WªÌ 2) ¯}Ãa«ßªk

3848 parabates {par-ab-at'-ace} from 3845; TDNT - 5:740,772; n m AV - transgressor 3, breaker 1, transgress 1; 5 1) a transgressor 2) a lawbreaker
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3849 parabiazomai {par-ab-ee-ad'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 3844 and the Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA of 971;; °Êµü AV - constrain 2; 2 1) ¨Ï¥Î±jÅv¹H¤Ïº¡¦ÛµM©ÎÅv§Q 2) ¥H¼É¤O¯Ù­¢ 3) ¦]­W¨D¨Ï¨üÀ£­¢­­¨î (#¸ô 24:29; ®{ 16:15|)

3849 parabiazomai {par-ab-ee-ad'-zom-ahee} from 3844 and the middle voice of 971;; v AV - constrain 2; 2 1) to employ force contrary to nature and right 2) to compel by employing force 3) to constrain one by entreaties
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3850 parabole {par-ab-ol-ay'} ·½©ó 3846; TDNT - 5:744,773; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - parable 46, figure 2, comparison 1, proverb 1; 50 1) ±N¤@ª«©ñ¦b¥t¤@ª«¤§®ÇÃä, ¨Ã¦C, ¨Ã¸m, ´N¹³¾ÔÄ¥¦b®ü¾Ô¤¤¦C°}¤@¯ë 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¤ñÀÀ, ±N¤@­Ó¤ñ§@¥t¤@­Ó, ¬Û¹³, ¬Û¦ü 2b) ¥Î¥HÄÄ©ú±Ð¸q±Ð²zªº¨Ò¤l 2c) ¤@­Óµêºcªº¬G¨Æ, ¦ý²Å¦X«ßªk¤Î¤HÃþªº¥Í¬¡«¬¦¡, §@¬°¤ñ³ë¨ÓÄÄ­z¤Hªº³d¥ô¤Î¦³Ãö¯«ªº¨Æ, ¤×¨ä¬O¦³Ãö¯«°êªº¥»½è¤Î¾ú¥v 2d) ´J¨¥, ¤ñ³ë, Ä´»y: êÕ¨ç¤Ñ°êªº±Ð°Vªº¬G¨Æ 3) ²¼ä¤S¦³±Ð¾É·N¸qªº¸Ü»y, ³q±`¥]§t¤@¨Ç¤ñÀÀ©Î¹ï¤ñªº¨¥µü, ¨ã¦³ÄU»|ĵ§iªº§@¥Î 3a) ĵ¥y, ®æ¨¥, ®y¥k»Ê 4) ®æ¨¥, ¿Î»y (#¸ô 4:23|) 5) «ü¤@­Ó¤H±N¨ä¦Û¨­©Î¦Û¨­©Ò¦³ªºªF¦è¼ÉÅS¦b¦MÀI¤§¤¤, «_ÀI, ­·ÀI

3850 parabole {par-ab-ol-ay'} from 3846; TDNT - 5:744,773; n f AV - parable 46, figure 2, comparison 1, proverb 1; 50 1) a placing of one thing by the side of another, juxtaposition, as of ships in battle 2) metaph. 2a) a comparing, comparison of one thing with another, likeness, similitude 2b) an example by which a doctrine or precept is illustrated 2c) a narrative, fictitious but agreeable to the laws and usages of human life, by which either the duties of men or the things of God, particularly the nature and history of God's kingdom are figuratively portrayed 2d) a parable: an earthly story with a heavenly meaning 3) a pithy and instructive saying, involving some likeness or comparison and having preceptive or admonitory force 3a) an aphorism, a maxim 4) a proverb 5) an act by which one exposes himself or his possessions to danger, a venture, a risk
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3851 parabouleuomai {par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 1011ªºÃö¨­»yºA;; °Êµü AV - regard not 1; 1 1) ¤£¦Ò¼{°ÝÃD©Ò¦b¡B¤£¦Ò¼{¤ò¯f©Ò¦b

3851 parabouleuomai {par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee} from 3844 and the middle voice of 1011;; v AV - regard not 1; 1 1) to consult amiss
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3852 paraggelia {par-ang-gel-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 3853; TDNT - 5:761,776; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - commandment 2, charge 2, straitly 1; 5 1) «Å§i, ±N¬Y®ø®§¤½§G¥X¨Ó 2) ªþ¤©³d¥ô, ©R¥O

3852 paraggelia {par-ang-gel-ee'-ah} from 3853; TDNT - 5:761,776; n f AV - commandment 2, charge 2, straitly 1; 5 1) announcement, a proclaiming or giving a message to 2) a charge, a command
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3853 paraggello {par-ang-gel'-lo} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 32 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:761,776; °Êµü AV - command 20, charge 6, give commandment 1, give charge 1, declare 1, give in charge 1, vr command 1; 31 1) ±N®ø®§¥Ñ¤@¤H¶Ç¦Ü¥t¤@¤H, «Å§G, ¤½§i 2) ©R¥O, «ü¥Ü, ­t¤©³d¥ô ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5844

3853 paraggello {par-ang-gel'-lo} from 3844 and the base of 32; TDNT - 5:761,776; v AV - command 20, charge 6, give commandment 1, give charge 1, declare 1, give in charge 1, vr command 1; 31 1) to transmit a message along from one to another, to declare, announce 2) to command, order, charge For Synonyms see entry 5844
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3854 paraginomai {par-ag-in'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1096;; °Êµü AV - come 35, be present 1, go 1; 37 1) ¥X²{, ªñ«e¨Ó, ¾aªñ 2) ÅS¥X, ²{¨­©ó¤j²³¤§«e, ¥Ñ¸s²³¤¤¨«¥X¨Ó

3854 paraginomai {par-ag-in'-om-ahee} from 3844 and 1096;; v AV - come 35, be present 1, go 1; 37 1) to be present, to come near, approach 2) to come forth, make one's public appearance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3855 parago {par-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 71; TDNT - 1:129,20; °Êµü AV - ³Q°Êby 5, ³Q°Êaway 2, ³Q°Êforth 1, de¤Àµü1, ³Q°Ê1; 10 1) Â÷¶} 2) ¸g¹L,¸ô¹L 3) ®ø¥¢

3855 parago {par-ag'-o} from 3844 and 71; TDNT - 1:129,20; v AV - pass by 5, pass away 2, pass forth 1, depart 1, pass 1; 10 1) pass by 1a) to lead past, lead by 1b) to lead aside, mislead 1b1) to lead away 1c) to lead to 1c1) to lead forth, bring forward 2) to pass by, go past 2a) to depart, go away 3) metaph. disappear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3856 paradeigmatizo {par-ad-igue-mat-id'-zo} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1165; TDNT - 2:32,141; °Êµü AV - make a public example 1, put to open shame 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°²³©Ò¶gª¾ªº¨Ò¤l, ¨Ï¦¨¬°½d¨Ò¼ËªO 1a) ¦bÃaªº¤è­±·N¸q 1a1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°²Û°dªº¨Ò¤l 1a2) ¤½¶}ªº²Û°d

3856 paradeigmatizo {par-ad-igue-mat-id'-zo} from 3844 and 1165; TDNT - 2:32,141; v AV - make a public example 1, put to open shame 1; 2 1) to set forth as a public example, make an example of 1a) in a bad sense 1a1) to hold up to infamy 1a2) to expose to public disgrace
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3857 paradeisos {par-ad'-i-sos} ·½¦ÛªF¤è»y¤å, °Ñ6508; TDNT - 5:765,777;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - paradise 3; 3 1) ¼Ö¶é (¤Ñ¤WºÖ¼Ö¤§³B) (#¸ô 23:43; ªL«á 12:4; ±Ò 2:7|)

3857 paradeisos {par-ad'-i-sos} of Oriental origin cf 06508; TDNT - 5:765,777; n m AV - paradise 3; 3 1) among the Persians a grand enclosure or preserve, hunting ground, park, shady and well watered, in which wild animals, were kept for the hunt; it was enclosed by walls and furnished with towers for the hunters 2) a garden, pleasure ground 2a) grove, park 3) the part of Hades which was thought by the later Jews to be the abode of the souls of pious until the resurrection: but some understand this to be a heavenly paradise 4) the upper regions of the heavens. According to the early church Fathers, the paradise in which our first parents dwelt before the fall still exists, neither on the earth or in the heavens, but above and beyond the world 5) heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3858 paradechomai {par-ad-ekh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1209;; °Êµü AV - receive 5; 5 1) ±µ¨ü, »â¨ú, ¦¬Âk¤v¦³ 2) ©Ó»{, »{¥i, ¥ç§Y ¤£±Æ¥¸, ±µ¨ü, »â¨ü 2a) «ü¨à¤l: ©Ó»{¬Y¤H¬°¦Û¤vªº¨à¤l (#¨Ó 12:6|)

3858 paradechomai {par-ad-ekh'-om-ahee} from 3844 and 1209;; v AV - receive 5; 5 1) to receive, take up, take upon one's self 2) to admit i.e. not to reject, to accept, receive 2a) of a son: to acknowledge as one's own
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3859 paradiatribe {par-ad-ee-at-ree-bay'} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 1304 ªº²Õ¦X;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - perverse disputing 1; 1 1) µL¥Îªº¤u§@, µêªÅªº¨Æ°È #´£«e 6:5|

3859 paradiatribe {par-ad-ee-at-ree-bay'} from a compound of 3844 and 1304;; n f AV - perverse disputing 1; 1 1) useless occupation, empty business, misemployment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3860 paradidomi {par-ad-id'-o-mee} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1325; TDNT - 2:169,166; °Êµü AV - deliver 53, betray 40, deliver up 10, give 4, give up 4, give over 2, commit 2, misc 6; 121 1) ¥æ¨ì§O¤H¤â¤¤ 2) ²¾¥æ¦Ü¥L¤H¤§Åv¤U©Îµ¹¥L¤H¨Ï¥Î 2a) ±N¬Yª«¥æµ¹¬Y¤H¾Ö¦³, ¨Ï¥Î, ·ÓÅU, ©ÎºÞ²z 2b) ±N¬Y¤H°e¤JºÊ¤¤, ³Q¼f²z, §P¦D, Ãg³B, ÄY¦D, «þ¥´, ­P©ó¦º¦a 2c) ±N¬Y¤HÄF»¤¦Ü 2c1) ­I«q¥X½æ¦Ó¨Ï¨ä³Q¥æ¤J¥L¤H¤â¤¤ 2c2) ±N¨ä²¾¥æºÞ°V, ¿iÁå 3) ©e°U, ¥æ¥I, °U¥I 4) ¨¥»y¤Wªº¥æ¥I, ¥H¨¥»y¤å®Ñ¶Ç»¼ 4a) ©R¥O, ²½¨å(?) 4b) »¡©ú, ³ø§i 5) ¤¹³\, ­ã³\, ®e³\ 5a) ·íªG¤l¦¨¼ô®É´N¥i¥H¤F(®É¾÷¦¨¼ô®É, ¨Æ±¡´N¥i¥H¦¨´N¤F.) 5b) ©ñ±ó, ¤£°í«ù, ±N¨ä§e²{¥X¨Ó

3860 paradidomi {par-ad-id'-o-mee} from 3844 and 1325; TDNT - 2:169,166; v AV - deliver 53, betray 40, deliver up 10, give 4, give up 4, give over 2, commit 2, misc 6; 121 1) to give into the hands (of another) 2) to give over into (one's) power or use 2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use, take care of, manage 2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned, punished, scourged, tormented, put to death 2c) to deliver up treacherously 2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken 2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded 3) to commit, to commend 4) to deliver verbally 4a) commands, rites 4b) to deliver by narrating, to report 5) to permit allow 5a) when the fruit will allow that is when its ripeness permits 5b) gives itself up, presents itself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3861 paradoxos {par-ad'-ox-os} ·½¦Û 3844 and 1391 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N seeming); TDNT - 2:255,178; §Î®eµü AV - strange 1; 1 1) ·N¥~ªº, ¨u¨£ªº, ¤£¥i«äijªº, ·¥¦nªº (#¸ô 5:26|)

3861 paradoxos {par-ad'-ox-os} from 3844 and 1391 (in the sense of seeming); TDNT - 2:255,178; adj AV - strange 1; 1 1) unexpected, uncommon, incredible, wonderful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3862 paradosis {par-ad'-os-is} ·½¦Û 3860; TDNT - 2:172,166; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tradition 12, ordinance 1; 13 1) ¶Ç²Î

3862 paradosis {par-ad'-os-is} from 3860; TDNT - 2:172,166; n f AV - tradition 12, ordinance 1; 13 1) giving up, giving over 1a) the act of giving up 1b) the surrender of cities 2) a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing, i.e. tradition by instruction, narrative, precept, etc. 2a) objectively, that which is delivered, the substance of a teaching 2b) of the body of precepts, esp. ritual, which in the opinion of the later Jews were orally delivered by Moses and orally transmitted in unbroken succession to subsequent generations, which precepts, both illustrating and expanding the written law, as they did were to be obeyed with equal reverence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3863 parazeloo {par-ad-zay-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 2206; TDNT - 2:881,297; °Êµü AV - provoke to jealousy 3, provoke to emulation 1; 4 1) º´°Ê 1a) ¤Þ°_§Ò§ª»P¹ï¥ß 1b) ¿E°_¼««ã

3863 parazeloo {par-ad-zay-lo'-o} from 3844 and 2206; TDNT - 2:881,297; v AV - provoke to jealousy 3, provoke to emulation 1; 4 1) to provoke to 1a) to provoke to jealously or rivalry 1b) to provoke to anger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3864 parathalassios {par-ath-al-as'-see-os} ·½¦Û 3844 and 2281;; §Î®eµü AV - upon the sea coast 1; 1 1) ¾a®ü©¤ªº, ªuµÛ®üªº (#¤Ó 4:13|)

3864 parathalassios {par-ath-al-as'-see-os} from 3844 and 2281;; adj AV - upon the sea coast 1; 1 1) besides the sea, by the sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3865 paratheoreo {par-ath-eh-o-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 2334;; °Êµü AV - neglect 1; 1 1) ±NÂ\¸m¤@°_ªºª««~¸Ô¬dÆ[¬Ý, »P...¤ñ¸û 2) ©¿²¤, ²¨º| (#®{ 6:1|)

3865 paratheoreo {par-ath-eh-o-reh'-o} from 3844 and 2334;; v AV - neglect 1; 1 1) to examine things placed beside each other, to compare 2) to overlook, neglect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3866 paratheke {par-ath-ay'-kay} ·½¦Û 3908; TDNT - 8:162,1176; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - that ... committed + 3588 1; 1 1) °UºÞ (#´£«á 1:12|)

3866 paratheke {par-ath-ay'-kay} from 3908; TDNT - 8:162,1176; n f AV - that ... committed + 3588 1; 1 1) a deposit, a trust or thing consigned to one's faithful keeping 1a) used of the correct knowledge and pure doctrine of the gospel, to be held firmly and faithfully, and to be conscientiously delivered unto others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3867 paraineo {par-ahee-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 134;; °Êµü AV - admonish 1, exhort 1; 2 1) ÄU»|, ´£¿ô (#®{ 27:9;27:22|)

3867 paraineo {par-ahee-neh'-o} from 3844 and 134;; v AV - admonish 1, exhort 1; 2 1) to exhort, admonish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3868 paraiteomai {par-ahee-teh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 154 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 1:195,30; °Êµü AV - refuse 5, excuse 2, make excuse 1, avoid 1, reject 1, intreat 1; 11 1) ¤^¨D¦¬®e, Àµ¨D¯à¦³¿ËªñªºÃö«Y 1a) Àµ¨D¥HÀò±o 1b) ¤^¨D, ­n¨D, Á¾®¥¦a¤^¨D, ¸ÛÀµ¦a­n¨D, Àµ¨D 2) ³QÀµ¨DÁ×¶}©Î·Qªk¤lÂ÷¶}, «DÃø, °Û¤Ï½Õ 2a) Àµ¨D¤£­n..., ÀµÃã 2b) ©Úµ´, °û©Ú 2c) °jÁ×, ³WÁ×, Á×§K 2d) Àµ¨D¯àÁ×§K¤£³ßÅwªº¨Æ, §ä²z¥Ñ²æ¨­ 2d1) ½Ð¨D­ì½Ì, ¤^¨D¼e®e©Î¯S³\, ÅG¸Ñ 2d2) «ü§äÂǤf¤£±µ¨ü±B®bªºÁܽÐ(#¸ô 14:19|)

3868 paraiteomai {par-ahee-teh'-om-ahee} from 3844 and the middle voice of 154; TDNT - 1:195,30; v AV - refuse 5, excuse 2, make excuse 1, avoid 1, reject 1, intreat 1; 11 1) to ask along side, beg to have near one 1a) to obtain by entreaty 1b) to beg from, to ask for, supplicate 2) to avert by entreaty or seek to avert, to deprecate 2a) to entreat that ... not 2b) to refuse, decline 2c) to shun, avoid 2d) to avert displeasure by entreaty 2d1) to beg pardon, crave indulgence, to excuse 2d2) of one excusing himself for not accepting a wedding invitation to a feast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3869 parakathizo {par-ak-ath-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 3844 and 2523;; °Êµü AV - sit 1; 1 1) ¨Ï§¤¦b¨­®Ç 2) ¦w¸m¦b¨­Ãä, ©ñ¸m¦bªñ³B 3) ¦b¤@®Ç§¤¤U (#¸ô 10:39|)

3869 parakathizo {par-ak-ath-id'-zo} from 3844 and 2523;; v AV - sit 1; 1 1) to make to sit down besides 2) to set beside, place near 3) sit down beside
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3870 parakaleo {par-ak-al-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 2564; TDNT - 5:773,778; °Êµü AV - beseech 43, comfort 23, exhort 21, desire 8, pray 6, intreat 3, misc 4, vr besought 1; 109 1) ¥s¨ì¨­Ãä¨Ó, ¥l³ê, ¥l¶° 2) ÃöÃh, ªí¹FÃö¤ß, ¦P±¡, (call to, ­n¨D), ¨ä¤è¦¡¥i¥H¬OÄU§i, Àµ¨D, ¦w¼¢, «ü¾É, µ¥µ¥ 2a) ¶Ô»|, ÄU«j 2b) ¤^¨D, Àµ¨D, ¥¡¨D 2b1) ºÉ¤OÀµ¨D¥H¨D¥­®§©Î¼¾¼¢... 2c) ¼¾¼¢, ¥Î¦w¼¾ªº¤è¦¡¹ª»R¤Î¿EÀy, ¦w¼¢¼¾¨ù 2c1) ±µ¨ü§ÔÂÇ, ±o¦w¼¾ 2d) ¹ªÀy, ¥[±j 2e) ÄU«j, ¦w¼¢, »P¹ªÀy 2f) «ü¾É, ±Ð¾É

3870 parakaleo {par-ak-al-eh'-o} from 3844 and 2564; TDNT - 5:773,778; v AV - beseech 43, comfort 23, exhort 21, desire 8, pray 6, intreat 3, misc 4, vr besought 1; 109 1) to call to one's side, call for, summon 2) to address, speak to, (call to, call upon), which may be done in the way of exhortation, entreaty, comfort, instruction, etc. 2a) to admonish, exhort 2b) to beg, entreat, beseech 2b1) to strive to appease by entreaty 2c) to console, to encourage and strengthen by consolation, to comfort 2c1) to receive consolation, be comforted 2d) to encourage, strengthen 2e) exhorting and comforting and encouraging 2f) to instruct, teach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3871 parakalupto {par-ak-al-oop'-to} ·½¦Û 3844 and 2572;; °Êµü AV - hide 1; 1 1) ¾B½ª, ¾B»\, ÁôÂÃ, Áô¿f (#¸ô 9:45|)

3871 parakalupto {par-ak-al-oop'-to} from 3844 and 2572;; v AV - hide 1; 1 1) to cover over, cover up, hide, conceal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3872 parakatatheke {par-ak-at-ath-ay'-kay} ·½¦Û3844 »P 2698ªº½Æ¦X«¬; TDNT - 8:162,1176; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - that committed to (one's) trust + 3588 2; 2 1) °UºÞ (#´£«e 6:20; ´£«á 1:14|)

3872 parakatatheke {par-ak-at-ath-ay'-kay} from a compound of 3844 and 2698; TDNT - 8:162,1176; n f AV - that committed to (one's) trust + 3588 2; 2 1) a deposit, a trust or thing consigned to one's faithful keeping 1a) used of the correct knowledge and pure doctrine of the gospel, to be held firmly and faithfully, and to be conscientiously delivered unto others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3873 parakeimai {par-ak'-i-mahee} ·½¦Û 3844 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; °Êµü AV - be ²{¦b¦¡2; 2 1) ±×ª×©ó®Ç, ¦b¤@®Ç 2) ¦b³õªº, ¦b¤âÃä (#ù 7:18, 21|)

3873 parakeimai {par-ak'-i-mahee} from 3844 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; v AV - be present 2; 2 1) to lie beside, to be near 2) to be present, at hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3874 paraklesis {par-ak'-lay-sis} ·½©ó 3870; TDNT - 5:773,778; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - consolation 14, exhortation 8, comfort 6, intreaty 1; 29 1) ¥l¨£, ¥l¶° (¤×¨ä«ü¬°¤F´M¨DÀ°§U) 2) ¹ï¤ºªº(¬°¦Û§Úªº¥Øªº): Àµ¨D, ¤^¨D, «s¨D 3) ¹ï¥~ªº(¥H¥L¤H¬°¨üµü): ÄU¿Ï, °V»|, ¹ªÀy 4) ¼¾¨ù«~, ¦w¼¢ª«, ¼¢ÂǪ«: ¯à´£¨Ñ¦w¼¢©Î¨Ï­«·s®¶§@ªº 4a) «üÀ±ÁɨȪº¬@±Ï(¬G¦Ó©Ô¤ñ­ÌºÙÀ±ÁɨȬ°¼¾¼¢ªÌ, ¼¢°ÝªÌ) 5) ¦³»¡ªA¤Oªº½×»¡, ¯à¿E°Ê¤Hªººt»¡ 5a) ¦³±Òµo©Êªº, ÄU»|©Êªº, ¥i¼¾¼¢¤Hªº, ¦³¯à¤O¿EÀy¤Hªº ºt»¡

3874 paraklesis {par-ak'-lay-sis} from 3870; TDNT - 5:773,778; n f AV - consolation 14, exhortation 8, comfort 6, intreaty 1; 29 1) a calling near, summons, (esp. for help) 2) importation, supplication, entreaty 3) exhortation, admonition, encouragement 4) consolation, comfort, solace; that which affords comfort or refreshment 4a) thus of the Messianic salvation (so the Rabbis call the Messiah the consoler, the comforter) 5) persuasive discourse, stirring address 5a) instructive, admonitory, conciliatory, powerful hortatory discourse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3875 parakletos {par-ak'-lay-tos} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 5:800,782;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - comforter 4, advocate 1; 5 1) ³Q¥l³êªº, ³Q¥s¨ì¨­Ãä¨Óªº, ¤×¨ä«ü ¬O­n¨ÓÀ°¦£ªº 1a) ¦bªk©x«e´À¥L¤Hªº®×¤lÅGÅ@©ÎÀµ¨Dªº, ÅGÅ@ªÌ, ÅGÅ@«ß®v, ªk«ß¤Wªº§U¤â, ½Õ°±ªÌ, »¡±¡ªÌ 1b) ¬°¥L¤Hªº¨Æ¦ÓÀµ¨D©ó¤Hªº, ¥N¨DªÌ 1b1) «ü°ò·þ³Q°ª¤É¨ì¯«ªº¥k¤âÃä, ¬°§Ú­Ìªº¸o¦ÓÀµ¨D¤Ñ¤÷ªº­ì½Ì 1c) ¦b³Ì¼sªxªº·N¸q¤W, À°§UªÌ, ´©§UªÌ, §U¤â, §U²z 1c1) «ü°ò·þ¤É¨ì¤Ñ¤÷¨º¸Ì«á, ¸tÆF³Q«ü¬£¨ú¥N¥Lªº¦ì¸m©M¨Ï®{­Ì¦P¦b, ¤Þ¾É¥L­Ì¦bºÖ­µ¯u²z ¤W¦³§ó²`ªº©ú¥Õ, ©Mµ¹¥L­Ì°í±jªºÄÝÆF¯à¤O¥H©Ó¨ü¦]¯«ªº°ê¦Ó­n¥[½Ñ¦b¥L­Ì¨­¤Wªº¸Õ·Ò ©M±±¶D

3875 parakletos {par-ak'-lay-tos} a root word; TDNT - 5:800,782; n m AV - comforter 4, advocate 1; 5 1) summoned, called to one's side, esp. called to one's aid 1a) one who pleads another's cause before a judge, a pleader, counsel for defense, legal assistant, an advocate 1b) one who pleads another's cause with one, an intercessor 1b1) of Christ in his exaltation at God's right hand, pleading with God the Father for the pardon of our sins 1c) in the widest sense, a helper, succourer, aider, assistant 1c1) of the Holy Spirit destined to take the place of Christ with the apostles (after his ascension to the Father), to lead them to a deeper knowledge of the gospel truth, and give them divine strength needed to enable them to undergo trials and persecutions on behalf of the divine kingdom
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3876 parakoe {par-ak-o-ay'} ·½©ó 3878; TDNT - 1:223,34; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - disobedient 3; 3 1) °¨¦ÕªF­·, Å¥¤£¶i¥h 2) ¹H­I, ¤£¶¶ªA

3876 parakoe {par-ak-o-ay'} from 3878; TDNT - 1:223,34; n f AV - disobedient 3; 3 1) a hearing amiss 2) disobedience
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3877 parakoloutheo {par-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} from 3844 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; °Êµü AV - follow 1, have understanding 1, attain 1, fully know 1; 4 1) ¸ò¦b¬Y¤H¤§«á 1a) ¸ò¦b¬Y¤H¤§«á¡A¥Ã»·¯¸¦b¥L¨ºÃä 1b) ºòºò¸òÀH, ³­¦P 2) Áô³ë. 2a)Á`¬O¦b³õ, µL½×¹ï¶H¥h­þ¥LÁ`¬O¸ò¥L¦b¤@°_ 2b) ¦b¸£®ü¤¤Á`¬O°lÀHµÛ¬Y¨Æ¡A¥H­P©óÀò±o¨º¼Ë¨Æ±¡ªºª¾ÃÑ 2b1) ²á¸Ñ, (§Ú­Ì¸òÀHµÛ¬Y­Ó¨Æ¥ó¨« , °lÂÜ¥¦ªº¤è¦V) 2b2) ¹ý©³ªºÀˬd, ½Õ¬d¬ã¨s 2c) ©¾¹ê¦a¸òÀH ´«¨¥¤§ ¤@­Ó¼Ð·Ç©Î¬O³W«h , ¬Y¤H¨Ï¦Û¤v¿í·Ó

3877 parakoloutheo {par-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} from 3844 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; v AV - follow 1, have understanding 1, attain 1, fully know 1; 4 1) to follow after 1a) so to follow one as to be always at his side 1b) to follow close, accompany 2) metaph. 2a) to be always present, to attend one wherever he goes 2b) to follow up a thing in mind so as to attain to the knowledge of it 2b1) to understand, (cf our follow a matter up, trace its course) 2b2) to examine thoroughly, investigate 2c) to follow faithfully i.e a standard or rule, to conform one's self to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3878 parakouo {par-ak-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 ©M 191; TDNT - 1:223,34; °Êµü AV - neglect to hear 2; 2 1) Å¥¦Ó¤£»D 1a) ¦³­ì¦]©Îº©¤£¸g¤ß©Î¿ù»~©Ò³y¦¨ 2) ¤£±¡Ä@Å¥ 2a) Å¥¦Ó¤£»D, ¤£¯d¤ßÅ¥ 2b) ¤£Ä@Å¥, ¤£ª`·NÅ¥, ¤£ªA±q

3878 parakouo {par-ak-oo'-o} from 3844 and 191; TDNT - 1:223,34; v AV - neglect to hear 2; 2 1) to hear aside 1a) causally or carelessly or amiss 2) to be unwilling to hear 2a) on hearing to neglect, to pay no heed to 2b) to refuse to hear, pay no regard to, disobey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3879 parakupto {par-ak-oop'-to} TDNT - 5:814,784; °Êµü AV - stoop down 3, look 2; 5 1) (¦n©_¦a©}¨­) ¬Ý 2) («ä·Q¤W,·Q­nµo²{) ¬d¦Ò

3879 parakupto {par-ak-oop'-to} from 3844 and 2955; TDNT - 5:814,784; v AV - stoop down 3, look 2; 5 1) to stoop to a thing in order to look at it 2) to look at with head bowed forward 3) to look into with the body bent 4) to stoop and look into 5) metaph. to look carefully into, inspect curiously 5a) of one who would become acquainted with something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3880 paralambano {par-al-am-ban'-o} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 2983; TDNT - 4:11,495; °Êµü AV - take 30, receive 15, take unto 2, take up 2, take away 1; 50 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°, ¨Ï©M¦Û¤v¤@°_, ¨Ï¥[¤J¦Û¤vªº... 1a) ¨Ï¦³Ãö«Y, ¦¨¬°¦P¦ñ 1b) Áô³ë. 1b1) ±µ¨ü©Î©Ó»{¬Y¤H¬O¦p¥L¦Û¤v©Ò«ÅºÙªº, ºÙ»{¨ä¾·~©Î¨­¤À 1b2) ¤£¤Ï¹ï, ªA±q 2) ±µ¨ü¬Y¨Æ³Q²¾Âà 2a) ¾°È³Q¸Ñ°£ 2b) ¤ß²z¤Wªº±µ¨ü 2b1) ¸g¥Ñ¤f»yªº¶Ç¼½: ¸g¥Ñ¶Ç»¡ªº»F©l¤H 2b2) ¸g¥Ñ¹ï¥L¤Hªº±Ô­z, ¸g¥Ñ±Ð®v­Ìªº«ü¾É(¹ï¾Ç¥Í­Ì¦Ó¨¥)

3880 paralambano {par-al-am-ban'-o} from 3844 and 2983; TDNT - 4:11,495; v AV - take 30, receive 15, take unto 2, take up 2, take away 1; 50 1) to take to, to take with one's self, to join to one's self 1a) an associate, a companion 1b) metaph. 1b1) to accept or acknowledge one to be such as he professes to be 1b2) not to reject, not to withhold obedience 2) to receive something transmitted 2a) an office to be discharged 2b) to receive with the mind 2b1) by oral transmission: of the authors from whom the tradition proceeds 2b2) by the narrating to others, by instruction of teachers (used of disciples)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3881 paralegomai {par-al-eg'-om-ahee} °Êµü AV - ³Q°Ê1, sail by 1; 2 1) ªu©¤¯è¦æ (#®{ 27:8,13|)

3881 paralegomai {par-al-eg'-om-ahee} from 3844 and the middle voice of 3004 (in its original sense);; v AV - pass 1, sail by 1; 2 1) to sail past, coast along 2) work past, weather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3882 paralios {par-al'-ee-os} §Î®eµü AV - sea coast 1; 1 1) ®ü©¤ (#¸ô 6:17|)

3882 paralios {par-al'-ee-os} from 3844 and 251;; adj AV - sea coast 1; 1 1) by the sea, maritime, the sea coast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3883 parallage {par-al-lag-ay'} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - variableness 1; 1 1) ÅܤÆ, §ïÅÜ (#¶® 1:17|)

3883 parallage {par-al-lag-ay'} from a compound of 3844 and 236;; n f AV - variableness 1; 1 1) variation, change
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3884 paralogizomai {par-al-og-id'-zom-ahee} °Êµü AV - beguile 1, deceive 1; 2 1) ´ÛÄF (#¦è 2:4; ¶® 1:22|)

3884 paralogizomai {par-al-og-id'-zom-ahee} from 3844 and 3049;; v AV - beguile 1, deceive 1; 2 1) to reckon wrong, miscount 2) to cheat by false reckoning 2a) to deceive by false reasoning 3) to deceive, delude, circumvent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3885 paralutikos {par-al-oo-tee-kos'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 3886;; §Î®eµü AV - sick of palsy 9, (one) that has the palsy 1; 10 1) ÅõºÈªº 1a) ¨ü¨­Åé°¼­±¯«¸gÃP¦¢¤§­W 1b) ¤£¨}©ó¦æªº, ªÏÅé³n®zªº

3885 paralutikos {par-al-oo-tee-kos'} from a derivative of 3886;; adj AV - sick of palsy 9, (one) that has the palsy 1; 10 1) paralytic 1a) suffering from the relaxing of the nerves of one's side 1b) disabled, weak of limb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3886 paraluo {par-al-oo'-o} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 3089;; °Êµü AV - sick of the palsy 2, taken with palsy 2, feeble 1; 5 1) «ü¤@ÃäÃP´²ªº©Î¥Ñ®ÇÃä¶}©l¥Ë¸Ñªº 2) ±NªF¦èÃP¶}©Î¤À¶}¨ÓÂ\©ñ 3) ¨ÏÃP«±, ¨Ï±Y¸Ñ 4) ¨ÏÅÜ®z, ¨Ï°I®z 5) ­W©ó¯«¸gµL¤Oªº, ¯«¸g°I®zªº, ªÏÅéµL¤Oªº 6) ¦æ¨«ÂÚ¶\ªº, «ü½¥»\®z¦ÓµL¤Oªº

3886 paraluo {par-al-oo'-o} from 3844 and 3089;; v AV - sick of the palsy 2, taken with palsy 2, feeble 1; 5 1) to loose on one side or from the side 2) to loose or part things placed side by side 3) to loosen, dissolve 4) to weaken, enfeeble 5) suffering from the relaxing of the nerves, unstrung, weak of limb 6) tottering, weakened, feeble knees
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3887 parameno {par-am-en'-o} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 3306; TDNT - 4:577,581; °Êµü AV - continue 2, abide 1; 3 1) «ùÄò¦b®ÇÃä, ¤@ª½«O«ù¦bªþªñ 2) ¦s¬¡, ¤´µM¬¡µÛ

3887 parameno {par-am-en'-o} from 3844 and 3306; TDNT - 4:577,581; v AV - continue 2, abide 1; 3 1) to remain beside, continue always near 2) to survive, remain alive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3888 paramutheomai {par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 3844 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 3454 ªº¦rªºÃö¨­»yºA;TDNT - 5:816,784; °Êµü AV - comfort 4; 4 1) ªí¹F¦P±¡, ÃöÃh, ¤£½×¬O¥ÎÄU»|©M¿EÀy, ©Î¬O¥­®§©M¦w¼¾ªº¤è¦¡ 1a) ¹ªÀy, ¦w¼¢

3888 paramutheomai {par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee} from 3844 and the middle voice of a derivative of 3454; TDNT - 5:816,784; v AV - comfort 4; 4 1) to speak to, address one, whether by way of admonition and incentive, or to calm and console 1a) to encourage, console
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3889 paramuthia {par-am-oo-thee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3888; TDNT - 5:816,784; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - comfort 1; 1 1) ÄU«j, ¤£ºÞ¥Øªº¬OÄUªA©Î¿EÀy¡B¹ª»R©Î¼¾¼¢¡B¦w¼¢ 1a) ¦w¼¢, ¼¢°Ý #ªL«e 14:3|

3889 paramuthia {par-am-oo-thee'-ah} from 3888; TDNT - 5:816,784; n f AV - comfort 1; 1 1) any address, whether made for the purpose of persuading, or of arousing and stimulating, or of calming and consoling 1a) consolation, comfort
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3890 paramuthion {par-am-oo'-thee-on} ·½¦Û 3889; TDNT - 5:816,784; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - comfort 1; 1 1) ¦w¼¢ #µÌ 2:1|

3890 paramuthion {par-am-oo'-thee-on} from 3889; TDNT - 5:816,784; n n AV - comfort 1; 1 1) persuasive address
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3891 paranomeo {par-an-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 3844 and 3551; TDNT - 4:1091,646; °Êµü AV - contrary to the law 1; 1 1) IJ¥Çªk«ß, ¹Hªk (#®{ 23:3|)

3891 paranomeo {par-an-om-eh'-o} from a compound of 3844 and 3551; TDNT - 4:1091,646; v AV - contrary to the law 1; 1 1) to act contrary to the law, to break the law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3892 paranomia {par-an-om-ee'-ah} »P 3891 ¦P·½; TDNT - 4:1090,646; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - iniquity 1; 1 1) ¹H¤Ïªk«ß, ¥Ç¸o, ¦æ´c

3892 paranomia {par-an-om-ee'-ah} from the same as 3891; TDNT - 4:1090,646; n f AV - iniquity 1; 1 1) breach of law, transgression, wickedness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3893 parapikraino {par-ap-ik-rah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 4087; TDNT - 6:125,839; °Êµü AV - provoke 1; 1 1) º´°Ê, ¿E«ã 2) ¿E°_«ã¤õ

3893 parapikraino {par-ap-ik-rah'-ee-no} from 3844 and 4087; TDNT - 6:125,839; v AV - provoke 1; 1 1) to provoke, exasperate 2) to rouse to indignation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3894 parapikrasmos {par-ap-ik-ras-mos'} ·½©ó 3893; TDNT - 6:125,839; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - provocation 2; 2 1) ·S«ã

3894 parapikrasmos {par-ap-ik-ras-mos'} from 3893; TDNT - 6:125,839; n m AV - provocation 2; 2 1) provocation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3895 parapipto {par-ap-ip'-to} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 4098; TDNT - 6:170,846; °Êµü AV - fall away 1; 1 1) ¶^¸¨¦b¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª«®ÇÃä 2) °¾Â÷ 2a) °¾Â÷¥¿³~, Â÷¶}, ¼Z¸¨ 2b) °¾Â÷±`­y, »~¥¢ 2c) Â÷±ó·q«ô­C©MµØªº¯u¹D

3895 parapipto {par-ap-ip'-to} from 3844 and 4098; TDNT - 6:170,846; v AV - fall away 1; 1 1) to fall beside a person or thing 2) to slip aside 2a) to deviate from the right path, turn aside, wander 2b) to error 2c) to fall away (from the true faith): from worship of Jehovah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3896 parapleo {par-ap-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 4126;; °Êµü AV - sail by 1; 1 1) ¯è®ü¾î¶V, ¾î´ç(#®{ 20:16|)

3896 parapleo {par-ap-leh'-o} from 3844 and 4126;; v AV - sail by 1; 1 1) to sail by, sail past
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3897 paraplesion {par-ap-lay'-see-on} ·½¦Û a compound of 3844 and the base of 4139 (as °Æµü);; §Î®eµü AV - nigh unto 1; 1 1) ±µªñ, ´X¥G(#µÌ 2:27|)

3897 paraplesion {par-ap-lay'-see-on} from a compound of 3844 and the base of 4139 (as adverb);; adj AV - nigh unto 1; 1 1) near to, almost to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3898 paraplesios {par-ap-lay-see'-oce} »P 3897 ¦P·½;; °Æµü AV - likewise 1; 1 1) ¬Û¦ü¦a, ¦P¼Ë¦a, ¬Û¦P¦a

3898 paraplesios {par-ap-lay-see'-oce} from the same as 3897;; adv AV - likewise 1; 1 1) similarly, in like manner, in the same way
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3899 paraporeuomai {par-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 3844 and 4198;; °Êµü AV - ³Q°Êby 3, go 1, ³Q°Ê1; 5 1) ±q®Ç¸g¹L, ¸ôÀY, ¸g¹L

3899 paraporeuomai {par-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee} from 3844 and 4198;; v AV - pass by 3, go 1, pass 1; 5 1) to proceed at the side, go past, pass by
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3900 paraptoma {par-ap'-to-mah} ·½¦Û 3895; TDNT - 6:170,846; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - trespass 9, offence 7, sin 3, fall 2, fault 2; 23 1) ±¼¸¨¦b¬Yª«ªºªþªñ©Î®ÇÃä 2) °¾Â÷¥¿ª½©Î¸Û¹ê 2a) ¸o¦æ, ¹L¥Ç, ¿ù»~ªº¦æ¬°

3900 paraptoma {par-ap'-to-mah} from 3895; TDNT - 6:170,846; n n AV - trespass 9, offence 7, sin 3, fall 2, fault 2; 23 1) to fall beside or near something 2) a lapse or deviation from truth and uprightness 2a) a sin, misdeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3901 pararrhueo {par-ar-hroo-eh'-o} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 4482 ªº´À¥N«¬;; °Êµü AV - let slip 1; 1 1) ®¨µM¦Ó¹L: ¥H§K§Ú­Ìµoı¦Ó¸òµÛ¦æ; ºzµø¤£²z 1a) ¥H§K§Ú­Ì­«µø¦p¦ó¥h±o¨ì³oÅ¥¨ìªº±Ï®¦ªº¹D²z, ±q§Ú­Ì¬y¥¢±¼¤F 1b) ¥¼¤Þ°_§Úª`·N­«µø 1c) ±q§Ú¤ß¤¤·È¹L¥h

3901 pararrhueo {par-ar-hroo-eh'-o} from 3844 and the alternate of 4482;; v AV - let slip 1; 1 1) to glide by: lest we be carried by, pass by 1a) lest the salvation which these things heard show us how to obtain, slip away from us 1b) a thing escapes me 1c) slips my mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3902 parasemos {par-as'-ay-mos} ·½¦Û 3844 »P4591ªº°ò¦«¬; §Î®eµü AV - sign 1; 1 1) ¦³°O¸¹ªº (#®{ 28:11|)

3902 parasemos {par-as'-ay-mos} from 3844 and the base of 4591;; adj AV - sign 1; 1 1) marked falsely, spurious, counterfeit: as a coin 2) marked beside or in the margin 2a) so noteworthy words, which the reader of a book marks on the margin 3) noted, marked, conspicuous, remarkable 3a) of persons in a bad sense, notorious 4) marked with a sign: a ship marked with the image or figure of Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3903 paraskeuazo {par-ask-yoo-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 3844 and a derivative of 4632;; °Êµü AV - make ready 1, prepare oneself 1, be ready 1, ready 1; 4 1) ±N¦Û¤v¹w³Æ¦n, §´µ½·Ç³Æ 2) ¤w§â¦Û¤v¾ã¹y¹w³Æ¦n, ¨Ï·Ç³Æ¦n

3903 paraskeuazo {par-ask-yoo-ad'-zo} from 3844 and a derivative of 4632;; v AV - make ready 1, prepare oneself 1, be ready 1, ready 1; 4 1) to make one's self ready, to prepare one's self 2) have prepared one's self, to be prepared or ready
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3904 paraskeue {par-ask-yoo-ay'} 3903; TDNT - 7:1,989; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - preparation 6; 6 1) ¹w³Æ

3904 paraskeue {par-ask-yoo-ay'} as if from 3903; TDNT - 7:1,989; n f AV - preparation 6; 6 1) a making ready, preparation, equipping 2) that which is prepared, equipment 3) in the NT in a Jewish sense, the day of preparation 3a) the day on which the Jews made necessary preparation to celebrate a sabbath or a feast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3905 parateino {par-at-i'-no} ·½¦Û 3844 and teino (to stretch);; °Êµü AV - continue 1; 1 1) ¦A©µÄò, ÂX®i, ©µ¦ù 2) ©µªø (#®{ 20:7|)

3905 parateino {par-at-i'-no} from 3844 and teino (to stretch);; v AV - continue 1; 1 1) to extend beside, to stretch out lengthwise, to extend 2) to prolong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3906 paratereo {par-at-ay-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 5083; TDNT - 8:146,1174; °Êµü AV - watched 4, observe 1, watched + 2258 1; 6 1) Æ[¹î 1a)¹ï¶H¬°¤H 1a1)¥D°Ê»yºA 1a2)Ãö¨­»yºA (#¸ô 14:1|) 1b)©â¶Hªº (#¸ô 20:20|) 2) ¬Ý¦u (#®{ 9:24|) 3) ÂÔ¿í(­·«U²ßºD»P¶Ç²Î) (#¥[ 4:10|)

3906 paratereo {par-at-ay-reh'-o} from 3844 and 5083; TDNT - 8:146,1174; v AV - watched 4, observe 1, watched + 2258 1; 6 1) to stand beside and watch, to watch assiduously, observe carefully 1a) to watch, attend to with the eyes 1a) of auguries, to see what he is going to do 1b) in a bad sense, to watch insidiously 1c) to watch one's self 1b) to observe, keep scrupulously 1b1) to neglect nothing requisite to the religious observance of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3907 parateresis {par-at-ay'-ray-sis} ·½¦Û 3906; TDNT - 8:148,1174; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - observation 1; 1 1) Æ[¹î #¸ô 17:20|

3907 parateresis {par-at-ay'-ray-sis} from 3906; TDNT - 8:148,1174; n f AV - observation 1; 1 1) observation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3908 paratithemi {par-at-ith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 5087; TDNT - 8:162,1176; °Êµü AV - set before 9, commit 3, commend 3, put forth 2, commit the keeping of 1, allege 1; 19 1) ¸m©ó...¤§«e (¦P±`«ü­¹ª«) 2) Âǵ۱оɧe²{,»¡©ú,ÂI¥X 3) «H°U,ªí´­ 3a)±N¨Æ±¡¥æ°Uµ¹¬Y¤H 3b)±N¬Y¤H¥æµ¹¥t¤@¤H«OÅ@

3908 paratithemi {par-at-ith'-ay-mee} from 3844 and 5087; TDNT - 8:162,1176; v AV - set before 9, commit 3, commend 3, put forth 2, commit the keeping of 1, allege 1; 19 1) to place beside or near or set before 1a) food, i.e. food placed on a table 1b) to set before (one) in teaching 1c) to set forth (from one's self), to explain 2) to place down (from one's self or for one's self) with any one 2a) to deposit 2b) to intrust, commit to one's charge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3909 paratugchano {par-at-oong-khan'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 5177;; °Êµü AV - meet with 1; 1 1) «ê¦n¦b®Ç, ­è¥©¦b³õ, ¥©¹J (#®{ 17:17|)

3909 paratugchano {par-at-oong-khan'-o} from 3844 and 5177;; v AV - meet with 1; 1 1) to chance to be by, to happen to be present, to meet by chance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3910 parautika {par-ow-tee'-kah} ·½¦Û 3844 and a derivative of 846;; °Æµü AV - but for a moment 1; 1 1) ¼È®É, ¤ù¨è (#ªL«á 4:17|)

3910 parautika {par-ow-tee'-kah} from 3844 and a derivative of 846;; adv AV - but for a moment 1; 1 1) for the moment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3911 paraphero {par-af-er'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 5342 (including its alternate forms);; °Êµü AV - take away 1, remove 1, vr take away; 3 1) ¹B°e, ©Ó¾á, ±a¨Ó, ©ñ¦b...¤§«e 2) ¤Þ»â¨ìª[¸ô¤W, ®³¨« 3) ·h¹B¶V¹L..., ¤Þ»â«×¹L... 3a) ¨Ï¿ù¹L, ²¤¹L, ºM¨« (#¥i 14:36; ¸ô 22:42|)

3911 paraphero {par-af-er'-o} from 3844 and 5342 (including its alternate forms);; v AV - take away 1, remove 1, vr take away; 3 1) to bear to, bring to, put before 2) to lead aside from the right course or path, to carry away 3) to carry past, lead past 3a) to cause to pass by, to remove
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3912 paraphroneo {par-af-ron-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 5426;; °Êµü AV - as a fool 1; 1 1) «é±«, ¥¢¥h²z©Ê, µoÅö, µo¨g (#ªL«á 22:13|)

3912 paraphroneo {par-af-ron-eh'-o} from 3844 and 5426;; v AV - as a fool 1; 1 1) to be beside one's self, out of one's senses, void of understanding, insane
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3913 paraphronia {par-af-ron-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 3912;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - madness 1; 1 1) ºÆ¨g, ·M¹x, ¨g§Ñ°¾°õ

3913 paraphronia {par-af-ron-ee'-ah} from 3912;; n f AV - madness 1; 1 1) madness, insanity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3914 paracheimazo {par-akh-i-mad'-zo} ·½¦Û 3844 »P5492;; °Êµü AV - winter 4; 4 1) ¹L¥V¡]»P¬Y¤H©Î¦b¬Y³B¡^

3914 paracheimazo {par-akh-i-mad'-zo} from 3844 and 5492;; v AV - winter 4; 4 1) to winter, pass the winter, with one or at a place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3915 paracheimasia {par-akh-i-mas-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3914;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - winter in 1; 1 1) ¥V¤Ñ¬y³u, ¹L¥V

3915 paracheimasia {par-akh-i-mas-ee'-ah} from 3914;; n f AV - winter in 1; 1 1) a passing the winter, wintering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3916 parachrema {par-akh-ray'-mah} ·½¦Û 3844 and 5536 (in its original sense);; °Æµü AV - immediately 13, straight way 3, forthwith 1, presently 1, soon 1; 19 1) §Y¨èªº, ²@¤£µS¿Ý¦a, ¥ß§Y°¨¤W

3916 parachrema {par-akh-ray'-mah} from 3844 and 5536 (in its original sense);; adv AV - immediately 13, straight way 3, forthwith 1, presently 1, soon 1; 19 1) immediately, forthwith, instantly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3917 pardalis {par'-dal-is} ·½¦Û pardos (a panther);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - leopard 1; 1 1) °\, ¶Â°\, ¬ü¬w°\ 2) «D±`¥û²rªº¨È¬w©Î«D¬w°Êª«, ¶À½Å¦âªº¥Ö¤W´²§GµÛ©úÅã¤j¤ùªº¶ÂÂI (#±Ò 13:2|)

3917 pardalis {par'-dal-is} from pardos (a panther);; n f AV - leopard 1; 1 1) a pard, panther, leopard 2) a very fierce Asiatic and African animal, having a tawny skin marked with large black spots
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3918 pareimi {par'-i-mee} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1510 (¥]¬A¥¦ªº¦UºØÅÜ«¬); TDNT - 5:858,791; °Êµü AV - be present 9, come 7, present 3, be present here 1, be here 1, such things as one hath + 3588 1, he that lacketh + 3361 + 3739 1; 23 1) ´N¦b¥ª¥k, ¦b¤âÃä, ©è¹F, ¦b²{³õ 2) ·Ç³Æ¦n, §¹¦¨¹w³Æ, ÀH®É«Ý©R

3918 pareimi {par'-i-mee} from 3844 and 1510 (including its various forms); TDNT - 5:858,791; v AV - be present 9, come 7, present 3, be present here 1, be here 1, such things as one hath + 3588 1, he that lacketh + 3361 + 3739 1; 23 1) to be by, be at hand, to have arrived, to be present 2) to be ready, in store, at command
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3919 pareisago {par-ice-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 1521; TDNT - 5:824,786; °Êµü AV - privily bring in 1; 1 1) ¨p¤U¯µ±K¦a¤Þ¶i (#©¼«á 2:1|)

3919 pareisago {par-ice-ag'-o} from 3844 and 1521; TDNT - 5:824,786; v AV - privily bring in 1; 1 1) to introduce or bring in secretly or craftily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3920 pareisaktos {par-ice'-ak-tos} ·½¦Û 3919; TDNT - 5:824,786; §Î®eµü AV - brought in unawares 1; 1 1) ¯µ±K«D¥¿¦¡ªº¤Þ¶i 2) ·t¤¤Âô¤JªÌ (#¥[ 2:4|)

3920 pareisaktos {par-ice'-ak-tos} from 3919; TDNT - 5:824,786; adj AV - brought in unawares 1; 1 1) secretly or surreptitiously brought in 2) one who has stolen in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3921 pareisduno {par-ice-doo'-no} from 3844 and a compound of 1519 and 1416;; v AV - creep in unawares 1; 1 1) ¯µ±K¦a¶i¤J, °½°½ºNºN¦a·È¤J 2) ·È¶i¥h

3921 pareisduno {par-ice-doo'-no} from 3844 and a compound of 1519 and 1416;; v AV - creep in unawares 1; 1 1) to enter secretly, slip in stealthily 2) to steal in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3922 pareiserchomai {par-ice-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 3844 and 1525; TDNT - 2:682,257; °Êµü AV - enter 1, come in privily 1; 2 1) ¯µ±Kªº¶i¤J, Æ\¤âÆ\¨¬ªº¶i¤J©ÎÂôªÅªù 2) ¦h¥[¤Jªº, ÃB¥~¥X²{ªº (#ù 5:20; ¥[ 2:4|)

3922 pareiserchomai {par-ice-er'-khom-ahee} from 3844 and 1525; TDNT - 2:682,257; v AV - enter 1, come in privily 1; 2 1) to come in secretly or by stealth, or creep or steal in 2) to enter in addition, come in besides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3923 pareisphero {par-ice-fer'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 1533;; °Êµü AV - give 1; 1 1) ÃB¥~ªºÂ\¤W 2) ¦h²K¥[ªº°^Äm (#©¼«á 1:5|)

3923 pareisphero {par-ice-fer'-o} from 3844 and 1533;; v AV - give 1; 1 1) to bring in besides 2) to contribute besides to something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3924 parektos {par-ek-tos'} ·½¦Û 3844 ©M 1622;; °Æµü AV - saving 1, except 1, be without 1; 3 1) °£¤F...¤§¥~, °£¦¹(¨Æ)¤§¥~ 2) ©ó...¤§¥~

3924 parektos {par-ek-tos'} from 3844 and 1622;; adv AV - saving 1, except 1, be without 1; 3 1) except, with the exception of (a thing) 2) besides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3925 parembole {par-em-bol-ay'} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1685 ªº²Õ¦X¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - castle 6, camp 3, army 1; 10 1) Àç¦a 1a) ¥H¦â¦C¤H¦bÃm³¥¤¤ªºÀç¦a 1a1) ¥Î¥H«ü­C¸ô¼»§N«°, ¦]¨ä¹ï¥H¦â¦C¤H¦Ó¨¥, ´N¦p¥H«e¦bÃm³¥®É¥Nªº¾nÀç¦a 1a2) «ü¥H¦â¦C»E¶°±q¨Æ©v±Ð¬¡°Êªº¦a¤è, ´N¦p¥L­Ì¥H«e¦bÃm³¥®É©ó»E¶°©ó¾nÀç¦a¤¤¤@¯ë 1b) ù°¨¤h§Lªº­xÀç, ¦b­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¬O¦ì©ó¦wªF¥§ªº«°³ù¤¤ 2) ¦b¾Ô½u¤Wªº­x¶¤

3925 parembole {par-em-bol-ay'} from a compound of 3844 and 1685;; n f AV - castle 6, camp 3, army 1; 10 1) an encampment 1a) the camp of Israel in the desert 1a1) used for the city of Jerusalem, inasmuch as that was to the Israelites what formerly the encampment had been in the desert 1a2) of the sacred congregation or assembly of Israel, as it had been gathered formerly in camps in the wilderness 1b) the barracks of the Roman soldiers, which at Jerusalem were in the castle of Antonia 2) an army in a line of battle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3926 parenochleo {par-en-okh-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 and 1776;; °Êµü AV - trouble 1; 1 1) ¦b¨Æ±¡¤W¥Í¬O«D, ¨Ï·Ð´o, ¨Ï¥Í®ð (#®{ 15:19|)

3926 parenochleo {par-en-okh-leh'-o} from 3844 and 1776;; v AV - trouble 1; 1 1) to cause trouble in a matter, to trouble, annoy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3927 parepidemos {par-ep-id'-ay-mos} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 1927 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 2:64,49; §Î®eµü AV - pilgrim 2, stranger 1; 3 1) «ü¥Ñ¥~°ê¨Óªº, ¦Ó¦b·í¦a©w©~©ó­ì¨Óªº¦í¥Á¤§¤¤ªº¤H 2) ­¯¥Í¤H, ²§¶m¤H 3) ®È©~©ó²§¦aªº¤H, ¥~°ê¤H 4) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, Áô³ë. «ü¤Ñ°êªº¤l¥Á, ¦b¦a¥u¬O§@«È®Èªº

3927 parepidemos {par-ep-id'-ay-mos} from 3844 and the base of 1927; TDNT - 2:64,49; adj AV - pilgrim 2, stranger 1; 3 1) one who comes from a foreign country into a city or land to reside there by the side of the natives 2) a stranger 3) sojourning in a strange place, a foreigner 4) in the NT metaph. in reference to heaven as the native country, one who sojourns on earth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3928 parerchomai {par-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 2064; TDNT - 2:681,257; °Êµü AV - ³Q°Êaway 12, ³Q°Ê10, ³Q°Êby 3, ³Q°Êover 1, transgress 1, past 1, go 1, come forth 1, come 1; 31 1) ¸g¹L,¸ô¹L(¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª«) 2) (®É¶¡)¹L¥h¤£¦A 3) ®ø¥¢,¹kª\ 4) ©¿²¤,¹H­I (#¸ô 11:42,1:29|) 5) ²¤¹L¤£¸I (#¤Ó 26:39,42; ¥i 14:35|) 6) ¸g¹L(¤@­Ó®É¥N) (#®{ 16:8|) 7) ¨Ó¨ì (#¸ô 12:37,17:7; ®{ 24:7|)

3928 parerchomai {par-er'-khom-ahee} from 3844 and 2064; TDNT - 2:681,257; v AV - pass away 12, pass 10, pass by 3, pass over 1, transgress 1, past 1, go 1, come forth 1, come 1; 31 1) to go past, pass by 1a) of persons moving forward 1a1) to pass by 1b) of time 1b1) an act continuing for a time 1c) metaph. 1c1) to pass away, perish 1c2) to pass by (pass over), that is, to neglect, omit, (transgress) 1c3) to be led by, to be carried past, be averted 2) to come near, come forward, arrive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3929 paresis {par'-es-is} ·½¦Û 2935; TDNT - 1:509,88; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - remission 1; 1 1) (±q¤@Ãä)«e¶i(¨ì¥t¤@Ãä), ¤¹³\«e¶i, ©¿²¤, ºzµø

3929 paresis {par'-es-is} from 2935; TDNT - 1:509,88; n f AV - remission 1; 1 1) passing over, letting pass, neglecting, disregarding
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3930 parecho {par-ekh'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 ©M 2192;; °Êµü AV - trouble + 2873 5, give 3, bring 2, show 2, do for 1, keep 1, minister 1, offer 1; 16 1) ¦ù(¤â)¦V«e, ´£¨Ñ 2) Åã²{, ¶R±o°_, ¨Ñµ¹ 3) ¦¨¬°...ªº©l§@«MªÌ, ¨Ï¬Y¤H¾Ö¦³ 3a) µ¹¤©, ±a¨Ó, ¨Ï¬Y¤HÅܱo­«­n¦Ó¤£ºÞÆg¤£ÃÙ¦P, ¤Þ°_ 4) ´£¨Ñ, Åã²{©Î§e²{¬Y¤H¦Û¤v 5) ®i¥Ü©Î´£¨Ñ¬Y¤H¾Ö¦³ªº³¡¤À 5a) ±q¬Y¤Hªº¸ê·½©Î¥Î¨ä¤O¶q´£¥X©Î´£¨Ñ

3930 parecho {par-ekh'-o} from 3844 and 2192;; v AV - trouble + 2873 5, give 3, bring 2, show 2, do for 1, keep 1, minister 1, offer 1; 16 1) to reach forth, offer 2) to show, afford, supply 3) to be the authors of, or to cause one to have 3a) to give, bring, cause one something either favourable or unfavourable, to occasion 4) to offer, show or present one's self 5) to exhibit or offer on one's own part 5a) to render or afford from one's own resources or by one's own power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3931 paregoria {par-ay-gor-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 3844 and a derivative of 58 (·N¬° harangue an assembly);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - comfort 1; 1 1) µoªíºt»¡, «ü±Ð 1a) §i»|, ³WÄU 1b) ¦w¼¢, µÎ¾A, ¼¢ÂÇ, ½w¸Ñ (#¦è 4:11|)

3931 paregoria {par-ay-gor-ee'-ah} from a compound of 3844 and a derivative of 58 (meaning to harangue an assembly);; n f AV - comfort 1; 1 1) addressing, address 1a) exhortation 1b) comfort, solace, relief, alleviation, consolation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3932 parthenia {par-then-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3933;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - virginity 1; 1 1) ³B¤k

3932 parthenia {par-then-ee'-ah} from 3933;; n f AV - virginity 1; 1 1) virginity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3933 parthenos {par-then'-os} of unknown origin; TDNT - 5:826,786; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - virgin 14; 14 1) ³B¤k 1a) «Ý¶ùªº¤k¤l 1b) ¥¼¿Ëªñ¨k¤hªº¤k¤l 1c) ®a¤¤«Ý¶ùªº¤k¨à 2) ¤@­Ó»·Â÷©Ò¦³¤£¼äªº¨Æ¤Î¤£»P¼q§²¥æ¦Xªº¨k¤l¡B¬°­n¼ä¨­¦Û·R 2a) ¥¼¿Ëªñ¤k¤hªº¨k¤l

3933 parthenos {par-then'-os} of unknown origin; TDNT - 5:826,786; n f AV - virgin 14; 14 1) a virgin 1a) a marriageable maiden 1b) a woman who has never had sexual intercourse with a man 1c) one's marriageable daughter 2) a man who has abstained from all uncleanness and whoredom attendant on idolatry, and so has kept his chastity 2a) one who has never had intercourse with women
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3934 Parthos {par'-thos} ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Parthian 1; 1 ©¬´£¨È¤H = "»}¨¥" 1) ©¬´£¨È¦ì©~ùØ®üªF«n¤è,¬°ªi´µ¤H«á¥N,·s¬ù®É¥N«Ò°êª©¹Ï ÂX¤Î¥®µo©Ô©³ªe(#®{ 2:9|)

3934 Parthos {par'-thos} probably of foreign origin;; n pr m AV - Parthian 1; 1 Parthia = "a pledge" 1) an inhabitant of Parthia, a district of Asia, bounded on the north by Hyrcania, on the east by Ariana, on the south by Carmania Deserta, on the west by Media
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3935 pariemi {par-ee'-ay-mi} ·½©ó 3844 ©M hiemi (°e¥X); TDNT - 1:509,88; °Êµü AV - hang down 1; 1 1) ¥ô¨ä¹L¥h 1a) ®Ì¹L¥h, ©¿²¤ 1b) »´µø, ¬Ù²¤ 2) ÃP¶}, ©ñÃP, Åý¥L¨«, ¥ô¨ä¦Ó¦æ 3) ÃP¦¢ªº, µL¤Oªº, µê®zªº, ¯h¥Fªº

3935 pariemi {par-ee'-ay-mi} from 3844 and hiemi (to send); TDNT - 1:509,88; v AV - hang down 1; 1 1) to let pass 1a) to pass by, neglect 1b) to disregard, omit 2) to relax, loose, let go 3) relaxed, unstrung, weakened, exhausted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3936 paristemi {par-is'-tay-mee} ©Î¬OÂX¥R«¬ªº paristano {par-is-tan'-o} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 2476; TDNT - 5:837,788; °Êµü AV - stand by 13, ²{¦b¦¡9, yield 5, show 2, stand 2, misc 11; 42 1) ¸m©ó...¤§®Ç, ¬°¬Y¤H©Ò®t¨Ï 2) §e²{,±a¨ì 3) ­P¨Ï (#¥± 5:27; ´£«á 2:15; ¦è 1:22,28|) 4) Ämµ¹, §e²{, ±a¨Ó (#ù 12:1|) 5) ±a¨ì(ªk©x)­±«e (#ªL«e 8:8; ªL«á 4:14|) 6) ÃÒ©ú, Åã©ú (#®{ 24:13|) 7) ¨Ó¨ì,¥X²{ 8) À°§U,¯¸¦b¬Y¤H¤@®Ç (#ù 16:2; ´£«á 4:17|) 9) ¾aªñ©Î¦b¬Y¤H¤@®Ç,»P¬Y¤H¤@¦P¦b³õ 10) (¬Y¤@®É¶¡)¨ÓÁ{ (#¥i 4:29|)

3936 paristemi {par-is'-tay-mee} or prolonged paristano {par-is-tan'-o} from 3844 and 2476; TDNT - 5:837,788; v AV - stand by 13, present 9, yield 5, show 2, stand 2, misc 11; 42 1) to place beside or near 1a) to set at hand 1a1) to present 1a2) to proffer 1a3) to provide 1a4) to place a person or thing at one's disposal 1a5) to present a person for another to see and question 1a6) to present or show 1a7) to bring to, bring near 1a8) metaph. i.e to bring into one's fellowship or intimacy 1b) to present (show) by argument, to prove 2) to stand beside, stand by or near, to be at hand, be present 2a) to stand by 2a1) to stand beside one, a bystander 2b) to appear 2c) to be at hand, stand ready 2d) to stand by to help, to succour 2e) to be present 2e1) to have come 2e2) of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3937 Parmenas {par-men-as'} probably by contractio³±©Ê¦Wµüor Parmenides (a derivative of a compound of 3844 and 3306);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Parmenas 1; 1 ¤Ú¦Ì®³ = "¥Ã¤[ªº,«ù¤[ªº,¤£Åܪº" 1)­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|¤C¦ì°õ¨Æ¤¤ªº¤@¦ì

3937 Parmenas {par-men-as'} probably by contraction for Parmenides (a derivative of a compound of 3844 and 3306);; n pr m AV - Parmenas 1; 1 Parmenas = "abiding" 1) one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3938 parodos {par'-od-os} ·½¦Û 3844 and 3598;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - way 1; 1 1) ¸g¹L©Î³q¹L 2) ¶¶«K

3938 parodos {par'-od-os} from 3844 and 3598;; n f AV - way 1; 1 1) a passing by or passage 2) in passing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3939 paroikeo {par-oy-keh'-o} ·½©ó 3844 ©M 3611; TDNT - 5:841,788; °Êµü AV - be a stranger 1, sojourn 1; 2 1) ©~¦í¦b¬Y¤H¤§®Ç©Î©M¥L§@¾F©~, ©¼¾F¦Ó©~ 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, «ü¦b¤@¦a¸¨¸}¦p§@«È®Èªº, ®È©~ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5854

3939 paroikeo {par-oy-keh'-o} from 3844 and 3611; TDNT - 5:841,788; v AV - be a stranger 1, sojourn 1; 2 1) to dwell beside (one) or in one's neighbourhood, to live near 2) in the NT, to be or dwell in a place as a stranger, to sojourn For Synonyms see entry 5854
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3940 paroikia {par-oy-kee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3941; TDNT - 5:841,788; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dwell as strangers 1, sojourning here 1; 2 1) ¾Fªñªº©~©Ò©Î¦P©~ 2) ®È©~, ±H©~¥L¶m 3) Áô³ë¤H¤@¥Í¦b¥@¦p¦P®È©~¹L«È (#®{ 13:17; ©¼«e 1:17|)

3940 paroikia {par-oy-kee'-ah} from 3941; TDNT - 5:841,788; n f AV - dwell as strangers 1, sojourning here 1; 2 1) a dwelling near or with one 2) a sojourning, dwelling in a strange land 3) metaph. the life of a man here on earth is likened to a sojourning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3941 paroikos {par'-oy-kos} ·½¦Û 3844 »P 3624; TDNT - 5:841,788; §Î®eµü AV - stranger 2, sojourn 1, foreigner 1; 4 1) ¥~¤H,²§¶m¤H 1a)¦r·Nªº (#®{ 7:6,29|) 1b)³ë·Nªº--«ü¯u¥¿ªº®a¶m¦b¤Ñ¤Wªº°ò·þ®{

3941 paroikos {par'-oy-kos} from 3844 and 3624; TDNT - 5:841,788; adj AV - stranger 2, sojourn 1, foreigner 1; 4 1) dwelling near, neighbouring 2) in the NT, a stranger, a foreigner, one who lives in a place without the right of citizenship 3) metaph. 3a) without citizenship in God's kingdom 3b) one who lives on earth as a stranger, a sojourner on the earth 3c) of Christians whose home is in heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3942 paroimia {par-oy-mee'-ah} from a compound of 3844 and perhaps a derivative of 3633; TDNT - 5:854,790; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - proverb 4, parable 1; 5 1) ¤£¬OÀH«KÁ¿Á¿ªº¸Ü©Î¤£¦X©ó¤@¯ë©Ò¥Î»yµüªº¸Ü (?) 1a) ´¶³q¥­¥Fªº¸Ü»y, ¿Î»y, ®æ¨¥ (?) 2) Áô±â¦Ó±N¾B±»¤F±Ð»£¯u¸qªº¸Ü 2a) ¤×¨ä¬O¶H¼x©Ê©Î¤ñ³ë©Êªº¸Ü 2b) ¥H¬Û¦ü©Ê©ÎÃþ¤ñªº¤âªk¨ÓÄÄ©ú¨Æ©Ê©Î·N©Àªº±Ô­z 2c) ´J¨¥ 2c1) ¨ã¦³¤Þ¦ù©Ê·L¨¥¤j¸qªºÁô³ë

3942 paroimia {par-oy-mee'-ah} from a compound of 3844 and perhaps a derivative of 3633; TDNT - 5:854,790; n f AV - proverb 4, parable 1; 5 1) a saying out of the usual course or deviating from the usual manner of speaking 1a) a current or trite saying, a proverb 2) any dark saying which shadows forth some didactic truth 2a) esp. a symbolic or figurative saying 2b) speech or discourse in which a thing is illustrated by the use of similes and comparisons 2c) an allegory 2c1) extended and elaborate metaphor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3943 paroinos {par'-oy-nos} ·½¦Û 3844 and 3631;; §Î®eµü AV - given to wine 2; 2 1) ¾K°sªº (#´£«e 3:3; ¦h 1:7|)

3943 paroinos {par'-oy-nos} from 3844 and 3631;; adj AV - given to wine 2; 2 1) given to wine, drunken
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3944 paroichomai {par-oy'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 3844 and oichomai (to depart);; °Êµü AV - past 1; 1 1) ¨«¹Lªº, ¸g¾ú¹Lªº (#®{ 14:16|)

3944 paroichomai {par-oy'-khom-ahee} from 3844 and oichomai (to depart);; v AV - past 1; 1 1) to go by, pass by
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3945 paromoiazo {par-om-oy-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 3946; TDNT - 5:199,684; °Êµü AV - be like unto 1; 1 1) ¬Û¦ü, Ãþ¦ü #¤Ó 23:27|

3945 paromoiazo {par-om-oy-ad'-zo} from 3946; TDNT - 5:199,684; v AV - be like unto 1; 1 1) to be like 2) to be not unlike
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3946 paromoios {par-om'-oy-os} ·½¦Û 3844 ©M 3664; TDNT - 5:198,684; §Î®eµü AV - like thing 2; 2 1) ¬Û¹³ªº(#¥i 7:8,13|)

3946 paromoios {par-om'-oy-os} from 3844 and 3664; TDNT - 5:198,684; adj AV - like thing 2; 2 1) like
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3947 paroxuno {par-ox-oo'-no} ·½¦Û 3844 and a derivative of 3691; TDNT - 5:857,791; °Êµü AV - stir 1, easily provoked 1; 2 1) ¨ÏÅܬ°¦y¾U, ¨ÏÅܬ°¾W§Q 1a) ¥h¨ë¿E, ¥hµ¦°Ê (#®{17:16|) 1b) ¨Ï¤H¹½·Ð, ¬DÆ], ¿EµÈ (#ªL«e13:5|) 1b1) ¼J¯º, »Àµø 1b2) ¬DÆ], ¥O¤Hµo«ã 1b3) ¿E«ã, «ã¤õ¤¤¿N

3947 paroxuno {par-ox-oo'-no} from 3844 and a derivative of 3691; TDNT - 5:857,791; v AV - stir 1, easily provoked 1; 2 1) to make sharp, sharpen 1a) to stimulate, spur on, urge 1b) to irritate, provoke, arouse to anger 1b1) to scorn, despise 1b2) provoke, make angry 1b3) to exasperate, to burn with anger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3948 paroxusmos {par-ox-oos-mos'} ·½©ó 3947 ("¬ðµMµo§@"); TDNT - 5:857,791;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - contention ... so sharp 1, to provoke unto + 1519 1; 2 1) ¨ë¿E, ¹ª»R, º´°Ê, ¬D¼·°_¨Ó 2) ·Ðļ, ·ÐÂZ

3948 paroxusmos {par-ox-oos-mos'} from 3947 ("paroxysm"); TDNT - 5:857,791; n m AV - contention ... so sharp 1, to provoke unto + 1519 1; 2 1) an inciting, incitement 2) irritation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3949 parorgizo {par-org-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 3844 and 3710; TDNT - 5:382,716; °Êµü AV - anger 1, provoke to wrath 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¿E°Ê¦Ó¼««ã, ¿Eµo«è«ë, ¿E«ã, IJ«ã

3949 parorgizo {par-org-id'-zo} from 3844 and 3710; TDNT - 5:382,716; v AV - anger 1, provoke to wrath 1; 2 1) to rouse to wrath, to provoke, exasperate, anger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3950 parorgismos {par-org-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 3949; TDNT - 5:382,716;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wrath 1; 1 1) ¼««ã, ¼É«ã, ¼««ã, ´o«ã (#¥± 4:26| )

3950 parorgismos {par-org-is-mos'} from 3949; TDNT - 5:382,716; n m AV - wrath 1; 1 1) indignation, wrath, exasperation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3951 parotruno {par-ot-roo'-no} ·½¦Û 3844 and otruno (to spur);; °Êµü AV - stir up 1; 1 1) ¿E°_, º´°Ê¬D­ö (#®{ 13:50|)

3951 parotruno {par-ot-roo'-no} from 3844 and otruno (to spur);; v AV - stir up 1; 1 1) to incite, stir up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3952 parousia {par-oo-see'-ah} ·½©ó 3918 ªº²{¦b¤Àµü; TDNT - 5:858,791; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - coming 22, presence 2; 24 1) ¥X²{ 2) ¨ÓÁ{, ¨Ó¨ì, ­C¿q´_Á{ 2a) «ü­C¿q±N¨Ó¥Ñ¤Ñ°óªº´_Á{, ¨Ï¦º¤H´_¬¡, ¶i¦æ³Ì«áªº¼f§P, ©M¥¿¦¡¤SºaÄ£¦a¦b¦a¤W³]¥ß¯«ªº°ê

3952 parousia {par-oo-see'-ah} from the present participle of 3918; TDNT - 5:858,791; n f AV - coming 22, presence 2; 24 1) presence 2) the coming, arrival, advent 2a) the future visible return from heaven of Jesus, to raise the dead, hold the last judgment, and set up formally and gloriously the kingdom of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3953 paropsis {par-op-sis'} ·½¦Û 3844 »P3795ªº°ò¦«¬; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - platter 2; 2 1) ½L¤l, ºÐ¤l(¦³¤pµæ¤§·N;#¤Ó 23:25,26|)

3953 paropsis {par-op-sis'} from 3844 and the base of 3795;; n f AV - platter 2; 2 1) a side dish, a dish of dainties or choice food suited not so much to satisfy as to gratify the appetite 1a) a side accompaniment of the more solid food 2) the dish itself in which the delicacies are served up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3954 parrhesia {par-rhay-see'-ah} ·½©ó 3956 ©M¤@­Ó­l¥Í©ó 4483 ªº¦r; TDNT - 5:871,794; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - boldness 8, confidence 6, openly 4, plainly 4, openly + 1722 2, boldly + 1722 1, misc 6; 31 1) ¨¥½×ªº¦Û¥Ñ, ©ZµM¶D»¡ 1a) ¤½¶}, ©Z¥Õ¦a»¡¥X, ¥ç§Y ¨S¦³¤°»òíÂêº 1b) ¨S¦³¼Ò¸W¨â¥i©Î©äÅs©Ù¨¤ªº 1c) ¤£¨Ï¥Î©â¶H²Å¸¹©M¹ï¤ñªº 2) ©ZµMµLÄߪº«H¤ß, ©ñÁxªº, «i´±, ¦³§â´¤ªº«H¤ß 3) ·|¤Þ°_§O¤Hª`·N©Î¤½¶}ªº¦æ¬°

3954 parrhesia {par-rhay-see'-ah} from 3956 and a derivative of 4483; TDNT - 5:871,794; n f AV - boldness 8, confidence 6, openly 4, plainly 4, openly + 1722 2, boldly + 1722 1, misc 6; 31 1) freedom in speaking, unreservedness in speech 1a) openly, frankly, i.e without concealment 1b) without ambiguity or circumlocution 1c) without the use of figures and comparisons 2) free and fearless confidence, cheerful courage, boldness, assurance 3) the deportment by which one becomes conspicuous or secures publicity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3955 parrhesiazomai {par-hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee} 3954 ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 5:871,794; °Êµü AV - speak boldly 4, preach boldly 1, be bold 1, wax bold 1, boldly 1, freely 1; 9 1) ¨¥½×ªº¦Û¥Ñ, ¦Û¥Ñ­z»¡ 1a) ¦Û¥Ñ­z»¡ 2) «H¤ß¼Wªø, ¦³Áx¶q, ¦³§â´¤, ©ñÁx¦Ó¦æ

3955 parrhesiazomai {par-hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 3954; TDNT - 5:871,794; v AV - speak boldly 4, preach boldly 1, be bold 1, wax bold 1, boldly 1, freely 1; 9 1) to use freedom in speaking, be free spoken 1a) to speak freely 2) to grow confident, have boldness, show assurance, assume a bold bearing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3956 pas {pas} including all the forms of declension; TDNT - 5:886,795; §Î®eµü AV - all 748, all things 170, every 117, all men 41, whosoever 31, everyone 28, whole 12, all manner of 11, every man 11, no + 3756 9, every thing 7, any 7, whatsoever 6, whosoever + 3739 + 302 3, always + 1223 3, daily + 2250 2, any thing 2, no + 3361 2, not tr 7, misc 26; 1243 1) ­Ó§O©Ê¦a 1a) ¨C¤@­Óªº, ¨C­Óªº, ¥ô¦óªº, ©Ò¦³ªº, ¥þÅé, ¨C¤@­Ó¤H, ©Ò¦³ªº¨Æ, ¨C¤@¥ó¨Æ 2) ¥þÅé©Ê¦a 2a) ©Ò¦³ºØÃþ¤¤ªº¤@¨Ç

3956 pas {pas} including all the forms of declension; TDNT - 5:886,795; adj AV - all 748, all things 170, every 117, all men 41, whosoever 31, everyone 28, whole 12, all manner of 11, every man 11, no + 3756 9, every thing 7, any 7, whatsoever 6, whosoever + 3739 + 302 3, always + 1223 3, daily + 2250 2, any thing 2, no + 3361 2, not tr 7, misc 26; 1243 1) individually 1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things, everything 2) collectively 2a) some of all types
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3957 pascha {pas'-khah} ·½©ó¨ÈÄõ¤å, ¨£§Æ§B¨Ó¤å¦r¨å 06453; TDNT - 5:896,797; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - Passover 28, Easter 1; 29 1) ¹O¶V¸`ªºÄ묹(²ß«U¤W¥Î¥H¬ö©À¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¯ª¥ý³Q±q®J¤Î±a»â¥X¨Ó) 2) ¹O¶V¸`ªº¯Ì¦Ï, ¥ç§Y ¥H¦â¦C¤H²ß«U¤W¦b¥§´²¤ë(¨C¦~ªº²Ä¤@­Ó¤ë)¤Q¥|¤é©Ò®_±þ¦Ó¦Yªº¯Ì¦Ï, ¥Î¥H¬ö©À¥L­Ìªº¥ý¯ª¦b·Ç³ÆÂ÷¶}®J¤Î«e, ¨Ì¯«ªº©R¥O¦Ó®_¦Y¯Ì¦Ï, ¨Ã±N¨ä¦åÅx¦bªù·°¤W, ·í ·À©R¤Ñ¨Ï¨£¨ì³o¦å®É, ´N¶V¹L¸Ó¤á; °ò·þªº¤W¤Q¬[³Q¤ñ³ë¬°³o³Q±þªº¹O¶V¸`¯Ì¦Ï 3) ¹O¶V¸`ªº±ßÀ\ 4) ¹O¶V¸`ªººá®u, ¬°¬ö©À¹O¶V¸`¦Ó¦³ªººá®u, ¥Ñ¥§´²¤ë¤Q¥|¤é¤@ª½¶i¦æ¨ì¤Ü¤é

3957 pascha {pas'-khah} of Aramaic origin cf 06453; TDNT - 5:896,797; n n AV - Passover 28, Easter 1; 29 1) the paschal sacrifice (which was accustomed to be offered for the people's deliverance of old from Egypt) 2) the paschal lamb, i.e. the lamb the Israelites were accustomed to slay and eat on the fourteenth day of the month of Nisan (the first month of their year) in memory of the day on which their fathers, preparing to depart from Egypt, were bidden by God to slay and eat a lamb, and to sprinkle their door posts with its blood, that the destroying angel, seeing the blood, might pass over their dwellings; Christ crucified is likened to the slain paschal lamb 3) the paschal supper 4) the paschal feast, the feast of the Passover, extending from the 14th to the 20th day of the month Nisan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3958 pascho {pas'-kho} ¥]¬A (patho {path'-o} ©M pentho {pen'-tho}), ¥u¥Î¯S¥Î¯S©wªº®ÉºA®É ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 5:904,798; µü AV - suffer 39, be vexed 1, passion + 3588 1, feel 1; 42 1) ·|³Q¼vÅT©Î´¿³Q¼vÅT¨ì, ·P¨ì, ¦³¤Á¨­¸gÅç, ¸g¾ú 1a) ¦b¦nªº¤è­±¨Ó»¡, ¦n¹B¨ì, ¦³¦nªºµ²ªG 1b) ¦bÃaªº¤è­±¨Ó»¡, ´d¶Ëªº¾D¹J, ³´¤J§x¹Ò¤¤ 1b1) ¦p«ü¥Í¯fªº¤H(#¥i 5:26|)

3958 pascho {pas'-kho} including the forms (patho {path'-o} and pentho {pen'-tho}), used only in certain tenses for it apparently a root word; TDNT - 5:904,798; v AV - suffer 39, be vexed 1, passion + 3588 1, feel 1; 42 1) to be affected or have been affected, to feel, have a sensible experience, to undergo 1a) in a good sense, to be well off, in good case 1b) in a bad sense, to suffer sadly, be in a bad plight 1b1) of a sick person
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3959 Patara {pat'-ar-ah} probably of foreign origin;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Patara 1; 1 ©¬¤j³â= "¼Æ¸¨, ©G»y, ¶A©G" 1) ¨½¦è¨È¦a¾a®üªº«°¥«, ¦]ªüªiù(¤Ó¶§¯«)¯«·µ¦ÓµÛ¦W (#®{ 21:1|)

3959 Patara {pat'-ar-ah} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Patara 1; 1 Patara = "scattering, cursing" 1) a maritime city of Lycia, celebrated for its oracle of Apollo
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3960 patasso {pat-as'-so} probably ÂX®i«¬ from 3817; TDNT - 5:939,804; °Êµü AV - smite 9, strike 1; 10 1) »´»´¦a¼²À»: ¨­Å骺¤@³¡¤À©Î¨ä¤¤¤@­Ó¦¨­û 2) ¥Î¼C¥´À», ­«À», §é¿i, ¥O¨¸´c­°Á{, ¦p¦Ü©Rªº¬Ì¯g 3) ­«À», ¬å¤U, ±þ¼®, ´Ý±þ

3960 patasso {pat-as'-so} probably prolongation from 3817; TDNT - 5:939,804; v AV - smite 9, strike 1; 10 1) to strike gently: as a part or a member of the body 2) to stroke, smite: with the sword, to afflict, to visit with evils, etc. as with a deadly disease 3) to smite down, cut down, to kill, slay
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3961 pateo {pat-eh'-o} ¥i¯à·½¦Û3817ªº­l¥Í¦r (·N¿× "¸ô®|"); TDNT - 5:940,804; °Êµü AV - tread 3, tread down 1, tread under feet 1; 5 1) ¦æ¨«,½ñ¤W (#±Ò 14:20,19:15|) 2) (¨ã·´Ãa·N¹Ïªº)½î½ñ (#¸ô 21:24; ±Ò 11:2|)

3961 pateo {pat-eh'-o} from a derivative probably of 3817 (meaning a "path"); TDNT - 5:940,804; v AV - tread 3, tread down 1, tread under feet 1; 5 1) to tread 1a) to trample, crush with the feet 1b) to advance by setting foot upon, tread upon: to encounter successfully the greatest perils from the machinations and persecutions with which Satan would fain thwart the preaching of the gospel 1c) to tread under foot, trample on, i.e. to treat with insult and contempt: to desecrate the holy city by devastation and outrage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3962 pater {pat-ayr'} ÅãµM¬°¦r®Ú; TDNT - 5:945,805; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Father 268, father 150; 419 1) ¥Í¨|ªÌ©Î¨k©Ê¥ý¯ª 1a) ¸ûªñªº¥ý¯ª: ¦×¨­ªº¤÷¿Ë, ¨­¥Íªº¤÷¿Ë, ©ÎÂù¿Ë 1b) ¸û»·ªº¥ý¯ª: ©v±Ú©Î¤ä¬£ªº³Ð©lªÌ, ¤@­Ó¥Á±Úªº©l¯ª, ¯ª©v: ¨È§B©Ô¨u ³QºÙ¬°¬O¶®¦U©M¤j½Ãªº¥ý¯ª 1b1) ¤÷¥ç§Y¥ý¯ª, ¯ª©v, ¤@­Ó°ê®aªº³Ð©lªÌ 1c) ¦~¬ö¸ûªøªº¤H, ªøªÌ 2) Áô³ë 2a) ¥ô¦ó¨Æª«ªº¶}¤s©l¯ª¤Î¶Ç¹FªÌ 2a1) ¤@­Ó®a±Ú, ©Î¬O¥Ñ©M¦Û¤v¦³¦P¼Ë²z©Àªº¤H¤h©Ò²Õ¦¨ªº¹ÎÅ餧³Ð©l¤H 2a2) ±N¦Û¤vªº²z©ÀÄé¿éµ¹¥L¤H, ¿EÀy¥BºÞ²z¥L­Ìªº·Qªkªº¤H 2b) ¤@­Ó³B©ó¤÷¿Ëªº¦a¦ì¥B¥H¿Ë¾·ÓÅU¥L¤Hªº¤H 2c) ´L·qªººÙ©I 2c1) ¦Ñ®v, ·í¨ä§Ì¤l¦^ÅU±o¦Û¥Lªºª¾ÃÑ©M°V½m®É, ©Ò¥ÎªººÙ©I 2c2) µS¤Ó±Ðij·|/¤½·|¤¤ªº¦¨­û, ¥H¨ä´¼¼z¤Î±M¤~,¨Ï¥L¤H±o¯q 3) ¤W«Ò³QºÙ¬°¤Ñ¤÷ 3a) ¦]¬°Í¢¬O¬P±J, ¤Ñ¤W¤§ªº¤Ó¶§©M¤ë«Gªº³Ð³yªÌ, ¤ä«ùªÌ, ©MºÞ²zªÌ 3b) ¦]¬°Í¢¬O¤Z¦³²z©Ê, ¦³´¼¼zªÌªº³Ð³yªÌ, «O¦sªÌ, ¦uÅ@ªÌ, «OÅ@ªÌ, µL½×¬O¤Ñ¨Ï©Î¤HÃþ 3b1) ¤Z¦³ÆFªº¥Í©Rªº©M©Ò¦³¤HÃþªº¤÷ 3c) Í¢¬O¨C¦ì°ò·þ®{ªº¤÷¿Ë, Âǵ۰ò·þ±o»P¤W«Ò¦³¯S§O¿Ëªñ, ¥B¿Ë±KªºÃö«Y, ¨Ã¥B¤£¦A®`©È¦Û¤w¬O¸o¤H, ·|¨ü¨ì¯«ªºÄY¼Fªº¼f§P, ¤Ï­Ë´L·qÍ¢, ¬O¤w »P¦Û¤v©M¦nªº¿Ë·R¤÷¿Ë. 3d) Í¢¬O­C¿q°ò·þªº¤÷, Í¢¬O¥H·R©M¤÷Áp¦X, ¥B¦³¿Ë±KªºÃö«Y, ©ú¥Õ¤Ñ¤÷ªº¦®·NªÌ, ³Q«ü¬£¥h¸ÑÄÀ©M°õ¦æ¯«¬@±Ï¥@¤Hªº­pµe, ¤]©M¥@¤H¤À¨É¦Û¤vªº¯«©Ê. 3d1) ÂǥѭC¿q°ò·þ¥L¦Û¤v 3d2) ÂǥѨϮ{

3962 pater {pat-ayr'} apparently a root word; TDNT - 5:945,805; n m AV - Father 268, father 150; 419 1) generator or male ancestor 1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal nature, natural fathers, both parents 1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe, progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called, Jacob and David 1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation 1c) one advanced in years, a senior 2) metaph. 2a) the originator and transmitter of anything 2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by the same spirit as himself 2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who actuates and governs their minds 2b) one who stands in a father's place and looks after another in a paternal way 2c) a title of honour 2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge and training they have received 2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled, to take charge of the interests of others 3) God is called the Father 3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their creator, upholder, ruler 3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and protector 3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men 3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father 3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also in his own divine nature 3d1) by Jesus Christ himself 3d2) by the apostles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3963 Patmos {pat'-mos} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Patmos 1; 1 ©Þ¼¯ = "§Úªº±þ¼®" 1) ·Rµ^®ü¤¤¤@­Ó±T¹ò¥B¤o¯ó¤£¥Íªº®ü®q #±Ò 1:9|

3963 Patmos {pat'-mos} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Patmos 1; 1 Patmos = "my killing" 1) a rugged and bare island in the Aegean Sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3964 patraloas {pat-ral-o'-as} ·½¦Û 3962 and »P...¦P the latter ¤Àµüof 3389;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - murder of a father 1; 1 1) ·I¤÷(#´£«e 1:9|)

3964 patraloas {pat-ral-o'-as} from 3962 and the same as the latter part of 3389;; n m AV - murder of a father 1; 1 1) a patricide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3965 patria {pat-ree-ah'} 3962ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 5:1015,805; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - lineage 1, kindred 1, family 1; 3 1) ®a±Ú, ©v±Ú (#¸ô 2:4|) 2) °ê®a, ¤H¥Á (#®{ 3:2) 3) (¾ãÅ馨­ûªº¤@­Ó¤À¤ä) ®a (#¥± 3:15|)

3965 patria {pat-ree-ah'} a derivative of 3962; TDNT - 5:1015,805; n f AV - lineage 1, kindred 1, family 1; 3 1) lineage running back to some progenitor, ancestry 2) a nation or tribe 2a) a group of families, all those who in a given people lay claim to a common origin 2b) the Israelites which distributed into twelve tribes, descended from the twelve sons of Jacob, these were divided into families which were divided into houses 3) family, in a wider sense, nation, people
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3966 patriarches {pat-ree-arkh'-ace} ·½©ó 3965 ©M 757;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - patriarch 4; 4 1) ±Úªø, ³¡±Úªº³Ð¥ß¤H, ¯ª¥ý 1a) «ü¥H¦â¦C¤ä¬£ªº©l¯ª, ¶®¦Uªº¤Q¤G­Ó¨à¤l 1b) «ü¨È§B©Ô¨u, ¥H¼», ©M¶®¦U

3966 patriarches {pat-ree-arkh'-ace} from 3965 and 757;; n m AV - patriarch 4; 4 1) patriarch, founder of a tribe, progenitor 1a) of the twelve sons of Jacob, founders of the tribes of Israel 1b) of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3967 patrikos {pat-ree-kos'} ·½¦Û 3962; TDNT - 5:1021,805; §Î®eµü AV - of (one's) fathers 1; 1 1) ¤÷¿Ëªº, ¯ª¥ýªº, ¨ü¤÷¿Ë©Ò¶Ç¤U©Î±q¤÷¿Ë¨º¸Ì±o¨Ó(#¥[ 1:14|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5869

3967 patrikos {pat-ree-kos'} from 3962; TDNT - 5:1021,805; adj AV - of (one's) fathers 1; 1 1) paternal, ancestral, handed down by or received from one's fathers For Synonyms see entry 5869
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3968 patris {pat-rece'} ·½©ó 3902;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - (one's) own country 5, country 3; 8 1) ¤@¤H©ÒÄݪº°ê®a, ¦Û¤vªº®a¶m, ¦Ñ®a 1a) ¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤÷®a©Ò¦b¤§¦a, ¨ä©ÒÄݪº°ê®a, ©T©wªº¦í©Ò©Î®a, ¥Ã¤[¦a§} 1b) ¤@¤H¤g¥Í¤gªøªº¦a¤è, ¤ñ¦p, ¬Y­Ó«°¥«

3968 patris {pat-rece'} from 3902;; n f AV - (one's) own country 5, country 3; 8 1) one's native country 1a) one's fatherland, one's own country, a fixed abode or home 1b) one's own native place i.e. a city
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3969 Patrobas {pat-rob'-as} perhaps countr. for Patrobios (a compound of 3962 and 979);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Patrobas 1; 1 ¤Kù¤Ú = "¤÷¿Ëªº,¦ü¤÷¿Ëªº,±o¦Û¤÷¿Ëªº" 1)ù°¨«°¤º¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{

3969 Patrobas {pat-rob'-as} perhaps countr. for Patrobios (a compound of 3962 and 979);; n pr m AV - Patrobas 1; 1 Patrobas = "paternal" 1) a certain Christian in Rome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3970 patroparadotos {pat-rop-ar-ad'-ot-os} ·½¦Û 3962 and a derivative of 3860 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N handing over or down);; §Î®eµü AV - received by tradition from (one's) fathers 1; 1 1) ±q¯ª¥ý©Î¤÷®a¶Ç©Ó¤U¨Ó (#©¼«e 1:18|)

3970 patroparadotos {pat-rop-ar-ad'-ot-os} from 3962 and a derivative of 3860 (in the sense of handing over or down);; adj AV - received by tradition from (one's) fathers 1; 1 1) handed down from one's father's or ancestors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3971 patroos {pat-ro'-os} ·½¦Û 3962; TDNT - 5:1014,*; §Î®eµü AV - of (one's) fathers 2, of the fathers 1; 3 1) ±q¤÷¨ì¤l©Î±q¯ª¥ý¨ì¤l®], ¥¿¦p¤w¦³Ä~©ÓÅv 2) ±q¤÷½ú¦Ó©Ó±µ §ä¦P¸qµü°Ñ¬Ý 5869

3971 patroos {pat-ro'-os} from 3962; TDNT - 5:1014,*; adj AV - of (one's) fathers 2, of the fathers 1; 3 1) descending from father to son or from ancestors to their posterity as it were by right of inheritance 2) received from the fathers For Synonyms see entry 5869
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3972 Paulos {pow'-los} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Paul 163, Paulus (the deputy) 1; 164 «Où = ¡u¤pªº©Î¤Öªº¡v 1) «Où¬O³Ì¦³¦Wªº¨Ï®{, ¼g¤F¦n¤@³¡¤Àºëªöªº·s¬ù, ¤]´N¬O¤Q¥|¨÷«Où®Ñ«H 2) ¤h¨D«Où¬O©~¤ñ¸ôªº¥Nªí©Î°Æ»â¨Æ, Å¥»¡¬°¤Hºë©ú , ºÞ²z¨Æ°È, ¬O¤è§B (#®{ 13:7|)

3972 Paulos {pow'-los} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Paul 163, Paulus (the deputy) 1; 164 Paul or Paulus = "small or little" 1) Paul was the most famous of the apostles and wrote a good part of the NT, the 14 Pauline epistles 2) Paulus was a deputy or pro-consul of Cyprus and is said to be a prudent man, in the management of affairs, as a governor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3973 pauo {pow'-o} ¦r®Ú«¬ °Êµü("°±¦í");; °Êµü AV - cease 12, leave 2, refrain 1; 15 1) ¨Ï°±®§©Î°±¤î 2) ¨¾¤î¬Y¨Æµo¥Í¦b¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª«¤W 3) ²×¤î; µ²§ô 4) ¥Ñ¸o¤¤±o¨ìÄÀ©ñ 4a) ¤£¦A¦]¸oªº¿E°Ê©M¤Þ»¤¦Ó³QÅÍÂZ

3973 pauo {pow'-o} a root verb ("pause");; v AV - cease 12, leave 2, refrain 1; 15 1) to make to cease or desist 2) to restrain a thing or person from something 3) to cease, to leave off 4) have got release from sin 4a) no longer stirred by its incitements and seductions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3974 Paphos {paf'-os} ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Paphos 2; 2 ©¬¥± = "ªmÄË ©Î ¿K¼ö" 1) ¶ë´¶¾|´µ¦è©¤ªº«°¥«,ù°¨Á`·þ©Ò¦b¦a(#®{ 13:6,13|)

3974 Paphos {paf'-os} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Paphos 2; 2 Paphos = "boiling or hot" 1) a maritime city on the west end of Cyprus, with a harbour. It was the residence of a Roman proconsul. "Old Paphos" was noted for the worship and shrine of Venus (Aphrodite) and lay some 7 miles (10 km) to the south-east of it.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3975 pachuno {pakh-oo'-no} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4078 (meaning thick); TDNT - 5:1022,816; °Êµü AV - wax gross 2; 2 1) ¨ÏÅܲÊ, ¨ÏÅܪέD, ªøªÎ 2) Áô³ë. ¨ÏÅÜ·MÄø (¨Ï¤ßÆF»X½ªÅܶwªøÃµ) (#¤Ó 13:15; ®{ 28:27|)

3975 pachuno {pakh-oo'-no} from a derivative of 4078 (meaning thick); TDNT - 5:1022,816; v AV - wax gross 2; 2 1) to make thick, to make fat, fatten 2) metaph. to make stupid (to render the soul dull or callous)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3976 pede {ped'-ay} ³Ì²×·½¦Û 4228;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fetter 3; 3 1) ¸}ôï, ¸}¤WªºÏEÂê #¥i 5:4;¸ô 8:29|

3976 pede {ped'-ay} ultimately from 4228;; n f AV - fetter 3; 3 1) a fetter, shackle for the feet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3977 pedinos {ped-ee-nos'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4228 (meaning the ground);; §Î®eµü AV - plain + 5117 1; 1 1) ¤ô¥­ªº, ¥­©Zªº (#¸ô 6:17|)

3977 pedinos {ped-ee-nos'} from a derivative of 4228 (meaning the ground);; adj AV - plain + 5117 1; 1 1) level, plain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3978 pezeuo {ped-zyoo'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 3979;; °Êµü AV - go afoot 1; 1 1) ¨B¦æ («D­¼¨®°¨§¤ÃM), ©ÎªuµÛ³°¦a (©Î¬Û¹ïªº, ªuµÛ®ü©¤) (#®{ 20:13|)

3978 pezeuo {ped-zyoo'-o} from the same as 3979;; v AV - go afoot 1; 1 1) to travel on foot (not on horseback or in carriage), or (if opp. to going by sea) by land
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3979 peze {ped-zay'} ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ®æ³±©Ê of a derivative of 4228 (as adv);; °Æµü AV - on foot 1, afoot 1; 2 1) ¨B¦æ (¦³§O©óÃM°¨­¼¨®) 2) ¸g¥Ñ³°¦a (¦³§O©ó¸g¥Ñ®ü½u) (#¤Ó 14:13; ¥i 6:33|)

3979 peze {ped-zay'} dative case feminine of a derivative of 4228 (as adv);; adv AV - on foot 1, afoot 1; 2 1) on foot (as opposed to riding) 2) by land (as opposed to going by sea)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3980 peitharcheo {pi-tharkh-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 3982 and 757; TDNT - 6:9,818; °Êµü AV - obey 2, hearken unto 1, obey a magistrate 1; 4 1) Å¥±q (ºÞ²z¤H©Î¤W¥q)

3980 peitharcheo {pi-tharkh-eh'-o} from a compound of 3982 and 757; TDNT - 6:9,818; v AV - obey 2, hearken unto 1, obey a magistrate 1; 4 1) to obey (a ruler or a superior)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3981 peithos {pi-thos'} or peitho {pi-tho'} ·½¦Û 3982; TDNT - 6:8,818; §Î®eµü AV - enticing 1; 1 1) ¦³»¡ªA¤Oªº (#ªL«e 2:4|)

3981 peithos {pi-thos'} or peitho {pi-tho'} from 3982; TDNT - 6:8,818; adj AV - enticing 1; 1 1) persuasive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3982 peitho {pi'-tho} ¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 6:1,818; °Êµü AV - persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55 1) ÄUªA 1a) »¡ªA, ¥ç§Y ¥Î¸Ü»y¨Ï¤H¬Û«H 1b) ¥æªB¤Í, ±o¨ì¬Y¤Hªº³ß·R, Àò±o¤Hªº¦n¦L¶H, ©Î«ü¥ø¹Ïª§¨úÀò±o¬Y¤H, §V¤O¥h°Q¦n¬Y¤H 1c) ¨Ï¥­ÀR 1d) ¨Ï«HªA, ¥ç§Y ¹ª°Ê¬Y¤H¨Ï¨ä¥[¤J¬Y­Ó«H¥õ©Î¬y¬£¦Ó°µ¬Y¨Æ 2) ³Q»¡ªA 2a) ³Q»¡ªA, Åý¦Û¤v³QÄUªA; ¬Û«H: ¹ï¬Y¨Æ¦³«H¤ß 2a1) ¬Û«H 2a2) ³Q»¡ªA¦Ó¬Û«HÃö©ó¬Y¤Hªº¨Æ 2b) Å¥±q, ªA±q, ©}±q©ó, ¿í±q 3) «H¥ô, ¦³«H¤ß, ¦³«H¤ßªº

3982 peitho {pi'-tho} a primary verb; TDNT - 6:1,818; v AV - persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55 1) persuade 1a) to persuade, i.e. to induce one by words to believe 1b) to make friends of, to win one's favour, gain one's good will, or to seek to win one, strive to please one 1c) to tranquillise 1d) to persuade unto i.e. move or induce one to persuasion to do something 2) be persuaded 2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one's self to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing 2a1) to believe 2a2) to be persuaded of a thing concerning a person 2b) to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with 3) to trust, have confidence, be confident
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3983 peinao {pi-nah'-o} ·½¦Û »P 3993 ¦P (³z¹LºòÁY©ó¨¯­W¤u§@¤¤¤§·N©À; "­W«ä(´÷±æ)"); TDNT - 6:12,820; °Êµü AV - hunger 10, be an hungred 9, be hungry 3, hungry 1; 23 1) °§´÷, °§¾j 1a) ½a¥F 1b) ¯Ê¥F 2) Áô³ë. ¼ö¤Á­n¨D, ±j¯P´÷¼}¦a´M¨D

3983 peinao {pi-nah'-o} from the same as 3993 (through the idea of pinching toil; "pine"); TDNT - 6:12,820; v AV - hunger 10, be an hungred 9, be hungry 3, hungry 1; 23 1) to hunger, be hungry 1a) to suffer want 1b) to be needy 2) metaph. to crave ardently, to seek with eager desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3984 peira {pi'-rah} ·½©ó 4008 ªº¦r·½ (¨ú¨ä ¬ð¯} ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 6:23,822; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - assay + 2983 1, trial 1; 2 1) À|¸Õ, ¸g¾ú, ¥ø¹Ï 2) ¸ÕµÛ§¹¦¨¬Y¨Æ, À|¸Õ¬Y¨Æ©Î¦ÒÅç¬Y¤H 3) À|¸Õ¬Y¨Æ, ¸g¾ú¬Y¨Æªº¦ÒÅç 4) ¸gÅç, ¿Ë¨­¸g¾ú¦Óª¾¹D

3984 peira {pi'-rah} from the base of 4008 (through the idea of piercing); TDNT - 6:23,822; n f AV - assay + 2983 1, trial 1; 2 1) a trial, experience, attempt 2) to attempt a thing, to make trial of a thing or of a person 3) to have a trial of a thing 4) to experience, learn to know by experience
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3985 peirazo {pi-rad'-zo} ·½©ó 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; °Êµü AV - tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39 1) ¸Õ¬Ý¬Ý¬Y¨Æ¬O§_¥i¦¨´N 1a) À|¸Õ, ¥ø¹Ï 2) ¸ÕÅç, ´ú¸Õ: ¬°¤F­n¬d©ú½T©w¥Lªºµ{«×, ¥L¦b·Q¤°»ò, ©Î¥L±N·|¦p¦ó°µ 2a) «ü¦b¦nªº¤è­±¦Ó¨¥. 2b) ¦bÃaªº¤è­±¦Ó¨¥, ´c·Nªº¸Õ±´¬Y¤H, ¥H¬¾¶Bªº¤â¬q¦ÒÅç¤Hªº·P±¡©Î§PÂ_ 2c) ¥H¸oªº»¤´b¨Ó¸ÕÅç©Î¦ÒÅç¬Y¤Hªº«H¤ß, «~¼w, ¤H®æ, ­Ó©Ê 2c1) ¸oªº¤Þ»¤, »¤´b 1c1a) Å]°­ªº»¤´b 2d) ¬ù®É¥N¥H«áªº¥Îªk 2d1) «ü°ß¤@ªº¯«: ÅýÅ]°­¹ï¤H¬I¥H§@¬°, ¥HÃÒ©ú¸Ó¤Hªº¦b«H¥õ¤Wªº°í©w¤£²¾¤ÎÄÝ©Ê 2d2) ¤H¦]¹ï¯«ªºÃhºÃ¦Ó«_¥Ç¤F¯«, ¤ñ¦p¤H·Q¸Õ¸Õ¬Ý¯«¬O§_¬O¯u¹ê¥i«Hªº 2d3) ¥H¤£°@¸Û©Î¨¸´cªº¤èªk¥h¸Õ±´¯«ªº¤½¸q¤Î­@¤ß©M¬D¾Ô¯«, ­n¯«¨ÓÃÒ©úÍ¢ªº§¹¬ü©Ê

3985 peirazo {pi-rad'-zo} from 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; v AV - tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39 1) to try whether a thing can be done 1a) to attempt, endeavour 2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining his quantity, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself 2a) in a good sense 2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgments 2c) to try or test one's faith, virtue, character, by enticement to sin 2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt 1c1a) of the temptations of the devil 2d) after the OT usage 2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his character and the steadfastness of his faith 2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust, as though they wished to try whether he is not justly distrusted 2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God's justice and patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof of his perfections.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3986 peirasmos {pi-ras-mos'} ·½©ó 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - temptation 19, temptations 1, try 1; 21 1) ¸ÕÅç, À|¸Õ, ¥ø¹Ï(¤Þ»¤...), ¦ÒÅç, ¬dÅç 1a) ¦ÒÅç, ¸Õ·Ò: #¥[ 4:14":§A­Ì¬°§Ú¨­Å骺½t¬G¨ü¸Õ·Ò, ¦]·í®É¥[©Ô¤Óªº±¡ªp¦ÒÅç¨ì¥L­Ì ¹ï«Oùªº·R 1b) ¹ï¤Hªº©¾­s, ¥¿ª½, ¹D¼w, ­s¸`µ¥ªº¸Õ·Ò 1b1) ¸oªº»¤´b, ¤Þ»¤, ¤£½×¬O¥Ñ¤º¦bªº¼¤±æ©Î¥~¦bªºÀô¹Ò©Ò¤Þ°_ªº 1b2) ¤º¦b¹ï¸oªº»¤´b 1b2a) «üÅ]°­¥ø¹Ï¨Ï°ò·þ(§YÀ±ÁɨÈ)°¾Â÷¯«©Ò¥æ¥IÍ¢ªº¨Ï©Rªº»¤´b (#¸ô 4:14|) 1b3) «ü·|¨Ï§Ú­Ì¨ü¨ì¸oªº»¤´b, ©Î¦b«H¤ß©M¸t¼ä¤W³n®zªº¥~¦b±¡ªp©Î¤º¦bªº¤ß«ä·N©À 1b4) °f¹Ò, ¼~¶Ë, §xÂZ: ¨Ó¦Û©ó¯«ªº¦w±Æ, ¥H¸Õ·Ò©ÎÅã©ú¤@­Ó¤Hªº«~©Ê, «H¤ß, ©M¸t¼ä 1c) ¤H¹ï¯«ªº¸Õ±´ 1c1) ­I«q¯«, ¬D¾Ô©Î¸ÕÅ篫, ­nÍ¢¥ÎÅã¥ÜÍ¢ªºÅv¬`©M¤½¸q¨ÓÃÒ©úÍ¢ªº¦s¦b

3986 peirasmos {pi-ras-mos'} from 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822; n m AV - temptation 19, temptations 1, try 1; 21 1) an experiment, attempt, trial, proving 1a) trial, proving: the trial made of you by my bodily condition, since condition served as to test the love of the Galatians toward Paul (Gal. 4:14) 1b) the trial of man's fidelity, integrity, virtue, constancy 1b1) an enticement to sin, temptation, whether arising from the desires or from the outward circumstances 1b2) an internal temptation to sin 1b2a) of the temptation by which the devil sought to divert Jesus the Messiah from his divine errand 1b3) of the condition of things, or a mental state, by which we are enticed to sin, or to a lapse from the faith and holiness 1b4) adversity, affliction, trouble: sent by God and serving to test or prove one's character, faith, holiness 1c) temptation (i.e. trial) of God by men 1c1) rebellion against God, by which his power and justice are, as it were, put to the proof and challenged to show themselves
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3987 peirao {pi-rah'-o} ·½©ó 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; °Êµü AV - assay 1, go about 1, vr tempted 1; 3 1) À|¸Õ, ¥ø¹Ï 1a) ¥ÑÀ|¸Õ¤¤¾Ç²ß, ¸gÅçÂ×´Iªº, ¦Ñ½mªº 2) ¸ÕÅç, ¸Õ±´¬Y¤H, ­n¤H¥hÃÒ©ú... (#¨Ó 4:15|) 2a) ¤Hªº²z´¼, ±¡ºü, µÊ®ð 2b) ¤×¨ä«ü»¤¨Ï¬Y¤H¥h¥Ç¸o(¯S§O«ü¦×Å鱡¼¤¤è­±ªº¸o) 2c) ¤Þ»¤¥h¥Ç¸o

3987 peirao {pi-rah'-o} from 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; v AV - assay 1, go about 1, vr tempted 1; 3 1) to make a trial of, to attempt 1a) taught by trial, experienced 2) to test, to make trial of one, put him to proof 2a) his mind, sentiments, temper 2b) in particular, to attempt to induce one to commit some (esp. carnal) crime 2c) tempted to sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3988 peismone {pice-mon-ay'} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 3982; TDNT - 6:9,818; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - persuasion 1; 1 1) ¬£¨t, ±Ð¬£, ÄU§i, ÄU»¡ 2) ¤£¥i«H©ÎÄF¤HªºÄU¾É (#¥[ 5:8|)

3988 peismone {pice-mon-ay'} from a presumed derivative of 3982; TDNT - 6:9,818; n f AV - persuasion 1; 1 1) persuasion 2) treacherous or deceptive persuasion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3989 pelagos {pel'-ag-os} of uncertain affinity;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - depth 1, sea 1; 2 1) ®ü 2) ®üªº²`³B(²îÄ¥¯è¦æªº)

3989 pelagos {pel'-ag-os} of uncertain affinity;; n n AV - depth 1, sea 1; 2 1) the sea 2) the high sea, the deep (where ships sail)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3990 pelekizo {pel-ek-id'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4141 (meaning an axe);; °Êµü AV - behead 1; 1 1) ¥Î©òÀY¬å¤U, ¬åÀY (#±Ò 20:4|)

3990 pelekizo {pel-ek-id'-zo} from a derivative of 4141 (meaning an axe);; v AV - behead 1; 1 1) to cut off with an axe, to behead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3991 pemptos {pemp'-tos} ·½¦Û 4002;; §Î®eµü AV - fifth 4; 4 1) ²Ä¤­

3991 pemptos {pemp'-tos} from 4002;; adj AV - fifth 4; 4 1) fifth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3992 pempo {pem'-po} ¦r®Ú¦r; TDNT - 1:398,67; °Êµü AV - send 77, thrust in 2, again send 2; 81 1) ®t°e 1a) §â¤@¥óªF¦è±aµ¹¬Y¤H 1b) §â¤@¼ËªF¦è°e¶i(´¡¶i©Î¶ë¶i)¥t¤@¼ËªF¦è¸Ì ¦P¸q¦r¨£5813

3992 pempo {pem'-po} apparently a root word; TDNT - 1:398,67; v AV - send 77, thrust in 2, again send 2; 81 1) to send 1a) to bid a thing to be carried to one 1b) to send (thrust or insert) a thing into another For Synonyms see entry 5813
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3993 penes {pen'-ace} ·½¦Û a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); TDNT - 6:37,824; §Î®eµü AV - poor 1; 1 1) ³h½aªº (#ªL«á 9:9|) For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5870

3993 penes {pen'-ace} from a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); TDNT - 6:37,824; adj AV - poor 1; 1 1) poor For Synonyms see entry 5870
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3994 penthera {pen-ther-ah'} ·½¦Û 3995;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mother in law 3, wife's mother 3; 6 1) ±C±C, ©¨¥À, ©d¤lªº¥À¿Ë

3994 penthera {pen-ther-ah'} from 3995;; n f AV - mother in law 3, wife's mother 3; 6 1) mother-in-law, a wife's mother
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3995 pentheros {pen-ther-os'} of uncertain affinity;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - father in law 1; 1 1) ©¨¤÷, ©d¤lªº¤÷¿Ë

3995 pentheros {pen-ther-os'} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - father in law 1; 1 1) father-in-law, a wife's father
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3996 pentheo {pen-theh'-o} ·½¦Û 3997; TDNT - 6:40,825; °Êµü AV - mourn 7, wail 2, bewail 1; 10 1) ´d¼Û 2) ¬°¤F... ´d¶Ë, «s±¥¬Y¤H

3996 pentheo {pen-theh'-o} from 3997; TDNT - 6:40,825; v AV - mourn 7, wail 2, bewail 1; 10 1) to mourn 2) to mourn for, lament one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3997 penthos {pen'-thos} ¬O 3958¥æ´À±j¤Æ¦r ; TDNT - 6:40,825; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorrow 3, mourning 2; 5 1) ´d«s, «sÀz

3997 penthos {pen'-thos} strengthened from the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 6:40,825; n n AV - sorrow 3, mourning 2; 5 1) mourning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3998 penichros {pen-ikh-ros'} 3993°ò¦ªºÂX®i«¬; TDNT - 6:40,824; §Î®eµü AV - poor 1; 1 1) ³h½aªº, ³h§xªº #¸ô 21:2|

3998 penichros {pen-ikh-ros'} prolongation from the base of 3993; TDNT - 6:40,824; adj AV - poor 1; 1 1) needy, poor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
3999 pentakis {pen-tak-ece'} multiplicative °Æµü from 4002;; °Æµü AV - five times 1; 1 1) ¤­¦¸ (#ªL«á 11:24|)

3999 pentakis {pen-tak-ece'} multiplicative adverb from 4002;; adv AV - five times 1; 1 1) five times
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4000 pentakischilioi {pen-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û 3999 »P 5507; §Î®eµü AV - five thousand 6; 6 1) ¤­¤d

4000 pentakischilioi {pen-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy} from 3999 and 5507;; adj AV - five thousand 6; 6 1) five thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4001 pentakosioi {pen-tak-os'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û 4002 and 1540;; §Î®eµü AV - five hundred 2; 2 1) ¤­¦Ê (#¸ô 7:41; ªL«e 15:6|)

4001 pentakosioi {pen-tak-os'-ee-oy} from 4002 and 1540;; adj AV - five hundred 2; 2 1) five hundred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4002 pente {pen'-teh} ¥D­nªº¼Æ¦r;; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƪº¦Wµü AV - five 36, three score and fifteen + 1440 1, fifty thousand + 3461 1; 38 1) ¤­

4002 pente {pen'-teh} a primary number;; n indecl AV - five 36, three score and fifteen + 1440 1, fifty thousand + 3461 1; 38 1) five
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4003 pentekaidekatos {pen-tek-ahee-ded'-at-os} ·½¦Û 4002 ©M 2532 ©M 1182;; §Î®eµü AV - fifteenth 1; 1 1) ²Ä¤Q¤­

4003 pentekaidekatos {pen-tek-ahee-ded'-at-os} from 4002 and 2532 and 1182;; adj AV - fifteenth 1; 1 1) the fifteenth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4004 pentekonta {pen-tay'-kon-tah} 4002ªº­¿¼Æµü;; §Î®eµü AV - fifty 7; 7 1) ¤­¤Q

4004 pentekonta {pen-tay'-kon-tah} multiplicative of 4002;; adj AV - fifty 7; 7 1) fifty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4005 pentekoste {pen-tay-kos-tay'} 4004 §Ç¼Æªº³±©Ê; TDNT - 6:44,826; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Pentecost 3; 3 ¤­¦¯¸` = ¡u²Ä¤­¤Q¤Ñ¡v 1) ¤T¤jµS¤Ó¸`´Á¤¤²Ä¤G¤j¸`´Á, ¨C¦~©ó­C¸ô¼»§N¼y¯¬ ®É¶¡¬O¹O¶V¸`«á²Ä¤C­Ó§«ô, ªí¹ü¦¬Ã¬§¹¦¨ªº·P®¦

4005 pentekoste {pen-tay-kos-tay'} feminine of the ord. of 4004; TDNT - 6:44,826; n f AV - Pentecost 3; 3 Pentecost = "the fiftieth day" 1) the second of the three great Jewish feasts, celebrated at Jerusalem yearly, the seventh week after the Passover, in grateful recognition of the completed harvest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4006 pepoithesis {pep-oy'-thay-sis} ·½¦Û the ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ of the alternate of 3982; TDNT - 6:7,818; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - confidence 5, trust 1; 6 1) «H¥ô, «H¤ß, «H¿à, ¥i¾a

4006 pepoithesis {pep-oy'-thay-sis} from the perfect of the alternate of 3982; TDNT - 6:7,818; n f AV - confidence 5, trust 1; 6 1) trust, confidence, reliance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4007 per {per} ·½©ó 4008 ªº¦r®Ú;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - whomsoever + 3739 1, not tr 3; 4 1) ¤£½×¦p¦ó, Á`¦Ó¨¥¤§, ¨¥¦ÓÁ`¤§, ¨Æ¹ê¤W

4007 per {per} from the base of 4008;; particle AV - whomsoever + 3739 1, not tr 3; 4 1) however much, very much, altogether, indeed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4008 peran {per'-an} apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of peiro (to "pierce");; °Æµü AV - other side 10, beyond 7, over 3, on the other side 2, farther side 1; 23 1) ¦b§ó»·³B,¦b¥t¥~¤@ÀY

4008 peran {per'-an} apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of peiro (to "pierce");; adv AV - other side 10, beyond 7, over 3, on the other side 2, farther side 1; 23 1) beyond, on the other side
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4009 peras {per'-as} »P 4008 ¦P·½;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - end 2, utmost part 1, uttermost part 1; 4 1) ·¥­­, Ãä¬É, ºÉÀY 1a) «üªÅ¶¡¤W¤§·N¸q¦Ó¨¥ 1a1) ¹Ò¬É 1a2) Ãä¬É 1a3) ¤j¦aªººÉºÓ 1a4) ·¥»·¤§¦a 1b) «ü«ùÄò¤F¤@¬q®É¶¡ªº¨Æ¥óªººÉÀY

4009 peras {per'-as} from the same as 4008;; n n AV - end 2, utmost part 1, uttermost part 1; 4 1) extremity, bound, end 1a) of a portion of space 1a1) boundary 1a2) frontier 1a3) the ends of the earth 1a4) the remotest lands 1b) of a thing extending through a period of time (termination)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4010 Pergamos {per'-gam-os} ·½¦Û4444;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Pergamos 2; 2 §O­{¼¯ = "°ª³B©Î°ª«×" 1) ¦ì©ó¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº«°¥«, a city of Mysia Minor, in Asia Minor, the seat of the dynasties of Attalus and Eumenes, famous for its temple of Aesculapius and the invention and manufacture of parchment. The river Selinus flowed through it and the Cetius ran past it. It was the birthplace of the physician Galen, and had a great royal library. It had a Christian church.

4010 Pergamos {per'-gam-os} from 4444;; n pr loc AV - Pergamos 2; 2 Pergamos = "height or elevation" 1) a city of Mysia Minor, in Asia Minor, the seat of the dynasties of Attalus and Eumenes, famous for its temple of Aesculapius and the invention and manufacture of parchment. The river Selinus flowed through it and the Cetius ran past it. It was the birthplace of the physician Galen, and had a great royal library. It had a Christian church.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4011 Perge {perg'-ay} probably »P...¦P·½ 4010;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Perga 3; 3 §O¥[= "¤g½èªº, ²Ê«Uªº" 1) ¦ì©ó®Ç«D§Q¨Èªº¤@­Ó«°Âí, ¶ZCestiusªe¤f 7 ­^¨½ (10 ¤½¨½), ¦]§ÆÃ¾¨È¯S»eµ·¯«(ÂL¦w®R,¤ë¤§¤k¯«)ªº¶Ç²Î·q«ô¦Ó»D¦W (#®{ 13:13-14,14:25|)

4011 Perge {perg'-ay} probably from the same as 4010;; n pr loc AV - Perga 3; 3 Perga = "earthy" 1) a town in Pamphylia, on the river Cestius, at a distance of 7 miles (10 km) from its mouth, and famous in antiquity for the worship of Artemis (Diana)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4012 peri {per-ee'} ·½¦Û 4008 ªº¦r®Ú; TDNT - 6:53,827; ¤¶¨tµü AV - of 148, for 61, concerning 40, about 31, as touching 8, touching 3, whereof + 3739 3, not tr 4, misc 33; 331 1) ¤j¬ù, Ãö©ó, ¥Ñ©ó, ¦]¬°, ¾Fªñ, ±µªñ

4012 peri {per-ee'} from the base of 4008; TDNT - 6:53,827; prep AV - of 148, for 61, concerning 40, about 31, as touching 8, touching 3, whereof + 3739 3, not tr 4, misc 33; 331 1) about, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4013 periago {per-ee-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 71;; °Êµü AV - go about 4, lead about 1, com³Q°Ê1; 6 1) ¥|¤U¤Þ»â, ±a¦b¨­Ãä«ü¤Þ 2) ¹M³X, ¨«¹M

4013 periago {per-ee-ag'-o} from 4012 and 71;; v AV - go about 4, lead about 1, compass 1; 6 1) to lead around, to lead about with one's self 2) to go about, walk about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4014 periaireo {per-ee-ahee-reh'-o} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 138 (©M¨ä´À¥N«¬);; °Êµü AV - take away 3, take up 1; 4 1) °£¥h³ò¶©Î°é¸Tªº¦]¯À 2) Áô³ë. §¹¥þ¦a°£¥h 2a) ¸o©Êªºªí²{, ¸o§¹¥þ±oÅ«

4014 periaireo {per-ee-ahee-reh'-o} from 4012 and 138 (including its alternate);; v AV - take away 3, take up 1; 4 1) to take away that which surrounds or envelopes a thing 2) metaph. to take away altogether or entirely 2a) the guilt of sin, to expiate perfectly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4015 periastrapto {per-ee-as-trap'-to} ·½¦Û 4012 and 797;; °Êµü AV - shine round 1, shine round about 1; 2 1) ¦V¥|³ò°{Ã{µo¥ú, °{«G (#®{ 9:3, 22:6|)

4015 periastrapto {per-ee-as-trap'-to} from 4012 and 797;; v AV - shine round 1, shine round about 1; 2 1) to flash around, shine about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4016 periballo {per-ee-bal'-lo} ·½¦Û 4012 ©M 906;; °Êµü AV - clothe 7, clothed with 4, array 3, array in 3, clothe in 3, cast about 3, put on 1; 24 1) ÂY¨ì©P³ò, Â\¦b©P³ò 1a) ¥Î¤@±Æ(¬]Äæ)³ò¦í¤@­Ó«°¥« 1b) «ü¦çµÛ, µ¹¬Y¤H¬ï¦ç 1b1) ¬ïÀ¹ªF¦è¦b¬Y¤H¨­¤W 1b2) µ¹¬Y¤H¬ïÀ¹¤W¤@­ÓªF¦è 1c) ¬Y¤H¦Û¤v¬ïÀ¹¤W(¦çª«)

4016 periballo {per-ee-bal'-lo} from 4012 and 906;; v AV - clothe 7, clothed with 4, array 3, array in 3, clothe in 3, cast about 3, put on 1; 24 1) to throw around, to put around 1a) to surround a city with a bank (palisade) 1b) of garments, to clothe one 1b1) to put a thing on one 1b2) to clothe one with a thing 1c) to put on or clothe one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4017 periblepo {per-ee-blep'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 991;; °Êµü AV - look round about 3, look round about upon 2, look round about on 2; 7 1) ¥|©P¥´¶q 2) ³òµÛ¦Û¤vªº¥|©P¥´¶q 3) ±æµÛ¦Û¤v¥|©P¥´¶q

4017 periblepo {per-ee-blep'-o} from 4012 and 991;; v AV - look round about 3, look round about upon 2, look round about on 2; 7 1) to look around 2) to look around about one's self 3) to look round on one (i.e. to look for one's self at one near by)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4018 peribolaion {per-ib-ol'-ah-yon} ·½©ó»{¬°¬O 4016 ªº­l¥Í¦r ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - covering 1, vesture 1; 2 1) ¥Î¥H¾B»\¤§ª«, ¥]»qª« 1a) ¤æÁO 1b) ­±¯½

4018 peribolaion {per-ib-ol'-ah-yon} from a presumed derivative of 4016;; n n AV - covering 1, vesture 1; 2 1) a covering thrown around, a wrapper 1a) a mantle 1b) a veil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4019 perideo {per-ee-deh'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 1210;; °Êµü AV - bind about 1; 1 1) ¥]»q, ¸i¸j (#¬ù 11:44|)

4019 perideo {per-ee-deh'-o} from 4012 and 1210;; v AV - bind about 1; 1 1) to bind around, tie over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4020 periergazomai {per-ee-er-gad'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4012 and 2038;; °Êµü AV - be a busybody 1; 1 1) µL®Ä¥Îªº¦£¶Ã, ª¼¥Ø©bªi³Ò¸L¦b¤£¥²­n©ÎµL·N¸qªº¨Æª«¤W, 1a) ±M«ü¦nºÞ¶¢¨ÆµL²á¤§®{ (#©««á 3:11|)

4020 periergazomai {per-ee-er-gad'-zom-ahee} from 4012 and 2038;; v AV - be a busybody 1; 1 1) to bustle about uselessly, to busy one's self about trifling, needless, useless matters 1a) used apparently of a person officiously inquisitive about other's affairs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4021 periergos {per-ee'-er-gos} ·½¦Û 4012 ©M 2041;; §Î®eµü AV - curious arts 1, busybody 1; 2 1) ¦£©óº¾¨Æ¦Ó¥B²¨©ó­«­n¨Æ°È 1a) ¯S§O¬O, ¦£©ó¥L¤Hªº¨Æ°È, ¤@­Ó¦nºÞ¶¢¨Æªº¤H 1b) ¤§©ó¨Æ±¡: ¤£¬Û¤zªº¥B¬O¦h¾lªº 1b1) ÄÝÅ]³Nªº§Þ¥©

4021 periergos {per-ee'-er-gos} from 4012 and 2041;; adj AV - curious arts 1, busybody 1; 2 1) busy about trifles and neglectful of important matters 1a) esp. busy about other folks' affairs, a busybody 1b) of things: impertinent and superfluous 1b1) of magic arts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4022 perierchomai {per-ee-er'-khom-ahee} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 2064 (¥]¬A¥¦ªº´À¥N«¬); TDNT - 2:682,257; °Êµü AV - wander about 2, vagabond 1, fetch a com³Q°Ê1; 4 1) ¦b...ªþªñ¦æ¨«, ¶¦æ, ¹C¨« 1a) «üº©¨BªÌ,¶¢³}ªÌ 1b) «ü¬y®öªÌ 1c) «ü¯è¦æªÌ (¨µ°j¦U¦a)

4022 perierchomai {per-ee-er'-khom-ahee} from 4012 and 2064 (including its alternate); TDNT - 2:682,257; v AV - wander about 2, vagabond 1, fetch a compass 1; 4 1) to go about 1a) of strollers 1b) of wanderers 1c) of navigators (making a circuit)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4023 periecho {per-ee-ekh'-o} °Êµü AV - be astonished + 2285 1, after this manner + 5126 + 5176 1, be contained 1; 3 1) (§¹¥þ´x´¤) ºò´¤, Á{ÀY, (#¸ô 5:19) 2) (¤º®e) ¥]§t©ó(#®{ 15:23, 23:25; ©¼«e 2:6|)

4023 periecho {per-ee-ekh'-o} from 4012 and 2192;; v AV - be astonished + 2285 1, after this manner + 5126 + 5176 1, be contained 1; 3 1) to surround, encompass 1a) to contain: of the subject-matter, contents, of a writing 1b) to take possession of, to seize
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4024 perizonnumi {per-id-zone'-noo-mee} TDNT - 5:302,702; °Êµü AV - gird (one's) self 3, be girded about 1, have girded 1, have girded about 1, be girt 1; 7 1) §ô¸y 2) ¦Û¤v§ô¸y

4024 perizonnumi {per-id-zone'-noo-mee} from 4012 and 2224; TDNT - 5:302,702; v AV - gird (one's) self 3, be girded about 1, have girded 1, have girded about 1, be girt 1; 7 1) to fasten garments with a girdle or belt 2) to gird one's self 3) metaph. with truth as a girdle 3a) to equip one's self with knowledge of the truth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4025 perithesis {per-ith'-es-is} ·½¦Û 4060;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wearing 1; 1 1) ¥|³B©ñ¸mªº¦æ¬° 2) ´åª÷¦â¸Ë¹¢«~©Òºc¦¨ªº¹¢ª«, ºD±`©ñ¦bÀY¤W©Î¨­¤W

4025 perithesis {per-ith'-es-is} from 4060;; n f AV - wearing 1; 1 1) the act of putting around 2) the adornment consisting of the golden ornaments wont to be placed around the head or the body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4026 perii¦r·Fi {per-ee-is'-tay-mee} ·½¦Û 4012 and 2476;; °Êµü AV - shun 1, avoid 1, stand by 1, stand round about 1; 4 1) ©ñ¦b¬Y¤Hªº©P³ò 2) ¦b©P³ò¯¸µÛ (#¬ù11:42;®{25:7|) 2a) ¦Û¤vÂà¹L¨Ó¥HÁ×¶}¬Yª«¥ó 2b) Á×¶}, Á×§K (#´£«á2:16;¦h3:9|)

4026 periistemi {per-ee-is'-tay-mee} from 4012 and 2476;; v AV - shun 1, avoid 1, stand by 1, stand round about 1; 4 1) to place around one 2) to stand around 2a) to turn one's self about for the purpose of avoiding something 2b) to avoid, shun
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4027 perikatharma {per-ee-kath'-ar-mah} ·½¦Û4012»P2508ªº½Æ¦X«¬; TDNT - 3:430,381; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - filth 1; 1 1) ¹Ð¤g, ¼oª« (#ªL«e 4:13|)

4027 perikatharma {per-ee-kath'-ar-mah} from a compound of 4012 and 2508; TDNT - 3:430,381; n n AV - filth 1; 1 1) off scouring, refuse 2) metaph. 2a) the most abject and despicable men 2b) the price of expiation or redemption, because the Greeks used to apply the term "katharmata" to victims sacrificed to make expiation for the people, and even to criminals who were maintained at the public expense, that on the outbreak of a pestilence or other calamity they might be offered as sacrifices to make expiation for the state
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4028 perikalupto {per-ee-kal-oop'-to} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 2572;; °Êµü AV - cover 1, blindfold 1, overlay 1; 3 1) §¹¥þ¦a¥]°_¨Ó, ¾B»\°_¨Ó, ¥]µÛ

4028 perikalupto {per-ee-kal-oop'-to} from 4012 and 2572;; v AV - cover 1, blindfold 1, overlay 1; 3 1) to cover all around, to cover up, cover over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4029 perikeimai {per-ik'-i-mahee} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; °Êµü AV - be hanged 2, be bound with 1, be compassed with 1, be compassed about with + 2192 1; 5 1) µL©Ò¨Æ¨Æ 2) ³Q³ò¶µÛ, ³ò¶µÛ

4029 perikeimai {per-ik'-i-mahee} from 4012 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; v AV - be hanged 2, be bound with 1, be compassed with 1, be compassed about with + 2192 1; 5 1) to lie around 2) to be compassed with, have round one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4030 perikephalaia {per-ee-kef-al-ah'-yah} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 2776 ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 5:314,702; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - helmet 2; 2 1) ÀY²¯ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¥H±o±Ï(ªº¬ß±æ)©Ò§@ªº¹ïÆF»îªº«OÅ@

4030 perikephalaia {per-ee-kef-al-ah'-yah} from a compound of 4012 and 2776; TDNT - 5:314,702; n f AV - helmet 2; 2 1) a helmet 2) metaph. 2a) the protection of the soul which consists in (the hope of) salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4031 perikrates {per-ee-krat-ace'} ·½¦Û 4012 and 2904;; §Î®eµü AV - come by 1; 1 1) ¹ï¬Y¨Æ´xÅv, ¬I¤O (#®{ 27:16|)

4031 perikrates {per-ee-krat-ace'} from 4012 and 2904;; adj AV - come by 1; 1 1) having power over a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4032 perikrupto {per-ee-kroop'-to} ·½¦Û 4012 »P 2928;; °Êµü AV - hide 1; 1 1) §¹¥þ¦aÁô°Î, ÁôÂÃ,¨Ï¹jÂ÷,¨Ï©t¥ß

4032 perikrupto {per-ee-kroop'-to} from 4012 and 2928;; v AV - hide 1; 1 1) to conceal on all sides or entirely, to hide, seclude
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4033 perikukloo {per-ee-koo-klo'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 2944;; °Êµü AV - com³Q°Êround 1; 1 1) Àô¶, ¥]³ò, ¥|©P³ò¶ 1a) ³ò§x¬Y­Ó«°¥« (#¸ô 19:43|)

4033 perikukloo {per-ee-koo-klo'-o} from 4012 and 2944;; v AV - compass round 1; 1 1) to encircle, compass about 1a) of a city (besieged)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4034 perilampo {per-ee-lam'-po} ·½¦Û 4012 and 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; °Êµü AV - shine round about 2; 2 1) ¦V¥|©P³òµo¥ú (#¸ô 2:9; ®{ 26:13|)

4034 perilampo {per-ee-lam'-po} from 4012 and 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; v AV - shine round about 2; 2 1) to shine around
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4035 perileipo {per-ee-li'-po} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; °Êµü AV - remain 2; 2 1) ¯d¤U 2) ¦s¯d, ¦s¬¡

4035 perileipo {per-ee-li'-po} from 4012 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; v AV - remain 2; 2 1) to leave over 2) to remain over, to survive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4036 perilupos {per-il'-oo-pos} ·½¦Û 4012 and 3077; TDNT - 4:323,540; §Î®eµü AV - exceeding sorrowful 2, very sorrowful 2, exceeding sorry 1; 5 1) ·¥Ãø¹L, ·¥«×´d¶Ë 2) ´dµh­P¦º

4036 perilupos {per-il'-oo-pos} from 4012 and 3077; TDNT - 4:323,540; adj AV - exceeding sorrowful 2, very sorrowful 2, exceeding sorry 1; 5 1) very sad, exceedingly sorrowful 2) overcome with sorrow so much as to cause one's death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4037 perimeno {per-ee-men'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 3306; TDNT - 4:578,581; °Êµü AV - wait for 1; 1 1) µ¥­Ô (#®{ 1:4|)

4037 perimeno {per-ee-men'-o} from 4012 and 3306; TDNT - 4:578,581; v AV - wait for 1; 1 1) to wait for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4038 perix {per'-ix} ·½¦Û 4012;; °Æµü AV - round about 1, 1 1) Àô¶: ¾Fªñªº«°¥« (#®{ 5:16|)

4038 perix {per'-ix} from 4012;; adv AV - round about 1, 1 1) round about: the neighbouring cities
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4039 perioikeo {per-ee-oy-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 »P 3611;; °Êµü AV - dwell round about 1; 1 1) ¦í¦b¨ä©P³òªþªñ, ¦¨¬°¬Y¤Hªº¾F©~

4039 perioikeo {per-ee-oy-keh'-o} from 4012 and 3611;; v AV - dwell round about 1; 1 1) to dwell round about, to be one's neighbour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4040 perioikos {per-ee'-oy-kos} ·½¦Û 4012 and 3624;; §Î®eµü AV - neighbour 1; 1 1) ¦í¦b¥|©Pªº, ¾F©~

4040 perioikos {per-ee'-oy-kos} from 4012 and 3624;; adj AV - neighbour 1; 1 1) dwelling around, a neighbour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4041 periousios {per-ee-oo'-see-os} ·½¦Û the ²{¦b¦¡¤Àµü ³±©Ê of a compound of 4012 and 1510; TDNT - 6:57,828; §Î®eµü AV - peculiar 1; 1 1) ÄÝ©ó¦Û¤vªº, ­Ó¤H©Ò«ù¦³ªº 1a) ¤W«Ò±q¥L°ê©Ò´z¿ï§@¬°ÄÝÍ¢ªº¤l¥Á (#¦h 2:14|)

4041 periousios {per-ee-oo'-see-os} from the present participle feminine of a compound of 4012 and 1510; TDNT - 6:57,828; adj AV - peculiar 1; 1 1) that which is one's own, belonging to one's possessions 1a) a people selected by God from the other nations for his own possession
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4042 perioche {per-ee-okh-ay'} ·½¦Û 4023;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - place 1; 1 1) ¥]³ò, Àô¶, Àô¦æ, ½u¸ô 2) ²±¸Ë, ®e¯Ç¤§ª« 2a) ®Ñ¼g¤º®e (#®{ 8:32|)

4042 perioche {per-ee-okh-ay'} from 4023;; n f AV - place 1; 1 1) an encompassing, compass, circuit 2) that which is contained 2a) the contents of any writing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4043 peripateo {per-ee-pat-eh'-o} ·½©ó 4012 ©M 3961; TDNT - 5:940,804; °Êµü AV - walk 93, go 1, walk about 1, be occupied 1; 96 1) ¦æ¨« 1a) ¨«¥X¦Û¤vªº¸ô, ¶i®i; ´x´¤¨C¤@­Ó¥i§Q¥Îªº¾÷·| 1b) §Æ§B¨Ó¤H¥Î¥H«ü¥Í¬¡, ¨«¤H¥Íªº®Èµ{ 1b1) ¦w±Æ¤@­Ó¤Hªº¥Í¬¡ 1b2) ºÞ²z¦Û¤v 1b3) ¹L¤é¤l

4043 peripateo {per-ee-pat-eh'-o} from 4012 and 3961; TDNT - 5:940,804; v AV - walk 93, go 1, walk about 1, be occupied 1; 96 1) to walk 1a) to make one's way, progress; to make due use of opportunities 1b) Hebrew for, to live 1b1) to regulate one's life 1b2) to conduct one's self 1b3) to pass one's life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4044 peripeiro {per-ee-pi'-ro} ·½¦Û 4012 and the base of 4008;; °Êµü AV - pierce through 1; 1 1) ¬ï¨ë¤J, ¨ë³z 2) Áô³ë.¤ßÆF³Q¼~¼{©Ò§é¿i (#´£«e 6:10|)

4044 peripeiro {per-ee-pi'-ro} from 4012 and the base of 4008;; v AV - pierce through 1; 1 1) to pierce through 2) metaph. to torture one's soul with sorrows
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4045 peripipto {per-ee-pip'-to} ·½¦Û 4012 and 4098; TDNT - 6:173,846; °Êµü AV - fall into 2, fall among 1; 3 1) ¸¨¤J³ò§x(#¸ô 10:30; ®{ 27:41; ¶® 1:2|)

4045 peripipto {per-ee-pip'-to} from 4012 and 4098; TDNT - 6:173,846; v AV - fall into 2, fall among 1; 3 1) so to fall into as to be encompassed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4046 peripoieomai {per-ee-poy-eh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA ·½¦Û 4012 »P 4160;; °Êµü AV - purchase 2; 2 1) §@«O¯d 2) ¹w¯d, «O«ù¦w¥þ, ¶JÂà 3) ¬°¤v¦Ó¯d 4) ¬°¤v¦Ó«O¦s 5) ¬°¤v¦Ó±o, °l¨D

4046 peripoieomai {per-ee-poy-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 4012 and 4160;; v AV - purchase 2; 2 1) to make to remain over 2) to reserve, to leave or keep safe, lay by 3) to make to remain for one's self 4) to preserve for one's self 5) to get for one's self, purchase
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4047 peripoiesis {per-ee-poy'-ay-sis} ·½©ó 4046;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - purchased possession 1, to obtain + 1519 1, obtaining 1, saving 1, peculiar + 1519 1; 5 1) «O¦s, «O¯d 2) ²£·~, ¤@­Ó¤H©Ò¾Ö¦³ªºªF¦è 3) Àò±o

4047 peripoiesis {per-ee-poy'-ay-sis} from 4046;; n f AV - purchased possession 1, to obtain + 1519 1, obtaining 1, saving 1, peculiar + 1519 1; 5 1) a preserving, a preservation 2) possession, one's own property 3) an obtaining
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4048 perirrhegnumi {per-ir-hrayg'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 4012 and 4486;; °Êµü AV - rend off 1; 1 1) ¥|­±¤K¤è¹ý©³­é±¼, ¥þ³¡Â_¶} 2) ¥þ³¡¼¹¸H§è¤U (#®{ 16:22|)

4048 perirrhegnumi {per-ir-hrayg'-noo-mee} from 4012 and 4486;; v AV - rend off 1; 1 1) to break off on all sides, break off all around 2) to rend or tear off all around
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4049 perispao {per-ee-spah'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 4685;; °Êµü AV - cumber 1; 1 1) ©ì²¾¦Ü.., ¤Þ¶}, ¶W¶V, ¤À´², Âಾ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¤À¤ß, ¤ß«ä¤£¶°¤¤ 2b) ¹L«×­P¤O©ó..., ¹L«×¦£¸L©ó..., µL¶¢·vªº (#¸ô 10:40|)

4049 perispao {per-ee-spah'-o} from 4012 and 4685;; v AV - cumber 1; 1 1) to draw around, to draw away, distract 2) metaph. 2a) to be driven about mentally, to be distracted 2b) to be over-occupied, too busy, about a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4050 perisseia {per-is-si'-ah} ·½¦Û 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - abundance 2, abundantly 1, superfluity 1; 4 1) Â×´I, ¤j¶q¦a, ¹L¤À¦a (#ù 5:17; ªL«á 8:2|) 2) Àu¶Õ, Àu¥ý, ¨ô¶V 3) ¼W¥[, §Q¯q (#ªL«á 10:15|) 4) ³Ñ¾l, ¿ò¸ñ: °ò·þ®{«H¥D¥H«e¤ß¸Ì´Ý¾l¯d¤Uªº´c (#¶® 1:21|)

4050 perisseia {per-is-si'-ah} from 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; n f AV - abundance 2, abundantly 1, superfluity 1; 4 1) abundance, superabundantly, superfluously 2) superiority, preference, pre-eminence 3) gain, profit 4) residue, remains: the wickedness remaining over in a Christian from his state prior to conversion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4051 perisseuma {per-is'-syoo-mah} ·½¦Û 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - abundance 4, that was left 1; 5 1) Â×´I, ¥R¨¬ 1a) ¨Ï¤ßº¡·N¨¬ 2) ¦³¾l, ³Ñ¾l

4051 perisseuma {per-is'-syoo-mah} from 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; n n AV - abundance 4, that was left 1; 5 1) abundance, in which one delights 1a) of that which fills the heart 2) that which is left over, residue, remains
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4052 perisseuo {per-is-syoo'-o} ·½©ó 4053; TDNT - 6:58,828; °Êµü AV - abound 17, abundance 3, remain 3, exceed 2, increase 2, be left 1, redound 1, misc 10; 39 1) ¶W¹L©Ò³]©wªº¼Æ¶q, ¦b¬Y¤@¼Æ¥Ø©Î¶q¤§¥~ªº 1a) ¶W¹L, ¦³¾l 1b) ¤j¶qÂ×´I¦aÀò±o, ±o¨ì«Ü¦h«Ü¦h 1b1) ¤j¶qªº(Â×´Iªº) 1b2) ¤j§å¤j¸sªº, ¦h¨ìº¡¥X¨Ó, ¨®¸ü¤æ¶q¯ë¦aÁ{¨ì¤@¤H (?) 1b3) ¦^³ø¦^À³¬Y¨Æ, ¨Ï¦³Ãe¤j¼vÅT©Î®ÄªG, ¤ÏÀ³¼ö¯P 1c) Â×´I, ¤j¶q¦s¦b, º¡·¸ 1c1) ³Q¤j¶qµ¹¤©, Â×´I¾Ö¥Î, ¦b...¤è­±¥R¨¬Â׺¡, ´I¸Î 1c2) ¨ô¶V¶W²³, ¶W¶V 1c3) ¨Ï¶W¶V©ó..., ¶W¹L 2) ¨ÏÂ×Â׺¡º¡ 2a) ¤j¶q¦aµ¹¤©¬Y¤H¨Ï¨äÂ×´I¦a¾Ö¦³ 2b) ¨Ï¶q¦h©Î½èÀu "Abounding" ¥Î¥H§Î®e¤@®èªá¥ÑªáÁ¢ªø¨ì²±¶}

4052 perisseuo {per-is-syoo'-o} from 4053; TDNT - 6:58,828; v AV - abound 17, abundance 3, remain 3, exceed 2, increase 2, be left 1, redound 1, misc 10; 39 1) to exceed a fixed number of measure, to be left over and above a certain number or measure 1a) to be over, to remain 1b) to exist or be at hand in abundance 1b1) to be great (abundant) 1b2) a thing which comes in abundance, or overflows unto one, something falls to the lot of one in large measure 1b3) to redound unto, turn out abundantly for, a thing 1c) to abound, overflow 1c1) to be abundantly furnished with, to have in abundance, abound in (a thing), to be in affluence 1c2) to be pre-eminent, to excel 1c3) to excel more than, exceed 2) to make to abound 2a) to furnish one richly so that he has abundance 2b) to make abundant or excellent "Abounding" is used of a flower going from a bud to full bloom.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4053 perissos {per-is-sos'} ·½©ó 4012 (¨ú¨ä ¦b...¤§¤W ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 6:61,828; §Î®eµü AV - more 2, beyond measure 1, vehemently + 1537 1, more abundantly 1, advantage 1, superfluous 1, very highly + 5228 + 1537 1, exceeding abundantly above + 5228 + 1537 1, exceeding + 5228 + 1537 1; 10 1) ¶W¶V¬Y­Ó¼Æ¶q, µ{«×, µ¥¯Å, ©Î©Ò¥²»Ýªº 1a) ¶W¥G¨ä¤Wªº, ¦h¹L©Ò»Ýªº, ÃB¥~¼W¦hªº 1a1) ¶W¹L³\¦h¦a, ³Ì²×·¥ªº 1a2) §ó¦hªº, ¸û¦hªº, ¤ñ¯à·Q¹³ÁÙ­n¦hªº, ´N¬O¯uªº§ó¦hªº 1b) °ª¯Åªº, ¶WµMªº, ¶W¶Vªº, ¤£¤Zªº 1b1) ¨ô¶V, Àu¶V, Àu¶Õ, ¶W¶V, ¤£¦P¤ZÅTªº, ³Ç¥Xªº

4053 perissos {per-is-sos'} from 4012 (in the sense of beyond); TDNT - 6:61,828; adj AV - more 2, beyond measure 1, vehemently + 1537 1, more abundantly 1, advantage 1, superfluous 1, very highly + 5228 + 1537 1, exceeding abundantly above + 5228 + 1537 1, exceeding + 5228 + 1537 1; 10 1) exceeding some number or measure or rank or need 1a) over and above, more than is necessary, superadded 1a1) exceeding abundantly, supremely 1a2) something further, more, much more than all, more plainly 1b) superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon 1b1) pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, more eminent, more remarkable, more excellent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4054 perissoteron {per-is-sot'-er-on} 4055 ªº¤¤©Êµü(§@°Æµü);; ¤ñ¸û¯Å AV - more abundantly 2, a great deal 1, far more 1; 4 1) «ü¦b¼Æ¶q, µ{«×, ¶¥¯Å, ©Î»Ý¨D¤W§ó¬°¦hªº·N«ä 1a) ¶W¶V¨ä¤W¦a, ¦h©ó©Ò¥²»Ý¦a, ªþ¥[¦a 1a1) ¶W¹L·¥¦h¦a 1a2) §ó¦hªº, §ó¥[ªº, ¤ñ¥þ³¡ÁÙ¦hªº, §ó¦hªº 1b) ¶WµMªº, «D¤Zªº, ¨ô¶Vªº, µ}¤Öªº 1b1) §ó°ª¦ìªº, Àu¶V, Àu¶Õ, §ó³Ç¥X, §óÅã»®, ¯SÀuªº

4054 perissoteron {per-is-sot'-er-on} neuter of 4055 (as adverb);; comparative AV - more abundantly 2, a great deal 1, far more 1; 4 1) exceeding some number or measure or rank or need 1a) over and above, more than is necessary, superadded 1a1) exceeding abundantly, supremely 1a2) something further, more, much more than all, more plainly 1b) superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon 1b1) pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, more eminent, more remarkable, more excellent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4055 perissoteros {per-is-sot'-er-os} ·½¦Û 4053; ¤ñ¸û¯Å AV - more 4, greater 3, more abundant 3, much more 1, overmuch 1; 12 1) §ó¥[,¬Æ©ó

4055 perissoteros {per-is-sot'-er-os} from 4053;; comparative AV - more 4, greater 3, more abundant 3, much more 1, overmuch 1; 12 1) exceeding some number or measure or rank or need 1a) over and above, more than is necessary, superadded 1a1) exceeding abundantly, supremely 1a2) something further, more, much more than all, more plainly 1b) superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon 1b1) pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, more eminent, more remarkable, more excellent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4056 perissoteros {per-is-sot-er'-oce} ·½©ó 4055;; °Æµü AV - more abundantly 4, more exceedingly 2, more abundant 2, much more 1, more frequent 1, the rather 1, exceedingly 1, the more earnest 1; 13 1) §ó¦h§ó¦h¦a 2) ¤À¥~¦a 3) ·¥Â×´I¦a, ·¥¦h¦a 4) ¯S®í¦a, ¶W¸s¥X²³¦a

4056 perissoteros {per-is-sot-er'-oce} from 4055;; adv AV - more abundantly 4, more exceedingly 2, more abundant 2, much more 1, more frequent 1, the rather 1, exceedingly 1, the more earnest 1; 13 1) more abundantly 2) more in a greater degree 3) more earnestly, more exceedingly 4) especially, above others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4057 perissos {per-is-soce'} ·½¦Û 4053;; °Æµü AV - the more 1, out of measure 1, exceedingly 1; 3 1) µLªk´ú«×¦a, ¤£¤Z¦a 2) ÅãµÛ¦a, ·¥«×¦a

4057 perissos {per-is-soce'} from 4053;; adv AV - the more 1, out of measure 1, exceedingly 1; 3 1) beyond measure, extraordinary 2) greatly, exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4058 peristera {per-is-ter-ah'} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 6:63,830; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - dove 9, pigeon 1; 10 1) ÂF¤l

4058 peristera {per-is-ter-ah'} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 6:63,830; n f AV - dove 9, pigeon 1; 10 1) a dove
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4059 peritemno {per-ee-tem'-no} ·½¦Û 4012 »P5114ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 6:72,831; °Êµü AV - circumcise 18; 18 1) ¦r­±·N«ä:¶µÛ¤Á¤U¨Ó 2) ¦æ³Î§ 2a) ¥D°Ê»yºA 2b) Ãö¨­»yºA:¦Û¤v¨ü³Î§,±µ¨ü³Î§ 2c) ³ë·Nªº

4059 peritemno {per-ee-tem'-no} from 4012 and the base of 5114; TDNT - 6:72,831; v AV - circumcise 18; 18 1) to cut around 2) to circumcise 2a) cut off one's prepuce (used of that well known rite by which not only the male children of the Israelites, on the eighth day after birth, but subsequently also "proselytes of righteousness" were consecrated to Jehovah and introduced into the number of his people) 2b) to get one's self circumcised, present one's self to be circumcised, receive circumcision 2c) since by the rite of circumcision a man was separated from the unclean world and dedicated to God, the word is transferred to denote the extinguishing of lusts and the removal of sins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4060 peritithemi {per-ee-tith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 4012 and 5087;; °Êµü AV - put on 3, put upon 1, set about 1, put about 1, bestow upon 1, hedge around + 5318 1; 8 1) ¥|³òÀô¶¦w¸m, ¦b®Ç³]¸m 2) ¬ï¤W¦ç»n 3) ¦b¥L¤H¨­¤W°éÀ¹¤W©Î¸j¤W¬Yª« 4) ­PÃØ, §â...µ¹©ó, ±Â»P, ¬Yª«µ¹¬Y¤H

4060 peritithemi {per-ee-tith'-ay-mee} from 4012 and 5087;; v AV - put on 3, put upon 1, set about 1, put about 1, bestow upon 1, hedge around + 5318 1; 8 1) to place around, set about 2) to put on a garment 3) to put or bind a thing around another 4) to present, to bestow, confer, a thing upon one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4061 peritome {per-it-om-ay'} ·½¦Û 4059; TDNT - 6:72,831; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - circumcision 35, circumcised 1; 36 1) ³Î§ 1a)¤å¤Æ»ö¦¡ 1b)¤w¨ü³Î§ªºª¬ºA 1c)(³ë·N)ÄÝÆFªº³Î§ 2) ¨ü³Î§ªº¤H 2a)¦r·N¤Wªº 2b)³ë·N¤Wªº

4061 peritome {per-it-om-ay'} from 4059; TDNT - 6:72,831; n f AV - circumcision 35, circumcised 1; 36 1) circumcised 1a) the act or rite of circumcision, "they of the circumcision" is a term used of the Jews 1a1) of Christians gathered from among the Jews 1a2) the state of circumcision 1b) metaph. 1b1) of Christians separated from the unclean multitude and truly consecrated to God 1b2) the extinction of passions and the removal of spiritual impurity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4062 peritrepo {per-ee-trep'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and the base of 5157;; °Êµü AV - make mad + 3130 + 1519 1; 1 1) §áÂàt, ½Âà 2) ¦]§áÂà¦Ó½Õ°Ê©Î§ïÅÜ 2a) ±N¤H©Î¨Æª«±a¤J¬Yª¬ºA 2b) ½Zªº¤HµoÅöµo¨g (#®{ 26:24|)

4062 peritrepo {per-ee-trep'-o} from 4012 and the base of 5157;; v AV - make mad + 3130 + 1519 1; 1 1) to turn about, to turn 2) to transfer or change by turning 2a) a person or thing into some state 2b) turning one mad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4063 peritrecho {per-ee-trekh'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 ©M 5143 (¥]§t¨ä´À¥N¦r);; °Êµü AV - run through 1; 1 1) ¶]¹M, ¨ì³B¶Ã¶], ¦bªþªñ¨ì³B¶] (#¥i 6:55|)

4063 peritrecho {per-ee-trekh'-o} from 4012 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v AV - run through 1; 1 1) to run around, run around about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4064 periphero {per-ee-fer'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 ©M 5342;; °Êµü AV - carry about 4, bear about 1; 5 1) ¥|³BÄâ±a, ¨ì³B·h¹B 2) ¨ì³B¶Ç¼½ 3) ³QÅX´² 3a) ºÃ´b©Î¿ðºÃ¦a³Q±a¨Ó±a¥h, ¤@·|¨à¨ì³o¸Ì¤@·|¨à¨ì¨º¸Ì

4064 periphero {per-ee-fer'-o} from 4012 and 5342;; v AV - carry about 4, bear about 1; 5 1) to carry round, to bear about everywhere with one 2) to carry here and there 3) to be driven 3a) in doubt and hesitation to be led away now to this opinion, now to that
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4065 periphroneo {per-ee-fron-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4012 and 5426; TDNT - 3:663,421; °Êµü AV - despise 1; 1 1) ¤p¤ßÂÔ·Vªº¦Ò¼{, ©P¸Ô²Ó±Kªº¹î¬Ý 2) »´¬Ý©Î°ªÁ|¦Û¤v 3) «V°d, ½°µø, »Àµø¬Ý¤£°_ (#¦h 2:15|)

4065 periphroneo {per-ee-fron-eh'-o} from 4012 and 5426; TDNT - 3:663,421; v AV - despise 1; 1 1) to consider or examine on all sides i.e. carefully, thoroughly 2) to set one's self in thought beyond (exalt one's self in thought above) a person or a thing 3) to contemn, to despise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4066 perichoros {per-ikh'-o-ros} ·½¦Û 4012 ©M 5561;; §Î®eµü AV - region round about 5, country round about 3, country about 1, region that lieth around about 1; 10 1) ¥|³òªº, ªþªñªº 1a) ¥|©Pªº¦a°Ï 1b) ¬ù¥¹ªe¦a°Ï

4066 perichoros {per-ikh'-o-ros} from 4012 and 5561;; adj AV - region round about 5, country round about 3, country about 1, region that lieth around about 1; 10 1) lying round about, neighbouring 1a) the region round about 1b) the region of Jordan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4067 peripsema {per-ip'-say-mah} ·½¦Û4012ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å»P psao (À¿«ø); TDNT - 6:84,*; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - offscouring 1; 1 1) ¹Ð¤g, ´í·º (#ªL«e 4:13|) ¶®¨å¤H¬°¤F¨¾¤î¯E§T,¨C¦~±N¤@­Ó¥}¥Ç¥á¤J®ü¸ÌÄmµ¹®ü¯«.¸Ó¦Wµü¥Î¨Ó«ü¥NÅ«ªº²½ª«,Å«»ù. ¥ç§Y¬°¤F±Ï¦Û¤v¨à¤lªº¥Í©R,Åý³o­Ó¤Hªº¥Í©R¦¨¬°¨ü¤H³è±ó,¨S¦³»ù­Èªº¥Í©R,¥H¥Î¨Ó§@¬° ´À§O¤H¦ºªº²½ª«.

4067 peripsema {per-ip'-say-mah} from a comparative of 4012 and psao (to rub); TDNT - 6:84,*; n n AV - offscouring 1; 1 1) what is wiped off 2) dirt rubbed off 3) off scouring, scrapings The Athenians, in order to avert public calamities, yearly threw a criminal into the sea as an offering to Poseidon; hence the term became used for an expiatory offering, a ransom, for our child, i.e. in comparison with the saving of our son's life let it be to us a despicable and worthless thing. It is used of a man who in behalf of religion undergoes dire trials for the salvation of others.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4068 perpereuomai {per-per-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û perperos (¦Û¸ØªÌ, ©Î³\¬O 4008 ªº°ò¦«¬¤§­«½Æ¸¹) ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 6:93,833; °Êµü AV - vaunt itself 1; 1 1) ¦Û¸Ø 2) ®i²{¦Û§Ú, ¨Ï¥Î¸Ø±i±Ô­z©ó¹L«×ºÙÆg¦Û¤v

4068 perpereuomai {per-per-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice from perperos (braggart, perhaps by reduplication of the base of 4008); TDNT - 6:93,833; v AV - vaunt itself 1; 1 1) to boast one's self 2) a self display, employing rhetorical embellishments in extolling one's self excessively
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4069 Persis {per-sece'} ¤@¦ìªi´µ°ü¤k;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Persis 1; 1 ©¼®§¤ó = "¤@¦ìªi´µ°ü¤k" 1) ¦bù°¨ªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{°ü¤k(#ù 16:12|)

4069 Persis {per-sece'} a Persian woman;; n pr f AV - Persis 1; 1 Persis = "a Persian woman" 1) a Christian woman at Rome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4070 perusi {per'-oo-si} ·½¦Û 4009;; °Æµü AV - a year ago + 575 2; 2 1) ¥h¦~ 2) ­è¹L¥hªº¤@¦~ 2a)¤@¦~«e (#ªL«á 8:10, 9;2|)

4070 perusi {per'-oo-si} from 4009;; adv AV - a year ago + 575 2; 2 1) last year 2) the year just past 2a) for a year past, a year ago
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4071 peteinon {pet-i-non'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4072;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fowl 9, bird 5; 14 1) ­¸¦æ, ¦³Álªº 2) ·|­¸¦æ©Î¦³¯Í»Hªº°Êª«, ­¸³¾ 2a) ¦bªÅ¤¤­¸µ¾ªº³¾

4071 peteinon {pet-i-non'} from a derivative of 4072;; n n AV - fowl 9, bird 5; 14 1) flying, winged 2) flying or winged animals, birds 2a) the birds of the heaven, i.e. flying in the heaven (air)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4072 petomai {pet'-om-ahee} or ÂX®i«¬ petaomai {pet-ah'-om-ahee} or contracted ptaomai {ptah'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA of a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - fly 3, flying 2; 5 1) ­¸µ¾

4072 petomai {pet'-om-ahee} or prolongation petaomai {pet-ah'-om-ahee} or contracted ptaomai {ptah'-om-ahee} middle voice of a primary verb;; v AV - fly 3, flying 2; 5 1) to fly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4073 petra {pet'-ra} ·½¦Û »P4074¦P ; TDNT - 6:95,834; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rock 16; 16 1) ½Y¥Û, ®k¾À©Î©¥¥Û 1a) ¥Y¥Xªº, ®k¾À, ©¥¥Û¦a(°í©Tªº¦a­±) 1b) ½Y¥Û, ¥¨¤j¥ÛÀY 1c) Áô³ë. ¤@­Ó¤H¦³¦p½Y¥Û(í©T), ¦]¬°¥Lªº°í©w©M¤ßÆFªº¤O¶q

4073 petra {pet'-ra} from the same as 4074; TDNT - 6:95,834; n f AV - rock 16; 16 1) a rock, cliff or ledge 1a) a projecting rock, crag, rocky ground 1b) a rock, a large stone 1c) metaph. a man like a rock, by reason of his firmness and strength of soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4074 Petros {pet'-ros} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:100,835;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Peter 161, stone 1; 162 ©¼±o = "©¥¥Û ©Î ¥ÛÀY" 1) ­C¿qªº¤Q¤G­Óªù®{¤§¤@

4074 Petros {pet'-ros} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:100,835; n pr m AV - Peter 161, stone 1; 162 Peter = "a rock or a stone" 1) one of the twelve disciples of Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4075 petrodes {pet-ro'-dace} ·½¦Û 4073 ©M1491;; §Î®eµü AV - stony place 2, stony ground 2; 4 1) ¦h©¥¥Ûªº, ¦h¥ÛÀYªº 1a) «ü¥Rº¡¥ÛÀYªº¦a­±

4075 petrodes {pet-ro'-dace} from 4073 and 1491;; adj AV - stony place 2, stony ground 2; 4 1) rocky, stony 1a) of a ground full of rocks
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4076 peganon {pay'-gan-on} ·½¦Û 4078;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - rue 1; 1 1) ªå­» 2) ¤j¬ù 2 §`(60 ¤½¤À)°ªªºÄé¤ì´Óª«, ¨ãÃĥλù­È

4076 peganon {pay'-gan-on} from 4078;; n n AV - rue 1; 1 1) rue 2) a shrubby plant about 2 feet (60 cm) high, of medicinal value
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4077 pege {pay-gay'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4078 (through the idea of gushing plumply); TDNT - 6:112,837; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fountain 8, well 4; 12 1) ¼Q¬u, ¬u¤ô 2) »E¤ôªº¤«

4077 pege {pay-gay'} probably from 4078 (through the idea of gushing plumply); TDNT - 6:112,837; n f AV - fountain 8, well 4; 12 1) fountain, spring 2) a well fed by a spring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4078 pegnumi {payg'-noo-mee} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬°ÊµüªºÂX±i«¬(¨ä­ì«¬¥u¥X²{¬Y¨Ç¯S©w®ÉºA¤¤);; °Êµü AV - pitch 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¨c©T, ©T©w 2) ©T©w¦b¤@°_, ±NªF¦è°v¨c©T©w¥H«Ø³y...

4078 pegnumi {payg'-noo-mee} a prolonged form of a primary verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; v AV - pitch 1; 1 1) to make fast, to fix 2) to fasten together, to build by fastening together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4079 pedalion {pay-dal'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a (presumed) derivative of pedon (the blade of an oar, from the same as 3976);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - rudder 1, helm 1; 2 1) ²îªº²ë (#¸ô 11:22; ¶® 3:4|)

4079 pedalion {pay-dal'-ee-on} from a (presumed) derivative of pedon (the blade of an oar, from the same as 3976);; n n AV - rudder 1, helm 1; 2 1) a ship's rudder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4080 pelikos {pay-lee'-kos} 4225 ¦r·½ªº³±©Ê¶q¤Æµü;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - how great 1, how large 1; 2 1) «D±`¤jªº, ²±¤jªº 1a) «üª«½è¤è­±ªº¥¨¤j (ªí¥Ü¥¨¤jªº¶¯°¶ªº´X¦óµ²ºc, ¦Ó¦³§O©óºâ¼Æ¼Æ¶q¤Wªº) 1b) «ü¹D¼w¤W¦Ó¨¥, «D±`°ª©|ªº

4080 pelikos {pay-lee'-kos} a quantitative form (the feminine) of the base of 4225;; pron AV - how great 1, how large 1; 2 1) how great, how large 1a) in a material reference (denoting geometrical magnitude as distinguished from arithmetical) 1b) in an ethical sense: how distinguished
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4081 pelos {pay-los'} ¥i¯à¬O°ò¥»¦r; TDNT - 6:118,838;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - clay 6; 6 1) ³³¦K¥ÎªºÂH¤g 2) ªd¼ß(ÀãÂH¤g)

4081 pelos {pay-los'} perhaps a primary word; TDNT - 6:118,838; n m AV - clay 6; 6 1) clay, which potters uses 2) mud (wet clay)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4082 pera {pay'-rah} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:119,838; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - scrip 6; 6 1) ¥Ö¥] 2) ®È«È©Mªª¦Ï¤H¥Î¨Ó¸Ë¤é±`¥Î«~ªº¥Ö­²»s³U¤l

4082 pera {pay'-rah} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:119,838; n f AV - scrip 6; 6 1) a wallet 2) a leathern sack, in which travellers and shepherds carried their provisions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4083 pechus {pay'-khoos} Äݤ£½T©w¬ÛÃöµü;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - cubit 4; 4 1) ¤@µÃ¤Ø 2) ªø«×ªº«×¶q, ¬Û·í©ó¦Û¨y¨ì¤¤«ü¤§¶¡³sµ²ªº¶ZÂ÷ (¥ç§Y¤j¬ù18¦T, (.5 ¤½¤Ø) ¦ý¥¦ªººë½Tªø«×·|§ïÅÜ¥B¦³©Òª§½×ªº)

4083 pechus {pay'-khoos} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - cubit 4; 4 1) a cubit 2) a measure of length equal to distance from the joint of the elbow to the tip of the middle finger (i.e. about 18 inches, (.5 m) but its precise length varied and is disputed)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4084 piazo {pee-ad'-zo} probably another form of 971;; °Êµü AV - take 7, catch 2, apprehend 2, lay hand on 1; 12 1) ®»®³, §ì¦í 2) ®»¦í, ®·Àò 2a) ³½ 3) ¶e®· 3a) «ü±N¤H¶e®·¤UºÊ

4084 piazo {pee-ad'-zo} probably another form of 971;; v AV - take 7, catch 2, apprehend 2, lay hand on 1; 12 1) to lay hold of 2) to take, capture 2a) of fishes 3) to apprehend 3a) of a man, in order to imprison him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4085 piezo {pee-ed'-zo} another form for 4084;; °Êµü AV - press down 1; 1 1) «ö, À½À£¦b¤@°_ (#¸ô 6:38|)

4085 piezo {pee-ed'-zo} another form for 4084;; v AV - press down 1; 1 1) to press, press together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4086 pithanologia {pith-an-ol-og-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 3982 ªº©µ¥Ó¦r»P 3056 ²Õ¦X;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - enticing words 1; 1 1) ¥Î¨Ó»¡ªA¤Hªº¨¥½×, ¦bª§½×¤¤¤Þ¥Î¬°¨ÒÃÒ¤§½×­z 2) ¦b¤£¦nªº·N«ä¬O, ¨¥½×ªºÄU»¤, ¤Þ¾É¤H¶i¤J¿ù»~¤§¦ü¬O¦Ó«Dªº½×­z

4086 pithanologia {pith-an-ol-og-ee'-ah} from a compound of a derivative of 3982 and 3056;; n f AV - enticing words 1; 1 1) speech adapted to persuade, discourse in which probable arguments are adduced 2) in a bad sense, persuasiveness of speech, specious discourse leading others into error
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4087 pikraino {pik-rah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 4089; TDNT - 6:122,839; °Êµü AV - make bitter 2, be bitter 2; 4 1) »s³y­W¨ý 1a) ­G·¸¥X­W¨ý 2) ¨Ïµh­WÃø¨ü. ¨Ï´o«ã 2a) ³ø¥H«ã®ð, ®ð¼« 2b) ³Q¿E«ã, ¤Þ°_¤£´r§Ö 2c) ´dµhªº³y³X, ¨Ï´d¶Ë­W´o (¥H­W¬r«Ý¤§)

4087 pikraino {pik-rah'-ee-no} from 4089; TDNT - 6:122,839; v AV - make bitter 2, be bitter 2; 4 1) to make bitter 1a) to produce a bitter taste in the stomach 2) to embitter. exasperate 2a) render angry, indignant 2b) to be embittered, irritated 2c) to visit with bitterness, to grieve (deal bitterly with)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4088 pikria {pik-ree'-ah} ·½©ó 4089; TDNT - 6:122,839; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bitterness 4; 4 1) ­WÁx 1a) ·¥ºÝªº¨¸´c 1b) ·|µ²¥X­W¬r¤§ªGªº®Ú·½ (#¨Ó 12:15|) 1c) Áô³ë. µh­W, ¼¨«ë, µh«ë

4088 pikria {pik-ree'-ah} from 4089; TDNT - 6:122,839; n f AV - bitterness 4; 4 1) bitter gall 1a) extreme wickedness 1b) a bitter root, and so producing a bitter fruit 1c) metaph. bitterness, bitter hatred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4089 pikros {pik-ros'} perhaps from 4078 (through the idea of piercing); TDNT - 6:122,839; §Î®eµü AV - bitter 2; 2 1) ¦³­W¨ýªº 2) Áô³ë. ÄY»Å¬½¬rªº (#¶® 3:11,14|)

4089 pikros {pik-ros'} perhaps from 4078 (through the idea of piercing); TDNT - 6:122,839; adj AV - bitter 2; 2 1) bitter 2) metaph. harsh, virulent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4090 pikros {pik-roce'} ·½¦Û 4089;; °Æµü AV - bitterly 2; 2 1) ÄY»Åªº; ¨ë°©ªº 2) Áô³ë±j¯P²`¨Iªº«s¶Ë (#¤Ó 26:75; ¸ô 22:62|)

4090 pikros {pik-roce'} from 4089;; adv AV - bitterly 2; 2 1) bitterly 2) metaph. with poignant grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4091 Pilatos {pil-at'-os} ·½©ó©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Pilate 55; 55 ©¼©Ô¦h = "¦³¥Ùºj¬°ªZ¾¹"

4091 Pilatos {pil-at'-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Pilate 55; 55 Pilate = "armed with a spear" 1) the sixth Roman procurator of Judah and Samaria who ordered Christ to be crucified
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4092 pimpremi {pim'-pray-mee} a reduplicated and prolonged form of a primary preo {preh'-o}; which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; °Êµü AV - swollen 1; 1 1) §j®ð¸~µÈ, ¿U¿NµÛ¤õ 2) ¨Ï¿±µÈ, to render timid 3) ´^°_, Åܦ¨¸~µÈ 3a) «ü¨­Å鳡¦ì (#®{ 28:6|)

4092 pimpremi {pim'-pray-mee} a reduplicated and prolonged form of a primary preo {preh'-o}; which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; v AV - swollen 1; 1 1) to blow, to burn 2) to cause to swell, to render timid 3) to swell, become swollen 3a) of the parts of the body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4093 pinakidion {pin-ak-id'-ee-on} diminutive of 4094;; n n AV - writing table 1; 1 1) ¤@¤pªº¨è¼gª© 2) ¤@­Ó®Ñ¼gª©

4093 pinakidion {pin-ak-id'-ee-on} diminutive of 4094;; n n AV - writing table 1; 1 1) a small tablet 2) a writing tablet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4094 pinax {pin'-ax} ÅãµM¬O 4109 ¤§¤@«¬;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - charger 4, platter 1; 5 1) §G§iªO, ¨è¼gªO 2) ½L¤l, ºÐ¤l, ¤j²L½L

4094 pinax {pin'-ax} apparently a form of 4109;; n f AV - charger 4, platter 1; 5 1) a board, a tablet 2) a dish, plate, platter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4095 pino {pee'-no} pio {pee'-o} ªºÂX±i«¬; ©M¥t¤@«¬ poo {po'-o} ³£¥u¥X²{¦b¯S©wªº®ÉºA¤¤; TDNT - 6:135,840; °Êµü AV - drink 68, drink of 7; 75 1) ¶¼¥Î 2) ¶H¼x¦b¥Ã¥Í¤W¨ÏÆF»î±o¨ì§ó·s, °í±j, ¤Î´þ¾i

4095 pino {pee'-no} a prolonged form of pio {pee'-o}; which (together with another form poo {po'-o}, occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 6:135,840; v AV - drink 68, drink of 7; 75 1) to drink 2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4096 piotes {pee-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û pion (fat, perhaps ªñ¦ü to the alternate of 4095 through the idea of repletion);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fatness 1; 1 1) ªÎ­D, ªÎ¨U (#ù 11:47|)

4096 piotes {pee-ot'-ace} from pion (fat, perhaps akin to the alternate of 4095 through the idea of repletion);; n f AV - fatness 1; 1 1) fatness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4097 piprasko {pip-ras'-ko} TDNT - 6:160,846; °Êµü AV - sell 9; 9 1) ³c½æ

4097 piprasko {pip-ras'-ko} a reduplicated and prolonged form of prao {prah'-o}, (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), contracted from perao (to traverse, from the base of 4008); TDNT - 6:160,846; v AV - sell 9; 9 1) to sell 1a) of price, one into slavery 1b) of the master to whom one is sold as a slave 2) metaph. 2a) sold under sin, entirely under the control of the love of sinning 2b) of one bribed to give himself up wholly to another's will
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4098 pipto {pip'-to} ¥Ñ peto {pet'-o} ªº­«ÂЫ÷ªk¥[ÁY¼g¦Ó¨Ó, (¥u¥Î¦b¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA¤¤), ¥i¯à¦b ¥ñ¤U, ´Ï®§ ªº·N¸q¤W ©M 4072 ¬Ûªñ; TDNT - 6:161,846; °Êµü AV - fall 69, fall down 19, light 1, fail 1; 90 1) ¥Ñ°ªªº¦a¤è­°¨ì§Cªº¦a¤è 1a) ¶^¸¨, ¸¨¤U (¥Ñ...¸¨¤U©Î¸¨¤U¨ì....) 1a1) ³Q±À­Ë 1b) Áô³ë. ¸¨¦b¼f§P¤§¤U, ³Q©w¸o 2) ¥Ñª½¥ßªº«º¶Õ¸÷¤U©Î¥ñ­Ë¦b¦a¤W 2a) ½ö¤U, ¥ñ­Ë 2a1) ¸÷¤U, ½ö¥­, ­Á¥ñ 2a2) «ü³Q®£©Æ, ÅåÀ~, ´dµh, ©Î´cÅ]ªº¥´À»©ÒÀ»¼ì©Î¼ÉÀÅ 2a3) «ü«ÍÅé¦]°I±Ñ¦Ó¤À¸Ñ 2a4) ­Á¥ñ, ¶¶ªA 2a5) ¥Î©óÀµ¨D¤^¨D¥L¤H®É©Î¹ï¤Hªí¥Ü¶¶ªA©Î·q«ô®É 2a6) ¼Y¸¨, ¥Ñ...¶^¤U ¥ç§Y ¾î¦º ©Î ®ø¥¢(?) 2a7) ¶É­Ë, ·´·À: «ü«Ø¿vª«, «°Àð µ¥µ¥ 2b) ³Q¥Ñ¦¨¥\¿³²±ªºª¬ºA¤¤¥´¸¨(¥¢¥h­ì¦³ªºÁn¦W§Q¸S) 2b1) ¥¢¥h¤½¥¿ªº¦a¦ì 2b2) ®ø·À, ¥ç§Y ²×µ², ®ø¥¢, ²×¤î, µ²§ô 2b2a) «ü¤Ñ¨Ï (?) 2b3) ¥¢¥hÅv¬`, ¤£¦A¦³Åv¤O 2b3a) «üµo¸¹©R¥O, ±Ð°V§i»| µ¥µ¥ 2b4) ¦]¦º¤`¦Ó¥¢¥hÅv¶Õ 2b5) ¥¼¯à°Ñ»P¥[¤J, ¥¢¥h¦@¦Pªº±o¥÷

4098 pipto {pip'-to} a reduplicated and contracted form of peto {pet'-o}, (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), probably akin to 4072 through the idea of alighting; TDNT - 6:161,846; v AV - fall 69, fall down 19, light 1, fail 1; 90 1) to descend from a higher place to a lower 1a) to fall (either from or upon) 1a1) to be thrust down 1b) metaph. to fall under judgment, came under condemnation 2) to descend from an erect to a prostrate position 2a) to fall down 2a1) to be prostrated, fall prostrate 2a2) of those overcome by terror or astonishment or grief or under the attack of an evil spirit or of falling dead suddenly 2a3) the dismemberment of a corpse by decay 2a4) to prostrate one's self 2a5) used of suppliants and persons rendering homage or worship to one 2a6) to fall out, fall from i.e. shall perish or be lost 2a7) to fall down, fall into ruin: of buildings, walls etc. 2b) to be cast down from a state of prosperity 2b1) to fall from a state of uprightness 2b2) to perish, i.e come to an end, disappear, cease 2b2a) of virtues 2b3) to lose authority, no longer have force 2b3a) of sayings, precepts, etc. 2b4) to be removed from power by death 2b5) to fail of participating in, miss a share in
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4099 Pisidia {pis-id-ee'-ah} probably of foreign origin;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Pisidia 2; 2 ©¼¦è©³= "Ãw«C¯ëªº, º£¶Âªº" 1) ¦ì©ó¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï, ¥Ñ®Ç«D§Q¨È(Pamphylia), ®Ç«D§Q¨È®ü(Pamphylian Sea), ¥±§f®a(Phrygia), ©M¤O¥d¶ø¥§¨È(Lycaonia)©ÒÀô¶ (#®{ 13:14, 14:24|)

4099 Pisidia {pis-id-ee'-ah} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Pisidia 2; 2 Pisidia = "pitchy" 1) a region in Asia Minor bounded by Pamphylia, and the Pamphylian Sea, Phrygia, and Lycaonia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4100 pisteuo {pist-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; °Êµü AV - believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one's) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one's trust 1, believer 1; 248 1) ¬Û«H¬O¯uªº¡A¨Ï¬Û«H¡A«H¿à¡A«H¥ô 1a) ¬Û«H¤@¥ó¨Æ 1a1) «H¿à¡A¦³«H¤ß 1b) »P¹D¼w©Î©v±Ð¤è­±¬ÛÃöªº¬Û«H 1b1) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤§Î®e¤@ºØ°í«H©Î¬Û«H¡A´N¬O¤@­Ó¤H³Q¬YºØ¤º¦bªº¡A©Î§ó°ªªº ¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¯SÅv©MÆF»îªº«ßªk©ÒÅX¨Ï¥h¬Û«H 1b2) ¦]¬Û«H­C¿q©Î¤W«Ò¡A¦Ó±oµÛ¯à¤O¥h±o¨ì¬Y¥ó¨Æ¡A©Î°µ¬Y¨Ç¨Æ¡F ¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@±o±Ïªº«H¤ß 1bc) ¶È¶È©Ó»{¬Y¨Ç¨Æ±¡©Î¨Æ¥ó¡F²z´¼¤è­±ªº«H¤ß 2) ±N¤@¥ó¨Æ¥æ°Uµ¹¬Y¤H¡A¥ç§Y¨º­Ó¤H©¾¹ê¥i«H¿à 2a) ¦]«H¥ô¦Ó±N¨Æ±¡¥æ°U

4100 pisteuo {pist-yoo'-o} from 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; v AV - believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one's) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one's trust 1, believer 1; 248 1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place confidence in 1a) of the thing believed 1a1) to credit, have confidence 1b) in a moral or religious reference 1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and law of soul 1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in obtaining or in doing something: saving faith 1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual faith 2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity 2a) to be intrusted with a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4101 pistikos {pis-tik-os'} ·½¦Û 4102;; §Î®eµü AV - spikenard + 3487 2; 2 1) ¦³Ãö«H¥ô, «H¥õªº 1a) ¨ã»¡ªA¤Oªº, ¦³§Þ¥©¨Ï«H¥ôªº 1b) ¥i«H¥ôªº, ·Ç½T¥i¾aªº, ¥i¥õ¿àªº (#¥i 14:3; ¬ù 12:3|)

4101 pistikos {pis-tik-os'} from 4102;; adj AV - spikenard + 3487 2; 2 1) pertaining to belief 1a) having the power of persuading, skilful in producing belief 1b) trusty, faithful, that can be relied on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4102 pistis {pis'-tis} ·½¦Û3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244 1) ¹ï¥ô¦ó¯u²zªº°í«H, ¬Û«H; ¦b·s¬ù¸Ì¬O°w¹ï¤H»P¯«ªºÃö«Y ¥H¤ÎÄݯ«ªº¨Æªº°í«H©M¬Û«H¡A¤@¯ë³£¥]§tµÛ«H¾aªºÆ[©À¡A ¥H¤Î¥Ñ¬Û«H¦Ó¥Íªº¯«¸t¤õ¼ö¡A¨Ã¥[¤J¨ä¤¤ 1a) »P¯«¦³Ãö 1a1) °í«H¯«ªº¦s¦b¡A¥H¤Î¯«¬O¸U¦³ªº³Ð³yªÌ©M²ÎªvªÌ¡A ¬OÂǵ۰ò·þªº¥Ã«í±Ï®¦ªº¨ÑÀ³ªÌ©MÃØ»PªÌ 1b) »P°ò·þ¦³Ãö 1b1) ¤@ºØ±j¯Pªº©MªYµM±µ¨üªº°í«H©Î¬Û«H­C¿q´N¬O¨º¤@¦ìÀ±ÁɨȡA §Ú­ÌÂǵÛÍ¢¦b¯«ªº°ê«×¸Ì±o¨ì¥Ã«íªº±Ï®¦ 1c) °ò·þ±Ðªº«H¥õ 1d) ¹ï¯«©Î°ò·þªº¨ººØ«H¾a(©Î¬O«H¤ß), ¬O±q¹ï¯«©M°ò·þªº«H¤ß©Òµo¥Xªº 2) ©¾­s, ©¾¹ê 2a) ¯àÅý¤H«H¾aªº­Ó©Ê

4102 pistis {pis'-tis} from 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f AV - faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244 1) conviction of the truth of anything, belief; in the NT of a conviction or belief respecting man's relationship to God and divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and holy fervour born of faith and joined with it 1a) relating to God 1a1) the conviction that God exists and is the creator and ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal salvation through Christ 1b) relating to Christ 1b1) a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom of God 1c) the religious beliefs of Christians 1d) belief with the predominate idea of trust (or confidence) whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same 2) fidelity, faithfulness 2a) the character of one who can be relied on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4103 pistos {pis-tos'} ·½¦Û 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; §Î®eµü AV - faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67 1) ­È±o«H¿àªº, ©¾¹êªº 1a) «ü¦b°õ¦æÂ¾³d, °õ¦æ©R¥O, ©Î¼i¦æ¤½°È¤W®i²{¨ä©¾¹êªº¤H 1b) «H¦u¨ä»}¬ù, ­È±o«H¿àªº¤H 1c) ¥i¥H«H¥ô¨Ì¿àªº 2) ®e©ö³QÄUªAªº 2a) ¬Û«Hªº, ©ö«H¥ô§O¤Hªº, «H¥ôªº 2b) ¦b·s¬ù¸t¸g¸Ì«H¥ô¤W«ÒÀ³³\ªº¤H 2b1) ½T«H­C¿q¤w¸g±q¦º¸Ì´_¬¡ªº¤H 2b2) ¤wµM½T«H­C¿q¬OÀ±ÁɨȤά@±Ï¤§¤W«Òªº¤H

4103 pistos {pis-tos'} from 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; adj AV - faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67 1) trusty, faithful 1a) of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties 1b) one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust 1c) that can be relied on 2) easily persuaded 2a) believing, confiding, trusting 2b) in the NT one who trusts in God's promises 2b1) one who is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead 2b2) one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah and author of salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4104 pistoo {pis-to'-o} ·½¦Û 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; °Êµü AV - be assured of 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¦³«Hªº, ¨Ï¬°¥i¾a«H¹êªº 1a) ¨Ï°í©T, ¨Ï°í©w«Ø¥ß 2) ²`²`ªº³Q»¡ªA 2a) ±o¨ì«OÃÒ (#´£«á 3:14|)

4104 pistoo {pis-to'-o} from 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; v AV - be assured of 1; 1 1) to make faithful, render trustworthy 1a) to make firm, establish 2) to be firmly persuaded of 2a) to be assured of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4105 planao {plan-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 4106; TDNT - 6:228,857; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- deceive 24, err 6, go astray 5, seduce 2, wander 1, be out of the way 1; 39 1) ¾É­P°g¸ô,¤Þ¾É¨«¤J®Ç¹D, ¤Þ¾ÉÂ÷¶}¥¿¸ô 1a) ¨«¤Jª[³~,º©µL¥Øªº¦a¨«, ±r«Þ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¤Þ¾ÉÂ÷¶}¯u²z,¤Þ¾É¦Ü¿ù»~¸Ì­±, éÄF 2b) ³Q¤Þ¾É¦Ü¿ù»~¸Ì­± 2c) ³Q¤Þ¾ÉÂ÷¶}³q©¹¬ü¼wªº¹D¸ô, °g¸ô, ¸o 2d) ±q¯u²z²æÂ÷©Î·Æ¶^¥X¥h 2d1) «ü²§ºÝ¦Ó¨¥ 2e) ³Q¤Þ¾É¦Ü¿ù»~©M¸o¤¤

4105 planao {plan-ah'-o} from 4106; TDNT - 6:228,857; v AV - deceive 24, err 6, go astray 5, seduce 2, wander 1, be out of the way 1; 39 1) to cause to stray, to lead astray, lead aside from the right way 1a) to go astray, wander, roam about 2) metaph. 2a) to lead away from the truth, to lead into error, to deceive 2b) to be led into error 2c) to be led aside from the path of virtue, to go astray, sin 2d) to sever or fall away from the truth 2d1) of heretics 2e) to be led away into error and sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4106 plane {plan'-ay} ·½©ó 4108 (¨ú¨ä©â¶H·N¸q); TDNT - 6:228,857; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - error 7, to deceive 1, deceit 1, delusion 1; 10 1) ±r«Þ, °g¥¢ 1a) °¾Â÷¥¿¸ô, »~¤J§Á³~, º©¹C°g¥¢ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¯«¹C¬Û¥~, ¶Ã¤F¤è¤o, ¥¢¤F¤ß§Ó 2a1) ¾É­P¹D¼w©Î©v±Ð¤Wªº¿ù»~Æ[ÂI 2b) ¿ù»~ªº¦æ¬°©Î¦æ°Ê 2c) »~¾É, ·|¾É¦V¿ù»~ªº, ´ÛÄF, ¸Þ¶B

4106 plane {plan'-ay} from 4108 (as abstractly); TDNT - 6:228,857; n f AV - error 7, to deceive 1, deceit 1, delusion 1; 10 1) a wandering, a straying about 1a) one led astray from the right way, roams hither and thither 2) metaph. 2a) mental straying 2a1) error, wrong opinion relative to morals or religion 2b) error which shows itself in action, a wrong mode of acting 2c) error, that which leads into error, deceit or fraud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4107 planetes {plan-ay'-tace} or planes {plan'-ace} from 4108; TDNT - 6:228,857; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wandering 1; 1 1) ¤@­Ó¬y¿ºªÌ: ¬y¿ºªº¬P

4107 planetes {plan-ay'-tace} or planes {plan'-ace} from 4108; TDNT - 6:228,857; n m AV - wandering 1; 1 1) a wanderer: wandering stars
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4108 planos {plan'-os} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 6:228,857; §Î®eµü AV - deceiver 4, seducing 1; 5 1) º©¹C, º}ªy, ¬y®ö 2) »~¾É, ¨Ï»~¤J§Á³~ 2a) ®ö¤l, "®ö¤l¿º°ü¡¨,¡@ÄF®{ 2b) ±Ñ¼w¤§¤H, ´ÛÄFªÌ

4108 planos {plan'-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:228,857; adj AV - deceiver 4, seducing 1; 5 1) wandering, roving 2) misleading, leading into error 2a) a vagabond, "tramp", imposter 2b) corrupter, deceiver
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4109 plax {plax} ·½©ó 4111;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - table 3; 3 1) ¤@­Ó¥­ªO§Îªºª«¥ó, ¸Oª©, ¥­­±, ¤ô¥­­±(¤ñ¦p®ü¥­­±)

4109 plax {plax} from 4111;; n f AV - table 3; 3 1) a flat thing, broad tablet, plane, level surface (as of the sea)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4110 plasma {plas'-mah} ·½¦Û 4111; TDNT - 6:254,862; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - thing formed 1; 1 1) ¼Ò»s«~, űÓð«~, ¤ñ¦pÄú»s«~ 2) ³³ÃÀ®a©Ò»s§@ªºª««~, ³³¤g»sªº®e¾¹ (#ù 9:20|)

4110 plasma {plas'-mah} from 4111; TDNT - 6:254,862; n n AV - thing formed 1; 1 1) what has been moulded or formed, as from wax 2) the thing formed by a potter, earthen vessel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4111 plasso {plas'-so} a root word; TDNT - 6:254,862; °Êµü AV - form 2; 2 1) ¶ì³y, ű¼Ò¦¨¦D (¨Ï¥ÎÂH¤g©ÎÄú, µ¥) 1a) ³³¦K©Ò¨Ï¥Îªº (#ù 9:20; ´£«e 2:13|)

4111 plasso {plas'-so} a root word; TDNT - 6:254,862; v AV - form 2; 2 1) to form, mould (something from clay, wax, etc.) 1a) used of a potter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4112 plastos {plas-tos'} ·½©ó 4111; TDNT - 6:262,862; §Î®eµü AV - feigned 1; 1 1) ¶ì³yªº, ¶ì¦¨§Îªº, ¤ñ¦p¥Ñªd¤g, þ, ©Î¥Û§÷µ¥©Ò¶ì¦¨ 2) ®º³yªº, °µ§@ªº

4112 plastos {plas-tos'} from 4111; TDNT - 6:262,862; adj AV - feigned 1; 1 1) moulded, formed, as from clay, wax, or stone 2) feigned
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4113 plateia {plat-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 4116;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - street 9; 9 1) ¼eÁ諸¸ô, µó¹D

4113 plateia {plat-i'-ah} from 4116;; n f AV - street 9; 9 1) a broad way, a street
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4114 platos {plat'-os} ·½¦Û 4116;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - breadth 4; 4 1) ¼e«× 1a) ¸q«ü¼sÁ諸°Ï°ì (#¥± 3:8; ±Ò 20:9; ±Ò 21:16|)

4114 platos {plat'-os} from 4116;; n n AV - breadth 4; 4 1) breadth 1a) suggesting great extent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4115 platuno {plat-oo'-no} ·½¦Û 4116;; °Êµü AV - enlarge 2, make broad 1; 3 1) ¨Ï¼eÁï, ¨ÏÅܤj 2) ¼e§»¤j¶q, ¥ç§Y ¥H·R¥]®e±µ¯Ç (#¤Ó 23:5, ªL«á 6:11,13|)

4115 platuno {plat-oo'-no} from 4116;; v AV - enlarge 2, make broad 1; 3 1) to make broad, enlarge 2) be enlarged in heart, i.e. to welcome and embrace you in love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4116 platus {plat-oos'} ·½¦Û 4111;; §Î®eµü AV - wide 1; 1 1) ¼eÁ諸 (#¤Ó 7:13|)

4116 platus {plat-oos'} from 4111;; adj AV - wide 1; 1 1) broad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4117 plegma {pleg'-mah} ·½¦Û 4120;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - broidered hair 1; 1 1) ³QºPÅ|, ñ»¦±, ±É·b¤@°_ªº 2) ºôª¬ª«, Ä|ª¬ª«, ¾vÄ| 2a) ±_¥Þ 2b) À¦«Ä¼¯¦è³Q©ñ¸mªºÄx¤l 2c) ¾v½s (#´£«e 2:9|)

4117 plegma {pleg'-mah} from 4120;; n n AV - broidered hair 1; 1 1) what is woven, plaited, or twisted together 2) a web, plait, braid 2a) of a net 2b) of a basket, in which the infant Moses was laid 2c) of braided hair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4118 pleistos {plice'-tos} irregular superlative of 4183;; §Î®eµü AV - most 2, very great 1; 3 1) ³Ì¦h,¡@³Ì¤j¶qªº 2) ¤j¦h¼Æ, ¦h¥b (#¤Ó 11:20; 21:8; ªL«e 14:27|)

4118 pleistos {plice'-tos} irregular superlative of 4183;; adj AV - most 2, very great 1; 3 1) most 2) at the very most
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4119 pleion {pli-own} ¤¤©Ê pleion {pli'-on} ©Î pleon {pleh'-on} 4183 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - more 23, many 12, greater 5, further + 1909 3, most 2, more part 2, not tr 1, misc 8; 56 1) «ü¼Æ¶q¤Wªº§ó¦h 1a) §ó¦hªº, «Ü¦h 2) «ü¦b½è¤W­±§ó¦n, §ó°ª¤@µ¥ªº, §ó¨ô¶Vªº

4119 pleion {pli-own} neuter pleion {pli'-on} or pleon {pleh'-on} comparative of 4183;; adj AV - more 23, many 12, greater 5, further + 1909 3, most 2, more part 2, not tr 1, misc 8; 56 1) greater in quantity 1a) the more part, very many 2) greater in quality, superior, more excellent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4120 pleko {plek'-o} ¤@­Ó°ò¦¦r;; °Êµü AV - plait 3; 3 1) ½s, ½s´

4120 pleko {plek'-o} a root word;; v AV - plait 3; 3 1) to plait, braid, weave together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4121 pleonazo {pleh-on-ad'-zo} ·½©ó 4119; TDNT - 6:263,864; °Êµü AV - abound 6, abundant 1, have over 1, make to increase 1; 9 1) ¥R¨¬¦³¾l 1a) «üªF¦è 1a1) ¾Ö¦³¤j¶qªº®w¦s 1a2) ¼W¦h¤¤ 1a3) ¼W¥[¼W¤j 2) ¨Ï¼W¦h: one in a thing(?)

4121 pleonazo {pleh-on-ad'-zo} from 4119; TDNT - 6:263,864; v AV - abound 6, abundant 1, have over 1, make to increase 1; 9 1) to superabound 1a) of things 1a1) to exist in abundance 1a2) to increase 1a3) be augmented 2) to make to increase: one in a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4122 pleonekteo {pleh-on-cek-teh'-o} ·½©ó 4123; TDNT - 6:266,864; °Êµü AV - make a gain 2, defraud 2, get an advantage 1; 5 1) ¾Ö¦³§ó¦hªº, ©Î¦û¦³§ó¤jªº³¡¤À©Î¤À°t¶q 1a) ¶W¹L, ³Ó¹L, ¶W¶V, ¦û¨ìÀu¶Õ¦a¦ì 2) ¦û¨ì¥L¤Hªº«K©y, «¡ÄF, ·m¥ý¤U¤â

4122 pleonekteo {pleh-on-cek-teh'-o} from 4123; TDNT - 6:266,864; v AV - make a gain 2, defraud 2, get an advantage 1; 5 1) to have more, or a greater part or share 1a) to be superior, excel, surpass, have an advantage over 2) to gain or take advantage of another, to overreach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4123 pleonektes {pleh-on-ek'-tace} ·½¦Û 4119 and 2192; TDNT - 6:266,864;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - covetous 4; 4 1) ¤@­Ó¹Ï·Q­n¥L¤H¤§ª«ªº¤H 2) ³g°ýªº, ³g¹Ï««²Cªº

4123 pleonektes {pleh-on-ek'-tace} from 4119 and 2192; TDNT - 6:266,864; n m AV - covetous 4; 4 1) one eager to have more, esp. what belongs to others 2) greedy of gain, covetous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4124 pleonexia {pleh-on-ex-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 4123; TDNT - 6:266,864; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - covetousness 8, greediness 1, covetous practice 1; 10 1) ³g°ýªº¼¤¨D, Á»¿Ì, ³g±oµLÅä

4124 pleonexia {pleh-on-ex-ee'-ah} from 4123; TDNT - 6:266,864; n f AV - covetousness 8, greediness 1, covetous practice 1; 10 1) greedy desire to have more, covetousness, avarice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4125 pleura {plyoo-rah'} of uncertain affinity;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - side 5; 5 1) ¨­Å骺°¼­±

4125 pleura {plyoo-rah'} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - side 5; 5 1) the side of the body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4126 pleo {pleh'-o} another form for pleuo {plyoo'-o}, which is used as an alternate in certain tenses, probably ...¤§¤@«¬ 4150 (through the idea of plunging through the water);; °Êµü AV - sail 5; 5 1) ±Ò¯è, ¯è¦æ, ­¼²î®È¦æ

4126 pleo {pleh'-o} another form for pleuo {plyoo'-o}, which is used as an alternate in certain tenses, probably a form of 4150 (through the idea of plunging through the water);; v AV - sail 5; 5 1) to sail, navigate, travel by ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4127 plege {play-gay'} ·½¦Û 4141;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - plague 12, stripe 5, wound 4; 21 1) ¼É­·, Ã@¶Ë, ¶Ë¤f 2) ¤½¦@¨aÃø, ­«¤j­WÃø, ¨aº×, ½E¬Ì

4127 plege {play-gay'} from 4141;; n f AV - plague 12, stripe 5, wound 4; 21 1) a blow, stripe, a wound 2) a public calamity, heavy affliction, plague,
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4128 plethos {play'-thos} ·½©ó 4130; TDNT - 6:274,866; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - multitude 30, company 1, bundle 1; 32 1) ²³¦h, Ác¦h 1a) «Ü¦h¤H, «ü¤H©Îª« 1b) Á`¼Æ, ¥þÅé, ¤j²³, ¶°·| 1b1) ¤j²³¸sÅé

4128 plethos {play'-thos} from 4130; TDNT - 6:274,866; n n AV - multitude 30, company 1, bundle 1; 32 1) a multitude 1a) a great number, of men or things 1b) the whole number, the whole multitude, the assemblage 1b1) the multitude of the people
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4129 plethuno {play-thoo'-no} ·½©ó 4128 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TDNT - 6:279,866; °Êµü AV - multiply 11, abound 1; 12 1) ¥[¦h, ­¿¼W 1a) ³Q¼W¦h, ³Q¥[­¿ 2) ³Q¼W¥[, ­¿¼W

4129 plethuno {play-thoo'-no} from another form of 4128; TDNT - 6:279,866; v AV - multiply 11, abound 1; 12 1) to increase, to multiply 1a) to be increased, (be multiplied) multiply 2) to be increased, to multiply
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4130 pletho {play'-tho} a prolonged form of a primary pleo {pleh'-o} (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); TDNT - 6:128,*; °Êµü AV - fill 18, accomplish 4, furnish 1, full ... come 1; 24 1) ¥Rº¡ 2) ³Q§¹¥þ¥Rº¡, ³Q¥Rº¡

4130 pletho {play'-tho} a prolonged form of a primary pleo {pleh'-o} (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi); TDNT - 6:128,*; v AV - fill 18, accomplish 4, furnish 1, full ... come 1; 24 1) to fill 2) to be fulfilled, to be filled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4131 plektes {plake'-tace} ·½¦Û 4141;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - striker 2; 2 1) ®±À»¤â, ¹w³Æ¦n¥´°« 2) ¦n°«ªº, ¦nij½×ªº, ¦nª§½×ªº¤H (#´£«e 3:3, ¦h:1:7|)

4131 plektes {plake'-tace} from 4141;; n m AV - striker 2; 2 1) bruiser, ready for a blow 2) a pugnacious, contentious, quarrelsome person
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4132 plemmura {plame-moo'-rah} prolonged from 4130;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - flood 1; 1 1) ¬x¤ô, µL½×¬O±q®ü©Îªe¬y(¥ÆÀݦӨÓ)

4132 plemmura {plame-moo'-rah} prolonged from 4130;; n f AV - flood 1; 1 1) a flood, whether of sea or of a river
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4133 plen {plane} ·½¦Û 4119;; °Æµü AV - but 14, nevertheless 8, notwithstanding 4, but rather 2, except 1, than 1, save 1; 31 1) ¦Ó¥B, ¦¹¥~, ¦ý¬O, µM¦Ó 2) ¦b....¤§¥~, °£...¥H¥~, ¶È¶È

4133 plen {plane} from 4119;; adv AV - but 14, nevertheless 8, notwithstanding 4, but rather 2, except 1, than 1, save 1; 31 1) moreover, besides, but, nevertheless 2) besides, except, but
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4134 pleres {play'-race} ·½©ó 4130; TDNT - 6:283,867; §Î®eµü AV - full 17; 17 1) º¡ªº, ¥ç§Y ¸Ë±oº¡º¡ªº (¬Û¹ï©óªÅªÅªº) 1a) «üªÅªº®e¾¹³Q¸Ë±oº¡º¡ªº 1b) «ü¨äªí­±³Q...»\º¡¤Fªº (#¸ô 5:12|) 1c) «üÆF»î, ³Q(¸tÆF)¥Rº¡ªº 2) §¹¥þªº, ¥ç§Y ¥þ³Æªº 2a) ¤£¯Ê¤°»òªº, §¹¥þ§¹¬üªº

4134 pleres {play'-race} from 4130; TDNT - 6:283,867; adj AV - full 17; 17 1) full, i.e. filled up (as opposed to empty) 1a) of hollow vessels 1b) of a surface, covered in every part 1c) of the soul, thoroughly permeated with 2) full, i.e. complete 2a) lacking nothing, perfect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4135 plerophoreo {play-rof-or-eh'-o} ·½¦Û4134©M5409; TDNT - 6:309,867; °Êµü AV - be fully persuaded 2, be most surely believed 1, be fully known 1, make full proof of 1; 5 1) §¹¦¨, §¹¥þ¹ê²{ 1a) ¹ê²{ 1a1) §¹¦¨¤@­ÓªA¨Æ 1b) §¹¦¨ 1b1) §¹¦¨¤@¥ó¨Æ 1c) Åý¤@­Ó¤H¨ã¦³¬YºØªº«ä·Q, «H©À, ©Î³ß¦n 1c1) ½T«O, ªAªA, ¬Û«He 1c2) ³QÄUªA, ÄU»¡, §¹¥þ«HªA©Î¦³§â´¤ 1c3) ¨Ï¤H·Q¥h°µ, ©Î©}ªA©ón

4135 plerophoreo {play-rof-or-eh'-o} from 4134 and 5409; TDNT - 6:309,867; v AV - be fully persuaded 2, be most surely believed 1, be fully known 1, make full proof of 1; 5 1) to bear or bring full, to make full 1a) to cause a thing to be shown to the full 1a1) to fulfil the ministry in every part 1b) to carry through to the end, accomplish 1b1) things that have been accomplished 1c) to fill one with any thought, conviction, or inclination 1c1) to make one certain, to persuade, convince one 1c2) to be persuaded, persuaded, fully convinced or assured 1c3) to render inclined or bent on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4136 plerophoria {play-rof-or-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û4135; TDNT - 6:310,867; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - full assurance 3, assurance 1; 4 1) «H¤ß¤Q¨¬¡A°í©w¬Û«H

4136 plerophoria {play-rof-or-ee'-ah} from 4135; TDNT - 6:310,867; n f AV - full assurance 3, assurance 1; 4 1) full assurance, most certain confidence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4137 pleroo {play-ro'-o} ·½©ó 4134; TDNT - 6:286,867; °Êµü AV - fulfil 51, fill 19, be full 7, complete 2, end 2, misc 9; 90 1) ¨Ïº¡, ¨Ï¥Rº¡, ¥ç§Y ¸Ëº¡ 1a) ¨ÏÂ×´I, ¨Ï´I¦³, ºB´n¦a¨ÑÀ³¨Ñµ¹ 1a1) §Ú¤v¥R¨¬, §Ú³QºB´n¦a¨ÑÀ³ (#µÌ 4:18|) 2) ¨Ï¨ìº¡, ¥ç§Y ¨Ï§¹¥þ 2a) ¨Ï¥[º¡: ¥H­P¤£¦A¦³¥ô¦óªº»Ý­nªº¤F, ¶ñº¡¥[º¡, º¡¨ì¨ì·¸¥X¨Ó 2b) ¹ê²{, ¹F¨ì ¤@­Ó¼Æ¥Ø (?) ab1) ¨Ï¦b¦U¤è­±³£±o¥H§¹¥þ, ¨Ï§¹¥þ§¹¬ü 2b2) ±qÀY¦Ü§À°µ§¹¥þ, ¹ê²{, §¹¦¨ (©ÒµÛ¤â¦b°µªº¨Æ) 2c) ¨Ïµo¥Í®ÄªG, ¨Ï¦¨²{¹ê, ¨Ï¹ê²{, À³Åç 2c1) «ü¬Y³d¥ô: ¹ê¦æ, °õ¦æ 2c2) «ü©Ò»¡ªº¸Ü, ©Ò©Ó¿Õªº¨Æ, ©Ò¹w¨¥ªº, ±o¨ì§¹¦¨, ©Ó»{, §I²{, ¹ê¦æ 2c3) ¦¨¥þ, ¥ç§Y ¨Ï¯«ªº¦®·N(¦pÅã©ú¦b«ßªk¤¤ªº)±o¨ìÀ³¸Ó¦³ªº¿í¦æ, ¯«ªºÀ³³\ (¸g¥ýª¾­Ì©Ò±oªº±Ò¥Ü)±o¦¨À³Å禨¥þ

4137 pleroo {play-ro'-o} from 4134; TDNT - 6:286,867; v AV - fulfil 51, fill 19, be full 7, complete 2, end 2, misc 9; 90 1) to make full, to fill up, i.e. to fill to the full 1a) to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally 1a1) I abound, I am liberally supplied 2) to render full, i.e. to complete 2a) to fill to the top: so that nothing shall be wanting to full measure, fill to the brim 2b) to consummate: a number 2b1) to make complete in every particular, to render perfect 2b2) to carry through to the end, to accomplish, carry out, (some undertaking) 2c) to carry into effect, bring to realisation, realise 2c1) of matters of duty: to perform, execute 2c2) of sayings, promises, prophecies, to bring to pass, ratify, accomplish 2c3) to fulfil, i.e. to cause God's will (as made known in the law) to be obeyed as it should be, and God's promises (given through the prophets) to receive fulfilment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4138 pleroma {play'-ro-mah} ·½¦Û 4137; TDNT - 6:298,867; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fulness 13, full 1, fulfilling 1, which is put in to fill up 1, pierce that filled up 1; 17 1) ¥Rº¡, §¹¥þ, ¸É¥R 2) ¨Ï¤§§¹¥þ,¥Rº¡ªº 2a) §¹¾ãªº¼Æ¥Ø (#ù 11:25|) 2b) ¾ã¼Æ, ¥Rº¡ 3)(¦æ°Êªº)¹ê²{ (#ù 11:12, 13:10|) 4) ¥Rº¡(ªºª¬ºA) (#¥[ 4:4; ¥± 1:20|)

4138 pleroma {play'-ro-mah} from 4137; TDNT - 6:298,867; n n AV - fulness 13, full 1, fulfilling 1, which is put in to fill up 1, pierce that filled up 1; 17 1) that which is (has been) filled 1a) a ship inasmuch as it is filled (i.e. manned) with sailors, rowers, and soldiers 1b) in the NT, the body of believers, as that which is filled with the presence, power, agency, riches of God and of Christ 2) that which fills or with which a thing is filled 2a) of those things which a ship is filled, freight and merchandise, sailors, oarsmen, soldiers 2b) completeness or fulness of time 3) fulness, abundance 4) a fulfilling, keeping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4139 plesion {play-see'-on} pelas (ªñªº) ªº¤@­Ó¤¤©Ê­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 6:311,872; °Æµü AV - neighbour 16, near 1; 17 1) ¾F©~ 1a) ªB¤Í 1b) «ü¥ô¦ó¨ä¥L¤¬¬ÛÃö¤ßªº¤H, ¨ä¥L¤H(§Aªº¾FªÙ´N¬O§Aªº¦P¦ñ); ¨ÌµS¤Ó¤Hªº¬Ýªk, ¥i«ü ¥ô¦ó¤@­Ó§Æ§B¨Ó³¡±Ú©Î°ê®aªº¤H 1c) ¨Ì°ò·þªº±Ð°V, «ü©M§Ú­Ì¤@¦P¥Í¬¡©Î§Y¨Ï¥u¬O§Ú­Ì¸I¨ìªº¥ô¦ó¤H, ¤£½×¨ä°ê®a¥Á±Ú©Î ©v±Ð«H¥õ

4139 plesion {play-see'-on} neuter of a derivative of pelas (near); TDNT - 6:311,872; adv AV - neighbour 16, near 1; 17 1) a neighbour 1a) a friend 1b) any other person, and where two are concerned, the other (thy fellow man, thy neighbour), according to the Jews, any member of the Hebrew nation and commonwealth 1c) according to Christ, any other man irrespective of nation or religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4140 plesmone {place-mon-ay'} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 4130; TDNT - 6:131,840; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - satisfying 1; 1 1) ¹¡¨¬, ¬°¤F¦×Å骺º¡¨¬, º¡¨¬¦×Åé¤Wªº»Ý¨D 1a) ¦×Å骺©ñÁa (#¦è 2:23|)

4140 plesmone {place-mon-ay'} from a presumed derivative of 4130; TDNT - 6:131,840; n f AV - satisfying 1; 1 1) repletion, satiety, for the satisfying of the flesh, to satiate the desires of the flesh 1a) indulgence of the flesh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4141 plesso {place'-so} apparently another form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out);; °Êµü AV - smite 1; 1 1) ¸I¼², ­«À» (#±Ò 8:12|)

4141 plesso {place'-so} apparently another form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out);; v AV - smite 1; 1 1) to strike, smite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4142 ploiarion {ploy-ar'-ee-on} ±À´ú¨ä¬°·½¦Û 4143ªº­l¥Í¦r ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - boat 3, little ship 2, small ship 1; 6 1) ¤p¦à, ¤p²î

4142 ploiarion {ploy-ar'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 4143;; n n AV - boat 3, little ship 2, small ship 1; 6 1) a small vessel, a boat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4143 ploion {ploy'-on} ·½¦Û 4126;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ship 66, shipping 1; 67 1) ²î

4143 ploion {ploy'-on} from 4126;; n n AV - ship 66, shipping 1; 67 1) a ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4144 ploos {plo'-os} ·½¦Û 4126;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - course 1, sailing 1, voyage 1; 3 1) ¯è¦æ

4144 ploos {plo'-os} from 4126;; n m AV - course 1, sailing 1, voyage 1; 3 1) a voyage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4145 plousios {ploo'-see-os} ·½¦Û 4149; TDNT - 6:318,873; §Î®eµü AV - rich 28; 28 1) ´I¸Îªº, ª«½è¤WªºÂ×´I 2) Áô³ë. ´I¨¬, Â×´I¨ÑÀ³ 2a) ¦b°ò·þùتºÂײ±¨Ã¥Ã«íªº°]²£

4145 plousios {ploo'-see-os} from 4149; TDNT - 6:318,873; adj AV - rich 28; 28 1) wealthy, abounding in material resources 2) metaph. abounding, abundantly supplied 2a) abounding (rich) in Christian virtues and eternal possessions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4146 plousios {ploo-see'-oce} ·½©ó 4145;; °Æµü AV - richly 2, abundantly 2; 4 1) ¤j¶q¦a, Â×´I¦a

4146 plousios {ploo-see'-oce} from 4145;; adv AV - richly 2, abundantly 2; 4 1) abundantly, richly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4147 plouteo {ploo-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 4148; TDNT - 6:318,873; °Êµü AV - be rich 7, be made rich 2, rich 1, wax rich 1, be increased with goods 1; 12 1) ¦³¿úªº, Â×´Iªº 1a) «ü¥i¨£ÂרUªº°]²£ 2) Áô³ë. ³QÂ×´Iªº¨Ñµ¹ 2a) °]¤Oª«¤O´I¨¬ªº¥H­P¯à¯¬ºÖ´©§U©Ò¦³ªº¤H

4147 plouteo {ploo-teh'-o} from 4148; TDNT - 6:318,873; v AV - be rich 7, be made rich 2, rich 1, wax rich 1, be increased with goods 1; 12 1) to be rich, to have abundance 1a) of outward possessions 2) metaph. to be richly supplied 2a) is affluent in resources so that he can give blessings of salvation to all
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4148 ploutizo {ploo-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4149; TDNT - 6:318,873; °Êµü AV - enrich 2, make rich 1; 3 1) ¨Ï´I¸Î¦³¿ú 1a) «ü¤ßÆFÂ×´I 2) Â×´Iªº¸Ë³Æ (#ªL«e 1:5; ªL«á 6:10, 9:11|)

4148 ploutizo {ploo-tid'-zo} from 4149; TDNT - 6:318,873; v AV - enrich 2, make rich 1; 3 1) to make rich, enrich 1a) of spiritual riches 2) to be richly furnished
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4149 ploutos {ploo'-tos} ·½¦Ûthe base of 4130; TDNT - 6:318,873; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - riches 22; 22 1) ¿ú°]¡B°]´I 1a) ÃB¥~°]´Iªº¥R¸Î 1b) ¥R¸Î, Àu¸Î, ´I¸Î, Â×´I 1c) °]²£¡A ¥ç§Y ¦]¬°¦³¦¹¡A¬Y¤H«K´I¨¬

4149 ploutos {ploo'-tos} from the base of 4130; TDNT - 6:318,873; n m AV - riches 22; 22 1) riches, wealth 1a) abundance of external possessions 1b) fulness, abundance, plenitude 1c) a good i.e. that with which one is enriched
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4150 pluno {ploo'-no} ¤@­Ó¼o±óªº¦r pluo (¬y°Ê)ªº©µªø§Î¦¡;; °Êµü AV - wash 1; 1 1) ¬~: Ãö©ó¦çªA (#±Ò 7:14|) 1a) ¤ñ³ë¨º¨ÇÂǵ۫H©Ó¨ü°ò·þ±ÏÅ«µ²ªGªº¤H¡A³Q¯«µø¬°¼ä²bµL¸oªº¡C

4150 pluno {ploo'-no} a prolonged form of an obsolete pluo (to "flow");; v AV - wash 1; 1 1) to wash: with reference to clothing 1a) use figuratively of those who by faith so appropriate the results of Christ's expiation as to be regarded by God as pure and sinless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4151 pneuma {pnyoo'-mah} ·½¦Û 4154; TDNT - 6:332,876; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- Spirit 111, Holy Ghost 89, Spirit (of God) 13, Spirit (of the Lord) 5, (My) Spirit 3, Spirit (of truth) 3, Spirit (of Christ) 2, human (spirit) 49, (evil) spirit 47, spirit (general) 26, spirit 8, (Jesus' own) spirit 6, (Jesus' own) ghost 2, misc 21; 385 1) ¤T¦ì¤@Å骺¯«ªº²Ä¤T¦ì®æ, ¸tÆF, »P¤÷©M¤l¦Pµ¥¡A¦P¥Ã¦s 1a) ¦³®É­Ô¬O±j½ÕÍ¢ªº¦ì®æ©MÄݩʡ]¨º¤@¦ì\\¯«¸tªº\\ÆF¡^ 1b) ¦³®É­Ô¬OÁ¿¨ì¤@ºØÍ¢ªº¤u§@©M¯à¤Oªº±j½Õ¡]¨º¯u²zªº\\ÆF\\¡^ 1c) ±q¨Ó¤£»¡³o¬O¤@ºØ¤£¨ã¦ì®æªº¤O¶q 2) ¨º¤@¦ìÆF, ¥ç§Y ¨­Å鬡µÛ©Ò¨Ì¾aªº¥Í¦s­n¯À 2a) ¨º¤@­Ó²z©ÊªºÆF, ¤HÃþ·P¨ü,«ä·Q,¨M¾Ü©Ò¾ÌÂǪº¯à¤O 2b) ¨º¤@­Ó»î 3) ¤@ºØÆF, ¥ç§Y:¤@ºØ³æ¤@ªº¥»½è, ¨S¦³¥þ­±ªº©Î­P¤Ö¬OÅãµÛªº¤º®e, ¨Ã¥B¨ã¦³²z¸Ñ,´÷±æ,©M¦æ°Êªº¤O¶q 3a) ½ç¥Í©RªºÆF 3b) Â÷¶}¤F¤H¨­Å骺»î 3c) °ª©ó¤H¦ý¬O§C©ó¯«ªºÆF, ¥ç§Y¤Ñ¨Ï 3c1) ¥Î¨ÓÁ¿,¨º¨Ç³Q·Q§@¬O©~¦í¦b¤H¨­Åé¸Ìªº,´c°­, ©Î¨¸ÆF 3c2) °ò·þÄÝÆFªº¥»©Ê, °ª¹L³Ì°ªªº¤Ñ¨Ï¨Ã¥B»P¤W«Ò¦Pµ¥,°ò·þ¯«¸tªº¥»©Ê 4) ¥Rº¡©MºÞ²z¥ô¦ó¤Hªº»îªº¨º¤@ºØ©Ê±¡©M¼vÂQ¤O 4a) ¥ô¦ó¤@ºØ¤O¶q,·R¼},±¡ºü,´÷±æµ¥ªº®Ä¤O¨Ó·½ 5) ¤@ºØªÅ®ðªº¬y°Ê(¤@°}»´¬Xªº®ð¬y) 5a) Á¿¨ì­·,´N¬O­·ªº¥»¨­ 5b) »ó´b¤f©Ò¥Xªº®ð

4151 pneuma {pnyoo'-mah} from 4154; TDNT - 6:332,876; n n AV - Spirit 111, Holy Ghost 89, Spirit (of God) 13, Spirit (of the Lord) 5, (My) Spirit 3, Spirit (of truth) 3, Spirit (of Christ) 2, human (spirit) 49, (evil) spirit 47, spirit (general) 26, spirit 8, (Jesus' own) spirit 6, (Jesus' own) ghost 2, misc 21; 385 1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son 1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his personality and character (the \\Holy\\ Spirit) 1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work and power (the Spirit of \\Truth\\) 1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force 2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated 2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels, thinks, decides 2b) the soul 3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at least all grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing, desiring, deciding, and acting 3a) a life giving spirit 3b) a human soul that has left the body 3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel 3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived as inhabiting the bodies of men 3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ 4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul of any one 4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc. 5) a movement of air (a gentle blast) 5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself 5b) breath of nostrils or mouth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4152 pneumatikos {pnyoo-mat-ik-os'} ·½¦Û4151; TDNT - 6:332,876; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥»- spiritual 26; 26 1) »P¤HªºÆF¡A©Î²z©Êªº¦Û§Ú¦³Ãö¡A´N¬OÁ¿¨ì¤H»P¯«¬Ûªñ¦üªº¨º¤@³¡¤À¡A ¨Ã¥B¯à¹³¤Hªº¾¹¨ã©Î¾¹©x¨º¼Ë¨Ó¹B§@ 1a) Á¿¨ìÆF¤ä°t¨º¤@ºØ²z©Ê¦Û§Úªº¤Ñ©Ê 2) ÂkÄÝ©ó¤@ºØÆFªº¡A©Î¬O¤@ºØ¥»©Ê¤ñ¤H°ª¦ý¬O©³©ó¯« 3) ÂkÄݩ󨺯«¸tªºÆFªº 3a) Äݯ«¡A´N¬OÄݸtÆF 3b) ³Q¯«ªºÆF©Ò¥Rº¡©M¨ü¨ì¯«ªºÆF©ÒºÞ²zªº¨ººØ¤H 4) «ü¦³Ãö©ó­·©Î©I§l¡F¦³­·ªº¡A¨ü¨ì­·§j¡A§j­·

4152 pneumatikos {pnyoo-mat-ik-os'} from 4151; TDNT - 6:332,876; adj AV - spiritual 26; 26 1) relating to the human spirit, or rational soul, as part of the man which is akin to God and serves as his instrument or organ 1a) that which possesses the nature of the rational soul 2) belonging to a spirit, or a being higher than man but inferior to God 3) belonging to the Divine Spirit 3a) of God the Holy Spirit 3b) one who is filled with and governed by the Spirit of God 4) pertaining to the wind or breath; windy, exposed to the wind, blowing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4153 pneumatikos {pnyoo-mat-ik-oce'} ·½¦Û 4152;; °Æµü AV - spiritual 2; 2 1) ÄÝÆFªº: ¤]´N¬O­ÉµÛ¸tÆFªºÀ°§U

4153 pneumatikos {pnyoo-mat-ik-oce'} from 4152;; adv AV - spiritual 2; 2 1) spiritually: i.e. by the aid of the Holy Spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4154 pneo {pneh'-o} a root word; TDNT - 6:452,876; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- blow 6, wind 1; 7 1) ©I®ð, §j 1a) «ü­·ªº§j

4154 pneo {pneh'-o} a root word; TDNT - 6:452,876; v AV - blow 6, wind 1; 7 1) to breathe, to blow 1a) of the wind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4155 pnigo {pnee'-go} strengthened from 4154; TDNT - 6:455,895; °Êµü AV - take by the throat 1, choke 1; 2 1) ¨Ï®C¶ë, °Ç¦í 1a) «ü¯ð´Æ±ÀÀ½¶}¥Ð¸ÌªººØ¤l¨Ã¥B§«Ãª ¥¦ªº¦¨ªø 2) §á¤@­Ó¤Hªº²ä¤l, ¨Ï²¿®§

4155 pnigo {pnee'-go} strengthened from 4154; TDNT - 6:455,895; v AV - take by the throat 1, choke 1; 2 1) to choke, strangle 1a) of thorns crowding out the seed in the field and hindering its growth 2) to wring one's neck, throttle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4156 pniktos {pnik-tos'} ·½¦Û 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; §Î®eµü AV - strangled 3; 3 1) ²¿®§¦º¤`ªº, °Ç¦ºªº 1a) ¨º³Q°Ç¦ºªº, ¥ç§Y ¬¹¯b¤£¸g¹L©ñ¦åªº¤âÄò´N³Q­é¹Ü¤F¥Í©R 1b) ¦b²i¶¹¤è­±: "´e" ·í¦¨¼p©Ð¥Î»y

4156 pniktos {pnik-tos'} from 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; adj AV - strangled 3; 3 1) suffocate, strangled 1a) what is strangled, i.e. an animal deprived of life without the shedding of blood 1b) of cooking: our "smothered" as a culinary term
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4157 pnoe {pno-ay'} ·½¦Û 4154; TDNT - 6:453,876; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wind 1, breath 1; 2 1) ®ð®§, ¥Í©Rªº®ð®§ 2) ­·

4157 pnoe {pno-ay'} from 4154; TDNT - 6:453,876; n f AV - wind 1, breath 1; 2 1) breath, breath of life 2) wind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4158 poderes {pod-ay'-race} ·½¦Û 4228 and another element of uncertain affinity;; §Î®eµü AV - garment down to the foot 1; 1 1) ©èÂù¨¬ªº 2) ªø¹F¸}½ïªºªø³T, ª½¹FÂù¨¬ (#±Ò 1:13|)

4158 poderes {pod-ay'-race} from 4228 and another element of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - garment down to the foot 1; 1 1) reaching to the feet 2) a garment reaching to the ankles, coming down to the feet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4159 pothen {poth'-en} ·½¦Û the base of 4213 with ¦V«e·Æ­µ¦r °Æµü of origin;; °Æµü AV - whence 28; 28 1) ¦aÂI: ±q¦ó³B, ±q¦ó´ºªp 2) °_·½: ±q¦ó§@ªÌ©Î¬Iµ¹ªÌ 3) ­ì¦]: «ç»òµo¥Íªº?, «ç»ò·|¦p¦¹?

4159 pothen {poth'-en} from the base of 4213 with enclitic adverb of origin;; adv AV - whence 28; 28 1) of place: from where, from what condition 2) of origin or source: from what author or giver 3) of cause: how is that?, how can that be?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4160 poieo {poy-eh'-o} apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; TDNT - 6:458,895; °Êµü AV - do 357, make 113, bring forth 14, commit 9, cause 9, work 8, show 5, bear 4, keep 4, fulfil 3, deal 2, perform 2, not tr 3, misc 43, vr do 3; 579 1) °µ 1a) »s³y, «Øºc, §Î¦¨, ²£¥Í, °µ¥X, µ¥ 1b) ¦¨¬°§@ªÌ 1c) ·Ç³Æ, ¹w³Æ 1d) »s§@, ¥Í, µo¥X 1e) Àò±o, ´£¨Ñ¤@¥ó¨Æµ¹¦Û¤v 1f) »s³y¤@­ÓªF¦è 1g) °µ, ¤]´N¬O´£¨Ñ 1g1) ¥ô©R¬Y¤H°µ¬Y¨Æ 1g2) «Å§i¤@¥ó¨Æ 1h) ¤Þ¾É, ²£¥Í 1i) ¨Ï¤H¥h°µ¤@¥ó¨Æ 1i1) Åý¤@­Ó¤H¥h°µ 1j) ¦¨¬°§@ªÌ 2) ¹ê¦æ 2a) °µªº¥¿½T, ¦æªº¦n 2a1) §¹¦¨, °õ¦æ 2b) °µ¦b¬Y¤H¨­¤W 2b1) ¹ï¬Y¤H°µ 2c) «ü©w®É¶¡, ¸g¹L, ´ç¹L 2d) ¼y¯¬, «O¯d 2d1) ¹w³Æ, ¦P®É³]¥ß, ¼y¯¬¹O¶V¸` 2e) ¹ê¦æ, §¹¦¨¤@­ÓÀ³³\ ¦P¸qµü¨£5871

4160 poieo {poy-eh'-o} apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; TDNT - 6:458,895; v AV - do 357, make 113, bring forth 14, commit 9, cause 9, work 8, show 5, bear 4, keep 4, fulfil 3, deal 2, perform 2, not tr 3, misc 43, vr do 3; 579 1) to make 1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct, form, fashion, etc. 1b) to be the authors of, the cause 1c) to make ready, to prepare 1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth 1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one's self 1f) to make a thing out of something 1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything 1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to appoint or ordain one that 1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything 1h) to put one forth, to lead him out 1i) to make one do something 1i1) cause one to 1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about) 2) to do 2a) to act rightly, do well 2a1) to carry out, to execute 2b) to do a thing unto one 2b1) to do to one 2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend 2d) to celebrate, keep 2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute, the celebration of the passover 2e) to perform: to a promise For Synonyms see entry 5871
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4161 poiema {poy'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - thing that is made 1, workmanship 1; 2 1) ³Q§¹¦¨¶ì³y¤§ª« 2) ¤u§@ 2a) ¯«ªº¤u§@©Î³Ð³y (#ù 1:20; ¥± 2:10| )

4161 poiema {poy'-ay-mah} from 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; n n AV - thing that is made 1, workmanship 1; 2 1) that which has been made 2) a work 2a) of the works of God as creator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4162 poiesis {poy'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - deed 1; 1 1) »s³y, §Î¦¨ 2) ¹ê½î, ¼i¦æ, °õ¦æ 2a) ¦b¦æ¬°»PªA±q¤W, §¹¥þ­°ªA©ó«ßªk¤§«e (#¶® 1:25|)

4162 poiesis {poy'-ay-sis} from 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; n f AV - deed 1; 1 1) a making 2) a doing or performing 2a) in his doing i.e. in the obedience he renders to the law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4163 poietes {poy-ay-tace'} ·½¦Û 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - doer 5, poet 1; 6 1) »s³yªÌ, »s§@¤H, §@ªÌ 2) ¹ê½î®a, °õ¦æªÌ 2a) ¤@­Ó¿í±q¨Ã¼i¦æ«ßªkªº¤H 3) ¸Ö¤H

4163 poietes {poy-ay-tace'} from 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; n m AV - doer 5, poet 1; 6 1) a maker, a producer, author 2) a doer, performer 2a) one who obeys or fulfils the law 3) a poet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4164 poikilos {poy-kee'-los} ¤£©ú­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 6:484,901; §Î®eµü AV - divers 8, manifold 2; 10 1) ¦U¦¡ªá¦âªº, ¦h¼Ë¤Æªº 2) ¦U¦¡¦U¼Ëªº

4164 poikilos {poy-kee'-los} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 6:484,901; adj AV - divers 8, manifold 2; 10 1) a various colours, variegated 2) of various sorts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4165 poimaino {poy-mah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û4166; TDNT - 6:485,901; °Êµü AV - feed 6, rule 4, feed cattle 1; 11 1) Áý¾i, ·ÓÅU¯b¸s, ªª¦Ï 1a) ²Îªv, ºÞ²z 1a1) »â³Sªºªv²z 1a2) ±Ð·|ªººÞ²z 1b) ´þ¾i, ¨ÑÀ³¯ó®Æ©Î­¹ª« ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5824

4165 poimaino {poy-mah'-ee-no} from 4166; TDNT - 6:485,901; v AV - feed 6, rule 4, feed cattle 1; 11 1) to feed, to tend a flock, keep sheep 1a) to rule, govern 1a1) of rulers 1a2) to furnish pasture for food 1a3) to nourish 1a4) to cherish one's body, to serve the body 1a5) to supply the requisites for the soul's need For Synonyms see entry 5824
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4166 poimen {poy-mane'} §ä¤£¨ì¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 6:485,901;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - shepherd 15, Shepherd 2, pastor 1; 18 1) ªª¤H, ¤×¨ä«üªª¦Ïªº¤H 1a) ±`¦b¤ñ³ë¤¤¥Î¨Ó«üÃöÃh¥L¤Hªº¤H, ¦Ó¥L¤H¤]Ä@·N§â¦Û¤v¥I¥æ¥I©ó¥L¦Ó¥B¿í¦u¥L§i»|ªº¤H 2) Áô³ë. 2a) «ü¤@­Ó¸sÅ骺¥D«ù¤H, ºÞ²z¤H, ¸g²z, «ü´§ªÌ; ¤ñ¦p°ò·þ´N¬O±Ð·|ªºÀY 2a1) «ü°ò·þ®{¸sÅ骺ºÊ·þ 2a2) «ü¤ý©M¶Q±Ú, ¦æ¬F­ºªøµ¥

4166 poimen {poy-mane'} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:485,901; n m AV - shepherd 15, Shepherd 2, pastor 1; 18 1) a herdsman, esp. a shepherd 1a) in the parable, he to whose care and control others have committed themselves, and whose precepts they follow 2) metaph. 2a) the presiding officer, manager, director, of any assembly: so of Christ the Head of the church 2a1) of the overseers of the Christian assemblies 2a2) of kings and princes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4167 poimne {poym'-nay} contraction from 4165; TDNT - 6:499,901; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - flock 4, fold 1; 5 1) ¦Ï¸s 1a) °ò·þªº¦Ï¸s, ¥ç§Y¥H­C¿q¬°ªªªÌ, ¸òÀH­C¿qªºªÏÅé

4167 poimne {poym'-nay} contraction from 4165; TDNT - 6:499,901; n f AV - flock 4, fold 1; 5 1) a flock (esp.) of sheep 1a) of Christ's flock i.e. the body of those who follow Jesus as their guide and keeper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4168 poimnion {poym'-nee-on} ¤¤©Ê of a presumed derivative of 4167; TDNT - 6:499,901; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - flock 5; 5 1) ¦Ï¸s 2) ¸òÀH°ò·þªº«H®{ 3) ¥Ñªø¦Ñ©ÒºÞ²zªº±Ð·|, °ò·þªº¨­Åé

4168 poimnion {poym'-nee-on} neuter of a presumed derivative of 4167; TDNT - 6:499,901; n n AV - flock 5; 5 1) a flock (esp.) of sheep 2) a group of Christ's disciples 3) bodies of Christian (churches) presided over by elders
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4169 poios {poy'-os} ·½¦Û the base of 4226 and 3634;; pron AV - what 27, which 4, what things 1, what way 1, what manner of 1; 34 1) ¦³¬YºØ¯S½è©Î¥»½è

4169 poios {poy'-os} from the base of 4226 and 3634;; pron AV - what 27, which 4, what things 1, what way 1, what manner of 1; 34 1) of what sort or nature
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4170 polemeo {pol-em-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4171; TDNT - 6:502,904; °Êµü AV - make war 3, fight 3, war 1; 7 1) ¾Ôª§, ª§¾Ô 2) ¥´°«

4170 polemeo {pol-em-eh'-o} from 4171; TDNT - 6:502,904; v AV - make war 3, fight 3, war 1; 7 1) to war, carry on war 2) to fight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4171 polemos {pol'-em-os} ·½©ó pelomai (³Ù¾x); TDNT - 6:502,904;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - war 12, battle 5, fight 1; 18 1) ¾Ôª§ 2) ¾Ô°«, ¾Ô§Ð 3) ª§½×, ª§§n, ª§ÅG

4171 polemos {pol'-em-os} from pelomai (to bustle); TDNT - 6:502,904; n m AV - war 12, battle 5, fight 1; 18 1) a war 2) a fight, a battle 3) a dispute, strife, quarrel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4172 polis {pol'-is} ¥i¯à»P4171¦P·½, ©Î¬O·½¦Û4183; TDNT - 6:516,906; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - city 164; 164 1) «°¥« 1a) ¤@­Ó¤Hªº¦Ñ®a, ©~¦íªº«°¥« 1b) ¤Ñ¤Wªº­C¸ô¼»§N 1b1) »XºÖ¤§¤H¦b¤Ñ¤Wªº©~³B 1b2) ¥@¬É³Q¤õ§ó·s¤§«á, ¤Ñ°êªº­º«°¥i¨£¦a­°¨ì¦a¤W 1c) «°¥«ªº©~¥Á

4172 polis {pol'-is} probably from the same as 4171, or perhaps from 4183; TDNT - 6:516,906; n f AV - city 164; 164 1) a city 1a) one's native city, the city in which one lives 1b) the heavenly Jerusalem 1b1) the abode of the blessed in heaven 1b2) of the visible capital in the heavenly kingdom, to come down to earth after the renovation of the world by fire 1c) the inhabitants of a city
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4173 politarches {pol-it-ar'-khace} ·½¦Û 4172 and 757;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ruler of the city 2; 2 1) ¬Y«°¥«©Î©~¥ÁªººÞ²z©Î²ÎªvªÌ, ¦a¤è©x (#®{ 17:6; 17:8|)

4173 politarches {pol-it-ar'-khace} from 4172 and 757;; n m AV - ruler of the city 2; 2 1) a ruler of a city or citizens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4174 politeia {pol-ee-ti'-ah} ·½¦Û 4177 ("polity"); TDNT - 6:516,906; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - freedom 1, commonwealth 1; 2 1) ¤½¥Á©Î°ê¥Á¬ÛÃö¨Æ©yªº¦æ¬FºÞ²z 2) ¥þ°êªº©Î¥þÅé°ê¥Áªº 3) ¤½¥ÁÅv, ¥«¥ÁÅv (#®{ 22:28; ¥± 2:12|)

4174 politeia {pol-ee-ti'-ah} from 4177 ("polity"); TDNT - 6:516,906; n f AV - freedom 1, commonwealth 1; 2 1) the administration of civil affairs 2) a state or commonwealth 3) citizenship, the rights of a citizen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4175 politeuma {pol-it'-yoo-mah} ·½¦Û 4176; TDNT - 6:516,906; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - conversation 1; 1 1) °ê®a,¬F©² (#µÌ 3:20|)

4175 politeuma {pol-it'-yoo-mah} from 4176; TDNT - 6:516,906; n n AV - conversation 1; 1 1) the administration of civil affairs or of a commonwealth 2) the constitution of a commonwealth, form of government and the laws by which it is administered 3) a state, commonwealth 3a) the commonwealth of citizens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4176 politeuomai {pol-it-yoo'-om-ahee} 4177­l¥Í¦rªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 6:516,906; °Êµü AV - live 1, let (one's) conversation be 1; 2 1) ¸g¥~·N¸q:¦¨¬°¤½¥Á 2) ¸g¥~·N¸q:ªv²z 3) ¥Í¬¡,¬¡¥X¦Û¤vªº¥Í©R (#µÌ 1:17; ®{ 23:1|)

4176 politeuomai {pol-it-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice of a derivative of 4177; TDNT - 6:516,906; v AV - live 1, let (one's) conversation be 1; 2 1) to be a citizen 2) to administer civil affairs, manage the state 3) to make or create a citizen 3a) to be a citizen 3b) to behave as a citizen 3b1) to avail one's self of or recognise the laws 3b2) to conduct one's self as pledged to some law of life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4177 polites {pol-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û 4172; TDNT - 6:516,906;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - citizen 3; 3 1) ¥«¥Á 1a) ¥ô¤@°ê®a©Î«°¥«ªº©~¥Á 1b) »P¨ä¥L«°¥«³sµ²¬°©n©f«°, 1b1) ¬Û¦Pªº¤½¥ÁÅv, ¥«¥Á, °ê¥Á (#¸ô 15:15, 19:14; ®{ 21:39|)

4177 polites {pol-ee'-tace} from 4172; TDNT - 6:516,906; n m AV - citizen 3; 3 1) a citizen 1a) the inhabitant of any city or country 1b) the association of another in citizenship 1b1) a fellow citizen, fellow countryman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4178 pollakis {pol-lak'-is} ªí¦¸¼Æªº°Æµü ·½©ó 4183;; °Æµü AV - often 7, oft 5, ofttimes 3, oftentimes 3; 18 1) ®É±`, ¹ð¦¸¦a

4178 pollakis {pol-lak'-is} multiplicative adverb from 4183;; adv AV - often 7, oft 5, ofttimes 3, oftentimes 3; 18 1) often, frequently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4179 pollaplasion {pol-lap-las-ee'-ohn} ·½¦Û 4183 and probably a derivative of 4120;; °Æµü AV - manifold more 1; 1 1) ¦h¼Ë¤Æªº, ¥¨ÃB, §ó¦hªº (#¸ô 18:30|)

4179 pollaplasion {pol-lap-las-ee'-ohn} from 4183 and probably a derivative of 4120;; adv AV - manifold more 1; 1 1) manifold, much, more
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4180 polulogia {pol-oo-log-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a compound of 4183 and 3056; TDNT - 6:545,911; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - much speªñ¦üg 1; 1 1) ¤j¶q»¡¸Ü(#¤Ó 6:7|)

4180 polulogia {pol-oo-log-ee'-ah} from a compound of 4183 and 3056; TDNT - 6:545,911; n f AV - much speaking 1; 1 1) much speaking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4181 polumeros {pol-oo-mer'-oce} ¥Ñ 4183 ©M 3313 ½Æ¦X¦Ó¦¨ªº¦r;; °Æµü AV - at sundry times 1; 1 1) ³\¦h³¡¤À¦a, ÂǥѤ£¦Pªº¤èªk¦h¦¸¦a

4181 polumeros {pol-oo-mer'-oce} from a compound of 4183 and 3313;; adv AV - at sundry times 1; 1 1) by many portions, by many times and in many ways
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4182 polupoikilos {pol-oo-poy'-kil-os} ·½¦Û 4183 and 4164; TDNT - 6:485,901; §Î®eµü AV - manifold 1; 1 1) Âø¦âªº, ¦h±m¦h«ºªº, 1a1) «ü¦ç»n©Î¹Ïµe 2) ¦hªá¼Ëªº, ¦U¦¡¦U¼Ëªº (#¥± 3:10|)

4182 polupoikilos {pol-oo-poy'-kil-os} from 4183 and 4164; TDNT - 6:485,901; adj AV - manifold 1; 1 1) much variegated, marked with a great variety of colours 1a1) of cloth or a painting 2) much varied, manifold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4183 polus {pol-oos'}, pollei, polu ¥]¬A¨ä¥t¤@«¬ pollos??;TDNT - 6:536,*; §Î®eµü AV - many 210, much 73, great 59, misc 23; 365 1) ¬°¼Æ²³¦hªº, ¬Û·í¤À¶qªº, ¤j¶qªº ¥t°Ñ²©ú§Æº~¦r¨å¦r¸q: (1)©Ò¦³®æ pollou, polleis, pollou: ¦h(¤j[¸s¤H]; [¸¹ÎB]¤j[­ú]; Â×[¦¬]; ²`[¤g]; [¤Ñ]«Ü±ß; ¦h[¦~]; (2)polla: ¦hªF¦è, ³\¦h¨Æ; °Æµü: ¹ð¦¸;ÄY¼F¦a; °í«ù¦a; ±j¯P¦a; ¨¯¶Ô¦a;°J¤ß¦a; ¼ö¤Á¦a; polu: ¦h, «D±`, ¤j¤j¦a polu mallon §ó¥[, §ó¬° (¨Ó¤Q¤G9, 25) pollw mollon §ó¥[; §ó¬° pollw pleious §ó¦h (¬ù¥|41) pollou Ãe¤jªº¼Æ¥Ø (¤Ó¤G¤Q¤»9)

4183 polus {pol-oos'} including the forms from the alternate pollos;TDNT - 6:536,*; adj AV - many 210, much 73, great 59, misc 23; 365 1) many, much, large
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4184 polusplagchnos {pol-oo'-splankh-nos} ·½¦Û 4183 and 4698 (figuratively); TDNT - 7:548,1067; §Î®eµü AV - very pitiful 1; 1 1) º¡Ãh¼¦¼§, ·¥¿Ë¤Á©Mħªº (#¶® 5:11|)

4184 polusplagchnos {pol-oo'-splankh-nos} from 4183 and 4698 (figuratively); TDNT - 7:548,1067; adj AV - very pitiful 1; 1 1) full of pity, very kind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4185 poluteles {pol-oo-tel-ace'} ·½¦Û 4183 »P 5056;; §Î®eµü AV - very precious 1, costly 1, of great price 1; 3 1) ¬Ã¶Qªº (#¥i 14:3;´£«e 2:9;©¼«e 3:4|) 1a) »Ý­n«D±`°ªªº¶O¥Î, ©ù¶Qªº 1b) ·¥¦nªº, ¨ã¨ô¶V»ù­Èªº

4185 poluteles {pol-oo-tel-ace'} from 4183 and 5056;; adj AV - very precious 1, costly 1, of great price 1; 3 1) precious 1a) requiring very great outlay, very costly 1b) excellent, of surpassing value
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4186 polutimos {pol-oot'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 4183 and 5092;; §Î®eµü AV - of great price 1, very costly 1; 2 1) «D±`¦³»ù­Èªº, »ù®æ©ù¶Qªº

4186 polutimos {pol-oot'-ee-mos} from 4183 and 5092;; adj AV - of great price 1, very costly 1; 2 1) very valuable, of great price
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4187 polutropos {pol-oot-rop'-oce} ·½©ó 4183 ©M 5158 ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; °Æµü AV - in divers manners 1; 1 1) ¥Î³\¦hºØ¤è¦¡

4187 polutropos {pol-oot-rop'-oce} from a compound of 4183 and 5158;; adv AV - in divers manners 1; 1 1) in many manners
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4188 poma {pom'-ah} ·½©ó 4095 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TDNT - 6:145,840; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - drink 2; 2 1) ¶¼®Æ

4188 poma {pom'-ah} from the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,840; n n AV - drink 2; 2 1) drink
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4189 poneria {pon-ay-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 4190; TDNT - 6:562,912; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wickedness 6, iniquity 1; 7 1) ´c¦æ, ¤£¤½¥¿ªº¦æ¬°, «Dªkªº¦æ¬° 2) ´c·N 3) ¨¸´cªº¥Ø¼Ð©MÄ@±æ For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5855

4189 poneria {pon-ay-ree'-ah} from 4190; TDNT - 6:562,912; n f AV - wickedness 6, iniquity 1; 7 1) depravity, iniquity, wickedness 2) malice 3) evil purposes and desires For Synonyms see entry 5855
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4190 poneros {pon-ay-ros'} ·½©ó¤@­l¥Í©ó 4192 ªº¦r; TDNT - 6:546,912; §Î®eµü AV - evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76 1) ¥Rº¡³Ò­W, ·ÐÂZ, §xÃøªº 1a) ¨üºÉ³Ò¤OÀ£­¢ªº 1b) ±a¨Ó¨¯³Ò, ·ÐÂZ, ©M¦MÀIªº; «üµÛ¹ï°ò·þ®{ªº«H¤ß¤Î°í­s¥Rº¡¦M®`ªº®É¥N; ³y¦¨­Wµh»P³Â·Ðªº 2) ´cªº, ¥»½è¤W©Îª¬ªp¤W¤£¦nªº 2a) «ü¦×Åé¤W¦Ó¨¥: ¥Í¯fªº©Î½M²´ªº 2b) ¦b¹D¼w¤W¦Ó¨¥: ¨¸´cªº, Ãaªº

4190 poneros {pon-ay-ros'} from a derivative of 4192; TDNT - 6:546,912; adj AV - evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76 1) full of labours, annoyances, hardships 1a) pressed and harassed by labours 1b) bringing toils, annoyances, perils; of a time full of peril to Christian faith and steadfastness; causing pain and trouble 2) bad, of a bad nature or condition 2a) in a physical sense: diseased or blind 2b) in an ethical sense: evil wicked, bad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4191 poneroteros {pon-ay-rot'-er-os} comparative of 4190;; §Î®eµü AV - more wicked 2; 2 1) §ó¥[¨¸´c (#¤Ó 12:45; ¸ô 11;26|)

4191 poneroteros {pon-ay-rot'-er-os} comparative of 4190;; adj AV - more wicked 2; 2 1) more evil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4192 ponos {pon'-os} ·½¦Û the base of 3993;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pain 3; 3 1) ¤j³Â·Ð,·¥«×´÷±æ 2) ¯kµh »P5860¬°¦P¸qµü

4192 ponos {pon'-os} from the base of 3993;; n m AV - pain 3; 3 1) great trouble, intense desire 2) pain For Synonyms see entry 5860
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4193 Pontikos {pon-tik-os'} ·½¦Û 4195;; §Î®eµü AV - born in Pontus 1; 1 1) ¥»³£¥X¥Íªº¤H, ¥»³£¤H (#®{ 18:2|)

4193 Pontikos {pon-tik-os'} from 4195;; adj AV - born in Pontus 1; 1 1) belonging to Pontus, born in Pontus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4194 Pontios {pon'-tee-os} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Pontius [Pilate] 4; 4 ¥»¥á[©¼©Ô¦h] = "ÄÝ©ó®üªº" 1) ±N­C¿q°v¦º¤Q¦r¬[ªº²Ä¤»¥ôù°¨¬£¾nµS¤j¦æ¬F©x

4194 Pontios {pon'-tee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Pontius [Pilate] 4; 4 Pontius [Pilate] = "of the sea" 1) the sixth Roman procurator of Judah who crucified Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4195 Pontos {pon'-tos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Pontus 2; 2 ¥»³£ = "®ü" 1) ªF¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Ó¦a°Ï, ¥H¶Â®ü, ¨È¬ü¥§¨È, ¥[©¬¦h®a(©_¥Û°Ï)(Cappadocia), ¥[©Ô¤Ó, ©MPaphlagonia¬°¬É

4195 Pontos {pon'-tos} of Latin origin;; n pr loc AV - Pontus 2; 2 Pontus = "the sea" 1) a region of eastern Asia Minor, bounded by the Euxine Sea, Armenia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Paphlagonia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4196 Poplios {pop'-lee-os} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Publius 2; 2 ³¡¦Ê¬y = "±o²³±æªº, ¨üÅwªïªº" 1) ¦Ì§Q¤j®qªº¦æ¬F­ºªø(#®{ 28:7-8|)

4196 Poplios {pop'-lee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Publius 2; 2 Publius = "popular" 1) the chief magistrate of the island of Melita
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4197 poreia {por-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 4198;;¦Wµü³±©Ê AV - journeying + 4160 1, way 1; 2 1) ®È¦æ, ®È³~ (#¸ô 13:22|) 2) ¶i¦æªº¨Æª«, ·N«ü: ·N¹Ï, °l´M, µÛ¤â±q¨Æ (#¶® 1:11|)

4197 poreia {por-i'-ah} from 4198;; noun feminine AV - journeying + 4160 1, way 1; 2 1) a journey 2) a going, that is: purpose, pursuit, undertaking
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4198 poreuomai {por-yoo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from a derivative of »P...¦P 3984; TDNT - 6:566,915; °Êµü AV - go 117, depart11, walk 9, go (one's) way 8, misc 9; 154 1) ¤Þ»â¥h¡M±a»â¥h 1a) °l¨D¥h§¹¦¨¤w¸g¶}©lªº®Èµ{¡MÄ~Äò®Èµ{ 1b) Â÷¥@: #¸ô 22:22| "¥h¥@" 1c) °lÀH¬Y¤H¡M¤]´N¬OÅܦ¨¥Lªº«H®{ 1c1) ¦æ¨Æ¬°¤H: #©¼«e 4:3| ®É­Ô"¤w¸g°÷¤F"; #¸ô 1:6| "¿í¦æ" ¥Dªº¤@¤Á»|©R 2) ¥Ñ¤@­Ó©wÂI²¾¨ì¥t¤@­Ó¦a¤è: #¤Ó 25:41| "Â÷¶}" §Ú For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5818

4198 poreuomai {por-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice from a derivative of the same as 3984; TDNT - 6:566,915; v AV - go 117, depart 11, walk 9, go (one's) way 8, misc 9; 154 1) to lead over, carry over, transfer 1a) to pursue the journey on which one has entered, to continue on one's journey 1b) to depart from life 1c) to follow one, that is: become his adherent 1c1) to lead or order one's life For Synonyms see entry 5818
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4199 portheo {por-theh'-o} ÂX®i«¬ from pertho (to sack);; °Êµü AV - destroy 2, waste 1; 3 1) ·´Ãa, ±À½ (#®{ 9:21; ¥[ 1:13,23|)

4199 portheo {por-theh'-o} prolongation from pertho (to sack);; v AV - destroy 2, waste 1; 3 1) to destroy, overthrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4200 porismos {por-is-mos'} ·½¦Ûporosªº­l¥Íµü (¤èªk, ¥ç§Y¤è¦¡);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gain 2; 2 1) ¨ú±o, Àò±o 2) Àò±oªº¨Ó·½

4200 porismos {por-is-mos'} from a derivative of poros (a way, i.e. means);; n m AV - gain 2; 2 1) acquisition, gain 2) source of gain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4201 Porkios {por'-kee-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B»y;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Porcius 1; 1 ªi¨D[«D´µ³£] = "¨õ»Àªº" 1)µÌ¤O´µªºÄ~©ÓªÌ¡A¬°µS¤jªº¨µ¼¾

4201 Porkios {por'-kee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Porcius 1; 1 Porcius [Festus] = "swinish" 1) the successor of Felix as procurator of Judea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4202 porneia {por-ni'-ah} ·½¦Û4203; TDNT - 6:579,918; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fornication 26; 26 1) ¤£ªkªº©ÊÃö«Y 1a) ³q«Á, ¦P©ÊÅÊ, »P°Êª«ÎA¦Xµ¥. 1b) »Pªñ¿Ëµo¥Í©ÊÃö«Y; §Q¥¼°O¤Q¤K³¹ 1c) »PÂ÷±Bªº¤Hµo¥Í©ÊÃö«Y (#¥i 10:11,12|) 2) Áô³ë. ·q«ô°¸¹³ 2a) «ô°¸¹³ªº¤£¼ä, ¨Ò¦p¬O¥Ñ¦Y°¸¹³²½ª«¤Þ°_ªº

4202 porneia {por-ni'-ah} from 4203; TDNT - 6:579,918; n f AV - fornication 26; 26 1) illicit sexual intercourse 1a) adultery, fornication, homosexuality, lesbianism, intercourse with animals etc. 1b) sexual intercourse with close relatives; Lev. 18 1c) sexual intercourse with a divorced man or woman; Mk. 10:11,12 2) metaph. the worship of idols 2a) of the defilement of idolatry, as incurred by eating the sacrifices offered to idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4203 porneuo {porn-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û4204; TDNT - 6:579,918; °Êµü AV - commit fornication 7, commit 1; 8 1) ¥X½æ¦Û¤vªº¦×Åé, º¡¨¬¥L¤Hªº¼¤±æ 2) ³´¤J¤£ªkªº©ÊÃö«Y¸Ì 2a) ¥Ç«Á²] 3) Áô³ë. ·q«ô°¸¹³, ©}ªA©ó°¸¹³±R«ô 3a) ®eÅý¦Û¤v¨ü§O¤H¤Þ»¤, ¸¨¤J°¸¹³±R«ô

4203 porneuo {porn-yoo'-o} from 4204; TDNT - 6:579,918; v AV - commit fornication 7, commit 1; 8 1) to prostitute one's body to the lust of another 2) to give one's self to unlawful sexual intercourse 2a) to commit fornication 3) metaph. to be given to idolatry, to worship idols 3a) to permit one's self to be drawn away by another into idolatry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4204 porne {por'-nay} ·½©ó 4205; TDNT - 6:579,918; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - harlot 8, whore 4; 12 1) «ü¥X½æ¦×Å齿²]ªº¤k¤H 1a) §²¤k, ±@§², «ü¬°¤F§Q¯q¦Ó±¡Ä@¨Ï¦Û¤v¦Ã©ªº¤H 1b) «ü¥ô¦ó©ñÁa©óªk²z¥H¥~©Ê¦æ¬°ªº¤k¤H, ¤£½×¬O¬°¤F§Q¯q©Î¦×Å骺±¡¼¤ 2) Áô³ë. ¤kªº±R«ô°¸¹³ªÌ 2a) «ü"¤Ú¤ñ­Û", ¥ç§Y ù°¨, ±R«ô°¸¹³ªÌªº­º­n¤§¦a (#±Ò 17:5|)

4204 porne {por'-nay} from 4205; TDNT - 6:579,918; n f AV - harlot 8, whore 4; 12 1) a woman who sells her body for sexual uses 1a) a prostitute, a harlot, one who yields herself to defilement for the sake of gain 1b) any woman indulging in unlawful sexual intercourse, whether for gain or for lust 2) metaph. an idolatress 2a) of "Babylon" i.e. Rome, the chief seat of idolatry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4205 pornos {por'-nos} ·½©ó pernemi (¥X½æ, ªñ¦ü©ó 4097 ªº¦r·½); TDNT - 6:579,918;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fornicator 5, whoremonger 5; 10 1) «ü¥X½æ¦×Å麡¨¬¥L¤H¦×¼¤¥HÀò±o³ø¹Sªº¨k¤H 2) ¨k§² 3) ©ñÁa©ó¤£¦Xªk²z¤§©Ê¦æ¬°ªº¨k¤H, ³q«ÁªÌ

4205 pornos {por'-nos} from pernemi (to sell, akin to the base of 4097); TDNT - 6:579,918; n m AV - fornicator 5, whoremonger 5; 10 1) a man who prostitutes his body to another's lust for hire 2) a male prostitute 3) a man who indulges in unlawful sexual intercourse, a fornicator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4206 porrho {por'-rho} ·½¦Û 4253;; °Æµü AV - far 2, a great way off 1; 3 1) »»»·ªº, ¦³¶ZÂ÷ªº, »·Â÷ªº (#¤Ó 15:8; ¥i 7:6; ¸ô 14:32|)

4206 porrho {por'-rho} from 4253;; adv AV - far 2, a great way off 1; 3 1) far, at a distance, a great way off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4207 porrhothen {por'-rho-then} ·½©ó 4206 ©M adverbial enclitic of source;; °Æµü AV - afar off 2; 2 1) ¥Ñ»·³B, ±q»·¤è, ¬Û¹j»»»·

4207 porrhothen {por'-rho-then} from 4206 with adverbial enclitic of source;; adv AV - afar off 2; 2 1) from afar, afar off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4208 porrhotero {por-rho-ter'-o} comparative of 4206;; °Æµü AV - further 1; 1 1) §ó»·¦a, ¦V«e (#¸ô 24:28|)

4208 porrhotero {por-rho-ter'-o} comparative of 4206;; adv AV - further 1; 1 1) further
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4209 porphura {por-foo'-rah} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - purple 5; 5 1) µµ³½, ¥Ò´ßÃþªº³½©Î¶M¨©Ãþ¤§ª«ºØ 2) ¬V¥Hµµ¦â¤§Â´ª«, ¥Îµµ¥¬»s§@¤§¦çªA

4209 porphura {por-foo'-rah} of Latin origin;; n f AV - purple 5; 5 1) the purple fish, a species of shell fish or mussel 2) a fabric coloured with purple dye, a garment made from purple cloth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4210 porphurous {por-foo-rooce'} ·½¦Û 4209;; §Î®eµü AV - purple 3; 3 1) ¬V¦¨µµ¬õ, µµ¬õ¦â´«~ (#¬ù 19:2,5; ±Ò 18;16|)

4210 porphurous {por-foo-rooce'} from 4209;; adj AV - purple 3; 3 1) purple, dyed in purple, made of purple fabric
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4211 porphuropolis {por-foo-rop'-o-lis} ·½¦Û a compound of 4209 and 4453;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - seller of purple 1; 1 1) ¬ïµÛµµ¬õ©Î¬O¬Vµµ¬õ¦â¥¬®Æªº¤k±À¾P­û

4211 porphuropolis {por-foo-rop'-o-lis} from a compound of 4209 and 4453;; n f AV - seller of purple 1; 1 1) a female seller of purple or of fabric dyed in purple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4212 posakis {pos-ak'-is} multiplicative from 4214;; °Æµü AV - how often 2, how oft 1; 3 1) ¦h¤Ö¦¸, ´X¦¸?

4212 posakis {pos-ak'-is} multiplicative from 4214;; adv AV - how often 2, how oft 1; 3 1) how often
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4213 posis {pos'-is} ·½¦Û the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,841; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - drink 3; 3 1) §l, ¶¼, ³Ü, ¶¼®Æ, °sÃþ(#¬ù 6:55; ù 14:17; ¦è 2:16|)

4213 posis {pos'-is} from the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,841; n f AV - drink 3; 3 1) a drinking, drink
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4214 posos {pos'-os} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¥Îªº pos (½Ö, ¤°»ò) ©M 3739;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - how much 13, how many 9, how many things 2, what 1, how long 1, how great 1; 27 1) ¦h°¶¤j°Ú 2) ¦óµ¥ªº¤j 3) ¦óµ¥ªº¦h

4214 posos {pos'-os} from an absolute pos (who, what) and 3739;; pron AV - how much 13, how many 9, how many things 2, what 1, how long 1, how great 1; 27 1) how great 2) how much 3) how many
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4215 potamos {pot-am-os'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û a derivative of the alternate of 4095 (cf 4224); TDNT - 6:595,921;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - river 9, flood 4, stream 2, water 1; 16 1) ¤pªe, ªe¤t 2) «æ¬y 3) ¬x¤ô

4215 potamos {pot-am-os'} probably from a derivative of the alternate of 4095 (cf 4224); TDNT - 6:595,921; n m AV - river 9, flood 4, stream 2, water 1; 16 1) a stream, a river 2) a torrent 3) floods
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4216 potamophoretos {pot-am-of-or'-ay-tos} ·½¦Û 4215 and a derivative of 5409; TDNT - 6:607,921; §Î®eµü AV - carried away of the flood 1; 1 1) ³Q¤ô¬y±²¨« (¥ç§Y Âл\, ²T¨S, ·Ä©ó¤ô¤¤) (#±Ò 12:15|)

4216 potamophoretos {pot-am-of-or'-ay-tos} from 4215 and a derivative of 5409; TDNT - 6:607,921; adj AV - carried away of the flood 1; 1 1) carried away by a stream (i.e. overwhelmed, drowned in the waters)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4217 potapos {pot-ap-os'} ÅãµM·½©ó 4219 ©M 4226 ªº¦r®Ú;; §Î®eµü AV - what manner of 4, what 1, what manner of man 1, what manner of¤HºÙ1; 7 1) ¬O¥Ñ«ç»ò¼Ëªº°ê®a, ¥Á±Ú©ÎºØ±Ú¨Óªº 2) ¬O«ç¼Ëªº©Î¨º¤@Ãþªº (¨º¤@­ÓºØÃþªº) 2a) ¤H 2b) ¨Æ

4217 potapos {pot-ap-os'} apparently from 4219 and the base of 4226;; adj AV - what manner of 4, what 1, what manner of man 1, what manner of person 1; 7 1) from what country, nation or tribe 2) of what sort or quality (what manner of) 2a) of persons 2b) of things
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4218 pote {pot-eh'} ·½©ó 4225 ªº¦r®Ú©M 5037;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - in time past 5, at any time 4, in times past 3, sometimes 3, sometime 3, once 2, not tr 3, misc 9; 32 1) ´¿¸g, ¥ç§Y ¥H«e, ©¹©õ, ¦b¹L¥h¬Y®É

4218 pote {pot-eh'} from the base of 4225 and 5037;; particle AV - in time past 5, at any time 4, in times past 3, sometimes 3, sometime 3, once 2, not tr 3, misc 9; 32 1) once i.e. formerly, aforetime, at some time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4219 pote {pot'-eh} ·½¦Û the base of 4226 and 5037;; °Æµü AV - when 12, how long + 2193 7; 19 1) ¨ì¬Æ»ò®É­Ô? ¦ó®É? ´X®É?

4219 pote {pot'-eh} from the base of 4226 and 5037;; adv AV - when 12, how long + 2193 7; 19 1) when?, at what time?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4220 poteron {pot'-er-on} ¤¤©Ê of a comparative of the base of 4226;; conj AV - whether 1; 1 1) ¨âªÌ¤§¤@ (#¬ù 7:17|)

4220 poteron {pot'-er-on} neuter of a comparative of the base of 4226;; conj AV - whether 1; 1 1) which of two
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4221 poterion {pot-ay'-ree-on} TDNT - 6:148,841; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cup 33; 33 1) ªM 1a)¦r·Nªº 1b)³ë·Nªº

4221 poterion {pot-ay'-ree-on} of a derivative of the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:148,841; n n AV - cup 33; 33 1) a cup, a drinking vessel 2) metaph. one's lot or experience, whether joyous or adverse, divine appointments, whether favourable or unfavourable, are likened to a cup which God presents one to drink: so of prosperity and adversity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4222 potizo {pot-id'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative of the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:159,841; °Êµü AV - give to drink 4, give drink 4, water 3, make to drink 2, watering 1, feed 1; 15 1) µ¹³Ü¤ô, ¨Ñ©ó¶¼¥Î 2) µ¹...¼å¤ô, Äéµ@´þ¼í, (´Óª«, ¥Ð¦a, µ¥.) 3) Áô³ë. ¨Ïº¯³z, ¤ßùع¡º¡

4222 potizo {pot-id'-zo} from a derivative of the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:159,841; v AV - give to drink 4, give drink 4, water 3, make to drink 2, watering 1, feed 1; 15 1) to give to drink, to furnish drink 2) to water, irrigate (plants, fields etc.) 3) metaph. to imbue, saturate one's mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4223 Potioloi {pot-ee'-ol-oy} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Puteoli 1; 1 ³¡¥á§Q = "§t¦³²¸ÁDªº·½¬u" 1) ¸q¤j§Q¥Ì¤Ú¨½¨Èªº¤@­Ó«°¥«¡A¦ì©ó¨º¤£°Ç´µªº®üÆW®Ç #®{ 28:13|

4223 Potioloi {pot-ee'-ol-oy} of Latin origin;; n pr loc AV - Puteoli 1; 1 Puteoli = "sulphurous springs" 1) a city of Campania, in Italy, situated on the Bay of Naples
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4224 potos {pot'-os} or poton {pot-on'} ·½¦Û the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,841;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - banqueting 1; 1 1) ¶¼, ³Ü, °s®b, ¶¼®b

4224 potos {pot'-os} or poton {pot-on'} from the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,841; n m AV - banqueting 1; 1 1) a drinking, carousing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4225 pou {poo} ¤£©w¥N¦Wµü pos (¤@¨Ç) ªº©Ò¦³®æ, ¦¹¥~´N¤w¤£¨Ï¥Î¤F(°Ñ¦Ò 4214);; °Æµü AV - a certain place 2, about 1; 3 1) ­þ¨à?, ¦b¤°»ò¦a¤è?

4225 pou {poo} genitive case of an indefinite pronoun pos (some) otherwise obsolete (cf 4214);; adv AV - a certain place 2, about 1; 3 1) where?, in what place?
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4226 pou {poo} ºÃ°Ý¥N¦Wµü pos (what) ªº©Ò¦³®æ¡A¦¹¥~´N¤w¤£¦A¨Ï¥Î (¥i¯à»P4225¦P¡Aused with the rising slide of enquiry);; °Æµü AV - where 37, whither 10; 47 1) ¬Y¦a¤è 2) ´X¥G 3) ±aµÛ¼Æ¦r: ¦b¬Y³B, ¦bªñ³B

4226 pou {poo} genitive case of an interrogative pronoun pos (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as 4225 used with the rising slide of enquiry);; adv AV - where 37, whither 10; 47 1) somewhere 2) nearly 3) with numerals: somewhere about, about
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4227 Poudes {poo'-dace} of Latin origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Pudens 1; 1 ¥¬¥Ð = "Á¾»¹ªº,²Û©Äªº,ºÝ²øªº,¾A«×ªº" 1)´£¼¯¤Ó¦bù°¨«°ªº¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{ªB¤Í, ¥i¯à¬O­C¿q¤C¤Q­Óªù®{¤§¤@

4227 Poudes {poo'-dace} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Pudens 1; 1 Pudens = "modest" 1) a Christian friend of Timothy at Rome, and may have been one of the seventy disciples
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4228 pous {pooce} ¦r®Ú; TDNT - 6:624,925; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - foot 85, footstool + 5286 8; 93 1) ¸}, ¥i¥Î¥H«ü¤Hªº©ÎÃ~Ãþªº¸} 1a) ³q±`¦bªF¤èªº§@ªk, §â¸}½ñ¦b³Q©ºªAªÌªº¨­¤W 1b) §Î®e¸òÀH¦Ñ®v°V»£ªº¾Ç¥Í¬O¨ä¨¬¤U, ©Î¦pºÙ§O¤Hªº¾Ç¥Í¬O"°ª¨¬"

4228 pous {pooce} a primary word; TDNT - 6:624,925; n m AV - foot 85, footstool + 5286 8; 93 1) a foot, both of men or beast 1a) often in the orient, one put his foot on vanquished 1b) of disciples listening to their teacher's instruction are said to be at his feet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4229 pragma {prag'-mah} from 4238; TDNT - 6:638,927; n n AV - thing 6, matter 3, business 1, work 1; 11 1) ¤w¸g³Q§¹¦¨ªº¨Æ, ¤@­Ó¦æ°Ê , ¤@­Ó¤w¸g§¹¦¨ªº¨Æ¹ê 2) ¤w¸g³Q§¹¦¨©Î¬O¹ê²{ªº¨Æ 2a)¯S§O¬O¾·~¤Wªº¤u§@, ¤@­Ó°Ó°È¬¡°Êªº¿ì²z 3) ¤@­Ó¨Æ¥ó, ¸ß°Ý , ¨Æ±¡r 3a)¯S§O¬O¥Hªk®xªºÆ[ÂI ,¤@­Óªk«ß¤Wªº¨Æ¥ó, ¨Æ±¡, ¶D³^ 4) ¬O¤@¥ó¨Æ¹ê©Î¬O¦s¦b, ¤@¥ó¨Æ±¡

4229 pragma {prag'-mah} from 4238; TDNT - 6:638,927; n n AV - thing 6, matter 3, business 1, work 1; 11 1) that which has been done, a deed, an accomplished fact 2) what is done or being accomplished 2a) spec. business, a commercial transaction 3) a matter, question, affair 3a) spec. in a forensic sense, a matter at law, case, suit 4) that which is or exists, a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4230 pragmateia {prag-mat-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 4231; TDNT - 6:640,927; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - affair 1; 1 1) ¥ô¦ó¤u§@ªº°õ¦æ 1a) ¾³d, ¾·~, ¤é±`¤u§@ (#´£«á 2:4|)

4230 pragmateia {prag-mat-i'-ah} from 4231; TDNT - 6:640,927; n f AV - affair 1; 1 1) prosecution of any affair 1a) business, occupation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4231 pragmateuomai {prag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4229; TDNT - 6:641,927; °Êµü AV - occupy 1; 1 1) ¦£¸L©ó¥ô¤@¨Æ 2) Ä~Äò¤é±`ªº¤u§@ 3) ±q¨Æ»È¦æ¶T©ö·~°È (#¸ô 19:13|)

4231 pragmateuomai {prag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee} from 4229; TDNT - 6:641,927; v AV - occupy 1; 1 1) to be occupied in anything 2) to carry on a business 3) to carry on the business of a banker or a trader
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4232 praitorion {prahee-to'-ree-on} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - judgment hall 4, hall of judgment 1, common hall 1, praetorium 1, palace 1; 8 1) Á`·þ©², Á`·þ(©Î¬Ó®a)ĵ½Ã

4232 praitorion {prahee-to'-ree-on} of Latin origin;; n n AV - judgment hall 4, hall of judgment 1, common hall 1, praetorium 1, palace 1; 8 1) "head-quarters" in a Roman camp, the tent of the commander-in-chief 2) the palace in which the governor or procurator of a province resided, to which use the Romans were accustomed to appropriate the palaces already existing, and formerly dwelt in by kings or princes; at Jerusalem it was a magnificent palace which Herod the Great had built for himself, and which the Roman procurators seemed to have occupied whenever they came from Caesarea to Jerusalem to transact public business 3) the camp of the Praetorian soldiers established by Tiberius
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4233 praktor {prak'-tor} ·½¦Û4238ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 6:642,927; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - officer 2; 2 1) ©x­û (#¸ô 12:58|)

4233 praktor {prak'-tor} from a derivative of 4238; TDNT - 6:642,927; n m AV - officer 2; 2 1) one who does anything, a doer 2) one who does the work of inflicting punishment or taking vengeance 2a) the avenger of murder 2b) the exactor of a monetary fine 2c) an officer of justice of the lower order whose business it is to inflict punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4234 praxis {prax'-is} ·½¦Û 4238; TDNT - 6:642,927; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - deed 4, work 1, office 1; 6 1) ¦æ°Ê, ¤@­Ó°Ê§@, ³B²z, ¥æ©ö 1a) ¨Ï®{ªº¬¡°Ê 1b) Ãaªº·N«ä, ¨¸´c¦æ¬°, ¥Ç¸o, ´c¨Æ (§Ú­Ìªº¸Þ­p¥ç§Y¦l¶Bªº) 2) ­n°µªº¨Æ, ³d¥ô

4234 praxis {prax'-is} from 4238; TDNT - 6:642,927; n f AV - deed 4, work 1, office 1; 6 1) a doing, a mode of acting, a deal, a transaction 1a) the doings of the apostles 1b) in a bad sense, wicked deed, crime, wicked doings (our practices i.e. trickery) 2) a thing to be done, business
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4235 praos {prah'-os} 4239¤§¤@«¬ , ¥Î¦b¯S©wªº´X­Ó³¡¤À;; §Î®eµü AV - meek 1; 1 1) ©Mµ½ªº, ·Å©Mªº, ·Å¶¶ªº(#¤Ó 11:29|)

4235 praos {prah'-os} a form of 4239, used in certain parts;; adj AV - meek 1; 1 1) gentle, mild, meek
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4236 praotes {prah-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 4235;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - meekness 9; 9 1) ·Å¬X, ¬X¶¶, Á¾®¥

4236 praotes {prah-ot'-ace} from 4235;; n f AV - meekness 9; 9 1) gentleness, mildness, meekness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4237 prasia {pras-ee-ah'} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - in ranks 1; 1 1) ¤@¸s¤@¸s¤H(#¥i 6:40) 1a)­ì·N«ü"¤@¶ô¦a",¦¹³B¥Hºñ¯ó¤ñ³ë¦¨¸sªº¤H

4237 prasia {pras-ee-ah'} perhaps from prason (a leek, and so an onion-patch);; n f AV - in ranks 1; 1 1) a plot of ground, a garden bed 2) Hebrew idiom i.e. they reclined in ranks or divisions, so that several ranks formed, as it were separate plots
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4238 prasso {pras'-so} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 6:632,927; °Êµü AV - do 28, commit 5, ex¥D°Ê1, require 1, deed 1, keep 1, use arts 1; 38 1) ¾Þ½m, ¹ê¦æ, ¦£©ó, °õ¦æ 1a) µÛ¤â±q¨Æ, ¥h°µ 2) §¹¦¨, ¹ê²{ 2a) ±q¨Æ, ¶i¦æ 3) ³B²z¤½²³ªº¨Æ°È, ¿ì²z¤½¦@¨Æ°È 3a) ¼x¦¬µ|ª÷, °ê®wªº·³¦¬, ¿n¤íªº¶Å°È 4) ¦æ°Ê ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5871

4238 prasso {pras'-so} a root word; TDNT - 6:632,927; v AV - do 28, commit 5, exact 1, require 1, deed 1, keep 1, use arts 1; 38 1) to exercise, practise, to be busy with, carry on 1a) to undertake, to do 2) to accomplish, perform 2a) to commit, perpetrate 3) to manage public affairs, transact public business 3a) to exact tribute, revenue, debts 4) to act For Synonyms see entry 5871
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4239 praus {prah-ooce'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:645,929; §Î®eµü AV - meek 3; 3 1) ­Ó©Ê·Å©M, °ª©|ªºÆF©Ê, ·Å¶¶ (#¤Ó 5:5, 21:5; ©¼«e 3:4|)

4239 praus {prah-ooce'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:645,929; adj AV - meek 3; 3 1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4240 prautes {prah-oo'-tace} ·½¦Û 4239; TDNT - 6:645,929; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - meekness 3; 3 1) ­Ó©Ê·Å©M, ¬X¶¶, ·Å¬Xªº¤ß, ·Å¶¶, ¶¶±q (#¶® 1:21; 3:13; ©¼ 3:15|)

4240 prautes {prah-oo'-tace} from 4239; TDNT - 6:645,929; n f AV - meekness 3; 3 1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4241 prepo {prep'-o} ÅãµM¬O­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r;; °Êµü AV - become 6, comely 1; 7 1) ¥X²³ªº, ¤Þ¤HµÛ¥Øªº, ¨ô¶VÅã»®ªº 2) ¬Û¦X¬Û©yªº, ¦X©y, ¦X¾A

4241 prepo {prep'-o} apparently a root word;; v AV - become 6, comely 1; 7 1) to stand out, to be conspicuous, to be eminent 2) to be becoming, seemly, fit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4242 presbeia {pres-bi'-ah} ·½¦Û 4243;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - ambassage 1, message 1; 2 1) ¦~ÄÖ, ´LÄY, ªø¤lªºÅv¤O 2) ³q±`¥æ°Uµ¹¦~ªøªºÂ¾³d©Î¥ô°È, ¯S§O«ü¨Ï¸`ªºÂ¾°È, ¤j¨Ï (#¸ô 14:32; 19:14|)

4242 presbeia {pres-bi'-ah} from 4243;; n f AV - ambassage 1, message 1; 2 1) age, dignity, right of the first born 2) the business normally intrusted to elders, spec. the office of an ambassador, an embassy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4243 presbeuo {pres-byoo'-o} ·½¦Û the base of 4245; TDNT - 6:681,931; °Êµü AV - ambassador 2; 2 1) ¦~ªøªº, (¦]¥X¥Íªº±Æ§Ç©Î¦~¬ö) 2) ¦¨¬°¨Ï¸`, §êºt¨ÏªÌ (#ªL«á 5:20; ¥± 6:20|)

4243 presbeuo {pres-byoo'-o} from the base of 4245; TDNT - 6:681,931; v AV - ambassador 2; 2 1) to be older, prior by birth or in age 2) to be an ambassador, act as an ambassador
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4244 presbuterion {pres-boo-ter'-ee-on} ·½¦Û 4245 ªº±À´ú©µ¥Ó¦r; TDNT - 6:651,931; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - elders 1, estate of elders 1, presbytery 1; 3 1) ªø¦Ñ­Ì, ªø¦Ñ·|, ¤¸¦Ñ°|, ÅU°Ý©e­û·|ªº¥»Åé 1a) ÄݵS¤Óªø¦Ñ 1b) °ò·þ®{¥ô¦óªÏÅé(²Õ´)ªºªø¦Ñ

4244 presbuterion {pres-boo-ter'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 4245; TDNT - 6:651,931; n n AV - elders 1, estate of elders 1, presbytery 1; 3 1) body of elders, presbytery, senate, council 1a) of the Jewish elders 1b) of the elders of any body (assembly) of Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4245 presbuteros {pres-boo'-ter-os} presbus ("¦~ªø"¤§·N); TDNT - 6:651,931; §Î®eµü AV - elder 64, old man 1, eldest 1, elder woman 1; 67 1) ¦~ªø 1a) ¨â­Ó¤H¤ñ¸û 1b) ¾\¾ú¦hªº¤H,ªø½ú,ªøªÌ 1b1) ¥ý¯ª 2) ¶¥¯Å,¾¦ìªº¦WºÙ 2a) ¦bµS¤Ó¤H¤¤ 2a1) ¤½·|¸Ìªº¤@­û (¦­¦~³£¬O±q¦~ªøªÌ¿î¿ï¥X»â³S©Î¼f§P©x) 2a2) ¦b¦U«°¥«³B²z¤½¦@¨Æª«»P°õªkªº¤H 2b) °ò·þ®{·í¤¤,¥D´x·|ij(±Ð·|)ªº¤H,·s¬ù¸t¸g¸Ìªø¦Ñ,ºÊ·þµ¥¦WºÙ³q¥Î. 2c) ±Ò¥Ü¿ý¤¤¤Ñ®x¸Ìªº¤G¤Q¥|¦Wªø¦Ñ,§¤¦b¯«ªºÄ_®y¥|³ò

4245 presbuteros {pres-boo'-ter-os} comparative of presbus (elderly); TDNT - 6:651,931; adj AV - elder 64, old man 1, eldest 1, elder woman 1; 67 1) elder, of age, 1a) the elder of two people 1b) advanced in life, an elder, a senior 1b1) forefathers 2) a term of rank or office 2a) among the Jews 2a1) members of the great council or Sanhedrin (because in early times the rulers of the people, judges, etc., were selected from elderly men) 2a2) of those who in separate cities managed public affairs and administered justice 2b) among the Christians, those who presided over the assemblies (or churches) The NT uses the term bishop, elders, and presbyters interchangeably 2c) the twenty four members of the heavenly Sanhedrin or court seated on thrones around the throne of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4246 presbutes {pres-boo'-tace} »P 4245 ¦P·½; TDNT - 6:683,931;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - old man 1, aged man 1, aged 1; 3 1) ¦Ñ¦~¤H, ¤W¤F¦~¬öªº¤H 2) ¤j¨Ï

4246 presbutes {pres-boo'-tace} from the same as 4245; TDNT - 6:683,931; n m AV - old man 1, aged man 1, aged 1; 3 1) an old man, an aged man 2) ambassador
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4247 presbutis {pres-boo'-tis} ·½¦Û 4246;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - aged women 1; 1 1) ¤W¦~¬öªº°ü¤k

4247 presbutis {pres-boo'-tis} from 4246;; n f AV - aged women 1; 1 1) an aged woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4248 prenes {pray-nace'} ·½¦Û 4253;; §Î®eµü AV - headlong 1; 1 1) ­Ë®â½µ (#®{ 1:18|)

4248 prenes {pray-nace'} from 4253;; adj AV - headlong 1; 1 1) headlong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4249 prizo {prid'-zo} ¦r®Ú prio (¥Î¿÷¤l¿÷) ªº¥[±j«¬;; °Êµü AV - saw asunder 1; 1 1) ¿÷, ¿÷¦¨¨â¥b ³Q"¿÷¦¨¨â¥b"¬O§Æ§B¨Ó¤Hªº¤@ºØ¦D»@, ¨Ì®Ç¸g¤¤ªº°O¸ü, ¶Ç²Î¤W¬Û«H¥ýª¾¥HÁɨȬO¨ü¤F¦¹¦Dªº(#¨Ó 11:37|)

4249 prizo {prid'-zo} a strengthened form of a primary prio (to saw);; v AV - saw asunder 1; 1 1) to saw, to cut in two with a saw To be "sawn asunder" was a kind of punishment among the Hebrews, which according to tradition was inflicted on the prophet Isaiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4250 prin {prin} ·½¦Û 4253;; °Æµü AV - before 11, before that 2, ere 1; 14 1) ¦­©ó, ¥H«e

4250 prin {prin} from 4253;; adv AV - before 11, before that 2, ere 1; 14 1) before, formerly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4251 Priska {pris'-kah} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Prisca 1; 1 ¦Ê°ò©Ô = "¦~°ª¼wªòªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{°ü¤k, ¨È©~©Ôªº©d¤l(#´£«á 4:19|)

4251 Priska {pris'-kah} of Latin origin;; n pr f AV - Prisca 1; 1 Priscilla = "ancient" 1) a Christian woman, the wife of Aquila
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4252 Priscilla {pris'-cil-lah} 4251ªºÁY¤p«¬;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Priscilla 5; 5 ¦Ê°ò©Ô = "¥j¦Ñªº" 1) ¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{°ü¤k¡A¬O¨È©~©Ô¤§©d

4252 Priscilla {pris'-cil-lah} diminutive of 4251;; n pr f AV - Priscilla 5; 5 Priscilla = "ancient" 1) a Christian woman, the wife of Aquila
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4253 pro {pro} a primary ¤¶¨tµü¡FTDNT - 6:683,935; prep AV - before 44, above 2, above ... ago 1, or ever 1; 48 1) ¦b....¤§«e¡]͵ù¡G±a¶¡±µ¨ü®æ¡F¥Î©óªÅ¶¡¡A®É¶¡¡A©ÎÀu¶V©Ê¡^

4253 pro {pro} a primary preposition; TDNT - 6:683,935; prep AV - before 44, above 2, above ... ago 1, or ever 1; 48 1) before
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4254 proago {pro-ag'-o} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 71; TDNT - 1:130,20; °Êµü AV - go before 14, bring forth 2, went before + 2258 1, bring out 1; 18 1) ±a»â«e¶i, ¤Þ»â¦V«e 1a) «ü¤H¥Ñ³Q¹jÂ÷ªº¦a¤è(¦p¨c©Ð)±a¨ì§O³B 1b) ¦bªk®x¤Wªº¥Î»y, «ü´£»â¥h¨ü¼f 2) ¨«¦b«e­±, ¥ý¦æ¥Xµo 2a) «e­±ªº, ¦­¥ýªº, ¥ý«eªº 2b) Ä~Äò¶i¦æ, µÛ¤â¶i¦æ 2b1) ¦b­t­±ªº·N¸q¤W, «ü§ó¥[¹MÂ÷¥¿½T©Î¾A·íªº

4254 proago {pro-ag'-o} from 4253 and 71; TDNT - 1:130,20; v AV - go before 14, bring forth 2, went before + 2258 1, bring out 1; 18 1) to lead forward, lead forth 1a) one from a place in which he has lain hidden from view, as from a prison 1b) in a forensic sense, to bring one forth to trial 2) to go before 2a) preceding, prior in time, previous 2b) to proceed, go forward 2b1) in a bad sense, to go further than is right. or proper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4255 proaireomai {pro-ahee-reh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 and 138;; °Êµü AV - purpose 1; 1 1) ´£¥X, ¨ú¥X, ±q¦Û®aÀx¦sªº®³¥X 2) ¬°¤v²£¥Í..., ¦b¥L¤H¸ò«e¬°¦Û¤v¿ï¾Ü..., ¬Ý¤¤ 3) ¥´©w¥D·N, ·N¹Ï (#ªL«á 9:7|)

4255 proaireomai {pro-ahee-reh'-om-ahee} from 4253 and 138;; v AV - purpose 1; 1 1) to bring forward, bring forth from one's stores 2) to bring forth for one's self, to choose for one's self before another, to prefer 3) to purpose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4256 proaitiaomai {pro-ahee-tee-ah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 and a derivative of 156;; °Êµü AV - prove before 1; 1 1) ¹ï¥ý«e©Ò¨¥½×ªº¨Æ´£¥X¤ÏÃÒ (#ù 3:9|)

4256 proaitiaomai {pro-ahee-tee-ah'-om-ahee} from 4253 and a derivative of 156;; v AV - prove before 1; 1 1) to bring a charge against previously (i.e. in what has previously been said)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4257 proakouo {pro-ak-oo'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 and 191;; °Êµü AV - hear before 1; 1 1) ¥ý«eÅ¥¨£ 1a) ¦b±ÏÅ«¨ì¨Ó¤§«e©Ò«ùªº¬ß±æ (#¦è 1:5|)

4257 proakouo {pro-ak-oo'-o} from 4253 and 191;; v AV - hear before 1; 1 1) to hear before 1a) the hoped for salvation before its realisation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4258 proamartano {pro-am-ar-tan'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 264;; °Êµü AV - sin already 1, sin heretofore 1; 2 1) ±q«e¥Ç¸o (#ªL«á 12:21; 13:2|) 1a) ¨º¨Ç¦b»â¨ü¬~§¥H«e¡A¦]·P¬V¨º¨Ç¦b¥~¨¹¤H¤¤´¶¹Mªº´c²ß¦Ó¦³¸oªº¤H

4258 proamartano {pro-am-ar-tan'-o} from 4253 and 264;; v AV - sin already 1, sin heretofore 1; 2 1) to sin before 1a) of those who before receiving baptism had been guilty of the vices especially common among the Gentiles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4259 proaulion {pro-ow'-lee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 4253 and 833;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - porch 1; 1 1) ªk°|«e­±, ªù´Y

4259 proaulion {pro-ow'-lee-on} from a presumed compound of 4253 and 833;; n n AV - porch 1; 1 1) fore-court, porch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4260 probaino {prob-ah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 4253 and the base of 939;; °Êµü AV - be well stricken 2, go on 1, go farther 1, be of ... age + 2250 + 1722 1; 5 1) ¦V«e¦æ, Ä~Äò¤U¥h

4260 probaino {prob-ah'-ee-no} from 4253 and the base of 939;; v AV - be well stricken 2, go on 1, go farther 1, be of ... age + 2250 + 1722 1; 5 1) to go forwards, go on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4261 proballo {prob-al'-lo} ·½¦Û 4253 and 906;; °Êµü AV - shoot forth 1, put forward 1, vr put forward 1; 3 1) ©¹«e¥áÂY 1a) «ü¾ð¤ì, ÅS¥X·sªÞ , ªø¥X·sªº¸­¤l 1b) ¨ÏµoªÞ 1c) ©¹«e±À, ¥Î¤O©¹«e±ÀÀ½, ´£¥X

4261 proballo {prob-al'-lo} from 4253 and 906;; v AV - shoot forth 1, put forward 1, vr put forward 1; 3 1) to throw forward 1a) of trees, to shoot forth, put out leaves 1b) to germinate 1c) to push forward, thrust forward, put forward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4262 probatikos {prob-at-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 4263;; §Î®eµü AV - sheep market 1; 1 1) ÄÝ¥G¦Ïªº 2) ¦Ïªù

4262 probatikos {prob-at-ik-os'} from 4263;; adj AV - sheep market 1; 1 1) pertaining to sheep 2) the sheep gate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4263 probaton {prob'-at-on} ©Mªí¥Ü¥®¤pªº probation {pro-ba'-tee-on} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 4260 ªº¦r; TDNT - 6:689,936; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sheep 40, sheepfold + 833 1; 41 1) ¥ô¦ó¥|¸}ªº·Å°Vªº¥i©ñªªªº¯ó­¹©ÊÃ~Ãþ, ¤p¤û(¬Û¹ï©ó¤j«¬ªº¤û, °¨µ¥), ³Ì±`¥Î¨Ó«ü ºø¦Ï©Î¤s¦Ï 1a) ºø¦Ï, ¦b·s¬ù¤¤¥Î¥H«ü¦Ï

4263 probaton {prob'-at-on} also diminutive: probation {pro-ba'-tee-on} probably from a presumed. derivative of 4260; TDNT - 6:689,936; n n AV - sheep 40, sheepfold + 833 1; 41 1) any four footed, tame animal accustomed to graze, small cattle (opp. to large cattle, horses, etc.), most commonly a sheep or a goat 1a) a sheep, and so always in the NT
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4264 probibazo {prob-ib-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4253 and a reduplicated form of 971;; °Êµü AV - instruct before 1, draw 1; 2 1) ­P¨Ï¦V«e¥h, ¦V«e¶É, ¦V«e®³¨Ó, ¦V«e©Ô 2) Áô³ë. ¿EÀy, ­ö¨Ï, ¶Ê«P, «P¶i, §ðÀ» 2a) ¥H»¡ªAªº¤è¦¡ÄU»¤

4264 probibazo {prob-ib-ad'-zo} from 4253 and a reduplicated form of 971;; v AV - instruct before 1, draw 1; 2 1) to cause to go forward, to lean forward, to bring forward, drag forward 2) metaph. to incite, instigate, urge, forward, set on 2a) to induce by persuasion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4265 problepo {prob-lep'-o} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 991;; °Êµü AV - provide 1; 1 1) ¹wª¾; ¹w¨£ 2) ´£¨Ñ, ·Ç³Æ

4265 problepo {prob-lep'-o} from 4253 and 991;; v AV - provide 1; 1 1) to foresee 2) to provide
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4266 proginomai {prog-in'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 and 1096;; °Êµü AV - be past 1; 1 1) ¥ý«e©Òµo¥Íªº 1a) «ü¤§«e©Ò¥Çªº¸o (#ù 3:25|)

4266 proginomai {prog-in'-om-ahee} from 4253 and 1096;; v AV - be past 1; 1 1) to arise or come before, happen before 1a) of sins committed previously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4267 proginosko {prog-in-oce'-ko} ·½¦Û 4253 and 1097; TDNT - 1:715,119; °Êµü AV - foreknow 2, foreordain 1, know 1, know before 1; 5 1) ¹w¥ýª¾¹D (#©¼«e1:20;©¼«á3:17|) 2) ¹wª¾ 2a) ¨º¨Ç³Q¯«´z¿ï±o®¦ªº (#ù8:29;ù 11:2|) 3) ¹w©w

4267 proginosko {prog-in-oce'-ko} from 4253 and 1097; TDNT - 1:715,119; v AV - foreknow 2, foreordain 1, know 1, know before 1; 5 1) to have knowledge before hand 2) to foreknow 2a) of those whom God elected to salvation 3) to predestinate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4268 prognosis {prog'-no-sis} ·½¦Û 4267; TDNT - 1:715,119; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - foreknowledge 2; 2 1) ¥ý¨£ª¾©ú, ¹wª¾ 2) ¹w¿Ñ, ¨Æ¥ý¦Ò¼{, ¹w³Æ (#®{ 2:23; ©¼«e 1:2|)

4268 prognosis {prog'-no-sis} from 4267; TDNT - 1:715,119; n f AV - foreknowledge 2; 2 1) foreknowledge 2) forethought, pre-arrangement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4269 progonos {prog'-on-os} ·½¦Û 4266;; §Î®eµü AV - parent 1, forefather 1; 2 1) ¥H«e¥X¥Íªº, ¸û¦Ñ 1a) ¯ª¥ý (#´£«e 5:4;´£«á 1:3|) 1b) ¥À¿Ë 1c) ¯ª¤÷¥À 1d) ´¿¯ª¤÷¥À (¦pªG¥L­ÌÁÙ¬¡µÛªº¸Ü)

4269 progonos {prog'-on-os} from 4266;; adj AV - parent 1, forefather 1; 2 1) born before, older 1a) of ancestors 1b) of a mother 1c) of grandparents 1d) of great-grand parents (if they are still alive)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4270 prographo {prog-raf'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 1125; TDNT - 1:770,128; °Êµü AV - write 1, write aforetime 1, write afore 1, evidently set forth 1, before ordain 1; 5 1) ±q«e(«ü®É¶¡)¼g¹Lªº 1a) of old set forth or designated before hand (¦b¬ùªº¸g¤å¤¤) 2) ¤½¶}ªº¨èµe©Î´yø 2a) ¦b¨º¨Ç¤F¸Ñªº²³¤H­±«e®Ñ¼g 2b) ¦b²³¤H­±«e¨èµe, ´yø, øµe

4270 prographo {prog-raf'-o} from 4253 and 1125; TDNT - 1:770,128; v AV - write 1, write aforetime 1, write afore 1, evidently set forth 1, before ordain 1; 5 1) to write before (of time) 1a) of old set forth or designated before hand (in the scriptures of the OT) 2) to depict or portray openly 2a) to write before the eyes of all who can read 2b) to depict, portray, paint, before the eyes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4271 prodelos {prod'-ay-los} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 1212;; §Î®eµü AV - evident 1, manifest beforehand 1, open beforehand 1; 3 1) ÅãµM©ö¨£ªº, ²³©Ò¶gª¾ªº, ©úÅ㪺

4271 prodelos {prod'-ay-los} from 4253 and 1212;; adj AV - evident 1, manifest beforehand 1, open beforehand 1; 3 1) openly evident, known to all, manifest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4272 prodidomi {prod-id'-o-mee} ·½¦Û 4253 and 1325;; °Êµü AV - first give 1; 1 1) ¥ýµ¹©ó, ­º¥ý¬I¤©... 2) ­I«q (#ù 11:35|)

4272 prodidomi {prod-id'-o-mee} from 4253 and 1325;; v AV - first give 1; 1 1) to give before, give first 2) to betray
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4273 prodotes {prod-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 4272 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N giving forward into another's [the enemy's] hands);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - traitor 2, betrayer 1; 3 1) ­I«qªÌ, ½æ°ê¸é (#¸ô 6:16; ®{ 7:52; ´£«á 3:4|)

4273 prodotes {prod-ot'-ace} from 4272 (in the sense of giving forward into another's [the enemy's] hands);; n m AV - traitor 2, betrayer 1; 3 1) a betrayer, traitor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4274 prodromos {prod'-rom-os} ·½©ó 4390 ªº´À¥N«¬; TDNT - 8:235,1189; §Î®eµü AV - forerunner 1; 1 1) ¥ýÅX 1a) ¤×¨ä¥Î¨Ó«ü³Q¬£§@¥ý»º¶i¦æÆ[¹î©Î¦æ°Êªº¶¡¿Ò, ¥¸­Ô, ©Î»´¸Ëªº§L¤h 1b) ¦b¨ä¥L²³¤H¤§«e¥ý¨ì¹F¥Øªº¦a¥hªº

4274 prodromos {prod'-rom-os} from the alternate of 4390; TDNT - 8:235,1189; adj AV - forerunner 1; 1 1) a forerunner 1a) esp. one who is sent before to take observations or act as a spy, a scout, a light armed soldier 1b) one who comes in advance to a place where the rest are to follow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4275 proeido {pro-i'-do} see proorao 4308 ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 1492; TDNT - 5:381,*; °Êµü AV - see before 1, foresee 1; 2 1) ¹w¨£, ¹wª¾ #®{ 2:31;¥[ 3:8|

4275 proeido {pro-i'-do} see proorao 4308 from 4253 and 1492; TDNT - 5:381,*; v AV - see before 1, foresee 1; 2 1) to foresee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4276 proelpizo {pro-el-pid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4253 and 1679; TDNT - 2:534,229; °Êµü AV - first trust 1; 1 1) ¦b....«e¦³¬ß±æ (#¥± 1:12|)

4276 proelpizo {pro-el-pid'-zo} from 4253 and 1679; TDNT - 2:534,229; v AV - first trust 1; 1 1) to hope before
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4277 proepo {pro-ep'-o} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 2036;; °Êµü AV - speak before 1, tell in time past 1, forewarn 1; 3 1) ¹w¥ý»¡¥X¨Ó 1a) ¦b¨Æ¥ó¤§«eªºµo¨¥, ¶}³õ¥Õ (?) 1b) ¥H«e©Ò»¡ªº, ¥ç§Y ¦Ü¦¹ªº, ¥ý«eªº©Ò»¡ªº¸Ü 1c) ¦b¨Æ«e´N§â¥¦»¡¤F¥X¨Ó, ¥ç§Y ¦b¨Æ±¡µo¥Í«e´N¹w¨¥¨äµo¥Í

4277 proepo {pro-ep'-o} from 4253 and 2036;; v AV - speak before 1, tell in time past 1, forewarn 1; 3 1) to say before 1a) to say in what precedes, to say above 1b) to say before i.e. heretofore, formerly 1c) to say beforehand i.e. before the event: prophecies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4278 proenarchomai {pro-en-ar'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 and 1728;; °Êµü AV - begin 1, begin before 1; 2 1) ¦b...¤§«e¶}¿ì (#ªL«á 8:6, 10|)

4278 proenarchomai {pro-en-ar'-khom-ahee} from 4253 and 1728;; v AV - begin 1, begin before 1; 2 1) to make a beginning before
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4279 proepaggellomai {pro-ep-ang-ghel'-lom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA, ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 1861; TDNT - 2:586,240; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - promise afore 1; 1 1) ±q«e«Å¥¬ 2) ±q«e©Ó¿Õ

4279 proepaggellomai {pro-ep-ang-ghel'-lom-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and 1861; TDNT - 2:586,240; v AV - promise afore 1; 1 1) to announce before 2) to promise before
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4280 proereo {pro-er-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 2046, ¥Î©ó·í§@ 4277 ªº´À¥Nµü ;; °Êµü AV - say before 4, tell before 2, speak before 2, foretell 1; 9 1) ±q«e»¡¹L 1a) ¦b¡K¤§«e´N¤w¸g»¡¹L, ¹w¥ý»¡¹L 1b) ±q«e»¡¹L, ¥ç§Y"¦¹®É¥H«e", "¦b¦¹¤§«e" 1c) ¨Æ¥ý»¡¹L, ¥ç§Y"¦b¨Æ¥óµo¥Í¤§«e": ¹w¨¥

4280 proereo {pro-er-eh'-o} from 4253 and 2046, used as alternate of 4277;; v AV - say before 4, tell before 2, speak before 2, foretell 1; 9 1) to say before 1a) to say in what precedes, to say above 1b) to say before i.e. heretofore, formerly 1c) to say beforehand i.e. before the event: prophecies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4281 proerchomai {pro-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 and 2064 (including its alternate);; °Êµü AV - go before 5, go farther 1, go forward 1, outgo 1, ³Q°Êon 1; 9 1) ©¹«e¨«, Ä~Äò 2) ¨«¦b¤§«e 2a) ¨«¦b¤§«e, ¦b...¤§«e 2b) ¨«¦b¤§«e, ¤ñ¥t¤@¼Ë¨Æª«ÁÙ¦­

4281 proerchomai {pro-er'-khom-ahee} from 4253 and 2064 (including its alternate);; v AV - go before 5, go farther 1, go forward 1, outgo 1, pass on 1; 9 1) to go forward, go on 2) to go before 2a) to go before, precede 2b) to go before, in the advance of another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4282 proetoimazo {pro-et-oy-mad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4253 and 2090; TDNT - 2:704,266; °Êµü AV - prepare afore 1, before ordain 1; 2 1) ¨Æ¥ý¹w³Æ, ¥¼«Bº÷Á[ (#ù 9:23; ¥± 2:10|)

4282 proetoimazo {pro-et-oy-mad'-zo} from 4253 and 2090; TDNT - 2:704,266; v AV - prepare afore 1, before ordain 1; 2 1) to prepare before, to make ready beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4283 proeuaggelizomai {pro-yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4253 and 2097; TDNT - 2:737,267; °Êµü AV - preach before the gospel 1; 1 1) ¹w¥ý«Å§i©ÎÀ³¤¹¦n®ø®§(#¥[ 3:8|)

4283 proeuaggelizomai {pro-yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and 2097; TDNT - 2:737,267; v AV - preach before the gospel 1; 1 1) to announce or promise glad tidings beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4284 proechomai {pro-ekh-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 2192; TDNT - 6:692,937; °Êµü AV - be better 1; 1 1) ¦b¥L¤H¤§«e, ³Ç¥X¹L¤H, ¶W¶V, ­â¾r 2) ¶W¶V²³³Ç¦W±æ¤§¤W

4284 proechomai {pro-ekh-om-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and 2192; TDNT - 6:692,937; v AV - be better 1; 1 1) to have before or in advance of another, to have pre-eminence over another, to excel, surpass 2) to surpass in excellencies which can be passed to one's credit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4285 proegeomai {pro-ay-geh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 and 2233; TDNT - 2:908,303; °Êµü AV - prefer 1; 1 1) ¦æ¦b¥ý¨Ã«ü¥X¹D¸ô, ¨«¦b«e¤Þ»â, ¦b«e»â¾É (#ù 12:10|)

4285 proegeomai {pro-ay-geh'-om-ahee} from 4253 and 2233; TDNT - 2:908,303; v AV - prefer 1; 1 1) to go before and show the way, to go before and lead, to go before as a leader
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4286 prothesis {proth'-es-is} ·½©ó 4388; TDNT - 8:164,1176; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - purpose 8, shewbread + 740 4; 12 1) ¦w±Æ¨Æ±¡, Â\³]¥X¨Ó, ³¯³]·q¯«Â§¥ÎªºÄÑ¥] 1a) ¤Q¤G±øªº³Á»æ, ¥Nªí¥H¦â¦Cªº¤Q¤G­Ó¤ä¬£, ¦b¨C­Ó¦w®§¤éÄmµ¹¯«. ¤À¦¨¨â¦CÂ\¦w, ³¯³] ©ó¸t©Ò(©Î¸t¹õ«e)ªº®à¤W¤C¤é, ¤§«á«h©ñ¦b¸t·µ¤¤ 2) ¨M¤ß, ·N¹Ï

4286 prothesis {proth'-es-is} from 4388; TDNT - 8:164,1176; n f AV - purpose 8, shewbread + 740 4; 12 1) a setting forth of a thing, placing of it in view, the shewbread 1a) twelve loaves of wheaten bread, corresponding to the number of the tribes of Israel, which loaves were offered to God every Sabbath, and separated into two rows, lay for seven days upon a table placed in the sanctuary or front portion of the tabernacle, and afterwards of the temple 2) a purpose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4287 prothesmios {proth-es'-mee-os} ·½¦Û 4253 and a derivative of 5087;; §Î®eµü AV - time appointed 1; 1 1) ¹w©w, ¨Æ¥ý«ü©w©ÎÂ_©wªº, ¹w©wªº (#¥[ 4:2|)

4287 prothesmios {proth-es'-mee-os} from 4253 and a derivative of 5087;; adj AV - time appointed 1; 1 1) set beforehand, appointed or determined beforehand, prearranged
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4288 prothumia {proth-oo-mee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4289; TDNT - 6:697,937; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - forwardness of mind 1, readiness 1, readiness of mind 1, ready mind 1, willing mind 1; 5 1) ¼ö¤ß, ¼ö§Õ, «i®ð 2) ¶É¦V, ±Mª`ªº¤ß

4288 prothumia {proth-oo-mee'-ah} from 4289; TDNT - 6:697,937; n f AV - forwardness of mind 1, readiness 1, readiness of mind 1, ready mind 1, willing mind 1; 5 1) zeal, spirit, eagerness 2) inclination, readiness of mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4289 prothumos {proth'-oo-mos} ·½¦Û 4253 and 2372; TDNT - 6:694,937; §Î®eµü AV - ready 2, willing 1; 3 1) Ä@·Nªº, ¼Ö·Nªº

4289 prothumos {proth'-oo-mos} from 4253 and 2372; TDNT - 6:694,937; adj AV - ready 2, willing 1; 3 1) ready, willing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4290 prothumos {proth-oo'-moce} °Æµü AV - of a ready mind 1; 1 1) ¼Ö·N¦a (#©¼«e 5:2|)

4290 prothumos {proth-oo'-moce} from 4289;; adv AV - of a ready mind 1; 1 1) willingly, with alacrity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4291 proistemi {pro-is'-tay-mee} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 2476; TDNT - 6:700,*; °Êµü AV - rule 5, maintain 2, be over 1; 8 1) to set or place before (?) 1a) to set over (?) 1b) ±±¨î, ºÊ·þ, ºÞ²z 1c) Äá¬FªÌ, ¬ÝÅ@ªÌ 1c1) ¥HÀò±oÀ°§U, §@°Æ¤â 1d) Ãö¤ß, ¯S§Oª`·N 1d1) ¤½¥­¥¿ª½¦aºÞ²z

4291 proistemi {pro-is'-tay-mee} from 4253 and 2476; TDNT - 6:700,*; v AV - rule 5, maintain 2, be over 1; 8 1) to set or place before 1a) to set over 1b) to be over, to superintend, preside over 1c) to be a protector or guardian 1c1) to give aid 1d) to care for, give attention to 1d1) profess honest occupations
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4292 prokaleomai {prok-al-eh'-om-ahee} TDNT - 3:496,*; °Êµü AV - provoke 1; 1 1) ¬D°Ê (#¥[ 5:26|)

4292 prokaleomai {prok-al-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,*; v AV - provoke 1; 1 1) to call forth 2) to call forth to one's self 2a) esp. to challenge to a combat or contest with one 3) to provoke, to irritate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4293 prokataggello {prok-at-ang-ghel'-lo} TDNT - 1:70,10; °Êµü AV - show before 2, foretell 1, have notice before 1; 4 1) ¹w¥ý«Å§i, ¹w¨¥

4293 prokataggello {prok-at-ang-ghel'-lo} from 4253 and 2605; TDNT - 1:70,10; v AV - show before 2, foretell 1, have notice before 1; 4 1) to announce beforehand (that a thing will be) 1a) of prophecies 2) to preannounce in the sense of to promise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4294 prokatartizo {prok-at-ar-tid'-zo} °Êµü AV - make up beforehand 1; 1 1) ·Ç³Æ, ¹w¥ý¦w±Æ (#ªL«á 9:5|)

4294 prokatartizo {prok-at-ar-tid'-zo} from 4253 and 2675;; v AV - make up beforehand 1; 1 1) to prepare beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4295 prokeimai {prok'-i-mahee} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; °Êµü AV - be set before 3, be first 1, be set forth 1; 5 1) Â\©ñ©Î³Q¦w¸m¦b¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æª«¤§¥ý©Î¤§«e 2) ³Q³]©w¦b...¤§«e 2a) ³Q©ñ¦b²´«e, ©ñ¦b¥i¨£ªº½d³ò¤º 2a1) ¥ß¦b...¤§«e 2b) ³Q«ü¬£ªº, ©R©wªº 2c) ¦b¨º¨à, Åã²{¥X¨Ó, ´N¦bªþªñ³B

4295 prokeimai {prok'-i-mahee} from 4253 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; v AV - be set before 3, be first 1, be set forth 1; 5 1) to lie or be placed before (a person or a thing) or in front of 2) to set before 2a) to be placed before the eyes, to lie in sight 2a1) to stand forth 2b) to be appointed, destined 2c) to be there, be present, be at hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4296 prokerusso {prok-ay-rooce'-so} TDNT - 3:717,430; °Êµü AV - preach before 1, preach first 1; 2 1) ¤½¶}«ÅÁ¿ (#®{ 3:20, 13:24|)

4296 prokerusso {prok-ay-rooce'-so} from 4253 and 2784; TDNT - 3:717,430; v AV - preach before 1, preach first 1; 2 1) to announce or proclaim be herald beforehand 2) to announce beforehand (of the herald himself)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4297 prokope {prok-op-ay'} ·½¦Û 4298; TDNT - 6:703,939 AV - furtherance 2, profit 1; 3 1) ¶i¨B, ¶i®i (#µÌ 1:12,25; ´£«e 4:15|)

4297 prokope {prok-op-ay'} from 4298; TDNT - 6:703,939 AV - furtherance 2, profit 1; 3 1) progress, advancement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4298 prokopto {prok-op'-to} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 2875; TDNT - 6:703,939; °Êµü AV - increase 2, be far spent 1, profit 1, proceed 1, wax 1; 6 1) ©¹«eºV¥´ 1a) ¥HÁèÀ»¨Ó©µªø(¦pÅK¦K¥´³yª÷ÄÝ) 1b) Áô³ë. ®Ê¤É, »¼°e, «P¶i 2) ¦V«e¨«, «e¶i, Ä~Äò¶i¦æ 2a) «ü®É¶¡: ©]¤w²` 2b) Áô³ë. ¼W¥[, ¶i®i

4298 prokopto {prok-op'-to} from 4253 and 2875; TDNT - 6:703,939; v AV - increase 2, be far spent 1, profit 1, proceed 1, wax 1; 6 1) to beat forward 1a) to lengthen out by hammering (as a smith forges metals) 1b) metaph. to promote, forward, further 2) to go forward, advance, proceed 2a) of time: the night is far spent 2b) metaph. to increase, make progress
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4299 prokrima {prok'-ree-mah} ·½¦Û a compound of 4253 and 2919; TDNT - 3:953,469; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - prefer one before another 1; 1 1) ¦b¤F¸Ñ¨Æ¹ê«e©Ò²£¥Íªº·N¨£ (#´£«e 5:21|) 2) ¦b¼f°Ý«eªº§P¨M, ¦¨¨£

4299 prokrima {prok'-ree-mah} from a compound of 4253 and 2919; TDNT - 3:953,469; n n AV - prefer one before another 1; 1 1) an opinion formed before the facts are known 2) a prejudgment, a prejudice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4300 prokuroo {prok-oo-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 and 2964; TDNT - 3:1100,494; °Êµü AV - confirm before 1; 1 1) §å­ã, »{¥i, ¨Æ¥ý³]¥ß, ¹w¥ý«Ø¥ß (#¥[ 3:17|)

4300 prokuroo {prok-oo-ro'-o} from 4253 and 2964; TDNT - 3:1100,494; v AV - confirm before 1; 1 1) to sanction, ratify, or establish beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4301 prolambano {prol-am-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 2983; TDNT - 4:14,495; °Êµü AV - come aforehand 1, take before 1, overtake 1; 3 1) ¥ý®³ 2) ´£«e¨Ï¥Î, ¥ý....¤@¨B¦æ°Ê 3) ¥ý¤@¨B§ì¦í¬Y¤H (¥ç§Y¦b¥L¥i¥H°k¨«©ÎÁô°Î¨ä¸o¦æ¤§«e) 3a) ©_ŧ, ¹îı

4301 prolambano {prol-am-ban'-o} from 4253 and 2983; TDNT - 4:14,495; v AV - come aforehand 1, take before 1, overtake 1; 3 1) to take before 2) to anticipate, to forestall 3) to take one by forestalling (him i.e. before he can flee or conceal his crime) 3a) surprise, detect
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4302 prolego {prol-eg'-o} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 3004;; °Êµü AV - tell before 2, foretell 1; 3 1) ¹w¥ý»¡¥X¨Ó, ¹w´ú

4302 prolego {prol-eg'-o} from 4253 and 3004;; v AV - tell before 2, foretell 1; 3 1) to say beforehand, to predict
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4303 promarturomai {prom-ar-too'-rom-ahee} TDNT - 4:510,564; °Êµü AV - testify beforehand 1; 1 1) ¹w¥ý§@ÃÒ, ¹w´ú (#©¼«e 1:11|)

4303 promarturomai {prom-ar-too'-rom-ahee} from 4253 and 3143; TDNT - 4:510,564; v AV - testify beforehand 1; 1 1) antetestor 2) to testify beforehand 2a) to make known, predict
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4304 promeletao {prom-el-et-ah'-o} °Êµü AV - meditate before 1; 1 1) ¨Æ«e½m²ß, ·Ç³Æ (#¸ô 21:14|)

4304 promeletao {prom-el-et-ah'-o} from 4253 and 3191;; v AV - meditate before 1; 1 1) to meditate beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4305 promerimnao {prom-er-im-nah'-o} TDNT - 4:589,584; °Êµü AV - take thought beforehand 1; 1 1) ¨Æ¥ýµÛ«æ, ¾á¤ß¦Û¤v (#¥i 13:11|)

4305 promerimnao {prom-er-im-nah'-o} from 4253 and 3309; TDNT - 4:589,584; v AV - take thought beforehand 1; 1 1) to be anxious beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4306 pronoeo {pron-o-eh'-o} TDNT - 4:1009,636; °Êµü AV - provide for 2, provide 1; 3 1) ¦Ò¶q, ¬°...µÛ·Q (#ù 12:17; ªL«á 8:21|) 2) ·ÓÅU, ¨Ñ¾i (#´£«e 5:8|)

4306 pronoeo {pron-o-eh'-o} from 4253 and 3539; TDNT - 4:1009,636; v AV - provide for 2, provide 1; 3 1) to perceive before, foresee 2) to provide, think of beforehand 2a) to provide for one 2b) to take thought for, care for a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4307 pronoia {pron'-oy-ah} TDNT - 4:1011,636; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - providence 1, provision 1; 2 1) (²Ó¤ß­pµe,¥Hº¡¨¬»Ý­n) ¥ý¨£, »·¼{ (#®{ 24:3; ù 13:14|)

4307 pronoia {pron'-oy-ah} from 4306; TDNT - 4:1011,636; n f AV - providence 1, provision 1; 2 1) forethought, providential care 2) to make provision for a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4308 proorao {pro-or-ah'-o} TDNT - 5:381,706; °Êµü AV - foresee 1, set before 1; 2 1) ¹w¨£ (#®{ 2:31|) 3) ¬Ý¦b²´«e (#®{ 2:25|)

4308 proorao {pro-or-ah'-o} from 4253 and 3708; TDNT - 5:381,706; v AV - foresee 1, set before 1; 2 1) to see before (whether as respects place or time) 2) to keep before one's eye's 3) metaph. to be mindful of one always
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4309 proorizo {pro-or-id'-zo} TDNT - 5:456,728; °Êµü AV - predestinate 4, determine before 1, ordain 1; 6 1) ¹w©w

4309 proorizo {pro-or-id'-zo} from 4253 and 3724; TDNT - 5:456,728; v AV - predestinate 4, determine before 1, ordain 1; 6 1) to predetermine, decide beforehand 2) in the NT of God decreeing from eternity 3) to foreordain, appoint beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4310 propascho {prop-as'-kho} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 3958; TDNT - 5:924,798; °Êµü AV - suffer before 1; 1 1) (±q«e´¿)¾D¨üµh­W

4310 propascho {prop-as'-kho} from 4253 and 3958; TDNT - 5:924,798; v AV - suffer before 1; 1 1) to suffer before
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4311 propempo {prop-em'-po} °Êµü AV - bring on (one's) way 4, bring (forward) on (one's) journey 3, conduct forth 1, accompany 1; 9 1) ³­¦P, Å@°e (#®{ 20:38, 21:5|) 2) ¥´µo¤W¸ô

4311 propempo {prop-em'-po} from 4253 and 3992;; v AV - bring on (one's) way 4, bring (forward) on (one's) journey 3, conduct forth 1, accompany 1; 9 1) to send before 2) to send forward, bring on the way, accompany or escort 3) to set one forward, fit him out with the requisites for a journey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4312 propetes {prop-et-ace'} ·½¦Û a compound of 4253 and 4098;; §Î®eµü AV - rashly 1, heady 1; 2 1) ¦V«e¼³­Ë, ÀY´Â«eªº­Ë¤U, ¶É±×ªº, °~®k¦a, 2) ¥ô·N¦k¬°, ­Ü«P¨M©w, ¤£ÅU«áªGªº (#®{ 19:36; ´£«á 3:4|)

4312 propetes {prop-et-ace'} from a compound of 4253 and 4098;; adj AV - rashly 1, heady 1; 2 1) to fall forwards, headlong, sloping, precipitously 2) precipitate, rash, reckless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4313 proporeuomai {prop-or-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4253 »P 4198;; °Êµü AV - go 1, go before 1; 2 1) °e¨ì«e­±¥h, ¨Ï¦b....¤§«e 2) ¨«¦b....«e­± (#¸ô 1:76;®{ 7:40|) 2a) ¤@­Ó»â¾ÉªÌ 2b) ¤@­Ó³ø«Hªº¨ÏªÌ©Î¥ýÅX

4313 proporeuomai {prop-or-yoo'-om-ahee} from 4253 and 4198;; v AV - go 1, go before 1; 2 1) to send before, to make to precede 2) to go before one 2a) of a leader 2b) of a messenger or a herald
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4314 pros {pros} 4253 ªº¥[±j«¬; TDNT - 6:720,942; ¤¶¨tµü AV - unto 340, to 203, with 43, for 25, against 24, among 20, at 11, not tr 6, misc 53, vr to 1; 726 1) ¦³...ªºÀu¶Õ 2) ¦b..., ªñ..., ¾a...¤§³B 3) ¥h..., ´Â¦V..., ¦ñÀHµÛ..., ¦³Ãö©ó...

4314 pros {pros} a strengthened form of 4253; TDNT - 6:720,942; prep AV - unto 340, to 203, with 43, for 25, against 24, among 20, at 11, not tr 6, misc 53, vr to 1; 726 1) to the advantage of 2) at, near, by 3) to, towards, with, with regard to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4315 prosabbaton {pros-ab'-bat-on} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 4521;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - day before the sabbath 1; 1 1) ¦w®§¤é«e¤@¤Ñ(#¥i 15:42|)

4315 prosabbaton {pros-ab'-bat-on} from 4253 and 4521;; n n AV - day before the sabbath 1; 1 1) the day before the sabbath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4316 prosagoreuo {pros-ag-or-yoo'-o} ·½©ó 4314 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 58 (ªí ·Ê·Ê¤£µ´ªº°ª½ÍÁï½×) ªº¦r;; °Êµü AV - call 1; 1 1) ¦V...»¡¸Ü, ´£¥X, ©Û©IÃk½Í, ½Ç´­ 2) ¤×¨ä«ü ´£¤Î©Î¥s¨ä¦W¦r, ºÙ©I¨ä¦W 3) ¤½¶}©R¦W, «ÊºÙ

4316 prosagoreuo {pros-ag-or-yoo'-o} from 4314 and a derivative of 58 (mean to harangue);; v AV - call 1; 1 1) to speak to, to address, accost, salute 2) esp. to address or accost by some name, call by name 3) to give a name in public, to style
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4317 prosago {pros-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 71; TDNT - 1:131,20; °Êµü AV - bring 3, draw near 1; 4 1) ¤Þ»â, ±a»â 1a) ¥´¶}±µªñªººÞ¹D©Îªù¸ô, ¬°¤H¶}±Ò¦V¯«ªº¹D¸ô 1a1) ¨Ï¤H³Q¯«©Ò±µ¯Ç 1b) ªk«ß¥Î»y, ¶Ç³ê (¼f°Ý©Î¦D»@) 2) ±µªñ, ¾aªñ 2a) ²î­û¬Ý¨£³°¦a§Ï©»³°¦a±µªñ²î­û

4317 prosago {pros-ag'-o} from 4314 and 71; TDNT - 1:131,20; v AV - bring 3, draw near 1; 4 1) to lead, to bring 1a) to open a way of access, for one to God 1a1) to render one acceptable to God 1b) in a forensic sense, to summon (to trial or punishment) 2) to draw near to, approach 2a) the land which a sailor is approaching seeming to approach him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4318 prosagoge {pros-ag-ogue-ay'} ·½¦Û 4317 (cf 72); TDNT - 1:133,20; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - access 3; 3 1) ±a¨ì, ²¾°Ê 2) ¨ú±o, ¾aªñ 2a) ¨ì¯«¨º¸Ì, ¥ç§Y»P¯«ªºÃö«Y, §Ú­Ì¦p¦ó¬°¯«©Ò±µ¯Ç ¥B¦³½T«H¥L¼Ö·N§Ú­Ì¦VµÛÍ¢

4318 prosagoge {pros-ag-ogue-ay'} from 4317 (cf 72); TDNT - 1:133,20; n f AV - access 3; 3 1) the act of bringing to, a moving to 2) access, approach 2a) to God, i.e. that relationship with God whereby we are acceptable to him and have assurance that he is favourably disposed towards him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4319 prosaiteo {pros-ahee-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 ©M 154;; °Êµü AV - beg 3; 3 1) ­n¨DÃB¥~(¨Æª«) 2) ¶i«eÀµ¨D 3) ¬è¨D¬I±Ë

4319 prosaiteo {pros-ahee-teh'-o} from 4314 and 154;; v AV - beg 3; 3 1) to ask for in addition 2) to approach one with supplications 3) to ask alms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4320 prosanabaino {pros-an-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 4314 and 305;; °Êµü AV - go up 1; 1 1) §ó¤W¥h 2) ¤W¨ì§ó°ª³B (#¸ô 14:10|)

4320 prosanabaino {pros-an-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 4314 and 305;; v AV - go up 1; 1 1) to go up further 2) go up higher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4321 prosanalisko {pros-an-al-is'-ko} ·½¦Û 4314 and 355;; °Êµü AV - spend 1; 1 1) ¯ÓºÉ, ¥Î§¹ (¥ç§Y ¥Î¦bÂåÀø¤W, Âå¥Í¨­¤W) (#¸ô 8:43|)

4321 prosanalisko {pros-an-al-is'-ko} from 4314 and 355;; v AV - spend 1; 1 1) to expend besides (i.e. upon physicians)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4322 prosanapleroo {pros-an-ap-lay-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 378;; °Êµü AV - supply 2; 2 1) ²Kº¡, ¸É¨¬ (#ªL«á 9:12, 11:9|)

4322 prosanapleroo {pros-an-ap-lay-ro'-o} from 4314 and 378;; v AV - supply 2; 2 1) to fill up by adding to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4323 prosanatithemi {pros-an-at-ith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 4314 »P 394; TDNT - 1:353,57; °Êµü AV - confer 1, add in conference 1; 2 1) ªþ¥[ (#¥[ 2:6|) 2) °Ó¶q (#¥[ 1:16|)

4323 prosanatithemi {pros-an-at-ith'-ay-mee} from 4314 and 394; TDNT - 1:353,57; v AV - confer 1, add in conference 1; 2 1) to lay upon in addition to 2) to lay upon one's self in addition 2a) to undertake besides 2b) to put one's self upon another by going to him, 2c) to commit or betake one's self to another for the purpose of consulting him 2d) to consult, to take one into counsel 2e) to add from one's store 3) to communicate, impart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4324 prosapeileo {pros-ap-i-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 546;; °Êµü AV - threaten further 1; 1 1) ¥[²K®£Äß, ¶i¤@¨Bªº®£À~ (#®{ 4:21|)

4324 prosapeileo {pros-ap-i-leh'-o} from 4314 and 546;; v AV - threaten further 1; 1 1) to add threats, threaten further
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4325 prosdapanao {pros-dap-an-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 ©M 1159;; °Êµü AV - spend more 1; 1 1) ¦¹¥~©Òªá¶Oªº(#¸ô 10:35|)

4325 prosdapanao {pros-dap-an-ah'-o} from 4314 and 1159;; v AV - spend more 1; 1 1) to spend besides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4326 prosdeomai {pros-deh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4314 and 1189; TDNT - 2:41,143; °Êµü AV - need 1; 1 1) ¨Ã¥BÁÙ·Q­n, ÃB¥~»Ý­n (#®{ 17:25|)

4326 prosdeomai {pros-deh'-om-ahee} from 4314 and 1189; TDNT - 2:41,143; v AV - need 1; 1 1) to want besides, need in addition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4327 prosdechomai {pros-dekh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 1209; TDNT - 2:57,146; °Êµü AV - look for 4, wait for 3, receive 3, waited for + 2258 1, allow 1, take 1, accept 1; 14 1) ±µ«Ý¥L¤H, »{¥i, ±µ¨ü©Òµ¹©ó¦Û¤vªº(©Ò¾D¨üªº) 1a) »{¥i¬Y¤H, ±µ¯Ç¥L¬°ªB¤Í¦Ó»P¤§¥æ©¹ 1b) ±µ«Ý¬Y¤H(¥Ñ§Oªº¦a¤è¨Óªº) 1c) ±µ¨ü(¤£±Æ¥¸¤Ï¹ï)©ÒÁ{¨ìªº¨Æ 2) ´Á±æ: ¹ï©ÒÀ³³\ªº¨Æ³Q¦¨´Nªº´Á«Ý

4327 prosdechomai {pros-dekh'-om-ahee} from 4314 and 1209; TDNT - 2:57,146; v AV - look for 4, wait for 3, receive 3, waited for + 2258 1, allow 1, take 1, accept 1; 14 1) to receive to one's self, to admit, to give access to one's self 1a) to admit one, receive one into intercourse and companionship 1b) to receive one (coming from some place) 1c) to accept (not to reject) a thing offered 2) to expect: the fulfilment of promises
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4328 prosdokao {pros-dok-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 »P dokeuo (¬Ý¦u); TDNT - 6:725,943; °Êµü AV - look for 8, waited for + 2258 2, expect 1, be in expectation 1, look 1, look when 1, waiting for 1, tarry 1; 16 1) ´Á«Ý (µL½×¬O¦b«ä·Q, ¦b§Æ±æ, ©Î¦b®`©È¤¤) 2) ´Á±æ, µ¥«Ý

4328 prosdokao {pros-dok-ah'-o} from 4314 and dokeuo (to watch); TDNT - 6:725,943; v AV - look for 8, waited for + 2258 2, expect 1, be in expectation 1, look 1, look when 1, waiting for 1, tarry 1; 16 1) to expect (whether in thought, in hope, or in fear) 2) to look for, wait for
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4329 prosdokia {pros-dok-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4328; TDNT - 6:725,943; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - looking after 1, expectation 1; 2 1) ´Á«Ý, ¹w®Æ (µL½×¦n©Î¤£¦nªº¹w®Æ©Î´Á«Ý) #¸ô 21:26;®{ 12:11|

4329 prosdokia {pros-dok-ee'-ah} from 4328; TDNT - 6:725,943; n f AV - looking after 1, expectation 1; 2 1) expectation (whether good or evil)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4330 proseao {pros-eh-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 1439;; °Êµü AV - suffer 1; 1 1) ¤¹³\¬Y¤H±µªñ, µn³°©Î¾a©¤ (#®{ 27:7|)

4330 proseao {pros-eh-ah'-o} from 4314 and 1439;; v AV - suffer 1; 1 1) to permit one to approach or arrive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4331 proseggizo {pros-eng-ghid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4314 and 1448; TDNT - 2:330,194; °Êµü AV - come nigh 1; 1 1) ±µªñ, ¾aªñ¨ì, ªñ«e(#¥i 2:4|)

4331 proseggizo {pros-eng-ghid'-zo} from 4314 and 1448; TDNT - 2:330,194; v AV - come nigh 1; 1 1) to approach unto
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4332 prosedreuo {pros-ed-ryoo'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 4314 and the base of 1476;; °Êµü AV - wait at 1; 1 1) §¤¦b¾Fªñªº 2) ¤£¯v¤£¥ðªº·Ó®Æ 3) ¦b®Ç¦ø­Ô (#ªL«e 9:13|)

4332 prosedreuo {pros-ed-ryoo'-o} from a compound of 4314 and the base of 1476;; v AV - wait at 1; 1 1) to sit near 2) to attend assiduously 3) to be in attendance upon, not to quit one's side
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4333 prosergazomai {pros-er-gad'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4314 and 2038;; °Êµü AV - gain 1; 1 1) §ó¥[ªº¤u§@ 2) ¬°ÁȨú§ó¦h¦Ó¥æ©ö©b¨« (#¸ô 19:16|)

4333 prosergazomai {pros-er-gad'-zom-ahee} from 4314 and 2038;; v AV - gain 1; 1 1) to work besides 2) by working or trading to make or gain besides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4334 proserchomai {pros-er'-khom-ahee} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 2064 (¥]¬A¥¦ªº´À¥N«¬); TDNT - 2:683,257; °Êµü AV - come 30, come to 25, come unto 19, go to 3, go unto 2, draw near 2, misc 5; 86 1) ¶i«e¨Ó, ±µªñ 2) ¨Ï¾aªñ 3) ¦P·N

4334 proserchomai {pros-er'-khom-ahee} from 4314 and 2064 (including its alternate); TDNT - 2:683,257; v AV - come 30, come to 25, come unto 19, go to 3, go unto 2, draw near 2, misc 5; 86 1) to come to, approach 2) draw near to 3) to assent to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4335 proseuche {pros-yoo-khay'} ·½¦Û4336; TDNT - 2:807,279; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - prayer 36, pray earnestly + 3346 1; 37 1) ¦V¯«ªºÃ«§i 2) ¯S§O¥Î¨Ó,©Î¾A©óë§iªº³õ©Ò 2a) µS¤Ó·|°ó 2b) ¦b«°¥~¨S¦³·|°ó¤§³B, µS¤Ó¤H¥Î¨Óë§iªºÅS¤Ñ³õ©Ò 2b1) ³oºØ³õ©Ò¦ì©ó·Ë¯`©Î®üÃä, ¥H«K¦bë§i«e¦³¤ô¬~¤â. ¦P¸q¦r¨£5828

4335 proseuche {pros-yoo-khay'} from 4336; TDNT - 2:807,279; n f AV - prayer 36, pray earnestly + 3346 1; 37 1) prayer addressed to God 2) a place set apart or suited for the offering of prayer 2a) a synagogue 2b) a place in the open air where the Jews were wont to pray, outside the cities, where they had no synagogue 2b1) such places were situated upon the bank of a stream or the shore of a sea, where there was a supply of water for washing the hands before prayer For Synonyms see entry 5828
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4336 proseuchomai {pros-yoo'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4314 ©M 2172; TDNT - 2:807,279; °Êµü AV - pray 83, make prayer 3, pray for 1; 87 1) °^Äm¥Xë§i, ë§i

4336 proseuchomai {pros-yoo'-khom-ahee} from 4314 and 2172; TDNT - 2:807,279; v AV - pray 83, make prayer 3, pray for 1; 87 1) to offer prayers, to pray
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4337 prosecho {pros-ekh'-o} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 2192;; °Êµü AV - beware 7, give heed to 5, take heed to 3, give heed unto 1, take heed 1, take heed unto 1, take heed whereunto + 3739 1, misc 5; 24 1) ±a»â¨ì..., ©Ôªñ... 1a) ±N²î¾a©¤, »´»´¸IIJ, ¤J´ä 2) ±Mª`¤ß«ä, ±M¤ß¯d·N 2a) «ü¹ï¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æ¤W: Ãö¤ß, ¨Ñ¾i 3) ª`·N¨ì¦Û¤v, ¥ç§Y ¦Û§Ú¤p¤ß¯d·N 3a) ª`·N, ¯d¤ß 4) ±N¦Û¤v§ëª`©ó..., ¨Ï¦Û¤v©M...¬ÛÃö, °õµÛ©Î±Mª`©ó¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æ 4a) µÛ°g©Î¨H·Ä©ó... 4b) §ëª`©Î©^Äm¤ß«ä³Ò¤O©ó...

4337 prosecho {pros-ekh'-o} from 4314 and 2192;; v AV - beware 7, give heed to 5, take heed to 3, give heed unto 1, take heed 1, take heed unto 1, take heed whereunto + 3739 1, misc 5; 24 1) to bring to, bring near 1a) to bring a ship to land, and simply to touch at, put in 2) to turn the mind to, attend to be attentive 2a) to a person or a thing: of caring for, providing for 3) to attend to one's self, i.e. to give heed to one's self 3a) give attention to, take heed 4) to apply one's self to, attach one's self to, hold or cleave to a person or a thing 4a) to be given or addicted to 4b) to devote thought and effort to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4338 proseloo {pros-ay-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and a derivative of 2247;; °Êµü AV - nail to 1; 1 1) ¥H°v¦r®êºò¤ã¨c, °v¨c (#¦è 2:14|)

4338 proseloo {pros-ay-lo'-o} from 4314 and a derivative of 2247;; v AV - nail to 1; 1 1) to fasten with nails to, nail to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4339 proselutos {pros-ay'-loo-tos} TDNT - 6:727,943; §Î®eµü AV - proselyte 4; 4 1) (±q¦h¯«±Ð§ï¬°«H©^µS¤Ó±Ðªº)§ïÅÜ©v±ÐªÌ ©Ô¤ñ±N§ï«HµS¤Ó±Ðªº¤H¤À¬°¨âºØ:¤@ºØ¬°"¤½¸qªº§ï«HµS¤Ó±ÐªÌ",¤@ºØ¬° "ªù¤fªº§ï«HµS¤Ó±ÐªÌ."«eªÌ±µ¨ü³Î§,¿í¦u©Ò¦³ªº¼¯¦è«ßªk,¥H¤ÎµS¤Ó ±Ðªº³W¯x.«áªÌ¦í¦bµS¤Ó¤H·í¤¤,¨S¦³¨ü³Î§,¤£¹L¿í¦u¬Y¨Ç«ßªk,¯S§O¬O ª`·N©Ò¿×ªº"®¿¨È¤C§Ù":«ô°¸¹³,Á¶Âp¯«,±þ¤H,¤£­s,°½ÅÑ,¤Ï§Ü»â¾É,¥H ¤Î­¹¥Î"±a¦åªº¦×".

4339 proselutos {pros-ay'-loo-tos} from the alternate of 4334; TDNT - 6:727,943; adj AV - proselyte 4; 4 1) a newcomer 1a) a stranger, alien 2) a proselyte 2a) one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism The Rabbis distinguished two classes of proselytes, proselytes of righteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep the whole of the Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements of Judaism, and proselytes of the gate, who dwelt among the Jews, and although uncircumcised observed certain specific laws, esp. the seven precepts of Noah, i.e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry, blasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering, rebellion against rulers and the use of "flesh with the blood thereof".
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4340 proskairos {pros'-kahee-ros} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 2540; TDNT - 3:463,389; §Î®eµü AV - for a while 1, for a time 1, temporal 1, for a season 1; 4 1) ¤@©uªº 2) §Ô¨ü¤@¤U¤lªº 3) ¼È®Éªº

4340 proskairos {pros'-kahee-ros} from 4314 and 2540; TDNT - 3:463,389; adj AV - for a while 1, for a time 1, temporal 1, for a season 1; 4 1) for a season 2) enduring only for a while 3) temporary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4341 proskaleomai {pros-kal-eh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û4314 »P 2564; TDNT - 3:500,*; °Êµü AV - call unto 20, call 7, call for 2, call to 1; 30 1) ¥l³ê,©I¥s,¥l¨Ó 1a)¥l¤H¦C®u©Î²{¨­ 2b)©I¨D¯« (#®{ 2:39|) 2) ªk«ßªº©Î¥¿¦¡ªº¥l³ê 2a)(ªk®xªº)¶Ç³ê (#¤Ó 18:32|) 2b)(¸tÆFµo¥Xªº)©I¥l(¾á¥ô¨Ï©R©Î¤u§@) (#®{ 13:2,16:19|)

4341 proskaleomai {pros-kal-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 4314 and 2564; TDNT - 3:500,*; v AV - call unto 20, call 7, call for 2, call to 1; 30 1) to call to 2) to call to one's self 3) to bid to come to one's self 4) metaph. 4a) God is said to call to himself the Gentiles, aliens as they are from him, by inviting them, through the preaching of the gospel unto fellowship with himself in the Messiah's kingdom 4b) Christ and the Holy Sprit are said to call to themselves those preachers of the gospel to whom they have decided to intrust a service having reference to the extension of the gospel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4342 proskartereo {pros-kar-ter-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 »P 2594; TDNT - 3:618,417; °Êµü AV - continue 4, continue instant 1, continue steadfastly 1, attend continually 1, give (one's) self continually 1, wait on 1, wait on continually 1; 10 1) ¶Kªñ©ó,¹ï¬Y¤H©¾¸Û,ªA¨Í 2) ¦b¬Y¥ó¨Æ«ùÄò¤£¾Ó 2a) ¦£©ó,±Mª`©ó,§ë¨­©ó 2b) ºò´¤,«ùÄò,°í§Ô (#®{ 2:42|)

4342 proskartereo {pros-kar-ter-eh'-o} from 4314 and 2594; TDNT - 3:618,417; v AV - continue 4, continue instant 1, continue steadfastly 1, attend continually 1, give (one's) self continually 1, wait on 1, wait on continually 1; 10 1) to adhere to one, be his adherent, to be devoted or constant to one 2) to be steadfastly attentive unto, to give unremitting care to a thing 3) to continue all the time in a place 4) to persevere and not to faint 5) to show one's self courageous for 6) to be in constant readiness for one, wait on constantly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4343 proskarteresis {pros-kar-ter'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û 4342; TDNT - 3:619,417; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - perseverance 1; 1 1) °í«ù¤£¾Ó

4343 proskarteresis {pros-kar-ter'-ay-sis} from 4342; TDNT - 3:619,417; n f AV - perseverance 1; 1 1) perseverance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4344 proskephalaion {pros-kef-al'-ahee-on} ¤¤©Ê of a presumed compound of 4314 and 2776;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - pillow 1; 1 1) ªEÀY, ¹Ô¤l

4344 proskephalaion {pros-kef-al'-ahee-on} neuter of a presumed compound of 4314 and 2776;; n n AV - pillow 1; 1 1) a pillow, cushion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4345 proskleroo {pros-klay-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 2820; TDNT - 3:765,442; °Êµü AV - consort with 1; 1 1) ©âÅÒ¤Àµo, «ü¬£, ¤À°t (#®{ 17:4|)

4345 proskleroo {pros-klay-ro'-o} from 4314 and 2820; TDNT - 3:765,442; v AV - consort with 1; 1 1) to add or assign by lot, to allot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4346 prosklisis {pros'-klis-is} ·½¦Û a compound of 4314 and 2827;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - partiality 1; 1 1) ·Qªk¤Wªº¶É¦V©Î³ß¦n 2) ¥[¤J¬YÄÒ¬£ 3) °¾¤ß, °¾³R (#´£«e 5:21|)

4346 prosklisis {pros'-klis-is} from a compound of 4314 and 2827;; n f AV - partiality 1; 1 1) an inclination or proclivity of mind 2) a joining the party of one 3) partiality
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4347 proskollao {pros-kol-lah'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 2853; TDNT - 3:823,452; °Êµü AV - cleave 2, be joined 1, join (one's) self 1; 4 1) ÂH¦b..., ½¦¦X 2) ¨Ï¦Û¤v»P...³s¦X, °í«ù©¾©ó, ÂH©ó..., «H¦u©ó...

4347 proskollao {pros-kol-lah'-o} from 4314 and 2853; TDNT - 3:823,452; v AV - cleave 2, be joined 1, join (one's) self 1; 4 1) to glue upon, glue to 2) to join one's self to closely, cleave to, stick to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4348 proskomma {pros'-kom-mah} ·½¦Û 4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - stumbling stone + 3037 2, stumbling block 2, stumbling 1, offence 1; 6 1) Ûð¸}¥Û 1a) ¤@¤H­Y¦b¸ô³~¤¤¸I¨ì»Ùꪫ¦Ó­P¨B¼iÂÚ¶\©Î¶^­Ë 1b) ¨ÏÆF»î¶^­Ë¥ç§Y¦]¦Ó³y¦¨¥Ç¸o

4348 proskomma {pros'-kom-mah} from 4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; n n AV - stumbling stone + 3037 2, stumbling block 2, stumbling 1, offence 1; 6 1) a stumbling block 1a) an obstacle in the way which if one strikes his foot against he stumbles or falls 1b) that over which a soul stumbles i.e. by which is caused to sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4349 proskope {pros-kop-ay'} ·½¦Û 4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - offence 1; 1 1) ²Ì­Ëªº°_¦] 2) °µ¬Y¨Ç¨Æ¨Ï¤H²Ì­Ë 2a) ¥ç§Y ±a»â¥L­Ì¶i¤J¿ù»~©Î¸o´c¸Ì

4349 proskope {pros-kop-ay'} from 4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; n f AV - offence 1; 1 1) an occasion of stumbling 2) to do something which causes others to stumble 2a) i.e. leads them into error or sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4350 proskopto {pros-kop'-to} ·½¦Û 4314 »P 2875; TDNT - 6:745,946; °Êµü AV - stumble 3, stumble at 2, dash 2, beat upon 1; 8 1) ¼²À» (#¤Ó 4:6; ¸ô 4:11|) 2) À»¥´,²Ì­Ë 3) ¹ï...¥Í®ð,¹½´c,±óµ´

4350 proskopto {pros-kop'-to} from 4314 and 2875; TDNT - 6:745,946; v AV - stumble 3, stumble at 2, dash 2, beat upon 1; 8 1) to strike against 1a) of those who strike against a stone or other obstacle in the path, to stumble 1b) to strike one's foot against a stone 1b1) i.e. to meet with some harm; 1c) to rush upon, beat against 1d) to be made to stumble by a thing 1d1) i.e. metaph. to be induced to sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4351 proskulio {pros-koo-lee'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 »P 2947;; °Êµü AV - roll 2; 2 1) ºu #¤Ó 27:60;¥i 15:46|

4351 proskulio {pros-koo-lee'-o} from 4314 and 2947;; v AV - roll 2; 2 1) to roll to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4352 proskuneo {pros-koo-neh'-o} ·½©ó 4314 ©M¤@¥i¯à­l¥Í©ó 2965 ªº¦r (·N¬° ¿Ë§k, ¦pª¯»Q¨ä¥D¤J¤§¤â); TDNT - 6:758,948; °Êµü AV - worship 60; 60 1) ¤W«e¿Ë§k¬Y¤H¤§¤â, ¶H¼x¹ï¨äªº±R·q 2) ¦bªF¤è¥Á±Ú¤¤, ¤×¨äªi´µ¤H, ¥H¸÷¦b¦a¤W¥H«eÃBIJ¦a¨Óªí¹F°J¤ßªº±R·q 3) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, ·í­n¹ï¬Y¤Hªí¹F´L·q©Î´£¥X½Ð¨D®É, ·|¥H¦±½¥¦Ó¸÷©Î¸÷«ô¨Óªí¹F¹ï¨äªº·q¥õ©ÎªA±q 3a) ¥Î¨Óªí¹F¹ï¤H©ÎÆF¬É©ÒÄݪº´L·q 3a1) ¹ïµS¤Óªº¤j²½¥q 3a2) ¹ï¯« 3a3) ¹ï°ò·þ 3a4) ¹ïÄݤѪºÆFª« 3a5) ¹ï´cÅ]

4352 proskuneo {pros-koo-neh'-o} from 4314 and a probable derivative of 2965 (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his master's hand); TDNT - 6:758,948; v AV - worship 60; 60 1) to kiss the hand to (towards) one, in token of reverence 2) among the Orientals, esp. the Persians, to fall upon the knees and touch the ground with the forehead as an expression of profound reverence 3) in the NT by kneeling or prostration to do homage (to one) or make obeisance, whether in order to express respect or to make supplication 3a) used of homage shown to men and beings of superior rank 3a1) to the Jewish high priests 3a2) to God 3a3) to Christ 3a4) to heavenly beings 3a5) to demons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4353 proskunetes {pros-koo-nay-tace'} ·½¦Û 4352; TDNT - 6:766,948;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - worshipper 1; 1 1) ±R«ôªÌ(#¬ù 4:23|)

4353 proskunetes {pros-koo-nay-tace'} from 4352; TDNT - 6:766,948; n m AV - worshipper 1; 1 1) a worshipper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4354 proslaleo {pros-lal-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 2980;; °Êµü AV - speak to 1, speak with 1; 2 1) Á¿¸Ü, ¶ÇÁ¿ (#®{ 13:43; ®{ 23:20|)

4354 proslaleo {pros-lal-eh'-o} from 4314 and 2980;; v AV - speak to 1, speak with 1; 2 1) to speak to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4355 proslambano {pros-lam-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 »P 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; °Êµü AV - receive 7, take 5, take unto 2; 14 1) ¨ú¥Î(­¹ª«) 2) ±a¨ì¤@Ãä 3) ±µ«Ý¨ì¦Û¤v®a,©Î¬O±µ¯Ç¨ì¼ô¤Hªº°é¤l 4) ±a¦b¨­Ãä (#®{ 17:5|)

4355 proslambano {pros-lam-ban'-o} from 4314 and 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; v AV - receive 7, take 5, take unto 2; 14 1) to take to, take in addition, to take to one's self 1a) to take as one's companion 1b) to take by the hand in order to lead aside 1c) to take or receive into one's home, with the collateral idea of kindness 1d) to receive, i.e. grant one access to one's heart 1d1) to take into friendship and intercourse 1e) to take to one's self, to take: i.e. food
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4356 proslepsis {pros'-lape-sis} or proslempsis {pros'-lame-psis} ·½¦Û 4355; TDNT - 4:15,495; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - receiving 1; 1 1) »â¨ü, ±µ¯Ç, ³Q¯«°ê©Ò¦¬¯Ç (#ù 11:15|)

4356 proslepsis {pros'-lape-sis} or proslempsis {pros'-lame-psis} from 4355; TDNT - 4:15,495; n f AV - receiving 1; 1 1) a receiving: into the kingdom of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4357 prosmeno {pros-men'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; °Êµü AV - continue with 1, continue in 1, be with 1, cleave unto 1, tarry 1, abide still 1; 6 1) ¦P...°±¯d, ¦P....«ùÄò³r¯d 2) ©¾©ó...: ¤W«Ò¦bºÖ­µùتº®¦¨å 3) ºû«ùÀR¤î, ¯ÔÀÁ, ¼È¦í,

4357 prosmeno {pros-men'-o} from 4314 and 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; v AV - continue with 1, continue in 1, be with 1, cleave unto 1, tarry 1, abide still 1; 6 1) to remain with, to continue with one 2) to hold fast to: the grace of God received in the Gospel 3) to remain still, tarry, stay
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4358 prosormizo {pros-or-mid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4314 and a derivative of »P...¦P 3730 (·N¬° tie [anchor] or lull);; °Êµü AV - draw to the shore 1; 1 1) §â²î°±¦bªy²îªº¦a¤è 2) §â²î°±¦b©¤Ãä (#¥i6:53|) 3) §â²î¥ÎÁãí©w¤U¨Ó

4358 prosormizo {pros-or-mid'-zo} from 4314 and a derivative of the same as 3730 (meaning to tie [anchor] or lull);; v AV - draw to the shore 1; 1 1) to bring a ship to moorings 2) to take one's station near the shore 3) to moor, come to anchor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4359 prosopheilo {pros-of-i'-lo} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 3784;; °Êµü AV - owe besides 1; 1 1) Á«¤í

4359 prosopheilo {pros-of-i'-lo} from 4314 and 3784;; v AV - owe besides 1; 1 1) to owe beside
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4360 prosochthizo {pros-okh-thid'-zo} ·½©ó 4314 ©M ochtheo ¤§¤@«¬ (³Q¥O¤H¼~¼{ªº©Ò§xÂZ);; °Êµü AV - be grieved with 2; 2 1) ¥Í®ð©Î´o«ã©ó... 2) ¼¨´c 3) ¥O¤H§@¹Ã 4) ¶û±ó

4360 prosochthizo {pros-okh-thid'-zo} from 4314 and a form of ochtheo (to be vexed with something irksome);; v AV - be grieved with 2; 2 1) to be wroth or displeased with 2) to loathe 3) to spew out 4) to be disgusted with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4361 prospeinos {pros'-pi-nos} ·½¦Û 4314 ¨Ã»P 3983 ¦P ;; §Î®eµü AV - very hungry 1; 1 1) «D±`¾j(#®{ 10:10|)

4361 prospeinos {pros'-pi-nos} from 4314 and the same as 3983;; adj AV - very hungry 1; 1 1) very hungry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4362 prospegnumi {pros-payg'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 4314 and 4078;; °Êµü AV - crucify 1; 1 1) °v¨c (#®{ 2:23|)

4362 prospegnumi {pros-payg'-noo-mee} from 4314 and 4078;; v AV - crucify 1; 1 1) to fasten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4363 prospipto {pros-pip'-to} ·½¦Û 4314 and 4098;; °Êµü AV - fall down before 5, beat upon 1, fall down at 1, fall 1; 8 1) ¦V«e¥ñ­Ë, ¶^¸¨, ­Áª×¦b...¸ò«e, ­P·q©Î¤^¨D®É:¸÷¤Uªº«ººA 2) «æ³t½Ä¼²¦b..., À»¥´¦b.... 2a) «ü­·«æ³t©ç¥´¦b©Ð«Î¤W

4363 prospipto {pros-pip'-to} from 4314 and 4098;; v AV - fall down before 5, beat upon 1, fall down at 1, fall 1; 8 1) to fall forwards, fall down, prostrate one's self before, in homage or supplication: at one's feet 2) to rush upon, beat against 2a) of winds beating upon a house
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4364 prospoieomai {pros-poy-eh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4314 and 4160;; °Êµü AV - make as though 2; 2 1) ¬°¦Û¤v®³¨ú©Î»{»â¬Yª«¥ó 2) »P¬Yª«¥ó¦¨¬°¤@­P, ³Q¬Yª«¥ó·P¬V 2a) ¥h°²¸Ë (#¸ô24:28;¬ù8:6|)

4364 prospoieomai {pros-poy-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from 4314 and 4160;; v AV - make as though 2; 2 1) to take or claim a thing to one's self 2) to conform one's self to a thing, or rather to affect to one's self 2a) to pretend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4365 prosporeuomai {pros-por-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4314 and 4198;; °Êµü AV - come unto 1; 1 1) ±µªñ, ¾aªñ (#¥i 10:35|)

4365 prosporeuomai {pros-por-yoo'-om-ahee} from 4314 and 4198;; v AV - come unto 1; 1 1) to draw near, approach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4366 prosregnumi {pros-rayg'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 4314 and 4486;; °Êµü AV - beat vehemently upon 1, beat vehemently against 1; 2 1) ¥´¯}À»¸H, ¦]¨R¨ê©ç¥´¦Ó·´ (#¸ô 6:48-49|)

4366 prosregnumi {pros-rayg'-noo-mee} from 4314 and 4486;; v AV - beat vehemently upon 1, beat vehemently against 1; 2 1) to break against, break by dashing against
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4367 prostasso {pros-tas'-so} ·½¦Û 4314 and 5021; TDNT - 8:37,1156; °Êµü AV - command 6, bid 1; 7 1) ¤À°t©ÎÂk¥\©ó..., ³sµ²°Ñ»P 2) Åñ©J, §h©J, ¥ß©w, ©R¥O 2a) «ü¬£, ¤U©w¸q

4367 prostasso {pros-tas'-so} from 4314 and 5021; TDNT - 8:37,1156; v AV - command 6, bid 1; 7 1) to assign or ascribe to, join to 2) to enjoin, order, prescribe, command 2a) to appoint, to define
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4368 prostatis {pros-tat'-is} ·½¦Û 4291 ªº©µ¥Ó¦r ;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - succourer 1; 1 1) a woman set over others 2) ¤k©ÊºÊÅ@¤H, ¤k«OÅ@ªÌ, ¤k¸ê§UªÌ, ¾Þ¤ß§O¤Hªº¨Æ¥B¥Î¦oªº¸ê·½¨ó§U¥L­Ì.

4368 prostatis {pros-tat'-is} from a derivative of 4291;; n f AV - succourer 1; 1 1) a woman set over others 2) a female guardian, protectress, patroness, caring for the affairs of others and aiding them with her resources
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4369 prostithemi {pros-tith'-ay-mee} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 5087; TDNT - 8:167,1176; °Êµü AV - add 11, again send + 3892 2, give more 1, increase 1, proceed further 1, lay unto 1, speak to any more 1; 18 1) ©ñ¨ì...¦a¤è 2) ¼W¥[, ¥[²K 2a) ¥ç§Y ¥[¤J, ¥[¨ì¥ô¦óªº¤@­Ó¶°¹Î¤¤, ¸òÀH©Î¦P¦ñªº¼Æ¥Ø 2a1) ¥LÂk¨ì¥L¥ý¯ª¨º¨à¥h¤F, ¥ç§Y ªí¥Ü¥h¥@¤F

4369 prostithemi {pros-tith'-ay-mee} from 4314 and 5087; TDNT - 8:167,1176; v AV - add 11, again send + 3892 2, give more 1, increase 1, proceed further 1, lay unto 1, speak to any more 1; 18 1) to put to 2) to add 2a) i.e. to join to, gather with any company, the number of one's followers or companions 2a1) he was gathered to his fathers i.e. died
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4370 prostrecho {pros-trekh'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 5143 (including its alternate);; °Êµü AV - run to 1, run 1, run thither to 1; 3 1) ©b¦V..., ¶]¦Ü...(#¥i 9:15, 10:17; ®{ 8:30|)

4370 prostrecho {pros-trekh'-o} from 4314 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v AV - run to 1, run 1, run thither to 1; 3 1) to run to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4371 prosphagion {pros-fag'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of a compound of 4314 and 5315;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - meat 1; 1 1) ¦ñµÛÄÑ¥]­¹¥Îªº­¹ª« 1a) ·N«ü¿N¯Nªº³½ (#¬ù 2:15|)

4371 prosphagion {pros-fag'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4314 and 5315;; n n AV - meat 1; 1 1) anything eaten with bread 1a) spoken of fish boiled or broiled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4372 prosphatos {pros'-fat-os} ·½©ó 4253 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 4969 ªº¦r; TDNT - 6:766,950; §Î®eµü AV - new 1; 1 1) ­è®_ªº, ­è±þªº 2) ³Ìªñ¤~³yªº, ·sªº

4372 prosphatos {pros'-fat-os} from 4253 and a derivative of 4969; TDNT - 6:766,950; adj AV - new 1; 1 1) lately slaughtered, freshly killed 2) recently made, new
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4373 prosphatos {pros-fat'-oce} ·½¦Û 4372; TDNT - 6:766,950; °Æµü AV - lately 1; 1 1) ³Ìªñ, ¤£¤[«e #®{ 18:2|

4373 prosphatos {pros-fat'-oce} from 4372; TDNT - 6:766,950; adv AV - lately 1; 1 1) lately
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4374 prosphero {pros-fer'-o} ·½©ó 4314 ©M 5342 (¥]¬A¥¦ªº´À¥N«¬); TDNT - 9:65,1252; °Êµü AV - offer 22, bring unto 10, bring to 4, bring 3, offer up 3, offer unto 1, offer to 1, misc 4; 48 1) ±a¨ì, ¤Þ»â¨ì 1a) ±N¬Y¤H»â¦Ü¤@¦ì¥iµ¹¥LÂåªv©Î¦w¼¢ªº¤H¨º¸Ì¥h, ±N¤H±a¨ì¼f§PªÌ¨º¸Ì 1b) ±aµÛ¤@­Ó§ª«©Î¨Æª«, ±N¬Y¨Æª«±aµ¹¬Y¤H 1c) ¨Ï­P©ó¬Y¦a©Î¬Yª¬ºA 2) À³¹ï°w¹ïµÛ¬Y¤H, µÛ¤â¸Ñ¨M°ÝÃD, ¼ÝµM­±¹ï 2a) ¹ï¤Hªí²{¦³Â§, ³B²z¹ï¥I

4374 prosphero {pros-fer'-o} from 4314 and 5342 (including its alternate); TDNT - 9:65,1252; v AV - offer 22, bring unto 10, bring to 4, bring 3, offer up 3, offer unto 1, offer to 1, misc 4; 48 1) to bring to, lead to 1a) one to a person who can heal him or is ready to show him some kindness, one to a person who is to judge him 1b) to bring a present or a thing, to reach or hand a thing to one 1c) to put to 2) to be borne towards one, to attack, assail 2a) to behave one's self towards one, deal with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4375 prosphiles {pros-fee-lace'} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 4314 and 5368;; §Î®eµü AV - lovely 1; 1 1) ¥i¥H³Q±µ¨üªº, °Q¤H³ßÅwªº (#µÌ 4:8|)

4375 prosphiles {pros-fee-lace'} from a presumed compound of 4314 and 5368;; adj AV - lovely 1; 1 1) acceptable, pleasing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4376 prosphora {pros-for-ah'} ·½©ó 4374; TDNT - 9:68,1252; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - offering 8, offering up 1; 9 1) ´£¨Ñ, °^Äm, »â¦Ü 2) ³Q°^Ämªº, §ª«, §«~. ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«ü²½¬¹, ¬y¦åªº©Î¤£¬y¦åªº: ¬°¸o©ÒÄmªº²½, Å«¸o²½

4376 prosphora {pros-for-ah'} from 4374; TDNT - 9:68,1252; n f AV - offering 8, offering up 1; 9 1) the act of offering, a bringing to 2) that which is offered, a gift, a present. In the NT a sacrifice, whether bloody or not: offering for sin, expiatory offering
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4377 prosphoneo {pros-fo-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 and 5455;; °Êµü AV - call 2, call unto 1, call to 1, speak 1, speak to 1, speak unto 1; 7 1) ©I¥l, ¥H¥s³ê©Û©I 2) ¥s¨ì¸ò«e, ¶Ç³ê

4377 prosphoneo {pros-fo-neh'-o} from 4314 and 5455;; v AV - call 2, call unto 1, call to 1, speak 1, speak to 1, speak unto 1; 7 1) to call to, to address by calling 2) to call to one's self, summon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4378 proschusis {pros'-khoo-sis} ·½©ó 4314 ªº¤ñ¸û¯Å ©M cheo (¶É­Ë, Åx);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sprinkling 1; 1 1) ±NªF¦è¼åÄé©ÎÅx¦b...¤W, Äéª`

4378 proschusis {pros'-khoo-sis} from a comparative of 4314 and cheo (to pour);; n f AV - sprinkling 1; 1 1) a pouring or sprinkling upon, affusion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4379 prospsauo {pros-psow'-o} ·½¦Û 4314 ©M psauo (¸IIJ);; °Êµü AV - touch 1; 1 1) ±µÄ², IJºN #¸ô 11:46|

4379 prospsauo {pros-psow'-o} from 4314 and psauo (to touch);; v AV - touch 1; 1 1) to touch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4380 prosopolepteo {pros-o-pol-ape-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 4381; TDNT - 6:779,950; °Êµü AV - have respect to persons 1; 1 1) ´L­«¥L¤H(¥ç§Y ¤£ºÞ¥L¤Hªº¦çµÛ¥~ªí) 2) ¹ï¥L¤H¥H§¬Û«Ý, °Ï§O¿ëÃÑ (#¶® 2:9|)

4380 prosopolepteo {pros-o-pol-ape-teh'-o} from 4381; TDNT - 6:779,950; v AV - have respect to persons 1; 1 1) to respect the person (i.e. the external condition of man) 2) to have respect of persons, discriminate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4381 prosopoleptes {pros-o-pol-ape'-tace} ·½¦Û 4383 and 2983; TDNT - 6:779,950;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - respecter of persons 1; 1 1) ±µ«Ý, ±µ¯Ç¤Hªº¤H 2) ª[µø, °¾«Ý¤Hªº¤H (#®{ 10:34|)

4381 prosopoleptes {pros-o-pol-ape'-tace} from 4383 and 2983; TDNT - 6:779,950; n m AV - respecter of persons 1; 1 1) an acceptor of persons 2) one who discriminates
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4382 prosopolepsia {pros-o-pol-ape-see'-ah} ·½¦Û 4381; TDNT - 6:779,950; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - respect of persons 4; 4 1) °¾³R

4382 prosopolepsia {pros-o-pol-ape-see'-ah} from 4381; TDNT - 6:779,950; n f AV - respect of persons 4; 4 1) respect of persons 2) partiality 2a) the fault of one who when called on to give judgment has respect of the outward circumstances of man and not to their intrinsic merits, and so prefers, as the more worthy, one who is rich, high born, or powerful, to another who does not have these qualities
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4383 prosopon {pros'-o-pon} ·½¦Û4314 »Pops (­±®e, ·½¦Û3700); TDNT - 6:768,950; ¦Wµü AV - face 55, person 7, presence 7, countenance 3, not tr 1, misc 5; 78 1) Áy 1a) ¤HÃþÀY³¡ªº¥¿¤è 1b) ¬Û»ª, ¼Ë¤l 1b1) the face so far forth as it is the organ of sight, and by it various movements and changes) the index of the inward thoughts and feelings 1c) the appearance one presents by his wealth or property, his rank or low condition 1c1) outward circumstances, external condition 1c2) used in expressions which denote to regard the person in one's judgment and treatment of men 2) the outward appearance of inanimate things

4383 prosopon {pros'-o-pon} from 4314 and ops (the visage, from 3700); TDNT - 6:768,950; n n AV - face 55, person 7, presence 7, countenance 3, not tr 1, misc 5; 78 1) the face 1a) the front of the human head 1b) countenance, look 1b1) the face so far forth as it is the organ of sight, and by it various movements and changes) the index of the inward thoughts and feelings 1c) the appearance one presents by his wealth or property, his rank or low condition 1c1) outward circumstances, external condition 1c2) used in expressions which denote to regard the person in one's judgment and treatment of men 2) the outward appearance of inanimate things
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4384 protasso {prot-as'-so} ·½¦Û 4253 ©M 5021;; °Êµü AV - appoint before 1; 1 1) ¹w¥ý¦w¸m 2) ¹w¥ý«ü¬£, ¹w¥ý³W©w (#®{ 17:26|)

4384 protasso {prot-as'-so} from 4253 and 5021;; v AV - appoint before 1; 1 1) to place before 2) to appoint before, define beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4385 proteino {prot-i'-no} ·½¦Û 4253 and teino (to stretch);; °Êµü AV - bind 1, vr bind 1; 2 1) ©Ôª½, ©µªø, ®i¶} 1a) ±N¤H¤­ªá¤j¸j¥H¥ÖÃ@½g©â¤§, §Y³Q¥Ö±a©â¥´ (±N¤H¸i¸j©ó¾î¼Ù©Î¬W¤l¤W) (#®{ 22:25|)

4385 proteino {prot-i'-no} from 4253 and teino (to stretch);; v AV - bind 1, vr bind 1; 2 1) to stretch forth, stretch out 1a) when they had stretched one out on the thongs i.e. to receive the blows of the thongs (by tying him up to a beam or a pillar)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4386 proteron {prot'-er-on} 4387 ªº¤¤©Ê¦r, §@°Æµü¥Î(¤£½×¦³¨S¦³½èµü/»yµü);; §Î®eµü AV - before + 3588 3, first 2, former 2, before 2, at the first + 3588 1; 10 1) ¥H«eªº, ¤§«eªº 1a) «ü®É¶¡¤W, ¥ý«eªº

4386 proteron {prot'-er-on} neuter of 4387 as adverb (with or without the art.);; adj AV - before + 3588 3, first 2, former 2, before 2, at the first + 3588 1; 10 1) before, prior 1a) of time, former
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4387 proteros {prot'-er-os} comparative of 4253;; §Î®eµü AV - former 1; 1 1) ¤§«eªº, ¸û¦­ªº 1a) ¦b®É¶¡¤W, ¥ý«eªº, «e­±ªº (#¥± 4:22|)

4387 proteros {prot'-er-os} comparative of 4253;; adj AV - former 1; 1 1) before, prior 1a) of time, previous, former
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4388 protithemai {prot-ith'-em-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4253 and 5087; TDNT - 8:164,1176; °Êµü AV - purpose 2, set forth 1; 3 1) ¸m©ó...«e, ´£©ñ 1a) ³¯¦C¦b²´«e, ²³¥Ø´}´}¤§¤U 1b) Ãn©ó²³¤H²´¥Ø¤§¤U 1b1) ¦º«Í 1b2) ²øÄYªº®I¸® 2) ¥´©w¥D·N 2a) ·N¹Ï, ¨M©w (#ù 1:13, 13:25, ¥± 1:9|)

4388 protithemai {prot-ith'-em-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and 5087; TDNT - 8:164,1176; v AV - purpose 2, set forth 1; 3 1) to place before, to set forth 1a) to set forth to be looked at, expose to view 1b) to expose to public view 1b1) of the bodies of the dead 1b2) to let lie in state 2) to set before one's self, propose to one's self 2a) to purpose, determine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4389 protrepomai {prot-rep'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4253 and the base of 5157;; °Êµü AV - exhort 1; 1 1) ¶Ê«P¦V«e, ÄU§Ù, ¹ªÀy (#®{ 18:27|)

4389 protrepomai {prot-rep'-om-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and the base of 5157;; v AV - exhort 1; 1 1) to urge forwards, exhort, encourage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4390 protrecho {prot-rekh'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 and 5143 (including its alternate);; °Êµü AV - run before 1, outrun 1; 2 1) ¶]¦b«eÀY, ¶]±o¤ñ...§Ö, ¶W¹L, ¶W¥X, (#¸ô 19:4; ¬ù 20:4|)

4390 protrecho {prot-rekh'-o} from 4253 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v AV - run before 1, outrun 1; 2 1) to run before, to outrun
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4391 prouparcho {pro-oop-ar'-kho} ·½¦Û 4253 and 5225;; °Êµü AV - be before 1, be beforetime 1; 2 1) ¦b¥ý«e, ¤§«e´N¦s¦b

4391 prouparcho {pro-oop-ar'-kho} from 4253 and 5225;; v AV - be before 1, be beforetime 1; 2 1) to be before, exist previously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4392 prophasis {prof'-as-is} ·½©ó 4253 ©M 5316 ªº²Õ¦X;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pretence 3, cloke 2, show 1, colour 1; 7 1) Áô¿fªº¥ø¹Ï (ÂǤf, µê±¡°²·N) 2) µê°°ªºªí¶H; ÂǤf; µê¹¢; ¬¯Ä£ 2a) ©ÜµÛ¬¯ÄRªº¥~ªí, ¦n¹³·|¦³©Ò§@¬°¦üªº 2b) °UÃã, °°ºÙ¦a, ¥~ªí¦a

4392 prophasis {prof'-as-is} from a compound of 4253 and 5316;; n f AV - pretence 3, cloke 2, show 1, colour 1; 7 1) a pretext (alleged reason, pretended cause) 2) show 2a) under colour as though they would do something 2b) in pretence, ostensibly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4393 prophero {prof-er'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 and 5342;; °Êµü AV - bring forth 2; 2 1) ¾É­P, ²£¥Í(#¸ô 6:45|)

4393 prophero {prof-er'-o} from 4253 and 5342;; v AV - bring forth 2; 2 1) to bring forth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4394 propheteia {prof-ay-ti'-ah} ·½¦Û 4396 ("prophecy"); TDNT - 6:781,952; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- prophecy 16, prophesying 3; 19 1) ¹w¨¥ 1a) ¤@ºØ±q¯«¸tªº·P°Ê¦Óµo¥Xªº¹ï¸Ü,¨Ã¥B«Å©ú¤F¯«ªº·N¹Ï¥Øªº. ³d³Æ©M§i»|§@´cªº¤H, ©Î¦w¼¢¨ü§é¿iªº¤H.©Î´¦¥ÜÁôÂ꺨Æ, ¯S§O¬O¥H¹w¥ý§iª¾±N¨Óªº¨Æªº¤è¦¡¨Ó»¡©ú. 1b) ¥Î¦b¬ù¤¤,¬O«ü¬ù¥ýª¾ªº½×­z 1b1) ¦³Ãö©ó°ò·þªº°ê«×©M°ê«×§Ö³tªº±o³Ó,¥H¤Î¦w¼¢©M§i»|¦³Ãö©ó°ê«×ªº¨Æ, »¡¹w¨¥ªº¯à¤O©ÒÂkÄݪº¨ººØ»¡¹w¨¥ªºÆF,¯«¸tªº¤ß«ä, 1b2) ºÙ§@¥ýª¾ªº°ò·þ®{±Ð®v©Ò¨ã¦³ªº¸[½á©MÁ¿½× 1b3) ¬O«ü¨º¨Ç¥ýª¾­Ìªº®¦½ç©M¤f¤~,¯S§O¬O«ü,¦b±Ð¾ÉºÖ­µ¥H¥~, ¹ï¦¨´N°ò·þ°êªº¤u§@ªº¹w¨¥

4394 propheteia {prof-ay-ti'-ah} from 4396 ("prophecy"); TDNT - 6:781,952; n f AV - prophecy 16, prophesying 3; 19 1) prophecy 1a) a discourse emanating from divine inspiration and declaring the purposes of God, whether by reproving and admonishing the wicked, or comforting the afflicted, or revealing things hidden; esp. by foretelling future events 1b) Used in the NT of the utterance of OT prophets 1b1) of the prediction of events relating to Christ's kingdom and its speedy triumph, together with the consolations and admonitions pertaining to it, the spirit of prophecy, the divine mind, to which the prophetic faculty is due 1b2) of the endowment and speech of the Christian teachers called prophets 1b3) the gifts and utterances of these prophets, esp. of the predictions of the works of which, set apart to teach the gospel, will accomplish for the kingdom of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4395 propheteuo {prof-ate-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - prophesy 28; 28 1) »¡¹w¨¥, ¦¨¬°¤@­Ó¥ýª¾, Âǵۯ«¸tªº±Òµo¦Ó»¡¥X, ¹wª¾ 1a) »¡¹w¨¥ 1b) ¦³¹w¨¥±N¨Ó¨Æ¥óªº·N«ä¡A¯S§O¬O¦³Ãö©ó¯«ªº°ê«×ªº¨Æ 1c) »¡¥X¨Ó, «ÅºÙ, °ß¦³Âǵۯ«¸tªº±Ò¥Ü¤~¯àª¾¹Dªº¨Æ 1d) ¦b¬ðµMªº½Ä°Ê¤Uµo¥X¹ï¯«¸tªº©¾§i±R°ªªº½×­z©ÎÆg¬ü 1d1) ´N¹³¦b¿Eµo¤§¤Uªº, ±Ð¾É, »é¥¸, ³d³Æ, §i»|¡A¦w¼¢¥L¤H 1e) §@¥ýª¾, °õ¦æ¥ýª¾ªºÂ¾¨Æ

4395 propheteuo {prof-ate-yoo'-o} from 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; v AV - prophesy 28; 28 1) to prophesy, to be a prophet, speak forth by divine inspirations, to predict 1a) to prophesy 1b) with the idea of foretelling future events pertaining esp. to the kingdom of God 1c) to utter forth, declare, a thing which can only be known by divine revelation 1d) to break forth under sudden impulse in lofty discourse or praise of the divine counsels 1d1) under like prompting, to teach, refute, reprove, admonish, comfort others 1e) to act as a prophet, discharge the prophetic office
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4396 prophetes {prof-ay'-tace} ·½¦Û4253 and 5346 ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 6:781,952; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- prophet 149; 149 1) ¦b§ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤,¬O«ü¹w¨¥©Î¨ä¥LÁôÂèƪ«ªº¸ÑÄÀªÌ 2) ¤@­Ó¨ü¨ì¯«ªºÆF©Ò·P°Êªº¤H,¨Ã¦]¦¹¦¨¬°Í¢ªº¾÷ºc©Î¬OÍ¢ªº¥N¨¥ªÌ, ¯«¸t¦a¦V¤H«ÅÁ¿¥L©Ò»â¨üªº·P°Ê,¯S§O¬OÃö©ó±N¨Óªº¨Æ,¹³¨º¨Ç »P¯«ªº°ê«×©M¤HÃþ±Ï®¦ªº¥DÃD¦³Ãöªº²Ó¸` 2a) »P¬ùªº¥ýª¾¦³Ãö, ¹w¥ý«ÅÁ¿°ò·þÀ±ÁɨȪº°ê«×, ¥\·~©M¦º¤` 2b) ¬O«ü¬I¬~¬ù¿«,¥L¬O°ò·þÀ±ÁɨȪº¥ýÅXªÌ 2c) ¬O«ü¨º¤@¦ìÅã»®ªº¥ýª¾,´N¬OµS¤Ó¤H©Ò¬ß±æ¦bÀ±ÁɨȨì¨Ó¥H«eªº¨º¤@¦ì¥ýª¾ 2d) ¨º¤@¦ìÀ±ÁÉ¨È 2e) ¬O«ü³Q¯«ªºÆF©Ò¥Rº¡ªº¤H, ¦b¯«ªºÅv¬`©M©R¥O¤U,ÂǵÛÅv«Âªº¨¥»y, ¥ÓÅG¯«ªº°Ê¾÷¥H¤ÎÀµ¨D¤Hªº±Ï®¦ 2f) ¬O«ü¦b¨Ï®{®É´Á¥X²{¦b°ò·þ®{·í¤¤ªº¥ýª¾ 2f1) ¥L­Ì»P¨Ï®{­Ì¬O¹Ù¦ñ 2f2) ¥L­Ì¹îı©M§@¥X¹ï°ò·þ®{¦³¯qªº¨Æ, ¹w¥ý»¡¥X±N­nµo¥Íªº¤@¨Ç¨Æ¥ó.¡]®{11¡G27¡^ 2f3) ¦b°ò·þ®{°@¸Ûªº»E·|¤¤¡A¥L­Ì¨ü¸tÆFªº·P°Ê¦Ó»¡¸Ü¡A¦³¯à¤Oªº±Ð¾É¡A ¦w¼¢¡A¹ªÀy¡AÄþ³d¡A¨Ï¤Hª¾¸o¡A©M¿E°Ê¥L­ÌªºÅ¥²³ 3) ¤@­Ó¸Ö¤H¡]¦]¬°¬Û«H¸Ö¤H³£¬O¨ü¨ì¯«¸tªº·P°Ê¦Ó§u°Ûªº¡^ 3a) of Epimenides (¦h1:12)

4396 prophetes {prof-ay'-tace} from a compound of 4253 and 5346; TDNT - 6:781,952; n m AV - prophet 149; 149 1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things 2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to human salvation 2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death, of Jesus the Messiah. 2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah 2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent of the Messiah 2d) the Messiah 2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God's authority and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and urges salvation of men 2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians 2f1) they are associated with the apostles 2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian cause, foretelling certain future events. (Acts 11:27) 2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and stimulate, their hearers 3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine inspiration) 3a) of Epimenides (Tit. 1:12)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4397 prophetikos {prof-ay-tik-os'} ·½©ó 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; §Î®eµü AV - of the prophets 1, of prophecy 1; 2 1) ¥ýª¾ªº¤u§@ 2) ¹w¥Üªº

4397 prophetikos {prof-ay-tik-os'} from 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; adj AV - of the prophets 1, of prophecy 1; 2 1) proceeding from a prophet 2) prophetic
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4398 prophetis {prof-ay'-tis} ·½¦Û 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - prophetess 2; 2 1) ¤k¥ýª¾ 2) ÂǵÛÀq¥Ü»P²§¶H,¬Ý¨£§O¤H©ÒÒΩ󪺥¼¨Ó¨Æ¥óªº°ü¤H 3) «Å§i©Î¸Ñ»¡¿Ù¦®ªº¤k©Ê

4398 prophetis {prof-ay'-tis} from 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; n f AV - prophetess 2; 2 1) a prophetess 2) a woman to whom future events or things hidden from others are at times revealed, either by inspiration or by dreams and visions 3) a female who declares or interprets oracles
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4399 prophthano {prof-than'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 and 5348; TDNT - 9:88,1258; °Êµü AV - prevent 1; 1 1) ¥ý´£¥X, ¹w®Æ (#¤Ó 17:25|)

4399 prophthano {prof-than'-o} from 4253 and 5348; TDNT - 9:88,1258; v AV - prevent 1; 1 1) to come before, to anticipate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4400 procheirizomai {prokh-i-rid'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4253 and a derivative of 5495; TDNT - 6:862,*; °Êµü AV - choose 1, make 1; 2 1) ©ñ¤J¤âùØ, ¶Ç¨ì¤â¤¤ 2) ¥æ¨ì¬Y¤Hªº¤â¸Ì 3) ½Ý¥ß¦b¬Y¤H¤§«e, ­Áª×¼³­Ë¦b¦a, µô©w 4) ¬D¿ï, ¥ô©R©e¬£ 4a) ¬°¬Y¤H©Ò¥Î 4b) ¬°¬Y¤Hªº±ÏÅ« (#®{ 22:14; 26:16|)

4400 procheirizomai {prokh-i-rid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 4253 and a derivative of 5495; TDNT - 6:862,*; v AV - choose 1, make 1; 2 1) to put into the hand, to deliver into the hands 2) to take into one's hands 3) to set before one's self, to prostrate, to determine 4) to choose, to appoint 4a) for one's use 4b) for one's salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4401 procheirotoneo {prokh-i-rot-on-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4253 and 5500;; °Êµü AV - choose before 1; 1 1) ¹w¥ý´z¿ï, ¬O«e«ü©w¥ô¬£ (#®{ 10:41|)

4401 procheirotoneo {prokh-i-rot-on-eh'-o} from 4253 and 5500;; v AV - choose before 1; 1 1) to choose or designate beforehand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4402 Prochoros {prokh'-or-os} ·½¦Û 4253 and 5525;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Prochorus 1; 1 §Bù­ôù= "¸Öºq¶¤ªº«ü´§, ¦X°Û¹Îªº¹Îªø" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|©Ò¿î¿ï¥X¨Ó¤C­Ó°õ¨Æ¤¤ªº¤@¦ì (#®{ 6:5|)

4402 Prochoros {prokh'-or-os} from 4253 and 5525;; n pr m AV - Prochorus 1; 1 Prochorus = "leader of the chorus" 1) one of the seven deacons chosen by the church at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4403 prumna {proom'-nah} ·½¦Û prumnus (hindmost);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hinder ¤Àµüof ship 1, stern 1, hinder ¤Àµü1; 3 1) ²îªº§À³¡, «á³¡ (#¥i 4:38; ®{27:29, 27:41|)

4403 prumna {proom'-nah} from prumnus (hindmost);; n f AV - hinder part of ship 1, stern 1, hinder part 1; 3 1) the stern or hinder part of the ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4404 proi {pro-ee'} ·½¦Û 4253;; °Æµü AV - in the morning 5, early in the morning 2, early 2, morning 1; 10 1) ±á¶¡ªº, ´£¦­ªº 2) ©]¶¡ªº²Ä¥|¦¸¨µÅÞ, ¬ù²ö±q­â±á¤TÂI¦Ü¤»ÂI

4404 proi {pro-ee'} from 4253;; adv AV - in the morning 5, early in the morning 2, early 2, morning 1; 10 1) in the morning, early 2) the fourth watch of the night, from 3 o'clock in the morning until 6 o'clock approximately
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4405 proia {pro-ee'-ah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü, 4404 ªº­l¥Í¦r; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - morning 3, early 1; 4 1) ¤@¤j¦­, Ãö©ó¦­±á, ¯}¾å®É¤À

4405 proia {pro-ee'-ah} feminine of a derivative of 4404 as noun;; adj AV - morning 3, early 1; 4 1) early, pertaining to the morning, at day break
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4406 proimos {pro'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 4404;; §Î®eµü AV - early 1; 1 1) ¦­ªº 1a) ±q¤Q¤ë¥÷°_´£¦­­°¸¨ªº«B¤ô (#¶® 5:7|)

4406 proimos {pro'-ee-mos} from 4404;; adj AV - early 1; 1 1) early 1a) of the early rain which fell from October on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4407 proinos {pro-ee-nos'} ·½¦Û4404;; §Î®eµü AV - morning 1; 1 1) ¦­¤W®É¥ú (#±Ò 2:28|)

4407 proinos {pro-ee-nos'} from 4404;; adj AV - morning 1; 1 1) pertaining to the morning
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4408 prora {pro'-ra} ³±©Ê of a presumed derivative of 4253 as noun;; §Î®eµü AV - fore¤Àµü1, foreship 1; 2 1) ²î­º©Î²îÀYªº (#®{ 27:30,41|)

4408 prora {pro'-ra} feminine of a presumed derivative of 4253 as noun;; adj AV - forepart 1, foreship 1; 2 1) the prow or forward part of a ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4409 proteuo {prote-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 4413; TDNT - 6:881,965; °Êµü AV - have the preeminence 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°²Ä¤@ªº, ©~­º¦ì (#¦è 1:18|)

4409 proteuo {prote-yoo'-o} from 4413; TDNT - 6:881,965; v AV - have the preeminence 1; 1 1) to be first, hold the first place
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4410 protokathedria {pro-tok-ath-ed-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 4413 ©M 2515; TDNT - 6:870,965; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - chief seat 2, uppermost seat 1, highest seat 1; 4 1) §¤¦b­º®y, ²Ä¤@©Î­º»âªº®y¦ì

4410 protokathedria {pro-tok-ath-ed-ree'-ah} from 4413 and 2515; TDNT - 6:870,965; n f AV - chief seat 2, uppermost seat 1, highest seat 1; 4 1) to sit in the first seat, the first or chief seat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4411 protoklisia {pro-tok-lis-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4413 ©M 2828; TDNT - 6:870,965; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - uppermost room 2, chief room 2, highest room 1; 5 1) ²Ä¤@§â¥æ´È, À\®àªº¥D¦ì 2) ¦bªi´µ¤H,§ÆÃ¾¤H,©Mù°¨¤H·í¤¤, ¦b®à¦ìªº¬Û¹ï¦ì¶¥¦³©Ò¤£¦P; ¦Ó©ó°ò·þ®É¥N¤¤, ¦bµS¤Ó¤H¤¤«ç»ò¦w±Æ¤£¯à¥¿½T³W©w

4411 protoklisia {pro-tok-lis-ee'-ah} from 4413 and 2828; TDNT - 6:870,965; n f AV - uppermost room 2, chief room 2, highest room 1; 5 1) the first reclining place, the chief place at table 2) the relative rank of the several places at table varied among the Persians, Greeks, and Romans; and what arrangements the Jews had in the time of Christ can not be accurately determined
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4412 proton {pro'-ton} 4413 ªº¤¤©Ê, §@°Æµü¥Î(©M©Î¤£©M 3588 ¤@°_¥Î®É); TDNT - 6:868,965; °Æµü AV - first 51, at the first + 3588 2, first of all 2, misc 5; 60 1) ®É¶¡©ÎªÅ¶¡¤Wªº²Ä¤@ 1a) «ü¥ô¦³Ãö¤Hªº©Î¨Æ¥óªº¶¶§Ç¤W 2) ¦bµ¥¯Å¤W³Ì°ªªº 2a) ¼vÅT¤O, Án±æ, ¦WÅA¤W 2b) ­º»â, ÀY¥Ø 2c) ­ºªø, ­º®u 3) °_ÀY, ­º¥ý

4412 proton {pro'-ton} neuter of 4413 as adverb (with or without 3588); TDNT - 6:868,965; adv AV - first 51, at the first + 3588 2, first of all 2, misc 5; 60 1) first in time or place 1a) in any succession of things or persons 2) first in rank 2a) influence, honour 2b) chief 2c) principal 3) first, at the first
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4413 protos {pro'-tos} 4253 ³Ì°ª¯ÅªºÁY¼g; TDNT - 6:865,965; §Î®eµü AV - first 85, chief 9, first day 2, former 2, misc 7; 105 1) «ü¦b®É¶¡©ÎªÅ¶¡¤Wªº²Ä¤@ 1a) «ü¥ô¦ó¤@¨t¦Cªº¨Æ¥ó©Î¤H 2) ¦a¦ìµ¥¯Å³Ì°ªªº 2a) «ü¨äÅv¤O, ºaÄ£ 2b) ­º»â, ¦ÑÁó 2c) ­ºªø, ­º®u 3) ³Ì¦­ªº, ­º¥ýªº

4413 protos {pro'-tos} contracted superlative of 4253; TDNT - 6:865,965; adj AV - first 85, chief 9, first day 2, former 2, misc 7; 105 1) first in time or place 1a) in any succession of things or persons 2) first in rank 2a) influence, honour 2b) chief 2c) principal 3) first, at the first
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4414 protostates {pro-tos-tat'-ace} ·½¦Û 4413 and 2476;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ringleader 1; 1 1) ¯¸¦b°ª¦ìªº, ¦b«eªº 1a) »â³S, ­º»â, ªø©x, ¬°­ºªº (#®{ 24:5|)

4414 protostates {pro-tos-tat'-ace} from 4413 and 2476;; n m AV - ringleader 1; 1 1) one who stands in the front rank 1a) a leader, chief, champion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4415 prototokia {pro-tot-ok'-ee-ah} ·½©ó 4416; TDNT - 6:871,965; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - birthright 1; 1 1) ÀY­LªºÅv§Q, ¦n³B, ©ÎÀu¶Õ

4415 prototokia {pro-tot-ok'-ee-ah} from 4416; TDNT - 6:871,965; n n AV - birthright 1; 1 1) the right or advantages of the first born son
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4416 prototokos {pro-tot-ok'-os} ·½©ó 4413 ©M 5088 ªº¥t¤@«¬; TDNT - 6:871,965; §Î®eµü AV - firstborn 7, first begotten 2; 9 1) ÀY­L¥X¥Íªº 1a) «ü¤H©ÎÃ~Ãþ 1b) «ü°ò·þ, ­º¥Í©ó¤@¤Á³Ð³y¤§¥ýªº (#¦è 1:15|)

4416 prototokos {pro-tot-ok'-os} from 4413 and the alternate of 5088; TDNT - 6:871,965; adj AV - firstborn 7, first begotten 2; 9 1) the firstborn 1a) of man or beast 1b) of Christ, the first born of all creation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4417 ptaio {ptah'-yo} ...¤§¤@«¬ 4098; TDNT - 6:883,968; °Êµü AV - offend 3, stumble 1, fall 1; 5 1) ¨Ï¤H²Ì¸}¶^­Ë 2) ²Ì­Ë¥¢¨¬ 2a) ¥Ç¿ù, §Ë¿ù, ¥Ç¸o 2b) ³´¤J§x¹Ò, Åܬ°¥i¼¦¤£©¯ªº

4417 ptaio {ptah'-yo} a form of 4098; TDNT - 6:883,968; v AV - offend 3, stumble 1, fall 1; 5 1) to cause one to stumble or fall 2) to stumble 2a) to err, make a mistake, to sin 2b) to fall into misery, become wretched
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4418 pterna {pter'-nah} of uncertain derivation;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - heel 1; 1 1) ¨¬«á¸ò 2) Á|°_¸}«á¸ò¨Ó§ðÀ»§O¤H 2a) ¥Î¸Þ¶Bªº¤è¦¡¨Ó¶Ë®`§O¤H (Ãþ¦üªº§ÎºA¦³½ð, ©Î¬OºL¨¤¿ï¤â²Ì­Ë¥Lªº¼Ä¤â) (#¬ù 13:18|)

4418 pterna {pter'-nah} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - heel 1; 1 1) the heel (of the foot) 2) to lift up the heel against one 2a) to injure one by trickery (figure borrowed either from kicking, or from a wrestler tripping up his antagonist)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4419 pterugion {pter-oog'-ee-on} ·½¦Û 4420 ±Àºt¦Ó¨Ó;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - pinnacle 2; 2 1) ¯Í»H, ¤pªº¯Í»H 2) ¥ô¦ó¦yªº¥½ºÝ 2a) ³½ÃþªºÅ_ 2b) ¦çªA¬Y³¡¥÷¥H¯Í»H§Î¦¡««¤U 2c) ­C¸ô¼»§N¸t·µªº³»ºÝ

4419 pterugion {pter-oog'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of 4420;; n n AV - pinnacle 2; 2 1) a wing, a little wing 2) any pointed extremity 2a) of fins of fishes 2b) of part of a dress hanging down in the form of a wing 2c) of the top of the temple at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4420 pterux {pter'-oox} ·½¦Û4072ªº­l¥Í¦r (·N¬°"¤@®Ú¦Ð¤ò"); ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wing 5; 5 1) ¯Í»H (³¾)

4420 pterux {pter'-oox} from a derivative of 4072 (meaning a feather);; n f AV - wing 5; 5 1) a wing: of birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4421 ptenon {ptay-non'} contraction for 4071;; §Î®eµü AV - bird 1; 1 1) µ¹¤©¯Í»H, ¥H¯Í»H¬°¸Ë¸m 2) ­¸µ¾ 2a) ³¾Ãþªº (#ªL«e 15:39|)

4421 ptenon {ptay-non'} contraction for 4071;; adj AV - bird 1; 1 1) furnished with wings 2) winged, flying 2a) of birds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4422 ptoeo {pto-eh'-o} probably ªñ¦ü to the alternate of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to 4072 (through that of causing to fly away);; °Êµü AV - terrify 2; 2 1) ÅåÀ~¤H 2) ¨Ï®`©È¨üÅå (#¸ô 21:9, 24:37| ) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5841

4422 ptoeo {pto-eh'-o} probably akin to the alternate of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to 4072 (through that of causing to fly away);; v AV - terrify 2; 2 1) to terrify 2) be terrified For Synonyms see entry 5841
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4423 ptoesis {pto'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û 4422;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - amazement 1; 1 1) ¦]®£©Æªº¨Æ°È¦Ó®`©È

4423 ptoesis {pto'-ay-sis} from 4422;; n f AV - amazement 1; 1 1) to be afraid of with terror
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4424 Ptolemais {ptol-em-ah-is'} ·½¦Û Ptolemaios (¦b¦h§Q¶R¤§«á¦Ó©R¦W);; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Ptolemais 1; 1 ¦h§Q¶R©Î¬O¨È¬_ = "¦n¾Ôªº" 1) µÌ¥§°òªº¤@­ÓÀØ®ü«°É], ©úÅã¦a¬O±q¦h§Q¶R(Ptolemy Lathyrus)¦Ó±o¦W, ¦h§Q¶R¦b¥D«e103¦~¸¸Àò³o«°, ¨Ã­««Ø¨Ï¤§§ó¬üÄR

4424 Ptolemais {ptol-em-ah-is'} from Ptolemaios (Ptolemy, after whom it was named);; n pr loc AV - Ptolemais 1; 1 Ptolemais or Accho = "warlike" 1) a maritime city of Phoenicia, which got its name, apparently, from Ptolemy Lathyrus, who captured it 103 BC, and rebuilt it more beautifully
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4425 ptuon {ptoo'-on} ·½¦Û 4429;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fan 2; 2 1) ð¥h½\´ßªºÃê¤l

4425 ptuon {ptoo'-on} from 4429;; n n AV - fan 2; 2 1) a winnowing shovel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4426 pturo {ptoo'-ro} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 4429 (and thus ªñ¦ü to 4422);; °Êµü AV - terrify 1; 1 1) ÅåÀb, ¦YÅå, ¨Ï®£Äß, ¨üÅåÀ~ (#µÌ 1:28|)

4426 pturo {ptoo'-ro} from a presumed derivative of 4429 (and thus akin to 4422);; v AV - terrify 1; 1 1) to frighten, affright
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4427 ptusma {ptoos'-mah} ·½¦Û 4429;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - spittle 1; 1 1) ³èªj #¬ù 9:6|

4427 ptusma {ptoos'-mah} from 4429;; n n AV - spittle 1; 1 1) spittle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4428 ptusso {ptoos'-so} probably ªñ¦ü to petannumi (to spread, and thus apparently allied to 4072 through the idea of expansion, and to 4429 through that of flattening, cf 3961);; °Êµü AV - close 1; 1 1) ºPÅ|¦b¤@°_, ±²°_ (#¸ô 4:20|)

4428 ptusso {ptoos'-so} probably akin to petannumi (to spread, and thus apparently allied to 4072 through the idea of expansion, and to 4429 through that of flattening, cf 3961);; v AV - close 1; 1 1) to fold together, roll up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4429 ptuo {ptoo'-o} a root word (cf 4428);; °Êµü AV - spit 3; 3 1) ¤g³èªj, ¦R¤f¤ô (#¥i 7:33, 8:23; ¬ù 9:6|)

4429 ptuo {ptoo'-o} a root word (cf 4428);; v AV - spit 3; 3 1) to spit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4430 ptoma {pto'-mah} ·½¦Û 4098 ªº´À¥N¦r; TDNT - 6:166,846; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - dead body 3, carcase 1, corpse 1; 5 1) °I¸¨, ±Ñ¤` 1a) Áô³ë. ¥¢±Ñ, ³Q¥´±Ñ, ¨aÃø 1b) ¿ù»~, ¥¢¨¬³´¸o¤¤ 2) ¨Æª«­Ë¶ò 2a) ¦ºªÌ­Ë¤Uªº¨­Åé, «ÍÅé, ´ÝÀe

4430 ptoma {pto'-mah} from the alternate of 4098; TDNT - 6:166,846; n n AV - dead body 3, carcase 1, corpse 1; 5 1) a fall, downfall 1a) metaph. a failure, defeat, calamity 1b) an error, lapse into sin 2) that which has fallen 2a) the fallen body of one dead or slain, a corpse, a carcase
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4431 ptosis {pto'-sis} ·½¦Û 4098ªº´À´«¦r; TDNT - 6:167,846; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fall 2; 2 1) ¼Y¸¨, ­Ë¶ò #¤Ó 7:27;¸ô 2:34|

4431 ptosis {pto'-sis} from the alternate of 4098; TDNT - 6:167,846; n f AV - fall 2; 2 1) a falling, downfall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4432 ptocheia {pto-khi'-ah} ·½¦Û4433; TDNT - 6:885,969; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - poverty 3; 3 1) ¨ª³h 2) ¦b·s¬ù¬°"³h½a"¤§·N 2a) ¤Hªº¹¼¥F¥ú´º

4432 ptocheia {pto-khi'-ah} from 4433; TDNT - 6:885,969; n f AV - poverty 3; 3 1) beggary 2) in the NT poverty 2a) the condition of one destitute of riches and abundance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4433 ptocheuo {pto-khyoo'-o} ·½¦Û 4434; TDNT - 6:885,969; °Êµü AV - become poor 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°¤^¤¢, ¤^°Q, ¦¨¬°¥i¼¦¤H (#ªL«á 8:9|)

4433 ptocheuo {pto-khyoo'-o} from 4434; TDNT - 6:885,969; v AV - become poor 1; 1 1) to be a beggar, to beg, to be poor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4434 ptochos {pto-khos'} TDNT - 6:885,969; §Î®eµü AV - poor 30, beggar 2, poor man 1, beggarly 1; 34 1) ¥õ¥M§O¤H¾i¥Íªº,³h½aªº 2) (·¥»ÝÄݤѸ귽)³h½aªº 3) ¯Ê¥FÄÝÆF»ù­Èªº (#¤Ó 5:3; ±Ò 3:17|) 4) §C¦H,³ô¼¦ªº (#ªL«e 15:10; ¥[ 4:9|)) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5870

4434 ptochos {pto-khos'} from ptosso {to crouch, akin to 4422 and the alternate of 4098); TDNT - 6:885,969; adj AV - poor 30, beggar 2, poor man 1, beggarly 1; 34 1) reduced to beggary, begging, asking alms 2) destitute of wealth, influence, position, honour 2a) lowly, afflicted, destitute of the Christian virtues and eternal riches 2b) helpless, powerless to accomplish an end 2c) poor, needy 3) lacking in anything 3a) as respects their spirit 3a1) destitute of wealth of learning and intellectual culture which the schools afford (men of this class most readily give themselves up to Christ's teaching and proved them selves fitted to lay hold of the heavenly treasure) For Synonyms see entry 5870
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4435 pugme {poog-may'} ·½¦Û a primary pux (the fist as a weapon); TDNT - 6:915,973; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - oft 1; 1 1) ®±ÀY, ²M¼äªº¤â 2) ¤â¨y¤§¤W (#¥i 7:3|)

4435 pugme {poog-may'} from a primary pux (the fist as a weapon); TDNT - 6:915,973; n f AV - oft 1; 1 1) the fist, clenched hand 2) up to the elbow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4436 Puthon {poo'-thone} ·½¦Û Putho ; TDNT - 6:917,*;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - divination 1; 1 1) ¥e¤RªºÆF (#®{ 16:16|) ­ì«ü§ÆÃ¾¯«¸Ü¤¤ªº¤@±ø³D,¦uÅ@¼wº¸­¸(Delphi)ªº¯«¿Ù,«á³Qªüªiù©Ò±þ.

4436 Puthon {poo'-thone} from Putho (the name of the region where Delphi, the seat of the famous oracle, was located); TDNT - 6:917,*; n m AV - divination 1; 1 1) in Greek mythology the name of the Pythian serpent or dragon that dwelt in the region of Pytho at the foot of Parnassus in Phocis, and was said to have guarded the oracle at Delphi and been slain by Apollo 2) a spirit of divination
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4437 puknos {pook-nos'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 4635;; §Î®eµü AV - often 2, oftener 1; 3 1) ±K¶°ªº, ¿@±Kªº, ºò´êªº 1a) Ãö©ó®É¶¡ 1a1) ÀWÁc¦a, ±`±`, ´`Àô¦A²{ªº 1b) ºë¯«¥R¨¬¦a, ¶Ô¾Ä¦a 1c) ±`±`, §ó¥[ÀWÁcªº, §ó±`

4437 puknos {pook-nos'} from the same as 4635;; adj AV - often 2, oftener 1; 3 1) thick, dense, compact 1a) in reference to time 1a1) frequently, often, recurring 1b) vigorously, diligently 1c) often, more frequently, the oftener
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4438 pukteuo {pook-te-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û­l¥Í¦r¡A»P4435¦P ; TDNT - 6:915,973; °Êµü AV - fight 1; 1 1) ¦¨¬°¤@­Ó®±À»ªÌ, ®±À»

4438 pukteuo {pook-te-yoo'-o} from a derivative of the same as 4435; TDNT - 6:915,973; v AV - fight 1; 1 1) to be a boxer, to box
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4439 pule {poo'-lay} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 6:921,974; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - gate 10; 10 1) ªù, ¬] 1a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤jªºªù, ¦p 1a1) «°¥«ªº«°ªù 1a2) ¬Ó®cªºªù 1a3) ¥«Âíªºªù¬] 1a4) ¸t·µ¤§ªù 1a5) ¨c©Ðªº¨cªù 2) ³±¶¡(´N¹³¬O·¥¤jªº¨c©Ð)¤§ªù 3) Áô³ë. ¶i¤J©Î¹F¨ì¥ô¦óªº¤@­Óª¬ºA

4439 pule {poo'-lay} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:921,974; n f AV - gate 10; 10 1) a gate 1a) of the larger sort 1a1) in the wall of either a city 1a2) a palace 1a3) a town 1a4) the temple 1a5) a prison 2) the gates of hell (likened to a vast prison) 3) metaph. the access or entrance into any state
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4440 pulon {poo-lone'} ·½¦Û 4439; TDNT - 6:921,974;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gate 17, porch 1; 18 1) ¬Ó®cªº¤jªù 2) ©Ð¤lªº¥¿ªù, ¤HÂǦ¹¤J¤f¶i¥X

4440 pulon {poo-lone'} from 4439; TDNT - 6:921,974; n m AV - gate 17, porch 1; 18 1) a large gate: of a palace 2) the front part of a house, into which one enters through the gate, porch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4441 punthanomai {poon-than'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA prolonged from a primary putho (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; °Êµü AV - ask 7, demand 2, enquire 2, understand 1; 12 1) ¸ß°Ý, µo°Ý 2) ¥´Å¥¥H§Ë²M³B¬d©ú¥Õ

4441 punthanomai {poon-than'-om-ahee} middle voice prolonged from a primary putho (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; v AV - ask 7, demand 2, enquire 2, understand 1; 12 1) to enquire, ask 2) to ascertain, by enquiry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4442 pur {poor} ¦r®Ú«¬; TDNT - 6:928,975; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fire 73, fiery 1; 74 1) ¤õ

4442 pur {poor} a root word; TDNT - 6:928,975; n n AV - fire 73, fiery 1; 74 1) fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4443 pura {poo-rah'} ·½¦Û 4442;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fire 2; 2 1) ¤õ, ¤@°ï¿U®Æ

4443 pura {poo-rah'} from 4442;; n f AV - fire 2; 2 1) a fire, a pile of burning fuel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4444 purgos {poor'-gos} apparently a primary word ("burgh"); TDNT - 6:953,980;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tower 4; 4 1) ¶ð 2) ¦³¤@©w°ª«×ªº°í©Tµ²ºc, ¥Î¨Ó©è¾×¼Ä­xªº§ðÀ»©ÎÅý¬Ý¦uªÌ¥i¥H¬Ý¨ì¦U­Ó¤è¦V

4444 purgos {poor'-gos} apparently a primary word ("burgh"); TDNT - 6:953,980; n m AV - tower 4; 4 1) a tower 2) a fortified structure rising to a considerable height, to repel a hostile attack or to enable a watchman to see in every direction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4445 puresso {poo-res'-so} ·½¦Û 4443; TDNT - 6:956,981; °Êµü AV - be sick of a fever 2; 2 1) ¥Í¯fµo¿N

4445 puresso {poo-res'-so} from 4443; TDNT - 6:956,981; v AV - be sick of a fever 2; 2 1) to be sick with a fever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4446 puretos {poo-ret-os'} ·½¦Û 4445; TDNT - 6:956,981;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fever 6; 6 1) ¿S¼ö 2) µo¿N

4446 puretos {poo-ret-os'} from 4445; TDNT - 6:956,981; n m AV - fever 6; 6 1) fiery heat 2) fever
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4447 purinos {poo'-ree-nos} ·½¦Û 4443; TDNT - 6:951,975; §Î®eµü AV - of fire 1; 1 1) ¤õ¤@¯ëªº 2) ¦p¤õµo¥ú (#±Ò 9:17|)

4447 purinos {poo'-ree-nos} from 4443; TDNT - 6:951,975; adj AV - of fire 1; 1 1) fiery 2) shining like fire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4448 puroo {poo-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4442; TDNT - 6:948,975; °Êµü AV - burn 3, fiery 1, be on fire 1, try 1; 6 1) ¿U¿N 1a)¦r·Nªº 1b)³ë·Nªº 1b1)¿U°_¦P±¡,À°§U,©Î¼¨«ë¤§¤ß (#ªL«á 11:29|) 1b2)ºµºµ±ý¤õ (#ªL«e 7:9|) 2) ¨Ï¤§·¥¼ö,¨Ï¤§µo«G,¼ö³z (#±Ò 1:15,3:18|)

4448 puroo {poo-ro'-o} from 4442; TDNT - 6:948,975; v AV - burn 3, fiery 1, be on fire 1, try 1; 6 1) to burn with fire, to set on fire, kindle 1a) to be on fire, to burn 1a1) to be incensed, indignant 1b) make to glow 1b1) full of fire, fiery, ignited 1b1a) of darts filled with inflammable substances and set on fire 1b2) melted by fire and purged of dross
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4449 purrhazo {poor-hrad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4450;; °Êµü AV - be red 2; 2 1) Åܦ¨ÂA©ú, µo¦â, ¦¨¬°¬õ (#¤Ó 16:2-3|)

4449 purrhazo {poor-hrad'-zo} from 4450;; v AV - be red 2; 2 1) to become glowing, grow red, be red
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4450 purrhos {poor-hros'} ·½¦Û 4442; TDNT - 6:952,975; §Î®eµü AV - red 2; 2 1) ¤õµKªºÃC¦â, ¤õ¬õ (#±Ò 6:4, 12:3|)

4450 purrhos {poor-hros'} from 4442; TDNT - 6:952,975; adj AV - red 2; 2 1) having the colour of fire, red
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4451 purosis {poo'-ro-sis} ·½¦Û 4448; TDNT - 6:950,975; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - burning 2, fiery trial 1; 3 1) ¿U¿N 1a) ªF¦è³Q¿NµÛ¥B(ºCºC)³Q¿N±¼ 1b) Âǵ۷Һɪ««~ªº¤õµK¤¤¨ú¥XªF¦è(¦p:¿N³³»s«~©Î¿N»s¬Á¼þ¦¨«~) 1b1) ¸ÕÅç«~®æªº¨aÃø©Î¸Õ·Ò

4451 purosis {poo'-ro-sis} from 4448; TDNT - 6:950,975; n f AV - burning 2, fiery trial 1; 3 1) a burning 1a) the burning by which metals are roasted and reduced 1b) by a figure drawn from a refiners fire 1b1) calamities or trials that test the character
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4452 -po {po} another form of the base of 4458;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - 0; 0 1) ³s, ÁÙ, ¬Æ¦Ü 2) ¶È»P 3369, 3380, 3764, 3768, 4455 §Î¦¨½Æ¦X¦r

4452 -po {po} another form of the base of 4458;; particle AV - 0; 0 1) yet, even 2) used only in compound with words 3369, 3380, 3764, 3768, 4455
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4453 poleo {po-leh'-o} probably ultimately from pelomai (to be busy, to trade);; °Êµü AV - sell 21, be sold 1; 22 1) ©ö³f, §@ª«¥æ´«, ¥X°â 2) ±À¾PªÌ

4453 poleo {po-leh'-o} probably ultimately from pelomai (to be busy, to trade);; v AV - sell 21, be sold 1; 22 1) to barter, to sell 2) sellers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4454 polos {po'-los} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:959,981;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - colt 12; 12 1) ¤p¤½°¨ , ¦~»´¶¯°¨ 2) ¦~»´ªº¨ü³yª« 2a) Æj¤lªº«Ä¤l 2b) Æj¾s

4454 polos {po'-los} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:959,981; n m AV - colt 12; 12 1) a colt, the young of a horse 2) a young creature 2a) of a young ass 2b) an ass's colt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4455 popote {po'-pot-e} ·½©ó 4452 ©M 4218;; °Æµü AV - at any time 3, yet never + 3762 1, never 1, never + 3364 1; 6 1) ¦V¨Ó, ±q¨Ó, ¥ô¦ó®É­Ô

4455 popote {po'-pot-e} from 4452 and 4218;; adv AV - at any time 3, yet never + 3762 1, never 1, never + 3364 1; 6 1) ever, at any time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4456 poroo {po-ro'-o} apparently from poros (a kind of stone); TDNT - 5:1025,816; °Êµü AV - harden 3, blind 2; 5 1) ³Q«p¥Ö©ÒÂл\, ¦]¥Íõ¦Ó²Ê³yÅܵw 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¨Ï¤ß¸z­èµw 2b) Åܬ°³Â¤ì¤£¤¯, §N»ÅµL±¡, Åܦ¨¿ð¶w, ¥¢¥h²z´¼¼u©Ê

4456 poroo {po-ro'-o} apparently from poros (a kind of stone); TDNT - 5:1025,816; v AV - harden 3, blind 2; 5 1) to cover with a thick skin, to harden by covering with a callus 2) metaph. 2a) to make the heart dull 2b) to grow hard, callous, become dull, lose the power of understanding
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4457 porosis {po'-ro-sis} ·½¦Û 4456; TDNT - 5:1025,816; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - blindness 2, hardness 1; 3 1) ¥Íõ 2) ¬}¹î¤O¥¢¿Å, ±j­¢©Ê®æ, ·Pıª¾Ä±¿ð¶w 3) ª`·N¤O´î®z 3a) ¹x©T, ­Ï±j (#¥i 3:5; ù 11:25; ¥± 4:18|)

4457 porosis {po'-ro-sis} from 4456; TDNT - 5:1025,816; n f AV - blindness 2, hardness 1; 3 1) the covering with a callus 2) obtrusiveness of mental discernment, dulled perception 3) the mind of one has been blunted 3a) of stubbornness, obduracy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4458 -pos {poce} °Æµü, ·½©ó 4225 ªº¦r·½, ¦V«e·Æ­µ¦r ½èµü/»y§Uµü of indefiniteness of manner;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - be any means 8, by some means 1, perhaps 1, haply 1, not tr 5; 16 1) °È¥², ¥þµM, ©Î³\.

4458 -pos {poce} adverb from the base of 4225, an enclitic particle of indefiniteness of manner;; particle AV - be any means 8, by some means 1, perhaps 1, haply 1, not tr 5; 16 1) by any means, at all, perhaps
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4459 pos {poce} ·½©ó 4226 ¦r·½ªº°Æµü, ªí¤èªkªººÃ°Ý ½èµü/»y§Uµü;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - how 99, by what means 2, after what manner 1, that 1; 103 1) ¦p¦ó?, «ç»ò¼Ëªº¤è¦¡?

4459 pos {poce} adverb from the base of 4226, an interrogative particle of manner;; particle AV - how 99, by what means 2, after what manner 1, that 1; 103 1) how, in what way
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4460 Rhaab {hrah-ab'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 07343;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rahab 2; 2 ³â¦X = "wide" 1) ¤@¦ì¦b­C§Q­ôªº§²¤k

4460 Rhaab {hrah-ab'} of Hebrew origin 07343;; n pr f AV - Rahab 2; 2 Rahab = "wide" 1) a harlot of Jericho
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4461 rhabbi {hrab-bee'} of Hebrew origin 07227 with pronominal suffix; TDNT - 6:961,982;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Master (Christ) 9, Rabbi (Christ) 5, rabbi 3; 17 1) ¤j¤Hª«, ´L¶Qªº¥ý¥Í 2) ©Ô¤ñ, µS¤Ó¤H¹ï¤Ò¤lªº´LºÙ(and also honour them when not addressing them)

4461 rhabbi {hrab-bee'} of Hebrew origin 07227 with pronominal suffix; TDNT - 6:961,982; n m AV - Master (Christ) 9, Rabbi (Christ) 5, rabbi 3; 17 1) my great one, my honourable sir 2) Rabbi, a title used by the Jews to address their teachers (and also honour them when not addressing them)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4462 rhabboni {hrab-bon-ee'} or rhabbouni {hrab-boo-nee'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin; TDNT - 6:962,982;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Lord (Christ) 1, Rabboni (Christ) 1; 2 1) ¤Ò¤l, »â³S, ¤ý¤l 2) ©Ôªi¥§(Rabboni) ¬Oº¿ÄR¨È¥Î¨Ó´LºÙ­C¿qªº¦W¦r (#¥i 10:51; ¬ù 20:16|)

4462 rhabboni {hrab-bon-ee'} or rhabbouni {hrab-boo-nee'} of Aramaic origin; TDNT - 6:962,982; n m AV - Lord (Christ) 1, Rabboni (Christ) 1; 2 1) master, chief, prince 2) Rabboni is a title of honour Mary used to address Jesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4463 rhabdizo {hrab-did'-zo} ·½¦Û 4464; TDNT - 6:970,982; °Êµü AV - beat 1, beat with rods 1; 2 1) ¥ÎÃ@¤l¥´

4463 rhabdizo {hrab-did'-zo} from 4464; TDNT - 6:970,982; v AV - beat 1, beat with rods 1; 2 1) to beat with rods
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4464 rhabdos {hrab'-dos} ·½©ó 4474 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 6:966,982; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - rod 6, staff 4, sceptre 2; 12 1) ´Î¤l, ©äÉé, ²ÓªK, ±ì¤l, ¾ðªK 2) À»¥´¥Îªº´Ò´Î 3) ±ì¤l, §ú¤l 3a) ¦p¦b®È³~¤¤¨Ï¥Î, ©Î¥Î¥H¨Ó­Ê¾a¤§¥Î, ©Îªª¦Ï¤H©Ò«ù¤§±ì§ú 3b) ·í¥Î¨Ó«ü§g¤ý®É 3b1) ÅK§ú, «ü³Ì¬°ÄY®æ§N»Åªº«ß¨Ò (#±Ò 2:27,12:5,19:15|) 3b2) ¤ý«ÇªºÅv§ú, §@¬°¤ýÅv©Î°êÅvªº¶H¼x

4464 rhabdos {hrab'-dos} from the base of 4474; TDNT - 6:966,982; n f AV - rod 6, staff 4, sceptre 2; 12 1) a staff, a walking stick, a twig, rod, branch 2) a rod with which one is beaten 3) a staff 3a) as used on a journey, or to lean upon, or by shepherds 3b) when applied to kings 3b1) with a rod of iron, indicates the severest, most rigorous rule 3b2) a royal sceptre
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4465 rhabdouchos {hrab-doo'-khos} ·½¦Û 4464 and 2192; TDNT - 6:971,982;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sergeant 2; 2 1) Äâ±a´Î´Òªº¤H. ´Ò´Î¥ç§Y the fasces: ¥jù°¨ªº§ô´Î, Åv¼Ð, Åv«Âªº¼Ð°O 2) ®t§Ð; ¦b¦æ¬Fªø©x«eÄâ±a§ô´Î,¨Ø³¹ªºÃ¹°¨©x­û (#®{ 16:38|)

4465 rhabdouchos {hrab-doo'-khos} from 4464 and 2192; TDNT - 6:971,982; n m AV - sergeant 2; 2 1) one who carries the rods i.e. the fasces 2) a lictor, a public official who bore the fasces or staff and other insignia of office before a magistrate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4466 Rhagau {hrag-ow'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07466;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ragau 1; 1 ©Ô§d = "»P§A­Ì§@¦ñ: Áý¾i§A­Ì¡Bº¡¨¬§A­Ì" 1) °ò·þªº¯ª¥ý¤§¤@

4466 Rhagau {hrag-ow'} of Hebrew origin 07466;; n pr m AV - Ragau 1; 1 Reu = "associate ye: feed ye" 1) one of the ancestors of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4467 rhadiourgema {hrad-ee-oorg'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û a comparative of rhaidios (easy, ¥ç§Y reckless) and 2041; TDNT - 6:972,983; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lewdness 1; 1 1) »z¿àªº¦æ¬°, ¬yª]§@¬°, ¤¿´c

4467 rhadiourgema {hrad-ee-oorg'-ay-mah} from a comparative of rhaidios (easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041; TDNT - 6:972,983; n n AV - lewdness 1; 1 1) a piece of knavery, rascality, villainy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4468 rhadiourgia {hrad-ee-oorg-ee'-a} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 4467; TDNT - 6:972,983; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - mischief 1; 1 1) »´¦Ó©öÁ|, ¦³¤~¯à 2) ¦b«ä·Q©Î¦æ¬°¤Wªí²{¥X»´¯B©Î»´ÃPªººA«× 2a) ·R¤WÃi´k¡BµL¨k¨à®ð·§ªº¥Í¬¡ 3) µL®¢, ¬¾·â, ¬G·N¶Ë®` (#®{13:10|)

4468 rhadiourgia {hrad-ee-oorg-ee'-a} from the same as 4467; TDNT - 6:972,983; n f AV - mischief 1; 1 1) ease in doing, faculty 2) levity or easiness in thinking or acting 2a) love of a lazy effeminate life 3) unscrupulous, cunning, mischief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4469 rhaka {rhak-ah'} of ¨ÈÄõ¤å origin cf 07386; TDNT - 6:973,983; n AV - Raca 1; 1 1) ªÅªº, ¥ç§YµL²áªÅ¬}µL¤j¸£ªº¨k¤l 2) °ò·þ¦b¥@®ÉµS¤Ó¤H¥Î¨Ó½|¤Hªºµü (#¤Ó 5:22|)

4469 rhaka {rhak-ah'} of Aramaic origin cf 07386; TDNT - 6:973,983; n AV - Raca 1; 1 1) empty, i.e. a senseless, empty headed man 2) a term of reproach used among the Jews in the time of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4470 rhakos {hrak'-os} ·½¦Û 4486;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cloth 2; 2 1) ¼¹µõªº¤@¶ô¥¬ 2) ¤@¤ù¥¬®Æ 3) ¥¬®Æ, ªA¹¢ (#¤Ó 9:16: ¥i 2:21|)

4470 rhakos {hrak'-os} from 4486;; n n AV - cloth 2; 2 1) a piece torn off 2) a bit of cloth 3) cloth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4471 Rhama {hram-ah'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07414;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Rama 1; 1 ©Ôº¿ = "¤p¤s" 1) «K¨È¼§¤ä¬£ªº¤@­Ó«°Âí, ¦ì©ó­C¸ô¼»§N¥_¤è¤j¬ù 5 ­^­ù (8 ¤½¨½), ¦b©¹§B¯S§Qªº¸ô¤W

4471 Rhama {hram-ah'} of Hebrew origin 07414;; n pr loc AV - Rama 1; 1 Ramah = "a hill" 1) a town of the tribe of Benjamin, situated about 5 miles (8 km) north of Jerusalem on the road to Bethel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4472 rhantizo {hran-tid'-zo} ­l¥Í©ó rhaino (Åx); TDNT - 6:976,984; °Êµü AV - sprinkle 4; 4 1) Åx§G 2) ±NªF¦è(¦å©Î¤ô)Åx¦b¨­¤W¥H²M¼ä, ¥Î¥Hªí¹F¼ä²b, ¨Ï°®²b

4472 rhantizo {hran-tid'-zo} from a derivative of rhaino (to sprinkle); TDNT - 6:976,984; v AV - sprinkle 4; 4 1) to sprinkle 2) to cleanse by sprinkling, hence to purify, cleanse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4473 rhantismos {hran-tis-mos'} ·½©ó 4472; TDNT - 6:976,984;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sprinkling 2; 2 1) ¼QÅx, ¨â¤Tºw (§@¼ä²b§) 1a) Åx¤Uªº¦å 1a1) ¥ç§Y »X¨ä¦å©ÒÅx(¥Î¥H¼ä²b)ªº¤H(#©¼«e 1:2|)

4473 rhantismos {hran-tis-mos'} from 4472; TDNT - 6:976,984; n m AV - sprinkling 2; 2 1) a sprinkling (purification) 1a) blood of sprinkling 1a1) i.e. appointed for sprinkling (serving to purify)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4474 rhapizo {hrap-id'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative of a primary rhepo (to let fall, "rap");; °Êµü AV - smite 1, smite with the palm of (one's) hand 1; 2 1) ¥H¥M¤õ´Ò­«À» 2) ¥H¤â´x¨í¦Õ¥ú, ®±À»¦Õ¦· (#¤Ó 5:39; 26:67|)

4474 rhapizo {hrap-id'-zo} from a derivative of a primary rhepo (to let fall, "rap");; v AV - smite 1, smite with the palm of (one's) hand 1; 2 1) to smite with a rod or staff 2) to smite in the face with the palm of the hand, to box the ear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4475 rhapisma {hrap'-is-mah} ·½¦Û 4474;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - strike with the palm of (one's) hand + 906 1, strike with the palm of (one's) hand + 1325 1, smite with (one's) hand + 1325 1; 3 1) ¥Î´Ò©Î¬ñ©ÎÃ@¤lÀ»¥´ 2) ¥Î¤â´x¥´, ºQ¤@­Ó¦Õ¥ú, ºQ¦Õ¥ú

4475 rhapisma {hrap'-is-mah} from 4474;; n n AV - strike with the palm of (one's) hand + 906 1, strike with the palm of (one's) hand + 1325 1, smite with (one's) hand + 1325 1; 3 1) a blow with a rod or staff or a scourge 2) a blow with the flat of the hand, a slap in the face, box the ear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4476 rhaphis {hraf-ece'} ·½¦Û a primary rhapto (to sew; perhaps rather ªñ¦ü to the base of 4474 through the idea of puncturing);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - needle 3; 3 1) °w (#¤Ó 19:24; ¥i 10:25; ¸ô18;25|)

4476 rhaphis {hraf-ece'} from a primary rhapto (to sew; perhaps rather akin to the base of 4474 through the idea of puncturing);; n f AV - needle 3; 3 1) a needle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4477 Rhachab {hrakh-ab'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 4460; TDNT - 3:1,311;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rachab 1; 1 ³â¦X = "¼e¤jªº" 1) ­C§Q­ô«°ªº¤@­Ó§²¤k

4477 Rhachab {hrakh-ab'} from the same as 4460; TDNT - 3:1,311; n pr f AV - Rachab 1; 1 Rahab = "wide" 1) a harlot of Jericho
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4478 Rhachel {hrakh-ale'} of Hebrew origin 07354;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rachel 1; 1 ©Ôµ² = "»Û¦Ï ©Î ºø¦Ï" 1) ¶®¦Uªº©d¤l (#¤Ó 2:18|)

4478 Rhachel {hrakh-ale'} of Hebrew origin 07354;; n pr f AV - Rachel 1; 1 Rachel = "ewe or sheep" 1) the wife of Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4479 Rhebekka {hreb-bek'-kah} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07259;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rebecca 1; 1 §Q¦Ê¥[ = "»¤®·ªÌ" 1) ¥H¼»ªº©d¤l (#ù 9:10|)

4479 Rhebekka {hreb-bek'-kah} of Hebrew origin 07259;; n pr f AV - Rebecca 1; 1 Rebekah = "ensnarer" 1) the wife of Isaac
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4480 rheda {hred'-ah} of Latin origin;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - chariot 1; 1 1) °¨¨®, ¥|½üªº¥æ³q¤u¨ã

4480 rheda {hred'-ah} of Latin origin;; n f AV - chariot 1; 1 1) a chariot, a type of vehicle having four wheels
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4481 Rhemphan {hrem-fan'} by incorrect transliteration for a word of Hebrew origin 03594;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Remphan 1; 1 ²zµf= "½KÁYªº (¦pµL¥Í©R¸ñ¶Hªº)" 1) ¦bÃm³¥¨ü¥H¦â¦C¤H¨p¤U½¤«ôªº°¸¹³ (#®{ 7:43|)

4481 Rhemphan {hrem-fan'} by incorrect transliteration for a word of Hebrew origin 03594;; n pr m AV - Remphan 1; 1 Remphan = "the shrunken (as lifeless)" 1) the name of an idol worshipped secretly by the Israelites in the wilderness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4482 rheo {hreh'-o} ³Ì­ì©lªº°Êµü§Î¦¡; °Êµü AV - flow 1; 1 1) ¬y

4482 rheo {hreh'-o} a primary verb;; v AV - flow 1; 1 1) to flow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4483 rheo {hreh'-o} for certain tenses of which a prolonged form ereo {er-eh'-o}, is used, and both as alternate for 2036, perhaps ªñ¦ü (or ident.) with 4482 (through the idea of pouring forth);; °Êµü AV - speak 12, say, speak of 3, command 1, make 1; 26 1) ¶É¦R, µo¥XÁn­µ, »¡¥X

4483 rheo {hreh'-o} for certain tenses of which a prolonged form ereo {er-eh'-o}, is used, and both as alternate for 2036, perhaps akin (or ident.) with 4482 (through the idea of pouring forth);; v AV - speak 12, say, speak of 3, command 1, make 1; 26 1) to pour forth, to utter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4484 Rhegion {hrayg'-ee-on} of Latin origin;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Rhegium 1; 1 §Q°ò¯Î= "«I®`, ¹H¤Ï" 1) ¦ì©ó¥d©Ô¥¬¨½¨È (Bruttian)®ü©¤Ãä, ¾¥¦è®³ (Messina)®ü®lªº«n¤J¤f³B, ¤@­Ó¸q¤j§Q¤pÂí (#®{ 28:13|)

4484 Rhegion {hrayg'-ee-on} of Latin origin;; n pr loc AV - Rhegium 1; 1 Rhegium = "breach" 1) an Italian town situated on the Bruttian coast, just at the southern entrance of the Straits of Messina
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4485 rhegma {hrayg'-mah} ·½¦Û 4486;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ruin 1; 1 1) ¶É·´,­Ë¶ò(#¸ô 6:49|)

4485 rhegma {hrayg'-mah} from 4486;; n n AV - ruin 1; 1 1) that which has been broken or rent asunder 1a) a fracture, breach, cleft 1b) rent clothes 1c) fall, ruin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4486 rhegnumi {hrayg'-noo-mee} ©Î rhesso {hrace'-so} °Êµü AV - burst 2, tear 1, rend 1, break 1, break forth 1, throw down 1; 7 1) ¼¹µõ¦¨¤ù,¥´¯},Ãzµo 2) ¸Ñ¶},°nµo¥X (#¥[ 4:27|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5850

4486 rhegnumi {hrayg'-noo-mee} or rhesso {hrace'-so} both prolonged forms of rheko (which appears only in certain forms, and is itself probably a strengthened form of agnumi [see in 2608]);; v AV - burst 2, tear 1, rend 1, break 1, break forth 1, throw down 1; 7 1) to rend, burst or break asunder, break up, break through 1a) to tear in pieces 1b) to break forth 1b1) into joy, of infants or dumb persons beginning to speak 1c) to distort, convulse 1c1) of a demon causing convulsions in a man possessed 1c2) to dash down, hurl to the ground (a common occurrence in cases of demon possession and epilepsy) For Synonyms see entry 5850
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4487 rhema {hray'-mah} ·½¦Û4483; TDNT - 4:69,505; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- word 56, saying 9, thing 3, no thing + 3756 1, not tr 1; 70 1) ±q¬¡ªºÁn­µ©Òµo¥Xªº, ©Ò»¡ªº¨Æ¡A¦r 1a) ¥ô¦ó³ïÁn©Ò²£¥Í¨Ã¥B¨ã¦³½T©w·N¸qªºÁn­µ 1b) »¡¸Ü, ½Í½× 1b1) ¤@­Ó¤H´¿¸g»¡¹Lªº¸Ü 1c) ¤@²Õ¦rÁpµ²¦b¤@°_©Ò§Î¦¨ªº¤@¥y¸Ü 1c1) ¤@­Ó³¯­z 1c2) ¬°¤Fªí¹F±Ò¥Üªº¥ô¦óºØÃþªº®æ¨¥, ¸Ñ»¡ 1c2a) »P¬Y¨Çµo¥Íªº¨Æ¥ó¦³Ãö 2) ºt»¡ªº¥DÃD¤º®e, ©Ò½Í½×ªº 2a) ¤Z¬O»P©ÒÁ¿­zªº¤º®e¦³Ãöªº 2b) ¤Z¬O»P«ü¥Oªº¤º®e¦³Ãöªº 2c) ª§½×ªº¤º®e, ªk«ßªº®×¨Ò

4487 rhema {hray'-mah} from 4483; TDNT - 4:69,505; n n AV - word 56, saying 9, thing 3, no thing + 3756 1, not tr 1; 70 1) that which is or has been uttered by the living voice, thing spoken, word 1a) any sound produced by the voice and having definite meaning 1b) speech, discourse 1b1) what one has said 1c) a series of words joined together into a sentence (a declaration of one's mind made in words) 1c1) an utterance 1c2) a saying of any sort as a message, a narrative 1c2a) concerning some occurrence 2) subject matter of speech, thing spoken of 2a) so far forth as it is a matter of narration 2b) so far as it is a matter of command 2c) a matter of dispute, case at law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4488 Rhesa {hray-sah'} probably of Hebrew origin [apparently for 07509];; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Rhesa 1; 1 §Q¼» = "ÀY" 1)©Òù¤Ú§Bªº¨à¤l,­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ

4488 Rhesa {hray-sah'} probably of Hebrew origin [apparently for 07509];; n pr m AV - Rhesa 1; 1 Rhesa = "head" 1) the son of Zerubbabel in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4489 rhetor {hray'-tore} ·½¦Û 4483;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - orator 1; 1 1) ºt»¡ªÌ, ¶¯ÅG®a 1a) «üªk®x¤Wªº¶¯ÅG®a©Î¬OÅGÅ@ªÌ(#®{ 24:1|)

4489 rhetor {hray'-tore} from 4483;; n m AV - orator 1; 1 1) a speaker, an orator 1a) of a forensic orator or advocate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4490 rhetos {hray-toce'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4483;; °Æµü AV - expressly 1; 1 1) ©ú½Tªº, »¡©ú, ²M·¡±Ô­z (#´£«e 4:1|)

4490 rhetos {hray-toce'} from a derivative of 4483;; adv AV - expressly 1; 1 1) expressly, in express words
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4491 rhiza {hrid'-zah} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú; TDNT - 6:985,985; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - root 17; 17 1) ¾ð®Ú 2) ¥Ñ®Ú¤W«_¥X¹³·s¥Íªº®Úªº³¡¤À, ¥®®è, ·sªÞ, ¹àªK 3) Áô³ë. ¤l¶à, «á¸Ç

4491 rhiza {hrid'-zah} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:985,985; n f AV - root 17; 17 1) a root 2) that which like a root springs from a root, a sprout, shoot 3) metaph. offspring, progeny
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4492 rhizoo {hrid-zo'-o} ·½¦Û 4491; TDNT - 6:990,985; °Êµü AV - root 2; 2 1) ¤U¤ã®Ú°ò, °í©T®Ú°ò, ¨Ïí©T, ¨Ï¨c©T°í©w, ³Ð¿ì«Ø¥ß, ¨Ï¤H©Î¨Æª«¦³®Ú¦³°ò (#¥± 3:17; ¦è 2:7|)

4492 rhizoo {hrid-zo'-o} from 4491; TDNT - 6:990,985; v AV - root 2; 2 1) to cause to strike root, to strengthen with roots, to render firm, to fix, establish, cause a person or a thing to be thoroughly grounded
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4493 rhipe {hree-pay'} ·½¦Û 4496;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - twinkling 1; 1 1) ¥áÂY, ¤@À», ©ç¤l(¤@Àþ¶¡) 2) ¤ù¨è (#ªL«e 15:52|)

4493 rhipe {hree-pay'} from 4496;; n f AV - twinkling 1; 1 1) a throw, stroke, beat 2) a moment of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4494 rhipizo {hrip-id'-zo} ·½¦Û4496ªº­l¥Í¦r (·N¿×"®°¤l"©Î"­·½c"); °Êµü AV - toss 1; 1 1) (­·)§j¨Ó§j¥h,½ÄË (#¶® 1:6|)

4494 rhipizo {hrip-id'-zo} from a derivative of 4496 (meaning a fan or bellows);; v AV - toss 1; 1 1) to raise a breeze, put air in motion, whether for the sake of kindling a fire or cooling one's self 1a) to blow up a fire 1b) to fan, i.e. cool with a fan 2) to toss to and fro, to agitate 2a) of the wind 2b) of persons whose mind wavers in uncertainty between hope and fear, between doing and not doing a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4495 rhipteo {hrip-teh'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4496; TDNT - 6:991,*; °Êµü AV - cast off 1; 1 1) ©ß¡BÂY (#®{22:23|) 2) ÂY¤U 3) ¦V«eÂY©ÎÂY¦b«e­± 4) ©ñ¤U(±a¦³¥^¦£©M¬è¨DÃö¤ßªº·N«ä) 5) ÂY¦b¦a¤W, ¥ñ¦b¦a¤W

4495 rhipteo {hrip-teh'-o} from a derivative of 4496; TDNT - 6:991,*; v AV - cast off 1; 1 1) to cast, throw 2) throw down 3) to cast forward or before 4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care) 5) to throw to the ground, prostrate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4496 rhipto {hrip'-to} a primary°Êµü(perhaps rather ªñ¦ü to the base of 4474, through the idea of sudden motion); TDNT - 6:991,987; °Êµü AV - cast down 2, cast 2, scatter abroad 1, cast out 1, throw 1; 7 1) §ë, ¼», ¥á 2) ¥á¤U 3) ¦V«e©ß¥X 4) ¦w¸m («ü«æ»Ý·Ó®Æ) 5) §ë­Ë¦b¦a, ­Áª×¦b¦a

4496 rhipto {hrip'-to} a primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of 4474, through the idea of sudden motion); TDNT - 6:991,987; v AV - cast down 2, cast 2, scatter abroad 1, cast out 1, throw 1; 7 1) to cast, throw 2) throw down 3) to cast forward or before 4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care) 5) to throw to the ground, prostrate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4497 Rhoboam {hrob-o-am'} of Hebrew origin 07346;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Roboam 2; 2 ùªi¦w= "¦Ê©mªº©Ý¼eªÌ" 1) ©Òùªù»P¨È±¿¤½¥D®³º¿©Ò¥Íªº¨à¤l (#¤Ó 1:7|)

4497 Rhoboam {hrob-o-am'} of Hebrew origin 07346;; n pr m AV - Roboam 2; 2 Rehoboam = "enlarger of the people" 1) the son of Solomon by an Ammonite princess Naamah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4498 Rhode {hrod'-ay} probably for rhode (a rose);;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rhoda 1; 1 ù¤j = "ª´ºÀ" 1) ¤@­Ó¥D­n¨Ï¤kªº¦W¦r

4498 Rhode {hrod'-ay} probably for rhode (a rose);; n pr f AV - Rhoda 1; 1 Rhoda = "rose" 1) the name of a certain maid servant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4499 Rhodos {hrod'-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û rhodon (a rose);; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Rhodes 1; 1 ù©³ = "ª´ºÀ¦âªº" 1) °ò§J©Ô¿A¸s®q(Cyclades)¤¤µÛ¦Wªº¤@®y®q¡A¦b¥[¨½¨È(Caria)©M§f³Ø¨È(Lycia)¹ï­±, ù©³¬O­º³£

4499 Rhodos {hrod'-os} probably from rhodon (a rose);; n pr loc AV - Rhodes 1; 1 Rhodes = "rosy" 1) a well known island of the Cyclades opposite Caria and Lycia, with a Rhodes as the capital city
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4500 rhoizedon {hroyd-zay-don'} from a derivative of rhoizos (a whir);; °Æµü AV - with a great noise 1; 1 1) ¦³¤jÂøÁnªº, Án­µ¤jªº

4500 rhoizedon {hroyd-zay-don'} from a derivative of rhoizos (a whir);; adv AV - with a great noise 1; 1 1) with a loud noise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4501 rhomphaia {hrom-fah'-yah} probably of foreign origin; TDNT - 6:993,987; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sword 7; 7 1) ¤@§â¤j¼C 2) ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O¤@§â¦â¹p´µªø¥Ù, ©Î¬O¤@ºØ³q±`¨Ø¦b¥kªÓªºªø¼C

4501 rhomphaia {hrom-fah'-yah} probably of foreign origin; TDNT - 6:993,987; n f AV - sword 7; 7 1) a large sword 2) properly a long Thracian javelin, also a kind of long sword wont to be worn on the right shoulder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4502 Rhouben {hroo-bane'} §Æ§B¨Ó¤åªº°_·½¬O 07205;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Reuben 1; 1 ¬y«K = "¬Ýªü¡I¤@­Ó¨à¤l" 1) ¶®¦Uªºªø¤l¡A¥Ñ§Q¨È©Ò¥Í #±Ò 7:5|

4502 Rhouben {hroo-bane'} of Hebrew origin 07205;; n pr m AV - Reuben 1; 1 Reuben = "behold a son" 1) Jacob's firstborn child by Leah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4503 Rhouth {hrooth} §Æ§B¨Ó¤åªº°_·½¬O 07327; TDNT - 3:1,311;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Ruth 1; 1 ¸ô±o = "¤@­Ó¤k©ÊªºªB¤Í" 1) ­C¿q©M¤j½Ãªº¯ª¥ý #¤Ó 1:5|

4503 Rhouth {hrooth} of Hebrew origin 07327; TDNT - 3:1,311; n pr f AV - Ruth 1; 1 Ruth = "a female friend" 1) the ancestor of David and of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4504 Rhouphos {hroo'-fos} °_·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Rufus 2; 2 ¾|§· = "¬õ" 1) ¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{ªº¦W¦r #¥i 15:21;ù 16:13|

4504 Rhouphos {hroo'-fos} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Rufus 2; 2 Rufus = "red" 1) name of a certain Christian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4505 rhume {hroo'-may} ÂX®i«¬ from 4506 in its original sense;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - street 3, lane 1; 4 1) ¨­Å骺°Ê§@: ·nÂ\, ©b¶], ¤O¶q, ·n¦², 2) «°ùتº¤p¹D, ¨â°¼³Q«Ø¿vª«©Ò³ò¶ 3) µó¹D, «Ñ¹D

4505 rhume {hroo'-may} prolongation from 4506 in its original sense;; n f AV - street 3, lane 1; 4 1) a swing, rush, force, trail, of a body in motion 2) a tract of way in a town shut in by buildings on both sides 3) a street, a lane
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4506 rhoumai {rhoo'-om-ahee} Ò»(8280)ÒÑ(8f55)(9789)µÄ(84d3)Ô~µÄêKêPÉíÕZ(9142)£¬½üËÆ4482£¨Í¸ß^¬F½ñ£¯Á÷(84d3)µÄß@(8280)Ó^Ä(85a2)4511); TDNT - 6:998,988; (84d3)Ô~ AV - deliver 17, Deliverer 1; 18 1) to draw to one's self£¬Õü¾È£¬½â¾È£¬ 2) Õü¾ÈÕß

4506 rhoumai {rhoo'-om-ahee} middle voice of an obsolete verb, akin to 4482 (through the idea of a current, cf 4511); TDNT - 6:998,988; v AV - deliver 17, Deliverer 1; 18 1) to draw to one's self, to rescue, to deliver 2) the deliverer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4507 rhuparia {hroo-par-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4508;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - filthiness 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¦Ã©, §Ëż 2) §Ëż,¦¾·l, ®¢°d 3) ¨Ï¨äż

4507 rhuparia {hroo-par-ee'-ah} from 4508;; n f AV - filthiness 1; 1 1) to make filthy, befoul 2) to defile, dishonour 3) to make filthy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4508 rhuparos {rhoo-par-os'} ·½¦Û 4509;; §Î®eµü AV - vile 1; 1 1) ¤£¼ä, ¦Ã©ªº 2) Áô³ë³Q¸o©Òªg¦Ã (#¶® 2:2|)

4508 rhuparos {rhoo-par-os'} from 4509;; adj AV - vile 1; 1 1) to be dirty, grow filthy 2) metaph. to be defiled with iniquity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4509 rhupos {hroo'-pos} Äݤ£½T©w±K¤Á¤§Ãö«Y;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - filth 1; 1 1) ¦Ã©ªº, »êżªº

4509 rhupos {hroo'-pos} of uncertain affinity;; n m AV - filth 1; 1 1) filthy, dirty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4510 rhupoo {rhoo-po'-o} ·½¦Û 4509;; °Êµü AV - filthy 2; 2 1) ¨Ï»êż, Á¶Âp, ¬¿¦Ã 2) ¨õ»À (¹D¼w¤W) (#±Ò 22:11|)

4510 rhupoo {rhoo-po'-o} from 4509;; v AV - filthy 2; 2 1) to make filthy, defile, soil 2) to be filthy (morally)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4511 rhusis {hroo'-sis} ·½¦Û4506¡A ¨ú¨ä¦P¦r®Úªº4482¤§·N; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - issue 3; 3 1) ¬y¡A¬y¥XªºªF¦è

4511 rhusis {hroo'-sis} from 4506 in the sense of its congener 4482;; n f AV - issue 3; 3 1) a flowing issue
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4512 rhutis {hroo-tece'} ·½¦Û 4506;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wrinkle 1; 1 1) ½K¯¾

4512 rhutis {hroo-tece'} from 4506;; n f AV - wrinkle 1; 1 1) a wrinkle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4513 Rhomaikos {rho-mah-ee-kos'} ·½¦Û 4514;; §Î®eµü AV - Latin 1; 1 ©Ô¤B¤å = "ù°¨ªº¤O¶qªº" 1) ù°¨¤H©Ò¨Ï¥Îªº»y¤å

4513 Rhomaikos {rho-mah-ee-kos'} from 4514;; adj AV - Latin 1; 1 Latin = "of Rome's strength" 1) the language spoken by the Romans
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4514 Rhomaios {hro-mah'-yos} ·½¦Û 4516;; §Î®eµü AV - Roman 12, of Rome 1; 13 1) ¦í¦bù°¨«°¥«¸Ìªº¤H, ù°¨¥«¥Á

4514 Rhomaios {hro-mah'-yos} from 4516;; adj AV - Roman 12, of Rome 1; 13 1) a resident of the city of Rome, a Roman citizen
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4515 Rhomaisti {hro-mah-is-tee'} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 4516;; °Æµü AV - Latin 1; 1 ©Ô¤B¤å = "«üù°¨ªº±j²±" 1) ù°¨¤H©Ò»¡ªº»y¨¥ (#¬ù 19:20|)

4515 Rhomaisti {hro-mah-is-tee'} from a presumed derivative of 4516;; adv AV - Latin 1; 1 Latin = "of Rome's strength" 1) the language spoken by the Romans
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4516 Rhome {hro'-may} ·½©ó 4517 ;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Rome 14; 14 ù°¨ = "±j§§" 1) ¥j¥N¦è¤è¥@¬Éªº¤@­ÓµÛ¦Wªº­º³£

4516 Rhome {hro'-may} from the base of 4517;; n pr loc AV - Rome 14; 14 Rome = "strength" 1) the famous capital of the ancient world
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4517 rhonnumi {hrone'-noo-mee} ÂX®i«¬ from rhoomai (to dart, probably ªñ¦ü to 4506);; °Êµü AV - farewell 2; 2 1) ¨Ï±j§§, ¨Ï¾d©TÅܱj§§ 2) ¦¨¬°­è±j, Ácºa, ©÷²±, ¦¨¥\ 3) ¥Î©ó«H¬Z¥½¤F¹D§Oµü (#®{ 15:29; 23:30|)

4517 rhonnumi {hrone'-noo-mee} prolongation from rhoomai (to dart, probably akin to 4506);; v AV - farewell 2; 2 1) to make strong, strengthen 2) to be strong, to thrive, prosper 3) in the usual formula in closing of a letter, farewell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4518 sabachthani {sab-akh-than-ee'} ÄݨÈÄõ¤å ©Î 07662 ªº¥N¦W§Î®eµü¦r§À;; ¨ÈÄõ¤å transliteration AV - sabachthani 2; 2 1) ±z¤w±óµ´§Ú

4518 sabachthani {sab-akh-than-ee'} of Aramaic or 07662 with pronominal suffix;; Aramaic transliteration AV - sabachthani 2; 2 1) thou hast forsaken me
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4519 sabaoth {sab-ah-owth'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 06635 ªº³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ; µL¦r§ÀÅܤƦWµü ´Ü©w¥» - sabaoth 2; 2 1) ¡u¸U­x¤§­C©MµØ¡v 1a) ¥H¦â¦C­x¶¤ªº­C©MµØ, ¥¿¦p¨º¨Ç¨ü­C©MµØ»â¾É»P«OÅ@ ªº¤H¦b¾Ôª§¤¤ºû«ùÍ¢ªº²z·Q

4519 sabaoth {sab-ah-owth'} of Hebrew origin 06635 in feminine plural;; n indecl AV - sabaoth 2; 2 1) "Lord of Sabaoth" 1a) Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4520 sabbatismos {sab-bat-is-mos'} ·½©ó 4521 ªº¤@­Ó­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 7:34,989;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - rest 1; 1 1) ³Q«O¯dªº¦w®§¤é 2) «ü¯«ªº¯u·q«ôªÌ©M¯u°ò·þ®{©Ò¬ß±æªº±N­n¨Óªº¥i·²¤F³Ò­W·T·Ðªº¦w®§

4520 sabbatismos {sab-bat-is-mos'} from a derivative of 4521; TDNT - 7:34,989; n m AV - rest 1; 1 1) a keeping sabbath 2) the blessed rest from toils and troubles looked for in the age to come by the true worshippers of God and true Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4521 sabbaton {sab'-bat-on} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 07676; TDNT - 7:1,989; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - sabbath day 37, sabbath 22, week 9; 68 1) ¨C¶gªº²Ä¤C¤Ñ, ¬O¥H¦â¦C¤H¥²¶·©ñ¤U¤@¤Á¤u§@ªº¸t¤é 1a) ¦w®§¤éªº²ß«U, ¨C¶gªº²Ä¤C¤Ñ¦u¬°¸t¼äªº«ßªk 1b) ³æ¤@¦w®§¤é, ¦w®§¤é 2) ¤C¤Ñ, ¤@¶g

4521 sabbaton {sab'-bat-on} of Hebrew origin 07676; TDNT - 7:1,989; n n AV - sabbath day 37, sabbath 22, week 9; 68 1) the seventh day of each week which was a sacred festival on which the Israelites were required to abstain from all work 1a) the institution of the sabbath, the law for keeping holy every seventh day of the week 1b) a single sabbath, sabbath day 2) seven days, a week
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4522 sagene {sag-ay'-nay} ·½¦Û a derivative of satto (to equip) meaning furniture, especially a pack-saddle (which in the East is merely a bag of netted rope);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - net 1; 1 1) ¤jªº®·³½ºô, ¥´¼´ºô (#¤Ó 13:47|) For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5808

4522 sagene {sag-ay'-nay} from a derivative of satto (to equip) meaning furniture, especially a pack-saddle (which in the East is merely a bag of netted rope);; n f AV - net 1; 1 1) a large fishing net, a drag net For Synonyms see entry 5808
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4523 Saddoukaios {sad-doo-kah'-yos} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4524; TDNT - 7:35,992; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Sadducees 14; 14 ¼»·þ¸Ó¤H = "¥¿¤H§g¤l" 1) ­C¿q®É¥Nªº¤@­ÓµS¤Ó©v±Ð¸sÅé,§_»{¤f¶Ç«ßªk,¥u¬Û«H¼g¥X¨Óªº«ßªk.

4523 Saddoukaios {sad-doo-kah'-yos} probably from 4524; TDNT - 7:35,992; n m AV - Sadducees 14; 14 Sadducees = "the righteous" 1) a religious party at the time of Christ among the Jews, who denied that the oral law was a revelation of God to the Israelites, and who deemed the written law alone to be obligatory on the nation, as the divine authority. They denied the following doctrines: 1a) resurrection of the body 1b) immortality of the soul 1c) existence of spirits and angels 1d) divine predestination, affirmed free will
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4524 Sadok {sad-oke'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó­ì¤å 06659;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sadoc 2; 2 ¼»·þ = "¥¿¸qªº" 1) ¦b°ò·þªº®aÃи̭±¡A¬O©Òù¤Ú§Bªº«á¸Ç #¤Ó 1:14|

4524 Sadok {sad-oke'} of Hebrew origin 06659;; n pr m AV - Sadoc 2; 2 Sadoc = "just" 1) a descendant of Zerubbabel in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4525 saino {sah'-ee-no} ªñ¦ü 4579; TDNT - 7:54,994; °Êµü AV - move 1; 1 1) ·n°Ê§À¤Ú 1a) ª¯·n§À¤Ú 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ©^©Ó¡Bªü½Û¡B©ç°¨§¾ 2b) §ïÅÜ (¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤ß·N) 2b1) ´r§Ö¦a,ªYµM 2b2) ¹ª°Ê,º´°Ê,ÂZ¶Ã,§xÂZ

4525 saino {sah'-ee-no} akin to 4579; TDNT - 7:54,994; v AV - move 1; 1 1) to wag the tail 1a) of dogs 2) metaph. 2a) to flatter, fawn upon 2b) to move (the mind of one) 2b1) agreeably 2b2) to agitate, disturb, trouble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4526 sakkos {sak'-kos} Ô´×ÔÏ£²®(81ed)ÎÄ 08242; TDNT - 7:56,995;ê¸ÐÔÃûÔ~ AV - sackcloth 4; 4 1) (ÓÃ(84d3)Îïë×÷µÄ´Ö²¼ÁÏ) Êh´ü, ´ÖÊhÒÂ

4526 sakkos {sak'-kos} of Hebrew origin 08242; TDNT - 7:56,995; n m AV - sackcloth 4; 4 1) a sack 1a) a receptacle for holding or carrying various things, as money, food, etc. 1b) a course cloth, a dark course stuff made especially from the hair of animals 1c) a garment of the like material, and clinging to the person like a sack, which was wont to be worn (or drawn over the tunic instead of the cloak or mantle) by mourners, penitents, suppliants and also by those who like the Hebrew prophets, lead an austere life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4527 Sala {sal-ah'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó»y 07974;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sala 1; 1 ¨F©Ô = "µoªÞ" 1) t¨Èªk¼»ªº¨à¤l, §Æ§Bªº¤÷¿Ë

4527 Sala {sal-ah'} of Hebrew origin 07974;; n pr m AV - Sala 1; 1 Salah = "sprout" 1) the son of Arphaxad, and father of Eber
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4528 Salathiel {sal-ath-ee-ale'} of Hebrew origin 07597;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Salathiel 3; 3 ¼»©ÔÅK = "§Ú´¿¨D§i­C©MµØ" 1)¥§§Qªº¨à¤l,­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ

4528 Salathiel {sal-ath-ee-ale'} of Hebrew origin 07597;; n pr m AV - Salathiel 3; 3 Shealtiel = "I have asked of God" 1) the son of Jeconiah in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4529 Salamis {sal-am-ece'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4535 (¥Ñ®üÃ䪺¥¨®ö);; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Salamis 1; 1 ¼»©Ô¦Ì = "ÆQ" 1) ¶ë´¶°Ç´µ®q¡]¦ì©ó¦a¤¤®üªF³¡¡^ªFÃ䪺¤@­Ó¥D­nªº³£¥« #®{ 13:5|

4529 Salamis {sal-am-ece'} probably from 4535 (from the surge on the shore);; n pr loc AV - Salamis 1; 1 Salmis = "salt" 1) a principal city at the east end of the island of Cyprus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4530 Saleim {sal-ime'} probably »P...¦P·½ 4531;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Salim 1; 1 ¼»§N = "©M¥­" 1) µÛ¦Wªº¤p«°¶m, ¦ì©ó Scythopolis ¥H«n 8 (11) ¤½¨½³B (#¬ù 3:23|)

4530 Saleim {sal-ime'} probably from the same as 4531;; n pr loc AV - Salim 1; 1 Salim = "peace" 1) a well known town 8 miles (11 km) south of Scythopolis
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4531 saleuo {sal-yoo'-o} ·½©ó 4535; TDNT - 7:65,996; °Êµü AV - shake 10, move 1, shake together 1, that are shaken 1, which cannot be shaken + 3361 1, stir up 1; 15 1) ¦]­·§j°Ê©Ò¤Þ°_ªº²{¶H, ­·¼É, ®ö¼é µ¥µ¥ 1a) ÅͰʩηn®Ì 1b) ¨Ï°ÊÀú, ·n·n±ý¼Y 1c) ¹ý©³ªº·n®Ì, ¨ì³s¤º§tªºªF¦è³£¸òµÛ¤@°_³Q·n°Êªº¦a¨B 2) ¹ý©³ÅͶÃ, ÄAÂÐ 2a) ±N¤@­Ó¤H¥»¨Ó¥­¦w§Ö¼Öªº¤é¤lµ¹§¹¥þÅͶäF 2b) ¿E°Ê, ÅͶä߫ä, ÅÍÂZ¬Y¤H

4531 saleuo {sal-yoo'-o} from 4535; TDNT - 7:65,996; v AV - shake 10, move 1, shake together 1, that are shaken 1, which cannot be shaken + 3361 1, stir up 1; 15 1) a motion produced by winds, storms, waves, etc 1a) to agitate or shake 1b) to cause to totter 1c) to shake thoroughly, of a measure filled by shaking its contents together 2) to shake down, overthrow 2a) to cast down from one's (secure and happy) state 2b) to move, agitate the mind, to disturb one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4532 Salem {sal-ame'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 08004;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Salem 2; 2 ¼»§N = "¥­¦w" 1) ³Á°ò¬~¼w§@¤ý¤§¦a, ³Q»{¬°¬O­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¥j¦W

4532 Salem {sal-ame'} of Hebrew origin 08004;; n pr loc AV - Salem 2; 2 Salem = "peace" 1) the place where Melchizedek was king and thought to be the ancient name of Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4533 Salmon {sal-mone'} of Hebrew origin 08012;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Salmon 3; 3 ¼»ªù= "¦ç»n: ¥~³T" 1) ªiªü´µªº¤÷¿Ë, ÄÝ©ó°ò·þªº®aÃÐ (#¤Ó 1:4-5; ¸ô 3:32|)

4533 Salmon {sal-mone'} of Hebrew origin 08012;; n pr m AV - Salmon 3; 3 Salmon = "raiment: a garment" 1) the father of Boaz in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4534 Salmone {sal-mo'-nay} perhaps of similar origin to 4529;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Salmone 1; 1 ¼»¼¯¥§= "clothed" 1) ¦ì©ó§J¨½¯S®qªFÃä¤@³BÀI®mªº®üÌa (#®{ 27:7|)

4534 Salmone {sal-mo'-nay} perhaps of similar origin to 4529;; n pr loc AV - Salmone 1; 1 Salmone = "clothed" 1) a bold promontory on the east point of the island of Crete
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4535 salos {sal'-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û the base of 4525; TDNT - 7:65,996;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wave 1; 1 1) ®üªº¾_Àú©Îªi®ö

4535 salos {sal'-os} probably from the base of 4525; TDNT - 7:65,996; n m AV - wave 1; 1 1) the tossing or swell of the sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4536 salpigx {sal'-pinx} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4535 (ÂÇµÛ ®¶°Ê ©Î ÅTÁn ªº·N«ä); TDNT - 7:71,997; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - trumpet 9, trump 2; 11 1) ¸¹µ©

4536 salpigx {sal'-pinx} perhaps from 4535 (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); TDNT - 7:71,997; n f AV - trumpet 9, trump 2; 11 1) a trumpet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4537 salpizo {sal-pid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4536; TDNT - 7:71,997; °Êµü AV - sound 10, sound of a trumpet 1, trumpet sounds 1; 12 1) §jÅT¸¹¨¤

4537 salpizo {sal-pid'-zo} from 4536; TDNT - 7:71,997; v AV - sound 10, sound of a trumpet 1, trumpet sounds 1; 12 1) to sound a trumpet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4538 salpistes {sal-pis-tace'} ·½¦Û 4537; TDNT - 7:71,997;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - trumpeter 1; 1 1) ¸¹¤â

4538 salpistes {sal-pis-tace'} from 4537; TDNT - 7:71,997; n m AV - trumpeter 1; 1 1) a trumpeter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4539 Salome {sal-o'-may} ¤]³\·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å [³±©Ê ·½¦Û 07965];;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Salome 2; 2 ¼»Ã¹¦Ì = "©M¥­ªº" 1) ¦è§È¤Óªº©d¤l¡A¤]¬O¨Ï®{¶®¦U©M¬ù¿«ªº¥À¿Ë #¥i 15:40;16:1|

4539 Salome {sal-o'-may} probably of Hebrew origin [feminine from 07965];; n pr f AV - Salome 2; 2 Salome = "peaceful" 1) the wife of Zebedee and the mother of the apostle James the elder and John
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4540 Samareia {sam-ar'-i-ah} of Hebrew origin 08111; TDNT - 7:88,999; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Samaria 11; 11 ¼»º¿§Q¨È= "ºÊÅ@, ¦uÅ@" 1) ¥H­º³£¬°¼»º¿§Q¨Èªº¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¹Ò¦a

4540 Samareia {sam-ar'-i-ah} of Hebrew origin 08111; TDNT - 7:88,999; n pr loc AV - Samaria 11; 11 Samaria = "guardianship" 1) a territory in Palestine, which had Samaria as its capital
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4541 Samareites {sam-ar-i'-tace} ·½¦Û 4540; TDNT - 7:88,999;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Samaritans 9; 9 1) ¼»º¿§Q¨È¤H, 1a) ¼»º¿§Q¨È¥«©~¥Á 1b) ¼»º¿§Q¨È¦a°Ï¤§©~¥Á

4541 Samareites {sam-ar-i'-tace} from 4540; TDNT - 7:88,999; n pr m AV - Samaritans 9; 9 1) a Samaritan, 1a) an inhabitant of the city of Samaria 1b) an inhabitant of the region of Samaria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4542 Samareitis {sam-ar-i'-tis} ³±©Ê of 4541; TDNT - 7:88,999;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Samaria 2; 2 1) ¼»°¨§Q¨È°ü¤H

4542 Samareitis {sam-ar-i'-tis} feminine of 4541; TDNT - 7:88,999; n pr f AV - Samaria 2; 2 1) a Samaritan woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4543 Samothrake {sam-oth-rak'-ay} ·½¦Û 4544 ©M Thraike (¦â¹p´µ);; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Samothracia 1; 1 ¼»¼¯¯S³â = "¯}¦çªº°O¸¹" 1) ·Rµ^®üªº¤@­Ó®q, Â÷Hebrusªe¤f¦â¹p´µ®ü©¤¬ù38 ­ù (60 ¤½¨½)

4543 Samothrake {sam-oth-rak'-ay} from 4544 and Thraike (Thrace);; n pr loc AV - Samothracia 1; 1 Samothracia = "a sign of rags" 1) an island on the Aegean Sea, about 38 Miles (60 km) from the coast of Thrace at the mouth of the river Hebrus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4544 Samos {sam'-os} of uncertain affinity;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Samos 1; 1 ¼»¼¯= "¦h¨FªºÂ_±V,µ´¾À" 1) ¤@­Ó¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤p®q, ¦ì©ó·R¶ø¥§¨È(¤p¨È²Ó¨È¦è©¤¦a¦W,¥j¥N§ÆÃ¾ªº´Þ¥Á¦a) »P¥[°Ç©³³sµ²¤@±a (#®{ 20:15|)

4544 Samos {sam'-os} of uncertain affinity;; n pr loc AV - Samos 1; 1 Samos = "a sandy bluff" 1) an island off that part of Asia Minor where Ionia touches Caria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4545 Samouel {sam-oo-ale'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 08050;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Samuel 3; 3 ¼»¥À¦Õ = "¥Lªº¦W¬O¤W«Ò" 1) ¥H§Q¥[®³©M¥Lªº©d¤l«¢®³ªº¨à¤l, ³Ì«áªº¤@¦ì¤h®v, ¦³¦Wªº¥ýª¾©M¥ýª¾¾Ç®Õªº³Ð©l¤H, ¥L»I¤F±½Ã¹¤Î¤j½Ã¤ý, ¨ä¤¤±½Ã¹¬OµS¤Ó¤Hªº²Ä¤@­Ó¤ý.

4545 Samouel {sam-oo-ale'} of Hebrew origin 08050;; n pr m AV - Samuel 3; 3 Samuel = "his name is of God" 1) the son of Elkanah and Hannah, the last of the judges, a distinguished prophet, and a founder of the prophetic order, he gave the Jews there first kings, Saul, David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4546 Sampson {samp-sone'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 8123;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Samson 1; 1 °Ñ®] = "¹³¤Ó¶§¤@¼Ë" 1) ¥H¦â¦Cªº¤h®v¤§¤@, ¥H¨ä¶W¤HªºÅé¯à¦ÓµÛ¦W

4546 Sampson {samp-sone'} of Hebrew origin 8123;; n pr m AV - Samson 1; 1 Samson = "like the sun" 1) a famous judge of Israel renowned for his physical strength
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4547 sandalion {san-dal'-ee-on} ·½¦Û sandalon ©µ¥Ó¦r (¤@­Ó "«K¾c"; ¤£½T©w¨Ó·½); TDNT - 5:310,702; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sandal 2; 2 1) ¯ó¾c, ¾c©³¥H¤ì»s©ÎªO»s, ¥u¦³¾c©³¥B¥H±a¤líÓ©ó¸}¤W

4547 sandalion {san-dal'-ee-on} from a derivative of sandalon (a "sandal"; of uncertain origin); TDNT - 5:310,702; n n AV - sandal 2; 2 1) a sandal, a sole made of wood or leather, covering the bottom of the foot and bound on with thongs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4548 sanis {san-ece'} ¤£½T©w¤§±K¤ÁÃö«Y;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - board 1; 1 1) «Ø¿v¥ÎªO, «pªO

4548 sanis {san-ece'} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - board 1; 1 1) a board, a plank
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4549 Saoul {sah-ool'} °_·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07586;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Saul (Paul) 8, Saul (son of Cis) 1; 9 ±½Ã¹ = "´÷±æ" 1) ¨Ï®{«OùªºµS¤Ó¦W¦r 2) ¥H¦â¦Cªº²Ä¤@­Ó¤ý¡A°ò¤hªº¨à¤ll

4549 Saoul {sah-ool'} of Hebrew origin 07586;; n pr m AV - Saul (Paul) 8, Saul (son of Cis) 1; 9 Saul = "desired" 1) the Jewish name of the apostle Paul 2) the son of Kish and the first king of Israel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4550 sapros {sap-ros'} ·½¦Û 4595; TDNT - 7:94,1000; §Î®eµü AV - corrupt 7, bad 1; 8 1) »G±Ñµo¯ä, »G±Ñ¤ÆÁw 2) ³Q±ÑÃa¦Ó¥¢¥h¹ê¥Î©Ê, ¯h¾Î¤£³ô 3) «~½è¨õ¦Hªº, ©å¦H¤£¦nªº, ¤£¦X¥Îªº, µL»ù­Èªº

4550 sapros {sap-ros'} from 4595; TDNT - 7:94,1000; adj AV - corrupt 7, bad 1; 8 1) rotten, putrefied 2) corrupted by one and no longer fit for use, worn out 3) of poor quality, bad, unfit for use, worthless
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4551 Sappheire {sap-fi'-ray} ·½¦Û 4552;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sapphira 1; 1 ¼»«D³â = "ÂÅÄ_¥Û" 1) ¨È®³¥§¨Èªº©d¤l #®{ 5:1|

4551 Sappheire {sap-fi'-ray} from 4552;; n pr f AV - Sapphira 1; 1 Sapphira = "a sapphire" 1) the wife of Ananias
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4552 sappheiros {sap'-fi-ros} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó­ì¤å 05601;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sapphire 1; 1 1) ÂÅÄ_¥Û, ¤@ºØÄ_¥Û #±Ò 21:19|

4552 sappheiros {sap'-fi-ros} of Hebrew origin 05601;; n f AV - sapphire 1; 1 1) sapphire, a precious stone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4553 sargane {sar-gan'-ay} ¦ü¥G·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó­ì¤å 08276;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - basket 1; 1 1) ½s´ªºÃ·¯Á, ±a¤l 2) µ¨¤l, ¥Î÷¯Á°µ¦¨ªºµ¨¤l, ­¹Äx #ªL«á 11:33|

4553 sargane {sar-gan'-ay} apparently of Hebrew origin 08276;; n f AV - basket 1; 1 1) a braided rope, a band 2) a basket, a basket made of ropes, a hamper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4554 Sardeis {sar'-dice} ¨Ó·½¤£½T©w¦rªº½Æ¼Æ ;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Sardis 3; 3 ¼»¨f = "¬õªº" 1) ¦ì©ó¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@­Ó°øµØ«°¥«, ¬O¥j¥N§Q©³¨Èªº­º³£

4554 Sardeis {sar'-dice} plural of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Sardis 3; 3 Sardis = "red ones" 1) a luxurious city in Asia Minor, the capital of Lydia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4555 sardinos {sar'-dee-nos} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 4556;; §Î®eµü AV - sardine 1; 1 1) ¡y¸t¸g¡zµS¤Ó±Ð²½¥q¯Ý¥Ò¤W¤§Ä_¥Û(sardius): ¬Y¬Ã¶Q¤§¥Û, ¦³¨âºØ: ¤@ºØ´²µo¥X¦×¬õ¦â¬GºÙ¬°¬õ¥ÉÅè©Î¦×¬õ¥ÉÅè, ¥t¤@ºØ«hºÙ¬°¦×¬õ¥ÛÅè (sard) (#±Ò 4:3|)

4555 sardinos {sar'-dee-nos} from the same as 4556;; adj AV - sardine 1; 1 1) a sardius, a precious stone of which there are two types, the former is called a carnelian (because flesh coloured) and the latter a sard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4556 sardios {sar'-dee-os} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, an adjective from an uncertain base;; §Î®eµü AV - sardius 1; 1 1) ¡y¸t¸g¡zµS¤Ó±Ð²½¥q¯Ý¥Ò¤W¤§Ä_¥Û(sardius), ¬°¬YºØ¬Ã¶Q¥ÛÀY. ¦³¨âºØ, «eªÌ¦]¨ä¦×¦â¿A, ¬GºÙ¬°¬õ¥ÉÅè, ¦×¬õ¥ÉÅè( carnelian), «áªÌºÙ¬° ¦×¬õ¥ÛÅè (sard) (#±Ò 21:20|)

4556 sardios {sar'-dee-os} properly, an adjective from an uncertain base;; adj AV - sardius 1; 1 1) a sardius, a precious stone of which there are two types, the former is called a carnelian (because flesh coloured) and the latter a sard
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4557 sardonux {sar-don'-oox} ·½¦Û 4556 »P onux («ü¥Ò, ¦]¦¹ "onyx" Ä_¥Û) ªº°ò¦«¬ ;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sardonyx 1; 1 1) Äñµ·º¿¸£, ±a¦³¬õ¦×º¿¸£ªº¬õ»PºI¤lº¿¸£ªº¥Õ¤§Ä_¥Û (§Y¨ã¦³¬õ¥Õ±ø¯¾ªºº¿¸£)

4557 sardonux {sar-don'-oox} from the base of 4556 and onux (the nail of a finger, hence the "onyx" stone);; n m AV - sardonyx 1; 1 1) a sardonyx, a precious stone marked by the red colours of the carnelian (sard) and the white of the onyx
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4558 Sarepta {sar'-ep-tah} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 06886;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Sarepta 1; 1 ¼»°Çªk = "ºë·Ò" 1) ¼»°Çªkªº§ÆÃ¾¦W, ¦b±Àù»P¦è¹y¤§¶¡¦ý¤ñ¸û¾aªñ¦è¹yªº ¤@­ÓµÌ¥§°ò«°Âí¡C(#¸ô 4:26|)

4558 Sarepta {sar'-ep-tah} of Hebrew origin 06886;; n pr loc AV - Sarepta 1; 1 Sarepta = "smelting" 1) the Greek name for Zarephath, a Phoenician town between Tyre and Sidon, but nearer Sidon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4559 sarkikos {sar-kee-kos'} ·½¦Û4561; TDNT - 7:98,1000; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥»- carnal 9, fleshly 2; 11 1) ¦×Å骺, ¥@«Uªº 1a) ¨ã¦³¨ººØÄݦ×Å骺¥»©Ê, ¤]´N¬O»¡¡A¨ü¨ì°Êª«©Êªº¼¤±æªº±±¨î 1a1) ¨ü¨ì¤HÃþ¥»©Êªº±±¨î¡A¦Ó«D¨ü¨ì¯«ªºÆF©ÒºÞªv¡C 1a2) ¨ä®Ú·½¦b©ó°Êª«¤Ñ©Êªº¥»½è¡A©Î¬O¨ü¨ì°Êª«¤Ñ©Ê¥»½èªº¿Eµo 1a3) «ü¤HÃþ¡G§t¦³¨ººØ¼Z¸¨ªº¬Ýªk 1b) ´N¬O«ü¦×Åé 1b1) «ü¨­Åé: »P¥X¥Í¡A±Æ¨Ò¡Aµ¥µ¥¦³Ãö

4559 sarkikos {sar-kee-kos'} from 4561; TDNT - 7:98,1000; adj AV - carnal 9, fleshly 2; 11 1) fleshly, carnal 1a) having the nature of flesh, i.e. under the control of the animal appetites 1a1) governed by mere human nature not by the Spirit of God 1a2) having its seat in the animal nature or aroused by the animal nature 1a3) human: with the included idea of depravity 1b) pertaining to the flesh 1b1) to the body: related to birth, linage, etc
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4560 sarkinos {sar'-kee-nos} ·½¦Û 4561; TDNT - 7:98,1000; §Î®eµü AV - fleshly 1; 1 1) ¦×Å骺, ¥]§t¦×Åé, ¥Ñ¦×Åé²Õ¦¨ 2) »P¨­Å馳Ãö (¦p¹Ð¤g¯ë©M·|¦´Ãa¤§ª«½è) 3) ¥þµM°±¤î¦^¨ì¹Ð¤g, ®ÚµÛ¨ì¹Ð¤g¥¿¦p­ì¨Óªº

4560 sarkinos {sar'-kee-nos} from 4561; TDNT - 7:98,1000; adj AV - fleshly 1; 1 1) fleshly, consisting of flesh, composed of flesh 2) pertaining to the body (as earthly and perishable material) 3) wholly given up to the flesh, rooted in the flesh as it were
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4561 sarx {sarx} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4563 ªº¦r®Ú; TDNT - 7:98,1000; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - flesh 147, carnal 2, carnally minded + 5427 1, fleshly 1; 151 1) ¤H©M°Êª«ªº¦Ù¦× (¬¡µÛªº¨­Å骺¬X³nª«½è, Âл\¦b°©ÀY¤W, ¨ä¤¤¥Rº¡¦åºÞ) 2) ¨­Åé 2a) ¤Hªº¦×Åé 2b) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¦ÛµM©Î¦×Å骺¦å²Î, ¥@¥N©ÎÃö«Y 2b1) ¹Þ¨t 2c) ¤HÃþ·P©xªº¤Ñ©Ê, ¡uÃ~©Ê¡v 2c1) ¨ÃµL·t¥Ü¨¸´c 2c2) ¿E°_¸o´cªºÃ~©Ê 2c3) ¤Hªº±¡¼¤, ®e©ö¦]¦¹¨ü­W 3) ¥Íª« (¦]¬°¦³¦å¦×¤§Âß), ¤£ºÞ¬O¤H©Î°Êª« 4) ¦×Åé, ³æ³æªí¥Ü¤H©Ê, °£¶}¤W«Òªº¼vÅTªº¥@ «U¥»½è, ¦]¦¹¦³¸oªº¶É¦V, »P¤W«Ò¬Û¹ï

4561 sarx {sarx} probably from the base of 4563; TDNT - 7:98,1000; n f AV - flesh 147, carnal 2, carnally minded + 5427 1, fleshly 1; 151 1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts 2) the body 2a) the body of a man 2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or relationship 2b1) born of natural generation 2c) the sensuous nature of man, "the animal nature" 2c1) without any suggestion of depravity 2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin 2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering 3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh) whether man or beast 4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4562 Sarouch {sar-ooch'} of Hebrew origin 08286;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Saruch 1; 1 ¦è³À= "ªÈÄñªº" 1) °ò·þ®aÃФ¤, ©Ô§dªº¨à¤l (#¸ô 3:35)

4562 Sarouch {sar-ooch'} of Hebrew origin 08286;; n pr m AV - Saruch 1; 1 Serug = "intertwined" 1) the son of Reu in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4563 saroo {sar-o'-o} ·½¦Û sairo ­l¥Í¦r (¨ê¹L, ªñ¦ü4951);; °Êµü AV - sweep 3; 3 1) ±½°£,¥´±½

4563 saroo {sar-o'-o} from a derivative of sairo (to brush off, akin to 4951);; v AV - sweep 3; 3 1) to sweep, clean by sweeping
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4564 Sarrha {sar'-hrah} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 08283;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sarah 2, Sara 2; 4 ¼»©Ô = "¶Q±Ú°ü¤k;¤½¥D" 1) ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº©d¤l

4564 Sarrha {sar'-hrah} of Hebrew origin 08283;; n pr f AV - Sarah 2, Sara 2; 4 Sarah = "princess" 1) the wife of Abraham
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4565 Saron {sar'-one} ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 08289;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Saron 1; 1 ¨F±[ = "¥­ªº©Î¥­©Zªº" 1) ±q¤Ú°Ç´µ©Zªº¸Ó¼»§Q¨È©µ¥Ó¥Xªº¥­©Z°Ï°ì, ©M Joppa ¤@¼Ë»·, ¥H¦nªª¯ó¦ÓÂײ±, ¥B¥H¥¦ªºªÎ¨U¦Ó¥X¦W.

4565 Saron {sar'-one} of Hebrew origin 08289;; n pr loc AV - Saron 1; 1 Sharon = "plain or level" 1) a level region extending from Caesarea of Palestine as far as Joppa, abounding in good pasture and famous for its fertility
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4566 Satan {sat-an'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07854; TDNT - 7:151,*;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Satan 1; 1 1) «ü¼Ä¹ïªÌ(¤Ï¹ï¥L¤Hªº¥Øªº©Î¦æ°ÊªÌ), ³o¦W¦r¯S§O¥Î¨Ó«ü: 1a) ¨¸ÆFªºÀY¥Ø, ¥»©Ê¤W¤Ï¤W«Ò»P°ò·þªº 1a1) ¥Lº´°Ê­IÂ÷¤W«Ò¦Ó¤J¨ì¸o¤¤ 1a2) ¥Î¸Þ­p´ÛÄF»¤´b§ðÀ»¤H 1a3) ·q«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H³Q»{¬°¬O¦b¥Lªº±±¨î¤§¤U 1a4) ÂǨ䨸´cªº¶Õ¤O, ¥L¥i¥H¦û¾Ú¤H¨Ã¨Ï¤H¨ü¯e¯fªºµh­W 1a5) Âǯ«ªº¤O¶q, ¥L³Q¨îªA¤F 1a6) ·í°ò·þ¥Ñ¤Ñ°ê¦AÁ{®É, ¥L±N³QÂêÁå¸i¸j¤@¤d¦~, ¦ý¨º¤d¦~¤§«á, ¥L±N´_Á{¦a¤W¨Ã ¦³§ó¤jªº¯à¤O, ¦ý«Ü§Ö¦a´N·|¥æ¥I¥Ã¦D¤§¤¤ 1b) ¹³¼»¥¹ªº¤H, ¨ü¼»¥¹¨Ï¥Îªº¤H, "¼»¥¹¤@±Ú"ªº¤H

4566 Satan {sat-an'} of Hebrew origin 07854; TDNT - 7:151,*; n pr m AV - Satan 1; 1 1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to 1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ 1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin 1a2) circumventing men by his wiles 1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control 1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases 1a5) by God's assistance he is overcome 1a6) on Christ's return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment 1b) a Satan-like man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4567 Satanas {sat-an-as'} ·½©ó¨ÈÄõ¤å, ¬Û·í©ó 4566 (¥[¤W©w«aµü¦r­º); TDNT - 7:151,1007;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Satan 36; 36 1) «ü¼Ä¹ïªÌ(¤Ï¹ï¥L¤Hªº¥Øªº©Î¦æ°ÊªÌ), ³o¦W¦r¯S§O¥Î¨Ó«ü: 1a) ¨¸ÆFªºÀY¥Ø, ¥»©Ê¤W¤Ï¤W«Ò»P°ò·þªº 1a1) ¥Lº´°Ê­IÂ÷¤W«Ò¦Ó¤J¨ì¸o¤¤ 1a2) ¥Î¸Þ­p´ÛÄF»¤´b§ðÀ»¤H 1a3) ·q«ô°¸¹³ªº¤H³Q»{¬°¬O¦b¥Lªº±±¨î¤§¤U 1a4) ÂǨ䨸´cªº¶Õ¤O, ¥L¥i¥H¦û¾Ú¤H¨Ã¨Ï¤H¨ü¯e¯fªºµh­W 1a5) Âǯ«ªº¤O¶q, ¥L³Q¨îªA¤F 1a6) ·í°ò·þ¥Ñ¤Ñ°ê¦AÁ{®É, ¥L±N³QÂêÁå¸i¸j¤@¤d¦~, ¦ý¨º¤d¦~¤§«á, ¥L±N´_Á{¦a¤W¨Ã ¦³§ó¤jªº¯à¤O, ¦ý«Ü§Ö¦a´N·|¥æ¥I¥Ã¦D¤§¤¤ 1b) ¹³¼»¥¹ªº¤H, ¨ü¼»¥¹¨Ï¥Îªº¤H, "¼»¥¹¤@±Ú"ªº¤H

4567 Satanas {sat-an-as'} of Aramaic origin corresponding to 4566 (with the definite affix); TDNT - 7:151,1007; n pr m AV - Satan 36; 36 1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to 1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ 1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin 1a2) circumventing men by his wiles 1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control 1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases 1a5) by God's assistance he is overcome 1a6) on Christ's return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment 1b) a Satan-like man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4568 saton {sat'-on} of Hebrew origin 05429;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - measure 2; 2 1) °®³fªº¤@ºØ«×¶q³æ¦ì, 3 ¥[¨Ú (14 ¤½¤É)

4568 saton {sat'-on} of Hebrew origin 05429;; n n AV - measure 2; 2 1) a kind of dry measure, 3 gallons (14 litres)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4569 Saulos {sow'-los} °_·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¦r, »P4549¦P;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Saul 17; 17 ±½Ã¹ = "´÷±æ" 1) ¨Ï®{«OùªºµS¤Ó¦W¦r

4569 Saulos {sow'-los} of Hebrew origin, the same as 4549;; n pr m AV - Saul 17; 17 Saul = "desired" 1) the Jewish name of the apostle Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4570 sbennumi {sben'-noo-mee} ¤@¦r«¬°ÊµüªºÂX±i«¬; TDNT - 7:165,1009; °Êµü AV - quench 7, go out 1; 8 1) ·ÀºÉ, ¤îº¶ 1a) «ü¤õ©ÎµÛ¤õªºªF¦è 1a1) ³Q¤î®§, ¨«¨ìºÉÀY, °±¤î 1b) Áô³ë. ¨Ï¨HÀq, À£¨î, §í¨î 1b1) «ü©v±Ð¤Wªº, ¥Ñ¯«¨Óªº¼vÅT

4570 sbennumi {sben'-noo-mee} a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 7:165,1009; v AV - quench 7, go out 1; 8 1) to extinguish, quench 1a) of fire or things on fire 1a1) to be quenched, to go out 1b) metaph. to quench, to suppress, stifle 1b1) of divine influence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4571 se {seh} 4771 ªº³æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - thee 178, thou 16, thy house 1, not tr 2; 197 1) §A, ¦¼

4571 se {seh} accusative case singular of 4771;; pron AV - thee 178, thou 16, thy house 1, not tr 2; 197 1) thou, thee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4572 seautou {seh-ow-too'} ·½©ó 4571 ©M 846 ©Ò¦³®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - thyself 35, thine own self 2, thou thyself 1, thee 1, thy 1; 40 1) §A¦Û¤v, §A

4572 seautou {seh-ow-too'} genitive case from 4571 and 846;; pron AV - thyself 35, thine own self 2, thou thyself 1, thee 1, thy 1; 40 1) thyself, thee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4573 sebazomai {seb-ad'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from a derivative of 4576; TDNT - 7:172,1010; °Êµü AV - worship 1; 1 1) ®`©È, ÅåÀ~ 2) ·q«ô, ±R«ô (#ù 1:25|)

4573 sebazomai {seb-ad'-zom-ahee} middle voice from a derivative of 4576; TDNT - 7:172,1010; v AV - worship 1; 1 1) to fear, be afraid 2) to honour religiously, to worship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4574 sebasma {seb'-as-mah} ·½¦Û 4573; TDNT - 7:173,1010; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - devotion 1, that is worshipped 2; 2 1) ¥ô¦ó³Q½¤«ôªºª««~, 1a) ©v±Ð¤W³Q´L±Rªº¯«·µ, ²½¾Â, ÀJ¨è, °¸¹³ (#®{ 17:23; ©««á 2:4|)

4574 sebasma {seb'-as-mah} from 4573; TDNT - 7:173,1010; n n AV - devotion 1, that is worshipped 2; 2 1) whatever is religiously honoured, an object of worship 1a) of temples, altars, statues, idolatrous images
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4575 sebastos {seb-as-tos'} ·½¦Û 4573; TDNT - 7:174,1010; §Î®eµü AV - Augustus 3; 3 1) ­È±o±R·qªº, ¼w°ª±æ­«ªº 2) ù°¨¬Ó«ÒªºÀY»Î 2a) ¶ø¥j´µ³£ªº, §Y¨ú©óù°¨¤j«Ò¤§¦Wªº 2b) ¦]­^«iªº¦æ®|¦Ó±Â»P¥jù°¨­x¹Î, ­x¶¤©Î­xÀ窺ºaÅAÀY»Î (#®{ 25:21; 25:25; 27:1|)

4575 sebastos {seb-as-tos'} from 4573; TDNT - 7:174,1010; adj AV - Augustus 3; 3 1) reverend, venerable 2) the title of the Roman emperors 2a) Augustan, i,e, taking its name from the emperor 2b) a title of honour which used to be given certain legions, or cohorts, or battalions, "for valour"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4576 sebomai {seb'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 7:169,1010; °Êµü AV - worship 6, devout 3, religious 1; 10 1) ´L±R, ·q«ôÆg¬ü

4576 sebomai {seb'-om-ahee} middle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 7:169,1010; v AV - worship 6, devout 3, religious 1; 10 1) to revere, to worship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4577 seira {si-rah'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 4951 through its congener eiro (to fasten, ªñ¦ü to 138);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - chain 1; 1 1) ÷, ÷¯Á 2) Áå¤l

4577 seira {si-rah'} probably from 4951 through its congener eiro (to fasten, akin to 138);; n f AV - chain 1; 1 1) a line, a rope 2) a chain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4578 seismos {sice-mos'} ·½¦Û 4579; TDNT - 7:196,1014;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - earthquake 13, tempest 1; 14 1) ¾_°Ê, °Ê¶Ã 2) ­·¼É 3) ¦a¾_

4578 seismos {sice-mos'} from 4579; TDNT - 7:196,1014; n m AV - earthquake 13, tempest 1; 14 1) a shaking, a commotion 2) a tempest 3) an earthquake
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4579 seio {si'-o} ÅãµM¬O¤@¦r®Ú«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 7:196,1014; °Êµü AV - shake 3, move 1, quake 1; 5 1) ·n°Ê, ÅͰÊ, ¨ÏŸ°Ê 1a) «ü¤H, ³´¤JŸ§Ý¤§¤¤, À~¨ì´ý¨­¥´ÎG­ö, ¦]¦a¾_¦Ó®£Äß 1b) Áô³ë. ÅÍÂZ¤ß«ä

4579 seio {si'-o} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:196,1014; v AV - shake 3, move 1, quake 1; 5 1) to shake, agitate, cause to tremble 1a) of men, to be thrown into a tremor, to quake for fear 1b) metaph. to agitate the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4580 Sekoundos {sek-oon'-dos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Secundus 1; 1 ¦è¤½³£ = "©¯¹Bªº" 1) ¤@­Ó©«¼»Ã¹¥§­{ªº°ò·þ®{ #®{ 20:4|

4580 Sekoundos {sek-oon'-dos} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Secundus 1; 1 Secundus = "fortunate" 1) a Thessalonian Christian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4581 Seleukeia {sel-yook'-i-ah} ·½¦Û Seleukos (¶ë¬y¥d´µ, ¤@­Ó±Ô§Q¨È¤ý);; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Seleucia 1; 1 ¦è¬y°ò = "¥Õ¥ú" 1) ¤@­Ó±Ô§Q¨È«°¥«¡A±µªñ¶ø­Û´£´µªe(Orontes)¤f, ¶ZÂ÷¦w´£ªü¤j¬ù 16 ­^­ù(25¤½¨½)

4581 Seleukeia {sel-yook'-i-ah} from Seleukos (Seleucus, a Syrian king);; n pr loc AV - Seleucia 1; 1 Seleucia = "white light" 1) a city of Syria near the mouth of the Orontes, about 16 miles (25 km) from Antioch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4582 selene {sel-ay'-nay} ·½¦Û selas (brilliancy, probably ªñ¦ü to the alternate of 138, through the idea of attr¥D°Ê»yºAness);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - moon 9; 9 1) ¤ë«G, ¤ë²y

4582 selene {sel-ay'-nay} from selas (brilliancy, probably akin to the alternate of 138, through the idea of attractiveness);; n f AV - moon 9; 9 1) the moon
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4583 seleniazomai {sel-ay-nee-ad'-zom-ahee} °Êµü AV - be lunatick 2; 2 1) ­ì·N:¯«¸g¿ù¶Ã,ºÆÅö 2) ¦³Åöíw¯fªº(¦b¥j¥N,Åöíw³Q»{¬°»P¶W¦ÛµMªº¤O¶q¬ÛÃö) (#¤Ó 4:24,17:15|)

4583 seleniazomai {sel-ay-nee-ad'-zom-ahee} middle voice or passive from a presumed derivative of 4582;; v AV - be lunatick 2; 2 1) to be moon-struck or lunatic 2) to be epileptic 2a) epilepsy being supposed to return and increase with the increase of the moon. This meaning is doubtful as the Greeks knew nothing of epilepsy.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4584 Semei {sem-eh-ee'} of Hebrew origin 08096;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Semei 1; 1 ¦è¬ü= "¶ÉÅ¥ªÌ:§Úªº³ø§i" 1)º¿¥L´£¨Èªº¤÷¿Ë,­C¿q°ò·þªº®aÃÐ

4584 Semei {sem-eh-ee'} of Hebrew origin 08096;; n pr m AV - Semei 1; 1 Shimei = "harkeners: my report" 1) the father of Mattathias in the genealogy of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4585 semidalis {sem-id'-al-is} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó»y;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fine flour 1; 1 1) ³Ì¦nªºÄѯ» #±Ò 18:13|

4585 semidalis {sem-id'-al-is} probably of foreign origin;; n f AV - fine flour 1; 1 1) the finest wheat flour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4586 semnos {sem-nos'} ·½¦Û 4576; TDNT - 7:191,1010; §Î®eµü AV - §í­µ²Å 3, honest 1; 4 1) ¦³«ÂÄYªº, ±R°ªªº, ¥i´L·qªº 2) ¦]¦n«~©Ê¨Ï¤H´L­«, ¥¿ª½°ª©|ªº 2a) «ü¤H 2b) «ü¦æ¬°°Ê§@

4586 semnos {sem-nos'} from 4576; TDNT - 7:191,1010; adj AV - grave 3, honest 1; 4 1) august, venerable, reverend 2) to be venerated for character, honourable 2a) of persons 2b) of deeds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4587 semnotes {sem-not'-ace} ·½¦Û 4586; TDNT - 7:191,1010; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - gravity 2, honesty 1; 3 1) ºÙ©I¨Æª«©Î¤Hªº¯S½è¦³... ±R·q»P·q­«, ´L¶Q, ²øÄY, ¯«¸t 2) ºaÄ£, ¯Â¼ä

4587 semnotes {sem-not'-ace} from 4586; TDNT - 7:191,1010; n f AV - gravity 2, honesty 1; 3 1) the characteristic of a thing or person which entitles to reverence and respect, dignity, majesty, sanctity 2) honour, purity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4588 Sergios {serg'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Sergius (Paulus) 1; 1 ¤h¨D«Où = "earth-born: born a wonder" 1) surnamed Paulus, ©~¤ñ¸ô®qªº¤è§B¡A¦]«Où¦Ó«H¥D

4588 Sergios {serg'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Sergius (Paulus) 1; 1 Sergius = "earth-born: born a wonder" 1) surnamed Paulus, a deputy or proconsul of Cyprus and converted to Christianity by Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4589 Seth {sayth} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 08352;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Seth 1; 1 ¶ë¯S = "¸ÉÀv" 1) ¨È·íªº²Ä¤T­Ó¨à¤l¡A¥H®¿¤hªº¤÷¿Ë

4589 Seth {sayth} of Hebrew origin 08352;; n pr m AV - Seth 1; 1 Seth = "compensation" 1) the third son of Adam and the father of Enos
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4590 Sem {same} of Hebrew origin 08035;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sem 1; 1 °{ªº·N«ä¬O"¦W¦r" 1) ®¿¨Èªº¤j¨à¤l(#¸ô 3:36|)

4590 Sem {same} of Hebrew origin 08035;; n pr m AV - Sem 1; 1 Shem meaning "name" 1) the eldest son of Noah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4591 semaino {say-mah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û sema (a mark, of uncertain derivation); TDNT - 7:262,1015; °Êµü AV - signify 6; 6 1) µ¹©ó°T¸¹, ªí©ú, «ü¥Ü 2) ¨Ï¥X¦W, ¨Ï¤Hª¾¹D

4591 semaino {say-mah'-ee-no} from sema (a mark, of uncertain derivation); TDNT - 7:262,1015; v AV - signify 6; 6 1) to give a sign, to signify, indicate 2) to make known
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4592 semeion {say-mi'-on} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 4591 ¦r·½ªº¦r; TDNT - 7:200,1015; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sign 50, miracle 23, wonder 3, token 1; 77 1) ¤@­Ó«ü¼Ð, °O¸¹, ªí¼x 1a) ¥Î¥H¼Ð©ú¬Y¤H©Î¬Y¨Æ¬O¦³§O©ó¨ä¥Lªº¤H©Î¨Æ 1b) ¸ñ¶H, ¯«ÂÝ, ¼x¥ü, ¥ç§Y «ü¤£´M±`ªº, ¶W¦ÛµMªº¨Æ¥ó 1b1) «ü¦V§Y±N­nµo¥Íªº·¥¤£´M±`ªº¨Æ 1b2) «ü¯«©Ò«ü¬£ªº¤H©Ò¦æ¨Ïªº, ©Î¥Ñ¤H¬°ÅG©ú¯«ªº¹D¦Ó¦æªº¯«ÂÝ©_¨Æ

4592 semeion {say-mi'-on} from a presumed derivative of the base of 4591; TDNT - 7:200,1015; n n AV - sign 50, miracle 23, wonder 3, token 1; 77 1) a sign, mark, token 1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from others and is known 1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence, transcending the common course of nature 1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen 1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are pleading is God's
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4593 semeioo {say-mi-o'-o} ·½¦Û 4592; TDNT - 7:265,1015; °Êµü AV - note 1; 1 1) °µ°O¸¹, °µª`ÄÀ, ¥Î°O¸¹¨Ó°Ï§O 2) ¬°¦Û¤v°µ°O¸¹©Îª`ÄÀ (#©««á 3:14|)

4593 semeioo {say-mi-o'-o} from 4592; TDNT - 7:265,1015; v AV - note 1; 1 1) to mark, to note, distinguish by marking 2) to mark or note for one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4594 semeron {say'-mer-on} ³Q»{¬°¬O«aµü 3588 ©M 2250 ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¦X¦r(§@°Æµü¥Î), ¦b¬Y¤é(¥ç§Y ³o¤@¤Ñ) (©Î«ü¤µ±ß, ©Î¬Q±ß); TDNT - 7:269,1024; °Æµü AV - this day 22, to day 18, this + 3588 1; 41 1) (´N¦b)³o¤@¤é 2) ¤µ¤é©Òµo¥Íªº¨Æ

4594 semeron {say'-mer-on} neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the art. 3588 and 2250, on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); TDNT - 7:269,1024; adv AV - this day 22, to day 18, this + 3588 1; 41 1) this (very) day) 2) what has happened today
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4595 sepo {say'-po} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:94,1000; °Êµü AV - be corrupted 1; 1 1) ¨Ï»GÄê, ·´Ãa 2) ¦¨¬°»GÃaªº, ±ÑÃaªº, »GÄꪺ (#¶® 5:2|)

4595 sepo {say'-po} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:94,1000; v AV - be corrupted 1; 1 1) to make corrupt, to destroy 2) to become corrupt, corrupted, rotten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4596 serikos {say-ree-kos'} ·½¦Û Ser (¤@­Ó¦L«×ªººØ±Ú¡Aµ·º÷ªº»s³yªÌ, ¦]¦¹¥H¸ÓºØ±Ú¤§¦WºÙ©I¡uÅú¡v);; §Î®eµü AV - silk 1; 1 1) µ·º÷»s«~ (#±Ò 18:12|) 2) µ·º÷, ¥ç§Y Åúµ·¥¬, µ·º÷¦çªA

4596 serikos {say-ree-kos'} from Ser (an Indian tribe from whom silk was procured, hence the name of the silk-worm);; adj AV - silk 1; 1 1) made of silk 2) silk, i.e. the fabric, silken garments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4597 ses {sace} apparently of Hebrew origin 05580; TDNT - 7:275,1025; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - moth 3; 3 1) ³EÂÎ, ¦çÃo³EÂÎ

4597 ses {sace} apparently of Hebrew origin 05580; TDNT - 7:275,1025; n n AV - moth 3; 3 1) a moth, the clothes moth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4598 setobrotos {say-tob'-ro-tos} ·½¦Û 4597 and a derivative of 977; TDNT - 7:275,1025; §Î®eµü AV - motheaten 1; 1 1) ³Q³EÃaªº (#¶® 5:2|)

4598 setobrotos {say-tob'-ro-tos} from 4597 and a derivative of 977; TDNT - 7:275,1025; adj AV - motheaten 1; 1 1) moth eaten
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4599 sthenoo {sthen-o'-o} ·½¦Û sthenos (bodily vigour, probably ªñ¦ü to the base of 2476);; °Êµü AV - strengthen 1; 1 1) ¨Ï°í±j¦³¤O, ¼W±j 1a) «ü¤Hªº¤ßÆF (#©¼«e 5:10|)

4599 sthenoo {sthen-o'-o} from sthenos (bodily vigour, probably akin to the base of 2476);; v AV - strengthen 1; 1 1) to make strong, strengthen 1a) of one's soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4600 siagon {see-ag-one'} ¤@­Ó¤£½T©wªº­l¥Í;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - cheek 2; 2 1) ÃE, ÃE°© #¤Ó 5:39;¸ô 6:29|

4600 siagon {see-ag-one'} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - cheek 2; 2 1) the jaw, the jaw bone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4601 sigao {see-gah'-o} ·½¦Û 4602;; °Êµü AV - hold (one's) peace 4, keep silence 3, keep close 1, keep secret 1; 9 1) «O«ù¨IÀq, «O«ù¦wÀR 2) ¤£Á¿, Áô¿f ¦P¸qµü½Ð¨£ 5847

4601 sigao {see-gah'-o} from 4602;; v AV - hold (one's) peace 4, keep silence 3, keep close 1, keep secret 1; 9 1) to keep silence, hold one's peace 2) to be kept in silence, be concealed For Synonyms see entry 5847
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4602 sige {see-gay'} appr. from sizo (to hiss, ¥ç§Y hist or hush);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - silence 2; 2 1) ±IÀR

4602 sige {see-gay'} appr. from sizo (to hiss, i.e. hist or hush);; n f AV - silence 2; 2 1) silence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4603 sidereos {sid-ay'-reh-os} ·½¦Û 4604;; §Î®eµü AV - of iron 4, iron 1; 5 1) ÅK»sªº

4603 sidereos {sid-ay'-reh-os} from 4604;; adj AV - of iron 4, iron 1; 5 1) made of iron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4604 sideros {sid'-ay-ros} of uncertain derivation;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - iron 1; 1 1) ÅK

4604 sideros {sid'-ay-ros} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - iron 1; 1 1) iron
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4605 Sidon {sid-one'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 06721; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Sidon 11; 11 ¦è¹y = ¡u¬¼Ây¡v 1) µÌ¥§°ò¤@´I¦³ªº¥j¦Ñ«°¥«, ¦b¦a¤¤®üªF©¤, ¦ì©ó±Àù¥_¤è¤£¨ì 20 ­ù (30 ¤½¨½)

4605 Sidon {sid-one'} of Hebrew origin 06721;; n pr loc AV - Sidon 11; 11 Sidon or Zidon = "hunting" 1) an ancient and wealthy city of Phoenicia, on the east coast of the Mediterranean Sea, less than 20 miles (30 km) north of Tyre
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4606 Sidonios {sid-o'-nee-os} ·½¦Û 4605;; §Î®eµü AV - Sidon 1; 1 1) ¦è¹y(Sidon)ªº©~¥Á, ¦è¹y¤H (#®{ 12:20|)

4606 Sidonios {sid-o'-nee-os} from 4605;; adj AV - Sidon 1; 1 1) an inhabitant of Sidon, a Sidonian
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4607 sikarios {sik-ar'-ee-os} ÄݩԤB­ì¦r; TDNT - 7:278,1026;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - murderer 1; 1 1) ¨ë«È 1a) ±aµÛ¤P­º©Îµu¼CÂæb¦çªA¸Ì, ¥L¥i¥H¯µ±K¦a¥B¦l¶B¦a±þ¦º¥L·Q±þªº¤H 1b) ¤¿¤â §ä¦P¸qµü°Ñ¬Ý 5811

4607 sikarios {sik-ar'-ee-os} of Latin origin; TDNT - 7:278,1026; n m AV - murderer 1; 1 1) an assassin 1a) one who carries a dagger or short sword under his clothing, that he may kill secretly and treacherously any one he wishes to 1b) a cutthroat For Synonyms see entry 5811
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4608 sikera {sik'-er-ah} ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 07941;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - strong drink 1; 1 1) ±j¯P¶¼®Æ, ¤@ºØ²V¦X©Ê¶¼®Æ, ¤£¦P©ó°s; ¬O¤H³y²£«~, ¥Ñ²¢ªº¦¨¥÷²V¦X¦Ó¦¨, ¬O§_±qêÑÃþ»P²¨µæ¦Ó±o, ©Î±q¤ôªG(´Ç·¦¾ðªºªG)ªº¥Ä¦Ó±o, ©Î¬O¦³¸Á»eªº¥Ä

4608 sikera {sik'-er-ah} of Hebrew origin 07941;; n n AV - strong drink 1; 1 1) strong drink, an intoxicating beverage, different from wine; it was a artificial product, made of a mixture of sweet ingredients, whether derived from grain and vegetables, or from the juice of fruits (dates), or a decoction of honey
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4609 Silas {see'-las} 4610 ªºÁY¼g;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Silas 13; 13 ¦è©Ô = "¦h¾ð¤ìªº" 1) ¤@­Óù°¨¤½¥Á, ¨Ï®{«Où§G¹D®È¦æ¤Wªº¦P¦ñ

4609 Silas {see'-las} contraction for 4610;; n pr m AV - Silas 13; 13 Silas = "woody" 1) a Roman citizen, the companion of the apostle Paul on several of his missionary journeys
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4610 Silouanos {sil-oo-an-os'} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Silvanus 4; 4 ¦è©Ô = "¾ð¤ì­Z²±ªº" 1) ù°¨¤½¥Á, ¬O¨Ï®{«Où¦b¤@¨Ç«Å±Ð®Èµ{¤¤ªº¦P¤u.

4610 Silouanos {sil-oo-an-os'} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Silvanus 4; 4 Silas = "woody" 1) a Roman citizen, the companion of the apostle Paul on several of his missionary journeys
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4611 Siloam {sil-o-am'} ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 07975;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Siloam 3; 3 ¦èù¨È = "©^®t»º" 1) ¦èù¨È¦À, ­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¤@­Ó¤ô¬u, ¦b¥HÁɨȮÑ8:6¤¤, ¤]ºÙ¬°¦èù¨È(Shiloah) 2) ¦èù¨È¶ð, ¥i¯à´¿¬O¾aªñ©Î¶W¹L¦èù¨È¦Àªº¤@­Ó¶ð, ­Ë¶ò¦Ó­P¤Q¤K¤H¦º¤`; ¦n¦ü¥L­Ì­n¼ä²b¦Û¤v (Gill)

4611 Siloam {sil-o-am'} of Hebrew origin 07975;; n pr loc AV - Siloam 3; 3 Siloam = "sent" 1) the Pool of Siloam, a fountain of water in Jerusalem, also called Shiloah in Isa. 8:6 2) the Tower of Siloam, may have been a tower near or over the Pool of Siloam, which fell down killing 18 men; very likely they were purifying themselves. (Gill)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4612 simikinthion {sim-ee-kin'-thee-on} °_·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - apron 1; 1 1) ¯¶¤pªº³ò¸È, ©Î¨È³Â¾B»\ª«, ¬O¤u¤H»P¹²¤H²ß©ó¬ïµÛªº #®{ 19:12|

4612 simikinthion {sim-ee-kin'-thee-on} of Latin origin;; n n AV - apron 1; 1 1) a narrow apron, or linen covering, which workmen and servants were accustomed to wear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4613 Simon {see'-mone} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å08095; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Simon (Peter) 49, Simon (Zelotes) 4, Simon (father of Judas) 4, Simon (Magus) 4, Simon (the tanner) 4, Simon (the Pharisee) 3, Simon (of Cyrene) 3, Simon (brother of Jesus) 2, Simon (the leper) 2; 75 ©¼±o = "¥ÛÀY" 1) ¨Ï®{©¼±o 2) ¾Ä¾UÄÒªº¦èªù 3) ½æ­C¿qªºµS¤jªº¤÷¿Ë 4) ¤@¦Wªk®v (#®{ 8³¹|) 5) ¤@¦Wµv¥Ö¦K (#®{ 10³¹|) 6) ¤@¦ìªk§QÁɤH (#¸ô 7:40-44|) 7) À°­C¿q­I¤Q¬[ªº¥j§Q©`¤H 8) ­C¿qªº§Ì§Ì (#¤Ó 13:55; ¥i 6:3|) 9) ªø¤j·òºÆªº¦èªù

4613 Simon {see'-mone} of Hebrew origin 08095;; n pr m AV - Simon (Peter) 49, Simon (Zelotes) 4, Simon (father of Judas) 4, Simon (Magus) 4, Simon (the tanner) 4, Simon (the Pharisee) 3, Simon (of Cyrene) 3, Simon (brother of Jesus) 2, Simon (the leper) 2; 75 Peter = "a rock or stone" 1) Peter was one of the apostles 2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites 3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus. 4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard 5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10 6) Simon the Pharisee, Luke 7:40-44 7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ 8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas 9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4614 Sina {see-nah'} ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 05514; TDNT - 7:282,1026; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Sina 2, Sinai 2; 4 ¦è¤D = "¦h¯ð´Æªº" 1) ¦bªü©Ô§B©¼¯S©Ô¥ì(Petraea)¥b®q¤¤ªº¤@®y¤s©Î¬O¸s¤s°Ï ¦]¹{¼¯¦è«ßªk¦Ó¥X¦W

4614 Sina {see-nah'} of Hebrew origin 05514; TDNT - 7:282,1026; n pr loc AV - Sina 2, Sinai 2; 4 Sinai = "thorny" 1) a mountain or rather a mountainous region in the peninsula of Arabia Petraea, made famous by the giving of the Mosaic law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4615 sinapi {sin'-ap-ee} ©Î³\·½¦Û sinomai (¨ü¶Ë, ¥ç§Y ¨ëµh); TDNT - 7:287,1027; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mustard seed 5; 5 1) ªãµæ, ´Óª«¦W, ¦bªF¤è°ê®a¤¤¥Íªø, ±q«D±`¤pªººØ¬óªø¦¨¦³10§`(3¤½¤Ø)°ª ©Î¤ñ10§`ÁÙ°ªªº¾ð; ¦]¦¹¤@­Ó«D±`¤pªºªF¦è¬O¹³ªãµæºØ¬ó, ¤]¥i¥Hªø¦¨¨ì ¤£´M±`ªº¤j¤p.

4615 sinapi {sin'-ap-ee} perhaps from sinomai (to hurt, i.e. sting); TDNT - 7:287,1027; n n AV - mustard seed 5; 5 1) mustard, the name of a plant which in oriental countries grows from a very small seed and attains to the height of a tree, 10 feet (3 m) and more; hence a very small quantity of a thing is likened to a mustard seed, and also a thing which grows to a remarkable size
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4616 sindon {sin-done'} Äݤ£½T©w¦r (¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó¦r);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - linen cloth 3, linen 2, fine linen 1; 6 1) ¨È³Â¥¬¦ç, ¯S§O«üºë½oªº»P©ù¶Qªº, ¥]»q¦º¤H¦b¸Ì­± 2) ºë½o¥¬®Æ©Ò»s 2a) Äݦb©]¸Ì©Ò¬ï, ¤S»´¤S¼eÃPªº¤º¦ç

4616 sindon {sin-done'} of uncertain (perhaps foreign) origin;; n f AV - linen cloth 3, linen 2, fine linen 1; 6 1) linen cloth, esp. that which was fine and costly, in which the bodies of the dead were wrapped 2) thing made of fine cloth 2a) of a light and loose garment worn at night over a naked body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4617 siniazo {sin-ee-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û sinion (a sieve); TDNT - 7:291,1028; °Êµü AV - sift 1; 1 1) ¹LÂo, ¥H¿z¤l¾_°Ê, 2) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk ¦b¤º¦b²V¶Ã»P­·®öÃä½tùظÕÅç­Ó¤Hªº«H¤ß(#¸ô 22:31|)

4617 siniazo {sin-ee-ad'-zo} from sinion (a sieve); TDNT - 7:291,1028; v AV - sift 1; 1 1) to sift, shake in a sieve 2) fig. by inward agitation to try one's faith to the verge of overthrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4618 siteutos {sit-yoo-ros'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4621;; §Î®eµü AV - fatted 3; 3 1) ¾iªÎªº, ªøªÎªº(#¸ô 15:23,27,30|)

4618 siteutos {sit-yoo-ros'} from a derivative of 4621;; adj AV - fatted 3; 3 1) fattened, fatted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4619 sitistos {sit-is-tos'} ·½¦Û 4621 ªº­l¥Í;; §Î®eµü AV - fatling 1; 1 1) ¾iªÎªº #¤Ó 22:4|

4619 sitistos {sit-is-tos'} from a derivative of 4621;; adj AV - fatling 1; 1 1) fattened
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4620 sitometron {sit-om'-et-ron} ·½¦Û 4621 and 3358;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - portion of meat 1; 1 1) ¤À°t½\ª«©Î­¹ª«

4620 sitometron {sit-om'-et-ron} from 4621 and 3358;; n n AV - portion of meat 1; 1 1) a measured 'portion of' grain or 'food'
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4621 sitos {see'-tos} ½Æ¼Æ ¤£³W«h ¤¤©Ê sita {see'-tah}, ¨Ó·½¤£¸Ô;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wheat 12, corn 2; 14 1) ³Á¤l¡A½\Ãþ

4621 sitos {see'-tos} plural irregular neuter sita {see'-tah}, of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - wheat 12, corn 2; 14 1) wheat, grain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4622 Sion {see-own'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 06726; TDNT - 7:292,1028; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Sion 7; 7 ¿ü¦w = "°®²U¤§¦a" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§N¤¤¸û°ªªº¤]¬O¸û¥jªº³¡¤À©Ò¦ì³Bªº¤sÀY 1a) ¸Ó¤sÀYªº³Ì¦è«n¤]¬O³Ì°ªªº³¡¤À, ¬°¸Ó«°©Ò«Ø¤§¦a 2) ³q±`¥Î¨Ó«ü¾ã­Ó­C¸ô¼»§N«° 3) ¦]­C¸ô¼»§N¬°¸t·µ¤§©Ò¦b, ³QºÙ¦¨¯«ªº©~©Ò

4622 Sion {see-own'} of Hebrew origin 06726; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n pr loc AV - Sion 7; 7 Sion or Zion = "a parched place" 1) the hill on which the higher and more ancient part of Jerusalem was built 1a) the southwestern most and highest of the hills on which the city was built 2) often used of the entire city of Jerusalem 3) since Jerusalem because the temple stood there, was called the dwelling place of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4623 siopao {see-o-pah'-o} °Êµü AV - hold (one's) peace 9, peace 1, dumb 1; 11 1) «O«ù½pÀq,¤£¥XÁn,¤£µo¤@¨¥ 2) °±¤î»¡¸Ü,¦wÀR¤U¨Ó ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5847

4623 siopao {see-o-pah'-o} from siope (silence, i.e. a hush, properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak, and thus differing from 4602, which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously);; v AV - hold (one's) peace 9, peace 1, dumb 1; 11 1) to be silent, hold one's peace 1a) used of one's silence because dumb 2) metaph. of a calm, quiet sea For Synonyms see entry 5847
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4624 skandalizo {skan-dal-id'-zo} ("scandalize") ·½¦Û 4625; TDNT - 7:339,1036; °Êµü AV - offend 28, make to offend 2; 30 1) ¨Ï¥Ç¸o(¯}Ãa¹D¼w³W½d,¤£«H,±µ¨ü¿ù»~±Ð¾É) 2) «_¥Ç,IJ«ã,¾_Åå (#¤Ó 15:12,17:27; ¬ù 6:61; ªL«á 11:29|)

4624 skandalizo {skan-dal-id'-zo} ("scandalize") from 4625; TDNT - 7:339,1036; v AV - offend 28, make to offend 2; 30 1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend 1a) to entice to sin 1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom he ought to trust and obey 1b1) to cause to fall away 1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his authority 1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another 1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed 1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing 1c2) to make indignant 1c3) to be displeased, indignant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4625 skandalon {skan'-dal-on} ("scandal") ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@­l¥Í 2578 ªº¦r; TDNT - 7:339,1036; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - offence 9, stumbling block 3, occasion of stumbling 1, occasion to fall 1, thing that offends 1; 15 1) ³´¨À¤W¥i¬¡°Êªº¤ä±ì©Î¾÷Ãö, IJ°Ê³´¨Àªº±ì¤l(³q±`¬O¸Ë»¤»çªº¦a¤è) 1a) ³´¨À, °é®M 1b) ¥ô¦ó«¬¦¡ªºªý¦b¸ô¤¤»Ùꪫ, ¾É­P¤H²Ì­Ë©Î¶^¸ø (¨Ï¤HÛð¶^ªºªýꪫ, ¨Ï¤H¶^­Ëªº¦a¤è), ¥ç§Y²Ì¸}¥Û 1c) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ¥Î¥H«ü­C¿q°ò·þ, ¨ä¬°¤H©M©Ò§@ªº¨Æ¤u·¥«×¤£¦P©óµS¤Ó¤H­ì¨Ó¹ïÀ±ÁɨȪº´Á«Ý, ¦]µS¤Ó¤Hªº­è´p¤Î¤ßµw, ¨Ï±o¥L­Ì¦b¬@±Ï¤W¾D¨ìªº¬O¹ý©³ªº·´·À. 2) ¥ô¦ó»¤¨Ï¤H³´¤J¥¢»~©Î¸o¤¤ªº¤H©Î¨Æ

4625 skandalon {skan'-dal-on} ("scandal") probably from a derivative of 2578; TDNT - 7:339,1036; n n AV - offence 9, stumbling block 3, occasion of stumbling 1, occasion to fall 1, thing that offends 1; 15 1) the movable stick or trigger of a trap, a trap stick 1a) a trap, snare 1b) any impediment placed in the way and causing one to stumble or fall, (a stumbling block, occasion of stumbling) i.e. a rock which is a cause of stumbling 1c) fig. applied to Jesus Christ, whose person and career were so contrary to the expectations of the Jews concerning the Messiah, that they rejected him and by their obstinacy made shipwreck of their salvation 2) any person or thing by which one is (entrapped) drawn into error or sin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4626 skapto {skap'-to} apparently a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - dig 3; 3 1) «õ±¸, «õ¤g (# ¸ô 6:48, 13:8, 16:3|)

4626 skapto {skap'-to} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - dig 3; 3 1) to dig
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4627 skaphe {skaf'-ay} ¤@­Ó°ò¥»ªº¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - boat 3; 3 1) ³Q«õ¥XªºªF¦è, «õªÅªº®e¾¹, ¤ô¼Ñ, ½L¤l, ¯D¬Ö 2) ²î

4627 skaphe {skaf'-ay} a primitive word;; n f AV - boat 3; 3 1) anything dug out, hollow vessel, trough, tray, tub 2) of a boat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4628 skelos {skel'-os} apparently from skello (to parch, through the idea of leanness);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - leg 3; 3 1) »L,¤UªÏ, ³¡¦ì¥]¬A±qÆbÃö¸`¦Ü¸}«ü (#¬ù 19:31-33|)

4628 skelos {skel'-os} apparently from skello (to parch, through the idea of leanness);; n n AV - leg 3; 3 1) the leg, from the hip to the toes inclusive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4629 skepasma {skep'-as-mah} ·½¦Û a derivative of skepas (a covering; perhaps ªñ¦ü to the base of 4649 through the idea of noticeableness);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - raiment 1; 1 1) Âл\ª«, ¯S§O«ü¦çµÛ

4629 skepasma {skep'-as-mah} from a derivative of skepas (a covering; perhaps akin to the base of 4649 through the idea of noticeableness);; n n AV - raiment 1; 1 1) a covering, spec. clothing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4630 Skeuas {skyoo-as'} apparently of Latin origin;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Sceva 1; 1 ¤h°ò¥Ë = "mind reader" 1) ¤@­Ó²½¥qªø,¦í¦b¥H¥±©Ò

4630 Skeuas {skyoo-as'} apparently of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Sceva 1; 1 Sceva = "mind reader" 1) a certain chief priest residing at Ephesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4631 skeue {skyoo-ay'} ·½¦Û 4632;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tackling 1; 1 1) ¾¹¨ã, ¸Ë³Æ,³]³Æ«~,®a¨ã 1a)¾¹¨ã©Î¬O²î¤Wªº¸Ë³Æ

4631 skeue {skyoo-ay'} from 4632;; n f AV - tackling 1; 1 1) any apparatus, equipment, or furniture 1a) of the utensils or tackling of a ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4632 skeuos {skyoo'-os} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä·N¸q¬Ûªñªº¦r; TDNT - 7:358,1038; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - vessel 19, goods 2, stuff 1, sail 1; 23 1) ®e¾¹ 2) ®a¨ã, ¤u¨ã, ¾¹±ñ 2a) ¨Ï¥Î©ó½Æ¼Æ®É 2a1) ®a¥Î¾¹¥×, ®a¥Î¤u¨ã 2a2) ²î°¦¤W¨Ï¥Îªº·Æ¨®©ÎªZ¾¹¸Ë³Æµ¥, ¤×¨ä«ü¦|¤Î÷¯Áµ¥ 3) Áô³ë. 3a) °÷¸ê®æªº¤H, ³Q¿ï¤Wªº¤u¨ã 3b) ¦b­t­±ªº·N¸q¤W, «ü§Uªø¨¸´c¦æ¬°ªº¤H

4632 skeuos {skyoo'-os} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 7:358,1038; n n AV - vessel 19, goods 2, stuff 1, sail 1; 23 1) a vessel 2) an implement 2a) in the plural 2a1) household utensils, domestic gear 2a2) the tackle and armament of vessels, used specifically of sails and ropes 3) metaph. 3a) a man of quality, a chosen instrument 3b) in a bad sense, an assistant in accomplishing an evil deed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4633 skene {skay-nay'} ÅãµM©M 4632 ¤Î 4639 ¬Ûªñ; TDNT - 7:368,1040; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tabernacle 19, habitation 1; 20 1) ±bÁO, ·|¹õ (¥Îªí¾ðªK, Ã~¥Ö, ©Î¨ä¥¦§÷®Æ©Ò«Ø) 2) «üµÛ¦Wªº¯«ªº·|¹õ, ¨ä«á­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¸t·µ´N¬O¨Ì¾Ú¥¦ªº«¬¦¡¦Ó«Øªº

4633 skene {skay-nay'} apparently akin to 4632 and 4639; TDNT - 7:368,1040; n f AV - tabernacle 19, habitation 1; 20 1) tent, tabernacle, (made of green boughs, or skins or other materials) 2) of that well known movable temple of God after the pattern of which the temple at Jerusalem was built
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4634 skenopegia {skay-nop-ayg-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4636 »P 4078; TDNT - 7:390,1040; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tabernacles 1; 1 1)¦í´×¸` (#¬ù 7:2|) µS¤Ó¤H¸`´Á,¦Û´£´µ¯d¤ë(¦è¾ä¤Q¤ë)¤Q¤­¸¹°_¾ú®É¤C¤Ñ,¤@¤è­±¬ö©À¯ª¥ý¦bÃm³¥ ¦í±b´×ªºÄƬy·³¤ë,¤@¤è­±Åw¼y¹A§@ª«ªº¦¬¦¨.¸`¼y¶¡,µS¤Ó¤H·|¥Î¾ð¸­Ác­Zªº ªK¤l¦b«Î³»©Î°|¤l·f´×¤l,¨Ã¥H¤ôªGªá¥c¸Ë¹¢,¦b¸Ì­±¦Y³Ü¼y¯¬.

4634 skenopegia {skay-nop-ayg-ee'-ah} from 4636 and 4078; TDNT - 7:390,1040; n f AV - tabernacles 1; 1 1) the construction of a tabernacle or tabernacles 2) the feast of tabernacles; this festival was observed by the Jews yearly for seven days, beginning with the 15th of the month Tisri (approx. our Oct.) partly to perpetuate the memory of the time when their ancestors after leaving Egypt dwelt in tents on their way through the Arabian desert, and partly as a season of festivity and joy on the completion of the harvest and the vintage (the festival of ingatherings) In celebrating the festival the Jews were accustomed to construct booths of the leafy branches of trees, -- either on the roofs or in the courts of their dwellings, or in the streets and squares, and to adorn them with flowers and fruits of all kinds -- under which, throughout the period of the festival, they feasted and gave themselves up to rejoicing.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4635 skenopoios {skay-nop-oy-os'} ·½¦Û 4633 and 4160; TDNT - 7:393,1040; §Î®eµü AV - tentmaker 1; 1 1) §@±b´×ªº¤H 2) ¤@­Ó»s§@¤p«¬¬¡°Ê±b´×ªº¤H, ±b´×¬O¥Î¥Ö­²©Î¦Ï¤ò¥¬©Î¨È³Â»sªº¥¬®Æ°µªº, ¬°®È¦æ®a©Ò¥Î (#®{ 18:3|)

4635 skenopoios {skay-nop-oy-os'} from 4633 and 4160; TDNT - 7:393,1040; adj AV - tentmaker 1; 1 1) a tentmaker 2) one that makes small portable tents, of leather or cloth of goat's hair or linen, for the use of travellers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4636 skenos {skay'-nos} ·½¦Û 4633; TDNT - 7:381,1040; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - tabernacle 2; 2 1) ±b´×, ±b¹õ 2) Áô³ë. ¤Hªº¨­Åé¦p¦P±b¹õ¬OÆF»îªº©~©Ò, ¦º«áÆF»î³Q¨ú¨« (#ªL«á 5:1, 5:4|)

4636 skenos {skay'-nos} from 4633; TDNT - 7:381,1040; n n AV - tabernacle 2; 2 1) a tabernacle, a tent 2) metaph. of the human body, in which the soul dwells as in a tent, and which is taken down at death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4637 skenoo {skay-no'-o} ·½¦Û 4636; TDNT - 7:385,1040; °Êµü AV - dwell 5; 5 1) ±N±b¹õ©T©w°v¨c, ¾Ö¦³¦Û¤vªº©~©Ò, ¥Í¬¡¦b±b´×¤º, Á{®É©~©Ò 2) ©~¦í

4637 skenoo {skay-no'-o} from 4636; TDNT - 7:385,1040; v AV - dwell 5; 5 1) to fix one's tabernacle, have one's tabernacle, abide (or live) in a tabernacle (or tent), tabernacle 2) to dwell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4638 skenoma {skay'-no-mah} ·½©ó 4637; TDNT - 7:383,1040; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - tabernacle 3; 3 1) ±b´×, ±b¹õ 1a) «ü¯«ªº·µ 1b) «üÂ\©ñ¬ùÂdªº¸t¹õ(?) 1c) Áô³ë. «ü¤Hªº¦×Åé¬O¨äÆF»î©Ò©~¦íªº¦a¤è

4638 skenoma {skay'-no-mah} from 4637; TDNT - 7:383,1040; n n AV - tabernacle 3; 3 1) a tent, a tabernacle 1a) of the temple as God's habitation 1b) of the tabernacle of the covenant 1c) metaph. of the human body as the dwelling of the soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4639 skia {skee'-ah} ÅãµM¬O­ì§Î¦r; TDNT - 7:394,1044; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- shadow 7; 7 1) ¼v¤l 1a) ¦]¾BÂ_¥ú½u¦Ó³y¦¨ªº³±¼v 1b) ¤@­Óª«Å骺§ë¼v©Ò²£¥Íªº¼v¶H¡A¨Ã¥B´yø¥X¨º¤@­Óª«Å骺§Îª¬ 1c) ¤@­Ó²¤¹Ï¡A½ü¹ø¡A´y¼g

4639 skia {skee'-ah} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 7:394,1044; n f AV - shadow 7; 7 1) shadow 1a) shade caused by the interception of light 1b) an image cast by an object and representing the form of that object 1c) a sketch, outline, adumbration
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4640 skirtao {skeer-tah'-o} ªñ¦ü to skairo (to skip); TDNT - 7:401,1046; °Êµü AV - leap 2, leap for joy 1; 3 1) ¸õÅD, ¸õ°Ê (#¸ô 1:41,44; 6:23|)

4640 skirtao {skeer-tah'-o} akin to skairo (to skip); TDNT - 7:401,1046; v AV - leap 2, leap for joy 1; 3 1) to leap
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4641 sklerokardia {sklay-rok-ar-dee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4642 »P 2588ªº½Æ¦X; TDNT - 3:613,415; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hardness of heart 3; 3 1) ¤ßµw

4641 sklerokardia {sklay-rok-ar-dee'-ah} from a compound of 4642 and 2588; TDNT - 3:613,415; n f AV - hardness of heart 3; 3 1) hardness of heart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4642 skleros {sklay-ros'} from the base of 4628; TDNT - 5:1028,816; §Î®eµü AV - hard 5, fierce 1 - 6 1) Á}Ãø, ÄY¼F, ²Ê³¥, 1a) §Î®e¤H: (Áô³ë) ÄY¼F, ÄY®æ 1b) §Î®e¨Æª«: ¿E¯P, ²Ê³¥, ÆZ¾î

4642 skleros {sklay-ros'} from the base of 4628; TDNT - 5:1028,816; adj AV - hard 5, fierce 1 - 6 1) hard, harsh, rough, stiff 1a) of men: metaph. harsh, stern, hard 1b) of things: violent, rough, offensive, intolerable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4643 sklerotes {sklay-rot'-ace} ·½¦Û 4642; TDNT - 5:1028,816; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hardness 1; 1 1) °íµw 2) ©T°õ, ¹x©T

4643 sklerotes {sklay-rot'-ace} from 4642; TDNT - 5:1028,816; n f AV - hardness 1; 1 1) hardness 2) obstinacy, stubbornness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4644 sklerotrachelos {sklay-rot-rakh'-ay-los} ·½¦Û 4642 and 5137; TDNT - 5:1029,816; §Î®eµü AV - stiffnecked 1; 1 1) µwµÛÀV¶µªº 2) ¹x©Tªº, ¥ô©Êªº, ©T°õªº (#®{ 7:51|)

4644 sklerotrachelos {sklay-rot-rakh'-ay-los} from 4642 and 5137; TDNT - 5:1029,816; adj AV - stiffnecked 1; 1 1) stiffnecked 2) stubborn, headstrong, obstinate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4645 skleruno {sklay-roo'-no} ·½©ó 4642; TDNT - 5:1030,816; °Êµü AV - harden 6; 6 1) ¨ÏÅܵw, ¨Ï°í©T 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¹x©T, ­Ï±j 2b) ³QÅܱo­è¼Ý°í±j 2c) Åܱo¹x©T©Î­Ï±j

4645 skleruno {sklay-roo'-no} from 4642; TDNT - 5:1030,816; v AV - harden 6; 6 1) to make hard, harden 2) metaph. 2a) to render obstinate, stubborn 2b) to be hardened 2c) to become obstinate or stubborn
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4646 skolios {skol-ee-os'} ·½¦Û 4628 ªº°ò¦; TDNT - 7:403,1046; §Î®eµü AV - crooked 2, untoward 1, froward 1; 4 1) ¬nªº, Ås¦±ªº 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¿ù»~ªº, ¨¸´cªº 2b) ¤£¤½¥­ªº, ¨Ä©Ñªº, ¹x©Tªº

4646 skolios {skol-ee-os'} from the base of 4628; TDNT - 7:403,1046; adj AV - crooked 2, untoward 1, froward 1; 4 1) crooked, curved 2) metaph. 2a) perverse, wicked 2b) unfair, surly, froward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4647 skolops {skol'-ops} ¤]³\·½¦Û 4628 ©M 3700ªº°ò¦; TDNT - 7:409,1047;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thorn 1; 1 1) ¤@¤p¶ô¤ìÀY¸H¤ù, ¬]Äæ, ¼Î 2) ¦y¾Uªº¼Î, ¨ë #ªL«á 12:7|

4647 skolops {skol'-ops} perhaps from the base of 4628 and 3700; TDNT - 7:409,1047; n m AV - thorn 1; 1 1) a pointed piece of wood, a pale, a stake 2) a sharp stake, splinter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4648 skopeo {skop-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4649; TDNT - 7:414,1047; °Êµü AV - mark 2, take heed 1, look on 1, look at 1, consider 1; 6 1) (¥J²Ó)Æ[¬Ý,¤p¤ß,ª`·N ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5822

4648 skopeo {skop-eh'-o} from 4649; TDNT - 7:414,1047; v AV - mark 2, take heed 1, look on 1, look at 1, consider 1; 6 1) to look at, observe, contemplate 2) to mark 3) to fix one's eyes upon, direct one's attention to, any one 4) to look to, take heed to thyself For Synonyms see entry 5822
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4649 skopos {skop-os'} ("scope") ·½¦Û skeptomai (²Ó¬Ý¡@["ÃhºÃªÌ"], ©Î³\³z¹L"ÁôÂᨤ§·Nªñ¦ü 4626 , cf 4629); TDNT - 7:413,1047;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - mark 1; 1 1) Æ[¹îªÌ, ¦u±æªÌ 2) ¾®µø»·¶Zªº°O¸¹, µø³¥¤ºªº¥Ø¼Ð©Î²×ÂI

4649 skopos {skop-os'} ("scope") from skeptomai (to peer about ["skeptic"], perhaps akin to 4626 through the idea of concealment, cf 4629); TDNT - 7:413,1047; n m AV - mark 1; 1 1) an observer, a watchman 2) the distant mark looked at, the goal or end one has in view
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4650 skorpizo {skor-pid'-zo} À³»P4651¦P·½ (¨ú¨ä"º¯³z"¤§·N); TDNT - 7:418,1048; °Êµü AV - scatter 3, scatter abroad 1, disperse abroad 1; 5 1) ¤À´²,ÅX´² 2) ¦V¥~¤À´²,¤Àµo (#ªL«á 9:9|)

4650 skorpizo {skor-pid'-zo} apparently from the same as 4651 (through the idea of penetrating); TDNT - 7:418,1048; v AV - scatter 3, scatter abroad 1, disperse abroad 1; 5 1) to scatter 1a) of those who, routed or terror stricken or driven by some other impulses, fly in every direction 1b) to scatter abroad (what others may collect for themselves), or one dispensing blessings literally
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4651 skorpios {skor-pee'-os} ¥i¯à·½¦Û¤@ºØ¹L®Éªº skerpo (©Î³\±q 4649 °ò¥»«¬¥[±j¦Ó¨Ó,¦Ó¥B·N¬°¨ë);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - scorpion 5; 5 1) 粤l, ¤@ºØ¤p°Êª«ªº¦W¦r, ¦³ÂI¹³Às½¼, ÁôÂæb·Å·x°Ï°ì, ¯S§O¦b¥ÛÀð¸Ì; ¦b¥¦ªº§ÀºÝ¦³¬r¨ë

4651 skorpios {skor-pee'-os} probably from an obsolete skerpo (perhaps strengthened from the base of 4649 and meaning to pierce);; n m AV - scorpion 5; 5 1) a scorpion, the name of a little animal, somewhat resembling a lobster, which in warm regions lurk, esp. in stone walls; it has a poisonous sting in its tail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4652 skoteinos {skot-i-nos'} ·½¦Û 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; §Î®eµü AV - full of darkness 2, dark 1; 3 1) ¥Rº¡¤F¶Â, ¶Â·tÅ¢¸n, (#¤Ó 6:23; ¸ô 11:34, 36|)

4652 skoteinos {skot-i-nos'} from 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; adj AV - full of darkness 2, dark 1; 3 1) full of darkness, covered with darkness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4653 skotia {skot-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - darkness 14, dark 2; 16 1) ¶Â·t 2) ¦]¹ï¥ú©úªº´÷±æ¦ÓÅã¥X©Ò¦b¤§³Bªº¶Â·t 3) Áô³ë. ¥Î¥H«ü¹ï¯«©Ò±Ò¥Üªº¨Æªººzµø¤Î»P¦³Ãöªº¨¸´c±¡¨Æ, ²×±N¾É­P¦b¦aÀ®¤¤¨ü­W

4653 skotia {skot-ee'-ah} from 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; n f AV - darkness 14, dark 2; 16 1) darkness 2) the darkness due to want of light 3) metaph. used of ignorance of divine things, and its associated wickedness, and the resultant misery in hell
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4654 skotizo {skot-id-zo} ·½¦Û 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; °Êµü AV - darken 8; 8 1) ¬°¶Â·t©ÒÃl¸n, Åܶ·t 2) ³Q¶Â·tÃl¸n, Åܶ 2a) ¤ÑÅ馳¦p¥ú©ú³Q­é¹Ü 2b) Áô³ë. 2b1) Äݲ´·ú (ÅܽM) 2b2) Äݲz¸Ñ (¨ÏÃøÀ´) 2b3) Äݤ߱¡ (¨Ï¼~Æ{)

4654 skotizo {skot-id-zo} from 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; v AV - darken 8; 8 1) to cover with darkness, to darken 2) to be covered with darkness, be darkened 2a) of heavenly bodies as deprived of light 2b) metaph. 2b1) of the eyes 2b2) of the understanding 2b3) of the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4655 skotos {skot'-os} ·½©ó 4639 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 7:423,1049; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - darkness 32; 32 1) ¶Â·t 1a) «ü©]±ßªº¶Â·t 1b) «ü¦]µø¤O®z©Î²´½M¦Ó³y¦¨©Ò¨£ªº¶Â·t 2) Áô³ë. 2a) «ü¹ï¯«ªº±Ò¥Ü©M¤Hªº³d¥ôªººzµø, ¤Î¦b¨¸´c»P¤£¹D¼w¤§¨Æ¤¤, ¤Î©Ò¦ñÀH¦Ó¨Óªº¦b¦aÀ®¤¤ªº­Wµh 2b) «ü¤º¤ßªº¶Â·tÅܬ°¥i¨£¥B´§¤§¤£¥hªº¤H

4655 skotos {skot'-os} from the base of 4639; TDNT - 7:423,1049; n n AV - darkness 32; 32 1) darkness 1a) of night darkness 1b) of darkened eyesight or blindness 2) metaph. 2a) of ignorance respecting divine things and human duties, and the accompanying ungodliness and immorality, together with their consequent misery in hell 2b) persons in whom darkness becomes visible and holds sway
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4656 skotoo {skot-o'-o} ·½¦Û 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; °Êµü AV - full of darkness 1; 1 1) ¨ÏÅÜ·t, ¶Â·tÂл\, 2) Áô³ë. ¤ß¯«»X½ª, ª{·À¤H©Ê (#±Ò 16:10|)

4656 skotoo {skot-o'-o} from 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; v AV - full of darkness 1; 1 1) to darken, cover with darkness 2) metaph. to darken or blind the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4657 skubalon {skoo'-bal-on} (1519 »P 2965 ªº±À´ú©µ¥Ó¦r ) ©M 906 ªº¤¤©Ê ; TDNT - 7:445,1052; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - dung 1; 1 1) ¥ô¦ó±óª«, ¦p°Êª«ªº±Æªnª«, ¼oª«, ©U§£, ´í·º 1a) ÄݵL»ù­Èªº»P¥i¹½´cªº

4657 skubalon {skoo'-bal-on} neuter of a presumed derivative of 1519 and 2965 and 906; TDNT - 7:445,1052; n n AV - dung 1; 1 1) any refuse, as the excrement of animals, offscourings, rubbish, dregs 1a) of things worthless and detestable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4658 Skuthes {skoo'-thace} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó¦r; TDNT - 7:447,1053;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Scythian 1; 1 ¦è¥j´£¤H = "²Ê¾|ªº©Î¤£¶®ªº" 1) ¤@¦ì¦è¥j´£¤H, ¦è¥j´£ªº©~¥Á©Î¬O²{¤µªº«Xù´µ 1a) ¦b¾ú¥v±y¤[§ó¤å©úªº°ê®a(¬Ý¨Ó), ¦è¥j´£¤H³Qµø¬°¤ñ¸û¬O³Ì³Ì³¥ÆZªº¤H

4658 Skuthes {skoo'-thace} probably of foreign origin; TDNT - 7:447,1053; n pr m AV - Scythian 1; 1 Scythian = "rude or rough" 1) a Scythian, an inhabitant of Scythia or modern day Russia 1a) by the more civilised nations of antiquity the Scythians were regarded as the wildest of barbarians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4659 skuthropos {skoo-thro-pos'} ·½¦Û skuthros (sullen) and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 7:450,1053; §Î®eµü AV - of a sad countenance 1, sad 1; 2 1) «ü¤@­Ó¼~¶Ë©Mªq³àªºªº®e»ª

4659 skuthropos {skoo-thro-pos'} from skuthros (sullen) and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 7:450,1053; adj AV - of a sad countenance 1, sad 1; 2 1) of a sad and gloomy countenance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4660 skullo {skool'-lo} apparently a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - trouble 2, trouble (one's) self 1; 3 1) ¥h¥Ö´ß, ­é...ªº¥Ö 2) §è¯}, ¶Ã¬å 2a) ¨Ï§x´b, ¨Ï­W¸£, ¥O¤H¤£§Ö 2b) ¦Û§ä³Â·Ð, ·S¨Ó·Ð´o (#ù 5:35; ¸ô 7:6, 8:49|)

4660 skullo {skool'-lo} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - trouble 2, trouble (one's) self 1; 3 1) to skin, flay 2) to rend, mangle 2a) to vex, trouble, annoy 2b) to give one's self trouble, trouble one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4661 skulon {skoo'-lon} ·½¦Û 4660;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - spoils 1; 1 1) ±q²rÃ~­é°£¤U¨Óªº¥Ö¤ò, Ã~¥Ö 2) ±q¼Ä¤H¦u¤¤·m±°¹L¨Óªº§L¾¹»P¶Q­«ª««~, ¾Ô§Q«~ (#¸ô11:22|)

4661 skulon {skoo'-lon} from 4660;; n n AV - spoils 1; 1 1) a (beast's) skin stripped off, a pelt 2) the weapons and valuables stripped off from an enemy, spoils
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4662 skolekobrotos {sko-lay-kob'-ro-tos} ·½¦Û 4663 ©M 977 ªº­l¥Í; TDNT - 7:456,1054; §Î®eµü AV - eaten of worms 1; 1 1) ÂΪº«r (#®{ 12:23|)

4662 skolekobrotos {sko-lay-kob'-ro-tos} from 4663 and a derivative of 977; TDNT - 7:456,1054; adj AV - eaten of worms 1; 1 1) eaten of worms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4663 skolex {sko'-lakes} ¤£½T©w¨ä­l¥Í; TDNT - 7:452,1054;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - worm 3; 3 1)ÂÎ, spec. ¥H¦º«Í¬°­¹ªº¨ººØÂÎ

4663 skolex {sko'-lakes} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 7:452,1054; n m AV - worm 3; 3 1) a worm, spec. that kind which preys upon dead bodies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4664 smaragdinos {smar-ag'-dee-nos} ·½¦Û4665; §Î®eµü AV - emerald 1; 1 1) ºñÄ_¥Ûªº, ¥ÎºñÄ_¥Û°µªº (#±Ò 4:3|)

4664 smaragdinos {smar-ag'-dee-nos} from 4665;; adj AV - emerald 1; 1 1) of emerald, made of emerald
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4665 smaragdos {smar'-ag-dos} ¤£½T©wªº­l¥Í¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - emerald 1; 1 1) ³z©úªºÄ_¥Û¡A¨ä²HºñªºÃC¦â¯S§O¤Þ¤Hª`·N, ºñÄ_¥Û #±Ò 21:19|

4665 smaragdos {smar'-ag-dos} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - emerald 1; 1 1) a transparent precious stone noted especially for its light green colour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4666 smurna {smoor'-nah} TDNT - 7:457,1055; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - myrrh 2; 2 1) ¨SÃÄ (#¤Ó 2:11; ¬ù 19:38|)

4666 smurna {smoor'-nah} apparently strengthened for 3464; TDNT - 7:457,1055; n f AV - myrrh 2; 2 1) myrrh, a bitter gum and costly perfume which exudes from a certain tree or shrub in Arabia and Ethiopia, or is obtained by incisions made in the bark: as an antiseptic it was used for embalming
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4667 Smurna {smoor'-nah} »P...¦P 4666;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Smyrna 1; 1 ¤h¨C®³ = "¨SÃÄ " 1) ¤p¨È²Ó¨È·R¶ø¥§¨Èªº³£¥«, ·Rµ^®ü®Ç , ¥H¥±©Ò¥_¤è40 ­ù (65 km)

4667 Smurna {smoor'-nah} the same as 4666;; n pr loc AV - Smyrna 1; 1 Smyrna = "myrrh" 1) an Ionian city of Asia Minor, on the Aegean Sea, 40 miles (65 km) north of Ephesus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4668 Smurnaios {smoor-nah'-yos} ·½¦Û4667; §Î®eµü AV - Smyrna 1; 1 1) Ãö¥G¤h¨C®³ªº, ¤h¨C®³ªº©~¥Á (#±Ò 2:8|)

4668 Smurnaios {smoor-nah'-yos} from 4667;; adj AV - Smyrna 1; 1 1) of or belonging to Smyrna, an inhabitant of Smyrna
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4669 smurnizo {smoor-nid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4667; TDNT - 7:458,1055; °Êµü AV - mingle with myrrh 1; 1 1) ¦p¦P¨SÃÄ 2) ²V¦X¨Ïµo¥X¨SÃĪº®ð¨ý 2a) ½Õ©ó¨SÃĪº°s, ¥ç§Yµo¥X¨SÃĨýªº°s. ¥j¥N¤H¦b°s¤¤ª`¤J¨SÃĨϴ²µo¥X¨SÃÄÄÉ­»»P¨ý¹D (#¥i 15:23|)

4669 smurnizo {smoor-nid'-zo} from 4667; TDNT - 7:458,1055; v AV - mingle with myrrh 1; 1 1) to be like myrrh 2) to mix and so flavour with myrrh 2a) wine with myrrh: i.e. wine flavoured with myrrh. The ancients used to infuse myrrh into wine to give it a more agreeable fragrance and flavour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4670 Sodoma {sod'-om-ah} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 05467 ªº½Æ¼Æ§Î ;; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W AV - Sodom 9, Sodoma 1; 10 ©Ò¦hº¿ = "¿U¿Nªº" 1) ¤@­Ó³Q¯«¥Î¦p«B¯ëªº¤õ©M²¸¶À©Ò·´·Àªº«°¥« 2) (Áô³ë) ­C¸ô¼»§N(#±Ò 11:8|)

4670 Sodoma {sod'-om-ah} plural of Hebrew origin 05467;; n pr loc AV - Sodom 9, Sodoma 1; 10 Sodom = "burning" 1) a city destroyed by the Lord raining fire and brimstone on it 2) metaph. Jerusalem Rev. 11:8
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4671 soi {soy} 4771ªº¶¡±µ¨ü®æ; ¥N¦Wµü AV - thee 200, thou 14, thy 4, thine own 1, not tr 2; 221 1) µ¹§A

4671 soi {soy} dative case of 4771;; pron AV - thee 200, thou 14, thy 4, thine own 1, not tr 2; 221 1) to you
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4672 Solomon {sol-om-one'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 08010; TDNT - 7:459,1055;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Solomon 12; 12 ©Òùªù = "©M¥­ªº" 1) ¤j½Ãªº¨à¤l¡A¬O³Ì¦³´¼¼z¡B³Ì´I¦³ªº§g¤ý

4672 Solomon {sol-om-one'} of Hebrew origin 08010; TDNT - 7:459,1055; n pr m AV - Solomon 12; 12 Solomon = "peaceful" 1) the son of David and was the wisest and richest king that ever lived
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4673 soros {sor-os'} ©Î³\ªñ¦ü 4987 ªº°ò¥»«¬;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - bier 1; 1 1) °©¦Ç¬û©Î¬O«O¦s«Í°©ªº®e¾¹ 2) µS¤Ó¤H©ïµÛ¦ºªÌ¥h¦w¸®¥Îªº¸®Â§ªø´È©Î´Ã§÷

4673 soros {sor-os'} probably akin to the base of 4987;; n f AV - bier 1; 1 1) an urn or receptacle for keeping the bones of the dead 2) the funeral couch or bier on which the Jews carried their dead forth to burial
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4674 sos {sos} ·½©ó 4771;; ¥N¦Wµü ©Ò¦³®æ AV - thy 13, thine 9, thine own 3, thy goods 1, thy friends 1; 27 1) §Aªº, §A¦Û¤vªº

4674 sos {sos} from 4771;; pron AV - thy 13, thine 9, thine own 3, thy goods 1, thy friends 1; 27 1) thy, thine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4675 sou {soo} 4771 "§A"ªº³æ¼Æ©Ò¦³®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - thy 358, thee 76, thine 50, thine own 7, thou 6, not tr 1; 498 1) §Aªº

4675 sou {soo} genitive case of 4771;; pron AV - thy 358, thee 76, thine 50, thine own 7, thou 6, not tr 1; 498 1) thy, thee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4676 soudarion {soo-dar'-ee-on} ÄݩԤB­ì¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - napkin 3, handkerchief 1; 4 1) ¤â©¬ 2) À¿¥hÁy¤W¦½¤ô©M²M¼ä»óÀYªº¥¬, ¤]¥Î¨Ó»\¦b«ÍÅéÃBÀY¤Wªº

4676 soudarion {soo-dar'-ee-on} of Latin origin;; n n AV - napkin 3, handkerchief 1; 4 1) a handkerchief 2) a cloth for wiping perspiration from the face and for cleaning the nose and also used in swathing the head of a corpse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4677 Sousanna {soo-san'-nah} of Hebrew origin 07799 ³±©Ê;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Susanna 1; 1 Ĭ¼»®³= "¦Ê¦Xªá" 1) ¨ÑÀ³ªA¨Æ°ò·þªº¤k¤H¤§¤@ (#¸ô 8:3|)

4677 Sousanna {soo-san'-nah} of Hebrew origin 07799 feminine;; n pr f AV - Susanna 1; 1 Susanna = "a lily" 1) one of the women who ministered to Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4678 sophia {sof-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4680; TDNT - 7:465,1056; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wisdom 51; 51 1)´¼¼z 1a)¦ÛµM´¼¼z 1b)¶WµMªº´¼¼z 1b1)»P¯«¿Ëªñªº¤H±q¯«»â¨üªº´¼¼z 1b2)¯«ªº´¼¼z 2)ÀÀ¤H¤Æªº´¼¼z For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5826

4678 sophia {sof-ee'-ah} from 4680; TDNT - 7:465,1056; n f AV - wisdom 51; 51 1) wisdom, broad and full of intelligence; used of the knowledge of very diverse matters 1a) the wisdom which belongs to men 1a1) spec. the varied knowledge of things human and divine, acquired by acuteness and experience, and summed up in maxims and proverbs 1a2) the science and learning 1a3) the act of interpreting dreams and always giving the sagest advice 1a4) the intelligence evinced in discovering the meaning of some mysterious number or vision 1a5) skill in the management of affairs 1a6) devout and proper prudence in intercourse with men not disciples of Christ, skill and discretion in imparting Christian truth 1a7) the knowledge and practice of the requisites for godly and upright living 1b) supreme intelligence, such as belongs to God 1b1) to Christ 1b2) the wisdom of God as evinced in forming and executing counsels in the formation and government of the world and the scriptures For Synonyms see entry 5826
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4679 sophizo {sof-id'-zo} from 4680; TDNT - 7:527,1056; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- make wise 1, cunningly devised 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¦³´¼¼z, ±Ð¾É 2) ÅܱoÁo©ú, ¨Ï»â®©¨ì 2a) µo©ú, §êºt¸ÞÅG®a(ªº¨¤¦â) 2b) Áo©ú¦a©Î¥©§®¦a·Q¥X

4679 sophizo {sof-id'-zo} from 4680; TDNT - 7:527,1056; v AV - make wise 1, cunningly devised 1; 2 1) to make wise, teach 2) to become wise, to have understanding 2a) to invent, play the sophist 2b) to devise cleverly or cunningly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4680 sophos {sof-os'} »Psaphes (²M´·)¤@¦r¬ÛÃö; TDNT - 7:465,1056; §Î®eµü AV - wise 22; 22 1) ¦³´¼¼z 1a) §Þ¥©¦nªº¤H, ±M®a 1b) ¦³´¼¼z(³Õ¾Ç¦h»D,¦³±Ð¾i) 1b1) «ü§ÆÃ¾­õ¾Ç®a 1b2) «üµS¤Ó¯«¾Ç®a 1b3) «ü°ò·þ±Ð±Ð®v 1c) ¹ê½èªº´¼¼z(¦æ°Ê¤W) 1d) «äºûªº´¼¼z(ºë©óÄw¹º) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5872

4680 sophos {sof-os'} akin to saphes (clear); TDNT - 7:465,1056; adj AV - wise 22; 22 1) wise 1a) skilled, expert: of artificers 1b) wise, skilled in letters, cultivated, learned 1b1) of the Greek philosophers and orators 1b2) of Jewish theologians 1b3) of Christian teachers 1c) forming the best plans and using the best means for their execution For Synonyms see entry 5872
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4681 Spania {span-ee'-ah} ¤]³\¬O·½¦Û¥~¨Ó»y;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Spain 2; 2 ¤h¯Z¶®¡]¦è¯Z¤ú¡^= "¯Ê¥F¡]µ}¤Ö¡^" 1) ªk°ê¥H«nªº¾ã­Ó¥b®q #ù 15:23;15:28|

4681 Spania {span-ee'-ah} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Spain 2; 2 Spain = "scarceness" 1) the whole peninsula south of the Pyrenees
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4682 sparasso {spar-as'-so} ÂX®i«¬ from spairo (to grasp, apparently strengthened from 4685 through the idea of spasmodic contraction);; °Êµü AV - tear 3, rend 1; 4 1) ¾_°Ê©âÝz, ¼¹µõ

4682 sparasso {spar-as'-so} prolongation from spairo (to grasp, apparently strengthened from 4685 through the idea of spasmodic contraction);; v AV - tear 3, rend 1; 4 1) to convulse, tear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4683 sparganoo {spar-gan-o'-o} ·½¦Û sparganon (ªø±ø, ·½¦Û 4682 °ò¦ªº­l¥Í ·N¬° ¥Î¥Ö±a®¹²Ï ©Î¥Î¥¬±ø¥]);; °Êµü AV - wrap in swaddling clothes 2; 2 1) Áf½È¦çªA¥]»q (#¸ô 2:7,12|) 1a) ­è¥ÍªºÀ¦¨à

4683 sparganoo {spar-gan-o'-o} from sparganon (a strip, from a derivative of the base of 4682 meaning to strap or wrap with strips);; v AV - wrap in swaddling clothes 2; 2 1) to wrap in swaddling clothes 1a) of an infant just born
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4684 spatalao {spat-al-ah'-o} ·½¦Û spatale (luxury);; °Êµü AV - live in pleasure 1, be wanton 1; 2 1) »¨µØ°ø¨×ªº¥Í¬¡, ¹LµÛ³g¹Ï°s¦âªº¥Í¬¡, (¬°¦Û¤vªºÅw¼ÖµÛ·Q)

4684 spatalao {spat-al-ah'-o} from spatale (luxury);; v AV - live in pleasure 1, be wanton 1; 2 1) to live luxuriously, lead a voluptuous life, (give one's self to pleasure)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4685 spao {spah'-o} °ò¥»°Êµü;; °Êµü AV - draw 1, draw out 1; 2 1) ©Ô 2) ©Þ¥X(¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤M¼C)

4685 spao {spah'-o} a primary verb;; v AV - draw 1, draw out 1; 2 1) to draw 2) to draw (one's sword)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4686 speira {spi'-rah} ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - band 7; 7 1) §L¹Î

4686 speira {spi'-rah} of immed. Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of 138 in the sense of its cognate 1507;; n f AV - band 7; 7 1) anything rolled into a circle or ball, anything wound, rolled up, folded together 2) a military cohort 2a) the tenth part of legion 2a1) about 600 men i.e. legionaries 2a2) if auxiliaries either 500 or 1000 2a3) a maniple, or the thirtieth part of a legion 2b) any band, company, or detachment, of soldiers
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4687 speiro {spi'-ro} ¥i¯à¥Ñ 4685 ¥[±j¦Ó¨Ó(³z¹L©µ¦ùªº·N©À); TDNT - 7:536,1065; °Êµü AV - sow 43, sower 6, receive seed 4, vr sow 1; 54 1) ¼½ºØ, ´²§G 2) Áô³ë. ¿Î»y¦¡ªº¥Îªk

4687 speiro {spi'-ro} probably strengthened from 4685 (through the idea of extending); TDNT - 7:536,1065; v AV - sow 43, sower 6, receive seed 4, vr sow 1; 54 1) to sow, scatter, seed 2) metaph. of proverbial sayings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4688 spekoulator {spek-oo-lat'-ore} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - executioner 1; 1 1) °»¹îªÌ, ¥¸­Ô 2) ¦b¬Ó«Ò¤§¤Uªº¨ÍªÌ©Î¬O¶K¨­¨Í½Ã¦¨­û, ¨ü¶±§@«H®t, ¦u©]ªÌ, ©M¦æ¦DªÌ 3) ³o¦WºÙ¦b§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬§ïÅܧ@¬°¼D¤l¤â

4688 spekoulator {spek-oo-lat'-ore} of Latin origin;; n m AV - executioner 1; 1 1) a spy, scout 2) under the emperors an attendant and member of the body guard, employed as messengers, watchers, and executioners 3) the name is transferred to an attendant of Herod Antipas that acted as executioner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4689 spendo {spen'-do} a©úÅã¦a¬O¤@­Óªì¯Å°Êµü; TDNT - 7:528,*; °Êµü AV - be ready to be offered 1, be offered 1; 2 1) ¶É¬y¥X¦³¦p²½°s, ³þ°s 2) ¦b·s¬ù, Äm¤W¬°²½°s 3) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ¦]¯«¤§¬G, ¦b¼@¯P¦º¤`¤¤¬y¥X¦å

4689 spendo {spen'-do} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:528,*; v AV - be ready to be offered 1, be offered 1; 2 1) to pour out as a drink offering, make a libation 2) in the NT to be offered as a libation 3) fig. used of one whose blood is poured out in a violent death for the cause of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4690 sperma {sper'-mah} ·½¦Û 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - seed 43, issue 1; 44 1) ´Óª«µoªÞ¥Íªøªº·½ÀY 1a) ºØ¤l, ¥ç§Y½\²É©ÎªG¤¯, ¤º¦³±N¨Ó´Óª«ªº­FªÞ 1a1) Åx¤U¥hªº½\²É©ÎªG¤¯ 1b) Áô³ë, ¾lºØ, ¥ç§Y³Ñ¾lªº¤H, ©Î­Æ¦sªº¤H, ¯d §@¤U¤@¥NªººØ¤l (´N¹³¦¬³Î®É·|«O¯dºØ¤l§@¬° ¼½ºØ¤§¥Î) 2) ¨k¤Hªººë²G 2a) ºë²Gªº²£«~, ¤l®], ¨à¤k, ¤l¤k, «á¸Ç 2b) ®a±Ú, ºØ±Ú, «á¥N 2c) ¨ã¦³¥Í©R¤OªºªF¦è 2c1) ÄÝ©ó¸tÆF©Ò½çªº¤W«Òªº¬¡¤O, ¦b§Ú­Ì¤ß ÆF¤¤¹B¦æ, §Ú­Ì¦]¦¹¤ß·N§ó·s

4690 sperma {sper'-mah} from 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; n n AV - seed 43, issue 1; 44 1) from which a plant germinates 1a) the seed i.e. the grain or kernel which contains within itself the germ of the future plants 1a1) of the grains or kernels sown 1b) metaph. a seed i.e. a residue, or a few survivors reserved as the germ of the next generation (just as seed is kept from the harvest for the sowing) 2) the semen virile 2a) the product of this semen, seed, children, offspring, progeny 2b) family, tribe, posterity 2c) whatever possesses vital force or life giving power 2c1) of divine energy of the Holy Spirit operating within the soul by which we are regenerated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4691 spermologos {sper-mol-og'-os} ·½¦Û 4690 »P 3004; §Î®eµü AV - babbler 1; 1 1) ¦r·N:¬B¨úºØ¤l(³¾) 2) ¦b°Ó©±»P¥«¶°¬B¨ú³Ñ¾lºû¥Íªº¤H,·N«ü¦h¼L,ÄZ¦Þªº¤H (#®{ 17:18|)

4691 spermologos {sper-mol-og'-os} from 4690 and 3004;; adj AV - babbler 1; 1 1) picking up seed 1a) of birds, esp. of the crow or daw that picks up grain in fields 2) metaph. 2a) lounging about the market place and picking up a substance by whatever may chance to fall from the loads of merchandise 2b) hence, beggarly, abject, vile, (a parasite) 2c) getting a living by flattery and bufferoonery 2d) an empty talker, babbler
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4692 speudo {spyoo'-do} probably strengthened from 4228;; °Êµü AV - make haste 3, haste 1, haste unto 1, with haste 1; 6 1) ¶Ê«P, »°§Ö¦æ°Ê 2) ¤Á¤Áªº¬ß±æ

4692 speudo {spyoo'-do} probably strengthened from 4228;; v AV - make haste 3, haste 1, haste unto 1, with haste 1; 6 1) to haste, make haste 2) to desire earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4693 spelaion {spay'-lah-yon} ³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó speos (¬}«Ç);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - den 5, cave 1; 6 1) ©¥¬}, ¬}¥Þ

4693 spelaion {spay'-lah-yon} from a presumed derivative of speos (a grotto);; n n AV - den 5, cave 1; 6 1) a cave, den
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4694 spilas {spee-las'} ¦r·½¤£©ú; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - spot 1; 1 1) ®ü©³ªº¥ÛÀY, ÁG¥Û 2) (Áô³ë) ¥H¦æ¬°¹ï§O¤H³y¦¨±Ñ¼w¼vÅTªº¤H

4694 spilas {spee-las'} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - spot 1; 1 1) a rock in the sea, ledge, reef 2) metaph. of men who by their conduct damage others morally, wreck them as it were
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4695 spiloo {spee-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 4696;; °Êµü AV - spot 2; 2 1) ¬¿¦Ã,ªg¬V

4695 spiloo {spee-lo'-o} from 4696;; v AV - spot 2; 2 1) to defile, spot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4696 spilos {spee'-los} of uncertain derivation;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - defile 1, spot 1; 2 1) ¦ÃÂI 2) ¹L¥¢, ¹D¼w¤Wªº¯ÊÂI 2a) «ü¨õ»À³g°ýªº¤H

4696 spilos {spee'-los} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - defile 1, spot 1; 2 1) a spot 2) a fault, moral blemish 2a) of base and gluttonous men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4697 splagchnizomai {splangkh-nid'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4698; TDNT - 7:548,1067; °Êµü AV - have compassion 7, be moved with compassion 5; 12 1) ±o·P°Êªº, ¤º¦³©Ò°Ê, ³Q·R¤ß©ÒÅX°Ê, ¦³¦P±¡¤ßªº (¤ºÅ¦ªÍµÆ©Î¤ß¸z³Qµø¬°·R»P¼¦«ò¤§®Ú·½)

4697 splagchnizomai {splangkh-nid'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 4698; TDNT - 7:548,1067; v AV - have compassion 7, be moved with compassion 5; 12 1) to be moved as to one's bowels, hence to be moved with compassion, have compassion (for the bowels were thought to be the seat of love and pity)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4698 splagchnon {splangkh'-non} splen ("µÊŦ") ªºÂX±i¤Î¥[±j«¬; TDNT - 7:548,1067; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - bowels 9, inward affection 1, tender mercy + 1656 1; 11 1) ¸z¤l, ¸z (¤ß, ªÍ, ¨x, µ¥µ¥) 1a) ¸z¤l 1b) ¸z¤l¤@¯ë³Q»{¬°¬O¼É¯P©Êªº±¡ºü¤§·½, ¦p«ã®ð©M·R; ¦ý§Æ§B¨Ó¤H¥H¨ä¬°¸û·Å¬Xªº·P±¡¤§©Ò¦b, ¤×¨ä¬O¿Ë¤Á, ©Mħ, ¤¯·O, ³Õ·R, ¦P±¡; ¦]¦Ó¤]¥Î¨Ó«ü§Ú­Ìªº¤ß(·Å¬X·O´d, ¿Ë±¡, ·Å±¡ µ¥µ¥) 1c) ¦n¤ß¸z, ·O´d¤§¤ß

4698 splagchnon {splangkh'-non} probably strengthened from splen (the "spleen"); TDNT - 7:548,1067; n n AV - bowels 9, inward affection 1, tender mercy + 1656 1; 11 1) bowels, intestines, (the heart, lungs, liver, etc.) 1a) bowels 1b) the bowels were regarded as the seat of the more violent passions, such as anger and love; but by the Hebrews as the seat of the tenderer affections, esp. kindness, benevolence, compassion; hence our heart (tender mercies, affections, etc.) 1c) a heart in which mercy resides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4699 spoggos {spong'-gos} perhaps of foreign origin;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - spunge 3; 3 1) ®üºø

4699 spoggos {spong'-gos} perhaps of foreign origin;; n m AV - spunge 3; 3 1) sponge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4700 spodos {spod-os'} ¨Ó·½¤£©úªº­l¥Í¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ashes 3; 3 1) ¦ÇÂu: ±N¦Ç¼»¦b³Â¥¬¦ç¤W¦³¶H¼x´d«sªº·N«ä

4700 spodos {spod-os'} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - ashes 3; 3 1) ashes: placed on sackcloth as a token of grief
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4701 spora {spor-ah'} ·½¦Û 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - seed 1; 1 1) ºØ¤l #©¼«e 1:23|

4701 spora {spor-ah'} from 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; n f AV - seed 1; 1 1) seed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4702 sporimos {spor'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 4703; TDNT - 7:536,1065; §Î®eµü AV - corn field 2, corn 1; 3 1) ¾A¦X¼»ºØªº 2) ¥Ð¦a, ³Á¦a, ¦¨ªø¤¤ªº²ø½[

4702 sporimos {spor'-ee-mos} from 4703; TDNT - 7:536,1065; adj AV - corn field 2, corn 1; 3 1) fit for sowing, sown 2) sown fields, growing crops
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4703 sporos {spro'-os} ·½¦Û 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - seed 4, seed sown 1; 5 1) ¼½ºØ 2) ºØ¤l (¼½ºØ¥Îªº)

4703 sporos {spro'-os} from 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; n m AV - seed 4, seed sown 1; 5 1) a sowing 2) seed (used in sowing)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4704 spoudazo {spoo-dad'-zo} ·½©ó 4710; TDNT - 7:559,1069; °Êµü AV - endeavour 3, do diligence 2, be diligent 2, give diligence 1, be forward 1, labour 1, study 1; 11 1) «æ«P, »°¦£ 2) ºÜ¤O¦Ó¬°, ºÉ¤O, ®ï¶Ô

4704 spoudazo {spoo-dad'-zo} from 4710; TDNT - 7:559,1069; v AV - endeavour 3, do diligence 2, be diligent 2, give diligence 1, be forward 1, labour 1, study 1; 11 1) to hasten, make haste 2) to exert one's self, endeavour, give diligence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4705 spoudaios {spoo-dah'-yos} ·½¦Û 4710; TDNT - 7:559,1069; §Î®eµü AV - diligent 1; 1 1) ¥D°Ê¬¡ÅD, ¶Ô«j¦a, ¼ö¤ß¦a, »{¯u¦a 2) ·¥¼ö¤ß¦a (#ªL«á 8:22|)

4705 spoudaios {spoo-dah'-yos} from 4710; TDNT - 7:559,1069; adj AV - diligent 1; 1 1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest 2) very diligent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4706 spoudaioteron {spoo-dah-yot'-er-on} ¤¤©Ê of 4707 as °Æµü;; §Î®eµü AV - very diligently 1; 1 1) «D±`¶Ô«jªº (´£«á 1:17|)

4706 spoudaioteron {spoo-dah-yot'-er-on} neuter of 4707 as adverb;; adj AV - very diligently 1; 1 1) very diligently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4707 spoudaioteros {spoo-dah-yot'-er-os} comparative of 4705;; §Î®eµü AV - more forward 1, more diligent 1; 2 1) ¬¡ÅDªº, ¥Î¤ßªº, ¼ö¤ßªº, ¸ÛÀµªº 2) «D±`¥Î¤ßªº

4707 spoudaioteros {spoo-dah-yot'-er-os} comparative of 4705;; adj AV - more forward 1, more diligent 1; 2 1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest 2) very diligent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4708 spoudaioteros {spoo-dah-yot-er'-oce} ·½¦Û 4707;; °Æµü AV - the more carefully 1; 1 1) «æ³t¦a, «æ¦£¦a 2) ¶Ô¾Ä¦a, ¼ö¤ß¦a (#µÌ 2:28|)

4708 spoudaioteros {spoo-dah-yot-er'-oce} from 4707;; adv AV - the more carefully 1; 1 1) hastily, with haste 2) diligently, earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4709 spoudaios {spoo-dah'-yoce} ·½¦Û 4705;; °Æµü AV - instantly 1, diligently 1; 2 1) «æ¦£¦a, ¨³³tªº°Ê§@ 2) ¶Ô¾Ä¦a 3) »{¯u¦a

4709 spoudaios {spoo-dah'-yoce} from 4705;; adv AV - instantly 1, diligently 1; 2 1) hastily, with haste 2) diligently 3) earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4710 spoude {spoo-day'} ·½¦Û 4692; TDNT - 7:559,1069; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - diligence 5, haste 2, business 1, care 1, forwardness 1, earnest care 1, carefulness 1; 12 1) °Ê§@¨³³t, «æ¦£ 2) »{¯u, ¶Ô¾Ä 2a) ¥ô¦ó¨Æ³£§V¤O¥h§¹¦¨, «P¶i, ©Î¾Ä°« 2b) ºÉ¥þ¤O¦a, «Ü»{¯u¦aÃö¤ß

4710 spoude {spoo-day'} from 4692; TDNT - 7:559,1069; n f AV - diligence 5, haste 2, business 1, care 1, forwardness 1, earnest care 1, carefulness 1; 12 1) haste, with haste 2) earnestness, diligence 2a) earnestness in accomplishing, promoting, or striving after anything 2b) to give all diligence, interest one's self most earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4711 spuris {spoo-rece'} ·½¦Û 4687 (as woven);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - basket 5; 5 1) Ώ«µ¨¤l(½s´¦¨ªºµ¨¤l, ¸Ë­¹ª«ªºµ¨¤l, ­¹Äx) #¤Ó 15:37; 16:10| #¥i 8:8; 8:20| #®{ 9:25|

4711 spuris {spoo-rece'} from 4687 (as woven);; n f AV - basket 5; 5 1) a reed basket, (a plaited basket, a lunch basket, hamper)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4712 stadion {stad'-ee-on} ©Î¬O¶§©Ê (½Æ¼Æ) stadios {stad'-ee-os}, ·½¦Û 2476 ªº°ò¥»«¬ (as fixed);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - furlong 5, race 1; 6 1) ªÅ¶¡©Î¶ZÂ÷¬ù 600 §` (185 ¤½¤Ø) 2) Áɶ]¹Lµ{ 2a) Á|¦æ¶]¨BÄvÁɪº¦a¤è, ¤@¤H¶W¶V¨ä¾lªº¤H¥ý¨ì¹F²×ÂI, ´Nűo¼ú«~ ³o¼Ëªº´y­z¹Lµ{¦b¤j³¡¥÷ªº§ÆÃ¾¤j«°¥i¥H§ä±o¨ì, ¦Ó¥B»P¶øªL¤Ç¨È¬Û¦ü, ªø«×¬O 600 §` (§ÆÃ¾¤Ø¤o)

4712 stadion {stad'-ee-on} or masculine (in plural) stadios {stad'-ee-os}, from the base of 2476 (as fixed);; n n AV - furlong 5, race 1; 6 1) a space or distance of about 600 feet (185 m) 2) a race course 2a) place in which contests in running were held, the one who outstripped the rest and reached the goal first, receiving the prize. Courses of this description were found in most of the larger Greek cities, and were like that at Olympia, 600 Greek feet in length
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4713 stamnos {stam'-nos} ·½©ó 2476 (¨ú¨ä±`³Æªº·N«ä)ªº¦r·½;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pot 1; 1 1) §ÆÃ¾¤H©Ò¨Ï¥Îªº¤@ºØ³³»sªº¼s¤fÅø©ÎÂ|, ¥Î¥H¨ÓÀxÂðs¥Îªº, ¤]¥Î§@¨ä¥¦¥Î³~ 1a) «ü¥Î¥H¦s©ñ¶Ü­þ¦b¬ùÂd¤¤ªº¤pÅø¤l

4713 stamnos {stam'-nos} from the base of 2476 (as stationary);; n f AV - pot 1; 1 1) among the Greeks an earthen jar, into which wine was drawn off for keeping but also used for other purposes 1a) of the little jar in which the manna was kept, laid up in the ark of the covenant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4714 stasis {stas'-is} ·½©ó 2476 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 7:568,1070; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sedition 3, dissension 3, insurrection 1, uproar 1, standing 1; 9 1) ¦s¦b¥B¦³®Ä, ¦a¦ìªº¦w¸m, ¦s¦bªºª¬ºA 2) «q¶Ã,¼É°Ê 3) ¨R¬ð, §@¶Ã

4714 stasis {stas'-is} from the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:568,1070; n f AV - sedition 3, dissension 3, insurrection 1, uproar 1, standing 1; 9 1) a standing, station, state 2) an insurrection 3) strife, insurrection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4715 stater {stat-air'} ·½¦Û 2746ªº°ò¦;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - piece of money 1; 1 1) ¥j¥N§ÆÃ¾ªº¿ú¹ô³æ¦ì, ¿ú¹ô #¤Ó 17:27| 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¸t¸g¤¤¡A¤@­Ó³oºØ¿ú¹ôµ¥©ó¥|­Ó Attic ©Î¨â­Ó ¨È¾ú¤s¤j»È¹ô, ¥j¥NµS¤Ó¤H­«¶q¤Î»È¹ôªº³æ¦ì

4715 stater {stat-air'} from the base of 2746;; n m AV - piece of money 1; 1 1) a stater, a coin 1a) in the NT a silver stater equal to four Attic or two Alexandrian drachmas, a Jewish shekel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4716 stauros {stow-ros'} ·½©ó 2476 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 7:572,1071;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - cross 28; 28 1) ¤@ª½¥ßªº¬W¤l, ¤×¨ä «ü¥Î§@«ü¼Ð¥Îªº¬ñ¤l 2) ¤Q¦r¬[ 2a) §ÆÃ¾¤H©Mù°¨¤H¥ÑµÌ¥§°ò¤H³B©Ò¤Þ¤Jªº¤@ºØ¥H·¥ºÝ´Ý§Ô¤Î²Û°d¦ÓµÛ¦Wªº¦D¨ã; ¦¨¬°Ã¹°¨«Ò°ê©Ò¨Ï¥Î ªº¦D»@¤§¤@, ª½¨ì±d¤h©Z¤B¤j«Ò®É¤~¼o¤î, ¥Î©ó¤Q´c¤£³j¤§¸o¥Ç, ¤×¨ä¦pªÀ·|³Ì§C¶¥¼hªº¦pÁõ, ±jµs, ±Ð¶Û©Î±aÀY«q¶Ãªº¤H, ¦b°¸¦Óªº±¡§Î¤U©ó¦U¦æ¬Ù¤¤, ¦]µÛ²Îªvªø©xªº­Ó¤H¦n´c, ¥¿ª½©M¥­ ¶¶ªº¤H, ¬Æ¦Üù°¨¤½¥Á, ¤]¦³³Q¬I¥H¦¹¦Dªº. 2b) °ò·þ©Ò©Ó¨üªº¤Q¦r¬[¦D»@

4716 stauros {stow-ros'} from the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:572,1071; n m AV - cross 28; 28 1) an upright stake, esp. a pointed one 2) a cross 2a) a well known instrument of most cruel and ignominious punishment, borrowed by the Greeks and Romans from the Phoenicians; to it were affixed among the Romans, down to the time of Constantine the Great, the guiltiest criminals, particularly the basest slaves, robbers, the authors and abetters of insurrections, and occasionally in the provinces, at the arbitrary pleasure of the governors, upright and peaceable men also, and even Roman citizens themselves 2b) the crucifixion which Christ underwent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4717 stauroo {stow-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4716; TDNT - 7:581,1071; °Êµü AV - crucify 46; 46 1) °v¤Q¦r¬[ 2) °v¤Q¦r¬[(ÂǵۭC¿q³Q°v¦Ó·´·À) 2a)Äݰò·þªº±N¸oªº¼¤±æ°v¦b¤Q¬[¤W (#¥[ 5:24|) 2b)«H®{»P¥DÁp¦X,ÄÝ¥@ªº¥Í©R¤w¸g¦º¦b¤Q¬[¤W (#¥[ 6:14|)

4717 stauroo {stow-ro'-o} from 4716; TDNT - 7:581,1071; v AV - crucify 46; 46 1) to stake, drive down stakes 2) to fortify with driven stakes, to palisade 3) to crucify 3a) to crucify one 3b) metaph. to crucify the flesh, destroy its power utterly (the nature of the figure implying that the destruction is attended with intense pain)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4718 staphule {staf-oo-lay'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û4735ªº°ò¦;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - grapes 3; 3 1) ¸²µå, ¸²µå¦ê

4718 staphule {staf-oo-lay'} probably from the base of 4735;; n f AV - grapes 3; 3 1) grapes, bunch of grapes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4719 stachus {stakh'-oos} ·½¦Û2476ªº°ò¦;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ear of corn 3, ear 2; 5 1) ½\ÁJ©Î¦¨ªø¤¤ªº½\ª«

4719 stachus {stakh'-oos} from the base of 2476;; n m AV - ear of corn 3, ear 2; 5 1) an ear of corn or of growing grain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4720 Stachus {stakh'-oos} »P...¦P 4719;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Stachys 1; 1 ¤h¤j¥j= "¤@ÁJ³Á¤l" 1) §ÆÃ¾¤å¨k©Ê¦W¦r, ¤C¤Q­Óªù®{¤§¤@, «ô¥e®xªº¥D±Ð (Gill)

4720 Stachus {stakh'-oos} the same as 4719;; n pr m AV - Stachys 1; 1 Stachys = "a head of grain" 1) a man with a Greek name, he is said to be one of the seventy disciples, and bishop of Byzantium (Gill)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4721 stege {steg'-ay} ±j¤Æ¦Û­ì¥»ªºtegos («Ø¿vª«ªº«Î³»©Î¥­¥x);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - roof 3; 3 1) «Î³», ©Ð³»

4721 stege {steg'-ay} strengthened from a primary tegos (a "thatch" or "deck" of a building);; n f AV - roof 3; 3 1) a roof: of a house
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4722 stego {steg'-o} ·½©ó 4721; TDNT - 7:585,1073; °Êµü AV - can forbear 2, bear 1, suffer 1; 4 1) ¸Ë¹¢, ¥H­T¯ó±»»\, ¾B»\ 1a) ¦¬Âð_¨Ó¥H«O¦s¤§, «OÂà 2) ±»ÂæӤ£Án±i 2a) «O«ùÁô±K 2b) ±»¹¢, Áô¿f 2b1) «ü¥L¤Hªº¿ù»~©Î¹L¥Ç 3) ÁôÂÃ¥H¸ú½ª¦³«Â¯ÙªºªF¦è, ¤ä¼µ©è¾×, ¤]´N¬O¦³ §Ô­@, ©Ó¨ü, §í¨î ªº·N«ä

4722 stego {steg'-o} from 4721; TDNT - 7:585,1073; v AV - can forbear 2, bear 1, suffer 1; 4 1) deck, thatch, to cover 1a) to protect or keep by covering, to preserve 2) to cover over with silence 2a) to keep secret 2b) to hide, conceal 2b1) of the errors and faults of others 3) by covering to keep off something which threatens, to bear up against, hold out against, and so endure, bear, forbear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4723 steiros {sti'-ros} a contraction from 4731 (as stiff and unnatural);; §Î®eµü AV - barren 4; 4 1) µwªº, »øµwªº 1a) «ü¤H©M°Êª« 2) ¤£¥¥ªº 2a) ¥u¤£Ãh­Lªº°ü¤k

4723 steiros {sti'-ros} a contraction from 4731 (as stiff and unnatural);; adj AV - barren 4; 4 1) hard, stiff 1a) of men and animals 2) barren 2a) of woman who does not conceive
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4724 stello {stel'-lo} TDNT - 7:588,1074; °Êµü AV - avoid 1, withdraw (one's) self 1; 2 1) (»P¬Y¤H)»·Â÷,«O«ù¶ZÂ÷ (#©««á 3:6|) 2) °kÁ×,¸úÁ×(¬Y¨Æ) (#ªL«á 8:20|)

4724 stello {stel'-lo} probably strengthened from the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:588,1074; v AV - avoid 1, withdraw (one's) self 1; 2 1) to set, place, set in order, arrange 1a) to fit out, to prepare, equip 1b) to prepare one's self, to fit out for one's self 1c) to fit out for one's own use 1d) to prepare one's self, to fit out for one's self 1e) to fit out for one's own use 1e1) arranging, providing for this, etc. 2) to bring together, contract, shorten 2a) to diminish, check, cause to cease 2b) to cease to exist 2c) to remove one's self, withdraw one's self, to depart 2d) to abstain from familiar intercourse with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4725 stemma {stem'-mah} ·½¦Û 4735ªº°ò¦;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - garland 1; 1 1) ªá°é, ªáÀô, ªá«a #®{ 14:13|

4725 stemma {stem'-mah} from the base of 4735;; n n AV - garland 1; 1 1) a fillet, a garland, put upon victims
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4726 stenagmos {sten-ag-mos'} ·½¦Û 4727; TDNT - 7:600,1076;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - groaning 2; 2 1) ©D§uÁn, ¹Ä®ð

4726 stenagmos {sten-ag-mos'} from 4727; TDNT - 7:600,1076; n m AV - groaning 2; 2 1) a groaning, a sigh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4727 stenazo {sten-ad'-zo} ·½©ó 4728; TDNT - 7:600,1076; °Êµü AV - groan 3, sigh 1, with grief 1, grudge 1; 6 1) ¼Û®§, ©D§u ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5804

4727 stenazo {sten-ad'-zo} from 4728; TDNT - 7:600,1076; v AV - groan 3, sigh 1, with grief 1, grudge 1; 6 1) a sigh, to groan For Synonyms see entry 5804
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4728 stenos {sten-os'} ¥H2476¬°°ò¦ ; TDNT - 7:604,1077; §Î®eµü AV - strait 3; 3 1) ¯U¯¶ªº¡A§xÃøªº

4728 stenos {sten-os'} probably from the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:604,1077; adj AV - strait 3; 3 1) narrow, strait
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4729 stenochoreo {sten-okh-o-reh'-o} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 4730; TDNT - 7:604,1077; °Êµü AV - straiten 2, distress 1; 3 1) ¦b¤@­Ó¯U¯¶ªº¦a¤è 2) ¨ü­­¨î, À£­¢, §ô¿£, ­¢¨Ï½a§x 2a) ¦bºë¯«¤W·¥«×¦a¨ü¨ìÀ£­¢

4729 stenochoreo {sten-okh-o-reh'-o} from the same as 4730; TDNT - 7:604,1077; v AV - straiten 2, distress 1; 3 1) to be in a narrow place 2) to straiten, compress, cramp, reduce to straits 2a) to be sorely straitened in spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4730 stenochoria {sten-okh-o-ree'-ah} ¥Ñ4728©M5561½Æ¦X¦Ó¦¨ ; TDNT - 7:604,1077; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - distress 3, anguish 1; 4 1) ¦a¤è¯U¤p¡A¯U¯¶ªº¦a¤è 2) Áô³ë. ´dºGªº¨aÃø¡A·¥«×ªºµh­W

4730 stenochoria {sten-okh-o-ree'-ah} from a compound of 4728 and 5561; TDNT - 7:604,1077; n f AV - distress 3, anguish 1; 4 1) narrowness of place, a narrow place 2) metaph. dire calamity, extreme affliction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4731 stereos {ster-eh-os'} ·½©ó 2476; TDNT - 7:609,1077; §Î®eµü AV - strong 2, sure 1, stedfast 1; 4 1) ±j§§ªº, °í¹êªº, °í©wªº, µ²¹êªº, µw®Ôªº, °íµwªº 1a) ¦b­t­±ªº·N¸q¤W, «ü ´Ý»Åªº, ÄY¼Fªº, ¹x©Tªº, ¤ßµwªº 1b) ¦b¦nªº¤è­±¨Ó»¡, «ü °í¨Mªº, ©¾­sªº

4731 stereos {ster-eh-os'} from 2476; TDNT - 7:609,1077; adj AV - strong 2, sure 1, stedfast 1; 4 1) strong, firm, immovable, solid, hard, rigid 1a) in a bad sense, cruel, stiff, stubborn, hard 1b) in a good sense, firm, steadfast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4732 stereoo {ster-eh-o'-o} ·½¦Û 4731; TDNT - 7:609,1077; °Êµü AV - receive strength 1, make strong 1, establish 1; 3 1) ¨Ï°í©T, ¨Ï°í±j, ¥[±j, ¨Ï±j§§ 1a) ¤Hªº¨­Åé

4732 stereoo {ster-eh-o'-o} from 4731; TDNT - 7:609,1077; v AV - receive strength 1, make strong 1, establish 1; 3 1) to make solid, make firm, strengthen, make strong 1a) of the body of anyone
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4733 stereoma {ster-eh'-o-mah} ·½¦Û 4732; TDNT - 7:609,1077; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - stedfastness 1; 1 1) ¨Ï°í©w 1a) ªÆ»a, ¤ÑªÅªº«ý§Î, ¦­´Á¤ÑªÅ³Qµø¬°©TÅé 1a1) ¨¾½Ã³B 1b) ³]®Ú°ò 1b1) ¨Æª«¯¸±oí, ¤ä¼µ 1c) °í©w, í©T 1c1) Áô³ë. ­x¨Æ·N«ä: í©T«e½u

4733 stereoma {ster-eh'-o-mah} from 4732; TDNT - 7:609,1077; n n AV - stedfastness 1; 1 1) that which has been made firm 1a) the firmament, the arch of the sky, which in early times was thought to be solid 1a1) a fortified place 1b) that which furnishes a foundation 1b1) on which a thing rests firmly, support 1c) firmness, steadfastness 1c1) metaph. in a military sense: solid front
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4734 Stephanas {stef-an-as'} probably contractio³±©Ê¦Wµüor stephanotos (crowned, from 4737);; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Stephanas 4; 4 ¥q´£¤Ï = "±a«a°Ãªº" 1)­ôªL¦h¤@¦ì§ï«H°ò·þ±Ðªº¤H

4734 Stephanas {stef-an-as'} probably contraction for stephanotos (crowned, from 4737);; n pr m AV - Stephanas 4; 4 Stephanas = "crowned" 1) a Christian convert of Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4735 stephanos {stef'-an-os} ·½¦Û¥D­n°Êµüstepho (to twine or wreathe); TDNT - 7:615,1078;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - crown 18; 18 1) «a°Ã 1a) ¬Ó«Ç©Î¬O¤@¯ë´L¶Q¦a¦ìªº°O¸¹ 1a1) ¦b¹B°Ê¤ñÁÉ,§@¬°¼ú«~¹{µ¹³ÓªÌªºªáÀô 1b) Áô³ë. ¨º¨Ç¯u¥¿ªº¯«ªº¹²¤H©Ò±oªº¥Ã«íºÖ®ð, «a°Ã (ªáÀô)¬O¸q¤Hªº¼ú½à 1c) §@¬°¸Ë¹¢©Î¤HªººaÅA ¦P¸q¦r¨£5833

4735 stephanos {stef'-an-os} from an apparently primary stepho (to twine or wreathe); TDNT - 7:615,1078; n m AV - crown 18; 18 1) a crown 1a) a mark of royal or (in general) exalted rank 1a1) the wreath or garland which was given as a prize to victors in public games 1b) metaph. the eternal blessedness which will be given as a prize to the genuine servants of God and Christ: the crown (wreath) which is the reward of the righteousness 1c) that which is an ornament and honour to one For Synonyms see entry 5833
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4736 Stephanos {stef'-an-os} »P...¦P 4735;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Stephen 7; 7 ¥q´£¤Ï = "±a«a°Ãªº" 1)­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|¤C­Ó°õ¨Æ¤§¤@,²Ä¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{®î±Ð¤h

4736 Stephanos {stef'-an-os} the same as 4735;; n pr m AV - Stephen 7; 7 Stephen = "crowned" 1) one of the seven deacons in Jerusalem and the first Christian martyr
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4737 stephanoo {stef-an-o'-o} ·½©ó 4735; TDNT - 7:615,1078; °Êµü AV - crown 3; 3 1) ¥[¤W«a°Ã, ¥[°Ã: «ü¦bÄvÁɤ¤ªº±o³ÓªÌ 2) ¨Ï¥Í¦â, ´L·q

4737 stephanoo {stef-an-o'-o} from 4735; TDNT - 7:615,1078; v AV - crown 3; 3 1) to encircle with a crown, to crown: the victor in a contest 2) to adorn, to honour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4738 stethos {stay'-thos} ·½¦Û 2476 (as standing prominently);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - breast 5; 5 1) ¯Ý½£

4738 stethos {stay'-thos} from 2476 (as standing prominently);; n n AV - breast 5; 5 1) the breast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4739 steko {stay'-ko} ·½©ó 2476 ªº²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡; TDNT - 7:636,1082; °Êµü AV - stand fast 6, stand 2; 8 1) °í¥ß¦í 2) «ù¦u, °í¦u 3) ¯¸¥ß±oí, ¥ß©w¸}¨B

4739 steko {stay'-ko} from the perfect tense of 2476; TDNT - 7:636,1082; v AV - stand fast 6, stand 2; 8 1) to stand firm 2) to persevere, to persist 3) to keep one's standing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4740 sterigmos {stay-rig-mos'} ·½©ó 4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stedfastness 1; 1 1) «ü¤ß§Ó¤Wªº°í¥ßí©T

4740 sterigmos {stay-rig-mos'} from 4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085; n m AV - stedfastness 1; 1 1) firm condition, steadfastness: of mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4741 sterizo {stay-rid'-zo} ¥i¯à·½¦Û2476ªº¤@­Ó­l¥Íµü (¦p 4731); TDNT - 7:653,1085; °Êµü AV - stablish 6, establish 3, strengthen 2, fix 1, stedfastly set 1; 13 1) ¨Ï¥­Ã­, ¥Î¤O©ñ¦n, ­×²z 2) ¥[±j, ¨Ï°íí 3) °í©w¤ß§Ó

4741 sterizo {stay-rid'-zo} from a presumed derivative of 2476 (like 4731); TDNT - 7:653,1085; v AV - stablish 6, establish 3, strengthen 2, fix 1, stedfastly set 1; 13 1) to make stable, place firmly, set fast, fix 2) to strengthen, make firm 3) to render constant, confirm, one's mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4742 stigma {stig'-mah} ·½¦Û ­ì¨Óªº stizo (ÂW, ¥ç§Y ¨ë); TDNT - 7:657,1086; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mark 1; 1 1) ¦³°O¸¹ÂW¦b©Î¦L¦b¨­¤W. ¥j®ÉªF¤è¥Îªk, ¥£Áõ©M¤h§L¦³¥L­Ì¥D¤H©Î©xªø¤§¦Wªº¦L°O »\¦b¥L­Ì¨­¤W, ¥HÅã¥Ü¥L­ÌÄݩ󨺤@¦ì¥D¤H©Î±N©x, ¦Ó¥B¬Æ¦Ü¦³¨ÇÄm¨­ªÌ¥Î³o¼Ëªº ¤èªk¦L¤W¶H¼x©Ò«Hªº¯«¯«¬é°O¸¹

4742 stigma {stig'-mah} from a primary stizo (to "stick", i.e. prick); TDNT - 7:657,1086; n n AV - mark 1; 1 1) a mark pricked in or branded upon the body. To ancient oriental usage, slaves and soldiers bore the name or the stamp of their master or commander branded or pricked (cut) into their bodies to indicate what master or general they belonged to, and there were even some devotee's who stamped themselves in this way with the token of their gods
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4743 stigme {stig-may'} ·½¦Û 4742;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - moment 1; 1 1) §Y¨èªº (¥ç§Y¤ù¨èªº) ®É¶¡

4743 stigme {stig-may'} from 4742;; n f AV - moment 1; 1 1) an instant (i.e. a moment) of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4744 stilbo {stil'-bo} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:665,1087; °Êµü AV - shining 1; 1 1) °{Ä£, °{Ã{ 1a) ¦çªAªº (#¥i 9:3|)

4744 stilbo {stil'-bo} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:665,1087; v AV - shining 1; 1 1) to shine, glisten 1a) of garments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4745 stoa {sto-ah'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 2476; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - porch 4; 4 1) ªù´Y

4745 stoa {sto-ah'} probably from 2476;; n f AV - porch 4; 4 1) a portico, a covered colonnade where people can stand or walk protected from the weather and the heat of the sun 2) the portico built by Solomon in the eastern part of the temple (which in the temple's destruction by the Babylonians was left uninjured, and remained down to the time of King Agrippa, to whom the care of the temple was entrusted by the emperor Claudius, and who on account of its antiquity dare not demolish it and build anew.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4746 stoibas {stoy-bas'} ·½¦Û a primary steibo (to "step" or "stamp");; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - branch 1; 1 1) ¾ðªK, ¸­¤l­Z²±ªº¾ðªK

4746 stoibas {stoy-bas'} from a primary steibo (to "step" or "stamp");; n f AV - branch 1; 1 1) branch, leafy limb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4747 stoicheion {stoy-khi'-on} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 4748 ¦r·½ªº¦r; TDNT - 7:670,1087; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - element 4, rudiment 2, principle 1; 7 1) ²Ä¤@¨Bªº¨Æ, ©Ò¦³¤@¨t¦C©Î¾ã­Óªº¨Æ±¡³£¥Ñ¦¹¶}©lªº, °ò¥»ªº²Õ¦¨­n¯À, ³Ì°ò¥»ªº­ì²z­ì«h 1a) ¦r¥À¬O»y¨¥ªº²Õ¦¨¤¸¯À, ¤£¶È¬O«ü®Ñ¼g¥Îªº¤å¦r, ¦P®É¤]¦b¤f»yªºµo­µ¤W 1b) ¤@¤Á¨Æª«ªº³Ì¥»¨Ó·½, ºc¦¨¦t©zªº³Ì°ò¥»ª«½è 1c) ÄݤѪºÆFª«, «ü¤Ñ°ê¤¤ªº¤@³¡¤À©Î(¦p³\¦h¤H©Ò»{¬°ªº)¤Hªº¥»½è, ¥Í©R, ©M©R¹B©ÒÀ³ÂkÄݪº 1d) ¥ô¦óÃÀ³N, ¬ì¾Ç, ©Î¾Ç¬ì»â°ìªº°ò¦, ¤Jªù, ©M°ò¥»­ì²z 1d1) ¥ç§Y ¼Æ¾Ç, ¼Ú¤ó´X¦ó¾Ç(Euclid's geometry)

4747 stoicheion {stoy-khi'-on} from a presumed derivative of the base of 4748; TDNT - 7:670,1087; n n AV - element 4, rudiment 2, principle 1; 7 1) any first thing, from which the others belonging to some series or composite whole take their rise, an element, first principal 1a) the letters of the alphabet as the elements of speech, not however the written characters, but the spoken sounds 1b) the elements from which all things have come, the material causes of the universe 1c) the heavenly bodies, either as parts of the heavens or (as others think) because in them the elements of man, life and destiny were supposed to reside 1d) the elements, rudiments, primary and fundamental principles of any art, science, or discipline 1d1) i.e. of mathematics, Euclid's geometry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4748 stoicheo {stoy-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of steicho (to range in regular line); TDNT - 7:666,1087; °Êµü AV - walk 4, walk orderly 1; 5 1) ¤@±Æ¤@¦Cªº¶i¦æ¦p¦P¦æ­x, «ö³W¯x©R¥O¦Ó¦æ 1a) Áô³ë. Ä~ÄòÁcºa, ¥Í¥Í¤£®§, ¨ÏÂà¦n 2) ¦æ¨« 2a) «ü¤Þ¥Í©R¤è¦V, ¥Í¬¡

4748 stoicheo {stoy-kheh'-o} from a derivative of steicho (to range in regular line); TDNT - 7:666,1087; v AV - walk 4, walk orderly 1; 5 1) to proceed in a row as the march of a soldier, go in order 1a) metaph. to go on prosperously, to turn out well 2) to walk 2a) to direct one's life, to live
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4749 stole {stol-ay'} ·½¦Û 4724; TDNT - 7:687,1088; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - robe 5, long clothing 1, long garment 1, them + 848 1, long robe 1; 9 1) °t³Æ 2) ¦ç¸Ë, ¦çµÛ 2a) ¯S«üªø¦Ü¸}³¡ªº¼eÃP¨k¥Î¥~³T, ¥Ñ°ê¤ý¡B²½¥q¡BÅã¶Q¤H¤h©Ò¬ï

4749 stole {stol-ay'} from 4724; TDNT - 7:687,1088; n f AV - robe 5, long clothing 1, long garment 1, them + 848 1, long robe 1; 9 1) an equipment 2) an equipment in clothes, clothing 2a) spec. a loose outer garment for men extending to the feet, worn by kings, priests, and persons of rank
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4750 stoma {stom'-a} probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of 5114; TDNT - 7:692,1089; n n AV - mouth 73, face 4, edge 2; 79 1) ¤f, ¨­Å骺¤@³¡¤À (¤Hªº, °Êª«ªº, ³½ªº, µ¥µ¥) 1a) ¦]¬°¤HªºÆF«äÂǵۤfµo¥X, ¦]¦¹"¤f"¦³§O©ó"¤ß"»P"ÆF»î" 2) ¼C½t

4750 stoma {stom'-a} probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of 5114; TDNT - 7:692,1089; n n AV - mouth 73, face 4, edge 2; 79 1) the mouth, as part of the body: of man, of animals, of fish, etc. 1a) since thoughts of a man's soul find verbal utterance by his mouth, the "heart" or "soul" and the mouth are distinguished 2) the edge of a sword
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4751 stomachos {stom'-akh-os} ·½¦Û 4750;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stomach 1; 1 1) «|³ï,³ïÄV 2) ¥Þ, ¤Õ¤f 3) ­G #´£«e 5:23|

4751 stomachos {stom'-akh-os} from 4750;; n m AV - stomach 1; 1 1) the throat 2) an opening, orifice, esp. of the stomach 3) the stomach
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4752 strateia {strat-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 4754; TDNT - 7:701,1091; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - warfare 2; 2 1) »·©º, ¾Ô§Ð, ­x¨ÆªA°È, ¾Ôª§ 2) Áô³ë. «Où¤ñ³ë¨º¤Ï¹ï¥L¨S¦³¨Ï®{¾³d¤§Ãø³Bªºª§ÅG, ·í§@¥æ¾Ô

4752 strateia {strat-i'-ah} from 4754; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n f AV - warfare 2; 2 1) an expedition, campaign, military service, warfare 2) metaph. Paul likens his contest with the difficulties that oppose him in the discharge of his apostolic duties, as warfare
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4753 strateuma {strat'-yoo-mah} ·½¦Û 4754; TDNT - 7:701,1091; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - army 6, man of war 1, soldier 1; 8 1) ­x¶¤ 2) ¤@¶¤¤h§L 3) «OÅß, ĵ½Ã

4753 strateuma {strat'-yoo-mah} from 4754; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n n AV - army 6, man of war 1, soldier 1; 8 1) an army 2) a band of soldiers 3) bodyguard, guards men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4754 strateuomai {strat-yoo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from the base of 4756; TDNT - 7:701,1091; °Êµü AV - war 5, goeth a warfare 1, soldier 1; 7 1) ­x¨Æ©Êªº¦æ°Ê, ¥X©º, »â§L¥X¾Ôªï¼Ä, ¤W¾Ô³õ («ü¥q¥O©x) 2) ¹ð¦æ§L§Ð³d¥ô, ¥D°ÊªA°È, ¦¨¬°­x¤H 3) ¥´¥M

4754 strateuomai {strat-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice from the base of 4756; TDNT - 7:701,1091; v AV - war 5, goeth a warfare 1, soldier 1; 7 1) to make a military expedition, to lead soldiers to war or to battle, (spoken of a commander) 2) to do military duty, be on active service, be a soldier 3) to fight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4755 strategos {strat-ay-gos'} ·½¦Û4756 ©M 71 ©Î 2233 ¤§°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 7:701,1091;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - captain 5, magistrate 5; 10 1) ­x¤¤ªº«ü´§©x 2) ¦b·s¬ù¸Ì, ¤@¦ì°ê®aªº©xªø, ¬F©²©x­û 2a) ¦b¤@É]©Î°p¤¤³Ì°ªªø©xªº¦WºÙ; ¥L­Ì¾Ö¦³¸û¤£­«­n®×¥óªº¼f§PÅv 2b) Äݰê®aªºªø©x 3) ·|°óªº­º»â, ¥ç§Y§Q¥¼¤H¬ÝºÞ·|°óªº»â³S

4755 strategos {strat-ay-gos'} from the base of 4756 and 71 or 2233; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n m AV - captain 5, magistrate 5; 10 1) the commander of an army 2) in the NT a civic commander, a governor 2a) the name the highest magistrate in the municipia or colonies; they had the power of administering justice in the less important cases 2b) of civil magistrates 3) captain of the temple, i.e. the commander of the Levites who kept guard in and around the temple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4756 stratia {strat-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û a derivative of stratos (an army from the base of 4766, as encamped); TDNT - 7:701,1091; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - host 2; 2 1) ¤@­Ó­x¶¤, ¤@¶¤¤h§L 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, «ü¤ÑªÅ¤¤ªº¥DÅé 2a) ¤@¶¤¤Ñ¨Ï 2b) ¤ÑªÅªº¤ÑÅé, ¬P¸s (¦p¦¹ºÙ©I¬O¦]¬°¥L­Ìªº¼Æ¶q¤Î¦¸§Ç)

4756 stratia {strat-ee'-ah} from a derivative of stratos (an army from the base of 4766, as encamped); TDNT - 7:701,1091; n f AV - host 2; 2 1) an army, band of soldiers 2) in the NT, the hosts of heaven 2a) troops of angels 2b) the heavenly bodies, stars of heaven (so called on account of their number and their order)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4757 stratiotes {strat-ee-o'-tace} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of »P...¦P 4756; TDNT - 7:701,1091;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - soldier 26; 26 1) (¤@¯ëªº) ¤h§L 2) Áô³ë. °ò·þªº¥Ø¼Ð¤§°«¤h

4757 stratiotes {strat-ee-o'-tace} from a presumed derivative of the same as 4756; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n m AV - soldier 26; 26 1) a (common) soldier 2) metaph. a champion of the cause of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4758 stratologeo {strat-ol-og-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of the base of 4756 and 3004 (in its original sense); TDNT - 7:701,1091; °Êµü AV - choose to be a soldier 1; 1 1) ©Û¶Ò(»E¶°) ­x¶¤, ¼x¥l¤h§L 1a) «ü¥q¥O©x (#´£«á 2:4|)

4758 stratologeo {strat-ol-og-eh'-o} from a compound of the base of 4756 and 3004 (in its original sense); TDNT - 7:701,1091; v AV - choose to be a soldier 1; 1 1) to gather (collect) an army, to enlist soldiers 1a) of the commander
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4759 stratopedarches {strat-op-ed-ar'-khace} ·½¦Û 4760 ©M 757;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - captain of the guard 1; 1 1) ¤@Àç©M­x¶¤¤¤ªº«ü´§©x 2) ù°¨¬Ó«Òªº½Ã¶¤¥q¥O©x, ù°¨½Ã¶¤­x¹Îªº«ü´§©x, ù°¨¬Ó«Ò¨­Åé¦u½Ãªº­º»â ¦³¨âºØÃ¹°¨½Ã¶¤¥q¥O©x, ³Qù°¨¬Ó«Ò«ü©wºÊµø¨ü­­ªº¥Ç¤H.

4759 stratopedarches {strat-op-ed-ar'-khace} from 4760 and 757;; n m AV - captain of the guard 1; 1 1) the commander of a camp and army, a military tribune 2) Praetorian prefect, commander of the praetorian cohorts, captain of the Roman emperor's body guard There were two praetorian prefects, to whose custody prisoners sent bound to the emperor were consigned.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4760 stratopedon {strat-op'-ed-on} ·½¦Û the base of 4756 and »P...¦P 3977; TDNT - 7:701,1091; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - army 1; 1 1) ­xÀç 2) ­xÀ礤ªº­x¤H, ³¡¶¤

4760 stratopedon {strat-op'-ed-on} from the base of 4756 and the same as 3977; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n n AV - army 1; 1 1) a military camp 2) soldiers in camp, an army
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4761 strebloo {streb-lo'-o} ·½¦Û 4762ªº­l¥Í;; °Êµü AV - wrest 1; 1 1) §á¦±, ¬n¦± (#©¼«á 3:16|) 2) ¦±¸Ñ 3) Áô³ë. ¬n¦±, «ü¤@­Ó¤H¥H¿ù»~ªºÆ[©À§á¦±©Î¦±¸Ñ»y¨¥

4761 strebloo {streb-lo'-o} from a derivative of 4762;; v AV - wrest 1; 1 1) to twist, turn awry 2) to torture, put to the rack 3) metaph. to pervert, of one who wrests or tortures language in a false sense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4762 strepho {stref'-o} strengthened from the base of 5157; TDNT - 7:714,1093; °Êµü AV - turn 11, turn (one's) self 2, turn (one) 1, turn again 1, turn back again 1, turn (one) about 1, be converted 1, vr turn 1; 19 1) ¦^Âà ( #¤Ó 18:3| ) «üªº¬O¤º¤ßªº§ïÅÜ 2) Âਭ ( #¬ù 20:14| ) 3) ÂàÁy ( #®{ 7:42| ) 4) Âà, Åý ( #¤Ó 5:39| ) 5) §ï, ÅÜ ( #±Ò 11:6| ) 6) Âk¦V ( #®{ 7:39| ) 7) èJ¦V, Â÷¶}...¨ì.... ( #®{13:46| )

4762 strepho {stref'-o} strengthened from the base of 5157; TDNT - 7:714,1093; v AV - turn 11, turn (one's) self 2, turn (one) 1, turn again 1, turn back again 1, turn (one) about 1, be converted 1, vr turn 1; 19 1) to turn, turn around 2) to turn one's self (i.e. to turn the back to one 2a) of one who no longer cares for another) 2b) metaph. to turn one's self from one's course of conduct, i.e. to change one's mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4763 streniao {stray-nee-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 4764 ªº¤@­Ó¥i¯àªº­l¥Í;; °Êµü AV - live deliciously 2; 2 1) ¼^À¸, °ø¨×ªº¥Í¬¡µÛ (#±Ò 18:7,9|)

4763 streniao {stray-nee-ah'-o} from a presumed derivative of 4764;; v AV - live deliciously 2; 2 1) to be wanton, to live luxuriously
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4764 strenos {stray'-nos} ªñ¦ü to 4731;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - delicacy 1; 1 1) ¹L«×ªº¤O®ð¨Ï¤§¥´Â_, ¯}µõ 2) °øµØ, °ø¨× 3) ¼ö¤Áªº¬ß±æ (#±Ò 18:3|)

4764 strenos {stray'-nos} akin to 4731;; n n AV - delicacy 1; 1 1) excessive strength which longs to break forth, over strength 2) luxury 3) eager desire
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4765 strouthion {stroo-thee'-on} strouthos (³Â³¶)ªº¤pµü; TDNT - 7:730,1096; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sparrow 4; 4 1) ¤p³¾, ¯S§O«üµÛ³Â³¶Ãþªº³¾, ³Â³¶

4765 strouthion {stroo-thee'-on} diminutive of strouthos (a sparrow); TDNT - 7:730,1096; n n AV - sparrow 4; 4 1) a little bird, esp. of the sparrow sort, a sparrow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4766 stronnumi {strone'-noo-mee} or simpler stronnuo {strone-noo'-o} ÂX®i«¬ from a still simpler stroo {stro'-o} (used only as an alternate in certain tenses, probably ªñ¦ü to 4731 through the idea of positing);; °Êµü AV - spread 2, straw 2, furnish 2, make (one's) bed 1; 7 1) ©µ®i¶} 2) ¨ÑÀ³, ´£¨Ñ 3) ±NºÎ´È©Îªø´È®i¶}

4766 stronnumi {strone'-noo-mee} or simpler stronnuo {strone-noo'-o} prolongation from a still simpler stroo {stro'-o} (used only as an alternate in certain tenses, probably akin to 4731 through the idea of positing);; v AV - spread 2, straw 2, furnish 2, make (one's) bed 1; 7 1) to spread 2) furnish 3) to spread with couches or divans
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4767 stugnetos {stoog-nay-tos'} ·½¦Û a derivative of an obsolete apparently primary stugo (to hate);; §Î®eµü AV - hateful 1; 1 1) ¹½´c, °Q¹½ªº,¥i¼¨ªº (#¦h 3:3|)

4767 stugnetos {stoog-nay-tos'} from a derivative of an obsolete apparently primary stugo (to hate);; adj AV - hateful 1; 1 1) hated, detestable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4768 stugnazo {stoog-nad'-zo} »P4767¦P·½; °Êµü AV - lower 1, be sad 1; 2 1) «s¶Ë, ·T­W 2) Áô³ë. ¤ÑªÅ¥¬º¡¶³¼h

4768 stugnazo {stoog-nad'-zo} from the same as 4767;; v AV - lower 1, be sad 1; 2 1) to be sad, sorrowful 2) metaph. of the sky covered with clouds
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4769 stulos {stoo'-los} ·½¦Û stuo (¨Ï°í®¼, ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O ªñ¦ü 2476 ¤§°ò¥»«¬); TDNT - 7:732,1096;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - pillar 4; 4 1) ¬Wª¬ª« 2) ¬W¤l 2a) ¤õ¬W¥ç§Y ¤õµK¤W¤É¦p¬Wª¬ 3) ¤ä¬W©Î¤ä«ù

4769 stulos {stoo'-los} from stuo (to stiffen, properly akin to the base of 2476); TDNT - 7:732,1096; n m AV - pillar 4; 4 1) a pillar 2) a column 2a) pillars of fire i.e. flames rising like pillars 3) a prop or support
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4770 Stoikos {sto-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 4745;; §Î®eµü AV - Stoicks 1; 1 ´µ¦h¸¯¾Ç¬£ªº = "«ü«Ø¿vªù´Y" 1) ¦³Ãö´µ¦h¸¯­õ¾Çªº, ¥¦ªº³Ð©l¤H, ©u¸¦©ùªºªÛ¿Õ (Zeno of Citium), ¦b¶®¨å±Ð®Ñ (#®{ 17:18|)

4770 Stoikos {sto-ik-os'} from 4745;; adj AV - Stoicks 1; 1 Stoics = "of the portico" 1) pertaining to the Stoic philosophy, the author of which, Zeno of Citium, taught at Athens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4771 su {soo} ²Ä¤G¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ¥D®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - thou 178; 178 1) §A

4771 su {soo} the person pronoun of the second person singular;; pron AV - thou 178; 178 1) you
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4772 suggeneia {soong-ghen'-i-ah} from 4773; TDNT - 7:736,1097; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - kindred 3; 3 1)¿ËÄÝ, ¿Ë±­ 2) ¿ËÄÝÃö«Y, ¥þÅéÃö«Y, ®a¤H

4772 suggeneia {soong-ghen'-i-ah} from 4773; TDNT - 7:736,1097; n f AV - kindred 3; 3 1) a kinship, relationship 2) kindred, relations collectively, family
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4773 suggenes {soong-ghen-ace'} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1085; TDNT - 7:736,1097; §Î®eµü AV - kinsman 7, cousin 2, kinsfolk 2, kin 1; 12 1) ¿Ë±­, ¬ÛÄÝ, ¦³¦å½tÃö«Y 2) ¼s¸q«ü¬Û¦PºØ±Ú¡A¦P­M

4773 suggenes {soong-ghen-ace'} from 4862 and 1085; TDNT - 7:736,1097; adj AV - kinsman 7, cousin 2, kinsfolk 2, kin 1; 12 1) of the same kin, akin to, related by blood 2) in a wider sense, of the same nation, a fellow countryman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4774 suggnome {soong-gno'-may} ·½¦Û a compound of 4862 and 1097; TDNT - 1:716,119; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - permission 1; 1 1) ­ì½Ì, ®¦´f(#ªL«e 7:6|)

4774 suggnome {soong-gno'-may} from a compound of 4862 and 1097; TDNT - 1:716,119; n f AV - permission 1; 1 1) pardon, indulgence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4775 sugkathemai {soong-kath'-ay-mahee} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2521;; °Êµü AV - sat + 2258 1, sit with 1; 2 1) §¤¦b¤@°_, »P¥L¤H¦P§¤(#¥i 14:54;®{ 26:30|)

4775 sugkathemai {soong-kath'-ay-mahee} from 4862 and 2521;; v AV - sat + 2258 1, sit with 1; 2 1) to sit together, to sit with one another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4776 sugkathizo {soong-kath-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2523; TDNT - 7:787,1102; °Êµü AV - make sit together 1, be set down together 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¤@°_§¤¤U, ¦w¸m¦b¤@°_ 2) ¤@°_¦P§¤ (#¸ô 22:55; ¥± 2:6|)

4776 sugkathizo {soong-kath-id'-zo} from 4862 and 2523; TDNT - 7:787,1102; v AV - make sit together 1, be set down together 1; 2 1) to cause to sit down together, place together 2) to sit down together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4777 sugkakopatheo {soong-kak-op-ath-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2553; TDNT - 5:936,798; °Êµü AV - be partaker of affliction 1; 1 1) »P¤@­Ó¤H¤@¦P¸g¾ú­WÃø (#´£«á 1:8|)

4777 sugkakopatheo {soong-kak-op-ath-eh'-o} from 4862 and 2553; TDNT - 5:936,798; v AV - be partaker of affliction 1; 1 1) to suffer hardship together with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4778 sugkakoucheo {soong-kak-oo-kheh'-o} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 2558;; °Êµü AV - suffer affliction with 1; 1 1) to treat ill with another(?) 2) ©M§O¤H¤@°_¨ü­h«Ý, ¦³Ãø¦P·í¦³­W¦PÀ|

4778 sugkakoucheo {soong-kak-oo-kheh'-o} from 4862 and 2558;; v AV - suffer affliction with 1; 1 1) to treat ill with another 2) to be ill treated in company with, share persecutions or come into a fellowship of ills
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4779 sugkaleo {soong-kal-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; °Êµü AV - call together 8; 8 1) ½Ð»ô, ¥l¶° 2) ¶Ç³ê¨ì»ô, ¨ì¸ò«e

4779 sugkaleo {soong-kal-eh'-o} from 4862 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v AV - call together 8; 8 1) to call together, assemble 2) to call together to one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4780 sugkalupto {soong-kal-oop'-to} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2572; TDNT - 7:743,1098; °Êµü AV - cover 1; 1 1) ¥|­±¾B½ª, ¹ý©³ÁôÂÃ, §¹¥þÂл\ (#¸ô 12:2|)

4780 sugkalupto {soong-kal-oop'-to} from 4862 and 2572; TDNT - 7:743,1098; v AV - cover 1; 1 1) to cover on all sides, to conceal entirely, to cover up completely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4781 sugkampto {soong-kamp'-to} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2578;; °Êµü AV - bow down 1; 1 1) ¤@°_Ås¦±, §¹¥þªºÅs¦± 2) Áô³ë. ¨Ï¤@­Ó¤H¨ü¿ù»~¦Ó­èµwªº¤ß±±¨î, ¨ú«R¸¸Ås¤U­I¡A³Q±j­¢©ñ¦b³m¤Uªº´º¹³ (#ù 11:10|)

4781 sugkampto {soong-kamp'-to} from 4862 and 2578;; v AV - bow down 1; 1 1) to bend together, to bend completely 2) metaph. to subject one to error and hardness of heart, a figure taken from bowing the back by captives compelled to pass under the yoke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4782 sugkatabaino {soong-kat-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2597;; °Êµü AV - go down with 1; 1 1) ¤@°_¤U¨ì 1a) «ü¨º¨Ç¥Ñ°ª³B©¹Ìw³B¦æªº¤H, ¤ñ¦p¥Ñ­C¸ô¼»§N¤U¨ì¸Ó¼»§Q¨È (#®{ 25:5|)

4782 sugkatabaino {soong-kat-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 4862 and 2597;; v AV - go down with 1; 1 1) to go down with 1a) of those who descend from a high place to a lower place as from Jerusalem to Caesarea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4783 sugkatathesis {soong-kat-ath'-es-is} ·½¦Û 4784;; °Êµü AV - agreement 1; 1 1) ©ñ¦b¤@°_©ÎÁp¦X§ë²¼ 1a) ¦]¦Ó»{¥i, §å­ã, ¦P·N (#ªL«á 6:16|)

4783 sugkatathesis {soong-kat-ath'-es-is} from 4784;; v AV - agreement 1; 1 1) a putting together or joint deposit (of votes) 1a) hence approval, assent, agreement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4784 sugkatatithemai {soong-kat-at-ith'-em-ahee} mid from 4862 and 2698;; °Êµü AV - consented + 2258 1; 1 1) »P¥L¤H¤@°_¦s©ñ 2) »P¥L¤H¤@°_§â¿ï²¼¦s©ñ¦b½c¤º 3) ÃÙ¦P, §ë²¼¤ä«ù, ¦P·N (#¸ô23:51|)

4784 sugkatatithemai {soong-kat-at-ith'-em-ahee} mid from 4862 and 2698;; v AV - consented + 2258 1; 1 1) to deposit together with another 2) to deposit one's vote in the urn with another 3) to consent to, vote for, agree with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4785 sugkatapsephizo {soong-kat-aps-ay-fid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and a compound of 2596 and 5585; TDNT - 9:604,*; °Êµü AV - ¼Æ 1; 1 1) ±N¿ï²¼§ë¤J²¼±í¤¤ (¥ç§Y²¼¿ï¥X) ¨Ó¨M©w«ü¬£¬Y¤H¾°È, 2) ¦P¥L¤HÀY¤Ï¹ï²¼, ¥ç§Y ¥L¤H¤@°_Äþ³d (#®{ 12:6|)

4785 sugkatapsephizo {soong-kat-aps-ay-fid'-zo} from 4862 and a compound of 2596 and 5585; TDNT - 9:604,*; v AV - number 1; 1 1) be depositing a ballot in the urn (i.e. by voting for) to assign one a place among, to vote one a place among 2) to vote against with others, i.e. to condemn with others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4786 sugkerannumi {soong-ker-an'-noo-mee} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 2767;; °Êµü AV - temper together 1, mix with 1; 2 1) ²V¦b¤@°_, ºU¦X 2) µ²¦X°_¨Ó 2a) µ²¦X¦U­Ó³¡¤À³s¦X°_¨Ó, ¦Ó¦¨¬°¤@­Ó¦³¾÷Åé(«ü¨­Åé) (#ªL«e 12:24|) 2b) ±N¤@ª«»P¥t¤@ª«µ²¦X

4786 sugkerannumi {soong-ker-an'-noo-mee} from 4862 and 2767;; v AV - temper together 1, mix with 1; 2 1) to mix together, commingle 2) to unite 2a) caused the several parts to combine into an organic structure, which is the body 2b) to unite one thing to another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4787 sugkineo {soong-kin-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4682 ©M 2795;; °Êµü AV - stir up 1; 1 1) »P¤j®a¦P¶i 2) §ë¤JÄ̰Ê, ¿³¾Ä, ¿E°Ê

4787 sugkineo {soong-kin-eh'-o} from 4682 and 2795;; v AV - stir up 1; 1 1) to move together with others 2) to throw into commotion, excite, stir up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4788 sugkleio {soong-kli'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2808; TDNT - 7:744,1098; °Êµü AV - conclude 2, inclose 1, shut up 1; 4 1) ¨ó¤OÃö³¬, °é°_ 1a) ±N²LÅuªº³½°é¦bºô¤º 2) ¥|­±¤K¤è³ò°_¨Ó, §¹¥þ³¬¦X

4788 sugkleio {soong-kli'-o} from 4862 and 2808; TDNT - 7:744,1098; v AV - conclude 2, inclose 1, shut up 1; 4 1) to shut up together, enclose 1a) of a shoal of fishes in a net 2) to shut up on all sides, shut up completely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4789 sugkleronomos {soong-klay-ron-om'-os} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 2818; TDNT - 3:767 & 7:787,442 & 1102;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellow heir 1, joint heir 1, heir together 1, heir with 1; 4 1) ¦@¦PÄ~©Ó¤H 2) ©M§O¤H¤@¦P±o¨ì¬YªF¦è, ¦P¤À¤@ªMüªº

4789 sugkleronomos {soong-klay-ron-om'-os} from 4862 and 2818; TDNT - 3:767 & 7:787,442 & 1102; n m AV - fellow heir 1, joint heir 1, heir together 1, heir with 1; 4 1) a fellow heir, a joint heir 2) one who obtains something assigned to himself with others, a joint participant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4790 sugkoinoneo {soong-koy-no-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2841; TDNT - 3:797,447; °Êµü AV - have fellowship with 1, communicate with 1, be partaker of 1; 3 1) »P¨ä¥L¤H¦¨¬°¦@¦P¤À¾áªÌ, »P¤@¥ó¨Æ¦³¤À (#¥± 5:11;µÌ 4:14;±Ò 18:4|)

4790 sugkoinoneo {soong-koy-no-neh'-o} from 4862 and 2841; TDNT - 3:797,447; v AV - have fellowship with 1, communicate with 1, be partaker of 1; 3 1) to become a partaker together with others, or to have fellowship with a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4791 sugkoinonos {soong-koy-no-nos'} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - partaker with + 1096 1, partaker with 1, partaker 1, companion 1; 4 1) »P¨ä¥L¤H¤@¦P°Ñ»P, µ²¦X¦¨¹Ù¦ñ

4791 sugkoinonos {soong-koy-no-nos'} from 4862 and 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; n m AV - partaker with + 1096 1, partaker with 1, partaker 1, companion 1; 4 1) participant with others in anything, joint partner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4792 sugkomizo {soong-kom-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2865;; °Êµü AV - carry 1; 1 1) ¤@°_Äâ±a©Î¤@°_¹B°e, ¦¬¶° 1a) ¦¬ÂùA§@ª«, ¦¬¶°¤J½\­Ü 2) »P¨ä¥LªF¦è¤@°_Äâ±a, ¨ó§U±a¥X·Ç³Æ®I¸®©ÎµI¿Nªº«ÍÅé (#®{ 8:2|) 2a) ®I¸®

4792 sugkomizo {soong-kom-id'-zo} from 4862 and 2865;; v AV - carry 1; 1 1) to carry or bring together, to collect 1a) to house crops, gather into granaries 2) to carry with others, help in carrying out, the dead to be buried or burned 2a) to bury
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4793 sugkrino {soong-kree'-no} ·½¦Û4862 a©M 2919; TDNT - 3:953,469; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- compare with 2, compare among 1; 3 1) §k¦X¦aÁp±µ¦b¤@°_¡A¦X¦¨, µ²¦X 2) ¸ÑÄÀ½Ķ 3) ¤ñ¸û

4793 sugkrino {soong-kree'-no} from 4862 and 2919; TDNT - 3:953,469; v AV - compare with 2, compare among 1; 3 1) to joint together fitly, compound, combine 2) to interpret 3) to compare
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4794 sugkupto {soong-koop'-to} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2955;; °Êµü AV - bow together 1; 1 1) ¦V«e¥ñ­Á°`¸y, Ås¨­¦V«e¶É¦p¤}ª¬ (#¸ô 13:11|)

4794 sugkupto {soong-koop'-to} from 4862 and 2955;; v AV - bow together 1; 1 1) to bend completely forwards, to be bowed together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4795 sugkuria {soong-koo-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M kureo (¥ú or µo¥Í; ·½¦Û 2962 ªº°ò¦)ªº¤ñ¸û;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - chance 1; 1 1) ·N¥~, °¸µM #¸ô 10:31|

4795 sugkuria {soong-koo-ree'-ah} from a comparative of 4862 and kureo (to light or happen; from the base of 2962);; n f AV - chance 1; 1 1) accident, by chance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4796 sugchairo {soong-khah'-ee-ro} from 4862 and 5463; TDNT - 9:359,1298; °Êµü AV - rejoice with 6, rejoice in 1; 7 1) »P¤H¤@°_Åw¼Ö, °Ñ»P¨ä¥L¤HªºÅw¼Ö 2) ¤@°_°ª¿³, ®¥³ß¼y¶P

4796 sugchairo {soong-khah'-ee-ro} from 4862 and 5463; TDNT - 9:359,1298; v AV - rejoice with 6, rejoice in 1; 7 1) to rejoice with, take part in another's joy 2) to rejoice together, to congratulate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4797 sugcheo {soong-kheh'-o} or sugchuno {soong-khoo'-no} ·½¦Û 4862 »P cheo (­Ë¤U) ©Î¬O¥¦ªº´À¥Nµü;; °Êµü AV - confound 2, confuse 1, be in an uproar 1, stir up 1; 5 1) ­Ë¦b¤@°_, ²V¦X 2) ÅͶäH¤ß«ä, ÅͰʨì¿E°Ê©ÎÃzµo¥X 3) ²V²c©Î°g´b

4797 sugcheo {soong-kheh'-o} or sugchuno {soong-khoo'-no} from 4862 and cheo (to pour) or its alternate;; v AV - confound 2, confuse 1, be in an uproar 1, stir up 1; 5 1) to pour together, commingle 2) to disturb the mind of one, to stir up to tumult or outbreak 3) to confound or bewilder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4798 sugchraomai {soong-khrah'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5530;; °Êµü AV - have dealings with 1; 1 1) »P¥ô¦ó¤@­Ó¤H¤@°_¥Î, ¦@¥Î 2) »P...¦³Ãö«Y, »P...¦³¶R½æªºÃö«Y (#¬ù 4:9|)

4798 sugchraomai {soong-khrah'-om-ahee} from 4862 and 5530;; v AV - have dealings with 1; 1 1) to use with anyone, use jointly 2) to associate with, to have dealings with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4799 sugchusis {soong'-khoo-sis} ·½¦Û 4797;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - confusion 1; 1 1) ²V¶Ã, ÂZ¶Ã #®{ 19:29| 1a) ¼É°ÊªÌªº

4799 sugchusis {soong'-khoo-sis} from 4797;; n f AV - confusion 1; 1 1) confusion, disturbance 1a) of riotous persons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4800 suzao {sood-zah'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2198; TDNT - 7:787,1102; °Êµü AV - live with 3; 3 1) »P¤H¦P¦í 1a) «ü¦b¦a¤Wªº¥Í¬¡ 1b) ³sµ²©ó°ò·þªº·s¥Í¬¡, ¥ç§Y©^Ämµ¹¯«ªº¥Í¬¡ (#ù 6:8; ªL«á 7:3; ´£«á 2:11|)

4800 suzao {sood-zah'-o} from 4862 and 2198; TDNT - 7:787,1102; v AV - live with 3; 3 1) to live together with one 1a) of physical life on earth 1b) to live a new life in union with Christ, i.e. dedicated to God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4801 suzeugnumi {sood-zyoog'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 and the base of 2201;; °Êµü AV - join together 2; 2 1) ºò°t¦X¥L¤Hªº³m, ¦P­t¤@³m 2) ¨ÏÁp¦X¦P¤ß¦b¤@°_ 2a) ±B«Ã¤Wªº³sµ² (#¤Ó 19:6; ¥i 10:9|)

4801 suzeugnumi {sood-zyoog'-noo-mee} from 4862 and the base of 2201;; v AV - join together 2; 2 1) to fasten to one yoke, yoke together 2) to join together unite 2a) of the marriage tie
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4802 suzeteo {sood-zay-teh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2212; TDNT - 7:747,1099; °Êµü AV - question with 2, question 2, question one with another 1, enquire 1, dispute with 1, dispute 1, reason together 1, reason 1; 10 1) ¤@°_´M§ä¡B½Õ¬d 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤·N«ä¬° °Q½×, ª§½×, ¸ß°Ý

4802 suzeteo {sood-zay-teh'-o} from 4862 and 2212; TDNT - 7:747,1099; v AV - question with 2, question 2, question one with another 1, enquire 1, dispute with 1, dispute 1, reason together 1, reason 1; 10 1) to seek or examine together 2) in the NT to discuss, dispute, question
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4803 suzetesis {sood-zay'-tay-sis} ·½¦Û 4802; TDNT - 7:748,1099; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - disputation 1, disputing 1, reasoning 1; 3 1) ¤¬¬Û½èºÃ, ª§½×, °Q½×, ÅG½×

4803 suzetesis {sood-zay'-tay-sis} from 4802; TDNT - 7:748,1099; n f AV - disputation 1, disputing 1, reasoning 1; 3 1) mutual questioning, disputation, discussion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4804 suzetetes {sood-zay-tay-tace'} ·½¦Û 4802; TDNT - 7:748,1099;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - disputer 1; 1 1) ¿ë¤h, ¥ç§Y±M·~ªºÅG½×ªÌ, ¸Þ¿ë®a #ªL«e 1:20|

4804 suzetetes {sood-zay-tay-tace'} from 4802; TDNT - 7:748,1099; n m AV - disputer 1; 1 1) a disputer, i.e. a learned disputant, sophist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4805 suzugos {sood'-zoo-gos} ·½¦Û 4801; TDNT - 7:748,1099; §Î®eµü AV - yokefellow 1; 1 1) ¦@­t¤@³m 1a) ±B«Ã¤Wªº³sµ², ¾³õ¤u§@Ãö«Y, Ū®Ñ, ªÀ¥æ¶T©öµ¥...¤H»ÚÃö«Y 1b) ¤Ç°tªº¦P¹Ù¤H, °t°¸, ¦P§Ó, ¦P¨Æ, ¹Ù¦ñ (#µÌ 4:3|)

4805 suzugos {sood'-zoo-gos} from 4801; TDNT - 7:748,1099; adj AV - yokefellow 1; 1 1) yoked together 1a) of those united by the bond of marriage, relationship, office, labour, study, business, or the like 1b) of a yoke fellow, consort, comrade, colleague, partner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4806 suzoopoieo {sood-zo-op-oy-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2227; TDNT - 7:787,1102; °Êµü AV - quicken together with 1, quicken together 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¬Y¤H¤@°_¬¡¹L¨Ó 1a) «ü°ò·þ®{, »P°ò·þ

4806 suzoopoieo {sood-zo-op-oy-eh'-o} from 4862 and 2227; TDNT - 7:787,1102; v AV - quicken together with 1, quicken together 1; 2 1) to make one alive together 1a) of Christians, with Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4807 sukaminos {soo-kam'-ee-nos} ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 08256 ¥é®Ä 4809; TDNT - 7:758,1100; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sycamine tree 1; 1 1) µLªáªG¾ð, ¦³®áÝÒ¸­¤lªº§Îª¬, ¦ýªG¹ê»PµLªáªG¬Û¦ü

4807 sukaminos {soo-kam'-ee-nos} of Hebrew origin 08256 in imitation of 4809; TDNT - 7:758,1100; n f AV - sycamine tree 1; 1 1) sycamine tree, having the form and foliage of the mulberry, but fruit resembling the fig
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4808 suke {soo-kay'} ·½¦Û 4810; TDNT - 7:751,1100; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fig tree 16; 16 1) µLªáªG¾ð

4808 suke {soo-kay'} from 4810; TDNT - 7:751,1100; n f AV - fig tree 16; 16 1) a fig tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4809 sukomoraia {soo-kom-o-rah'-yah} ·½¦Û 4810 and moron (the mulberry); TDNT - 7:758,*; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sycomore tree 1; 1 1) ®á¾ð (#¸ô 19:4|)

4809 sukomoraia {soo-kom-o-rah'-yah} from 4810 and moron (the mulberry); TDNT - 7:758,*; n f AV - sycomore tree 1; 1 1) a sycomore tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4810 sukon {soo'-kon} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 7:751,1100; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk4; 4 1µLªáªG, µLªáªG¾ð¦¨¼ôªºªG¤l

4810 sukon {soo'-kon} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 7:751,1100; n n AV - fig 4; 4 1) a fig, the ripe fruit of a fig tree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4811 sukophanteo {soo-kof-an-teh'-o} ·½¦Û4810ªº½Æ¦X«¬»P5316ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 7:759,1100; °Êµü AV - accuse falsely 1, take by false accusation 1; 2 1) ÄÌÂZ,À£º^,®£À~ (#¸ô 3:14|) 2) ºV¶B,°Ç¯Á (#¸ô 19:8|) ¦b¶®¨å¦³¸s¤HºÙ¬°"sukophantia",±Mªù¥´±´¦³½Ö±q§ÆÃ¾ªºªü´£¥d°Ï(Attica) ©¹¥~¹B¿éµLªáªG.¦³®É³o¨Ç¤H¤]·|°Ç¯Á¨º¨Ç©È³Q´¦µoªº¤H. ±q§ÆÃ¾¼@§@®aªü¨½ ´µ¦«ªâ(Aristophanes)®É°_,"sukophantes"´Nªx«ü¨º¨Ç´c´Ò©Î³ßÅwºV¶Bªº¤H.

4811 sukophanteo {soo-kof-an-teh'-o} from a compound of 4810 and a derivative of 5316; TDNT - 7:759,1100; v AV - accuse falsely 1, take by false accusation 1; 2 1) to accuse wrongfully, to calumniate, to attack by malicious devices 2) to exact money wrongfully 2a) to extort from, defraud At Athens those were "sukophantia" whose business it was to inform against any one whom they might detect exporting figs out of Attica; and as sometimes they seemed to extort money from those loath to be exposed, the name "sukophantes" from the time of Aristophanes down was a general term of opprobrium to designate, a malignant and base accuser from love of gain.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4812 sulagogeo {soo-lag-ogue-eh'-o} ·½¦Û©ó4813 ªº¦r®Ú©M 71 (ªº­«Å|ªº¦r§Î) ; °Êµü AV - spoil 1; 1 1) Àò±o¾Ô§Q«~ 1a) Àò±o¬Y¤H¦¨¬°«R¾Û(©M¥£Áõ) 1b) ¤Þ¾É»·Â÷¯u²z©M¨ü¨ì¤Hªº°Ê·n

4812 sulagogeo {soo-lag-ogue-eh'-o} from the base of 4813 and (the reduplicated form of) 71;; v AV - spoil 1; 1 1) to carry off booty 1a) to carry one off as a captive (and slave) 1b) to lead away from the truth and subject to one's sway
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4813 sulao {soo-lah'-o} ·½¦Û sullo ­l¥Í¦r(to strip, probably ªñ¦ü to 138, cf 4661);; °Êµü AV - rob 1; 1 1) ¹Ü¨ú,±°¹Ü

4813 sulao {soo-lah'-o} from a derivative of sullo (to strip, probably akin to 138, cf 4661);; v AV - rob 1; 1 1) to rob, despoil
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4814 sullaleo {sool-lal-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2980;; °Êµü AV - talk with 2, talk 1, speak 1, commune with 1, confer 1; 6 1) »P...½Í¸Ü

4814 sullaleo {sool-lal-eh'-o} from 4862 and 2980;; v AV - talk with 2, talk 1, speak 1, commune with 1, confer 1; 6 1) to talk with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4815 sullambano {sool-lam-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 2983; TDNT - 7:759,1101; °Êµü AV - take 8, conceive 5, help 2, catch 1; 16 1) ¶e®·,®»®³ 2) ®·Àò(°Êª«) (#¸ô5:9|) 3) Ãh¥¥ 4) À°§U,¤ä´©(¦r·N:´¤¦b¤@°_)

4815 sullambano {sool-lam-ban'-o} from 4862 and 2983; TDNT - 7:759,1101; v AV - take 8, conceive 5, help 2, catch 1; 16 1) to seize, take: one as prisoner 2) to conceive, of a woman 2a) metaph. of lust whose impulses a man indulges 3) to seize for one's self 3a) in a hostile sense, to make (one a permanent) prisoner 4) to take hold together with one, to assist, help, to succour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4816 sullego {sool-leg'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3004 in its original sense;; °Êµü AV - gather 5, gather up 2, gather together 1; 8 1) ¶°¦X, ¥l»E 2) ¦¬¶°°_¨Ó¬°¤F¥á±ó

4816 sullego {sool-leg'-o} from 4862 and 3004 in its original sense;; v AV - gather 5, gather up 2, gather together 1; 8 1) to gather up 2) to collect in order to carry off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4817 sullogizomai {sool-log-id'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3049;; °Êµü AV - reason 1; 1 1) ¤@°_Äwµe, ±ÀÂ_, ­p¶q 2) ¦Û¤v³B²zÀ³¥I, °Ó¶q (#¸ô 20:5|)

4817 sullogizomai {sool-log-id'-zom-ahee} from 4862 and 3049;; v AV - reason 1; 1 1) to bring together accounts, reckon up, compute 2) to reckon with one's self, to reason
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4818 sullupeo {sool-loop-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3076; TDNT - 4:323,*; °Êµü AV - be grieved 1; 1 1) ³Q¼~·T©Ò¾Û 2) ±N¦Û¤v¥æ¥X, ©^Äm (#¥i 3:5|)

4818 sullupeo {sool-loop-eh'-o} from 4862 and 3076; TDNT - 4:323,*; v AV - be grieved 1; 1 1) to affect with grief together 2) give with one's self
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4819 sumbaino {soom-bah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and the base of 939;; °Êµü AV - happen unto 4, happen 2, befall 1, so it be 1; 8 1) »P¬Ûªñªº¤H¨«¦b¤@°_ 2) ¤@°_¨Ó, ¹J¨ì¬Y¤H 3) «ü¦P®É¶¡µo¥Í¡B°¸µMµo¥Í¡B²£¥Íµ²ªG¡B¹ê²{ªº¨Æ

4819 sumbaino {soom-bah'-ee-no} from 4862 and the base of 939;; v AV - happen unto 4, happen 2, befall 1, so it be 1; 8 1) to walk with the feet near together 2) to come together, meet with one 3) of things which fall out at the same time, to happen, turn out, come to pass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4820 sumballo {soom-bal'-lo} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 906; °Êµü AV - ponder 1, make 1, confer 1, encounter 1, help 1, meet with 1; 6 1) »P¤H°Q½×,°Óij (#®{ 17:18|) 2) »{¯u¦Ò¼{,«ä¯Á (#¸ô 2:19|) 3) ¤ñ¸û:¸g¥~·N¸q 4) ·|¦X (#®{ 20:14|) 5) »P¤H§@¾Ô (#¸ô 14:31|) 6) ¨ó§U,À°§U (#®{ 18:27|)

4820 sumballo {soom-bal'-lo} from 4862 and 906;; v AV - ponder 1, make 1, confer 1, encounter 1, help 1, meet with 1; 6 1) to throw together, to bring together 1a) to converse 1b) to bring together in one's mind, confer with one's self 1c) to come together, meet 1c1) to encounter in a hostile sense 1c2) to fight with one 1c3) to bring together of one's property, to contribute, aid, help
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4821 sumbasileuo {soom-bas-il-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 936; TDNT - 1:591 & 7:787,1102; °Êµü AV - reign with 2; 2 1) ¤@°_²Îªv (#ªL«e4:8;´£«á2:12|) 2) Áô³ë. ¾Ö¦³µL¤W´Lºa¡BÅv¯à©MºÖ®ð¡A¦b¯«°ê¸Ì»P¨º¿W¤@¦P¦b

4821 sumbasileuo {soom-bas-il-yoo'-o} from 4862 and 936; TDNT - 1:591 & 7:787,1102; v AV - reign with 2; 2 1) to reign together 2) metaph. to possess supreme honour, liberty, blessedness, with one in the kingdom of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4822 sumbibazo {soom-bib-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 »P bibazo (±j¤O); TDNT - 7:763,1101; °Êµü AV - knit together 2, prove 1, assuredly gather 1, instruct 1, comp¥D°Ê1; 6 1) Áp¦X 2) («öµÛÃÒ¾Ú)¤Uµ²½× (#®{ 16:10|) 3) ÃÒ©ú,Åã©ú (#®{ 9:22|) 4) «ü¾É,±Ð¾É,ÄU§i

4822 sumbibazo {soom-bib-ad'-zo} from 4862 and bibazo (to force, causative [by reduplication] of the base of 939); TDNT - 7:763,1101; v AV - knit together 2, prove 1, assuredly gather 1, instruct 1, compact 1; 6 1) to cause to coalesce, to join together, put together 1a) to unite or knit together: in affection 2) to put together in one's mind 2a) to compare 2b) to gather, conclude, consider 3) to cause a person to unite with one in a conclusion or come to the same opinion, to prove, demonstrate 3a) to teach, instruct, one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4823 sumbouleuo {soom-bool-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1011;; °Êµü AV - consult 1, counsel 1, take counsel 1, give counsel 1, take counsel together 1; 5 1) µ¹¤©©¾§i 2) ©M¥L¤H¤@°_­p¹º, ¤@°_°Ó¶q, ¿Ô¸ßÅU°Ý, ¥J²Ó¦Ò¼{

4823 sumbouleuo {soom-bool-yoo'-o} from 4862 and 1011;; v AV - consult 1, counsel 1, take counsel 1, give counsel 1, take counsel together 1; 5 1) to give counsel 2) to take counsel with others, take counsel together, to consult, deliberate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4824 sumboulion {soom-boo'-lee-on} ·½¦Û a presumed derivative of 4825;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - counsel 5, council 2, consultation 1; 8 1) µ¹¤©, ±µ¨ü, ©Ó¨ü©¾§i 1a) ¿Ô°Ó, °Ó°Q 2) ij·| 2a) ¦b·|ij¸ÌªºÅU°Ý­Ì©Î¤H­Ì (²³¬Ùªº¬F©²©x­û©M¨µ¼¾¦³»²¦õ¤§¤H ©ÎÅU°Ý¸s¥i¥H¦b³B²z¼f§P«eµ¹¤©·N¨£)

4824 sumboulion {soom-boo'-lee-on} from a presumed derivative of 4825;; n n AV - counsel 5, council 2, consultation 1; 8 1) counsel, which is given, taken, entered upon 1a) consult, deliberate 2) a council 2a) an assembly of counsellors or persons in consultation (the governors and procurators of provinces had a board of assessors or advisers with whom they took council before rendering judgment)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4825 sumboulos {soom'-boo-los} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 1012;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - counsellor 1; 1 1) ÅU°Ý, ¿Ñ¤h #ù 11:34|

4825 sumboulos {soom'-boo-los} from 4862 and 1012;; n m AV - counsellor 1; 1 1) an adviser, counsellor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4826 Sumeon {soom-eh-one'} »P 4613 ¦P·½;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Simeon 6, Simon Peter 1; 7 ¦è­±, ¦è½q, ¦èªù = "Å¥" 1) ¶®¦U©M§Q¨È©Ò¥Íªº²Ä¤G­Ó¨à¤l 2) ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº¤l®]¤§¤@ 3) ¦b¸t·µ¤¤±NÁÙ¬OÀ¦«Äªº­C¿q©ê¦bÃh¤¤ªº¤H(#¸ô 2:34|) 4) ¦w´£ªü±Ð·|¤¤ªº¤@¦ì¤Ò¤l(#®{ 13:1|) 5) ¨Ï®{©¼±oªº¥»¦W

4826 Sumeon {soom-eh-one'} from the same as 4613;; n pr m AV - Simeon 6, Simon Peter 1; 7 Simon = "harkening" 1) the second son of Jacob by Leah 2) one of Abraham's descendants 3) the one who took the infant Jesus in his arms in the temple 4) a teacher at the church of Antioch 5) the original name of Peter the apostle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4827 summathetes {soom-math-ay-tace'} ·½¦Û a compound of 4862 and 3129; TDNT - 4:460,552;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowdisciples 1; 1 1) ªù®{, ¹Ù¦ñ (#¬ù 11:16|)

4827 summathetes {soom-math-ay-tace'} from a compound of 4862 and 3129; TDNT - 4:460,552; n m AV - fellowdisciples 1; 1 1) a fellow disciple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4828 summartureo {soom-mar-too-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; °Êµü AV - also bear witness 2, testify unto 1, bear witness with 1; 4 1) ¦P§@¨£ÃÒ

4828 summartureo {soom-mar-too-reh'-o} from 4862 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; v AV - also bear witness 2, testify unto 1, bear witness with 1; 4 1) to bear witness with, bear joint witness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4829 summerizomai {soom-mer-id'-zom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4862 and 3307;; °Êµü AV - be partaker with 1; 1 1) ¦b¦P¤@®É¶¡¤À¶}, ¤@°_¤À¶} 2) ¤À°t¤@³¡¥÷ªºªF¦è 3) ©M¥t¤@­Ó¤H¤@°_¤À (©Ò¥H¦³¤@³¡¥÷Âk§Ú, ¤@³¡¥÷Âk¥L) (#ªL«e 9:13|)

4829 summerizomai {soom-mer-id'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 4862 and 3307;; v AV - be partaker with 1; 1 1) to divide at the same time, divide together 2) to assign a portion 3) to divide together with one (so that a part comes to me, a part to him)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4830 summetochos {soom-met'-okh-os} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3353; TDNT - 2:830,286; §Î®eµü AV - partaker 2; 2 1) ¦P¤À¾á, ¥[¤J¦P¹Ù 1a) «ü¤À¨É¾á·í¬Y¨Æ (#¥± 3:6, 5:7|)

4830 summetochos {soom-met'-okh-os} from 4862 and 3353; TDNT - 2:830,286; adj AV - partaker 2; 2 1) partaking together with one, a joint partaker 1a) of something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4831 summimetes {soom-mim-ay-tace'} ¥i¯à·½¦Û4862 ©M 3401ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 4:659,594;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - follower together 1; 1 1) ³Q§O¤H¼Ò¥éªº¤H #µÌ 3:17|

4831 summimetes {soom-mim-ay-tace'} from a presumed compound of 4862 and 3401; TDNT - 4:659,594; n m AV - follower together 1; 1 1) an imitator of others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4832 summorphos {soom-mor-fos'} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 3444; TDNT - 7:787,1102; §Î®eµü AV - conformed to 1, fashioned like unto 1; 2 1) ¦³¬Û¦Pªº§Îª¬ªº, ¬Û¦ü, ¸ò....¤@¼Ë ¦P¸qµü¨£ 5873

4832 summorphos {soom-mor-fos'} from 4862 and 3444; TDNT - 7:787,1102; adj AV - conformed to 1, fashioned like unto 1; 2 1) having the same form as another, similar, conformed to For Synonyms see entry 5873
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4833 summorphoo {soom-mor-fo'-o} or summorphizo {soom-mor-fee'-dzo} ·½¦Û 4832; TDNT - 7:787,*; °Êµü AV - make conformable unto 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¿í·Ó..., ±µ¨ü¬Û¦Pªº¦¡¼Ë (#µÌ 3:10|)

4833 summorphoo {soom-mor-fo'-o} or summorphizo {soom-mor-fee'-dzo} from 4832; TDNT - 7:787,*; v AV - make conformable unto 1; 1 1) to be conformed to, receive the same form as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4834 sumpatheo {soom-path-eh'-o} ·½©ó 4835; TDNT - 5:935,798; °Êµü AV - have compassion 1, be touched with a feeling of 1; 2 1) ·P¦P¨­¨ü, ªí¹F¦P±¡ 2) ¦P±¡, ¦³¼¦¼§

4834 sumpatheo {soom-path-eh'-o} from 4835; TDNT - 5:935,798; v AV - have compassion 1, be touched with a feeling of 1; 2 1) to be affected with the same feeling as another, to sympathise with 2) to feel for, have compassion on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4835 sumpathes {soom-path-ace'} ·½¦Û 4841; TDNT - 5:935,798; §Î®eµü AV - having compassion one of another 1; 1 1) ¦P·P¨­¨ü, ¦P²z¦@»ïªº (#©¼«e 3:8|)

4835 sumpathes {soom-path-ace'} from 4841; TDNT - 5:935,798; adj AV - having compassion one of another 1; 1 1) suffering or feeling the like with another, sympathetic
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4836 sumparaginomai {soom-par-ag-in'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3854;; °Êµü AV - come together 1, stand with 1; 2 1) »E¶°, ¾aÃl 2) «e¨ÓÀ°§U¬Y¤Hªº»Ý­n(#¸ô 23:48; ´£«á 4;16|)

4836 sumparaginomai {soom-par-ag-in'-om-ahee} from 4862 and 3854;; v AV - come together 1, stand with 1; 2 1) to come together 2) to come to one's help
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4837 sumparakaleo {soom-par-ak-al-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 3870;; °Êµü AV - comfort together 1; 1 1) ¦P®É¤@°_¸¹¥l©ÎÁܽЩοEÀy 2) »P§O¤H¤@°_Åܱj¤j(¦w¼¢)

4837 sumparakaleo {soom-par-ak-al-eh'-o} from 4862 and 3870;; v AV - comfort together 1; 1 1) to call upon or invite or exhort at the same time or together 2) to strengthen (comfort) with others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4838 sumparalambano {soom-par-al-am-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3880;; °Êµü AV - take with 4; 4 1) ³s¦P...Äâ±a 2) ·s¬ù¤¤¥H¬Y¤H¬°¦ñ

4838 sumparalambano {soom-par-al-am-ban'-o} from 4862 and 3880;; v AV - take with 4; 4 1) to take along together with 2) in the NT to take with one as a companion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4839 sumparameno {soom-par-am-en'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 3887;; °Êµü AV - continue with 1; 1 1) »P...¦P¦í (#µÌ 1:25|) 2) Ä~Äò¦í¦b¤@°_

4839 sumparameno {soom-par-am-en'-o} from 4862 and 3887;; v AV - continue with 1; 1 1) to abide together with 2) to continue to live together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4840 sumpareimi {soom-par'-i-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3918;; °Êµü AV - be here ²{¦b¦¡with 1; 1 1) ¤@°_¥X®u (#®{ 25:24|)

4840 sumpareimi {soom-par'-i-mee} from 4862 and 3918;; v AV - be here present with 1; 1 1) to be present together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4841 sumpascho {soom-pas'-kho} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 3958 (¥]§t¨ä´À¥N¦r); TDNT - 5:925 & 7:787,798 & 1102; °Êµü AV - suffer with 2; 2 1) ¤@¦P¨ü­W©Î¤@¦P·P¨ü¨ìµh­W (#ù 8:17;ªL«e 12:26|) 2) »P¨ä¥L¤H¦b¬Û¦üªºª¬ªp¤U¬°¸o´c¡]©Î§xÃø¡B­¢®`¡^¨ü­W

4841 sumpascho {soom-pas'-kho} from 4862 and 3958 (including its alternate); TDNT - 5:925 & 7:787,798 & 1102; v AV - suffer with 2; 2 1) to suffer or feel pain together 2) to suffer evils (troubles, persecutions) in the like manner with another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4842 sumpempo {soom-pem'-po} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3992;; °Êµü AV - send 1, send with 1; 2 1) ¥´µo¤@°_¥h, ®t»º (#ªL«á 8:18,22|)

4842 sumpempo {soom-pem'-po} from 4862 and 3992;; v AV - send 1, send with 1; 2 1) to send together with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4843 sumperilambano {soom-per-ee-lam-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and a compound of 4012 and 2983;; °Êµü AV - embrace 1; 1 1) °¨¤W»â®© 2) §¹¥þªº¥]³ò (#®{ 20:10|)

4843 sumperilambano {soom-per-ee-lam-ban'-o} from 4862 and a compound of 4012 and 2983;; v AV - embrace 1; 1 1) to comprehend at once 2) to embrace completely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4844 sumpino {soom-pee'-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4095;; °Êµü AV - drink with 1; 1 1) ¦P¶¼ (#®{ 10:41|)

4844 sumpino {soom-pee'-no} from 4862 and 4095;; v AV - drink with 1; 1 1) to drink with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4845 sumpleroo {soom-play-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4137; TDNT - 6:308,867; °Êµü AV - fill 1, be come 1, be fully come 1; 3 1) §¹¥þ¦a¸Ëº¡ 1a) «ü²î¿µ 2) §¹¥þ¦a§¹¦¨, ³Q¹ê²{: «ü®É¶¡

4845 sumpleroo {soom-play-ro'-o} from 4862 and 4137; TDNT - 6:308,867; v AV - fill 1, be come 1, be fully come 1; 3 1) to fill completely 1a) of the hold of a ship 2) to complete entirely, be fulfilled: of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4846 sumpnigo {soom-pnee'-go} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; °Êµü AV - choke 4, throng 1; 5 1) §¹¥þ¦a°ô¶ë 1a) Áô³ë. ¯«¸t¸Ü»yªººØ¤l³Q¼½¤U¦b¸£®ü¸Ì 1b) ±À¨Ó±À¥h©Î¾ÖÀ½µÛ¤@­Ó¤H¦n¹³§Ö­nÅý¥LµLªk©I§l

4846 sumpnigo {soom-pnee'-go} from 4862 and 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; v AV - choke 4, throng 1; 5 1) to choke utterly 1a) metaph. the seed of the divine word sown in the mind 1b) to press round or throng one so as almost to suffocate him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4847 sumpolites {soom-pol-ee'-tace} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 4177;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowcitizens 1; 1 1) ©M§O¤H¦³¬Û¦Pªº¤l¥Á¨­¥÷, ¦P­M 1a) Äݨü±µ¯Ç¤J¸t®{¤§¦Cªº¥~¨¹¤H 1b) ÄÝ©e¨­µ¹¯«ªº¤H

4847 sumpolites {soom-pol-ee'-tace} from 4862 and 4177;; n m AV - fellowcitizens 1; 1 1) possessing the same citizenship with others, a fellow citizen 1a) of Gentiles as received into communion of the saints 1b) of the people consecrated to God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4848 sumporeuomai {soom-por-yoo'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4198;; °Êµü AV - go with 3, resort 1; 4 1) ¤@°_¤W¸ô¥X¹C, ¦P¦æ 2) ¤@°_¨ì¨Ó, »E¶°, »ô»E

4848 sumporeuomai {soom-por-yoo'-om-ahee} from 4862 and 4198;; v AV - go with 3, resort 1; 4 1) to go or journey together 2) to come together, to assemble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4849 sumposion {soom-pos'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a derivative of the alternate of 4844;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - company 1; 1 1) °s®b¬£¹ï, ´Ú«Ý 1a) «ü¬£¹ï¥»¨­, »««È 1b) ¤@±Æ±Æªº»««È

4849 sumposion {soom-pos'-ee-on} from a derivative of the alternate of 4844;; n n AV - company 1; 1 1) a drinking party, entertainment 1a) of the party itself, the guests 1b) rows of guests
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4850 sumpresbuteros {soom-pres-boo'-ter-os} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4245; TDNT - 6:651,931;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - also an elder 1; 1 1)ªø¦Ñ¦P¤u

4850 sumpresbuteros {soom-pres-boo'-ter-os} from 4862 and 4245; TDNT - 6:651,931; n m AV - also an elder 1; 1 1) a fellow elder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4851 sumphero {soom-fer'-o} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 5342 (¥]¬A¥¦ªº´À¥N«¬); TDNT - 9:69,1252; °Êµü AV - be expedient 7, profit 4, be profitable 3, bring together 1, be better 1, be good 1; 17 1) ¤@¦P¾á­t 2) ¤@°_©Î¦P®É©Ó¨ü 2a) ¤@¦P©Ó¾á 2b) ¦¬»E©Î·l§U¥H¤ä§U... 2c) µ¹©óÀ°§U, ¨Ï¦³§Q¥i¹Ï, ¾A©y¦³§Qªº

4851 sumphero {soom-fer'-o} from 4862 and 5342 (including its alternate); TDNT - 9:69,1252; v AV - be expedient 7, profit 4, be profitable 3, bring together 1, be better 1, be good 1; 17 1) to bear or bring together 2) to bear together or at the same time 2a) to carry with others 2b) to collect or contribute in order to help 2c) to help, be profitable, be expedient
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4852 sumphemi {soom'-fay-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5346;; °Êµü AV - consent unto 1; 1 1) ¦P·N, ©Ó»{ (#ù 7:16|)

4852 sumphemi {soom'-fay-mee} from 4862 and 5346;; v AV - consent unto 1; 1 1) to consent, confess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4853 sumphuletes {soom-foo-let'-ace} ·½©ó 4862 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 5443 ªº¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - countryman 1; 1 1) ¥X¦Û¦P¤@±Ú¸sªº¤H, ¶m¿Ë, ¦P¶m, ¦Ñ¶m

4853 sumphuletes {soom-foo-let'-ace} from 4862 and a derivative of 5443;; n m AV - countryman 1; 1 1) one who is of the same people, a fellow countryman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4854 sumphutos {soom'-foo-tos} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M a derivative of 5453; TDNT - 7:786,1102; §Î®eµü AV - planted together 1; 1 1) »P...¤@¦P¥X¥Í, «ü¦@¦Pªº°_·½ 1a) ¤Ñ½áªº, ¥ý¤Ñªº, »P¥Í­Ñ¨Óªº, ¤Ñ¥Í©Î¤Ñ©Ê©Òª`¤Jªº 2) ¤@°_ªø¤j, »P...Áp¦Xªº 3) ¦³¦å½tÃö«Yªº

4854 sumphutos {soom'-foo-tos} from 4862 and a derivative of 5453; TDNT - 7:786,1102; adj AV - planted together 1; 1 1) born together with, of joint origin 1a) connate, congenital, innate, implanted by birth or nature 2) grown together, united with 3) kindred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4855 sumphuo {soom-foo'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 5453;; °Êµü AV - spring up with 1; 1 1) ¾É­P¤@°_¦¨ªø 2) ¤@°_¦¨ªø, »P....¤@¦P¦¨ªø (#¸ô 8:7|)

4855 sumphuo {soom-foo'-o} from 4862 and 5453;; v AV - spring up with 1; 1 1) to cause to grow together 2) to grow together, grow with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4856 sumphoneo {soom-fo-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 4859; TDNT - 9:304,1287; °Êµü AV - agree 3, agree with 2, agree together 1; 6 1) ¤@°_¦P·N 2) ¦b¥æ©ö®É¦P·N¬Y¤H, ¹F¦¨¨óij, ¦¨¥æ

4856 sumphoneo {soom-fo-neh'-o} from 4859; TDNT - 9:304,1287; v AV - agree 3, agree with 2, agree together 1; 6 1) to agree together 2) to agree with one in making a bargain, to make an agreement, to bargain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4857 sumphonesis {soom-fo'-nay-sis} ·½¦Û 4856; TDNT - 9:304,1287; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - concord 1; 1 1) ¤@­P, ©M·ü, ¨óij #ªL«á 6:15|

4857 sumphonesis {soom-fo'-nay-sis} from 4856; TDNT - 9:304,1287; n f AV - concord 1; 1 1) concord, agreement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4858 sumphonia {soom-fo-nee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4859; TDNT - 9:304,1287; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - music 1; 1 1) ­µ¼Ö

4858 sumphonia {soom-fo-nee'-ah} from 4859; TDNT - 9:304,1287; n f AV - music 1; 1 1) music
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4859 sumphonos {soom'-fo-nos} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5456; TDNT - 9:304,1287; §Î®eµü AV - consent 1; 1 1) ©M¿Óªº, ¤@­Pªº, ¦³¦@ÃѪº 2) ¨Æ±¡¹F¦¨¦@ÃÑ, ²¼äªº (#ªL«e 7:5|)

4859 sumphonos {soom'-fo-nos} from 4862 and 5456; TDNT - 9:304,1287; adj AV - consent 1; 1 1) harmonious, accordant, agreeing 2) thing agreed upon, compact
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4860 sumpsephizo {soom-psay-fid'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5585; TDNT - 9:604,1341; °Êµü AV - ¦¸¼Æ1; 1 1) ­pºâ, ±ÀÂ_, ºâ¥X... 2) to vote with one (#®{ 19;19|)

4860 sumpsephizo {soom-psay-fid'-zo} from 4862 and 5585; TDNT - 9:604,1341; v AV - count 1; 1 1) to compute, count up 2) to vote with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4861 sumpsuchos {soom'-psoo-khos} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5590;; §Î®eµü AV - of one accord 1; 1 1) ¦P¤ß¦X·Nªº, ¤@­P¦P·N²Å¦Xªº (#µÌ 2:2|)

4861 sumpsuchos {soom'-psoo-khos} from 4862 and 5590;; adj AV - of one accord 1; 1 1) of one mind, of one accord
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4862 sun {soon} ªí¥ÜÁp¦Xªº·N«ä; TDNT - 7:766,1102; ¤¶¨tµü AV - with 123, beside 1, accompany + 2064 1; 125 1)¥[¶¡±µ¨ü®æ: ¦P, »P, ¸ò....¤@°_, ÀHµÛ, ³s,

4862 sun {soon} a primary preposition denoting union; TDNT - 7:766,1102; prep AV - with 123, beside 1, accompany + 2064 1; 125 1) with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4863 sunago {soon-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 71;; °Êµü AV - gather 15, be gathered together 12, gather together 9, come together 6, be gathered 4, be assembled 3, take in 3, misc 10; 62 1) »E¶°,¦¬»E 1a)¨Æª« 1b)¤H 2) ´_¦X(¸g¥~·N¸q) 3) ²v»â±a¨Ó (¸g¥~·N¸q) 4) ÁܽÐ,±µ«Ý¬°«È 5) ²¾°Ê,«e¶i

4863 sunago {soon-ag'-o} from 4862 and 71;; v AV - gather 15, be gathered together 12, gather together 9, come together 6, be gathered 4, be assembled 3, take in 3, misc 10; 62 1) to gather together, to gather 1a) to draw together, collect 1a1) of fishes 1a2) of a net in which they are caught 2) to bring together, assemble, collect 2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated) 2b) to gather together by convoking 2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet 3) to lead with one's self 3a) into one's home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4864 sunagoge {soon-ag-o-gay'} ·½¦Û4863; TDNT - 7:798,1108; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - synagogue 55, congregation 1, assembly 1; 57 1)¶°·|³B 1a)µS¤Ó¤H·|°ó 1b)µS¤Ó°ò·þ®{»E·|³B (#¶® 2:2|) 2)·|°óªº¤@­û 3)(µS¤Ó·|°óªº)¶°·|,»E¶°

4864 sunagoge {soon-ag-o-gay'} from (the reduplicated form of) 4863; TDNT - 7:798,1108; n f AV - synagogue 55, congregation 1, assembly 1; 57 1) a bringing together, gathering (as of fruits), a contracting 2) in the NT, an assembling together of men, an assembly of men 3) a synagogue 3a) an assembly of Jews formally gathered together to offer prayers and listen to the reading and expositions of the scriptures; assemblies of that sort were held every sabbath and feast day, afterwards also on the second and fifth days of every week; name transferred to an assembly of Christians formally gathered together for religious purposes 3b) the buildings where those solemn Jewish assemblies are held. Synagogues seem to date their origin from the Babylonian exile. In the times of Jesus and the apostles every town, not only in Palestine, but also among the Gentiles if it contained a considerable number of Jewish inhabitants, had at least one synagogue, the larger towns several or even many. These were also used for trials and inflicting punishment.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4865 sunagonizomai {soon-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 75;; °Êµü AV - strive together with 1; 1 1) »P¤@­Ó¤H¤@°_¾Ä°«, À°§U¦b§V¤O¤¤ªº¤@­Ó¤H (#ù 15:30|)

4865 sunagonizomai {soon-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee} from 4862 and 75;; v AV - strive together with 1; 1 1) to strive together with one, to help one in striving
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4866 sunathleo {soon-ath-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 118; TDNT - 1:167,25; °Êµü AV - strive together for 1, labour with 1; 2 1) »P¥L¤H¦P®É­W«÷¾Ä°«, ¦P¥L¤H¤@°_§V¤O (#µÌ 1:27; 4:3|)

4866 sunathleo {soon-ath-leh'-o} from 4862 and 118; TDNT - 1:167,25; v AV - strive together for 1, labour with 1; 2 1) to strive at the same time with another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4867 sunathroizo {soon-ath-royd'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M athroizo (§y¿n);; °Êµü AV - gather together 2, call together 1; 3 1) »P¨ä¥L¤H»E¶°¦b¤@°_ 2) ¶°¦X 3) »E¶°, ¹Îµ²

4867 sunathroizo {soon-ath-royd'-zo} from 4862 and athroizo (to hoard);; v AV - gather together 2, call together 1; 3 1) to gather together with others 2) to assemble 3) to be gathered together i.e. to come together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4868 sunairo {soon-ah'-ee-ro} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 142;; °Êµü AV - take 1, reckon 1, reckon + 3056 1; 3 1) »P¨ä¥Lªº¤@°_ªá¥h... 2) «B¨ä¾lªº¤@°_½æ±o... 2a) ¥[°_¨Ó©Îµ²ºâ±b¥Ø 2b) ´úºâ...

4868 sunairo {soon-ah'-ee-ro} from 4862 and 142;; v AV - take 1, reckon 1, reckon + 3056 1; 3 1) to take up together with another or others 2) to bring together with others 2a) to cast up or settle accounts 2b) to make a reckoning with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4869 sunaichmalotos {soon-aheekh-mal'-o-tos} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 164; TDNT - 1:195,31;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowprisoner 3; 3 1) ¤@°_³QÃö¦b¨c¤¤ªº

4869 sunaichmalotos {soon-aheekh-mal'-o-tos} from 4862 and 164; TDNT - 1:195,31; n m AV - fellowprisoner 3; 3 1) a fellow prisoner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4870 sunakoloutheo {soon-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 190; TDNT - 1:216,33; °Êµü AV - follow 2; 2 1) »P²³¤H¸òÀHµÛ, ³­¦P (#¥i 5:37; ¸ô 23:49|)

4870 sunakoloutheo {soon-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o} from 4862 and 190; TDNT - 1:216,33; v AV - follow 2; 2 1) to follow together with others, to accompany
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4871 sunalizo {soon-al-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and halizo (to throng);; °Êµü AV - assemble together 1; 1 1) »E¶°, ¥l¶° 2) ³Q»E¶°ªº, ¹J¨£, (#®{ 1:4|)

4871 sunalizo {soon-al-id'-zo} from 4862 and halizo (to throng);; v AV - assemble together 1; 1 1) to gather together, assemble 2) to be assembled, meet with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4872 sunanabaino {soon-an-ab-ah'-ee-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and 305;; °Êµü AV - come up with 2; 2 1) ¦P®É¤W¤É, ¤@°_¤W¨ì§ó°ª³B 1a) ©M¬Y¤H (#¥i 15:41; ®{ 13:31|)

4872 sunanabaino {soon-an-ab-ah'-ee-no} from 4862 and 305;; v AV - come up with 2; 2 1) to ascend at the same time, come up together with to a higher place 1a) with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4873 sunanakeimai {soon-an-ak'-i-mahee} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 345; TDNT - 3:654,425; °Êµü AV - sit at meat with 4, sit with 2, sit together with 1, sit down with 1, sit at table with 1; 9 1) ±×¾a¦b¤@°_, ¤@°_°Ñ¥[®b·| 1a) »««È

4873 sunanakeimai {soon-an-ak'-i-mahee} from 4862 and 345; TDNT - 3:654,425; v AV - sit at meat with 4, sit with 2, sit together with 1, sit down with 1, sit at table with 1; 9 1) to recline together, feast together 1a) of guests
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4874 sunanamignumi {soon-an-am-ig'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 and a compound of 303 and 3396; TDNT - 7:852,1113; °Êµü AV - company with 1, keep company 1, have company with 1; 3 1) ²V¦b¤@°_ 2) «ùÄòªº³­¦ñ, »P¬Y¤H¦³¿Ë±KªºÃö«Y

4874 sunanamignumi {soon-an-am-ig'-noo-mee} from 4862 and a compound of 303 and 3396; TDNT - 7:852,1113; v AV - company with 1, keep company 1, have company with 1; 3 1) to mix up together 2) to keep company with, be intimate with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4875 sunanapauomai {soon-an-ap-ow'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA from 4862 and 373;; °Êµü AV - be refreshed with 1; 1 1) ¦P±o¥ð®§ 2) »P...¤@°_ºÎª×, ¦P½öª×©Î¦P®I¸® 2a) «ü¤Ò©d 2b) Áô³ë. ºë¯«±o¥ð®§©Î­«®¶¤ß¤O (¥ç§Y¦]©¼¦¹¥æ¬y¹ªÀy¦Ó­«·s±o¤O) (#ù 15:32|)

4875 sunanapauomai {soon-an-ap-ow'-om-ahee} middle from 4862 and 373;; v AV - be refreshed with 1; 1 1) to take rest together with 2) to sleep together with, to lie with 2a) of a husband and wife 2b) metaph. to rest or refresh one's spirits with one (i.e. to give and get refreshment by mutual intercourse)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4876 sunantao {soon-an-tah'-o} ·½©ó 4862 ©M¤@ 473 ªº­l¥Í¦r;; °Êµü AV - meet 5, befall 1; 6 1) ¬Û¹J, ¬Û¨£ 1a) «ü¨Æ¥ó±N­nµo¥Í©Î­°Á{

4876 sunantao {soon-an-tah'-o} from 4862 and a derived from 473;; v AV - meet 5, befall 1; 6 1) to meet with 1a) of events: to happen or befall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4877 sunantesis {soon-an'-tay-sis} ·½¦Û 4876;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to meet + 1519 1; 1 1) »P...ªº·|¦X

4877 sunantesis {soon-an'-tay-sis} from 4876;; n f AV - to meet + 1519 1; 1 1) a meeting with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4878 sunantilambanomai {soon-an-tee-lam-ban'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 482; TDNT - 1:375,62; °Êµü AV - help 2; 2 1) »P...¤@°_¤ä°t¤O, §V¤O»P¥L¤H¤@°_Àò±o, À°§UÀò±o 2) »P¥L¤H¤@°_¨ú±o¤ä°t¤O

4878 sunantilambanomai {soon-an-tee-lam-ban'-om-ahee} from 4862 and 482; TDNT - 1:375,62; v AV - help 2; 2 1) to lay hold along with, to strive to obtain with others, help in obtaining 2) to take hold with another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4879 sunapago {soon-ap-ag'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 520; °Êµü AV - condescend 1, carry away with 1, lead away with 1; 3 1) »â¤H»~¤Jª[³~ (#¥[ 2:13; ©¼«á 3:17|) 2) ¾E´N (#ù 12:16|)

4879 sunapago {soon-ap-ag'-o} from 4862 and 520;; v AV - condescend 1, carry away with 1, lead away with 1; 3 1) to lead away with or together 2) metaph. to be carried away with 2a) of a thing, i.e. by a thing, so as to experience with others the force of that which carries away 2b) to yield or submit one's self to lowly things, conditions, employments: not to evade their power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4880 sunapothnesko {soon-ap-oth-nace'-ko} ·½¦Û 4862 and 599; TDNT - 3:7 & 7:786,312 & 1102; °Êµü AV - die with 2, be dead with 1; 3 1) ¤@°_¦º¤` 2) ¦P¨ü¦º (#¥i 14:31; ªL«á 7:3; ´£«á 2:11|)

4880 sunapothnesko {soon-ap-oth-nace'-ko} from 4862 and 599; TDNT - 3:7 & 7:786,312 & 1102; v AV - die with 2, be dead with 1; 3 1) to die together 2) to die with one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4881 sunapollumi {soon-ap-ol'-loo-mee} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 622;; °Êµü AV - perish with 1; 1 1) ¤@°_·´·À±¼ 2) ¤@°_¼ÉÀÅ (¤@¦P³Q±þ)

4881 sunapollumi {soon-ap-ol'-loo-mee} from 4862 and 622;; v AV - perish with 1; 1 1) to destroy together 2) to perish together (to be slain along with)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4882 sunapostello {soon-ap-os-tel'-lo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 649;; °Êµü AV - send with 1; 1 1) ©î¬£ (#ªL«á 12:18|)

4882 sunapostello {soon-ap-os-tel'-lo} from 4862 and 649;; v AV - send with 1; 1 1) to send with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4883 sunarmologeo {soon-ar-mol-og-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and a derivative of a compound of 719 and 3004 (in its original sense of laying); TDNT - 7:855,1114; °Êµü AV - be fitly framed together 1, be fitly joined together 1; 2 1) ºò±Kªº³sµ²¦b¤@°_ 2) ¬[ºc¦b¤@°_ 2a) «Ø¿vª«ªº³¡¤À 2b) ¨­Å骺³¡¦ì (#¥± 2:21, 4:16|)

4883 sunarmologeo {soon-ar-mol-og-eh'-o} from 4862 and a derivative of a compound of 719 and 3004 (in its original sense of laying); TDNT - 7:855,1114; v AV - be fitly framed together 1, be fitly joined together 1; 2 1) to join closely together 2) to frame together 2a) parts of a building 2b) the members of the body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4884 sunarpazo {soon-ar-pad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 726;; °Êµü AV - catch 4; 4 1) ±jµw§ì¦í 2) ³Q¤H®·®» (¨Ï¤£¯à¦A¦Û¥D) 3) ±jµw§ì®³¨Ã¾à¨«

4884 sunarpazo {soon-ar-pad'-zo} from 4862 and 726;; v AV - catch 4; 4 1) to seize by force 2) to catch or lay hold of (one so that he is no longer his own master) 3) to seize by force and carry away
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4885 sunauxano {soon-owx-an'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 837;; °Êµü AV - grow together 1; 1 1) ¾É­P¤@°_¦¨ªø 2) ¤@»ô¦¨ªø #¤Ó 13:30|

4885 sunauxano {soon-owx-an'-o} from 4862 and 837;; v AV - grow together 1; 1 1) to cause to grow together 2) to grow together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4886 sundesmos {soon'-des-mos} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 1199; TDNT - 7:856,1114;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bond 3, band 1; 4 1) ¸j¦b¤@°_, ¤@­Ó±a¤l, µ²¦X 1a) ³z¹L±N¨­Åé¦U­Ó³¡¥÷³sµ²¤@°_ªº¶´±a 2) ²Ï¦b¤@°_ªºªF¦è, ¤@¥]

4886 sundesmos {soon'-des-mos} from 4862 and 1199; TDNT - 7:856,1114; n m AV - bond 3, band 1; 4 1) that which binds together, a band, bond 1a) of ligaments by which the members of the human body are united together 2) that which is bound together, a bundle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4887 sundeo {soon-deh'-o} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 1210;; °Êµü AV - bound with 1; 1 1) ¤@°_¸i°_¨Ó, ¸j¦b¤@°_ 2) §â©Ò¦³ªº¦a¤è³£®¹¸j°_¨Ó 3) ¹³¥t¤@­Ó¨º¼Ë¸j°_¨Ó, ©Î©M¥t¥~¨º¤@­Ó¸j¦b¤@¶ô¨à

4887 sundeo {soon-deh'-o} from 4862 and 1210;; v AV - bound with 1; 1 1) to tie together, to bind together 2) to bind or fasten on all sides 3) to bind just as (i.e. jointly with) another
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4888 sundoxazo {soon-dox-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1392; TDNT - 2:253 & 7:787,178 & 1102; °Êµü AV - glorify together 1; 1 1) ¦PÆg³\, ¦P·N, ¤@°_°Ñ¤©¹Å³\ 2) ¦PÆg¬ü (#ù 8:17|)

4888 sundoxazo {soon-dox-ad'-zo} from 4862 and 1392; TDNT - 2:253 & 7:787,178 & 1102; v AV - glorify together 1; 1 1) to approve together, to join in approving 2) to glorify together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4889 sundoulos {soon'-doo-los} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowservant 10; 10 1) ¦P¬°¥£Áõªº¤H 2) (§¹¥þÁõÄÝ©ó²ÎªvªÌªº) ¥£Áõ 2a)¦a¤WªF¤è§g¥Dªº 2b)ÄݤѪº

4889 sundoulos {soon'-doo-los} from 4862 and 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; n m AV - fellowservant 10; 10 1) a fellow servant, one who serves the same master with another 1a) the associate of a servant (or slave) 1b) one who with others serves (ministers to) a king 1c) a colleague of one who is Christ's servant in publishing the gospel 1d) one who with others acknowledges the same Lord, Jesus, and obeys his commands 1e) one who with others is subject to the same divine authority in the Messianic economy 1e1) of angels as the fellow servants of Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4890 sundrome {soon-drom-ay'} ·½¦Û (the alternate of) 4936;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - run together + 1096 1; 1 1) ¤@°_©b¶], ¶×¶°, ¯S§O¬O»E²³¾x¨Æªº (#®{ 21:35|)

4890 sundrome {soon-drom-ay'} from (the alternate of) 4936;; n f AV - run together + 1096 1; 1 1) a running together, concourse, esp. hostile or riotous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4891 sunegeiro {soon-eg-i'-ro} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 1453; TDNT - 7:786,1102; °Êµü AV - rise with 2, raise up together 1; 3 1) ¤@¦P´_¬¡, ¾É­P¤@¦P´_¬¡ 2) ¥Ñ¦º¸Ì¤@¦P´_¬¡¡A¶i¤J·s¦Ó¨ü¯¬ºÖªº¥Í¬¡¡AÄm¨­µ¹¯«

4891 sunegeiro {soon-eg-i'-ro} from 4862 and 1453; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v AV - rise with 2, raise up together 1; 3 1) to raise together, to cause to raise together 2) to raise up together from mortal death to a new and blessed life dedicated to God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4892 sunedrion {soon-ed'-ree-on} ·½¦Û»P4862¬ÛÃöªº½Æ¦X«¬»P1476ªº°ò¦«¬; TDNT - 7:860,1115; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - council 22; 22 1)Á`·| 1a)¦a¤è©Êªº 1b)(­C¸ô¼»§N³Ì°ª¨Mµ¦¤¤¤ß) ¤½·| 2)Á`·|·|ij (#¬ù 11:47|) 3)·|ij«Ç

4892 sunedrion {soon-ed'-ree-on} from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4862 and the base of 1476; TDNT - 7:860,1115; n n AV - council 22; 22 1) any assembly (esp. of magistrates, judges, ambassadors), whether convened to deliberate or pass judgment 2) any session or assembly or people deliberating or adjudicating 2a) the Sanhedrin, the great council at Jerusalem, consisting of the seventy one members, viz. scribes, elders, prominent members of the high priestly families and the high priest, the president of the assembly. The most important causes were brought before this tribunal, inasmuch as the Roman rulers of Judaea had left to it the power of trying such cases, and also of pronouncing sentence of death, with the limitation that a capital sentence pronounced by the Sanhedrin was not valid unless it was confirmed by the Roman procurator. 2b) a smaller tribunal or council which every Jewish town had for the decision of less important cases.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4893 suneidesis {soon-i'-day-sis} 4894 ªºÂX±i«¬; TDNT - 7:898,1120; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - conscience 32; 32 1) ¹ï¥ô¦ó¨Æªº¦Ûı¦Û¿ô 2) ¹ï¹D¼w¤W¦nÃa¤À¿ëªº¥»©Ê, ÅX¨Ï¥h°µ¦nªº¦ÓÁ×§KÃaªº, ¹Å³\¦nªº¦ÓÄþ³dÃaªº 2a) ¨}¤ß¨}ª¾

4893 suneidesis {soon-i'-day-sis} from a prolonged form of 4894; TDNT - 7:898,1120; n f AV - conscience 32; 32 1) the consciousness of anything 2) the soul as distinguishing between what is morally good and bad, prompting to do the former and shun the latter, commending one, condemning the other 2a) the conscience
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4894 suneido {soon-i'-do} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1492; TDNT - 7:898,*; °Êµü AV - by privy 1, consider 1, be ware of 1, know 1; 4 1) ¦P¥L¤H¤@°_¬Ý¨£ 2) ¦Û¤v¤ß²z©ú¥Õ, ¦b¤º¤ß¬Ý¨£ 2a) ©úÁA, ¹îı, »â·|, 3) ¦P¥L¤H¤@°_ª¾¹D 4) ¦Û¤v©ú¥Õ, ¤ßª¾¨{©ú

4894 suneido {soon-i'-do} from 4862 and 1492; TDNT - 7:898,*; v AV - by privy 1, consider 1, be ware of 1, know 1; 4 1) to see (have seen) together with others 2) to see (have seen) in one's mind with one's self 2a) to understand, perceive, comprehend, 3) to know with another 4) to know in one's mind or with one's self, to be conscience of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4895 suneimi {soon'-i-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1510 (including its various inflections);; °Êµü AV - be with 2; 2 1) °º¦P, »P...¤@°_ (#¸ô 9:18; ®{ 22:11|)

4895 suneimi {soon'-i-mee} from 4862 and 1510 (including its various inflections);; v AV - be with 2; 2 1) to be with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4896 suneimi {soon'-i-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M eimi (to go);; °Êµü AV - gather together 1; 1 1) ¤@°_¨Ó(#¸ô 8:4|)

4896 suneimi {soon'-i-mee} from 4862 and eimi (to go);; v AV - gather together 1; 1 1) to come together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4897 suneiserchomai {soon-ice-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1525;; °Êµü AV - go with into 1, go in with 1; 2 1) ¤@°_¶i¤J

4897 suneiserchomai {soon-ice-er'-khom-ahee} from 4862 and 1525;; v AV - go with into 1, go in with 1; 2 1) to enter together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4898 sunekdemos {soon-ek'-day-mos} ·½¦Û 4862 and the base of 1553;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - companion in travel 1, travel with 1; 2 1) ®È¹C¦P¦æªÌ, ®È¦æªº¦P¦ñ (#®{ 19:29; ªL«á 8:19|)

4898 sunekdemos {soon-ek'-day-mos} from 4862 and the base of 1553;; n m AV - companion in travel 1, travel with 1; 2 1) a fellow traveller, companion in travel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4899 suneklektos {soon-ek-lek-tos'} ·½¦Û a compound of 4862 and 1586;; §Î®eµü AV - elected together with 1; 1 1) ¦P»X´z¿ï (³Q¤W«Ò´z¿ï¤J¥Ã¥Í) (#©¼«e 5:13|)

4899 suneklektos {soon-ek-lek-tos'} from a compound of 4862 and 1586;; adj AV - elected together with 1; 1 1) elected or chosen (by God to eternal life) together with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4900 sunelauno {soon-el-ow'-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and 1643;; °Êµü AV - set at one again + 1515 + 1519 1; 1 1) ÄU¦X, ÅX¨Ï, «P¨Ï 2) ±j¨D, ¶Ê«P (#®{ 7:26|)

4900 sunelauno {soon-el-ow'-no} from 4862 and 1643;; v AV - set at one again + 1515 + 1519 1; 1 1) to drive together, compel 2) to constrain by extortion, urge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4901 sunepimartureo {soon-ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 1957; TDNT - 4:508,564; °Êµü AV - also bear witness 1; 1 1) ¦P§@¨£ÃÒ 2) ¥[¤J§@¬°¨£ÃÒ, ´£¨Ñ§@¬°¥[±jÃÒ¾Ú

4901 sunepimartureo {soon-ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o} from 4862 and 1957; TDNT - 4:508,564; v AV - also bear witness 1; 1 1) at attest together with 2) to join in bearing witness, to unite in adding testimony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4902 sunepomai {soon-ep'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4862 and a primary hepo (to follow);; °Êµü AV - accompany 1; 1 1) ¸òÀHµÛ, ³­¦P (#®{ 20:4|)

4902 sunepomai {soon-ep'-om-ahee} middle voice from 4862 and a primary hepo (to follow);; v AV - accompany 1; 1 1) to follow with, to accompany
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4903 sunergeo {soon-erg-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4904; TDNT - 7:871,1116; °Êµü AV - work with 2, help with 1, workers together 1, work together 1; 5 1) ¤@°_¤u§@, ¦b¤u§@¤W¬Û¤¬À°¦£, ¦¨¬°¤@°_³Ò°Êªº¹Ù¦ñ 2) »P§O¤H¤@°_¥X¤O, ¤]´N¬O¨ó§U§O¤H

4903 sunergeo {soon-erg-eh'-o} from 4904; TDNT - 7:871,1116; v AV - work with 2, help with 1, workers together 1, work together 1; 5 1) to work together, help in work, be partner in labour 2) to put forth power together with and thereby to assist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4904 sunergos {soon-er-gos'} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O¥Ñ 4862 ¨Óªº²Õ¦X¦r ©M 2041 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 7:871,1116; §Î®eµü AV - fellowlabourer 4, helper 3, fellowhelper 2, fellowworkers 1, workfellow 1, labourer together with 1, companion in labour 1; 13 1) ¤u§@¤Wªº¹Ù¦ñ, ¦P¤u

4904 sunergos {soon-er-gos'} from a presumed compound of 4862 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 7:871,1116; adj AV - fellowlabourer 4, helper 3, fellowhelper 2, fellowworkers 1, workfellow 1, labourer together with 1, companion in labour 1; 13 1) a companion in work, fellow worker
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4905 sunerchomai {soon-er'-khom-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 2064; TDNT - 2:684,257; °Êµü AV - come together 18, go with 4, come with 2, resort 2, come 2, come with + 2258 1, company with 1, accompany 1, assemble with 1; 32 1) »E¶°,·|¦X 2) »P...¤@¦P¥~¥X 3) Áp¦X(©Ê¤è­±ªº) (#¤Ó 1:18; ªL«e 7:5|)

4905 sunerchomai {soon-er'-khom-ahee} from 4862 and 2064; TDNT - 2:684,257; v AV - come together 18, go with 4, come with 2, resort 2, come 2, come with + 2258 1, company with 1, accompany 1, assemble with 1; 32 1) to come together 1a) to assemble 1b) of conjugal cohabitation 2) to go (depart) or come with one, to accompany one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4906 sunesthio {soon-es-thee'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 2068 (including its alternate);; °Êµü AV - eat with 5; 5 1) »P....¦Y, »P....¤@°_¦Y­¹ª«

4906 sunesthio {soon-es-thee'-o} from 4862 and 2068 (including its alternate);; v AV - eat with 5; 5 1) to eat with, take food together with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4907 sunesis {soon'-es-is} ·½¦Û4920; TDNT - 7:888,1119; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- understanding 6, knowledge 1; 7 1) ¬y»E¦b¤@°_¡A¤@ºØ¬yºZ 2) ª¾ÃÑ 2a) ²z¸Ñ¤O 2b) »â®©¤O¡A¥ç§Y²z´¼©Ò¯à¤F¸Ñªºµ{«× ¦P¸q¦r¥i°Ñ¦Ò 5826

4907 sunesis {soon'-es-is} from 4920; TDNT - 7:888,1119; n f AV - understanding 6, knowledge 1; 7 1) a running together, a flowing together with 2) knowledge 2a) understanding 2b) the understanding, i.e the mind so far forth as it understands For Synonyms see entry 5826
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4908 sunetos {soon-et'-os} ·½¦Û 4920; TDNT - 7:888,1119; §Î®eµü AV - prudent 4; 4 1) Áo¼z¦³¤~´¼, ¦³´¼¼zªº, ³q¹Fªº, ³Õ¾Çªº ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5872

4908 sunetos {soon-et'-os} from 4920; TDNT - 7:888,1119; adj AV - prudent 4; 4 1) intelligent, having understanding, wise, learned For Synonyms see entry 5872
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4909 suneudokeo {soon-yoo-dok-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2106;; °Êµü AV - consent unto 2, be pleased 2, allow 1, have pleasure in 1; 6 1) ¦P°ª¿³Åw³ß, ¦PÆg³\ 2) ¤@°_¦PÅwªY, ÃÙ¦¨µªÀ³, ¦P·N±µ¨ü 2a) ¦V...¹ª´x, ³Üªö

4909 suneudokeo {soon-yoo-dok-eh'-o} from 4862 and 2106;; v AV - consent unto 2, be pleased 2, allow 1, have pleasure in 1; 6 1) to be pleased together with, to approve together (with others) 2) to be pleased at the same time with, consent, agree to 2a) to applaud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4910 suneuocheo {soon-yoo-o-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M ¤@­Ó 2095 °²©w½Æ¦X¦rªº­l¥Í¦r©M 2192 ªº­l¥Í¦r (·N¬° "³B©ó¦nªºª¬ºA", ¥ç§Y [Áô§t¤§·N] À^§O®b·|, ©Î®b·|);; °Êµü AV - feast with 2; 2 1) ¤@¦P§¤®u 2) ¨É¨ü²±®b

4910 suneuocheo {soon-yoo-o-kheh'-o} from 4862 and a derivative of a presumed compound of 2095 and a derivative of 2192 (meaning to be in good condition, i.e. [by implication] to fare well, or feast);; v AV - feast with 2; 2 1) to entertain together 2) to feast sumptuously with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4911 sunephi¦r·Fi {soon-ef-is'-tay-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2186;; °Êµü AV - rise up together 1; 1 1) ¦w±Æ¦b¤W©Î¦P¬°±Â©R 2) ¤@°_°_¨Ó 2a) ¤Ï¹ï¬Y¤H (#®{ 16:22|)

4911 sunephistemi {soon-ef-is'-tay-mee} from 4862 and 2186;; v AV - rise up together 1; 1 1) to place over or appoint together 2) to rise up together 2a) against one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4912 sunecho {soon-ekh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2192; TDNT - 7:877,1117; °Êµü AV - be taken with 3, throng 1, straiten 1, keep in 1, hold 1, stop 1, press 1, lie sick of 1, constrain 1, be in a strait 1; 12 1) ¸g¥~·N¸q:ºûô, «O«ù 2) ±»¦í (#®{ 7:52|) 3) ±ÀÀ½,À½À£ 4) ¦u½Ã (#¸ô 22:63|) 5) §ðÀ»,®·®»,§é¿i 6) ¥þ¯«³eª` (#®{ 18:5|) 7) ´°«P,¿EÀy (#ªL«á 5:14|) 8) «ü¾É,´x±± (¤£¤Ö­^Ķ¥»¦pRSV¦p¦¹¸ÑÄÀ#ªL«á 5:14|) 2b2) of a strait, that forces a ship into a narrow channel 2b3) of a cattle squeeze, that pushing in on each side, forcing the beast into a position where it cannot move so the farmer can administer medication 3) to hold completely 3a) to hold fast 3a1) of a prisoner 3b) Áô³ë. 3b1) to be held by, closely occupied with any business 3b2) in teaching the word 3b3) to constrain, oppress, of ills laying hold of one and distressing him 3b4) to be held with, afflicted with, suffering from 3b5) to urge, impel 3b51) of the soul

4912 sunecho {soon-ekh'-o} from 4862 and 2192; TDNT - 7:877,1117; v AV - be taken with 3, throng 1, straiten 1, keep in 1, hold 1, stop 1, press 1, lie sick of 1, constrain 1, be in a strait 1; 12 1) to hold together 1a) any whole, lest it fall to pieces or something fall away from it 2) to hold together with constraint, to compress 2a) to press together with the hand 2a) to hold one's ears, to shut the heavens that it may not rain 2b) to press on every side 2b1) of a besieged city 2b2) of a strait, that forces a ship into a narrow channel 2b3) of a cattle squeeze, that pushing in on each side, forcing the beast into a position where it cannot move so the farmer can administer medication 3) to hold completely 3a) to hold fast 3a1) of a prisoner 3b) metaph. 3b1) to be held by, closely occupied with any business 3b2) in teaching the word 3b3) to constrain, oppress, of ills laying hold of one and distressing him 3b4) to be held with, afflicted with, suffering from 3b5) to urge, impel 3b51) of the soul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4913 sunedomai {soon-ay'-dom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4862 and the base of 2237;; °Êµü AV - delight 1; 1 1) »P¤@¤H©Î²³¤H¦PÅwªY 2) ·s¬ù¤¤¤@¦¸ªº³ß®®, ¦b¦Û¨­ùؼy¶P (#ù 7:22|)

4913 sunedomai {soon-ay'-dom-ahee} middle voice from 4862 and the base of 2237;; v AV - delight 1; 1 1) to rejoice together with (another or others) 2) in the NT once to rejoice or delight with one's self or inwardly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4914 sunetheia {soon-ay'-thi-ah} ·½¦Û 4862 ¤Î 2239 ªº²Õ¦X;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - custom 2; 2 1) ¥æ¬y (»P¨ä¥L¤H), ¼ô±x 2) ­·«U 3) ºD¨Ò, ²ßºD¤Fªº #¬ù 18:39;ªL«e 11:16|

4914 sunetheia {soon-ay'-thi-ah} from a compound of 4862 and 2239;; n f AV - custom 2; 2 1) intercourse (with one), intimacy 2) custom 3) a being used to, accustomed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4915 sunelikiotes {soon-ay-lik-ee-o'-tace} ·½¦Û 4862 and a derivative of 2244;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - equal 1; 1 1) ¦P¦~ÄÖªº¤H, ¦~¬ö¬Û·í (#¥[ 1:14|)

4915 sunelikiotes {soon-ay-lik-ee-o'-tace} from 4862 and a derivative of 2244;; n m AV - equal 1; 1 1) one of the same age, an equal in age
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4916 sunthapto {soon-thap'-to} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 2290; TDNT - 7:786,1102; °Êµü AV - bury with 2; 2 1) »P....¦P¸® (#ù 6:4; ¦è 2:12|) «H®{Âǵ۬~§,«Å§i¬Û«H°ò·þ¥NÅ«ªº¦º¯à³j§K¦Û¤v¹L©¹ªº¸o; ¦]¦¹«Où±N¬~§¤ñ³ë¬°¹L©¹ªº¸o³£ÀH¤§®I¸®®ø°£.

4916 sunthapto {soon-thap'-to} from 4862 and 2290; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v AV - bury with 2; 2 1) to bury together with For all who in the rite of believer's baptism are plunged into the water, thereby declare that they put faith in the expiatory death of Christ for the pardon of their past sins; therefore Paul likens baptism to a burial by which the former sinfulness is buried, i.e. utterly taken away.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4917 sunthlao {soon-thlah'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and thlao (to crush);; °Êµü AV - break 2; 2 1) ¥´¯}¦¨¤@¤ù¤@¤ùªº, µõ¦¨¸H¤ù

4917 sunthlao {soon-thlah'-o} from 4862 and thlao (to crush);; v AV - break 2; 2 1) to break to pieces, shatter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4918 sunthlibo {soon-thlee'-bo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 2346;; °Êµü AV - throng 2; 2 1) ¾ÖÀ½,¡@¬Û¤¬À½À£, ©¹¦UÃä±ÀÀ½ (#¥i 5:24, 31|)

4918 sunthlibo {soon-thlee'-bo} from 4862 and 2346;; v AV - throng 2; 2 1) to press together, press on all sides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4919 sunthrupto {soon-throop'-to} ·½¦Û 4862 and thrupto (to crumble);; °Êµü AV - break 1; 1 1) ¥´¯}¦¨¸H¤ù, À£¸H 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¶Ë¤F¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤ß 2b) ¨Ï¤H³à¥¢¤O¶q©M«i®ð, ¨Ïªq³à®ð¾k, ¥¢¥h­±¹ï «í¤[¦ÒÅ窺¯à¤O (#®{ 21:13|)

4919 sunthrupto {soon-throop'-to} from 4862 and thrupto (to crumble);; v AV - break 1; 1 1) break in pieces, to crush 2) metaph. 2a) to break one's heart 2b) to deprive of strength and courage, dispirit, incapacitate for enduring trials
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4920 suniemi {soon-ee'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 »P hiemi (®t°e); TDNT - 7:888,1119; °Êµü AV - understand 24, consider 1, be wise 1; 26 1) ²z¸Ñ,©ú¥Õ ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5825

4920 suniemi {soon-ee'-ay-mee} from 4862 and hiemi (to send); TDNT - 7:888,1119; v AV - understand 24, consider 1, be wise 1; 26 1) to set or bring together 1a) in a hostile sense, of combatants 2) to put (as it were) the perception with the thing perceived 2a) to set or join together in the mind 2a1) i.e. to understand: the man of understanding 2a2) idiom for: a good and upright man (having the knowledge of those things which pertain to salvation) For Synonyms see entry 5825
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4921 sunistao {soon-is-tah'-o} ©Î sunistano {soon-is-tan'-o} ©Î sunistemi {soon-is'-tay-mee} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 2476; TDNT - 7:896,1120; °Êµü AV - commend 10, approve 2, consist 1, make 1, stand 1, stand with 1; 16 1) ¸g¥~·N¸q:Áp¦X,»E¶° 2) ±N¬Y¤H¤¶²Ð©ÎÁ|Â˵¹¥t¤@¤H 3) (¥H¦æ°ÊÃÒ©ú¦Û¤vªº¤H®æ»P¥D±i) ªí²{,Åã¥Ü,±a¥X 4) »P....¤@°_¯¸¥ß (#¸ô 9:32|) 5) ³sÄò,«ù¤[,¦s¦b (#¦è 1:1; ©¼«á 3:5|) 6) ¸g¥~·N¸q:²Õ¦X

4921 sunistao {soon-is-tah'-o} or (strengthened) sunistano {soon-is-tan'-o} or sunistemi {soon-is'-tay-mee} from 4862 and 2476 (including its collat. forms); TDNT - 7:896,1120; v AV - commend 10, approve 2, consist 1, make 1, stand 1, stand with 1; 16 1) to place together, to set in the same place,to bring or band together 1a) to stand with (or near) 2) to set one with another 2a) by way of presenting or introducing him 2b) to comprehend 3) to put together by way of composition or combination, to teach by combining and comparing 3a) to show, prove, establish, exhibit 4) to put together, unite parts into one whole 4a) to be composed of, consist
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4922 sunodeuo {soon-od-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3593;; °Êµü AV - journey with 1; 1 1) »P¤H¦P¦æ, µ²¦ñ¥X®È (#®{ 9:7|)

4922 sunodeuo {soon-od-yoo'-o} from 4862 and 3593;; v AV - journey with 1; 1 1) to journey with, travel in company with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4923 sunodia {soon-od-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û4862»P3598ªº½Æ¦X«¬ ("synod"); ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - company 1; 1 1) ®È¶¤(#¸ô 2:44|)

4923 sunodia {soon-od-ee'-ah} from a compound of 4862 and 3598 ("synod");; n f AV - company 1; 1 1) a journey in company 1a) of a company of travellers, associates on a journey, a caravan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4924 sunoikeo {soon-oy-keh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 3611;; °Êµü AV - dwell with 1; 1 1) ¤@°_©~¦í 1a) ®a®xªºÁpô 1b) ¤V¤Ò©M©d¤lªº¥æ©¹ (#©¼«e 3:7|)

4924 sunoikeo {soon-oy-keh'-o} from 4862 and 3611;; v AV - dwell with 1; 1 1) to dwell together 1a) of the domestic association 1b) of intercourse of a husband and wife
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4925 sunoikodomeo {soon-oy-kod-om-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 3618; TDNT - 5:148,674; °Êµü AV - build together 1; 1 1) ¦P«Ø³y 1a) »P¥L¤H¦@¦P«Ø³] 1b) ¾®»E¦b¤@°_©Î«Øºc¿v°_, ±N¦h¼ËªF¦è¦X¨Ö«Øºc¦¨¤@ 1b1) «ü¤HÅé (#¥± 2:22|)

4925 sunoikodomeo {soon-oy-kod-om-eh'-o} from 4862 and 3618; TDNT - 5:148,674; v AV - build together 1; 1 1) to build together 1a) to build together or with others 1b) to put together or construct by building, out of several things to build up one whole 1b1) of the human body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4926 sunomileo {soon-om-il-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 3656;; °Êµü AV - talk with 1; 1 1) »P....½Í¸Ü #®{ 10:27|

4926 sunomileo {soon-om-il-eh'-o} from 4862 and 3656;; v AV - talk with 1; 1 1) to talk with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4927 sunomoreo {soon-om-or-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and a derivative of a compound of the base of 3674 and the base of 3725;; °Êµü AV - join hard + 2258 1; 1 1) ¤ñ¾F, ±µ¬É, ±µÄò¾Fªñªº 1a) «ü¬Yª««~ (#®{ 18:7|)

4927 sunomoreo {soon-om-or-eh'-o} from 4862 and a derivative of a compound of the base of 3674 and the base of 3725;; v AV - join hard + 2258 1; 1 1) to border on, be contiguous to 1a) of a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4928 sunoche {soon-okh-ay'} ·½¦Û 4912; TDNT - 7:886,1117; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - distress 1, anguish 1; 2 1) ¾®»E¦b¤@°_, ÁY¤p 2) ¹D¸ôªº¶°ÁY³B¡]¸ô­±¤ñ¸û¯¶¤pªº¦a¤è¡^ 3) Áô³ë. ®ü®l, ´d¶Ë, µh­W #¸ô 21:25;ªL«á 2:4|

4928 sunoche {soon-okh-ay'} from 4912; TDNT - 7:886,1117; n f AV - distress 1, anguish 1; 2 1) a holding together, a narrowing 2) the contracting part of a way 3) metaph. straits, distress, anguish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4929 suntasso {soon-tas-so} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5021;; °Êµü AV - appoint 2; 2 1) ·Ó¯´§Ç¦w±Æ¦b¤@°_, °µ·Ç³Æ 2) ¦w¸m¦b¤@°_, ºc¦¨ 2a) ³W©w, «ü¬£

4929 suntasso {soon-tas-so} from 4862 and 5021;; v AV - appoint 2; 2 1) to put in order with or together, to arrange 2) to (put together), constitute 2a) to prescribe, appoint
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4930 sunteleia {soon-tel'-i-ah} ·½©ó 4931; TDNT - 8:64,1161; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - end 6; 6 1) §¹¦¨, ¦¨´N, µ²§À

4930 sunteleia {soon-tel'-i-ah} from 4931; TDNT - 8:64,1161; n f AV - end 6; 6 1) completion, consummation, end
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4931 sunteleo {soon-tel-eh'-o} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 5055; TDNT - 8:62,1161; °Êµü AV - end 4, fulfil 1, finish 1, make 1; 7 1) ¤@°_µ²§ô©Î¦P¤@®É¶¡µ²§ô 2) §¹¥þ¤Fµ² 2a) ¹F¨ì²×ÂI, §¹µ², §¹¦¨ 3) ¹ê²{, ¹ê½î, ¹F¦¨ 3a) ¤Î®æ, §¹¦¨ 4) §¹¦¨, ¹F¦¨, (²×¤î, µ²§ô) 5) ¨Ï§¹²¦ 5a) ­¢¨Ï²×¤î¤¤Â_ 5b) ¨Ï²×µ² 5c) ·´¥h

4931 sunteleo {soon-tel-eh'-o} from 4862 and 5055; TDNT - 8:62,1161; v AV - end 4, fulfil 1, finish 1, make 1; 7 1) to end together or at the same time 2) to end completely 2a) bring to an end, finish, complete 3) to accomplish, bring to fulfilment 3a) to come to pass 4) to effect, make, (conclude) 5) to finish 5a) to make an end of 5b) to bring to an end 5c) destroy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4932 suntemno {soon-tem'-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and the base of 5114;; °Êµü AV - cut short 1, short 1; 2 1) °Å¦¨¸H¤ù 2) ¨Ï²µu 3) Áô³ë. 3a) ²µu¨³³t¦a³B²z, §Ö³t¦a¹ê¦æ©Î§¹¦¨ 3b) «æ¦£ 3c) §Ö³tªº©Ó¿Õ, ¥ç§Y«P¨Ï¹w¨¥©Îªk¥O¦­ÂI¹ê²{ (#ù 9:28|)

4932 suntemno {soon-tem'-no} from 4862 and the base of 5114;; v AV - cut short 1, short 1; 2 1) to cut in pieces 2) to cut short 3) metaph. 3a) to dispatch briefly, execute or finish quickly 3b) to hasten 3c) a short word i.e. an expedited prophecy or decree
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4933 suntereo {soon-tay-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5083; TDNT - 8:151,1174; °Êµü AV - preserve 2, observe 1, keep 1; 4 1) «O¦s (¬Y¨Æ§K©ó®ø·À©Î¿ò¥¢) 2) ¦Û¦æ«OÂÃ, °O¦í¬Y¨Æ, §K©ó§Ñ°O

4933 suntereo {soon-tay-reh'-o} from 4862 and 5083; TDNT - 8:151,1174; v AV - preserve 2, observe 1, keep 1; 4 1) to preserve (a thing from perishing or being lost) 2) to keep within one's self, keep in mind (a thing, lest it be forgotten)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4934 suntithemai {soon-tith'-em-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 4862 and 5087;; °Êµü AV - agree 2, covenant 1, assent 1; 4 1) ²Õ¦X¦b¤@°_, ¦w¸m¦b¤@°_, ³s¦X¦b¤@°_ 1a) °±¯d¦b¸£®ü 1a1) ¸Ñ¨M, ¨M©w 1a2) ¦w±Æ·Ç³Æ, ¸u¹µ 1b) ¦P·NÃÙ¦¨, ¦P·N±µ¨ü

4934 suntithemai {soon-tith'-em-ahee} middle voice from 4862 and 5087;; v AV - agree 2, covenant 1, assent 1; 4 1) to put together with, to place together, to join together 1a) to place in one's mind 1a1) to resolve, determine 1a2) to make an arrangement, to engage 1b) to assent to, to agree to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4935 suntomos {soon-tom'-oce} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4932;; °Æµü AV - a few words 1; 1 1) ²©úªº, ²µuªº, ¥Î«Ü¤Öªº¦r (#®{ 24:4|)

4935 suntomos {soon-tom'-oce} from a derivative of 4932;; adv AV - a few words 1; 1 1) concisely, briefly, in a few words
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4936 suntrecho {soon-trekh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5143 (including its alternate);; °Êµü AV - run 1, run together 1, run with 1; 3 1) ¤@°_¶] 1a) ¸s²³»E¶° 2) »P¥L¤H¦P©b¶] 3) Áô³ë. 3a) »P...«æ³t¦æ°Ê, §ë¨­©ó, ½Ä¤J... (#¥i 6:33; ®{ 3:11; ©¼«e 4:4|)

4936 suntrecho {soon-trekh'-o} from 4862 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v AV - run 1, run together 1, run with 1; 3 1) to run together 1a) of the gathering of a multitude 2) to run along with others 3) metaph. 3a) to rush with, to cast one's self, plunge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4937 suntribo {soon-tree'-bo} ·½¦Û 4862 and the base of 5147; TDNT - 7:919,1124; °Êµü AV - bruise 3, break 2, broken to shivers 1, brokenhearted + 2588 1, break in pieces 1; 8 1) ¥´¯}, §Ë¦¨¸H¤ù, §â¡K¯»¸H 2) ½î½ñ 2a) ±N¼»¥¹¸m©ó¸}¤U¨Ã¥H±o³Ó©ºªAªº«ººA½î½ñ¤§ 2b) §éÂ_, À£¸H 2b1) ¼¹µõ¨­Åé¨Ã¯»¸H¨ä¤O¶q

4937 suntribo {soon-tree'-bo} from 4862 and the base of 5147; TDNT - 7:919,1124; v AV - bruise 3, break 2, broken to shivers 1, brokenhearted + 2588 1, break in pieces 1; 8 1) break, to break in pieces, shiver 2) to tread down 2a) to put Satan under foot and (as a conqueror) trample on him 2b) to break down, crush 2b1) to tear one's body and shatter one's strength
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4938 suntrimma {soon-trim'-mah} ·½¦Û 4937; TDNT - 7:919,1124; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - destruction 1; 1 1) ³Q·o¶Ã©Î¯}Ãa§é·l; Â_µõ, °©§é 2) ¤j¨aº×, ·´·À, ·´Ãa (#ù 3:16|)

4938 suntrimma {soon-trim'-mah} from 4937; TDNT - 7:919,1124; n n AV - destruction 1; 1 1) that which is broken or shattered, a fracture 2) calamity, ruin, destruction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4939 suntrophos {soon'-trof-os} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5162 (in a ³Q°Ê»yºA sense);; §Î®eµü AV - brought up with 1; 1 1) ¦P³QÀá¾iªº 2) ¦P¦¨ªøªº 3) ¥®¦~«C¤Ö®É´Áªºª±¦ñ(#®{ 13:1|)

4939 suntrophos {soon'-trof-os} from 4862 and 5162 (in a passive sense);; adj AV - brought up with 1; 1 1) nourished with one 2) brought up with one 3) companion of one's childhood and youth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4940 suntugchano {soon-toong-khan'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5177;; °Êµü AV - come at 1; 1 1) ¬Û¹J, ¨Ó¨ì (#¸ô 8:19|)

4940 suntugchano {soon-toong-khan'-o} from 4862 and 5177;; v AV - come at 1; 1 1) to meet with, come
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4941 Suntuche {soon-too'-khay} ·½¦Û 4940;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Syntyche 1; 1 ´`³£°ò= "«H¹Bªº" 1) µÌ¥ß¤ñ±Ð·|¤¤ªº¤k¦¨­û (#µÌ 4:2|)

4941 Suntuche {soon-too'-khay} from 4940;; n pr f AV - Syntyche 1; 1 Syntyche = "with fate" 1) a female member of the church of Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4942 sunupokrinomai {soon-oo-pok-rin'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; °Êµü AV - dissemble with 1; 1 1) ±»¹¢ 2) µê°°ªº¦æ¬°, °µ°² (#¥[ 2:13|)

4942 sunupokrinomai {soon-oo-pok-rin'-om-ahee} from 4862 and 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; v AV - dissemble with 1; 1 1) to dissemble with 2) to act hypocritically with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4943 sunupourgeo {soon-oop-oorg-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and a derivative of a compound of 5259 and the base of 2041;; °Êµü AV - help together 1; 1 1) ¦P¤ß¨ó¤OªºÀ°§U (#ªL«á 1:11|)

4943 sunupourgeo {soon-oop-oorg-eh'-o} from 4862 and a derivative of a compound of 5259 and the base of 2041;; v AV - help together 1; 1 1) to help together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4944 sunodino {soon-o-dee'-no} ·½¦Û 4862 and 5605;; °Êµü AV - travail in pain together 1; 1 1) ¤À®Yªº°}µh©Î¨¯¶Ô³Ò°Êªº­Wµh, ¦P¨üÁ}Ãø³Ò­W 2) Áô³ë. §Ô¨ü·¥«×ªº­Wµh (¦p¦P¤À®Y¤¤ªº°ü¤H), ¦b...¥H¥~ (#ù 8:22|)

4944 sunodino {soon-o-dee'-no} from 4862 and 5605;; v AV - travail in pain together 1; 1 1) to feel the pains of travail with, be in travail together 2) metaph. to undergo agony (like a woman in childbirth) along with
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4945 sunomosia {soon-o-mos-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 3660 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - conspiracy 1; 1 1) ¤@¦P°_»} 2) ¤@³õ³±¿Ñ

4945 sunomosia {soon-o-mos-ee'-ah} from a compound of 4862 and 3660;; n f AV - conspiracy 1; 1 1) a swearing together 2) a conspiracy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4946 Surakousai {soo-rak'-oo-sahee} ¤£½T©w¤Þ¥Ó¦rªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Syracuse 1; 1 ±Ô©Ô¥j = "±Ô§Q¨È¤§Å¥¤O" 1) ¦è¦è¨½®qªº¤@ªu®ü¤j«°, ¾Ö¦³«Ü´Îªº´ä¤f, ³Q14­^­ù(23¤½¨½)ªøªº«°Àð©Ò³ò¶

4946 Surakousai {soo-rak'-oo-sahee} plural of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Syracuse 1; 1 Syracuse = "a Syrian hearing" 1) a large maritime city of Sicily, having an excellent harbour and surrounded by a 14 mile (23 km) wall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4947 Suria {soo-ree'-ah} ©Î³\ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 06865;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Syria 8; 8 ±Ô§Q¨È = "°ª©|ªº" 1) ¨È¬wªº¤@°Ï, ¥_Ãä¬É¬°¤j¼Æ¤Î ¨Èº¿¥£(¤s¯ß)ªº½d³ò, ªF¥H¥®µo©Ô©³ªe»Pªü©Ô§B¬°¬É, «nÃä¬É¬O¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z, ¦Ó¦èÃä¥HµÌ¥§°ò«°¤Î¦a¤¤®ü¬°¬É

4947 Suria {soo-ree'-ah} probably of Hebrew origin 06865;; n pr loc AV - Syria 8; 8 Syria = "exalted" 1) a region of Asia bounded on the north by Taurus and Amanus ranges, on the east by the Euphrates and Arabia, on the south by Palestine, and the west by Phoenicia and the Mediterranean
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4948 Suros {soo'-ros} ·½¦Û »P 4947 ¦P ;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Syrian 1; 1 1) ±Ô§Q¨Èªº©~¥Á

4948 Suros {soo'-ros} from the same as 4947;; n pr m AV - Syrian 1; 1 1) an inhabitant of Syria
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4949 Surophoinissa {soo-rof-oy'-nis-sah} ·½¦Û 4948 ¤Î "»P5403 ¬Û¦P¦r" ªº²Õ¦X;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Syrophenician 1; 1 ±Ô§QµÌ¥§°ò¤H = "°ª¶Qªº´ÄÕÍ" 1) ²V¦XºØ±Úªº¦WºÙ, ¤@¥b¬OµÌ¥§°ò¤H©M¤@¥b¬O±Ô§Q¨È¤H

4949 Surophoinissa {soo-rof-oy'-nis-sah} from a compound of 4948 and the same as 5403;; n pr f AV - Syrophenician 1; 1 Syrophenician = "exalted palm" 1) the name of a mixed nation, half Phoenicians and half Syrians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4950 surtis {soor'-tis} ·½¦Û 4951;;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - quicksands 1; 1 1) Áɦթ³, ¦b«D¬w©Î¤¶©ó­{¤Ó°ò»P¶ë§Q©`¥H¥[¤§¶¡§Q¤ñ¨È®üªº¨â­Ó¦a¤èªº¦W¦r, ¥Rº¡²LÅy»P¨F¬w, ¤]¦]¦¹¹ï²î¦³¯}Ãa©Ê; ¦èÁɦթ³, ¦b¶ë¦è¨º»P³Á¹ç´µ[Meninx] ¨â®q¶¡ (©ÎªÌ¦b Zeitha »P Brachodes¨â®üÌa¶¡), ³QºÙ¬°¤pÁɦթ³, ªFÁɦթ³ (±q¶ëªk¹p®üÌa¦èÃä¨ì©µ¥Ó¨ì«O·ç®¦[Boreum] ¬°ªFÃä) ºÙ¬°Áɦթ³; «áªÌ¥²¬O¦b¨Ï®{¦æ¶Ç 27:17¤¤³Q´£¨ì¨º¤@­Ó, ¦]¬°¦b«OùÂ÷¶}°ª¤j ¥X®ü«áªº³o¿´²î«Ü®e©ö¾D®üÃø

4950 surtis {soor'-tis} from 4951;; n pr f AV - quicksands 1; 1 1) Syrtis, the name of two places in the African or Libyan Sea between Carthage and Cyrenaicia, full of shallows and sandbanks, and therefore destructive to ships; the western Syrtis, between the islands Cercina and Meninx (or the promontories of Zeitha and Brachodes), was called Syris minor, the eastern (extending from the promontories of Cephalae on the west to that of Boreum on the east) was called Syris major; this latter must be the one referred to in Acts 27:17, for upon this the ship in which Paul was sailing might easily be cast after leaving Crete
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4951 suro {soo'-ro} probably ªñ¦ü to 138; to trail;; °Êµü AV - draw 3, drag 1, hale 1; 5 1) ©Ô, ©ì 1a) «ü¤@­Ó¦bªk©x­±«eªº¤H, ³Q©Ô¨ìºÊº»¤¤, ³Q©ì¥h¨ü¦D»@

4951 suro {soo'-ro} probably akin to 138; to trail;; v AV - draw 3, drag 1, hale 1; 5 1) to draw, drag 1a) of one before the judge, to prison, to punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4952 susparasso {soos-par-as'-so} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4682;; °Êµü AV - tear 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¥þ¨­µjÅË, ©âÝz (#¸ô 9:42|)

4952 susparasso {soos-par-as'-so} from 4862 and 4682;; v AV - tear 1; 1 1) to convulse completely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4953 sussemon {soos'-say-mon} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 4591ªº°ò¦«¬ ¤§²Õ¦X; TDNT - 7:269,1015; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - token 1; 1 1) ´¶³qªº°O¸¹©Î¬O¨ãÅ骺°T¸¹ 2) ®Ú¾Ú¨óij¦Óµ¹ªº°O¸¹

4953 sussemon {soos'-say-mon} from a compound of 4862 and the base of 4591; TDNT - 7:269,1015; n n AV - token 1; 1 1) a common sign or concerted signal 2) a sign given according to agreement
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4954 sussomos {soos'-so-mos} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4983; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; §Î®eµü AV - of the same body 1; 1 1) ÄÝ©ó¦P¤@­Ó¨­Å骺 2) Áô³ë. ·N«ü¬Û¦Pªº±Ð·| (#¥± 3:6|)

4954 sussomos {soos'-so-mos} from 4862 and 4983; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; adj AV - of the same body 1; 1 1) belonging to the same body 2) metaph. to the same church
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4955 sustasiastes {soos-tas-ee-as-tace'} ·½¦Û a compound of 4862 and a derivative of 4714;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - make insurrection with 1; 1 1) «q¶Ã¼É°Êªº¦P¹Ù¤H, ¼É®{, §@¶Ãªº¤H (#®{ 15:7|)

4955 sustasiastes {soos-tas-ee-as-tace'} from a compound of 4862 and a derivative of 4714;; n m AV - make insurrection with 1; 1 1) a companion in insurrection, a fellow rioter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4956 sustatikos {soos-tat-ee-kos'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4921;; §Î®eµü AV - of commendation 2; 2 1) ±À±Rªº, ¤¶²Ðªº (#ªL«á 3:1|)

4956 sustatikos {soos-tat-ee-kos'} from a derivative of 4921;; adj AV - of commendation 2; 2 1) commendatory, introductory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4957 sustauroo {soos-tow-ro'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4717; TDNT - 7:786,1102; °Êµü AV - crucify with 5; 5 1) ¦P°v¤Q¦r¬[ °ò·þ¦b¤Q¬[¤Wªº¦º, °£·À¤F§Ú­Ì¤§«eªº¼Z¸¨»P±ÑÃa ¦]°ò·þ¦b¤Q¬[ªº¦º, ¨Ï§Ú¹ý©³²æÂ÷¥ý«eªºÂ²ß, ¦æ¬°»P·P¨ü

4957 sustauroo {soos-tow-ro'-o} from 4862 and 4717; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v AV - crucify with 5; 5 1) to crucify alone with The death of Christ on the cross has wrought the extinction of our former corruption, by the death of Christ upon the cross I have become utterly estranged from (dead to) my former habit of feeling and action
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4958 sustello {soos-tel'-lo} ·½¦Û 4862 »P 4724; TDNT - 7:596,1074; °Êµü AV - wind up 1, short 1; 2 1) (¨Ö¦b¤@°_¥H­P©ó)­­¨î,ÁYµu (#ªL«e 7:29|) 2) Âл\,¥]¸Ë,Äñ»q,ºPÅ| (#®{ 5:6|)

4958 sustello {soos-tel'-lo} from 4862 and 4724; TDNT - 7:596,1074; v AV - wind up 1, short 1; 2 1) to place together 1a) to draw together, contact 1a1) to diminish 1a2) to shorten, abridge 1a3) the time has been drawn together into a brief compass, is shortened 1b) to roll together, wrap up, wrap around with bandages, etc., to enshroud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4959 sustenazo {soos-ten-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4727; TDNT - 7:600,1076; °Êµü AV - groan together 1; 1 1) ¤@°_©D§u, ¦P¹Ä®§ (#ù 8:22|)

4959 sustenazo {soos-ten-ad'-zo} from 4862 and 4727; TDNT - 7:600,1076; v AV - groan together 1; 1 1) to groan together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4960 sustoicheo {soos-toy-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 and 4748; TDNT - 7:669,1087; °Êµü AV - answer to 1; 1 1) ¦P±Æ¤@¦C¯¸¥ßµÛ©Î¦æ­x 1a) ¤h§L­Ì 1b) ¯¸¥ß©ó...¹ï­±, »P...¥­¦æ 1c) ²Å¦X, Ãþ¦ü 1c1) ¦b¬ù¤¤ªºÃþ«¬²Å¦X©ó·s¬ù¤¤ªº¹ï¤ñÃþ«¬ (#¥[ 4:25|)

4960 sustoicheo {soos-toy-kheh'-o} from 4862 and 4748; TDNT - 7:669,1087; v AV - answer to 1; 1 1) to stand or march in the same row (file) with 1a) of soldiers 1b) to stand over against, be parallel with 1c) to answer to, resemble 1c1) so once of a type in the OT which answers to the antitype in the NT
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4961 sustratiotes {soos-trat-ee-o'-tace} ·½©ó 4862 ©M 4757; TDNT - 7:701,1091;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fellowsoldier 2; 2 1) ¦P³T, ¤@¦P·í§Lªº 2) ¬°¤F¥Dªº½t¬G, ¤@¦P§@¤u©Mª§¾Ôªº¤H

4961 sustratiotes {soos-trat-ee-o'-tace} from 4862 and 4757; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n m AV - fellowsoldier 2; 2 1) a fellow soldier 2) an associate in labours and conflicts for the cause of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4962 sustrepho {soos-tref'-o} ·½¦Û 4862 ©M 4762;; °Êµü AV - gather 1; 1 1) »E¶° (¥l¶°¤H­Ì¦b¤@°_), ¨£ # ¤Ó 17:22| (¦X©M¥»¥¼Ä¶¥X¨Ó) 2) ¬B°_¤@±î®ã ( # ®{ 28:3| )

4962 sustrepho {soos-tref'-o} from 4862 and 4762;; v AV - gather 1; 1 1) to twist together, roll together 2) to collect, combine, unite 2a) of men, to (gather themselves together) assemble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4963 sustrophe {soos-trof-ay'} ·½¦Û 4962;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - concourse 1, band together 1; 2 1) µ±¦b¤@°_, ¸j¦b¤@¶ô 2) ¯µ±KÁp¦X, Áp·ù, ¦@¿Ñ 3) µL¯´§Ç¤H¸s¤§¶°¦X, Ä̰Ê

4963 sustrophe {soos-trof-ay'} from 4962;; n f AV - concourse 1, band together 1; 2 1) a twisting up together, a binding together 2) a secret combination, a coalition, conspiracy 3) a concourse of disorderly persons, a riot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4964 suschematizo {soos-khay-mat-id'-zo} from 4862 and a derivative of 4976;; °Êµü AV - conform to 1, fashion (one's) self according to 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¬Y¤Hªº (¥ç§Y¤@­Ó¤Hªº«ä·Q©Î¬O¯S½è) »P¥t¤@­Ó«¬¦¡ (¨Ï¬Y¤Hªº§@­·¦X©ó....)¤@­P. ¨£¦P¸qµü 5873

4964 suschematizo {soos-khay-mat-id'-zo} from 4862 and a derivative of 4976;; v AV - conform to 1, fashion (one's) self according to 1; 2 1) to conform one's self (i.e. one's mind and character) to another's pattern, (fashion one's self according to) For Synonyms see entry 5873
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4965 Suchar {soo-khar'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07941;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Sychar 1; 1 ±Ô¥[ = "°s¾Kªº" 1) ¥i¯à¬O¥Ü¼C«°ªº¥t¤@­Ó¦W¦r, ¼»º¿§Q¨Èªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¾aªñ¶®¦U¤« #¬ù 4:5|

4965 Suchar {soo-khar'} of Hebrew origin 07941;; n pr loc AV - Sychar 1; 1 Sychar = "drunken" 1) probably another name for the town of Shechem, a town in Samaria, near the well of Jacob
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4966 Suchem {soo-khem'} ·½¦Û§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 07927;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Sychem (City in Ephraim) 1, Sychem (son of Emmor) 1; 2 ¥Ü¼C = "ªÓ (¦r­±·N¸q¬O¡u¦­°_¡v): ¶Ô¾Ä" 1) ¦b¥Hªk³s¦a¡]¼»º¿§Q¨È¹Ò¤º¡^ªº¤@­Ó«°¥« #®{ 7:16| 2) «¢©Ù¤§¤l #³Ð 33:19|

4966 Suchem {soo-khem'} of Hebrew origin 07927;; n pr loc AV - Sychem (City in Ephraim) 1, Sychem (son of Emmor) 1; 2 Shechem = "shoulder (literal early rising): diligence" 1) a city in Ephraim 2) the son of Emmor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4967 sphage {sfag-ay'} ·½¦Û 4969; TDNT - 7:935,1125; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - slaughter 3; 3 1) ±O±þ¡B®_±þ 1a) ¦Ïª`©w­n³Q®_±þ 1b) ·´·À¤§¤é

4967 sphage {sfag-ay'} from 4969; TDNT - 7:935,1125; n f AV - slaughter 3; 3 1) slaughter 1a) of sheep destined for slaughter 1b) of day of destruction
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4968 sphagion {sfag'-ee-on} ·½¦Û a derivative of 4967;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - slain beast 1; 1 1) ª`©w­n³Q±O±þªºÄ묹«~ (#®{ 7:42|)

4968 sphagion {sfag'-ee-on} from a derivative of 4967;; n n AV - slain beast 1; 1 1) that which is destined for slaughter, a victim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4969 sphazo {sfad'-zo} TDNT - 7:925,1125; °Êµü AV - slay 8, kill 1, wound 1; 10 1) ±O±þ, ®_±þ, ´Ý±þ, ±þ¦º, °Ñ#±Ò 16:21|

4969 sphazo {sfad'-zo} a primary verb; TDNT - 7:925,1125; v AV - slay 8, kill 1, wound 1; 10 1) to slay, slaughter, butcher 2) to put to death by violence 3) mortally wounded
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4970 sphodra {sfod'-rah} sphodros (²r¯Pªº, ¨Ó·½¤£¸Ô)ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ§@¬°°Æµü;; °Æµü AV - exceeding 4, very 3, greatly 2, exceedingly 1, sore 1; 11 1) ·¥ºÝ¦a, «D±`, «Ü

4970 sphodra {sfod'-rah} neuter plural of sphodros (violent, of uncertain derivation) as adverb;; adv AV - exceeding 4, very 3, greatly 2, exceedingly 1, sore 1; 11 1) exceedingly, greatly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4971 sphodros {sfod-roce'} ·½¦Û »P4970¦P ;; °Æµü AV - exceedingly 1; 1 1) ·¥ºÝ¦a, «D±` #®{ 27:18|

4971 sphodros {sfod-roce'} from the same as 4970;; adv AV - exceedingly 1; 1 1) exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4972 sphragizo {sfrag-id'-zo} ·½¦Û4973; TDNT - 7:939,1127; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- seal 22, set to (one's) seal 1, stop 1, seal up 1, set a seal 1, vr seal 1; 27 1) ±N°O¸¹«Ê¦í¡A ¥Î¼Ð»x§@°O¸¹¡A»\¦L 1a) ¬°¤F¨¾¿m¼»¥¹ 1b) ³Q«Ê¦íªº¨Æª«³£¬OÁôÂêº(¦p¦P¤@«Ê«Hªº¤º®e¡^¡A¾B±»¡A«O«ù½pÀq¡A«O¦u±K¯µ 1c) ¬°¤F­n¦b¤@­Ó¤H©Î¬Oª«¥ó¤W¯d¤U°O¸¹ 1c1) ÂǥѫʦL©Î»\¦L¥Î°O¸¹«Ê¦í 1c2) ¤Ñ¨Ï¬O¨ü¤F¯«ªº¦L°O 1d) ¬°¤F­nµý©ú¡A½T»{¡A©Î¬OÅç©ú¤@¥ó¨Æª« 1d1) ½T»{©ÒŲ©wªº¡A¸m©óÃhºÃ¤§¥~ 1d1a) «ü¤@¥ó¤â¼gªº¤åÄm 1d1b) ¦V¬Y¤Hµý¹ê¦Û¤vªº¨£µý¡A½T¹ê¬O¨ä©Ò«ÅºÙªº

4972 sphragizo {sfrag-id'-zo} from 4973; TDNT - 7:939,1127; v AV - seal 22, set to (one's) seal 1, stop 1, seal up 1, set a seal 1, vr seal 1; 27 1) to set a seal upon, mark with a seal, to seal 1a) for security: from Satan 1b) since things sealed up are concealed (as the contents of a letter), to hide, keep in silence, keep secret 1c) in order to mark a person or a thing 1c1) to set a mark upon by the impress of a seal or a stamp 1c2) angels are said to be sealed by God 1d) in order to prove, confirm, or attest a thing 1d1) to confirm authenticate, place beyond doubt 1d1a) of a written document 1d1b) to prove one's testimony to a person that he is what he professes to be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4973 sphragis {sfrag-ece'} probably strengthened from 5420; TDNT - 7:939,1127; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - seal 16; 16 1) ¦L 1a) ¦b®Ñ¤Wªº«Ê½p 1b) ¦W¦r§Ù«ü 1c) ¦L³¹ªºÃD¦W©Î»\¦L 1c1) ¯«¤Î°ò·þªº¦W»\¦L¦b¥L­ÌªºÃBÀY¤W 1d) ·íÂǵۦL³¹(°O¸¹©ÎÃÒ¾Ú)ªº¥ô¦ó¨Æ¬O¤w½T«H, ÃÒ©ú, »{ÃÒ

4973 sphragis {sfrag-ece'} probably strengthened from 5420; TDNT - 7:939,1127; n f AV - seal 16; 16 1) a seal 1a) the seal placed upon books 1b) a signet ring 1c) the inscription or impression made by a seal 1c1) of the name of God and Christ stamped upon their foreheads 1d) that by which anything is confirmed, proved, authenticated, as by a seal (a token or proof)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4974 sphuron {sfoo-ron'} ·½¦Û °²³]©µ¥Ó¦r»P sphaira (²y,"¦a²y»ö(²yÅé)", cf the ³±©Ê sphura, Âñ°©)¦P ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ankle bone 1; 1 1) ½ï

4974 sphuron {sfoo-ron'} from a presumed derivative probably of the same as sphaira (a ball, "sphere", cf the feminine sphura, a hammer);; n n AV - ankle bone 1; 1 1) the ankle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4975 schedon {skhed-on'} ³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 2192 ªº¥t¤@«¬ªº¤@­Ó¦rªº¤¤©Ê«¬, §@°Æµü¥Î;; °Æµü AV - almost 3; 3 1) ¬Ûªñ, ·¥±µªñ 2) «D±`±µªñ, ´X¥G, ¥u®t¤@ÂIÂI

4975 schedon {skhed-on'} neuter of a presumed derivative of the alternate of 2192 as adverb;; adv AV - almost 3; 3 1) near, hard by 2) well nigh, nearly, almost
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4976 schema {skhay'-mah} ·½¦Û 2192 ªº´À¥N«¬; TDNT - 7:954,1129; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - fashion 2; 2 1) ¼Ë¤l, ¥]§t¤@­Ó¤H¥´°Ê¥L¤H·P©xªº¤@¤Á, Å髬, Á|¤î, ½Í¸Ü, ¦æ°Ê, ¥Í¬¡¤è¦¡µ¥µ¥ ¦P¸qµü½Ð°Ñ¨£ 5865

4976 schema {skhay'-mah} from the alternate of 2192; TDNT - 7:954,1129; n n AV - fashion 2; 2 1) the habitus, as comprising everything in a person which strikes the senses, the figure, bearing, discourse, actions, manner of life etc. For Synonyms see entry 5865
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4977 schizo {skhid'-zo} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:959,1130; °Êµü AV - rend 5, divide 2, open 1, break 1, make a rent 1; 10 1) ¼A¶}, µõ¦¨¸H¤ù, §è¯} 2) ¥H¼¹§è¨Ó¤À¶} 3) ¤Àµõ¦¨¬£§O, ³Q¤À³Îªº

4977 schizo {skhid'-zo} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:959,1130; v AV - rend 5, divide 2, open 1, break 1, make a rent 1; 10 1) to cleave, cleave asunder, rend 2) to divide by rending 3) to split into factions, be divided
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4978 schisma {skhis'-mah} ·½¦Û 4977; TDNT - 7:963,1130; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - division 5, rent 2, schism 1; 8 1) ¯²ª÷, ¥X¯² 2) Áô³ë:¤À³Î, ¤À¶}, ·N¨£¤£¦X, ª§§n, ¯Éª§

4978 schisma {skhis'-mah} from 4977; TDNT - 7:963,1130; n n AV - division 5, rent 2, schism 1; 8 1) a rent 2) metaph. a division, dissension
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4979 schoinion {skhoy-nee'-on} schoinos (¿O¤ß¯ó©Î¬OÛu»Z, Äݤ£½Tªº©µ¥Ó)¦rªº¤@³¡¥÷;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - small cord 1, rope 1; 2 1) ²Ó÷©Î¯ó÷ 2) ÷¤l

4979 schoinion {skhoy-nee'-on} diminutive of schoinos (a rush or flag-plant, of uncertain derivation);; n n AV - small cord 1, rope 1; 2 1) a cord or rope made of rushes 2) a rope
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4980 scholazo {skhol-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 4981; °Êµü AV - empty 1, give (one's) self to 1; 2 1) ªá®É¶¡©ó,§ë¤J©ó (#ªL«e 7:5|) 2) ¶¢¸m,ªÅÀú (#¤Ó 12:44|)

4980 scholazo {skhol-ad'-zo} from 4981;; v AV - empty 1, give (one's) self to 1; 2 1) to cease from labour, to loiter 2) to be free from labour, to be at leisure, to be idle 2a) to have leisure for a thing 2b) to give one's self to a thing 3) of things 3a) of places, to be unoccupied, empty 3b) of a centurion's vacant office 3c) of vacant ecclesiastical offices 3d) of officers without charge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4981 schole {skhol-ay'} ¥i¯à¬O 2192 ªº´À¥N«¬ªº³±©Ê°²©w­l¥Í¦r; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - school 1; 1 1) ¤£¥Î¤u§@ 2) ¦³ªÅ¶¢°µ¥ô¦ó¨Æªº¦a¤è, ¾Ç®Õ

4981 schole {skhol-ay'} probably feminine of a presumed derivative of the alternate of 2192;; n f AV - school 1; 1 1) freedom from labour 2) a place where there is leisure for anything, a school
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4982 sozo {sode'-zo} ·½©ó¤@¦r®Ú«¬ªº sos (¤@¤w¤£¥Îªº¦r saoz ªºÁY¼g, ·N¬°"¦w¥þªº"); TDNT - 7:965,1132; °Êµü AV - save 93, make whole 9, heal 3, be whole 2, misc 3; 110 1) ±Ï§U, «O«ù¦w¥þ©M§¹¦n, ¥Ñ¦MÀI©M·´·À¤¤¬@±Ï¥X¨Ó 1a) ¤@¤H (¦bÀI´c©M¶Ë®`¤¤) 1a1) ¬@±Ï¤@¨ü­P©R­WÃøªº¤H, ¥ç§Y ¨Ï¾D¨ü¨ì¯e¯fªºµh­Wªº¤H, ±o¨ìÂåªv, ´_­ì, ©M°·±d 1b1) «OÅ@¦b·´·Àªº¦MÀI¤¤ªº¤H, ¬@±Ï, ´©±Ï 1b) «ü¦b¸t¸g°O¸üªº°ò¥»·N¸q¤Wªº¬@±Ï 1b1) ®ø·¥¦a¤è­±¨Ó»¡ 1b1a) «ü§K¨ü¥ÑÀ±Áɨȼf§P©Ò±a¨ÓªºÃg»@ 1b1b) «ü±N¤H¥Ñ¨¸´cªº¶Õ¤O(ªý¾×¤H±µ¨üÀ±ÁɨȪº¬@±Ï)¤¤¸Ñ±Ï¥X¨Ó

4982 sozo {sode'-zo} from a primary sos (contraction for obsolete saoz, "safe"); TDNT - 7:965,1132; v AV - save 93, make whole 9, heal 3, be whole 2, misc 3; 110 1) to save, keep safe and sound, to rescue from danger or destruction 1a) one (from injury or peril) 1a1) to save a suffering one (from perishing), i.e. one suffering from disease, to make well, heal, restore to health 1b1) to preserve one who is in danger of destruction, to save or rescue 1b) to save in the technical biblical sense 1b1) negatively 1b1a) to deliver from the penalties of the Messianic judgment 1b1b) to save from the evils which obstruct the reception of the Messianic deliverance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4983 soma {so'-mah} ·½©ó 4982; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - body 144, bodily 1, slave 1; 146 1) «ü¤H©Î°Êª«ªº¨­Åé 1a) ¦º¥hªº¨­Åé©Î«ÍÅé 1b) ¬¡µÛªº¨­Åé 1b1) «ü¬¡µÛªº°Êª« 2) «ü¦æ¬P©Î¨ä¥¦¬PÅé(¤ÑÅé) 3) ¥Î¥H«ü¤@(¤j¸s©Î¤Ö¼Æ)©¼¦¹¬Ûªñªº¤H©Ò²Õ¦¨ªºªÀ¹Î, ©Î(­ì¨Ó©Ò«üªº)®a®x; ¤@­ÓªÀ·|ªº, ­Û²zªº, ©Î¶H¼x©Êªº²Õ´ 3a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤¥Î¥H«ü±Ð·| 4) «ü¨º¨Ç¥i¥H³y¦¨³±¼vªº­ÓÅé, ¥Î¥H°Ï§O¨ä©M©Ò³y¦¨ªº³±¤l

4983 soma {so'-mah} from 4982; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; n n AV - body 144, bodily 1, slave 1; 146 1) the body both of men or animals 1a) a dead body or corpse 1b) the living body 1b1) of animals 2) the bodies of planets and of stars (heavenly bodies) 3) is used of a (large or small) number of men closely united into one society, or family as it were; a social, ethical, mystical body 3a) so in the NT of the church 4) that which casts a shadow as distinguished from the shadow itself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4984 somatikos {so-mat-ee-kos'} ·½¦Û 4983; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; §Î®eµü AV - bodily 2; 2 1) ¦³§Îªº, ¨­Å骺 (#¸ô 3:22;´£«e 4:8|) 1a) ¨ã¦³¨­Å骺§Î¦¡©Î¥»½è 1b) »P§ÎÅ馳Ãöªº

4984 somatikos {so-mat-ee-kos'} from 4983; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; adj AV - bodily 2; 2 1) corporeal, bodily 1a) having a bodily form or nature 1b) pertaining to the body
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4985 somatikos {so-mat-ee-koce'} ·½¦Û 4984;; °Æµü AV - bodily 1; 1 1) ¨­Åé¦a, §ÎÅé¦a (#¦è 2:9|)

4985 somatikos {so-mat-ee-koce'} from 4984;; adv AV - bodily 1; 1 1) bodily, corporally 1a) of the exalted spiritual body, visible only to the inhabitants of heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4986 Sopatros {so'-pat-ros} ·½¦Û the base of 4982 and 3962;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sopater 1; 1 ©Ò¤Ú¯S= "¤÷¿Ëªº±ÏÅ«ªÌ" 1) §È­ù¨È¤H²¦Ã¹´µªº¨à¤l, ³­¦ñ«Oùªº¦P¦æªÌ(#®{ 20:4|)

4986 Sopatros {so'-pat-ros} from the base of 4982 and 3962;; n pr m AV - Sopater 1; 1 Sopater = "saviour of his father" 1) the son of Pyrhus of Berea, a companion of Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4987 soreuo {sore-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 4673 ªº¥t¤@§Î¦¡; TDNT - 7:1094,1150; °Êµü AV - heap 1, lade 1; 2 1) °ï¦b¤@°_, °ï°_¨Ó (#ù 12:20|) 2) ³Q¤@°ï¨Æ±¡À£«± 3) Áô³ë. ¦]¬°³\¦h¸o´cªº·NÃѨϤHı±o¾á­«¾á (#´£«á 3:6|)

4987 soreuo {sore-yoo'-o} from another form of 4673; TDNT - 7:1094,1150; v AV - heap 1, lade 1; 2 1) to heap together, to heap up 2) to overwhelm one with a heap of anything 3) metaph. to load one with the consciousness of many sins
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4988 Sosthenes {soce-then'-ace} ·½¦Û the base of 4982 and that of 4599;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sosthenes 2; 2 ©Ò´£¥§ = "¥Lªº°ê®a¬@±Ï" 1) ­ôªL¦hªº¤@µS¤Ó¤H, ³Q®»¥B¦b­{¬y­±«e®Á¥´ 2) «Oùªº¬Y¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{¦P¦ñ

4988 Sosthenes {soce-then'-ace} from the base of 4982 and that of 4599;; n pr m AV - Sosthenes 2; 2 Sosthenes = "saviour of his nation" 1) a Jew at Corinth who was seized and beaten in the presence of Gallio 2) a certain Christian associate of Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4989 Sosipatros {so-sip'-at-ros} 4986ªºÂX®i«¬;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Sosipater 1; 1 ©Ò¦è¤Ú¼w = "¥L¤÷¿Ëªº±Ï¥D" 1) «Oùªº¤@­Ó¿ËÄÝ #ù 16:21|

4989 Sosipatros {so-sip'-at-ros} prolongation for 4986;; n pr m AV - Sosipater 1; 1 Sosipater = "saviour of his father" 1) a kinsman or fellow tribesman of Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4990 soter {so-tare'} ·½¦Û4982; TDNT - 7:1003,1132;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Saviour 24; 24 1) ±Ï¥D, ¸Ñ±ÏªÌ, «O¥þªÌ ¥j¤HÄmµ¹¯«,¯S§O¬O¦uÅ@¯«,©Î¬OÄmµ¹¤ýÀx,§g¥D,©Î¬O³yºÖ°ê®aªº¤@¯ë¤H. ¤]¦³¤H¥H¦¹©^©Óªü½ÛÅv¶Q¤§¤H.

4990 soter {so-tare'} from 4982; TDNT - 7:1003,1132; n m AV - Saviour 24; 24 1) saviour, deliverer, preserver The name was given by the ancients to deities, esp. tutelary deities, to princes, kings, and in general to men who had conferred signal benefits upon their country, and in more degenerate days by the way of flattery to personages of influence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4991 soteria {so-tay-ree'-ah} 4990 ªº³±©Ê­l¥Í¦r, §@¦Wµü¥Î(¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, ©â¶H¦Wµü); TDNT - 7:965,1132; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - salvation 40, the (one) be saved 1, deliver + 1325 1, health 1, saving 1, that (one) be saved + 1519 1; 45 1) ÄÀ©ñ, «OºÞ, ¦w¥þ, ¬@±Ï 1a) ¥Ñ¼Ä¤Hªº«I²¤´Û«V¤¤¸Ñ©ñ¥X¨Ó 1b) ¦b¹D¼w¤Wªº·N¸q, ½T¥ßÆF»îªº¦w¾Í¤Î¬@±Ï 1b1) À±ÁɨȪº±ÏÅ« 2) «ü©Ò¦³¯u°ò·þ®{²{¦b´N¾Ö¦³ªº±Ï®¦ 3) ¥¼¨Óªº¬@±Ï, «ü¥Ñ©Ò¦³ÄÝ¥@ªº§x­W¸o´c¤¤³Q±ÏÅ«¥X¨Óªº°ò·þ®{, ¦b°ò·þ¥Ñ¤Ñ°ê ½T¹ê¥iª¾ªº¦AÁ{«á, ±N¦b¥Ã«í¥B§¹¬üªº¤Ñ°ê¤¤©Ò±o¨Éªº©Ò¦³®¦´f¤Î¯¬ºÖªºÁ`¦X.

4991 soteria {so-tay-ree'-ah} feminine of a derivative of 4990 as (properly, abstract) noun; TDNT - 7:965,1132; n f AV - salvation 40, the (one) be saved 1, deliver + 1325 1, health 1, saving 1, that (one) be saved + 1519 1; 45 1) deliverance, preservation, safety, salvation 1a) deliverance from the molestation of enemies 1b) in an ethical sense, that which concludes to the souls safety or salvation 1b1) of Messianic salvation 2) salvation as the present possession of all true Christians 3) future salvation, the sum of benefits and blessings which the Christians, redeemed from all earthly ills, will enjoy after the visible return of Christ from heaven in the consummated and eternal kingdom of God.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4992 soterion {so-tay'-ree-on} ¤¤©Ê of »P...¦P 4991 as (¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, concretely) noun; TDNT - 7:1021,1132; §Î®eµü AV - salvation 4, that brings salvation 1; 5 1) ®¾±Ï, ±a¨Ó±ÏÅ« 2) ¥L¨Ï±ÏÅ«¦¨¬°¨ãÅé, ©Î¤W«ÒÂǥѥL¦¨´N¬@±Ï¤§¥\ 3) ¬ß±æ±N¨Óªº¬@±Ï

4992 soterion {so-tay'-ree-on} neuter of the same as 4991 as (properly, concretely) noun; TDNT - 7:1021,1132; adj AV - salvation 4, that brings salvation 1; 5 1) saving, bringing salvation 2) he who embodies this salvation, or through whom God is about to achieve it 3) the hope of (future) salvation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4993 sophroneo {so-fron-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 4998; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; °Êµü AV - be in right mind 2, be sober 2, be sober minded 1, soberly 1; 6 1) ÀY¸£²M°£°·¥þªº¤H 1a) ¦b²z´¼²zªº¤H 1b) ¦Û§Ú±±¨îªº 1b1) ¬Ý¦Û¤v¦X¥G¤¤¹D, »{¯u§NÀR¬Ý«Ý¦Û¤v 1b2) §í¨î­Ó¤Hªº¿E±¡

4993 sophroneo {so-fron-eh'-o} from 4998; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; v AV - be in right mind 2, be sober 2, be sober minded 1, soberly 1; 6 1) to be of sound mind 1a) to be in one's right mind 1b) to exercise self control 1b1) to put a moderate estimate upon one's self, think of one's self soberly 1b2) to curb one's passions
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4994 sophronizo {so-fron-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 4998; TDNT - 7:1104,1150; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥» - teach to be sober 1; 1 1) «ì´_¯«´¼ 2) ¨Ï½w©M, ±±¨î, §í¨î, ªù®{ 3) ¨Ï¤HºÉ¥»¤À 4) §i»|, »{¯u³WÄU

4994 sophronizo {so-fron-id'-zo} from 4998; TDNT - 7:1104,1150; v AV - teach to be sober 1; 1 1) restore one to his senses 2) to moderate, control, curb, disciple 3) to hold one to his duty 4) to admonish, to exhort earnestly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4995 sophronismos {so-fron-is-mos'} ·½¦Û 4994; TDNT - 7:1104,1150;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sound mind 1; 1 1) ¹ï¤ßÁnªº´£¿ô©Î©I³ê, ¾A«×¤Î¦Û¨î 2) ¦Û¨î, ¸`¨î

4995 sophronismos {so-fron-is-mos'} from 4994; TDNT - 7:1104,1150; n m AV - sound mind 1; 1 1) an admonishing or calling to soundness of mind, to moderation and self-control 2) self-control, moderation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4996 sophronos {so-fron'-oce} ·½¦Û 4998;; °Æµü AV - soberly 1; 1 1) ¦³°·¥þªºÀY¸£, ²M¿ô, ¸`¨î¦a, ¦Ò¼{©P¸Ô¦a (#¦h 2:12|)

4996 sophronos {so-fron'-oce} from 4998;; adv AV - soberly 1; 1 1) with sound mind, soberly, temperately, discreetly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4997 sophrosune {so-fros-oo'-nay} ·½¦Û 4998; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sobriety 2, soberness 1; 3 1) ¤ß´¼°·±d 2) ¦Û¨î, ¦Û§ÚºÞ²z, ²M¿ô, í­« (#®{ 26:25; ´£«e:2:9, 2:15|)

4997 sophrosune {so-fros-oo'-nay} from 4998; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; n f AV - sobriety 2, soberness 1; 3 1) soundness of mind 2) self-control, sobriety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4998 sophron {so'-frone} ·½¦Û the base of 4982 and that of 5424; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; §Î®eµü AV - sober 2, temperate 1, discreet 1; 4 1) ¦³²M´·ÀY¸£ªº, ºë¯«°·¥þªº, ¹B¥Î§PÂ_¯à¤Oªº 2) §í¨î¤@­Ó¤Hªº±ý±æ©M½Ä°Ê, §J¨î¦Û¤vªº, ¸`¨îªº

4998 sophron {so'-frone} from the base of 4982 and that of 5424; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; adj AV - sober 2, temperate 1, discreet 1; 4 1) of a sound mind, sane, in one's senses 2) curbing one's desires and impulses, self-controlled, temperate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
4999 Tabernai {tab-er'-nahee} plural of Latin origin;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - taverns 1; 1 1)°sÀ] 2)¤T­Ó°sÀ], the name of a halting place on the Appian way between Rome and the Market of Appius; it was 10 miles (16 km) from the latter place and 33 miles (50 km) ) from Rome

4999 Tabernai {tab-er'-nahee} plural of Latin origin;; n f AV - taverns 1; 1 1) taverns 2) Three Taverns, the name of a halting place on the Appian way between Rome and the Market of Appius; it was 10 miles (16 km) from the latter place and 33 miles (50 km) ) from Rome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5000 Tabitha {tab-ee-thah'} of Aramaic origin cf 06646;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Tabitha 2; 2 ¤j¤ñ¤j = "¥ÀÀü²Ü " 1)¤k¤Hªº¦W¦r, ©¼±o¨Ï¨ä¦º¸Ì´_¬¡

5000 Tabitha {tab-ee-thah'} of Aramaic origin cf 06646;; n pr f AV - Tabitha 2; 2 Tabitha = "female gazelle" 1) the name of the woman that Peter raised from the dead
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5001 tagma {tag'-mah} ·½¦Û 5021; TDNT - 8:31,1156; n n AV - order 1; 1 1) ¨Æ±¡¦w±Æ§´·í, ¦³¯´§Ç, ¦³¦¸§Ç 2) ¾ã¹Îªº­x§L, ­x¹Î 3) ¼Ö¶¤, ­x¶¤, ¦P´Áªº¤h§Lclass???

5001 tagma {tag'-mah} from 5021; TDNT - 8:31,1156; n n AV - order 1; 1 1) that which has been arranged, thing placed in order 2) a body of soldiers, a corps 3) band, troop, class
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5002 taktos {tak-tos'} ·½¦Û 5021;; §Î®eµü AV - set 1; 1 1) ¦¸§Ç, ¦w±Æ, ©T©wªº, ©w´Áªº

5002 taktos {tak-tos'} from 5021;; adj AV - set 1; 1 1) ordered, arranged, fixed, stated
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5003 talaiporeo {tal-ahee-po-reh'-o} from 5005;; °Êµü AV - be afflicted 1; 1 1) ¨¯­W¤u§@, §Ô¨ü¨¯­Wªº¤u§@ 2) ´d¶Ë, «s¶Ë 3) ·P¨ì­W´o, µh­W, 4) ­W´o, ¨Ï...µh­W

5003 talaiporeo {tal-ahee-po-reh'-o} from 5005;; v AV - be afflicted 1; 1 1) to toil heavily, to endure labours and hardships 2) to be afflicted 3) to feel afflicted and miserable 4) to afflict
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5004 talaiporia {tal-ahee-po-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 5005;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - misery 2; 2 1) ¨¯­W, Á}Ãø, ·Ð´o, ¨aÃø, ´dºG

5004 talaiporia {tal-ahee-po-ree'-ah} from 5005;; n f AV - misery 2; 2 1) hardship, trouble, calamity, misery
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5005 talaiporos {tal-ah'-ee-po-ros} ¥H5007¬°°ò¦, ¥B­l¥Í¦Û3984;; §Î®eµü AV - wretched 2; 2 1) §Ô¨ü¨¯³Ò©M§xÃø 2) ­W´o, ´dºGªº

5005 talaiporos {tal-ah'-ee-po-ros} from the base of 5007 and a derivative of the base of 3984;; adj AV - wretched 2; 2 1) enduring toils and troubles 2) afflicted, wretched
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5006 talantiaios {tal-an-tee-ah'-yos} ·½¦Û 5007;; §Î®eµü AV - weight of a talent 1; 1 1) ¥L³s±o 1a) ¤@¥L³s±oªº»È¤l­«¬ù 100 ½S (45 ¤½¤ç) 1b) ¤@¥L³s±oªºª÷¤l­«¬ù 200 ½S (91 ¤½¤ç)

5006 talantiaios {tal-an-tee-ah'-yos} from 5007;; adj AV - weight of a talent 1; 1 1) a weight or worth of a talent 1a) a talent of silver weighed about 100 pounds (45 kg) 1b) a talent of gold, 200 pounds (91 kg)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5007 talanton {tal'-an-ton} ·½¦Û tlao (­t²ü, ¬Û·í©ó 5342)­ì«¬¤§±À´ú¤Þ¥Ó¦r;; n n AV - talent 15; 15 1) ¤Ñ¥­ªº¯¯, ¯¯½L, ¤Ñ¥­ 2) ºÙ­«, ¤@­Ó¥L³s±o 2a) ¦]¤£¦P¦a¤è¤Î¦¸¼Æ¦Ó§ïÅܪº­«¶q 2b) ©M¤@­Ó»È¤lµ¥­«ªºÁ`ª÷ÃB¡A¥B¦]¨Ì¾ÚºÞ²z³f¹ô¤§ªk«ß¤¤ªº¤p¹ô­È ¡@¡@¡@ ¦b¤£¦P°ê¦Ó¦³©Ò¤£¦P 2b1) (Attic) ¥L³s±o¬Ûµ¥©ó 60 À±®³©Î¬O 6000 À@§Jº¿ (§ÆÃ¾¹ô¨î) 2b2) ¦b¥H¦â¦C­«¶q«×¶q¿Å¤¤¡A¤@­Ó»Èªº¥L³s±o¤j¬ù¬O100 ½S (45 ¤½¤ç) 2b3) ¦b¥H¦â¦C¶q¶q«×¶q¿Å¤¤¡A¤@­Óª÷ªº¥L³s±o¤j¬ù¬O 200 ½S (91 ¤½¤ç)

5007 talanton {tal'-an-ton} from a presumed derivative of the original form of tlao (to bear, equivalent to 5342);; n n AV - talent 15; 15 1) the scale of a balance, a balance, a pair of scales 2) that which is weighed, a talent 2a) a weight varying in different places and times 2b) a sum of money weighing a talent and varying in different states and according to the changes in the laws regulating currency 2b1) the Attic talent was equal to 60 Attic minae or 6000 drachmae 2b2) a talent of silver in Israel weighed about 100 pounds (45 kg) 2b3) a talent of gold in Israel weighed about 200 pounds (91 kg)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5008 talitha {tal-ee-thah'} ·½¦Û¨ÈÄõ¤å, °Ñ02924;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Talitha 1; 1 1) ¥¼±B¤k¤l, »Ó¤k, ¤Ö¤k,

5008 talitha {tal-ee-thah'} of Aramaic origin cf 02924;; n f AV - Talitha 1; 1 1) damsel, maiden
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5009 tameion {tam-i'-on} tamias (¤À°tªÌ¡^¥i¯àªº­l¥Í¤§ÁY¼g;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - closet 2, secret chamber 1, storehouse 1; 4 1) ÀxÂëÇ, ®w©Ð 2) ¤º«Ç, ¤º«Î 3) ¯µ±Kªº©Ð¶¡

5009 tameion {tam-i'-on} contraction of a presumed derivative of tamias (a dispenser or distributor;; n n AV - closet 2, secret chamber 1, storehouse 1; 4 1) a storage chamber, storeroom 2) a chamber esp. an inner chamber 3) a secret room
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5010 taxis {tax'-is} ·½©ó 5021;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - order 10; 10 1) ¾ã²z, ¦w±Æ 2) ¦¸§Ç 2a) ¨ÌµÛ©T©w®É¶¡ªº¤@­Ó©T©w¶¶§Ç 3) ¾A·íªº¶¶§Ç, ¦³¦¸§Ç 4) ¦b¤H¥Áªº¨Æ°È©Î¨ä¥¦¤½°È¤WªºÂ¾°È, ¶¥¯Å, ¾¦ì 4a) ³oºØÂ¾°È³q±`¨M©w¦b¤@­Óªº¤~·F, ¸gÅç, ©M¹ï¨Æ±¡³B²zªº¹ïµ¦¤W 4a1) ¥]¬A¥Lªº­Ó©Ê, ­·®æ, ¯S½è, «~¨ý

5010 taxis {tax'-is} from 5021;; n f AV - order 10; 10 1) an arranging, arrangement 2) order 2a) a fixed succession observing a fixed time 3) due or right order, orderly condition 4) the post, rank, or position which one holds in civic or other affairs 4a) since this position generally depends on one's talents, experience, resources 4a1) character, fashion, quality, style
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5011 tapeinos {tap-i-nos'} TDNT - 8:1,1152; §Î®eµü AV - of low degree 2, humble 2, base 1, cast down 1, of low estate 1, lowly 1; 8 1) (ªÀ·|¦a¦ì©Î¯à¤O)§C¤Uªº,¤£ÅãµÛªº,µL¦Wªº

5011 tapeinos {tap-i-nos'} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 8:1,1152; adj AV - of low degree 2, humble 2, base 1, cast down 1, of low estate 1, lowly 1; 8 1) not rising far from the ground 2) metaph. 2a) as a condition, lowly, of low degree 2b) brought low with grief, depressed 2c) lowly in spirit, humble 2d) in a bad sense, deporting one's self abjectly, deferring servilely to others
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5012 tapeinophrosune {tap-i-nof-ros-oo'-nay} ·½¦Û 5011 ©M 5424°ò¦ªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 8:1,1152; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - humility 3, humbleness of mind 1, humility of mind 1, lowliness 1, lowliness of mind 1; 7 1) ¤@­Ó¤HÁ¾¨õªºµû»ù 2) ¹ï¦Û¤vªº·L¤pªº²`¨è·NÃÑ 3) Á¾»¹, Á¾¨õ

5012 tapeinophrosune {tap-i-nof-ros-oo'-nay} from a compound of 5011 and the base of 5424; TDNT - 8:1,1152; n f AV - humility 3, humbleness of mind 1, humility of mind 1, lowliness 1, lowliness of mind 1; 7 1) the having a humble opinion of one's self 2) a deep sense of one's (moral) littleness 3) modesty, humility, lowliness of mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5013 tapeinoo {tap-i-no'-o} ·½¦Û 5011; TDNT - 8:1,1152; °Êµü AV - humble 6, abase 5, humble (one's) self 2, bring low 1; 14 1) ­°§C (#¸ô 3:5|) 2) ­°¨õ,²Û°d,´c«Ý 2a)±j½Õ¦a¦ìªºÂàÅÜ 2b)±j½Õ²Û°dªº¹ï«Ý¤è¦¡ (#ªL«á 12:21|) 2c)±j½ÕÃgªv(¸g¥~·N¸q) 3) Á¾¨õ,¨ÏÁ¾¨õ 4) ÄYºÞ,¨Ï¨õ½â (#µÌ 4:12|

5013 tapeinoo {tap-i-no'-o} from 5011; TDNT - 8:1,1152; v AV - humble 6, abase 5, humble (one's) self 2, bring low 1; 14 1) to make low, bring low 1a) to level, reduce to a plain 1b) metaph. to bring into a humble condition, reduce to meaner circumstances 1b1) to assign a lower rank or place to 1b2) to abase 1b3) to be ranked below others who are honoured or rewarded 1b4) to humble or abase myself by humble living 1c) to lower, depress 1c1) of one's soul bring down one's pride 1c2) to have a modest opinion of one's self 1c3) to behave in an unassuming manner 1c4) devoid of all haughtiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5014 tapeinosis {tap-i'-no-sis} ·½¦Û 5013; TDNT - 8:1,1152; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - low estate 1, humiliation 1, vile 1, be made low 1; 4 1) §C, §C¶¥¼h 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ÆF¸ÌªºÁ¾¨õ, ¤Þ¾É¤H»â®©¦Û¤vªº´ù¤p»P¸oª¹¡A¨Ã¬°¤§«sºE

5014 tapeinosis {tap-i'-no-sis} from 5013; TDNT - 8:1,1152; n f AV - low estate 1, humiliation 1, vile 1, be made low 1; 4 1) lowness, low estate 2) metaph. 2a) spiritual abasement, leading one to perceive and lament his (moral) littleness and guilt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5015 tarasso {tar-as'-so} °Êµü AV - trouble 17; 17 1) ÅͰÊ,·n°Ê(¤ô) (#¬ù 5:3|) 2) (³ë·N)¤º¦bªºÅͰÊ,ÂZ¶Ã,°ÊÀú,³´¤J²V¶Ã

5015 tarasso {tar-as'-so} of uncertain affinity;; v AV - trouble 17; 17 1) to agitate, trouble (a thing, by the movement of its parts to and fro) 1a) to cause one inward commotion, take away his calmness of mind, disturb his equanimity 1b) to disquiet, make restless 1c) to stir up 1d) to trouble 1d1) to strike one's spirit with fear and dread 1e) to render anxious or distressed 1f) to perplex the mind of one by suggesting scruples or doubts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5016 tarache {tar-akh-ay'} ·½¦Û 5015;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - trouble 1, troubling 1; 2 1) ÂZ¶Ã, ÄÌ°Ê 2) Áô³ë. ²V¶Ã, ¼É°Ê

5016 tarache {tar-akh-ay'} from 5015;; n f AV - trouble 1, troubling 1; 2 1) disturbance, commotion 2) metaph. a tumult, sedition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5017 tarachos {tar'-akh-os} ·½¦Û 5015;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - stir 2; 2 1) ¼É¶Ã, ¿E°_, ·S°Ê 2) ÄÌ°Ê #®{ 12:18;19:23|

5017 tarachos {tar'-akh-os} from 5015;; n m AV - stir 2; 2 1) commotion, stir (of mind) 2) tumult
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5018 Tarseus {tar-syoos'} from 5019;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Tarsus 2; 2 ¤j¼Æ = "¥­ªºÄx¤l" 1) ÄÝ©ó¤j¼Æ ,¤j¼Æªº¥»¦a¤H

5018 Tarseus {tar-syoos'} from 5019;; n pr m AV - Tarsus 2; 2 Tarsus = "a flat basket" 1) belong to Tarsus, a native of Tarsus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5019 Tarsos {tar-sos'} ©Î³\»P tarsos(²LªºÄx) ¦P;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Tarsus 3; 3 ¤j¼Æ¡]¶ð·æ´µ¡^= "²LªºÄx" 1) ¦b¦è¨½¦è¨Èªº¤@­Ó¥D­n«°É]¡A¤]¬O«Oùªº¥X¥Í¦a¤Î¦­¦~ªº®a¶m¡C ¨Ï®{¦æ¶Ç 9:11; 21:39; 22:3. ¬Æ¦Ü¦b§ÆÃ¾¾ú¥vªºÂײ±®É´Á´¿ ¬O­Ó­«­n«°É]¡C¦bù°¨¤º¾Ô®É¡A¥¦¬OÄݸӼ»³o¤@Ã䪺¡A¦Ó¥B¦b ¡@ ¸Ó¼»¨Ó³Xªº®É­Ô¡A§ï¤F«°É]ªº¦W¬°¯ü§Q¶øªi§Q´µ¡C¨È¥j¤h·þÅý ³o«°¦¨¬°¦Û¥Ñ«°É]¡C¦b¦­´Áù°¨¬Ó«Ò²ÎÁÒ¤§¤U¡A¬O­ÓµÛ¦Wªº±Ð ¨|«°¡C´µ¯S©Ôªi±N¥¦µø¬°»P¶®¨å¤Î¨È¾ú¤s¤j´ä¤@¼Ëªº¡C¤j¼Æ¤] ¬OÁcºaªº°Ó·~¦a¡C¦ì©ó¦è¼w§V´µªe©¤¤§¼eÁï»PªÎ¨Uªº¥­­ì¤W¡C ­«­nªº¿ò¸ñ¨S¾D¯}Ãa¡C

5019 Tarsos {tar-sos'} perhaps the same as tarsos (a flat basket);; n pr loc AV - Tarsus 3; 3 Tarsus = "a flat basket" 1) a major city in Cilicia and the birthplace and early home of Paul. Acts 9:11; 21:39; 22:3. Even in the flourishing period of Greek history it was an important city. In the Roman civil wars, it sided with Caesar and on the occasion of a visit from him its name changed to Juliopolis. Augustus made it a free city. Its was renowned as a place of education under the early Roman emperors. Strabo compares it in this respect to Athens and Alexandria. Tarsus also was a place of much commerce. It was situated in a wild and fertile plain on the banks of the Cydnus. No ruins of any importance remain.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5020 tartaroo {tar-tar-o'-o} ·½¦Û Tartaros (¦aº»¤¤³Ì©³ªº²WÃÁ); °Êµü AV - cast down to hell 1; 1 1) Tartaros¬O§ÆÃ¾¤H»{¬°¤ñ³±©²ÁÙ­n§C²`ªº¤@³B¦a¤è, ¬O¯«©ú°õ¦æ¼f§P¤§³B.¥H¦â¦Cªº¤Ñ±Ò¤å¾Ç¤]´£¨ì³o¼Ë ªº¦a¤è. 2) ³QÃö¦b,¥´¤JTartaros(#©¼«á 2:4|)

5020 tartaroo {tar-tar-o'-o} from Tartaros (the deepest abyss of Hell);; v AV - cast down to hell 1; 1 1) the name of the subterranean region, doleful and dark, regarded by the ancient Greeks as the abode of the wicked dead, where they suffer punishment for their evil deeds; it answers to Gehenna of the Jews 2) to thrust down to Tartarus, to hold captive in Tartarus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5021 tasso {tas'-so} TDNT - 8:27,1156; °Êµü AV - appoint 3, ordain 2, set 1, determine 1, addict 1; 8 1) ¦w±Æ´Nºü 2) ©R¥O,¨M·N,«ü¬£(¥²»Ý­n°µªº¨Æ) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5844

5021 tasso {tas'-so} a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); TDNT - 8:27,1156; v AV - appoint 3, ordain 2, set 1, determine 1, addict 1; 8 1) to put in order, to station 1a) to place in a certain order, to arrange, to assign a place, to appoint 1a1) to assign (appoint) a thing to one 1b) to appoint, ordain, order 1b1) to appoint on one's own responsibility or authority 1b2) to appoint mutually, i.e. agree upon For Synonyms see entry 5844
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5022 tauros {tow'-ros} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r [°Ñ¨£§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 8450, "steer"];; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - ox 2, bull 2; 4 1) ¤½¤û©Î³QìIªº¤½¤û

5022 tauros {tow'-ros} apparently a primary word [cf 8450, "steer"];; n m AV - ox 2, bull 2; 4 1) a bull or ox
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5023 tauta {tow'-tah} 3778 ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ¥D®æ©Îª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - these things 158, these 26, thus 17, that 7, these words 7, this 6, afterwards + 3326 4, misc 22; 247 1) ³o¨Ç

5023 tauta {tow'-tah} nominative or accusative case neuter plural of 3778;; pron AV - these things 158, these 26, thus 17, that 7, these words 7, this 6, afterwards + 3326 4, misc 22; 247 1) these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5024 tauta {tow-tah'} ·½©ó 3588 ¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ ©M 846 (§@°Æµü);; ¥N¦Wµü AV - like 1, like manner 1, so 1, even thus 1; 4 1) §Y¨Ï³o¼Ë, ¦p¦¹¤@¯ë

5024 tauta {tow-tah'} neuter plural of 3588 and 846 as adverb;; pron AV - like 1, like manner 1, so 1, even thus 1; 4 1) even, thus, in the same way
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5025 tautais {tow'-taheece} and tautas {tow'-tas} 3778 ªº³±©Ê½Æ¼Æ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ©Mª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - these 12, those 6, them 1, that 1, hence 1; 21 1) ¨º¨Ç, ³o¨Ç

5025 tautais {tow'-taheece} and tautas {tow'-tas} dative case and accusative case feminine plural respectively of 3778;; pron AV - these 12, those 6, them 1, that 1, hence 1; 21 1) those, these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5026 taute {tow'-tay} ©M tauten {tow'-tane} ©M tautes {tow'-tace} ¤À§O¬O 3778 ªº³æ¼Æ³±©Ê ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ, ª½±µ¨ü®æ, ©M©Ò¦³®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - this 105, that 4, the same 4, misc 9; 122 1) ³o, ¨º, ³o¤@­Ó; ¨£ 3778

5026 taute {tow'-tay} and tauten {tow'-tane} and tautes {tow'-tace} dative case, accusative case and genitive case respectively of the feminine singular of 3778;; pron AV - this 105, that 4, the same 4, misc 9; 122 1) this, that, the same, see 3778
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5027 taphe {taf-ay'} ·½¦Û 2290;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to bury + 1519 1; 1 1) ®I¸®

5027 taphe {taf-ay'} from 2290;; n f AV - to bury + 1519 1; 1 1) burial
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5028 taphos {taf'-os} ·½¦Û 2290;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sepulchre 6, tomb 1; 7 1) ®I¸® 2) ¼X¹Ó, ¹Ó¥Þ

5028 taphos {taf'-os} from 2290;; n m AV - sepulchre 6, tomb 1; 7 1) burial 2) a grave, a sepulchre
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5029 tacha {takh'-ah} ¥i¯à¬O 5036(§@°Æµü) ªº¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ;; °Æµü AV - peradventure 1, perhaps 1; 2 1) ¥^«P¦a, §Ö³t¦a, ¨³³t¦a 2) ©ÎªÌ, ¤]³\.

5029 tacha {takh'-ah} as if neuter plural of 5036 (adverbially);; adv AV - peradventure 1, perhaps 1; 2 1) hastily, quickly, soon 2) peradventure, perhaps
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5030 tacheos {takh-eh'-oce} ·½¦Û 5036;; °Æµü AV - shortly 4, quickly 2, soon 2, hastily 1, suddenly 1; 10 1) §Ö³tªº, µu¼Èªº, ¤@·|¨àªº

5030 tacheos {takh-eh'-oce} from 5036;; adv AV - shortly 4, quickly 2, soon 2, hastily 1, suddenly 1; 10 1) quickly, shortly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5031 tachinos {takh-ee-nos'} ·½©ó 5034;; §Î®eµü AV - shortly 1, swift 1; 2 1) ¨³±¶, §Ö³t

5031 tachinos {takh-ee-nos'} from 5034;; adj AV - shortly 1, swift 1; 2 1) swift, quick
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5032 tachion {takh'-ee-on} 5036 ¤ñ¸û¯Å(§@ °Æµü) ªº¤¤©Ê³æ¼Æ;; °Æµü AV - shortly 2, quickly 1, outrun + 4390 1, the sooner 1; 5 1) §ó±Ó±¶ªº, §ó¨³³tªº

5032 tachion {takh'-ee-on} neuter singular of the comparative of 5036 (as adverb);; adv AV - shortly 2, quickly 1, outrun + 4390 1, the sooner 1; 5 1) more swiftly, more quickly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5033 tachista {takh'-is-tah} ¤¤©Ê ½Æ¼Æ of the superlative of 5036 (as °Æµü);; §Î®eµü AV - with all speed + 5613 1; 1 1) «D±`ªº§Ö (#®{ 17:15|)

5033 tachista {takh'-is-tah} neuter plural of the superlative of 5036 (as adverb);; adj AV - with all speed + 5613 1; 1 1) very quickly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5034 tachos {takh'-os} ·½¦Û »P 5036 ¬Û¦P ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - shortly + 1722 4, quickly + 1722 2, speedily + 1722 1; 7 1) §Ö, ¥[³t

5034 tachos {takh'-os} from the same as 5036;; n n AV - shortly + 1722 4, quickly + 1722 2, speedily + 1722 1; 7 1) quickness, speed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5035 tachu {takh-oo'} ¤¤©Ê ³æ¼Æ of 5036 (as °Æµü);; °Æµü AV - quickly 12, lightly 1; 13 1) §Ö³t¦a, ¨³³t¦a (²@µL©µ¿ð)

5035 tachu {takh-oo'} neuter singular of 5036 (as adverb);; adv AV - quickly 12, lightly 1; 13 1) quickly, speedily (without delay)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5036 tachus {takh-oos'} of uncertain affinity;; §Î®eµü AV - swift 1; 1 1) ¤@Àþ¶¡ªº, §Ö³tªº, ¨³³tªº (#¶® 1:19|)

5036 tachus {takh-oos'} of uncertain affinity;; adj AV - swift 1; 1 1) quick, fleet, speedy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5037 te {teh} a primary ½èµü/»y§Uµü (enclitic) of connection or addition;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - and 130, both 36, then 2, whether 1, even 1, also 1, not tr 38; 209 1) ¤£³æ ... ¦Ó¥B 2) §Y ... ¤S¡M¤GªÌ¬Ò 3) ¤]¬O¦p¦¹

5037 te {teh} a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition;; particle AV - and 130, both 36, then 2, whether 1, even 1, also 1, not tr 38; 209 1) not only ... but also 2) both ... and 3) as ... so
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5038 teichos {ti'-khos} ªñ¦ü©ó 5088 ªº¦r·½;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - wall 9; 9 1) ³ò¶¤@­Ó«°ªºÀð, «°Àð, ¥«Âíªº³òÀð³ò¹ë

5038 teichos {ti'-khos} akin to the base of 5088;; n n AV - wall 9; 9 1) the wall around a city, town wall
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5039 tekmerion {tek-may'-ree-on} ·½¦Ûtekmar (¥Ø¼Ð©Î¬O¤£Åܪº­­¨î) ªº±À´ú©µ¥Ó¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - infallible proof 1; 1 1) ¨Ó¦Û¤v½T©w¥B©ú¥Õ¤wª¾ªº¨Æª« 2) ¦b¤£®e¸mºÃªºÃÒ¾Ú(¤§¤W), ÃÒ©ú

5039 tekmerion {tek-may'-ree-on} from a presumed derivative of tekmar (a goal or fixed limit);; n n AV - infallible proof 1; 1 1) that from which something is surely and plainly known 2) on indubitable evidence, a proof
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5040 teknion {tek-nee'-on} ªí¥Ü¤pªº 5043; TDNT - 5:636,759; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - little children 9; 9 1) ¤p«Ä¤l 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤±Ð®v­Ì¤]¥H¨Ó§@¬°¹ï¨ä¤l§Ì­Ìªº¼ÊºÙ

5040 teknion {tek-nee'-on} diminutive of 5043; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n AV - little children 9; 9 1) a little child 2) in the NT used as a term of kindly address by teachers to their disciples
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5041 teknogoneo {tek-nog-on-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 5043 and the base of 1096;; °Êµü AV - bear children 1; 1 1) ¬°¤H¤÷, ¾i¨|¨à¤k (#´£«e 5:14|)

5041 teknogoneo {tek-nog-on-eh'-o} from a compound of 5043 and the base of 1096;; v AV - bear children 1; 1 1) beget or bear children
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5042 teknogonia {tek-nog-on-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 5041;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - childbearing 1; 1 1) ¥Í²£(#´£«e 2:15|)

5042 teknogonia {tek-nog-on-ee'-ah} from the same as 5041;; n f AV - childbearing 1; 1 1) childbearing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5043 teknon {tek'-non} ·½©ó 5098 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:636,759; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99 1) «á¸Ç, ¤l¤k 1a) «Ä¤l 1a) ¨k©Êªº«Ä¤l, ¨à¤l 1b) Áô³ë. 1b1) ³o¦r³Q­É¨Ó«ü¤H»P¤H¤§¶¡¦]·R, ¤Í½Ë, «H¥ô©Òµ²¦X¦¨ªº¿Ë»e»P¤¬¬ÛªºÃö«Y, ¦p¦P¤÷¥À»P¤l¤k¶¡ªºÃö«Y¤@¯ë 1b2) ¤@ºØ·O·RªººA«×, ¦p¦uÅ@ªÌ, ±Ï§UªÌ, À°¤â, ¦Ñ®v, ©M¦p¦P¶±¤u¯ëªº¦Û¤vªº«Ä¤l(?) 1b3) ¦b·s¬ù®É¥N, ¾Ç¥Í©Mªù®{³QºÙ¬°¥L­Ì¦Ñ®vªº¤l¤k, ¦]¬°¦Ñ®vªº±Ð¾É°ö¨|¤F¾Ç¥Íªº «ä·Q©M¶ì³y¤F¥L­Ìªº­Ó©Ê 1b4) ¯«ªº¤l¤k: ¦b¬ù¤¤ªº"¥H¦â¦C¤§¥Á", «ü¨ä©M¯«¯S§O¿Ëªñ; ·s¬ù¤¤«Oùªº®Ñ«H¤¤, ¥Î¥H«ü©Ò¦³±µ¨ü¸tÆF±a»â¦Ó©M¯«¦³¿ËªñªºÃö«Yªº¤H 1b5) ´cÅ]¤§¤l: «ü¦b«ä·Q¤Î¦æ¬°¨üÅ]°­¼vÅT, ¦Ó¤Ï¬M¥X¨ä¨¸´c¯S½èªº¤H 1c) Áô³ë. 1c1) «ü°ò©ó¼¤±æ©Î·R¼}¦Ó©ÒÎâ¾a©Î¨Ì¿àªºªF¦è; °õ°g, ¤J°g, ¤WÅ} 1c2) ¥i¾á­t¥ô¦ó©R¹Bªº¤H 1c2a) «°¥«ªº¤l¥Á: «ü¨ä¥i«O°ê¦w®a 1c3) ´¼¼zªº¿w«HªÌ, ¨º¨ÇÆF»î¤w¨ü¨ì´¼¼zªº´þ¾i»P¶ì³yªº¤H 1c4) ¨ü¶A©Gªº¤l¤k, ¨ü¨ì©G¶A¦Ó­n©Ó¨ü¨ì¯«ªº¼««ã©Î³B¤Àªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5868

5043 teknon {tek'-non} from the base of 5098; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n AV - child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99 1) offspring, children 1a) child 1a) a male child, a son 1b) metaph. 1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal relationship formed between men by the bonds of love, friendship, trust, just as between parents and children 1b2) in affectionate address, such as patrons, helpers, teachers and the like employ: my child 1b3) in the NT, pupils or disciples are called children of their teachers, because the latter by their instruction nourish the minds of their pupils and mould their characters 1b4) children of God: in the OT of "the people of Israel" as especially dear to God, in the NT, in Paul's writings, all who are led by the Spirit of God and thus closely related to God 1b5) children of the devil: those who in thought and action are prompted by the devil, and so reflect his character 1c) metaph. 1c1) of anything who depends upon it, is possessed by a desire or affection for it, is addicted to it 1c2) one who is liable to any fate 1c2a) thus children of a city: it citizens and inhabitants 1c3) the votaries of wisdom, those souls who have, as it were, been nurtured and moulded by wisdom 1c4) cursed children, exposed to a curse and doomed to God's wrath or penalty For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5044 teknotropheo {tek-not-rof-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 5043 and 5142;; °Êµü AV - bring up children 1; 1 1) ¾i¨|¨à¤k (#´£«e 5:10|)

5044 teknotropheo {tek-not-rof-eh'-o} from a compound of 5043 and 5142;; v AV - bring up children 1; 1 1) to bring up children
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5045 tekton {tek'-tone} ·½¦Û 5098 ªº¦r®Ú;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - carpenter 2; 2 1) ¤ì¤u, ¤ì¦K, ²Ó¤u¤ì¦K, Àç³y°Ó 1a) ²îªº¤ì¦K©ÎÀç³yªÌ 2) ÀJ¨èªÌ, ©Î¬O¤u§@ªÌ 2a) ¸ÖªºÃÀ³N, ¼gºqªº¤H 3) µ¦¹ºªÌ, ³]­pªÌ, ø¹ÏªÌ 3a) §@®a

5045 tekton {tek'-tone} from the base of 5098;; n m AV - carpenter 2; 2 1) a worker in wood, a carpenter, joiner, builder 1a) a ship's carpenter or builder 2) any craftsman, or workman 2a) the art of poetry, maker of songs 3) a planner, contriver, plotter 3a) an author
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5046 teleios {tel'-i-os} ·½¦Û 5056; TDNT - 8:67,1161; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥»- perfect 17, man 1, of full age 1; 19 1) ¨Ïµ²§ô,§¹¦¨ 2) ¤£¯Ê¥ô¦ó¥²»Ý¨Æª«ªº§¹¥þ 3) §¹¾ãµL¯Êªº 4) ¨º¨Ç§¹¥þµL¯Êªº 4a) ¦b¤Hªº¥¿ª½©Mµ½¤W¹F¨ì§¹¥þ 4b) Ãö©ó¤Hªº 4b1) §¹¥þªø¦¨, ¦¨¤H, ¨¬·³, ¦¨¼ô

5046 teleios {tel'-i-os} from 5056; TDNT - 8:67,1161; adj AV - perfect 17, man 1, of full age 1; 19 1) brought to its end, finished 2) wanting nothing necessary to completeness 3) perfect 4) that which is perfect 4a) consummate human integrity and virtue 4b) of men 4b1) full grown, adult, of full age, mature
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5047 teleiotes {tel-i-ot'-ace} ·½©ó 5046; TDNT - 8:78,1161; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - perfectness 1, perfection 1; 2 1) µn®p³y·¥, §¹¬üµL¯Ê 1a) §ó¦³´¼¼z 1b) «ü¦b¹D¼w¤ÎÆF©Ê¤Wªº§¹¬ü

5047 teleiotes {tel-i-ot'-ace} from 5046; TDNT - 8:78,1161; n f AV - perfectness 1, perfection 1; 2 1) perfection 1a) the state of the more intelligent 1b) moral and spiritual perfection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5048 teleioo {tel-i-o'-o} ·½©ó 5046; TDNT - 8:79,1161; °Êµü AV - make perfect 12, perfect 4, finish 4, fulfil 2, be perfect 1, consecrate 1; 24 1) ¨Ï§¹¥þ, §¹¦¨ 1a) ¹ý©³¹ê¦æ, §¹¦¨, ¹F¦¨, §@¨ì¤@­Óµ²§ôªº¦a¨B 2) ¨Ï§¹¬üµL¯Ê 2a) ¼W¥[©|©Ò»Ýªº¥H¨Ï§¹¥þ 2b) ¨Ï§¹¬ü 3) ¹F¨ì©ÒÀÀ©wªº¥Ø¼Ð 4) §¹¦¨, ¹ê¦æ, ¦¨´N 4a) «ü¨Æ¥ó¹F¨ìºÉÀY©Î¥þ³Æ 4a1) «ü¸t¸g¤¤ªº¹w¨¥³Q¦¨´N

5048 teleioo {tel-i-o'-o} from 5046; TDNT - 8:79,1161; v AV - make perfect 12, perfect 4, finish 4, fulfil 2, be perfect 1, consecrate 1; 24 1) to make perfect, complete 1a) to carry through completely, to accomplish, finish, bring to an end 2) to complete (perfect) 2a) add what is yet wanting in order to render a thing full 2b) to be found perfect 3) to bring to the end (goal) proposed 4) to accomplish 4a) bring to a close or fulfilment by event 4a1) of the prophecies of the scriptures
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5049 teleios {tel-i'-oce} °Æµü AV - to the end 1; 1 1) §¹¥þ¦a (#©¼«e 1:13|)

5049 teleios {tel-i'-oce} from 5046;; adv AV - to the end 1; 1 1) perfectly, completely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5050 teleiosis {tel-i'-o-sis} ·½©ó 5448; TDNT - 8:84,1161; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - performance 1, perfection 1; 2 1) §¹¥þ, §¹¦¨ 1a) º¡¨¬, §¹¦¨, ¹ê½î 1b) ¹ï©Ó¿Õªº¹ê¦æ¹ê²{ 1c) ·¥­P, §¹¬ü, §¹¥þ

5050 teleiosis {tel-i'-o-sis} from 5448; TDNT - 8:84,1161; n f AV - performance 1, perfection 1; 2 1) a completing, a perfecting 1a) fulfilment, accomplishment 1b) the event which verifies the promise 1c) consummation, perfection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5051 teleiotes {tel-i-o-tace'} ·½©ó 5048; TDNT - 8:86,1161;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - finisher 1; 1 1) §¹¬üµL·vªº¤H 2) «ü¦Û§Ú±N«H¤ß´£ª@¦Ü§¹¬ü¹Ò¬Éªº¤H, ³Q¦CÁ|¦b§Ú­Ì«e­±§@­±«H¤ßªº¦Ü°ªªº¼Ò½d

5051 teleiotes {tel-i-o-tace'} from 5048; TDNT - 8:86,1161; n m AV - finisher 1; 1 1) a perfector 2) one who has in his own person raised faith to its perfection and so set before us the highest example of faith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5052 telesphoreo {tel-es-for-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 5056 and 5342;; °Êµü AV - bring fruit to ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ion 1; 1 1) ±a¨Ó, ¾É­P (§¹¦¨) ¦¨¼ô 1a) «üªG¹ê 1b) «ü¥¥°ü§Y±NÁ{¬Ö 1c) «ü°Êª«±N¥®¨à­÷¨Åªø¤j (#¸ô 8:14|)

5052 telesphoreo {tel-es-for-eh'-o} from a compound of 5056 and 5342;; v AV - bring fruit to perfection 1; 1 1) to bring to (perfection or) maturity 1a) of fruits 1b) of pregnant women 1c) of animals bringing their young to maturity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5053 teleutao {tel-yoo-tah'-o} ·½©ó¤@³Q»{¬°¬O­l¥Í©ó 5055 ªº¦r;; °Êµü AV - die 8, be dead 3, decrease 1; 12 1) µ²§ô, ²×µ², ¤Fµ² 2) ¨Ïµ²§ô©Î§¹µ², ¨ì¹F²×ÂI

5053 teleutao {tel-yoo-tah'-o} from a presumed derivative of 5055;; v AV - die 8, be dead 3, decrease 1; 12 1) to finish, bring to and end, close 2) to have an end or close, come to an end
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5054 teleute {tel-yoo-tay'} ·½¦Û 5053;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - death 1; 1 1) ¥Í©R²×¤F, ¦º¤`, ¦º

5054 teleute {tel-yoo-tay'} from 5053;; n f AV - death 1; 1 1) the end of life, decease, death
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5055 teleo {tel-eh'-o} ·½¦Û5056; TDNT - 8:57,1161; °Êµü AV - finish 8, fulfil 7, accomplish 4, pay 2, perform 1, expire 1, misc 3; 26 1) µ²§ô, §¹¦¨, ²×¤F 1a) ¤w¸g¹L¤F, §¹¦¨ 2) °õ¦æ, ¼i¦æ, §¹¦¨, ¹ê²{ ( ¤@¥ó¨Æ¤w¸g«öµÛ©Ò»¡ªº§¹¦¨¤F, ¨Ò¦p¡G¤@­Ó«ü¥Ü, ¤@­Ó©R¥O) 2a) ¯S§O¬O¦³Ãö©ó­n¿í¦æªº¨Æ±¡, ¨Ò: ¼i¦æ¤@­Ó©R¥O 2b) ¤]¬OÃö©ó§Î¦¡, §Y«ö·Ó©R¥O¦æ¨Æ, ³q±`¬O»P®É¶¡¦³Ãö, ´N¬O§¹¦¨¤F¤@¶µ¦b¶i¦æ¤¤ªº¤u§@ªº³Ì«á¤@­Ó¨B»E, ´N§¹¦¨¤F³o­Ó©R¥O! 3) ¤ä¥I 3a) µ|, Ãöµ|

5055 teleo {tel-eh'-o} from 5056; TDNT - 8:57,1161; v AV - finish 8, fulfil 7, accomplish 4, pay 2, perform 1, expire 1, misc 3; 26 1) to bring to a close, to finish, to end 1a) passed, finished 2) to perform, execute, complete, fulfil, (so that the thing done corresponds to what has been said, the order, command etc.) 2a) with special reference to the subject matter, to carry out the contents of a command 2b) with reference also to the form, to do just as commanded, and generally involving the notion of time, to perform the last act which completes a process, to accomplish, fulfil 3) to pay 3a) of tribute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5056 telos {tel'-os} ·½©ó¤@¦r®Ú«¬ªº tello (³]©w¤@­Ó©ú½Tªº²×ÂI©Î¥Ø¼Ð); TDNT - 8:49,1161; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - end 35, custom 3, uttermost 1, finally 1, ending 1, by (one's) continual + 1519 1; 42 1) ²×ÂI 1a) ²×µ², ¨Æª«³Ì²×ªºµ²§½ (¥Î¥H«ü¬Y­Ó¦æ°Ê©Îª¬ºAªº§¹µ²ÂI, ¦Ó¤£¬O¬Y¬q®É¶¡ªºµ²§ôÂI) 1b) µ²§½ 1b1) ³sÄòºtÅܩΨƥ󪺳̲׵²§½ 1b2) ¤£¦´ªº 1c) ¨Æ±¡³Ì²×ªºµ²ªG, Á`µ², µ²®×, µ²ªG, ¨Mij 1d) ©Ò¦³¬ÛÃö¨Æ¥óªº³Ì²×ÂI, ¥Ø¼Ð, ¥Øªº 2) ³q¦æ¶O, Ãöµ| (¥ç§Y ³fª«ªº¶¡±µµ|)

5056 telos {tel'-os} from a primary tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); TDNT - 8:49,1161; n n AV - end 35, custom 3, uttermost 1, finally 1, ending 1, by (one's) continual + 1519 1; 42 1) end 1a) termination, the limit at which a thing ceases to be (always of the end of some act or state, but not of the end of a period of time) 1b) the end 1b1) the last in any succession or series 1b2) eternal 1c) that by which a thing is finished, its close, issue 1d) the end to which all things relate, the aim, purpose 2) toll, custom (i.e. indirect tax on goods)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5057 telones {tel-o'-nace} ·½¦Û 5056 »P 5608; TDNT - 8:88,1166;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - publican 22; 22 1) ¯²¥ÎªÌ©Î¦ú¹A 1a) ¦bù°¨¤H·í¤¤, ³q±`¬OÃM¤h¹Î¤§¤¤ªº¤H 2) ¦¬µ|ªÌ, ¦¬µ|©Î¦¬¹L¸ô¶Oªº¤H, ¨ü¶±©ó¤½®a©Î¦¬µ|¦ú¹AÁ`ºÞ. ¦¬µ|ªÌ¬°¤@ºØ¤H, ¤£¶È¬°µS¤Ó¤H©Ò¼¨, ¤]¬°¨ä¥L°ê®a©Ò´c, ¬O¦]¬°¥L­Ìªº¨ü¶±, ¤]¦]¬°¥L­Ì©Ò°µ¤u§@¤¤ªºµL±¡,³g°ý,¤Î´ÛÄF.

5057 telones {tel-o'-nace} from 5056 and 5608; TDNT - 8:88,1166; n m AV - publican 22; 22 1) a renter or farmer of taxes 1a) among the Romans, usually a man of equestrian rank 2) a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican or farmer general in the collection of taxes. The tax collectors were as a class, detested not only by the Jews, but by other nations also, both on account of their employment and of the harshness, greed, and deception, with which they did their job.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5058 telonion {tel-o'-nee-on} ¥i¯à·½¦Û5057ªº­l¥Í;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - receipt of custom 3; 3 1) Ãöµ|, ³q¦æ¶O 2) µ|Ãö, ¦¬µ|ªº¦a¤è, µ|°È¿ì¤½«Ç 3) µ|¦O§¤µÛ¦¬µ|ªº¦a¤è

5058 telonion {tel-o'-nee-on} from a presumed derivative of 5057;; n n AV - receipt of custom 3; 3 1) customs, toll 2) toll house, place of toll, tax office 3) the place in which the tax collector sat to collect the taxes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5059 teras {ter'-as} ¤£½T©w¨ä¬Û¦ü¦r; TDNT - 8:113,1170; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - wonder 16; 16 1) ©_ÂÝ, ²§¨Æ 2) ¥ô¦ó¤H©Ò¦¨´Nªº©_ÂÝ

5059 teras {ter'-as} of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 8:113,1170; n n AV - wonder 16; 16 1) a prodigy, portent 2) miracle: performed by any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5060 Tertios {ter'-tee-os} ·½©ó©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Tertius 1; 1 ¼w¥á = "²Ä¤T" 1) À°«Où°õµ§¼g­Pù°¨¤H®Ñªº®Ñ°O (#ù 16:22|)

5060 Tertios {ter'-tee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Tertius 1; 1 Tertius = "third" 1) amanuensis of Paul in writing the epistle to the Romans
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5061 Tertullos {ter'-tool-los} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Tertullus 2; 2 ©«¤hù = "¤T­¿°í±j" 1) ¤@­Óù°¨ÅG½×®a #®{ 24:1-2|

5061 Tertullos {ter'-tool-los} of uncertain derivation;; n pr m AV - Tertullus 2; 2 Tertullus = "triple-hardened" 1) a Roman orator
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5062 tessarakonta {tes-sar-ak'-on-tah} 5064 ªº¤Q­¿; TDNT - 8:135,1172; §Î®eµü AV - forty 22; 22 1) ¥|¤Q

5062 tessarakonta {tes-sar-ak'-on-tah} the decade of 5064; TDNT - 8:135,1172; adj AV - forty 22; 22 1) forty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5063 tessarakontaetes {tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace'} ·½¦Û 5062 and 2094; TDNT - 8:135,1172; §Î®eµü AV - forty years old 1, of forty years 1; 2 1) ¥|¤Q¦~, ¥|¤Q·³ (#®{ 7:23, 13:18|)

5063 tessarakontaetes {tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace'} from 5062 and 2094; TDNT - 8:135,1172; adj AV - forty years old 1, of forty years 1; 2 1) of forty years, forty years old
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5064 tessares {tes'-sar-es} ¤¤©Ê«¬ tessara {tes'-sar-ah} ¤@­Óªí½Æ¼Æªº¼Æ¦r; TDNT - 8:127,1172; §Î®eµü AV - four 42; 42 1) ¥|

5064 tessares {tes'-sar-es} neuter tessara {tes'-sar-ah} a plural number; TDNT - 8:127,1172; adj AV - four 42; 42 1) four
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5065 tessareskaidekatos {tes-sar-es-kahee-dek'-at-os} ·½¦Û 5064 and 2532 and 1182;; §Î®eµü AV - fourteenth 2; 2 1) ²Ä¤Q¥|ªº

5065 tessareskaidekatos {tes-sar-es-kahee-dek'-at-os} from 5064 and 2532 and 1182;; adj AV - fourteenth 2; 2 1) the fourteenth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5066 tetartaios {tet-ar-tah'-yos} ·½¦Û 5064; TDNT - 8:127,1172; §Î®eµü AV - four days 1; 1 1) ¦b²Ä¥|¤Ñ (#¬ù 11:39|)

5066 tetartaios {tet-ar-tah'-yos} from 5064; TDNT - 8:127,1172; adj AV - four days 1; 1 1) on the fourth day
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5067 tetartos {tet'-ar-tos} ordinal from 5064; TDNT - 8:127,1172; §Î®eµü AV - fourth 9, four 1; 10 1) ²Ä¥|­Ó

5067 tetartos {tet'-ar-tos} ordinal from 5064; TDNT - 8:127,1172; adj AV - fourth 9, four 1; 10 1) the fourth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5068 tetragonos {tet-rag'-o-nos} ·½¦Û 5064 and 1137;; §Î®eµü AV - foursquare 1; 1 1) ¥|¤è§Îªº, ¥¿¤è§Îªº (#±Ò 21:16|)

5068 tetragonos {tet-rag'-o-nos} from 5064 and 1137;; adj AV - foursquare 1; 1 1) quadrangular, square
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5069 tetradion {tet-rad'-ee-on} ·½¦Û tetras (¤@­Ó "¥|", ·½¦Û 5064)¦Ó¨Óªº±À´ú¤Þ¥Ó¦r;; n n AV - quaternion 1; 1 1) ¤@²Õ (¥|­Ó¤@²Õ) ¡@¡@¤@¦u½Ã¶¤¥]¬A¥|­Ó¤h§L¡]¦bù°¨³o¬O³q±`¦u½Ã¶¤ªº¼Æ¥Ø¡A ¡@¡@¨¬¥HºÊ·þ«R¸¸»P¥Ç¤H¡F¥Ç¤H¥æ©ó¨â­Ó¤h§L¦Ó¨â­Ó¤h§L¦b¥~ ¡@¡@¦u½Ã¡^¡C¥|²Õ¤h§L¾ã±ß­t³d¬Ý¦u¤@­Ó¥Ç¤H¡A¤@²Õ¤h§L­t³d ¡@¡@¥|­Ó±ß¤W¨C¤Ñªº¦u±æ¡C

5069 tetradion {tet-rad'-ee-on} from a presumed derivative of tetras (a tetrad, from 5064);; n n AV - quaternion 1; 1 1) a quaternion A guard consisting of four soldiers (for among the Romans this was the usual number of the guard to which the custody of captives and prisoners was intrusted; two soldiers were confined with the prisoner and two kept guard outside). Four quaternions of soldiers would be used to guard one all night, one for each of the four night watches.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5070 tetrakischilioi {tet-rak-is-khil'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û the multiplicative °Æµü of 5064 and 5507;; §Î®eµü AV - four thousand 5; 5 1) ¥|¤d

5070 tetrakischilioi {tet-rak-is-khil'-ee-oy} from the multiplicative adverb of 5064 and 5507;; adj AV - four thousand 5; 5 1) four thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5071 tetrakosioi {tet-rak-os'-ee-oy} ¤¤©Ê tetrakosia {tet-rak-os'-ee-ah} ½Æ¼Æ from 5064 and 1540;; §Î®eµü AV - four hundred 4; 4 1) ¥|¦Ê

5071 tetrakosioi {tet-rak-os'-ee-oy} neuter tetrakosia {tet-rak-os'-ee-ah} plural from 5064 and 1540;; adj AV - four hundred 4; 4 1) four hundred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5072 tetramenon {tet-ram'-ay-non} ¤¤©Ê of a compound of 5064 and 3376;; §Î®eµü AV - four months 1; 1 1) ¥|­Ó¤ëªº, «ùÄò¥|­Ó¤ëªº(#¬ù 4:35|)

5072 tetramenon {tet-ram'-ay-non} neuter of a compound of 5064 and 3376;; adj AV - four months 1; 1 1) of four months, lasting four months
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5073 tetraploos {tet-rap-lo'-os} ·½¦Û 5064 and a derivative of the base of 4118;; §Î®eµü AV - fourfold 1; 1 1) ¥|­¿ªº, ¥|­«ªº (#¸ô 19:8|)

5073 tetraploos {tet-rap-lo'-os} from 5064 and a derivative of the base of 4118;; adj AV - fourfold 1; 1 1) quadruple, fourfold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5074 tetrapous {tet-rap'-ooce} ·½¦Û 5064 ©M 4228;; §Î®eµü AV - fourfooted beast 3; 3 1) ¥|°¦¸}ªº°Êª« (#®{ 11:6;ù 1:23|)

5074 tetrapous {tet-rap'-ooce} from 5064 and 4228;; adj AV - fourfooted beast 3; 3 1) a fourfooted animal
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5075 tetrarcheo {tet-rar-kheh'-o} ·½¦Û 5076;; °Êµü AV - tetrarch 2, be tetrarch 1; 3 1) °µ¤À«Êªº¤ý

5075 tetrarcheo {tet-rar-kheh'-o} from 5076;; v AV - tetrarch 2, be tetrarch 1; 3 1) to be a governor of a tetrarchy, be tetrarch of a region
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5076 tetrarches {tet-rar'-khace} ·½¦Û 5064 »P 757; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tetrarch 4; 4 1) ¤À«Ê¤ý

5076 tetrarches {tet-rar'-khace} from 5064 and 757;; n m AV - tetrarch 4; 4 1) a tetrarch 1a) a governor of the fourth part of a region. Thus Strabo states that Galactia was formerly divided into three parts, each one of which was distributed into four smaller subdivisions each of which was governed by a tetrarch. Strabo relates that Thessaly, before the time of Philip of Macedon, had been divided into four tetrarchies, each having its own tetrarch. 1b) the governor of a third part or half a country, or even a ruler of an entire country or district provided it were of comparatively narrow limits; a petty prince. Thus Antony made Herod (afterwards king) and Phasael, sons of Antipater, tetrarchs of Palestine. After the death of Herod the Great, his sons, Achelaus styled an ethnarch but Antipas and Philip with the title of tetrarchs, divided and governed the kingdom left by their father.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5077 tephroo {tef-ro'-o} ·½¦Û tephra (ashes);; °Êµü AV - turn into ashes 1; 1 1) µI¿N¦¨¦ÇÂu (#©¼«á 2:6|)

5077 tephroo {tef-ro'-o} from tephra (ashes);; v AV - turn into ashes 1; 1 1) reduce to ashes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5078 techne {tekh'-nay} ·½¦Û the base of 5088;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - art 1, occupation 1, craft 1; 3 1) ¤@ºØ¶ì³y§Þ³N 2) ¤@ºØÂ¾·~

5078 techne {tekh'-nay} from the base of 5088;; n f AV - art 1, occupation 1, craft 1; 3 1) of the plastic art 2) of a trade
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5079 technites {tekh-nee'-tace} ·½©ó 5078;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - craftsman 3, builder 1; 4 1) ¤u¦K, ¤â¤uÃÀªÌ

5079 technites {tekh-nee'-tace} from 5078;; n m AV - craftsman 3, builder 1; 4 1) an artificer, craftsman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5080 teko {tay'-ko} apparently a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - melt 1; 1 1) »s§@²GÅé 2) ¦¨¬°²GÅé, ¿Ä¤Æ 3) ¦]¿Ä¤Æ¦Ó®ø¥¢©Î·´Ãa (#©¼«á 3:12|)

5080 teko {tay'-ko} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - melt 1; 1 1) to make liquid 2) to become liquid, to melt 3) to perish or become destroyed by melting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5081 telaugos {tay-low-goce'} ·½¦Û5056ªº­l¥Í¦r»P 827½Æ¦X;; °Æµü AV - clearly 1; 1 1) ¤@¬q¶ZÂ÷¡A¥B²M·¡

5081 telaugos {tay-low-goce'} from a compound of a derivative of 5056 and 827;; adv AV - clearly 1; 1 1) at a distance and clearly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5082 telikoutos {tay-lik-oo'-tos} ³±©Ê telikaute {tay-lik-ow'-tay} ·½©ó 3588 ©M 2245 ªº²Õ¦X¦r ¤Î 3778;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - so great 3, so mighty 1; 4 1) «ü¦~¬ö 1a) ¦p¦¹¦~¬ö¤F 1b) ¤W¤F¦~¬öªº, «Ü¦Ñªº 1c) ³o»ò¦~»´ªº 2) ¦p¦¹¥¨¤jªº(«üÅé¿n), ¤j¶qªº 3) ¦p¦¹¤jªº

5082 telikoutos {tay-lik-oo'-tos} feminine telikaute {tay-lik-ow'-tay} from a compound of 3588 with 2245 and 3778;; pron AV - so great 3, so mighty 1; 4 1) of age 1a) of such an age 1b) of so great an age, so old 1c) so young 2) of so great a size, in bulk 3) such and so great
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5083 tereo {tay-reh'-o} from teros (a watch, perhaps ªñ¦ü to 2334); TDNT - 8:140,1174; °Êµü AV - keep 57, reserve 8, observe 4, watch 2, preserve 2, keeper 1, hold fast 1; 75 1) ¥J²Ó®Æ²z¡M·ÓÅU 1a) ¬Ý¦u 1b) Áô³ë. «O«ù¤@­Ó¤H­ì¦³ªº²{ª¬ 1c) ¿í¦u 1d) ¦s¯d¡MÀx¦s¡R ¥h¸g¾ú¬Y¨Æ ¦P¸q¦r½Ð¬Ý 5874

5083 tereo {tay-reh'-o} from teros (a watch, perhaps akin to 2334); TDNT - 8:140,1174; v AV - keep 57, reserve 8, observe 4, watch 2, preserve 2, keeper 1, hold fast 1; 75 1) to attend to carefully, take care of 1a) to guard 1b) metaph. to keep, one in the state in which he is 1c) to observe 1d) to reserve: to undergo something For Synonyms see entry 5874
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5084 teresis {tay'-ray-sis} ·½¦Û 5083; TDNT - 8:146,1174; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hold 1, prison 1, keeping 1; 3 1) ¦u±æ 1a) ¬Ý¥Ç¤H 1b) ¥Ç¤H³Q¬ÝºÞªº¦a¤è, ºÊº» 2) ¿í¦u 2a) ¶¶±q, ¶¶ªA

5084 teresis {tay'-ray-sis} from 5083; TDNT - 8:146,1174; n f AV - hold 1, prison 1, keeping 1; 3 1) a watching 1a) of prisoners 1b) a place where prisoners are kept, a prison 2) a keeping 2a) complying with, obeying
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5085 Tiberias {tib-er-ee-as'} ·½¦Û 5086;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Tiberias 3; 3 ´£¤ñ­ù¨È = "±q´£¤ñ(ªe¯«) ¦Ó¨Ó " 1) ¾aªñ­²¥§¼»°Ç´òªº¤@­Ó¥[§Q§Q«°¥«,§Æ«ß¦w´£©¬ºÞÁÒªº¥[§Q§QÄݦa, ·¥¤j¦Ó¬ü, ¤]¦](ù°¨¬Ó«Ò)´£¤ñ¯d¸Ó¼»¦Ó©R¦W¬°´£¤ñ­ù¨È

5085 Tiberias {tib-er-ee-as'} from 5086;; n f AV - Tiberias 3; 3 Tiberias = "from the Tiber (as river-god)" 1) a city of Galilee near the Lake of Gennesaret, which Herod Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee, greatly enlarged and beautified, and named Tiberias in honour of Tiberias Caesar
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5086 Tiberios {tib-er'-ee-os} of Latin origin;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Tiberius 1; 1 ´£¤ñ¯d = "¨Ó¦Û´£¤ñ (§Yªe¯«)" 1) ²Ä¤G¦ìù°¨¬Ó«Ò

5086 Tiberios {tib-er'-ee-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Tiberius 1; 1 Tiberius = "from the Tiber (as god-river)" 1) the second Roman emperor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5087 tithemi {tith'-ay-mee} ¦r®Ú theo {theh'-o} ªºÂX±i«¬ (¥u¥Î§@¬°¬Y¨Ç¯S©w®ÉºAªº´À¥N¦r); TDNT - 8:152,1176; °Êµü AV - lay 28, put 18, lay down 12, make 10, appoint 6, kneel down + 1119 + 3588 5, misc 17; 96 1) ¸m, ©ñ, ¦w©ñ©ó 1a) ¦w©ñ©Î¥ß©w 1b) ©ñ¤U, ¸m©ó 1b1) Ås¦±¦V¤U(©}½¥, ¤U¸÷#¥i 15:19,®{ 21:5|) 1b2) ºJ¤U©Î±Ë±ó, ¤£¦A¾Ö¦³ 1b3) Àx»W, Àx³Æ¿ú°] 1c) Â\¤W(ªA¨Í)­¹ª«©Î¶¼®Æ 1d) ´£Ä³, ¸g¥Ñ°Q½×ÄÄ­z¬Y¨Æ 2) ³]¥ß 2a) ¬°¬Y¤H¦Û¤v©Î¨ä©Ò»Ý¦Ó«Ø¥ß(©Î³]¥ß).. 3) ³]©w, «Ø¥ß 3a) ¤Þ°_ 3b) «Ø¥ß, ¨î©w

5087 tithemi {tith'-ay-mee} a prolonged form of a primary theo {theh'-o} (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); TDNT - 8:152,1176; v AV - lay 28, put 18, lay down 12, make 10, appoint 6, kneel down + 1119 + 3588 5, misc 17; 96 1) to set, put, place 1a) to place or lay 1b) to put down, lay down 1b1) to bend down 1b2) to lay off or aside, to wear or carry no longer 1b3) to lay by, lay aside money 1c) to set on (serve) something to eat or drink 1d) to set forth, something to be explained by discourse 2) to make 2a) to make (or set) for one's self or for one's use 3) to set, fix establish 3a) to set forth 3b) to establish, ordain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5088 tikto {tik'-to} ¦r®Ú teko {tek'-o} ªº¥[±j«¬ (¥u¦b¯S©w®ÉºA¤¤¨Ï¥Î);; °Êµü AV - bring forth 9, be delivered 5, be born 3, be in travail 1, bear 1; 19 1) ¤À®Y, ¥Í²£, µ²ªG (¥ÑºØ¤lµ²¥XªG¤l¨Ó) 1a) «ü¤k¤Hªº¥Í²£ 1b) «ü¤j¦a´þ¾i¦UºØª«²£ 1c) Áô³ë. ¥¥¨|, ¾É­P, ²£¥Í

5088 tikto {tik'-to} a strengthened form of a primary teko {tek'-o} (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses);; v AV - bring forth 9, be delivered 5, be born 3, be in travail 1, bear 1; 19 1) to bring forth, bear, produce (fruit from the seed) 1a) of a woman giving birth 1b) of the earth bringing forth its fruits 1c) metaph. to bear, bring forth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5089 tillo {til'-lo} perhaps ªñ¦ü to the alternate of 138, and thus to 4951;; °Êµü AV - pluck 3; 3 1) ºK; ±Ä©Þ (#¤Ó 12:1; ¥i 2:23; ¸ô 6:1|)

5089 tillo {til'-lo} perhaps akin to the alternate of 138, and thus to 4951;; v AV - pluck 3; 3 1) to pluck, pluck off
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5090 Timaios {tim'-ah-yos} ¤]³\¬O¨ÈÄõ¤å ·½¦Û 02931;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Timaeus 1; 1 ©³¶R = "°ªÃBªº¼ú½à" 1) ¤@­Ó½M¤l¡]¤Ú©³¶R¡^ªº¤÷¿Ë #¥i 10:46|

5090 Timaios {tim'-ah-yos} probably of Aramaic origin cf 02931;; n pr m AV - Timaeus 1; 1 Timaeus = "highly prized" 1) the father of the blind man, Bartimaeus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5091 timao {tim-ah'-o} TDNT - 8:169,1181; °Êµü AV - honour 19, value 2; 21 1) µû¦ô, ¦ô­p 2) ´L±R, ·q­«

5091 timao {tim-ah'-o} from 5093; TDNT - 8:169,1181; v AV - honour 19, value 2; 21 1) to estimate, fix the value 1a) for the value of something belonging to one's self 2) to honour, to have in honour, to revere, venerate
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5092 time {tee-may'} ·½©ó 5099; TDNT - 8:169,1181; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - honour 35, price 8, sum 1, precious 1; 43 1) «ü¹w¥ýÁ¿©wªº»ù®æ 1a) «ü»ù®æ¥»¨­ 1b) «ü¶R½æ¤H©Îª«ªº¥æ©öª÷ 2) «ü¥[»P¬Y¤HªººaÅA©Î¨ä¥»¨­ªº¦W±æ 2a) «ü¹ï¬Y¤H¦]¨­¤À¤Î¾°È¤Wªº­ì¦]©Ò¾Ö¦³ªºÀY»Î 2b) ªí´L·q, ±R·q

5092 time {tee-may'} from 5099; TDNT - 8:169,1181; n f AV - honour 35, price 8, sum 1, precious 1; 43 1) a valuing by which the price is fixed 1a) of the price itself 1b) of the price paid or received for a person or thing bought or sold 2) honour which belongs or is shown to one 2a) of the honour which one has by reason of rank and state of office which he holds 2b) deference, reverence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5093 timios {tim'-ee-os} ¥]¬A¨ä¤ñ¸û¯Å timioteros {tim-ee-o'-ter-os} ©M³Ì°ª¯Å timiotatos {tim-ee-o'-tat-os} ·½©ó 5092;; §Î®eµü AV - precious 8, most precious 2, more precious 1, dear 1, honourable 1, had in reputation 1; 14 1) °ª»ùªº, ¶Q­«ªº, Ä_¶Qªº 2) ¦³ºaÅAªº, ¨ü´L­«ªº, ¯S§O¨ü¤H·RÀ¹ªº

5093 timios {tim'-ee-os} including the comparative timioteros {tim-ee-o'-ter-os} and the superlative timiotatos {tim-ee-o'-tat-os} from 5092;; adj AV - precious 8, most precious 2, more precious 1, dear 1, honourable 1, had in reputation 1; 14 1) as of great price, precious 2) held in honour, esteemed, especially dear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5094 timiotes {tim-ee-ot'-ace} ·½¦Û 5093;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - costliness 1; 1 1) ¬Ã¶Q, ©ù¶Q 1a) ¤j¶qªº©ù¶Q¤§ª« #±Ò 18:19| 2) Áô³ë¡G ¦³»ù­È, Àu¨q¡B¨ô¶V

5094 timiotes {tim-ee-ot'-ace} from 5093;; n f AV - costliness 1; 1 1) preciousness, costliness 1a) an abundance of costly things 2) metaph. worth, excellence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5095 Timotheos {tee-moth'-eh-os} ·½¦Û5092©M2316;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Timotheus 19, Timothy 9; 28 ´£¼¯¤Ó = "ºaÄ£¯«" 1) ¸ô¥q±oªº©~¥Á, ÅãµM¥Lªº¤÷¿Ë¬O§ÆÃ¾¤H, ¦Ó¥À¿Ë¬OµS¤Ó¤H. ¬O«Où«Å±Ð®Èµ{¤¤ªº¦P¤u¤§¤@.

5095 Timotheos {tee-moth'-eh-os} from 5092 and 2316;; n pr m AV - Timotheus 19, Timothy 9; 28 Timothy = "honouring God" 1) a resident of Lystra, apparently, whose father was a Greek and mother a Jewess; he was Paul's travelling companion and fellow labourer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5096 Timon {tee'-mone} ·½¦Û 5092;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Timon 1; 1 ´£ªù = "­È±o´L·qªº" 1) ­C¸ô¼»§N±Ð·|ªº¤C­Ó¾¨Æ¤§¤@ #®{ 6:5|

5096 Timon {tee'-mone} from 5092;; n pr m AV - Timon 1; 1 Timon = "honourable" 1) one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5097 timoreo {tim-o-reh'-o} ·½¦Û a comparative of 5092 and ouros (a guard);; °Êµü AV - punish 2; 2 1) ¦¨¬°¦uÅ@¯«©ÎºaÄ£ªº³ø´_ªÌ 1a) ±ÏÀÙ´©§U, «e¨ÓÀ°§U 2) ³ø¤³ 3) ·s¬ù¤¤«ü¦V¬Y¤H³ø¤³, ¬I¥HÃg³B (#®{ 22:5; 26:11|)

5097 timoreo {tim-o-reh'-o} from a comparative of 5092 and ouros (a guard);; v AV - punish 2; 2 1) to be a guardian or avenger of honour 1a) to succour, come to the help of 2) to avenge 3) in the NT, to take vengeance on one, to punish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5098 timoria {tee-mo-ree'-ah} ·½©ó 5097;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - punishment 1; 1 1) a rendering help(?) 2) ¨ó§U 3) ´_¤³, Ãg»@, ³B¤À ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5859

5098 timoria {tee-mo-ree'-ah} from 5097;; n f AV - punishment 1; 1 1) a rendering help 2) assistance 3) vengeance, punishment, penalty For Synonyms see entry 5859
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5099 tino {tee'-no} strengthened for a primary tio {tee'-o} (which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses);; °Êµü AV - be punished + 1349 1; 1 1) ÀvÁÙ, ¹S³ø 2) Àv¥H»@Áì, ³QÃg³B¦D»@ (#©««á 1:9|)

5099 tino {tee'-no} strengthened for a primary tio {tee'-o} (which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses);; v AV - be punished + 1349 1; 1 1) to pay, to recompense 2) to pay penalty, suffer punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5100 tis {tis} ¤£©w¥N¦Wµü;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - certain 104, some 73, any man 55, any 38, one 34, man 34, anything 24, a 9, certain man 7, something 6, somewhat 6, ought 5, some man 4, certain thing 2, nothing + 3756 2, divers 2, he 2, thing 2, another 2, not tr 17, misc 22; 450 1) ¬Y¨Ç, ¬Y¤@­Ó, ¥ô¦ó. ´X­Ó 2) ¤@¨Ç, ¤@¨Ç®É¶¡, ¤@¬q®É¶¡ 3) ¬Y¤H, ¬Y¨Æ, ¥ô¦ó¤H, ¥ô¦ó¨Æ,

5100 tis {tis} an enclitic indefinite pronoun;; pron AV - certain 104, some 73, any man 55, any 38, one 34, man 34, anything 24, a 9, certain man 7, something 6, somewhat 6, ought 5, some man 4, certain thing 2, nothing + 3756 2, divers 2, he 2, thing 2, another 2, not tr 17, misc 22; 450 1) a certain, a certain one 2) some, some time, a while
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5101 tis {tis} ¥i¯à¬O 5100 ªº±j½Õ«¬;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - what 260, who 102, why 67, whom 25, which 17, misc 67; 538 1) ½Ö, ¨º­Ó, ¬Æ»ò

5101 tis {tis} probably emphat. of 5100;; pron AV - what 260, who 102, why 67, whom 25, which 17, misc 67; 538 1) who, which, what
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5102 titlos {tit'-los} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - title 2; 2 1) ¦W¸¹ 2) ¤@­Ó¨è¦L¤å¦r, «ü¥X¸o¥Çªº¸o¦W

5102 titlos {tit'-los} of Latin origin;; n m AV - title 2; 2 1) a title 2) an inscription, giving the accusation or crime for which a criminal suffered
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5103 Titos {tee'-tos} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å, ¦ý·N¸q¤£©ú½T; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Titus 15; 15 ´£¦h = ¡u¾i¨|ªÌ¡v 1) ¥~¨¹¤H°ò·þ®{, ¦b«Oùªº¬Y¨Ç®Èµ{¤¤¬O¥Lªº¦P¦ñ

5103 Titos {tee'-tos} of Latin origin but uncertain signification;; n pr m AV - Titus 15; 15 Titus = "nurse" 1) a Gentile Christian an Paul's companion in some of his journeys
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5104 toi {toy} probably for the ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ®æof 3588;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - nevertheless 1; 1 1) µLºÃ¦a, ¯u¹ê¦a

5104 toi {toy} probably for the dative case of 3588;; particle AV - nevertheless 1; 1 1) certainly, truly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5105 toigaroun {toy-gar-oon'} ·½©ó 5104, 1063, ©M 3767;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - therefore 1, wherefore 1; 2 1) ¬°¦¹²z¥Ñ, ¦]¦¹½t¬G, ¦]¦¹, ¦]¦Ó¾É­P

5105 toigaroun {toy-gar-oon'} from 5104 and 1063 and 3767;; particle AV - therefore 1, wherefore 1; 2 1) wherefore then, for which reason, therefore, consequently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5106 toinun {toy'-noon} ·½©ó 5104 ©M 3568;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - therefore 3, then 1; 4 1) ¦]¦¹, ¤§«á, ¦]¦Ó, ¨Ì¦¹...

5106 toinun {toy'-noon} from 5104 and 3568;; particle AV - therefore 3, then 1; 4 1) therefore, then, accordingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5107 toiosde {toy-os'-deh} (¥]¬A¨ä¥¦ªº©}­µÅܤƫ¬) from a derivative of 5104 and 1161;; §Î®eµü AV - such 1; 1 1) ¦p¦¹

5107 toiosde {toy-os'-deh} (including the other inflections) from a derivative of 5104 and 1161;; adj AV - such 1; 1 1) such
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5108 toioutos {toy-oo'-tos} (¥]¬A¨ä¥¦ªº¦r§ÎÅܤÆ) ·½©ó 5104 ©M 3778;; §Î®eµü AV - such 39, such thing 11, such an one 8, like 1, such a man 1, such a fellow 1; 61 1) ¦p¦P³o­Óªº, ¹³³o¼Ëªº©ÎÃþ¦üªº

5108 toioutos {toy-oo'-tos} (including the other inflections) from 5104 and 3778;; adj AV - such 39, such thing 11, such an one 8, like 1, such a man 1, such a fellow 1; 61 1) such as this, of this kind or sort
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5109 toichos {toy'-khos} another form of 5038;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - wall 1; 1 1) (©Ð«Îªº)Àð

5109 toichos {toy'-khos} another form of 5038;; n m AV - wall 1; 1 1) a wall (of a house)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5110 tokos {tok'-os} ·½¦Û 5088 ªº¦r®Ú«¬;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - usury 2; 2 1) ²£¥Í 1a) ´£¥Xªº¦æ°Ê 1b) ¤w³Q´£¥X, µ²ªG 2) §Q®§, °ª§Q¶U (¦]¬°­¿¼Wª÷¿ú, ¦Ó·í¥¦¤w³Q"Ác´Þ")

5110 tokos {tok'-os} from the base of 5088;; n m AV - usury 2; 2 1) birth 1a) the act of bringing forth 1b) that which has been brought forth, offspring 2) interest of money, usury (because it multiplies money, and as it were "breeds")
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5111 tolmao {tol-mah'-o} ·½¦Û tolma («i´±, ¥i¯à¥»¨­·½¦Û 5056, ¨ú¨ä"«D±`ªº¤â¬q"¤§·N); TDNT - 8:181,1183;°Êµü AV - durst 7, dare 4, be bold 4, boldly 1; 16 1) ¤£¬ÈÄߩΦ]®`©È¦Ó°jÁ× 2) ©Ó¾á, §Ô¨ü 3) ¾É­P¦Û¤v... 4) ¤jÁxªº 5) «i´±ªº©Ó¾á¦Û¤vªº³d¥ô, «i´±ªº³B²z

5111 tolmao {tol-mah'-o} from tolma (boldness, probably itself from the base of 5056 through the idea of extreme conduct); TDNT - 8:181,1183; v AV - durst 7, dare 4, be bold 4, boldly 1; 16 1) not to dread or shun through fear 2) to bear, endure 3) to bring one's self to 4) to be bold 5) bear one's self boldly, deal boldly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5112 tolmeroteron {tol-may-rot'-er-on} ¤¤©Ê of the compound of a derivative of the base of 5111 (as °Æµü); TDNT - 8:181,*; §Î®eµü AV - the more boldly 1; 1 1) «i´±ªº, ¤jÁxªº (#ù 15:15|)

5112 tolmeroteron {tol-may-rot'-er-on} neuter of the compound of a derivative of the base of 5111 (as adverb); TDNT - 8:181,*; adj AV - the more boldly 1; 1 1) more boldly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5113 tolmetes {tol-may-tace'} ·½©ó 5111; TDNT - 8:181,1183;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - presumptuous 1; 1 1) ¤jÁx¤§¤H

5113 tolmetes {tol-may-tace'} from 5111; TDNT - 8:181,1183; n m AV - presumptuous 1; 1 1) a daring man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5114 tomoteros {tom-o'-ter-os} ¦r®Ú«¬ temno ­l¥Í¦rªº¤ñ¸û¤Î (¤Á³Î, ¤ñ2875§ó©ú½Tªºªí¹F¤è¦¡, ¦³¤@¤M¤U¥h´N¤Fµ²ªº·N«ä, ¦Ó 2875 «h¦³¤ÏÂмA¬åªº·N«ä);; §Î®eµü AV - sharper 1; 1 1) §ó¾U§Qªº

5114 tomoteros {tom-o'-ter-os} comparative of a derivative of the primary temno (to cut, more comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a single stroke, whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking);; adj AV - sharper 1; 1 1) sharper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5115 toxon {tox'-on} ·½¦Û 5088 ªº°ò¦;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - bow 1; 1 1) ¤} #±Ò 6:2|

5115 toxon {tox'-on} from the base of 5088;; n n AV - bow 1; 1 1) a bow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5116 topazion {top-ad'-zee-on} ¤j·§·½¦Ûtopazos(¤@ºØ¶À¥É, °_·½¤£½T©w)ªº­l¥Í©Î§O¦W ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - topaz 1; 1 1) ¬õÂzâ, ¶À¥É, ¤@ºØ§eºñ¦âªº¶À¦âÄ_¥Û #±Ò 21:20|

5116 topazion {top-ad'-zee-on} from a presumed derivative (alternately) of topazos (a "topaz", of uncertain origin);; n n AV - topaz 1; 1 1) topaz, a greenish yellow precious stone (our chrysolite)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5117 topos {top'-os} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 8:187,1184;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - place 80, room 5, quarter 2, licence 1, coast 1, where 1, plain + 3977 1, rock + 5138 1; 92 1) ¦a¤è, ¦a°Ï1, ¦aÂI, ¾Fªñªº¦a°Ï 1a) ©~¦íªº¦a¤è, ¨Ò: ¤@­Ó«°É], ¤@­Ó§ø²ø, ¬Y¤@°Ï 1b) ¤@¥»®Ñ¤¤ªº¬Y¤@³B(¬Y¤@¬q) 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ±^¦ì,¾¦ì 2b) ¨}¾÷, ¾÷·|, ¯à¤O, ´£¨Ñ¤@¦æ°Ê ¨£¦P¸qµü5875

5117 topos {top'-os} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 8:187,1184; n m AV - place 80, room 5, quarter 2, licence 1, coast 1, where 1, plain + 3977 1, rock + 5138 1; 92 1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from surrounding space 1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district 1b) a place (passage) in a book 2) metaph. 2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly 2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting For Synonyms see entry 5875
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5118 tosoutos {tos-oo'-tos} ·½©ó tosos (¨ú¨ä·N"¦p¦¹¦hªº", ÅãµM·½©ó 3588 ©M 3739) ©M 3778 (¥]¬A¨äÅܤƪº«¬¦¡);; §Î®eµü AV - so much 7, so great 5, so many 4, so long 2, as large 1, these many 1, so many things 1; 21 1) «ü¼Æ¶q: ¦p¦¹¤jªº, ³o»ò¦hªº 2) «ü®É¶¡: ¦p¦¹ªø¤[ªº

5118 tosoutos {tos-oo'-tos} from tosos (so much, apparently from 3588 and 3739) and 3778 (including its variations);; adj AV - so much 7, so great 5, so many 4, so long 2, as large 1, these many 1, so many things 1; 21 1) of quantity: so great, so many 2) of time: so long
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5119 tote {tot'-eh} ·½©ó 3588 ªº¤¤©Ê©M 3753;; °Æµü AV - then 149, that time 4, when 1, not tr 5; 159 1) µM«á 2) ¦b¨º®É­Ô

5119 tote {tot'-eh} from (the neuter of) 3588 and 3753;; adv AV - then 149, that time 4, when 1, not tr 5; 159 1) then 2) at that time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5120 tou {too} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, the ©Ò¦³®æ®æof 3588;; article AV - his 1; 1 1) ¥Lªº (#®{ 17:28|)

5120 tou {too} properly, the genitive case of 3588;; article AV - his 1; 1 1) his
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5121 tounantion {too-nan-tee'-on} °Æµü AV - contrariwise 3; 3 1) ¬Û¤Ï¦a (#ªL«á 2:7; ¥[ 2:7; ©¼«e 3:9|)

5121 tounantion {too-nan-tee'-on} contraction for the neuter of 3588 and 1726;; adv AV - contrariwise 3; 3 1) on the contrary, contrariwise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5122 tounoma {too'-no-mah} °Æµü AV - name 1; 1 1) ¦W¥s (#¤Ó 27:57|)

5122 tounoma {too'-no-mah} contraction for the neuter of 3588 and 3686;; adv AV - name 1; 1 1) by name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5123 toutesti {toot-es'-tee} 5124 ©M 2076 ªºÁY¼g;; ³s±µµü AV - that is 12, that is to say 5, 17 1) ¨º´N¬O

5123 toutesti {toot-es'-tee} contraction for 5124 and 2076;; conj AV - that is 12, that is to say 5, 17 1) that is
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5124 touto {too'-to} 3778 ªº¤¤©Ê³æ¼Æ¥D®æ©Î¨ü®æ ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - this 199, therefore + 1223 44, that 25, for this cause + 1223 14, wherefore + 1223 7, it 5, not tr 1, misc 25; 320 1) ¨º­Ó (¨Æª«), ³o(¨Æª«)

5124 touto {too'-to} neuter singular nominative or accusative case of 3778;; pron AV - this 199, therefore + 1223 44, that 25, for this cause + 1223 14, wherefore + 1223 7, it 5, not tr 1, misc 25; 320 1) that (thing), this (thing)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5125 toutois {too'-toice} 3778 ªº½Æ¼Æ¶§©Ê©Î¤¤©Ê»P®æ ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - these 7, these things 3, this 2, such 1, them 1, therein 1, therewith 1, those 1, therewith + 1909 1, not tr 1; 19 1) ³o¨Ç

5125 toutois {too'-toice} dative case plural masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron AV - these 7, these things 3, this 2, such 1, them 1, therein 1, therewith 1, those 1, therewith + 1909 1, not tr 1; 19 1) these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5126 touton {too'-ton} 3778 ªº¶§©Ê³æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - this 39, him 18, that 4, this fellow 2, the same 1; 64 1) ³o

5126 touton {too'-ton} accusative case singular masculine of 3778;; pron AV - this 39, him 18, that 4, this fellow 2, the same 1; 64 1) this
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5127 toutou {too'-too} 3778 ªº¶§©Ê©Î¤¤©Ê©Ò¦³®æ³æ¼Æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - this 64, that 4, him 2, thus 1, thereabout + 4012 1, it 1, thenceforth 1, misc 3; 77 1) ³o­Ó

5127 toutou {too'-too} genitive case singular masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron AV - this 64, that 4, him 2, thus 1, thereabout + 4012 1, it 1, thenceforth 1, misc 3; 77 1) of this one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5128 toutous {too'-tooce} 3778 ªº¶§©Ê½Æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - these 17, them 7, these men 1, this 1, such 1; 27 1) ³o¨Ç

5128 toutous {too'-tooce} accusative case plural masculine of 3778;; pron AV - these 17, them 7, these men 1, this 1, such 1; 27 1) these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5129 touto {too'-to} 3778 ªº¶§©Ê©Î¤¤©Ê³æ¼Æ¨ü®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - this 59, him 10, hereby + 1722 8, herein + 1722 7, misc 5; 89 1) ¹ï³o¤@­Ó

5129 touto {too'-to} dative case singular masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron AV - this 59, him 10, hereby + 1722 8, herein + 1722 7, misc 5; 89 1) to this one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5130 touton {too'-tone} 3778 ªº¶§©Ê©Î¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ©Ò¦³®æ;; ¥N¦Wµü AV - these 38, these things 21, such 2, these matters 1, such matters 1, those 1, not tr 1, misc 4; 69 1) ³o¨Çªº...

5130 touton {too'-tone} genitive case plural masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron AV - these 38, these things 21, such 2, these matters 1, such matters 1, those 1, not tr 1, misc 4; 69 1) of these
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5131 tragos {trag'-os} ·½©ó 5176 ªº¦r·½;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - goat 4; 4 1) ¤½¤s¦Ï

5131 tragos {trag'-os} from the base of 5176;; n m AV - goat 4; 4 1) male goat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5132 trapeza {trap'-ed-zah} ¥i¯à¬Oªu¥Î©ó 5064 ©M 3979; TDNT - 8:209,1187; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - table 13, bank 1, meat 1; 15 1) ®à¤l 1a) Â\©ñ­¹ª«ªº®à¤l, ¦YªF¦èªº¦a¤è 1a1) ¦b­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¸t·µ¤¤Â\©ñ·qÄm»æªº®à¤l 1b) ±N­¹ª«Â\©ñ¨ì®à¤l¤W 1b1) Â\³]®à¤l 1b2) ±N­¹ª«ºÝ¦Ü¤H«e 1c) ®b·|, ºá®u 2) »È¿ú¥æ´«¤Hªº®à¤l©Î¥x¤l, ¥æ´«­û§¤¦b¨º¨àÀ°¤H§I´«¤£¦Pªºª÷¿ú¥HÀò¨ú¶×§I¶O, ¨Ã´£¨Ñ¦³®§¶U´Ú©Î©ãª÷

5132 trapeza {trap'-ed-zah} probably contracted from 5064 and 3979; TDNT - 8:209,1187; n f AV - table 13, bank 1, meat 1; 15 1) a table 1a) a table on which food is placed, an eating place 1a1) the table in the temple at Jerusalem on which the consecrated loaves were placed 1b) equiv. to the food placed upon the table 1b1) to set a table 1b2) put food before one 1c) a banquet, feast 2) the table or stand of a money changer, where he sits, exchanging different kinds of money for a fee (agio), and paying back with interest loans or deposits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5133 trapezites {trap-ed-zee'-tace} ·½¦Û 5132;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - exchanger 1; 1 1) §I¹ôªÌ, ¸g¬ö¤H, »È¦æ®a 2) ³B²zú¶O»P¥I¦s´Ú§Q®§ªº¤H

5133 trapezites {trap-ed-zee'-tace} from 5132;; n m AV - exchanger 1; 1 1) a money changer, broker, banker 2) one who exchanges money for a fee, and pays interest on deposits
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5134 trauma {trow'-mah} ·½¦Û the base of titrosko (to wound; ªñ¦ü to the base of 2352, 5147, 5149, µ¥µ¥); ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - wound 1; 1 1) ¶Ë¤f

5134 trauma {trow'-mah} from the base of titrosko (to wound; akin to the base of 2352, 5147, 5149, etc.);; n n AV - wound 1; 1 1) a wound
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5135 traumatizo {trow-mat-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 5134;; °Êµü AV - wound 2; 2 1) ¥´¶Ë, ¤¤¶Ë (#¸ô 10:12; ®{ 19:16|)

5135 traumatizo {trow-mat-id'-zo} from 5134;; v AV - wound 2; 2 1) to wound
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5136 trachelizo {trakh-ay-lid'-zo} ·½©ó 5137;; °Êµü AV - open 1; 1 1) ¥n¦í¨Ã¥B§á¦íÀV¤l©Î³ïÄV 1a) «ü¾Ô¤h¹ï«Ý¥L­Ìªº¼Ä¤â 2) «ü±N­n±þªº¤Hªº²ä¤l¦V«á§á, ¨Ï¨äÀV¤lÅS¥X¨Ó 3) ¨ªÅSªº, ¨S¾B»\ªº, ¼ÉÅS 4) ³QÅS¥Xªº, ³Q´¯¶}ªº, ³QÅã©ú¥X¨Óªº

5136 trachelizo {trakh-ay-lid'-zo} from 5137;; v AV - open 1; 1 1) to seize and twist the neck or throat 1a) of combatants who handle thus their antagonist 2) to bend back the neck of a victim to be slain, to lay bare or expose by bending back 3) to lay bare, uncover, expose 4) laid bare, laid open, made manifest to one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5137 trachelos {trakh'-ay-los} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 5143 (through the idea of mobility); ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - neck 7; 7 1) §Y±N§â³Ì­¢¦b¬Ü·ûªº¦MÀI±a¶i¥Í©R¤¤

5137 trachelos {trakh'-ay-los} probably from 5143 (through the idea of mobility);; n m AV - neck 7; 7 1) to be ready to incur the most imminent peril to life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5138 trachus {trakh-oos'} perhaps strengthened from the base of 4486 (as if jagged by rents);; §Î®eµü AV - rough 1, rock + 5117 1; 2 1) ªí­±²ÊÁWªº, ©¥¥Û¦üªº 1a) «ü®ü©¤¦a°Ï (#¸ô 3:5; ®{ 27:29|)

5138 trachus {trakh-oos'} perhaps strengthened from the base of 4486 (as if jagged by rents);; adj AV - rough 1, rock + 5117 1; 2 1) rough, rocky 1a) of places of the sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5139 Trachonitis {trakh-o-nee'-tis} ·½¦Û 5138 ªº­l¥Í¦r; ±M¦³¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Trachonitis 1; 1 ¯S©Ô¥i¥§ = ¡u°ª§C¤£¥­ªº¦a°Ï¡v 1) °ª§C¤£¥­ªº¦a°Ï, ¬°±jµs©Ò©~¦í, ¦èÁ{ Antilibanus, ªFÁ{ Batanaea ¤s¯ß, ¥_Á{¤j°¨¦â (¤j°¨¤h­²) ª©¹Ï

5139 Trachonitis {trakh-o-nee'-tis} from a derivative of 5138;; n pr loc AV - Trachonitis 1; 1 Trachonitis = "a rugged region" 1) a rough region, inhabited by robbers, situated between Antilibanus on the west and on the east by the mountains of Batanaea and on the north by the territory of Damascus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5140 treis {trice} ¤¤©Ê tria {tree'-ah} TDNT - 8:216,1188; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - three 69; 69 1) ¤T

5140 treis {trice} neuter tria {tree'-ah} a primary (plural) number; TDNT - 8:216,1188; n f AV - three 69; 69 1) three
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5141 tremo {trem'-o} strengthened from a primary treo (to "dread", "terrify");; °Êµü AV - tremble 4; 4 1) ®£Äߟ¹¸ 2) ®£Äß, ®`©È ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5841

5141 tremo {trem'-o} strengthened from a primary treo (to "dread", "terrify");; v AV - tremble 4; 4 1) tremble 2) to fear, be afraid For Synonyms see entry 5841
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5142 trepho {tref'-o} a primary°Êµü(¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, threpho; but perhaps strength. from the base of 5157 through the idea of convolution);; °Êµü AV - feed 4, nourish 3, bring up 1; 8 1) ´þ¾i, ¤ä«ù 2) Áý¾i 3) µ¹§l§m, ¾iªÎ 4) ¾i¨|, °ö¨|

5142 trepho {tref'-o} a primary verb (properly, threpho; but perhaps strength. from the base of 5157 through the idea of convolution);; v AV - feed 4, nourish 3, bring up 1; 8 1) to nourish, support 2) feed 3) to give suck, to fatten 4) to bring up, nurture
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5143 trecho {trekh'-o} ÅãµM¬O¤@¦r®Ú«¬ °Êµü(¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, threcho, °Ñ¨£ 2359),¥H dremo {drem'-o}(1408 ªº¦r·½) §@¬°¦b¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA®Éªº´À¥N¦r; TDNT - 8:226,1189; °Êµü AV - run 19, have course 1; 20 1) ©b¶] 1a) «ü¤H¦b¥^«P¤§¶¡ 1b) «ü°Ñ¥[Áɶ]¤¤ªº¤H 2) Áô³ë. 2a) «ü±Ð¸q¨³³t³Q¶Ç¶} (#©««á 3:1|) 2b) ¨ú¦Û°Ñ»PÄv¶]ªÌªº¤ñ³ë, «ü¨Ï¥X´ý¨­¸Ñ¼Æ, ¾Ä¤Oª§¨ú, ¦Y¥¤ªº¤O³£®³¥X¨Ó 2c) ºÉ¤O¹F¦¨©Î±o¨ì¬Y­ÓªF¦è 2d) ¦b§ÆÃ¾¤å®Ñ¤¤, ¦¹¦r¥Î¥H«ü¾D¹J¨ì·¥ºÝªº¦MÀI, ¥²¶·­nºÉ¤@¤Á¤O¶q©M§V¤O¥h§JªA

5143 trecho {trekh'-o} apparently a primary verb (properly, threcho, cf 2359), which uses dremo {drem'-o} (the base of 1408) as alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 8:226,1189; v AV - run 19, have course 1; 20 1) to run 1a) of persons in haste 1b) of those who run in a race course 2) metaph. 2a) of doctrine rapidly propagated 2b) by a metaphor taken from runners in a race, to exert one's self, strive hard 2c) to spend one's strength in performing or attaining something 2d) word occurs in Greek writings denoting to incur extreme peril, which it requires the exertion of all one's effort to overcome
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5144 triakonta {tree-ak'-on-tah} the decade of 5140;; §Î®eµü AV - thirty 9, thirty fold 2; 11 1) ¤T¤Q

5144 triakonta {tree-ak'-on-tah} the decade of 5140;; adj AV - thirty 9, thirty fold 2; 11 1) thirty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5145 triakosioi {tree-ak-os'-ee-oy} ½Æ¼Æ from 5140 and 1540;; §Î®eµü AV - three hundred 2; 2 1) ¤T¦Ê (#¥i 14:5; ¬ù 12:5|)

5145 triakosioi {tree-ak-os'-ee-oy} plural from 5140 and 1540;; adj AV - three hundred 2; 2 1) three hundred
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5146 tribolos {trib'-ol-os} ·½©ó 5140 ©M 956;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - thistle 1, brier 1; 2 1) ÁªÄÝ´Óª«, ¤@ºØ³¥¥Í±a¨ëªº´Óª«, ¨ä¦³Ãª©ó¨ä¥¦´Óª«ªº¥Íªø

5146 tribolos {trib'-ol-os} from 5140 and 956;; n m AV - thistle 1, brier 1; 2 1) a thistle, a prickly wild plant, hurtful to other plants
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5147 tribos {tree'-bos} ·½¦Û tribo (¡u¼¯À¿¡v, ªñ¦ü teiro, truo, and the base of 5131, 5134); ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - path 3; 3 1) ¿i·lªº¹D¸ô, ¤p¸ô

5147 tribos {tree'-bos} from tribo (to "rub", akin to teiro, truo, and the base of 5131, 5134);; n f AV - path 3; 3 1) a worn way, a path
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5148 trietia {tree-et-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 5140 »P 2094 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - space of three years 1; 1 1) ¤T¦~¤§¤[ (# ®{20: 31|)

5148 trietia {tree-et-ee'-ah} from a compound of 5140 and 2094;; n f AV - space of three years 1; 1 1) a space of three years
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5149 trizo {trid'-zo} apparently a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - gnash 1; 1 1) §s§s¥s, µo¥X¦yÁn¾U¦Õªº³ÛÁn 2) «r¤ú¤Á¾¦, ¿i¤ú (#¥i 9:18|)

5149 trizo {trid'-zo} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - gnash 1; 1 1) to squeak, make a shrill cry 2) to gnash or grind one's teeth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5150 trimenon {trim'-ay-non} ¥Ñ 5140 ©M 3376 ²Õ¦¨ªº§@¦Wµüªº½Æ¦X¦rªº¤¤©Ê;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - three months 1; 1 1) ¤T­Ó¤ë 2) ¤T­Ó¤ëªº®É¬q

5150 trimenon {trim'-ay-non} neuter of a compound of 5140 and 3376 as noun;; adj AV - three months 1; 1 1) of three months 2) a space of three months
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5151 tris {trece} ·½¦Û 5140; TDNT - 8:216,1188; °Æµü AV - thrice 11, three times 1; 12 1) ¤T¦¸ (#®{ 16:16; 11:10|)

5151 tris {trece} from 5140; TDNT - 8:216,1188; adv AV - thrice 11, three times 1; 12 1) thrice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5152 tristegon {tris'-teg-on} ¤¤©Ê of a compound of 5140 and 4721 as noun;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - third loft 1; 1 1)¤T¼Ó (#®{ 20:9|)

5152 tristegon {tris'-teg-on} neuter of a compound of 5140 and 4721 as noun;; adj AV - third loft 1; 1 1) having three roofs or stories, the third story
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5153 trischilioi {tris-khil'-ee-oy} ·½¦Û 5151 and 5507;; §Î®eµü AV - three thousand 1; 1 1) ¤T¤d (#®{ 2:41|)

5153 trischilioi {tris-khil'-ee-oy} from 5151 and 5507;; adj AV - three thousand 1; 1 1) three thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5154 tritos {tree'-tos} ·½¦Û5140ªº§Ç¼Æ; TDNT - 8:216,1188; §Î®eµü AV - third 56, thirdly 1; 57 1) ²Ä¤Tªº (ek tritos ²Ä¤T¦¸ #¤Ó 26:44| ) 2) to tritos ¤T¤À¤§¤@ (#±Ò 8:7|)

5154 tritos {tree'-tos} ordinal from 5140; TDNT - 8:216,1188; adj AV - third 56, thirdly 1; 57 1) the third
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5155 trichinos {trikh'-ee-nos} ·½¦Û 2359;; §Î®eµü AV - of hair 1; 1 1) ¤ò»sªº (#±Ò 6:12|)

5155 trichinos {trikh'-ee-nos} from 2359;; adj AV - of hair 1; 1 1) made of hair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5156 tromos {trom'-os} ·½¦Û 5141;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - trembling 4, tremble + 2192 1; 5 1) ¦]®`©È¦ÓŸ·X 2) ÄߩȦÓŸ§Ý, ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¤@­Ó¤H¤£«H¥ô¦Û¤v¦³¯à¤O¥i­±¹ï©Ò¦³­n¨D¤§µJ¼{, ¦ý¦b©v±Ð¤W«o·¥¤O§¹¦¨³d¥ô.

5156 tromos {trom'-os} from 5141;; n m AV - trembling 4, tremble + 2192 1; 5 1) a trembling or quaking with fear 2) with fear and trembling, used to describe the anxiety of one who distrusts his ability completely to meet all requirements, but religiously does his utmost to fulfil his duty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5157 trope {trop-ay'} ·½¦Û an apparently primary trepo {to turn}; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - turning 1; 1 1) Âà°Ê 1a) ¤ÑÅ骺

5157 trope {trop-ay'} from an apparently primary trepo {to turn};; n f AV - turning 1; 1 1) a turning 1a) of the heavenly bodies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5158 tropos {trop'-os} »P...¦P·½ 5157;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - as + 3739 3, even as + 2596 + 3739 2, way 2, means 2, even as + 3739 1, in like manner as + 3639 1, manner 1, conversation 1; 13 1) ¤@ºØ¤è¦¡, ¤èªk, ¬y¦æ­·©| 1a) ¦p, ¥¿·í ... ªº®É­Ô, ¥¿¦p 2) ¥Í¬¡¤è¦¡¡M¤H®æ«~¦æ¡MÁ|¤î

5158 tropos {trop'-os} from the same as 5157;; n m AV - as + 3739 3, even as + 2596 + 3739 2, way 2, means 2, even as + 3739 1, in like manner as + 3639 1, manner 1, conversation 1; 13 1) a manner, way, fashion 1a) as, even as, like as 2) manner of life, character, deportment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5159 tropophoreo {trop-of-or-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5158 and 5409;; °Êµü AV - suffer (one's) manners 1; 1 1) ®e§Ô¤@­Ó¤HªººA«×, §Ô¨ü¤@­Ó¤Hªº­Ó©Ê (#®{ 13:18|)

5159 tropophoreo {trop-of-or-eh'-o} from 5158 and 5409;; v AV - suffer (one's) manners 1; 1 1) to bear one's manner, endure one's character
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5160 trophe {trof-ay'} ·½©ó 5142;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - meat 11, food 2, some meat 2, not tr 1; 16 1) ­¹ª«, Àç¾i«~

5160 trophe {trof-ay'} from 5142;; n f AV - meat 11, food 2, some meat 2, not tr 1; 16 1) food, nourishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5161 Trophimos {trof'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 5160;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Trophimus 3; 3 ¯Sù«D¼¯ = "Àç¾iªº" 1) ¥H¥±©Ò°ò·þ®{, ¤]¬O¨Ï®{«OùªºªB¤Í (#®{ 20:5|)

5161 Trophimos {trof'-ee-mos} from 5160;; n pr m AV - Trophimus 3; 3 Trophimus = "nutritious" 1) an Ephesian Christian, and friend of the apostle Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5162 trophos {trof-os'} ·½©ó 5142;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - nurse 1; 1 1) «O©i, ¥¤¶ý, ¬ÝÅ@

5162 trophos {trof-os'} from 5142;; n f AV - nurse 1; 1 1) a nurse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5163 trochia {trokh-ee-ah'} ·½©ó 5164;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - path 1; 1 1) ½ü¤l¯d¤Uªº²ª¸ñ, Âá¸ñ 2) ¸ô®|, ¸ô³~, ¹D¸ô

5163 trochia {trokh-ee-ah'} from 5164;; n f AV - path 1; 1 1) a track of a wheel, a rut 2) a track, a path
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5164 trochos {trokh-os'} ·½¦Û 5143;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - course 1; 1 1) ½ü¤l #¶® 3:6|

5164 trochos {trokh-os'} from 5143;; n n AV - course 1; 1 1) a wheel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5165 trublion {troob'-lee-on} ·½¦Û¤£½T©wÃþ¦üªº±Àºt¦Ó¨Óªº¦r ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - dish 2; 2 1) ½L¤l, ºÐ¤l

5165 trublion {troob'-lee-on} from a presumed derivative of uncertain affinity;; n n AV - dish 2; 2 1) a dish, a deep dish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5166 trugao {troo-gah'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of trugo (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry);; °Êµü AV - gather 3; 3 1) ¦¬¶°, ¦¬¦¨¦¨¼ôªºªG¹ê 2) »E¶°¦¬³Î²£ª«©Î±Ä¦¬¸²µå 2a) «üªGª«ªº¦¬¦¨ (#¸ô 6:44; ±Ò 14:18-19|)

5166 trugao {troo-gah'-o} from a derivative of trugo (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry);; v AV - gather 3; 3 1) to gather in ripe fruits 2) to gather the harvest or vintage 2a) of fruit gathered
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5167 trugon {troo-gone'} ·½¦Û truzo (to murmur; ªñ¦ü to 5149, but denoting a duller sound); TDNT - 6:63,830; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - turtledove 1; 1 1) ´³¹§

5167 trugon {troo-gone'} from truzo (to murmur; akin to 5149, but denoting a duller sound); TDNT - 6:63,830; n f AV - turtledove 1; 1 1) turtledove
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5168 trumalia {troo-mal-ee-ah'} from a derivative of truo (to wear away, ªñ¦ü to the base of 5134, 5147 and 5176);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - eye 2; 2 1) ¤@­Ó¬}, (°w²´)

5168 trumalia {troo-mal-ee-ah'} from a derivative of truo (to wear away, akin to the base of 5134, 5147 and 5176);; n f AV - eye 2; 2 1) a hole, (eye of the needle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5169 trupema {troo'-pay-mah} from a derivative of the base of 5168;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - eye 1; 1 1) ¤@­Ó¬}, (°w²´)

5169 trupema {troo'-pay-mah} from a derivative of the base of 5168;; n n AV - eye 1; 1 1) a hole, (eye of the needle)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5170 Truphaina {troo'-fahee-nah} from 5172;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Tryphena 1; 1 ¤g«D®³= "Ácºa,°øµØ" 1)¤@­Ó¤k°ò·þ®{

5170 Truphaina {troo'-fahee-nah} from 5172;; n pr f AV - Tryphena 1; 1 Tryphena = "luxurious" 1) a Christian woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5171 truphao {troo-fah'-o} ·½¦Û 5172;; °Êµü AV - live in pleasure 1; 1 1) ºë½oªº¥Í¬¡, »¨µØ°ø¨×ªº¥Í¬¡, ¼ö°J©ó¨É¨ü (#¶® 5:5|)

5171 truphao {troo-fah'-o} from 5172;; v AV - live in pleasure 1; 1 1) to live delicately, live luxuriously, be given to soft and luxurious life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5172 truphe {troo-fay'} from thrupto (to break up or [figuratively] enfeeble, especially the mind and body by indulgence);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - delicately 1, to riot 1; 2 1) µÎ¾A, ÁSÄê, °øµØªº¥Í¬¡

5172 truphe {troo-fay'} from thrupto (to break up or [figuratively] enfeeble, especially the mind and body by indulgence);; n f AV - delicately 1, to riot 1; 2 1) softness, effeminate, luxurious living
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5173 Truphosa {troo-fo'-sah} from 5172;; ³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Tryphosa 1; 1 ¤g´I¼» = "Ác­Z,°øµØ" 1) ¤@­Ó¤k°ò·þ®{

5173 Truphosa {troo-fo'-sah} from 5172;; n pr f AV - Tryphosa 1; 1 Tryphosa = "luxuriating" 1) a Christian woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5174 Troas {tro-as'} from Tros (a Trojan);; ±M¦³¦Wµü ¦a¦W ´Ü©w¥» - Troas 6; 6 ¯Sù¨È = "a Trojan" 1)»®°Ç´µÃe¶ð´µªþªñªº³£¥«

5174 Troas {tro-as'} from Tros (a Trojan);; n pr loc AV - Troas 6; 6 Troas = "a Trojan" 1) a city near Hellespont
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5175 Trogullion {tro-gool'-lee-on} ; ±M¦³¦Wµü, ¦a¦W AV - Trogyllium 1; 1 ¯Sù°ò§Q¯Î = "ÁôÂéÒ" «ö®{20:15, §f®¶¤¤Ä¶¥»: "±q¨ºùض}¯è¡A²Ý¤é©è¹F¤F°òªü¹ï­±¡A ¹j¤@¤Ñ¶V¹L¥h¾a¼»¼¯¡e¦³¥j¨÷¥[¡G¦b¯Sù°ò§Q¯Î°±¯d¡f¡A¤S¹L ¤@¤Ñ¨Ó¨ì¦Ì§Q³£¡C «öISBE¦r¨å: ¦³¨Ç¸û¦­´Áªº§Û¥»¬Ù²¤¤F­Ó«°É]¦W, ¦h¥bªº¤¤­^Ķ ¥»¥ç¤£§t³o­Ó«°É]¦W, Westcott and Hort ±N¥¦§R°£¤F, ¦]¬°¥¦ §t¦³¸û¤£¦nªº¸g¤åÃþ«¬, §Y¦è¤è¸g¤å. µL½×¸g¤å¬O§_¥]¬A ¯Sù°ò§Q¯Î, «OùÀ³¸Ó´¿¸g¹L³o­Ó®üÌa, ¥B´¿°±¯d¹L 1) ¤@«°Âíªº¦W¦r, ¤]¬O¥ì¶ø¥§¨È®ü¤@­ÓÌa¤f, Â÷¼»¼¯®q¤£»·, ¦b¥H¥±©Ò»P¦Ì¦w¤jªe¤f¶¡ªº³Á¥dº¸(Mt. Mycale)¤s¸}Ãä

5175 Trogullion {tro-gool'-lee-on} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Trogyllium 1; 1 Trogyllium = "a cache" 1) the name of a town and a promontory of Ionia, not far from the island of Samos, at the foot of Mt. Mycale between Ephesus and the mouth of the river Maeander
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5176 trogo {tro'-go} probably strengthened from a collateral form of the base of 5134 and 5147 through the idea of corrosion or wear, or perhaps rather of a base of 5167 and 5149 through the idea of a crunching sound; TDNT - 8:236,1191; °Êµü AV - eat 6; 6 1) «r, °Ù, ¹Ç¹ÇÅT¦a¿i¸H, ©CÄZ¥¼µN¹Lªº½­µæ©Î¹LªG¹ê (¤ñ¦p ®Ö®ç, §ö¤¯ªG) 1a) «ü°Êª«¶i­¹ 1b) «ü¤H 2) ­¹¥Î

5176 trogo {tro'-go} probably strengthened from a collateral form of the base of 5134 and 5147 through the idea of corrosion or wear, or perhaps rather of a base of 5167 and 5149 through the idea of a crunching sound; TDNT - 8:236,1191; v AV - eat 6; 6 1) to gnaw, crunch, chew raw vegetables or fruits (as nuts, almonds) 1a) of animals feeding 1b) of men 2) to eat
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5177 tugchano {toong-khan'-o} ¥i¯à·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº tucho (¥t¤@«¬teuchoªºÃö¨­»yºA [§@¦n·Ç³Æ©Î¨Ï¹LÃö], ¥Î©ó¯S©w ªº®ÉºA¤¤, ¦b'³y¦¨¼vÅT'ªº·N¸q¤Wªñ¦ü 5088 ªº¦r·½); TDNT - 8:238,1191; °Êµü AV - obtain 5, be 1, chance 1, little 1, enjoy 1, may be 1, not tr 1, misc 2; 13 1) ®g¤¤¥Ø¼Ð, ®g¨ì¼Ð¹v 1a) «ü¤H®g¥X¤@°¦¼Ðºj©Î½b 2) ¹F¨ì, ±o¨ì, Àò±o, Àò¨ì, ¦¨¬°¾Ö¦³ªÌ 3) ¸I¥©, °¸µo, °¸µMµo¥Í, µo¥Í 3a) «ü©ú, Á|¨Ò, §@¤ñÀÀ 4) ©M¤H¬Û¹J 5) of he who meets one or presents himself unsought, any chance, ordinary, common person (?) 6) ¥¿¦n, ­è¥©, ¸I¥©

5177 tugchano {toong-khan'-o} probably for an obsolete tucho (for which the middle voice of another alternate teucho [to make ready or bring to pass] is used in certain tenses, akin to the base of 5088 through the idea of effecting; TDNT - 8:238,1191; v AV - obtain 5, be 1, chance 1, little 1, enjoy 1, may be 1, not tr 1, misc 2; 13 1) to hit the mark 1a) of one discharging a javelin or arrow 2) to reach, attain, obtain, get, become master of 3) to happen, chance, fall out 3a) to specify, to take a case, as for example 4) to meet one 5) of he who meets one or presents himself unsought, any chance, ordinary, common person 6) to chance to be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5178 tumpanizo {toom-pan-id'-zo} ·½©ó 5180 (¨ä·N¬°¹ª, "tympanum") ªº­l¥Í¦r;; °Êµü AV - torture 1; 1 1) À»¹ª©ÎºV¥´¤â¹ª 2) ¬I¥Htympanum(¤@ºØ¦D¨ã)ªº»Å¦D tympanum ¥i¯à¬O¤@ºØ½ü§Îªº»Å¦D¦D¨ã, ¥Ç¤H¦b¨ä¤W³Q¦pÃ~¥Ö¯ëªº©Ô¶}, µM«á¥H´Î¤l©Î¥ÖÃ@¬½¬½ ¦a¥´ (´N¹³§â¹ª¥Ö©Ôºò¥H«á¦b¤W¥´¤@¼Ë)

5178 tumpanizo {toom-pan-id'-zo} from a derivative of 5180 (meaning a drum, "tympanum");; v AV - torture 1; 1 1) to beat the drum or timbrel 2) to torture with the tympanum, an instrument of punishment The tympanum seems to have been a wheel shaped instrument of torture, over which criminals were stretched as though they were skins and then horribly beaten with clubs or thongs (cf our "break upon the wheel")
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5179 tupos {too'-pos} ·½¦Û 5180; TDNT - 8:246,1193; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16 1) ºV¥´¡AÀ»¥´¡AÀ£¦Lªº²ª¸ñ 2) ¦]À»¥´©ÎÀ£¦L¦Ó§Î¦¨ªº§Îª¬ 2a) §Îª¬©Î¼v¹³ 2b) ¯«ªº§Î¹³ 3) ¼Ë¦¡ 3a) ¹ï±Ð¸qªº­nÂI©M¤º®eªº±Ð¾É,¨Ã¥B¹ï¤ß«ä´y­z¥X¨Ó, ¼g§@ªº¼Ë¦¡,®Ñ«Hªº§Î¥Ü©M¤º®e 4) ¼Ò¦¡ 4a) ¨ã¦³§Þ³N©Êªº·N¸q, ¬O«ü»s³yª«¥ó®É¥²¶·²Å¦Xªºªº­ì«¬ 4b) ¨ã¦³¹D¼w¤è­±ªº·N¸q, ¤@ºØÄU§Ùªº¼Ò¦¡, ¤@ºØÄµ§iªº¥ý¨Ò 4b1) ¬O«ü¨aÃø©Êªº¨Æ¥ó¦¨¬°¹ï¨ä¥L¤Hªº¤@ºØ§i»|©Mĵ§i 4c) ¤@ºØ¥i¼Ò¥éªºº]¼Ë 4c1) ­È±o¼Ò¥éªº¤H 4d) ¨ã¦³±Ð¸q¤Wªº·N¸q 4d1) ¬O«ü¤@ºØ¹w¹³,¥ç§Y¤@­Ó¤H©Î¤@¥ó¨Æª«¹w¥ýªí¥Ü¥X¨º ±N¨Óªº¡]À±ÁɨȪº¡^¤H©Î¨Æ

5179 tupos {too'-pos} from 5180; TDNT - 8:246,1193; n m AV - ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16 1) the mark of a stroke or blow, print 2) a figure formed by a blow or impression 2a) of a figure or image 2b) of the image of the gods 3) form 3a) the teaching which embodies the sum and substance of religion and represents it to the mind, manner of writing, the contents and form of a letter 4) an example 4a) in the technical sense, the pattern in conformity to which a thing must be made 4b) in an ethical sense, a dissuasive example, a pattern of warning 4b1) of ruinous events which serve as admonitions or warnings to others 4c) an example to be imitated 4c1) of men worthy of imitation 4d) in a doctrinal sense 4d1) of a type i.e. a person or thing prefiguring a future (Messianic) person or thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5180 tupto {toop'-to} TDNT - 8:260,1195; °Êµü AV - smite 9, beat 3, strike 1, wound 1; 14 1) À»¥´,¶Ë®` 1a)¦r·Nªº 1b)³ë·Nªº 1b1)(±N¤Ì¹B¤ñ§@¤@À»)§ðÀ» (#®{ 23:3a|) 1b2)§ðÀ»¤Hªº¨}¤ß (#ªL«e 8:12|)

5180 tupto {toop'-to} a primary verb (in a strengthened form); TDNT - 8:260,1195; v AV - smite 9, beat 3, strike 1, wound 1; 14 1) to strike, beat, smite 1a) with a staff, a whip, the fist, the hand 1b) of mourners, to smite their breast 2) to smite one on whom he inflicts punitive evil 3) to smite 3a) metaph. i.e. to wound, disquiet one's conscience
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5181 Turannos {too'-ran-nos} ¥H 2962 ¬°°ò¦¦Ó¤Þ¥Ó¥Xªº¯U¸q«¬ºA;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Tyrannus 1; 1 ±À³â¥£ = "´xÅv" 1) ¦b«Où±Ð±ÂºÖ­µªº¾Ç©Ð¸Ìªº¥H¥±©Ò¤H

5181 Turannos {too'-ran-nos} a provincial form of the derivative of the base of 2962;; n pr m AV - Tyrannus 1; 1 Tyrannus = "sovereign" 1) an Ephesian in whose school Paul taught the gospel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5182 turbazo {toor-bad'-zo} ·½¦Û turbe (Latin turba, a crowd, ªñ¦ü to 2351);; °Êµü AV - trouble 1; 1 1) ¥´ÂZ, ³Â·Ð 2) ¤ß¸Ì§x´b, ¤ß¤¤¤£¥­¦w (#¸ô 10:41|)

5182 turbazo {toor-bad'-zo} from turbe (Latin turba, a crowd, akin to 2351);; v AV - trouble 1; 1 1) disturb, trouble 2) to be troubled in mind, disquieted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5183 Turios {too'-ree-os} ·½¦Û 5184;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - of Tyre 1; 1 1) ±Àùªº©~¥Á

5183 Turios {too'-ree-os} from 5184;; n m AV - of Tyre 1; 1 1) a resident of Tyre
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5184 Turos {too'-ros} ÄݧƧB¨Ó­ì¦r 06865;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - Tyre 11; 11 ±Àù = "©¥¥Û" 1) ¦b¦a¤¤®üªºµÌ¥§°ò«°, «D±`¥j¦Ñ, ¤jªº, ½÷·×ªº, °Ó·~¿³²±, ¦Ó¥B¦a°ì»P®ü°ì³£±j²±

5184 Turos {too'-ros} of Hebrew origin 06865;; n f AV - Tyre 11; 11 Tyre = "a rock" 1) a Phoenician city on the Mediterranean, very ancient, large, splendid, flourishing in commerce, and powerful by land and sea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5185 tuphlos {toof-los'} ·½¦Û5187; TDNT - 8:270,1196; §Î®eµü AV - blind 44, blind man 9; 53 1) ½M²´ 2) ¤ß²´½M¤Fªº

5185 tuphlos {toof-los'} from 5187; TDNT - 8:270,1196; adj AV - blind 44, blind man 9; 53 1) blind 2) mentally blind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5186 tuphloo {toof-lo'-o} ·½¦Û5185; TDNT - 8:270,1196; °Êµü AV - blind 3; 3 1) ¥¢©ú (#¬ù 12:49; ªL«á 4:4; ¬ù³ü 2:11|)

5186 tuphloo {toof-lo'-o} from 5185; TDNT - 8:270,1196; v AV - blind 3; 3 1) to blind, make blind 2) in the NT metaph. to blunt the mental discernment, darken the mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5187 tuphoo {toof-o'-o} ·½¦Û a derivative of 5188;; °Êµü AV - be proud 1, be lifted up with pride 1, highminded 1; 3 1) «_·Ï, ³Q·ÏÃúÂл\ 1a) Áô³ë. 1a1) ¨Ï±o·N¬v¬v, ¨Ïź¶Æ¦Û¤j, ¶ÆºCµL§ªº 1a2) ³k°ª®ð´­, ¶ÆºC¦Û­t 2) ¦]¦Û­tź¶Æ¦Ó¥¢¥h§PÂ_¤O, ¨ÏÅܦ¨·MÒοð¶wªº 2a) ¨Ï²V¶Ã, ©ü·Mªº

5187 tuphoo {toof-o'-o} from a derivative of 5188;; v AV - be proud 1, be lifted up with pride 1, highminded 1; 3 1) to raise a smoke, to wrap in a mist 1a) metaph. 1a1) to make proud, puff up with pride, render insolent 1a2) to be puffed up with haughtiness or pride 2) to blind with pride or conceit, to render foolish or stupid 2a) beclouded, besotted
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5188 tupho {too'-fo} apparently a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - smoke 1; 1 1) ¤Þ°_©Î´²µo¥X·Ï, ¤Þ°_«_·Ï 2) «_·Ï (#¤Ó 12:20|)

5188 tupho {too'-fo} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - smoke 1; 1 1) to cause or emit smoke, raise a smoke 2) to smoke
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5189 tuphonikos {too-fo-nee-kos'} ·½¦Û a derivative of 5188;; §Î®eµü AV - tempestuous 1; 1 1) ±Û­·¯ëªº, ¼É­·«Bªº (#®{ 27:14|)

5189 tuphonikos {too-fo-nee-kos'} from a derivative of 5188;; adj AV - tempestuous 1; 1 1) like a whirlwind, tempestuous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5190 Tuchikos {too-khee-kos'} ·½¦Û 5177 ªº­l¥Í¦r; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Tychicus 7; 7 ±À°ò¥j = "¨M©w©R¹Bªº" 1) ¨È¬wªº°ò·þ®{, ¬O¨Ï®{«OùªºªB¤Í¨Ã¦P¦ñ

5190 Tuchikos {too-khee-kos'} from a derivative of 5177;; n pr m AV - Tychicus 7; 7 Tychicus = "fateful" 1) an Asiatic Christian, friend and companion of the apostle Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5191 huªñ¦üthinos {hoo-ak-in'-thee-nos} ·½¦Û 5192;; §Î®eµü AV - jacinth 1; 1 1) µµÂŦâ, µµÂŦ⪺ 1a) ¬õ¦â¶ÂÃ䪺 (#±Ò 9:17|)

5191 huakinthinos {hoo-ak-in'-thee-nos} from 5192;; adj AV - jacinth 1; 1 1) hyacinth, of the colour of hyacinth 1a) of a red colour bordering on black
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5192 huakinthos {hoo-ak'-in-thos} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - jacinth 1; 1 1) ­·«H¤l, ªá¦W, ¤]¬O¦P¤@ÃC¦âªºÄ_¥Û¦W, ²`ÂŦâ, Áͪñ©ó¶Â¦â

5192 huakinthos {hoo-ak'-in-thos} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - jacinth 1; 1 1) hyacinth, the name of a flower, also of a precious stone of the same colour, a dark blue verging on black
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5193 hualinos {hoo-al'-ee-nos} ·½¦Û 5194;; §Î®eµü AV - of glass 3; 3 1) ¬Á¼þ©Î¬O¹³¬Á¼þ¤@¼Ë³z©úªº, ¦pÃ誺

5193 hualinos {hoo-al'-ee-nos} from 5194;; adj AV - of glass 3; 3 1) of glass or transparent like glass, glassy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5194 hualos {hoo'-al-os} ¥i¯à»P 5205 ¦P·½ (¨ú¹³«B¤@¼Ë³z©ú);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - glass 2; 2 1) ¥ô¦ó¹³¬Á¼þ¤@¼Ë³z©úªº¥ÛÀY 2) ¬Á¼þ

5194 hualos {hoo'-al-os} perhaps from the same as 5205 (as being transparent like rain);; n m AV - glass 2; 2 1) any stone transparent like glass 2) glass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5195 hubrizo {hoo-brid'-zo} ·½©ó 5196; TDNT - 8:295,1200; °Êµü AV - entreat spitefully 2, reproach 1, use despitefully 1, shamefully entreat 1; 5 1) «VºC, µL§ªº¦æ¬°, ©ñÁa¥ô©Ê, ­ð¬ðµL§ 2) ¹ï¬Y¤H²Ê¾|¥BµL®¢ªº¦æ°Ê, «Ý¤H§C«U 3) «ü¹ï¤H´c¬rªº§Î®e¦Ó¶Ë®`¨ì¥L

5195 hubrizo {hoo-brid'-zo} from 5196; TDNT - 8:295,1200; v AV - entreat spitefully 2, reproach 1, use despitefully 1, shamefully entreat 1; 5 1) to be insolent, to behave insolently, wantonly, outrageously 2) to act insolently and shamefully towards one, to treat shamefully 3) of one who injures another by speaking evil of him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5196 hubris {hoo'-bris} ·½¦Û 5228; TDNT - 8:295,1200; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hurt 1, harm 1, reproach 1; 3 1) ¶ÆºCµL§ 1a) «pÁy¥Ö, ¦Û»¨, ¶ÆºC 2) ·½¦Û¶ÆºCµL§¦Ó¬ðµM¥X²{ªº¤£¾A·í¦æ°Ê, ¶Ë®`, ¤½µM«V°d, ²Û°d 3) ºë¯«¶Ë®`©M wantonness of its infliction being prominent 4) ¾D¨ü¼É­·«Bªº¯}Ãa¦Ó·l¶Ë

5196 hubris {hoo'-bris} from 5228; TDNT - 8:295,1200; n f AV - hurt 1, harm 1, reproach 1; 3 1) insolence 1a) impudence, pride, haughtiness 2) a wrong springing from insolence, an injury, affront, insult 3) mental injury and wantonness of its infliction being prominent 4) injury inflicted by the violence of a tempest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5197 hubristes {hoo-bris-tace'} ·½¦Û 5195; TDNT - 8:295,1200;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - despiteful 1, injurious 1; 2 1) ¤@­Ó¶ÆºCµL§ªº¤H 2) ¤@­Ó°ªÁ|¨ä¦Û»¨ªº¤H­n¤£¬Oµ¹§O¤H¤j¶q«V°dªº¨¥»y, ´N¬O¹ï¥L­Ì °µ¨Ç¥i®¢ªº¤£¾A·í¦æ°Ê

5197 hubristes {hoo-bris-tace'} from 5195; TDNT - 8:295,1200; n m AV - despiteful 1, injurious 1; 2 1) an insolent man 2) one who, uplifted with pride, either heaps insulting language upon others or does them some shameful act of wrong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5198 hugiaino {hoog-ee-ah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 5199; TDNT - 8:308,1202; °Êµü AV - sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12 1) °·±dªº, °·¥þªº, °·±dª¬ªp¨}¦nªº 2) Áô³ë. 2a) «ü«H©À¤£¨ü»~¾É©Î¼¸ÂZªº°ò·þ®{ 2b) «ü©Ó¨ü®¦¨å¨Ã«H¥õ°í©wªº¤H

5198 hugiaino {hoog-ee-ah'-ee-no} from 5199; TDNT - 8:308,1202; v AV - sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12 1) to be sound, to be well, to be in good health 2) metaph. 2a) of Christians whose opinions are free from any mixture of error 2b) of one who keeps the graces and is strong
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5199 hugies {hoog-ee-ace'} ·½¦Û the base of 837; TDNT - 8:308,1202; §Î®eµü AV - whole 13, sound 1; 14 1) °·¥þªº 1a) ¤H¦b¨­Åé¤Wªº°·¥þ 2) ¨Ï¤H§¹¥þ, ¥ç§Y¨Ï¥L«ì´_¨ì±d°· 3) Áô³ë. ±Ð¾É«D»·Â÷¯u²z

5199 hugies {hoog-ee-ace'} from the base of 837; TDNT - 8:308,1202; adj AV - whole 13, sound 1; 14 1) sound 1a) of a man who is sound in body 2) to make one whole i.e. restore him to health 3) metaph. teaching which does not deviate from the truth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5200 hugros {hoo-gros'} ·½¦Û the base of 5205;; §Î®eµü AV - green 1; 1 1) ¼éÀ㪺 2) ¥Rº¡¥Ä²G, ºñ¦âªº (#¸ô 23:31|)

5200 hugros {hoo-gros'} from the base of 5205;; adj AV - green 1; 1 1) damp, moist, wet 2) full of sap, green
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5201 hudria {hoo-dree-ah'} ·½¦Û 5204;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - waterpot 3; 3 1) ¥Î¥H«ù¦³¤ôªº®e¾¹ 2) ¤ô²~, ¤ô³ý

5201 hudria {hoo-dree-ah'} from 5204;; n f AV - waterpot 3; 3 1) a vessel for holding water 2) a water jar, a water pot
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5202 hudropoteo {hoo-drop-ot-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 5204 and a derivative of 4095;; °Êµü AV - drink water 1; 1 1) ³Ü¤ô, ¦¨¬°¶¼¤ôªÌ (#´£«e 5:23|)

5202 hudropoteo {hoo-drop-ot-eh'-o} from a compound of 5204 and a derivative of 4095;; v AV - drink water 1; 1 1) to drink water, be a drinker of water
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5203 hudropikos {hoo-dro-pik-os'} ·½¦Û a compound of 5204 and a derivative of 3700 (as if looking watery);; §Î®eµü AV - have the dropsy 1; 1 1) ¤ô¸~ªº, ±w¤ô¸~ (#¸ô 14:2|)

5203 hudropikos {hoo-dro-pik-os'} from a compound of 5204 and a derivative of 3700 (as if looking watery);; adj AV - have the dropsy 1; 1 1) dropsical, suffering from dropsy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5204 hudor {hoo'-dore} ©Ò¦³®æ, hudatos {hoo'-dat-os}, µ¥µ¥, ·½©ó 5205 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 8:314,1203; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - water 79; 79 1) ¤ô 1a) «üªe¤t, ¤s¬u, ¤ô¦À¤¤ªº¤ô 1b) «ü¿Õ¨È®Éªº¤j¬x¤ô 1c) «ü¥ô¦ó¤@­Ó¦a²y¤W¤ô©Ò»E¶°³Bªº¤ô 1d) «ü¦b¿Õ¨È¤j¬x¤ô«e¤§ºc¦¨¥@¬Éªº°ò¥»­n¯Àªº¤ô, º¦°_¤S³Q¦¬»E¦Ü¦U³B 1e) «ü®ü®ö®ü¼é 1f) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ¥Î¨Ó§Î®e¤H«Ü¦h, ¤H¼é

5204 hudor {hoo'-dore} genitive case, hudatos {hoo'-dat-os}, etc., from the base of 5205; TDNT - 8:314,1203; n n AV - water 79; 79 1) water 1a) of water in rivers, in fountains, in pools 1b) of the water of the deluge 1c) of water in any of the earth's repositories 1d) of water as the primary element, out of and through which the world that was before the deluge, arose and was compacted 1e) of the waves of the sea 1f) fig. used of many peoples
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5205 huetos {hoo-et-os'} ·½©ó¦r®Ú huo (¤U«B);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - rain 6; 6 1) «B, «B¤ô

5205 huetos {hoo-et-os'} from a primary huo (to rain);; n m AV - rain 6; 6 1) rain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5206 huiothesia {hwee-oth-es-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û±À´ú¬O 5207 ©M 5087 ªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r¤§½Æ¦X¦r¦Ó¨Ó; TDNT - 8:397,1206; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - adoption 3, adoption of children 1, adoption of sons 1; 5 1) »â¾i, ¦¬¾i¬°¤l 1a) ¤ñ°_¨ä¥L°ê®a, ¯«³ß®®©Ò«Ø¥ßÍ¢»P¥H¦â¦C¦Ê©mªºÃö«Y 1b) ¦b°ò·þ¸Ì¯u¹êªù®{ªº¥»©Ê»P´ºªp, ³o¼Ëªºªù®{¬O¦]µÛ±µ¨ü¯«ªºÆF¦Ó¦¨¬°¯«ªº¨à¤l 1c) ´M¨D¦b°ò·þ±q¤Ñ¦Ó­°ªº²Ä¤G¦¸¦A¨Ó¤§¥¼¨Ó¥Í¬¡¨ü¯¬ºÖªºª¬ºA

5206 huiothesia {hwee-oth-es-ee'-ah} from a presumed compound of 5207 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 8:397,1206; n f AV - adoption 3, adoption of children 1, adoption of sons 1; 5 1) adoption, adoption as sons 1a) that relationship which God was pleased to establish between himself and the Israelites in preference to all other nations 1b) the nature and condition of the true disciples in Christ, who by receiving the Spirit of God into their souls become sons of God 1c) the blessed state looked for in the future life after the visible return of Christ from heaven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5207 huios {hwee-os'} ÅãµM¬O°ò¥»¦r«¬; TDNT - 8:334,1206; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - son(s) 85, Son of Man + 444 87 {TDNT 8:400, 1210}, Son of God + 2316 49, child(ren) 49, Son 42, his Son + 848 21, Son of David + 1138 15 {TDNT 8:478, 1210}, my beloved Son + 27 + 3350 7, thy Son + 4575 5, only begotten Son + 3339 3, his (David's) son + 846 3, firstborn son + 4316 2, misc 14; 382 1) ¨à¤l 1a) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¤p°Êª«, ¤Ö¥Î 1b) ¤@¯ë¥Î¨Ó«ü¤HÃþªº«á¥N 1c) ¯U¸q¦a¨Ó»¡, ¬O¨kªº«á¥N (¥Ñ¤÷¥À©Ò¥Í) 1d) ¼s¸q¦a¨Ó»¡, ¬O¤l®], ¥ô¦ó¤Hªº«á¸Ç, 1d1) ¥H¦â¦Cªº«á¸Ç 1d2) ¨È§B©Ô¨uªº¨à¤l 1e)) ¥Î¨Ó«ü¨Ì¾a¥t¤@­Ó¤Hªº¤H©Î¨º¤Hªº¸òÀHªÌ 1e1) ¾Ç¥Í 2) ¤H¤l 2a) ´y­z¤Hªº¦WºÙ, ¨¥¥~¤§·N¬O³n®z¡B¥²¦ºªº 2b) ¤H¤l, ¦b#¦ý 7:13|¶H¼x©Ê¦a¹wªí²Ä¤­­Ó¤ý°ê,¸g ¥Ñ³o­Ó¦WºÙ«ü¥X¨ä¤H©Ê, ©M«e­±¥|­Ó¤ý°ê (¤Ú¤ñ ­Û¤H¡Bº¿¥Nªi´µ¤H¡B°¨¨ä¹y¤H©Mù°¨¤H) ªº³¥ÆZ ¡B´Ý¼É¦¨¬°¹ï¤ñ, ³o¥|­Ó¤ý°ê¶H¼x¤F¥|ºØÃ~¡C ¦b¥H¿Õ®Ñ (¦è¤¸¤G¥@¬ö) ¤W¥Î¨Ó«ü°ò·þ¡C 2c) ¬°°ò·þ¦Û¤v©Ò¥Î, µLºÃ¦a¬O¬°¤F³q§iÍ¢ªºÀ±ÁÉ¨È ¨­¤À, ¤]ªí©úÍ¢¬O¤HÃþªº®aªø, ¬J´£¨Ñ¤F§¹¬ü¤H Ãþªº¼Ò½d, ¦P®É¥Nªí¥þ¤HÃþ¦æ¨Æ¡C°ò·þ¦ü¥G³ßÅw ³o­ÓÀY»Î¬Æ©ó¨ä¥LÀ±ÁɨȪºÀY»Î, ¦]¬°³o­ÓÀY»Î «Ü¨õ·L, ­n°ö¾i¥X¥@«U¹ïÀ±Áɨȧ@¤ýªººaÄ£´Á«Ý , ¬O³Ì¤£¾A¦Xªº¡C 3) ¤W«Òªº¨à¤l 3a) ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¨È·í (#¸ô 3:38|) 3b) ¥Î¨Ó´y­z¨º¨Ç­«¥Íªº¤H (#¸ô 20:36|)¡BÄÝ¤Ñ¨Ï ¨ÃÄÝ­C¿q°ò·þªº¤H 3c) «ü¤W«Òµø¬°¨à¤lªº¤H, ¤W«Ò©Ò·R¡B«OÅ@¨Ã¨Ï¤§¨ü ¯q§ó¬Æ©ó¨ä¥L¤Hªº¤H 3c1) ¦b¬ù, ¥Î¨Ó«üµS¤Ó¤H 3c2) ¦b·s¬ù, «h«ü°ò·þ®{ 3c3) ·O·Rªº¤W«Ò¤Ñ¤÷¥Î³d³Æ¨Ó¶ì³y¨ä«~®æªº¤H (#¨Ó 12:5-8|) 3d) ·q¬È¤W«Ò¬°¤Ñ¤÷ªº¤H, °@¸Û·q«ô¤W«Òªº¤H, «~®æ ¥Í©R³£¹³¤W«Òªº¤H, ¨ü¸tÆFºÞ²zªº¤H, ¥L­Ì¨IµÛ ¦Ó³ß¼Ö¦a«H¾a¤W«Ò, ¥¿¦p«Äµ£«H¾a¤÷¥À¤@¼Ë (#ù 8:14; ¥[ 3:26|), ¦¹«á³o¨Ç¤W«Ò¤§¤l°£¤F ´L¶Q¤§¥~, ±N¬ïÀ¹¥Ã¥Íªº®¦´f»PºaÄ£¡C­C¿q°ò·þ ¥Î±o³Ì¦h, ¨Ò¦p¨É¨ü¤W«Ò¦Ü°ªµL¤Wªº·R, »PÍ¢·Å ¬X¿Ë¤Áªº±K«´, ¯µ±K°Ñ»PÍ¢ªº±ÏÅ«¯Z©³, ¤@¤Á¦æ °Ê³£¶¶ªA¤W«Òªº¦®·N ¦P¸q¦r½Ð¨£ 5868

5207 huios {hwee-os'} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 8:334,1206; n m AV - son(s) 85, Son of Man + 444 87 {TDNT 8:400, 1210}, Son of God + 2316 49, child(ren) 49, Son 42, his Son + 848 21, Son of David + 1138 15 {TDNT 8:478, 1210}, my beloved Son + 27 + 3350 7, thy Son + 4575 5, only begotten Son + 3339 3, his (David's) son + 846 3, firstborn son + 4316 2, misc 14; 382 1) a son 1a) rarely used for the young of animals 1b) generally used of the offspring of men 1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father and of a mother) 1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one, 1d1) the children of Israel 1d2) sons of Abraham 1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower 1e1) a pupil 2) son of man 2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and mortality 2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13 and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd Century) it is used of Christ. 2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah in royal splendour. 3) son of God 3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38) 3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of angels and of Jesus Christ 3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and benefits above others 3c1) in the OT used of the Jews 3c2) in the NT of Christians 3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8) 3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom. 8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the Father's will in all his acts For Synonyms see entry 5868
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5208 hule {hoo-lay'} perhaps ªñ¦ü to 3586;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - matter 1; 1 1) ´ËªL, ¾ðªL 2) ¬å¥ïªº¤ìÀY, ¿U®Æ

5208 hule {hoo-lay'} perhaps akin to 3586;; n f AV - matter 1; 1 1) a forest, a wood 2) felled wood, fuel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5209 humas {hoo-mas'} 4771 "§A" ªº½Æ¼Æª½±µ¨ü®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - you 376, ye 42, for your sakes + 1223 9, not tr 1, misc 9; 437 1) §A­Ì

5209 humas {hoo-mas'} accusative case of 5210;; pron AV - you 376, ye 42, for your sakes + 1223 9, not tr 1, misc 9; 437 1) you
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5210 humeis {hoo-mice'} 4771 "§A"ªº½Æ¼Æ¥D®æ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - ye 236, ye yourselves 1, you 1, not tr 5; 243 1) §A­Ì

5210 humeis {hoo-mice'} irregular plural of 4771;; pron AV - ye 236, ye yourselves 1, you 1, not tr 5; 243 1) you
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5211 Humenaios {hoo-men-ah'-yos} ·½¦Û Humen (±B§¤§¯«);;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Hymenaeus 2; 2 ³\¦Ì¤D = "ÄÝ©ó±B«Ã" 1) ¤@¦ì«ù²§ºÝ¨¸»¡ªÌ, ¨Ï®{«Oùªº¤Ï¹ïªÌ¤§¤@

5211 Humenaios {hoo-men-ah'-yos} from Humen (the god of weddings);; n pr m AV - Hymenaeus 2; 2 Hymenaeus = "belonging to marriage" 1) a heretic, one of the opponents of the apostle Paul
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5212 humeteros {hoo-met'-er-os} ·½¦Û 5210;; pron AV - your 7, yours 2, your own 1; 10 1) §A, §Aªº (§A­Ì, §A­Ìªº) 1a) §A©Ò¾Ö¦³ªº (§A­Ì©Ò¾Ö¦³ªº) 1b) ¥Ñ§A©Ò«ü¬£ªº (¥Ñ§A­Ì©Ò«ü¬£ªº) 1c) ±q§A¦Ó¨Óªº (±q§A­Ì¦Ó¨Óªº)

5212 humeteros {hoo-met'-er-os} from 5210;; pron AV - your 7, yours 2, your own 1; 10 1) you, yours 1a) to be possessed by you 1b) to be allocated by you 1c) proceeding from you
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5213 humin {hoo-min'} 5210 "§A"ªº½Æ¼Æ¶¡±µ¨ü®æ ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - you 597, ye 14, your 6, not tr 1, misc 3; 621 1) §A­Ì, µ¹§A­Ì, ¬°§A­Ì,

5213 humin {hoo-min'} irregular dative case of 5210;; pron AV - you 597, ye 14, your 6, not tr 1, misc 3; 621 1) you
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5214 humneo {hoom-neh'-o} ·½©ó 5215; TDNT - 8:489,1225; °Êµü AV - sing an hymn 2, sing praise 2; 4 1) °Ûºq¹|Æg, °Û¸ÖÆg¬ü 2) °Û¸Öºq, ºq°Û 2a) °ÛëÆ¶V¸`ªº¸t¸Ö, «ü¸Ö½g 113-118 ¤Î 136, µS¤Ó¤HºÙ¤§¬° ¤jÆg¬ü¸Ö("great Hallel")

5214 humneo {hoom-neh'-o} from 5215; TDNT - 8:489,1225; v AV - sing an hymn 2, sing praise 2; 4 1) to sing the praise of, sing hymns to 2) to sing a hymn, to sing 2a) singing of paschal hymns these were Psalms 113 - 118 and 136, which the Jews called the "great Hallel"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5215 humnos {hoom'-nos} apparently from a simpler (obsolete) form of hudeo (to celebrate, probably ªñ¦ü to 103, cf 5667); TDNT - 8:489,1225;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hymn 2; 2 1) ¦b¤°¤@©^Äm®ÉÆg¬ü¤W«Ò, ­^¶¯, ©ºªAªÌªººq 2) ¯«¸tªººq, ¸tºq For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5876

5215 humnos {hoom'-nos} apparently from a simpler (obsolete) form of hudeo (to celebrate, probably akin to 103, cf 5667); TDNT - 8:489,1225; n m AV - hymn 2; 2 1) a song in tithe praise of gods, heroes, conquerors 2) a sacred song, hymn For Synonyms see entry 5876
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5216 humon {hoo-mone'} 5210 "§A"ªº½Æ¼Æ©Ò¦³®æ ;; ¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü AV - your 348, you 203, ye 9, yours 5, not tr 1, misc 17; 583 1) §A­Ìªº

5216 humon {hoo-mone'} genitive case of 5210;; pron AV - your 348, you 203, ye 9, yours 5, not tr 1, misc 17; 583 1) of yours
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5217 hupago {hoop-ag'-o} ·½¦Û5259 »P 71; TDNT - 8:504,1227; °Êµü AV - go 55, go (one's) way 17, go away 3, get thee 3, de¤Àµü2, get thee hence 1; 81 1) Â÷¶} (¬Y¤H) 2) (´Â¬Y¤@¤è¦V²¾°Ê) ¥h 2a) «ü¤@¯ë©¹¬Y¤è¦V¨«¥h 2b) ¥Î¨Ó¯S«ü­C¿q¨ì¤÷¨º¸Ì¥h 3) (°ûÂ໡ªk--½ñ¤W¦º¤`¤§®È) ¹L¥@ (#¤Ó 26:24; ¥i14:21|)

5217 hupago {hoop-ag'-o} from 5259 and 71; TDNT - 8:504,1227; v AV - go 55, go (one's) way 17, go away 3, get thee 3, depart 2, get thee hence 1; 81 1) to lead under, bring under 2) to withdraw one's self, to go away, depart
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5218 hupakoe {hoop-ak-o-ay'} ·½©ó 5219; TDNT - 1:224,34; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - obedience 11, obedient 1, to make obedient + 1519 1, to obey + 1519 1, obeying 1; 15 1) ¿í¦u, ªA±q, ¶¶±q 2) ¹ï«ß®v©ÎÅGÅ@ªÌªº¿í±q, ¹ï°ò·þ±Ð°Vªº¿í¦uªA±q

5218 hupakoe {hoop-ak-o-ay'} from 5219; TDNT - 1:224,34; n f AV - obedience 11, obedient 1, to make obedient + 1519 1, to obey + 1519 1, obeying 1; 15 1) obedience, compliance, submission 2) obedience rendered to anyone's counsels, an obedience shown in observing the requirements of Christianity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5219 hupakouo {hoop-ak-oo'-o} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 191; TDNT - 1:223,34; °Êµü AV - obey 18, be obedient to 2, hearken 1; 21 1) Å¥±q, ¶ÉÅ¥ 1a) «üÅ¥¨ì¦³¤HºVªù¦Ó¨Óťť¬O½Ö(ªù©ÐªºÂ¾³d) 2) Å¥±q©R¥O 2a) ¿í¦u, ªA±q, ¶¶ªA

5219 hupakouo {hoop-ak-oo'-o} from 5259 and 191; TDNT - 1:223,34; v AV - obey 18, be obedient to 2, hearken 1; 21 1) to listen, to harken 1a) of one who on the knock at the door comes to listen who it is, (the duty of a porter) 2) to harken to a command 2a) to obey, be obedient to, submit to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5220 hupandros {hoop'-an-dros} ·½¦Û 5259 and 435;; §Î®eµü AV - which hath an husband 1; 1 1) ÂkÄÝ, ¥ç§YªA±q¤@­Ó¨k¤H: ¶ù (#ù 7:2)

5220 hupandros {hoop'-an-dros} from 5259 and 435;; adj AV - which hath an husband 1; 1 1) under i.e. subject to a man: married
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5221 hupantao {hoop-an-tah'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 and a derivative of 473; TDNT - 3:625,419; °Êµü AV - meet 4, go and meet 1; 5 1) ¥h¹J¨£, ¹J¨£ 2) ¥Î©ó­x¶¤ 2a) «ü¾D¹J¼Ä¤H

5221 hupantao {hoop-an-tah'-o} from 5259 and a derivative of 473; TDNT - 3:625,419; v AV - meet 4, go and meet 1; 5 1) to go to meet, to meet 2) in military reference 2a) of a hostile meeting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5222 hupantesis {hoop-an'-tay-sis} ·½¦Û 5221; TDNT - TDNT - 3:625,419; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - to meet + 1519 1; 1 1) ¥h·|¨£(#¬ù 12:13|)

5222 hupantesis {hoop-an'-tay-sis} from 5221; TDNT - TDNT - 3:625,419; n f AV - to meet + 1519 1; 1 1) to go to meet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5223 huparxis {hoop'-arx-is} ·½©ó 5225;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - goods 1, substance 1; 2 1) ²£·~, ¾Ö¦³ª«, °]²£, °]´I, ©Ò¦³ª«

5223 huparxis {hoop'-arx-is} from 5225;; n f AV - goods 1, substance 1; 2 1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5224 huparchonta {hoop-ar'-khon-tah} 5225 ªº²{¦b¤Àµü¥D°ÊºA ªº ¤¤©Ê½Æ¼Æ, §@¦Wµü¥Î;; °Êµü¤Àµü AV - goods 7, that (one) has 4, things which (one) possesses 2, substance 1; 14 1) °]·~, °]²£, °]´I, ©Ò¦³ª«

5224 huparchonta {hoop-ar'-khon-tah} neuter plural of present participle active of 5225 as noun;; v participle AV - goods 7, that (one) has 4, things which (one) possesses 2, substance 1; 14 1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5225 huparcho {hoop-ar'-kho} ·½¦Û 5259 and 756;; °Êµü AV - be 42, have 2, live 1, after 1, not tr 2; 48 1) ¥Ñ¤U¶}©lµÛ¤â, ¶}³õ, ¶}±Ò 1a) ¶}©l 2) ¨ì¨Ó, ¬O¬G¦b¨º¸Ì, ·Ç³Æ¦n, ¦b¤âÃä 3) ·í§@, ¬O, ¦b

5225 huparcho {hoop-ar'-kho} from 5259 and 756;; v AV - be 42, have 2, live 1, after 1, not tr 2; 48 1) to begin below, to make a beginning 1a) to begin 2) to come forth, hence to be there, be ready, be at hand 3) to be
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5226 hupeiko {hoop-i'-ko} ·½©ó 5259 ©M eiko (°hÅý, ¥Ü®z);; °Êµü AV - submit (one's) self 1; 1 1) ¤£¦A©è§Ü, ¨Ñ¤âÅý¤H, ¥æ¥X¥h, §ë­°(¾Ô¤h) 2) Áô³ë. ¹ïÅv«Â©Î§i»|Åý¨B, ±µ¨ü©¾§iÄU¿Ï, ¶¶±qÅ¥±q, ¶¶ªA

5226 hupeiko {hoop-i'-ko} from 5259 and eiko (to yield, be "weak");; v AV - submit (one's) self 1; 1 1) to resist no longer, but to give way, yield (of combatants) 2) metaph. to yield to authority and admonition, to submit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5227 hupenantios {hoop-en-an-tee'-os} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 1727;; §Î®eµü AV - contrary 1, adversary 1; 2 1) ¬Û¹ïªº 1a) ©M¨ä¬Û¹ïªº:¡@©¼¦¹¦b§B¥ò¤§¶¡ 2) ¬Û¹ï§Üªº, ¬Û¤Ïªº, ¹ï¤ñªº, ¹ïµÛ·Fªº, ¼Ä¤â

5227 hupenantios {hoop-en-an-tee'-os} from 5259 and 1727;; adj AV - contrary 1, adversary 1; 2 1) opposite to 1a) set over against: meeting one another 2) opposed to, contrary to, an adversary
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5228 huper {hoop-er'} ¦r®Ú«¬¤¶¨tµü; TDNT - 8:507,1228; ¤¶¨tµü AV - for 104, of 12, above 12, for (one's) sake 8, on (one's) behalf 3, more than 3, in (one's) stead 2, than 2, very chiefest + 3029 2, beyond 1, to 1, over 1, more 1, exceedingly abundantly + 1537 + 4053 1, exceedingly + 1537 + 4053 1, very highly + 1537 + 4053 1, misc 5; 160 1) ¬°¤F...¦n, ¬°¤F...ªº§Q¯q 2) ¶W¹L, ¶V¹L, ¦h©ó 3) §ó¦h, ¶W¥X, ¶W¹L

5228 huper {hoop-er'} a primary preposition; TDNT - 8:507,1228; prep AV - for 104, of 12, above 12, for (one's) sake 8, on (one's) behalf 3, more than 3, in (one's) stead 2, than 2, very chiefest + 3029 2, beyond 1, to 1, over 1, more 1, exceedingly abundantly + 1537 + 4053 1, exceedingly + 1537 + 4053 1, very highly + 1537 + 4053 1, misc 5; 160 1) in behalf of, for the sake of 2) over, beyond, more than 3) more, beyond, over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5229 huperairomai {hoop-er-ah'-ee-rom-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 5228 and 142;; °Êµü AV - be exalted above measure 2, exalt (one's) self 1; 3 1) °ªÁ|©Î´£°ª...¶W¶V¹L.... 2) °ª©ï¦Û¤v, ±o·N¬v¬vªº, ¶ÆºCªº 3) ¦V¤Hªº¦æ¬°Á|¤î¶ÆºCµL²z (#ªL«á 12:7; ©««á 2:4|)

5229 huperairomai {hoop-er-ah'-ee-rom-ahee} middle voice from 5228 and 142;; v AV - be exalted above measure 2, exalt (one's) self 1; 3 1) to lift or raise up over some thing 2) to lift one's self up, be exalted, be haughty 3) to carry one's self haughtily to, behave insolently towards one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5230 huperakmos {hoop-er'-ak-mos} ·½¦Û 5228 and the base of 188;; §Î®eµü AV - ³Q°Êthe flower of (one's) age + 5600 1; 1 1) ¹L¤Fªá¶}ªº®É­Ô©Î¥Í©R¤¤ªºÅq®p®É´Á 2) ¹L¼ôªº, Â׺¡ªº©M¦¨¼ôªº, (©Ò¥H¤ñ¸û¥i¯à¦³³Q¬¿¦¾ªº¦MÀI) 2a) «ü³B¤k (#ªL«e 7:36|)

5230 huperakmos {hoop-er'-ak-mos} from 5228 and the base of 188;; adj AV - pass the flower of (one's) age + 5600 1; 1 1) beyond the bloom or prime of life 2) overripe, plump and ripe, (and so in a greater danger of defilement) 2a) of a virgin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5231 huperano {hoop-er-an'-o} ·½©ó 5228 ©M 507;; °Æµü AV - far above 2, over 1; 3 1) ¦b...¤§¤W 1a) ¦b¬Yª«¤§¤W 1b) ¬Y­Ó¦a¤è¤§¤W 1c) «ü§ó°ªªºµ¥¯Å©ÎÅv¤O

5231 huperano {hoop-er-an'-o} from 5228 and 507;; adv AV - far above 2, over 1; 3 1) above 1a) above a thing 1b) of a place 1c) of rank or power
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5232 huperauxano {hoop-er-owx-an'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 and 837; TDNT - 8:517,1229; °Êµü AV - grow exceedingly 1; 1 1) µLªk­pºâªºÁؼW 2) §Ö³tªº¦¨ªø (#©««á 1:3|)

5232 huperauxano {hoop-er-owx-an'-o} from 5228 and 837; TDNT - 8:517,1229; v AV - grow exceedingly 1; 1 1) to increase beyond measure 2) to grow exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5233 huperbaino {hoop-er-bah'-ee-no} ·½©ó 5228 ©M 939 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 5:743,772; °Êµü AV - go beyond 1; 1 1) ½ò¨ì§O¤HÀY¤W¥h, ¹L¤À 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¶h¥X¶V¬É 2b) ¹O¶V­­¨î 2c) ¥X­y, §@¿ù¨Æ, ¸o 2c1) «ü¤H¶B¨ú©Î­é¹Ü¥L¤H 2d) ¹L¤À, ¹L¤õ, ¹LÀY

5233 huperbaino {hoop-er-bah'-ee-no} from 5228 and the base of 939; TDNT - 5:743,772; v AV - go beyond 1; 1 1) to step over, beyond 2) metaph. 2a) to transgress 2b) to overstep the proper limits 2c) trespass, do wrong, sin 2c1) of one who defrauds another in business 2d) overreaches
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5234 huperballontos {hoop-er-bal-lon'-toce} ·½¦Û ²{¦b¦¡¤Àµü ¥D°Ê»yºA of 5235; TDNT - 8:520,1230; °Æµü AV - above measure 1; 1 1) ¦b¿Å¶q¤§¤W, °ª¦ô (#ªL«á 22:13|)

5234 huperballontos {hoop-er-bal-lon'-toce} from present participle active of 5235; TDNT - 8:520,1230; adv AV - above measure 1; 1 1) above measure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5235 huperballo {hoop-er-bal'-lo} ·½¦Û 5228 and 906; TDNT - 8:520,1230; °Êµü AV - exceed 3, excel 1, ³Q°Ê1; 5 1) ©ßÂY¹LÀY, ©ß¶V¬Yª«¨ì§ó»·³B 2) ¶W¶V, Àu©ó, ¹L³Ñ, ³Ó¹L, 3) ¬ð¥X, ³Ó¹L, ¶W¹L

5235 huperballo {hoop-er-bal'-lo} from 5228 and 906; TDNT - 8:520,1230; v AV - exceed 3, excel 1, pass 1; 5 1) to surpass in throwing, to throw over or beyond any thing 2) to transcend, surpass, exceed, excel 3) excelling, exceeding
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5236 huperbole {hoop-er-bol-ay'} ·½¦Û 5235; TDNT - 8:520,1230; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - far more + 2596 1, exceeding + 2596 1, more excellent +2596 1, out of measure + 2596 1, beyond measure + 2596 1, excellency 1, abundance 1, exceeding + 1519 1; 8 1) §ë¦V»·¤è 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¨ô¶V, Àu¨q, ³Ç¥X 2b) ¶W¶V©Ò¯à´ú«×, ¶W¹L, ¥XÃþ©ÞµÑ 2c) µLªk´ú«×

5236 huperbole {hoop-er-bol-ay'} from 5235; TDNT - 8:520,1230; n f AV - far more + 2596 1, exceeding + 2596 1, more excellent +2596 1, out of measure + 2596 1, beyond measure + 2596 1, excellency 1, abundance 1, exceeding + 1519 1; 8 1) a throwing beyond 2) metaph. 2a) superiority, excellence, pre-eminence 2b) beyond measure, exceedingly, preeminently 2c) beyond all measure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5237 hupereido {hoop-er-i'-do} ·½¦Û 5228 and 1492;; °Êµü AV - wink at 1; 1 1) ¿ù¹L, ©¿²¤, ¨S¯d·N¨ì, ¥¢©ó±Mª` (#®{ 17:30|)

5237 hupereido {hoop-er-i'-do} from 5228 and 1492;; v AV - wink at 1; 1 1) to overlook, take no notice of, not attend to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5238 huperekeina {hoop-er-ek'-i-nah} ·½¦Û 5228 and the ¤¤©Ê ½Æ¼Æ of 1565;; °Æµü AV - beyond 1; 1 1) ¦b§ó»·³B: »P¯ª°ê¬Û¹j³Ó»·ªº¦a¤è (#ªL«á 10:16|)

5238 huperekeina {hoop-er-ek'-i-nah} from 5228 and the neuter plural of 1565;; adv AV - beyond 1; 1 1) beyond: the regions lying beyond the country of one's residence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5239 huperekteino {hoop-er-ek-ti'-no} ·½¦Û 5228 and 1614; TDNT - 2:465,219; °Êµü AV - stretch beyond 1; 1 1) ¶W¹L­ì©wªº¬É½u, ©µ®i¦Ü¶q«×¤§¥~, ¹L«×©µ¦ù (#ªL«á 10:14|)

5239 huperekteino {hoop-er-ek-ti'-no} from 5228 and 1614; TDNT - 2:465,219; v AV - stretch beyond 1; 1 1) to extend beyond the prescribed bounds, stretch out beyond measure, stretch out overmuch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5240 huperekchuno {hoop-er-ek-khoo'-no} ·½¦Û 5228 and the alternate form of 1632;; °Êµü AV - run over 1; 1 1) ´é¬y, ¶É­Ë, »·¶W¹L©Ò¯à´ú¶qªº 2) º¡·¸, ÁÓ¹L (#¸ô 6:38|)

5240 huperekchuno {hoop-er-ek-khoo'-no} from 5228 and the alternate form of 1632;; v AV - run over 1; 1 1) to pour out beyond measure 2) to overflow, run over
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5241 huperentugchano {hoop-er-en-toong-khan'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 and 1793; TDNT - 8:238,1191; °Êµü AV - make intercession for 1; 1 1) ¥N¨D, ¬°¬Y¤H»¡±¡ (#ù 8:26|)

5241 huperentugchano {hoop-er-en-toong-khan'-o} from 5228 and 1793; TDNT - 8:238,1191; v AV - make intercession for 1; 1 1) to intercede for one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5242 huperecho {hoop-er-ekh'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 »P 2192; TDNT - 8:523,1230; °Êµü AV - higher 1, better 1, excellency 1, ³Q°Ê1, supreme 1; 5 1)¦r·Nªº:°ª¹L,¶W¹L,Àu©ó--¸g¥~·N¸q 2)³ë·Nªº: ²Îªv,´xÅv,©~°ª¦ì 3)(½è¯À¤W)Àu©ó,¶W¶V

5242 huperecho {hoop-er-ekh'-o} from 5228 and 2192; TDNT - 8:523,1230; v AV - higher 1, better 1, excellency 1, pass 1, supreme 1; 5 1) to have or hold over one 2) to stand out, rise above, overtop 2a) to be above, be superior in rank, authority, power 2a1) the prominent men, rulers 2b) to excel, to be superior, better than, to surpass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5243 huperephania {hoop-er-ay-fan-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 5244; TDNT - 8:525,1231; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pride 1; 1 1) ¦Û»¨, ¶ÆºC, ¦Û­t 2) ¤@­Ó¤H¹ï¥L¹ï¦Û¤vªºÅv¤O©Î»ù­È¤§¸Ø¤j¦ô¶q, ¦Ó¦³»´µø¥L¤H¬Æ©Î¥H¶ÆºC »´µø«Ý¤HªººA«×

5243 huperephania {hoop-er-ay-fan-ee'-ah} from 5244; TDNT - 8:525,1231; n f AV - pride 1; 1 1) pride, haughtiness, arrogance 2) the character of one who, with a swollen estimate of his own powers or merits, looks down on others and even treats them with insolence and contempt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5244 huperephanos {hoop-er-ay'-fan-os} ·½¦Û 5228 »P 5316; TDNT - 8:525,1231; §Î®eµü AV - proud 5; 5 1) ź¶Æ,¦Û¤j,¯«®ð¬¡²{

5244 huperephanos {hoop-er-ay'-fan-os} from 5228 and 5316; TDNT - 8:525,1231; adj AV - proud 5; 5 1) showing one's self above others, overtopping, conspicuous above others, pre-eminent 2) with an overweening estimate of one's means or merits, despising others or even treating them with contempt, haughty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5245 hupernikao {hoop-er-nik-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 »P 3528; TDNT - 4:942,634; °Êµü AV - be more than conqueror 1; 1 1) §ó³Ó©ó¶È¥u¬O©ºªAªÌ, ±o¨ìÀ£­Ë©Êªº³Ó§Q (#ù 8:37|)

5245 hupernikao {hoop-er-nik-ah'-o} from 5228 and 3528; TDNT - 4:942,634; v AV - be more than conqueror 1; 1 1) to be more than a conqueror, to gain a surpassing victory
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5246 huperogkos {hoop-er'-ong-kos} from 5228 and 3591;; §Î®eµü AV - great swelling 2; 2 1) ¹L«×¸~µÈªº 2) Áô³ë. ¹L«×ªº, ¸Ø¤jªº

5246 huperogkos {hoop-er'-ong-kos} from 5228 and 3591;; adj AV - great swelling 2; 2 1) overswollen 2) metaph. immoderate, extravagant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5247 huperoche {hoop-er-okh-ay'} ·½¦Û 5242; TDNT - 8:523,1230; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - excellency 1, authority 1; 2 1) ±R°ª, pre-eminence, Àu¶V 2) Áô³ë. Àu¨q

5247 huperoche {hoop-er-okh-ay'} from 5242; TDNT - 8:523,1230; n f AV - excellency 1, authority 1; 2 1) elevation, pre-eminence, superiority 2) metaph. excellence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5248 huperperisseuo {hoop-er-per-is-syoo'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 and 4052; TDNT - 6:58,828; °Êµü AV - much more abound 1, exceeding 1; 2 1) µLªk´ú¶qªºÂ×´I, ¥÷¥~ªºÂ×´I 2) º¡·¸, ´I¨¬ªº¨É¨ü

5248 huperperisseuo {hoop-er-per-is-syoo'-o} from 5228 and 4052; TDNT - 6:58,828; v AV - much more abound 1, exceeding 1; 2 1) to abound beyond measure, abound exceedingly 2) to overflow, to enjoy abundantly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5249 huperperissos {hoop-er-per-is-soce'} ·½¦Û 5228 and 4057;; °Æµü AV - beyond measure 1; 1 1) ¹L«×¦a, ·¥«×¦a (#¥i 7:37|)

5249 huperperissos {hoop-er-per-is-soce'} from 5228 and 4057;; adv AV - beyond measure 1; 1 1) beyond measure, exceedingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5250 huperpleonazo {hoop-er-pleh-on-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û 5228 and 4121; TDNT - 6:263,864; °Êµü AV - to be exceeding abundant 1; 1 1) ¥R¥R¨¬¨¬Â×Â×´I´I 2) º¡·¸ 3) ®æ¥~Âײ±ªº¾Ö¦³ (#´£«e 1:14|)

5250 huperpleonazo {hoop-er-pleh-on-ad'-zo} from 5228 and 4121; TDNT - 6:263,864; v AV - to be exceeding abundant 1; 1 1) to be exceedingly abundant 2) to overflow 3) to possess in excess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5251 huperupsoo {hoop-er-oop-so'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 ©M 5312; TDNT - 8:606,1241; °Êµü AV - highly exalt 1; 1 1) Áô³ë. °ªÁ|¨ì³Ì°ªªº¦a¦ì©M¤O¶q, ´£¤É¨ì¦Ü°ª§g¤ý 2) ³Ì°ª«×ªº¹|´­ 3) »P¦Û´L¤@¦P³QÁ|°_, Ãø¥H¦ô­pªº±R°ª 4) ºû«ù¬Y¤H¦Û¤vªº°ª©|

5251 huperupsoo {hoop-er-oop-so'-o} from 5228 and 5312; TDNT - 8:606,1241; v AV - highly exalt 1; 1 1) metaph. to exalt to the highest rank and power, raise to supreme majesty 2) to extol most highly 3) to be lifted up with pride, exalted beyond measure 4) to carry one's self loftily
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5252 huperphroneo {hoop-er-fron-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5228 and 5426;; °Êµü AV - think more highly 1; 1 1) ¦Û¥H¬°¬O, ¬Ý¦Û¤v¹L©ó©Ò·í¬Ýªº, °ªÁ|¦Û¤v, (#ù 12:3|)

5252 huperphroneo {hoop-er-fron-eh'-o} from 5228 and 5426;; v AV - think more highly 1; 1 1) to think more highly of one's self than is proper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5253 huperoon {hoop-er-o'-on} ·½¦Û 5228 ªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - upper chamber 3, upper room 1; 4 1) «Î¤lªº³Ì¤W¼h, °ü¤k©Ò¦í¦b³Ì¤W¼h©Î³Ì¤W­±ªº©Ð¶¡ 2) «Î¤l³Ì¤W¼hªº©Ð¶¡, ¦³®É¦b©Ð¤lªº¥­³»¤W, ªF¤è¤H¤£·|ºÎ¦b¨º¸Ì, ¬°ªº¬O­n§@¬°±ßÀ\, ½Õ°±, ©Î¬Oë§i¥Î

5253 huperoon {hoop-er-o'-on} from a derivative of 5228;; n n AV - upper chamber 3, upper room 1; 4 1) the highest part of the house, the upper rooms or story where the women resided 2) a room in the upper part of a house, sometimes built upon the flat roof of the house, whither Orientals were wont to retire in order to sup, meditate, pray
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5254 hupecho {hoop-ekh'-o} ·½¦Û5259 »P 2192;; °Êµü AV - suffer 1; 1 1) À£¦b¤U­±, ¸m©ó¤U¤è,©³¤U 2) (Áô³ë) §â«ù,¸g¹L 2a) ¨ü»@

5254 hupecho {hoop-ekh'-o} from 5259 and 2192;; v AV - suffer 1; 1 1) to hold under, to put under, place underneath 2) metaph. to sustain, undergo 2a) suffer punishment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5255 hupekoos {hoop-ay'-ko-os} ·½¦Û 5219; TDNT - 1:224,34; §Î®eµü AV - obedient 2, obey + 1096 1; 3 1) Å¥±q, ¶¶ªA (#®{ 7:39; ªL«á 2:9|)

5255 hupekoos {hoop-ay'-ko-os} from 5219; TDNT - 1:224,34; adj AV - obedient 2, obey + 1096 1; 3 1) giving ear, obedient
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5256 hupereteo {hoop-ay-ret-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5257; TDNT - 8:530,1231; °Êµü AV - serve 1, minister unto 1, minister 1; 3 1) ¦¨¬°²î¼ß¤â, ¦E²î 2) µ¹©ó´©§U, ·Ó®Æ, ´£¨ÑªA°È (#®{ 13:36; 20:34; 24:23|)

5256 hupereteo {hoop-ay-ret-eh'-o} from 5257; TDNT - 8:530,1231; v AV - serve 1, minister unto 1, minister 1; 3 1) to act as a rower, to row 2) to minister, render services
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5257 huperetes {hoop-ay-ret'-ace} ·½¦Û 5259 and a derivative of eresso (to row); TDNT - 8:530,1231;¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - officer 11, minister 5, servant 4; 20 1) ¹²¤H 1a) °Æ¼Õ¤â, ¦¸­nªº¼Õ¤â 1b) ¥Î¤âªA°Èªº¤H: ¹²¤H 1b1) ¦b·s¬ù¸Ì«ü©x­û©M¦a¤è¦æ¬F©x³­±qªº¹²¤H -- °õ¦æ¦D»@ªº©x­û 1b2) «ü°ê¤ýªº³­±q, ¥ç§Y¹²¤H¡BÀH±¯¡B°ê¤ýªº ¨Í½Ã, ©Î«ü·|°óªº°õ¨Æ 1b3) ¦ø­Ô¤H©Î´£¨ÑªA°Èªº¥ô¦ó¤H 1c) ¦b¥ô¦ó¤u§@±^¦ìÀ°§U¥L¤Hªº¥ô¦ó¤H 1c1) §U¤â 1c2) ¶Ç¹D¤Hªº¦P¤u ¦P¸qµü½Ð¨£ 5834

5257 huperetes {hoop-ay-ret'-ace} from 5259 and a derivative of eresso (to row); TDNT - 8:530,1231; n m AV - officer 11, minister 5, servant 4; 20 1) servant 1a) an underrower, subordinate rower 1b) any one who serves with hands: a servant 1b1) in the NT of the officers and attendants of magistrates as -- of the officer who executes penalties 1b2) of the attendants of a king, servants, retinue, the soldiers of a king, of the attendant of a synagogue 1b3) of any one ministering or rendering service 1c) any one who aids another in any work 1c1) an assistant 1c2) of the preacher of the gospel For Synonyms see entry 5834
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5258 hupnos {hoop'-nos} from an obsolete primary (perhaps ªñ¦ü to 5259 through the idea of subsilience); TDNT - 8:545,1233;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sleep 6; 6 1) ºÎı

5258 hupnos {hoop'-nos} from an obsolete primary (perhaps akin to 5259 through the idea of subsilience); TDNT - 8:545,1233; n m AV - sleep 6; 6 1) sleep
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5259 hupo {hoop-o'} ¦r®Ú«¬¤¶¨tµü;; ¤¶¨tµü AV - of 116, by 42, under 48, with 14, in 1, not tr 6, misc 3; 230 1) ±a©Ò¦³®æ: ³Q, ¨ü, ÂǵÛ; ¸g¤â 2) ±aª½±µ¨üµü: ¦b...¤§¤U, ¨ü...«ü´§

5259 hupo {hoop-o'} a primary preposition;; prep AV - of 116, by 42, under 48, with 14, in 1, not tr 6, misc 3; 230 1) by, under
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5260 hupoballo {hoop-ob-al'-lo} ·½¦Û 5259 and 906;; °Êµü AV - suborn 1; 1 1) ¸m©ó...¤§¤U 2) ·t¥Ü, 3) ¨p¤U§h©J, ­ö¨Ï, ¸ì¸ï©Î¤Þ»¤ (¬Y¤H)¶i¦æ¤£¦Xªk§ó¤Ä·í©Î¥Ç¸o 4) ¤Þ»¤¤H(¯S§O¬OÃÒ¤H)°µ°²¨£ÃÒ (#®{ 6:11|)

5260 hupoballo {hoop-ob-al'-lo} from 5259 and 906;; v AV - suborn 1; 1 1) to throw or put under 2) to suggest to the mind 3) to instruct privately, instigate, to bribe or induce (someone) unlawfully or secretly to perform some misdeed or commit a crime 4) to induce (a person esp. a witness) to give false testimony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5261 hupogrammos {hoop-og-ram-mos'} from a compound of 5259 and 1125; TDNT - 1:772,128;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - example 1; 1 1) ¼g¦r½d¥», ¥]¬A¦r¥Àªíªº©Ò¦³¦r¥À, §@¬°µ¹ªì¾ÇªÌ¾Ç²ß´y¼gªº»²§U 2) ¦b¤H«eªº½d¨Ò

5261 hupogrammos {hoop-og-ram-mos'} from a compound of 5259 and 1125; TDNT - 1:772,128; n m AV - example 1; 1 1) a writing copy, including all the letters of the alphabet, given to beginners as an aid in learning to draw them 2) an example set before one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5262 hupodeigma {hoop-od'-igue-mah} ·½¦Û 5263; TDNT - 2:32,141; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- example 4, pattern 1, ensample 1; 6 1) ¤@ºØ¼x¶H·t¥ÜµÛ¨ä¥Lªº¨Æª«¡A´yø¤@¥ó¨Æª« ¶H¼x, ¼Ë¦¡, ½d¥» 2) ¤@ºØº]¼Ë: ¬°¤F¼Ò­À 2a) «ü³Q¼Ò¥éªº¨Æª« 2b) ¬°Äµ§i¡A­nÁ×¶}ªº¨Æª«

5262 hupodeigma {hoop-od'-igue-mah} from 5263; TDNT - 2:32,141; n n AV - example 4, pattern 1, ensample 1; 6 1) a sign suggestive of anything, delineation of a thing, representation, figure, copy 2) an example: for imitation 2a) of the thing to be imitated 2b) for a warning, of a thing to be shunned
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5263 hupodeiknumi {hoop-od-ike'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 5259 ©M 1166;; °Êµü AV - show 3, warn 2, forewarn 1; 6 1) ³z¹L©ñ¦b²´«e«ü¥Ü 2) ³z¹L¨¥µü©Îª§½×«ü¥Ü, ¥ç§Y ±Ð¾É 3) ³z¹L«ü¥Ü¥¼¨Óªº¨Æ±¡¨Ó¾å¿Ù

5263 hupodeiknumi {hoop-od-ike'-noo-mee} from 5259 and 1166;; v AV - show 3, warn 2, forewarn 1; 6 1) to show by placing under (i.e. before) the eyes 2) to show by words and arguments, i.e. to teach 3) to show by make known future things
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5264 hupodechomai {hoop-od-ekh'-om-ahee} ·½¦Û 5259 and 1209;; °Êµü AV - receive 4; 4 1) ¥H¶Q»«¬Û´Ú«Ý, ±µ«Ý

5264 hupodechomai {hoop-od-ekh'-om-ahee} from 5259 and 1209;; v AV - receive 4; 4 1) to receive as a guest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5265 hupodeo {hoop-od-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 and 1210; TDNT - 5:310,702; °Êµü AV - bind on 1, shod 1, be shod with 1; 3 1) ¬ï¸j¤W 2) ¬ï¸j¤W(«ü¨­Åé¤U¥bªº¬ïÀ¹), ¸j¤W (#¥i 6:9; ®{ 12:8; ¥± 6:15|)

5265 hupodeo {hoop-od-eh'-o} from 5259 and 1210; TDNT - 5:310,702; v AV - bind on 1, shod 1, be shod with 1; 3 1) to underbind 2) to bind under one's self, bind on
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5266 hupodema {hoop-od'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û 5265; TDNT - 5:310,702; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - shoe 10; 10 1) ¸j¦b¤U­±ªº, ¦³±a¤lªº¾c¤l, ¥Î¥Ö±aºòô¦b¸}¤Wªº¾c©³

5266 hupodema {hoop-od'-ay-mah} from 5265; TDNT - 5:310,702; n n AV - shoe 10; 10 1) what is bound under, a sandal, a sole fastened to the foot with thongs
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5267 hupodikos {hoop-od'-ee-kos} ·½¦Û 5259 and 1349; TDNT - 8:557,1235; §Î®eµü AV - guilty 1; 1 1) ¦b¼f§P¤§¤U, ±Ñ¶D¤§¤H 2) ¶Å°È¤H, ·\¤í 2a) ¥i¯àÃn©ó¯«ªºÃg»@¼f§P¤§¤U(#ù 3:19|)

5267 hupodikos {hoop-od'-ee-kos} from 5259 and 1349; TDNT - 8:557,1235; adj AV - guilty 1; 1 1) under judgment, one who lost his suit 2) debtor to one, owing satisfaction to 2a) of liable to punishment from God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5268 hupozugion {hoop-od-zoog'-ee-on} ¤¤©Ê of a compound of 5259 and 2218;; §Î®eµü AV - ass 2; 2 1) ¥ñ¤U¦b³m¤U 2) ¸ü­«¥ÎªºÃ~, Æj 2a) Æj¤l¬OªF¤è¤H¦b®È³~¤¤±`¥Î¨Ó¹¤­t­«ª«ªº°Êª«

5268 hupozugion {hoop-od-zoog'-ee-on} neuter of a compound of 5259 and 2218;; adj AV - ass 2; 2 1) under the yoke 2) a beast of burden, an ass 2a) the ass was the common animal used by the Orientals on journey and for carrying burdens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5269 hupozonnumi {hoop-od-zone'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 5259 and 2224;; °Êµü AV - undergird 1; 1 1) ±q©³¼h¥[©T 1a) §â²î°¦¨Ã±Æªº®¹¸j¦b¤@°_: ¥ç§Y¥Î±a¤l©ÎÆl¯Á, ¨Ï²î°¦¯à¥­¦w´ç¹L¨g®ö©M¤j­·¼É (#®{ 27:17|)

5269 hupozonnumi {hoop-od-zone'-noo-mee} from 5259 and 2224;; v AV - undergird 1; 1 1) to undergird 1a) to bind a ship together laterally: i.e. with girths or cables, to enable it to survive the force of waves and tempest
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5270 hupokato {hoop-ok-at'-o} ·½©ó 5259 and 2736;; °Êµü AV - under 9; 9 1) ¦b...¤§¤U, ©³¼h¤U­±ªº

5270 hupokato {hoop-ok-at'-o} from 5259 and 2736;; v AV - under 9; 9 1) under, underneath
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5271 hupokrinomai {hoop-ok-rin'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 5259 and 2919; TDNT - 8:559,1235; °Êµü AV - feign 1; 1 1) ¦b­Ó¤H¨M©w¤WÅ¥¨ú§O¤Hªº·N¨£ 1a) ¦^À³, µªÂÐ 2) ¦b»R»O¤WºtÁ¿ 2a) ¼Ò¥é¤H, ¹¢ºt 3) «_¥R, °²¸Ë, ¨Ë¸Ë (#¸ô 20:20|)

5271 hupokrinomai {hoop-ok-rin'-om-ahee} middle voice from 5259 and 2919; TDNT - 8:559,1235; v AV - feign 1; 1 1) to take up another's statements in reference to what one has decided for one's self 1a) to reply, answer 2) to make answer (speak) on the stage 2a) to impersonate anyone, play a part 3) to simulate, feign, pretend
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5272 hupokrisis {hoop-ok'-ree-sis} ·½¦Û 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hypocrisy 5, dissimulation 1, condemnation 1; 7 1) ¦^µª 2) µª®× 3) »R¥xºt­ûªºªíºt 4) ±»¹¢, °°µ½

5272 hupokrisis {hoop-ok'-ree-sis} from 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; n f AV - hypocrisy 5, dissimulation 1, condemnation 1; 7 1) an answering 2) an answer 3) the acting of a stage player 4) dissimulation, hypocrisy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5273 hupokrites {hoop-ok-ree-tace'} ·½¦Û 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hypocrite 20; 20 1) ¦^µªªÌ, ¤fĶ­û 2) ºt­û, »R¥xºt­û 3) °°§g¤l, «_µPªÌ, °°µ½ªÌ

5273 hupokrites {hoop-ok-ree-tace'} from 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; n m AV - hypocrite 20; 20 1) one who answers, an interpreter 2) an actor, stage player 3) a dissembler, pretender, hypocrite
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5274 hupolambano {hoop-ol-am-ban'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; °Êµü AV - suppose 2, answer 1, receive 1; 4 1) ±a¤W (#®{ 1:9|) 2) ¦^µª (#¸ô 10:30|) 3) »{¬°,«ä·Q,¬Û«H,¥D±i (#¸ô 7:43; ®{ 2:15|)

5274 hupolambano {hoop-ol-am-ban'-o} from 5259 and 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; v AV - suppose 2, answer 1, receive 1; 4 1) to take up in order to raise, to bear on high 1a) to take up and carry away 2) to receive hospitably, welcome 3) to take up 3a) follow in speech, in order either to reply to or controvert or supplement what another has said 4) to take up in the mind 4a) to assume, suppose
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5275 hupoleipo {hoop-ol-i'-po} ·½¦Û 5295 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; °Êµü AV - leave 1; 1 1) ¯d¤U¤£±a¨« 2) ³Q¯d¦b«áÀY, ³Q©ñÂF¤l 2a) «ü¥Í¦sªÌ (#ù 11:3|)

5275 hupoleipo {hoop-ol-i'-po} from 5295 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; v AV - leave 1; 1 1) to leave behind 2) to be left behind, left remaining 2a) of a survivor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5276 hupolenion {hoop-ol-ay'-nee-on} from a presumed compound of 5259 and 3025; TDNT - 4:254,531; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - winefat 1; 1 1) ©ñ¦bÀ£º^¾÷¤U­±ªº®e¾¹ (¦bªF¤è°ê®a³q±`´¡¤J¦a¸Ì) , ±µ¦¬À£º^¥X¨Óªº¸²µå¥Ä, ¥W³B (#¥i 12:1|)

5276 hupolenion {hoop-ol-ay'-nee-on} from a presumed compound of 5259 and 3025; TDNT - 4:254,531; n n AV - winefat 1; 1 1) a vessel placed under a press (and in the Orient usually sunk in the earth) to receive the expressed juice of the grapes, a pit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5277 hupolimpano {hoop-ol-im-pan'-o} a prolonged form for 5275;; °Êµü AV - leave 1; 1 1) Â÷¶}, ¯d¤U, (#©¼«e 2:21|)

5277 hupolimpano {hoop-ol-im-pan'-o} a prolonged form for 5275;; v AV - leave 1; 1 1) to leave, leave behind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5278 hupomeno {hoop-om-en'-o} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 3306; TDNT - 4:581,581; °Êµü AV - endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17 1) ¤´µM, ¤´ÂÂ, «O«ù 1a) ¤´ÂÂ, ¯d¦b«áÀY 2) §Ô­@, ¥ç§Y «ù¦u, ¤£«á°h©Î°k¶] 2a) «ù¦u: «ü¦b¤£©¯­WÃø©M¸Õ·Ò¤¤°í¦u¤@­Ó¤H¹ï°ò·þªº«H¤ß 2b) §Ô­@, «i´±¨HµÛªº©Ó¨ü: ¹ï¬Ì¯fªºªvÀø

5278 hupomeno {hoop-om-en'-o} from 5259 and 3306; TDNT - 4:581,581; v AV - endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17 1) to remain 1a) to tarry behind 2) to remain i.e. abide, not recede or flee 2a) to preserve: under misfortunes and trials to hold fast to one's faith in Christ 2b) to endure, bear bravely and calmly: ill treatments
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5279 hupomimnesko {hoop-om-im-nace'-ko} from 5259 and 3403;; °Êµü AV - put in remembrance 3, remember 2, bring to remembrance 1, put in mind 1; 7 1) ¨Ï¤H·Q°_, ¦^¾Ð, ¦^·Q¡R ¨ì¬Y¤@­Ó 2) °O¦í¬Y¤H, ĵ§Ù¬Y¨Æ 3) ³Q´£¿ô, °O¦í

5279 hupomimnesko {hoop-om-im-nace'-ko} from 5259 and 3403;; v AV - put in remembrance 3, remember 2, bring to remembrance 1, put in mind 1; 7 1) to cause one to remember, bring to remembrance, recall to mind: to another 2) to put one in remembrance, admonish, of something 3) to be reminded, to remember
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5280 hupomnesis {hoop-om'-nay-sis} ·½©ó 5279; TDNT - 1:348,56; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - remembrance 2, put in remembrance 1; 3 1) ´£¿ô 2) ³Æ§Ñ, °O°_ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5809

5280 hupomnesis {hoop-om'-nay-sis} from 5279; TDNT - 1:348,56; n f AV - remembrance 2, put in remembrance 1; 3 1) a reminding 2) remembrance For Synonyms see entry 5809
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5281 hupomone {hoop-om-on-ay'} ·½¦Û5278; TDNT - 4:581,581; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32 1) °í©wªº, «í¤[¤£Åܪº, «ù¤[/­@¤[©Ê 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤, ¬O«ü¤@­Ó¤H¤£·|¦]¬°¾D¹J«Ü¤jªº¸Õ·Ò©Î­WÃø, ¦Ó§ïÅܤF¦Û¤v·V­«¨M©wªº¥Ø¼Ð, ¥H¤Î¹ï«H¥õªº©¾¸Û©M·q°@. 1b) ­@¤ßªº, °í©wªº 2) ­@¤ß, °í¤ßªºµ¥­Ô 3) ­@¤ß§Ô­@, «ù¤[, °í§Ô For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5861

5281 hupomone {hoop-om-on-ay'} from 5278; TDNT - 4:581,581; n f AV - patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32 1) steadfastness, constancy, endurance 1a) in the NT the characteristic of a man who is not swerved from his deliberate purpose and his loyalty to faith and piety by even the greatest trials and sufferings 1b) patiently, and steadfastly 2) a patient, steadfast waiting for 3) a patient enduring, sustaining, perseverance For Synonyms see entry 5861
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5282 huponoeo {hoop-on-o-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 3539; TDNT - 4:1017,636; °Êµü AV - think 1, suppose 1, deem 1; 3 1) ¥H¬°,±À´ú,²q´ú

5282 huponoeo {hoop-on-o-eh'-o} from 5259 and 3539; TDNT - 4:1017,636; v AV - think 1, suppose 1, deem 1; 3 1) to suppose, surmise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5283 huponoia {hoop-on'-oy-ah} ·½¦Û 5282; TDNT - 4:1017,636; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - surmising 1; 1 1) ±À´ú (#´£«e 6:4|)

5283 huponoia {hoop-on'-oy-ah} from 5282; TDNT - 4:1017,636; n f AV - surmising 1; 1 1) a surmising
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5284 hupopleo {hoop-op-leh'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 ©M 4126;; °Êµü AV - sail under 2; 2 1) ¦b...¤§¤U¯è¦æ, ¤]´N¬O¡u±µªñ....¯è¦æ¡v 2) ¤U­·³B¯è¦æ (#®{ 27:4,7|)

5284 hupopleo {hoop-op-leh'-o} from 5259 and 4126;; v AV - sail under 2; 2 1) to sail under, that is, to sail close by 2) to the leeward of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5285 hupopneo {hoop-op-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 4154;; °Êµü AV - blow softly 1; 1 1) ¦b©³¤U§j 2) ¬X©Mªº§j #®{ 27:13|

5285 hupopneo {hoop-op-neh'-o} from 5259 and 4154;; v AV - blow softly 1; 1 1) to blow underneath 2) to blow softly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5286 hupopodion {hoop-op-od'-ee-on} 5259 ©M 4228 ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - footstool + 4228 8, footstool 1; 9 1) ¸}¹¹ 1a) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¬Y¤H½ñ¸}ªº¹¹¤l, ¥ç§Y ©}ªA©ó¬Y¤H¤§Åv¤O¤§¤U 1b) Áô³ë. ©ºªAªÌ±N¸}½ò¦b³Q¨ä©ºªAªº¼Ä¤HªºÀV¶µ¤W

5286 hupopodion {hoop-op-od'-ee-on} from a compound of 5259 and 4228;; n n AV - footstool + 4228 8, footstool 1; 9 1) a footstool 1a) to make one a footstool of one's feet, i.e. to subject, to reduce under one's power 1b) metaph. taken from the practice of conquerors who placed their feet on the necks of their conquered enemies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5287 hupostasis {hoop-os'-tas-is} ¥Ñ 5259 ©M 2476 ½Æ¦Xªº¦r; TDNT - 8:572,1237; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5 1) ¸m©ó¨ä¤Uªº°ò¦©Î¨Ì¾Ú 1a) ®Ú¥»¤§©Ò¦b, °ò¦, ®Ú°ò 2) ¨ä®Ú°ò¬O½T½T¹ê¹êªº 2a) «ü¹êµM¦s¦bªºªF¦è 2a1) °ò¦¤uµ{, ¹êÅ骺ªF¦è 2b) «ü¤H©Îª«ªº¹êÅ骺¯S©Ê©Î¥»½è 2c) ¥Ã¤£§ïÅܪº¤ß«ä, °í©T, «i®ð, ¨MÂ_ 2c1) ½T«H, °í©wªº«H¥ô, «H©À

5287 hupostasis {hoop-os'-tas-is} from a compound of 5259 and 2476; TDNT - 8:572,1237; n f AV - confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5 1) a setting or placing under 1a) thing put under, substructure, foundation 2) that which has foundation, is firm 2a) that which has actual existence 2a1) a substance, real being 2b) the substantial quality, nature, of a person or thing 2c) the steadfastness of mind, firmness, courage, resolution 2c1) confidence, firm trust, assurance
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5288 hupostello {hoop-os-tel'-lo} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 4724; TDNT - 7:597,1074; °Êµü AV - keep back 1, shun 1, withdraw 1, draw back 1; 4 1) °h¦^, ºM¦^, ­°§C 1a) ºM°h:¡@«üÁx©Äªº¤H 2) ¦Û§Ú¸G¤Æ°hÁY, ¥ç§Y Áx©Ä, ¸úÁ×, °hÁY 2a) «ü¨º¨Ç²Û©ó©Ó»{¦Û¤vªº«H¥õªº¤H 2b) ¦]®`©È¦Ó¤£´±¥XÁn 2c) Áô¦Ó¤£¨¥, Áô¿f±»¹¢, ¸ËŤ§@°×

5288 hupostello {hoop-os-tel'-lo} from 5259 and 4724; TDNT - 7:597,1074; v AV - keep back 1, shun 1, withdraw 1, draw back 1; 4 1) to draw back, let down, lower 1a) to withdraw: of a timid person 2) to withdraw one's self, i.e. to be timid, to cover, shrink 2a) of those who from timidity hesitate to avow what they believe 2b) to be unwilling to utter from fear 2c) to shrink from declaring, to conceal, dissemble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5289 hupostole {hoop-os-tol-ay'} ·½©ó 5288; TDNT - 7:599,1074; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - of them who draw back 1; 1 1) ¦]Áx©Ä¦Ó°½°½ºM°h, ¦]²Û©Ä¦Ó°hÁY

5289 hupostole {hoop-os-tol-ay'} from 5288; TDNT - 7:599,1074; n f AV - of them who draw back 1; 1 1) the timidity of one stealthily retreating
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5290 hupostrepho {hoop-os-tref'-o} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 4762;; °Êµü AV - return 28, return again 3, turn back 1, turn again 1, return back again 1, come again 1; 35 1) Âà¦^ 1a) Âà¦V, ­ËÂà 2) ¦^¨Ó

5290 hupostrepho {hoop-os-tref'-o} from 5259 and 4762;; v AV - return 28, return again 3, turn back 1, turn again 1, return back again 1, come again 1; 35 1) to turn back 1a) to turn about 2) to return
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5291 hupostronnumi {hoop-os-trone'-noo-mee} ·½¦Û 5259 and 4766;; °Êµü AV - spread 1; 1 1) ¾Q»\, ®i¶} (#¸ô 19:36|)

5291 hupostronnumi {hoop-os-trone'-noo-mee} from 5259 and 4766;; v AV - spread 1; 1 1) to strew, spread under
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5292 hupotage {hoop-ot-ag-ay'} ·½¦Û 5293; TDNT - 8:46,1156; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - subjection 4; 4 1) ªA±qªº¦æ°Ê 2) ¶¶±q, ªA±q

5292 hupotage {hoop-ot-ag-ay'} from 5293; TDNT - 8:46,1156; n f AV - subjection 4; 4 1) the act of subjecting 2) obedience, subjection
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5293 hupotasso {hoop-ot-as'-so} ·½©ó 5259 ©M 5021; TDNT - 8:39,1156; °Êµü AV - put under 6, be subject unto 6, be subject to 5, submit (one's) self unto 5, submit (one's) self to 3, be in subjection unto 2, put in subjection under 1, misc 12; 40 1) ±µ¨ü¦w±Æ, ªA±q 2) ¶¶±q, ¦ÚªA©ó 3) ªA±q¥L¤H, ¿í±q 4) ±µ¨ü¥L¤Hªº´xºÞ 5) Å¥±q§O¤Hªº©¾¨¥©Î«ü¾É 6) ¿í¦u, ªA±q

5293 hupotasso {hoop-ot-as'-so} from 5259 and 5021; TDNT - 8:39,1156; v AV - put under 6, be subject unto 6, be subject to 5, submit (one's) self unto 5, submit (one's) self to 3, be in subjection unto 2, put in subjection under 1, misc 12; 40 1) to arrange under, to subordinate 2) to subject, put in subjection 3) to subject one's self, obey 4) to submit to one's control 5) to yield to one's admonition or advice 6) to obey, be subject
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5294 hupotithemi {hoop-ot-ith'-ay-mee} ·½¦Û 5259 ©M 5087;; °Êµü AV - lay down 1, put in remembrance 1; 2 1) ©ñ¦b¤U¤è 2) Áô³ë. (¥Ñ¬Y¤H¦Û¤vªº¸ê·½¨Ñµ¹ªº)¨Ñµ¹, «ØÄ³

5294 hupotithemi {hoop-ot-ith'-ay-mee} from 5259 and 5087;; v AV - lay down 1, put in remembrance 1; 2 1) to place under 2) metaph. to supply, suggest (supply from one's own resources)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5295 hupotrecho {hoop-ot-rekh'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 5143 (including its alternate); °Êµü AV - run under 1; 1 1) ¦b­I­·³B¶]©Î¯è¦æ (#®{ 27:16|)

5295 hupotrecho {hoop-ot-rekh'-o} from 5259 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v AV - run under 1; 1 1) to run under 1a) of navigators 1a1) to run past a place on the shore, and therefore in a higher position 1a2) running under the lee of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5296 hupotuposis {hoop-ot-oop'-o-sis} ·½¦Û 5259 »P 5179 ¤Þ¥Ó¦rªº²Õ¦X; TDNT - 8:246,1193; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pattern 1, form 1; 2 1) ¤jºõ, ½ü¹ø, ²­n¤ÎºK­n¤§µo²{ 2) ¼Ë¥»(¹ê¨Ò), ¼Ò½d(¼Ò«¬) 2a) µ¹«á¨Ó«HªÌªº¤@­Óº]¼Ë 2b) Âǵۧکһ¡§Ú¤w±o¨ì¥B¤£·|¯Ê¥F®¦¨å¤§¥ý¨Ò, Åã©úµ¹«á¨Ó¬Û«Hªº¤H

5296 hupotuposis {hoop-ot-oop'-o-sis} from a compound of 5259 and a derivative of 5179; TDNT - 8:246,1193; n f AV - pattern 1, form 1; 2 1) an outline, sketch, brief and summary exposition 2) an example, pattern 2a) for an example of those who should hereafter believe 2b) to show by the example of my conversation that the same grace which I had obtained would not be wanting also to those who should hereafter believe
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5297 hupophero {hoop-of-er'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 and 5342;; °Êµü AV - endure 2, bear 1; 3 1) ¦b¤U¤è¤ä¼µ, ©Ó¾á (©ñ¦b¤HªÓ»H¤Wªº¤@­ÓªF¦è) 2) ¦³­@¤ßªº§Ô¨ü, «í¤[§Ô­@

5297 hupophero {hoop-of-er'-o} from 5259 and 5342;; v AV - endure 2, bear 1; 3 1) to bear by being under, bear up (a thing placed on one's shoulders) 2) to bear patiently, to endure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5298 hupochoreo {hoop-okh-o-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 5259 and 5562;; °Êµü AV - withdrew + 2258 1, go aside 1; 2 1) ¦^¥h 2) ºM°h

5298 hupochoreo {hoop-okh-o-reh'-o} from 5259 and 5562;; v AV - withdrew + 2258 1, go aside 1; 2 1) to go back 2) withdraw
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5299 hupopiazo {hoop-o-pee-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û5259ªº½Æ¦X«¬»P3700ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 8:590,1239; °Êµü AV - weary 1, keep under 1; 2 1) ²´°é¥´¶Â,À»¤¤Áy¤W (#¸ô 18:5|) 2) (¤@ª½ÅͶÃ)©ì«± (#¸ô 18:5|) 3) Ãg»@,ÄY«Ý,§é¿i (#ªL«e 9:27|)

5299 hupopiazo {hoop-o-pee-ad'-zo} from a compound of 5259 and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 8:590,1239; v AV - weary 1, keep under 1; 2 1) to beat black and blue, to smite so as to cause bruises and livid spots 1a) like a boxer one buffets his body, handle it roughly, discipline by hardships 2) metaph. 2a) to give one intolerable annoyance 2a1) beat one out, wear one out 2b) by entreaties 3) that part of the face that is under the eyes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5300 hus {hoos} ¦ü¥G¬O¤@­Ó°ò¥»ªº¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sow 1; 1 1) ½Þ

5300 hus {hoos} apparently a primary word;; n f AV - sow 1; 1 1) swine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5301 hussopos {hoos'-so-pos} ·½©ó¥~¨Ó¦r 0231;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hyssop 2; 2 1) ¤û½¥¯ó, Á¡²üªº¤@ºØ 2) §Æ§B¨Ó¤H¦b¨ä©v±Ð»ö¦¡¤¤¥Î¥H¨ÓÅxªF¦è(¦å©Î¤ô)¥Îªº¤@ºØ´Óª«

5301 hussopos {hoos'-so-pos} of foreign origin 0231;; n f AV - hyssop 2; 2 1) hyssop 2) a plant used by the Hebrews in their ritual sprinklings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5302 hustereo {hoos-ter-eh'-o} ·½©ó 5306; TDNT - 8:592,1240; °Êµü AV - lack 3, be behind 2, want 2, come short 1, be in want 1, fail 1, come behind 1, be destitute 1, misc 4; 16 1) ¦b...¤§«á 1a) ¨Ó±o¿ð©Î½wºC 1a1) ¦bÄvÁɤ¤³Q©ß¦b«á­±¦Ó¥¼¹F¥Ø¼Ð, ¹F¤£¨ì¥Ø¼Ð 1a2) Áô³ë. ¥¼¯à¦¨¬°¤À¨ÉªÌ, ³Q°h¦^©Úµ´ 1b) ¦b¯à¤O, ¼vÅT¤O¤Îµ¥¯Å¤W®t¤@µ¥ªº 1b1) «ü¤H: ¤U¯Åªº, ¸û®tªº 1c) ¥¢±Ñ, ¤£²Å¦X¼Ð·Çªº 1d) ¦³¯Ê¥Fªº, ¤£¨¬ 2) ½a§x, ¯Ê¥F...ªº, ¯Ê¤Ö(©Î®t«l)¯à¤O©M°]´I

5302 hustereo {hoos-ter-eh'-o} from 5306; TDNT - 8:592,1240; v AV - lack 3, be behind 2, want 2, come short 1, be in want 1, fail 1, come behind 1, be destitute 1, misc 4; 16 1) behind 1a) to come late or too tardily 1a1) to be left behind in the race and so fail to reach the goal, to fall short of the end 1a2) metaph. fail to become a partaker, fall back from 1b) to be inferior in power, influence and rank 1b1) of the person: to be inferior to 1c) to fail, be wanting 1d) to be in want of, lack 2) to suffer want, to be devoid of, to lack (be inferior) in excellence, worth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5303 husterema {hoos-ter'-ay-mah} ·½©ó 5302; TDNT - 8:592,1240; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - which is lacking 3, want 3, which is behind 1, lack 1, penury 1; 9 1) ¯Ê¥F, ¤£¨¬ 2) «ü¦b°]ª«©Î¸ê·½¤W, ³h½a, ¯Ê¥F, ½a§x

5303 husterema {hoos-ter'-ay-mah} from 5302; TDNT - 8:592,1240; n n AV - which is lacking 3, want 3, which is behind 1, lack 1, penury 1; 9 1) deficiency, that which is lacking 2) in reference to property and resources, poverty, want, destitution
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5304 husteresis {hoos-ter'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û 5302; TDNT - 8:592,1240; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - want 2; 2 1) »Ý­n, ³h¥F, ¯Ê¥F #¥i 12:44; µÌ 4:11|

5304 husteresis {hoos-ter'-ay-sis} from 5302; TDNT - 8:592,1240; n f AV - want 2; 2 1) want, poverty
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5305 husteron {hoos'-ter-on} 5306(§@°Æµü) ªº¤¤©Êµü; TDNT - 8:592,1240; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - afterward 8, last 2, at the last 1, last of all 1; 12 1) ¸û«áªº, µy«á, ¦b¨ä«áªº, ¦A¤U¨Óªº 2) ¤§«á, ¦¹«á, «á¨Ó, ²×©ó, ³Ì«á

5305 husteron {hoos'-ter-on} neuter of 5306 as adverb; TDNT - 8:592,1240; n n AV - afterward 8, last 2, at the last 1, last of all 1; 12 1) latter, later, coming after, the second 2) afterward, after this, later, lastly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5306 husteros {hoos'-ter-os} comparative from 5259 (¨ú¨ä...¤§·N behind); TDNT - 8:592,1240; §Î®eµü AV - latter 1; 1 1) ¥½¤Fªº, ¸û±ßªº, ¤§«á¨Óªº, ²Ä¤G­Óªº 2) ¤§«á, ¦b³o¥H«á, µM«á, ³Ì«á (#´£«e 4:1|)

5306 husteros {hoos'-ter-os} comparative from 5259 (in the sense of behind); TDNT - 8:592,1240; adj AV - latter 1; 1 1) latter, later, coming after, the second 2) afterward, after this, later, lastly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5307 huphantos {hoo-fan-tos'} ·½¦Û huphaino {to weave};; §Î®eµü AV - woven 1; 1 1) ½s´¦¨ (#¬ù 19:23|)

5307 huphantos {hoo-fan-tos'} from huphaino {to weave};; adj AV - woven 1; 1 1) woven
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5308 hupselos {hoop-say-los'} ·½©ó 5311;; §Î®eµü AV - high 8, higher 1, highly esteemed 1, high things 1; 11 1) °ªªº, ±R°ªªº 1a) ±R°ªªº 1b) Á|°_ªº»HÁu, ¥ç§Y ¶H¼xÅv§Qªº°O¸¹ 2) Áô³ë. °ª¦ìªº, ±R°ªªº 2a) «üÅv¶Õ©MºaÄ£ 2b) ¥ß©w¤ß§Ó©ó.., ´M¨D, °ªªº§Ó¦V(¦p ºaÅA©M°]´I), ¦³©ê­tªº

5308 hupselos {hoop-say-los'} from 5311;; adj AV - high 8, higher 1, highly esteemed 1, high things 1; 11 1) high, lofty 1a) exalted on high 1b) with an uplifted arm, i.e. with signal power 2) metaph. eminent, exalted 2a) in influence and honour 2b) to set the mind on, to seek, high things (as honours and riches), to be aspiring
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5309 hupselophroneo {hoop-say-lo-fron-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 5308 and 5424;; °Êµü AV - be highminded 2; 2 1) ¦Û°ª¦Û¤j, ź¶Æªº (#ù 11:20; ´£«e 6:17|)

5309 hupselophroneo {hoop-say-lo-fron-eh'-o} from a compound of 5308 and 5424;; v AV - be highminded 2; 2 1) to be high minded, proud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5310 hupsistos {hoop'-sis-tos} 5311 ¦r·½ªº³Ì°ª¯Å; TDNT - 8:614,1241; °Æµü AV - highest 8, most high 5; 13 1) ¦Ü°ªªº, ³Ì°ªªº 1a) «ü¦aÂI: ³Ì°ªªº¦a¤è°Ï°ì 1b) «ü¶¥¯Å: ¦Ü°ª¯«

5310 hupsistos {hoop'-sis-tos} superlative from the base of 5311; TDNT - 8:614,1241; adv AV - highest 8, most high 5; 13 1) highest, most high 1a) of place: the highest regions 1b) of rank: the most high God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5311 hupsos {hoop'-sos} ·½¦Û 5228 ªº­l¥Í; TDNT - 8:602,1241; n n AV - on high 2, height 2, high 1, be exalted 1; 6 1)°ª 1a) ¦b´ú¶q¤Wªº 1b) ¦b¦ì¸m¤Wªº, ¤Ñ°ó 1c) Áô³ë.«Ü°ªªº¦a¦ì

5311 hupsos {hoop'-sos} from a derivative of 5228; TDNT - 8:602,1241; n n AV - on high 2, height 2, high 1, be exalted 1; 6 1) height 1a) of measurement 1b) of place, heaven 1c) metaph. rank, high station
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5312 hupsoo {hoop-so'-o} ·½¦Û 5311; TDNT - 8:606,1241; °Êµü AV - exalt 14, lift up 6; 20 1) Á|°_¦Ü°ª³B, Æg´­ 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ´£¤É¨ì´I¨¬©M©¯ºÖªº³Ì°ªÂI 2b) Æg´­, ¦]´Lºa¦Ó°ªÁ|, ºaÅA©M§Ö¼Ö

5312 hupsoo {hoop-so'-o} from 5311; TDNT - 8:606,1241; v AV - exalt 14, lift up 6; 20 1) to lift up on high, to exalt 2) metaph. 2a) to raise to the very summit of opulence and prosperity 2b) to exalt, to raise to dignity, honour and happiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5313 hupsoma {hoop'-so-mah} ·½¦Û 5312; TDNT - 8:613,1241; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - height 1, high thing 1; 2 1) ¨Æª«³Q´£°ª, °ª #ù 8:39;ªL«á 10:5| 1a) ªÅ¶¡¤Wªº 1b) ´£°ªªºµ²ºc ¥ç§Y ¬]Äæ, ¾ÀÂS, ¨¾ªi³ö

5313 hupsoma {hoop'-so-mah} from 5312; TDNT - 8:613,1241; n n AV - height 1, high thing 1; 2 1) thing elevated, height 1a) of space 1b) elevated structure i.e. barrier, rampart, bulwark
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5314 phagos {fag'-os} ·½¦Û 5315;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gluttonous 2; 2 1) ³g°ýªº¤H, ³g­¹ªÌ #¤Ó 11:19;¸ô 7:34|

5314 phagos {fag'-os} from 5315;; n m AV - gluttonous 2; 2 1) a voracious man, a glutton
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5315 phago {fag'-o} ¦r®Ú«¬ °Êµü(¦b¯S©w®ÉºA¤¤§@ 2068 ªº´À¥N¦r);; °Êµü AV - eat 94, meat 3; 97 1) ¦Y 2) ¦Y(®ø¯Ó)¬Yª« 2a) ¦YªF¦è, ¶i­¹, ¥ÎÀ\, ¦Y¶º 2b) Áô³ë. §]¾½, ¯ÓºÉ

5315 phago {fag'-o} a primary verb (used as an alternate of 2068 in certain tenses);; v AV - eat 94, meat 3; 97 1) to eat 2) to eat (consume) a thing 2a) to take food, eat a meal 2b) metaph. to devour, consume
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5316 phaino {fah'-ee-no} ÂX±i«¬ªº¦r, ·½©ó 5457 ªº¦r·½; TDNT - 9:1,1244; °Êµü AV - appear 17, shine 10, be seen 2, seem 1, think 1; 31 1) ±a¨ì¥ú©ú¤¤, ¨Ï°{°{µo«G, µo¥ú 2) ¥ú«G«G 2a) °{«Gªº, ½÷·×ªº, µºÄê¹Ü¥Øªº 2b) Åܱo©úÅã, ³Q±a¨ì¥ú«G¤¤, ¦¨¬°¥i¨£, ¥X²{ 2b1) «ü¦¨ªø¤¤ªº´Óª«, ·|¦VµÛ¦³¥úªº¤è¦V¥Íªø 2b2) ¥X²{, ¥i³Q¬Ý¨ì 2b3) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¥i¨£ 2c) ¶i¤J²´¬É¤¤, ¯B²{¥X¨Ó¦bµe­±(µø¬É)¤¤, ¦¨¬°Åã¦Ó©ö¨£ªº 2c1) ³Q¬Ý¨£, ¥X²{, Åã²{¥X¨Ó 2d) ¥X²{¦b¤ß¤¤ªº©ÀÀY, ¬Y¤Hªº§PÂ_©Î·N¨£ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5837

5316 phaino {fah'-ee-no} prolongation for the base of 5457; TDNT - 9:1,1244; v AV - appear 17, shine 10, be seen 2, seem 1, think 1; 31 1) to bring forth into the light, cause to shine, shed light 2) shine 2a) to shine, be bright or resplendent 2b) to become evident, to be brought forth into the light, come to view, appear 2b1) of growing vegetation, to come to light 2b2) to appear, be seen 2b3) exposed to view 2c) to meet the eyes, strike the sight, become clear or manifest 2c1) to be seen, appear 2d) to appear to the mind, seem to one's judgment or opinion For Synonyms see entry 5837
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5317 Phalek {fal'-ek} of Hebrew origin 06389;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Phalec 1; 1 ªk°Ç = "¤À°t" 1) §Æ§Bªº¨à¤l(#¸ô 3:35|)

5317 Phalek {fal'-ek} of Hebrew origin 06389;; n pr m AV - Phalec 1; 1 Peleg = "division" 1) the son of Eber
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5318 phaneros {fan-er-os'} ·½©ó 5316; TDNT - 9:2,1244; §Î®eµü AV - manifest 9, openly + 1722 + 3588 3, known 3, abroad + 1519 2, spread abroad 1, outwardly + 1722 + 3588 1, outward 1, appear 1; 21 1) ©úÅ㪺, ²M·¡ªº, ÅãµMªº, ²³©Ò¬Òª¾ªº 2) Åã©úªº ¥ç§Y, ³Q²M·¡¦a»{ª¾©Î©ú¥Õªº

5318 phaneros {fan-er-os'} from 5316; TDNT - 9:2,1244; adj AV - manifest 9, openly + 1722 + 3588 3, known 3, abroad + 1519 2, spread abroad 1, outwardly + 1722 + 3588 1, outward 1, appear 1; 21 1) apparent, manifest, evident, known 2) manifest i.e to be plainly recognised or known
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5319 phaneroo {fan-er-o'-o} ·½©ó 5318; TDNT - 9:3,1244; °Êµü AV - make manifest 19, appear 12, manifest 9, show 3, be manifest 2, show (one's) self 2, manifestly declare 1, manifest forth 1; 49 1) ¨Ï­ì¥»ÁôÂéΤ£¬°¤Hª¾ªº¨Æ³QÅã©ú©Î¥i¨£; ¨ÏÅã¥X¨Ó, ¤£½×¬O¥Î»y¨¥, ¦æ°Ê, ©Î¥ô¦ó¨ä¥¦ªº¤èªk 1a) ¨Ï¨ãÅé¦Ó¥i¨£, ¨Ï¨ãÅ餯 1b) ±Ð¾É¦Ó¨Ï¤Hª¾ 1c) ³QÅã©ú¥X¨Ó, ³Q¤Hª¾¹D 1d) «ü¤H 1d1) Ãn¥ú, ÅSÁy, Åã©ú¨­¤À, ²{¨­ 1e) ¨Ï³Qª¾¾å, ³Q²M·¡©ú¥Õªº»{ÃÑ, ³Q§¹¥þªº¤F¸Ñ 1e1) ¥i¥Î¥H«ü¥ô¦óªº¤H©Î¨Æ±¡ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5812

5319 phaneroo {fan-er-o'-o} from 5318; TDNT - 9:3,1244; v AV - make manifest 19, appear 12, manifest 9, show 3, be manifest 2, show (one's) self 2, manifestly declare 1, manifest forth 1; 49 1) to make manifest or visible or known what has been hidden or unknown, to manifest, whether by words, or deeds, or in any other way 1a) make actual and visible, realised 1b) to make known by teaching 1c) to become manifest, be made known 1d) of a person 1d1) expose to view, make manifest, to show one's self, appear 1e) to become known, to be plainly recognised, thoroughly understood 1e1) who and what one is For Synonyms see entry 5812
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5320 phaneros {fan-er-oce'} ·½¦Û 5318;; °Æµü AV - openly 2, evidently 1; 3 1) ©úÅ㪺 1a) ²M´·ªº, ²M·¡ªº 1b) ¶}©ñªº (#¥i 1:45; ¬ù 7:10; ®{ 10:3|)

5320 phaneros {fan-er-oce'} from 5318;; adv AV - openly 2, evidently 1; 3 1) manifestly 1a) plainly, clearly 1b) openly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5321 phanerosis {fan-er'-o-sis} ·½¦Û 5319; TDNT - 9:6,1244; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - manifestation 2; 2 1) Åã¥Ü(#ªL«e 12:7; ªL«á 4:2|)

5321 phanerosis {fan-er'-o-sis} from 5319; TDNT - 9:6,1244; n f AV - manifestation 2; 2 1) manifestation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5322 phanos {fan-os'} ·½¦Û 5316;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lantern 1; 1 1) ¤õ§â(#¬ù 18:3|)

5322 phanos {fan-os'} from 5316;; n m AV - lantern 1; 1 1) a torch
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5323 Phanouel {fan-oo-ale'} of Hebrew origin 06439;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Phanuel 1; 1 ªk¤º§Q = "¯«ªº­±" 1) ¨È³]¤ä¬£¤k¥ýª¾¨È®³ªº¤÷¿Ë

5323 Phanouel {fan-oo-ale'} of Hebrew origin 06439;; n pr m AV - Phanuel 1; 1 Phanuel = "the face of God" 1) the father of Anna, the prophetess of the tribe of Asher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5324 phantazo {fan-tad'-zo} ·½©ó 5316 ªº­l¥Í¦r; TDNT - 9:6,1244; °Êµü AV - sight 1; 1 1) ¨Ï¥X²{, ¨Ï¥i¥H³Q¬Ý¨£, ¼É¥ú, Åã¥X, ªí²{¥X¨Ó 1a) ²{¶H, ¸ñ¶H, ¹w¨£

5324 phantazo {fan-tad'-zo} from a derivative of 5316; TDNT - 9:6,1244; v AV - sight 1; 1 1) to cause to appear, make visible, expose to view, show 1a) the appearance, sight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5325 phantasia {fan-tas-ee'-ah} ±q 5324 ¦Ó¨Óªº¤Þ¥Ó¦r;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - pomp 1; 1 1) ÅãÅS, µØÄR¥~»ª, ®i¥Ü, §§ÄR

5325 phantasia {fan-tas-ee'-ah} from a derivative of 5324;; n f AV - pomp 1; 1 1) show, showy appearance, display, pomp
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5326 phantasma {fan'-tas-mah} ·½¦Û 5324; TDNT - 9:6,1244; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - spirit 2; 2 1) ¥~»ª 2) §¯©Ç, «ÕÆF

5326 phantasma {fan'-tas-mah} from 5324; TDNT - 9:6,1244; n n AV - spirit 2; 2 1) an appearance 2) an apparition, spectre
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5327 pharagx {far'-anx} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, strengthened from the base of 4008 or rather of 4486;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - valley 1; 1 1) ¥Ñ®k¾À©MÄa±V¦Ó¹jÂ÷ªº¤s¨¦ 2) ®l¨¦

5327 pharagx {far'-anx} properly, strengthened from the base of 4008 or rather of 4486;; n f AV - valley 1; 1 1) a valley shut off by cliffs and precipices 2) a ravine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5328 Pharao {far-ah-o'} ¥~¨Ó¦r, ¨£§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 06547;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Pharaoh 5; 5 ªk¦Ñ = "¥Lªº³±³¡(?), ¥Lªº»rÅS" 1) ¥j®É®J¤Î°ê¤ýªººÙ©I

5328 Pharao {far-ah-o'} of foreign origin 06547;; n m AV - Pharaoh 5; 5 Pharaoh = "his nakedness" 1) was a common title of the native kings of Egypt
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5329 Phares {far-es'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 06557;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Phares 3; 3 ªk°Ç´µ = "¯}Ãa" 1) µS¤j©M¨ä¨à·@, ¥Lº¿¤ó, ©Ò¥Íªº¨à¤l

5329 Phares {far-es'} of Hebrew origin 06557;; n pr m AV - Phares 3; 3 Pharez = "a breach" 1) the son of Judah and Tamar, his daughter-in-law
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5330 Pharisaios {far-is-ah'-yos} of Hebrew origin cf 06567; TDNT - 9:11,1246;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - Pharisee 100; 100 1) ¦ü¥G¬O°_©l©óµS¤Ó¤H³Q¾Û¤§«áªº©v¬£. °£¤F¬ù®Ñ¨÷¤§¥~, ªk§QÁɤH¦b¤f¤f¬Û¶Çªº«H¥õ»P¥Í¬¡¤§¼Ð·Ç¤¤©Ò»{¥iªº¡C ¥L­Ì´M¨D¨ô¶V»PÆg¬ü, ¥u¾ÌµÛ¥~¦b»ö¦¡ªºªí­±Æ[¹î©M·q°@ªº¥~ªí«¬ºA, ¨Ò¦p¬~§, ¸T­¹Ã«§i, ë§i, ©M¬I±Ë; ¬Û¹ï¦a²¨©¿¯u¥¿ªº·q°@, ¥L­Ì¥H¥L­ÌªºµØ¬üµ½¦æ¦Û¶Æ¡C¥L­Ì§V¤O«ù¦uµÛ¬Û«Hµ½´c¤Ñ¨Ïªº¦s¦b, ©M´Á«ÝµÛ¤@¦ìÀ±ÁɨÈ; ¥L­Ì¬Ã±¤ "¦ºªÌ, ¥ý¸gÅç¦b¦aº»¼ú½à©Î¦D»@¤§«á, ·|¦]Í¢¦Ó¥l¦^¥Í©R "ªº¬ß±æ¡C¦Ó¥B®Ú¾Ú¥Lªº¨C¤@­Óµ½¦æ·|¦³¦^³ø¡C ¤Ï¹ï§Æ«ßªºÅQ¦û²Î¨îÅv©Mù°¨ªººÞ²z, ¥L­Ì°í¨M¤ä«ù¯«Åv»P¥L­Ì°ê®aªº¥Ø¼Ð, ¦Ó¥B¾Ö¦³¨Ó¦Û¦Ê©m·¥¤jªº¼vÅT¤O. ¨Ì¾ÚJosephus ¥L­Ì¤H¼Æ¶W¹L6000¤H. ¥L­Ì¬O­C¿q©MÍ¢¶D³^ªº¤£¤Íµ½¤§¤³¼Ä; ¬°µÛ¥L­Ìªº³g°ý¤Î³¥¤ß½ü¬yÄY¼F¦a­I«qÍ¢, ªÅªÅ¾aµÛ¥~¦bªº¦æµ½, ©M·q°@ªº¼vÅT¬°­n±oµÛÁn±æ.

5330 Pharisaios {far-is-ah'-yos} of Hebrew origin cf 06567; TDNT - 9:11,1246; n m AV - Pharisee 100; 100 1) A sect that seems to have started after the Jewish exile. In addition to OT books the Pharisees recognised in oral tradition a standard of belief and life. They sought for distinction and praise by outward observance of external rites and by outward forms of piety, and such as ceremonial washings, fastings, prayers, and alms giving; and, comparatively negligent of genuine piety, they prided themselves on their fancied good works. They held strenuously to a belief in the existence of good and evil angels, and to the expectation of a Messiah; and they cherished the hope that the dead, after a preliminary experience either of reward or of penalty in Hades, would be recalled to life by him, and be requited each according to his individual deeds. In opposition to the usurped dominion of the Herods and the rule of the Romans, they stoutly upheld the theocracy and their country's cause, and possessed great influence with the common people. According to Josephus they numbered more than 6000. They were bitter enemies of Jesus and his cause; and were in turn severely rebuked by him for their avarice, ambition, hollow reliance on outward works, and affection of piety in order to gain popularity.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5331 pharmakeia {far-mak-i'-ah} ·½¦Û 5332;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorcery 2, witchcraft 1; 3 1) ÃĪ«ªº¨Ï¥Î©Î¬I¤© 2) ¬r®` 3) §Å³N, ¨¸³N, ³q±`¬O»P°¸¹³±R«ô¦³Ãö¡A©ÎªÌ¬O°¸¹³±R«ô©Ò¹ªÀyªº 4) Áô³ë. °¸¹³ªº´ÛÄF»P»¤´b

5331 pharmakeia {far-mak-i'-ah} from 5332;; n f AV - sorcery 2, witchcraft 1; 3 1) the use or the administering of drugs 2) poisoning 3) sorcery, magical arts, often found in connection with idolatry and fostered by it 4) metaph. the deceptions and seductions of idolatry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5332 pharmakeus {far-mak-yoos'} ·½¦Û pharmakon (¤@ºØÃÄ, ¥ç§Y spell-giving potion);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorcerer 1; 1 1) ¹w³Æ©Î¬I¦æ§Å³Nªº¤H 2) Å]³N®v

5332 pharmakeus {far-mak-yoos'} from pharmakon (a drug, i.e. spell-giving potion);; n m AV - sorcerer 1; 1 1) one who prepares or uses magical remedies 2) sorcerer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5333 pharmakos {far-mak-os'} »P...¦P 5332;; §Î®eµü AV - sorcerer 1; 1 1) Äݩ󨸳Nªº (#±Ò 22:15|)

5333 pharmakos {far-mak-os'} the same as 5332;; adj AV - sorcerer 1; 1 1) pertaining to magical arts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5334 phasis {fas'-is} ·½¦Û 5346 (not the same as "phase", which is from 5316);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - tidings 1; 1 1) ¦b¶®¨åªººt»¡®a·í¤¤, «ü¨º¨Ç«I¥e°ê¦³°]²£¡B©Î¥Ç¤F°Ó«~¶i¥X¤fªº ¬ÛÃöªk«ß¡B©Î¶BÄF¨ü¨äºÊÅ@ªº¥¼¦¨¦~¤Hªº¤H³Q´¦µo (§iµo) 2) ¯µ±K¸o¦æ³Q¤½¶}

5334 phasis {fas'-is} from 5346 (not the same as "phase", which is from 5316);; n f AV - tidings 1; 1 1) in the Attic orators, the exposure of (informing against) those who have embezzled the property of the state, or violated the laws respecting the importation or exporting of merchandise, or defrauded their wards 2) the disclosure of secret crime
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5335 phasko {fas'-ko} ÂX®i«¬ »P...¦P·½ 5346;; °Êµü AV - say 2, affirm 1, profess 1; 4 1) ½T»{, °íºÙ, «e¥ü©Î«ÅºÙ

5335 phasko {fas'-ko} prolongation from the same as 5346;; v AV - say 2, affirm 1, profess 1; 4 1) to affirm, allege, portend or profess
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5336 phatne {fat'-nay} ·½¦Û pateomai (to eat); TDNT - 9:49,1251; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - manger 3, stall 1; 4 1) °¨´\, °¨¼Ñ

5336 phatne {fat'-nay} from pateomai (to eat); TDNT - 9:49,1251; n f AV - manger 3, stall 1; 4 1) a crib, a manger
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5337 phaulos {fow'-los} apparently a primary word;; §Î®eµü AV - evil 4; 4 1) ²³æªº, ·L¤£¨¬¹Dªº, ´¶³qªº, ¤Ö¶qªº, ¨S¦³»ù­Èªº, ¤£ºâ¼Æªº 2) ´N­Û²z¤W¨Ó»¡, Ãaªº, ¨õ¦Hªº, ¨¸´cªº

5337 phaulos {fow'-los} apparently a primary word;; adj AV - evil 4; 4 1) easy, slight, ordinary, mean, worthless, of no account 2) ethically, bad, base, wicked
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5338 pheggos {feng'-gos} ¤]³\»P5457ªº°ò¦ªñ¦ü [cf 5350];; n n AV - light 3; 3 1) ¥ú 1a) ¤ë«Gªº 1b) ÄúÀë©Îªo¿Oªº 2) ©ú«Gªº¶§¥ú, ¥ú½u For ¦P¸qµü see entry 5817

5338 pheggos {feng'-gos} probably akin to the base of 5457 [cf 5350];; n n AV - light 3; 3 1) light 1a) of the moon 1b) of a candle or lamp 2) the bright sunshine, the beam of light For Synonyms see entry 5817
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5339 pheidomai {fi'-dom-ahee} of uncertain affinity;; °Êµü AV - spare 9, forbear 1; 10 1) ³Ñ¾l, ¤À¶} 2) ¸`¨î, Á×¶}

5339 pheidomai {fi'-dom-ahee} of uncertain affinity;; v AV - spare 9, forbear 1; 10 1) to spare 2) to abstain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5340 pheidomenos {fi-dom-en'-oce} ·½¦Û ¤Àµü of 5339;; °Æµü AV - sparingly 2; 2 1) ¸`»üªº, ¤Ö¶qªº (#ªL«á 9:6|)

5340 pheidomenos {fi-dom-en'-oce} from participle of 5339;; adv AV - sparingly 2; 2 1) sparingly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5341 phelones {fel-on'-ace} by transposition for a derivative probably of 5316 (as showing outside the other garments);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - cloke 1; 1 1) ®È«È¨Ï¥Îªº¼eÃP¥~¦ç, ¥Î¨Ó¨¾¿m¼É­·«B¤Ñ®ð

5341 phelones {fel-on'-ace} by transposition for a derivative probably of 5316 (as showing outside the other garments);; n m AV - cloke 1; 1 1) a travelling cloke, used for protection against stormy weather
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5342 phero {fer'-o} ¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü (¥Î©ó«ü¥~¤H©Î©úÅã¬OµL¦å½tªº¤H®É, ¥B¥u¥Î©ó¬Y¨Ç¯S©wªº®ÉºA, ©ú½T¦a»¡, oio {oy'-o}; ©M enegko {en-eng'-ko); TDNT - 9:56,1252; °Êµü AV - bring 34, bear 8, bring forth 5, come 3, reach 2, endure 2, carry 1, misc 9; 64 1) Äâ¦æ 1a) ©Ó¨ü¬YºØ­t¾á 1a1) ¦Û¤v¬D°_¬Y­Ó¾á¤l 1b) Äâ±a¦Ó¦æ; ·t¥Ü¸g¥Ñ¥~¤O©Î¶Ê«P¦Ó²¾°Ê, ¶Ç»¼©ÎÄâ±a 1b1) «ü¤H­¼²î¦æ©ó®ü 1b2) «ü¨g­·¤@°}, ¦æ¤]¥^¥^ 1b3) «ü¤ß«ä, ¨ü¿E¦Ó«P¨Ï¤º¤ßªº«ä¦Ò 1c) ¾á°_, ¥ç§Y¤ä¼µ¦í(¤£¨Ï¶É­Ë) 1c1) «ü°ò·þ, ¦t©zªº«OÅ@ªÌ(#¨Ó 1:3|) 2) ©Ó¾á, ¥ç§Y©Ó¨ü, §Ô¨üÄY®æªº­n¨D, ­@¤ß±µ¨ü¬Y¤HªººÞ§ô, ¥H±oÄÇ®¤(§K©óÃg»@©Î·´·À) 3) ±aµÛ, ±a¨Ó, ´£¥X 3a) ´Â¦V...¦a¨B, ¬I¦æ 3b) «Å§i¤Þ¶i, «Å§i 3c) ¾É­P, ¥ç§Y ¥Í²£, »s³y; ¦bÁ¿»¡¤¤´£¥X¨Ó 3d) ±a»â, «ü¾É

5342 phero {fer'-o} a primary verb (for which other and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only, namely, oio {oy'-o}; and enegko {en-eng'-ko); TDNT - 9:56,1252; v AV - bring 34, bear 8, bring forth 5, come 3, reach 2, endure 2, carry 1, misc 9; 64 1) to carry 1a) to carry some burden 1a1) to bear with one's self 1b) to move by bearing; move or, to be conveyed or borne, with the suggestion of force or speed 1b1) of persons borne in a ship over the sea 1b2) of a gust of wind, to rush 1b3) of the mind, to be moved inwardly, prompted 1c) to bear up i.e. uphold (keep from falling) 1c1) of Christ, the preserver of the universe 2) to bear, i.e. endure, to endure the rigour of a thing, to bear patiently one's conduct, or spare one (abstain from punishing or destroying) 3) to bring, bring to, bring forward 3a) to move to, apply 3b) to bring in by announcing, to announce 3c) to bear i.e. bring forth, produce; to bring forward in a speech 3d) to lead, conduct
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5343 pheugo {fyoo'-go} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó°ò¥»¦r®Ú;; °Êµü AV - flee 26, escape 3, flee away 2; 31 1) °k¨«, °k©R, °k¤`¥HÁ×º× 2) Áô³ë. Á×¶}(¥H¨«¶}¨ÓÁ×§K)¥i¼¨«ëªº¨Æ, ¤×¨ä«ü¤£¹D¼wªº¦æ¬° 3) °k©R¦Ó±o±Ï, ¦w¥þ²æÂ÷ÀI¹Ò 4) ¸Öºq¤åÅ餤, ­¸³u, ®ø¥¢

5343 pheugo {fyoo'-go} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - flee 26, escape 3, flee away 2; 31 1) to flee away, seek safety by flight 2) metaph. to flee (to shun or avoid by flight) something abhorrent, esp. vices 3) to be saved by flight, to escape safely out of danger 4) poetically, to flee away, vanish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5344 Phelix {fay'-lix} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Felix 9; 9 µÌ¤O´µ = "§Ö¼Öªº" 1) ©ó¥D«á 52 ¦~³Qù°¨¬Ó«Ò­²¦Ñ¥á©Ò¥ô©R¬°µS¤Ó¦aªº¨µ¼¾. ¥L¥H­A¤â¬q, ´Ý§Ô, ©ñ¿ºªººA«×ºÞ²z³o¦a. ¥L²ÎºÞ®É´Á¥R º¡¤F¶Ã¨Æ¤Î¼É°Ê. «Où¦b¸Ó¼»§Q¨È³Q±a¨ìµÌ¤O´µ­±«e. ¥L ³Q°e¦^ºÊº», ¦Ó¥B³QÃö¨â¦~¤§¤[, §Æ±æµ¹¿ú¦æ¸ì¥H¨DÄÀ. #®{ 24:26,27|. µÌ¤O´µ©ó¥D«á59-60³Q¥l¦^ù°¨¥æ«Ý¦b²Îªv®É´ÁµS¤Ó¦a¦³°Ê¶Ã ªº¨Æ±¡, «á¥Ñªi¨D«D´µ³£Ä~¥ô¨µ¼¾. ¦bªð¦^ù°¨®É, ¦b¸Ó¼» §Q¨È³QµS¤Ó¤H±±§i, ¦Ó­Y¤£¬O¥Lªº¥S§Ì©¬©Ô´µ»¡ªA¥§¿ý¤ý³j§K¥L, «Ü¥i¯à·|¦]¥Lªº´c¦æ¦Ó¨ü¦D»@. µÌ¤O´µªº©d¤l¬O¤g¦è©Ô, ¦o¬O §Æ«ß¤ý¨È°ò©¬¤@¥@ªº¤k¨à, ¬OµÌ¤O´µ²Ä¤T¥ôªº©d¤l, ¤]¬O¦]µÌ ¤O´µªºÄU»¡¦ÓÂ÷¶}¦o­ì¨Óªº¥ý¥Í¦Ó¶ùµ¹µÌ¤O´µ.

5344 Phelix {fay'-lix} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Felix 9; 9 Felix = "happy" 1) a Roman procurator of Judea appointed by the emperor Claudius in A.D. 53. He ruled the province in a mean, cruel, and profligate manner. His period of office was full of troubles and seditions. Paul was brought before Felix at Caesarea. He was remanded in prison, and kept there two years in hopes of extorting money from him. Acts 24:26,27. At the end of that time Porcius Festus was appointed to supersede Felix, who, on his return to Rome, was accused by the Jews in Caesarea, and would have suffered the penalty due to his atrocities had not his brother Pallas prevailed with the emperor Nero to spare him. The wife of Felix was Drusilla, daughter of Herod Agrippa I., who was his third wife and whom he persuaded to leave her husband and marry him.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5345 pheme {fay'-may} ·½¦Û 5346;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - fame 2; 2 1) ¦WÁn, ³ø§i

5345 pheme {fay'-may} from 5346;; n f AV - fame 2; 2 1) fame, report
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5346 phemi {fay-mee'} ¾A·í¦a»¡¬O, »P 5457 ªº¦r·½ ©M 5316 ¬Û¦P;; °Êµü AV - say 57, affirm 1; 58 1) ±N·QªkÅý¤Hª¾¹D, «Å§i 2) »¡

5346 phemi {fay-mee'} properly, the same as the base of 5457 and 5316;; v AV - say 57, affirm 1; 58 1) to make known one's thoughts, to declare 2) to say
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5347 Phestos {face'-tos} ±q©Ô¤B¤å¤Þ¥Ó¦Ó¨Ó;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Festus 13; 13 [ªi¨D] «D´µ³£ = "¸`´Á, ¼y¯¬" 1) ±µÄòµÌ¤O´µªºµS¤j¨µ¼¾ (#®{ 24:27|)

5347 Phestos {face'-tos} of Latin derivation;; n pr m AV - Festus 13; 13 [Porcius] Festus = "festival" 1) the successor of Felix as procurator of Judea
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5348 phthano {fthan'-o} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº°Êµü; TDNT - 9:88,1258; °Êµü AV - come 4, already attain 1, attain 1, prevent 1; 7 1) ¥ý¨ì¹F, ¤§«eªº, ´£«e¨Ï¥Î 2) ¨Ó¨ì, Á{¨ì 3) ¹F¨ì, §¹¦¨, ¨ì¹F

5348 phthano {fthan'-o} apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 9:88,1258; v AV - come 4, already attain 1, attain 1, prevent 1; 7 1) to come before, precede, anticipate 2) to come to, arrive at 3) to reach, attain to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5349 phthartos {fthar-tos'} ·½¦Û 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; §Î®eµü AV - corruptible 6; 6 1) »G±Ñªº, ·´Ãa¦´Ãaªº

5349 phthartos {fthar-tos'} from 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; adj AV - corruptible 6; 6 1) corruptible, perishing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5350 phtheggomai {ftheng'-gom-ahee} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü 5338 »P 5346;; °Êµü AV - speak 3; 3 1) µo¥XÁn­µ, ¾¸­µ©Î­úÁn 1a) ÄÝ¥ô¦óÁn­µ, µL½×¤H(Án)©Î°Êª«(Án), ©Î¦p¹pÁn,¼Ö¾¹Án¤§µL¥Í©Rª«µ¥µ¥

5350 phtheggomai {ftheng'-gom-ahee} probably akin to 5338 and thus to 5346;; v AV - speak 3; 3 1) to give out a sound, noise or cry 1a) of any sort of sound or voice, whether of man or of animal or inanimate object as thunder, musical instruments, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5351 phtheiro {fthi'-ro} ¥i¯à·½¦Û phthio ("¼¬±|"©Î"µê®z"); TDNT - 9:93,1259; °Êµü AV - corrupt 4, corrupt (one's) self 1, be corrupt 1, defile 1, destroy 1; 8 1) »G±Ñ, ¯}Ãa 1a) ¥HµS¤Ó¤HªºÆ[ÂI¨Ó»¡, ·í¥ô¦ó¤H§Ëż©Îµy·L¯}Ãa¸t·µ¤¤ªº¥ô¦óªF¦è, ©ÎªÌ¸t·µªº¦uÅ@ªÌ«å©¿Â¾¦u, ³£µø¬°¸t·µ³Q±ÑÃa©Î¯}Ãa 1b) Â÷¶}¤@­Ó°ò·þ±Ð·|©ÒÀ³°í«ùªº¯u²z©M¸t¼ä 1c) ³Q¯}Ãa, ·´·À 1d) (¦b¹D¼w¤è­±) »G±Ñ, ±ÑÃa

5351 phtheiro {fthi'-ro} probably strengthened from phthio (to pine or waste); TDNT - 9:93,1259; v AV - corrupt 4, corrupt (one's) self 1, be corrupt 1, defile 1, destroy 1; 8 1) to corrupt, to destroy 1a) in the opinion of the Jews, the temple was corrupted or "destroyed" when anyone defiled or in the slightest degree damaged anything in it, or if its guardians neglected their duties 1b) to lead away a Christian church from that state of knowledge and holiness in which it ought to abide 1c) to be destroyed, to perish 1d) in an ethical sense, to corrupt, deprave
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5352 phthinoporinos {fthin-op-o-ree-nos'} ·½¦Û phthino ªº­l¥Í¦r (°I·L; ªñ¦ü 5351 ªº°_·½) ©M 3703 («ü±ß¬î);; §Î®eµü AV - whose fruit withereth 1; 1 1) ¬î¤Ñªº¾ð {#µS 1:12|} 1a) ¥Î©ó«ü¾ð¦n¹³¥Íªø¦b¬î¤Ñ, °®Àê, ¨S¦³¸­¤l¥B¤£µ²ªG¹ê 1b) Áô³ë. ¥Î©ó«üµL¥Í²£¤Oªº, µL»ù­Èªº¤H

5352 phthinoporinos {fthin-op-o-ree-nos'} from derivative of phthino (to wane; akin to the base of 5351) and 3703 (meaning late autumn);; adj AV - whose fruit withereth 1; 1 1) autumn trees 1a) trees such as they are at the close of autumn, dry, leafless and without fruit 1b) metaph. of unfruitful, worthless men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5353 phthoggos {ftong'-gos} ·½¦Û 5350;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - sound 2; 2 1) ­µ¼ÖÁn, µL½×¬OÁn¼Öªº©Î¬O¼Ö¾¹Ánªº

5353 phthoggos {ftong'-gos} from 5350;; n m AV - sound 2; 2 1) musical sound, whether vocal or instrumental
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5354 phthoneo {fthon-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5355;; °Êµü AV - envy 1; 1 1) §Ò§ª, ¸r¼} (#¥[ 5:26|)

5354 phthoneo {fthon-eh'-o} from 5355;; v AV - envy 1; 1 1) to envy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5355 phthonos {fthon'-os} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü 5351 ªº°ò¥»«¬;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - envy 8, envying 1; 9 1) ¶ú§ª 2) ¦]¬°¦Y¾L, ¥ç§Y ¦]¶ú§ª¿E°_

5355 phthonos {fthon'-os} probably akin to the base of 5351;; n m AV - envy 8, envying 1; 9 1) envy 2) for envy, i.e. prompted by envy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5356 phthora {fthor-ah'} ·½©ó 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - corruption 7, to perish + 1519 1, destroy 1; 9 1) »G±Ñ, ¦´Ãa, ·´Ãa, ·´·À 1a) ²×·|°I±Ñ, ³Q·´·ÀªºªF¦è 1b) ¦b°ò·þ±Ð¸q¤W, «ü¦b¦aÀ®ªº¥Ã¦D 2) ¦b·s¬ù, ©ó­Û²z¹D¼wªº·N¸q¤W, corruption ¥ç§Y«ü¹D¼w¤Wªº±ÑÃa

5356 phthora {fthor-ah'} from 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; n f AV - corruption 7, to perish + 1519 1, destroy 1; 9 1) corruption, destruction, perishing 1a) that which is subject to corruption, what is perishable 1b) in the Christian sense, eternal misery in hell 2) in the NT, in an ethical sense, corruption i.e. moral decay
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5357 phiale {fee-al'-ay} Äݤ£½T©wªº±K¤ÁÃö«Y;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - vial 12; 12 1) ¼s¤f²L©³ªº¸J, ²`ªº¤pºÐ

5357 phiale {fee-al'-ay} of uncertain affinity;; n f AV - vial 12; 12 1) a broad shallow bowl, deep saucer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5358 philagathos {fil-ag'-ath-os} ·½¦Û 5384 and 18; TDNT - 1:18,3; §Î®eµü AV - lover of good men 1; 1 1) ³ß¦n¤¯·O (#¦h 1:8|)

5358 philagathos {fil-ag'-ath-os} from 5384 and 18; TDNT - 1:18,3; adj AV - lover of good men 1; 1 1) loving goodness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5359 Philadelpheia {fil-ad-el'-fee-ah} ·½¦Û Philadelphos (»P 5361 ¦P ); TDNT - 1:144,*; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Philadelphia 2; 2 «D©ÔÅK«D = "¥S§Ì¤§·R" 1) ¤p¨È¦è¨Èªº§f©³¨È«°¤§¤@, ¦ì¸mªñ©ó¥Lºz°Ç´µ¤sÄSªFÃä, ¥H§O­{¼¯(¤µ¬f­{º¿)¤ý, ªü¥L°Ç´µ¤G¥@«D©ÔÅK«D´µ©R¦W¦Ó«Ø³y¦Ó¦¨. ¦bªü¥L°Ç´µ¤T¥@«Dù³Á¶ð¹L³u¤§«á, ¥D«e 133 ¦~, ¦b¥Lªº·NÄ@¤U, ³o«°©M¾ã­Ó¤ý°ê¤@°_¦bù°¨ªººÞÁÒ¤§¤U.

5359 Philadelpheia {fil-ad-el'-fee-ah} from Philadelphos (the same as 5361); TDNT - 1:144,*; n pr loc AV - Philadelphia 2; 2 Philadelphia = "brotherly love" 1) a city of Lydia in Asia Minor, situated near the eastern base of of Mount Tmolus, founded and named by the Pergamene king, Attalus II Philadelphus. After the death of Attalus III Philometor, 133 BC, it together with his entire kingdom came by his will under the jurisdiction of the Romans.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5360 philadelphia {fil-ad-el-fee'-ah} ·½©ó 5361; TDNT - 1:144,22; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - brotherly love 3, brotherly kindness 2, love of the brethren 1; 6 1) ¹ï¥S§Ì©j©fªº·R, ¤â¨¬¤§±¡ 2) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«ü°ò·þ®{©¼¦¹¤§±¡¦P¤â¨¬¤§·R

5360 philadelphia {fil-ad-el-fee'-ah} from 5361; TDNT - 1:144,22; n f AV - brotherly love 3, brotherly kindness 2, love of the brethren 1; 6 1) love of brothers or sisters, brotherly love 2) in the NT the love which Christians cherish for each other as brethren
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5361 philadelphos {fil-ad'-el-fos} ·½¦Û 5384 ©M 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; §Î®eµü AV - love as brethren 1; 1 1) ¿Ë·R¥S§Ì©Î©n©f 2) ¼s¸q¦Ó¨¥, ·R¤§¦p¤â¨¬, ·R¦P­M 2a) «ü¥H¦â¦C¤H 2b) «ü°ò·þ®{·R°ò·þ®{

5361 philadelphos {fil-ad'-el-fos} from 5384 and 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; adj AV - love as brethren 1; 1 1) loving brother or sister 2) in a broader sense, loving one like a brother, loving one's fellow countrymen 2a) of an Israelite 2b) of a Christian loving Christians
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5362 philandros {fil'-an-dros} ·½¦Û 5384 and 435;; §Î®eµü AV - love their husbands 1; 1 1) ²`·R¦oªº¤V¤Ò (#¦h 2:4|)

5362 philandros {fil'-an-dros} from 5384 and 435;; adj AV - love their husbands 1; 1 1) loving her husband
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5363 philanthropia {fil-an-thro-pee'-ah} »P 5364 ¦P·½ ; TDNT - 9:107,1261; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - kindness 1, love toward man 1; 2 1) ¹ï¤HÃþªº·R, ¤¯·O

5363 philanthropia {fil-an-thro-pee'-ah} from the same as 5364; TDNT - 9:107,1261; n f AV - kindness 1, love toward man 1; 2 1) love of mankind, benevolence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5364 philanthropos {fil-an-thro'-poce} ·½¦Û a compound of 5384 and 444; TDNT - 9:107,1261; °Æµü AV - courteously 1; 1 1) ¦³¤H±¡¨ý¦a, ¤¯·Oªº (#®{ 27:3|)

5364 philanthropos {fil-an-thro'-poce} from a compound of 5384 and 444; TDNT - 9:107,1261; adv AV - courteously 1; 1 1) humanely, kindly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5365 philarguria {fil-ar-goo-ree'-ah} ·½¦Û 5366;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - love of money 1; 1 1) ³g°], ³g°ý

5365 philarguria {fil-ar-goo-ree'-ah} from 5366;; n f AV - love of money 1; 1 1) love of money, avarice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5366 philarguros {fil-ar'-goo-ros} ·½¦Û 5384 and 696;; §Î®eµü AV - covetous 2; 2 1) ³g°]ªº, ³g°ý (#¸ô 16:14; ´£«á 3:2|)

5366 philarguros {fil-ar'-goo-ros} from 5384 and 696;; adj AV - covetous 2; 2 1) loving money, avarice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5367 philautos {fil'-ow-tos} ·½¦Û 5384 and 846;; §Î®eµü AV - lover of (one's) own self 1; 1 1) ±M·R¦Û¤v 2) ¬°¤v§Q³]·Qªº, ¦Û¨p¦Û§Qªº (#´£«á 3:2|)

5367 philautos {fil'-ow-tos} from 5384 and 846;; adj AV - lover of (one's) own self 1; 1 1) loving one's self 2) too intent on one's interest, selfish
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5368 phileo {fil-eh'-o} ·½¦Û5384; TDNT - 9:114,1262; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- love 22, kiss 3; 25 1) ·R¡]ªº¦æ°Ê¡^ 1a) º¡·N 1b) ³ß·R 1c) »{¥i 1d) ¿Ë¤Á¬X±¡ªº¹ï«Ý, Åw¤ß±µ«Ý, «Ý¤§¦p¤Í 2) ªí²{¥X·Rªº¼x¶H 2a) ¿Ë¼L 3) ³ß·R§@ªº 3a) ²ßºDªº§@, ºD±`ªº§@

5368 phileo {fil-eh'-o} from 5384; TDNT - 9:114,1262; v AV - love 22, kiss 3; 25 1) to love 1a) to approve of 1b) to like 1c) sanction 1d) to treat affectionately or kindly, to welcome, befriend 2) to show signs of love 2a) to kiss 3) to be fond of doing 3a) be wont, use to do
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5369 philedonos {fil-ay'-don-os} ·½¦Û 5384 and 2237; TDNT - 2:909,303; §Î®eµü AV - lover of pleasure 1; 1 1) ³ß·R®T¼Ö®ø»º (#´£«á 3:4|)

5369 philedonos {fil-ay'-don-os} from 5384 and 2237; TDNT - 2:909,303; adj AV - lover of pleasure 1; 1 1) loving pleasure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5370 philema {fil'-ay-mah} ·½©ó 5368; TDNT - 9:114,1262; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - kiss 7; 7 1) ¿Ë¼L 2) §@¬°¤@ºØ¿Ë¦p¤â¨¬ªºªí¹F, °ò·þ®{¥H¦¹¤è¦¡¨Óªí¥Ü¹ï«H¥õ¤Wªº¦P¦ñªºÅwªï©Î¤ÀÂ÷

5370 philema {fil'-ay-mah} from 5368; TDNT - 9:114,1262; n n AV - kiss 7; 7 1) a kiss 2) the kiss with which, as a sign of fraternal affection, Christians were accustomed to welcome or dismiss their companions in the faith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5371 Philemon {fil-ay'-mone} ·½©ó 5368;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Philemon 2; 2 µÌ§Qªù = "¿Ë§kªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ìºqù¦èªº©~¥Á, ¸g«Où¦Ó«H¤F°ò·þ, µÌ§Qªù®Ñªº¨ü¤åªÌ

5371 Philemon {fil-ay'-mone} from 5368;; n pr m AV - Philemon 2; 2 Philemon = "one who kisses" 1) a resident of Colosse, converted to Christianity by Paul, and the recipient of the letter bearing his name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5372 Philetos {fil-ay-tos'} ·½¦Û 5368;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Philetus 1; 1 µÌ²z®{ = "¨üÁé·Rªº" 1) ¤@¦ì«ù²§ºÝ¨¸»¡ªÌ, ³\¦Ì¤Dªºªù®{

5372 Philetos {fil-ay-tos'} from 5368;; n pr m AV - Philetus 1; 1 Philetus = "beloved" 1) a heretic and a disciple of Hymenaeus,
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5373 philia {fil-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 5384; TDNT - 9:146,1262; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - friendship 1; 1 1) ¤Í½Ë

5373 philia {fil-ee'-ah} from 5384; TDNT - 9:146,1262; n f AV - friendship 1; 1 1) friendship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5374 Philippesios {fil-ip-pay'-see-os} ·½¦Û 5375;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Philippians 2; 2 1) µÌ§Q¤ñªº©~¥Á

5374 Philippesios {fil-ip-pay'-see-os} from 5375;; n pr m AV - Philippians 2; 2 1) a resident of the town of Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5375 Philippoi {fil'-ip-poy} 5376 ªº½Æ¼Æ;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Philippi 6; 6 µÌ¥ß¤ñ = "·R°¨¤§¥Á" 1) °¨¨ä¹yªº¤@­Ó«°¥«, ¦b·R±¡®üªº¥_©¤©Î¨äªþªñ, ¦b Strymon ©M Nestus ¨âªe©M Neapolis ©M Amphipolis ¨â«°¥«¤§¶¡

5375 Philippoi {fil'-ip-poy} plural of 5376;; n pr loc AV - Philippi 6; 6 Philippi = "Lover of horses" 1) a city of Macedonia located on or near the northern coast of the Aegean Sea, between the rivers Strymon and Nestus, and the cities Neapolis and Amphipolis
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5376 Philippos {fil'-ip-pos} from 5384 and 2462;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Philip (the apostle) 16, Philip (the evangelist) 16, Philip (Herod) 3, Philippi (an adjunct of Caesarea) 2, Philip (the tetrarch) 1; 38 µÌ¤O = "°¨ªº·R¦nªÌ" 1) °ò·þªº¤@¦ì¨Ï®{ (#¥i 3:18|) 2) ¤@¦ìºÖ­µ¨ÏªÌ»P­C¸ô¼»§Nªº¤C¦ì°õ¨Æ¤§¤@ (#®{ 6:5, 8:5-8, 8:26-35|) 3) ¯S©Ô¥i¥§¤À«Êªº¤ý, §Æ«ß¦w´£©¬ªº¥S§Ì.(¦P¤÷²§¥Àªº¥S§Ì) µÌ¤O¥X¥Í©ó­C¸ô¼»§N, ¥Ñ§JÄR¨Ø²æ©Ô©Ò¥Í; °¨º¸ÁÉ´µªº§Æ«ß, ¤@¦ì¼»°¨§Q¨È¤H: ¥L¦º©ó´£§È¯d¤G¤Q¦~, ´N¬O¦b¸ô¥[ºÖ­µ3³¹1¸`©Ò´£¨ì¦~¥Nªº¤­¦~¤§«á, ¥L´¿«Ø¥ß¤F¸Ó¼»§Q¨ÈµÌ¥ß¤ñ. ¥L¦P¤÷²§¥Àªº¥S§Ì§Æ«ß¤ý¦w´£©¬, «Dªk°ù¤F¥Lªº©d¤l. (Gill) (#¸ô 3:1,19; ¤Ó14:1,3; ¥i6:17|) 4) °Ñ¬Ý 2542, ¸Ó¼»§Q¨ÈµÌ¥ß¤ñ

5376 Philippos {fil'-ip-pos} from 5384 and 2462;; n pr m AV - Philip (the apostle) 16, Philip (the evangelist) 16, Philip (Herod) 3, Philippi (an adjunct of Caesarea) 2, Philip (the tetrarch) 1; 38 Philip = "lover of horses" 1) an apostle of Christ 2) an evangelist and one of the seven deacons of the Jerusalem church 3) tetrarch of Trachonitis, was brother to Herod Antipas, by the father's, but not by the mother's side. Philip was born of Cleopatra, of Jerusalem, and Herod of Malthace, a Samaritan: he died in the twentieth year of Tiberias, five years after his mention in Lk. 3:1. He built Caesarea Philippi. His step brother Herod Antipas, married his wife unlawfully. (Gill) 4) see 2542, Caesarea Philippi
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5377 philotheos {fil-oth'-eh-os} ·½¦Û 5384 ©M 2316;; §Î®eµü AV - lover of God 1; 1 1) ·R¤W«Ò(#´£«á 3:4|)

5377 philotheos {fil-oth'-eh-os} from 5384 and 2316;; adj AV - lover of God 1; 1 1) loving God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5378 Philologos {fil-ol'-og-os} ·½¦Û 5384 ¤Î 3056;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Philologus 1; 1 «Dùù¥j = ·R¦rªÌ 1) «Où¦bù°¨®Ñ¤¤°Ý­Ôªº¤@¦W°ò·þ®{ #ù 16:15|

5378 Philologos {fil-ol'-og-os} from 5384 and 3056;; n pr m AV - Philologus 1; 1 Philologus = "lover of the Word" 1) a Christian Paul greets in his epistle to Romans
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5379 philoneikia {fil-on-i-kee'-ah} ·½¦Û 5380;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - strife 1; 1 1) ¹ïª§§nªº³ß¦n, ¹ï°«ª§ªº´÷±æ 2) ª§½×¡BÅG½× #¸ô 22:24| 2a) ¥Î¦b¥¿­±ªº·N«ä®É¡A¬O«ü¡G ®Äªk¡BÄvª§

5379 philoneikia {fil-on-i-kee'-ah} from 5380;; n f AV - strife 1; 1 1) love of strife, eagerness to contend 2) contention 2a) in a good sense, emulation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5380 philoneikos {fil-on'-i-kos} ·½¦Û 5384 and neikos (a quarrel, probably ªñ¦ü to 3534);; §Î®eµü AV - contentious 1; 1 1) ¦n°_½Ä¬ðªº, ¦nÅGªº, ·Rª§½×ªº 1a) ¥¿­±·N¸q, ¦n³Óªº (#ªL«e 11:16|)

5380 philoneikos {fil-on'-i-kos} from 5384 and neikos (a quarrel, probably akin to 3534);; adj AV - contentious 1; 1 1) fond of strife, contentious 1a) in a good sense, emulous
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5381 philoxenia {fil-ox-en-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 5382; TDNT - 5:1,*; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hospitality 1, lover of strangers 1; 2 1) ¹ï­¯¥Í¤Hªº¼ö±¡, ´Ú«Ý, ¦n«È

5381 philoxenia {fil-ox-en-ee'-ah} from 5382; TDNT - 5:1,*; n f AV - hospitality 1, lover of strangers 1; 2 1) love to strangers, hospitality
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5382 philoxenos {fil-ox'-en-os} ·½¦Û 5384 and 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; §Î®eµü AV - given to hospitality 1, lover of hospitality 1, use hospitality 1; 3 1) ©Û«Ý©P¥þªº, ¼ö¤Á´Ú«Ý«È¤H (#´£«e 3:2; ¦h 1:8; ©¼«e 4:9|)

5382 philoxenos {fil-ox'-en-os} from 5384 and 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; adj AV - given to hospitality 1, lover of hospitality 1, use hospitality 1; 3 1) hospitable, generous to guests
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5383 philoproteuo {fil-op-rote-yoo'-o} ·½©ó 5384 ©M 4413 ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; °Êµü AV - love to have the preeminence 1; 1 1) ¥ø¹Ï­n¥XÃþ©Þã\, ·N±ý¦¨¬°²Ä¤@§â¥æ´È, ·Q­n¯¸¦b­º¦ì

5383 philoproteuo {fil-op-rote-yoo'-o} from a compound of 5384 and 4413;; v AV - love to have the preeminence 1; 1 1) to aspire to pre-eminence, to desire to be first
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5384 philos {fee'-los} ¤@­Ó°ò¥»¦r; TDNT - 9:146,1262; §Î®eµü; ¦Wµü AV - friend 29; 29 1)§Î®eµü: ªB¤Í 2)¦Wµü: (¶§©Ê¦Wµü: philos; ³±©Ê¦Wµü: philee) 1a) ªB¤Í 1b) ¦P¦ñ, ¦P¹±

5384 philos {fee'-los} a primitive word; TDNT - 9:146,1262; adj AV - friend 29; 29 1) friend, to be friendly to one, wish him well 1a) a friend 1b) an associate 1c) he who associates familiarly with one, a companion 1d) one of the bridegroom's friends who on his behalf asked the hand of the bride and rendered him various services in closing the marriage and celebrating the nuptials
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5385 philosophia {fil-os-of-ee'-ah} ·½¦Û 5386; TDNT - 9:172,1269; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - philosophy 1; 1 1) ´¼¼z¤§·R 1a) ¥Î¨Ó¼ö¤ß©ó©ÎªÌ¬O©óÃÀ³N©Î¬ì¾Ç¤¤ªº§Þ¥©, ª¾ÃѪº¥ô¤@¤ä¬£ ¦b·s¬ù¯«¾Ç¤¤¥Î¹L¤@¦¸, ¦Ó§ó¬O¦b³o¼Ëªº³q¯«½×... ¬Y¨ÇµS¤Ó¤H(°ò·þ±Ðªº)­×¹D¤h, ®I­º¦bºë·Ò¤Î«ä¯Á°ÝÃD©ó ¦ÛµM¬É»P¤Ñ¨Ïµ¥¯Å, ©ó¼¯¦è«ßªk¤§»ö¦¡»PµS¤Ó¶Ç²Î¬ÛÃö©ó ¹ê»Ú¥Í¬¡¤¤ªº³W±ø

5385 philosophia {fil-os-of-ee'-ah} from 5386; TDNT - 9:172,1269; n f AV - philosophy 1; 1 1) love of wisdom 1a) used either of zeal for or skill in any art or science, any branch of knowledge. Used once in the NT of the theology, or rather theosophy, of certain Jewish Christian ascetics, which busied itself with refined and speculative enquiries into the nature and classes of angels, into the ritual of the Mosaic law and the regulations of Jewish tradition respecting practical life
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5386 philosophos {fil-os'-of-os} ·½¦Û 5384 ©M 4680; TDNT - 9:172,1269;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - philosopher 1; 1 1) ­õ¾Ç®a, ­P¤O©ó°l¨D´¼¼z©Î¾Ç²ß 2) ¦b¦³­­ªº¨£ÃѤ¤, "¬ã¨s»P°Q½×¨Æ²z©Î¦Üµ½¤§¦]"ªº¤H

5386 philosophos {fil-os'-of-os} from 5384 and 4680; TDNT - 9:172,1269; n m AV - philosopher 1; 1 1) a philosopher, one given to the pursuit of wisdom or learning 2) in a narrower sense, one who investigates and discusses the cause of things and the highest good
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5387 philostorgos {fil-os'-tor-gos} ·½¦Û 5384 and storge (cherishing one's kindred, especially parents or children);; §Î®eµü AV - kindly affectioned 1; 1 1) ¤÷¤l©Î¤Ò©d¶¡ªº·R 2) ¿Ë±¡ªº, ±¡·Rªº, ¦³·Rªº, ·Å¬Xªº·R 2a) ¥D­n«ü¿Ë¤l¤§¶¡ªº¬X±¡ (#ù 12:10|)

5387 philostorgos {fil-os'-tor-gos} from 5384 and storge (cherishing one's kindred, especially parents or children);; adj AV - kindly affectioned 1; 1 1) the mutual love of parents and children and wives and husbands 2) loving affection, prone to love, loving tenderly 2a) chiefly of the reciprocal tenderness of parents and children
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5388 philoteknos {fil-ot'-ek-nos} ·½¦Û 5384 and 5043;; §Î®eµü AV - love (one's) children 1; 1 1) ·R¤@­Ó¤Hªº«á¥N©Î¨à¤k (#¦h 2:4|)

5388 philoteknos {fil-ot'-ek-nos} from 5384 and 5043;; adj AV - love (one's) children 1; 1 1) loving one's offspring or children
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5389 philotimeomai {fil-ot-im-eh'-om-ahee} ·½©ó 5384 ©M 5092 ªº½Æ¦X¦r¤§Ãö¨­»yºA;; °Êµü AV - strive 1, labour 1, study 1; 3 1) ¦]·RºaÅA¦Ó... 1a) ³QºaÅA¤§·R©Ò¿EÀy 1b) ¦]ºaÅA¤ß¦Ó¾Ä¤O¹LÃö 2) ¶¯¤ß«k«kªº 2a) ¥þ¤ß¥þ·N¥þ¤Oªº¥´«÷, ¥ß©w­Ó¤Hªº¥Ø¼Ð

5389 philotimeomai {fil-ot-im-eh'-om-ahee} middle voice from a compound of 5384 and 5092;; v AV - strive 1, labour 1, study 1; 3 1) to be fond of honour 1a) to be actuated by love of honour 1b) from a love of honour to strive to bring something to pass 2) to be ambitious 2a) to strive earnestly, make it one's aim
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5390 philophronos {fil-of-ron'-oce} ·½¦Û 5391;; °Æµü AV - courteously 1; 1 1) ¿Ë¤Áªº, ¥H¤Í¦nªººA«×(#®{ 28:7|)

5390 philophronos {fil-of-ron'-oce} from 5391;; adv AV - courteously 1; 1 1) kindly, in a friendly manner
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5391 philophron {fil-of'-rone} §Î®eµü AV - courteous 1; 1 1) ¤Íµ½, ¤¯·O (#©¼«e 3:8|)

5391 philophron {fil-of'-rone} from 5384 and 5424;; adj AV - courteous 1; 1 1) friendly, kind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5392 phimoo {fee-mo'-o} °Êµü AV - put to silence 2, hold (one's) peace 2, muzzle 2, be speechless 1, be still 1; 8 1) µ¹À¹¤W¼L¸n (#ªL«e 9:9; ´£«e 5:18|) 2) (³ë·N) ¨Ï¨IÀq

5392 phimoo {fee-mo'-o} from phimos (a muzzle);; v AV - put to silence 2, hold (one's) peace 2, muzzle 2, be speechless 1, be still 1; 8 1) to close the mouth with a muzzle, to muzzle 2) metaph. 2a) to stop the mouth, make speechless, reduce to silence 2b) to become speechless 3) to be kept in check
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5393 Phlegon {fleg'-one} active ¤Àµü of the base of 5395;; ¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥» - Phlegon 1; 1 ¥±°Ç¤z= "¿U¿N" 1) ¤@­Óù°¨ªº°ò·þ®{¡A¦bù°¨®Ñ¤¤³Q«Où°Ý­Ô­P·N

5393 Phlegon {fleg'-one} active participle of the base of 5395;; n pr m AV - Phlegon 1; 1 Phlegon = "burning" 1) a resident at Rome greeted by Paul of the book of Romans
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5394 phlogizo {flog-id'-zo} °Êµü AV - set on fire 2; 2 1) ÂI¤õ (#¶® 3:6|)

5394 phlogizo {flog-id'-zo} from 5395;; v AV - set on fire 2; 2 1) to ignite, set on fire 2) to burn up 3) fig. to operate destructively, have a most pernicious power 3a) of that in which the destructive influences are kindled
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5395 phlox {flox} ·½©ó¦r®Ú phlego ("°{¥ú" ©Î "¤õµK");; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - flame 6, flaming 1; 7 1) ¤õµK

5395 phlox {flox} from a primary phlego (to "flash" or "flame");; n f AV - flame 6, flaming 1; 7 1) a flame
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5396 phluareo {floo-ar-eh'-o} ·½©ó 5397;; °Êµü AV - prate against 1; 1 1) ¤Q¨¬µL²á¨S·N¸q, µL·N¸qªº¨¥½Í, ªÅ½Í 2) ¦k½×¦Ã½°, µLºÝ©ñ¥Ú, ­J¶Ã±±¶D 3) ¥H´c¬rªº¨¥»y»z§i¬Y¤H, §t¦å¼Q¤H

5396 phluareo {floo-ar-eh'-o} from 5397;; v AV - prate against 1; 1 1) to utter nonsense, talk idly, prate 2) to bring forward idle accusations, make empty charges 3) to accuse one falsely with malicious words
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5397 phluaros {floo'-ar-os} ·½¦Û phluo (to bubble);; §Î®eµü AV - tattler 1; 1 1) «ü»¡©Î°µ¶Ì¨Æªº¤H, ÄǦުº, ­J»¡¤K¹D 2) «üªF¦è, ·MÄøªº, µL²áªº, ®{³Òªº (#´£«e 5:13|)

5397 phluaros {floo'-ar-os} from phluo (to bubble);; adj AV - tattler 1; 1 1) of persons uttering or doing silly things, garrulous, babbling 2) of things, foolish, trifling, vain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5398 phoberos {fob-er-os'} ·½©ó 5401;; §Î®eµü AV - fearful 2, terrible 1; 3 1) ¨Ï¤HÅ埪º, ®£©Æªº, ¥O¤H¬ÈÄߪº 2) ³QÀ~¨ìªº, Áx©Äªº ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5835

5398 phoberos {fob-er-os'} from 5401;; adj AV - fearful 2, terrible 1; 3 1) inspiring fear, terrible, formidable 2) affected with fear, timid For Synonyms see entry 5835
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5399 phobeo {fob-eh'-o} ·½¦Û5401; TDNT - 9:189,1272; °Êµü AV - fear 62, be afraid 23, be afraid of 5, reverence 1, misc 2; 93 1) ÅåÀ~¦Ó°k¨« 1a) °k¶] 1b) Äß©È,®£Äß 1b1) ¨ü¨ìÅåÀ~, ºò±i§Ù³Æ 1b1a) ¬Ý¨ì©_¯Sªº´º¶H©Î¨Æ¥ó 1b1b) Åå²§ 1b2) ®£Äß, ©È¬Y¤@­Ó¤H 1b3) ¤£´±(¥ç§YµS¿Ý)°µ¬Y¥ó¨Æ (¦]¬°©È¨ü¶Ë®`) 1c) ´L±R, ·q©^, ®¥·q¶¶ªA,Å¥©R ¦P¸q¦r¨£5841

5399 phobeo {fob-eh'-o} from 5401; TDNT - 9:189,1272; v AV - fear 62, be afraid 23, be afraid of 5, reverence 1, misc 2; 93 1) to put to flight by terrifying (to scare away) 1a) to put to flight, to flee 1b) to fear, be afraid 1b1) to be struck with fear, to be seized with alarm 1b1a) of those startled by strange sights or occurrences 1b1b) of those struck with amazement 1b2) to fear, be afraid of one 1b3) to fear (i.e. hesitate) to do something (for fear of harm) 1c) to reverence, venerate, to treat with deference or reverential obedience For Synonyms see entry 5841
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5400 phobetron {fob'-ay-tron} ·½¦Û 5399 ªº¤Þ¥Ó;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fearful sight 1; 1 1) ¥i©Èªº´º¶H©Î¨Æ¥ó, ®£©Æ, ¾É­PÅ宣 #¸ô 21:11|

5400 phobetron {fob'-ay-tron} from a derivative of 5399;; n n AV - fearful sight 1; 1 1) that which strikes terror, a terror, (cause of) fright
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5401 phobos {fob'-os} ·½¦Û¦r®Ú phebomai (·q¬È); TDNT - 9:189,1272; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - fear 41, terror 3, misc 3; 47 1) ·q¬È, Äß©È, ÅåÀb 1a) ¥O¤H®`©Èªº 2) ·q­«¤V¤Ò

5401 phobos {fob'-os} from a primary phebomai (to be put in fear); TDNT - 9:189,1272; n m AV - fear 41, terror 3, misc 3; 47 1) fear, dread, terror 1a) that which strikes terror 2) reverence for one's husband
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5402 Phoibe {foy'-bay} ·½©ó phoibos («GÄR, ¥i¯àªñ¦ü 5457 ªº¦r·½);;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Phebe 2; 2 «D¤ñ = "®e¥ú·Øµoªº" 1) ªñ­ôªL¦h¦a¤è°í­²­ù±Ð·|ªº¤k°õ¨Æ

5402 Phoibe {foy'-bay} from phoibos (bright, probably akin to the base of 5457);; n pr f AV - Phebe 2; 2 Phoebe = "radiant" 1) a deaconess of the church at Cenchrea, near Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5403 Phoinike {foy-nee'-kay} ·½¦Û 5404;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Phenice 2, Phenicia 1; 3 µÌ¥§°ò = ´ÄÃq¤§¦a 1) ±Ô§Q¨È¬Ù¥÷ªº»â¤g, ¦ì©ó¦a¤¤®ü©¤Ãä¡A¦bEleutherusªe(¦ã¾|·æ¾|´µªe)»P¥d±K¨àÌa¤§¶¡¡A ¤j¬ù30­^¨½¡]50¤½¨½¡^ªø¡A3­^¨½¡]5¤½¨½¡^¼e¡C

5403 Phoinike {foy-nee'-kay} from 5404;; n pr loc AV - Phenice 2, Phenicia 1; 3 Phenicia = "land of palm trees" 1) a territory of the province of Syria, situated on the coast of the Mediterranean between the river Eleutherus and the promontory of Carmel, some 30 miles (50 km) long and 3 (5 km) broad
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5404 phoinix {foy'-nix} °_·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - palm tree 1, palm 1; 2 1) ´ÄÃq¾ð #¬ù 12:13|, ´Ä¾ðªK #±Ò 7:9|

5404 phoinix {foy'-nix} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - palm tree 1, palm 1; 2 1) a palm tree, date palm
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5405 Phoinix {foy'-nix} ¥i¯à »P 5404 ¦P;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Phenice 1; 1 «D¥§°ò = ´ÄÃq¾ð 1) §J¨½¯S®q«n©¤ªº¤@­Ó´ä¤f¦W #®{ 27:12|

5405 Phoinix {foy'-nix} probably the same as 5404;; n pr loc AV - Phenice 1; 1 Phenice = "palm tree" 1) the name of a haven in Crete on the south coast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5406 phoneus {fon-yooce'} ·½©ó 5408;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - murderer 7; 7 1) ±þ¤H¥û¤â, ±þ¤HªÌ ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5811

5406 phoneus {fon-yooce'} from 5408;; n m AV - murderer 7; 7 1) a murderer, a homicide For Synonyms see entry 5811
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5407 phoneuo {fon-yoo'-o} ·½¦Û 5406;; °Êµü AV - kill 10, do murder 1, slay 1; 12 1) ±þ¦º, ±þ®`, ¿Ñ±þ, ±þ¤H 2) ¥Ç¤F¿Ñ±þ¸o

5407 phoneuo {fon-yoo'-o} from 5406;; v AV - kill 10, do murder 1, slay 1; 12 1) to kill, slay, murder 2) to commit murder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5408 phonos {fon'-os} ·½©ó¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r®Ú pheno (t¿Ñ±þ);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - murder 8, slaughter 1, be slain + 599 1; 10 1) ¿Ñ±þ, ±O±þ

5408 phonos {fon'-os} from an obsolete primary pheno (to murder);; n m AV - murder 8, slaughter 1, be slain + 599 1; 10 1) murder, slaughter
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5409 phoreo {for-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5411; TDNT - 9:83,1252; °Êµü AV - bear 3, wear 3; 6 1) ®É®É­I­tµÛ, ¬ïÀ¹ 1a) ¦ç»n, ¥~³T, ¸Ë¥Ò

5409 phoreo {for-eh'-o} from 5411; TDNT - 9:83,1252; v AV - bear 3, wear 3; 6 1) to bear constantly, wear 1a) of clothing, garments, armour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5410 Phoron {for'-on} ·½©ó©Ô¤B¤å;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Forum 1; 1 1) ¨È¤ñ¯QªºForum, ¸q¤j§Qªº¤@­Ó«°Âí, ¦bÂ÷ù°¨«° 43 ù°¨­ù(70 ¤½¨½)ªºAppian¤j¸ô¤W

5410 Phoron {for'-on} of Latin origin;; n pr loc AV - Forum 1; 1 1) Appius Forum, a town in Italy, 43 Roman miles (70 km) from Rome on the Appian Way
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5411 phoros {for'-os} ·½©ó 5342; TDNT - 9:78,1252;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - tribute 5; 5 1) °^ª«, ¤×¨ä«ü ¨C¦~©Ò¼x¦¬ªº©Ð«Îµ|, ¤g¦aµ|, ©M¤HÀYµ|

5411 phoros {for'-os} from 5342; TDNT - 9:78,1252; n m AV - tribute 5; 5 1) tribute, esp. the annual tax levied upon houses, lands, and persons
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5412 phortizo {for-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û 5414; TDNT - 9:86,1252; °Êµü AV - be heavy laden 1, lade 1; 2 1) ¨Ï¸ü­«, ©Ó¾á­I­t 2) Áô³ë. ¨Ï¤H­t²ü¿í¦u (ºD¨Ò»ö¦¡©MµL®Ú¾Úªº§Ù©R) (#¤Ó 11:28; ¸ô 11:46|)

5412 phortizo {for-tid'-zo} from 5414; TDNT - 9:86,1252; v AV - be heavy laden 1, lade 1; 2 1) to place a burden upon, to load 2) metaph. to load one with a burden (of rites and unwarranted precepts)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5413 phortion {for-tee'-on} 5414 ªº¤@³¡¥÷; TDNT - 9:84,1252; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - burden 5; 5 1) ­t¾á, ­t²ü 1a) ²îªº­t­«©Î©Ó¸ü 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ÄݨH­«ªº»ö¦¡ 2b) °ò·þ©ñ¦b¸ò±qªÌ¨­¤Wªº¸q°È, ¦Ó¥BºÙ¬°"­«¾á", ¸g¥Ñ¹ï¤ñ©ó ªk§QÁɤHªº±Ð°V¤Î¨º³ÌÀ£¨îªº»ö¦¡ 2c) À£­¢ÆF»îªº¿ù»~¨}ª¾ §ä¦P¸qµü°Ñ¬Ý¦r¨å¤¤ªº 5819

5413 phortion {for-tee'-on} diminutive of 5414; TDNT - 9:84,1252; n n AV - burden 5; 5 1) a burden, load 1a) of the freight or lading of a ship 2) metaph. 2a) of burdensome rites 2b) of the obligations Christ lays upon his followers, and styles a "burden" by way of the contrast to the precepts of the Pharisees, the observance of which was most oppressive 2c) faults of the conscience which oppress the soul For Synonyms see entry 5819
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5414 phortos {for'-tos} ·½¦Û 5342;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - lading 1; 1 1) ¸Ë¸ü, ­«¾á 1a) «ü¤@¿´²î¤Wªº

5414 phortos {for'-tos} from 5342;; n m AV - lading 1; 1 1) a load, burden 1a) of a ship
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5415 Phortounatos {for-too-nat'-os} ·½¦Û©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Fortunatus 2; 2 ºÖ®{®³³£ = "¸Ë±oº¡º¡ªº" 1) ­ôªL¦hªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{

5415 Phortounatos {for-too-nat'-os} of Latin origin;; n pr m AV - Fortunatus 2; 2 Fortunatus = "well freighted" 1) a Christian of Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5416 phragellion {frag-el'-le-on} ·½¦Û5417ªº¦r·½¤§­l¥Í¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - scourge 1; 1 1) ¤@§â(¥Î§@¦D¨ãªº)Ã@¤l©ÎÃ@¤l

5416 phragellion {frag-el'-le-on} from a derivative from the base of 5417;; n n AV - scourge 1; 1 1) a scourge or whip
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5417 phragelloo {frag-el-lo'-o} ·½¦Û±À´ú¬°¬Ûµ¥©ó©Ô¤B¤å¤¤¤§Ã@¤òªº¦r;; °Êµü AV - scourge 2; 2 1) Ã@¥´

5417 phragelloo {frag-el-lo'-o} from a presumed equivalent of the Latin flagellum;; v AV - scourge 2; 2 1) to scourge
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5418 phragmos {frag-mos'} ·½¦Û 5420;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hedge 2, hedge around about + 4060 1, partition 1; 4 1) ¾ðÆX, ÆX¯¹ 2) ¹jÂ÷¨Ã¨¾¤î¨âªÌ¦X¦b¤@°_ªºªF¦è

5418 phragmos {frag-mos'} from 5420;; n m AV - hedge 2, hedge around about + 4060 1, partition 1; 4 1) a hedge, a fence 2) that which separates, prevents two from coming together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5419 phrazo {frad'-zo} probably ªñ¦ü to 5420 through the idea of defining;; °Êµü AV - declare 2; 2 1) ¥Î¨­Å騥»y¡B¤å¦r¡B¨¥»y©Î¨ä¥L¤èªk¥h©ú©úªº«ü¥X¡B¥O¤H©ú¥Õ©Î«Å§i (#¤Ó13:36;¤Ó15:15|) 2) ¸ÑÄÀ

5419 phrazo {frad'-zo} probably akin to 5420 through the idea of defining;; v AV - declare 2; 2 1) to indicate plainly, make known, declare, whether by gesture or by writing or speaking, or in some other ways 2) to explain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5420 phrasso {fras'-so} apparently a strengthening form of the base of 5424;; °Êµü AV - stop 3; 3 1) ¥HÆX¯¹¹j¶}, ¶ë¦í, °ô¶ë, ¦¬ÁY 2) ¨Ï¥L¤H¦wÀR

5420 phrasso {fras'-so} apparently a strengthening form of the base of 5424;; v AV - stop 3; 3 1) to fence in, block up, stop up, close up 2) to put to silence
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5421 phrear {freh'-ar} °_·½¤£©ú;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - pit 5, well 2; 7 1) ¤« 2) µL©³§| (¦]¬°¤U­±ªº¥@¬É³Q·Q¦¨¶VÂ÷¶}¦a­±¡AªÅ¶¡¶V¤j¡A¨Ã¥BÃþ¦ü¤ô¼Ñ¡A ¶i¤J¸Ó¥@¬Éªº¬}¤f¬O¯¶¤pªº)

5421 phrear {freh'-ar} of uncertain derivation;; n n AV - pit 5, well 2; 7 1) a well 2) the pit of the abyss (because the nether world is thought to increase in size the further it extends from the surface of the earth and so resemble a cistern, the orifice of which is narrow)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5422 phrenapatao {fren-ap-at-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 5423;; °Êµü AV - deceive 1; 1 1) »X½ª¤H¤ß (#¥[ 6:3|)

5422 phrenapatao {fren-ap-at-ah'-o} from 5423;; v AV - deceive 1; 1 1) to deceive any one's mind
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5423 phrenapates {fren-ap-at'-ace} ·½¦Û 5424 ©M 539;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - deceiver 1; 1 1) ¤ßÆF´ÛÄFªÌ, »¤´bªÌ

5423 phrenapates {fren-ap-at'-ace} from 5424 and 539;; n m AV - deceiver 1; 1 1) a mind deceiver, a seducer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5424 phren {frane} ¥i¯à·½¦Û an obsolete phrao (to rein in or curb, cf 5420); TDNT - 9:220,1277; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - understanding 2; 2 1) »J©Î¾î¹j½¤, ¤ßªº¤@³¡¥÷ 2) ¤ßÆF 2a) ı¹î»P¼f§Pªº¯à¤O

5424 phren {frane} probably from an obsolete phrao (to rein in or curb, cf 5420); TDNT - 9:220,1277; n f AV - understanding 2; 2 1) the midriff or diaphragm, the parts of the heart 2) the mind 2a) the faculty of perceiving and judging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5425 phrisso {fris'-so} apparently a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - tremble 1; 1 1) ¨Ï°íµw½Ý¥ß, ®¼¥ß 2) Ÿ·Xµo§Ý, ¨ü¨ì·¥«×ÅåÀ~, Å宣 (#¶® 2:19|)

5425 phrisso {fris'-so} apparently a primary verb;; v AV - tremble 1; 1 1) to bristle, stiffen stand up 2) to shudder, to be struck with extreme fear, to be horrified
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5426 phroneo {fron-eh'-o} ·½¦Û5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; °Êµü ´Ü©w¥»- think 5, regard 4, mind 3, be minded 3, savour 2, be of the same mind + 846 2, be like minded + 846 2, misc 8; 29 1) ¯à°÷²z¸Ñ, ¦¨¬°Áo©ú 2) ·P¨ü,«ä·Q 2a) ¹ï¤Hªº¦Û§Ú¦³¤@ºØ¨£¸Ñ, «ä·Q¦Û¤v, ¾A«×ªº,¤£Åý¦Û¤v¹ï¥»¨­ªº¬Ýªk (ÁöµM¬O¤½¥­ªº)¶W¹L¾A«×ªº¬É½u 2b) ¥h«ä·Q©Î¥h§PÂ_¤@­Ó¤H¬Ýªk 2c) ¦³¬Û¦Pªº¤ß«ä,¥ç§Y: ¤¬¬ÛÆg¦P, ¦P¨É¬Û¦PªºÆ[ÂI,©M¨ó¦a 3) ±N¤Hªº¤ß«ä¤Þ¾É¦Ü¬Y¥ó¨Æ¤W, ´M¨D, ºÉ¤O¥h±oµÛ 3a) ´M¨D¦Û¤vªº§Q¯q©ÎÀu¶Õ 3b) »P¬Y¤H¦PÄÒ,»P¥L¦P¯¸¤@Ãä(¦b¤½²³¨Æª«¤W)

5426 phroneo {fron-eh'-o} from 5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; v AV - think 5, regard 4, mind 3, be minded 3, savour 2, be of the same mind + 846 2, be like minded + 846 2, misc 8; 29 1) to have understanding, be wise 2) to feel, to think 2a) to have an opinion of one's self, think of one's self, to be modest, not let one's opinion (though just) of himself exceed the bounds of modesty 2b) to think or judge what one's opinion is 2c) to be of the same mind i.e. agreed together, cherish the same views, be harmonious 3) to direct one's mind to a thing, to seek, to strive for 3a) to seek one's interest or advantage 3b) to be of one's party, side with him (in public affairs)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5427 phronema {fron'-ay-mah} ·½¦Û5426; TDNT - 9:220,1277; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- mind 2, carnally minded + 4561 1, spiritually minded + 4151 1; 4 1) ¤@­Ó¤H¤ß«ä©Ò·Qªº¡A¨º¨Ç·N©À©M·N¹Ï

5427 phronema {fron'-ay-mah} from 5426; TDNT - 9:220,1277; n n AV - mind 2, carnally minded + 4561 1, spiritually minded + 4151 1; 4 1) what one has in the mind, the thoughts and purposes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5428 phronesis {fron'-ay-sis} ·½¦Û5426; TDNT - 9:220,1277; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - wisdom 1, prudence 1; 2 1) ²z¸Ñ 2) ¯«¦®ªºª¾ÃѤθt·R ¬d¦P¸qµü°Ñ¬Ý¦r¨å¤¤ªº 5826

5428 phronesis {fron'-ay-sis} from 5426; TDNT - 9:220,1277; n f AV - wisdom 1, prudence 1; 2 1) understanding 2) knowledge and holy love of the will of God For Synonyms see entry 5826
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5429 phronimos {fron'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û 5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; §Î®eµü AV - wise 14; 14 1) Áo©ú, ´¼¼z 2) ºë©úªº, ¼f·Vªº ¦P¸qµü¥i°Ñ¨£ 5872

5429 phronimos {fron'-ee-mos} from 5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; adj AV - wise 14; 14 1) intelligent, wise 2) prudent, i.e. mindful of one's interests For Synonyms see entry 5872
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5430 phronimos {fron-im'-oce} ·½¦Û 5429;; °Æµü AV - wisely 1; 1 1) ºë©ú¦a, Áo©ú¦a

5430 phronimos {fron-im'-oce} from 5429;; adv AV - wisely 1; 1 1) prudently, wisely
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5431 phrontizo {fron-tid'-zo} ·½¦Û 5424 ªº­l¥Í;; °Êµü AV - be careful 1; 1 1) «ä¦Ò, ¯d¤ß (#¦h 3:8|) 2) Åܦ¨¦³«ä·Qªº©Î´÷±æªº

5431 phrontizo {fron-tid'-zo} from a derivative of 5424;; v AV - be careful 1; 1 1) to think, to be careful 2) to be thoughtful or anxious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5432 phroureo {froo-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 4253»P3708ªº½Æ¦X«¬; °Êµü AV - keep 3, keep with a garrison 1; 4 1) ¬Ý¦u (#ªL«á 11:32|) 2) ©ë¸T (#¥[ 3:23|) 3) «OÅ@,¦u½Ã (#µÌ 4:7; ©¼«e 1:5|)

5432 phroureo {froo-reh'-o} from a compound of 4253 and 3708;; v AV - keep 3, keep with a garrison 1; 4 1) to guard, protect by a military guard, either to prevent hostile invasion, or to keep the inhabitants of a besieged city from flight 2) metaph. 2a) under the control of the Mosaic law, that he might not escape from its power 2b) to protect by guarding, to keep 2c) by watching and guarding to preserve one for the attainment of something
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5433 phruasso {froo-as'-so} ªñ¦ü 1032, 1031;; °Êµü AV - rage 1; 1 1) (°¨)¼R, ¸ö¦b¦a¤W, (°¨)ÄËÅD, ¼Q»ó®§ 2) ź¶Æ 2a) «ü°¨ 2b) «ü¤H 2b1) ±Ä°ª¶Æªº¯«ºA 2b2) Á|¤î¶ÆºC 2c) §n¾x, ¨g«ã

5433 phruasso {froo-as'-so} akin to 1032, 1031;; v AV - rage 1; 1 1) to neigh, stamp the ground, prance, snort 2) to be high-spirited 2a) of horses 2b) of men 2b1) to take on lofty airs 2b2) behave arrogantly 2c) to be tumultuous, to rage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5434 phruganon {froo'-gan-on} from a presumed derivative of phrugo (to roast or parch, ªñ¦ü to the base of 5395);; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - stick 1; 1 1) °®®ãªK, ¹àªK 2) ©Ò¦³°®®ãªK, ¸G¾ð¤ì§÷, ®ã, ©ÎÃþ¦ü¥Î¨Ó·í§@¿U®Æªºª«½è 2a) Äݽ_¯ó, ´ÝÁJ

5434 phruganon {froo'-gan-on} from a presumed derivative of phrugo (to roast or parch, akin to the base of 5395);; n n AV - stick 1; 1 1) a dry stick, a twig 2) all dry sticks, bush wood, fire wood, or similar material used as fuel 2a) of straw, stubble
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5435 Phrugia {froog-ee'-ah} ¥i¯à¬O¥~¨Ó­l¥Í¦r;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Phrygia 4; 4 ¥±§f®a = "°®Àꪺ, ³h¯áªº" 1) ¦b¤p¨È²Ó¨Èªº¤@¦a°Ï, ¥H§È±À¥§, ¥[©Ô¤Ó, §f°ª¥§, ©¼¦è©³, §f©³¨È, ¨C¦è¨È¬°¾F¬É, ¥¦¦³¦Ñ©³¹Å, §Æ©Ôªi¥ß, ©Mºqù¦èµ¥«°¥«

5435 Phrugia {froog-ee'-ah} probably of foreign origin;; n pr loc AV - Phrygia 4; 4 Phrygia = "dry, barren" 1) a region in Asia Minor bounded by Bithynia, Galatia, Lycaonia, Pisidia, Lydia, Mysia and it contained the cities of Laodicea, Hierapolis, and Colosse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5436 Phugellos {foog'-el-los} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 5343;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Phygellus 1; 1 µÌ¦N¸ô = "¤@ÂIÂIµ½ÅÜ" 1) ¤@­Ó°ò·þ®{¥L¥»¨Ó¸òÀH«Où¡A«á¨ÓÂ÷±ó«Où #´£«á 1:15|

5436 Phugellos {foog'-el-los} probably from 5343;; n pr m AV - Phygellus 1; 1 Phygellus = "a little fugitive" 1) a Christian who was with Paul and deserted him
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5437 phuge {foog-ay'} ·½¦Û 5343;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - flight 2; 2 1) °k¨« #¤Ó 24:20; ¥i 13:18|

5437 phuge {foog-ay'} from 5343;; n f AV - flight 2; 2 1) flight
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5438 phulake {foo-lak-ay'} ·½©ó 5442; TDNT - 9:241,1280; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - prison 36, watch 6, imprisonment 2, hold 1, cage 1, ward 1; 47 1) ¬ÝÅ@, ºÊºÞ 1a) ºÊµø, ¬ÝºÞ 1a1) ¬Ý¦u 1b) ­t³dĵ§Ùªº¤H, ½Ã§L, ­ï§L 1c) ¥Î¥HÃö³Q«R©Î³Q®»¤§¤Hªº¦a¤è, ¨c©Ð 1d) «ü©]±ß¦³¤H¨µ©]¬Ý¦uªº®É¬q, ¤@¯Z©]­ï(¤@§ó¨µ©])ªº®É¶¡§Y«ü¦³¦u½Ã­È¯Z, ª½¨ì¨ä¤U ¤@¯Zªº¦u½Ã¨Ó±µ¯Z¦Ó¤U­ïªº®É¶¡. ¦­´Á®É, §ÆÃ¾¤H±N¤@©]¤À¦¨¤T­Ó®É¬q, ¦b³Q¾Û¤§«e , ¥H¦â¦C¤H¥ç¦b¨C±ß¦w±Æ¦³¤T­Ó¨µ§óªº½Ã¯Z; ¦ý¬O¨ì¤Fù°¨²Îªvªº®É¥N, ¥L­Ì±Ä¦æ¤F ù°¨ªº²ßºD, ¦b¨C©]¦w±Æ¥|­Ó¨µ§óªº¯Z¦¸.

5438 phulake {foo-lak-ay'} from 5442; TDNT - 9:241,1280; n f AV - prison 36, watch 6, imprisonment 2, hold 1, cage 1, ward 1; 47 1) guard, watch 1a) a watching, keeping watch 1a1) to keep watch 1b) persons keeping watch, a guard, sentinels 1c) of the place where captives are kept, a prison 1d) of the time (of night) during which guard was kept, a watch i.e. a period of time during which part of the guard was on duty, and at the end of which others relieved them. As the earlier Greeks divided the night commonly into three parts, so, previous to the exile, the Israelites also had three watches in a night; subsequently, however, after they became subject to the Romans, they adopted the Roman custom of dividing the night into four watches
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5439 phulakizo {foo-lak-id'-zo} ·½¦Û 5441;; °Êµü AV - imprison 1; 1 1) ³Q©ë¯d, ºÊ¸T (#®{ 22:19|)

5439 phulakizo {foo-lak-id'-zo} from 5441;; v AV - imprison 1; 1 1) to cast into prison, imprison
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5440 phulakterion {foo-lak-tay'-ree-on} ¥Ñ5442¦Ó¤Þ¥Óªº¤¤©Êµü ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - phylactery 1; 1 1) ¦³¤@¦ì¨¾½Ã§L¾n¦uªº¨¾«°, ¦³­ï§LÂí¦uªº¥x 2) «OÅ@ª««~©Î¦w¥þ«O½Ãª««~ , Å@¨­²Å. µS¤Ó¤H²ßºD¥Î³o­Ó¦r¨Ó´y­z ¦³µÛ°O¸ü¤U¦C¼¯¦è«ßªkªº¸g¤å"¥X 13:1-10, 11-16; ¥Ó 6:4-9, 11:13-21" ¤§²Óªø¦Ï¥Ö¨÷, ¦Ó¥B³o¦Ï¥Ö¨÷³Q¦¬Âæb¤l²°¸Ì. ¥L­Ì²ßºD¦bë§i®É, ¥Î¥Ö±aôºò¦b«eÃB¤]¦b¥ªÁuª½¨ì¦b¤ß¤W, ¬°ªº¬O­n¦]¦¹¦X¥G»ö¦¡¦a³Q´£¿ô, ¦³³d¥ô­n«O¦³¯«ªº»|©R¦bÃBÀY¤W ¤Î¦b¤ß¤W, ¬O¨Ì¾Ú¦b"¥X 13:16, ¥Ó 6:8, 11:18" ©Òµ¹¤©ªº«ü¥Ü; ³o¨Ç±²¶b³Q»{¬°¬O¦³¯à¤Oªº, ¹³Å@¨­²Å¤@¼Ë, ¥i¥H¨¾¤î¦UÃþ´cªÌ¤ÎÅXÅ]. ªk§QÁɤH²ßºD§â¸g¨÷ÂX¤j¥H¤Þ¤Hª`¥Ø, ¥HÅã¥X¥L­Ì¤ñ¤j¦h¼Æªº¤H§ó´÷¼} ³Q¯«ªº«ßªk´£¿ô.

5440 phulakterion {foo-lak-tay'-ree-on} neuter of a derivative of 5442;; n n AV - phylactery 1; 1 1) a fortified place provided with a garrison, a station for a guard or garrison 2) a preservative or safeguard , an amulet. The Jews used this word to describe small strips of parchment on which were written the following passages of the law of Moses, Ex. 13:1-10, 11-16; Dt. 6:4-9, 11:13-21, and which, enclosed in small cases, they were accustomed when engaged in prayer to wear fastened by a leather strap to the forehead and to the left arm over against the heart, in order that they might thus be solemnly reminded of the duty of keeping the commands of God in the head and in the heart, according to the directions given in Ex. 13:16, Dt. 6:8, 11:18; These scrolls were thought to have the power, like amulets, to avert various evils and to drive away demons. The Pharisees were accustomed to widen, make broad, their phylacteries, that they might render them more conspicuous and show themselves to be more eager than the majority to be reminded of the law of God.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5441 phulax {foo'-lax} ·½©ó 5442;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - keeper 3; 3 1) ¦u½Ã, ¬Ý¦uªÌ

5441 phulax {foo'-lax} from 5442;; n m AV - keeper 3; 3 1) a guard, keeper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5442 phulasso {foo-las'-so} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 5443 ÂǥѤÀÂ÷©Î¿W¥ß³o¼ËªºÆ[©À; TDNT - 9:236,1280; °Êµü AV - keep 23, observe 2, beware 2, keep (one's) self 1, save 1, be ... ware 1; 30 1) ¦u½Ã 1a) ¬Ý¦u, ¦u­Ô 1b) ¥Î²´·ú¨n¦íªº¦u½Ã©Î¬Ý¦u, ¥H§K¥L°k¶] 1c) ¦u½Ã¤@­Ó¤H(©Î¤@¥ó¨Æ)¨Ï¥L±o¥H¦w¥þ 1c1) ¨Ï¥L§K¨ü¼É¤O, ³Q±°¹Ü, µ¥, «OÅ@¥L 1c2) «OÅ@¤@­Ó¤H²æÂ÷¥t¤@­Ó¤H©Î¨Æ 1c3) Á×§K³Q¹Ü¨ú, ¨Ï¥L±o¦w¥þ©ÎªÌ¤£¨ü·l®` 1c4) «OÅ@¥L§K©ó¥¢³à©Î·À¤` 1c5) «O¦u¦Û¤v§K¨ü¬Y¨Æ 1d) «OÅ@, ¨Ï¥L§K¨ü¼É¤O 1d1) «OÅ@ 2) ¬Ý¦u¦Û¤vªºªF¦è§K©ó¿ò¥¢ 2a) ¨¾¦u, §K©ó°k¶] 2b) ¿í¦u (¥ç§Y¬°¤F¦w¥þªº²z¥Ñ) ¥H§K¨ü¨ì¶Ë®`, ´N¦n¹³¬O¿í¦u¤F¼¯¦èªº«ßªkªº»|©R. ¨£¦P¸q¦r 5874

5442 phulasso {foo-las'-so} probably from 5443 through the idea of isolation; TDNT - 9:236,1280; v AV - keep 23, observe 2, beware 2, keep (one's) self 1, save 1, be ... ware 1; 30 1) to guard 1a) to watch, keep watch 1b) to guard or watch, have an eye upon: lest he escape 1c) to guard a person (or thing) that he may remain safe 1c1) lest he suffer violence, be despoiled, etc. to protect 1c2) to protect one from a person or thing 1c3) to keep from being snatched away, preserve safe and unimpaired 1c4) to guard from being lost or perishing 1c5) to guard one's self from a thing 1d) to guard i.e. care for, take care not to violate 1d1) to observe 2) to observe for one's self something to escape 2a) to avoid, shun flee from 2b) to guard for one's self (i.e. for one's safety's sake) so as not to violate, i.e. to keep, observe (the precepts of the Mosaic law) For Synonyms see entry 5874
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5443 phule {foo-lay'} ·½©ó 5453 (°Ñ¨£ 5444); TDNT - 9:245,1280; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - tribe 25, kindred 6; 31 1) ³¡±Ú 1a) ¦b·s¬ù¤¤«ü±Úªø¶®¦Uªº¤Q¤G­Ó¨à¤lªº©Ò¦³«á¸Ç 2) ¤@­Ó°ê®a, ¥Á±Ú

5443 phule {foo-lay'} from 5453 (cf 5444); TDNT - 9:245,1280; n f AV - tribe 25, kindred 6; 31 1) a tribe 1a) in the NT all the persons descending from one of the twelve sons of the patriarch, Jacob 2) a nation, people
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5444 phullon {fool'-lon} »P5443¦P·½ ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - leaf 6; 6 1) ¸­¤l

5444 phullon {fool'-lon} from the same as 5443;; n n AV - leaf 6; 6 1) a leaf
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5445 phurama {foo'-ram-ah} ·½¦Û phuro ªºÂX®i«¬ (²V¦X¤@ºØ²GÅé©M¤@ºØ©TÅé, ¥i¯àªñ¦ü 5453, ¨ú¨äÅé¿n¿±µÈ¤§·N), ·N¬°´|(ÄѹÎ, ÂH¤gµ¥) ;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lump 5; 5 1) ¥ô¦óºU¤ô´|¦¨ªºª«½è 2) ¤@¹Î, ¤@¶ô 2a) «üÄѹΠ2b) «üªd¤g

5445 phurama {foo'-ram-ah} from a prolonged form of phuro (to mix a liquid with a solid, perhaps akin to 5453 through the idea of swelling in bulk), mean to knead;; n n AV - lump 5; 5 1) any substance mixed with water and kneaded 2) a mass, a lump 2a) of dough 2b) of clay
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5446 phusikos {foo-see-kos'} ·½¦Û5449; TDNT - 9:251,1283; §Î®eµü AV - natural 3; 3 1) ¦ÛµMªº, ¤Ñ¥Íªº 2) ¦X¥G¥»©Êªº 3) ³Q¦ÛµM©ÒºÞ²z (§Y¥»¯à)

5446 phusikos {foo-see-kos'} from 5449; TDNT - 9:251,1283; adj AV - natural 3; 3 1) produced by nature, inborn 2) agreeable to nature 3) governed by (the instincts of) nature
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5447 phusikos {foo-see-koce'} ·½¦Û 5446; TDNT - 9:251,1283; °Æµü AV - naturally 1; 1 1) ¦ÛµMªº, «öµÛ¥»¯àªº, ¶¶µÛ¦ÛµMªº¤Þ¾É, ÂǥѨ­Åé·P©xªºÀ°§U

5447 phusikos {foo-see-koce'} from 5446; TDNT - 9:251,1283; adv AV - naturally 1; 1 1) in a natural manner, by nature, under the guidance of nature: by the aid of the bodily senses
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5448 phusioo {foo-see-o'-o} ·½¦Û 5449 in the primary sense of blowing;; °Êµü AV - puff up 7; 7 1) ¨Ï¦¨¬°¦ÛµMªº, ¨Ï¦^Âk³ÌµM 2) ¨Ï¿±µÈ, §j¤û¦Û¸Ø, ¨Ï¸~µÈ 2a) §j¼N, ź¶Æ¦Û¤j 2b) ³k°ª®ð´­ªº, °ª¶Æ¦Û¤j

5448 phusioo {foo-see-o'-o} from 5449 in the primary sense of blowing;; v AV - puff up 7; 7 1) to make natural, to cause a thing to pass into nature 2) to inflate, blow up, to cause to swell up 2a) to puff up, make proud 2b) to be puffed up, to bear one's self loftily, be proud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5449 phusis {foo'-sis} ·½¦Û 5453; TDNT - 9:251,1283; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - nature 10, natural + 2596 2, kind 1, mankind + 442 1; 14 1) ¤j¦ÛµM 1a) ¦ÛµM¤§¨Æª«, ¦ÛµM¤O, ¦ÛµM«ß, ¦ÛµM¦¸§Ç 1a) ¬Û¤Ï©ó©Ç²§ªº,¤£¥¿±`ªº,¨¸´cªº 1b) ¬Û¤Ï©ó¤HÃþÃÀ³N¤§²£ª«: ¦ÛµM¤À¤ä, ¥ç§Y ¦ÛµM¹B¦æ¦Ó±oªº¤À¤ä 1b) ¤Ñ¥Í, ¹êÅé­ì«¬ 1c) ªø´Á²ßºD§Î¦¨ªº¤Ñ©Ê¦Ó±o·P¨ü¤Î¦æ¬°¤§¼Ë¦¡ 1d) »P¥L¤H¤£¦P¤Ñ¥Íªº¯S½è¤Î¯à¤O¤§Á`Åé, ¦³§O©ó¤Hªº¤Ñ½á»P²³¤£¦P,¤ÑµMªº¯S½è: ¤ÑµM¤O¶q, ¦h²£, ©MÃø¾r¶¿ªºÃ~©Ê

5449 phusis {foo'-sis} from 5453; TDNT - 9:251,1283; n f AV - nature 10, natural + 2596 2, kind 1, mankind + 442 1; 14 1) nature 1a) the nature of things, the force, laws, order of nature 1a) as opposed to what is monstrous, abnormal, perverse 1b) as opposed what has been produced by the art of man: the natural branches, i.e. branches by the operation of nature 1b) birth, physical origin 1c) a mode of feeling and acting which by long habit has become nature 1d) the sum of innate properties and powers by which one person differs from others, distinctive native peculiarities, natural characteristics: the natural strength, ferocity, and intractability of beasts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5450 phusiosis {foo-see'-o-sis} ·½©ó 5448;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - swelling 1; 1 1) ¦Û¥H¬°¤ñ¸ûÄÝÆF, ³k°ª®ð©ù, °ª¶Æ, ź¶Æ

5450 phusiosis {foo-see'-o-sis} from 5448;; n f AV - swelling 1; 1 1) a puffing up of soul, loftiness, pride
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5451 phuteia {foo-ti'-ah} ·½©ó 5452;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - plant 1; 1 1) ®âºØ 2) ³Q®âºØªºªF¦è, ´Óª«

5451 phuteia {foo-ti'-ah} from 5452;; n f AV - plant 1; 1 1) a planting 2) the thing planted, a plant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5452 phuteuo {foot-yoo'-o} ­l¥Í©ó 5453;; °Êµü AV - plant 11; 11 1) ºØ´Ó

5452 phuteuo {foot-yoo'-o} from a derivative of 5453;; v AV - plant 11; 11 1) to plant
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5453 phuo {foo'-o} ¥i¯à­ì¬°¤@°ò¥»°Êµü, ¨ä·N¬° '¦R¤@¤f®ð" ©Î "§j®ð", ¥ç§Y ¿±µÈ, ¶©°_;; °Êµü AV - spring up 1, spring 1, as soon as it be sprung up 1; 3 1) ¥Í¤l, ¤À®Y, ²£¥Í, ¾É­P 2) ¥Í¥X¨Ó, «_¥X¨Ó, ªø¤j 3) ¼Q¥X¨Ó, «_¥X¨Ó

5453 phuo {foo'-o} a primary verb, probably originally, to "puff" or blow, i.e. to swell up;; v AV - spring up 1, spring 1, as soon as it be sprung up 1; 3 1) to beget, bring forth, produce 2) to be born, to spring up, to grow 3) to shoot forth, spring up
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5454 pholeos {fo-leh-os'} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - hole 2; 2 1) ¥i¨ÑÁôÂ꺬}¥Þ, ¬}¥Þ 2) Ã~¥Þ, Ã~ºÛ,

5454 pholeos {fo-leh-os'} of uncertain derivative;; n m AV - hole 2; 2 1) a lurking hole, a burrow 2) a lair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5455 phoneo {fo-neh'-o} ·½¦Û 5456; TDNT - 9:301,1287; °Êµü AV - call 23, crow 12, cry 5, call for 2; 42 1) ¥XÁn(Án½Õ­¢¤Á) 1)°Êª« 2)(¤H)©I³Û,¤jÁnµo¨¥,»y®ð±j½Õ 2) ¥H...ºÙ©I (#¬ù 13;13|) 3) ¥l³ê 4) ÁܽР(#¸ô 14:12|) 1a) of a cock: to crow 1b) of men: to cry, cry out, cry aloud, speak with a loud »yºA 2) to call, to call one's self, either by one's own »yºA or though another 3) to send for, summon 3a) to call out of (¥ç§Y bid one to quit a place and come to one 3b) to invite 3c) to address, accost, call by a name

5455 phoneo {fo-neh'-o} from 5456; TDNT - 9:301,1287; v AV - call 23, crow 12, cry 5, call for 2; 42 1) to sound, emit a sound, to speak 1a) of a cock: to crow 1b) of men: to cry, cry out, cry aloud, speak with a loud voice 2) to call, to call one's self, either by one's own voice or though another 3) to send for, summon 3a) to call out of (i.e. bid one to quit a place and come to one 3b) to invite 3c) to address, accost, call by a name
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5456 phone {fo-nay'} ¥i¯à©M 5316 (¨ú¨ä´¦ÅSªº·N«ä)ªñ¦ü; TDNT - 9:278,1287; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - voice 131, sound 8, be noised abroad + 1096 1, noise 1; 141 1) «üÁn­µ, ½Õ¤l 1a) «üµL¥Í©Rª«, ¦p¼Ö¾¹©Òµo¥XªºÁn­µ 2) «ü»y­µ 2a) ©I³ÛªºÁn­µ 3) «üºt»¡ 3a) »y¨¥, ¤è¨¥

5456 phone {fo-nay'} probably akin to 5316 through the idea of disclosure; TDNT - 9:278,1287; n f AV - voice 131, sound 8, be noised abroad + 1096 1, noise 1; 141 1) a sound, a tone 1a) of inanimate things, as musical instruments 2) a voice 2a) of the sound of uttered words 3) speech 3a) of a language, tongue
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5457 phos {foce} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº¦r phao (¥ú·Ó©Î¨Ï©úÅã, ¤×¨ä«ü¥Î¥ú½u, °Ñ¨£ 5316, 5346); TDNT - 9:310,1293; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - light 68, fire 2; 70 1) ¥ú 1a) ¥ú½u 1a1) ¥Ñ¿O©Òµo¥Xªº¥ú 1a2) ¤Ñ°ó¤¤ªº¥ú©ú, ¤ñ¦p¥]³ò¦b¦a¤WÅã²{®Éªº¤Ñ¨Ïªº¥ú©ú 1b) ¥ô¦ó¥i¥Hµo¥úªºªF¦è 1b1) ¬P¬P 1b2) ¤õ, ¦]¨ä©ú«G¥B·|µo¥ú 1b3) ¿O©Î¤õ¬² 1c) ¥ú©úªº, ¥ç§Y ©ú«Gªº 1c1) «ü¿O 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¯«´N¬O¥ú, ¦]¬°¥ú¥NªíµÛ·¥«×ªººë½o, ±Ó¾U, ¯Â²b, ©MÄ£²´ 2b) «ü¯u²z¤Î©M¨ä¬ÛÃöªºª¾ÃÑ, ¥[¤W©M¨ä¬ÛÃöªºÄÝÆFªº¯Â²b 2c) «ü¬°¤j²³©Òª¾¹Dªº, ¤½¶}ªº, ¤½µM¦a 2d) ²z©Ê, ¤ß´¼ 2d1) ¤F¸Ñªº¯à¤O, ¤×¨ä«ü¹ï¦³Ãö¹D¼w¤ÎÄÝÆFªº¯u²z¤è­± ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5817

5457 phos {foce} from an obsolete phao (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays, cf 5316, 5346); TDNT - 9:310,1293; n n AV - light 68, fire 2; 70 1) light 1a) the light 1a1) emitted by a lamp 1a2) a heavenly light such as surrounds angels when they appear on earth 1b) anything emitting light 1b1) a star 1b2) fire because it is light and sheds light 1b3) a lamp or torch 1c) light, i.e brightness 1c1) of a lamp 2) metaph. 2a) God is light because light has the extremely delicate, subtle, pure, brilliant quality 2b) of truth and its knowledge, together with the spiritual purity associated with it 2c) that which is exposed to the view of all, openly, publicly 2d) reason, mind 2d1) the power of understanding esp. moral and spiritual truth For Synonyms see entry 5817
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5458 phoster {foce-tare'} ·½©ó 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - light 2; 2 1) µo¥X¥ú©úªºªF¦è, µo¥úÅé 1a) ¬P¬P, ¤Ó¶§, ©M¤ë«G 2) ¥ú«G, ¥ú©ú, ©ú«G

5458 phoster {foce-tare'} from 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; n m AV - light 2; 2 1) that which gives light, an illuminator 1a) of the stars, sun and moon 2) light, brightness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5459 phosphoros {foce-for'-os} ·½©ó 5457 ©M 5342; TDNT - 9:310,1293; §Î®eµü AV - day star 1; 1 1) ±a¨Ó¥ú©ú, ©ñ¥ú 2) ª÷¬P, ±á¬P, ¥Õ±Þ¤§¬P (ª÷¬P±`¦b²M±á®É¤´²M¿ô¥i¨£) 3) Áô³ë. °ò·þ

5459 phosphoros {foce-for'-os} from 5457 and 5342; TDNT - 9:310,1293; adj AV - day star 1; 1 1) light bringing, giving light 2) the planet Venus, the morning star, day star 3) metaph. Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5460 photeinos {fo-ti-nos'} ·½¦Û 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; §Î®eµü AV - full of light 4, bright 1; 5 1) ©ú«Gªº 1a) ¥Ñ¥ú²Õ¦¨ªº 1b) ¥ú©ú¥¿¤jªº 1c) ¥Rº¡¥ú 1d) ¥ú½u¥R¨¬

5460 photeinos {fo-ti-nos'} from 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; adj AV - full of light 4, bright 1; 5 1) light 1a) composed of light 1b) of a bright character 1c) full of light 1d) well lit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5461 photizo {fo-tid'-zo} ·½©ó 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; °Êµü AV - give light 2, bring to light 2, lighten 2, enlighten 2, light 1, illuminate 1, make to see 1; 11 1) ¥H¥ú·Ó©ú, ·ÓÄ£ 2) ¨Ïµo¥ú, ÂI«G¤õ©Î¥ú, ¨Ïµo«G 3) ¨ÏÅã©ú¥X¨Ó, ¨Ï©ú¥Õ 3a) ¨ÏÁôÂ꺨ƳQÅu¶}¦b©ú³B, ¨Ï¤j®a³£¯à²M·¡©ú¥Õ 4) ÆF©Ê¤Wªº±Òµo¤Þ¾É, Äé¿é¬@±Ïªºª¾ÃÑ 4a) «ü¾É, §iª¾, ±Ð¾É 4b) ¨Ï©ú¥Õ¤F¸Ñ

5461 photizo {fo-tid'-zo} from 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; v AV - give light 2, bring to light 2, lighten 2, enlighten 2, light 1, illuminate 1, make to see 1; 11 1) to give light, to shine 2) to enlighten, light up, illumine 3) to bring to light, render evident 3a) to cause something to exist and thus come to light and become clear to all 4) to enlighten, spiritually, imbue with saving knowledge 4a) to instruct, to inform, teach 4b) to give understanding to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5462 photismos {fo-tis-mos'} ·½©ó 5461; TDNT - 9:310,1293;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - light 2; 2 1) ÄÄ©ú, ±Òµo, ÂI¤Æ, ¨Ï¶}¬ 2) ¼ä¥Õ¥ú«G, ©ú¥ú

5462 photismos {fo-tis-mos'} from 5461; TDNT - 9:310,1293; n m AV - light 2; 2 1) the act of enlightening, illumination 2) brightness, bright light
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5463 chairo {khah'-ee-ro} ­ì«¬°Êµü; TDNT - 9:359,1298; °Êµü AV - rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74 1) ³ß¼Ö, °ª¿³ 2) «D±`ªºÅw³ß 3) ª¬ªp«Ü¦n, ¿³©ô 4) ¥´©Û©I®Éªº¥Î»y 5) ®Ñ«H¶}ÀY¥Î»y: °Ý­Ô¥L¤H, ¦V¨º¤H­P·N

5463 chairo {khah'-ee-ro} a primary verb; TDNT - 9:359,1298; v AV - rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74 1) to rejoice, be glad 2) to rejoice exceedingly 3) to be well, thrive 4) in salutations, hail! 5) at the beginning of letters: to give one greeting, salute
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5464 chalaza {khal'-ad-zah} ¥i¯à·½¦Û 5465;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hail 4; 4 1) ¦B¹r

5464 chalaza {khal'-ad-zah} probably from 5465;; n f AV - hail 4; 4 1) hail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5465 chalao {khal-ah'-o} ·½¦Û the base of 5490;; °Êµü AV - let down 6, strike 1; 7 1) ÃP¶}, ¨ÏÃP¦¢, ©ñÃP 2) ¨Ï±q°ª³B¤U¨ì§C³B

5465 chalao {khal-ah'-o} from the base of 5490;; v AV - let down 6, strike 1; 7 1) to loosen, slacken, relax 2) to let down from a higher place to a lower
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5466 Chaldaios {khal-dah'-yos} ¥i¯à·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03778;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Chaldean 1; 1 ­{°Ç©³¤H= "¤gÄ[¯}ÃaªÌ" 1) ¤@¦ì­{°Ç©³¤H (#®{ 7:4|)

5466 Chaldaios {khal-dah'-yos} probably of Hebrew or 03778;; n pr m AV - Chaldean 1; 1 Chaldean = "as clod breakers" 1) a Chaldean
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5467 chalepos {khal-ep-os'} perhaps from 5465 through the idea of reducing the strength;; §Î®eµü AV - fierce 1, perilous 1; 2 1) ²¿ÃªÃø¦æ, Ãø¨ú±o, Ãø±µªñ 2) Ãø¥H©Ó¾á, ¥O¤H§xÂZªº, ¦³¦MÀIªº 2a) ÄY»Åªº, ¥û²rªº, ³¥ÆZªº (#¤Ó 8:28; ´£«á 3:1|)

5467 chalepos {khal-ep-os'} perhaps from 5465 through the idea of reducing the strength;; adj AV - fierce 1, perilous 1; 2 1) hard to do, to take, to approach 2) hard to bear, troublesome, dangerous 2a) harsh, fierce, savage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5468 chalinagogeo {khal-in-ag-ogue-eh'-o} ·½¦Û 5469ªº²V¦X¥H¤Î71ªº­«½Æ§Î¦¡;; °Êµü AV - bridle 2; 2 1) ¥Î°¨°Ç¤Þ¾É, ¤ä°t¡B±a»â 2) §í¨î, ¬ù§ô, §J¨î

5468 chalinagogeo {khal-in-ag-ogue-eh'-o} from a compound of 5469 and the reduplicated form of 71;; v AV - bridle 2; 2 1) to lead by a bridle, to guide 2) to bridle, hold in check, restrain
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5469 chalinos {khal-ee-nos'} ·½©ó 5465;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - bit 1, bridle 1; 2 1) °¨°Ç, ÄZÀô

5469 chalinos {khal-ee-nos'} from 5465;; n m AV - bit 1, bridle 1; 2 1) a bridle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5470 chalkeos {khal'-keh-os} ·½¦Û 5475;; §Î®eµü AV - brass 1; 1 1) ¶À»É¦âªº, »É»sªº (#±Ò 9:20|)

5470 chalkeos {khal'-keh-os} from 5475;; adj AV - brass 1; 1 1) brazen, made of brass
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5471 chalkeus {khalk-yooce'} ·½©ó 5475;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - coppersmith 1; 1 1) ÅK¦K©Î»É¦K, ª÷ÄÝ«~¤u¦K

5471 chalkeus {khalk-yooce'} from 5475;; n m AV - coppersmith 1; 1 1) a worker in copper or iron, a smith
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5472 chalkedon {khal-kay-dohn'} ·½©ó 5475, ¥i¯à¥[¤W 1491;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - chalcedony 1; 1 1) ¥ÉÅè(chalcedony)¬O¤@ºØ¤£³z©úªºÄ_¥Û, ¨ä¦â¿A±`¬O¦Ç¦â¤¤¦³ÂŦâ, ¶À¦â, ©Îµµ¦âµ¥¦p¶³Ãúª¬¦a²V¦b¤@°_

5472 chalkedon {khal-kay-dohn'} from 5475 and perhaps 1491;; n m AV - chalcedony 1; 1 1) chalcedony is a precious stone of misty grey colour, clouded with blue, yellow, or purple
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5473 chalkion {khal-kee'-on} ªí¥Ü¤pªº 5475;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - brasen vessel 1; 1 1) ¤@­Ó»É©Î¶À»É»sªº®e¾¹

5473 chalkion {khal-kee'-on} diminutive from 5475;; n n AV - brasen vessel 1; 1 1) a (copper or) brazen vessel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5474 chalkolibanon {khal-kol-ib'-an-on} ·½©ó 5475 ©M 3030 (¨ú¨ä·t«üªº³·¥Õ©Î¥ú«Gªº·N«ä)ªº½Æ¦X¦r;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - fine brass 2; 2 1) §Y¨Ï¤£¦pª÷¤l¶Q­«, ¤]¬Ý¦üª÷¤l¯ëªºª÷ÄÝ

5474 chalkolibanon {khal-kol-ib'-an-on} from a compound of 5475 and 3030 (in the implied mean of whiteness or brilliancy);; n n AV - fine brass 2; 2 1) some metal like gold if not more precious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5475 chalkos {khal-kos'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 5465, ¨ú¨ä²^ªÅ§@¬°®e¾¹ªº·N«ä(³oºØª÷ÄÝ¥D­n§@¬°»s§@®e¾¹¥Î);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - brass 3, money 2; 5 1) ¶À»É 2) ¥Ñ¶À»É©Ò»sªF¦è, ¿ú¹ô, »É¿ú (¿ú¹ô¥ç¦³¥Î»È©Îª÷§@ªº)

5475 chalkos {khal-kos'} perhaps from 5465 through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel (this metal being chiefly used for that purpose);; n m AV - brass 3, money 2; 5 1) brass 2) what is made of brass, money, coins of brass (also of silver and gold)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5476 chamai {kham-ah'-ee} perhaps from the base of 5490 through the idea of a fissure in the soil;; °Æµü AV - on the ground 1, to the ground 1; 2 1) ¦b¦a¤W, ¦b¦a²y¤W 2) ©¹¦a¤W

5476 chamai {kham-ah'-ee} perhaps from the base of 5490 through the idea of a fissure in the soil;; adv AV - on the ground 1, to the ground 1; 2 1) on the ground, on the earth 2) to the ground
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5477 Chanaan {khan-ah-an'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 03667;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Chanaan 2; 2 ­{«n = "§C¦a" 1) ­{«n¤§¦a 2) ¯U¸q¤W, «ü¦b¬ù¥¹¥H¦èªº¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¤§¦a 3) ¼s¸q¤W, «ü¾ã­Ó¤Ú°Ç´µ©Z¦a°Ï

5477 Chanaan {khan-ah-an'} of Hebrew origin 03667;; n pr loc AV - Chanaan 2; 2 Canaan = "lowland" 1) the land of Canaan 2) in a narrower sense: the part of Palestine lying west of the Jordan 3) in a wider sense: all of Palestine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5478 Chanaanaios {khan-ah-an-ah'-yos} ·½¦Û 5477;; §Î®eµü AV - of Canaan 1; 1 1) ­{«n¤H, ³Q¥H¦â¦C¤H©ºªA¤w¥ýªº¥j¤Ú°Ç´µ©Zªº©~¥Á 2) °ò·þªº®É¥N: µÌ¥§°ò¤H (#¤Ó 15:12|)

5478 Chanaanaios {khan-ah-an-ah'-yos} from 5477;; adj AV - of Canaan 1; 1 1) Canaanite, the name of the ancient inhabitants of Palestine before its conquest by the Israelites 2) in Christ's time: a Phoenician
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5479 chara {khar-ah'} ·½¦Û5463; TDNT - 9:359,1298; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - joy 51, gladness 3, joyful 1, joyous 1, joyfulness 1, joyfully + 3326 1, greatly 1; 59 1) ³ß¼Ö, §Ö¼Ö 1a) ¥Ñ§A¨º¸Ì±oµÛªº§Ö¼Ö 1b) ³ß¼Öªº­ì¦] 1b1) ¬Y¤H¬O¥t¤@­Ó¤H³ß¼Öªº­ì¦]

5479 chara {khar-ah'} from 5463; TDNT - 9:359,1298; n f AV - joy 51, gladness 3, joyful 1, joyous 1, joyfulness 1, joyfully + 3326 1, greatly 1; 59 1) joy, gladness 1a) the joy received from you 1b) the cause or occasion of joy 1b1) of persons who are one's joy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5480 charagma {khar'-ag-mah} »P 5482 ¦P·½ ; TDNT - 9:416,1308; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - mark 8, §í­µ²Ån 1; 9 1) ¦L³¹, »\¦L°O¸¹ 1a) ¦L¦bÃB«e©Î¬O¦b¥k¤âªº°O¸¹, §@¬°¼Ä°ò·þ¸òÀHªÌªº°O¸¹ 1b) ¯O¦L¦b°¨¨­ªº°O¸¹ 2) ÀJ¨è¤§ª«, ÀJ¶ì, ÀJ¨è«~ 2a) ±R«ô°¸¹³¤§¯«¹³

5480 charagma {khar'-ag-mah} from the same as 5482; TDNT - 9:416,1308; n n AV - mark 8, graven 1; 9 1) a stamp, an imprinted mark 1a) of the mark stamped on the forehead or the right hand as the badge of the followers of the Antichrist 1b) the mark branded upon horses 2) thing carved, sculpture, graven work 2a) of idolatrous images
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5481 charakter {khar-ak-tare'} »P 5482 ¦P·½; TDNT - 9:418,1308; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - express image 1; 1 1) ÀJÆw¤Á³Î¥Îªº¤u¨ã 2) ÀJ¶ì©Î¯O¦L¦b¨ººØ¤u¨ã¤Wªº¦L°O 2a) ¿N¦L¤W¥hªº¤@­Ó°O¸¹©Î¹Ï¹³(#§Q 13:28|²ª¸ñ), ¦L²ª 2b) ¤@­Ó¤H©Î¨Æª«¥»Å骺¯u»ª(§Î¹³), ¬Û¦üªºªí¼x, ºû§®ºû¨vªº½Æ»s, ¥ç§Y ¼±¥» (#¨Ó 1:3|)

5481 charakter {khar-ak-tare'} from the same as 5482; TDNT - 9:418,1308; n m AV - express image 1; 1 1) the instrument used for engraving or carving 2) the mark stamped upon that instrument or wrought out on it 2a) a mark or figure burned in (Lev. 13:28) or stamped on, an impression 2b) the exact expression (the image) of any person or thing, marked likeness, precise reproduction in every respect, i.e facsimile
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5482 charax {khar'-ax} from charasso (¼W±jÂI, ªñ¦ü 1125 ³z¹L"§ì"¤§·Qªk);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - trench 1; 1 1) ¤ì¬], ¤ì¼Î 2) «®©Î¤À¹Dª« 2a) ¦b¤g¦a,¥ÛÀY,¾ð¤ì,©M¤ì§÷°ï¿n¦b¤@°_¤§¶¡ªº¬É­­

5482 charax {khar'-ax} from charasso (to sharpen to a point, akin to 1125 through the idea of scratching);; n m AV - trench 1; 1 1) a pale or stake, a palisade 2) a palisade or rampart 2a) pales between which earth, stones, trees, and timbers are heaped and packed together
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5483 charizomai {khar-id'-zom-ahee} 5485ªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 9:372,1298; °Êµü AV - forgive 11, give 6, freely give 2, deliver 2, grant 1, frankly forgive 1; 23 1) ´f¬I(¥Õ¥Õµ¹¤©) 2) ¨ú®ø¶Å°È (#¸ô 7:42|) 3) ³j¸o,¼e®¤

5483 charizomai {khar-id'-zom-ahee} middle voice from 5485; TDNT - 9:372,1298; v AV - forgive 11, give 6, freely give 2, deliver 2, grant 1, frankly forgive 1; 23 1) to do something pleasant or agreeable (to one), to do a favour to, gratify 1a) to show one's self gracious, kind, benevolent 1b) to grant forgiveness, to pardon 1c) to give graciously, give freely, bestow 1c1) to forgive 1c2) graciously to restore one to another 1c3) to preserve for one a person in peril
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5484 charin {khar'-in} 5845°µ¬°¤¶µüªºª½±µ¨ü®æ; ¤¶Ã´µü AV - for this cause + 5127 3, because of 2, wherefore + 3739 1, wherefore 5101 1, for ... sake 1, to speak reproachfully + 3059 1; 9 1) ¬°¤F, ¬°¤F.....ªº½t¬G 2) ¦]¦¹, ¬°¦¹

5484 charin {khar'-in} accusative case of 5485 as preposition;; prep AV - for this cause + 5127 3, because of 2, wherefore + 3739 1, wherefore 5101 1, for ... sake 1, to speak reproachfully + 3059 1; 9 1) in favour of, for the pleasure of 2) for, for the sake of 3) on this account, for this cause
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5485 charis {khar'-ece} ·½¦Û 5463; TDNT - 9:372,1298; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156 1) ®¦¨å 1a) µ¹¤©³ß¼Ö, ´r§Ö, ªY³ß, ²¢¬ü, ¾y¤O, ¬ü¦n¤§¨¥µü¤Wªº®¦¨å 2) µ½·N, ¤¯·R, ®¦´f 2a) «ü¥Î¨ä¸t¼ä§@¥Î¦b²³¤Hªº¤W«Ò¨Ï¥L­Ì¦^Âà¦V°ò·þ¡B«O¦u¡B°í©T¡B¥[²K¥L­Ì ¹ï°ò·þªº«H¥õ¡B»{ÃÑ¡B·R¼}¨Ã¿E°_¥L­Ì¾Þ½m°ò·þ®{¬ü¼wªº·O´dµ½¦æ 3) °_¦]©ó®¦¨å¤§¨Æª« 3a) ¨ü¯«®¦©Ò´xºÞªº¤H¤§ÆF©Êª¬ªp 3b) ®¦¨åªº¼Ð°O©ÎÃÒ¾Ú, §Q¯q 3b1) ®¦¨åªºÂ§ª« 3b2) §Q¯q, ºB´n 4) ·PÁÂ, (¬°§Q¯q, ªA°È, ®¦´f), ³ø¹S, ³øµª

5485 charis {khar'-ece} from 5463; TDNT - 9:372,1298; n f AV - grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156 1) grace 1a) that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm, loveliness: grace of speech 2) good will, loving-kindness, favour 2a) of the merciful kindness by which God, exerting his holy influence upon souls, turns them to Christ, keeps, strengthens, increases them in Christian faith, knowledge, affection, and kindles them to the exercise of the Christian virtues 3) what is due to grace 3a) the spiritual condition of one governed by the power of divine grace 3b) the token or proof of grace, benefit 3b1) a gift of grace 3b2) benefit, bounty 4) thanks, (for benefits, services, favours), recompense, reward
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5486 charisma {khar'-is-mah} ±q 5483 ¦Ó¨Ó; TDNT - 9:402,1298; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gift 15, free gift 2; 17 1) ¤£¨D±ÂªÌ¤§¦^³øªº¬I®¦ 2) ¦]¯«®¦©Òµ¹ªº®¦½ç 3) «H¤ß, ª¾ÃÑ, ¸t¼ä, ¬ü¼w µ¥ªº®¦½ç 4) ¸t®¦ªº¸gÀÙ(­pºâ¤W), ¬Û«H¦]µÛ°ò·þ¤w¥I¤Wªº¥N»ù¦Ó±N³j¸o»P¥Ã¥Íµ¹¤F¸o¤H 5) ®¦¨å©Î®¦½çªí¥Ü¶W¦ÛµM¤O¶q, °Ï¤À¥X¬Y¨Ç°ò·þ®{¤Î¨Ï±o¥L­Ì¯à¨Æ©^°ò·þªº±Ð·|, ¥Ñ©ó¯«®¦ÂǸtÆF¹B¦b¥L­Ì¤ßÆF¤§±µ¯Ç

5486 charisma {khar'-is-mah} from 5483; TDNT - 9:402,1298; n n AV - gift 15, free gift 2; 17 1) a favour with which one receives without any merit of his own 2) the gift of divine grace 3) the gift of faith, knowledge, holiness, virtue 4) the economy of divine grace, by which the pardon of sin and eternal salvation is appointed to sinners in consideration of the merits of Christ laid hold of by faith 5) grace or gifts denoting extraordinary powers, distinguishing certain Christians and enabling them to serve the church of Christ, the reception of which is due to the power of divine grace operating on their souls by the Holy Spirit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5487 charitoo {khar-ee-to'-o} ·½¦Û 5485; TDNT - 9:372,1298; °Êµü AV - be highly favoured 1, make accepted 1; 2 1) À´Â§»ªªº¡B±oÅ骺 1a) °g¤Hªº, ¥i·Rªº , ¥O¤H´r§Öªº 2) ¥Î®¦¨å¥J²Ó¬ã¨s, ¥Î®¦´f¨Ó¶i¦æ 3) ¦]¬°¯«ªº¯¬ºÖ¦Ó¥úºa

5487 charitoo {khar-ee-to'-o} from 5485; TDNT - 9:372,1298; v AV - be highly favoured 1, make accepted 1; 2 1) to make graceful 1a) charming, lovely, agreeable 2) to peruse with grace, compass with favour 3) to honour with blessings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5488 Charrhan {khar-hran'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¤å 02771;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Charran 2; 2 «¢Äõ = "µn¤s®a" 1) ¦Ì¯Áªi¤j¦Ìªº¤@­Ó¥Rº¡¥j¦Ñ¿ò¸ñªº«°¥«, ¦]Crassus¤j­x¦b¦¹¼ì±Ñ¦Ó¥X¦W Crassusªº¤j­x©ó¦è¤¸«e53¦~©ó¦¹³QParthianÀ»¼ì, ¥L¦Û¨­¤]¾D¨ì¿Ñ±þ.

5488 Charrhan {khar-hran'} of Hebrew origin 02771;; n pr loc AV - Charran 2; 2 Haran = "a mountaineer" 1) a city in Mesopotamia, of great antiquity and made famous by the defeat of Crassus
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5489 chartes {khar'-tace} »P 5482 ¦P·½;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - paper 1; 1 1) ¯È

5489 chartes {khar'-tace} from the same as 5482;; n m AV - paper 1; 1 1) paper
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5490 chasma {khas'-mah} ·½©ó¤@¤w¤£¨Ï¥Îªº prim chao (¥´«¢¤í) ¤§¤@«¬;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gulf 1; 1 1) ²`§|, µõ¤f, ²`²W

5490 chasma {khas'-mah} from a form of an obsolete prim chao (to "gape" or "yawn");; n n AV - gulf 1; 1 1) a gaping opening, a chasm, a gulf
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5491 cheilos {khi'-los} ·½©ó 5490 ¤§¦P¤@«¬;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lip 6, shore 1; 7 1) ¼L®B, «ü»¡¸Üªº¼L 2) Áô³ë. ®üÃä, ®ü©¤

5491 cheilos {khi'-los} from a form of the same as 5490;; n n AV - lip 6, shore 1; 7 1) a lip, of the speaking mouth 2) metaph. the sea shore
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5492 cheimazo {khi-mad'-zo} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 5494;; °Êµü AV - be tossed with tempest 1; 1 1) ³Q¼É­·«B©Ò³ò§x, ³Q®ü®ö©ß¤W©ß¤U (#®{ 27:18|)

5492 cheimazo {khi-mad'-zo} from the same as 5494;; v AV - be tossed with tempest 1; 1 1) to afflict with a tempest, to toss about upon the waves
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5493 cheimarrhos {khi'-mar-hros} ·½¦Û the base of 5494 and 4482;; §Î®eµü AV - brook 1; 1 1) ¥V©uªº¤ô¬y, ¬x¬yªº, ©b¬yªº (#¬ù 18:1|)

5493 cheimarrhos {khi'-mar-hros} from the base of 5494 and 4482;; adj AV - brook 1; 1 1) flowing in winter, a torrent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5494 cheimon {khi-mone'} ·½¦Ûcheoªº¤@­Ó­l¥Í¦r (¶ÉÂm, ªñ¦ü 5490 ªº°ò¦ ³z¹L ³q¹Dªº·N©À), ¼É­·«Bªº·N«ä (¦³¦p¤@­Ó¶É¬Ö¤j«B);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - winter 4, tempest 1, foul weather 1; 6 1) ¥V¤Ñ 1a) ¼É­·«Bªº¤Ñ®ð 1b) ¥V¤Ñ, ¥V©u

5494 cheimon {khi-mone'} from a derivative of cheo (to pour, akin to the base of 5490 through the idea of a channel), meaning a storm (as pouring rain);; n m AV - winter 4, tempest 1, foul weather 1; 6 1) winter 1a) stormy or rainy weather, a tempest 1b) winter, the winter season
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5495 cheir {khire} ¥i¯à·½©ó 5494, ¨ú¨ä¦P·N¦r 5490 ¦r·N(¨ú¨ä²bªÅ¥H§ì¨ú¤§·N); TDNT - 9:424,1309; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hand 178, not tr 1; 179 1) ¸g¥Ñ§O¤HªºÀ°§U©Î¥ò¤¶, Âǥѥô¤@¤H 2) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk, ¥Î¥H«ü¯«ªº¤j¯à, ¬¡¤O, Åv¤O 2a) ¦b³Ð³y³o¦t©z¤W 2b) ¦b§ß«ù»P«O¦u¤W (¯«¤@ª½¦b«O¦u¤Î»²§U) 2c) ¦bÃg»@¤W 2d) ¦b¨M©w¤Î´x´¤¤Hªº©R¹B¤W

5495 cheir {khire} perhaps from the base of 5494 in the sense of its congener the base of 5490 (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); TDNT - 9:424,1309; n f AV - hand 178, not tr 1; 179 1) by the help or agency of any one, by means of any one 2) fig. applied to God symbolising his might, activity, power 2a) in creating the universe 2b) in upholding and preserving (God is present protecting and aiding one) 2c) in punishing 2d) in determining and controlling the destinies of men
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5496 cheiragogeo {khi-rag-ogue-eh'-o} TDNT - 9:435,1309; °Êµü AV - lead by the hand 2; 2 1) ¥H¤â²o¤Þ (#®{ 9:8, 22:11|)

5496 cheiragogeo {khi-rag-ogue-eh'-o} from 5497; TDNT - 9:435,1309; v AV - lead by the hand 2; 2 1) to lead by the hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5497 cheiragogos {khi-rag-o-gos'} ·½©ó 5495 ©M­«½Æ 71 ¦Ó¨Ó; TDNT - 9:435,1309;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - some to lead by the hand 1; 1 1) ¥Î¤â²o¤Þ

5497 cheiragogos {khi-rag-o-gos'} from 5495 and a reduplicated form of 71; TDNT - 9:435,1309; n m AV - some to lead by the hand 1; 1 1) leading one by the hand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5498 cheirographon {khi-rog'-raf-on} ·½¦Û5495 ¤Î 1125 ªº²V¦X; TDNT - 9:435,1309; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - handwriting 1; 1 1) µ§¸ñ, ¥Î¤â¼g¤U¨Óªº¦r 2) ¥Î¤â¼g¤Uªº³æ¾Ú¡A¥Î¥H¬ö¿ý§O¤H¦s©ñ¦b¥L¨º¸Ìªº´Ú¶µ¡A©ÎªÌ¥L ¦V¤H­É¥Îªº´Ú¶µ¡A¥H¤Î¦ó®É±N­nÂkÁÙ³oµ§¿ú¡C­É¾Ú¡C #¦è 2:14|

5498 cheirographon {khi-rog'-raf-on} from a compound of 5495 and 1125; TDNT - 9:435,1309; n n AV - handwriting 1; 1 1) a handwriting, what one has written by his own hand 2) a note of hand or writing in which one acknowledges that money has either been deposited with him or lent to him by another, to be returned at the appointed time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5499 cheiropoietos {khi-rop-oy'-ay-tos} ·½©ó 5495 ©M¤@­l¥Í©ó 4160 ªº¦r; TDNT - 9:436,1309; §Î®eµü AV - made with hands 5, made by hands 1; 6 1) ¥Î¤â°µ¥X¨Ó, ¥ç§Y¤â¤u§@«~ 1a) «ü¸t·µ, ¼q¦t 1b) «ü³Î§ 1c) «ü°¸¹³

5499 cheiropoietos {khi-rop-oy'-ay-tos} from 5495 and a derivative of 4160; TDNT - 9:436,1309; adj AV - made with hands 5, made by hands 1; 6 1) made by the hands i.e the skill of men 1a) of temples 1b) of circumcision 1c) of idols
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5500 cheirotoneo {khi-rot-on-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a comparative of 5495 and teino (to stretch); TDNT - 9:437,1309; °Êµü AV - ordain 3, choose 1; 4 1) ¦ù¤â§ë²¼ 2) ¥H²¼¿ï¥ô¬£©Î©e¥ô¬Y¾°È 3) ¿ïÁ|, ³]­p, «ü¬£

5500 cheirotoneo {khi-rot-on-eh'-o} from a comparative of 5495 and teino (to stretch); TDNT - 9:437,1309; v AV - ordain 3, choose 1; 4 1) to vote by stretching out the hand 2) to create or appoint by vote: one to have charge of some office or duty 3) to elect, create, appoint
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5501 cheiron {khi'-rone} 2556 ªº¤£³W«hÅܤƪº¤ñ¸û¯Å;; §Î®eµü AV - worse 7, sorer 1, worse + 1519 + 3588 1, worse and worse + 1909 + 3588 1, a worse thing + 5100 1; 11 1) §óÁV, §ó®t, §óÃa

5501 cheiron {khi'-rone} irregular comparative of 2556;; adj AV - worse 7, sorer 1, worse + 1519 + 3588 1, worse and worse + 1909 + 3588 1, a worse thing + 5100 1; 11 1) worse
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5502 cheroubim {kher-oo-beem'} §Æ§B¨Ó¦r 03742 ªº½Æ¼Æ; TDNT - 9:438,1312; ½Æ¼Æ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cherubim 1; 1 1) °ò¸ô§B, ©T©w¬ùÂd»\¤l¤Wªº¨â­Ó±a¯Íªº¬¡ª«ªº¹³, ¬ùÂd­ì¬O©ñ¦b¥H¦â¦C¤Hªº¸t¹õ¤¤ªº¦Ü¸t©Ò, «á³Q²¾¦Ü©Òùªù¤ý©Ò«Øªº¸t·µ¤¤ªº¦Ü¸t©Ò. ¦¹¤G¹³­±¤¬¬Û¦V, Áy´Â¤U¦VµÛ¬ùÂdªº»\¤l, ¥H¨ä ±i¶}ªº¯Í¾B»\¤F¬ùÂd. ¦b¨ä¤GªÌ¤¤¶¡ªº¦ì¸m³Q»{¬°¬O¯«©Ò³Bªº¦a¤è.

5502 cheroubim {kher-oo-beem'} plural of Hebrew origin 03742; TDNT - 9:438,1312; n n pl AV - cherubim 1; 1 1) cherubim, two golden figures of living creatures with two wings; they were fastened to the lid of the ark of the covenant in the holy of holies (both at the sacred tabernacle and of Solomon's temple) in such a manner that their faces were turned towards each other and down towards the lid, which they overshadowed with their expanded wings. Between these figures God was regarded as having fixed his dwelling place.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5503 chera {khay'-rah} ³±©Êªº±À´ú­l¥Í¦r¡AÅãµMªºÂǵۡu¤£¨¬¡vªº·N©À·½¦Û 5490 ; TDNT - 9:440,1313; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - widow 27; 27 1) ¹è°ü 2) Áô³ë¡G ¤@­Ó«°¥«³Q­é¹Ü±¼©~¥Á¥H¤Î°]´I¡A³oºØ±¡ªp³Q´yø¦¨¡u¹è°ü¡v

5503 chera {khay'-rah} feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of 5490 through the idea of deficiency; TDNT - 9:440,1313; n f AV - widow 27; 27 1) a widow 2) metaph. a city stripped of its inhabitants and riches is represented under the figure of a widow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5504 chthes {khthes} §ä¤£¨ì©M¨ä¬Ûªñªº¦r;; °Æµü AV - yesterday 3; 3 1) ¬Q¤Ñ

5504 chthes {khthes} of uncertain derivation;; adv AV - yesterday 3; 3 1) yesterday
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5505 chilias {khil-ee-as'} ·½©ó 5507; TDNT - 9:466,1316; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - thousand 23; 23 1) ¤@¤d­Ó, ¤@¤d

5505 chilias {khil-ee-as'} from 5507; TDNT - 9:466,1316; n f AV - thousand 23; 23 1) a thousand, the number one thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5506 chiliarchos {khil-ee'-ar-khos} ·½¦Û 5507 ¤Î 757;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - chief captain 19, captain 2, high captain 1; 22 1) ¤d¤Òªø, ¤@¤d­Ó¤h§Lªº«ü´§©x 2) ¤@­Óù°¨­x¨Æªk®xªº«ü´§©x 3) ¥ô¦ó­x¶¤ªº«ü´§©x

5506 chiliarchos {khil-ee'-ar-khos} from 5507 and 757;; n m AV - chief captain 19, captain 2, high captain 1; 22 1) a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand soldiers 2) the commander of a Roman cohort (a military tribunal) 3) any military commander
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5507 chilioi {khil'-ee-oy} ¤£½T©w affinity ¤§½Æ¼Æ ; TDNT - 9:466,1316; §Î®eµü AV - thousand 11; 11 1) ¤@¤d

5507 chilioi {khil'-ee-oy} plural of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 9:466,1316; adj AV - thousand 11; 11 1) a thousand
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5508 Chios {khee'-os} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Chios 1; 1 °òªü = "³Q³·Âл\ªº, ¦h³·ªº" 1) ·Rµ^®ü¤¤ªº¤@­Ó®q, ¤¶¦b¼»¼¯©MLesbos¤§¶¡, ¶Z§f¤jªº®ü©¤¤£»·

5508 Chios {khee'-os} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Chios 1; 1 Chios = "snowy" 1) is an island in the Aegean, between Samos and Lesbos, not far from the shore of Lydia
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5509 chiton {khee-tone'} of foreign origin 03801;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - coat 9, garment 1, clothes 1; 11 1) ºò¨­¤W¦ç, ¤º¦ç, ³q±`¬ï¦b¦çªA³Ì¸Ì­±, ¥~¦ç, ¥~³T

5509 chiton {khee-tone'} of foreign origin 03801;; n m AV - coat 9, garment 1, clothes 1; 11 1) a tunic, an undergarment, usually worn next to the skin, a garment, a vestment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5510 chion {khee-one'} ¥i¯àªñ¦ü 5490 ªº¦r·½ (5465) ©Î 5494 (·N¬°´î¤Ö©ÎªÅªº);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - snow 3; 3 1) ³·

5510 chion {khee-one'} perhaps akin to the base of 5490 (5465) or 5494 (as descending or empty);; n f AV - snow 3; 3 1) snow
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5511 chlamus {khlam-ooce'} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - robe 2; 2 1) ¤@¥ó chalamys, ³q±`¬O¬ï¦b§ô¸y¥~¦ç¤Wªº¥~³T 2) ¤h§L, ­x©x, ¦a¤è¦æ¬F©x, °ê¤ý, ¬Ó«Ò©Ò¬ïªº¤@ºØµu©Ü­·

5511 chlamus {khlam-ooce'} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - robe 2; 2 1) a chalamys, an outer garment usually worn over the tunic 2) a kind of short cloak worn by soldiers, military officers, magistrates, kings, emperors
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5512 chleuazo {khlyoo-ad'-zo} ·½¦Û a derivative probably of 5491;; °Êµü AV - mock 2; 2 1) ¼J¯º, ¼J§Ë, ÃÕ»¦§O¤H (#®{ 2:13; 17:32|)

5512 chleuazo {khlyoo-ad'-zo} from a derivative probably of 5491;; v AV - mock 2; 2 1) to mock, deride, jeer
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5513 chliaros {khlee-ar-os'} ·½¦Û chlio (to warm); TDNT - 2:876,296; §Î®eµü AV - lukewarm 1; 1 1) ·Å¼öªº, ·L·Åªº 2) Áô³ë. ÆF©Ê¤W°_°_¥ñ¥ñ, ¦b·R¤ß¤W©¿¦Ó¼ö±¡©¿¦Ó«å´k (#±Ò 36|)

5513 chliaros {khlee-ar-os'} from chlio (to warm); TDNT - 2:876,296; adj AV - lukewarm 1; 1 1) tepid, lukewarm 2) metaph. of the condition of the soul wretchedly fluctuating between a torpor and a fervour of love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5514 Chloe {khlo'-ay} ÅãµM·½¦Û¤@°ò¥»¦r«¬, "ºñ";;³±©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Chloe 1; 1 ­²¨Ó¤ó = "ºñ¦âÃįó" 1) ¦b­ôªL¦hªº¤@¦ì°ò·þ®{°ü¤k(#ªL«e 1:11|)

5514 Chloe {khlo'-ay} from apparently a primary word, "green";; n pr f AV - Chloe 1; 1 Chloe = "a green herb" 1) a Christian woman of Corinth
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5515 chloros {khlo-ros'} ·½¦Û »P...¦P 5514;; §Î®eµü AV - green 3, pale 1; 4 1) «Cºñ¦âªº 2) ²H¶À¦â,¡@ÃZ¶À¦â¡@

5515 chloros {khlo-ros'} from the same as 5514;; adj AV - green 3, pale 1; 4 1) green 2) yellowish pale
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5516 chi xi stigma {khee xee stig'-ma} the 22d, 14th and an obsolete letter (4742 as a cross) of the Greek alphabet (intermediate between the 5th and 6th), used as ¼Æs;; ¼Æ representation AV - six hundred threescore and six 1; 1 1) ¤»¦Ê¤»¤Q¤», ¨ä·N¸q¦¨¬°¹L¦h®{³ÒµL¯q´¢´úªº®Ú·½ (#±Ò 13:18|)

5516 chi xi stigma {khee xee stig'-ma} the 22d, 14th and an obsolete letter (4742 as a cross) of the Greek alphabet (intermediate between the 5th and 6th), used as numbers;; number representation AV - six hundred threescore and six 1; 1 1) six hundred and sixty six, the meaning of which is the basis of much vain speculation
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5517 choikos {kho-ik-os'} ·½¦Û 5522; TDNT - 9:472,1318; §Î®eµü AV - earthly 4; 4 1) ¨Ï¤g¦aªº, ¤g½èªº (#ªL«e 15:47-49|)

5517 choikos {kho-ik-os'} from 5522; TDNT - 9:472,1318; adj AV - earthly 4; 4 1) made of earth, earthy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5518 choinix {khoy'-nix} ¦r·½¤£¸Ô;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - measure 2; 2 1) 1 choenix, °®ª«ªº«×¶q³æ¦ì, ¬Û·í©ó 4 cotylae ©Î 2 setarii (¤p©ó§Ú­Ìªº¦j²æ, ¤@¤½¤É) (©Î¬Û·í©ó¤@­Ó¤H´¶³q¤@¤Ñªº­¹¶q)

5518 choinix {khoy'-nix} of uncertain derivation;; n f AV - measure 2; 2 1) a choenix, a dry measure, containing four cotylae or two setarii (less than our quart, one litre) (or as much as would support a man of moderate appetite for a day)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5519 choiros {khoy'-ros} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - swine 14; 14 1) ½Þ

5519 choiros {khoy'-ros} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - swine 14; 14 1) a swine
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5520 cholao {khol-ah'-o} ·½¦Û 5521;; °Êµü AV - be angry 1; 1 1) ©ö«ã 2) ®ð¼« 3) ¥Í®ð, ¨Ï¤H¾_«ã (#¬ù 7:23|)

5520 cholao {khol-ah'-o} from 5521;; v AV - be angry 1; 1 1) to be atrabilious 2) to be mad 3) to be angry, enraged
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5521 chole {khol-ay'} ·½¦Û¥i¯àªñ¦ü»P 5514 ¬Û¦P·N«äªº¦P¸q¦r (·½¦Ûºñ¦â¦â±m);; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - gall 2; 2 1) Áx¥Ä, ­WÁx¥Ä 2) ¦b¬ù¸t¸g¸Ì²ßºD¥Î©ó¨ä¥L­WªºªF¦è 2a) ­W¦ã 2b) ¥i¯à¬O¨SÃÄ

5521 chole {khol-ay'} from an equivalent perhaps akin to the same as 5514 (from the greenish hue);; n f AV - gall 2; 2 1) bile, gall 2) in the OT used of other bitter things 2a) wormwood 2b) possibly myrrh
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5522 choos {kho'-os} ¥H 5494 ¬°°òªº¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - dust 2; 2 1) ¯Ò°_ªº¤g, ¤g°ï 2) ¤g¹Ð

5522 choos {kho'-os} from the base of 5494;; n m AV - dust 2; 2 1) earth dug out, an earth heap 2) dust
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5523 Chorazin {khor-ad-zin'} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;; ±M¦³¦a¦W AV - Chorazin 2; 2 ­ô©Ô¦Ä = "·Ï¤õº²Äl" 1) ¦b¥[§Q§Qªº¤@­Ó«°Âí

5523 Chorazin {khor-ad-zin'} of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc AV - Chorazin 2; 2 Chorazin = "a furnace of smoke" 1) a town in Galilee
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5524 choregeo {khor-ayg-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a compound of 5525 and 71;; °Êµü AV - minister 1, give 1; 2 1) ¦X°Û¹Î»â³S, »â¾É¦X°Û¹Î 2) ­t¾á¦X°Û¶¤ªº©Ò¦³¶}¤ä 3) ´£¨Ñ¾á­t¦X°Û¶¤ªº¤@¤Á©Ò»Ý 4) ¨ÑÀ³, Â×´Iªº¨Ñµ¹ (#ªL«á 9:10; ©¼«e 4:11|)

5524 choregeo {khor-ayg-eh'-o} from a compound of 5525 and 71;; v AV - minister 1, give 1; 2 1) to be a chorus leader, lead a chorus 2) to furnish the chorus at one's own expense 3) to procure and supply all things necessary to fit out a chorus 4) to supply, furnish abundantly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5525 choros {khor-os'} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - dancing 1; 1 1) ¤@À°»RªÌ©MºqªÌ, ¶°é°éªº»R¨B, »RÁÐ, ¸õ»R

5525 choros {khor-os'} of uncertain derivation;; n m AV - dancing 1; 1 1) a band (of dancers and singers), circular dance, a dance, dancing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5526 chortazo {khor-tad'-zo} ·½¦Û 5528;; °Êµü AV - fill 12, be full 1, satisfy 1, feed 1; 15 1) ¥HªÚ¯ó¡B«C¯ó¡B°®¯óÁý¾i, ¥Î­¹ª«¥Rº¡¡Bº¡¨¬, ¾iªÎ 1a) ¥u¹ï°Êª«¦Ó¨¥ 2) ¥Rº¡¡Bº¡¨¬¤H 3) ¹ê²{©Îº¡¨¬¥ô¦ó¤Hªº´÷±æ

5526 chortazo {khor-tad'-zo} from 5528;; v AV - fill 12, be full 1, satisfy 1, feed 1; 15 1) to feed with herbs, grass, hay, to fill, satisfy with food, to fatten 1a) of animals 2) to fill or satisfy men 3) to fulfil or satisfy the desire of any one
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5527 chortasma {khor'-tas-mah} ·½©ó 5526;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sustenance 1; 1 1) ¹}®Æ, °Êª«ªº­¹Â³ 2) ­¹ª«, (½­µæ)­¹Â³, ¤£½×¬Oµ¹¤H¦Yªº©Îµ¹°Êª«¦Yªº

5527 chortasma {khor'-tas-mah} from 5526;; n n AV - sustenance 1; 1 1) feed, fodder for animals 2) food, (vegetable) sustenance, whether for men or flocks
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5528 chortos {khor'-tos} ÅãµM¬°°ò¥»¦r«¬;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - grass 12, blade 2, hay 1; 15 1) «C¯ó¥Íªø¨Ã°Êª«¦Y¯óªº¦a¤è 2) «C¯ó, ªª¯ó, °®¯ó, ³¯ó 2a) «üºñ¦â«C¯ó 2b) «ü¥Íªøªº²ø½[

5528 chortos {khor'-tos} apparently a primary word;; n m AV - grass 12, blade 2, hay 1; 15 1) the place where grass grows and animals graze 2) grass, herbage, hay, provender 2a) of green grass 2b) of growing crops
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5529 Chouzas {khood-zas'} ¨Ó·½¤£©ú;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Chuza 1; 1 ­W¼» = "¹w¨¥ªÌ" 1) §Æ«ß¦w´£©¬ªº®a®_

5529 Chouzas {khood-zas'} of uncertain origin;; n pr m AV - Chuza 1; 1 Chuza = "the seer" 1) the house steward of Herod Antipas
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5530 chraomai {khrah'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA of a primary°Êµü(¬Û·í¥i¯à·½¦Û 5495, to handle);; °Êµü AV - use 10, entreat 1; 11 1) ±µ¨ü¬Y­É¶Uª««~ 2) ­É¤J, ­É¿ú, ­ÉªF¦è 3) ®³¨Ó¨Ï¥Î 3a) °Ê¥Î¬Y¼ËªF¦è

5530 chraomai {khrah'-om-ahee} middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from 5495, to handle);; v AV - use 10, entreat 1; 11 1) to receive a loan 2) borrow 3) to take for one's use, to use 3a) to make use of a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5531 chrao {khrah'-o} probably »P...¦P the base of 5530;; °Êµü AV - lend 1; 1 1) §â...­É¥X ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5827

5531 chrao {khrah'-o} probably the same as the base of 5530;; v AV - lend 1; 1 1) to lend For Synonyms see entry 5827
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5532 chreia {khri'-ah} ·½¦Û5530 ©Î 5534;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - need 25, need + 2192 14, necessity 3, use 2, needful 1, necessary 1, business 1, lack 1, wants 1; 49 1) ¥²»Ý, »Ý¨D 2) ³d¥ô, ¨Æ°È

5532 chreia {khri'-ah} from the base of 5530 or 5534;; n f AV - need 25, need + 2192 14, necessity 3, use 2, needful 1, necessary 1, business 1, lack 1, wants 1; 49 1) necessity, need 2) duty, business
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5533 chreopheiletes {khreh-o-fi-let'-ace} ·½©ó 5531 ©M 3781 ªº­l¥Í¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - debtor 2; 2 1) ¶Å°È¤H, ­É¥D

5533 chreopheiletes {khreh-o-fi-let'-ace} from a derivative of 5531 and 3781;; n m AV - debtor 2; 2 1) a debtor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5534 chre {khray} third person singular of the same as 5530 or 5531 used impersonally;; v AV - ought 1; 1 1) ¦³»Ý­n, À³·í 2) ¦³¥²­n (#¶® 3:10|) ¦P¸qµü ¨£ 5829

5534 chre {khray} third person singular of the same as 5530 or 5531 used impersonally;; v AV - ought 1; 1 1) it is necessary 2) it behooves For Synonyms see entry 5829
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5535 chrezo {khrade'-zo} ·½¦Û 5532;; °Êµü AV - have need 3, need 2; 5 1) »Ý¥Î, »Ý¨D

5535 chrezo {khrade'-zo} from 5532;; v AV - have need 3, need 2; 5 1) to have need of, to be in want of
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5536 chrema {khray'-mah} ¤@­Ó°ò¥»ªº¦r; TDNT - 9:480,1319; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - money 4, riches 3, 7 1) ¤@­Ó¨Æ¥ó, ¤@­ÓªF¦è, ¨Æª«, ¨Æ¥ó, ¨Æ±¡, ª«¥ó, ¨Æ°È 1a) ¤×¨ä«ü ª÷¿ú, °]´I

5536 chrema {khray'-mah} a primitive word; TDNT - 9:480,1319; n n AV - money 4, riches 3, 7 1) a thing, a matter, affair, event, business 1a) spec. money, riches
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5537 chrematizo {khray-mat-id'-zo} ·½©ó 5536; TDNT - 9:480,1319; °Êµü AV - be warned of God 3, call 2, be admonished of God 1, reveal 1, speak 1, be warned from God 1; 9 1) ¶i¦æ¥æ©ö, ³B²z¨Æ°È, ¤×¨ä«ü³B²z©M¤½¦@¦³Ãöªº¨Æ±¡ 1a) «üÂI¬Y¤H¦³Ãö³B²z¤½²³¨Æ°Èªº·N¨£ 1b) ¦^´_§O¤H¹ï©ó«ü¾É, ·í¤Uªº¸ß°Ý, ©Î­n¨Dµ¥µ¥ 1b1) «ü¤h®v, ªk©x, ¦æ¬Fªø©x, ²ÎªvªÌ, §g¤ýµ¥ 2) ¹ï¤^¨D¯«¿ÙªÌªº¦^À³, µ¹¤©©v±Ð¤Wªº©R¥O©Î°V»|, ¥Ñ¯«¨Óªº«ü¥Ü 2a) ¨ü¨ì¯«±Òªº©R¥O, °V¥Ü, ©Î«ü¥Ü 2b) ¯«±Ò²§¶Hªº¥N¨¥¤H, ¹{§G¯«ªº©R¥O 3) ¾á­t°_©Î±µ¨ü¬ÛÃö©ó©Ò§@¤½²³¨Æ°ÈªºÂ¾»Î 3a) ±o¨ì¤@­Ó¾¦ì©ÎÀY»Î, ³QºÙ§@

5537 chrematizo {khray-mat-id'-zo} from 5536; TDNT - 9:480,1319; v AV - be warned of God 3, call 2, be admonished of God 1, reveal 1, speak 1, be warned from God 1; 9 1) to transact business, esp. to manage public affairs 1a) to advise or consult with one about public affairs 1b) to make answer to those who ask for advice, present enquiries or requests, etc. 1b1) of judges, magistrates, rulers, kings 2) to give a response to those consulting an oracle, to give a divine command or admonition, to teach from heaven 2a) to be divinely commanded, admonished, instructed 2b) to be the mouthpiece of divine revelations, to promulgate the commands of God 3) to assume or take to one's self a name from one's public business 3a) to receive a name or title, be called
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5538 chrematismos {khray-mat-is-mos'} ·½©ó 5537; TDNT - 9:482,1319;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - answer of God 1; 1 1) ¯«ªº¦^À³, ¯«ªº±Ò¥Ü, ¯«³ë

5538 chrematismos {khray-mat-is-mos'} from 5537; TDNT - 9:482,1319; n m AV - answer of God 1; 1 1) a divine response, an oracle
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5539 chresimos {khray'-see-mos} ·½¦Û 5540;; §Î®eµü AV - profit 1; 1 1) ¦X¥Îªº, ¦³¯q³Bªº (#´£«á 2:14|)

5539 chresimos {khray'-see-mos} from 5540;; adj AV - profit 1; 1 1) fit for use, useful
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5540 chresis {khray'-sis} ·½©ó 5530;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - use 2; 2 1) ¥Î³B 1a) «ü°ü¤k¦b¸Ñ¨M©Ê¼¤¤Wªº¥Î³B(#ù 1:26-27|)

5540 chresis {khray'-sis} from 5530;; n f AV - use 2; 2 1) use 1a) of the sexual use of a woman
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5541 chresteuomai {khraste-yoo'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from 5543; TDNT - 9:491,1320; °Êµü AV - be kind 1; 1 1) ¦æ¬°Á|¤îªí²{·Å¬X, ¦³®¦·O, ©Mħ¬Û«Ý (#ªL«e 13:4|)

5541 chresteuomai {khraste-yoo'-om-ahee} middle voice from 5543; TDNT - 9:491,1320; v AV - be kind 1; 1 1) to show one's self mild, to be kind, use kindness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5542 chrestologia {khrase-tol-og-ee'-ah} ·½©ó 5543 ©M 3004 ªº½Æ¦X¦r; TDNT - 9:492,1320; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - good words 1; 1 1) °Q¦n¤Hªº¨¥µü, °°µ½«o¥­¹ê¤S¦ü¦X²zªº½×­z

5542 chrestologia {khrase-tol-og-ee'-ah} from a compound of 5543 and 3004; TDNT - 9:492,1320; n f AV - good words 1; 1 1) fair speaking, the smooth and plausible address which simulates goodness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5543 chrestos {khrase-tos'} ·½¦Û 5530; TDNT - 9:483,1320; §Î®eµü AV - kind 2, easy 1, better 1, goodness 1, good 1, gracious 1; 7 1) ¦X¾A, ¦X¥Îªº, ¦³¥Î¦³À°§Uªº 1a) ¨}µ½¥¿ª½ªº, ¦nªº 2) ¥iºÞ²zªº, ©ö¿ì§´ªº 2a) ·Å©Mªº, µÎªA´r§Öªº (¹ï¤ñ©ó²ÊÁW¦y¾Uªº, ­W¨ý¨¯»Äªº) 2b) «ü¨Æª«: ¤ñ¸ûµÎ¾Aªº; «ü¤H: ¤¯·O«p¹D¦³·R¤ß ªº

5543 chrestos {khrase-tos'} from 5530; TDNT - 9:483,1320; adj AV - kind 2, easy 1, better 1, goodness 1, good 1, gracious 1; 7 1) fit, fit for use, useful 1a) virtuous, good 2) manageable 2a) mild, pleasant (as opp. to harsh, hard sharp, bitter) 2b) of things: more pleasant, of people, kind, benevolent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5544 chrestotes {khray-stot'-ace} ·½©ó 5543; TDNT - 9:489,1320; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - goodness 4, kindness 4, good 1, gentleness 1; 10 1) ¹D¼w°ª©|, ¥¿ª½ 2) ¤¯·O, ©Mµ½

5544 chrestotes {khray-stot'-ace} from 5543; TDNT - 9:489,1320; n f AV - goodness 4, kindness 4, good 1, gentleness 1; 10 1) moral goodness, integrity 2) benignity, kindness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5545 chrisma {khris'-mah} ·½©ó 5548; TDNT - 9:493,1322; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - anointing 2, unction 1; 3 1) ¥Î¨Ó¶îºNªº¥ô¦óªF¦è, ³n»I, ªo»I; ³q±`§Æ§B¨Ó¤H¬O¥Îªo¤Î§@­»®Æªº¯óÃĵ¥§@¦¨. ªo»I ¤§Â§¥Î©ó²½¥qªº´N¾¨å§¤¤.

5545 chrisma {khris'-mah} from 5548; TDNT - 9:493,1322; n n AV - anointing 2, unction 1; 3 1) anything smeared on, unguent, ointment, usually prepared by the Hebrews from oil and aromatic herbs. Anointing was the inaugural ceremony for priests
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5546 Christianos {khris-tee-an-os'} ·½©ó 5547; TDNT - 9:493,1322;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Christian 3; 3 1) °ò·þ®{, °ò·þªº¸òÀHªÌ

5546 Christianos {khris-tee-an-os'} from 5547; TDNT - 9:493,1322; n pr m AV - Christian 3; 3 1) Christian, a follower of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5547 Christos {khris-tos'} ·½¦Û 5548; TDNT - 9:493,1322; §Î®eµü ´Ü©w¥» - Christ 569; 569 °ò·þ = ¡u¨ü»Iªº¡v 1) °ò·þ¬OÀ±ÁɨÈ, ¤W«Òªº¨à¤l 2) ¨ü»Iªº

5547 Christos {khris-tos'} from 5548; TDNT - 9:493,1322; adj AV - Christ 569; 569 Christ = "anointed" 1) Christ was the Messiah, the Son of God 2) anointed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5548 chrio {khree'-o} ¥i¯à©M 5530 ªñ¦ü, ¨ú¨ä ±µÄ² ªº·N«ä; TDNT - 9:493,1322; °Êµü AV - anoint 5; 5 1) ¥Hªo»I»I¤§ 1a) «Ê¤©­C¿qÀ±ÁɨȪºÂ¾¤À, ¨Ã½ç¤©¥L¦æ¨Æ©Ò»ÝªºÅv¬` 1b) «ü°ò·þ®{©Ó¨ü¸tÆFªº¬~§ ¨ä¦P·N¦r, ¨£ 5805

5548 chrio {khree'-o} probably akin to 5530 through the idea of contact; TDNT - 9:493,1322; v AV - anoint 5; 5 1) to anoint 1a) consecrating Jesus to the Messianic office, and furnishing him with the necessary powers for its administration 1b) enduing Christians with the gifts of the Holy Spirit For Synonyms see entry 5805
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5549 chronizo {khron-id'-zo} ·½©ó 5550;; °Êµü AV - delay 2, tarry 2, tarry so long 1; 5 1) ©ì©ì©Ô©Ô, ©ì©µ, ¯ÔÀÁ, ©µ¿ð

5549 chronizo {khron-id'-zo} from 5550;; v AV - delay 2, tarry 2, tarry so long 1; 5 1) to linger, delay, tarry
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5550 chronos {khron'-os} °_·½¤£©ú½T; TDNT - 9:581,1337; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - time 33, season 4, while 2, a while 2, space 2, oftentimes + 4183 1, not tr 5, misc 4; 53 1) ¤@¬q©Îªø©Îµuªº®É¶¡ ¦P¸q¦r, °Ñ¨£ 5853

5550 chronos {khron'-os} of uncertain derivation; TDNT - 9:581,1337; n m AV - time 33, season 4, while 2, a while 2, space 2, oftentimes + 4183 1, not tr 5, misc 4; 53 1) time either long or short For Synonyms see entry 5853
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5551 chronotribeo {khron-ot-rib-eh'-o} ·½¦Û a presumed compound of 5550 and the base of 5147;; °Êµü AV - spend time 1; 1 1) ®ø¯Ó®É¶¡, ªá®É¶¡ (#®{ 20:16|)

5551 chronotribeo {khron-ot-rib-eh'-o} from a presumed compound of 5550 and the base of 5147;; v AV - spend time 1; 1 1) to wear away time, spend time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5552 chruseos {khroo'-seh-os} ·½¦Û 5557; §Î®eµü AV - golden 15, of gold 3; 18 1) ª÷ªº 2) ª÷¤l°µªº 3) ª÷¤lÆ^´O©Î¥]»qªº

5552 chruseos {khroo'-seh-os} from 5557;; adj AV - golden 15, of gold 3; 18 1) golden 2) made of gold 3) overlaid or covered with gold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5553 chrusion {khroo-see'-on} ªí¥Ü¤p¤Ø¤oªº 5557;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - gold 9; 9 1) ª÷, «ü®I¦b¦a¤¤ªºª÷Äq¤Î³Q«õ±¸¥X¨Óªºª÷¤l 2) «ü±Nª÷¤lº²·Ò­«ïý©Ò§@ªººë«~ 2a) ª÷¹ô 2b) ª÷ªº¹¢ª« 2c) ª÷¤l©Ò°µªº¬Ã«~

5553 chrusion {khroo-see'-on} diminutive of 5557;; n n AV - gold 9; 9 1) gold, both that which lies imbedded in the earth and is dug out of it 2) that which has been smelted and wrought 2a) of a gold coin 2b) of golden ornaments 2c) of precious things made of gold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5554 chrusodaktulios {khroo-sod-ak-too'-lee-os} ·½¦Û 5557 and 1146;; §Î®eµü AV - with a gold ring 1; 1 1) ¦³ª÷§Ù«üªº, ¥Hª÷§Ù«ü¬°§©¸Ë¹¢ (#¶® 2:2|)

5554 chrusodaktulios {khroo-sod-ak-too'-lee-os} from 5557 and 1146;; adj AV - with a gold ring 1; 1 1) gold ringed, adorned with gold rings
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5555 chrusolithos {khroo-sol'-ee-thos} ·½¦Û 5557 ©M 3037;; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - chrysolite 1; 1 1) ¶Q¾ñÆV¥Û, ¤@ºØ¶Àª÷¦âªº¬Ã¶Q¥ÛÀY {#±Ò 21:20|}

5555 chrusolithos {khroo-sol'-ee-thos} from 5557 and 3037;; n m AV - chrysolite 1; 1 1) chrysolite is a precious stone of golden colour
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5556 chrusoprasos {khroo-sop'-ras-os} ·½©ó 5557 ©M prason (­´µæ);;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - chrysoprasus 1; 1 1) chrysoprasus ¬O¤@ºØºñ¦âªñ©óª÷¦â(chrusos, 5557)ªº¥ÛÀY, ¦]¦¹¦Ó±o¦W; ¦p¦b¯ÝµP¤Wªºº¿·ê, ¨ä­ì¬O ®³¥±¥L§Q ªºÄ_¥Û (Gill)

5556 chrusoprasos {khroo-sop'-ras-os} from 5557 and prason (a leek);; n m AV - chrysoprasus 1; 1 1) chrysoprasus is a stone of green colour, inclined to that of gold, from whence it has its name; for this is agate in the breast plate, which was Naphtali's stone. (Gill)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5557 chrusos {khroo-sos'} ¥i¯à·½©ó 5530 ªº¦r·½ (¨ú¨äª÷½è¤u¨ãªº·N«ä), ª÷;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - gold 13; 13 1) ¥Ñª÷¤l©Ò»sªº¶Q­«¤§ª«, ª÷½è¸Ë¹¢«~ 1a) ¯«©ÒÅã¥Üªº¤@­Ó§Î¹³ 1b) ¦L¦³¹Ï°Oªºª÷¤l, ª÷¹ô

5557 chrusos {khroo-sos'} perhaps from the base of 5530 (through the idea of the utility of the metal), gold;; n m AV - gold 13; 13 1) precious things made of gold, golden ornaments 1a) an image made of gold 1b) stamped gold, gold coin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5558 chrusoo {khroo-so'-o} ·½¦Û 5557;; °Êµü AV - deck 2; 2 1) ¥Hª÷¬°¸Ë¹¢, §â...Æ^ª÷ 1a) «ü¤k¤H¥H¤j¶qªºª÷¹¢«~¬°§©¹¢¨Ï¬Ý°_¨Ó¹³Æ^Áá¤Fª÷ (#±Ò 1:4; 18:16|)

5558 chrusoo {khroo-so'-o} from 5557;; v AV - deck 2; 2 1) to adorn with gold, to gild 1a) of a woman ornamented with gold so profusely that she seems to be gilded
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5559 chros {khroce} ¦b IJºN ªº·N¸q¤W, ¥i¯àªñ¦ü 5530 ªº¦r·½;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - body 1; 1 1) ¨­Å骺ªí­±, ¥Ö½§

5559 chros {khroce} probably akin to the base of 5530 through the idea of handling;; n m AV - body 1; 1 1) the surface of the body, the skin
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5560 cholos {kho-los'} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú;; §Î®eµü AV - lame 10, halt 4, cripple 1; 15 1) ¶_ªº, ¿a»Lªº 1a) ¤@°¦¸}¶Ë´Ýªº, ´Ý¼oªº, ¥|ªÏ¤£¥þªº

5560 cholos {kho-los'} apparently a primary word;; adj AV - lame 10, halt 4, cripple 1; 15 1) lame 1a) deprived of a foot, maimed
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5561 chora {kho'-rah} ¥H5490¬°°ò¦¦Ó­l¥Í¥X¨Óªº¦r¡A¥Ñ¼sÁ諸¦a¤è³o¼Ëªº·§©À¦Ó¨Ó¡F³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - country 15, region 5, land 3, field 2, ground 1, coast 1; 27 1) ¨â­Ó¦a¤è¤§¶¡ªºªÅ¶¡¡A©ÎªÌ½d³ò 2) ¤@­Ó¦a°Ï©Î¤@­Ó°ê®a¡A¥ç§Y¤@¤ù¤g¦a 2a) ¦b¤@­Ó«°É]©PÃ䪺¦a°Ï¡]¶m§ø¡^¡A©Î§ø²ø¡A¶m¶¡ 2b) ³ò¶¦b¥D­n«°É]¥|©P¦a°Ïªº«°É] 3) ³Q±ù¹L©Î¯Ñ§@¹Lªº¤g¦a¡A¦a­± ¦P¸qµü¨£5875

5561 chora {kho'-rah} from a derivative of the base of 5490 through the idea of empty expanse;; n f AV - country 15, region 5, land 3, field 2, ground 1, coast 1; 27 1) the space lying between two places or limits 2) a region or country i.e. a tract of land 2a) the (rural) region surrounding a city or village, the country 2b) the region with towns and villages which surround a metropolis 3) land which is ploughed or cultivated, ground For Synonyms see entry 5875
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5562 choreo {kho-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 5561;; °Êµü AV - receive 3, contain 2, come 1, go 1, have place 1, cannot receive + 3756 1, be room to receive 1; 10 1) ¥Ñ¤@­Ó¦a¤è, ²¾¨ì¥t¤@­Ó¦a¤è, # ¥i 15:17| "¹B¨ì" ¨{¤l¸Ì 1a) ®¬§ï: #©¼«á 3:9| ¤DÄ@¤H¤H³£ "®¬§ï" 2) ¦³ªÅ³B¥i¥H±µ¯Ç©Î²±¬Y¨ÇªF¦è. # ¥i 2:2| ¨S¦³"ªÅ¦a"; # ¬ù 8:37; 21:25| "®e"¤£¤U 2a) ¤ñ³ë¥Îªk--ØÒ®e: #ªL«á 7:2| ¤ß¼e¤jªº¦¬®e§Ú­Ì 3) ¦³¶i¤@¨Bªº¦æ°Ê, «e¶i ¦P¸qµü¨£ 5818

5562 choreo {kho-reh'-o} from 5561;; v AV - receive 3, contain 2, come 1, go 1, have place 1, cannot receive + 3756 1, be room to receive 1; 10 1) to leave space (which may be filled or occupied by another), to make room, give place, yield 1a) to retire 1b) metaph. to betake one's self, turn one's self 2) to go forward, advance, proceed, succeed 3) to have space or room for receiving or holding something For Synonyms see entry 5818
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5563 chorizo {kho-rid'-zo} ·½ 5561;; °Êµü AV - de¤Àµü8, separate 3, put asunder 2; 13 1) ¤À¶}, ¹º¤À, ¨Ï¤Àµõ, ©î¶}, ²æÂ÷, Â÷¶} 1a) Â÷¶}¤V¤Ò©Î©d¤l 1a) Â÷±B 1b) Â÷¶}, Â÷¥h

5563 chorizo {kho-rid'-zo} from 5561;; v AV - depart 8, separate 3, put asunder 2; 13 1) to separate, divide, part, put asunder, to separate one's self from, to depart 1a) to leave a husband or wife 1a) of divorce 1b) to depart, go away
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5564 chorion {kho-ree'-on} 5561ªºÁY¤p«¬¡H¡H¡H;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - field 3, land 3, place 2, parcel of ground 1, possession 1; 10 1) ¦a¤è 2) ¤g¦a ¨£¦P¸qµü 5875

5564 chorion {kho-ree'-on} diminutive of 5561;; n n AV - field 3, land 3, place 2, parcel of ground 1, possession 1; 10 1) a space, a place, a region, a district 2) a piece of ground, a field, land For Synonyms see entry 5875
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5565 choris {kho-rece'} ·½©ó 5561;; °Æµü AV - without 35, beside 3, by itself 1; 39 1) ¤ÀÂ÷, °£¶} 1a) ¨S¦³ 1b) °£¤F...

5565 choris {kho-rece'} from 5561;; adv AV - without 35, beside 3, by itself 1; 39 1) separate, apart 1a) without any 1b) besides
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5566 choros {kho'-ros} ·½©ó©Ô¤B¤å;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - north west 1; 1 1) ¦è¥_­· (#®{ 27:12|) 2) «ü­·§j¨Óªº¤è¦V, ±N¤ÑªÅ¤À§@¥|­Ó¤è¦V®Éªº¨ä¤¤¤@­Ó¤è¦V

5566 choros {kho'-ros} of Latin origin;; n m AV - north west 1; 1 1) the northwest wind 2) for the quarter of the heavens from which the wind blows
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5567 psallo {psal'-lo} TDNT - 8:489,1225; °Êµü AV - sing 3, sing psalms 1, make melody 1; 5 1) ­ì·N¬°"ºK","¼u"(©¶¼Ö¾¹) 2) ºq°Û,ºq¹|

5567 psallo {psal'-lo} probably strengthened from psao (to rub or touch the surface, cf 5597); TDNT - 8:489,1225; v AV - sing 3, sing psalms 1, make melody 1; 5 1) to pluck off, pull out 2) to cause to vibrate by touching, to twang 2a) to touch or strike the chord, to twang the strings of a musical instrument so that they gently vibrate 2b) to play on a stringed instrument, to play, the harp, etc. 2c) to sing to the music of the harp 2d) in the NT to sing a hymn, to celebrate the praises of God in song
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5568 psalmos {psal-mos'} ·½©ó 5567; TDNT - 8:489,1225;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - psalm 5, Psalm 2; 7 1) ºVÀ», ¼·©¶ 1a) ºV¥´¼Ö¾¹ªº©¶ 1b) ¸t¼Ö, ¸Ö½g ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5876

5568 psalmos {psal-mos'} from 5567; TDNT - 8:489,1225; n m AV - psalm 5, Psalm 2; 7 1) a striking, twanging 1a) of a striking the chords of a musical instrument 1b) of a pious song, a psalm For Synonyms see entry 5876
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5569 pseudadelphos {psyoo-dad'-el-fos} ·½©ó 5571 ©M 80; TDNT - 1:144,22;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - false brother 2; 2 1) °²§Ì¥S 2) «ü¸ØºÙ¬O°ò·þ®{, «o¯Ê¥F°@¸Û©M¹ï°ò·þªº»{ÃѪº¤H

5569 pseudadelphos {psyoo-dad'-el-fos} from 5571 and 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; n m AV - false brother 2; 2 1) a false brother 2) one who ostentatiously professes to be a Christian, but is destitute of Christian knowledge and piety
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5570 pseudapostolos {psyoo-dap-os'-tol-os} ·½©ó 5571 ©M 652; TDNT - 1:445,67;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - false apostle 1; 1 1) °²¨Ï®{, «ü¦Û¤v°°ºÙ¬O§@°ò·þªº¨Ï®{ªº¤H

5570 pseudapostolos {psyoo-dap-os'-tol-os} from 5571 and 652; TDNT - 1:445,67; n m AV - false apostle 1; 1 1) a false apostle, one who falsely claims to be an ambassador of Christ
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5571 pseudes {psyoo-dace'} ·½¦Û 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; §Î®eµü AV - liar 2, false 1; 3 1) »¡ÁÀªº, µê°²ªº, ¿ùÂÕªº

5571 pseudes {psyoo-dace'} from 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; adj AV - liar 2, false 1; 3 1) lying, deceitful, false
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5572 pseudodidaskalos {psyoo-dod-id-as'-kal-os} ·½©ó 5571 ©M 1320; TDNT - 2:160,161;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - false teacher 1; 1 1) °²±Ð®v, °²®v³Å

5572 pseudodidaskalos {psyoo-dod-id-as'-kal-os} from 5571 and 1320; TDNT - 2:160,161; n m AV - false teacher 1; 1 1) a false teacher
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5573 pseudologos {psyoo-dol-og'-os} ·½¦Û 5571 and 3004;; §Î®eµü AV - speªñ¦üg lies 1; 1 1) ¤£¥¿½Tªººt»¡ (±Ð¾É), »¡ÁÀ¸Ü (#´£«e 4:2|)

5573 pseudologos {psyoo-dol-og'-os} from 5571 and 3004;; adj AV - speaking lies 1; 1 1) speaking (teaching) falsely, speaking lies
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5574 pseudomai {psyoo'-dom-ahee} ¤@¦r®Ú«¬°ÊµüªºÃö¨­»yºA; TDNT - 9:594,1339; °Êµü AV - lie 11, falsely 1; 12 1) ´ÛÄF, »¡¤£¹êªº¸Ü 2) ¥HÁÀ¨¥¶BÄF¤H, ´Û«¡

5574 pseudomai {psyoo'-dom-ahee} middle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 9:594,1339; v AV - lie 11, falsely 1; 12 1) to lie, to speak deliberate falsehoods 2) to deceive one by a lie, to lie to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5575 pseudomartur {psyoo-dom-ar'-toor} ·½©ó 5571 ©M 3144; TDNT - 4:513,*;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - false witness 3; 3 1) °²¨£ÃÒ

5575 pseudomartur {psyoo-dom-ar'-toor} from 5571 and a kindred form of 3144; TDNT - 4:513,*; n m AV - false witness 3; 3 1) a false witness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5576 pseudomartureo {psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh'-o} ·½¦Û 5575; TDNT - 4:513,564; °Êµü AV - bear false witness 6; 6 1) ¶D»¡µê°²¨£ÃÒªº, §@°²¨£ÃÒ, ¦¨¬°°²¨£ÃÒ¤H

5576 pseudomartureo {psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh'-o} from 5575; TDNT - 4:513,564; v AV - bear false witness 6; 6 1) to utter falsehoods in giving testimony, to testify falsely, to bear false witness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5577 pseudomarturia {psyoo-dom-ar-too-ree'-ah} ·½©ó 5575; TDNT - 4:513,564; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - false witness 2; 2 1) °²¨£ÃÒ, ¤£¹êªºÃÒ¨¥

5577 pseudomarturia {psyoo-dom-ar-too-ree'-ah} from 5575; TDNT - 4:513,564; n f AV - false witness 2; 2 1) false witness, false testimony
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5578 pseudoprophetes {psyoo-dop-rof-ay'-tace} ·½¦Û5571 and 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; ¶§©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- false prophet 11; 11 1) ¼Ò¥é,¨ü¨ì¯«¸t·P°Êªº¥ýª¾,ªº°Ê§@ªº¤H,Âǵۯ«¸t¥ýª¾­Ì ªº¦W»¡¥Xµê°°ªº¸Ü 2) °²¥ýª¾

5578 pseudoprophetes {psyoo-dop-rof-ay'-tace} from 5571 and 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; n m AV - false prophet 11; 11 1) one who, acting the part of a divinely inspired prophet, utters falsehoods under the name of divine prophecies 2) a false prophet
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5579 pseudos {psyoo'-dos} ·½©ó 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lie 7, lying 2; 9 1) ÁÀ¨¥ 2) ¨è·N¦³·N¦a³y°² 3) ¼s¸q¤W, «ü¥ô¦óµê°²¤£¹êªºªF¦è 3a) ¤£¥¿·íªº, ¤£°@¸Ûªº, µêÁÀªº§Ù©R

5579 pseudos {psyoo'-dos} from 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n n AV - lie 7, lying 2; 9 1) a lie 2) conscious and intentional falsehood 3) in a broad sense, whatever is not what it seems to be 3a) of perverse, impious, deceitful precepts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5580 pseudochristos {psyoo-dokh'-ris-tos} ·½©ó 5571 ©M 5547;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - false Christ 2; 2 1) °²°ò·þ(°²À±ÁɨÈ) 2) °²ºÙ¨ãÀ±ÁɨȪº¦W¸¹©M¾¤Àªº¤H

5580 pseudochristos {psyoo-dokh'-ris-tos} from 5571 and 5547;; n m AV - false Christ 2; 2 1) a false Christ (or Messiah) 2) one who falsely lays claim to the name and office of the Messiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5581 pseudonumos {psyoo-do'-noo-mos} ·½¦Û 5571 and 3686; TDNT - 5:282,694; §Î®eµü AV - falsely so called 1; 1 1) ¿ù»~ªººÙ©I (#´£«e 6:20|)

5581 pseudonumos {psyoo-do'-noo-mos} from 5571 and 3686; TDNT - 5:282,694; adj AV - falsely so called 1; 1 1) falsely named
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5582 pseusma {psyoos'-mah} ·½©ó 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - lie 1; 1 1) µê°², ÁÀ¨¥ 2) ­I«q, ¤£©¾, «ü¤H¤£«H¯«³´¦b¸o¤¤

5582 pseusma {psyoos'-mah} from 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n n AV - lie 1; 1 1) a falsehood, a lie 2) the perfidy by which a man by sinning breaks faith with God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5583 pseustes {psyoos-tace'} ·½©ó 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - liar 10; 10 1) »¡ÁÀªÌ 2) ¤£¦u«H¥Îªº¤H 3) µê°°¤£¹ê¤SµL«H¥Îªº¤H

5583 pseustes {psyoos-tace'} from 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n m AV - liar 10; 10 1) a liar 2) one who breaks faith 3) a false and faithless man
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5584 pselaphao {psay-laf-ah'-o} ·½©ó 5567 (°Ñ¨£ 5586) ªº¦r·½;; °Êµü AV - handle 2, feel after 1, touch 1; 4 1) ºNIJ, ¥Î±µÄ²¨ÓÀò±o·Pı 2) Áô³ë. ¥Î¤ß´¼¨Ó´M¨D«ä¯Á¬Y¤H©Î¬Yª«©Ò¥Nªíªº·N¸q, ´¢¼¯

5584 pselaphao {psay-laf-ah'-o} from the base of 5567 (cf 5586);; v AV - handle 2, feel after 1, touch 1; 4 1) to handle, touch and feel 2) metaph. mentally to seek after tokens of a person or a thing
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5585 psephizo {psay-fid'-zo} ·½¦Û 5586; TDNT - 9:604,1341; °Êµü AV - ¦¸¼Æ2; 2 1) ºâ¥X (¯µ±K¼Æ¦r); ¨£ #±Ò13: 18| 2) ­pºâ (ªá¶O), ¨£ #¸ô14: 28|

5585 psephizo {psay-fid'-zo} from 5586; TDNT - 9:604,1341; v AV - count 2; 2 1) to count with pebbles, to compute, calculate, reckon 2) to give one's vote by casting a pebble into the urn 3) to decide by voting
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5586 psephos {psay'-fos} »P 5584 ¦P·½; TDNT - 9:604,1341; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - stone 2, voice 1; 3 1) ¤p¦Ó¿i·Æªº¥ÛÀY, ¤p¶ê¥Û, # ±Ò 2:17| : ¤@¶ô¥Õ "¥Û"¡A"¥Û"¤W¼gµÛ·s¦W¡A... 2) §ë²¼ (¥H­pºâ¤p¶ê¥Û¨Ó§ë²¼), # ®{ 26:10 : §ë²¼¤Ï¹ï ©M¦X§@: ¥X¦W©w®×) (¥j¥Nªº¼f§P¤¤¥H¶Â¦â¤p¥Û¨Óªí¥Ü§P¨M¦³¸o, ¥Õ¦â¤p¥Û¥Nªí§P©wµL¸o)

5586 psephos {psay'-fos} from the same as 5584; TDNT - 9:604,1341; n f AV - stone 2, voice 1; 3 1) a small worn smooth stone, a pebble 1a) in the ancient courts of justice the accused were condemned by black pebbles and the acquitted by white 2) a vote (on account of the use of pebbles in voting)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5587 psithurismos {psith-oo-ris-mos'} ·½©ó­l¥Í©ó psithos (ÁÁ¶Ç, ·t¥Ü©Ê·´Á½¨¥»y, ¥i¯àªñ¦ü©ó 5574) ªº¦r;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - whispering 1; 1 1) ¦Õ»y, ÁÁ¶Ç, ¥ç§Y ¨p¤U¬y¶Çªº½ÚÁ½ 2) ª±³D¤Hªº§CÁn±K»y

5587 psithurismos {psith-oo-ris-mos'} from a derivative of psithos (a whisper; by implication, a slander, probably akin to 5574);; n m AV - whispering 1; 1 1) a whispering, i.e. secret slandering 2) of the magical murmuring of a charmer of snakes
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5588 psithuristes {psith-oo-ris-tace'} »P 5587 ¦P·½;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - whisperer 1; 1 1) ÁÁ¨¥, ¬y¨¥, ·´Á½

5588 psithuristes {psith-oo-ris-tace'} from the same as 5587;; n m AV - whisperer 1; 1 1) a whisperer, secret slanderer, detractor
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5589 psichion {psikh-ee'-on} ­l¥Í©ó 5567 (¸H®h), ªí¥Ü¤p¤Ø¤oªº;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - crumb 3; 3 1) ¤@¤p¤f, ¤Ö¶q, ¸H®h

5589 psichion {psikh-ee'-on} diminutive from a derivative of the base of 5567 (meaning a crumb);; n n AV - crumb 3; 3 1) a little morsel, a crumb
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5590 psuche {psoo-khay'} ·½¦Û 5594; TDNT - 9:608,1342; ³±©Ê¦Wµü ´Ü©w¥»- soul 58, life 40, mind 3, heart 1, heartily + 1537 1, not tr 2; 105 1) ®ð®§¡A©I§l 1a) ¥Í©Rªº®ð®§ 1a1) Âǵ۩I§l½á»P¨­Åé¥Í©R©M±iÅ㥦¦Û¤vªº¨º¤@­Ó¥Í©R¬¡°Ê¯à¤O 1a1a) «ü°Êª«ªº®ð®§ 1a12) «ü¤Hªº¥Í©R 1b) ¥Í©R 1c) ¦b¨ä¤¤¦³¥Í©R 1c1) ¤@­Ó¬¡ªº¥Í©R¥»½è¡A¤@­Ó¬¡ªº»î 2) »î 2a) ·P±¡¡A¼¤±æ¡A·R¼}¡A¶û´cªº¤¤¤ß©Ò¦b¦a¡]§Ú­Ìªº¤ß¡A»î¡Aµ¥µ¥¡^ 2b) ¬O«ü¡]¤HÃþªº¡^»î¡A¦]µÛ»îªººc¦¨¥i¥HÂǵۥ¿½Tªº¹B¥Î¯«©Ò½çªºÀ°§U¡A ¦Ó¯à¹F¨ì¨ä³Ì°ªªº¥Øªº¡A©M½T¹êÀò±o¥Ã«íªº¯¬ºÖ¡A³o­Ó»î¬O«ü¨º¤@ºØ ¬°¤F¥Ã¦sªº¥Í©R¦Ó³]­pªº¹D¼wªº¥Í©R¥»½è 2c) ¬O«ü¨º¤@­Ó»P¨­Å餣¬Û¦Pªº¥»½è¡A¨Ã¥B¤£·|¦]¦º¤`¦Ó·´·À¡]¬O»P¨­Åé¨ä¥Lªº³¡¤À¦³¤À§Oªº¡^

5590 psuche {psoo-khay'} from 5594; TDNT - 9:608,1342; n f AV - soul 58, life 40, mind 3, heart 1, heartily + 1537 1, not tr 2; 105 1) breath 1a) the breath of life 1a1) the vital force which animates the body and shows itself in breathing 1a1a) of animals 1a12) of men 1b) life 1c) that in which there is life 1c1) a living being, a living soul 2) the soul 2a) the seat of the feelings, desires, affections, aversions (our heart, soul etc.) 2b) the (human) soul in so far as it is constituted that by the right use of the aids offered it by God it can attain its highest end and secure eternal blessedness, the soul regarded as a moral being designed for everlasting life 2c) the soul as an essence which differs from the body and is not dissolved by death (distinguished from other parts of the body)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5591 psuchikos {psoo-khee-kos'} from 5590; TDNT - 9:661,1342; adj AV - natural 4, sensual 2; 6 1) ©I§l®ð®§ªº¡M©ÎªÌÄÝ©ó©I§l®ð®§ 1a) ¦³©I§l®ð®§ªº¥»½è©M¯S½è 1a1) °Êª«¥Í¬¡ªº­ì«h, ¨º¬O¤H©M³¥Ã~©Ò¾Ö¦³ªº¦@¦PÂI 1b) ³Q©I§l®ð®§©Ò´xºÞ 1b1) ©ö³Q¼¤±æ©M±¡·P¤ä°tªº·P©x¥»½è

5591 psuchikos {psoo-khee-kos'} from 5590; TDNT - 9:661,1342; adj AV - natural 4, sensual 2; 6 1) of or belonging to breath 1a) having the nature and characteristics of the breath 1a1) the principal of animal life, which men have in common with the brutes 1b) governed by breath 1b1) the sensuous nature with its subjection to appetite and passion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5592 psuchos {psoo'-khos} ·½©ó 5594;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - cold 3; 3 1) §N

5592 psuchos {psoo'-khos} from 5594;; n n AV - cold 3; 3 1) cold
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5593 psuchros {psoo-chros'} ·½¦Û 5592; TDNT - 2:876,296; §Î®eµü AV - cold 4; 4 1) §C·Åªº, ²M²Dªº 1a) «ü¦B²Dªº¤ô 2) Áô³ë. 2a) ¦B§N, ¥ç§YÃi´²ªº, ¿ð¶wªº 2b) ¤ß¤¤·N¦V: «ü¤@­Ó¤H¯Ê¥F¼ö¸Ûªº°ò·þ®{ªº«H¤ß©M¹ï¸t¼äªº´÷±æ

5593 psuchros {psoo-chros'} from 5592; TDNT - 2:876,296; adj AV - cold 4; 4 1) cold, cool 1a) of cool water 2) metaph. 2a) cold i.e. sluggish, inert 2b) in mind: of one destitute of warm Christian faith and the desire for holiness
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5594 psucho {psoo'-kho} a primary verb;; °Êµü AV - wax cold 1; 1 1) ©I§l, §j, §âªF¦è§j²D 2) ¨Ïº¥º¥Åܦ¨²Dªº©Î§Nªº 3) Áô³ë. «ü³vº¥´î®zªº·R (#¤Ó 24:12|)

5594 psucho {psoo'-kho} a primary verb;; v AV - wax cold 1; 1 1) to breathe, blow, cool by blowing 2) to be made or grow cool or cold 3) metaph. of waning love
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5595 psomizo {pso-mid'-zo} ·½¦Û the base of 5596;; °Êµü AV - bestow to feed 1, feed 1; 2 1) §â¤@ÂIÂIªF¦è©Î§â (­¹ª«ªº) ¸H®hÁý¶i¼L¤Ú 1a) «üÀ¦¨à, ¥®¤pªº°Êª«µ¥µ¥ 2) Áý­¹, ¾i¨| 3) ´£¨ÑªF¦è¨Ï¬Y¤H¯à¹¡, ¨Ñµ¹§O¤H

5595 psomizo {pso-mid'-zo} from the base of 5596;; v AV - bestow to feed 1, feed 1; 2 1) to feed by putting a bit or crumb (of food) into the mouth 1a) of infants, young animals etc. 2) to feed, nourish 3) to give a thing to feed someone, feed out to
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5596 psomion {pso-mee'-on} ¤pªº ±q 5597 ¬°°ò¦¤Þ¥Ó¥X;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - sop 4; 4 1) ¤@ÂI¹s¸H, ¤@ÂI, ¤Ö¶q

5596 psomion {pso-mee'-on} diminutive from a derivative of the base of 5597;; n n AV - sop 4; 4 1) a fragment, bit, morsel
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5597 psocho {pso'-kho} ÂX®i«¬ from the same base as 5567;; °Êµü AV - rub 1; 1 1) ¿i·l, ¿iÀ¿, ¿i¦¨¸H¤ù (#¸ô 6:1|)

5597 psocho {pso'-kho} prolongation from the same base as 5567;; v AV - rub 1; 1 1) to rub, to rub to pieces
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5598 omega {o'-meg-ah} °ò¥»¦r; TDNT - 1:1,*; ¦Wµü AV - Omega 4; 4 1) §ÆÃ¾¤å¦r¥Àªº³Ì«á¤@­Ó¦r 2) ³Ì«á

5598 omega {o'-meg-ah} a primitive word; TDNT - 1:1,*; n AV - Omega 4; 4 1) the last letter in the Greek alphabet 2) the last
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5599 o {o} ¤@­Ó¥D­nªº·P¹Äµü;; ·P¹Äµü AV - O 15, not tr 1; 16 1) ·P¹Äµü, ¾¼¡I

5599 o {o} a primary interj.;; interj AV - O 15, not tr 1; 16 1) the interjection, O!
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5600 o {o} ¥]¬A³æ¼Æ²Ä¤G©M²Ä¤T¤HºÙ, ¦p es {ace}, e {ay}, µ¥. 1510 ªº°²³]»y®ð³æ¼Æ²Ä¤@¤HºÙ;; °Êµü AV - be 22, may be 22, should be 6, is 5, might be 2, were 1, not tr 4, misc 4; 66 1) ¬O, ¥i¯à¬O, µ¥

5600 o {o} including the oblique forms, as well as es {ace}, e {ay}, etc. the subjunctive of 1510;; v AV - be 22, may be 22, should be 6, is 5, might be 2, were 1, not tr 4, misc 4; 66 1) be, may be, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5601 Obed {o-bade'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 05744;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Obed 3; 3 «X³Æ±o= "ªA°È" 1) ¤j½Ã¤ýªº¯ª¤÷

5601 Obed {o-bade'} of Hebrew origin 05744;; n pr m AV - Obed 3; 3 Obed = "serving" 1) the grandfather of king David
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5602 hode {ho'-deh} ·½¦Û3592ªº°Æµü«¬; °Æµü AV - here 44, hither 13, in this place 1, this place 1, there 1; 60 1) ³o¸Ì, ¹ï³o¦a¤è,

5602 hode {ho'-deh} from an adverb form of 3592;; adv AV - here 44, hither 13, in this place 1, this place 1, there 1; 60 1) here, to this place, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5603 ode {o-day'} ·½©ó 103; TDNT - 1:164,24; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - song 7; 7 1) ¤@­ººq¦±, ±Ô¨Æ¸Ö, ¸Öºq, ¦X°Ûªº¦±¤l ¨ä¦P¸qµü, ¨£ 5876

5603 ode {o-day'} from 103; TDNT - 1:164,24; n f AV - song 7; 7 1) a song, lay, ode For Synonyms see entry 5876
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5604 odin {o-deen'} ªñ¦ü©ó 3601; TDNT - 9:667,1353; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - sorrow 2, pain 1, travail 1; 4 1) ¥Í²£¤§­W, ¤À®Yªºµh­W, ¥Í²£ªº°}µh 2) Ãø¥H§Ô¨üªº­Wµh, «üÀ±ÁɨȦAÁ{«eªº·¥¤jªº¨aº×

5604 odin {o-deen'} akin to 3601; TDNT - 9:667,1353; n f AV - sorrow 2, pain 1, travail 1; 4 1) the pain of childbirth, travail pain, birth pangs 2) intolerable anguish, in reference to the dire calamities precede the advent of the Messiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5605 odino {o-dee'-no} ·½¦Û 5604; TDNT - 9:667,1353; °Êµü AV - travail in birth 2, travail 1; 3 1) ·P¨ü¥Í²£¤§µh, Á}­W³Ò°Ê

5605 odino {o-dee'-no} from 5604; TDNT - 9:667,1353; v AV - travail in birth 2, travail 1; 3 1) to feel the pains of child birth, to travail
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5606 omos {o'-mos} ¥i¯à·½©ó 5342 ªº¥t¤@«¬;;¶§©Ê¦Wµü AV - shoulder 2; 2 1) ªÓÀY, ªÓ»H

5606 omos {o'-mos} perhaps from the alternate of 5342;; n m AV - shoulder 2; 2 1) a shoulder
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5607 on {oan} ¥]§t³±©Êousa {oo'-sah} ¤Î¤¤©Ê on {on} 1510 ªº²{¦b¤Àµü of ; TDNT - 2:398,*; °Êµü¤Àµü AV - being 36, when ... was 8, which is 12, that is 8, not tr 10, misc 80; 154 1) ¦s¦b...µ¥µ¥

5607 on {oan} including the feminine ousa {oo'-sah} and the neuter on {on} present participle of 1510; TDNT - 2:398,*; v participle AV - being 36, when ... was 8, which is 12, that is 8, not tr 10, misc 80; 154 1) being, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5608 oneomai {o-neh'-om-ahee} Ãö¨­»yºA »yºA from an apparently primary onos (a sum or price);; °Êµü AV - buy 1; 1 1) ÁÊ, ¶R (#®{ 7:16|)

5608 oneomai {o-neh'-om-ahee} middle voice from an apparently primary onos (a sum or price);; v AV - buy 1; 1 1) to buy
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5609 oon {o-on'} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú;; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - egg 1; 1 1) ³J

5609 oon {o-on'} apparently a primary word;; n n AV - egg 1; 1 1) an egg
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5610 hora {ho'-rah} ÅãµM¬O¤@­Ó¦r®Ú«¬ªº¦r; TDNT - 9:675,1355; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - hour 89, time 11, season 3, misc 5; 108 1) «ü¬Y¯S©wªº®É¶¡©Î¦ÛµM©u¸`(¨C¦~¤@«×ªº) 1a) ¨C¦~ªº©u¸`, ¬K, ®L, ¬î, ¥V 2) ¥Õ¤Ñ (¤é¥X¤é¸¨¤§¶¡ªº®É¶¡), ¤@¤Ñ 3) ¥Õ¤Ñªº¤Q¤G¤À¤§¤@ªº®É¶¡, ¤@­Ó¤p®É (¥H¤Q¤G­Ó¤p®É¬°¤é¥X¦Ü¤é¸¨ªº®É¶¡) 4) ¥ô¦ó¤@­Ó¯S©wªº®É¶¡, ¬Y­Ó®É¨è, ¬Y¤@¨è

5610 hora {ho'-rah} apparently a primary word; TDNT - 9:675,1355; n f AV - hour 89, time 11, season 3, misc 5; 108 1) a certain definite time or season fixed by natural law and returning with the revolving year 1a) of the seasons of the year, spring, summer, autumn, winter 2) the daytime (bounded by the rising and setting of the sun), a day 3) a twelfth part of the day-time, an hour, (the twelve hours of the day are reckoned from the rising to the setting of the sun) 4) any definite time, point of time, moment
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5611 horaios {ho-rah'-yos} ·½¦Û 5610;; §Î®eµü AV - beautiful 4; 4 1) ¿³©ô, ¬üÄRªº (¥Î©ó´y­z¤HÅé)

5611 horaios {ho-rah'-yos} from 5610;; adj AV - beautiful 4; 4 1) blooming, beautiful (used of the human body)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5612 oruomai {o-roo'-om-ahee} °Êµü AV - roaring 1; 1 1) §q¥s (#©¼«e 5:8|)

5612 oruomai {o-roo'-om-ahee} middle voice of an apparently primary verb;; v AV - roaring 1; 1 1) to roar, to howl (of a lion, wolf, dog, and other beasts) 1a) of men, to raise a loud and inarticulate cry: either of grief, or of joy 2) to sing with a loud voice
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5613 hos {hoce} °Æµü AV - as 342, when 42, how 18, as it were 20, about 14, misc 56; 492 1) (¤ñ¸û) ¦p¦P, ¹³, ¦n¹³, ¦ü¥G, °ò©ó...ªº²z¥Ñ, ÂǤf 2) ±µ¼Æ¥Ø¦r®É: ¤j¬ù, °Ñ¤Q¤@18; ¤G¤Q¤@8; 3) ¥Î©ó¤Þ¾É¦Wµü; ¦p¦ó, ¨º¼Ëªº¨Æ; 4) ®É¶¡»Pµ²½×©Êªº§Uµü, «á±µ²{¦b¦¡©Î¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨: ·í, ¥u­n, ¥¿·í...®É­Ô, ·í...®É; «á±µÂ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡: ·í...®É, ¦b...¤§«á; ©Ò¥H, ¥H«K©ó, ¦]¬°.

5613 hos {hoce} probably from comparative from 3739;; adv AV - as 342, when 42, how 18, as it were 20, about 14, misc 56; 492 1) as, like, even as, etc.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5614 hosanna {ho-san-nah'} of Hebrew origin 03467 and 04994; TDNT - 9:682,1356; ·P¹Äµü AV - Hosanna 6; 6 1) ©M´²¨º 2) ¦N²»ªº, ¶¶§Qªº

5614 hosanna {ho-san-nah'} of Hebrew origin 03467 and 04994; TDNT - 9:682,1356; interj AV - Hosanna 6; 6 1) hosanna 2) be propitious
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5615 hosautos {ho-sow'-toce} ·½¦Û 5613 and an °Æµü from 846;; °Æµü AV - likewise 13, in like manner 2, even so 1, after the same manner 1; 17 1) ·ÓµÛ¦P¼Ëªº¼Ò¦¡, ·Ó¼Ë¦a

5615 hosautos {ho-sow'-toce} from 5613 and an adverb from 846;; adv AV - likewise 13, in like manner 2, even so 1, after the same manner 1; 17 1) in like manner, likewise
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5616 hosei {ho-si'} ·½©ó 5613 ©M 1487;; °Æµü AV - about 18, as 7, like 5, as it had been 2, as it were 1, like as 1; 34 1) ´N¦n¹³¬O, ´N¹³¨ä´¿¸g¬O..., §Ï©», ¦p¦P, ¹³...¤@¯ë, ¦n¹³ 2) ¤j¬ù, ¬ù¬O 2a) ¥Î©ó¼Æ¦r¤§«e 2b) ¥Î©ó¤@¬q®É¶¡¤§«e

5616 hosei {ho-si'} from 5613 and 1487;; adv AV - about 18, as 7, like 5, as it had been 2, as it were 1, like as 1; 34 1) as it were, (had been), as though, as, like as, like 2) about, nearly 2a) before numerals 2b) before a measure of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5617 Hosee {ho-say-eh'} ·½©ó§Æ§B¨Ó¦r 01954;;¶§©Ê±M¦³¦Wµü AV - Osee 1; 1 ¦ó¦èªü = "¬@±Ï" 1) §Æ§B¨Ó¤HµÛ¦Wªº¥ýª¾¤§¤@(²Ä¤@­Ó¤p¥ýª¾), ³Æ§Qªº¨à¤l, ·í­Cùªi¦w¤G¥@¦b¦ì®É©ó¥_°ê¥H¦â¦C§@¥ýª¾, ¬O©M¥HÁɨȦP®É¥Nªº¤H.

5617 Hosee {ho-say-eh'} of Hebrew origin 01954;; n pr m AV - Osee 1; 1 Hosea = "salvation" 1) the well known Hebrew prophet, son of Beeri and contemporary with Isaiah
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5618 hosper {hoce'-per} ·½©ó 5613 ©M 4007;; °Æµü AV - as 39, even as 2, like as 1; 42 1) ¥¿¦p¦P, ´N¹³¬O

5618 hosper {hoce'-per} from 5613 and 4007;; adv AV - as 39, even as 2, like as 1; 42 1) just as, even as
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5619 hosperei {hoce-per-i'} ·½¦Û 5618 and 1487;; °Æµü AV - as 1; 1 1) ¦p¦P, ¦p¦P´¿¬O (#ªL«e 15:8|)

5619 hosperei {hoce-per-i'} from 5618 and 1487;; adv AV - as 1; 1 1) as, as it were
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5620 hoste {hoce'-teh} ·½¦Û5613©M5037;; ½èµü/»y§Uµü AV - so that 25, wherefore 17, insomuch that 16, therefore 9, that 6, so then 5, to 3, as 1, insomuch as 1; 83 1) ¥H­P, ©Ò¥H, ¦p¦¹¦a 2) ¥H«K©ó, ¦]¦¹, ©Ò¥H, ¥u¦n, ¬°¤F....¤°»ò¥Øªº

5620 hoste {hoce'-teh} from 5613 and 5037;; particle AV - so that 25, wherefore 17, insomuch that 16, therefore 9, that 6, so then 5, to 3, as 1, insomuch as 1; 83 1) so that, insomuch that 2) so then, therefore, wherefore
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5621 otion {o-tee'-on} ¤pªº 3775; TDNT - 5:558,744; ¤¤©Ê¦Wµü AV - ear 5; 5 1) ¦Õ¦·

5621 otion {o-tee'-on} diminutive of 3775; TDNT - 5:558,744; n n AV - ear 5; 5 1) the ear
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5622 opheleia {o-fel'-i-ah} from a derivative of the base of 5624;; ³±©Ê¦Wµü AV - profit 1, advantage 1; 2 1) ¥Î³B, ¯q³B, §Q¯q, ³Ó¹L ( #ù 3:1| )

5622 opheleia {o-fel'-i-ah} from a derivative of the base of 5624;; n f AV - profit 1, advantage 1; 2 1) usefulness, advantage, profit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5623 opheleo {o-fel-eh'-o} »P 5622 ¦P·½;; °Êµü AV - profit 11, prevail 2, better 1, advantage 1; 15 1) ¨ó§U, ¦³¥Îªº, ¦³§Q©ó...

5623 opheleo {o-fel-eh'-o} from the same as 5622;; v AV - profit 11, prevail 2, better 1, advantage 1; 15 1) to assist, to be useful or advantageous, to profit
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5624 ophelimos {o-fel'-ee-mos} ·½¦Û ...¤§¤@«¬ 3786;; §Î®eµü AV - profitable 3, profit + 2076 1; 4 1) ¦³¯q³Bªº, ¦³¬Õ¾lªº

5624 ophelimos {o-fel'-ee-mos} from a form of 3786;; adj AV - profitable 3, profit + 2076 1; 4 1) profitable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5625 ¦P¸q¦r Strong's Number §ÆÃ¾¤å¦³¤£¤î¤@­Ó¥i¯àªº Strong's number.

5625 Synonym Strong's Number The Greek word has more than one possible Strong's number.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5626 ¥¼³Qͦ¨­^¤åªº§ÆÃ¾¦r

5626 Greek Word not translated in English version.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5627 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 2138 ¥[ 1¦¸ ¥X²{¦b²§¤åªºµù¸}¤¤

5627 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 2138 plus 1 in a variant reading in a footnote
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5628 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¥D°ÊºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ©R¥O¥y ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 459

5628 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 459
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5629 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 454

5629 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 454
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5630 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ´Á±æ ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 15

5630 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 15
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5631 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 889

5631 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 889
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5632 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¥D°ÊºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 449

5632 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 449
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5633 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 260

5633 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 260
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5634 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 7

5634 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 7
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5635 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£5788 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 42

5635 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 42
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5636 ®ÉºA- ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA- Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N¡]dep) ¡@¨£ 5788 »y®ð- ´Á±æ ¡@¡@¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ- 18

5636 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 18
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5637 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 137

5637 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 137
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5638 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 66

5638 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 66
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5639 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 65

5639 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 65
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5640 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 6

5640 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 6
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5641 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 9

5641 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 9
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5642 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 19

5642 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 19
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5643 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 15

5643 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 15
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5644 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 13

5644 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 13
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5645 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5645 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5646 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5646 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5647 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5647 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5648 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 72

5648 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 72
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5649 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 9

5649 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 9
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5650 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 4

5650 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 4
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5651 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 32 ¦A¥[¤@­Ó¦b²§¤åµù¨¤¤¤ªº

5651 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 32 plus one in a footnote in a variant reading
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5652 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 20

5652 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 20
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5653 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¨S¦³»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 0

5653 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 0
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5654 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¨S¦³»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5654 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5655 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5780 »yºA - ¨S¦³»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5655 Tense - Second Aorist See 5780 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5656 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 2319

5656 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 2319
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5657 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 376

5657 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 376
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5658 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 516

5658 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 516
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5659 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ´Á±æ ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 19

5659 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 19
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5660 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 714

5660 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 714
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5661 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 512

5661 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 512
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5662 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 352

5662 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 352
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5663 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 54

5663 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 54
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5664 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 37

5664 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 37
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5665 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ´Á±æ ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5665 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5666 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£5788 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£5796 ¼Æ - 88

5666 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 88
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5667 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 55

5667 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 55
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5668 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 88

5668 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 88
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5669 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 30

5669 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 30
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5670 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 29

5670 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 29
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5671 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 61

5671 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 61
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5672 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 43

5672 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 43
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5673 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­©Î³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 5

5673 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 5
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5674 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h ¨£ 5777 »yºA - Ãö¨­©Î³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5674 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5675 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 79

5675 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 79
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5676 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h²³æ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 29

5676 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 29
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5677 ®É§È - ª½­z¥y ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê·NÃö¨­ºA ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 7

5677 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 7
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5678 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h²³æ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ´Á±æ ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5678 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5679 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 164

5679 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 164
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5680 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê«¬¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 15

5680 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 15
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5681 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°ÊºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½­z¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 602

5681 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 602
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5682 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h²³æ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 40

5682 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 40
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5683 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 159

5683 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 159
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5684 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h²³æ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ´Á±æ ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 5

5684 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 5
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5685 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 215

5685 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 215
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5686 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¨£ 5777 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 219

5686 Tense - Aorist See 5777 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 219
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5687 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5781 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 0

5687 Tense - Second Future See 5781 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 0
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5688 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5781 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5688 Tense - Second Future See 5781 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5689 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5781 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5689 Tense - Second Future See 5781 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5690 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5781 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 4

5690 Tense - Second Future See 5781 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 4
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5691 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5781 »yºA - ³Q°ÊºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 26

5691 Tense - Second Future See 5781 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 26
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5692 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ¥D°ÊºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 814

5692 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 814
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5693 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5693 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5694 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 11

5694 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 11
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5695 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó©w ¨£ 5776 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 271

5695 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 271
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5696 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5696 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5697 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 3

5697 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 3
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5698 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - Ãö¨­ºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 33

5698 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 33
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5699 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 8

5699 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 8
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5700 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 7

5700 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 7
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5701 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 251

5701 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 251
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5702 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ³Q°ÊºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5702 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5703 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5703 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5704 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - µL»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 188

5704 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 188
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5705 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - µL ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 5

5705 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 5
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5706 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨£ 5776 »yºA - µL ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5706 Tense - Future See 5776 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5707 ®ÉºA - ¤£§¹¦¨ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 855

5707 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 855
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5708 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5708 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5709 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5787 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5709 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - Either Middle or Passive See 5787 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5710 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 34

5710 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 34
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5711 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 184

5711 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 184
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5712 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 83

5712 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 83
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5713 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5775 »yºA - µL°Êµü ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 532

5713 Tense - Imperfect See 5775 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 532
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5714 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5783 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5714 Tense - Second Pluperfect See 5783 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5715 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5779 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 83

5715 Tense - Pluperfect See 5779 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 83
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5716 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5779 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5716 Tense - Pluperfect See 5779 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5717 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5779 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5717 Tense - Pluperfect See 5779 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5718 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5779 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 7

5718 Tense - Pluperfect See 5779 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 7
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5719 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 3019

5719 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 3019
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5720 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°ÊºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¬è¨Ï¥y ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 592

5720 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 592
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5721 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 647

5721 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 647
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5722 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¬èÄ@¥y ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 8

5722 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 8
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5723 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 2549

5723 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 2549
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5724 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - «D¤HºÙ¥N¦Wµü ¨£ 5797 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5724 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Impersonal See 5797 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5725 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 352

5725 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 352
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5726 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5726 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5727 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5787 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 10

5727 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Either Middle or Passive See 5787 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 10
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5728 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5787 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 6

5728 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Either Middle or Passive See 5787 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 6
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5729 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5787 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5729 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Either Middle or Passive See 5787 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5730 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5787 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 13

5730 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Either Middle or Passive See 5787 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 13
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5731 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 69

5731 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 69
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5732 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 41

5732 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 41
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5733 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 30

5733 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 30
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5734 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£5785 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£5796 ¼Æ - 111

5734 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 111
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5735 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 7

5735 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 7
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5736 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N©ÎÃö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ª½±Ô¥y ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 618

5736 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 618
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5737 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N©ÎÃö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¬è¨Ï¥y(©R¥O»y®ð) ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 152

5737 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 152
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5738 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 109

5738 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 109
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5739 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¬èÄ@¥y ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 4

5739 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 4
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5740 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b °Ñ¨£ 5774 »yºA - Ãö¨­©Î³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N °Ñ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¤Àµü °Ñ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 544

5740 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 544
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5741 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N©ÎÃö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 40

5741 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 40
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5742 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5789 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 2

5742 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Passive Deponent See 5789 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 2
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5743 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ °Ñ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê °Ñ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½±Ô °Ñ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 271

5743 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 271
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5744 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 48

5744 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 48
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5745 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê¦¡ ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 105

5745 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 105
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5746 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ °Ñ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê °Ñ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤Àµü °Ñ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 360

5746 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 360
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5747 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 18

5747 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 18
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5748 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b ¨£ 5774 »yºA - µL»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1612

5748 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1612
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5749 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - µL ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 23

5749 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 23
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5750 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - (¨S¦³ªí©ú¦óºØ»yºA) ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 135

5750 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 135
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5751 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - µL ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ¬èÄ@¥y ¨£ 5793 ¦¸¼Æ - 12

5751 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Optative See 5793 Count - 12
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5752 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - µL«ü©w»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 186

5752 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 186
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5753 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ ¨£ 5774 »yºA - µL ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - °²³]»y®ð ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 68

5753 Tense - Present See 5774 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 68
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5754 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G§¹¦¨ ¨£ 5782 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 97

5754 Tense - Second Perfect See 5782 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 97
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5755 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5782 »yºA - ¥D°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 8

5755 Tense - Second Perfect See 5782 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 8
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5756 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5782 »yºA - ¥D°ÊºA ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 43

5756 Tense - Second Perfect See 5782 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 43
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5757 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5782 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5757 Tense - Second Perfect See 5782 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5758 ®ÉºA - §¹¦¨ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 516

5758 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 516
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5759 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5759 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5760 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 30

5760 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 30
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5761 ®ÉºA - §¹¦¨ ¨£5778 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£5784 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 193

5761 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 193
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5762 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¨£ 5784 »y®ð - °²³] ¨£ 5792 ¦¸¼Æ - 10

5762 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Active See 5784 Mood - Subjunctive See 5792 Count - 10
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5763 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5788 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5763 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Middle Deponent See 5788 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5764 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - Ãö¨­ ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 1

5764 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 1
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5765 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ¨£ 5785 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 5

5765 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Middle See 5785 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 5
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5766 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ª½»¡»y®ð ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 19

5766 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 19
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5767 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 0

5767 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 0
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5768 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA ©Î ³Q°Ê»yºA ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ¨£ 5790 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 4

5768 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent See 5790 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 4
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5769 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¨£ 5791 ¦¸¼Æ - 215

5769 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Indicative See 5791 Count - 215
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5770 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ©R¥O»y®ð ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 3

5770 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 3
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5771 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤£©wµü ¨£ 5795 ¦¸¼Æ - 9

5771 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Infinitive See 5795 Count - 9
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5772 ®ÉºA - §¹¦¨¦¡ °Ñ¨£ 5778 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ¡@ °Ñ¨£ 5786 »y®ð - ¤Àµü ¡@¡@ °Ñ¨£ 5796 ¦¸¼Æ - 463

5772 Tense - Perfect See 5778 Voice - Passive See 5786 Mood - Participle See 5796 Count - 463
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5773 ®ÉºA - ¨S¦³®ÉºA ¨£ 5799 »yºA - ¨S¦³»yºA ¨£ 5799 »y®ð - ©R¥O ¨£ 5794 ¦¸¼Æ - 22

5773 Tense - No Tense Stated See 5799 Voice - No Voice Stated See 5799 Mood - Imperative See 5794 Count - 22
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5774 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b¦¡ §ÆÃ¾¤åªº²{¦b¦¡ªí¹F¤@­Ó²³æªº¨Æ¹ê, ¦b¬Y¤@­Ó½T©w®É¶¡©Òµo¥Íªº. ¥¦³q±`¬Û·í©ó­^¤å¤¤ªº²{¦b¦¡. µM¦Ó, ¥¦¤]±`³Qͬ°¹L¥h¦¡, ´N¬O©Ò¿×ªº "¾ú¥v¤W½T¹ê¦s¦bªº¤@­Óª¬ªp" , ¤]´N¬O»¡ÅªªÌ¦n¹³¦b¹L¥hªº¨º­Ó®É¶¡ ¸Ì, ¿Ë²´¥Ø¸@¤F¨Æ¥óµo¥Íªº¹Lµ{. ¤£¹L¦³®É¥¦¤´³Qͬ°²{¦b¦¡.

5774 Tense - Present The present tense represents a simple statement of fact or reality viewed as occurring in actual time. In most cases this corresponds directly with the English present tense. Some phrases which might be rendered as past tense in English will often occur in the present tense in Greek. These are termed "historical presents," and such occurrences dramatize the event described as if the reader were there watching the event occur. Some English translations render such historical presents in the English past tense, while others permit the tense to remain in the present.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5775 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡ ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡³q±`¥Nªí¤@­Ó³sÄò©Î­«ÂЪº¦æ°Ê, ²{¦b®ÉºA¥iͬ° "they are asking," ¦Ó¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡«hͬ° "they kept on asking." ¤£¹L¦b"to be,"°Êµü¤¤, ¹L¥h¤£§¹¦¨¦¡«hªí¥Ü¥h¹L¤@­Ó³æ¤@ªº¨Æ¥ó, ¦Ó¤£¬O³sÄò©Î­«ÂШmªº°Ê§@.

5775 Tense - Imperfect The imperfect tense generally represents continual or repeated action. Where the present tense might indicate "they are asking," the imperfect would indicate "they kept on asking." In the case of the verb "to be," however, the imperfect tense is used as a general past tense and does not carry the connotation of continual or repeated action.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5776 ®ÉºA - ¥¼¨Ó¦¡ §ÆÃ¾¤åªº¥¼¨Ó¦¡¬Û·í©ó­^¤å¤¤ªº¥¼¨Ó¦¡, ªí¥Ü¤@¥ó¹w´Á©Î¥i¯à·|µo¥Íªº¨Æ, ¤£¹L²{¤µ©|¥¼µo¥Í .

5776 Tense - Future The future tense corresponds to the English future, and indicates the contemplated or certain occurrence of an event which has not yet occurred.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5777 ®ÉºA - ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡¡]͵ù: ©ÎºÙ¹L¥h¤£©w®ÉºA, ¤@¯ë¥H "²¹L" ºÙ¤§¡^ ±ö±á: ²¹L©M¤£§¹¦¨¦¡³£¬O«üµÛ¹L¥hªº®É¶¡¦Ó¨¥, ¦ý¬O¤£§¹¦¨®ÉºA¬O«üµÛ¹L¥hªº ¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¤@ºØ¶i¦æ¦¡ªº°Ê§@, ¨Ò: §Ú¹L¥h¥¿¦b°µ... ;¦Ó²¹L«hͬ°: §Ú´¿¦b°µ.... ÁöµM²{¦b®ÉºA»P²{¦b¶i¦æ®ÉºA¨S¦³¤À§O, ¦ý²¹Lªº¤À§O«o«Ü©úÅã. ²Ä¤@²³æ¹L¥h¦¡©M²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡, ¦b®É¶¡¤W¨S¦³¤À§O, ¤£¹L¬O¥Î¨âºØ ¤£¦Pªº§ÎºA, ³y¦¨°Êµüªº¦P¤@®ÉºA. - -----------¥H¤U§Ú·Q§R±¼---------------------- ²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ªº¯S¦â¬O±j½Õ°Ê§@¬Opunctiliar¡A¤]´N¬O»¡¡A®ÉºA¨Ã¤£¬O±j½Õ³o­Ó°Ê§@ ¡@¡@¬O¹L¥h¡A²{¦b¡A©Î¥¼¥¼¡D¦b­^¤å¤¤¨S¦³¬Û¹ïÀ³ªº®ÉºA¡A¤£¹L³q±`¥H²³æ¹L¥h¦¡Â½Ä¶¡D ¦b¤åªk¤W¡A²¹L¥Nªí´XºØ±¡§Î¡A¨ä¤¤¸û±`¨£ªº¦³¡G«ü³o­Ó¦æ°Ê¬O¥Ñ¬Y¤@®É¶¡¶}©l ¡@¡@ ("inceptive aorist"), ©ÎªÌ¦æ°Ê²×©ó¬Y¤@®É¶¡ ("cumulative aorist")¡A©ÎªÌ ¡@¡@¥u¬O¥X²{¦b¬Y¤@­Ó¯S©wªº®É¶¡ ("punctiliar aorist")¡D ¡@¡@¨ä¥Lªº±¡§Î¡A¤´¥i¨£©ó§ÆÃ¾¤å¤åªk¤¤¡D ­^»y¨t²ÎªºÅªªÌ¤£¥²©ëªd©ó³o¨Ç¤£¦PÃþªºÂ²¹L§Î¦¡¡A¦]¬°³q±`µLªk¾A¤ÁªºÂ½Ä¶¦¨­^¤å¡D ³o¨Ç§Î¦¡¥u¬O©M§ÆÃ¾¤åªºÄÀ¸g¦³Ãö¡D³q±`¡A¥u­n±N§ÆÃ¾¤åªºÂ²¹L°Êµüͦ¨­^¤åªº¹L¥h¦¡´N¥i¥H¤F¡D

5777 Tense - Aorist The aorist tense is characterized by its emphasis on punctiliar action; that is, the concept of the verb is considered without regard for past, present, or future time. There is no direct or clear English equivalent for this tense, though it is generally rendered as a simple past tense in most translations. The events described by the aorist tense are classified into a number of categories by grammarians. The most common of these include a view of the action as having begun from a certain point ("inceptive aorist"), or having ended at a certain point ("cumulative aorist"), or merely existing at a certain point ("punctiliar aorist"). The categorization of other cases can be found in Greek reference grammars. The English reader need not concern himself with most of these finer points concerning the aorist tense, since in most cases they cannot be rendered accurately in English translation, being fine points of Greek exegesis only. The common practice of rendering an aorist by a simple English past tense should suffice in most cases.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5778 ®ÉºA - ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ±ö±á: §ÆÃ¾¤åªº²{¦b§¹¦¨®ÉºA, ¬Oªí¥Ü¤@ºØ "°ò©ó¹L¥h¬Y¤@­Ó°Ê§@ªº²{¦bª¬ªp" (a present state resultant upon a past action) ------------§Ú·Q§R¤F¥¦---------- §ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤ªº²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡, ¬Û·í©ó­^¤å¤¤ªº²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡, ¥¦¬O´y­z¤@­Ó¦æ°Ê ¬O¹L¥h¤w¸g§¹¦¨ªº. ¬O¥þµM§¹¦¨, ¤£»Ý¦A­«ÂЪº. ­C¿q¦b¤Q¦r¬[¤W³Ì«áªº¤@¥y¸Ü¬O TETELESTAI ("¦¨¤F!") ¬O§¹¦¨¦¡ªº³Ì¦n¨ÒÃÒ. ¦¨¤F, ´N¬O³o±ÏÅ«¤§¤u¤w¸g§¹¦¨¤F, ¤£»Ý­n¦A¦³¥ô¦óªº¸ÉÅ«, §ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤¦³¤@¨Ç¦Ñªº°Êµü, ¨Ò¦p¡G¬Ý¨£ (eidw) ©Îª¾¹D (oida), ¡@¡@¥¦ªº§¹¦¨¦¡¡A³q±`³Qµø¬°¤@¯ëªº¹L¥h¦¡. ³o¨Ç¤Ö¼Æ¨Ò¥~ªº±¡§Î, ¨Ã¤£¼vÅT¤W­z²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ªº¤@¯ë³q«h.

5778 Tense - Perfect The perfect tense in Greek corresponds to the perfect tense in English, and describes an action which is viewed as having been completed in the past, once and for all, not needing to be repeated. Jesus' last cry from the cross, TETELESTAI ("It is finished!") is a good example of the perfect tense used in this sense, namely "It [the atonement] has been accomplished, completely, once and for all time." Certain antiquated verb forms in Greek, such as those related to seeing (eidw) or knowing (oida) will use the perfect tense in a manner equivalent to the normal past tense. These few cases are exception to the normal rule and do not alter the normal connotation of the perfect tense stated above.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5779 ®ÉºA - ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ §ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤¨Ã¤£±`¨£¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡, ¥¦¬Û·í©ó­^¤å¤¤ªº¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡, ªí¥Ü¦b¹L¥h¤@¦¸°Ê§@¤¤§¹¦¨ªº¨Æ¥ó. ²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡, ±j½Õ¤@­Ó¹L¥h §¹¦¨ªº¤@­Ó¦æ°Ê, ¨ä©Ò²£¥Íªºµ²ªG®ÉÄò¦Ü¤µ. ¤£¹L, ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡Ä¶¦¨­^¤å®É, ¨Ã¤£¯à§¹¥þͧ@¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡,¦]¬°»Ý­n ¸û¦hªº¦r¨Óªí¹F¥¦ªº·N«ä. ¦b­^¤å¤¤, ¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡³q±`ͬ°: "He had finished."; ¦Ó²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡, «hͬ° "He has finished.".

5779 Tense - Pluperfect The pluperfect tense in Greek occurs rarely. It corresponds in a single Greek word to the sense of the English pluperfect, which indicates an event viewed as having been once and for all accomplished in past time. In contrast, the perfect tense reflects the final completion of an action at the present moment described. In translation the Greek pluperfect may not always follow the rendering of the English pluperfect, due to excessive wordiness. The English pluperfect is normally formed with the past tense of the "helping" verbs "to have" or "to be," plus the past participle, e.g., "He had finished." The English perfect is formed by the present tense of the helping verb plus the past participle, e.g., "He has finished."
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5780 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡ ¡¨²Ä¤G²³æ¹L¥h¦¡¡¨ªº·N¸q©M½Ķ»P¤@¯ëªº¹L¥h¦¡¡A©ÎºÙ¬°¡¨²Ä¤@²³æ¹L¥h¦¡¡¨ªÌ¬Û¦P¡A ¥u¬O§ÆÃ¾¤åªº¦r§Î¤£¦P¡D ¨£# 5777¡¨Â²¹L¡¨

5780 Tense - Second Aorist The "second aorist" tense is identical in meaning and translation to the normal or "first" aorist tense. The only difference is in the form of spelling the words in Greek, and there is no effect upon English translation. See "Aorist" # 5777
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5781 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¥¼¨Ó¦¡ ¨S¦³³o­Ó®ÉºA ¨£ "¥¼¨Ó¦¡" # 5776

5781 Tense - Second Future The "second future" is identical in meaning to that of the normal or "first" future tense. The classification merely reflects a spelling variation in Greek of the "first future" tense, and has no effect on English meaning beyond that of the normal future. See "Future" # 5776
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5782 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ ²Ä¤G²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡ªº·N¸q©M²Ä¤@²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡¬Û¦P, ¥u¬O¨S¦³¥[k, ¦r§ÀÅܤƤ]¤£¦P. ¨£ "²{¦b§¹¦¨¦¡" # 5778

5782 Tense - Second Perfect The second perfect is identical in meaning to that of the normal or "first" perfect tense, and has no additional effect on English translation. The classification merely represents a spelling variation in Greek. See "Perfect" # 5778
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5783 ®ÉºA - ²Ä¤G¹L¥h§¹¦¨¦¡ ¨S¦³³o­Ó®ÉºA

5783 Tense - Second Pluperfect The second pluperfect is identical in meaning to that of the normal or "first" pluperfect tense. It has no additional meaning or effect on English translation, and merely reflects a spelling variation in Greek.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5784 »yºA - ¥D°Ê ¥D°Ê»yºAªí¥Ü¥Dµü©Ò¥Nªíªº³o­Ó¤H¬O°Êµüªº°Ê§@ªº¦æ°ÊªÌ¡A©Î¬O°õ¦æªÌ¡D ¡@¡@¨Ò¡G¡¨³o¨k«Ä¥´³o²y¡¨¡Aªí¥Ü³o­Ó¨k«Ä¬O¥´²yªº¤H¡D

5784 Voice - Active The active voice represents the subject as the doer or performer of the action. e.g., in the sentence, "The boy hit the ball," the boy performs the action.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5785 »yºA - Ãö¨­»yºA Ãö¨­»yºA¬Oªí¥Ü¥Dµü§@¨Ç¤°»òÃö«Y¥¦¥»¨­ªº¨Æ. 1.§ÆÃ¾¤åÃö¨­»yºAªº·N«ä»P°Êµü±a¤Ï¨­¥N¦Wµü¬°¨üµü«Ü¤Ö¦³¬Û¦P¤§³B. ¨Ò¡G ¡@¡@¡@louoo, §Ú¬~, ¤Îlouomai, §Ú¦Û¤v¬~. ¦ý¬O³q±`Ãö¨­»yºAªº·N«ä, ¤ñ¤W­z ÁÙ­n§t»W¨Ç, ¦]¦¹¦b½Ķ®É, ¦³®É¹ê¦b¤£¯à¤Q¤À²M·¡ªº¤À§O¥D°Ê©ÎÃö¨­»y ºA. ¦b¥t¤@¤è­±, ¦³¨Ç°Êµü¦b¥D°Ê¤ÎÃö¨­ªº·N«ä¤W®t§O«o«Ü¤j, ©Ò¥H½Ķ ®É¥²¶·¦b¥D°Ê»yºA¥Î¤@­Ó°Êµü, ¦Ó¦bÃö¨­»yºA¥Î¥t¤@­Ó¤£¦Pªº°Êµü.¨Ò: arxoo, ³o¥D°Ê»yºA·N¬° "§ÚºÞ²z", ¦ýarxomai, ³oÃö¨­»yºA·N¬° "§Ú¶}©l". 2.ÁöµM¦b¬Y¨Ç®ÉºA¸Ì, Ãö¨­»yºA©M³Q°Ê»yºAªº§Î¦¡§¹¥þ¤£¤@¼Ë, ¥i¬O¦b²{¦b ®ÉºA®É, «o§¹¥þ¤@¼Ë. (°Ñ±ö±á, "·s¬ù§ÆÃ¾¤å, ­¶50-51.

5785 Voice - Middle The middle voice indicates the subject performing an action upon himself (reflexive action) or for his own benefit. E.g., "The boy groomed himself." Many verbs which occur only in middle voice forms are translated in English as having an active sense; these are called "deponent" verbs, and do not comply with the normal requirements for the middle voice.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5786 »yºA - ³Q°Ê ³Q°Ê»yºAªí¥Ü¥Dµü¬O±µ¨ü°Ê§@ªÌ, ¨Ò:"³o¨k«Ä³Q²yÀ»¤¤¤F" , ³o¨k«Ä¬O±µ¨ü°Ê§@ªº¤H.

5786 Voice - Passive The passive voice represents the subject as being the recipient of the action. E.g., in the sentence, "The boy was hit by the ball," the boy receives the action.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5787 »yºA - Ãö¨­©Î³Q°Ê ³\¦h©Ò¿×ªº "deponent" dep°Êµü, ¥i¥H¬OÃö¨­©Î³Q°Ê§Î¦¡. ½Ķ®É³q±`¥H¥D°Ê§Î¦¡ªí²{, ¦]¬°¥¦­Ì¨S¦³¥D°Ê»yºAªº¦r§Î. ¤£¹L, ¦³®É¤´·|«öÃö¨­©Î³Q°Ê¨Ó½Ķ¥¦.

5787 Voice - Either Middle or Passive Many of the so-called "deponent" verbs can have either a middle or passive form. These are normally translated as having an active voice, since they have no active form in their outward spelling. At times, however, they retain their middle or passive significance.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5788 »yºA - Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·N(dep) Ãö¨­§Î¥D°Ê·Nªº°Êµü¡A´X¥G³£¥H¡¨¥D°Ê»yºA¡¨Â½Ä¶¡D °Ñ¡G¡¨¥D°Ê»yºA¡¨ # 5784

5788 Voice - Middle Deponent The middle deponent forms in almost all cases are translated as being in the active voice. See "Active" # 5784
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5789 »y®ð - ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N ³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N´X¥G³£Ä¶¬°³Q°Ê»yºA ¨£ "³Q°Ê" # 5786

5789 Voice - Passive Deponent The passive deponent forms in almost all cases are translated as being in the passive voice. See "Passive" # 5786
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5790 »yºA - Ãö¨­©Î³Q°Ê§Î¥D°Ê·N Ãö¨­©Î³Q°Ê§Î¦¡¥D°Ê·Nªº°Êµü(dep)´X¥G³£¥H¥D°Ê»yºA½Ķ. ¨£ "¥D°Ê" # 5784

5790 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent The middle or passive deponent forms in almost all cases are translated as being in the active voice. See "Active" # 5784
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5791 »y®ð - ª½»¡ ¥D°Ê»y®ð¥u¬O³¯­z¤@¶µÂ²³æªº¨Æ¹ê. ¦pªG¤@­Ó°Ê§@¯uªºµo¥Í¤F, ©ÎªÌ½T´¿µo¥Í¹L, ©ÎªÌ±N­nµo¥Í, ³£·|¨Ï¥Îª½»¡»y®ð.

5791 Mood - Indicative The indicative mood is a simple statement of fact. If an action really occurs or has occurred or will occur, it will be rendered in the indicative mood.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5792 »y®ð - °²³] °²³]»y®ðªí¹F³o¶µ¦æ°Êªº¥i¯à©Ê, ¥¦¥i¯à·|µo¥Í, ¦ý¬O¤]¥i¯à¤£·|µo¥Í, ºÝ¿à¥¦©Ò³Bªº±¡ªp¦Ó©w. ²Ä¤TÃþªº±ø¥ó¤l¥y, ´N¬O"ean" + °²³]»y®ðªº¥y¤l, ©ÎªÌ³\¦h¥H¥Øªº¤l¥yªí¹Fªº©R¥O, ´N¬O¥H"hina."¶}©lªº¤l¥y, ³£ÄÝ©ó³o¤@Ãþ.

5792 Mood - Subjunctive The subjunctive mood is the mood of possibility and potentiality. The action described may or may not occur, depending upon circumstances. Conditional sentences of the third class ("ean" + the subjunctive) are all of this type, as well as many commands following conditional purpose clauses, such as those beginning with "hina."
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5793 »y®ð - ´Á±æ¡þ´Á³\ ´Á±æ¡þ´Á³\»y®ð³q±`³Q¥Î¦b¡¨²Ä¥|Ãþ¡¨ªº±ø¥ó¤l¥y¡]͵ù¡G´N¬O»Pei¤@¦P¥X²{ªº¤l¥y¡^¡A ¡@¡@ªí¹F³o­Ó¦æ°Ê§¹¦¨ªº¥i¯à©Ê«Ü§C¡D¦b·s¬ù®É¥N¡A¦b¤f»y©Î¦¨¤åªº§ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤¡A ¡@¡@´Á±æ¡þ´Á³\»y®ð¤wº¥®ø¥¢¡D·s¬ù¸t¸g¸Ì¨u¨£³oºØ»y®ð¡D ¦b¨º¨Ç¨u¨£ªº¨Ò¤l¤¤¡A´Á±æ¡þ´Á³\»y®ðªº°Êµü¤£¬O¦b±ø¥ó¤l¥y¸Ì¡A ¡@¡@ªí¹F³o¥ó¨Æ«D±`¥i¯à§¹¦¨¡D³Ì±`¨£¨ì¥¦¥X²{¦b"mh genoito"³o­Óµü·J¤¤ ¡@¡@ (AV,"God forbid"; NKJV "Certainly not").

5793 Mood - Optative The optative mood is generally used in the so-called "fourth-class" conditions which express a wish or desire for an action to occur in which the completion of such is doubtful. By the time of the New Testament, the optative mood was beginning to disappear from spoken and written Greek, and such rarely occurs in the New Testament. In a few cases, verbs in the optative mood stand apart from a conditional clause to express the strongest possible wish regarding an event. The most common of these appears in the phrase "mh genoito" (AV,"God forbid"; NKJV "Certainly not").
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5794 »y®ð - ©R¥O §ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤ªº©R¥O»y®ð, ¬Û·í©ó­^¤å¤¤ªº¬è¨Ï»y»y®ð, ªí¥Ü¥H¤@­Ó©R¥O©ÎªÌÅv«Â, ¥OÅ¥©RªÌ°õ¦æ¬Y¶µ¦æ°Ê.T¦]¦¹, ­C¿q»¡: §A­Ì·í®¬§ï, «HºÖ­µ" (¥i1:15) ¤£¬O¤@¶µÁܽÐ, ¦Ó¬O¤@¶µµ´¹ïªº©R¥O, ­n¨D©Ò¦³Å¥¨ì³o­Ó©R¥Oªº¤H, §¹¥þ¶¶ªA.

5794 Mood - Imperative The imperative mood corresponds to the English imperative, and expresses a command to the hearer to perform a certain action by the order and authority of the one commanding. Thus, Jesus' phrase, "Repent ye, and believe the gospel" (Mk.1:15) is not at all an "invitation," but an absolute command requiring full obedience on the part of all hearers.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5795 »y®ð- ¤£©wµü ¦b§ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤¤£©wµü´X¥Gµ¥¦P©ó­^¤åªº¤£©wµü, ͬ° to + °Êµü, ¨Ò: ¬Û«H "to believe." ¥¿¦p­^¤å¤¤ªº¤£©wµü, §ÆÃ¾¤åªº¤£©wµü¥i¥H§@¦Wµü¥Î ¨Ò: ¦n¦º¤£¦p¿à¬¡µÛ "It is better to live than to die"), ©ÎªÌªí¹Fµ²ªG©Î¥Øªº. «öµÛ¥ýª¾©Ò»¡ªºÀ³Åç¤F "This was done to fulfil what the prophet said").

5795 Mood - Infinitive The Greek infinitive mood in most cases corresponds to the English infinitive, which is basically the verb with "to" prefixed, as "to believe." Like the English infinitive, the Greek infinitive can be used like a noun phrase ("It is better to live than to die"), as well as to reflect purpose or result ("This was done to fulfil what the prophet said").
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5796 »yºA - ¤Àµü §ÆÃ¾¤åªº¤Àµü¦h¥b»P­^¤åªº¤Àµü¬Ûµ¥, ¥i¥H¥Î°Êµü+ing ©Î+edµ¥¦r§Àªí¥Ü. §ÆÃ¾¤å¤¤ªº¤Àµü´N¹³­^¤å¤¤ªº¤Àµü¤@¼Ë, ¥i¥H§@°Êµü©Î¦Wµü¨Ï¥Î, ¬G³QºÙ¬° "°Êµü¦Wµü"

5796 Mood - Participle The Greek participle corresponds for the most part to the English participle, reflecting "-ing" or "-ed" being suffixed to the basic verb form. The participle can be used either like a verb or a noun, as in English, and thus is often termed a "verbal noun."
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5797 »y®ð - µL¤HºÙ°Êµü ³Ì±`¨£ªº¬O "dei", ·N«ä¬O "¬O¥²¶·ªº". ¥u¥Î©ó²Ä¤G¤HºÙ³æ¼Æ, ¥²¶·±aª½±µ¨ü®æ¤Î¤£©wµü. °Ñ±ö±á, "·s¬ù§ÆÃ¾¤å", ²Ä292¶µ.

5797 Mood - Impersonal The impersonal mood is used only in a few verb forms which do not conjugate in the full sense. The most common of these is the Greek word "dei," which is most often rendered "it is necessary" or "one must."
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5798»y®ð- ©R¥O»y®ðªº¤Àµü ¦ü¥G¥¼´¿¨£¹L³oºØ¤Àµü. This reflects a Greek ¤Àµü which implies that a command to perform the action is implicit, even though it is not outwardly or directly expressed.

5798 Mood - Imperative-Sense Participle This reflects a Greek participle which implies that a command to perform the action is implicit, even though it is not outwardly or directly expressed.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
5799 ¨S¦³µù©ú®ÉºA©Î»yºA ¦bPerschbacher's "The New Analytical Greek Lexicon" ¤¤, ¬Y¨Ç¯S©wªº°Êµü¦b¤@¨Ç¦a¤è¨Ã¨S¦³µù©ú®ÉºA©Î»yºA. ¦h¥bªº±¡§Î¬Oµo¥Í¦b²{¦b®ÉºA, ¥D°Ê»yºAªº°Êµü¤¤.¯S§O¬Oªí©ú ¤@­Ó©R¥O (©R¥O»y®ð). ¨£ "²{¦b®ÉºA" # 5774 ¨£ "¥D°Ê»yºA" # 5784

5799 No Tense or Voice Stated In a number of places certain verbs are cited in Perschbacher's "The New Analytical Greek Lexicon" which do not have any tense or voice directly stated. In almost all of these cases, one can assume that the tense is Present and the voice is Active, especially when the sense is that of a command (Imperative). See "Present" # 5774 See "Active" # 5784
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
§ÆÃ¾¤å¦P¸q¦r¯Á¤Þ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ±j§§½X½s¸¹ ¥»§ÆÃ¾¤å¦r¨å½s¸¹ ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 126 aidos 5801 154 aiteo 5802 157 aitiama 5803 166 aionios 5801 214 alalazo 5804 218 aleipho 5805 243 allos 5806 260 hama 5807 293 amphiblestron 5808 364 anamnesis 5809 372 anapausis 5810 425 anesis 5810 443 anthropoktonos 5811 601 apokalupto 5812 649 apostello 5813 692 argos 5814 737 arti 5815 744 archaios 5816 827 auge 5817 898 bathmos 5818 922 baros 5819 970 bia 5820 979 bios 5821 991 blepo 5822 994 boao 5823 1006 bosko 5824 1021 bradus 5814 1097 ginosko 5825 1108 gnosis 5826 1145 dakruo 5804 1155 daneizo 5827 1162 deesis 5828 1163 dei 5829 1167 deilia 5835 1189 deomai 5802 1203 despotes 5830 1209 dechomai 5877 1212 delos 5812 1213 deloo 5831 1218 demos 5832 1238 diadema 5833 1249 diakonos 5834 1325 didomi 5836 1348 dikastes 5838 1350 diktuon 5808 1380 dokeo 5837 1390 doma 5839 1394 dosis 5839 1402 douloo 5834 1411 dunamis 5820 1431 dorea 5839 1433 doreomai 5836 1435 doron 5839 1462 egklema 5803 1492 eido 5825 1506 eilikrines 5840 1605 ekplesso 5841 1653 eleeo 5842 1718 emphanizo 5831 1753 energeia 5820 1763 eniautos 5843 1781 entellomai 5844 1783 enteuxis 5828 1849 exousia 5820 1939 epithumia 5845 1987 epistamai 5825 2064 erchomai 5818 2065 erotao 5802 2087 heteros 5806 2094 etos 5843 2124 eulabeia 5835 2222 zoe 5821 2226 zoon 5846 2233 hegeomai 5837 2235 ede 5815 2270 hesuchazo 5847 2300 theaomai 5848 2305 theiotes 5849 2320 theotes 5849 2324 therapon 5834 2334 theoreo 5848 2342 therion 5846 2352 thrauo 5850 2354 threneo 5804 2359 thrix 5851 2479 ischus 5820 2513 katharos 5840 2537 kainos 5852 2540 kairos 5853 2549 kakia 5855 2564 kaleo 5823 2608 katagnumi 5850 2723 katagoreo 5803 2730 katoikeo 5854 2753 keleuo 5844 2766 keramos 5858 2799 klaio 5804 2812 kleptes 5856 2830 kludon 5857 2851 kolasis 5859 2864 kome 5851 2873 kopos 5860 2896 krazo 5823 2904 kratos 5820 2905 kraugazo 5823 2923 krites 5838 2949 kuma 5857 2962 kurios 5830 2983 lambano 5877 2992 laos 5832 3027 lestes 5856 3115 makrothumia 5861 3338 metamellomai 5862 3339 metamorphoo 5863 3340 metanoeo 5862 3345 metaschematizo 5863 3392 miaino 5864 3396 mignumi 5858 3435 moluno 5864 3444 morphe 5865 3449 mochthos 5860 3501 neos 5852 3507 nephele 5866 3509 nephos 5866 3543 nomizo 5837 3568 nun 5815 3576 nothros 5814 3591 ogkos 5819 3602 odurmos 5804 3614 oikia 5867 3624 oikos 5867 3628 oikturmos 5842 3633 oiomai 5837 3674 homou 5807 3708 horao 5822 3806 pathos 5845 3808 paidarion 5868 3813 paidion 5868 3814 paidiske 5868 3816 pais 5868 3820 palaios 5816 3853 paragello 5844 3939 paroikeo 5854 3967 patrikos 5869 3971 patroos 5869 3992 pempo 5813 3993 penes 5870 4160 poieo 5871 4165 poimaino 5824 4189 poneria 5855 4192 ponos 5860 4198 poreuomai 5818 4238 prasso 5871 4335 proseuche 5828 4422 ptoeo 5841 4434 ptochos 5870 4486 rhegnumi 5850 4522 sagene 5808 4601 sigao 5847 4607 sikarios 5811 4623 siopao 5847 4648 skopeo 5822 4678 sophia 5826 4680 sophos 5872 4727 stenazo 5804 4735 stephanos 5833 4832 summorphos 5873 4907 sunesis 5826 4908 sunetos 5872 4920 suniemi 5825 4964 suschematizo 5873 4976 schema 5865 5021 tachinos 5844 5043 teknon 5868 5083 tereo 5874 5098 timoria 5859 5117 topos 5875 5141 tremo 5841 5207 huios 5868 5215 humnos 5876 5257 huperetes 5834 5280 hupomnesis 5809 5281 hupomone 5861 5316 phaino 5837 5319 phaneroo 5812 5338 pheggos 5817 5398 phoberos 5835 5399 phobeo 5841 5406 phoneus 5811 5413 phortion 5819 5428 phronesis 5826 5429 phronimos 5872 5442 phulasso 5874 5457 phos 5817 5531 chrao 5827 5534 chre 5829 5548 chrio 5805 5550 chronos 5853 5561 chora 5875 5562 choreo 5818 5564 chorion 5875 5568 psalmos 5876 5603 ode 5876

Greek Synonym Index ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Strong's No. Definition No. ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 126 aidos 5801 154 aiteo 5802 157 aitiama 5803 166 aionios 5801 214 alalazo 5804 218 aleipho 5805 243 allos 5806 260 hama 5807 293 amphiblestron 5808 364 anamnesis 5809 372 anapausis 5810 425 anesis 5810 443 anthropoktonos 5811 601 apokalupto 5812 649 apostello 5813 692 argos 5814 737 arti 5815 744 archaios 5816 827 auge 5817 898 bathmos 5818 922 baros 5819 970 bia 5820 979 bios 5821 991 blepo 5822 994 boao 5823 1006 bosko 5824 1021 bradus 5814 1097 ginosko 5825 1108 gnosis 5826 1145 dakruo 5804 1155 daneizo 5827 1162 deesis 5828 1163 dei 5829 1167 deilia 5835 1189 deomai 5802 1203 despotes 5830 1209 dechomai 5877 1212 delos 5812 1213 deloo 5831 1218 demos 5832 1238 diadema 5833 1249 diakonos 5834 1325 didomi 5836 1348 dikastes 5838 1350 diktuon 5808 1380 dokeo 5837 1390 doma 5839 1394 dosis 5839 1402 douloo 5834 1411 dunamis 5820 1431 dorea 5839 1433 doreomai 5836 1435 doron 5839 1462 egklema 5803 1492 eido 5825 1506 eilikrines 5840 1605 ekplesso 5841 1653 eleeo 5842 1718 emphanizo 5831 1753 energeia 5820 1763 eniautos 5843 1781 entellomai 5844 1783 enteuxis 5828 1849 exousia 5820 1939 epithumia 5845 1987 epistamai 5825 2064 erchomai 5818 2065 erotao 5802 2087 heteros 5806 2094 etos 5843 2124 eulabeia 5835 2222 zoe 5821 2226 zoon 5846 2233 hegeomai 5837 2235 ede 5815 2270 hesuchazo 5847 2300 theaomai 5848 2305 theiotes 5849 2320 theotes 5849 2324 therapon 5834 2334 theoreo 5848 2342 therion 5846 2352 thrauo 5850 2354 threneo 5804 2359 thrix 5851 2479 ischus 5820 2513 katharos 5840 2537 kainos 5852 2540 kairos 5853 2549 kakia 5855 2564 kaleo 5823 2608 katagnumi 5850 2723 katagoreo 5803 2730 katoikeo 5854 2753 keleuo 5844 2766 keramos 5858 2799 klaio 5804 2812 kleptes 5856 2830 kludon 5857 2851 kolasis 5859 2864 kome 5851 2873 kopos 5860 2896 krazo 5823 2904 kratos 5820 2905 kraugazo 5823 2923 krites 5838 2949 kuma 5857 2962 kurios 5830 2983 lambano 5877 2992 laos 5832 3027 lestes 5856 3115 makrothumia 5861 3338 metamellomai 5862 3339 metamorphoo 5863 3340 metanoeo 5862 3345 metaschematizo 5863 3392 miaino 5864 3396 mignumi 5858 3435 moluno 5864 3444 morphe 5865 3449 mochthos 5860 3501 neos 5852 3507 nephele 5866 3509 nephos 5866 3543 nomizo 5837 3568 nun 5815 3576 nothros 5814 3591 ogkos 5819 3602 odurmos 5804 3614 oikia 5867 3624 oikos 5867 3628 oikturmos 5842 3633 oiomai 5837 3674 homou 5807 3708 horao 5822 3806 pathos 5845 3808 paidarion 5868 3813 paidion 5868 3814 paidiske 5868 3816 pais 5868 3820 palaios 5816 3853 paragello 5844 3939 paroikeo 5854 3967 patrikos 5869 3971 patroos 5869 3992 pempo 5813 3993 penes 5870 4160 poieo 5871 4165 poimaino 5824 4189 poneria 5855 4192 ponos 5860 4198 poreuomai 5818 4238 prasso 5871 4335 proseuche 5828 4422 ptoeo 5841 4434 ptochos 5870 4486 rhegnumi 5850 4522 sagene 5808 4601 sigao 5847 4607 sikarios 5811 4623 siopao 5847 4648 skopeo 5822 4678 sophia 5826 4680 sophos 5872 4727 stenazo 5804 4735 stephanos 5833 4832 summorphos 5873 4907 sunesis 5826 4908 sunetos 5872 4920 suniemi 5825 4964 suschematizo 5873 4976 schema 5865 5021 tachinos 5844 5043 teknon 5868 5083 tereo 5874 5098 timoria 5859 5117 topos 5875 5141 tremo 5841 5207 huios 5868 5215 humnos 5876 5257 huperetes 5834 5280 hupomnesis 5809 5281 hupomone 5861 5316 phaino 5837 5319 phaneroo 5812 5338 pheggos 5817 5398 phoberos 5835 5399 phobeo 5841 5406 phoneus 5811 5413 phortion 5819 5428 phronesis 5826 5429 phronimos 5872 5442 phulasso 5874 5457 phos 5817 5531 chrao 5827 5534 chre 5829 5548 chrio 5805 5550 chronos 5853 5561 chora 5875 5562 choreo 5818 5564 chorion 5875 5568 psalmos 5876 5603 ode 5876
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ aidios 126 ¨£ aionios 166 126 - ¬O­õ¾ÇªºÆ[ÂI--µL©l¤]µL²×; ½×¨ì¹L¥h, «h¬O«ü¦b°O¾Ð¥H¥~ªº¨Æ. 166 - «üªº¬OµL­­ªº¥Ã«í

Synonyms See Definition for aidios 126 See Definition for aionios 166 126 - covers the complete philosophical idea -- without beginning and without end; also either without beginning or without end; as respects to the past it is applied to what has existed time out of mind 166 - gives prominence to the immeasurableness of eternity
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ aiteo 154 ¨£ deomai 1189 ¨£ erotao 2065 154 - «ü¤@­Ó§Æ±æªº½Ð¨D 1189 - «ü»Ý­n¤è­±ªº½Ð¨D 2065 - «ü½Ð¨Dªº§Î¦¡

Synonyms See Definition for aiteo 154 See Definition for deomai 1189 See Definition for erotao 2065 154 - denotes a request of the will 1189 - the asking of the need 2065 - denotes the form of the request
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ aitiama 157 ¨£ egklema 1462 ¨£ kategoreo 2723 157 - to accuse with primary reference to the ground of the accusation, the crime 1462 - ¥H¨¥»y§ðÀ»¥H¹F¨ä¥Øªº 2723 - ¦bªk®x«eªº¥¿¦¡±±§i, ¤½¶}ªº±±¶D

Synonyms See Definition for aitiama 157 See Definition for egklema 1462 See Definition for kategoreo 2723 157 - to accuse with primary reference to the ground of the accusation, the crime 1462 - to make a verbal assault which reaches its goal 2723 - to accuse formally before a tribunal, bring a charge against publicly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ alalazo 214 ¨£ dakruo 1145 ¨£ threneo 2354 ¨£ klaio 2799 ¨£ odurmos 3602 ¨£ stenazo 4727 214 - ¥HªF¤è²ß«U«s­ú,¥Hªñ¥G§»öªº¤è¦¡Àz°Þ¤j­ú. 1145 - ¬y²\,µLÁn­úª_ 2354 - ¥Î¥¿¦¡ªº¤èªkªí¹F«s¶Ë,°Û«sºq 2799 - ¥XÁn­úª_,¹³«Äµ£¤@¯ë¦a­ú 3602 - ¥H¨¥µüªí¹F«s¶Ë, «s±¥ 4727 - ¥H§t²VªºÁn­µ©Î¬O«s§uªí¹F«s¶Ë

Synonyms See Definition for alalazo 214 See Definition for dakruo 1145 See Definition for threneo 2354 See Definition for klaio 2799 See Definition for odurmos 3602 See Definition for stenazo 4727 214 - to wail in oriental style, to howl in a consecrated, semi-liturgical fashion 1145 - to shed tears, weep silently 2354 - to give formal expression to grief, to sing a dirge 2799 - to weep audibly, cry as a child 3602 - to give verbal expression to grief, to lament 4727 - to express grief by inarticulate or semi-articulate sounds, to groan
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ aleipho 218 ¨£ chrio 5548 218 - ¬Oanointªº¤@¯ë¥Î»y. 5548 - ¬Oanointªº©v±Ð¤W¥Î»y.

Synonyms See Definition for aleipho 218 See Definition for chrio 5548 218 - is the mundane and common word for anoint 5548 - is the sacred and religious word for anoint
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ allos 243 ¨£ heteros 2087 243 »P 2087¤ñ¸û, «eªÌ¬O«ü¼Æ¶qªº¤£¦P, ¦Ó«áªÌ«h«ü½è¶qªº¤£¦P; 243 ¬O¥[¤W ('°£¤F³o¤@­ÓÁÙ¦³'), 2087 «h¬O¤À§O ('¨âªÌ¤¤ªº¤@­Ó'); 2087 ³£¬O243, ¦ý¤£¬O¨C¤@­Ó 243 ³£¬O 2087; 243 ³q±`¥u¬O³æ¯Âªº«ü¥X¨âªÌ­Ó§Oªº®t²§, 2087 «h¬O¤£¦PÃþªº¥t¤@­Ó¬Ýªk.

Synonyms See Definition for allos 243 See Definition for heteros 2087 243 as compared with 2087 denotes numerical in distinction from qualitative differences; 243 adds ('one besides'), 2087 distinguishes ('one of two'); every 2087 is an 243 but not every 243 is a 2087; 243 generally denotes simple distinction of individuals, 2087 involves the secondary idea of difference of kind.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ hama 260 ¨£ homou 3674 ¨âªÌ®t²§¦b©ó 260 ¬O®É¶¡©Êªº, 3674 ¬O°Ï°ì©Êªº. ³o¼Ëªº®t²§¨£©ó¦h³B, µM¦Ó(°£¤F)..., ¨£(#ù 3:12|)

Synonyms See Definition for hama 260 See Definition for homou 3674 The distinction for these is 260 is temporal and 3674 is local. This seems to hold in most places. However, see Rom. 3:12.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ amphiblestron 293 ¨£ diktuon 1350 ¨£ sagene 4522 1350 - ªx«ü¦UÃþ¦U¼Ëªººôª¬»s«~ 293 - ®·³½ºô, ¼»¥Xªººô¦ü¬v±ùª¬ 4522 - ®·³½ºô, ®·³½¥Îªº³òºô©Î©ì¦²ªººô

Synonyms See Definition for amphiblestron 293 See Definition for diktuon 1350 See Definition for sagene 4522 1350 - seems a more general name for nets of all kinds 293 - a net for fishing, a casting net generally pear shaped 4522 - a net for fishing, a seine or drag net
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ anamnesis 364 ¨£ hupomnesis 5280 364 «ü¥¼¸g¥L¤H´£¿ô«K¦ÛµM·Q°_; 5280 «h¬O¸g¥Ñ¥L¤Hªº´£¥Ü¦Ó¾Ð°_, µM¦Ó, ¦b¥j§ÆÃ¾¤åùØ, ¨â¦r¥iÀH·NÅÜ´«¨Ï¥Î.

Synonyms See Definition for anamnesis 364 See Definition for hupomnesis 5280 364 denotes an unassisted recalling, 5280, a remembrance prompted by another, however in classical Greek the words are easily interchangeable.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ anapausis 372 ¨£ anesis 425 ¥H¤W¨â­Ó¦r·N«ü¼È®Éªº·²®§, ½w´Á, ¤ñ¦p«ü§L§Ð

Synonyms See Definition for anapausis 372 See Definition for anesis 425 Both words denote a temporary rest, a respite, i.e. of soldiers.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ anthropoktonos 443 ¨£ sikarios 4607 ¨£ phoneus 5406 5406 ¥ô¦óªº "¿Ñ±þ", 4607 "¨ë«È" ¬O¤@­Ó¯S§Oªº¿Ñ±þ±¡§Î; 443 ¦b·s¬ù¤¤¦³¯S§Oªº±j½Õ

Synonyms See Definition for anthropoktonos 443 See Definition for sikarios 4607 See Definition for phoneus 5406 5606 any "murderer", -- the type of which 4607 "the assassin" is a special kind; while 443 has in the NT a special emphasis
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ apokalupto 601 ¨£ delos 1212 ¨£ phaneroo 5319 ¹ï·Ó 5319, 601 5319¬O´y­z¥~¦bªºÅã¥Ü,¦Ó¥B¬OÅãµ¹©Ò¦³¤Hªº;601«h¬O¹ï«ä·Qªº«H®{ ©Ò§@ªº¤º¦bÅã¥Ü,¦Ó¥B¬O±`¦sªº.601ªº"´¦¥Ü"¥ý©ó5319,²£¥Í¥X5319 ªº"¹üÅã";«eªÌ¬Ýªº¬O³Q´¦¥Üªº¹ï¶H,«áªÌ¬Ýªº¬O±o¨ì±Ò¥Üªº¤H.¤£¹L ¤]¦³¤H½èºÃ³oºØ¸ÑÄÀ ¤ñ¸û 5319, 1212 1212 - ©úÅ㪺, ª¾¹D©Î²z¸Ñªº 5319 - ¹üÅã, ¬Û¹ï©óÁôÂéΤ£¥i¨£ªº 1212«üªº¬O¤º¦bªº»{ª¾, 5319«üªº¬O¥~¦bªº¼Ë¦¡

Synonyms See Definition for apokalupto 601 See Definition for delos 1212 See Definition for phaneroo 5319 Compare: 5319, 601 5319 is thought to describe an external manifestation, to the senses hence open to all, single or isolated; 601 is an internal disclosure, to the thinking believer, and abiding. The 601 or "unveiling" precedes and produces the 5319 or "manifestation"; the former looks toward the object revealed, the latter toward the persons to whom the revelation is made. Some question this explanation. Compare: 5319, 1212 1212 - evident, what is known and understood 5319 - manifest, as opp. to what is concealed and invisible 1212 points rather to inner perception, 5319 to outward appearance.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ apostello 649 ¨£ pempo 3992 3992 - ¬O¤@­Ó½×¨ì "®t»º"ªº¤@¯ë¥Î¨¥; ¥i¯àÁô§t¦³¤@°_®t»ºªÌ (¦p: ¥Ñ¤W«Ò®t»º) 649 - ¥]§t¦³Ãö®t»º©Ò»Ý­nªº¸Ë³Æ, §Y³Q®tªÌªºÂ¾¥÷©ÎÅv«Â

Synonyms See Definition for apostello 649 See Definition for pempo 3992 3992 - is the general term and may even imply accompaniment (as when sent from God) 649 - includes a reference to equipment and suggests official or authoritative sending
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ argos 692 ¨£ bradus 1021 ¨£ nothros 3576 692 - ´å¤â¦n¶¢, µL©Ò¬O¨Æ, À³¸Ó®Á½|ªº 1021 - ºC, ¿ð½w, ¯Ô©µ, ¥u¬O®É¶¡¤è­±ªº¿ð©µ, ¨S¦³¤£¦nªº·N«ä 3576 - °Ê§@ºC§]§]ªº, §Î®e°Ê§@¤Wªº¯S½è, ¥i¯à·|¨ü¨ì³dÃøªº

Synonyms See Definition for argos 692 See Definition for bradus 1021 See Definition for nothros 3576 692 - idle, involving blameworthiness 1021 - slow, tardy, having purely a temporal reference and no necessary bad sense 3576 - sluggish, descriptive of constitutional qualities and suggestive of censure
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ arti 737 ¨£ ede 2235 ¨£ nun 3568 737 - "­è­è, ²{¦b, ±q²{¦b¶}©l", «üªº¬O«Ü±µªñ²{¦bªº®É¶¡; µy«á§¹¥þ«ü²{¦bªº®É¶¡. 2235 - "²{¦b (¤w¸g)", «üªº¬O¨ä¥Lªº®É¶¡, ´Á«Ýªº®É¨è, ¬O¥DÆ[©Î·Q¹³¤¤ªº²{¦b. 3568 - "²{¦b", «üªº¬O¤@­Ó½T©wªºÂI, ©Î¤@¬q®É¶¡, («ÈÆ[ªº) ¥ß¨èªº²{¦b

Synonyms See Definition for arti 737 See Definition for ede 2235 See Definition for nun 3568 737 - "just, now, even now", marks time closely connected with the present; later, strictly present time 2235 - "now (already)", with a suggested reference to some other time or to some expectation, the subjective present 3568 - "now", marks a definite point or period of time, the (objective) immediate present
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ archaios 744 ¨£ palaios 3820 3820 ³æ¯Â«ü¨ü®É¶¡¤ä°t, ¦Ó 744 ³q±`ÁÙ±a¦³¥»½è¤W©Î­Ó©Ê¤Wªº·§©À.

Synonyms See Definition for archaios 744 See Definition for palaios 3820 In 3820 the simple idea of time dominates, while 744 often carries with it a suggestion of nature or original character.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ auge 827 ¨£ pheggos 5338 ¨£ phos 5457 5457 - "¥ú"ªº¤@¯ë¥Îµü: ¤õ¥ú 5338 - §ó¨ãÅé,§ó±j¯Pªº¦r²´: Ä£²´ªº¶§¥ú,¥ú§ô 827 - ¤ñ«e¨âªÌ§ó±j¯Pªº¦r²´,§Î®e¥úªº«G¯P;«ü·Ó®gÄ£²´ªº¥ú¨~

Synonyms See Definition for auge 827 See Definition for pheggos 5338 See Definition for phos 5457 5457 - the general term for light: light of a fire 5338 - is a more concrete and emphatic term: the bright sunshine, the beam of light 827 - is a still stronger term, suggesting the fiery nature of light; used of shooting, heating rays
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
Synonyms ¨£bathmos 898 ¨£erchomai 2064 ¨£poreuomai 4198 ¨£choreo 5562 2064 - ³q±`ªí¥Ü°Ê§@¡A©Î¶i¦æ¤¤ªº¥ô¦ó°Ê§@¡A¦]¦¹·N¬°¡¨¨Ó¡¨¡A¡¨¨ì¹F¡¨©M¡¨¥h¡¨ 898 - °ò¥»¤Wªº·N¸q¬O "¨«", "¨«¤@¨B" §Î®e°Ê§@ªº¤è¦¡; "¨«¶}" 4198 - ³q±`¬Oªí¥Ü¦æ°Ê, ¦³ºØ­­¨î, ©ÎªÌ©úÅã¬O¥i¥H©Ó¨üªº; ¦]¦¹±`¥Î¨Ó§Î®e­x¶¤«e¶i. 5562 - Á`¬O±j½Õ¤À¶}, §ó´«¦a¤è, ¦Ó¤£¹³4198, ¬O¥~¦bªº, ¥i¨£ªº°Ê§@.

Synonyms See Definition for bathmos 898 See Definition for erchomai 2064 See Definition for poreuomai 4198 See Definition for choreo 5562 2064 - denotes motion or progress generally, and of any sort, hence to "come" and arrive at, as well as "to go" 898 - primarily signifies "to walk", "take steps", picturing the mode of motion; to "go away" 4198 - expresses motion in general, often confined within certain limits, or giving prominence to the bearing; hence the regular word for the march of an army. 5562 - always emphasises the idea of separation, change of place, and does not, like e.g. 4198, note the external and perceptible motion.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ baros 922 ¨£ ogkos 3591 ¨£ phortion 5413 922 ©M­«¶q¦³Ãö 3591 ©M®e¿n¦³Ãö, ¥i¯à¨ü¨ìÀ£­¢¦Ó­P; 922 ¬O«ü­«¾á, ¦Ó5413 «üªº¬O¥i©Ó¾á³o­«¾á, ¥¦¥i»´¥i­«

Synonyms See Definition for baros 922 See Definition for ogkos 3591 See Definition for phortion 5413 922 refers to weight, 3591 to bulk, and either may be oppressive; 922 is a load in so far as it is heavy, 5413 a burden in so far as it is borne; hence 5413 may be either heavy or light
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ bia 970 ¨£ dunamis 1411 ¨£ energeia 1753 ¨£ exousia 1849 ¨£ ischus 2479 ¨£ kratos 2904 970 - ²r¤O, ±`«üÀ£­¢¤Hªº¤O¶q,§e²{©ó¼É¤O¦æ¬°¤¤ 1411 - ¤O¶q, ¤Ñ¥Íªº¯à¤O,¤@¯ë©Êªº¥Î»y 1753 - ¹B§@, ¹B¦æªº¯à¤O,¬I®iªº¯à¤O 1849 - ¥D­n¬O«ü¦æ°Êªº¦Û¥Ñ,¦]¦¹¦³"«ÂÅv"ªº·N«ä--©Î¬O ¦³Åv­­ªº¯à¤O,©Î¬OµL­­¨î,±MÂ_ªº¯à¤O 2479 - ¤O¶q,¯à¤O(¯S§O¬O¨­Åé¤Wªº),¬O¤@ºØ¤Ñ½á 2904 - ¯à¤O,¹üÅ㪺¤j¯à--¦b·s¬ù¥D­n«ü¯«ªº¯à¤O

Synonyms See Definition for bia 970 See Definition for dunamis 1411 See Definition for energeia 1753 See Definition for exousia 1849 See Definition for ischus 2479 See Definition for kratos 2904 970 - force, effective, often oppressive power exhibiting itself in single deeds of violence 1411 - power, natural ability, general and inherent 1753 - working, power in exercise, operative power 1849 - primarily liberty of action; then authority -- either as delegated power, or as unrestrained, arbitrary power 2479 - strength, power, (especially physical) as an endowment 2904 - might, relative and manifested power -- in the NT chiefly of God
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ bios 979 ¨£ zoe 2222 2222 - ¦s¦b, ¤Ï¸qµü¬°¦º¤` 979 - ¥Í¦sªº®É´Á, ¤â¬q»P¤è¦¡. «eªÌ¸û¨Ï¥Î©ó°Êª«, «áªÌ¥Î©ó¤HÃþ, °Êª«¾Ç, ¥Íª«¾Çªº½dÃ¥ ·s¬ù¤¤ªþ¤© 2222 ¸û°ªªº»ù­È, ¶É©ó¶S§C 979 .

Synonyms See Definition for bios 979 See Definition for zoe 2222 2222 - existence, having death as its antithesis 979 - the period, means, manner, of existence. Hence the former is more naturally used of animal, the later of men; zoology, biography. NT usage exalts 2222 and tends to debase 979.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ blepo 991 ¨£ horao 3708 ¨£ skopeo 4648 ¹ï·Ó 991, 3708 3708µÛ­«ªº¬O¿ëÃѪº¤ß,991«h¬OµÛ­«¯S®íªº±¡ºü.°£«o¥Í²z¼h­±, 3708«ü¤@¯ë©ÊªºÆ[¹î(¥X©óµøÄ±ªº),­«ÂI¦b©óºë¯«¼h­±.910«h¬O «ü¯Âºéªº¥~¦bÆ[¬Ý. ¹ï·Ó 991, 4648 4648ªºÆ[¬Ý¤ñ991²`¨è,³q±`·N¿×"¥J²Ó·j´MÆ[¹î".°£«o¥Í²z¼h­±, 4468ªº·N«ä¬O¬°¤F±o¨ì¬Y¤@ªF¦è,"©w·ú©ó,¥þ¯«³eª`©ó"¸Ó¥Ø¼Ð. ©Ò¥H¤]´N¬O"¹ï·Ç¥Ø¼Ð,Ãöª`"ªº·N«ä

Synonyms See Definition for blepo 991 See Definition for horao 3708 See Definition for skopeo 4648 Compare: 991, 3708 3708 gives prominence to the discerning mind, 991 to the particular mood or point. When the physical side recedes, 3708 denotes perception in general (as resulting principally from vision), the prominence being in the mental element. 991 on the other hand, when the physical side recedes, gets a purely outward sense. Compare: 991, 4648 4648 is more pointed than 991, often meaning "to scrutinize, observe". When the physical sense recedes, "to fix one's (mind's) eye on, direct one's attention to" a thing in order to get it, or owing to interest in it, or a duty towards it. Hence often the same as "to aim at, care for etc."
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ boao 994 ¨£ kaleo 2564 ¨£ krazo 2896 ¨£ kraugazo 2905 994 - ©I³Ûªí¹F±¡·P,¯S§O¬O¨D§U 2564 - ¬°µÛ¤@­Ó¥Øªº©I³Û 2896 - ¼Ò½k,¼R³ÛªºÁn­µ¤j¥s 2905 - 2896ªº¥[±j»y®ð, Án­µ¨F°×¦a©I¥s,ªí¹F»´ÁNµ¥±¡ºü 2564 ²o¯A¨ìÁo´¼; 994 ·P¨ü; 2896 ª½Ä±

Synonyms See Definition for boao 994 See Definition for kaleo 2564 See Definition for krazo 2896 See Definition for kraugazo 2905 994 - to cry out as a manifestation of feeling, esp. a cry for help 2564 - to cry out for a purpose 2896 - to cry out harshly, often of inarticulate and brutish sound 2905 - intensive of 2896 denotes to cry coarsely, in contempt, etc. 2564 suggests intelligence; 994 sensibilities; 2896 instincts
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ bosko 1006 ¨£ poimaino 4165 4165 ¸û¼s¸q, ºÊ·þ ·ÓºÞ¤§·N; ͦ¨"¬ÝºÞ, ·ÓÅU" 1006 ¸û«L¸q; ¾i¨| ´þ¾i¤§·N; ©ú½Tªº«ü"Áý¾i"©Î"¹}¾i"

Synonyms See Definition for bosko 1006 See Definition for poimaino 4165 4165 is the wider, 1006 is the narrower term; the former include oversight, the latter denotes nourishment; 4165 may be rendered "tend", 1006 specifically "feed".
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ ginosko 1097 ¨£ eido 1492 ¨£ epistamai 1987 ¨£ suniemi 4920 1097 - ¸gÅ礧½Í, ¥X©ó­Ó¤H¸g¾úªºª¾ÃÑ 1492 - ¤ß¹q·PÀ³, ÆF²´©Ò¨£, ªí¥Ü¯Âºé¥X©ó·P©x,·Pı 1987 - ¦]¹ï¾Fªñ¥~ª«ªº»{ª¾¦Ó¨ú±oªºª¾ÃÑ, ¹ï¤ñ©ó ¤Hªº²z¸Ñ¤O 4920 - ¥»¯àªº¬}¹î¤O, ¥H¤­·P©x©ÒÀò±oªº°T®§

Synonyms See Definition for ginosko 1097 See Definition for eido 1492 See Definition for epistamai 1987 See Definition for suniemi 4920 1097 - a knowledge grounded on personal experience 1492 - to see with the mind's eye, signifies a clear and purely mental perception 1987 - a knowledge obtained by proximity to the thing known, cf. our understanding 4920 - implies a native insight, knowledge gained through the five senses
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ gnosis 1108 ¨£ sophia 4678 ¨£ sunesis 4907 ¨£ phronesis 5428 ¤ñ¸û 1108 4678 1108«üªº¬Oª¾ÃÑ¥»¨­,4678«h¬O«ü¦æ°Ê©Ò®i²{ªº´¼¼z. 1108¥D­n¥Î©ó¯u²zªº»â®©,4678«h¥[¤W½×­z¯u²z,»P°l ·¹¯u²z¤§¶¡ªºÃö«Y¨ºªÑ¯à¤O. ¤ñ¸û 4678, 4907, 5428 4678 - ²z¸Ñ²Ó¸`"³Ì³Ç¥XªºÁo´¼" 4907 - ­åªR,²z¸Ñ¨Æ±¡ªº¦Ù²z 5428 - ¹ê»Úªº,¨ä¤¤Áô§t¦æ°Ê

Synonyms See Definition for gnosis 1108 See Definition for sophia 4678 See Definition for sunesis 4907 See Definition for phronesis 5428 Compare: 1108 4678 1108 denotes knowledge by itself, 4678 denotes wisdom as exhibited in action, 1108 applies chiefly to the apprehension of truths, 4678 adds the power of reasoning about them and tracing their relationships. Compare: 4678, 4907, 5428 4678 - denotes a "mental excellence of the highest sense", to details 4907 - critical, apprehending the bearing of things 5428 - practical, suggesting lines of action
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ daneizo 1155 ¨£ chrao 5531 1155 - ¦³§Q®§ªº­É¶U, ¤ñ¦p¶T©ö¥æ©ö 5531 - ­É¥X, ¦P·N±ÂÅv¨Ï¥Î, ¦n¤ñ¤@ºØ¤Íµ½ªº¦æ¬°

Synonyms See Definition for daneizo 1155 See Definition for chrao 5531 1155 - to lend on interest, as a business transaction 5531 - to lend, grant the use of, as a friendly act
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ deesis 1162 ¨£ enteuxis 1783 ¨£ proseuche 4335 1163 ¬O¤^¨D©Êªº, 4335 ¬O©v±Ð¥Îµü, ³æ¨Ï¥Î©óë§i©I¨D¯«, ¦Ó 1163 ¥ç¯à¥Î©ó¦V¤Hªº¨D´©. 1783 ªí¹F³æ¦s²@µLÄdªýªº¨Ó¨ì¯««e, 1163 ¤ñ¸û¨Ï¥Î©óªí¹F­Ó¤Hªº»Ý¨D. 4335 §t¦³Äm¨­©^Ämªº·N¨ý, 1783 «üë§iªÌªº¤ß³Q¯«©Ò·P¦Ó§ó·s§ïÅÜ, ¨ã¦³«Äµ£¯ë«H¤ß,

Synonyms See Definition for deesis 1162 See Definition for enteuxis 1783 See Definition for proseuche 4335 1163 is petitionary, 4335 is a word of sacred character, being limited to prayer to God, whereas 1163 may also be used of a request addressed to man. 1783 expresses confiding access to God, 1163 gives prominence to the expression of personal need. 4335 to the element of devotion, 1783 to that of childlike confidence, by representing prayer as the heart's conversion with God.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ dei 1163 ¨£ chre 5534 1163 - ¤ñ¸û°¾©ó¹D¼w³d¥ô, ¯S«ü¯«¸t¬ù§ô, ¯«©Ò¥æ¥Iªº³d¥ô 5534 - ¦]¤£¦P®É¶¡»Pª¬ªp©Ò¥Í¥Xªº»Ý¨D

Synonyms See Definition for dei 1163 See Definition for chre 5534 1163 - seems to be more suggestive of moral obligation, denoting esp. that constrain which arises from divine appointment 5534 - signifies the necessity resulting from time and circumstances
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ despotes 1203 ¨£ kurios 2962 1203 - ³æ»P¥£Áõ¦³Ãö, «üµ´¹ï©Ò¦³Åv¤ÎµLªk´x±±ªº¶Õ¤O 2962 - ¨ã¦³¸û¼sªxªº·N¸q, ¥i¨Ï¥Î©ó¦UºØµ¥¯Åªº¤H»ÚÃö«YùØ, ¨ÃµL°]²£©Ò¦³Åv©Î±M¨îµ´¹ïªº²[¸q

Synonyms See Definition for despotes 1203 See Definition for kurios 2962 1203 - relates only to a slave and denotes absolute ownership and uncontrolled power 2962 - has a wider meaning, applicable to the various ranks and relations of life and not suggestive of either property or of absolutism
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ deloo 1213 ¨£ emphanizo 1718 1213 - ¨Ï»â·|©ú¥Õ, ´¦µoªíÅS, ®i¥Ü¯S½è©Î´£¥Ü±ÀÂ_ 1718 - Åã²{¦b²´«e, ¨Ï¦¨¬°¥i¨£ªº, ²´¨£ªº

Synonyms See Definition for deloo 1213 See Definition for emphanizo 1718 1213 - to render evident to the mind, of such disclosures as exhibit character or suggest inferences 1718 - to manifest to the sight, make visible
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ demos 1218 ¨£ laos 2992 ¥j¨å§ÆÃ¾¤å 1218 - ¦³²Õ´ªº¤H¥Á, ¤ñ¦p¬Fªv¹êÅé: °ê®a 2992 - ¤j¶qµL²Õ´ªº¤H¸s»E¶° ¸t¸g§ÆÃ¾¤å 1218 - ¯«©Ò´z¿ïªº¤@¸s 2992 - ²§±Ð®{, ¥~¨¹«°¥«ªº¤H¥Á

Synonyms See Definition for demos 1218 See Definition for laos 2992 In classical Greek 1218 - denotes the people as organised into a body politic 2992 - an unorganised people at large In Biblical Greek 1218 - the chosen people of God 2992 - the people of a heathen city
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ diadema 1238 ¨£ stephanos 4735 1238 - ¬Ó«Ç¥Îªº«a°Ã 4735 - ¹³©Ô¤Bªº "¥úÀô", ¥¦¬Oªá«a©Îªá°é, ¶H¼x¦b¤ñÁɩξԧФ¤±oµÛ³Ó§Q, ¤]¶H ¼x¦b±B§¤¤ªº³ß®®, ©Î¸`¼y¤¤ªºÅw¼Ö

Synonyms See Definition for diadema 1238 See Definition for stephanos 4735 1238 - is a crown as a badge of royalty 4735 - like the Latin "corona" is the crown in the sense of a chaplet, wreath or garland -- the badge of "victory in the games of civic worth, of military valour, of nuptial joy, of festive gladness"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ diakonos 1249 ¨£ douloo 1402 ¨£ therapon 2324 ¨£ huperetes 5257 1249 ªí¥Ü¹²¤Hªº¤u§@¦æ°Ê,¦Ó«D1402©Òªí¹Fªº¹²¤HÃö«Y,©Î¬O2324ªº¦ÛÄ@¤ßºA. ¬Û¹ï©ó1249,1402Áô§t¤@­Ó¨üÁø¨îªº¤H»P¥t¥~¤@¤Hºû«ù¥Ã¤[ªº±qÄÝÃö«Y.2324«h ±j½ÕªA¨Íªº¤H¤£½×¬O¥£¹²©Î¦Û¥Ñ¨­,¬Ò¥X©ó¦ÛÄ@,¤ñ°_1042¬O­Ó§ó´L¶Q§ó·Å©Mªº¦r ²´.5257«hªí¥Ü¦ÚªA.

Synonyms See Definition for diakonos 1249 See Definition for douloo 1402 See Definition for therapon 2324 See Definition for huperetes 5257 1249 represents the servant in his activity for the work; not in his relation, either servile, as that of that 1402, or more voluntary, as in the case of 2324, to a person. 1402 opp. to 1249 denotes a bondman, one who sustains a permanent servile relation to another. 2324 is the voluntary performer of services, whether as a freeman or a slave; it is a nobler tenderer word than 1402. 5257 suggests subordination.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ deilia 1167 ¨£ eulabeia 2124 ¨£ phoberos 5398 1167 - Á`¬O¥Î¦bÃaªº¤è­± 2124 - ³q±`¥Î¦b¦nªº¤è­± 5398 - ¥i¯à¥Î¦b¦nªº©ÎÃaªº¤è­±

Synonyms See Definition for deilia 1167 See Definition for eulabeia 2124 See Definition for phoberos 5398 1167 - always used in a bad sense 2124 - usually used in a good sense 5398 - used in a good or bad sense
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ didomi 1325 ¨£ doreomai 1433 1325 ¬O¤@¯ë©Êªº "µ¹¤©" »P 2983 "®³¨ú" ¬Û¤Ï; 1433 ¯S§Oªºµ¹¤©, ´N¬O "½ç¤U"; 1325 ¥i¯àµ¹¤©¤£¦nªºªF¦è, ¦ý 1433 ¥u¦³¦b¤Ï¿Ø®É¤~·|¥Î©ó¤£¦nªºªF¦è.

Synonyms See Definition for didomi 1325 See Definition for doreomai 1433 1325 "to give" in general, opposite to 2983 "to take"; 1433 specific, "to bestow, present"; 1325 might be used even of evils, but 1433 could be used of such things only ironically.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ dokeo 1380 ¨£ hegeomai 2233 ¨£ nomizo 3543 ¨£ oiomai 3633 ¨£ phaino 5316 ¹ï·Ó 1380, 5316 1380«ü¥DÆ[ªº§PÂ_,¥¼¥²²Å¦X¨Æ¹ê.5316«üªº¬O¥~¦bªº¯u»ª, ¤@¯ë¦Ó¨¥¬O¥¿½Tªº,¦ý¤]¦³¥i¯à´Û¿f¤H ¹ï·Ó 1380, 2233 (2), 3543 (2), 3633 2233»P3543«üªº¬O¥H©P¥þªº«ä¦Ò,¥~¦bªº®Ú¾Ú,¥H¤Î¿Å¶q»P¤ñ¸û¨Æ¹ê ¬°°ò¦ªº«H¥õ,¦Ó¤£¬O«Ø¥ß¦b·P¨ü»P±¡ºü¤W. 1380»P3633«h¬O§Î®e«ö·Ó¦Û¤vªº³ß´c,§Q¯q,»P¦Û¤vªº¬Ýªk¦Ó²£¥Íªº ¥DÆ[§PÂ_. 2233ªº§PÂ_¤ñ3543¥J²ÓÂÔ·V;3633¬O¥H·P¨ü,¦Ó«D«ä¦Ò ®Ú¾Ú(1380)ªº¥DÆ[§PÂ_.

Synonyms See Definition for dokeo 1380 See Definition for hegeomai 2233 See Definition for nomizo 3543 See Definition for oiomai 3633 See Definition for phaino 5316 Compare: 1380, 5316 1380 - refers to the subjective judgment, which may or may not conform to the fact 5316 - refers to the actual external appearance, generally correct, but possibly deceptive Compare: 1380, 2233 (2), 3543 (2), 3633 2233 and 3543 denote a belief resting not on one's inner feeling or sentiment, but on the due consideration of external grounds, and the weighing and comparing of facts. 1380 and 3633 on the other hand, describe a subjective judgment growing out of inclination or a view of facts in their relation to us. 2233 denotes a more deliberate and careful judgment than 3543; 3633 a subjective judgment which has feeling rather than thought (1380) for its ground.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ dikastes 1348 ¨£ krites 2923 1348 - ¬O¸û°ª¶Q¡B¥¿¦¡ªº¥Îµü 2923 - ¬ðÅã«ä·Q¤Wªºµ{§Ç¡A¤£ºÞ¼f§P©x¬O§_¬O¯u¥¿ªºªk©x

Synonyms See Definition for dikastes 1348 See Definition for krites 2923 1348 - is the more dignified and official term 2923 - gives prominence to the mental process, whether the judge is a magistrate or not
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ doma 1390 ¨£ dosis 1394 ¨£ dorea 1431 ¨£ doron 1435 1390 µ¹¤©©Î±oµÛªºªF¦è, ¦p: µ¹ÃĪº¾¯¶q 1435 ½ç¤©ªºÂ§ª«, ¨Ã¤£»Ý­n¨üÃØªº¹ï¤è·PÁ©Φ^³øªº; 1431 ©M 1435 ¤£¦P, ¬O±aµÛ·P®¦»â¨üªºÂ§ª«, ¦p: ±oµÛ±Ï®¦. 1394 «üªº¬O¥Ñ¤W«Ò½ç¤©, Í¢¬O¸Uª«ªº¾Ö¦³ªÌ.

Synonyms See Definition for doma 1390 See Definition for dosis 1394 See Definition for dorea 1431 See Definition for doron 1435 1390 refers to giving or a thing given, cf. a medical dose. 1435 refers to a present yet not always gratuitous or wholly unsuggestive of recompence; 1431 differs from 1435 in denoting a gift which is also a gratuity, hence of the gift of a sovereign. 1394 is what God confers as a possessor of all things.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ heilikrines 1506 ¨£ katharos 2513 1506 - ·N«ü§K©óÂս׵갲ªº¦Û¥Ñ 2513 - ·N«ü§K©ó¦×Åé»P¥@¬ÉªºÄA¦Ã

Synonyms See Definition for heilikrines 1506 See Definition for katharos 2513 1506 - denotes freedom from falsehoods 2513 - denotes freedom from defilements, of the flesh and the world
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ ekplesso 1605 ¨£ ptoeo 4422 ¨£ tremo 5141 ¨£ phobeo 5399 1605 - "Åå³Y",¥i¯à­ì¥»¦³¬ðµM¨ü¨ìÅ宣¤§·N,¦ý¬O±`±`´y­z¨ä¥L ¤£¬O¹³Å宣¤@¼ËÄY­«ªº±¡ªp 4422 - "ÅåÀ~", ¥H®£ÄßÅͶäH¤ß 5141 - "Ÿ§Ý", ¥D­n«ü¥Í²z²{¶H 5399 - "Äß©È", ¤@¯ë¥Îµü; ³q±`«ü¤@¬qº©ªøªº±¡ªp

Synonyms See Definition for ekplesso 1605 See Definition for ptoeo 4422 See Definition for tremo 5141 See Definition for phobeo 5399 1605 - "to be astonished", prop. to be struck with terror, of a sudden and startling alarm; but like our "astonish" in popular use, often employed on comparatively slight occasions 4422 - "to terrify", to agitate with fear 5141 - "to tremble", predominately physical 5399 - "to fear", the general term; often used of a protracted state
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ eleeo 1653 ¨£ oiktirmos 3628 1653 - ¦P±¡§O¤Hªº­Wªp,¯S§O¬O¦h¥H¦æ°Ê,¤Ö¥H¸Ü»yªí²{¥X¨Ó 3628 - «ü¤ß¤¤ªº´d¼§¤§±¡.¤@­Ó¸o¥Ç¤^¨Dªº¬O1653;¦ÓµL§Uªº ¨ü­W±`¬O3628ªºµ²ªG

Synonyms See Definition for eleeo 1653 See Definition for oiktirmos 3628 1653 - to feel sympathy with the misery of another, esp. such sympathy as manifests itself in act, less freq. in word 3628 - denotes the inward feeling of compassion which abides in the heart. A criminal begs 1653 of his judge; but hopeless suffering is often the object of 3628.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ eniautos 1763 ¨£ etos 2094 1763 - ±N¦~¬Ý¦¨¤@´`Àô, ©Î¤@®É´Á 2094 - ±N¦~¬Ý¦¨Á`Åé®É¶¡ªº¤Á³Î©Î®É¶¡¬x¬yªº¤@¤ù¬q

Synonyms See Definition for eniautos 1763 See Definition for etos 2094 1763 - denotes a year as viewed as a cycle or period of time 2094 - denotes a year as a division or sectional portion of time
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ entellomai 1781 ¨£ keleuo 2753 ¨£ paraggello 3853 ¨£ tasso 5021 1781 - §h©J--³q±`¥X¦Û©ó¨º¨Ç¦³µo¸¹¬I¥OÅv¦ìªº¤H, ­«ÂI¦b©R¥Oªº¤º®e:"§Ú­Ìªº«ü¥Ü 2753 - ©R¥O--¤fÀYµo¸¹¬I¥O,³q±`¥X©ó¤W¥q©Îªø©xªº¤f 3853 - ¤U¥O--¯S§O¤H­x¶¤ªºªø©x¹ï³¡¶¤¤U¹F©R¥O 5021 - «ü¬£--³q±`¬O­x¤¤¥ô©R,¤]§t¦³¬ÛÃö¾³d 3853»P1781ªº¤£¦P¦b©ó«üªº¬O©T©wªø¤[ªº¥ô°È,¦Ó«D¯S®í ©Î¬O°¸¦Óµo¥Xªº©R¥O,¨ä¾³d¬O¥X©ó¦Û¤vªº¦ì¶¥,¨Ã«D¥X¦Û ªø©xªº­Ó¤H·NÄ@

Synonyms See Definition for entellomai 1781 See Definition for keleuo 2753 See Definition for paraggello 3853 See Definition for tasso 5021 1781 - to enjoin, is used esp. of those whose office or position invests them with claims, and points rather to the contents of the command, cf "our instruction" 2753 - to command, designates verbal orders, coming usually from a superior 3853 - to charge, is used esp. of the order of a military commander to his troops 5021 - assign a post to, with a suggestion of duties connected with it, often used of military appointments 3853 differs from 1781 in denoting fixed and abiding obligations rather than specific or occasional instructions, duties arising from the office rather than coming from the personal will of a superior.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ epithumia 1939 ¨£ pathos 3806 3806 ¤D ³Q°Êªº¸o¦æ, 1939 «h¬O ¥D°Ê¥Ç¸o; 1939 ¤ñ 3806 ¦³¸û¼sªxªº«ü¯A; 1939 «ü¨¸´cªº©ÀÀY, 3806 «h¬OµLªk¾r¶¿ªº¼¤±æ.

Synonyms See Definition for epithumia 1939 See Definition for pathos 3806 3806 represents the passive, 1939 the active side of vice; 1939 is more comprehensive in meaning than 3806; 1939 is (evil) desire, 3806 is ungovernable desire.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ zoon 2226 ¨£ therion 2342 2226 - ·N«ü¬¡¥Íª« 2342 - ·N«ü³¥Ã~

Synonyms See Definition for zoon 2226 See Definition for therion 2342 2226 - means a living creature 2342 - means a beast
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ hesuchazo 2270 ¨£ sigao 4601 ¨£ siopao 4623 2270 - ´y­zªº¬O¤@¯ëª¬ªp, ¤@­Ó«Ü¦wÀRªº±¡ªp, ¥]¬A¨IÀqµLÁn 4601 - ´y­zªº¬Oºë¯«ª¬ªp, ¥¦Åã¥X¤@­Ó¤H, ¯S§O¬O¦b®`©È, ´d¶Ë©ÎªÌ¬ÈÄ߮ɩÒÅã¥XªºÀqµM¤£»y 4623 - ´y­z¥~¦b©Î¨­Å骺±¡ªp, ¸T¤î»¡¸Ü

Synonyms See Definition for hesuchazo 2270 See Definition for sigao 4601 See Definition for siopao 4623 2270 - describes a quiet condition in general, inclusive of silence 4601 - describes a mental condition and its manifestation, esp. in speechlessness (silence from fear, grief, awe, etc.) 4623 - describes the more external and physical term, denotes abstinence from speech
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ theaomai 2300 ¨£ theoreo 2334 2334 - ¦¹¦r¨Ã«D¥Î©ó§N²HªºÆ[²³, ¦Ó¬O«ü¦³¿³½ì¡B¦³¥ØªºÆ[¬Ý¤@¨Æª«ªº¤H; ·§«ü¤@¯ë©x¤èÀ˾\©Î¬O¾\§L 2300 - ¥Î©ó«üÆ[²³¬Ý¹C¦æªº¦ì¸m. 2334 ·N«ä¬O¹ï©ó²Ó¸`ªº¥J²ÓÆ[¹î¡A¦Ó 2300 ·N«ä¥u¬O¤@¯ëªº·Pª¾

Synonyms See Definition for theaomai 2300 See Definition for theoreo 2334 2334 - word not used of an indifferent spectator, but of one who looks at a thing with interest and for a purpose; would be used of a general officially reviewing or inspecting his army 2300 - is used of a lay spectator looking at a parade. 2334 denotes a careful observation of details whereas 2300 denotes only perception in general
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
ͬÁmÔ~ Ò¬theiotes 2305 Ò¬theotes 2320 2320 "Éñ"Åc2305 "ÉñÐÔ"²»Í¬, (8cd9)ÐԵı¾Ù|²»Í¬.

Synonyms See Definition for theiotes 2305 See Definition for theotes 2320 2320 "deity" differs from 2305 "divinity" as essence differs from quality or attribute.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ thrauo 2352 ¨£ katagnumi 2608 ¨£ rhegnumi 4486 4486 - "¼¹µõ¦¨¤ù", ¯S§O´y­z¦U³¡¤ÀÂ÷²§ªº±¡ªp 2608 - "¥´¯}", «üªº¬O§¹¾ã©Ê»P¤@Åé©Ê³Q­¢Ãa 2352 - "¯»¸H", Áô§t²³¦h¸H¤ù¥H¤Î¥´±o¯»¸Hªº·N«ä

Synonyms See Definition for thrauo 2352 See Definition for katagnumi 2608 See Definition for rhegnumi 4486 4486 - "rend asunder", makes pointed reference to the separation of the parts 2608 - "to break", denotes the destruction of a things unity or completeness 2352 - "to shatter", is suggestive of many fragments and minute dispersion
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ thrix 2359 ¨£ kome 2864 2359 - ¸Ñ­å¾Ç¤W©Î¨­Åé¤Wªº¤ò¾v 2864 - ¸Ë¹¢¨Ï¥Îªº¤ò¾v (ªø«×ªº·§©À¬O¨ä¦¸¨Ã±Òµo©Êªº) ¬G¦³§O©ó 2359 ©Ò«üªº¦×Åé¦ÛµM¤ò¾v

Synonyms See Definition for thrix 2359 See Definition for kome 2864 2359 - the anatomical or physical term for hair 2864 - designates the hair as an ornament (notion of length being only secondary and suggested) and hence differs from the word 2359 referring to physical hair
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kainos 2537 ¨£ neos 3501 2537 - "·sªº"«ü«~½è¤W:·sÂAªº, ©|¥¼¥Î¹Lªº 3501 - "·sªº"¯A¤Î®É¶¡·§©À: ¦~»´ªº, ¦~¥®ªº, ­è¥X¥Íªº,

Synonyms See Definition for kainos 2537 See Definition for neos 3501 2537 - denotes the new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh, unworn 3501 - denotes the new primarily in reference to time, the young, recent
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kairos 2540 ¨£ chronos 5550 2540 - «ü¬Y¤À©úªº®É¬q¨Ãªþ¤©¦X©yªº·§©À 5550 - ¤@¯ë©Ò¨¥ªº®É¶¡

Synonyms See Definition for kairos 2540 See Definition for chronos 5550 2540 - a definitely limited portion of time with the added notion of suitableness 5550 - time in general
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ katoikeo 2730 ¨£ paroikeo 3939 2730 - ¼È®Éªº©~¦í, ¦w¹y, 3939 - ªø´Á©~¯d

Synonyms See Definition for katoikeo 2730 See Definition for paroikeo 3939 2730 - to dwell, settle, temporarily 3939 - to dwell, permanently
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kakia 2549 ¨£ poneria 4189 2549 - ªí¥Ü¤@­Ó¨¸´cªº©Ê®æ 4189 - ªí¥Ü¨¸´c©Ê®æªº¿n·¥¦æ°Ê

Synonyms See Definition for kakia 2549 See Definition for poneria 4189 2549 - denotes a vicious disposition 4189 - denotes the active exercise of a vicious disposition
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kleptes 2812 ¨£ lestes 3027 2812 - ·N«ü·t¤¤°½ÅÑ 3027 - ·N«ü¥ú©ú¥¿¤jªº°½ÅÑ, ¦æ·m

Synonyms See Definition for kleptes 2812 See Definition for lestes 3027 2812 - denotes one who steals by stealth 3027 - denotes one who steals openly
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kludon 2830 ¨£ kuma 2949 2949 - ªi®ö, ¦³±µÄò¤£¶¡Â_ªº¨ç·N 2830 - ªiÀÜ¥¨®ö, ¦³¤j¤p¼e¼sªº·N¨ý. ¥Î©ó¦r»yÁô³ë¤W.

Synonyms See Definition for kludon 2830 See Definition for kuma 2949 2949 - a wave, suggesting uninterrupted successions 2830 - a billow, surge, suggesting size and extension. So to in fig. application of the words.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ keramos 2766 ¨£ mignumi 3396 2766 - ¸ûÄY®æªº¬Ýªk, «üªº¬O²V¦X¤@¨Ç¦¨¥÷¦Ó¦¨¬°¤@­Ó·sªº½Æ¦Xª«, ¬O¤Æ¾Ç¤è­±ªº²V¦X 3396 - «üªº¬O§â¤@¨ÇªF¦èÅͩզb¤@°_, ©Î¬O±N¥¦­Ì²V¦X°_¨Ó, ²VÂø¦b¤@°_, ¬O¾÷±ñ¦¡ªº²V¦X

Synonyms See Definition for keramos 2766 See Definition for mignumi 3396 2766 - denotes in a strict sense, mixing as combines the ingredients into a new compound, chemical mixture 3396 - such a mixture as merely blending or intermingling of them promiscuously, as in a mechanical mixture
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kolasis 2851 ¨£ timoria 5098 2851 ©M 5098 ¤£¦P, 2851 ¬O«üÃg§Ù, ¥B«üªº¬O¨üÃg§Ùªº¤H©Ò¨üªº­W; ¦Ó5089 «h¬OÃg»@, ¥B«üªº¬OÃg§Ùªº¤Hº¡·N©ó¥L©Ò¬I¦æªºÃg§Ù

Synonyms See Definition for kolasis 2851 See Definition for timoria 5098 2851 differs from 5098 as that which is disciplinary and has reference to the him who suffers, while the latter is penal and has reference to the satisfaction of him who inflicts it
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ kopos 2873 ¨£ mochthos 3449 ¨£ ponos 4192 4192 - ³oºØ³Ò­W¬O¨¯¶Ô¤u§@ªºµ²ªG (¦³ÂIÀ£¤Oªº¤u§@) 2873 - «ü³Ò­W 3449 - «ü¨¯­W, Á}¨¯ªº¤u§@ (¥D­n¬O¸ÖÅ骺)

Synonyms See Definition for kopos 2873 See Definition for mochthos 3449 See Definition for ponos 4192 4192 - gives prominence to the effort (work as requiring force) 2873 - refers to the fatigue 3449 - refers to the hardship (chiefly poetic)
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ makrothumia 3115 ¨£ hupomone 5281 5281 «ü¤@ºØ¯S½è, ´N¬O¦b§x­W¤¤¤£·|»´©öªº©}ªA; 3115 ¬O¦Û§Úªº¸`¨î, ¤£·|«æ«æ¦£¦£ªº, ¥H¿ù»~ªº¤è¦¡³ø´_. ¥¦©MÁx©Ä, ©Î¥¢±æ,©Î¨ä¥L¦³Ãö¼««ã, ³ø´_, µ¥¬O¬Û¹ïªº.

Synonyms See Definition for makrothumia 3115 See Definition for hupomone 5281 5281 is the temper which does not easily succumb under suffering, 3115 is the self restraint which does not hastily retaliate a wrong. The one is opposed to cowardice or despondency, the other to wrath and revenge.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ metamellomai 3338 ¨£ metanoeo 3340 ¤@¯ë»{¬°¨âªÌªº°Ï§O¦b©ó3338¥u±¡ºü¤Wªº§ïÅÜ,3340¬O¿ï¾Üªº§ïÅÜ. 3338´£¨ì¬Y¨Ç¨ãÅéÂI,3340²[»\¾ã­Ó¥Í©R.3338¤£¹L¬O«á®¬©Î¾Ò®¬, 3340«h¬O¹D¼w¤WªºÂàÅÜ,¥ç§Y®¬§ï.3340ªº§t·N§ó§¹¾ã,§ó´L¶Q,ªí¹F ªº¬O¹D¼w¦æ°Ê»PijÃD,¨Ï¥Îªº¤ñ²v¤]»·¬°°ª,¦Ó¥B±`¥H¬è©l»yºA¥X²{.

Synonyms See Definition for metamellomai 3338 See Definition for metanoeo 3340 The distinction often given between these is; 3338 refers to an emotional change, 3340 to an change of choice, 3338 has reference to particulars, 3340 to the entire life, 3338 signifies nothing but regret even amounting to remorse, 3340 that reversal of moral purpose known as repentance; does not seem to be sustained by usage. But that 3340 is the fuller and nobler term, expressive of moral action and issues, is indicated not only by its derivation, but by the greater frequency of its use and by the fact it is often used in the imperative.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ metamorphoo 3339 ¨£ metaschematizo 3345 3339 - «üÅܤƬO¥Ã¤[ªº 3345 - «üÅܤƬOÀþ¶¡µu¼Èªº

Synonyms See Definition for metamorphoo 3339 See Definition for metaschematizo 3345 3339 - refers to the permanent state to which a change takes place 3345 - refers to the transient condition from which a change happens
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ miaino 3392 ¨£ moluno 3435 3392, "§Ëż, ¦ÃÂI", ©M 3435 "§Ëż, ªg¦Ã" ¤£¦P, «áªÌ¤£¦ý«ü¨ä¥»¨­ ¥B¬O¥~¦bªº§Ëż; 3392 ¦³®É¥i¥Î©ó¦nªº¤è­±, ¦ý 3435 «h¨S¦³»ù­È has no worthy reference

Synonyms See Definition for miaino 3392 See Definition for moluno 3435 3392, "to stain", differs from 3435, "to smear", not only in its primary and outward sense, but in the circumstance that (like Eng. "stain") it may be used in good part, while 3435 has no worthy reference
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ morphe 3444 ¨£ schema 4976 3444 ",§Î¶H" ¤£¦P©ó 4976 "§Îª¬, §Î¶H, ¼Ë¦¡", 3444 «üªº¬O¤º¦bªº©M¥»½è, ¦Ó4976«h¬O¥~¦b©M«D¥»½èªº. #µÌ 2:7| «ü¥X­C¿q°ò·þ¦³§¹¥þªº¹²¤Hªº§Î¶H; 4976 «üªº¬O¥~¦bªº, ´N¬O #µÌ 2:8 ªº¤Hªº¨­Åé

Synonyms See Definition for morphe 3444 See Definition for schema 4976 3444 "form" differs from 4976 "figure, shape, fashion", as that which is intrinsic and essential, from that which is outward and accidental. Fritzsche in Php. 2:7 to relate to the complete form or nature of a servant; and 4976 to the external form, or human body in 2:8.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ nephele 3507 ¨£ nephos 3509 3509 ¼s¸q, «ü¤j¤ùµL©T©w§Îª¬ªº¶³Ãú¤§®ð, ¨Ï¤ÑªÅ¦p¦b·ÏÃú°gÀÛ¤§¤¤ 3507 ¯U¸q; «ü¦³¯S©w§Îª¬ªº¶³Åé.

Synonyms See Definition for nephele 3507 See Definition for nephos 3509 3509 is general, 3507 is specific; the former denotes a great, shapeless collection of vapour obscuring the heavens; the latter designates particular and definite masses of the same, suggesting limit and form.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ oikia 3614 ¨£ oikos 3624 3624 ·N«ü®a·~, ­Ó¤Hªº²£·~ 3614 ·N«ü©~©Ò¥»¨­

Synonyms See Definition for oikia 3614 See Definition for oikos 3624 3624 denotes one's household establishment, one's entire property 3614 denotes the dwelling itself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ paidarion 3808 ¨£ paidion 3813 ¨£ paidiske 3814 ¨£ pais 3816 ¨£ teknon 5043 ¨£ huios 5207 3813 - ±M«ü¤p«Ä¤l 3808 - Ån¬A¦Ü²Ä¤@¦~¤W¾Çªº«Ä¤l 3816 - «ü¥ô¦ó¦~ÄÖªº«Ä¤l 3814 - «ü±Nªñ«C¤Ö¦~ªº«Ä¤l 3816, 5043 ªº·N«ä,±q¦~Ä֩Ϋá¸Çªº¨¤«×¨Ó¬Ý¬O¬Û¦üªº, ¤£¹L«eªÌ¤ñ°_3813,§ó¥]§t¦~¬ö¤j¤@ÂIªº.3816ªº¦~ÄÖ´Á «h¤£¬O«Ü©ú½T. ¹ï·Ó 5043, 5207 5043 - ¯S§O±j½Õ¨­¥@ªºª«½è»P¥~¦b¼h­± 5207 - ¯S§O±j½Õ¨­¥@ªº¤º¦b,­Û²z,ªk«ß¼h­±

Synonyms See Definition for paidarion 3808 See Definition for paidion 3813 See Definition for paidiske 3814 See Definition for pais 3816 See Definition for teknon 5043 See Definition for huios 5207 3813 - refers exclusively to little children 3808 - refers to a child up to his first school years 3816 - refers to a child of any age 3814 - refers to late childhood and early youth 3816, 5043 denote a child alike as respects to descent and age, reference to the later being more prominent in the former word, to descent in 3813; but the period 3816 cover is not sharply defined; and, in classic usage as in modern, youthful designations cleave to the female sex longer than to the male Compare: 5043, 5207 5043 - gives prominence to physical and outward aspects of parentage 5207 - gives prominence to the inward, ethical, legal aspects of parentage
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ patrikos 3967 ¨£ patroos 3971 3971 - ·N«ü¥Ñ¤÷¶Ç¤l 3967 - ·N«ü·½¦Û¥@¥æ©Î¥@¤³

Synonyms See Definition for patrikos 3967 See Definition for patroos 3971 3971 - denotes descending from father to son 3967 - denotes descending from persons in friendship or feud
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ penes 3993 ¨£ ptochos 4434 3993 - ½a­Wªº¤H, ¥²¶·³Ò­WÁȱo¨C¤é»Ý¥Îªº. 4434 - ¾a¤^°Q¬°¥Íªº¤H

Synonyms See Definition for penes 3993 See Definition for ptochos 4434 3993 - one who is so poor he earns his bread by daily labour 4434 - one who only obtains his living by begging
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü °Ñpoieoªº©w¸q 4160 °Ñprassoªº©w¸q 4238 4160 ·N«ä¬O"°µ", ¦Ó4238 - ªº·N«ä¬O"¹ê½î"; 4160 ¬O¥ô©R¥h°õ¦æ, ¦Ó4238 ¬O­pµe­n°õ¦æ, ¥B¬O¼ö¤ßªº,²ßºD©Êªº; 4160 ¥u¬O¥Í²£ªº¦æ°Ê, ¦Ó4238 definitely directed action; 4160 ¬O«ü¬£¤@­Ó¦æ°Êªºµ²ªG, ¦Ó4238¬O³oµ²ªGªº½d³ò©M¯S©Ê

Synonyms See Definition for poieo 4160 See Definition for prasso 4238 4160 - denotes "to do", 4238 - "to practise"; 4160 to designate performance, 4238 intended, earnest, habitual, performance; 4160 to denote merely productive action, 4238 definitely directed action; 4160 to point to the action result, 4238 to the scope and character of the result.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ sophos 4680 ¨£ sunetos 4908 ¨£ phronimos 5429 4680 - «ü¤@­Ó¤H¬O´¼¼zªº, ¦³§Þ¥©ªº, ¦³¸gÅ窺 4908 - "Áo©ú¾÷§D", «ü¤@­Ó¤H¥i¥H±N¨Æ±¡·J¾ã°_¨Ó³B²z, ©Î«ü¤@­Ó¤H¯à¬}±x©Î»â®©¨Æ±¡ 5429 - "ÂÔ·V", ¥D­n¬O«ü¤@­Ó¤H¯à°÷«Ü§Ö¤Î¥¿½Tªºªº·P¤@¥ó¨Æ, ¦]¦Ó¥i¥H"ÂÔ·Vªº, ¿ëÃÑ"

Synonyms See Definition for sophos 4680 See Definition for sunetos 4908 See Definition for phronimos 5429 4680 - denotes wise, skilled, an expert 4908 - "intelligent", denotes one who can put things together, who has insight and comprehension 5429 - "prudent", denotes primarily one who has quick and correct perceptions, hence, "discreet, circumspect"
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ summorphos 4832 ¨£ suschematizo 4964 4832 - §Î®e¬Yª«ªº¥»½è¬O§¹¥þ©ÎªÌ«ù¤[ªº, ¦Ó¤£¥u¬O½Í½×¨ä§Î¦¡©ÎªÌ¤jºõ. 4964 - »s³y¤@­ÓªF¦èÃþ¦ü¥t¥~¤@­Ó, §Î®e¬Yª«¬O µu¼Èªº, ·|§ïÅܪº, ©M¤£Ã­©wªº

Synonyms See Definition for summorphos 4832 See Definition for suschematizo 4964 4832 - describes what is the essence in character and thus complete or durable, not merely a form or outline 4964 - to shape one thing like another and describes what is transitory, changeable, and unstable
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ tereo 5083 ¨£ phulasso 5442 5083 - "¬Ý¦u©Î¿í¦u" 5442 - "¬Ý¦u" " 5083 ªí¹F¤@ºØ¾÷ĵªº¬ÝÅU, ·t¥Ü¬O²{¦b©Ò¾Ö¦³ªº. 5442 ªí¥Ü¤@ºØ§¹¥þªº«OÅ@, ³q±`·t¥Ü¬O¥Ñ¥~¦Ó¨Óªº§ðÀ». 5083 ¥i»¡¬Oµ²ªG, ¦Ó5442 «h¬O¤èªk.

Synonyms See Definition for tereo 5083 See Definition for phulasso 5442 5083 - "to watch or keep" 5442 - "to guard" 5083 expresses watchful care and is suggestive of present possession, 5442 indicates safe custody and often implies assault from without; 5083 may mark the result of which 5442 is the means.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£toposªº©w¸q 5117 ¨£choraªº©w¸q 5561 ¨£chorionªº©w¸q 5564 5117 - "¦a¤è", ¤£½T©wªº¦a¤è; ¾Ö¦³¨º­Ó¦a¤è, ©ÎªÌ¦û¦³¨º¦a¤è 5561 - "¦a°ì, ¦a¤è", ¼sÁ諸; ¦a°Ï; ¨S¦³Ãä¬É 5564 - "ªº¤@ÂIÂIªº¦a¤è", ¦³½d³òªº; ½T©wªº, µe©w¦b¨ä¤º

Synonyms See Definition for topos 5117 See Definition for chora 5561 See Definition for chorion 5564 5117 - "place", indefinite; a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to itself 5561 - "region, country", extensive; space, yet unbounded 5564 - "parcel of ground", circumscribed; a definite portion of space viewed as enclosed or complete in itself
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ humnos 5215 ¨£ psalmos 5568 ¨£ ode 5603 5603 ¬O¤@¯ëªº¥Îµü; 5568 ©M 5215 «h¬O¯S§Oªº¥Îµü. «eªÌ«ü¤@­º¸Öºq, ¨ä¯S©Ê¹³¬O¬ùªº¸Ö½g, µM¦Ó¤£¬O¥u ¦³­­©w¦b³o­Ó¤è­±; «áªÌ«h¬O«ü¤@­ºÆg¬üªº¸Öºq. 5568 ¬O¦³­µ¼Ö¦ñ«µªº¸Öºq; ¦Ó5215«h¬O«ü¹ï¤W«Ò©Òµo¥XªºÆg ¬ü¸Öºq; 5603«h«ü¤@¯ëªººq¦±, ¤£½×¦³¨S¦³¦ñ«µ, ©ÎÆg¬ü ¥ô¦óªº¹ï¶H. ¦]¦¹¤@­ººq, ¥i¯à¦P®É¥Î³o¤T­Ó¦r§Î®e¤§.

Synonyms See Definition for humnos 5215 See Definition for psalmos 5568 See Definition for ode 5603 5603 is the generic term; 5568 and 5215 are specific, the former designating a song which took its general character from the OT Psalms, although not restricted to them, the later a song of praise. While the leading idea of 5568 is a musical accompaniment, and that of 5215 praise to God, 5603 is the general word for a song, whether accompanied or not, whether of praise or on any other subject. Thus it is quite possible for the same song to be at once described by all three of these words.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸qµü ¨£ dechomai 1209 ¨£ lambano 2983 ³o¨â­Ó¦rªº·N¸q¬Ûªñ, °Ï§O¤£©úÅã. ¤£¹L, §@Åwªï©Î ¬O¦X©yªº±µ«Ý®É, ³q±`¨Ï¥Î1209.

Synonyms See Definition for dechomai 1209 See Definition for lambano 2983 The words overlap and distinctions often disappear; yet the suggestion of a welcoming or appropriating reception generally cleaves to 1209.
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¦P¸q¦r

Synonyms
¬ÛÃö¸g¤å
¤U¤@¦r 5800

next 5800
¦^¬d¸ß¾\Ū¨t²Î ¬d¸ß¨ä¥L¸g¤å ¾\Ū¨ä¥L¸g¤å